DEFINITIONS
OF
REVISED CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES
OF SUBJECTS OF INVENTION
IN THE
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
ARRANGED IN NUMERICAL ORDER
A SUPPLEMENT TO THE MANUAL OF CLASSIFICATION
REVISED TO JANUARY 1, 1912
(INCLUDING CLASSIFICATION BULLETIN No. 27)
WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1912
DEFINITIONS
OF
REVISED CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES
OF SUBJECTS OF INVENTION
IN THE
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
ARRANGED IN NUMERICAL ORDER
A SUPPLEMENT TO THE MANUAL OF CLASSIFICATION
REVISED TO JANUARY 1, 1912
(INCLUDING CLASSIFICATION BULLETIN No. 27)
WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1912
DEPT.
" : : !.'**
. ..
90CUMEKT1
OEFT.
REVISED CLASSES, ALPHABETICALLY ARRANGED.
Class title.
Acoustics
Aeronautics
Air guns, catapults, and targets
Ammunition and explosive devices
Animal husbandry
Arms, projectiles, and explosive charges. Making.
Baggage
Bee culture
Boats and buoys
Bolt, nail, nut, rivet, and screw making
Boot and shoe making
Boots, shoes, and leggings
Boring and drilling
Bread, pastry, and confection making
Bridges
Buckles, buttons, clasps, etc
Button, eyelet, and rivet setting
Button making
Card, picture, and sign exhibiting
Chain, staple, and horseshoe making
Check-controlled apparatus
Cloth, leather, and rubber receptacles
Coating
Coin handling
Compound tools
Coopering
Culling and punching sheets and bars
Deposit and collection receptacles
Driven, headed, and screw-threaded fastenings
Electric heating and rheostats r..
Electric lamps
Elevators
Farriory
Firearms
Fluid-pressure regulators
Furnaces
Gas. Heating and illuminating
Gear cutting, milling, and planing
Glass...
Harness
Horology
Illumination
Illuminating burners
Internal-combustion engines
Jewelry
Label pasting and paper hanging
Laminated fabric and analogous manufactures.
Leather manufactures
Liquid and gaseous fuel burners
Liquid coating compositions
Liquid heaters and vaporizers
Lubrication
Marine propulsion
Masonry and concrete structures . . .
Class title.
Metal bending
Metal drawing
Metal forging and welding
Metal founding
Metallic building structures
Metal ornamenting
Metal rolling
Metal tools and implements. Making
Metal- working
Miscellaneous heat-engine plants
Motors
Nailing and stapling
Needle and pin making
Nut and bolt locks
Optics
Ordnance
Ornamentation
Package and article carriers
Paper flies and binders
Paper making and fiber liberation
Paper manufactures
Paper receptacles
Photography
Plastic block and earthenware apparatus.
Plastic compositions
Plastic metal working
Plastics
Pneumatic dispatch
Recorders
Registers
Roofs
Sheet-metal ware. Making
Ships
Special receptacles and packages
Stationery
Store service
Stoves and furnaces
Telephony
Tents, canopies, umbrellas, and canes
Time-controlling mechanism
Tools
Turning
Wheelwright machines
Whips and whip apparatus.
Winding and reeling
Wire fabrics and structure..
Wire working
Wooden buildings
Wooden receptacles
Wood sawing
Wood turning
Woodworking
Woodworking tools
M104987
REVISED CLASSES, NUMERICALLY ARRANGED.
Class title.
Class title.
Nailing and stapling
Bee culture
Compound tools
Boats and buoys
Bolt, nail, nut, rivet, and screw making. .
Boot and shoe making
Bridges
Plastics
Wooden buildings
Metal founding
Buckles, buttons, clasps, etc
Plastic block and earthenware apparatus.
Metal working
Boots, shoes, and leggings
Card, picture, and sign exhibiting
Ornamentation
Firearms
Gas. Heating and illuminating
Glass...
Fluid-pressure regulators
Harness
Horology
Chain, staple, and horseshoe making. .
Miscellaneous heat-engine plants
Jewelry
Illuminating burners
Leather manufactures
Masonry and comcrete structures
Metal tools and implements. Making.
Boring and drilling
Metal forging and welding
Button making
Metal rolling
Tools . . .
Turning
Driven, headed, and screw-threaded fastenings
Arms, projectiles, and explosive charges. Making.
O ptics
Ordnance
Gear cutting, milling, and planing
Coating
Paper making and fiber liberation
Paper manufactures
Photography
Ammunition and explosive devices
Plastic coin positions
Bread, pastry, and confection making
Roofs...
Furnaces
Sheet metal ware. Making .
Ships
Marine propulsion
Animal husbandry
Stationary
11
13
15
23
27
31
37
41
51
61
67
75
77
83
87
91
99
105
109
113
117
123
125
127
133
135
139
143
147
151
153
155
163
165
167
Kill
171
173
175
181
187
191
195
197
199
205
207
217
223
231
235
243
Liquid heaters and vaporizers
Internal-combustion engines
Air-guns, catapults, and targets
Stoves and furnaces
Paper files and binders
Coin handling
Liquid coating compositions
Tents, canopies, umbrellas, and canes
Wireworking
Wood turning
Wood sawing . . .'
Woodworking
Woodworking-tools
Coopering. . . ^
Cloth, leather, and rubber receptacles
Nut and bolt locks
Metal bending
Laminated fabric and analoguous manufactures .
Wheelwright machines
Liquid and gaseous fuel burners
Time-controlling mechanism
Needle and pin making
Cutting and punching sheets and bars
Farriery
Electric lamps
Telephony
Acoustics
Lubrication
Motor%
Store service
Elevators
Metallic building structures
Check-controlled apparatus
Metal ornamenting
Metal drawing
Special receptacles and packages. .
Plastic metal working
Label pasting and paper hanging .
Wooden receptacles
Button, eyelet, and rivet setting. .
Electric heating and rheostats
Package and article carriers
Paper receptacles
Whips and whip apparatus
Deposit and collection receptacles .
Recorders
Registers
Illumination
Winding and reeling
Pneumatic dispatch
Aeronautics
Wire fabrics and structure
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
Before using the following definitions the instructions contained in the "Manual of
Classification" should be read.
The definition of any specific subclass should be read in .connection with the defini-
tions of all subclasses generic to it and with the definition of the class.
As the classification is undergoing revision, the classification changes published from
time to time in the Official Gazette, and in the Classification BuUetin, published every six
months, should be noted for modifications.
CLASS 1. NAILING AND STAPLING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class is divided into "Implements" and "Machines," and
the latter into the various types of blind slat and rod, book, box, shoe,
heel, and miscellaneous nailing and stapling. Analogous lines for
further subdivision under each heading have been followed. The
subclasses are all more or less related and a complete search will fre-
quently include all subclasses having analogous titles under the
various headings.
Note. For nail-making machines, search class 10, BOLT, NAIL,
NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING.
For staple-forming machines, search class 59, CHAIN, STAPLE, AND
HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 71, Staple making, and the subclasses
thereunder.
For features of staple setting and riveting machines, search should
also be made in the various subclasses in class 218, BUTTON, EYELET,
AND RIVET SETTING.
For features of shoe nailing, search should include the combined
machines for nailing, lasting, trimming, etc., under class 12, BOOT
AND SHOE MAKING.
Subclasses.
1. MACHINES, NAIL-DRIVING. Miscellaneous nail-driving
machines for various purposes.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 10, Machines, Box, Nail-
driving; 19, Machines, Shoe, Nail-driving; and 47, Imple-
ments, Nail-driving.
2. MACHINES, STAPLE FORMING AND SETTING. Miscel-
laneous machines which are adapted to form staples from
short lengths cut from wire or from a prepared staple-strip
and set them into various kinds of work.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 7, Machines, Book, Staple
forming and setting; 11, Machines, Box, Staple forming and
setting; 20, Machines, Shoe, Staple forming and setting; 48,
Implements, Staple forming and setting; and 54, Machines,
Blind slat and rod, Staple forming and setting.
3. MACHINES, STAPLE-SETTING, MAGAZINE. Miscellane-
ous machines in which loose staples are automatically fed to
setting position from receptacles or magazines.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 49, Implements, Staple-
setting, Magazine.
4. MACHINES, STAPLE-SETTING. Miscellaneous machines
which set staples placed in position by hand.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 8, Machines, Book, Staple,
setting; 21, Machines, Shoe, Staple-setting; 50, Implements-
Staple-setting; and 55, Machines, Blind slat and rod, Staple-
setting.
5. MACHINES, NAIL-DRIVING, BOXES. The box or throat
which suspends the nail beneath the plunger while the latter
descends to force the nail to position.
6. MACHINES, NAIL-DRIVING, NAIL-FEEDING. Miscel
laneous devices not peculiar to any special kind of machine
or implement, but capable of general use for arranging and
feeding loose nails for nailing machines or implements.
Search Classes
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 10, Machines, Box, Nail-
driving, Nail-feeding, and 39, Machines, Shoe, Heel-nailing,
Nail-feeding; and 10, BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW
MAKING, subclass 102, Distributors and feeders, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
CLASS 1 Continued.
7. MACHINES, BOOK, STAPLE FORMING AND SETTING.
Machines adapted to cut short lengths from a continuous
wire, bend them into staples, and insert and clench them in
the work.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 2, Machines, Staple form-
ing and setting; 1 1 , Machines, Box, Staple forming and setting;
20, Machines, Shoe, Staple forming and setting; 48, Imple-
ments, Staple forming and setting; and 54, Machines, Blind
slat and rod, Staple forming and setting.
8. MACHINES, BOOK, STAPLE-SETTING. Machines adapted
to set previously formed staples which are fed by hand or by
a chute to the setting jaws.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 4, Machines, Staple-set-
ting; 13, Machines, Box, Staple-setting; 21, Machines, Shoe,
Staple-setting; 50, Implements, Staple-setting; 55, Machines,
Blind slat and rod, Staple-setting.
9. MACHINES, BOX, NAIL FORMING AND DRIVING.
Machines adapted to cut the nail from a continuous wire, nail-
string, nail strip or comb, and drive it into the box.
Search Class -
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 27, Machines, Shoe, Wire
nail forming and driving; and 51, Implements, Wire nail
forming and driving.
10. MACHINES, BOX, NAIL-DRIVING. Miscellaneous box-
nailing machines not classifiable in other subclasses of this
class.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 1, Machines, Nail-driving;
19, Machines, Shoe, Nail-driving; and 47, Implements, Nail-
driving.
11. MACHINES, BOX, STAPLE FORMING AND SETTING.
Machines adapted to cut short lengths from wire, bend them
to staple form, and set them into the corners of pasteboard,
veneer and other light boxes.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 2, Machines, Staple form-
ing and setting; 7, Machines, Book, Staple forming and set-
ting; 20, Machines, Shoe, Staple forming and setting; 48,
Implements, Staple forming and setting; and 54, Machines,
Blind slat and rod, Staple forming and setting.
12. MACHINES, BOX, STAPLE FORMING AND SETTING,
SHEET-METAL. Machines adapted to stamp out, bend up,
and set from a continuous ribbon, or cut from a previously
stamped continuous ribbon (usually of tin), many-pronged
stays and set them into the corners of boxes of light materials.
13. MACHINES, BOX, STAPLE-SETTING. Machines adapted
to set sheet-metal or wire stays or staples into box corners.
Search Class
1 MAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 4, Machines, Staple-set-
ting; 8, Machines, Book, Staple-setting; 21, Machines, Shoe,
Staple setting; 50, Implements. Staple-setting; and 55, Mach-
ines, Blind slat and rod, Staple-setting.
14. MACHINES. BOX ASSEMBLING AND NAILING. Mach-
ines in which the snooks or box-blanks are placed in recep-
tacles or upon traveling belts and are automatically fed to
position and nailed.
Search Classes -
I NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 1, Machines, Nail-drmng;
10, Machines, Box, Nail-driving; 19, Machines, Shoe, Nail-driv-
ing; and 47, Implements, Nail-driving; and 147 COOPERING,
subclass 46, Basket forming and nailing.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 1 Continued.
depressing the tftbfe, clenching- Hie nails, and also for clamping
the box in the nailing j>osi.tion.
16. MACHINES, : BOX,' NAIL-,IXRrVLNG, NAIL-FEEDING.
Machines in which the novelty lies in means for arranging and
distributing loose nails in position to be driven, usually by
hoppers and chutes.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 6, Machines, Nail-dnving,
Nail-feeding; and 39, Machines, Shoe, Heel-nailing, Nail-feed-
ing.
17. ABOLISHED.
18. MACHINES SHOE, NAIL-DRIVING, MAGAZINE. Ma-
chines in which loose nails are automatically fed to the driving
position, usually from a chute and rotary hopper.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 6, Machines, Nail-driving,
Nail-feeding; 16, Machines, Box, Nail-driving, Nail-feeding;
and 46, Implements, Nail-driving, Magazine.
19. MACHINES, SHOE, NAIL-DRIVING. Miscellaneous loose
nail-driving shoe machines not classifiable in any of the other
subclasses.
Search Classes
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 1, Machines. Nail-driving;
10, Machines, Box, Nail-driving; and 47, Implements, Nail-
driving; and 12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 2, Lasting
and nailing machines.
20. MACHINES, SHOE, STAPLE FORMING AND SETTING.
Machines adapted to cut and form staples and set them into
the shoe.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 2, Machines, Staple form-
ing and setting; 7, Machines, Book, Staple forming and set-
ting; 11, Machines, Box, Staple forming and setting; 48, Imple-
ments, Staple forming and setting; 54 Machines, Blind slat and
rod, Staple forming and setting.
21. MACHINES, SHOE, STAPLE-SETTING. Machines
adapted to set staples.
22. MACHINES, SHOE, STRIP, NAIL. Machines adapted to
cut nails from a metal ribbon or comb and drive the nail so
formed.
Search Classes
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 52, Implements, Strip, Nail
and peg; and 10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAK-
ING, subclass 29, Nail-making, Cut nails, Tack strips.
23. MACHINES, SHOE, STRIP, PEG. Machines adapted to cut
pegs from a peg-wood strip and drive them.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 52, Implements, Strip,
Nail, and peg.
24. MACHINES, SHOE, STRIP, TACK. Machines adapted to
make tack-strips, those adapted to drive tacks from a strip,
methods of making tack-strips, and novel forms of strips.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 53, Implements, Strip,
Tack.
24.5. MACHINES, SHOE, STRIPS. Strips in which pegs, nails,
or tacks are mounted to be fed into the various strip-machines.
25. MACHINES, SHOE, WIRE INSERTING AND CUTTING.
Machines adapted to force wire into the work and afterward
cut it off even with the surface of the sole.
26. MACHINES, SHOE, WIRE INSERTING AND CUTTING,
SCREW. Machines adapted to insert screw wire by a rotary
movement of the spindle and afterward cut the wire even with
the surface of the sole.
27. MACHINES, SHOE, WIRE-NAIL FORMING AND DRIV-
ING. Machines which form a nail from a continuous wire
and drive it.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 9, Machines, Box, Nail
forming and driving; and 51, Implements, Wire nail forming
and driving.
28. MACHINES, SHOE. WIRE-NAIL FORMING AND DRIV-
I\G, DIRECT WIRE-FEED. Machines in which the wire
or nail string is fed into a throat directly beneath the plunger
and there cut and driven.
29. MACHINES, SHOE. WIRE-NAIL FORMING AND DRIV-
ING, PIVOTED NAIL-CARHIEU. Machines in which the
wire is fed into a pivoted carrier and when the nail is cut the
carrier is swung m position to bring the nail beneath the
plunger.
30. MACHINES, SHOE, W T IRE-NAIL FORMING AND DRIV-
ING, RECIPROCATING NAIL-CARRIER. Machines in
which the carrier, which usually shears the nail olT by move-
ment, reciprocates from the position for receiving the end of
the wire to that which brings the nail in line with the plunger.
CLASS 1 Continued.
31. MACHINES, SHOE, WIRE-NAIL FORMING AND DRIV-
ING, ROTARY NAIL-CARRIER. Machines in which the
carrier rotates from the position of receiving the wire end to
bring the cut-off nail in line with the driver.
32. MACHINES, SHOE, HEEL-NAILING. Various types of
machines for driving loose nails into shoe-heels to secure them
to the shoes.
33. MACHINES, SHOE, HEEL PRESSING AND LOADING.
Machines adapted to press and tack the heel-lifts together, to
prick them for loading, or to prick and also load them.
34. MACHINES, SHOE HEEL-PLATE ATTACHING. Ma-
chines for attaching heel plates to shoe or boot jieels.
35. MACHINES, SHOE, HEEL-NAILING, CROSS-HEAD
ANDTURRET. Machines in which the reciprocating cross-
head supports a turret or revolving head which carries the
gangs of awls, drivers, the spanker, etc.
30. MACHINES, SHOE, HEEL-NAILING, CROSS-HEAD.
That type of machine which has a reciprocating cross-head.
37. MACHINES, SHOE, HEEL-NAILING, LATERALLY-
ADJUSTABLE DRIVER-BLOCK. Machines in which the
driver-block is moved laterally to bring the awl or driver gang
or the spanker into operative 'position.
38. MACHINES, SHOE, HEEL-NAILING, MULTIPLE RO-
TARY HEEL-SUPPORT. Machines in which several jacks
or dies are mounted upon a rotary support.
39. MACHINES, SHOE, HEEL-NAILING, NAIL-FEEDING.
Devices for arranging and distributing or feeding loose nails.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 6, Machines, Nail-driving,
Nail-feeding; and 16, Machines, Box, Nail-driving, Nail-
feeding.
40. MACHINES, PACKET-LOOPING. Machines adapted to in-
sert hanging-loops, usually of wire, into the corners of packages
of paper or pamphlets.
41. MACHINES, SHOE, WORK-SUPPORTS. Horns and jacks
to support the shoe in nailing position.
4l>. ABOLISHED.
4.3. LATH AND SHINGLE NAILING. Special machines for hold-
ing and nailing lath or shingles to position.
44. GLAZIERS' POINT-SETTERS. Machines and implements
for setting glaziers' brads or points.
45. MAGAZINE-HAMMERS. Hammers which are provided with
magazines into which loose nails are placed and fed to driving
position.
46. IMPLEMENTS, NAIL-DRIVING, MAGAZINE. Imple-
ments adapted to drive loose nails which are fed by suitable
chutes from hoppers, magazines, etc., to a position beneath
the plunger.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses f>, Machines, Nail-driving,
Nail-feeding; Hi, Machines, Box, Nail-driving, Nail-feeding;
and 18, Machines, Shoe, Nail-driving, Magazine.
47. IMPLEMENTS, NAIL-DRIVING. Miscellaneous nailing de-
vices, nail-holders, etc., not classified in any of the other sub
classes.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 1, Machines, Nail-driving;
10, Machines, Box, Nail-driving; and 19, Machines, Shoe,
Nail-driving.
48. IMPLEMENTS, STAPLE FORMING AND SETTING. Im-
plements which form the staple from a continuous wire or cut
it from a prepared metal staple-strip, and then set the staple
in the work.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 2, Machines, Staple form-
ing and setting; 7, Machines, Book, Staple forming and set-
ting; 11, Machines, Box, Staple forming and setting; 20, Ma-
chines, Shoe, Staple forming and setting: and 54, Machines,
Blind slat and rod, Staple forming and setting.
49. IMPLEMENTS. STAPLE-SETTING, MAGAZINE. Imple-
ments in which the loose staples are placed in a magazine or
hopper and are automatically fed to a setting position.
Search Class -
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 3, Machines, Staple-setting,
Magazine.
50. IMPLEMENTS, STAPLE-SETTING. Implements which
simply set staples which are placed by hand in the stapling-
jaws.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 4, Machines, Staple-set-
ting; 8, Machines, Book. Staple-setting; 21, Machines, Shoe,
Staple-setting; and 55, Machines, Blind slat and rod, Staple-
setting.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 1 Continued.
51. IMPLEMENTS, WIRE-NAIL FORMING AND DRIVING.
Implements which cut the nail from wire or a nail-string and
drive the nail.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 9, Machines, Box, Nail
forming and driving; and 27, Machines, Shoe, Wire nail form-
ing and driving.
52. IMPLEMENTS, STRIP, NAIL AND PEG. Implements
adapted to cut a nail from a metal strip (either ribbon or comb)
or a peg from a peg-wood strip, which strip is automatically
fed to position, and then drive the nail or peg.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 22, Machines, Shoe, Strip,
Nail; and 23, Machines, Shoe, Strip, Peg.
53. IMPLEMENTS, STRIP, TACK. Implements adapted to
drive tacks from a tack-strip.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 24, Machines, Shoe, Strip,
Tack.
54. MACHINES, BLIND SLAT AND ROD, STAPLE FORM-
ING AND SETTING. Blind-wiring machines which form
the wire staple and set it into the slats or slat-rods, or both.
CLASS 1 Continued.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 2, Machines, Staple form-
ing and setting; 7, Machines, Book, Staple forming and set-
ting; 11, Machines, Box, Staple forming and setting; 20, Ma-
chines, Shoe, Staple forming and setting; and 48, Implements,
Staple forming and setting.
55. MACHINES, BLIND SLAT AND ROD, STAPLE-SET-
TING. Machines which wire the slats or rods without form-
ing the staples. The latter are usually fed down an incline.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 4, Machines, Staple-set-
ting; 8, Machines, Book, Staple-setting; 13, Machines, Box,
Staple-setting; 21, Machines, Shoe, Staple-setting; and 50,
Implements, Staple-setting.
56. PACKAGES. Packages of fasteners to be use4 in nailing or
stapling where the package is more than a mere box or con-
tainer. The fasteners are generally so held that they may be
readily discharged into the magazine attached to the nailing
or stapling machine, or the package itself forms such magazine.
Search Class
218 -BUTTON, EYELET, AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 28,
Packages.
CLASS 6. BEE CULTURE.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes constructions specially adapted to be used iu
bee culture. Animal culture in general is classified in Class 119,
ANIMAL HUSBANDRY.
Subclasses.
1. BEEHIVES. Miscellaneous beehive construction not classifi-
able in any of the following subclasses.
2. BEEHIVES, FRAMES. Beehive construction in which
honeycomb-frames are used.
3. BEEHIVES, FRAMES, PIVOTED. Beehives arranged for
honeycomb-frames in which the frames are pivoted or hinged.
Commonly the frames are arranged in the hive similar to the
leaves in a book.
4. BEEHIVES, ENTRANCES AND EXITS. Entrances and
exits of beehives. Moth-traps are included in this subclass,
as the trap commonly involves a modification of the hive-
entrance.
CLASS 6 Continued.
5. BEEHIVES, BEE-FEEDERS. Means for feeding the bees
applied to beehives.
6. BEEHIVES, STANDS. Stands and supports for beehives.
7. APPLIANCES, SWARM. Constructions for hiving and
handling bee swarms.
8. APPLIANCES, HIVE-CONNECTORS. Constructions con-
necting one hive with another for the purpose of transferring
bees.
9. APPLIANCES, QUEEN-BEE CELLS AND CAGES. De-
vices for protecting queen-bee cells, also cages for queen bees,
commonly for transportation.
10. APPLIANCES, COMB-FRAMES. Frames and boxes for
honeycombs.
11. APPLIANCES, COMB-FOUNDATION. Artificial combs
and foundations and processes and apparatus for making the
same.
12. APPLIANCES, IMPLEMENTS. Various implements em-
ployed in bee culture.
CLASS 7.-COMPOTTND TOOLS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
Tliis class includes miscellaneous compound tools. Recognized
specific combinations of tools will be classified and given titles as
such and placed in the appropriate art classes. Novel features in
specific tools forming parts of structures classified in COMPOUND
TOOLS will be cross-referenced into the appropriate tool class.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Compound tools not elsewhere classified.
2. MISCELLANEOUS, INTEGRAL. Miscellaneous compound
tools consisting of a single piece of material.
3. TYPE, PLIERS. Compound tools having the general structure
of pliers.
4. TYPE PLIERS, MODIFIED HANDLES. Flier-handles
modified by tools carried on them.
5. TYPE. PLIERS, MODIFIED HANDLES, PIVOTED
AUXILIARY TOOLS. Plier-handles modified by tools
pivoted to them.
6. TYPE, SCISSORS. Compound tools having the general struc-
ture of scissors.
7. TYPE, MONKEY-WRENCH. Compound tools having the
general structure of a monkey-wrench.
CLASS 7 Continued.
8. TYPE, HAMMER. Compound tools having the general struc-
ture of a hammer.
9. TYPE, HAMMER, FIXED-FORM. Tools of the hammer
type in which the relative positions of the various parts are
not altered during the various operations of which the device
is capable.
10. TYPE, MINER'S CANDLESTICK. A candlestick provided
with a candle-socket and a pointed blade to be stuck in the
wall to support the candlestick, in combination with various
tools, such as knife-blades, fuse cappers, crimpers, etc.
Search Class
86 ARMS, PROJECTILES, AND EXPLOSIVE CHARGES, MAKING
subclass 22, Loading fireworks and blasting charges, Imple-
ments, Fuse.
11. TYPE, POCKET-KNIFE. Compound tools having the gen-
eral structure of a pocket-knife.
12. TYPE, CROWBAR. Compound tools having the general
structure of a crowbar. Mainly wire-fence and railroad tools.
13. TYPE, HANDSAW. Handsaws combined with straight-
edges, levels, etc., to be used as gages, try-squares, etc.
14. TYPE, FORK. Compound tools having the general structure
of a culinary fork.
15. HOLDERS. Handles and holders to be inserted in bit-stocks
are equipped with a number of bits or tools.
16. HOLDERS, PIVOTED TOOLS. Bits pivoted to holders so
that any one of them can be swung into or out of position for
use.
11
CLASS 9. BOATS AND BUOYS.
DEFINITION'S.
This class includes such structure and attachments as are peculiar
to small manually-propelled craft; channel, obstruction, safe, life,
and other buoys; life-rafts, and, from analogy, some life-saving appa-
ratus for reaching shore or another vessel 'from a wrecked vessel;
the boat hoisting and lowering davits and tackle carried aboard
ship; also, swimming appliances.
Subclasses.
1. BOATS. Miscellaneous boats.
2. BOATS, SECTIONAL AND FOLDING. Various collapsible
and sectional boats.
3. BOATS, LIFE-BOATS. Boats especially designed for hazard-
ous service and intended, by means of air-compartments or
other arrangements, to remain afloat under all conditions and
to capsize with difficulty.
Search Class -
9 BOATS AND BUOYS, subclass 11, Life-rafts.
4. BOATS, LIFE-BOATS, INCLOSED. Life boats adapted to
receive the passengers within an air chamber or space which
can be closed water-tight. Usually the entire boat is one large
air-chamber, into which the passengers enter by a hatchway,
which is then closed water-tight. In some cases means is pro-
vided for working a propeller or oars.
Search Class
9 BOATS AND BUOYS, subclass 10, Buoys, Safes.
5. BOATS, HUNTING. Boats especially designed for the con-
cealment of the occupant and for more or less quiet propul-
sion to aid the hunter to approach the game.
6. BOATS, HULL CONSTRUCTION. Such hull structure as is
peculiar to small craft.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 9, Building.
6.5. BOATS, HULL CONSTRUCTION, FORMERS AND
FRAMERS. Machines or implements for bending, shaping,
stamping, or temporarily holding in place the frames, timbers,
or sides of the hull.
7. BOATS, SEATS AND FOOT-SUPPORTS. Rowers' or pas-
sengers' seats or foot-braces.
8. BUOYS. Miscellaneous buoys. Channel and obstruction buoys
are here included.
Search Class
116 SIGNALS, subclass 13, Signals, Fog, for sounding-buoys.
8.3. BUOYS, ILLUMINATING. The combination of a floating
support and an illuminating device.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, and 176, ELECTRIC LAMPS, for
the illuminating devices.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, for gas generation and
storage.
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclass 26, Pro-
jectiles, where the combined illuminating device and floating
support is designed to be shot from a gun.
8.5. BUOYS, OIL-DISTRIBUTERS. Buoys provided with
means for distributing oil on the surface of the waves.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 232, Oil-distributers, and 61, HYDRAULIC
ENGINEERING, subclass 54, Harbors, Fortifications and de-
fenses, for other types of oil distribution.
9. BUOYS, WRECK-INDICATING. Buoys adapted on the sink-
ing of a vessel to become unseated and on rising to the surface
unreel a retaining-line and then float over the wreck to indi-
cate the location of the latter.
CLASS 9 Continued.
10. BUOYS, SAFES. Floats or buoys adapted to contain valu-
ables and to be thrown overboard when the vessel is in danger
of sinking. Some are adapted to support persons who cling
to them when in the water.
Search Class
9 BOATS AND BUOYS, subclass 4, Boats, Life-boats, Inclosed.
11. LIFE-RAFTS. Life-saving rafts for use in cases of disasters at
sea.
Search Class
9 BOATS AND BUOYS, subclass 3, Boats, Life-boats.
12. LIFE-RAFTS, SHIP PARTS AND FURNITURE. Those
ship parts such as berths, decks, cabins, etc.; also, such ships'
furniture as sofas, settees, chairs, stools, tables, etc., which are
adapted for use as life-rafts.
13. LIFE-RAFTS, MATTRESS. Bed-mattresses adapted also for
service as life-rafts.
14. LIFE-SAVING APPARATUS. Various devices for saving
life at sea, such as arrangements and apparatus for getting life-
lines or people ashore or to another ship, life-lines for bathers,
nets to prevent bathers being carried out too far, overwater-
lines to which swimmers may have a traveling supporting-
line attached, etc.
Search Class
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclass 34, Pro-
jectiles, Line-carrying.
15. RAFTING AND BOOMING. Apparatus and methods for
rafting or booming floating timber.
16. RAFTING AND BOOMING, TIMBER-COUPLINGS. De-
vices for temporarily attaching timbers together to better float
them.
17. LIFE-PRESERVERS. Buoyant devices adapted to be at
tached to the person to prevent drowning.
18. LIFE-PRESERVERS, MECHANICAL PROPULSION.
Life-preservers which have some sort of propeller or paddle-
wheel which is adapted to be operated by hand or foot power.
19. LIFE-PRESERVERS. SELF-INFLATING. Life-preservers
carrying chemicals which on contact with the water will gene-
rate an inflating-gas.
20. LIFE-PRESERVERS, GARMENT. Life-preservers fash-
ioned in some degree after a garment.
21. SWIMMING APPLIANCES. Devices adapted to be attached
to the swimmer's limbs or grasped in his hands and which are
designed to aid the swimmer's efforts.
22. HOISTING AND LOWERING. Ships' davits or their
equivalents, tackle, etc., used to hoist or lower boats over the
ship's side.
23. HOISTING AND LOWERING, DETACHING DEVICES.
Devices for releasing the lowering-tackle from the boat.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclasses 2, Anchor trippers, and 16, Couplings and
tow-lines.
24. OARS. Rowing-oars for boats, rafts, etc
25. OARS, BOW-FACING. Oars adapted to permit the operator
to face in the direction the boat is traveling and yet pull in
the usual manner.
26. ROWLOCKS. Boat oar-locks.
13
CLASS 10. BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW
MAKING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes special machines and devices for manufacturing
bolts, rivets, nails, screws, nuts, and washers and also machines and
implements for funning screw-threads, both external and internal,
except such threads as are produced by rolling or may be formed
as a secondary function of an organized lathe.
Machines for making nuts and washers by cold-punching and
shearing only will be found in appropriate subclasses of class 164,
CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS.
Machines for making lock-washers, etc., by bending only will
be found in class 153, METAL- BENDING.
Machines for die-rolling screw-threads will be found in class
80. METAL-ROLLING. Screw-Threads.
Machines in which the cutting of screw-threads is an incidental
function will be found in class 82, TURNING, Lathes, Screw-Cutting.
Macliines often used for making "machine-screws," but equally
well adapted for making other small parts such as spoke-nipples,
binding-posts, etc. will be found in appropriate subclasses in class
29. METAL-WOKKING, Combined Machines.
In this class an art grouping has been followed as closely as possible,
similar structures being indicated by similar subclass titles and con-
nected for search purposes by search-carding.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Machines and devices for making bolts
nails, screws, etc., not otherwise classifiable.
2. SCREW-MAKING. Machines for making screws, usually
wood-screws, either for finishing the screws complete or for per-
forming such operations or groups of operations as are not
otherwise classified in tliis class.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
101, Screw-threading, Machines, Chasing-flutter, and 102,
Screw-threading, Machines, Chasing-cutter, Rotary, for ma-
chines for threading only.
29 METAL-WORKING, Combined Machines, and appropriate
subclasses, for machines formaking "machine-screws," spoke-
nipples, etc.
3. SCREW-MAKING, HEAD NICKING AND SHAVING.
Machines for sawing or swaging the driving-slot in the screw-
head and for Circurnferentially shaving it to give it the proper
form and to remove any bur produced by the nicking opera-
tion. In some cases the head is shaved both before and after
the nicking operation.
4. SCREW-MAKING, POINTING AND THREADING. Ma-
chines for giving a conical point to the screw-blank and for
threading it where these operations are performed by separate
mechanisms.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
101, Screw-threading, Machines, Chasing-cutter, and 102,
Screw-threading, Machines, Chasing-cutter Rotary, where
the point is formed by a chasing-cutter which also threads the
remainder of the screw.
5. SCREW-MAKING, HEAD-NICKING. Machines for making
the driving-slot in the heads of wood-screws. The slot is
usually produced by a rotary saw; but the machines are to be
distinguished from the general class of milling-machines in
that they have special mechanism for holding and feeding
the screw-blanks to the cutter.
6. SCREW-MAKING, HEAD-NICKING, ROTARY WORK-
HOLDER. Screw-nicking machines in which the screw-
blanks are held in and carried past the nicking apparatus by a
rotary table or carrier having a step-by-step movement.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
13, Bolt and rivet making, Rotary multiple dies; 158, Capping
nails and screws, Rotary^ work-holder; 39, Nail-inaking, Cut
nails, Horseshoe-nails, Finishing, Rotary work-holder; 52,
Nail-making, Wire nails, Rotary work-holder; GO, Nail-inak-
ing, 'Wrought nails, Horseshoe-nails, Rotary work-holder;
60, Nail-making, Wrought nails, Spikes, Rotary work-holder,
and 77, Nut and washer making, Forging, Rotary multiple
dies, for similar forms of work-holder.
7. SCREW-MAKING, HEAD-NICKING, PUNCH AND DIE.
Machines and devices for nicking screw-heads in which the
slot is produced by a blow or thrust from a ribbed punch, the
screw-blank being meanwhile held in suitable cooperating
gripping-dies.
8. SCREW-MAKING, HEAD-SHAVING. Machines for trim-
ming by a peripheral cut the head of a wood-screw, either to
smooth and shape it or to remove the bur produced in the
nicking operation.
CLASS 10 Continued.
9. SCREW-MAKING, POINTING. Machines for producing a
conical or conoidal point upon a wood-screw blank.
Search Class
10 BOLT NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 101,
Screw-threading, Machines, Chasing-cutter, where the blank
is pointed by the threading-chaser simultaneously with the
threading of the remainder of the blank, the whole operation
being considered threading; subclasses 4. Screw-making, Point-
ing and threading, and 21, Bolt and rivet making, Bolt-
pointing.
10. SCREAV-MAKING, PROCESSES. Various methods or
groups of operations used in the manufacture of screws, includ-
ing mechanical steps and methods of finishing, but excluding
apparatus.
11. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING. Machines and devices for
making bolts and rivets, usually for forming suitable heads on
heated blanks.
12. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING, MULTIPLE-HEADER.
Machines having a series of punches and capable of forming
two or more articles simultaneously. They frequently have
a series of dissimilar forming-sockets for delivering first an
upsetting and then a forming and finishing blow.
13. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING, ROTARY MULTIPLE
DIES. Machines for making bolts and rivets, usually for
heading heated blanks, having sets of dies arranged in a rotary
die-carrier capable of a step-by-step movement, so as to bring
the blanks successively beneath the heading-punch or other
shaping mechanism. The dies may be arranged either
radially or in a circular set parallel to the axis of the carrier.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
39, Nail-making, Cut nails, Horseshoe-nails, Finishing, Rotary
work-holder; 52, Nail-making, Wire nails, Rotary work-
holder; 69, Nail-making, Wrought nails, Horseshoe-nails,
Rotary work-holder; 60, Nail-making, Wrought nails. Spikes,
Rotary work-holder; 77, Nut and washer making, Forging,
Rotary multiple dies; 6, Screw-making, Head-nicking, Rotary
work-holder, and 158, Capping nails and screws, Rotary work-
holder, for similar rotary work-holders.
14. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING, COTTER-SLOT PUNCH-
ING. Machines having means for punching a transverse
slot near the point of the bolt-blank, usually in addition to
means for simultaneously heading the blank.
15. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING RECIPROCATING DIE
AND HEADER. Machines for heading bolt and rivet blanks
in which one or both parts of the blank-gripping dies recipro-
cate transversely of the line of feed of the stock to grip and
release the blank and the heading mechanism or punch-
carrier reciprocates in the direction of the axis of the blank to
upset and head the same while held by the gripping-dies.
The latter dies sometimes sever the blank from the stock-rod
while closing.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT. RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
49, Nail-making, wire nails, Reciprocating die and header,
and 57, Nail-making, Wrought nails, Spikes, Reciprocating
die and header, for similar structures.
16. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING, RECIPROCATING DIE
AND HEADER. TOGGLE-CLOSING DIES. Machines
like the last preceding in which the gripping-dies are operated
by a toggle, the latter often having yielding parts or break-
pieces to prevent injury to the dies.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 50,
Nail-making, Wire nails, Reciprocating die and header,
Toggle-closing dies, for similar structures.
17. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING, RECIPROCATING DIE
AND HEADER, WEDGE-CLOSING DIES. Machines
of the general gripping-die and header type in which the
transverse movement of the dies is effected by wedges thrust
behind them or by a diagonal cam-slot acting in a substantially
similar manner.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 51,
Nail-making, Wire nails, Reciprocating die and header,
Wedge-closing dies.
18. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING, SIDE-SWAGING. Machines
for heading and finishing bolts and rivets, usually bolts, in
which a polygonal head or head-and shank are formed by
means of an axially-moving header working in alternation
with transversely-moving hammers or dies which shape the
sides of the head' or shank of the article.
19. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING, BOLT-HEAD FINISHING.
Machines and devices for finishing or '-machining" the upper,
lower, and side surfaces of rough-forged bolt-heads.
15
16
DEFINITIONS OP CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 10 Continued.
20. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING, BOLT-HEAD FINISHING,
BROACHING. Machines and devices for finishing the sides
of rough-forged bolt-heads by driving or thrusting them
through a trimming-die having suitably-arranged cutters.
21. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING, BOLT-POINTING. Ma-
chines for finishing and shaping the point of a bolt-blank by
means of formed cutters rotating relatively to the bolt, usually
to facilitate its insertion in a nut or tapped hole.
22. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING, ANVILS. Devices for sup-
porting dies, foot-operated vises, etc., to facilitate the hand-
forging of bolt-heads.
23. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING, SAFETY DEVICES. Yield-
ing devices, easily-replaced break-pieces, etc., for protecting
the dies and other important parts of bolt and rivet machines
from breakage when a blank is improperly gripped or when
some foreign substance falls between the dies or among the
working parts.
24. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING, DIES. Dies especially
designed to grip, sever, or swage bolt and rivet blanks.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses 7,
Screw-making, Head-nicking, Punch and die; 53, Nail-making,
Wire nails, Dies; 61, Nail-making, Wrought nails. Spikes,
Dies, and 70, Nail-making, Wrought nails, Horseshoe-nails,
Dies.
25. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING, SHEARS. Cutting devices
either integral with or attached to the gripping-dies of bolt and
rivet heading machines or so located upon some other part
of the machine as to be available in cutting stock-rods into
suitable lengths for bolt and rivet blanks.
Note. These devices are special mechanisms applied to bolt
and rivet machines and not so general in their function as
to warrant their classification in class 164, CUTTING AND PUNCH-
ING SHEETS AND BAKS.
26. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING, HEADING PUNCHES.
Devices inserted in the reciprocating header of a bolt or rivet
machine for forming special heads or forming heads in some
special manner.
27. BOLT AND RIVET MAKING PROCESSES. Methods of
making bolts and rivets, including mechanical methods and
excluding apparatus.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, other
process subclasses.
28. NAIL-MAKING, CUT NAILS. Miscellaneous machines and
devices for making nails by cutting them, usually transversely,
from a suitable nail-plate and in most cases subsequently
heading them.
29. NAIL-MAKING, CUT NAILS, TACK-STRIPS. Machines
for making strips of tacks arranged side by side with united
heads and resembling the teeth of a comb, such strips being
usually used in automatic nailing-machines.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, Machines, Shoe, Strip, Tack, for
machines which both make the strips and separate and drive
the tacks.
30. NAIL-MAKING, CUT NAILS, CUTTING AND HEADING.
Machines for severing the nail-blank from the nail-plate and
forming a head upon the severed blank.
31. NAIL-MAKING, CUT NAILS, CUTTING AND POINTING
Machines for severing nail-blanks from a nail-plate and point-
ing said blanks.
32. NAIL-MAKING, CUT NAILS, CUTTING. Machines and
devices for severing nail-blanks from nail-plates.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
30, Nail-making, Cut nails, Cutting and heading, and 31,
Nail-making, Cut nails, Cutting and pointing.
33. NAIL-MAKING, CUT NAILS, NAIL-PLATES. Plates of
suitable cross-section, contour, material, etc., for stock from
which nails may be produced by cutting.
Search Class -
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 41,
Nail-making, Cut nails, Horseshoe-nails, Nail-plates.
34. NAIL-MAKING, CUT NAILS, PROCESSES. Different
steps or sets of steps, mechanical and otherwise, in the manu-
facture of cut nails. No apparatus included.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 42,
Nail-making, Cut nails, Horseshoe-nails, Processes.
35. NAIL-MAKING, CUT NAILS, DIES. Dies suitable for sever-
ing nail-blanks from 'the plate or for shaping by cutting, or
both.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
40, Nail-making, Cut nails, Horseshoe-nails, Dies, and 53, Nail-
making, Wire nails, Dies.
36. NAIL-MAKING, CUT NAILS, HORSESHOE-NAILS.
Machines for producing by cutting from a plate nails of suitable
form, etc., for fastening horseshoes.
CLASS 10 Continued.
37. NAIL-MAKING, CUT NAILS, HORSESHOE-NAILS, CUT-
TING AND FINISHING. Machines for severing horse-
shoe-nails from a plate and for performing some subsequent
operation or operations, such as pointing, head-shaping, stiffen-
ing by die-swaging, etc.
38. NAIL-MAKING, CUT NAILS, HORSESHOE-NAILS, FIN-
ISHING. Machines for trimming, pointing, swaging, and
otherwise completing cut horseshoe-nails.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 37,
Nail-making, Cut nails, Horseshoe-nails, Cutting and finishing.
39. NAIL-MAKING, CUT NAILS, HORSESHOE-NAILS, FIN-
ISHING, ROTARY WORK-HOLDER. Machines for fin-
ishing cut horseshoe-nails in which the cut blanks are carried
to the various finishing mechanisms by a rotary table or holder
having a step-by-step movement.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
6, Screw-making, Head-nicking, Rotary work-holder; 52,
Nail-making, Wire nails, Rotary work-holders; 69, Nail-
making, Wrought nails, Horseshoe-nails, Rotary work-holder,
and 158, Capping nails and screws, Rotary work-holder, for
similar devices.
40. NAIL-MAKING, CUT NAILS, HORSESHOE-NAILS,
DIES. Dies especially designed to cut and trim horseshoe-
nails. They are not adapted to swage or shape by pressure.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
35, Nail-making, Cut nails, Dies, and 53, Nail-making, Wire
nails, Dies.
41. NAIL-MAKING, CUT NAILS, HORSESHOE-NAILS,
NAIL-PLATES. Blanks or plates of suitable section, con-
tour, material, etc., to especially adapt them for use as stock
from which horseshoe-nails may be cut.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 33,
Nail-making, Cut nails, Nail-plates.
42. NAIL-MAKING, CUT NAILS, HORSESHOE-NAILS,
PROCESSES. Steps or sets of steps, usually mechanical,
used in the manufacture of cut horseshoe-nails. No apparatus
included.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 34,
Nail-making, Cut nails, Processes.
43. NAIL-MAKING, WIRE NAILS. Miscellaneous machines and
devices for making nails from a coil of wire, usually by heading
the free end of the wire as fed in and then pointing and severing
the nail by suitable dies.
44. NAIL-MAKING WIRE NAILS, MAKING AND DIS-
TRIBUTING. Machines for forming nails from coils of wire
and feeding them to suitably-arranged chutes, so that they
may be driven in shoe-heels, boxes, etc.
Search* Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 9, Machines, Box, Nail-
forming and driving, and 27, Machines, Shoe, Wire^-nail form-
ing and driving, for machines which make, distribute, and
drive the nails.
45. NAIL-MAKING, WIRE NAILS, STRING-NAILS. Ma-
chines for forming strings or reels of nails so joined head to point
that they may be easily broken apart and driven by suitable
driving machines.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 9, Machines, Box, Nail
forming and driving, and 27, Machines, Shoe, Wire-nail form-
ing and driving, for machines which both make the nail-string
and subsequently sever nails therefrom and drive them.
46. NAIL-MAKING, WIRE NAILS SPIRAL-SHANK. Ma-
chines for producing wire nails with helically-ribbed shanks,
the helix being formed either by twisting a wire of polygonal
cross-section or by rolling or cutting a helical groove in the
shank.
47. NAIL-MAKING, WIRE NAILS, MULTIPLE-HEADER.
Machines having a plurality of heading punches and capable of
forming more than one nail at each reciprocation of the punch
carrier or carriers.
48. NAIL-MAKING, WIRE NAILS, MULTIPLE-HEADER,
OPPOSITE. Machines like the last preceding which form a
plurality of nails by cutting off a length of wire sufficient for
two nails and heading its opposite ends while held in a die
which usually points and divides the double blank at the
center.
49. NAIL-MAKING, WIRE NAILS, RECIPROCATING DIE
AND HEADER. Machines for making wire nails in which
one or both parts of the wire-gripping dies reciprocate trans-
versely of the line of feed of the wire to grip and release the
wire and the header reciprocates in the direction of the length
of the nail to head the same while held by the gripping dies.
The dies usually point and sever as well as hold the nail.
Search Class -
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
15, Bolt and rivet making, Reciprocating die and header, and
57, Nail-making, Wrought nails, Spikes, Reciprocating di
and header.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
17
CLASS 10 Continued.
50. NAIL-MAKING, WIRE NAILS, RECIPROCATING DIE
AND HEADER TOGGLE-CLOSING DIES. Machines
like the last preceding in which the gripping-dies are actuated
by a toggle.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCKEW MAKING, subclass 16,
Bolt and rivet making, Reciprocating die and header, Toggle-
closing dies.
51. NAIL-MAKING, WIRE NAILS, RECIPROCATING DIE
AND HEADER, WEDGE-CLOSING DIES. Machines of
the gripping-die and header type in which the dies are closed
by wedges thrust behind them or by means of a diagonal cam
slot acting in a substantially similar manner.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 17,
Bolt and rivet making, Reciprocating die and header, Wedge-
closing dies.
52. NAIL-MAKING, WIRE NAILS, ROTARY WORK-
HOLDER. Machines for making wire nails in which the
blanks are carried to the headers and other forming devices by
means of a rotatable work-holder having a step-by-step move-
ment.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses 6,
Screw-making, Head-nicking, Rotary work-holder; 13, Bolt,
and rivet making, Rotary multiple dies; 39, Nail-making, Cut
nails, Horseshoe-nails, Finishing, Rotary work-holder; 60,
Nail-making, Wrought nails, Spikes, Rotary work-holder; 69,
Nail-making, Wrought nails, Horseshoe-nails, Rotary work-
holder; 77, Nut and washer making, Forging, Rotary multiple
dies, and 158, Capping nails and screws, Rotary work-holder,
for similar work-holders.
53. NAIL-MAKING, WIRE NAILS, DIES. Dies especially
adapted to hold for heading, to corrugate, nick, point, sever,
etc., wire nails.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
24, Bolt and rivet making, Dies; 61, Nail-making, Wrought
nails, Spikes, Dies, and 70, Nail-making, Wrought nails,
Horseshoe-nails, Dies.
54. NAIL-MAKING, WIRE NAILS, PROCESSES. Patents de-
scribing steps or sets of steps, mechanical and otherwise, in the
making and finishing of wire nails.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, otherprocess
subclasses.
55. NAIL-MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS. Machines and devices
not otherwise classifiable for making nails by shaping them
from heated stock rods or plates.
56. NAIL-MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS, SPIKES. Machines
and devices not otherwise classified for making spikes from
heated stock. The heavy character of the work generally
necessitates corresponding changes in the methods of manu-
facture and design of the machine.
57. NAIL-MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS, SPIKES, RECIPRO-
CATING DIE AND HEADER. Machines for heading and
sometimes completing spikes in which one or both parts of the
blank-gripping dies reciprocate transversely to the line of feed
of the stock to grip and release the blank, the header meanwhile
reciprocating in the direction of the axis of the blank to upset
and head the same while held by the gripping dies. The latter
dies sometimes point and sever as well as hold the blank.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
15, Bolt and rivet making, Reciprocating die and header, and
49, Nail-making, Wire nails, Reciprocating die and header.
58. NAIL-MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS, SPIKES, ROLLER-
DIE. Spike-machines in which the spikes are partly but not
wholly formed by means of dies set in the periphery of a roll.
Heading, pointing, and other shaping means in addition to the
die-rolls are included.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, DIE-ROLLING, and subclasses thereunder,
for machines which complete spikes by rolling alone.
59. NAIL-MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS, SPIKES, POINT-
ING. Machines and devices for sharpening the entering ends
of spikes.
60. NAIL-MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS, SPIKES, ROTARY
WORK-HOLDER. Machines for making or finishing spikes
in which the blanks are carried in succession to the various
shaping mechanisms by a rotatable table or holder having a
step-by-step movement.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses 6,
Screw-making, Head-nicking, Rotary work-holder; 13, Bolt
and rivet making, Rotary multiple dies; 39, Nail-making, Cut
nails, Horseshoe-nails, Finishing, Rotary work-holder; 52,
Nail-making, Wire nails, Rotary work-holder; 69, Nail-mak-
ing, Wrought nails, Horseshoe-nails, Rotary work-holder;
77, Nut and washer making, Forging, Rotary multiple dies,
and 158, Capping nails and screws, Rotary work-holder, for
similar rotatable holders.
61. NAIL-MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS, SPIKES, DIES.
Dies especially adapted for the shaping of forged spikes.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
24, Bolt and rivet making, Dies; 53, Nail-making, Wire nails,
Dies, and 70, Nail-making, Wrought nails, Horseshoe-nails,
Dies.
2G674 12 2
CLASS 10 Continued.
62. NAIL-MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS, SPIKES, BLANKS.
Various forms of stock rods, rolled plates, etc., adapted to
facilitate and cheapen the manufacture of spikes.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
33, Nail-making, Cut nails, Nail-plates, and 41, Nail-making,
Cut nails, Horseshoe-nails, Nail-plates.
63. NAIL-MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS, SPIKES, PROC-
ESSES. Various steps and sets of steps, including mechanical
methods and excluding apparatus used in the manufacture of
spikes.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses 10,
Screw-making, Processes; 27, Bolt and rivet making, Processes,
and 71, Nail-making, Wrought nails, Horseshoe-nails, Processes.
04. NAIL-MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS, HORSESHOE-
NAILS. Machines for forging horseshoe-nails from heated rods
or other forms of stock. The dies and other mechanisms are
especially designed fo form horseshoe-nails and are frequently
constructed to simulate the peculiar drawing blow of a hand-
hammer.
65. NAIL-MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS, HORSESHOE-
NAILS, CHAIN-FEED. A type of machine in which the
blanks are carried to the shaping mechanism by an endless car-
rier or sectional table mounted upon and driven by chains.
66. NAIL - MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS, HORSESHOE-
NAILS, ROLL-FORGING. Machines in which the shap-
ing of the nail is partly but not wholly effected by means of
rolls, either plain or having dies upon their peripheries.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 24, Die-Rolling, and subclasses
thereunder for machines which complete the nail by rolling
alone.
67. NAIL - MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS, HORSESHOE-
NAILS, ROLL-FORGING, TRAVELING-ROLL. Horse-
shoe-nail-forgmg machines of the roll-forging type in which
the forging-roll rotates on an axis which itself has a lateral
movement, usually in a planetary path, so as to give a peculiar
drawing blow upon the nail-blank, similar to the blow of a
hand-hammer.
68. NAIL - MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS, HORSESHOE-
NAILS, SIDE-SWAGE. Horseshoe-nail-forging machines
in which the nail outlines are formed in part by laterally-mov-
ing dies which operate upon the sides of the head and shank
of the nail.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
18, Bolt and rivet making, Side-swaging, and 79, Nut and
washer making, Forging, Side-swage.
69. NAIL-MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS, HORSESHOE-
NAILS, ROTARY WORK-HOLDER. Horseshoe-nail-
forging machines in which the blanks are carried to the vari-
ous forging devices by a rotatable table or carrier having a step-
by-step movement.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
6. Screw-making, Head-nicking, Rotary work-holder; 13,
Bolt and rivet making, Rotary multiple dies; 39, Nail-mak-
ing, Cut nails, Horseshoe-nails, Finishing, Rotary work-holder;
52, Nail-making, Wire nails, Rotary work-holder; CO, Nail-
making, Wrought nails, Spikes, Rotary work-holder, and 158,
Capping nails and screws, Rotary work-holder.
70. NAIL - MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS, HORSESHOE-
NAILS, DIES. Dies especially designed for forging horseshoe-
nails.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
24, Bolt and rivet making, Dies; 53, Nail-making, Wire nails,
Dies, and (il, Nail-making, Wrought nails, Spikes, Dies.
71. NAIL - MAKING, WROUGHT NAILS, HORSESHOE-
NAILS, PROCESSES. Steps, and sets of steps, mechanical
and otherwise, used in the manufacture of forged horseshoe-
nails.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
10, Screw-making, Processes: 27, Bolt and rivet making,
Processes; 54, Nail-making, Wire nails, Processes, and 63,
Nail-making, W'rought nails, Spikes, Processes.
72. NUT AND WASHER MAKING. Miscellaneous machines
and devices for making nuts and washers. In all cases the
operations include something more than mere punching and
cutting off of nut-blanks or washers. The manufacture of the
two articles is not separated, as one machine may often make
either by a mere change of dies.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BAKS. Appropriate
subclasses for machines for cold-punching nut-blanks and
washers.
73. NUT AND WASHER MAKING, LOCK-WASHER MAK-
ING. Machines for cutting, coiling, swaging, and otherwise
shaping washers to lie used as nut-locks. These machines
perform more than the single operation of bending a bar to
shape.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING. Appropriate subclasses for machines for
merely bending rods to various shapes to be used as nut-locks.
18
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 10 Continued.
74. NUT AND WASHER MAKING, COILING AND FORGING.
Machines for bending hot blanks by dies or otherwise and
subsequently forging the coiled blank into nuts, which usually
have a split at one side to' adapt them for use as lock-nuts.
75. NUT AND WASHER MAKING, NUT FINISHING AND
TAPPING. Machines for performing various operations upon
rough nut-blanks, such as facing the top and bottom, milling
the sides, and threading the hole of the blank. These are all
combined machines performing more than one function.
76. NUT AND WASHER MAKING, FORGING. Machines and
devices for forging nuts and washers, usually nuts, and from
heated stock, though occasionally the article is shaped cold.
77. NUT AND WASHER MAKING, FORGING, ROTARY
MULTIPLE DIES. Machines for forging nuts and washers,
usually nuts, in which the blanks are carried to the various
shaping mechanisms by a rotatable die-carrier having a step-
by-step movement.
Search Class
10 BOLT. NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 13,
Bolt and rivet making, Rotary multiple dies.
78. NUT AND WASHER MAKING, FORGING, DOUBLE-
PUNCH DRIVE. Machines for forging nuts and washers
in which a pair of alined forming and perforating punches
acting point to point are driven by suitable mechanisms,
usually coupled, at each end of the machine.
79. NUT AND WASHER MAKING, FORGING, SIDE-SWAGE.
Machines in which the nuts are given a polygonal form by
hammers or dies moving laterally and at right angles to the
axis of the nut.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
18, Bolt and rivet making. Side-swaging, and 08, Nail-making,
Wrought nails, Horseshoe-nails, Side-swage.
80. NUT AND WASHER MAKING, FORGING, SIDE-SWAGE
AND MANDREL. Nut and washer forging machines in
which the nut is held on a mandrel while being shaped by
side-swaging dies or hammers.
81. NUT AND WASHER MAKING, NUT -BROACHING.
Special machines for finishing the sides of rough-forged nuts
by driving them through a broaching-die.
Search Class
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclass 33, Plan-
ing, Broaching, for machines for general broaching operations.
82. NUT AND WASHER MAKING, NUT-MILLING. Special
machines for finishing the sides of rough nut-blanks by means
of milling-cutters. The invention usually resides in the means
for holding and feeding the nut-blanks.
Search Class
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, appropriate sub-
classes for machines for general milling.
83. NUT AND WASHER MAKING. NUT-FACING. Special
machines for facing the tops and bottoms of rough nut-blanks,
usually by a turning operation.
Note. The invention resides in the means for feeding and dis-
charging the nuts, and for this reason the machines are ex-
cluded from class 82, TURNING, the broad class of turning.
84. NUT AND WASHER MAKING, NUT-FACING, ARBORS.
Arbors or mandrels especially designed to hold nut-blanks
while being faced. They usually have means for holding the
blank in true axial alinement even when of unequal thickness
on opposite sides.
Search Class
82 TURNING, subclass 43, Work-drivers, Mandrels.
85. NUT AND WASHER MAKING, DIES. Dies for forging and
finishing nuts and washers.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
24, Bolt and rivet making, Dies, and 01, Nail- Making, Wrought
nails, Spikes, Dies.
86. NUT AND WASHER MAKING, PROCESSES. Various
steps and sets of steps applicable to the manufacture of nuts
and washers. The steps are usually mechanical ones. No
apparatus is included.
87. SCREW-THREADING, MACHINES, COMBINED. Ma-
chines in which means for cutting external screw threads are
combined with some other mechanism, such as drilling or
turning mechanism.
88. SCREW-THREADING, WOODEN SCREWS. Machines
and devices for cutting threads, either external or internal,
in wood, such as wooden bench-screws, and nuts therefor,
bed-rails, etc.
89. SCREW-THREADING, MACHINES. Miscellaneous ma-
chines not otherwise classifiable for forming external screw-
threads on articles by removing a portion of the metal by
suitable cutters.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 84,
Nut and washer making, Nut-facing arbors.
CLASS 10 Continued.
90. SCREW-THREADING, MACHINES, CUTTING-OFF AND
THREADING. Machines for threading articles, usually
lengths of pipe, and having means for severing the articles
in suitable lengths either simultaneously with the threading
or separately.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
110, Screw-threading, Implements, Dies, Combined Cutting-
ofl and threading.
91. SCREW- THREADING, MACHINES, MULTIPLE -DIE.
Machines having a plurality of dies or cutting heads for form-
ing external threads.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
114, Screw-threading, Implements, Dies, Multiple.
92. SCREW-THREADING, MACHINES, MULTIPLE -DIE
ALINED. Machines or devices comprising a plurality of
threading-dies in axial alinement adapted to simultaneously
cut threads on different portions of the length of such articles
as steam-boiler stay-bolts, etc.
93. SCREW-THREADING, MACHINES, MULTIPLE -DIE,
TURRET. Machines having a plurality of screw-threading
dies arranged on the periphery of a rotatable turret.
94. SCREW - THREADING, MACHINES, COLLAPSING-
DIE. Machines in which the die after cutting a thread is
capable of opening or retracting the thread-cutting "chasers"
from the work, so that work and die may be separated without
unscrewing the thread just formed.
95. SCREW-THREADING, MACHINES, COLLAPSING-DIE,
BEVEL-CLOSING. Collapsing-die machines in which the
chasers are mounted on wedge-shaped pieces, diagonal slots,
or the like in the die-head, so that moving the chaser-carrier
in the axial direction relatively to the head also acts to with-
draw the chasers radially and release the work.
Search Class
29 METAL -WORKING, subclass Machine-chucks and tool-
sockets, Bevel-closing, and 145, WOODWORKING-TOOLS, sub-
class 84, Handles, Socket-fastenings, Bevel-closing, and sub-
classes thereunder, for similar structures for moving article-
holding jaws.
93. SCREW-THREADING. MACHINES, COLLAPSING-DIE,
CAM -CLOSING. Collapsing die machines in which the
chasers are moved radially by means of cams, usually a con-
centric cam with a series' of slots, one for operating each
chaser.
Search Classes
10 BOLT, NAIL. NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 122,
Screw-threading. Implements, Dies, Radial chaser, Adjust-
able, Cam-operated.
29 METALWORKING. subclass 124, Machine -chucks and tool-
sockets, Cam-closing.
145 WOOD WORKING -TOOLS, subclass 9i, Handles, Socket-
fastenings, Cam-closing.
97. SCREW-THREADING, MACHINES, COLLAPSING-DIE,
LEVER-CLOSING. Collapsing-die machines in which the
chasers are mounted upon levers capable of oscillating, so as
to give the chaser a radial movement to release the work.
Search Classes
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 129, Machine-chucks and tool-
sockets, Lever-closing.
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 98, Handles, socket-fasten-
ings, Lever-closing.
98. SCREW-THREADING, MACHINES, COLLAPSING-DIE,
LEVER-CLOSING, CONE. Collapsing-die machines in
which the chaser-operating levers are actuated by the axial
movement of a cone beneath the free ends of the levers.
Search Class
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 130, Machine-chucks and tool-
sockets, Lever-closing, Cone, for similar structures for moving
gripping-jaws.
99. SCREW-THREADING, MACHINES, COLLAPSING-DIE,
LEVER-CLOSING, TOGGLE. Machines of the type
shown in subclass 97, in which the levers are operated by or
form part of a toggle-joint, which usually serves to lock the
die-head in its closed position.
Search Class
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 131, Machine-chucks and tool-
sockets, Lever-closing, Toggle.
100. SCREW THREADING. MACHINES, COLLAPSING-DIE,
PIVOTED CHASER-CARRIER. Collapsing-die machines
in which the chasers are mounted either separately or in sets
on carriers swinging on pivots which are parallel to the axis
of the die-head.
NOTE. These should be distinguished from devices in subclasses
97, 98, and 99, in which t he levers are never pivoted on pivots
parallel to the axis of the head.
101. SCREW-THREADING, MACHINES CHASING-CUTTER.
Screw-threading machines having, in lieu of a closed die-head
with a plurality of circumferentially-arranged chasers, only a
single chasing-cutter with one or more V-points for producing
the thread. The machines are usually used for threading
wood-screws.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
19
CLASS 10 Continued.
102. SCREW-THREADING,MACHINES,CHASING-CUTTER,
ROTARY. Machines in which the chaser is cylindrical in
outline, having cutting-teeth of the same circular pitch as
that of the thread to be cut and mounted on an axis at right
angles to the axis of the work, so that it may have a rolling
motion along the work as the two are moved relatively to each
other in the direciton of the axis of the work.
103. SCREW-THREADING, MACHINES, RECESSED CYLIN-
DRICAL DIE-BLOCK. Machines or machine die-heads
in \yhich the chasers are short cylinders or their equivalent
having an external thread, the cutting edge of the chaser being
formed by removing a portion of the cylinder on lines par-
allel to its axis.
Search Class
82 TURNING, subclass 13, Axial pattern, Profiled cutter.
104. SCREW-THREADING, MACHINES, SCREW CHASER-
ADJUSTMENT. Machines and machine die-heads in which
the chasers are adjusted radially for wear or different-sized
work by means of backing screws or other radially-arranged
screws bearing upon or connected to the chasers.
105. SCREW-THREADING, MACHINES, FEEDS. Devices
for effecting axial movement between the die-head and work
in screw-threading machines to relieve the thread and dies
from the strain resulting from self-feeding.
106. SCREW-THREADING, MACHINES, LUBRICATORS.
Devices for supplying lubricants to the dies of screw-cutting
machines.
107. SCREW-THREADING, MACHINES, WORK-HOLDERS.
Devices for supporting and rotating or preventing the rotation
of work while being screw-threaded.
108. SCREW-THREADING, MACHINES, WORK-HOLDERS,
NIPPLE-CHUCKS. Devices for securely holding short
pieces of pipe while being screw-threaded throughout the
whole or the greater part of their length.
Search Class
29 METAL- WORKING, subclasses of Machine-chucks and tool-
sockets for devices analogous to those nipple-chucks which
have movable jaws.
109. SCREW - THREADING, IMPLEMENTS, COMBINED
TURNING AND THREADING. Portable devices for
turning worn parts and rethreading them or continuing the
old thread. They are for the most part devices for dressing
and rethreading worn wagon-axles.
Search Class
82 TURNING, subclass 4, Lathes, Portable, for implements of
the same general structure which turn only.
110. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS, DIES, COM-
BINED CUTTING-OFF AND THREADING. Dies
that is, portable hand-operated screw-threading devices hav-
ing radially-moving tools adapted to cut to length the pipe or
other article threaded. These cutters usually act separately
from the dies.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 90,
Screw-threading, Machines, Cutting-off and threading.
111. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS, DIES. Miscel-
laneous screw-threading implements consisting usually of a
chaser-holding head with operating-handles and a work-guide.
The term "die" is used in the ordinary trade sense. The
dies shape by cutting instead of pressure, as in the case of the
other subclasses of dies in this class.
112. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS, DIES, PIPE-
TRIMMING. Dies for threading pipe which are provided
with means for removing the scale from the pipe and reducing
it to size and true circular outline.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 73. Reamers, Pipe-bur, for
devices for removing the interior bur left in the pipe by roller
cutters and in some cases squaring the end of the pipe.
113. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS, DIES, THREAD-
TRIMMIN G. Screw-threading dies having means for remov-
ing a portion of the thread already formed, so as to leave the
tip of the bolt or pipe unthreaded for a short distance.
114. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS, DIES, MULTI-
PLE. Implements having several dies of different size or
pitch mounted in the same holder to obviate the frequent
changing of dies in the same stock.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
91, Screw-threading, Machines, Multiple-die.
115. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS. DIES, MULTI-
PLE, ROTATABLE DIE-BLOCK. Multiple dies in which
a pair or set of cylindrical or polygonal blocks mounted on
parallel pivots have part dies of similar size and pitch cut in
corresponding sides of the blocks, so that a complete working
die may be formed by turning together similar part dies and
locking the rotatable blocks in that position.
116. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS. DIES, DIVIDED.
Dies composed of separate parts mounted in a retaining-ring,
box, or other holder and usually capable of ad j ustment therein.
CLASS 10 Continued.
117. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS, DIES, DIVIDED,
CONED-SCREW ADJUSTMENT. Divided dies mounted
in retaining rings or holders and adjustable therein by means
of cone-pointed or cone-headed screws.
118. SCREW-THREADING. IMPLEMENTS, DIES, INTE-
GRAL. Dies formed of a single piece of metal, which may or
may not be slotted at one side to permit adjustment within
the limits of the resiliency of the metal.
119. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS, DIES, INTE-
GRAL, ADJUSTMENTS. Integral dies having slots at one
or more points of their circumference and means for giving the
die a limited adjustment by springing the metal of the die.
120. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS, DIES, RADIAL-
CHASER. Dies in which the immediate thread-cutting por-
tions are bar-like chasers toothed at their inner ends and
arranged substantially radially in the die-head or holder.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
104, Screw-threading, Machines, Screw chaser-adjustment.
121. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS, DIES, RADIAL-
CHASER, ADJUSTABLE. Dies in which the chasers are
radially adjustable for wear for different sizes of work or to
release the work when finished.
122. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS, DIES, RADIAL-
CHASER, ADJUSTABLE, CAM-OPERATED. Dies in
which the radial movement or adjustment of the chaser is
effected by means of a cam having slots to engage each chaser.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
9G, Screw-Threading, Machines, Collapsing-die, Cam-closing.
123. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS, DIE-STOCKS.
Devices comprising a die-holder and handles for rotating the
same, together with other mechanism for guiding the article
to be threaded, lubricating the chasers, etc.
124. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS, DIE-STOCKS,
RATCHET. Devices for holding and rotating screw-thread-
ing dies, including a ratchet mechanism between the die and
driving-handles, so that the die may be given a complete rota-
tion by an oscillating motion of the handles.
125. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS, DIE-STOCKS,
HINGED. Die-stocks provided with a hinge at one side of
the die-frame and locking means at the other side, so that the
stock may be readily opened to change dies.
126. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS, DIE-STOCKS,
OILERS. Stocks having oil-reservoirs, usually in the han-
dles, and mechanism for supplying the oil to the cutting ends
of the chasers.
127. SCREW-THREADING, IMPLEMENTS, DIE-STOCKS,
BUSHINGS. Interchangeable collars or their equivalents
attached to the die-stock in axial alinement with the die to
surround the work and steady the stock thereon while the
thread is being cut.
128. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, MACHINES, COM-
BINED REAMING AND TAPPING. Machines, usually
for finishing pipe-fittings, which first ream and then tap or
interiorly thread the rough connection. The fittings are often
held in a rotatable holder.
129. SCREW - THREADING, TAPPING, MACHINES. Ma-
chines not otherwise classifiable for cutting interior screw-
threads.
130. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, MACHINES, MULTI-
PLE TAP-SPINDLE. Machines for cutting Interior screw-
threads having a plurality of tap-driving spindles.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclasses under Drilling-machines,
Multiple-spindle.
131. SCREW-THREADING. TAPPING, MACHINES, MULTI-
PLE TAP-SPINDLE, TEE-THREADING. Multiple-
spindle tapping-machines especially designed to tap the three-
way pipe-fittings usually called " tees."
132. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, MACHINES, MULTI-
PLE TAP-SPINDLE, CIRCULAR-GANG. Multiple-spin-
dle tapping-machines in which the spindles are arranged in a
circular series, either parallel to each other or radially placed
in a single plane.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclasses 23, Drilling-machines,
Multiple-spindle, Parallel axes, Circular-gang, and 26, Drilling-
machines, Multiple-spindle, Radial axes.
133. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, MACHINES, DOU-
BLE TAP-GRIP. Screw-tapping machines in which a rela-
tively long-shanked tap is gripped by jaws at two points of its
length, one set of jaws serving to hold and drive the tap, while
the other set is open to allow nut-blanks to be fed along the
tap. The machines are thus made continuous in their action,
the blanks being fed upon one end of the tap and the finished
nuts discharged from the other end.
20
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 10 Continued.
134. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, MACHINES, RE-
LEASABLE-TAP. Screw-tapping machines having means
for quickly releasing a long-shanked tap from its driving means,
so that the tapped nuts may be readily discharged therefrom
and the tap again coupled to the driver.
135. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, MACHINES, YIELD-
ING TAP-DRIVER. Machines and devices driving the
tap by frictional or other clutches adjusted to yield as soon as
the tap "bottoms" or meets with any obstruction which
would injure it if rotated further.
136. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, MACHINES, RE-
VERSING MECHANISMS. Devices for changing the direc-
tion of rotation of the tap-spindle after the work is completed
to withdraw the tap.
137. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, MACHINES, RE-
VERSING MECHANISMS, BEVEL-GEARED. Tap-
reversing mechanisms comprising a pair of oppositely-rotated
bevel-gears mounted on the same axis, connected by a third
bevel-gear, and capable of being separately clutched to the
driven shaft to reverse its direction of rotation.
138. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, MACHINES, RE-
VERSING MECHANISMS, SPUR-GEARED. Tap
reversing mechanisms comprising a train of spur-gears into
which an idler may be introduced to change the direction of
rotation of the driven gear and the spindle to which it is
attached.
139. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, MACHINES, FEEDS.
Devices for automatically feeding nuts. etc.. to tapping-
spindles or for advancing the spindle itself to the work to be
tapped.
140. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, IMPLEMENTS,
TAPS, COMBINED. Devices comprising a screw-cutting
tap and a reamer, drill facing-tool, or similar cutter.
(Note. All combined cutters which include a tap as an element
will be found in this class, except such as are incidentally
shown, unclaimed, in subclass 12, Drilling-machines, Port-
able, Clamped, Drilling and tapping, and subclass 37 Tapping-
mains, and subclasses thereunder, in class 77, BORING AND
DRILLING.)
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING subclass 65, Drills, Combined, for
devices combining drills, reamers, countersinks, and similar
tools for making unthreaded holes.
141. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, IMPLEMENTS,
TAPS. Devices not otherwise classifiable for cutting interior
screw-threads.
142. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, IMPLEMENTS,
TAPS, ADJUSTABLE. Taps in which the immediate
thread-cutting portions are capable of radial adjustment, but
are not adapted to be rapidly retracted, so as to be withdrawn
from the thread without unscrewing.
143. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, IMPLEMENTS,
TAPS, COLLAPSIBLE. Devices in which the thread-
cutting portions may be readily retracted toward the axis of
the tap to permit its withdrawal from the tapped hole without
unscrewing.
144. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, IMPLEMENTS,
TAPS, COLLAPSIBLE, CAM-CORE. Collapsible taps
in which the cutters are protruded and retracted by rotating
a cam-surfaced piece axially or concentrically mounted.
145. SCREW-THREADING. TAPPING. IMPLEMENTS,
TAPS, COLLAPSIBLE. WEDGE-CORE. Collapsible
taps in which the cutters are protruded and retracted by the
axial movement of a conical or wedge shaped core or center
piece.
146. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, IMPLEMENTS,
TAPS, BUILT-UP. Taps without any provision for adjust-
ment of the cutting portions, but made up of several pieces
rigidly secured together instead of a single piece of metal.
147. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, IMPLEMENTS,
TAPS, GUIDES. Various devices for holding taps in exact
alinement with the hole or series of alined holes to be tapped
or to start a tap exactly at right angles to the surface pierced.
148. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, IMPLEMENTS,
TAP-WRENCHES. Devices especially designed for holding
and rotating screw-threading taps in the same manner that
dies are rotated by a die-stock.
Search Classes
81 TOOLS, subclasses of Wrenches.
145 WOODWORKING TOOLS, subclass 65, Handles, Cross bar.
149. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, IMPLEMENTS,
TAP-WRENCHES, AXIAL-SCREW CLAMP. Tap-
wrenches in which the tap-clamping means are screws arranged
in the direction of the length of the wrench, being frequently
the threaded ends of the wrench-handles themselves.
150. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, IMPLEMENTS,
TAP-WRENCHES, RATCHET. Tap-driving devices
including a pawl-ancl-ratchet mechanism between the tap-
holder and the wrench-handles.
CLASS 10 Continued.
Search Classes
10 Subclass 124, Screw threading, Implements, Die stocks,
Ratchet.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 16, Pawls and Ratchets.
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 10, Drilling Machines,
Portable, Rail-drills, Ratchet; subclasses 43 to 47. Ratchet
drills.
145 WOODWORKING TOOLS, subclasses 70, Bit stocks, Ratchet;
75, Handles, Ratchet and Pawl; 76, Handles, Ratchet clutch;
and 77, Handles, Cross bar, Ratchet.
151. SCREW-THREADING, TAPPING, IMPLEMENTS,
TAP-WRENCHES, TRANSVERSE-SCREW CLAMP.
Tap-wrenches in which the tap-shank is gripped by screws
arranged transversely of the frame of the wrench or by jaws
operated by similarly-placed screws.
152. SCREW-THREADING, SWAGING. Machines, dies, and
devices for making screw-threads by displacing the metal
between the threads by pressure and crowding it, usually
without heating, into the thread itself.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, Screw-Threads, and subclasses there-
under for swaging screw-threads by reciprocating platens,
which rotate the blank between them, or swaging by rolls.
153. SCREW-THREADING, SWAGING, RECIPROCATING-
DIE. Screw-swaging machines and devices including parted
dies interiorly threaded, so as to form a mating-thread on the
work-piece when said dies are reciprocated in a direction at
right angles to the axis of the work.
154. SCREW-THREADING, THREAD-MILLING. Special ma-
chines for cutting screw-threads by means of V-shaped rotary
cutters.
Search Class
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING AND PLANING, subclasses 11 to
22 under Milling for general milling.
155. BOLT AND NUT ASSEMBLING. Special machines for
screwing together finished bolts and nuts. They are fre-
quently automatic, the separate articles being fed from hop-
pers to tlie assembling mechanism.
156. CAPPING NAILS AND SCREWS. Special machines for
providing nails and screws with ornamental sheet-metal caps
or with heads larger than can be readily swaged from the stock
used for the shank. A few machines for making core-support-
ing chaplets are included.
157. CAPPING NAILS AND SCREWS, RECTANGULAR
STOCK-FEED. Nail and screw capping machines in which
the stock for the shanks is fed longitudinally into the machine,
the ribbon or plate of stock for the heads being meanwhile fed
in laterally and intersecting the line of feed of the shank-stock
at right angles, the forming and joining mechanism being
located at this point of intersection.
158. CAPPING NAILS AND SCREWS, ROTARY "WORK
HOLDER. Nail and screw capping machines in which the
articles are held and carried to the capping mechanisms by a
rotatable work-holder having a step-by-step movement.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, sub-
classes 6, Screw-making. Head-nicking, Rotary work-holder;
39, Nail-making, Cut nails, Horseshoe-nails, Finishing, Rotary
work-holder; 60, Nail-making, Wrought nails, Spikes, Rotary
work-holder, and 69, Nail-making, Wrought nails, Horse-
shoe-nails, Rotary work-holder.
159. CAPPING NAILS AND SCREWS, NICKING DEVICES.
Devices for cutting through the sheet-metal screw-head cover-
ing a nick to correspond with the nick or slot in the screw-head.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, sub-
classes 5 to 7 under Screw-making, Head-nicking.
160. CAPPING NAILS AND SCREWS, DIES. Dies especially
adapted for forming and closing nail and screw caps about the
heads of the articles.
161. CAPPING NAILS AND SCREWS, PROCESSES. Steps
and sets of steps, including mechanical processes but excluding
apparatus, for affixing caps to nail and screw heads.
162. DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS. Miscellaneous ma-
chines for feeding nail, screw, and nut blanks and nail plates
or stock to machines for performing various steps in the manu-
facture of those articles, for separating finished articles from
imperfect work and chips, and for conveying articles from
machines to receptacles for packing, etc.
163. DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS, AGITATED-CHUTE.
Feeders in which the articles are arranged or forwarded by
inclined chutes which are jolted or shaken by suitable mech-
anism.
164. DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS, AGITATED-HOP-
PER. Feeders in which the articles are arranged and fed
from hoppers which are tilted, jarred, or rocked to move the
blanks contained.
165. DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS, INCLINED-CHUTE.
Feeders or assorters in which the articles are arranged or as-
sorted by sliding down sharply-inclined chutes usually having
slots in their bottoms through which the articles hang sup-
ported by their heads.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
21
CLASS 10 Continued.
166. DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS, GRIPPING FEED-
ING-JAWS. Feeders in which the articles are conveyed one
by one to the shaping mechanisms by means of jaws which
grip them singly and carry them from a receptacle to the
point desired.
167. DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS, RECIPROCATING-
LIFTER. Feeders in which the articles are elevated from
a mass a few at a time by means of a lifter which reciprocates
vertically within the hopper, usually through a slot in its
bottom. The articles are generally discharged from the lifter
into an inclined conveyer.
168. DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS, ROTARY-CYLIN-
DER. Distributers and assorters in which the articles are
agitated in slotted cylinders often having inclined axes and
usually so constructed that the width of the slots may be
varied.
169. DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS, ROTARY-DISK.
Feeders in which the articles are received in recesses in the
peripheries of rota table disks and carried thereby to the point
to be operated upon.
170. DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS, ROTARY-HOPPER.
Feeders in which the articles are deposited promiscuously in
a rotating hopper from which they are taken by forked lifters
or escape by chutes adjacent to openings in the bottom of the
hopper.
171. DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS, NAIL-PLATE. Mis-
cellaneous devices for feeding nail-plates to cutting-machines.
The plates may be fed direct, oscillated to produce tapering
nail-blanks, or may be turned completely over after each cut.
CLASS 10 Continued.
172. DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS, NAIL-PLATE, OS-
CILLATING. Devices which swing the nail-plate from side
to side as it is fed forward, so that the nail-blanks are cut '
tapering, the head end lying first at one side and then the
other of the plate.
173. DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS, NAIL-PLATE, RE-
VERSING. Nail-plate feeders which turn the plate over
after each nail is cut therefrom.
174. -DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS, NAIL-PLATE, RE-
VERSING, GEARED. Nail-plate feeders in which the
plate-holding mechanism is reversed or turned through a half-
circle by means of a train of gearing.
175. DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS, NAIL-PLATE, RE-
VERSING, GEARED, RACK-AND-PINION. Nail-plate
feeders in which the plate-holder is reversed by means of a
concentrically-attached pinion, with which meshes a recip-
rocating rack.
176. DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS, NAIL-PLATE, RE-
VERSING, GEARED, SEGMENTAL. Nail-plate feeders
in which the plate-holder is reversed by an attached pinion,
with which meshes an oscillating segmental gear, or by a
gear-train, containing at some point a segmental gear.
177. DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS, NAIL-PLATE, RE-
VERSING, STRAP-DRIVE. Nail-plate feeders in which
the plate-holder is reversed by means of straps of metal or
leather wound upon the barrel from opposite sides and mech-
anism for pulling the straps alternately in opposite directions.
178. DISTRIBUTERS AND FEEDERS, NAIL-PLATE. NIP-
PERS AND NOSE-PIECES. Devices including the im-
mediate gripping portion of the nail-pjate holder and that
part of the barrel nearest the nail-cutting shears.
CLASS 12. BOOT AND SHOE MAKING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes instruments specially adapted for making boots
and shoes which are not classified elsewhere, and processes of making
boots and shoes, except such as by their steps merely define the
structure of the article, such processes being found in class 3 i, BOOTS,
SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, with the articles to which they relate.
Molding apparatus and processes for the manufacture of rubber
boots and shoes are found in class 18, PLASTICS.
Machines for die-cutting shoe blanks or parts are found in class
164, CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Boot and shoe apparatus which do not
fall in the more specific subclasses of this class.
2. LASTING AND NAILING MACHINES. Machines which
stretch the upper over the last and secure it by nailing.
3. LASTING AND NAILING MACHINES, HAND-GUIDED
DRIVERS. Combined lasting and nailing machines in which
the nailing device is moved and guided to the proper position
by hand.
4. LASTING AND NAILING MACHINES, MULTIPLE
DRIVERS. Combined lasting and nailing machines pro-
vided with multiple drivers.
5. LASTING AND NAILING MACHINES, PIVOTED-JACK.
Combined lasting and nailing machines in which the nailing
device is stationary and the last is carried on a pivoted jack
which is moved under the nailing device.
6. LASTING AND SEWING MACHINES. Machines which
stretch the upper over the last and secure it by sewing.
7. LASTING-MACHINES. Miscellaneous machines used in or in
connection with the lasting operation!, r., in stretching and
pulling the upper over the last to fit it thereto prior to securing
it to the sole.
8. LASTING-MACHINES, GIRTH-STRETCHERS. That type
of lasting-machines in which the upper is stretched by drawing
around it one or more straps or girths, which may be elastic.
9. LASTING -MACHINES, NIPPER -STRETCHERS. That
type of machine in which nippers grasp the upper and pull it
over the last.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 2, Lasting and nailing
machines, and all types thereunder.
10. LASTING-MACHINES, NIPPER-STRETCHER, WIPER-
FOLDER. Nipper-stretcher machines in which the edges of
the upper are folded over the edge of the last by fingers or
wipers.
11. LASTING-MACHINES, NIPPER-STRETCHER, WIPER-
FOLDER, MULTIPLE WORK-SUPPORTS. Nipper-
stretcher wiper-folder machines in which a plurality of work-
supports are mounted on a common carrier or table, the work-
holder or the lasting mechanism, generally being revolnble to
bring the lasting mechanism in position to cooperate with first
one and then another of the work-supports.
11.1. LASTING MACHINES, NIPPER STRETCHER, NIP-
PERS. Includes only nippers employed in lasting machines
of the nipper-stretcher type.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclasses 108, Lasting tools, Nail-
ing and stretching, and 110, Lasting tools, Stretchers, and the
subclasses thereunder.
12. LASTING-MACHINES, WIPER-STRETCHER. That type
of machine in which the only stretching means are wipers,
which rub or carry the upper into shape by frictional contact.
Search Class -
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 10, Lasting-machines,
Nipper-stretcher, Wiper-folder.
13. LASTING-MACHINES, WIPER-STRETCHER,
PRONGE D. That type of wiper-stretcher machine in which
the wiper is provided with prongs or spurs which pierce the
upper to assist in stretching.
14. LASTING-MACHINES. END-LASTING. Lasting-machines
in which the whole novelty lies in the mechanism for lasting
the shoe at the heel or toe, or both.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclasses 10, Lasting-machines,
Nipper-stretcher, Wiper-folder, and 12, Lasting-machines,
Wiper-stretcher.
14.1. LASTING MACHINES, END LASTING, END CLASPS.
Includes the toe and heel clasps used in end lasting.
CLASS 12 Continued.
15. LASTING-MACHINES, RELASTING. Devices for forcing a
last into a completed or partly-completed boot or shoe.
16. LASTING-MACHINES, TACK-PULLERS. Machines for
pulling out the lasting-tacks used for temporarily securing the
upper to the sole or insole.
17. SOLE-MACHINES. Miscellaneous machines used in the pro-
duction of soles and insoles and for operating on the sole after
attachment to the upper.
18. SOLE-MACHINES, CHANNELING AND TRIMMING.
Machines which channel and trim soles at the same operation
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 27, Sole-machines, Chan-
neling, for machines which channel and bevel the sole.
19. SOLE-MACHINES, CHANNELING AND TRIMMING,
CLAMPED-WORK. Combined channeling and trimming
machines in which the work is clamped to present the work of
the cutters.
20. SOLE-MACHINES, INSOLE-REINFORCING. Machines
for applying a reinforcing-sheet to insole-blanks. The rein-
forcing sheet is usually woven fabric and is cemented to the
sole, the machine laying it over the molded rib and in the chan-
nel and trimming oS the surplus.
21. SOLE-MACHINES, BLANK-MOLDING. Machines for shap-
ing sole-blanks by pressure prior to their attachment to the
upper.
22. SOLE-MACHINES, BLANK-MOLDING, EDGE. Machines
for upsetting, flanging, and otherwise shaping sole edges by
pressure, usually by passing the sole edge between rolls.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 30, Sole-machines, Chan-
nel-flap turners for machines for turning up and setting chan-
nel flaps.
23. SOLE-MACHINES, BLANK-ROUNDING. Machines for
cutting out or rough-shaping sole-blanks, except die-cutting
machines, which are found in class 1(54, CUTTING AND PUNCH-
ING SHEETS AND BARS.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclasses 18, Sole-machines,
Channeling and trimming, and 20, Sole-machines, Insole-
reinforcing.
24. SOLE-MACHINES, BLANK-ROUNDING, STRIP-FEED.
Machines with mechanism for feeding a stock-strip into the
machine and rounding a blank therefrom.
25. SOLE -MACHINES, BLANK -ROUNDING, CLAMPED-
WORK. The work is clamped to a support which is fixed or
is constrained to move in a predetermined path.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclasses 24, Sole-machines,
Blank-rounding, Strip-feed, and 19, Sole-machines, Channeling
and trimming, Clamped-work.
2o. SOLE -MACHINES, BLANK -ROUNDING, CLAMPED-
WORK, ROTARY WORK AND CUTTER. The work is
held between clamping-plates having the general outline of a
sole, which revolve to present the work to a rotary cutter.
27. SOLE-MACHINES, CHANNELING. Machines for cutting
channels in soles and machines which in addition thereto also
bevel the edges of soles.
28. SOLE-MACHINES, CHANNELING, CLAMPED-WORK.
Channeling-machines in which the work is clamped to a work-
support to present it to the channeling-cutters.
29. SOLE-MACHINES, CHANNEL-FLAP LAYERS. Machines
especially adapted to lay and smooth down channel-flaps after
the thread is laid in the channel.
30. SOLE-MACHINES, CHANNEL-FLAP TURNERS. Ma-
chines for openingchannels and turning and sett ing the channel-
lip in a raised position to prepare the sole for attachment to the
upper.
Note. Similar devices are found in class 112, SEWING-MACHINES,
subclass 20, Sewing shoes.
31. SOLE-MACTTINES, EDGE-INKING. Machines for inking
sole edges in the finishing of boots and shoes.
Search Classes
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 70, Burnishing-machines,
and 80, Cement-applying devices: 15, BRUSHING AND SCRUB-
BING, in the subclasses under Fountain-brushes; and 91,
COATING, appropriate subclasses.
32. SOLE-MACHINES, IMITATION-STITCH. Machines for
embossing or imprinting imitation stitches on soles.
23
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 12 Continued.
33. SOLE-MACHINES, LAYING AND LEVELING. Machines
for pressing cemented soles to lasted uppers and machines for
hammering and pressing shoe-bottoms after the sole has been
secured to the upper. Also some devices for positioning the
soles preparatory to securing them.
34. SOLE-MACHINES, LAYING AND LEVELING, ROLL.
The shoe is supported by a jack and is subjected to the pressure
of a roller, the roll or jack, or both, being reciprocated to pre-
sent the whole shoe-bottom to the roll.
35. SOLE-MACHINES, LAYING AND LEVELING, OSCIL-
LATING JACK AND FORMER. The jack and former are
pivotally mounted on parallel axes about which they oscillate,
engaging as do coacting gear-wheels.
30. SOLE-MACHINES, LAYING AND LEVELING, MUL-
TIPLE WORK-SUPPORTS. The machines are provided
with a pluralty of work-supports, so that one or more shoes will
be in engagement with the press while the operator is changing
the shoe on the remaining jack.
37. SOLE-MACHINES, LAYING AND LEVELING, MUL-
TIPLE WORK-SUPPORTS, REVOLUBLE. A plurality
of work-supports are mounted on a carrier which rotates about
an axis to change the position of the work.
38. SOLE-MACHINES, LAYING AND LEVELING, DIES
AND FORMERS. Inventions in which the novelty lies in
the construction of the die or former which engages with the
sole to lay and level the same.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass33, Sole-machines, Laying
and leveling.
39. SOLE-MACHINES, LINING-APPLIERS. Devices for ap-
plying insole-linings or false insoles to the inner side of lasted
shoe-bottoms.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass!41, Lasts, Shoe-retainers.
40. SOLE-MACHINES, SLITTING AND GROOVING. Ma-
chines for slitting and grooving soles and insoles, usually to
make them more flexible.
41. SOLE-MACHINES. STITCH-SEPARATING AND
INDENTING. Machines which separate and shape the
stitches and indent the welt between the stitches of welted
shoes.
42. HEEL-MACHINES. Miscellaneous machines used in the
manufacture of boot and shoe heels.
43. HEEL-MACHINES, BREASTING AND NAILING.
Combined machines which nail heels to shoes and then breast
them.
44. HEEL -MACHINES, DIE -CUTTING AND NAILING.
Machines which die-cut heel-lifts and nail them together, some
machines being supplied with paste-applying mechanism.
45. HEEL-MACHINES, TRIMMING AND NAILING. Com-
bined machines which nail heels to shoes and then trim them.
46. HEEL-MACHINES, BEVEL AND SEAT CUTTING.
Machines which bevel the breast edge of heel-lifts, usually to
form the inside lift of a spring-heel shoe, or which gouge or
otherwise cut out or concave the heel-seat.
47. HEEL-MACHINES. BREASTING. Machines which trim
the front edge or " breast" of the heel.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 43, Heel-machines,
Breasting and nailing.
48. HEEL-MACHINES, MOLDING. Machines for shaping heel-
blanks by pressure, usually by direct press action. A few
machines* for molding the shell about the core of a core and
shell heel.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 33, Machines, Shoe, Heel
pressing and loading.
49. HEEL-MACHINES, BEADING. Machines which bead or
mill parts of heels.
50. HEEL-MACHINES, ASSEMBLING. Frames or forms on or
in which heel-lifts are assembled and held preparatory to said
heel-lifts being nailed or compressed.
51.. UPPER-MACHINES. Machines specially adapted for use in
the making of boot and shoe uppers and not more specifically
classified elsewhere.
52. UPPER-MACHINES, ASSEMBLING. Forms and clamping
devices for assembling the various parts of uppers.
53. UPPER-MACHINES, BEADING. Machines which turn the
lined upper to bring the right side out and smooth and push
out the seam, especially in scalloped button-flies, and which
hammer or flatten the turned seam, and machines which do
both.
54. UPPER-MACHINES, EDGE-NOTCHING. Machines for
cutting gashes or notches in the edges of uppers which are to
be folded.
CLASS 12 Continued.
55. UPPER-MACHINES, FOLDING. Machines for folding the
edges of uppers.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclasses 54, Upper-machines,
Edge-notching, and 52, Upper-machines, Assembling.
56. UPPER-MACHINES, MARKING. Machines for marking
upper-blanks to locate seams and the like.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 51, Upper-machines.
57. UPPER-MACHINES, TURNING. Machines for turning boot
and shoe tippers right side out. Includes a few inventions for
turning "turned" shoes right side out.
58. UPPER-MACHINES, SKIVING. Machines specially adapt-
ed for skiving or splitting uppers.
59. UPPER-MACHINES, STRAP-COVERING. Machines for
covering boot-straps with paper or other material to prevent
soiling of the strap in the manufacture of the boot or shoe.
60. SHANK-MACHINES. Miscellaneous machines for making
shanks, principally molding-machines and cutting-machines.
The cutting-machines are usually arranged to bevel the edges
of the shank.
61. TOE AND HEEL STIFFENER MACHINES. Machines,
generally cutting or molding machines, peculiarly adapted to
the manufacture of heel or counter stifleners, box-toes, or toe-
tips.
62. TOE AND HEEL STIFFENER MACHINES, SKIVING.
Machines for skiving or beveling the edges of toe or heel stiff-
ener blanks.
63. TOE AND HEEL STIFFENER MACHINES, SKIVING,
RECESSED-CARRIER. The toe and heel stiffener blanks
are presented to the skiving-knife by a recessed carrier, into
which the blanks are pressed, or by recessed feed-rolls, the
depth of the depression in the carrier or roll determining the
thickness of the skived blank.
64. TOE AND HEEL STIFFENER MACHINES, MOLDING.
Machines for shaping toe and heel stiffener blanks by pressure.
65. TOE AND HEEL STIFFENER MACHINES, MOLDING,
ROLL. The toe or heel stiffener blank is molded by being
forced between rolls or between a roll and a fixed form, the
roll being rotated to feed the blank through.
66. TOE AND HEEL STIFFENER MACHINES, MOLDING,
SEPARABLE-MATRIX. The matrix or form into which
the counter is forced is made in sections, which separate to
allow the insertion or withdrawal of the stiflener-carrying
plunger or former.
67. WELT AND RAND MACHINES. . Miscellaneous machines
for preparing and operating on welts and rands.
67.1. WELT AND RAND MACHINES, WELT AND RAND
FORMERS. Machines for crimping or molding welts and
rands.
67.2. WELT AND RAND MACHINES, WELT BEATERS.
Machines for beating out the welt after attachment to the
upper and insole.
08. BOOT-TREEING MACHINES. Machines for smoothing and
finishing the surface of the uppers of completed shoes by a
rubbing action, the boots and shoes being mounted on boot-
trees. These machines are usually supplied with tree-holders
which can be shifted to present the shoe to the finishing-tools
in the various positions required.
09. BOOT-TREE HOLDERS. Jacks or supporting-frames on
which boot-trees are mounted while the treeing operation is
performed. They are usually adjustable, so that the position
of the boot or shoe can be varied as desired and provided with
mechanism for expanding the tree. Some holders are pro-
vided with driers.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 68, Boot-treeing ma-
chines.
70. BURNISHING-MACHINES. Machines which polish and con-
dense the surface of boots and shoes, particularly the sole and
heel surfaces, through the rubbing action of a rigid metallic
tool, which is usually heated.
Search Classes
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclasses under subclass 85, Sole
and heel edge trimmers for analogous structures.
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING for boot-blacking machines.
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, for machines for abrading boots
and shoes.
71. BURNISHING-MACHINES, HEEL. Machines especially
adapted for burnishing the heels only of boots and shoes.
72. BURNISHING-MACHINES, HEEL, OSCILLATING-
JACK. Heel-burnishing machines in which the boot or shoe
is mounted on a jack which is oscillatedautomatically or other-
wise to subject the entire curved periphery of the heel to the
action of the burnishing-tool.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
25
CLASS 12 Continued.
73. BURNISHING-MACHINES, HEEL, OSCILLATING-
JACK, AUTOMATIC TRANSVERSE-FEED. Heel-
burnishing machines of the oscillating-jack type in which the
tool-head or jack or both have an automatic feed in a direction
transverse to the plane of oscillation.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 75, Burnishing-machines,
Heel, Oscillating tool-head, Automatic transverse-feed.
74. BURNISHING-MACHINES, HEEL, OSCILLATING
TOOL-HEAD. Machines in which the boot or shoe is held
immovable while the tool head or heads are oscillated to engage
the entire curved periphery of the heel. A common form has
a single tool mounted on a rock-shaft, one complete oscillation
of which carries the tool from one end of the breast to the other
and back.
75. BURNISHING-MACHINES, HEEL, OSCILLATING
TOOL-HEAD, AUTOMATIC TRANSVERSE-FEED.
Heel-burnishing machines of the oscillating-tool-head type in
which the tool-head or jack or both have an automatic feed in
a direction transverse to the plane of oscillation.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 73, Burnishing-machines,
Heel, Oscillating-jack, Automatic transverse-feed.
76. BURNISHING-MACHINES, SHANK AND TREAD. Ma-
chines especially adapted to burnish the shank and tread
surfaces of soles and heels.
77 BURNISHING-MACHINES, ROTARY-TOOL. Burnish-
ing-machines in which the tool rotates.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 72, Burnishing-machines,
Heel, Oscillating-jack.
78. BURNISHING-MACHINES, VIBRATING-TOOL. Burn-
ishing-machines in which the tool is given a rapid vibration in
a fixed path, usually in a straight line or in the arc of a circle.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 76, Burnishing-machines,
Shank and tread.
79. BURNISHING-MACHINES, VIBRATING-TOOL, HAND-
GUIDED. Burnishing-machines in which the vibrating tool
is flexibly connected to the source of power and is guided, by
the hand of the operator.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 77, Burnishing-machines,
Rotary-tool.
80. CEMENT-APPLYING DEVICES. Devices for applying
cement to parts of boots and shoes in the course of their manu-
facture.
Search Class
91 COATING, appropriate subclasses.
81. FELT-BOOT FORMERS. Devices for stretching and shap-
ing felt-boot blanks or cones.
82. INSEAM-TRIMMING MACHINES. Machines for trimming
the edges of the upper, welt, insole, or some of them at the
seam which unites these parts.
83. INSEAM - TRIMMING MACHINES, HORN -CARRIED
KNIFE. Machines for trimming the edge of the upper on the
inside of a through-and-through-sewed shoe, the trimming-
knife being mounted in a horn which is inserted in the shoe.
83.S. VAMP TRIMMING MACHINES. Machines for trimming
off the surplus material at the edges of the vamp and lining
of a lasted shoe after the lasting operation, in order to prepare
the shoe for the inseam sewing machine.
84. PEG-CUTTERS. Devices for cutting off and removing the
ends of the sole and heel attaching pegs and nails which project
into the shoe.
85. SOLE AND HEEL EDGE TRIMMERS. This subclass in-
cludes machines for trimming the edges of soles and heels.
(Note. Machines for cutting out a sole-blank are found in this
class in the various subclasses under the title of Sole-machines,
Blank-rounding.)
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 18, Sole-machines, Chan-
neling and trimming.
86. SOLE AND HEEL EDGE TRIMMERS, CLAMPED-
WORK. Machines in which the work is clamped to a work-
support to present it to the cutter.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclasses 45, Heel-machines.
Trimming and nailing, and 19, Sole-machines, Channeling and
trimming, Clamped-work.
87. SOLE AND HEEL EDGE TRIMMERS, CLAMPED-
WORK, ROTARY-CUTTER. Machines in which the work
is clamped to a support to present it to the action of a rotary
cutter.
88. SOLE AND HEEL EDGE TRIMMERS, ROTARY-CUT-
TER. Machines employing a rotary cutter-head.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 87, Sole and heel edge
trimmers, Clamped-work, Rotary-cutter.
CLASS 12 Continued.
89. SOLE AND HEEL EDGE TRIMMERS, ROTARY-CUT-
TER, MULTIPLE CUTTER-HEAD. Machines provided
with a plurality of rotary cutter-heads.
90. SOLE AND HEEL EDGE TRIMMERS, ROTARY-CUT-
TER, ADJUSTABLE RAND-GUIDE. An adjustable
guide or guard runs between the rand and upper, guiding the
rotary cutter and guarding the work.
91. SOLE AND HEEL EDGE TRIMMERS, ROTARY CUT-
TER-HEADS. The rotary cutter-heads used in sole and heel
edge trimmers.
(Note. Somewhat similar cutter-heads are found in class 144.
WOOD-WORKING.)
92. SOLE AND HEEL EDGE TRIMMERS, ROTARY CUT-
TER-HEADS, AXIALLY-ADJUSTABLE. The cutter-
head can be adjusted to trim work of different widths.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 89, Sole and heel edge
trimmers, Rotary-cutter, Multiple cutter-head.
93. SOLE AND HEEL EDGE TRIMMERS, ROTARY CUT-
TER-HEADS, SUPPLEMENTAL CUTTERS. The cut-
ter-head is provided with a supplemental cutter which trims
the rand or face of the sole at the same time that the main cut-
ter trims the edge.
Search Class -
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 92, Sole and heel edge
trimmers, Rotary cutter-heads, Axially-adjustable.
94. SOLE AND HEEL EDGE TRIMMERS, ROTARY CUT-
TER-HEADS, INSERTED CUTTERS. The cutters are
not integral with the cutter-head, but are inserted therein.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 89, Sole and heel edge
trimmers, Rotary-cutter, Multiple cutter-head.
95. SOLE AND HEEL EDGE TRIMMERS, ROTARY CUT-
TER-HEADS, INSERTED CUTTERS, ANGULARLY
ADJUSTABLE. The inserted cutters can be adjusted angu-
larly in the plane of revolution.
93. UPPER-CREASING. Devices for making the transverse
creases sometimes formed in the vamps of uppers.
97. UPPER CRIMPING AND STRETCHING. Devices for
stretching and molding uppers into shape to fit the foot. The
operation is carried out prior to the securing together of the sole
and upper and usually before the upper is closed upon itself.
98. UPPER CRIMPING AND STRETCHING, SHANK-
STRETCHERS. Devices especially adapted for stretching
the shank of the upper to give it the fullness necessary to fit
the hollow of the foot.
99. UPPER CRIMPING AND STRETCHING, FORMER AND
WIPER. The upper is crimped over a former by means of
wiping-jaws. These jaws are usually in pairs, the former being
forced down between them.
100. UPPER CRIMPING AND STRETCHING, FORMER
AND WIPER, BELT-CARRIED FORMER. The former
or formers are mounted on and carried by a traveling belt or
chain, which draws the formers through the wiping-jaws.
101. UPPER CRIMPING AND STRETCHING, FORMER
AND WIPER, PIVOTED-FORMER. The former is piv-
oted at a point of support about which it oscillates or revolves
to carry it into or out of engagement with the wipers.
102. UPPER CRIMPING AND STRETCHING, FORMERS
AND CLAMPS. Last-like bodies over which uppers are
stretched and clamps for securing or stretching and securing
the uppers thereto.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 110. Lasting-tools,
Stretchers.
103. TOOLS. Miscellaneous tools used in the manufacture of boots
and shoes.
104. BURNISHING-TOOLS. Machine and hand tools for bur-
nishing boots and shoes.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 79, Burnishing-machines,
Vibrating-tool, Hand-guided.
105. BURNISHING-TOOLS, ROTARY. Tools which are rotated
to produce the rubbing action.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 77, Burnishing-machines,
Rotary-tool.
106. CIIANNELING-TOOLS. Hand-tools used in channeling
boot and shoe soles.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 27, Sole-machines, Chan-
neling for cutters used in channeling-machines.
107. LASTING-TOOLS. Miscellaneous tools used in the lasting of
boots and shoes.
26
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 12 Continued.
108. LASTING-TOOLS, NAILING AND STRETCHING. Nail-
driving implements provided with upper-gripping devices.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 3, Lasting and nailing
machines, Hand-guided driver, and in class 1, NAILING AND
STAPLING, subclasses 47, Implements, Nail-driving, and 46,
Implements, Nail-driving, Magazine.
109. LASTING TOOLS, STRETCHERS AND HAMMERS
Stretchers of the plier type provided with a hammer-head.
110. LASTING-TOOLS, STRETCHERS. Hand-tools used in
stretching the upper over the last in the lasting operation.
111. LASTING-TOOLS, STRETCHERS, MULTIPLE-GRIP.
Stretchers provided with a plurality of gripping members,
usually two in number, which are adapted to simultaneously
grasp the edge of the upper at the opposite sides of the last.
112. LASTING-TOOLS, STRETCHERS, TOE. Lasting-stretch-
ers peculiarly adapted to grasp the upper at the toe.
113. LASTING-TOOLS, FLY-CLOSERS. Devices for holding
the flies or flaps of uppers together during the lasting operation.
114. SOLE AND HEEL EDGE TRIMMERS, HAND-TOOLS.
Hand-tools used in trimming the edges of soles and heels and
for beveling and trimming welts.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass IOC, Channeling tools.
115. SOLE AND HEEL EDGE TRIMMERS, HAND-TOOLS,
DOUBLE-GRIP. Edge-trimming tools provided with two
handles or grips.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 55, Spokeshaves, and sub-
classes thereunder.
116. BOOT-TREES. Forms which are inserted in boots or shoes
to sustain them during the treeing operation. The form con-
sists of a foot-piece which may be collapsible and a leg-piece
which is usually detachable from the foot-piece and made in
two parts. Mechanism is usually provided by which the leg
and foot piece can be expanded. Some of the boot-trees are
provided with hot-air chambers and pipes.
117. BOOT-TREES, PLUNGER-EXPANDED. Boot-trees
which are expanded by the simple reciprocation of a plunger.
118. BOOT-TREES, FOOT-LOCKS. Devices in which the nov-
elty lies exclusively in mechanism for locking a last to a boot-
tree leg.
119. BOOT-TREES, FOOT-PIECES. Invention limited to the
foot-piece of a boot-tree.
120. BOOT-TREES, CLASPS. Clasps attached to the leg of a
boot-tree to catch and hold the top of the boot or shoe.
121. PATTERNS. Various patterns specially adapted to be used
in laying out parts of boots and shoes.
Search Class
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 1, Charts, for general pat-
terns.
122. SHOEMAKERS' BENCHES. Work-benches specially
adapted for shoemakers' uses.
123. WORK-SUPPORTS. Miscellaneous devices for holding and
sustaining boots and shoes during the process of manufacture.
(Note. Shoemakers' repair-lasts are found in this subclass.)
124. WORK-SUPPORTS, EXPANSIBLE-HOLDER. The in-
serted holder may be expanded to fit different-sized shoes
and to hold the shoe more securely.
(Note. Mere expansible fillers to distend or stretch the shoe
are found in the subclass 128, Formers, and subclasses there-
under in this class.)
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 09, Boot-tree holders.
125. WORK-SUPPORTS, HEEL-CLAMPING. The shoe is held
between clamping-jaws, one of which bears against the tread-
surface of the heel, and sometimes against the sole as well,
while the other enters the shoe and presses against the heel-seat
or against an inserted last.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 72, Burnishing-machines,
Heel, Oscillating-jack.
126. WORK-SUPPORTS, LAST-JACKS. Last-supports which
require no modification or adaptation of the last structure or
which require only the provision of one or more cylindrical
holes in the heel of the last.
CLASS 12 Continued.
127. WORK-SUPPORTS, LAST-JACKS, SADDLE AND SPIN-
DLE. The work-support is provided with a pin, which enters
the socket in the heel of the last, and with a saddle-like toe-
support in which the toe or instep portion of the last rests.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 122, Shoemakers' benches.
128. FORMERS. Devices other than boot-trees and boot-treeing
machines for stretching and shaping or preserving the shape of
the shoe after it is made.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 124, Work-supports,
Expansible-holder.
129. FORMERS, PNEUMATIC. A flexible air-tight shoe-form is
inserted in the shoe and is inflated by pneumatic pressure.
130. FORMERS, STRETCHERS. Devices for positively and
continuously stretching a shoe to any desired degree ana pro-
vided with means for then locking the stretcher.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclasses 116, Boot-trees; 117,
Boot-trees, Plunger-expanded, and 124, Work-supports, Ex-
pansible-holder.
131. FORMERS, STRETCHERS, LATERAL AND LONGI-
TUDINAL. Stretchers inserted in the shoe to stretch it both
in the direction of its length and transversely thereto.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 119, Boot-trees, Foot-
pieces.
132. FORMERS, STRETCHERS, LATERAL. Stretchers in-
serted in the shoe to operate transversely of the foot.
133. LASTS. Foot-forms over which boots and shoes are shaped
and built up.
134. LASTS, ADJUSTABLE. The various parts of the last can be
positively adjusted to adapt the last to different-sized shoes.
135. LASTS, SEPARATE HEEL-BLOCK. The heel-block is
made separate from the rest of the last to facilitate insertion
and removal from the shoe.
136. LASTS, SEPARATE HEEL-BLOCK, HINGED. The heel-
block is hinged to the body of the last.
137. LASTS, INSTEP-BLOCK FASTENERS. Devices for secur-
ing the instep-block to the body of the last.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 134, Lasts, Adjustable.
138. LASTS, INSTEP-BLOCK FASTENERS, SLIDING-BOLT.
The instep-block is secured to the last-body by a bolt which
lies in registering sockets formed in the two parts of the last.
To release the instep-block, the bolt slides out of engagement
with one or the other of the last parts.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 135, Lasts, Separate heel-
block for somewhat similar locking devices.
139. LASTS, HEEL-PLATES AND SOCKETS. Devices for
strengthening the heel portion and socket of wooden lasts, so
that they may be mounted on spindle-jacks and withstand
heavy operations, such as sole-leveling.
140. LASTS, PEG-RECEIVERS. Lasts provided with grooves
or sockets, which may or may not be filled "with some mate-
rial such as rubber, soft wood, or the like and into which
the nails for securing the parts of the shoe to the last and to
each other are driven.
141. LASTS, SHOE RETAINERS. Lasts provided with spurs or
pins which hold the shoe or some of its parts in position on the
last to obviate the necessity for driving pegs into the last.
142. PROCESSES. Processes of making boots and shoes except
such as by their steps merely define the structure of the article
made, such being found in class 36, BOOTS, SHOES, AND
LEGGINGS.
143. ABOLISHED.
144. PROCESSES, BLANK-LAYING-OUT. Plans for laying out
shoe-blanks on a hide or side of leather or sheet of other mate-
rial, so that they may be cut up with a minimum of waste.
145. PROCESSES, LASTING. Processes of lasting.
146. PROCESSES, MISCELLANEOUS PARTS. Processes for
making various separate parts of shoes, as soles, counter-
stiffeners, etc.
147. PROCESSES, HEEL. Processes of making and attaching
heels.
CLASS 14. BRIDGES.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes all structures by which a roadway or railroad
is carried across a space intervening between supports and all struc-
tures, such as gates, etc., whose operation is dependent upon the
operation of the bridge (as in drawbridges).
Structures for supporting an overhead railroad when more or less
intimately associated with the rails or other features peculiar to
railroads will be found in class 104, RAILWAYS, subclass 4, Elevated.
Turn-tables, buffers, etc., which are not specific to bridges will be
found in class 104, RAILWAYS.
Gates whose operation is not connected in some way with the
operation of a drawbridge will be found in class 39, FENCES.
No attempt has been made to separate hand-rails used on bridges,
even though they might be claimed. A few patents showing these
will be found in various subclasses hereunder, usually neither
claiming nor showing any structure which would distinguish these
barriers from fences generally.
Wooden floors intended for general use and not claiming some
feature specific to bridges will be found in class 20, WOODEN BUILD-
INGS.
Masonry and concrete arches, floors, and piers will be found in class
72, MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES.
There has been no attempt in this classification to separate lateral
bracing. Sometimes, as in suspension-bridges, the lateral bracing
is more or less peculiar to the class of bridge structure. In some
cases there appears to be. no distinction in either structure or function
between bracing intended to strengthen a bridge against wind-
pressure and that intended to support weight, and they have all
been classified together.
No clear line of separation can be made between bridge-trusses
and roof-trusses. In both structure and function they may be iden-
tical. Patents have been separated according to the use shown and
described. Where both uses have been shown and described, the
patent has been placed in class 14, BRIDGES, and a cross-reference
made in class 108, ROOFS, subclass 23, Trusses.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Miscellaneous bridge structures involving
features not otherwise classifiable hereunder.
2. COMBINATION, TRUSS AND ARCH. Bridges combining
the principle of the truss with that of the arch, the truss and
arch being connected, but usually being clearly distinguish-
able as separate structures.
Search Class
14. BRIDGES, subclass 25, Arch, Compound, for arches including
the principle of the truss in the structure of the arch.
3. TRUSS. Truss-bridges which include features not elsewhere
classifiable in the subclasses hereunder.
Search Classes
14. BRIDGES, subclasses 2, Combination, Truss and arch, and
25, Arch, Compound.
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 4, Elevated, for features similar to
those shown in this class, subclasses 3, Truss; 4, Truss, Ar-
rangement; 13, Truss, Structure, and 14, Truss, Details,
Connections.
108 ROOFS, subclass 23, Trusses, for features similar to those
shown in subclasses3, Truss; 4, Truss, Arrangement; 13, Truss,
Structure; 14, Truss, Details, Connections; 15, Truss, Details,
End shoes, and 10, Truss, Details, Expansion devices.
4. TRUSS, ARRANGEMENT. The arrangement in a completed
truss of the several parts thereof when the invention lies in the
relative location of the elements of the truss or the structure of
the truss as a whole.
Search Class
14. BRIDGES, subclass 2, Combination, Truss and arch.
5. TRUSS ARRANGEMENT, ADJUSTABLE. Truss-bridges
which include some adjustable feature (usually, but not
always, the camber).
Search Classes
14. BRIDGES, subclass 10, Truss, Arrangement, Bowstring, Ad-
justable.
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 8, Docks.
6. TRUSS, ARRANGEMENT, DECK. Bridges in which the
road is supported on the upper chord of the truss.
7. TRUSS, ARRANGEMENT, CANTILEVER. Miscellaneous
bridges of the cantilever type.
Search Classes -
14. BRIDGES, subclasses 31, Draw; 43, Draw, Horizontally-slid-
ing, and 32, Draw, Swing, and the subclasses thereunder.
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 19, Turn-tables.
8. TRUSS, ARRANGEMENT. CANTILEVER. SUSPEN-
SION. Bridges of the cantilever type which include means of
suspension as either a principal or a subordinate feature.
Search Class
14. BRIDGES, subclass 18, Suspension, and the subclasses
thereunder.
CLASS 14 Continued.
9. TRUSS, ARRANGEMENT, BOWSTRING. Bridge-trusses
of the special form of having the upper member an arc of a
circle and the lower member the chord of said arc.
10. TRUSS, ARRANGEMENT BOWSTRING, ADJUSTABLE.
Bowstring truss-bridges which include some adjustable fea-
ture.
Search Class -
14. BRIDGES, subclass 5, Truss, Arrangement, Adjustable.
11. TRUSS, ARRANGEMENT, INTERMEDIATE CATE-
NARY. Bridge-trusses of the special form of having an
approximate catenary in addition to the ordinary truss.
12. TRUSS, ARRANGEMENT, BOTH CHORDS CURVED.
Bridge-trusses of the special form of having both chords
curved, usually oppositely.
13. TRUSS, STRUCTURE. Structure of the members individu-
ally (usually, but not always, the upper chord) of trusses.
Search Classes
14. BRIDGES, subclass 17, Girder.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 1, Buildings
and the subclasses thereunder; 12 Skeleton towers, and the
subclasses thereunder; and 38, Columns and the subclasses
thereunder.
14. TRUSS, DETAILS, CONNECTIONS. Details of connections
between the parts of trusses or to details of extensions of such
parts.
Search Classes
14. BRIDGES, subclasses 5, Truss, Arrangement, Adjustable; 10,
Truss, Arrangement, Bowstring, Adjustable; 15, Truss, De-
tails, End shoes, and 75, Piers.
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 151, Blanks and processes,
Bridge-irons.
105 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, subclasses 76, Cars, Floor-
frames; 111, Trucks, Frames; 192, Cars, Freight, Frames, and
201. Cars, Passenger, Frames.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 5, Buildings,
Jails; 12, Skeleton towers; and 38, Columns and the sub-
classes thereunder.
239 RAILWAY-RAILS AND JOINTS, subclasses under Rail-joints.
15. TRUSS, DETAILS, END SHOES. Devices connecting the
end of the arch member of bowstring-trusses to the tension
member. Patents of other kinds of trusses in which the com-
pression and the tension chord are joined immediately and in
which such connection is claimed are placed in this subclass.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclass 14, Truss, Details, Connections for shoes
somewhat similar in structure to End shoes and 16, Truss,
Details, Expansion devices.
16. TRUSS, DETAILS, EXPANSION DEVICES. Devices for
use usually on piers or at the ends of bridges to enable the
bridge structure to expand or contract longitudinally under
the influence of changes of temperature.
Search Class
14. BRIDGES, subclass 21, Suspension, Towers and anchors.
17. GIRDER. I-beams or other beams or equivalent structures for
supporting roadways.
Search Classes
29. METAL- WORKING, subclass 155, Blanks and processes, Col-
umns and girders.
104 RAILWAYS, subclasses 19, Turn-tables, and 48, Transfer-
tables.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 38, Columns
and subclasses thereunder.
18. SUSPENSION. Suspension-bridges involving structures not
elsewhere classifiable in the following subclasses.
Search Class
14. BRIDGES, subclasses 8, Truss, Arrangement, Cantilever, Sus-
pension, and 11, Truss, Arrangement, Intermediate catenary.
19. SUSPENSION, COMPOUND SYSTEM. Bridges supported
by more than two cables arranged in sets which are differently
connected to the bridge.
20. SUSPENSION, SIMPLE SYSTEM. Bridges supported by a
siriiile cable or by a simple system of cables, every cable being
similarly placed.
21. SUSPENSION, TOWERS AND ANCHORS. Supports and
securing devices for suspension-cables.
Search Classes
14. BRIDGES, subclasses 7, Truss. Arrangement, Cantilever; 8,
Truss, Arrangement, Cantilever, Suspension, and 26, Arch,
Abutments and anchorages.
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 4, Elevated, and subclasses thereunder.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 12, Skeleton
Towers: 38, Columns; 90. Land Anchors; and the subclasses
under these.
27
28
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 14 Continued.
22. SUSPENSION, CABLES, AND CABLE-CLAMPS, Struc-
tures (such as cables) specially designed to suspend bridges
and devices for attachment of other parts to the cables.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 16, Bale and
package ties, and the subclasses thereunder, for means of con-
necting ends of cables together; 115, Cord and rope holders,
and subclasses thereunder.
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, for chains.
248 SUPPORTS, subclass 31, Pipe or cable hangers.
23. SUSPENSION, CONSTRUCTIVE APPARATUS. Appa-
ratus for use in getting cables into position.
24. ARCH. Bridges of the simple arch type not otherwise classi-
fiable.
Search Classes -
14 BRIDGES, subclass 2, Combination, Truss and arch, and the
subclasses under Draw, Bascule.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, for Masonry and
concrete arches.
108 ROOFS, subclass 23, Trusses.
25. ARCH, COMPOUND. Bridges of the arch type in which the
arch is not a simple structure, but is composed of a lattice
girder, a bowstring-truss, or some other compound structure.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, subclass 2, Combination, Truss and arch, and the
subclasses under Draw, Bascule.
108 ROOFS, subclass 23, Trusses.
26. ARCH, ABUTMENTS AND ANCHORAGES. Supports for
bridges of the arch type.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 2, Combination, Truss and arch; 21,
Suspension, Towers and anchors; the subclasses under Draw,
Bascule, and 75, Piers.
27. FLOATING. Floating bridges involving structures not classi-
fiable in the subclasses hereunder.
28. FLOATING, ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT. Floating bridges
containing some structure to produce or to permit variations
in the height of the road-bed.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 42, Draw, Lift; 47, Draw, Aprons, and
71, Gangways, One end attached.
29. FLOATING, DRAW. Floating bridges of the draw type.
30. FLOATING, DRAW, LOCKING. Floating bridges of the
draw type which show some form of device to lock the draw.
Search Class
14^ BRIDGES, the various subclasses (under the main subhead-
ing of "Draw") which include locking devices.
31. DRAW. Drawbridges involving structures not classifiable in
any of the subclasses hereunder.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 29, Floating, Draw, and 30, Floating,
Draw, Locking.
32. DRAW, SWING. Drawbridges of the swing type not other-
wise classifiable.
Note. This subclass is limited to structures embodying some
feature specifically intended for use in connection with a bridge.
Search Class
104 RAILWAYS, subclasses 19, Turn-tables, and 48, Transfer-
tables.
33. DRAW, SWING, HAND OR MOTOR OPERATED. Means
of operating bridges of the swing type.
Search Class
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 19, Turn-tables.
34. DRAW, SWING, BOAT-OPERATED. Bridges intended to
be swung by an approaching boat and usually equipped with
an automatic return.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, subclass 44, Draw, Horizontally-sliding, Boat-
operated.
39 FENCES, subclass 8, Gates, Swinging, and the subclasses
thereunder.
35. DRAW, SWING, END SUPPORTS AND LOCKING DE-
VICES. Devices for connecting the ends of swing-bridges to
the stationary supports for the purpose of support or locking,
or both.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, all subclasses that include locking devices.
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 8, Docks.
36. DRAW, BASCULE, FIXED-PIVOT. Bridges of the bascule
type revolving on a fired pivot not included hi the subclasses
hereunder.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 39, Draw, Bascule, Non-pivoted; 47,
Draw, Aprons, and 71, Gangways, One end attached.
105 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, subclasses 187, Cars, Dumping,
Inwardly-tilting sections; 188, Cars, Dumping, Outwardly-
tilting sections; 189, Cars, Dumping, Outwardly-tilting sec-
tions, Displaceable sides; 190, Cars, Dumping, Tilting body,
and 191, Cars, Dumping, Tilting body, Displaceable sides.
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 82, Gangways.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclasses 9, Raised track,
Track end dump, Tilting track-section, and 11, Tilting plat-
form.
CLASS 14 Continued.
37. DRAW, BASCULE, FIXED-PIVOT, HINGED SECTIONS.
Bridges of the bascule type with a fixed pivot in which each
vertically-swinging part is composed of sections hinged
together.
38. DRAW, BASCULE, FIXED-PIVOT, RACK-AND-PINION.
Bridges of the bascule type with a fixed pivot which are oper-
ated by a rack and pinion, the rack or the pinion being on the
movable span and the other on a stationary part of the bridge.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclass 40, Draw, Bascule, Non-pivoted, Rack-
and-pinion.
39. DRAW, BASCULE, NON-PIVOTED. Bridges of the bas-
cule type with no fixed pivot which are operated otherwise
than by a rack and pinion acting directly on the movable span.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 30, Draw, Bascule, Fixed-pivot; 47,
Draw, Aprons, and 71, Gangways, One end attached.
105 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, subclasses 187, Cars, Dumping,
Inwardly-tilting sections; 188, Cars, Dumping, Outwardly-
tilting sections; 189, Cars, Dumping, Outwardlv-tilting sec-
tions, Displaceable sides; 190, Cars, Dumping, Tilting body,
and 191, Cars, Dumping, Tilting body, Displaceable sides.
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 82, Gangways.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclasses 9, Raised track,
Track end dump, Tilting track-section, and 11, Tilting plat-
form.
40. DR AW, BASCULE, NON-PIVOTED, RACK-AND-PINION.
Bridges of the bascule type with no fixed pivot which are oper-
ated by a rack and pinion, the rack or the pinion being on the
movable span and the other on a stationary part of the bridge.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclass 38, Draw, Bascule, Fixed-pivot, Rack-
and-pinion.
41. DRAW, BASCULE, LOCKING DEVICES. Devices for posi-
tively locking the movable parts of bascule-bridges against
vertical or lateral movement.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclasses which include locking devices.
42. DRAW, LIFT. Drawbridges moving vertically (either up or
down from normal position) with usually no horizontal mo-
tion.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, subclass 71, Gangways, One end attached, and the
various subclasses of Vertically-sliding under Draw, Gates.
39 FENCES, subclass 24, Gates, Dropping. .
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 48, Docks, Lifting.
43. DRAW, HORIZONTALLY-SLIDING. Drawbridges which
open by a horizontal longitudinal movement.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, subclass 72, Gangways, Unattached.
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 4, Elevated.
44. DRAW, HORIZONTALLY-SLIDING, BOAT-OPERATED.
Longitudinally-moving drawbridges which are operated by
an approaching boat.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclass 34, Draw, Swing, Boat-operated.
45. DRAW, LAZY-TONGS. Drawbridges operated by one or
more lazy-tongs.
Search Classes -
39 FENCES, subclass 21, Gates, Expanding.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 15, Lazy-tongs, and the subclasses;
thereunder.
46. DRAW, LOCKING DEVICES. Devices not otherwise classi-
fiable for positively locking drawbridges against movement.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, in ths various subclasses under the main subtitles
of Draw and Floating which include locking devices.
47. DRAW, APRONS. Devices, usually constituting part of the
floor or roadway and connecting the draw to the fixed span,
(being hinged to one or the other,) which are moved out of the
way either prior to or during the movement of the draw
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 28, Floating, Adjustable height; the
subclasses under Draw, Bascule, and 71, Gangways, One end
attached.
48. DRAW, BUFFERS. Structures which when the draw is open
project above the roadway to receive the impact of a moving
car or other object and designed to resist considerable force.
Note. This subclass is limited to buffers actuated by drawbridges.
Search Classes
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 49, Buffers, for stationary buffers for
railway use.
186 STORE-SERVICE, subclasses 24, Buffers, and 25, Buffers,
Slide.
49. DRAW, SIGNALS. Some form of signal apparatus to be used
in connection with drawbridges and usually operated simul-
taneously with the gates.
This subclass is limited to signals whose operation involves some
features specific to bridges.
50. DRAW, GATES. Gates for drawbridges which involve struc-
tures not otherwise classifiable'.
This subclass and the subclasses hereunder are limited to gates
whose operation involve some feature specific to bridges.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
29
CLASS H Continued.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, subclass 37, Draw, Bascule, Fixed-pivot, Hinged
sections.
39 FENCES.
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclasses 46, Water-gates,
Sliding; 47, Water-gates, Swinging, and 56, Wharves, Gates.
51. DRAW, GATES, HAND OR MOTOR OPERATED, HORI-
ZONTALLY-SWINGING. Drawbridges having a horizon-
tally-swinging gate operated or controlled wholly or in part by
hand or motor power. If the operation is partly automatic, a
cross-reference is made to the appropriate bridge-operated
subclass.
52. DRAW, GATES, HAND OR MOTOR OPERATED, VER-
TICALLY-SLIDING. Drawbridges having a vertically-
sliding gate operated or controlled wholly or in part by hand
or motor power. If the operation is partly automatic, a cross-
reference Is made to the appropriate bridge-operated subclass.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 42, Draw, Lift, and 71, Gangways, One
end attached.
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 48, Docks, Lifting.
53. DRAW, GATES, HAND OR MOTOR OPERATED, VER-
TICALLY-SWINGING. Drawbridges having a vertically-
swinging gate operated or controlled wholly or in part by
hand or motor power. If the operation is partly automatic, a
cross-reference is made to the appropriate bridge-operated
subclass.
54. DRAW, GATES, BRIDGE-OPERATED. DISPLACE-
MENT, HORIZONTALLY - SLIDING. Drawbridges
which operate a horizontally-sliding gate by contact therewith
or by displacing the member of the operative mechanism
which contacts with the movable span without immediately
rotating the shaft.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 50, Draw, Gates, and 62, Draw, Gates,
Bridge-operated, Shaft-rotation, Horizontally-sliding.
55. DRAW, GATES, BRIDGE-OPERATED, DISPLACE-
MENT, HORIZONTALLY-SLIDING, LOCKING. Draw-
bridges which operate a horizontally-sliding gate by contact
therewith or by displacing the member of the operative mech-
anism which contacts with the movable span without imme-
diately rotating a shaft, said gate having an attachment for
locking it in one position.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclasses which include locking devices.
56. DRAW, GATES, BRIDGE - OPERATED, DISPLACE-
MENT, HORIZONTALLY - SWINGING. Drawbridges
which operate a horizontally-swinging gate by displacing the
member of the operative mechanism which contacts with the
movable span without immediately rotating a shaft.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 51, Draw, Gates, Hand or motor oper-
ated, Horizontally-swinging, and 64, Draw, Gates, Bridge-
operated, Shaft-rotation, Horizontally-swinging.
57. DRAW, GATES, BRIDGE - OPERATED, DISPLACE-
MENT, HORIZONTALLY-SWINGING, LOCKING.
Drawbridges which operate a horizontally-swinging gate by-
displacing the member of the operative mechanism which
contacts with the movable span without immediately rotat-
ing a shaft, said gate having an attachment for locking it in
one position.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, all subclasses which include locking devices.
58 DRAW, GATES, BRIDGE - OPERATED, DISPLACE-
MENT, VERTICALLY-SLIDING. Drawbridges which
operate a vertically-sliding gate by immediate contact there-
with or by displacing the member of the operative mechanism
which contacts with the movable span without mmediately
rotating a shaft.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 52, Draw, Gates, Hand or motor oper-
ated, Vertically-sliding, and 66, Draw, Gates, Bridge-oper-
ated, Shaft-rotation, Vertically-sliding.
59 DRAW, GATES, BRIDGE - OPERATED, DISPLACE-
MENT, VERTICALLY-SLIDING, LOCKING. Draw-
bridges which operate a vertically-sliding gate by immediate
contact therewith, or by displacing the member of the opera-
tive mechanism which contacts with the movable span with-
out immediately rotating a shaft, said gate having an attach-
ment for locking it in one position.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, all subclasses which include locking devices.
60. DRAW, GATES, BRIDGE - OPERATED, DISPLACE-
MENT, VERTICALLY-SWINGING. Drawbridges which
operate a vertically-swinging gate by immediate contact there-
with or by displacing the member of the operative mechanism
which contacts with the movable span without immediately
rotating a shaft.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 53, Draw, Gates, Hand or motor oper-
ated Vertically-swinging, and 68, Draw, Gates, Bridge-oper-
ated, Shaft-rotation, Vertically-swinging.
CLASS 14 Continued.
61. DRAW, GATES, BRIDGE - OPERATED. DISPLACE-
MENT, VERTICALLY-SWINGING, LOCKING. Draw-
bridges which operate a vertically-swinging gate by imme-
diate contact therewith or by displacing the member of the
operative mechanism which contacts with the movable span
without immediately rotating a shaft, said gate having an
attachment for locking It in one position.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, all subclasses which include locking devices.
62. DRAW, GATES, BRIDGE - OPERATED, SHAFT-ROTA-
TION, HORIZONTALLY-SLIDING. Drawbridges which
operate a horizontally-sliding gate by first rotating a shaft in
the operating mechanism.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 50, Draw, Gates, and 54, Draw, Gates,
Bridge-operated, Displacement, Horizontally-sl ding.
63. DRAW, GATES, BRIDGE-OPERATED, SHAFT-ROTA-
TION, HORIZONTALLY - SLIDING, LOCKING. Draw-
bridges which operate a horizontally-sliding gate by first rotat-
ing a shaft in the operating mechanism, said gate having an
attachment for locking it in one position.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, all subclasses that include locking devices.
64. DRAW, GATES, BRIDGE-OPERATED, SHAFT-ROTA-
TION, HORIZONTALLY - SWINGING. Drawbridges
which operate a horizontally-swinging gate by first rotating
a shaft in the operating mechanism.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 56, Draw, Gates, Bridge-operated, Dis-
placement, Horizontally-swinging, and 51, Draw, Gates, Hand
or motor operated, Horizontally-swinging.
65. DRAW, GATES, BRIDGE-OPERATED, SHAFT-ROTA-
TION, HORIZONTALLY - SWINGING, LOCKING.
Drawbridges which operate a horizontally-swinging gate by
first rotating a shaft in the operating mechanism, said gate
having an attachment for locking it in one position.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, all subclasses which include locking devices.
66. DRAW, GATES, BRIDGE-OPERATED, SHAFT-ROTA-
TION, VERTICALLY-SLIDING. Drawbridges which
operate a vertically-sliding gate by first rotating a shaft in the
operating mechanism.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 52, Draw, Gates, Hand or motor oper-
ated, Vertically-sliding, and 5S, Draw, Gates, Bridge-oper-
ated, Displacement, Vertically-sliding.
67. DRAW, GATES, BRIDGE-OPERATED, SHAFT-ROTA-
TION, VERTICALLY - SLIDING, LOCKING. Draw-
bridges which operate a vertically-sliding gate by first rotating
a shaft in the operating mechanism, said gate having an attach-
ment for locking it in one position.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, all subclasses which include locking devices.
68 DRAW, GATES, BRIDGE-OPERATED, SHAFT-ROTA-
TION, VERTICALLY-SWINGING. Drawbridges which
operate a vertically-swinging gate by first rotating a shaft in
the operating mechanism.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 53, Draw, Gates, Hand or motor oper-
ated, Vertically-swinging, and 60, Draw, Gates, Bridge-oper-
ated, Displacement, Vertically-swinging.
69 DRAW, GATES, BRIDGE-OPERATED, SHAFT-ROTA-
TION, VERTICALLY-SWINGING, LOCKING. Draw-
bridges which operate a vertically-swinging gate by first rotat-
ing a shaft in the operating mechanism, said gate having an
attachment for locking it in one position.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclasses which include locking devices.
70. GANGWAYS, ENDLESS CONVEYER. Gangways which
include an endless conveyer as the whole or a part of the floor.
Search Classes
34 DRIERS, subclass 12, Endless carrier.
56 HARVESTERS, subclasses 61, Hay-loaders, Endless belts, 89,
Self-rakers, Endless carriers, and 107, Corn-harvesters, Stalk-
cutters, Droppers, Endless apron.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 7, Wrapping-machines,
Traveling carrier.
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 82, Gangways.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 57,
Bakers' ovens, Charging and removing devices, Endless
carrier.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 272, Liquid-sterilizers.
130 THRESHING, subclass 21, Grain-separators, Straw-carriers,
Endless aprons.
193 CONVEYERS, subclass 2, Endless, and the subclasses there-
under.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 10, Endless carriers.
71 GANGWAYS, ONE END ATTACHED. Gangways of which
one end is attached either to the fixed structure or to the ves-
sel. Also means for raising the free ends of such gangways.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, subclasses under Draw, Bascule, and 42. Draw,
Lift, and 47, Draw. Aprons.
105 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, subclass 21, Cars, Safety
bridges.
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 82, Gangways.
30
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 14 Continued.
72. GANGWAYS, UNATTACHED. Removable gangways
which are lifted or slid or rolled into position.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, subclasses, 31, Draw, and 43, Draw, Horizontally-
sliding.
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 82, Gangways.
73. FLOORS. Floors and appurtenances thereto which are spe-
cific to bridge structures.
Search Classes
20 Wooden Buildings.
72 Masonry and Concrete Structures.
189 Metallic Building Structures for floors adapted for general
use or for specific use elsewhere.
74. COVERINGS. Devices for covering and protecting separately
the members of a bridge. Does not include structures for cov-
ering a bridge as a whole.
CLASS 14 Continued.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES subclass 76, Piers, Fenders.
75. PIERS. Piers not other wise classified.
Search Classes
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 31, Wharves, for piles.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES for masonry and
concrete piers.
7G. PIERS, FENDERS. Structures designed to protect piers from
damage by boats, ice, driftwood, etc.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, subclass 74, Coverings.
114 SHIPS, subclasses 219, Fenders, and 220, Fenders, Roller.
77. PIERS, PROCESSES. Methods of constructing piers and ap-
pliances and structures for such purpose.
Search Classes
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, for caissons, cribs, coffer-dams,
and pile-drivers.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES generally.
CLASS 18. PLASTICS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This is a general class for the working, especially molding and
casting, of miscellaneous nonmetallic plastic materials to make
and reproduce articles of a definite shape; but it does not include
the working or molding of pastry, (class 107,) sugar, (class 127,)
peat, (class 44,) clay and earthenware, (class 25,) glass, (class 49,)
nor the making of paper, (class 92,) or butter, (class 31,). Neither
does it include the molding of the following articles: sand molds,
(class 22,) pills, confectionery, and confectionery molds, (class 107,)
stereotype-matrices, (class 198,) cigars, (class 131,) dental plates and
teeth, (class 32.)
The shaping and embossing of sheets of miscellaneous non-metallic
plastic materials, except textile fabrics, leather, and wood, to make
articles of definite shape is also included. The shaping of moist
paper is included where the shaping or embossing action makes
an article that does not require further molding instead of a sheet
or blank; but the shaping of dry paper in drawing-dies is classified
in class 113.
The common property of plasticity renders molding operations
of chief importance in this class. Where there exists an art class
that can properly include all operations preliminary to molding,
such operations will be classified in such class, the molding only
being placed in this class, as oils, fats, glues (class 87,) chemicals,
(class 23,)capsules, (class 128.) The manufacture of viscose and
other chemical compounds of cellulose is included in class 23, CHEM-
ICALS, subclass 24, Carbon compounds. The manufacture of pyroxy-
lin and the introduction of an antacid, whether to make an explosive,
a plastic, or a varnish, is- included in class 52, EXPLOSIVES, subclass
3, Nitro compounds. The treatment of the materials in making
compositions containing pyroxylin, viscose, or cellulose and the
compositions are classified in classes 106, PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS,
and 134, LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS; but when a combination
of molding operations with any of the other operations mentioned
above is claimed the patents, if relating to the treatment of a com-
pound or a mixture obtained by a process involving the action of
chemicals on cellulose, are included in this class and cross-referenced
into the other class or classes involved.
When there is no class which could include such operations,
the entire preparation of the material is included in this class,
(caoutchouc, gutta-percha, amber, horn, plaster-of-paris, scraps
of cork, leather, etc.;)but only those are included in which the
preliminary operations are performed for the purpose of preparing
the material for molding. Grinding, mixing, and tempering capable
of general application are classified in class 83, MILLS; but the pre-
liminary preparation of caoutchouc and similar gums, even when
limited to these operations, is included in this class.
Subsequent treatment, such as baking, drying, annealing, burn-
ing, cutting, punching, bending, etc., when performed entirely
after the article is removed from the mold will be classified with
the proper functional classes; but when there is neither a proper
functional class nor art class the treatment of these plastic materi-
als will be retained in this class for example, making veneers of
pyroxylin compounds to imitate various materials, making arti-
ficial silk, treating vulcanized rubber, etc.
By "molding operations" is meant, besides the act of molding
itself, the preparation of the mold, as by coating it, charging, heating,
or cooling the mold, stripping or ejecting the article, and the like,
and where articles are made in continuous long lengths cutting
them apart.
Plastic compositions and their preparation are included in class
IOC, PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, as per definition of that class; but this
class is superior to class 106, and when there is an alleged combina-
nation between the preparation of the composition and subsequent
treatment thereof the patent will be included in this class.
Coating articles with a plastic composition is classified in class
91, COATING, except where a molding or shaping operation is in-
volved, when it is included in this class. Making composite or
laminated articles such as fabrics, tubes, tires, roof-coverings,
insulated cables, and the like by building up, cementing, winding,
etc., sheets, strips, and the like, whether combined or not with
molding operations, is excluded from this class, (see especially class
154, LAMINATED FABRICS AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES; but the
manufacture of the same articles when limited to molding operations,
as defined above is included in this class.
Articles made of plastic materials and article processes are in
general classified with the respective arts to which they are most
nearly related; but machine processes, under the restrictions noted
above, are included in this class.
Subclasses.
1 .MISCELLANEOUS APPARATUS. Apparatus for use in
working plastic materials and not otherwise classified. In-
cludes apparatus for assembling and transferring molded
articles and blanks, (lacing-hooks, etc.,) for combinations of
molding and other operations not otherwise classified, and
for treating other plastic materials than pyroxylin, vulcaniz-
able gums, and their compounds.
2. MISCELLANEOUS APPARATUS, VULCANIZABLE
GUMS. Apparatus not confined to molding, shaping, and
vulcanizing, for preparing and treating all vulcanizable gums,
such as caoutchouc and gutta-percha.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 52, Processes, Restoring caoutchouc.
CLASS 18-Continued.
3. MISCELLANEOUS APPARATUS, PYROXYLIN. Appa-
ratus, not confined to molding and shaping, for treating py-
roxylin and its plastic compositions (celluloid).
Note. Apparatus for analogous use with viscose and other
unnitrated cellulose compounds are included in subclass 1
Miscellaneous apparatus, this class.
Note. Attention is called to the third paragraph of the general
definition.
Search Class
181, ACCOUSTICS, subclass 16, Graphophones, Tablets, Dupli-
cating devices.
3.5. PUTTYING DEVICES. Tools, knives, and other devices
for applying putty in setting glass, including machines for forc-
ing the putty through a die onto glass.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 12, Molding devices, Die-expressing,
and 13, Molding devices. Die-expressing, Compound.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURE, subclass 128, Im-
plements.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 52,
Implements, Depositors.
4. MOLDING PLANTS. Apparatus including molding or casting
devices in combination with means for performing one or more
other operations not included in the definition of molding
operations given above.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 13, Molds, metal, Ingots, and
pigs; 20, Molding apparatus, Plants, and subclasses under
each of these.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
2, Brick-making plants.
44 FUEL, subclass 3, Peat-machines.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 3.
Starch molding apparatus.
5. MOLDING DEVICES. Apparatus for forming plastic mate-
rial into the desired shape not otherwise classifiable. It does
not include combinations of molding with any operations
except those mentioned in the definition of the class as molding
operations.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 17, Molded molds, Tools and
arts, 42, Molding apparatus, Machines; 185, Molding tools, and
subclasses thereunder.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
1. Miscellaneous; 7, Soap-molding, devices; 22, Pottery-ma-
chines; 23, Pottery-machines, Fluid-operated; 30, Pipe-ma-
machines; 31, Pipe-machines, Fluid-operated; 33, Pipe-ma-
chines, Multitubular; 34, Pipe machines, Multitubular. Per-
forators, 35, Pipe-machines, Perforating-former; 41, Block-
molding machines, and the subclasses thereunder.
31 DAIRY, subclass 25, Butter- workers and molds.
92 PAPER-MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclasses 58, Pulp
molding, Centrifugal action; 66, Pulp molding, winders; 67,
Pulp molding, Winders, Sheet and board forming.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 1,
Composite cake and confection apparatus; 3, Starch molding
apparatus; 8, Molding apparatus; 9, Molding apparatus, loaf
forming; 27, Depositing apparatus, and subclasses there-
under.
6. MOLDING DEVICES, HEATING AND VULCANIZING.
Apparatus for molding or shaping combined with means for
heating or vulcanizing, except presses, heating-pots, and
molds.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 52, Processes, Restoring caoutchouc.
7. MOLDING DEVICES, HEATING AND VULCANIZING,
POTS. Vulcanizing-pots for containing flasks or molds with
or without means for clamping the flasks or molds. Chiefly
used for vulcanizing dental plates.
8. MOLDING DEVICES, FILAMENT-FORMING. Apparatus
without molds in the ordinary sense of the word for forming
filaments or threads. May include means for spinning, twist-
ing, coiling, and drawing out the filaments.
Note. Means for making filaments by simply expressing through
dies are classified in this class, subclass 12, Molding devices,
Die-expressing.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 54, Processes, Filament-forming.
9. MOLDING DEVICES, ROLLING. Apparatus in which a
shapeless mass of material is pressed into form by means of
surfaces having a rolling contact. Frequently only one of the
surfaces is a roller. Making compound articles in this manner
is included in this class, subclass 11, Molding devices, rolling,
compound. Machines in which the material is first passed
through a die or other preliminary molding machine and then
shaped by rolling are included.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 2, Miscellaneous apparatus, Vulcaniz-
able gums; 10, Molding devices. Rolling, Sheets, and 11, Mold-
ing devices, Rolling, Compound.
31
32
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 18 Continued.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
5, Playing-marble machines; 20, Die-expressing, Dies, Per-
forating and ornamenting; 21, Roller-forming; 76, Block-
presses, Rotary-mold, Peripheral, Continuous, Opposed mold-
wheel; 77, Block-presses, Rotary-mold, Peripheral, Continu-
ous, Opposed mold-wheel, Mating.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 14, Plug-making.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 6,
Combined machines, Cutting and distributing: 10, Molding
apparatus, Rolling; subclasses thereunder; 34, Mixers, knead-
ers, and beaters, Roller; 48, Implements, Pie crimpers and
trimmers; and 50, Implements, Rolling pins.
198 MATRIX-MAKING, subclass 6, Rotary-die carrier.
207 PLASTIC METAL WORKING.
10. MOLDING DEVICES, ROLLING, SHEETS. Apparatus
for embossing and shaping plastic material in sheet form by
rolling. Does not include making sheets by rolling the mass
of plastic material into sheet form.
Search Classes
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass Co, Toe and heel stiffener
machines, Molding, Roll.
68 LAUNDRY, subclasses 7, Fluting-irons, and 9, Ironing-ma-
chines.
69 LEATHER MANUFACTURES, subclass 5, Machines, Folding
and rolling.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 273, Wood-ornamenting, Emboss-
ing, Die-rollers.
149 HIDES, SKINS, AND LEATHER, subclass 23, Apparatus,
Rolling and embossing.
201 METAL-ORNAMENTING, subclass 5, Die pressing, Roller
and bed.
11. MOLDING DEVICES, ROLLING, COMPOUND. Under the
restrictions of subclass 9, Molding devices, Rolling, apparatus
for making compound articles by rolling together two or more
materials, at least one of which is plastic for example, putting
a plastic composition on picture frames and moldings to pre-
pare them for gilding.
12. MOLDING DEVICES, DIE-EXPRESSING. Apparatus in
which the material is shaped by being forced or drawn through
a die, except to make hollow, tubular, and compound articles.
Charging, and even mixing, is included when in combination
with the molding.
Note. When the material is rolled to shape it after passing
through the die, patents are included in subclass 9, Molding
devices, Rolling, of this class.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 8, Molding devices, Filament-forming;
13, Molding devices, Die-expressing, Compound; 14, Molding
devices, Die-expressing, Tube and hollow, arid 30, Molding
devices, Chargers.
17 BUTCHERING, subclass 0, Sausage-machines.
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 166, Cores, Pipe.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
8, Soap-molding devices, Die-expressing, and 11, Die-express-
ing, and the subclasses thereunder.
44 FUEL, subclass 3, Peat-machines.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses. 14,
Molding apparatus, Die-expressing; and 27, Depositing appa-
ratus, and subclasses thereunder.
152 RESILIENT TIRES AND WHEELS, subclass 23, Repairing.
184 LUBRICATING, subclasses under Lubricators, Force-feed,
Followers.
207 PLASTIC METAL WORKING, Die-expressing subclasses.
221 DISPENSING CANS, subclass 79, Tanks, Pressure, Follower,
Screw.
13. MOLDING DEVICES, DIE-EXPRESSING, COMPOUND.
Apparatus for making compound articles by expressing
through dies. Usually a solid or plastic core is drawn through
the die and a coating is molded upon it, as in making moldings.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 1,
Composite cake and confection apparatus.
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 244, Machines for
covering.
207 PLASTIC METAL WORKING.
14. MOLDING DEVICES, DIE-EXPRESSING, TUBE AND
HOLLOW. Apparatus for forming tubes or other hollow
articles by expressing through a die.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 13, Molding devices, Die-expressing,
Compound.
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 106, Cores, Pipe.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
13, Die-expressing, Pottery; 14, Die-expressing, Screw-ejector;
17, Die-expressing, Dies; 20, Die-expressing, Dies, Perforating
and ornamenting, and 30, Pipe-machines.
207 PLASTIC METAL WORKING.
15. MOLDING DEVICES, FILM-SPREADING. Apparatus for
making filaments or sheets by spreading a liquid or semiliquid
material upon a plane or other surface, upon which it solidifies
and from which it is afterward removed. Does not include
applying a permanent coating, shaping sheets previously
formed, or forming articles by dipping.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 24, Molding devices, Dipping; 25,
Molding devices, Dipping, Capsule-machines, and 41, Molding
devices, Molds, Dipping.
16. MOLDING DEVICES, PRESSES. Instruments not other-
wise classifiable for compressing and molding plastic materials
to make articles.
CLASS- 18 Continued.
Search Classes
22, METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 42, Molding apparatus. Pack-
ing sand, Presses, and subclasses thereunder; and 40, Molding
apparatus, Packing sand, Press heads and plungers.
25 PLASTIC BLpCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
7, Soap-molding devices; 27, Pottery-machines, Presses; 45,
Block-presses; all subclasses under the subtitle Block-presses,
Portable-mold; 99, Block-presses, Endless chain of molds,
Continuous-travel: 100, Block-presses, Endless chains of
molds, Intermittent-travel; 101, Block-presses, Expanding-
mold; and 102, Block-presses, Plungers.
31 DAIRY, subclass 25, Butter workers and molds.
49 GLASS, subclass 35, Molding-presses and subclasses there-
under.
92 PAPER-MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass, 59, Pulp-
molding, Compressors.
100 PRESSES, all subclasses.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 3,
Starch-molding apparatus; 15, Molding apparatus, Presses;
and l(i, Molding apparatus, Presses, Popcorn.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 14, Plug-making.
198 MATRIX-MAKING, subclasses 1 ( Bar; 3, Miscellaneous; 4,
Reciprocating die-carrier, Electrical; 5, Reciprocating die-
carrier, Mechanical, and 6, Rotary die-carrier.
17. MOLDING DEVICES, PRESSES, HEATING AND VUL-
CANIZING. Piesses for holding and molding the material
while heating and vulcanizing. Contains combinations of
presses with heating-pots, flasks, molds, or heating means, but
does not include molding by expressing through heated dies
or with heated rollers.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 18, Molding devices, Presses, Heating
and vulcanizing, Tire-repairing; also 198, MATRIX-MAKING,
subclass 1, Miscellaneous.
18. MOLDING DEVICES, PRESSES, HEATING AND VUL-
CANIZING, TIRE-REPAIRING. -Presses, under the re-
strictions of subclass 17 abort", for holding and vulcanizing
tires and parts of tires in repairing them.
Search Class -
18 PLASTICS, subclass 17, Molding devices, Presses, Heating
and vulcanizing.
19. MOLDING DEVICES, PRESSES, SHEET-SHAPING.
Presses for shaping and embossing plastic sheets without sub-
stantially changing the thickness, as distinguished from mold-
ing from a shapeless plastic mass. Does not include making
sheets.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 16, Molding devices, Presses; 17,
Molding devices, Presses, Heating and vulcanizing; 18,
Molding devices, Presses, Heating and vulcanizing, Tire-
repairing; 20, Molding devices, Presses, Rotary Mold-support;
22, Molding devices, Presses, Reciprocating mold, and 23,
Molding devices, Presses, Stationary-mold.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 272, Wood-ornamenting, Em-
bossing.
198 MATRIX-MAKING, subclasses 4, Reciprocating die-carrier,
Electrical; 5, Reciprocating die-carrier, Mechanical, and 6,
Rotary die-carrier.
201 METAL-ORNAMENTING, subclass 3, Die-pressing.
20. MOLDING DEVICES, PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD-
SUPPORT. Presses in which the molds ar% mounted on the
face of a rotating support.
Search Classes
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
63, Block-presses, Rotary-mold, Fluid-operated, and those
under the subtitle of Block-presses, Rotary-mold, Facial, be-
ginning with 64.
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 24, Surface type, Relief and
intaglio, and classes there cited.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 17,
Molding apparatus, Presses, Tablet.
198 MATRIX-MAKING, subclass 6, Rotary die-carrier.
21. MOLDING DEVICES. PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD-
SUPPORT, PERIPHERAL. Presses in which the molds
are mounted on the periphery of a rotating mold-support.
Search Classes
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
9, Soap-molding devices, Rotary-mold, and all subclasses
under the subtitle of Block-presses, Rotary-mold, Peripheral,
beginning with 75.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 10,
Molding apparatus, Rolling, and 17, Molding apparatus,
Presses, Tablet.
22. MOLDING DEVICES, PRESSES, RECIPROCATING-
MOLD. Presses in which the mold is mounted to reciprocate.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
7, Soap-molding devices, and 54, Block-presses, Reciprocating-
mold, and subclasses thereunder.
23. MOLDING DEVICES, PRESSES, STATIONARY-MOLD.
Presses in which the main part of tho mold is stationary. The
mold may be removable; but it is not intended to move dur-
ing the operation of any part of the machine; but one or more
plungers always move in or through the mold.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
33
CLASS 18 Continued.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 17, Molding devices. Presses, Heating
and vulcanizing; 18, Molding devices, Presses, Heating and
vulcanizing. Tire-repairing, and 19, Molding devices, Presses,
Sheet-shaping; also 25, PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE
APPARATUS, subclasses 10, Soap-molding devices, Stationary-
mold; 27, Pottery-machines, Presses; 28, Pottery-machines,
Presses, Bottom ejectors; 30, Pipe-machines; 31, Pipe-ma-
chines, Fluid-operated; 83, Block-presses, Stationary-mold,
and subclasses thereunder, and 101, Block-presses, Expand-
ing-mold.
31 DAIRY, subclass 25, Butter workers and molds.
92 PAPER-MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 59, Pulp-
molding, Compressors, and subclasses thereunder.
100 PRESSES, subclass 51, Expressing, Articles and attach-
ments, Cake-formers; 107, BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION
MAKING, subclasses 15, Molding apparatus, Presses: lf>,
Molding apparatus, Presses, Popcorn, and 18, Molding appa-
ratus, Presses, Tablet, Stationary mold.
31 TOBACCO, subclasses 9, Molding cigars, and 14, Plug-
making.
21. MOLDING DEVICES, DIPPING. Apparatus for mold-
ing articles by immersing the mold, usually in the form of a
core, pin, or cord, in the liquid material, withdrawing the
mold coated with the material, and removing the article from
the mold, except in the case of candles, where the wick which
acts as a mold is retained in the complete article.
Note. Where the object is merely coating instead of making and
molding an article, the patents are classified in class 91,
COATING.
25. MOLDING DEVICES, DIPPING, CAPSULE-MACHINES.
Machines for making medicinal capsules under the restric-
tions of subclass 24 above.
Note. Machines for coating and wiping capsule-molds are in
subclass 31, Molding devices, Mold wiping and coating.
Note. Machines for making capsules by shaping sheet material
will be found in other subclasses in this class.
Note. Molds for dipping capsules will be found in subclass 41,
Molding devices, Molds, Dipping.
Note. Machines for filling capsules and joining the halves to-
gether are in class 128, SURGERY, subclass 32, Capsule-machines.
26. MOLDING DEVICES. CASTING. Mold ing apparatus in which
the material is introduced in a liquid or semiliquid condition,
takes its form (usually by gravity) without the application
of pressure, and hardens or solidifies upon cooling, evapora-
tion of the liquid, or the like and not classifiable in the other
subclasses under this title. May include means for removing
the article from the mold.
Note. Casting plants are in subclass 4, Molding plants.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 57, Casting apparatus, and
subclasses thereunder.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 27,
Depositing apparatus, subclasses thereunder, and 52, Imple-
ments, Depositors.
27. MOLDING DEVICES, CASTING, CANDLES. Apparatus
fOL casting candles, including operating and coating wicks.
Apparatus for molding candles in other ways and mere candle-
molds are elsewhere classified in this class.
Note. Candle-finishing apparatus, unless involving some mold-
ing operation, is included in class 87, OILS, FATS, AND GLUE,
subclass 3, Candle apparatus.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 24, Molding devices, Dipping, and 39,
Molding devices, Molds, Casting.
28. MOLDING DEVICES, CASTING, CRAYONS. Apparatus
for casting crayons.
Note. Mere molds for casting crayons are in subclass 39, Molding
devices, Molds, Casting, in this class.
29. MOLDING DEVICES, CASTING, ROLLERS. Apparatus
for casting printing and other rollers.
Note. Performing operations on printing-rollers after removal
from the mold is included in class 101, PRINTING, subclass 73,
Inking apparatus, Composition rollers, Preserving.
Note. For mere molds for casting rollers search in this class, sub-
class 39, Molding devices, Molds, Casting.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, appropriate subclasses.
30. MOLDING DEVICES, CHARGERS. Devices for charging
molds. Machines including both charging and molding de-
vices are placed in the proper subclass above and cross-refer-
enced into this subclass; but those in which the same means
forces material into the mold and compresses it there and com-
binations of charger with mold are included here.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 12, Molding devices, Die-expressing,
and subclasses thereunder; 15, Molding devices, Film-spread-
ing, and 29, Molding devices, Casting, Rollers.
17 BUTCHERING, subclass G, Sausage-machines.
22 METAL-FOUNDINGS, subclasses 35, Molding apparatus,
Charging flask; 40, Molding apparatus, Packing sand: 67, Cast-
ing apparatus, Com pression.MW subclasses under each of these.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
103, Block-presses, Chargers.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 1, ,
Molding apparatus, Presses, Tablet; 27,Depositing apparatus,
and subclasses under each of these.
26GT4 12 3
CLASS 18 Continued.
31. MOLDING DEVICES, MOLD WIPING AND COATING.
Devices for wiping or coating molds before or after molding.
When in combination with molding or casting apparatus, pat-
ents are classified in the proper subclasses above and cross-
referenced into this subclass.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 88, Mold coating and lining
apparatus.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
116, Sanders, Mold, and 117, Sanders, Mold, Rotary-drum.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 17,
Molding apparatus, Presses, Tablet.
204 ELECTROCHEMISTRY, subclasses 7, Electrolysis, Aqueous
bath, Cathodes, Cleaning, and 8, Electrolysis, Aqueous bath,
Cathodes, Metallizing.
32. MOLDING DEVICES, FLASKS AND CLAMPS. Recep-
tacles, for holding molds, usually of plastic material, which
are to be used for molding or vulcanizing, and clamps there-
for. Also includes combinations of flask or clamp with the
mold.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 7, Molding devices, Heating arid vul-
canizing, Pots, and 33, Molding devices, Flasks and clamps,
Dental.
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclass 96, Flasks, and subclasses there-
under.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 297, Clamps, Portable.
33. MOLDING DEVICES, FLASKS AND CLAMPS, DENTAL.
Flasks and flask-clamps for vulcanizing dental plates.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 7, Molding devices, Heating and vul-
canizing, Pots, and 32, Molding devices, Flasks and clamps.
34. MOLDING DEVICES, MOLDS. Molds, not embodying
means for manipulating or compressing the material, not
otherwise classifiable.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 32, Molding devices, Flasks and clamps;
also, all the subclasses under the above title of Molding devices,
Molds.
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 113, Molds, and subclasses there-
under.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
3, Electrical-fixture machines; 4, Knob-machines; 6, Tobacco-
pipe machines; 7, Soap-molding devices; 44, Block-molding
machines, Undercutting, and 118, Molds, and the subclasses
thereunder.
31 DAIRY, subclass 25, Butter workers and molds.
32 DENTISTRY, subclass 6, Molds.
49 GLASS, subclass 72, Molds, Pressing, and subclasses there-
under.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 19,
Molding apparatus, Molds; and 48, Implements, Ice-cream
dishers.
35. MOLDING DEVICES, MOLDS, SHEET-SHAPING. Molds
for embossing sheets of plastic material.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 19, Molding devices, Presses, Sheet-
shaping; 34, Molding devices, Molds; 36, Molding devices,
Molds, Blank covering and filling: 37, Molding devices, Molds,
Blank covering and filling, Lacing hooks and studs; 46, Mold-
ing devices, Molds, Cores, Boot trees and lasts, and 56, Proc-
esses, Molding, Sheets.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES.
198 MATRIX-MAKING, subclass 2, Dies.
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclasses 21, Hat-machines, Blocks,
and 31, Hat-machines, Shapers.
36. MOLDING DEVICES, MOLDS, BLANK COVERING AND
FILLING. Molds provided with means for supporting a
blank and adapted to cover or fill it with plastic material, ex-
cept to make lacing studs and hooks.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 59, Processes, Molding, I niting.
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 116, Molds, Composite cast-
ings and joints, and subclasses thereunder.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
38, Pipe-machines, Plastic lining and coating.
32 DENTISTRY, subclass 6, Molds.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 1,
Composite cake and confection apparatus.
215 BOTTLES AND JARS, subclass 111, Bottles, Necks, Stoppers,
Plastic.
37. MOLDING DEVICES, MOLDS, BLANK COVERING AND
FILLING, LACING HOOKS AND STUDS. Molds, under
the restrictions of subclass 36 above, for covering lacing stud
and hook blanks.
38. MOLDING DEVICES, MOLDS, HEATING AND VULCAN-
IZING. Molds combined with heating means forming part
of the mold. Molds simply intended to be placed in an oven
and heated are not included.
39. MOLDING DEVICES, MOLDS, CASTING. The element of
a casting device that gives form to the body being cast.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 40, Molding devices, Molds, Casting,
Soap, and 58, Processes, Molding, Casting and dipping.
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 113, Mold, and subclasses there-
under.
34
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 18 Continued.
32 DENTISTRY, subclass G, Molds.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 19,
Molding apparatus, Molds.
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclass 6, Cube sugar, and subclass 12,
Molds and carriages.
40. MOLDING DEVICES, MOLDS, CASTING, SOAP. Molds
for casting soap blocks and cakes, as per definition of subclass
39, Molding devices, Molds, Casting.
Note. Devices for molding soap in a plastic state are classified in
class 25, PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, un-
der the group entitled Soap-molding devices.
41. MOLDING DEVICES, MOLDS, DIPPING. Molds to be
used for dipping, as per definition of subclass 24, Molding de-
vices, Dipping, usually in the form of a pin or core.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 45, Molding devices, Molds, Cores.
42. MOLDING DEVICES, MOLDS, TWO AND THREE PART.
Molds in which the mold-cavity is formed entirely of not more
than three pieces. In a two-part mold there may be only one
core, and that consisting of one piece, except when a plurality
of separate cores is attached to a single element and all the
cores are necessarily operated by it. Several mold-cavities
may be shown in one structure, provided each one satisfies
these conditions.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 32, Molding devices, Flasks and clamps;
33, Molding devices, Flasks and clamps, Dental; 35, Molding
devices, Molds, Sheet-shaping; 36, Molding devices, Molds,
Blank covering and filling; 37, Molding devices, Molds, Blank
covering and filling, Lacing hooks and studs; 38, Molding de-
vices, Molds, Heating and vulcanizing; 39, Molding devices,
Molds, Casting, and 43, Molding devices, Molds, Clamping.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
7, Soap-molding devices; 24, Pottery-machines, Jiggers; 119,
Molds, Block; 120, Molds, Block. Ejectors, and 129, Molds,
Pottery.
31 DAIRY, subclasses 21, Cheese-hoops, and 25, Butter workers
and molds.
32 DENTISTRY, subclass 6, Molds.
53 DOMESTIC COOKING VESSELS, subclass 10, Waffle irons.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 19,
Molding apparatus, Molds, and 48, Implements, Ice-cream
dishers.
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclass 0, Cube sugar, and subclass 12,
Molds, and carriages.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 9, Molding cigars.
43. MOLDING DEVICES, MOLDS, CLAMPING. Devices for
clamping or holding together the parts of molds comprising
more than a simple screw or dowel-pin, but not amounting to
a press.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 40, Molding devices, Molds, Casting,
Soap.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
119, Molds, Block; 120, Molds, Block, Ejectors, and 120, Molds,
Pipe.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 9, Molding cigars.
44. MOLDING DEVICES, MOLDS, DIES, AND MATRICES.
Dies or matrices not combined with other parts of the mold.
They may be constructed in several pieces so long as they form
only one die or matrix.
Note. Dies for shaping by expressing are classified in this class,
subclass 12, Molding devices, Die-expressing, and subclasses
thereunder.
Search Classes
31 DAIRY, subclass 25, Butter workers and molds.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 59, Box-machines, Man-
drels and dies.
181 ACOUSTICS, subclass 10, Graphophones, Tablets, Dupli-
cating devices.
198 MATRIX-MAKING, subclasses 2, Dies, and 7, Matrices and
materials.
45. MOLDING DEVICES, MOLDS, CORES. Cores to be used
in the mold, but not combined with any other part of the mold.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 41, Molding devices, Molds, Dipping,
and 40, Molding devices, Molds, Cores. Boot trees and lasts.
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 105, and subclasses thereunder.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
22, Pottery-machines; 44, Block-molding Machines, Under-
cutting; 124, Molds, Cistern; 128, Molds, Pipe, Cores, and 130,
Molds, Sarcophagi and tank.
92 PAPER-MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclasses 59, Pulp
molding; GO, Pulp molding, Winders, and 07, Pulp molding,
Winders, Sheet and board forming.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 59, Box-machines, Man-
drels and dies.
46. MOLDING DEVICES, MOLDS, CORES, BOOT TREES
AND LASTS. Boot trees and lasts for vulcanizing rubber
boots and shoes.
Search C'ass
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 116, Boot-trees, and the
subclasses thereunder.
47. MOLDING DEVICES, MOLDS, MATERIALS. Materialsand
compositions for making and coating molds used in this art.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 188, Mold and core materials,
and 189, Mold and core materials, Coatings and linings.
CLASS 18 Continued.
23 CHEMICALS, subclass 11, Packing chemicals.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
122, Molds, Block, Linings.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 9, Molding cigars.
181 ACOUSTICS, subclass 10, Graphophones, Tablets, Duplicat-
ing devices.
198 MATRIX-MAKING, subclass 7, Matrices and materials.
47.5 PROCESSES, COMBINED. Combinations not otherwise
provided for of operations characteristic of this class with
other operations, as dyeing or impregnating, which do not
alter the essential character of the product. Conventional
reference to such operations as hardening, working, drying,
polishing, cutting, orcoating does not throw a patent into this
subclass, nor does the denitration of nitrocellulose nor the ap-
plication of specific substances to caoutchouc articles to pre-
vent cohesion.
48. PROCESSES, MISCELLANEOUS. Processes for working
plastic materials other than pyroxylin, vulcanizablegums, and
their compounds and involving other operations than mold-
ing, uniting, and heating, or facing.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 1, Miscellaneous apparatus; 49, Proc-
esses, Miscellaneous, Vulcanizable gums, and 50, Processes,
Miscellaneous, Vulcanizable gums, Caoutchouc.
49. PROCESSES, MISCELLANEOUS, VULCANIZABLE
GUMS. Miscellaneous processes for preparing and treating
vulcanizable gums, except caoutchouc. Does not include
molding, vulcanizing, or restoring, except in combination
with other processes.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 50, Processes, Miscellaneous, Vulcan-
izable gums, Caoutchouc; 52, Processes, Restoring caout-
chouc, and 53, Processes, Vulcanizing caoutchouc.
50. PROCESSES, MISCELLANEOUS, VULCANIZABLE
GUMS, CAOUTCHOUC. Miscellaneous processes for pre-
paring and treating caoutchouc. Does not include molding,
vulcanizing, or restoring, except in combination with other
processes.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS .subclasses 2, Miscellaneous apparatus, Vulcanizable
gums; 0, Molding devices, Heating and vulcanizing; 49, Proc-
esses, Miscellaneous, Vulcanizablegums; 52, Processes , Restor-
ing caoutchouc, and 53, Processes, Vulcanizing caoutchouc.
50.5. PROCESSES, IMITATING MARBLE. Involving the pro-
duction of a veining, mottling, or similar effect upon or
throughout a plastic product by a plastic operation.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 01, Processes, Facjng type, Design, for
certain processes of producing a design upon' the surface of a
plastic product.
91 COATING, for processes of coating glass, matured brick,
blocks, boards, metal, or the like in imitation of marble, but
without the employment of a molding operation.
106. PLASTIC COMPOSITION, for compositions resembling mar-
ble by reasons of the mere mixing of named ingredients.
51. PROCESSES, MISCELLANEOUS, PYROXYLIN. Mis-
cellaneous processes of treating pyroxylin and its plastic com-
positions (celluloid) as per definition of subclass 3, Miscella-
neous apparatus, Pyroxylin. Does not include mere molding
and shaping.
Note. Viscose and other unnitrated cellulose compositions will
be found in subclass 48, Processes, Miscellaneous.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 3, Miscellaneous apparatus, Pyroxylin,
and 54, Processes, Filament- forming.
52. PROCESSES, RESTORING CAOUTCHOUC. Processes for
restoring old gums and scrap fabrics, including devulcanizing.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 2, Miscellaneous apparatus, Vulcaniz-
able gums.
53. PROCESSES, VULCANIZING CAOUTCHOUC. Processes
for vulcanizing gums. Includes preparation of the sulfur,
mixing it with gums, and treating it in any way to effect or
affect the vulcanization, but does not include processes in
which the step of vulcanizing is merely included broadly.
Search Class
18 -PLASTICS, subclasses 2, Miscellaneous apparatus, Vulcan-
izable gums, and 0, Molding devices, Heating and vulcanizing
54. PROCESSES, FILAMENT-FORMING. Processes of form-
ing continuously filaments or threads, such as artificial silk or
hair, from plastic materials. May include in combination
with the forming of the filaments any other operations
such as spinning, twisting, drawing the filaments, making
and preparing the plastic material, etc.- provided that these
operations are properly included in this class according to its
definition. Does not include processes of die-expressing and
coating to obtain short lengths.
Note. Processes of making electric-light filaments, including
carbonizing, flashing, and other operations limited to that art,
are in class 170, ELECTRIC LAMPS.
Search Classes
18 -PLASTICS, subclass 8, Molding devices. Filament-forming.
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 4, Manufacture and repair,
Composition, and subclasses under Filament and glower
composition.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
35
CLASS 18 Continued.
55. PROCESSES, MOLDING. Processes of molding not other-
wise classifiable involving no operations except uniting and
those designated above as molding operations. Combina-
tions of molding plastic masses and sheet-shaping are in-
cluded.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 54, Processes, Filament-forming, and 59,
Processes, Molding, Uniting.
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 193, Molding, and subclasses
thereunder.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass 1,
Miscellaneous.
32 DENTISTRY, subclasses 4, Mechanical; 6, Molds.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 54,
Processes.
181 ACOUSTICS, subclass 16, Graphophones, Tablets, Duplicat-
ing devices.
198 MATRIX-MAKING, subclasses 2, Dies, and 7, Matrices and
materials.
56. PROCESSES, MOLDING. SHEETS. Processes of embossing
sheets of plastic material. Does not include coating blanks
with sheets.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 10, Molding devices, Rolling, Sheets;
19, Molding devices, Presses, Sheet-shaping; 35, Molding de-
vices. Molds, Sheet-shaping, and 59, Processes, Molding,
Uniting.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 277, Wood-ornamenting, Proc-
57. PROCESSES, MOLDING. FILM-SPREADING. Processes
for making thin sheets of filaments by spreading it or flowing
the liquid or semiliquid material upon a plane or other sur-
face, no other mold being employed.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 15, Molding devices, film-spreading;
24, Molding devices, Dipping; 25, Molding devices, Dipping,
Capsule-machines; 41, Molding devices, Molds, Dipping,
and 58, Processes, Molding, Casting and dipping.
58. PROCESSES, MOLDING, CASTING AND DIPPING.
Processes of molding in which the material in a liquid or semi-
liquid condition takes its form (usually by gravity or by clip-
ping) without the application of pressure and hardens or
solidifies upon cooling, evaporation, or the like, and not used
to produce films, as per subclass 57, Processes, Molding, Film-
spreading.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 15, Molding devices, Film-spreading;
24, Molding devices, Dipping; 25, Molding devices, Dipping,
Capsule-machines; 26, Molding devices, Casting, and the sub-
classes thereunder; 39, Molding devices, Molds, Casting; 40,
Molding devices, Molds, Casting, Soap; 41, Molding devices,
Molds, Dipping, and 57, Processes, Molding, Film-spreading.
CLASS 18-Continued.
59. PROCESSES, MOLDING, UNITING. Processes, except as
noted below, of molding and at the same time uniting two or
more substances, at least one of which is plastic. Does not
include uniting by casting or mere coating operations, but
does include the embedding of solids during the formation of
objects from plastic material while such material is green, or
the application of a backing of plastic material to solids,
whether or not the latter be arranged to form a design upon
the face of the resultant product, as in the making of decorative
tiles or mosaic-covered forms, and includes also the forming
of a facing from plastic material upon any solid substance by a
process which involves the molding of the plastic material.
Search Classes-
IB PLASTICS, subclasses 36, Molding devices, Molds, Blank cov-
ering and filling; 37, Molding devices, Molds, Blank covering
and filling, Lacing hooks and studs, and 58, Processes, Mold-
ing, Casting, and Dipping.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
154, Processes, Reinforcing and Finishing, for processes of re-
inforcing or finishing in the formation of objects from clay or
concrete by the use of a mold or die.,
32 DENTISTRY, subclasses 4, Mechanical, and 6, Molds.
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
for certain processes of uniting self-sustaining sheets, processes
of making nose, and processes of making pneumatic tires.
60. PROCESSES, FACING TYPE. Processes of forming a facing
upon a given plastic product or of applying a backing of plastic
material to a prepared facing material, excepting processes in
which the facing material consists of formed solids or frag-
ments or in which a marbling effect or a design is produced
and excepting processes of producing a neat face upon con-
crete blocks without the addition of special facing materials.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 50.5, Processes, Imitating marble, for
processes of producing a veining, mottling, or like effect in-
volving a plastic operation.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
154, Processes, Reinforcing and finishing, for processes of pro-
ducing a neat face upon concrete blocks without the addition
of special facing materials.
91 COATING, for processes of coating products previously per-
fected by nring or the like.
61. PROCESSES, FACING TYPE, DESIGN. Processes of pro-
ducing designs other than mere relief or intaglio upon green
plastic material otherwise than by embedding of solids to
constitute such facings and by processes not necessarily
dependent upon an artist's skill.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 50.5, Processes, Imitating marble, for
processes of producing a veining or marble effect through or
upon plastic material; 59, Processes, Molding, Uniting, for
processes of inserting formed solids into a plastic composition.
41 ORNAMENTATION, for such processes of decorating plastic
material as are necessarily dependent upon an artist's skill
or upon the use of transfers.
CLASS 20. -WOODEN BUILDINGS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
\Vooden buildings, general form and arrangement of buildings,
and such accessories as are found in building construction generally;
also, scaffolds used in connection with building construction. Iron
structures. Masonry, Tents, Roofs, Bridges, and Fences, areelsewhere
classified.
Subclasses.
1. BUILDINGS. Structures and accessories peculiar to building
which do not clearly fall in any of the other building classes or
subclasses.
1.1. BUILDINGS, PLANS. Inventions of general application
relating to the form, arrangement, and disposition of the parts
of a building as shown in architectural designs.
1.11. BUILDINGS, APARTMENTS. Structures not otherwise
provided for, designed to economize space in habitations other
than by the arrangement and disposition of the parts of the
building. Includes special modifications of parts of the
building structure in combination with furniture, and special
modification of building structure to adapt it to receive fur-
niture.
1.12. BUILDINGS, AUDITORIUMS. Buildings specialized to
accommodate assemblages of persons and such accessories
thereof as are not otherwise 'classifiable.
1.13. BUILDINGS, STORAGE. Buildings such as warehouses
and exhibition buildings and accessories, not otherwise classi-
fiable, specially adapted to contain commodities.
1.2. BUILDINGS, BINS. Structures particularly adapted for
storing solid materials, such as grain, ore, ensilage, etc.
Search Classes
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclasses 5, Build-
ings, Storage, and 6, Buildings, Elevators and bins.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclasses 20, Ventilation, Grain, and 27, Ven-
tilation, House, for inventions in bins which include means for
ventilating the same.
130 THRESHTNG, subclass 14, Granaries and bins, for inventions
in bins which include an arrangement of the bin and material
handling devices designed to mix the material stored.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 3, Buildings,
Bins.
193 CONVEYERS, subclass 20, Storehouse, for bins having con-
veying mechanism for filling and discharging combined there-
with.
1.4. BUILDINGS, BINS, SILOS. Bins for the storage of green
fodder which include arrangements designed to facilitate re-
moval of material from the top and to exclude light and air
on the sides and bottom.
Search Classes
99 PRESERVING, subclass 8, Exclusion of air, for processes of
preserving ensilage.
100 PRESSES, subclass 57, Packing, Single compression, for
silos including means for packing and compressing the ensilage.
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 4, Tanks, for inventions
relating solely to stave and hoop constructions. In some
instances a complete silo structure is shown.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 124,
Tank-closures.
2. BUILDINGS, PORTABLE HOUSES. Knockdown, folding,
or separable houses adapted to be readily moved and again set
up.
3. BUILDINGS, PORTABLE HOUSES, VOTING-BOOTHS.
Small collapsible houses for voting purposes.
Search Class
135 TENTS, CANOPIES, UMBRELLAS, AND CANES, subclasses 3,
Tents, Frames, and 4, Tents, Frames, Folding.
3.5. BUILDINGS, PORTABLE HOUSES, TELEPHONE-
BOOTHS. Small movable houses or cabinets used in tele-
phoning to secure greater privacy in communication.
4. WALL CONSTRUCTION. Miscellaneous building walls; ar-
rangements to secure air-spaces; protective linings and air-
stops; also, built-up cell-walls.
Search Class
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subolaea 33, \\ alls.
Wood and plastic, for inventions involving combined wood and
mortar, brick, or other masonry; also where fiber is compressed
into brick-like form.
6. WEATHERBOARDING. Construction of the edges whereby
the boards lap or interlock.
CLASS 20 Continued.
6. FLOORS, MISCELLANEOUS. Various forms of flooring
which do not clearly fall in any of the other subclasses of floor-
ing.
Search Class
94 PAVING, subclass 8, Pavements, Wood.
7. FLOORS, COMPOSITE. Composition, felt, or other fibrous
strips between or under the boards to make a water-tight floor.
Coatings over floor to make smooth, preserve, or protect the
floor.
Search Class
94 PAVING, subclass 8, Pavements, Wood.
8. FLOORS, INTERLOCKING. The meeting edges or ends of
the boards are modified so as to interlock or to receive an inter-
locking device, usually a strip.
9. FLOORS, JOIST-BRIDGING. JoisMmdges of various kinds,
mostly metal.
10. STAIRS. Newels, balusters, steps, knockdown spiral stairs,
winter hand-rails, joints, brackets, etc.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 43. Stairs, and
44, Stairs, Spiral, for combined features of wood and iron stairs.
11. DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES. Features of frame con-
struction purely, excluding forms of frames which cooperate
with particular forms of sash.
12. DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES, MOVABLE JAMBS.
Frames in which sections of the jambs, heads, sills, or beads
are movable, removable, or adjustably mounted.
13. LATHING. Various kinds of lath and various surfaces grooved
or otherwise adapted to receive plaster.
Search Class
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 110, Rein-
forcing elements, Lathing, and subclasses thereunder.
14. LATHING, LATH-HOLDERS. Frames to hold a series of
lath in proper position while the entire series is nailed before
the frame is removed. Brackets adapted to be attached to the
building or to the body of the mechanic to temporarily sup-
port a bundle of lath within convenient reach.
15. PANELS AND WAINSCOTING. Construction of orna-
mental panels of nonmetallic materials, except inlaid or mosaic
panels, and methods of joining or attaching wainscoting to
walls.
16. DOORS, MISCELLANEOUS. Doors that do not clearly fall
in the other subclasses.
Note. Constructions involving novel features common to the sub-
classes of doors, hangers, and gate-openers are placed with
doors. Devices for opening and closing doors when not in-
volved in the construction of the door or frame are in class 39,
FENCES, subclasses 91 to97, Gates, Openers. Thehangers, rails,
guide-rollers, and brackets when not involved in the construc-
tion of the door or its framing are in class 16, BUILDERS'
HARDWARE, subclass 7 et seq., Door-Hangers, etc.
17. DOORS, OPPOSITELY-HINGED. Doors adapted to swing
from either edge.
18. DOORS, ROTATING. Doors that are adapted to revolve on
a vertical pivot like a turnstile.
Search Class
39 FENCES, subclass 99, Gates, Turnstiles.
19 DOORS, SLIDING, MISCELLANEOUS. Sliding doors
which do not clearly fall in any of the other subclasses.
20. DOORS, SLIDING, JOINTED. Doors made up of jointed
sections adapted to be slid out of the way and Tolded or rolled
up or slid into a casement at an angle to the plane of the door-
frame.
21. DOORS, CAR, MISCELLANEOUS. Non-sliding doors, some
fastenings, mountings, and double doors with outward swing
on horizontal pivots.
22. DOORS, CAR, SLIDING, MISCELLANEOUS. Car doors
that donotclearly fall in any of the other subclasses of sliding
car-doors.
23. DOORS, CAR, SLIDING, LATERAL-MOVEMENT. Car
doors that are adapted to permit a lateral movement out of or
into the seat; some devices, cams, crank-arms, etc., for forcing
the doors laterally into or out of the seat.
37
38
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 20 Continued.
24. DOORS, CAR, SLIDING, LATERAL-MOVEMENT, LINK-
SUPPORT. Car doors hung by a link support, so as to per-
mit lateral movement to seat or unseat them at the car-open-
ing. The devices for operating doors so suspended.
25. DOORS, CAR, SLIDING, GUIDE-CLOSURES. The guide,
whether the rail or bracket, acts to close the door by forcing it
into its seat, either by the inclination of the rail to the plane of
the car, a wedge on the bracket, or a wedge on the door.
26. DOORS, CAR, SLIDING, CLEATS. Strips to close the open-
ing between the edge of the door and the car to keep out rain,
sparks, etc., when door is closed.
27. DOORS, CAR, GRAIN, MISCELLANEOUS. Car doors that
do not clearly fall in any of the other subclasses of grain-doors.
28. DOORS, CAR, GRAIN, HORIZONTAL-SWING. Single,
double, or sectional grain-doors which are hinged to swing
horizontally outward or slide up a little and swing inward,
or swing both outward and inward.
29. DOORS, CAR, GRAIN, PIVOTED SIDE-TILT. Car doors
that have a single pivot at one side or one corner which may
work in a slot at the end of a link or be fixed to permit the door
on this pivot as a center to be tilted up sidewise to one side of
the opening.
30. DOORS, CAR, GRAIN, REMOVABLE. Car doors that are
removable bodily by pulling them up above guides, clips,
cleats, or other fastener or by having a two-part door hinged
in the center, so that it will yield outward and thus withdraw
the edges from the cleats or other fasteners.
31. DOORS, CAR, GRAIN, SIDE-SLIDE. Car doors adapted to
be slid to one side of the opening. Some are raised slightly or
have one end so raised before sliding.
32. DOORS, CAR, GRAIN, VERTICAL-SLIDE. Car doors
which slide in continuous guides upward and then pass be-
neath the roof. Door is usually made up of sections flexibly
connected.
33. DOORS, CAR, GRAIN, VERTICAL-SLIDE, PIVOTED-
GUIDE . Car doors adapted to slide upward on pivoted guides
and then, together with the guides, be swung upward to be
secured beneath the roof.
34. DOORS, CAR, GRAIN, VERTICAL-SLIDE AND SWING.
Car doors that slide upward in fixed guides and then swing
upward to be secured beneath the roof. Some few are also
adapted to swing outward at the bottom.
35. DOORS, DOOR CONSTRUCTION. The construction of the
door per se.
36. DOORS,DOOR CONSTRUCTION, REMOVABLE EANEL.
Panels detachably secured in place, so that the dooT can be
converted into either a screen, glass, or solid door.
37. DOORS, CAR, DOOR CONSTRUCTION. The structure of
the car door itself, independent of any mountings, hangers, fas-
teners, or operating devices. Some removable panels, shut-
ters, metallic doors, etc.
38. DOORS, BRACES. Metal braces, some inlaid, some at cor-
ners, and others along the edges of the door to correct or pre-
vent warping.
39. DOORS, WICKETS. Doors having small apertures and the
closures for same.
40. WINDOWS, MISCELLANEOUS. Forms of windows not
classifiable in the special subclasses under windows and attach-
ments for windows not properly classifiable under other
classes, nor in other subslasses under windows.
40.5. WINDOWS, CONDENSATION PREVENTING. Win-
dows provided with means for preventing accumulations of
moisture or frost upon the panes.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 56.5, Windows, parallel panes.
Ib BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 59, Window cleaners.
98-^PNEUMATics, subclass 32, Window ventilators. Condensa-
tion preventers, for the prevention of condensation on win-
dows by ventilation.
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 27, Window frost
preventive, for compositions and for coating window panes to
prevent accumulations of frost.
41. WINDOWS, CAR. Windows especially designed for use in
railway cars and hi the cabs of locomotives and showing con-
structive features not in use on house windows.
42. WINDOWS, SLIDING AND SWINGING SASH, MISCEL-
LANEOUS. Windows with sliding and swinging sashes not
susceptible of proper classification in the special subclasses
under sliding and swinging sash.
43. WINDOWS, CORD-FASTENER PIVOT. Sash-cord fasten-
ers pivotally connected with the sashes and the sashes swing
on these pivots. The point of attachment is generally near
the middle of the side of the sash; but in some instances it is
near the bottom or top of the sash.
CLASS 20 Continaed.
44. WINDOWS, GUIDE-ROD PIVOT. Sashes attached at one
side to guide-rods which are attached at top and bottom to
the window-frame and on which the sashes swing.
45. WINDOWS, HORIZONTALLY-PIVOTED FRAME, SLID-
ING-SASH. A section of the stile on each side the frame is
mounted on a pivot and the sashes swing with the piloted
stile-sections.
46. WINDOWS, SEPARABLE-HINGE, SIDE SWING. Sepa-
rable hinge members are provided on sash and frame which
are brought into engagement when it is desired to swing the
sash out of the frame and which are disengaged when the sash
is to slide in its guideways. The swing is in a horizontal plane.
47. WINDOWS, SEPARABLE-HINGE, VERTICAL-SWING.
Separable hinge members are provided on sash and frame
which are brought into engagement when it is desired to swing
the sash out of the frame and which are disengaged when the
sash is to slide in its guideways.
48. WINDOWS. SLIDING-FRAME, VERTICALLY-PIVOTED
SASH. The sash proper is attached by vertical hinges or
pivots to an auxiliary frame which slides in the main frame.
49. WINDOWS, SLIDING-STILE, HORIZONTALLY-PIV-
OTED SASH. Sashes connected by means of horizontal
pivots with strips supported by the sash-cords and sliding in
guideways of the frame. In some cases the sliding strips are
connected by cross-pieces, which form with the strips an aux-
iliary frame.'
50. WINDOWS, SLIDING-STILE, VERTICALLY-PIVOTED
SASH. Sashes attached by vertical hinges or pivots to a
sliding strip or stile which moves in guideways on the frame.
51. WINDOWS, VERTICALLY-PIVOTED FRAME, SLID-
ING-SASH. The sashes slide in an auxiliary frame which is
hinged at the side to the frame proper and with which the
sashes are carried when it is swung on its hinges.
52. WINDOWS, SLIDING-SASH. Sashes capable of sliding
movement only and features of both frame and sash construc-
tion are involved.
53. WINDOWS, SWINGING-SASH. Windows whose sashes are
capable of a swinging movement only, and hanging and oper-
ating devices for swinging sashes when claimed in combina-
tion with the structural features of the window.
54. WINDOWS, SASHES, CUSHIONED. Sashes provided with
a spring-strip at one side or with a binding of yielding material.
55. WINDOWS, STORM. Sashes designed for attachment outside
the ordinary window in stormy weather and readily detach-
able when not needed.
56. WINDOWS, SASH CONSTRUCTION. Features of sash con-
struction which do not involve any modification of frame con-
struction and which do not include any sash attachments
other than those employed in holding the panes in position.
56.1. WINDOWS, SASH CONSTRUCTION, REMOVABLE
PANEL. Sashes having frame panels detachably secured in
place.
56.2. WINDOWS, SASH CONSTRUCTION, SLIDING PANE.
Sashes in which the panes are slidable into and out of position.
56.3. WINDOWS, CORNER POSTS AND MULLIONS. Win-
dow mullion and corner constructions wholly or in part of
wood.
56.4. WINDOWS, PANE FASTENERS. Devices consisting of
strips, packings, frames, and fastenings other than glaziers'
points for securing panes of gljss in window frames or sashes.
56.5 WINDOWS, PARALLEL PANES. Windows or sashes
having two or more panes opposite and approximately parallel.
Search Class
20-^WooDEN BUILDINGS, subclass 40.5, Windows, Condensa-
tion preventing.
57. WINDOW-CRANES. Devices which do not form part of the
structure of the window proper, but which are attached to
the frame and serve to swing the sashes out of their normal
position and hold them in positions favorable for cleansing.
58. SHUTTERS, MISCELLANEOUS. Shutters that do not
clearly fall in any of the other subclasses.
Note. Iron shutters are under class 189, METALLIC BUILDING
STRUCTURES, subclass 54, Shutters, and subclasses thereunder.
Constructions involving novel features common to all shutters
will be found hi subclasses of Shutters hi class 20, WOODEN
BUILDINGS.
59. SHUTTERS, AWNING. Shutters adapted to be thrown out-
ward at the bottom to serve also as an awning.
60. SHUTTERS, REGISTERING SLIDE. Shutters having a
fixed grating and a sliding grating adapted to register there-
with to cover or uncover the apertures in the fixed grating.
61. SHUTTERS, SLIDING. Shutters or shutter-sections adapted
to slide in guides to cover or uncover the window. Some sec-
tions fold before sliding.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
39
CLASS 20 Continued.
Search Class
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 20, Doors, Sliding, Jointed;
32, Doors, Car, Grain, Vertical-Slide, and 52, Windows, Sliding-
sash.
62. SHUTTERS, SLATS, PIVOTED. Shutters having the slats
pivoted. The slat construction, its journals, slat-operating
devices, and fasteners or locks for same.
63. SHUTTERS, SLATS, FIXED. Shutters having the slats
fixed in the stiles. The slat construction and the means for
securing it to the stiles.
64. THRESHOLDS. Door-sills of various forms designed for the
most part to serve as weather-strips, being provided with
drainage devices and in some cases cooperating with attach-
ments to the door.
65. WEATHER-STRIPS, HINGED. Strips hinged or pivoted
on a door or sash and thrown into operative or inoperative
position by mechanism which is not spring-actuated.
66. WEATHER-STRIPS, HINGED, SILLS. Weather-strips
hinged or pivoted to a door or window sill and provided with
means for automatically bringing the strip into contact with
the door or sash when the door or window is closed.
67. WEATHER-STRIPS, HINGED, SPRING. Hinged weather-
strips thrown into operative or inoperative position by spring-
actuated mechanism or held by spring-catches.
68. WEATHER-STRIPS, SLIDING. Weather-strips slidably
mounted upon a door or window sash and provided with
means for automatically throwing it into operative or inoper-
ative position by opening or closing the door or window.
69. WEATHER-STRIPS, PACKING. Packing devices attached
directly to windows or doors and not hinged or slidably
mounted thereon.
70. DOOR AND WINDOW TROUGHS. Drip-troughs placed at
the lower edge of doors or windows to catch the ram-water.
Search Class
108 ROOFS, subclass 28, Eaves-troughs.
71. DOOR AND WINDOW GUARDS. Various devices, includ-
ing gratings, nursery-grates, etc., adapted to be detachably
secured in door or window frames to prevent window-cleaners,
children, or others falling out or to prevent unauthorized
parties breaking in.
72. DOOR AND WINDOW GUARDS, BODY-ATTACHED.
Various straps, belts, etc., adapted to be secured to the body
and to the frame to prevent the window-cleaner from falling
out.
73. MANTELS. Wooden house-mantels and mantels generally.
74. MOLDINGS. Ornamental strips of wood, metal, or some sub-
stitute therefor which are not designed especially for picture-
frames and in which the invention is not confined to mere
surface ornamentation; also, methods of cutting moldings and
devices for hanging moldings.
Search Classes
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclasses 12,
Checks, Labels, and Tags, Holders, Cornice, and 152, Picture
Frames, and subclasses thereunder.
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 272 etseq., Wood-ornamenting.
75. MOSAICS AND INLAYING. Inlaid articles of wood, mosaic
woodwork, mortised blocks for floor-covering, and floor-cover-
ing fabric of wood blocks and cloth backing.
76. CORNER-SHIELDS. Small corner-plates to be placed in
corners of rooms or stairs to keep dust out of the corner.
77. CEILING-CENTERPIECES. Various ornamental pieces, not
plaster, adapted to be secured to the ceiling. Frames upon
which paper can be hung. Some ornamental sheet-metal
pieces.
78. SLATTED FLOOR-COVERING. Flexibly or rigidly united
slats for floors of houses, cars, etc.
Note. Door-mats of wire, other metal, wood or fiber, are under
class 15, BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclasses 62-64, Mats;
Mats, Wire, and Mats, Metallic.
79. STAIR-COVERS. Various detachable pads and covers to pro-
tect the stairs or prevent slipping.
Note. This class does not include stair-pads to go under carpets,
or fireproof stair coverings.
Search Class
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 78, Slatted Floor-Covering.
CLASS 20 Continued.
80. ABOLISHED.
81. SCAFFOLDS, MISCELLANEOUS. Various sorts of build-
ers' scaffolds which do not clearly fall in any of the other sub-
classes.
Search Class -
57 HOISTING, and 187, ELEVATORS, subclass 9, Portable, and
subclasses thereunder.
82. SCAFFOLDS, SWINGING. Scaffolds adapted to be sus-
pended from the sides or roof of a building.
Search Class
228 LADDERS, subclass 20, Scaling.
83. SCAFFOLDS, TRESTLES. Various trestles or "scaffold-
horses" for supporting boards or other platform for workmen.
84. SCAFFOLDS, BRACKETS. Brackets to be secured to the
side of a building to support the boards or platform for the
mechanics.
85. SCAFFOLDS, BRACKETS, LADDER. Detachable brackets
or jacks to be hung upon a ladder to support the mechanic,
his tools, mortar or other building material, or boards on
which the mechanic may stand.
86. SCAFFOLDS, BRACKETS, SHINGLING. Scaffolds adapted
to engage roof-shingles, so as to support the mechanic, his
tools, or bundles of shingles upon the roof.
87. SCAFFOLDS, WINDOW. Window - supported platforms,
chairs, and balconies, to be used for pleasure, for window-
cleaning, or for painting.
88. SCAFFOLDS, BINDERS. Various metal clamps, chains, and
binders for general use for temporarily supporting scaffolding.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 94, Joist Connections, and
95, Framing Sockets; 45, FURNITURE; subclass 48, Tables,
leg fastening and bracing; 46, GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 3.3,
Stilts; 144, WOODWORKING; subclass 289, Clamps, and sub-
classes thereunder; 214, LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclass
25, Load- Binders.
89. VENEERING. Thin sheets of wood or thin sheets of wood
mounted on some backing fabric; methods of mounting ve-
neers on lumber.
90. COMPOSITE BOARDS. Board composed of some plastic
material in combination with fibrous or other filling material.
91. COMPOUND LUMBER. Lumber made up of sheets, strips,
or blocks for ornamental purposes, except mosaics or inlaid
work, or in order to utilize lumber waste.
92. SPLICES AND JOINTS. Various wood joints and splices for
house and bridge work, box, window-screen and picture
frames, metal clamps, orner-braces, dowel-pins, and timber
seats.
Note. Constructions to go in this subclass must be mere joints
or splices capable of general application to wood structures.
Search Classes
5 BEDS, subclass 55, Corner-fastenings.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 49, Spoke-sockets.
45 FURNITURE, subclasses 24, Fabric-stretching frames; 130,
Fabric-stretching frames, Painters.
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclass 49, Boxes, Stays.
93. NAIL-HOLE PLUGS. Wooden plugs to be placed in nail
holes.
94. JOIST CONNECTIONS. Metallic joist hangers and anchors
that are particularly adapted to be hung from or nailed to
joists.
95. FRAMING-SOCKETS. Metallic devices designed to fit the
tops of wooden posts or columns and support joists or the like.
96. POST-BASES. Bases, usually metallic, for wooden posts
which usually include some feature to prevent the posts from
rotting.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 42, Columns.
Caps and bases.
97. WOODEN COLUMNS. Wooden columns for use in structural
work.
Note. Metallic columns, metallic caps and bases therefor, and
columns composed of wood and metal are classified in class 189,
METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES.
Search Class
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 89, Veneering; 92, Splices
and joints; 95, Framing-sockets, and 96, Post-bases.
CLASS 22. METAL-FOUNDING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes the entire art of casting all metals and alloys
and is limited thereto. It includes the pouring of the metal, the
introduction of it into the mold, and the treatment of the casting
while in the mold and until the casting itself is produced as a casting.
It does not include the finishing of the casting in any way, heat-
treating after the casting is taken from the mold as a complete casting
nor the working of the metal, even when in combination with the
casting, except in making type and stereotype-plates.
Machines which make a continuous product, provided the mold
moves forward with the casting in its travel or a portion of its travel
and then the mold parts are separated and returned to the point of
pouring, are included in this class. Machines in which the metal
moves through the mold or die are classified hi class 207, PLASTIC
METAL- WORKING.
Mixing the metal with other metals or materials is included only
when this is done in the mold or during the process of pouring or
introducing the metal.
The casting of stereotype-plates and of single type is included even
when in combination with finishing mechanism. The finishing
mechanism by itself is included in class 90, GEAR-GUTTING, MILLING,
AND PLANING. Linotype machines and those machines which both
cast and set the type are excluded from this class. See classes 199,
TYPE-BAR MAKING, and 101, PRINTING, subclass 200, Setting and
distributing, Setting, Making and setting.
This class also includes the manufacture of molds and cores for
exclusive use in casting metals from sand, loam, and plastic materi-
als generally and the treatment of such molds and cores to render
them suitable for the purpose intended. See definition of subclass
87, Mold and core drying apparatus.
It does not include, however, the manufacture of molds from solid
materials when capable of being classified in class 29, METAL-WORK-
ING, class 125, STONE-WORKING, and analogous classes.
The manufacture of patterns is not included except when in com-
bination with the production of the mold or casting, unless the pat-
tern is made from plastic material. The manufacture of wooden
patterns is included in class 144, WOODWORKING.
The manufacture of pattern plates is included, unless consisting
merely of ordinary woodworking, metal-working, or other processes
capable of classification in the functional classes.
Machines and implements for performing separate functions and
capable of general use, when not m combination with foundry appa-
ratus, are classified elsewhere as, for example, sand-sifting screens
are classified in class 83, MILL s, subclass 50, Ore and coal, Sifters and
screens, and foundry-cranes in class 212, CRANES AND DERRICKS.
The treatment of molding sand to render it especially applicable
for making molds, as by tempering and moistening, is included in
this class, but not when limited to crushing, sifting, or other func-
tions capable of classification in the functional classes in the Office.
Clamps which are adapted for use on flasks, but which have none
of their members attached to the flask, are classified in class 144,
WOODWORKING, subclass 297, Clamps, Portable, and the subclasses
thereunder.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Apparatus properly included in this class,
but including the performance of functions not capable of
classification in any of the other subclasses. Apparatus for
making molds for casting metals from non-plastic materials,
like cuttlebone, are included here when not classifiable in
other subclasses.
Search Classes
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclasses 3, Stereotype-casting appa-
ratus. Combined machines, and 7, Type-casting apparatus,
Combined machines.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 1, Miscellaneous apparatus.
2. STEREOTYPE-CASTING APPARATUS. Apparatus for
casting stereotype-plates in which no other function is per-
formed and which amounts to more than the mere mold.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 3, Stereotype-casting appara-
tus, Combined machines.
3. STEREOTYPE-CASTING APPARATUS, COMBINED MA-
CHINES. Apparatus for casting stereotype-plates combined
with finishing or other operations not separable from the cast-
ing.
Note. Apparatus for finishing by cutting is classified in class 90,
GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING.
4. STEREOTYPE-CASTING APPARATUS, HEATING OR
COOLING MOLDS. Apparatus for casting stereotype-plates
provided with means for heating and cooling the molds.
5. STEREOTYPE-CASTING APPARATUS, MOLDS. Stereo-
type-molds not combined with means for moving any of the
parts or for heating or cqoling them.
6. TYPE-CASTING APPARATUS. Apparatus for casting single
metal type not combined with any other operation pnd
amounting to more than the mere mold.
Note. Linotype-casting is classified in class 199, TYPE-BAR MAK-
ING.
CLASS 22 Continued.
Search Classes
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclass 7, Type-casting apparatus, Com-
bined machines.
101 PRINTING, subclass 200, Setting and distributing, Setting,
Making and setting.
7. TYPE-CASTING APPARATUS, COMBINED MACHINES.
Type-casting machines in combination with apparatus for
finishing or performing other operations not separable from the
casting.
Note. Finishing apparatus per se is classified in class 90, GEAR-
CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclass 25, Planing, Soft-
metal.
Note. The combination of casting and setting is classified in
class 101, PRINTING, subclass 200, Setting and distributing,
Setting, Making and setting, which should be searched.
8. TYPE-CASTING APPARATUS, MOLDS. Type-molds not
combined with means for moving any of the parts.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 6, Type-casting apparatus,
and 7, Type-casting apparatus, Combbed machines.
9. MOLDING APPARATUS. Miscellaneous apparatus for use
in making sand and loam molds for casting metal. Apparatus
for making molds of non-plastic materials for casting metals
are not included in this subclass, even if classifiable in the class.
Under this head are included moving parts with means for
moving them, either directly included or so described as to
render the inference of their presence necessary. Those with
parts movable by hand and not intended to be moved by me-
chanical means are not included. This subclass includes
patents involving any of the operations classifiable in the
subclasses hereunder when in combination with other mold-
ing operations not so classifiable.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 10, Molding devices, Rolling, Sheets;
14, Molding devices, Die-expressing, Tube and hollow; 15,
Molding devices, Film-spreading; Id, Molding devices, Presses;
20, Molding devices, Presses, Rotary mold-support, and 21,
Molding devices, Presses, Rotary mold-support, Peripheral.
10. MOLDING APPARATUS, CORE-MAKING. Apparatus
for making cores in core-boxes and other ways, except by ex-
pressing through dies and applying the material to a rotating
core-bar, comprising means for moving the parts, as distin-
guished from mere core-boxes which do not include such
means. Machines which are adapted to be used for both core-
making and mold-making are included. May include any
molding operations in combination.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 12, Molding devices, Die-expressing,
and 14, Molding devices. Die-expressing, Tube and hollow.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 14,
Molding apparatus, Die-expressing.
11. MOLDING APPARATUS, CORE-MAKING, DIE-EX-
PRESSING. Machines for making cores by forcing the ma-
terial through a die.
12. MOLDING APPARATUS, CORE-MAKING, ROTATING
CORE-BAR. Machines for making cores by depositing and
affixing the core material to a core-bar or mandrel capable of
rotating and for shaping such material on a rotating core-liar
or mandrel. Includes in combination means for supplying the
material.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
24, Pottery-machines, Jiggers.
13. MOLDING APPARATUS, CORE-MAKING, CORE-
BOXES. Core-boxes not involving means for moving the
parts or removing the cores or performing other operations
except holding and shaping the core material.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 10, Molding apparatus, Core-
making.
14. MOLDING APPARATUS, SCREW-THREADS. Appara-
tus for molding screws and other articles which have a helical
thread or groove. They are usually provided with stripper-
plates, but not necessarily. May 'include any function in-
cluded hi subclass 9, Molding apparatus.
15. MOLDING APPARATUS, CURVED MOLDS. Apparatus
for molding curved pipes and other articles in which the mold-
ing progresses from one end to the other along a curve. Does
not include the helical curves of subclass 14, Molding appara-
tus, Screw-threads, Does not include those in which curved
pipe or other article is molded throughout its length simul-
taneouslv. Such machines being capable of general use are
classified under the functional and structural subclasses.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclass 30, Molding, Curved pipes and tubes.
41
42
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 22 Continued.
16. MOLDING APPARATUS, PIPES VERTICAL. Apparatus
for molding pipes in a vertical position, whether they are to be
cast in that position or not, when the entire operation of com-
pacting the sand is not performed by the pattern itself.
17. MOLDING APPARATUS, PIPES VERTICAL, COMPACT-
ING PATTERN. Apparatus for molding pipes in a vertical
position by the compacting action of a traveling, but not a
rotating , pattern.
18. MOLDING APPARATUS, PIPES VERTICAL, COMPACT-
ING PATTERN, ROTATING. Apparatus for molding
pipes in a vertical position by the compacting action of a rotat-
ing patterta or a non-rotating pattern and rotating flask. The
pattern usually travels longitudinally. Includes improve-
ments in such patterns when not capable of general use.
19. MOLDING APPARATUS, PIPES VERTICAL, COMPACT-
ING PATTERN, ROTATING, BEAD-FORMING. Ap-
paratus for forming beads at the ends of pipes by a rotating
former or pattern.
20. MOLDING APPARATUS, PLANTS. Apparatus and plants
for molding in which there is an alleged combination between
mold making and manipulating machines. They are usually
foundry plants embodying means for transferring the molds
from the molding position to casting position. Casting is
sometimes included in combination.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 21, Molding apparatus, Rotating-
table.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 4, Molding plants.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
2, Brick-making plants.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 3,
Starch-molding apparatus.
21. MOLDING APPARATUS, ROTATING TABLE. Molding
machines in which flask, mold, or pattern is carried around
on a horizontal rotating table, with or without means for per-
forming several operations. May include any molding oper-
ation. Mere turn-tables adapted to hold molds are included
Search Classes
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclass 03, Casting apparatus, Pigs,
Rotating table.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 20, MoldiAg devices, Presses, Rotary
mold-support.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
2, Brick-making plants, and all subclasses under Block-
presses, Rotary-mold, Facial.
22. MOLDING APPARATUS, ROLLING-PATTERN. Appa-
ratus for molding in which the pattern has a rolling motion or
is mounted upon the surface of a roller. This pattern also
often acts to press the sand.
Search Class
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclass 19, Molding apparatus, Pipes
vertical, Compacting pattern, Rotating, Bead-forming.
23. MOLDING APPARATUS, SEGMENTAL-PATTERN.
Molding apparatus in which a segment only of the pattern is
used. The segment being placed in rholding position, with
the sand packed around it, is then withdrawn and placed in
an adjacent position, so that a complete mold is formed by a
series of these operations on the same segmental pattern.
They are generally used for molding large gear-wheels.
24. MOLDING APPARATUS, SWEEPING OR CUTTING.
Molding apparatus for forming molds by the operation of a
moving sweep, strickle, or profile pattern' They are generally
used in loam molding, and the sweep usually has a mere mo-
tion of rotation about a fixed spindle or center.
Search Classes
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclass 12, Molding apparatus, Core-
making, Rotating core-bar.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 5, Molding devices.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
24, Pottery-machines, Jiggers.
25. MOLDING APPARATUS, PACKING AND DRAWING.
Machines for ramming or compressing sand and drawing the
pattern after the mold is made, except those which can be in-
cluded in the other subclasses under this head. May include
in combination any of the operations separately classified
under the heading "Molding apparatus," but not others.
26. MOLDING APPARATUS, PACKING AND DRAWING,
MOLD MOVING AGAINST PRESS-HEADS. Machines
for ramming and drawing in which the pattern, stripping-
plate, or some other part or parts is forced against the press-
head. The press-head is usually stationary above the flask
during the operation, but may be movable between opera-
tions.
27. MOLDING APPARATUS, PACKING AND DRAWING,
PARTING SURFACE COMPRESSION. Machines falling
under the definition of subclass 25, Molding apparatus, Pack-
ing and drawing, in which the compression takes place upon
the parting surface; in other words, in which the pattern or
some part of the parting surface is forced into the sand, usually
from below, and in which there is no stripping.
28. MOLDING APPARATUS, PACKING AND DRAWING,
PARTING SURFACE COMPRESSION, STRIPPING.
Machines otherwise falling under the definition of the last
subclass, in which the stripping-plate is used in conjunction
with the pattern. The pressure is frequently imparted by
the stripping-plate.
CLASS 22 Continued.
29. MOLDING APPARATUS, PACKING AND DRAWING,
JARRING-MOLD AND STRIPPING. Machines for ram-
ming and drawing in which the ramming operation is per-
formed by jarring that is, dropping the flask containing the
pattern and sand upon a jarring-block and the drawing of
the pattern is performed by lifting the stripping-p'.ate, thus
leaving the pattern outside the mold.
30. MOLDING APPARATUS, PACKING AND DRAWING,
PRESSING AND VIBRATING PATTERN. Machines
falling under the general definition of subclass 25, Molding
apparatus, Packing and drawing, in which the drawing opera-
tion is facilitated or caused by imparting a vibratory move-
ment to the pattern. Those 'in which there are devices for
transmitting the vibrations to the pattern are included, even
if not combined with means for producing vibrations. They
are chiefly swinging-head presses.
31. MOLDING APPARATUS, ASSEMBLING MOLD PARTS.
Apparatus for molding embodying means for assembling parts
of the mold, as a cope and drag, and combined or not with
means for performing other molding operations which are
separately classified. Machines performing this function in
combination with both ramming and drawing are not in-
cluded, except as cross-references.
32. MOLDING APPARATUS, INVERTING FLASK. Molding-
machines in which the flask is mounted upon the plate or
other device, so that it can be reversed after molding. The
mold is usually moved from the pattern or the pattern from
the mold. Usually the two half-patterns are mounted on op-
posite sides of the pattern-plate, and the head is provided
with supporting-trunnions. l>o not necessarily include any
mechanical means for inserting the parts. Such machines
provided with means for both ramming and drawing are in-
cluded under subclass 25, Molding apparatus, Packing and
drawing.
33. MOLDING APPARATUS, INVERTING FLASK, ROCK-
OVER. Machines falling under the definition of the last sub-
class in which the parts are rocked over upon a pivot or its
equivalent placed at one side of the flask and usually wholly
without the flask. They do not usually contain any means
for performing the operation of rocking over except a handle.
Usually the flask is rocked over to invert it, and then the
pattern is rocked back to its original position to draw it.
34. MOLDING APPARATUS, REMOVING MOLD. Machines
which are provided with means for removing the mold after
molding. Sometimes the mold is mounted on a truck travel-
ing on tracks, there being no other means for moving it. Those
involving both ramming and drawing in combination are
not included, except as cross-references.
Search Class
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclasses 21, Molding apparatus,
Rotating-table; 32, Molding apparatus, Inverting flask, and
33, Molding apparatus, Inverting flask, Rock-over.
35. MOLDING APPARATUS, CHARGING-FLASK. Machines
for molding having means for delivering sand to the flask.
This subclass does not include machines coming under the
definition of ramming and drawing, but aside from that in-
cludes machines of various types. Includes mere charging
without molding.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 30, Molding devices, Chargers.
36. MOLDING APPARATUS, CHARGING-FLASK, UNDER
PRESSURE. Machines which deliver the sand to the flask
with sufficient force for packing it in the flask, usually so that
it will not require further compression. Does not include
mere presses in which a false flask is used to hold the sand and
through which it is forced into the flask.
Search Classes
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclass 12, Molding apparatus, Core-
making, Rotating core-bar.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 30, Molding devices, Chargers.
37. MOLDING APPARATUS, CORE-SETTING. Apparatus
for use in molding embodying means for placing cores, core
parts, or any interior molding parts in the molds or in parts of
the molds, either in combination or not. with means for
molding sprues, venting, packing, or drawing patterns.
Machines involving this operation in combination with
both ramming and drawing are not included, except as cross-
references.
38. MOLDING APPARATUS SPRUE-MOLDING. Molding-
machines including special means for molding sprues, either
in combination or not with ramming, drawing, or venting, in
which the sprue-molding device is something more than a
mere sprue pin or pattern attached to the press-head or pat-
tern that is, those in which there is specific means for operat-
ing the sprue pin or pattern. Machines involving this func-
tion in combination with any other function than those men-
tioned above or with both ramming and drawing are not in-
cluded, except as cross-references.
Note. Sprue patterns or pins are classed in this class, subclass
162, Patterns, Sprue, gate, and runner.
39. MOLDING APPARATUS, VENTING. Molding-machines
provided with means for forming vent-openings in the molds
during or after molding, either in combination or not with
packing or drawing, but not with both.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
43
CLASS 22 Continued.
40. MOLDING APPARATUS, PACKING SAND. Machines
limited to the function of ramming, packing, or compressing
sand to make molds in which such functions are performed by
other means than by a press, jarring device, or multiple rammer.
Under this head are included mere combinations of flask and
packing devices, even in the absence of means for moving
either. Includes single-rammer machines, roller packing de-
vices, and all combination packing-machines.
Search Class
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclasses 25, Molding apparatus, Packing
and drawing, and 36, Molding apparatus, Charging-flask,
Under pressure.
41. MOLDING APPARATUS, PACKING SAND, MULTIPLE
RAMMER. Mold-packing devices in which the packing
operation is performed by a plurality of rammers or plungers
operating on a mold. Includes such devices whether they can
properly be called presses or not.
42. MOLDING APPARATUS, PACKING SAND, PRESSES.
Presses for packing sand in molding having a single rammer
and not provided with a swinging press-head. Rolling de-
vices are not included.
Search Classes
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclasses 21, Molding apparatus,
Rotating-table; 25, Molding apparatus, Packing and drawing;
26, Molding apparatus. Packing and drawing, Mold moving
against press-head; 27, Molding apparatus, Packing and draw-
ing, Parting surface compression, and 28, Molding apparatus,
Packing and drawing, Parting surface compression, Stripping.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 16, Molding devices, Presses.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 3,
Starch-molding apparatus, and 15, Molding apparatus,
Presses.
43. MOLDING APPARATUS, PACKING SAND, PRESSES,
SWINGING PRESS-HEAD. Mold-ramming presses in
which the press-head is capable of swinging over and away
from the mold on pivots or their equivalent and the press-head
has a motion against the mold for compressing, whether the
mold also has an opposite motion or not.
Search Class
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclass 25, Molding apparatus, Packing
and drawing.
44. MOLDING APPARATUS, PACKING SAND, PRESSES,
SWINGING PRESS-HEAD, RECIPROCATING-MOLD.
Mold-ramming presses in which the press-head is capable of
swinging over and away from the mold on pivots or then-
equivalent and during the pressing operation is stationary, so
that in compressing the mold the mold necessarily moves
against the press-head.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING subclasses 26, Molding apparatus, Pack-
ing and drawing, Mold moving against press-head, and 30,
Molding apparatus, Packing and drawing, Pressing and vi-
brating pattern.
45. MOLDING APPARATUS, PACKING SAND, JARRING.
Machines for packing molds by a jarring operation, usually by
lifting the flask containing the sand and pattern and allowing
it to drop upon a jarring-block.
Search Class
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclass 29, Molding apparatus, Packing
and drawing, Jarring-mold and stripping.
46. MOLDING APPARATUS, PACKING SAND. PRESS-
HEADS AND PLUNGERS. Improvements limited to the
press-head, plunger, or rammer, adapted to be attached to a
mold-press or other packing device.
Note. For hand-rammers see in this class, subclass 187, Molding-
tools, Rammers.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 41, Molding apparatus, Pack-
ing sand, Multiple rammer.
47. MOLDING APPARATUS, DRAWING PATTERN. Ma-
chines for drawing the pattern or a part of the pattern from
the mold after compression of the mold. This subclass in-
cludes inventions involving presenting the pattern to or into
the mold or flask, but not when any compression or ramming
of the sand is included. It does not include those in which
the pattern is drawn by lifting the flask, the use of a stripping-
plate, nor those in which the drawing of the pattern is facili-
tated by means forming part of the machine for rapping or
vibrating the pattern, except in combination.
Search Classes
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclasses 25, Molding apparatus, Pack-
ing and drawing; 32, Molding apparatus, Inverting flask; 33,
Molding apparatus, Inverting flask. Rock-over, and 56, Mold-
ing apparatus, Drawing pattern, Vibrating.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 3,
Starch-molding apparatus.
48. MOLDING APPARATUS, DRAWING PATTERN, MOLD-
LIFTING. Apparatus for separating the pattern from the
mold by lifting the latter off the pattern, in which the patt3rn
has no movement during the mold-lifting operation. Usually
a stripping-plate carrying the flask and mold is lifted, and
vibration may be included in combination.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 29, Molding apparatus, Tack-
ing and drawing, Jarring-mold and stripping, and 33, Molding
apparatus, Inverting flask, Rock-over.
CLASS 22-Continued.
49. MOLDING APPARATUS, DRAWING PATTERN MOLD-
LIFTING, RECIPROCATING PATTERN. Apparatus
for separating the pattern from the mold by lifting the latter
off the pattern, the pattern having a reciprocating motion
during such operation or immediately before it. The motion
of the pattern usually starts the mold-lifting devices. Strip-
ping and vibrating may be included in combination.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 29, Molding apparatus, Pack-
ing and drawing, Jarring-mold and stripping.
50. MOLDING APPARATUS, DRAWING PATTERN, STRIP-
PING. Machines for drawing patterns from mojds in which
a stripping-plate is used to hold the sand while the pattern is
being drawn and not capable of classification in any of the
other subclasses under this head. The stripper is usually sta-
tionary, the pattern being drawn down through it. Vibra-
tion may be included in combination. Under this head are
included so-called "patterns" which embrace means for draw-
ing a part of the pattern within the main part of the pattern,
but not those in which the projecting part is merely pivoted
or otherwise made to permit it to be withdrawn inside the
pattern, nor those with means for moving the projecting part
so as to permit withdrawal of the pattern when not involving
means for withdrawing any part of the mold.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 14, Molding apparatus, Screw-
threads; 28, Molding apparatus, Packing and drawing, Part-
ing surface compression, Stripping; 29, Molding apparatus,
Packing and drawing, Jarring-mold and stripping; 48, Mold-
ing apparatus, Drawing pattern, Mold-lifting, and 49, Molding
apparatus, Drawing pattern, Mold-lifting, Reciprocating pat-
tern.
51. MOLDING APPARATUS, DRAWING PATTERN, STRIP-
PING, COMPOUND STRIPPING-PLATE. Stripping-
plate machines for drawing patterns from molds in which the
stripping-plate is made up of two or more relatively movable
parts, at least one of which usually forms a part of the pattern ,
and those in which a part of the pattern acts as a stripping-
plate for another part and such mentioned part is drawn
through a stripping-plate.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 28, Molding apparatus, Pack-
ing and drawing, Parting surface compression, Stripping.
52. MOLDING APPARATUS, DRAWING PATTERN, STRIP-
PING, PARALLEL MOTION. Machines for drawing pat-
terns entirely by stripping in which the pattern is drawn by
mechanism constructed to give equal and parallel motion to
the pattern-plate at at least two points. Does not include
those in which the force is applied at a single point and the
pattern merely guided along parallel lines.
53. MOLDING APPARATUS, DRAWING PATTERN, STRIP-
PING, CURVILINEAR DRAW. Machines for drawing
patterns through stripping-plates in longitudinally-curved
lines.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 14, Molding apparatus, Screw-
threads; 15, Molding apparatus, Curved molds, and 33, Mold-
ing apparatus, inverting flask, Rock-over.
54. MOLDING APPARATUS, DRAWING PATTERN, STRIP-
PING, STOOL. Stripping-plate machines for drawing pat-
terns from molds in which ;i part of the stripping-plate takes
the form of a "stool" -that is, a green-sand core is supported
during the molding and likewise during the drawing of an out-
side part of the pattern by a stool or the like, which is usually
within the pattern.
55. MOLDING APPARATUS, DRAWING PATTERN, STRIP-
PING, LEVER AND LINK. Machines for drawing pat-
terns through stripping-plates which do not fall under any of
the other subclasses under this head and in which the pattern
is drawn entirely by means of combinations of levers and links.
either or both.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 51, Molding apparatus, Draw-
ing
Mo"
motion.
56. MOLDING APPARATUS, DRAWING PATTERN, VI-
BRATING. Machines for drawing patterns from molds
without lifting the mold or stripping the pattern, in which the
operation is facilitated by means forming a part of the machine
for vibrating or rapping the pattern, either before the drawing
operation commences or after, and includes machines haying
devices adapted to be vibrated and to communicate vibra-
tions to the pattern, even when no means for producing vibra-
tions is included as a part of the invention.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 30, Molding apparatus, Pack-
ing and drawing, Pressing and vibrating pattern.
107 BREAD. PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 3,
Starch-molding apparatus.
57. CASTING APPARATUS. Apparatus for casting metals not
including any other function and containing matter not ca-
pable of classification in any of the other subclasses under this
head. This subclass includes combination patents part of
which, but not all, could be classed in other subclasses under
this head, so long as they include nothing but casting the
metal. Casting includes introducing the metal into the mold
and treating it therein. The subclasses under this head in-
ig pattern, Stripping, Compound stripping-plate, and 52,
lolding apparatus, Drawing pattern, Stripping, Parallel
44
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 22 Continued.
elude apparatus which involves something more than a mere
mold or the support therefor and in general are regarded as
machines for casting. Casting stereotype-plates and type are
not included.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 2, Stereotype-casting appa-
ratus; 3, Stereotype-casting apparatus, Combined machines;
6. Type-casting apparatus, and 7, Type-casting apparatus,
Combined machines.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 26, Molding devices, Casting, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
29, Pottery-machines, Casting.
49 GLASS, subclass 39, Molding, Casting.
58. CASTING APPARATUS, COMPOSITE CASTINGS AND
JOINTS. Machines for making castings or joints of two or
more metals or a metal and a non-metal, except for producing
compound ingots and for making joints in fences and casting
leads on nets, which consist of something more than a mold
i. e. , means for moving the mold or other parts or feeding or
cutting the wire or other article upon which the metal is to be
cast. May include all functions properly classifiable under
Casting apparatus.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 27, Molding devices, Casting, Candles.
59. CASTING APPARATUS, COMPOSITE CASTINGS AND
JOINTS, FENCE AND NET LEADING. Machines for
casting leads and lead-joints upon fences and nets. Usually
comprise means for feeding the fence-wires or net-strings to
and from the molds. May include all functions properly
classifiable under Casting apparatus.
60. CASTING APPARATUS, COMPOSITE CASTINGS AND
JOINTS, INGOTS. Machines for producing compound in-
gots. May include any function properly classifiable under
Casting apparatus.
Note. For mere molds for compound ingots see subclass 121,
Molds, Composite castings and joints, Ingots.
61. CASTING APPARATUS, PIGS. Apparatus for casting pigs
in horizontal open-topped molds that are not movable upon
an endless chain or belt nor upon a table rotating about a ver-
tical shaft. The molds are usually stationary during cooling
of the casting. Mere pig-beds are not included unless having
elements that render them machines. May include any func-
tion properly included under Casting apparatus.
Note. For pig-molds see in this class, subclass 143, Molds, Metal,
Ingots and pigs, Horizontal.
Note. Rapping molds to loosen the pigs, coating the molds, and
other additional functions are included in combination in this
subclass, but not in subclasses hereunder.
Note. For coating these molds see in this class, subclass 88, Mold
coating and lining apparatus.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 75, Casting apparatus, Moving-
mold, and 78, Casting apparatus, Moving-mold, Reciprocating.
62. CASTING APPARATUS, PIGS, ENDLESS-CHAIN.. Ma-
chines for casting pigs in accordance with the definition of sub-
class til, Casting apparatus, Pigs, in which a series of molds is
mounted to move upon an endless chain or its equivalent or
are connected together in such a way as to constitute an end-
less carrier.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 70, Casting apparatus, Moving-
mold, Endless-chain.
63. CASTING APPARATUS, PIGS, ROTATING-TABLE.
Machines for casting pigs in accordance with the definition
of subclass 61, Casting apparatus, Pigs, in which a series of
molds is mounted upon a table rotating upon a vertical axis.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 21, Molding apparatus, Rotat-
ing-table, and 77, Casting apparatus, Moving-mold, Rotating-
table.
64. CASTING APPARATUS, PLANTS. Combinations of a
casting-machine or a casting device with other apparatus,
except for molding, properly classifiable in this class and under
Casting apparatus.
Note. See definition of subclass 20, Molding apparatus, Plants,
in this class.
Note. Plants involving the melting of metals, as Bessemer plants,
are classified in class 75, METALLURGY, subclass 188, Con-
verters, Plants.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 61, Casting apparatus, Pigs.
65. CASTING APPARATUS, CENTRIFUGAL. Machines for
casting metals by centrifugal force. May include in combina-
tion any of the functions separately classified in subclasses
under Casting apparatus.
66. CASTING APPARATUS, TANDEM. Machines for casting
metal in which a series of castings, usually ingots, are cast one
upon the end of the other, forming a continuous product,
which is generally broken into lengths. The mold moves for-
ward tinlh the casting in its travel or a portion of its travel,
and then the mold parts are separated and returned to the
point of pouring.
Note. For similar machines in which the metal moves through
the mold or die see class 207, PLASTIC METAL- WORKING.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 208, Processes, Casting, Tandem.
CLASS 22 Continued.
67. CASTING APPARATUS, COMPRESSION. This subclass
includes casting-machines in which pressure is applied posi-
tively to the metal, except such as are classified in the several
subdivisions thereof. The application of pressure by centrifu-
gal force is not included under this head, nor is the application
of pressure by means of a head of metal. Otherwise the sub-
classes under this head may include in combination any of the
other functions separately classified in the subclasses under
Casting apparatus.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 16, Molding devices, Presses, and the
subclasses thereunder.
68. CASTING APPARATUS, COMPRESSION, CHARGING
UNDER PRESSURE. Casting-machines as defined in the
definition of subclass 67, Casting apparatus, Compression, in
which the metal is forced into the mold under positive pressure
and not capable of classification in any of the other subclasses
under this head. This and the subclasses under this head
may include in combination means for feeding metal in the
form of ingots or in any other form to the pot.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 80, Casting apparatus, Metal
holding and pouring, Pot-charging.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 30, Molding devices, Chargers.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
103, Block-presses, Chargers.
69. CASTING APPARATUS, COMPRESSION, CHARGING
UNDER PRESSURE, PNEUMATIC. Casting-machines
as defined in definition of subclass 67, Casting apparatus, Com-
pression, in which the metal is forced into the mold under
pneumatic pressure.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 30, Molding devices, Chargers.
70. CASTING APPARATUS. COMPRESSION, CHARGING
UNDER PRESSURE, MELTING-POT AND PUMP.
Casting-machines as defined in subclass 67, Casting apparatus,
Compression, in which the metal is forced into the mold by
means of a pump contained in a melting-pot or attached
thereto and without means fer heating the pot.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 30, Molding devices, Chargers.
71. CASTING APPARATUS, COMPRESSION, CHARGING
UNDER PRESSURE, MELTING-POT AND PUMP,
HEATED. Casting-machines as defined in subclass 67, Cast-
ing apparatus, Compression, in which the metal is forced into
the mold by means of a pump contained in a melting-pot or
attached thereto and with means for heating the pot.
72. CASTING APPARATUS, COMPRESSION, PNEUMATIC.
Machines for casting as defined in the definition of subclass
67, Casting apparatus, Compression, in which the metal is com-
pressed by pneumatic pressure after it is introduced into the
mold, but is not introduced under pressure.
73. CASTING APPARATUS, VACUUM. Casting apparatus in
which the air or other gas is exhausted or partially exhausted
from the mold before, during, or after casting. May include in
combination introduction of the metal when not under pres-
sure and heating and moving mold.
74. CASTING APPARATUS, MOLD-HEATERS. Casting appa-
ratus comprising heaters for molds usually in combination
with the mold itself and may include meajas for introducing
the metal when not under pressure and means for moving the
mold.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 6, Molding devices, Heating and vulcan-
izing.
75. CASTING APPARATUS, MOVING-MOLD. Casting-ma-
chines in which the mold or molds have a motion between the
casting operations or during the casting operation and not
otherwise classifiable under this head. These subclasses may
include in combination means for introducing metal when not
under pressure.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 61, Casting apparatus, Pigs.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 16, Molding devices, Presses.
76. CASTING APPARATUS, MOVING-MOLD, ENDLESS-
CHAIN. Casting-machines in accordance with the definition
of subclass 7o, Casting apparatus, Moving-mold, in which the
molds are mounted upon a moving endless chain or its equiva-
lent.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 62, Casting apparatus, Pigs,
Endless-chain.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 16, Molding devices, Presses.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
under Block-presses, Endless chain of molds.
77. CASTING APPARATUS, MOVING-MOLD, ROTATING-
TABLE. Casting-machines as defined in the definition of
subclass 75, Casting apparatus, Moving-mold, in which molds
are mounted upon a table rotating upon a vertical axis.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 63, Casting apparatus, Pigs,
Rotating-table, and 65, Casting apparatus, Centrifugal.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 20, Molding devices, Presses, Rotary
mold -support.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
under Block-presses, Rotary-mold, Facial.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
45
CLASS 22 Continued.
78. CASTING APPARATUS, MOVING-MOLD, RECIPROCAT-
ING. Casting-machines as denned in the definition of sub-
class 75, Casting apparatus, Moving-mold, in which the molds
are given a reciprocating motion between casting operations
or during the casting operation.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 6, Type-casting apparatus
and 61, Casting apparatus. Pigs.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 22, Molding devices, Presses, Reciprocat-
ing mold.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
54, Block-presses, Reciprocating-mold, and the subclasses
thereunder.
79. CASTING APPARATUS, METAL HOLDING AND POUR-
ING. Devices for holding and discharging metal into molds or
into other metal-holding devices without the application of
pressure not otherwise classifiable under this head.
Note. Crucibles are classified in class 75, METALLURGY, subclass
182, Crucibles.
80. CASTING APPARATUS, METAL HOLDING AND POUR-
ING, POT-CHARGING. Apparatus for charging metal-
holding pots or their equivalent with metal in either solid or
liquid form. It may include in combination the pot itself, but
not means for creating pressure. Those involving a pump are
classified under subclasses 70, Casting apparatus, Compression,
Charging under pressure, Melting-pot and pump, and 71, Cast-
ing apparatus, Compression, Charging under pressure,
Melting-pot and pump, Heated, and are cross-referenced into
this subclass.
81. CASTING APPARATUS, METAL HOLDING AND POUR-
ING, LADLES. Ladles for conveying and pouring metals
not otherwise classifiable under this head.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 82, Casting apparatus, Metal
holding and pouring, Ladles, Carriers and manipulators.
82. CASTING APPARATUS, METAL HOLDING AND POUR-
ING, LADLES, CARRIERS, AND MANIPULATORS.
Devices for holding, carrying, and manipulating metal-casting
ladles which involve elements especially adapting them for
this purpose.
Note. Mere cranes, hoisting devices, trucks, etc., are not included,
being classified in the appropriate functional classes, as 212,
CRANES AND DERRICKS; 21, CARRIAGES AND WAGONS; 105,
RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, etc.
83. CASTING APPARATUS, METAL HOLDING AND POUR-
ING, LADLES, SKIMMING. Metal-casting ladles provided
with means for skimming the floating materials from the top
of the metal.
84. CASTING APPARATUS, METAL HOLDING AND POUR-
ING, LADLES, BOTTOM-POUR. Metal-casting ladles
provided with means for discharging the metal from the bot-
tom or the lower part of the ladle and without internal stop-
pers.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 85, Casting apparatus, Metal
holding and pouring, Bottom-pour, Internal-stopper.
85. CASTING APPARATUS, METAL HOLDING AND POUR-
ING, LADLES, BOTTOM-POUR, INTERNAL-STOP-
PER. Metal-casting ladles adapted to discharge the metal
from the bottom or lower part of the ladle and provided with
stoppers for the discharging-opening contained within the
ladle.
86. CASTING APPARATUS, METAL HOLDING AND POUR-
ING, LADLES, HAND. Metal-casting ladles adapted to be
supported and manipulated by hand.
87. MOLD AND CORE DRYING APPARATUS. Apparatus
for drying sand or metal molds or cores in which the mold or
core is itself a part of and in combination with the drying
means.
Note. Apparatus for drying molds and cores in which the molds
or cores are merely placed within the drying-chamber and in
which other articles could be placed therein for drying are
classed in class 34, DRIERS.
88. MOLD COATING AND LINING APPARATUS. Appara-
tus for applying a blacking or other composition in a liquid,
powdered , or other state to molds or cores. This subclass in-
cludes the coating of both sand and metal molds.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 31, Molding devices, Mold wiping and
coating.
91 COATING, appropriate subclasses.
89. MOLD-MATERIAL-TREATING APPARATUS. Appara-
tus for treating and preparing materials, such as sand and loam
especially, to render them suitable for molding. Does not in-
clude mere grinding or sifting these materials unless in com-
bination with other operations that fall under the definition.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 217, Processes, Preparation of
mold materials.
83 MILLS, subclass 50, Ore and coal, Sifters and screens.
90. MOLD AND FLASK SUPPORTS. Apparatus whose func-
tion is to support a mold or flask and which does not permit
the mold or flask to have a tilting motion. It is usually in
combination with the mold or flask, and so may include sepa-
rating the mold parts or ejecting the casting, but no casting or
molding operations. Bottom boards for flasks and molders'
benches are included.
CLASS 22 Continued.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 2, Stereotype-casting appa-
ratus; 21, Molding apparatus, Rotating-table; 34, Molding
apparatus, Removing mold; 40, Molding apparatus, Pack-
ing sand; 47, Molding apparatus, Drawing pattern; 48, Mold-
ing apparatus, Drawing pattern. Mold-lifting; 50, Molding
apparatus, Drawing pattern, Stripping, and the subclasses
thereunder; 59, Casting apparatus, Composite castings
and joints, Fence and net leading, and 75, Casting apparatus
Moving-mold.
49 GLASS, subclass 41, Mold supports and carriers.
91. MOLD AND FLASK SUPPORTS, TILTING. Apparatus
falling under the definition of the last subclass in which the
support is so constructed as to permit the tilting of the mold or
flask.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 2, Stereotype-casting appa-
ratus; 4, Stereotype-casting apparatus, Heating or cooling
mold; 15, Molding apparatus, Curved molds; 32, Molding
apparatus, Inverting flask, and 33, Molding apparatus. Invert-
ing flask, Rock-over.
92. MOLD-SEPARATING DEVICES. Apparatus for separating
the parts of the mold, not confined to those with means for
drawing the core and not in combination with means for mov-
ing the mold as a whole or introducing the metal. May in-
clude the mold and means for ejecting the casting in com-
bination.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 2, Stereotype-casting appa-
ratus, and 48, Molding apparatus, Drawing pattnrn. Mold-
lifting.
49 GLASS, subclass 42, Mold-separating devices.
93. MOLD-SEPARATING DEVICES, DRAWING CORE. Ap-
paratus for drawing one or more cores from the mold and
casting and not in combination with any other mold-operating
or casting devices, except, in some cases, ejecting the casting.
Usually the mold is a part of the combination.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 37, Molding apparatus, Core-
setting, and 47. Molding apparatus, Drawing pattern.
49 GLASS, subclass 43, Mold-separating devices, Drawing core.
94. CASTING-EJECTORS. Apparatus for operating an ejector to
force or draw the casting from the mold, not in combina-
tion with any other mold-operating or casting devices. The
mold is usually a part of the combination. Molds merely pro-
vided with plungers or their equivalent and without means
for operating them are included in Molds, Metal, Ejecting.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDFNG, subclasses 6, Type-casting apparatus,
and 95, Casting-ejectors, Ingot-strippers.
95. CASTING-ETECTORS, INGOT-STRIPPERS. Apparatus
for stripping ingots from their molds, not in combination with
any other mold or ingot manipulating or casting devices.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 94, Casting-ejectors.
96. FLASKS. Castings, frames, etc., for holdingsand during mold-
ing, and ordinarily known as "molders' flasks," contain^
ing elements which render them incapable of classification in
any of the other subclasses under this head. Under this head
are included combinations between the flasks and molds, pat-
terns, chills, etc., cross-references being placed in the proper
subclasses below. This subclass also includes "false flasks,"
which are frames temporarily placed on the flask to retain loose
sand until pressed. But patents containing any means for
operating the flask, pattern, or other parts or the sand are
classed under Molding apparatus, even if nearly all of the in-
vention lies in the flask.
97. FLASKS, DENTAL-PLATE. Flasks falling under the defi-
nition of subclass 96, Flasks, which are specially adapted for
molding and casting metal dental plates.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 33, Molding devices. Flasks and clamps,
Dental.
98. FLASKS, VERTICAL-PIPE. Flasks falling under the defi-
nition of subclass 96, Flasks, which are especially adapted for
molding vertical pipes.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 16, Molding apparatus, Pipes
vertical; 17, Molding apparatus, Pipes vertical, Compacting
pattern, and 18, Molding apparatus, Pipes vertical, Compact-
ing pattern, Rotating.
99. FLASKS, MULTIPART. Flasks composed of three or more
parts, usually the cope, drag, and cheek, which latter is fre-
quently further divided. Each part is adapted and con-
structed to hold and retain its portion of the mold when sepa-
rated from the other parts, and therefore the mold must always
be divided into as many separable parts as the flask.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 106, Flasks, Separable sides
or ends, and 107, Flasks, Separable sides or ends, Snap-flasks,
for flasks merely made separable to permit removal from the
mold, which are not included in this subclass.
100. FLASKS, EXTENSIBLE. Flasks having means whereby
the dimensions may be decreased or increased. Does not in-
clude those in which the sides or ends may be merely ex-
changed for others of different lengths. Usually have some
telescoping action.
46
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 22 Continued.
101. FLASKS, PATTERN, CORE, OR INSERT HOLDING.
Flasks provided with means for supporting patterns, cores,
or inserts, either directly or indirectly, by means of pattern or
match plates during molding or casting. Usually include
these elements in combination.
Note. Such flasks when especially adapted for molding sash-
weights are separately classed in subclass 102, Flasks, Pattern,
core, or insert holding, Sash-weights, which should be
searched.
102. FLASKS, PATTERN, CORE, OR INSERT HOLDING,
SASH-WEIGHTS. Flasks which have means for supporting
the pattern during the molding or cores or inserts during the
casting, specially adapted for molding sash-weights. They
usually form multiple molds.
103. FLASKS, CHILL-HOLDING. Flasks provided with means
for attaching a chill to the flask or flasks supported on a chill.
Note. Those for molding and casting wheels are separately
classed in subclass 104. Flask, Chill-holding, Wheel.
104. FLASKS, CHILL-HOLDING, WHEEL. Flasks for mold-
ing and casting wheels of all kinds in which the chill is sup-
ported by the flask or the flask by the chill.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 128, Molds, Sand and metal,
Circular chills, Wheel.
105. FLASKS, SWINGING-COPE. Flasks composed of cope and
drag in which the latter is pivoted or hinged to the former, so
that it may be elevated by swinging on such pivots or hinges.
Includes improvements in hinges for such flasks when not
capable of general use.
106. FLASKS, SEPARABLE SIDES OR ENDS. Half-flasks in
which the improvements consist in means for removably con-
necting the sides or ends so that they may be separated with-
out destroying the flask. Does not include snap-flasks. They
are usually so constructed as to be readily removable from the
mold.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 107, Flasks, Separable sides or
ends, Snap-flasks.
107. FLASKS, SEPARABLE SIDES OR ENDS, SNAP-
FLASKS. Half-flasks falling under the definition of the last
subclass in which the parts are connected by a binge or its
equivalent at one corner and at the opposite corner having a
snap device which fixes the parts together when closed.
Note. These flasks sometimes include in combination means for
holding the mold after removal; but for such means alone see
subclass 112, Mold jackets and weights.
108. FLASKS, GATE-EXTENSION. Molding-flasks provided
with an extension or extensions for holding a molded gate or
sprue.
109. FLASKS, CLAMPING. Patents in which the entire inven-
tion lies in the means for clamping the cope and drag or cheek
together, either in combination or not, with means for attach-
ing such clamping device to the flasks.
Note. Clamps which are entirely removable and portable and
have no part thereof attached permanently to the flask are
classified in class 144, WOODWORKING, subclass 297, Clamps,
Portable, and subclasses thereunder.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 156, Molds, Metal, Clamping.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 43, Molding devices, Molds, Clamping.
49 GLASS, subclass 75, Molds, Clamping.
110. FLASKS, GUIDES. Patents in which the entire invention
lies in the means for guiding and holding in position, but not
clamping the parts, as the cope and drag or cheek. May in-
clude in combination means for attaching parts of the g'uide
to the flasks.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 32, Molding devices, Flasks and clamps,
and 33, Molding devices, Flasks and clamps, Dental.
111. FLASKS, SAND-RETAINING DEVICES. Patents in
which the entire invention lies in cross-bars or other means
for holding the sand within the flask. May be in combination
with the flask broadly, and means for attaching such bars,
etc., to the flask, but not when embodying other improve-
ments in the flask itself.
112. MOLD JACKETS AND WEIGHTS. Jackets, weights, and
holders adapted to be placed upon or around molds, usually
after a snap or other separable llask has been removed there-
from , to protect the mold and hold it together or in place dur-
ing, before, and after pouring.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 107, Flasks, Separable sides or
ends, Snap-flasks.
113. MOLDS. Improvements in molds which are limited thereto
and not combined with flasks or any external devices what-
ever, but may be combined with cores, chills, and the like and
not classifiable in any of the other subclasses under this head.
In this subclass are included only those molds which are com-
posed entirely or in part of materials other than sand, loam,
or metal, in which the invention is not confined to a particular
composition and which are not especially adapted for finger-
rings, split castings, composite castings, or joints.
CLASS 22 Continued.
114. MOLDS. FINGER-RINGS. Molds of any material especially
adapted for casting finger-rings and not combined with flasks
or any external devices whatever.
115. MOLDS, SPLIT CASTINGS. Molds of any materials espe-
cially adapted for forming castings intended to be split either
for removal from the mold or for attachment to something
after being finished and not combined with flasks or any ex-
ternal devices.
116. MOLDS, COMPOSITE CASTINGS AND JOINTS. Molds
not formed entirely of sand or loam and provided with means,
for sustaining a metal piece or part to be united by the inflow-
ing metal to the casting produced or with means for intro-
ducing two or more metals in a molten state so that they can
be united by the casting operation and not capable of classi-
fication in any of the subclasses under this head.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 58, Casting apparatus, Com-
posite castings and joints, and 59, Casting apparatus, Com-
posite castings and joints, Fence and net leading.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 36, Molding devices, Molds, Blank cov-
ering and filling.
49 GLASS, subclass 66, Molds, Uniting parts.
117. MOLDS, COMPOSITE CASTINGS AND JOINTS, PIPE-
JOINTS. Molds, usually metal, for casting pipe-joints.
118. MOLDS, COMPOSITE CASTINGS AND JOINTS, PIPE-
JOINTS, EXTERNAL BANDS. Bands, clips, or clamps,
adapted to be placed around the outside of pipes to form a
part of a mold for casting pipe-joints.
119. MOLDS, COMPOSITE CASTINGS AND JOINTS, PIPE-
JOINTS, EXPANDING CLAMPS. Pipe-joint molds and
parts of molds provided with means for expanding the pipe or
holding it in an expanded condition.
120. MOLDS^ COMPOSITE CASTINGS AND JOINTS,
WHEELS. Molds usually of metal in part or in whole, for
making wheels of two or more metals. In general there are
two kinds of these molds those in which the spokes are fixed
into the hub by casting the hub around their ends and those
in which the rim is made of a different kind of metal from the
rest of the wheel by casting one part upon another part pre-
viously formed.
121. MOLDS, COMPOSITE CASTINGS AND JOINTS, INGOTS.
Ingot-molds, usually of metal, especially adapted for produc-
tion of compound bigots.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 60, Casting apparatus, Com-
posite castings and joints, Ingots.
122. MOLDS, COMPOSITE CASTINGS AND JOINTS, NON-
METALLIC INSERTS. Molds in which non-metallic ma-
terial is placed partly within the mold, so that the metal
poured shall unite it or hold it upon or hi the casting.
123. MOLDS, COMPOSITE CASTINGS AND JOINTS, LINING
ARTICLES. Molds for producing linings within metallic
articles by casting the metal upon their inner surface. The
article usually forms the principal part of the mold and is often
included in combination.
124. MOLDS, COMPOSITE CASTINGS AND JOINTS, SAND
MOLDS. Molds composed entirely of sand, especially adapt-
ed for producing composite castings and joints.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 101, Flasks, Pattern, core, or
insert holding.
125. MOLDS, COMPOSITE CASTINGS AND JOINTS, SAND
MOLDS, INSERT-CLAMPS. Clamps for holding rails or
other inserts within sand molds while the metal is poured into
the mold.
126. MOLDS, SAND AND METAL. Molds composed partly of
sand and partly of metal and not including any other mate-
rial in which the chills are not both circular and external.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 103, Flasks, Chill-holding;
128, Molds, Sand and metal, Circular chills, Wheel, and 129,
Molds, Sand.
127. MOLDS, SAND AND METAL, CIRCULAR CHILLS.
Molds composed entirely of sand and metal in which the
metal chills are circular and disposed about the circumference
of the casting to be produced. These chills may be in one or
several parts and are usually applied to rolls and other circu-
lar objects; but wheels are separately classified in subclass 128,
Molds, Sand and metal, Circular chills, Wheel.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses . 103, Flasks, Chill-holding,
and 128, Molds, Sand and metal, 'Circular chills, Wheel.
128. MOLDS, SAND AND METAL, CIRCULAR CHILLS,
WHEEL. Molds as defined in definition of subclass 127,
Molds, Sand and metal, Circular chills, especially adapted for
casting wheels.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 104, Flasks, Chill-holding,
Wheel.
129. MOLDS, SAND. Molds which are limited thereto and not
combined with flasks or any external devices, composed en-
tirely of sand or loam and not classifiable in any of the other
subclasses under this head.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
47
CLASS 22 Continued.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 113, Molds, and 126, Molds,
Sand and metal.
130. MOLDS, SAND, MULTIPLE. Sand molds in which there
is a combination of two or more molds arranged to be filled in
succession or simultaneously from a single runner or series of
runners. They are usually piled one above the other.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 102, Flasks, Pattern, core, or
insert holding, Sash-weights; 142, Molds, Metal, Ingots and
pigs, Multiple, and 149, Molds, Metal, Multiple.
131. MOLDS, SAND, WITH CORES. Sand molds provided with
baked or green sand cores not exclusively circumferential or
vertical.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 151, Molds, Metal, Separable
cores.
132. MOLDS, SAND, WITH CORES, CIRCUMFERENTIAL.
Sand molds provided with baked or green sand cores disposed
around the circumference of the mold and usually forming
most of the outside boundary of the mold and not having other
cores.
133. MOLDS, SAND, WITH CORES, VERTICAL. Sand molds
provided with vertical baked or green sand cores only.
134. MOLDS, SAND, SPRUE, GATE, RUNNER, AND RISER.
Sand m(51ds hi which the invention lies entirely in the sprue,
gate, runner, or riser.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 155, Molds, Metal, Runner,
and 162, Patterns, Sprue, gate, and runner.
135. MOLDS, SAND, VENTS. Improvements in vents for allow-
ing air and gas to escape from sand molds during casting.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 171, Cores, Vents; 176, Chills,
Plow, Vents, and 183. Chills, Vents.
49 GLASS, subclass 71, Molds, Blowing, Vented.
136. MOLDS, METAL. Molds, limited strictly thereto, composed
entirely of metal and not capable of classification in any of the
other subclasses under this head.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 5, Stereotype-casting appa-
ratus, Molds; 8, Type-casting apparatus, Molds, and 113,
Molds.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 34, Molding devices, Molds.
49 GLASS, subclass 65, Molds.
107 BREAD, PASTRY. AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 19,
Molding apparatus, Molds.
137. MOLDS, METAL, CHAINS. Metal molds for casting chains.
138. MOLDS, METAL, WHEELS. Metal molds for casting pul-
leys and all other kinds of wheels.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 104, Flasks, Chill-holding,
Wheel; 114, Molds, Finger-ring; 120, Molds, Composite cast-
ings and joints. Wheels, and 128, Molds, Sand and metal, Cir-
cular chills, Wheel.
139. MOLDS, METAL, INGOTS AND PIGS. Metal molds for
casting ingots or pigs not capable of classification hi any of the
other subclasses under this head.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 60, Casting apparatus, Com-
posite castings and joints, Ingots, and 121, Molds, Composite
castings and joints, Ingots.
140. MOLDS, METAL, INGOTS AND PIGS, HOLLOW. Metal
molds provided with a core for casting hollow ingots and pigs .
141. MOLDS, METAL. INGOTS AND PIGS, BOTTOM-POUR.
Metal ingot and pig molds provided with means at the bottom
for the introduction of metal. The molds are entirely of
metal; but the runner is sometimes formed of refractory or
other non-metallic material.
142. MOLDS, METAL, INGOTS AND PIGS, MULTIPLE.
Groups of metal ingot or pig molds in which more than one
mold is filled from the same sprue or runner. They are fre-
quently piled one upon another.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 130, Molds, Sand, Multiple;
141. Molds, Metal, Ingots and pigs, Bottom-pour, and 149,
Molds, Metal, Multiple.
143. MOLDS, METAL, INGOTS AND PIGS, HORIZONTAL.
Metal molds for casting ingots or pigs in horizontal position.
They are chiefly open-topped pig-molds.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 61, Casting apparatus, Pigs.
144. MOLDS, METAL, INGOTS AND PIGS, DOUBLE-
WALLED. Ingot and pig molds having two or more walls,
the inner one at least being of metul, and usually having a
packing of non-heat-conducting material between them; but
some merely have a space for the circulation of air or Water.
145. MOLDS, METAL, INGOTS AND PIGS. SEPARABLE
SIDES. Longitudinally-divided metal ingot cr pig molds
not provided with clamps.
CLASS 22 Continued.
146. MOLDS, METAL, INGOTS AND PIGS, SEPARABLE
SIDES, CLAMPED. Longitudinally-divided metal ingot
or pig molds provided with clamps for holding the parts to-
gether.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 156, Molds, Metal, Clamping.
147. MOLDS, METAL, INGOTS AND PIGS, SINK-HEADS
AND FEEDERS. Ingot and pig molds in which the entire
invention lies in a sink-head or feeder for supplying the mold
with molten metal as the metal first cast shrinks.
148. MOLDS, METAL, INGOTS AND PIGS, STOPPERS. Stop-
pers for use in metal ingot and pig molds and adapted to stop
off the flow of metal. Generally used in bottom-pour molds.
149. MOLDS, METAL, MULTIPLE. Groups of metal molds
in which more than one mold is filled from the same sprue or
runner. They are usually piled one upon another.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 130. Molds, Sand, Multiple,
and 142, Molds, Metal, Ingots and pigs, Multiple.
150. MOLDS, METAL, SPRUE-SEPARATING. Metal molds
provided with means for separating the sprue from the casting.
The sprue-separator is a mere attachment to the mold.
151. MOLDS, METAL, SEPARABLE CORES. Metal molds
provided with a plurality of metallic cores, capable of separation
from the walls of the mold.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 131, Molds, Sand, With cores.
152. MOLDS, METAL, SEPARABLE CORES, SINGLE. Metal
molds provided with a single metallic core capable of separa-
tion from the walls of the mold.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 93, Mold-separating devices,
Drawing core, and 140, Molds, Metal, Ingots and pigs, Hollow.
153. MOLDS, METAL, TWO-PART. Metal molds consisting of
two parts only.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 42, Molding devices, Molds, Two and
three part.
154. MOLDS, METAL, EJECTING. Metal molds provided with
an ejector for the casting, but not with mechanism for oper-
ating.
Search Class
22 METAL-FouNDmo, subclass 94, Casting-ejectors.
155. MOLDS, METAL, RUNNER. Runners for metal molds not
involving the structure of the mold itself.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 134, Molds, Sand, Sprue, gate,
runner, and riser.
156. MOLDS, METAL, CLAMPING. Clamps for metal molds.
The molds themselves are not included in this subclass except
as cross-references unless claimed broadly in combination with
the clamp.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 109. Flasks, Clamping, and
14(i, Molds, Metal, Ingots and pigs, Separable sides. Clamped.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 43, Molding devices, Molds, Clamping.
157. PATTERN AND MATCH PLATES. Devices for tempo-
rarily or permanently supporting patterns and parts of pat-
terns during molding, not combined with any other elements
except the patterns themselves. Includes compositions for
making such devices.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 101, Flasks, Pattern, core, or
insert holding, and 181, Chills, Circular, Non-chilling rings.
158. PATTERNS. Molding patterns and parts of patterns to be
used in this art not falling under any of the other subclasses
under this head.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 51, Molding apparatus, Draw-
ing pattern, Stripping, Compound stripping-plate
159. PATTERNS, PIPE. Patterns especially adapted for molding
pipes.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 16, Molding, Pipes vertical, and
the subclasses thereunder.
160. PATTERNS, INSERT, CORE, OR CHILL SUPPORTING.
Patterns provided with moans for supporting inserts, cores, or
chills ami leaving them in the mold when drawn. Does not
include those which support detachable parts of the pattern
itself.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 37, Molding apparatus, Core-
setting.
161. PATTERNS, CORE-FORMING. Patterns made hollow or
with a cavity, so that they will form a green-sand core at the
time the mam part of the mold is formed.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 198, Processes, Molding, (rreen-
sand, Mold and core.
162. PATTERN'S, SPRUE, GATE, AND RUNNER. Patterns
exclusively adapted for forming sprues, gates, and runners in
molds.
Note. Sprue-cutters are included in subclass 185, Molding-tools.
48
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 22 Continued.
163. PATTERNS, UNDERCUTTING. Patterns having means
for producing undercut parts in the molds, except those falling
under the definition of subclass 160, Patterns, Insert, core, or
chill supporting.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 51, Molding apparatus, Draw-
ing patterns, Stripping, Compound stripping-plate, and 53,
Molding-apparatus, Drawing pattern, Stripping; Curvilinear
dra"v.
163.5 PATTERNS, COATING. Materials and compositions for
coating a pattern to prevent it from sticking to the sand of the
mold.
164. PATTERNS, COMPOSITION AND COMPOSITE. Inven-
tions which are confined to the materials of which the patterns
are made or to the structure of the* patterns as composed of
a series of materials and independent of other features of con-
struction.
165. CORES. Inventions limited to that part of the mold which
forms internal cavities in the article produced. Usually
formed of material which has to be driea or baked, and not
classifiable in any of the other subclasses under this head.
May include core parts in combination.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 13, Molding apparatus. Core-
making. Core-boxes; 126, Molds, Sand and metal; 131, Molds,
Sand, With cores, and the subclasses thereunder.
166. CORES, PIPE. Cores especially adapted for use in molding
pipes or long tubes.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 133, Molds, Sand, With cores,
Vertical, and 140, Molds, Metal, Ingots and pigs, Hollow.
167. CORES, CHILL OR INSERT HOLDING. Cores adapted
for holding chills or inserts within the mold or mold-walls
while casting.
168. CORES, METAL. Cores formed entirely of metal, except S-
trap and contracting cores.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 140, Molds, Metal, Ingots and
pigs, Hollow, 151, Molds, Metal, Separable cores, and 152,
Molds, Metal, Separable cores, Single.
169. CORES, METAL, S-TRAP. Metal cores for S-shaped plumb-
ers' traps.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 170, Cores, Metal, Contracting,
and 173, Cores, Core-bars, Collapsible.
170. CORES, METAL, CONTRACTING. Metal cores, except for
S-shaped plumbers' traps, which are constructed to contract
and designed to be used without a coating of appreciable thick-
ness.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 160, Cores, Pipe; 169, Cores,
Metal, S-trap; 173, Cores, Core-bars, Collapsible, and 182,
Chills, Circular, Contracting.
113 SHEET-METAL WAKE, MAKING, subclass 103, Soldering,
Clamps, Expanding Mandrel.
171. CORES, VENTS. Vents for cores for conducting air and gases
therefrom.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 135, Molds, Sand, Vents; 176,
Chills, Plow, Vents, and 183, Chills, Vents.
172. CORES, CORE-BARS. Inventions limited to core-bars, ar-
bors, and supports contained within the core and whose func-
tion is entirely to support the core and which are not capable
of collapsing.
Note. Core bars claimed in combination with the non-metallic
core-body are classified elsewhere, usually in subclass n>. r >,
Cores.
173. CORES, CORE-BARS, COLLAPSIBLE. Core-bars as de-
nned in the last subclass which are capable of collapsing in or-
der that the core may be removed from the casting.
Note. Core-bars claimed in combination with the non-metallic
core-body are classed elsewhere, usually in subclass 100, Cores,
Pipe.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 166, Cores, Pipe; 169, Cores.
Metal, S-trap, and 170, Cores, Metal, Contracting.
174. CHILLS. Inventions limited to metallic chills for use in sand
molds and not classifiable in any of the other subclasses under
this head.
175. CHILLS, PLOW. Chills especially adapted for molding parts
of plows, usually the moldboards.
Note. All plow-molds are cross-referenced into this subclass,
except those in subclass 176, Chills, Plow, Vents.
176. CHILLS, PLOW, VENTS. Chills falling under the defini-
tion of the last subclass provided with means for conducting
away the air or gases.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 135, Molds, Sand, Vents; 171,
Cores, Vents, and 183, Chills, Vents.
177. CHILLS, HEATED OR COOLED. Chills provided with
means for heating or cooling either before or during casting.
Note. All heated and cooled metal molds are cross-referenced into
this subclass.
CLASS 22 Continued.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 4, Stereotype-casting apparatus,
Heating or cooling mold.
178. CHILLS, CIRCULAR. Chills to be placed about the circum-
ference of the mold and forming wholly or partly the circumfer-
ential boundary of the casting, except such as are specially
adapted to form gear-teeth and rolls and those having a non-
conducting ring or capable of contracting.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 127, Molds, Sand and metal,
Circular chills: 12S, Molds, Sand and metal, Circular chills,
Wheel: 138, Molds, Metal, Wheels, and 181, Chills, Circular,
Non-chilling rings.
179. 'CHILLS, CIRCULAR, GEAR-TEETH. Chills for forming
gear-teeth, which are placed around the circumference of the
mold and may be in one or many parts. Usually each tooth
or each space between the teeth is formed by a separate chill.
180. CHILLS, CIRCULAR, ROLLS. Circular chills fjr forming
parts of rolls.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 127, Molds, Sand and metal,
Circular chills.
181. CHILLS, CIRCULAR, NON-CHILLING RINGS. Circular
chills provided with a recess which is filled either with sand or
air, so that the chill presents a non-heat-conducting surface
to the molten metal at some point.
182. CHILLS, CIRCULAR, CONTRACTING. Circular chills
which are capable of contracting.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 170, Cores, Metal, Contracting.
183. CHILLS, VENTS. Improvements in vents for chills.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 135, Molds, Sand, Vents; 171,
Cores, Vents, and 17ti, Chills, Plow, Vents.
49 GLASS, subclass 71, Molds, Blowing, Vented.
184. CORE CHAPLETS AND SUPPORTS. Devices adapted for
holding cores within the molds while casting. They are also
sometimes used for holding the pattern while forming the
mold. Mere chaplets are included, as well as supports, which
extend into the walls of the molds, or even into the flasks.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 101, Flasks, Pattern, core, or
insert holding.
185. MOLDING-TOOLS. Hand tools and implements exclusively
for use in forming sand molds and cores and other foundry
operations not otherwise classifiable under this head and not
capable of general use in other arts. Under this head are
included only such tools as are adapted to be operated and
supported by the hand.
186. MOLDING-TOOLS, PATTERN-LIFTERS AND DRAW-
PLATES. Pattern-lifters, rapping-bars, and draw-plate.i
adapted to draw or lift patterns and combinations thereof fall-
ing under the definition of subclass 1S5, Molding-tools.
187. MOLDING - TOOLS, RAMMERS. Hand - rammers exclu-
sively adapted for molding.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 46, Molding apparatus, Packing
sand, Press-heads and plungers.
188. MOLD AND CORE MATERIALS. Materials and compo-
sitions for exclusive use in making molds for casting metals.
Includes alleged processes consisting in forming a mold of a
particular composition or material or casting metal in a mold
of a particular composition or material unless some other fea-
ture or element is included.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 113, Molds, and 189, Mold and
core materials, Coatings and linings.
189. MOLD AND CORE MATERIALS, COATINGS AND
LININGS. Materials and compositions for exclusive use in
coating and lining metal, sand, and other molds for casting
metals. Includes alleged processes consisting in lining or
coating a mold with a particular composition or material or
casting metal in a mold lined or coated with a particular coin-
position or material. Does not include molds built up of
two or more layers of different materials except as cross-
references.
190. PROCESSES. All processes including steps not capable of
classification in any of the other subclasses under this head
and which belong in the class by its definition.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 1, Miscellaneous, and 191,
Processes, Pattern-plate and match making.
191. PROCESSES, PATTERN-PLATE AND MATCH MAK-
ING. All processes for making pattern-plates and matches
for use in this art. They include, either singly or combined,
molding, casting, and any other functions properly classifiable
in this class.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 157, Pattern and match plates.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
49
CLASS 22 Continued.
192. PROCESSES, TREATING MOLD. Processes of treating
sand, metal, and other molds to prepare them for casting
metals. Includes drying, burning, coating, etc., and may
include in combination molding, casting, or preparing the
mold materials.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 87, Mold and core drying ap-
paratus, and 88, Mold coating and lining apparatus.
193. PROCESSES, MOLDING. Processes of making molds for
casting metals from plastic mold materials except green sand
and not confined to molding by destroying the pattern in
the mold. Combined processes including steps not classi-
fiable in any of the subclasses under this head are included.
Casting ana the preparation of the mold materials may be
included in combination.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 9, Molding apparatus: 97.
Flasks, Dental-plate, and 191, Processes, Pattern-plate and
match making.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 55, Processes, Molding.
4C GLASS, subclass 85, Processes, Molding.
194. PROCESSES, MOLDING, CORE-MAKING. Processes of
molding cores, except those in which a hollow pattern forms
both mold and core simultaneously. May include in combi-
nation the preparation of the molding materials.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 10, Molding apparatus, Core-
making; 11, Molding apparatus, Core-making, Die-expressing;
12, Molding apparatus, Core-making, Rotating core-bar, and
198, Processes, Molding, Green-sand, Mold and core.
195. PROCESSES, MOLDING, PATTERN-MAKING. Proc-
esses of making patterns by molding plastic materials. May
include in combination preparation of such materials prior to
molding. (See general definition, paragraph 6).
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 191, Processes, Pattern-plate
and match making.
19C>. PROCESSES, MOLDING, DESTROYING PATTERN.
Processes of molding green sand and other plastic materials
for metal-founding in which the pattern is formed of destruct-
ible material, the plastic material formed around it, and the
pattern destroyed, usually by heat, to remove it from the
mold. Contains the "cire perdue" process of making molds.
197. PROCESSES, MOLDING, GREEN-SAND. Processes of
molding confined to green sand or sand not intended to be
baked before use and not classifiable in the next two sub-
classes. Includes all other strictly molding operations.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 9, Molding apparatus; 36,
Molding apparatus, Charging-flask, Under pressure; 191,
Processes, Pattern-plate and match making, and 198, Proc-
esses, Molding, Green-sand, Mold and core.
198. PROCESSES, MOLDING, GREEN-SAND, MOLD AND
CORE. Processes of molding entirely in green sand which
involve the making of the mold and core at once or in connec-
tion with each other. May include any strictly molding op-
eration.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 161, Patterns, Core-forming,
and 194, Processes, Molding, Core-making.
199. PROCESSES, MOLDING, GREEN-SAND, DRAWING
PATTERN. Processes limited to the drawing of the pattern
from the mold.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 14, Molding apparatus,
Screw-threads; 47, Molding apparatus, Drawing pattern; 48,
Molding apparatus, Drawing pattern, Mold-lifting; 50, Mold-
ing apparatus, Drawing pattern, Stripping, and 56, Molding
apparatus, Drawing pattern, Vibrating.
200. PROCESSES, CASTING. Processes exclusively for casting,
not classifiable in any of the subordinate subclasses. Casting
includes introducing the metal into the mold and treating it
therein.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 57, Casting apparatus; 65,
Casting apparatus, Centrifugal, and 73, Casting apparatus,
Vacuum.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 58, Processes, Molding, casting and
dipping.
201. PROCESSES, CASTING, COMPOSITE ARTICLE. Proc-
esses of making composite articles and joints or unit ing metals
by casting a metal onto another while the second is in a
molten state or casting both into contact with each other, so
as to form a close union.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 60, Casting apparatus, Com-
posite castings and joints, Ingots, and 205, Processes, Casting,
Composite article, One metal solid, Heated, By original heat
of casting.
202. PROCESSES, CASTING. COMPOSITE ARTICLES,
PARTLY NON-METALLIC. Processes of making com-
posite articles and joints or uniting a metal to a non-metal
by casting a metal in a molten state upon or against a non-
metallic article or blank.
26674 12 4
CLASS 22 Continued.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 122, Molds, Composite castings
and joints, Non-metallic inserts.
203. PROCESSES, CASTING, COMPOSITE ARTICLES, ONE
METAL SOLID. Processes of making composite articles or
joints or uniting metals by casting one metal in a fluid state
onto another which is solid and not heated previous to the
final pouring of the metal, at least one of said metals being
other than iron or steel.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDFNG, subclasses 58, Casting apparatus, Com-
posite castings and joints; 116, Molds, Composite castings and
joints; 204, Processes, Casting, Composite articles, One metal
solid, Heated, and 205, Processes, Casting, Composite articles,
Heated, By original heat of casting.
204. PROCESSES, CASTING, COMPOSITE ARTICLE, ONE
METAL SOLID, HEATED. Processes of making com-
posite castings or joints or uniting metals by casting one metal
ma fluid state onto another which is solid and has been heated
prior to the final pouring. The solid metal is sometimes
heated by letting the molten metal flow over it before finally
pouring and holding it in the mold. Includes all metals.
205. PROCESSES, CASTING, COMPOSITE ARTICLE, ONE
METAL SOLID, HEATED, BY ORIGINAL HEAT OF
CASTING. Processes of making composite castings or joints
or uniting metals by casting one metal and before it has be-
come cool, but after it has hardened, casting the other upon
or in contact with it. Includes all metals.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 60, Casting apparatus, Com-
posite castings and joints, Ingots, and 201, Processes, Casting,
Composite article.
206. PROCESSES, CASTING. COMPOSITE ARTICLE, ONE
METAL SOLID, IRON AND STEEL. Processes under
the head of subclass 203, Processes, Casting, Composite arti-
cles, One metal solid, except that both metals are iron or steel
and no pressure is applied.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 58, Casting apparatus, Com-
posite castings and joints; 116, Molds, Composite castings and
joints; 204, Processes, Casting, Composite article, One metal
solid, Heated, and 205, Processes, Casting, Composite article,
One metal solid, Heated, By original heat of casting.
207. PROCESSES, CASTING, COMPOSITE ARTICLE, ONE
METAL SOLID, IRON AND STEEL, COMPRESSION.
Processes of the kind designated in the title in which pres-
sure is applied to the metals during the casting operation
or afterward to consolidate the products.
208. PROCESSES. CASTING, TANDEM. Processes of casting
a series of castings, usually ingots, one upon the end of the
other, forming a continuous product designed to be broken
into lengths.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 66, Casting apparatus, Tandem.
209. PROCESSES, CASTING, INTRODUCING METAL.
Processes of casting limited to the manner of introduction of
metal into the mold.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 68, Casting apparatus. Com-
pression, Charging under pressure; 79, Casting apparatus,
Metal holding and pouring, and 201, Processes, Casting, Com-
posite article.
210. PROCESSES, CASTING, INTRODUCING METAL, BY
IMMERSION. Processes of casting limited to the introduc-
tion of the metal into the mold by immersing the mold in the
molten metal.
211. PROCESSES, CASTING, ANNEALING IN MOLD. Proc-
esses of casting consisting in so treating the metal while ha the
mold as to anneal it. Includes cooling in combination.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 212. Processes, Casting, Cooling.
49 GLASS, subclass 85, Processes, Molding.
212. PROCESSES, CASTING, COOLING. Processes of casting
consisting in cooling the metal which is in the mold, except for
chilling iron.
213. PROCESSES, CASTING, COOLING, CHILLING IRON.
Processes of casting iron to produce chilled surfaces by casting
the desired portion against a heat-conducting surface.
214. PROCESSES, CASTING, TREATING WITH GASES.
Processes of casting consisting in treating the metal in the
mold with gases or vapors.
215. PROCESSES, CASTING, TREATING WITH SOLIDS.
Processes of casting consisting in treating the metal in the
mold with solid substances.
216. PROCESSES, CASTING, PREVENTING PIPING BY
MANIPULATION. Processes of preventing piping in
castings by manipulating the casting while solidifying. Other
ways of preventing piping are included in several other sub-
classes under the head of subclass 200, Processes, Casting.
50
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 22 Continued.
217. PROCESSES, PREPARATION OF MOLD MATERIALS.
Processes of the same character and scope as the apparatus
included in subclass 89, Mold-material-treating apparatus.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 89, Mold-material-treating
apparatus.
218. INGOTS. Improvements in cast-metal ingots composed of
a single metal.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 139, Molds, Metal, Ingots and
pigs; 140, Molds, Metal, Ingots and pigs, Hollow; 143, Molds,
Metal, Ingots and pigs, Horizontal, and 145, Molds, Metal,
Ingots and pigs, Separable sides.
CLASS 22 Continued.
219. INGOTS, COMPOSITE. Improvements in cast-metal in-
gots composed of two or more metals or one or more metals
and a non-metal.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 121, Molds, Composite castings
and joints. Ingots, and 201, Processes, Casting, Composite
article, and the subclasses thereunder
29 METAL-WORKING, subclasses 181 et seq, Metal stock, Com-
pound.
49 GLASS, subclass 92, Structure.
CLASS 24. BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class is to provide a place for buckles, buttons, clasps, cord
and rope holders, pins, separable fasteners, etc., which have become
so varied in use and so allied in structure as to belong to no specific
art, but are novel only as to their structures. There are, however,
several classes of fastenings included where the devices are but
slightly identified with the art and are closely analogous to the mam
titles above cited. Such patents are retained under more or less art
titles. Devices which embrace fastenings as above, but also include
elements which connect them with various specific arts, have been
excluded as far as practicable.
The fastenings have been classified structurally as far as possible,
and where two or more simple fastenings are contained in one struc-
ture, it is found in classes indicating the kinds of fastenings so com-
bined. This scheme is followed also throughout those art classes
which have been retained, where possible.
Search should be made in class 241. GARMENT-SUPPORTERS, for
fastening devices which have special functions in connection with
clothing, such as devices for connecting waists and skirts, garment-
supporters, and suspenders.
All parts making up a suspender are also found under class 241,
GARMENT-SUPPORTERS, except buckles, clasps, and cast-offs, where
the cast-off is nothing more than a snap-hook or a separable fastening,
in which case search subclasses under this class.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Such devices as are considered a part of
this class and not otherwise classifiable.
2. ALBUM-FASTENERS. Devices specially adapted for the pur-
pose of keeping albums and other books closed when not in use.
3. ARTICLE-HOLDERS. Devices usually in the nature of a
clasp for fastening or holding articles which are to be carried
about on the clothing, such as pencils, flowers, napkins, spec-
tacles, spectacle-cases, scissors, etc. Devices which are not
specially adapted for carrying specific articles are classified
as structures under appropriate subclasses.
Note. Such devices as are not mere article holders for personal
wear or use, but in which the idea of transportation prevails,
are found in class 224, PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS.
Note. Ticket-holders are found in class 40, CARD, PICTURE, AND
SIGN EXHIBITING, under the title Checks, labels, and tags,
particularly subclasses 10, Holders, and 11, Holders, Clip.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 136, Spool-holders, Car-
rier Attachments, for spool-holders attached to the person.
4. ARTICLE-HOLDERS, CHATELAINE SAFETY-HOOKS.
These devices are adapted for holding chatelaine-bags. The
hook is provided with a safety device to prevent loss of bag.
Search Class
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 27, Body and
belt attached, Bag, case, or frame, Chatelaine.
5. ARTICLE-HOLDERS, FLOWER. Devices designed especially
to hold flowers in those cases where the flowers are to be
attached to the clothing.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 10, Article-
holders, Pencil; 11. Article-holders, Pencil. Clasp-attached,
and 12, Article-holders, Pencil, Pin-attached.
6. ARTICLE-HOLDERS, FLOWER, PIN-ATTACHED. Hold-
ers attached by means of a pin fastening.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 12, Article-hold-
ers, Pencil, Pin-attached.
7. ARTICLE-HOLDERS, NAPKIN. Devices containing features
which make them specially adapted for use as napkin-holders.
Includes holders which are convertible into napkin-rings when
desired.
Search Class
65 KITCHEN AND TABLE ARTICLES, subclass 29, Napkin-holders,
for mere napkin-rings and napkin-holders attached to the
table and the like.
8. ARTICLE-HOLDERS, NAPKIN, HOOK. Holders attached
to the clothing by a hook.
9. ARTICLE-HOLDERS, NAPKIN, NECK-INCLOSING.
Holders encircling the neck of the wearer.
10. ARTICLE-HOLDERS, PENCIL. Devices specially adapted
for the purpose of holding pencils and like articles in pockets,
including pencil-holders attached to the clothing. Patents
are excluded which are for devices intended to close the mouth
of the pocket, even when there is some special arrangement
connected with the pocket-closure for holding a pencil.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 5, Article-hold-
ers, Flower, and 6, Article-holders, Flower, Pin-attached.
2 APPAREL, subclass 15, Nether garments, Pockets.
CLASS 24 Continued.
120 STATIONERY, subclass 84, Pencils, Attachments, for pencil-
holders which are a permanent part of the pencil.; subclasses
102. Penholders, Grips; 103, Penholders, Grips, Detachable, '
and 106, Penholders, Slant devices, for pencil-holders which
consist of a ring on the finger with a pencil-holding attachment.
150 CLOTH, LEATHER, AND RUBBER RECEPTACLES, subclass 34,
Porte-monnaies and pocketbooks, Article holding.
11. ARTICLE-HOLDERS, PENCIL, CLASP-ATTACHED.
Pencil-holders which are attached to the clothing by means
of a clasp.
12. ARTICLE-HOLDERS, PENCIL, PIN-ATTACHED. At-
tached by means of a pin-fastening.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 6, Article-holders
Flower, Pin-attached.
13. ARTICLE-HOLDERS, PIN-ATTACHED. Article-holders
which have a pin attachment and are not classifiable in other
specific subclasses.
Search Classes -
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 86, Fasteners
combined, Pin-hook.
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 98, Reeling and
Unreeling, Reels, Carriers, Hand or body, Spring drum
article holders; also subclass 136, Spool-holders, Carrier
attachments, for spool-holders attached to the person by a
pin-fastening.
14. ABOLISHED.
15. ARTICLE-HOLDERS, SLEEVE. Devices for holding the
inner coat-sleeve while an outer coat is being put on. This
subclass also includes other sleeve-holders which do not come
under the above definition, but are placed there because they
are sleeve-holders nominally.
16. BALE AND PACKAGE TIES. Devices which are especially
adapted for bundling papers, bales, packets, etc.
Note. Devices for holding the ends of cords or ropes are found
under Cord and rope holders, in this class.
Note. Barrel-hoops consisting of a strip, with means for securing
the ends together, except for tightening the hoop, are included
under this title. All other barrel-hoops are found in class 217,
WOODEN RECEPTACLES, under the title of Hoops.
Search Class
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclasses 66, Boxes, Straps; 67,
Boxes, Straps, Corrugated, and 68, Boxes, Straps, Wire, for
devices similar to bale-ties, but adapted for use on wooden
packages by reason of fastenings.
17. BALE AND PACKAGE TIES, PACKET-HOLDERS. De-
vices specially adapted for bundling or packing such articles
as sheet-paper, currency, gloves, and the like, but excludes
such as are receptacles. They consist of various arrangements
of bands, straps, cords, and wires in connection with some form
of tying or fastening means. On account of the close similarity
in structure umbrella-ties, trunk-strap fastenings, bag-holders,
etc., have been included where the invention is not classifiable
as a fastening device simply.
Note. Bag-fasteners which are peculiarly adapted for closing bags
are excluded for example, where the closure is of rigid mate-
rial conforming to the shape of the bag-neck and where the
closure is a part of the bag or is woven into the bag.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 66, Paper-clips,
for devices adapted for holding the edges or ends of a number
of sheets of paper so as to permit writing on same or reference
to individual sheets.
70 LOCKS AND LATCHES, subclasses 100, Seals, Box and bag,
and 101, Seals, Box-strap, for devices which seal the package
in addition to bundling.
100, PRESSES, subclass 14, Baling, Articles and attachments,
Bales and bale-covers.
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 27, Trunks, Harness, for combinations
of straps suitable for securing trunks in their closed position
or straps attached to the trunks.
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, all subclasses under the
subtitle Hand, for similar devices in which a handle or a carry-
ing device is included.
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclass 78, Envelopes, Closures,
Fasteners, Metallic.
241 GARMENT-SUPPORTERS, subclass 5, Limb-encircling.
18 BALE AND PACKAGE TIES, PACKET - HOLDERS,
CORD. Packet-holders which make use of cord or rope and
have a metallic fastener for holding the ends.
N o te. These are distinguished from cord and rope holders in
having a fastener which provides for the cord passing about the
package in two directions.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 115, Cord and
rope holders, when the cord-holder is intended for cords which
only pass around the package in one direction, subclass 17,
Bale and package ties, Packet-holders, for devices in which
cord is made use of as a part of the holder, but do not come
under the definition of Packet-holders, Cord.
51
52
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 24 Continued.
70 LOCKS AND LATCHES, subclasses 100, Seals, Ba? and box,
and 101, Seals, Box-strap, for devices which seal the package
in addition to bundling.
224, PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclasses 56, Hand,
Handle and strap, Cord or chain, and 57, Hand, Handle and
strap, Cord or chain, Cord-hook.
19. BALE AND PACKAGE TIES, STRAP-TIGHTENERS.
Devices used as bale-ties, trunk-straps, and similar articles
in which there is some means for tightening the band, such
as a pivoted lever or a turnbuckle.
Search Classes
24 -BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses under 68, Strap-
tighteners.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 110, Tires, Metallic.
54 HARNESS, subclass 27, Harries, Fasteners, Lever.
100 PRESSES, subclass 15, Baling, Articles and attachments.
Bale-band tighteners.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclass 5, Loading and un-
loading, Load-binders.
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclasses 94, Barrels, Hoops.
Tighteners, and 95, Barrels, Hoops, Tighteners, Screw.
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 51, Hand,
Handle and clamping-plates, Strap-tightener.
20. BALE AND PACKAGE TIES, METAL BANDS. The tie
is a metallic band, and the connection is made by means of
some integral part of the band, either by bending cutting, or
forming up a portion of the same. Devices are also included
where the invention lies in the band itself.
21. BALE AND PACKAGE TIES, METAL BANDS, SEPA-
RATE CONNECTIONS. The metal band is connected by
means of a separate part or parts.
22. BALE AND PACKAGE TIES, METAL BANDS, SEPA-
RATE CONNECTIONS, ONE-PIECE. The separate con-
nection is made of one piece.
23. BALE AND PACKAGE TIES, METAL BANDS, SEPA-
RATE CONNECTIONS, ONE-PIECE, SHEET-METAL.
The connection is made of sheet metal in one piece.
24. BALE AND PACKAGE TIES, METAL BANDS, SEPA-
RATE CONNECTIONS, PIVOTED PARTS. The con-
necting parts are pivoted together.
25. BALE AND PACKAGE TIES, METAL BANDS, SEPA-
RATE CONNECTIONS, WEDGING PARTS. Wedges
or rolls are used to clamp the band in the connection.
26. BALE AND PACKAGE TIES, METAL BANDS, SEPA-
RATE CONNECTIONS, WIRE. The connection is made
of wire.
27. BALE AND PACKAGE TIES, WIRE. The tie is composed
of wire, having the ends so made or formed as to be capable of
fastening without other parts.
28. BALE AND PACKAGE TIES, WIRE, SEPARATE CON-
NECTIONS. A wire tie fastened by means of a separate
connection.
29. BALE AND PACKAGE TIES, WIRE, SEPARATE CON-
NECTIONS, WIRE. A wire tie has a separate connection,
which is also of wire.
30. BALE AND PACKAGE TIES, WOODEN BANDS. The
tie is made of wood and is usually used as a barrel-hoop. Some
are made with a separate metallic connecting part.
30.5. BAG-FASTENERS. Devices fastening around the neck of
a bag for holding the same closed.
31. BELT-FASTENERS. Devices specially adapted for connect-
ing together the ends of driving-belts.
Search Class -
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 123, Cord and
rope holders, Couplings and sockets, for couplings or fasteners
for round belts or ropes; 124, Cord and rope holders, Coup-
lings and sockets, Nut-clamp, and 125, Cord and rope holders,
Couplings and sockets, Screw-clamp.
32. BELT-FASTENERS, TIGHTENERS. Devices which con-
nect the belt ends and have the additional function of permit-
ting adjustment at any time when the belt is too loose or too
tight.
Note. These devices are to be distinguished from class 57, HOIST-
ING, subclass 120, Belt-stretchers, and the subclasses there-
under, where the device is used for drawing together the belt
ends for the purpose of lacing or connecting; also, from class
69, LEATHER MANUFACTURES, subclass 1.5, Machines, Belt-
stretching, where the initial stretch is taken out of the belt.
33. BELT-FASTENERS, HINGED. The fastener is hinged so
as to facilitate its passage over the pulley.
34. BELT-FASTENERS, LACING. Includes the various ar-
rangements for lacing belts where flexible laces are used.
Search Class -
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 39, Belt-fas-
teners, Wire, for wire lacing; 140, Lacing devices; 143, Lacing
devices, Laces and tips, for the lace itself.
36. BELT-FASTENERS, ONE-PIECE. All belt-fasteners which
are made of a single integral piece for the entire connection or
joint.
CLASS 24 Continued.
36. BELT - FASTENERS, ONE - PIECE, DEFLECTING
PRONG. Includes those one-piece connections in which
prongs are passed through the belt and are then bent or turned
over to complete the fastening.
Search Class-
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 31, Belt-fas-
teners, for rivet-fastenings and all deflecting-prong fastenings
which are not properly a part of this subclass; 94, Buttons
and fasteners, Deflecting prong, or rivet; 95, Buttons and fas-
teners, Deflecting prong or rivet, Anvil or plate, and 96, But-
tons and fasteners, Deflecting prong or rivet, Integral.
37. BELT-FASTENERS, SCREW-CLAMP. The connecting
part or plate is fastened to the belt ends by screws.
38. BELT-FASTENERS, SPLICES. The belt ends are cut in
various ways and spliced together to make the connection.
39. BELT-FASTENERS, WIRE. The belt-fastener is made of
wire. This subclass includes wire-lacing devices.
Note. Belt-fasteners for round belts or driving-ropes are found
under subclass 123, Cord and rope holders, Couplings and
sockets.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ECT., subclass 14.3, Lacing de-
vices, Laces and tips, for flexible laces and tips for same.
40. BUTTONERS. Devices for drawing a button into engage-
ment with a buttonhole, used principally on gloves, shoes,
corsets, collars, and cuffs.
41. CUFF-HOLDERS. Devices specially adapted for the pur-
pose of holding the cuffs in position.
Note. For specific forms of clasps, pins, etc., search the appro-
priate subclasses under the simple fastening subclasses, such
as Pin-fasteners, Clasps, Separable fasteners, etc.
42. CUFF-HOLDERS, ADJUSTABLE. Cuff-holders in which
adjustment of the cuff is obtained by means of a special pro-
vision in the device.
43. CUFF-HOLDERS, CLASP-BUTTON. These holders have a
clasp to grip the sleeve and a button to engage the cuff.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 80, Fasteners
combined, Clasp-button.
44. CUFF-HOLDERS, CLASP-CLASP. Holders having a clasp
for the cuff and a clasp for the sleeve.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 81, Fasteners
combined, Clasp-clasp.
45. CUFF-HOLDERS, CLASP-HOOK. Holders having a clasp
for the sleeve and a hook to' engage the buttonhole of the cuff.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 84, Fasteners
combined, Clasp-hook.
46. CUFF-HOLDERS, CLASP-PIN. Holders having a clasp at
one end of the same and a pin-fastening at the other end.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES. BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 85, Fasteners
combined, Clasp-pin.
47. CUFF-HOLDERS, PIN-BUTTON. The combination of a
pin-fastening for the sleeve and a button for the cuff.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 73, Fasteners
combined.
48. CUFF-HOLDERS, PIN-FASTENER. Holders having a pin-
fastening at one end and any form of attachment at the other
end, except where there are specific subclasses covering the
combination.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 73, Fasteners
combined;.8f>, Fasteners combined, Pin-hook, and 87, Fas-
teners combined, Pin-pin.
49. NECKTIE-FASTENERS. Devices specially adapted for
holding the necktie in its proper position, excluding the de-
vices which consist of a tip on the band end designed to lock
. in some part of the necktie after having been adjusted. De-
vices for engaging the fabric of the band itself are included.
Note. Where there is any device, even in combination with a
fastener, which is necessary or requisite in the formation of the
tie, the patents are excluded, being classified in class 2, AP-
PAREL, subclass 11, Body-garments, Neckties.
50. NECKTIE-FASTENERS, BANDS. Devices specially adapt-
ed for fastening the band of a necktie, either to prevent the
same from riding up on the collar or for the purpose of con-
necting the ends of the bands together.
Search Class
2 APPAREL, subclass 85, Body-garments, Neckties, Tips, for
special forms of band-tips used in connection with a device on
the necktie itself for fastening the same.
51. NECKTIE-FASTENERS, BANDS, END-SECURING PIN.
A pin device is used to hold the band after being drawn up
to its proper position about the collar.
52. NECKTIE-FASTENERS, BANDS, GRIPPING. A band-
holding device consisting of a clasp for gripping the same.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
53
CLASS 24 Continued.
53. NECKTIE-FASTENERS, BANDS, DEPRESSORS. De-
vices which are specially designed to prevent the necktie-
band from riding up over the collar.
Search Class -
24 BUCKLER, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 62, Necktie-fas-
teners, Collar-button cumbined, Clasp-attached.
54. NECKTIE-FASTENERS, BANDS, DEPRESSORS, BUT-
TON-ENGAGING. These devices prevent the necktie-band
from riding up on the collar by means of a connection with
the collar-button.
55. NECKTIE-FASTENERS, BANDS, DEPRESSORS, PIN
OR SPUR. The necktie-band is prevented from riding up
on the collar by pin or spur attached devices.
56. NECKTIE-FASTENERS, BUTTON-ENGAGING. De-
vices attached to the necktie proper and adapted for engaging
the colla&button to hold the necktie in place.
57. NECKTIE-FASTENERS, BUTTON-ENGAGING, ADJUST-
ABLE. These necktie-fasteners have some means for ad-
justing the position of the necktie.
58. NECKTIE-FASTENERS, BUTTON-ENGAGING, CORD-
LOOP. A cord loop engages the collar-button.
59. NECKTIE-FASTENERS, BUTTON-ENGAGING PIV-
OTED OR SLIDING JAW. The button engagement is ob-
tained with the aid of pivoted or sliding jaws.
60. NECKTIE-FASTENERS, BUTTON-ENGAGING, PIN-
ATTACHED. These fasteners have some form of pin-fas-
tening to engage the necktie.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 56, Necktie-
fasteners, Button engaging, for those devices which include
mere wire attachment or those in which the prongs are bent
over to permanently fasten the device.
61. NECKTIE-FASTENERS, COLLAR-BUTTON COM-
BINED. The necktie-fastener is combined with a collar-
button.
62. NECKTIE -FASTENERS. COLLAR - BUTTON COM-
BINED, CLASP-ATTACHED. The necktie-fastener con-
sists of a collar-button with a clasp attached to hold the
necktie.
63. NECKTIE -FASTENERS, COLLAR - BUTTON COM-
BINED, PIN-ATTACHED. The necktie-fastener consists
of a collar-button having a pin-fastening attached for holding
the necktie in place.
64. NECKTIE - FASTENERS, COLLAR - BUTTON COM-
BINED, SEPARABLE FASTENER. The necktie-fas-
tener consists of a collar-button in which some form of sepa-
rable fastener is used to connect the same to the necktie attach-
ment.
65. NECKTIE-FASTENERS, TIE-ATTACHED HOOK. Neck-
tie-fasteners which consist of a hook which engages over the
collar or neckband.
66. PAPER-CLIPS. Devices specially adapted for use as clips for
temporarily holding paper in sheets. If the device has no
special features, it is classified under the appropriate subclass
under Clasps.
Note. Under subclass 17, Bale and package ties, Packet-holder?,
are placed devices somewhat similar to paper-clips, but are
designed to bundle up or pack the paper, and consequently
would not be suitable for writing purposes.
Search Classes
120 STATIONERY, subclass 28, Copyholders.
129 PAPER FILES ANB BINDERS, subclass 35, Clamping, and
the subclasses thereunder, for devices somewhat analogous to
paper-clips, but containing features which connect them more
closely with class 129 than with class 24. These subclasses
should therefore be regarded in making a complete search
along this line.
67. PAPER-FASTENERS. Devices specially adapted for fasten-
ing together two or more sheets, papers,' documents, and the
like, excluding clasps of a general nature.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC.. subclasses 153. Pin-fasten-
ers, Paper: 154, Pin-fasterers, Paper, Suspending devices, and
155, Pin-fasteners, Loss-preventing devices; and for mere
clasps, subclass 243, Clasps, and particularly subclasses 255,
Clasps, Resilient; 259, Clasps, Resilient, Sheet-metal, and 261,
Clasps, Resilient, Wire.
68. STRAP-TIGHTENERS. Devices usually used in place of
buckles on shoes, gloves, corsets, belts, etc. The distinction
from other forms of fastenings lies in the drawing-up or strap-
tightening feature of the device.
Search Classes
84 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 19, Bale and
package ties, Strap-tighteners.
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 64, Antislipping
devices, Detachable, Clamping.
54 HARNESS, subclass 27, Hames, Fasteners, Lever.
09. STRAP-TIGHTENERS, CAM-LEVER AND LOOP. Le-
vers usually pivoted, pass through a loop and are turned
down, the parts being drawn together by this movement.
Search Class -
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 19, Bale and
package ties, Strap-tighteners.
CLASS 24 Continued.
70. STRAP-TIGHTENERS, CAM-LEVER AND LOOP, STEP-
ADJUSTED. The device is adjusted by means of a step-
by-step movement.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 19, Bale and
package ties, Strap-tighteners.
71. STRAP-TIGHTENERS, STRAP-ATTACHED FOLDING-
LEVER. In this case the lever and the strap are perma-
nently connected together.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 19, Bale and
package ties, Strap-tighteners.
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 64, Antislipping
devices, Detachable, Clamping.
72. TROUSER GUARDS AND STRAPS. Devices specially
adapted for binding or holding the lower part of the trousers
and also devices for strapping the trousers down to the shoe.
Search Classes
24- T BucKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 256, Clasps, Re-
silient, Circular.
2 APPAREL, subclasses 124, Nether garments, Edge-protec-
tors, and 135, Nether garments, Skirt-protectors.
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclasses 56, Uppers, Pulls,
and 70, Garment^protectors.
73. FASTENERS COMBINED. Otherwise unclassified combi-
nations of two or more simple forms of fastenings. If there is
no specific subclass covering the combination, they will be
found in the miscellaneous subclass.
Note. For various combinations search in this class, sub-classes
41, Cuff-holders, and 42, Cuff-holders, Adjustable.
For buckle-hooksearchtheseyeralsubclasses under Buckles,
in which "hook-attached" is found.
For the specific fastening search in this class the subclass
defining the structure.
Search Class
24. BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC.,subclasses3, Article-hold-
ers, and the subclasses thereunder; 63, Necktie-fasteners, Col-
lar-button combined, Phi-attached, 103, Buttons and fasten-
ers. Pin-attached, and 165, Buckles, Harness, Combined
buckles and snap-hooks.
74. FASTENERS COMBINED, BUCKLE-BUCKLE. Two or
more buckles are com bined . Harness-buckles with a plurality
of tongues or studs are excluded.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 177, Buckles,
Harness, Penetrating-tongue, Multiple.
75. FASTENERS COMBINED, BUCKLE-BUCKLE, SEP-
ARABLY-CONNECTED. A separable fastening intervenes
between the two or more buckles.
76. FASTENERS COMBINED, BUCKLE-PIN. The combina-
tion of a buckle and a pin.
77. FASTENERS COMBINED, BUCKLE SEPARABLE. The
combination of a buckle and a separable fastening.
78. FASTENERS COMBINED, BUCKLE SEPARABLE. PIV-
OTED-LEVER BUCKLE. The combination of a buckle
and a separable fastening when the buckle is a pivoted-lever
buckle.
79. FASTENERS COMBINED, CLASP-BUCKLE. The com-
bination of a clasp and a buckle.
80. FASTENERS COMBINED, CLASP-BUTTON. The com-
bination of a clasp and a button.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 43, Cuff-hold-
ers, Clasp-button, and 62, Necktie-fasteners, Collar-button
combined, Clasp-attached.
81. FASTENERS COMBINED, CLASP-CLASP. The combina-
tion of a clasp and a clasp .
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclassas 44, Cuff-holders,
Clasp-clasp; 5, Article-holders, Flower, and 11, Article-hold-
ers, Pencil, Clasp-attached.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 11, Chocks,
labels, and tags, Holders, Clip.
82. FASTENERS COMBINED, CLASP-CLASP, PIN-AT-
TACHED. The combination of a clasp and a clasp with the
additional fastening devices consisting of a pin-fastening.
83. FASTENERS COMBINED, CLASP-CLASP, SEPARABLY-
CONNECTED. The combination of a clasp and a clasp, but
connected by means of a separable fastening.
84. FASTENERS COMBINED, CLASP-HOOK. The combina-
tion of a clasp and hook.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 8, Article-
holders, Napkin, Hook, and 45, Cuff-holders, Clasp-hook.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 11, Checks,
labels, and tags, Holders, Clip for mere portable or pocket hooks.
248 SUPPORTS, subclass 22, Hooks.
85. FASTENERS, COMBINED, CLASP-PIN. The combina-
tion of a clasp and a pin.
54
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 24 Continued.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES. BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 6, Article-
holders, Flower, Pin-attached; 12, Article-holders, Pencil,
Pin-attached: 13, Article-holders, Phi-attached, and 46, Cuff-
holders, Clasp-pin.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 11, Checks,
labels, and tags, Holders, Clip.
86. FASTENERS COMBINED, PIN-HOOK. The combination
of a pin and a hook.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 48, Cuff-holders,
Phi-fastener.
87. FASTENERS COMBINED, PIN-PIN. The combination of
a pin and a phi.
88. FASTENERS COMBINED, PIN-PIN, SEPARABLY-CON-
NECTED. The combination of a pin and a pin with a sep-
arable fastening intervening.
89. INTERCHANGEABLE BUTTON-LOOP AND PIN. De-
vices provided with button-engaging parts and also with a
pin-fastening, the pin-fastening being designed to be used
when the other fastening gives out for any reason.
90. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS. Buttons as articles and the
various means for fastening the same on the garment not pro-
vided for in the specific subclasses.
Search Class
41 ORNAMENTATION, for ornamental features which might be
applied to buttons; also in class 165 DESIGNS, for buttons.
91. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, ADJUSTABLE. Buttons
usually used as collar-buttons in which there is some means
for adjusting the button.
92. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, CLOTH SHANKS AND
COVERS. The button has a shank made of cloth for use in
attaching the button, and also includes buttons covered with
cloth.
93. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, MULTIPLE ATTACH-
MENT. Several buttons are fastened on by means of a com-
mon fastener.
94. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, DEFLECTING PRONG
OR RIVET. A fastener for a button in which metal prongs
or rivets are bent over or upset in attaching the button.
95. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, DEFLECTING PRONG
OR RIVET, ANVIL OR PLATE. The button is provided
with a part which deflects the prongs by contact and pressure
thus doing away with riveting-tools.
96. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, DEFLECTING PRONG
OR RIVET, INTEGRAL. The prongs or rivets are a part
of the button or are firmly attached and are pushed through
the material, being clenched on the opposite side. Those
using washers are also included if they have no part in deflect-
ing the prongs.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 146, Lacing de-
vices, Studs, Hook.
97. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, HINGED-LEAF. This
button is of the type in which movable leaves permit the easy
insertion of the button in the buttonhole, after which the
leaves prevent the withdrawal of the button.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 212, Separable
fasteners, Head and socket, Axial closures, Pivoted-head.
98. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, HINGED-LEAF, AX-
IALLY-ROTATING. The leaves swing about the axis of
the button.
99. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, HINGED-LEAF, DOU-
BLE. There are two hinged leaves. It does not include those
in which there is one hinged leaf and one rigid leaf, these being
found in subclass 97, Buttons and fasteners, Hinged-leaf.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES. BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 97, Buttons and
fasteners, Hinged-leaf.
100. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, HINGED-LEAF, SLID-
ING. There is a sliding movement of the leaf. It includes
those in which there is a combined pivoted and sliding move-
ment.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS. CLASPS, ETC., subclass 100.5, Buttons
and fasteners, Slid ing-bar.
100.5. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, SLIDING-BAR. But-
tons having a transversely sliding member which is retracted
for the purpose of removing the button.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 100, Buttons
and fasteners, Hinged-leaf, Sliding.
101. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, INTEGRAL OR RIGID
STUD. This subclass includes buttons of the collar or cuff
button type which are either made of one piece or are so built
up as to \x a rigid button when complete, and thus equivalent
to an integral button. Other one-piece buttons, such as those
which are to be sewed on, are classified in subclass 90, But-
tons and fasteners.
CLASS 24 Continued.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 114, Buttons
and fasteners, Pads, and 146, Lacing devices, Studs, Hooks.
102. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, LINKS. Buttons with
two heads, adapted for use in cuffs.
103. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, PIN-ATTACHED. But-
tons, badges, etc., which are attached to the garment by means
of a pin, provided the invention lies in the pin-fastening.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 63, Necktie-
fasteners, Collar-button combined, Pin-attached.
104. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, SEPARABLE. Buttons
of the type in which two parts are adapted to be joined together
or separated at will.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 201, Separable
fasteners, and the subclasses thereunder, and 64, Necktie-fast-
eners, Collar-button combined, Separable fastener for the sep-
arable fasteners per se.
105. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, SEPARABLE, SCREW.
One part is screwed into another part.
106. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, SEPARABLE, SPRING.
The two parts are sprung together.
107. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, SEPARABLE, SPRING,
RESILIENT-HEAD. These buttons have resilient or spring
heads and rigid sockets.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 110, Buttons
and fasteners, Separable, Spring, With operating devices.
108. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, SEPARABLE, SPRING,
RESILIENT-SOCKET. In this subclass the socket mem-
ber contains the resilient part.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 110, Buttons
and fasteners, Separable, Spring, With operating devices.
109. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, SEPARABLE, SPRING,
ROTATING-HEAD. The head is rotated to connect or dis-
connect the two members.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 221, Separable
fasteners, Head and socket, Axial closures, Rotating-head.
110. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, SEPARABLE, SPRING,
WITH OPERATING DEVICES. The two parts are sprung
together, and there is some independent device which must
be operated to release the parts.
111. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, SEPARATE THREAD-
BAR. The thread-bar is a separate piece.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 90, Buttons and
fasteners, for integral and other thread-bars.
112. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, SPIRAL FASTENER.
The engaging part is a spiral which is screwed into the but-
tonhole.
113. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS, COVERS. The invention
lies in the cover of the button or in the mode of applying the
same. Usually the idea is to permit the use of various covers
as occasion arises.
Note. Where the device is for attaching stones or like orna-
ments, even though to a button, and the device is not pecu-
liar to buttons, search class 63, JEWELRY, subclass 26, Gem-
settings, and the subclasses thereunder.
114. BUTTONS AND FASTENERS. PADS. Protectine-pads
so attached to the buttons that metallic contact with the
skin is prevented.
115. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS. Devices for gripping and
holding cord, rope, and, in some cases, chain, when the device
is analogous. Includes devices used in holding lace ends on
gloves and shoes. These latter are classified under the head
of Lacing-terminals. Devices for holding or gripping the end
of a strap or band, but which are not properly buckles, have
been placed in Rope-holders. These devices are usually as
well adapted for rope as for bands and are more commonly
used as hitching-strap holders.
Note. The title Cord and rope holders excludes those devices in
which a pulley by its peculiar construction acts as the rope
grip and also those in which a clamping part cooperates with
a pulley to grip the rope, these devices being classified in olass
57, HOISTING, subclass 34, Block and tackle; but where a
mere guide bar or pulley is included as an independent ele-
ment or where any form of pivoted cam is found it is not
considered to be a pulley, and the patents are classified under
the title of Cord and rope holders.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 18, Bale and
package-ties, Packet-holders, Cord for packet-holders; 123,
Cord and rope holders, Couplings and sockets; 124, Cord and
rope holders, Couplings and sockets, Nut-clamp; and 140,
Lacing devices, and the subclasses thereunder for devices
specially adapted for lacing.
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclasses under Ferrules, rings,
and thimbles, for devices which bind the end of cord or rope
to prevent fraying.
39 FENCES, subclasses 53, Grips, and 112, Wire, Stays, Wire.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
55
CLASS 24 Continued.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 145.8, Pic-
ture-hangers, Retaining-cord.
68 LAUNDRY, subclasses 3, Clothes-lines, and 12, Clothes-line
fasteners, for cord and rope holders specially adapted for
clothes-line supports or reels and for clothes-lines proper.
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 35, Grippers, and the subclasses there-
under for cable-grippers analogous in some respects to cord
and rope holders.
114 SHIPS, subclasses 199, Cable stoppers, 218, Bitts, cleats
and pin-rails, 225, Implements; Spikes, pins, and fids, 22G,
Implements, Clamps, for devices analogous to cord and rope
holders, but specially adapted for ship use.
166 ARTESIAN AND OIL WELLS, subclasses 3, Drilling and
boring, and 7, Tube-clamps.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclass 19, Elevated carriers,
Rope-catch, for pulleys and rope-clamps.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 13, Hand-protectors, for devices
held in the hand to grip a rope.
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclasses 40, Boxes, Closures,
Fasteners, Cord; 63, Bags, Closures, Cord, and 77, Envelopes,
Closures, Fasteners.
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 126, Bobbins and spools.
Thread fasteners and guides, Separable, for devices which hold
a thread similar to cord and rope holders.
U6. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, CHAIN. Devices similar to cord-
holders but in which a chain is held instead of a cord.
117. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, LACING-TERMINALS.
Cord-holders specially fitted for use >n holding the shoe or
glove lace after lacing. Includes devices for preventing the
untying of bow-knots as applied to shoes, etc.
118. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, LACING-TERMINALS,
FRICTION-DISK. A disk holds the lace by friction after
being wound about a central portion.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 127, Cord and
rope-holders, Friction-disk.
119. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, LACING-TERMINALS,
KNOT-INCLOSING. Devices which prevent the bow-knot
from untying.
120. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, LACING-TERMINALS,
PIVOTED-JAW. The gripping of the lace is due to the
action of a pivoted part.
121. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, LACING-TERMINALS,
RESILIENT-CLIP. A spring-clip catches the lace and pre-
vents it from loosening.
Note. For other forms of resilient clips see Clasps, under this
class.
122. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, LACING-TERMINALS,
WIRE. The device is made of wire, usually in one piece.
123. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, COUPLINGS AND
SOCKETS. This title includes all devices adapted for con-
necting together cord and rope ends, round leather belts, etc.,
including those in which a rope-gripping means is shown in
combination with a coupling. Rope-sockets of the blind-
. end type are also included as being ordinarily used in connec-
tion with a coupling, though some are shown as connected
with snap-hooks and the like.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 33, Belt-fas-
teners, Hinged.
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 95
Chains, Swivels, for swivels.
64 JOURNAL-BOXES, PULLEYS, AND SHAFTING, subclass 13,
Shaft-couplings, for other coupling devices.
103 PUMPS, subclass 01, Elements, Miscellaneous and com-
bined.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 28, Pipe-couplings, De-
tachable.
166 ARTESIAN AND OIL WELLS, subclass 7, Tube-clamps, for
analogous devices used to clamp rods and tubes.
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 263, Connectors,
Wire-splices, for wire-couplings analogous to cord and rope
couplings.
124 CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, COUPLINGS AND
SOCKETS, NUT-CLAMP. A nut and threaded sleeve, usu-
ally split, constitute the rope-clamping means.
125 CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, COUPLINGS AND
SOCKETS, SCREW-CLAMP. A screw or bolt passes
through the device and is the means used to connect the rope
to the coupling.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 135, Cord and
rope holders, Screw-clamp, where the rope-grip of this type
is desired.
120 CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, COUPLINGS AND
' SOCKETS, SLIDING PART OR WEDGE. The rope
is gripped by means of a sliding collar on a tapering sleeve,
or a w _
24 BUCKTES BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 136, Cord and
rope holders, Sliding part or wedge, where the rope-grip of
this type is desired.
127 CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, FRICTION-DISK. The
cord or rope is wound around a central portion and is held
by a disk, which frictionally engages fhe cord.
CLASS 24 Continued.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 118, Cord and
rope holders, Lacing-terminals, Friction-disk.
128. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, KNOT-ENGAGING.
The cord is knotted at suitable points and the holding device
is designed to make use of the knots to hold the cord after
tightening.
129. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, ONE-PIECE. Includes
all cord-holders in which only one integral piece is used.
Search Classes -
73 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 28, Insulators.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 28, Rope-brakes, Tortuous.
130. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, ONE-PIECE, WEDGE
SLOT. A V-shaped slot catches the cord or rope when prop-
erly positioned.
131. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, ONE-PIECE, WIRE.
The device is made of wire.
132. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, PIVOTED-PART. A piv-
oted part enters into the construction of the rope-gripping
device.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 120, Cord and
rope holders, Lacing-terminals, Pivoted-jaw.
133. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, PIVOTED-PART,
LEVER-TENSION. An extra lever or arm projects from
this device, and the rope passing over the same by its tension
forces the pivoted part into closer engagement with the rope.
134. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, PIVOTED-PART, CAM-
LEVER. The pivoted part is so constructed that tension
on the rope pulls the pivoted part more tightly into the rope,
the pivoted part being either cam-shaped orequivalent thereto
in its action.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 133, Cord and
rope holders, Pivoted-part, Lever-tension.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclasses 25, Rope-brakes, Grip-jaw, and
29, Rope-brakes, Tortuous and grip.
135. CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, SCREW-CLAMP. The
clamping is caused by turning a screw or bolt either in a nut
or a part of the device itself.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS., ETC., subclass 125, Cord and
rope holders, Couplings and sockets, Screw-clamp.
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclasses 28, Insulators, and
259, Connectors, Binding-posts.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclasses 26, Rope-brakes, Grip-jaw,
Screw-operated, and 30, Rope-brakes, Tortuous and screw-
operated grip.
136 CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS, SLIDING PART OR
WEDGE. A sliding movement is used in clamping the cord.
It includes wedges which slide and like devices.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 126, Cord ana
rope holders, Couplings and sockets, Sliding part or wedge;
171, Buckles, Harness, Clamping, Sliding part or wedge, and
194, Buckles, Sliding part or wedge.
39FENCES, subclass 112, Wire, Stays, Wire.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 27, Rope-brakes, Grip-jaw, Wedge.
137. CLOTHES-PINS. Devices specially adapted for fastening
clothes on a line. Mere clasps are excluded, and such will be
found under the title of Clasps in the appropriate structure
subclass.
67 LAUNDRY, subclass 3, Clothes-lines, where the clothes-pin is
a part of the clothes-line.
138 CLOTHES-PINS, KERF. Clothes-pins usually made of
wood and having a tapering slot cut therein for the purpose of
engaging or clamping the clothes on the line.
139. CLOTHES-PINS, WIRE. These pins are constructed of
wire, as indicated in the title.
24 BUCLKES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 261, Clasps, Re-
silient, Wire.
140 LACING DEVICES. This title embraces all fastenings which
are used in connection with flexible laces, including the laces
themselves, and also eyelets: but devices used to hold the lace
ends are classified under subclass 117, Cord and rope holders,
Lacing-terminals, and the subclasses thereunder.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 34, Belt-fasten-
ers, Lacing.
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 50, L ppers, Closures.
141 LACING DEVICES, EYELETS. Devices for the purpose of
forming a protected opening in a fabric. They are usually
specially adapted for lacing, but other eyelets are included if
there is no other special art classification for them.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 202, Separable
fasteners, Buttonhole-protectors.
142 LACING DEVICES, EYELETS, PLASTIC HEAD. The
eyelet has a plastic coating, by which it should be understood
is meant a covering applied in a plastic or fluid state, subse-
quently hardening to form the completed eyelet.
56
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 24 Continued.
143. LACING DEVICES, LACES AND TIPS. The construction
of the lace itself and the various devices used in tipping the
same.
144. LACING DEVICES, STUDS. Various forms of guides for the
lace, except eyelets, eyelets being distinguished from studs in
having an opening entirely through the fabric, while a stud is
only used on the surface, the lace not passing through the
material.
145. LACING DEVICES, STUDS, CLOSED-LOOP. Studs in
which the lace must be threaded through a loop, but are still
not eyelets which make an opening through the fabric.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 141, Lacing
devices, Eyelets, and 149, Lacing devices, Studs, Roller.
146. LACING DEVICES, STUDS, HOOK. Studs in the form of
hooks for engaging the lace.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 148, Lacing
devices, Studs, Plastic-head.
147. LACING DEVICES, STUDS, MOVING-PART. Studs
having moving parts, except those found in the subclass 149,
Lacing devices, Studs, Roller.
148. LACING DEVICES, STUDS, PLASTIC-HEAD. Studs in
which the plastic coating is the subject of the invention.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 142, Lacing
devices, Eyelets, Plastic-head.
149. LACING DEVICES, STUDS, ROLLER. Lacing-studs
which have roller-bearings for the lace.
150. PIN-FASTENERS. All pin-attaching devices of a general
nature, except when in combination with some other fastening.
Note. When in combination with some other fastening, search
subclass 73, Fasteners combined; also, the various subclasses
in this class where a pin or pin-fastening is mentioned in the
title.
Note. In class 40, CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, sub-
classes 1.5, Badges, and 1.6, Badges, Changeable reading,
are found pin-fastenings in combination with badge features;
but the independent pin constructions are found in this class
under Pin-fasteners.
Note. In class 63, JEWELRY, subclass 20, Ornamental pins, are
found pin-fastenings in combination with some feature of the
brooch or scarf-pin as such; but the independent pin-fastenings
are found in this class under Pin-fasteners.
Search Classes
132 TOILET, subclasses 22, Hair-fasteners, for hair-pins, and 25,
Hat-fasteners, in which subclass are found devices for prevent-
ing the hat-pin from coming out; but where the device is not
attached to the hat in any way, and is thus independent, it is
classified in this class under the titleof 155, Pin-fasteners, Loss-
preventing devices.
156^-CuRTAiNS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, subclass 21, Curtain
rings and pins, for pin-fastenings in combination with a
curtain-pole ring. Where the pin-fastening is independent,
it is classified in this class under the title of Pin-fasteners,
or under Fasteners combined, where there is a combination of
a pin and a hook.
151. PIN-FASTENERS, ARM-PIT SHIELDS. Pins specially
fitted for use in fastening dress-shields.
152. PIN-FASTENERS, UPHOLSTERING. These pins are
specially adapted for upholstering.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES. BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 153, Pin-
fasteners, Paper, and 154, Pin-fasteners, Paper, Suspending
devices.
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW-THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclasses 13, Nails, spikes, and tacks, Multiple-pronged, and
49, Staples.
153. PIN-FASTENERS, PAPER. Special fastenings for paper in
which a pin or prong passes through the paper.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 152, Pin-fasten-
ers, Upholstering.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclasses 22, Checks,
labels, and tags, Fasteners, Barbed; 23. Cheeks, labels, and
tags, Fasteners, Clasp, and 25, Checks, labels, and tags, Fas-
teners, Spur.
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW-THREADED FASTENINGS, sub-
classes 13, Nails, spikes, and tacks, Multiple-pronged, and 49,
Staples.
129 PAPER FILES AND BINDERS, subclass 21, Pins, and the sub-
classes thereunder for devices which include impaling pins or
hooks of a temporary nature; while the subclasses 153, Pin-
fasteners, Paper, and 154, Pin-fasteners, Paper, Suspending
devices, in this class, contain paper-fasteners which perma-
nently connect together several sheets of paper or the like.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 2, Bag and twine holders, Bag-
holder, for temporary pin-fastenings.
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclass 78, Envelopes, Closures,
Fasteners, Metallic.
154. PIN-FASTENERS, PAPER, SUSPENDING DEVICES.
A means of suspension is a part of the device.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 67, Paper-
fasteners, and 261, Clasps, Resilient, Wire.
CLASS 24 Continued.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 57, Pack-
ages, Dispensing, Taper sheets, for toilet-paper-suspending
devices in combination with the sheets of paper.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 2, Bag and twine holders, Bag-
holders, for temporary bag-holding devices analogous to this
subclass.
155. PIN-FASTENERS, LOSS-PREVENTING DEVICES. A
separate device having the function of preventing loss or theft
of a pin. May be either independent of the pin or it may be
incorporated in the body of the pin.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 97, Buttons and
fasteners, Hinged-leaf , and the subclasses thereunder.
132 TOILET, subclass 25, Hat-fasteners, where the device is
attached permanently to the hat or is peculiarly adapted for
use as a hat-fastener, and subclass 22, Hair-fasteners, for analo-
gous devices, but especially adapted for the purpose set forth.
156. PIN-FASTENERS, GUARDS. Devices for holding and
protecting the pin-point.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 161, Pin-fasten-
ers, Resilient.
157. PIN-FASTENERS, GUARDS, PIVOTED. The guard has
a pivoted part which operates to lock the pin in place.
Note. This subclass does not include devices in which the pin
itself is pivoted, for which search in this class, subclass 160,
Pin-fasteners, Pivoted.
158. PIN-FASTENERS, GUARDS, SLIDING. The locking is
accomplished by means of a sliding movement of the guard.
Where the pin itself has a sliding movement, the device is
excluded and isclassified in subclass 162, Pin-fasteners, Sliding.
159. PIN-FASTENERS, GUARDS, WIRE. The guard is of
wire. Usually the whole pin, including the guard, is one
piece of wire.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 101, Pin-fasten-
ers, Resilient.
160. PIN-FASTENERS, PIVOTED. Pivoted pins in which the
invention lies in features peculiar to pivoted pins, such as the
joints, or the claims include both joint and guard.
161. PIN-FASTENERS, RESILIENT. Pins having resilient
joints and those in which both the joint and guard are claimed.
Note. Common safety-pin joints \vherethere is no novelty in the
joint have not been included in this subclass; but such pat-
ents will be in the subclass containing the novel matter. Or-
dinarily this novelty lies in the guard for the pin-point.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 24, Checks,
labels, and tags, Fasteners, Pin-loop.
162. PIN-FASTENERS, SLIDING. Some part of the pin struc-
ture slides, usually for locking the pin. Contains also patents
claiming both guard and sliding joint.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES ? BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 158, Pin-fasteners,
Guards, Sliding, for devices in which the pin-guard slides
over the point to protect the same.
163. BUCKLES. Devices which are designed for the purpose of
adjusting as well as holding straps, bands, and similar articles,
excluding bale-ties, which are specially adapted f or holding
bales. Some forms of buckles are closely related to clasps in
structure, but are always distinguished in having provision
for the band passing through the structure, so that it may be
pulled tight for the purpose of adjustment, a clasp being only
suitable for gripping the end or edge of the material or band.
Note. Devices which resemble buckles, but are more closely re-
lated to cord and rope holders in structure as well as use, are
excluded from Buckles and are classified as Cord and rope
holders. The more common use of these devices is as hitch-
ing-strap holders.
Search Classes
165 DESIGNS, for all forms of buckles.
241 GARMENT-SUPPORTERS, subclass 8, Waist-line body-gar-
ment, Belts, for buckles specially adapted for waist-belts; also
subclass 31, Waist-line body-garment, Shoulder-suspension,
Waist-formers, for buckles specially adapted for forming the
waist-front.
164. BUCKLES, HARNESS. Buckles peculiarly adapted for use
in harness constructions or with leather straps.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclasses 28, Hames, Fasteners, Strap; 50,
Thill-tugs; 54, Trace-carriers; 55, Trace-carriers, Hook> for
combined buckles and hooks, and 74, Rein-holds.
165. BUCKLES, HARNESS, COMBINED BUCKLES AND
SNAP-HOOKS. A buckle and snap-hook are combined in
the same structure, sometimes with a working connection be-
tween the buckle-tongue and the snap-hook closure.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclasses 51, Thill-tugs, Open, and 55, Trace-
carriers, Hooks.
166. BUCKLES, HARNESS, LOCK. Buckles in which an inde-
pendent device is used to prevent the tongue of the buckle
from disengaging.
167. BUCKLES, HARNESS, LOCK, KEY. The device which
locks the tongue is operated by means of a key.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
57
CLASS 24 Continued.
168. BUCKLES, HARNESS, CLAMPING. The strap is held by
clamping solely, without any penetrating tongue or stud.
109. BUCKLES, HARNESS, CLAMPING, ONE-PIECE. A
clamping-buckle made of a single integral part.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 198, Buckles,
One-piece; 199, Buckles, One-piece, Hook-attached, and 200,
Buckles, One-piece, Looped-strap.
170. BUCKLES, HARNESS, CLAMPING, PIVOTED PAKT
OR LEVER. The clamping is done by a jaw attached to a
pivoted lever, usually hand-operated, but includes strap-
tightened jaws.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 191, Buckles,
Pivoted-lever; 192, Buckles, Pivoted-lever, Hook-attached,
and 193, Buckles, Pivoted-lever, Looped-strap.
171. BUCKLES, HARNESS, CLAMPING, SLIDING PART
OR WEDGE. The gripping of the strap is accomplished by
means of a sliding part, commonly a wedge or wedge-like in
action.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 25, Bale and
package ties, Metal bands, Separate connections, Wedging
parts, and 194, Buckles, Sliding part or wedge.
172. BUCKLES, HARNESS, CROSS-BAILS. The principal
feature of these buckles is the combination of two frames or
bails, both of which form loops entirely inclosing the straps and
so interlaced that a tension on the strap throws the bails into
such a position as to more tightly grip the same. Studs or
tongues are sometimes used in connection with the clamping
action. This subclass contains those which depend entirely
on the clamping action.
173. BUCKLES, HARNESS, CROSS-BAILS, PIVOTED STUD-
PLATE. A pivoted plate with a penetrating stud is at-
tached to one of the frames to further assist in holding the
straps.
174. BUCKLES, HARNESS, CROSS-BAILS, RIGID-STUD.
A stud is attached rigidly to one of the frames.
175. BUCKLES, HARNESS, PENETRATING - TONGUE,
GUARDED. The tongue of the buckle is protected by some
device, so as to prevent the point from engaging or catching.
176. BUCKLES, HARNESS, PENETRATING-TONGUE,
ONE-PIECE. The frame and stud are in one integral piece.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 186, Buckles.
Penetrating-prong, One-piece, and 187, Buckles, Penetrating-
prong, One-piece, Hook-attached.
177. BUCKLES, HARNESS, PENETRATING - TONGUE,
MULTIPLE. Buckles in which there are two or more
tongues or studs.
178. BUCKLES, HARNESS, PENETRATING-TONGUE, PIV-
OTED. The tongue is pivoted to the frame.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 186, Buckles,
Penetrating-prong, One-piece, and 187, Buckles, Penetrating-
prong, One-piece, Hook-attached.
179. BUCKLES, HARNESS, PENETRATING-TONGUE, PIV-
OTED LEVER-ACTUATED. A lever is attached to the
pivoted tongue for withdrawing the tongue from engagement
with the strap without first loosening the buckle.
180. BUCKLES, HARNESS, PENETRATING-TONGUE, PIV-
OTED, STUD. A pivoted stud is used instead of a tongue,
the distinction being that a stud passes vertically through the
strap and has no support on the frame, as is the case with a
tongue-buckle.
181. BUCKLES, HARNESS, PENETRATING - TONGUE,
SLIDING PART OR WEDGE. The gripping of the strap
is accomplished by means of a sliding part, usually wedge-
like, and there is a tongue or stud to further assist in holding
the strap.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 195, Buckles,
Sliding part or wedge, Hook-attached.
182. BUCKLES, HARNESS, STRAP-LOOPS AND ATTACH-
ING DEVICES. Devices for holding the strap end after
buckling and means for attaching the same to a fabric, other-
wise called "billet-loops."
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 1(33, Buckles.
54 HARNESS, subclasses 28, Hames, Fasteners, Strap, and 32,
Hame-tugs.
183. BUCKLES, HARNESS, LOOP-SHIELDS. Devices at-
tached to buckles for preventing wear on the strap, being so
designed that the attaching device engages with the metal of
the buckle and not on the strap.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass 28, Hames, Fasteners, Strap.
184. BUCKLES, GARMENT-SHIELDED. Buckles which are
so constructed that no metal part of the buckle will come in
contact with the garment underneath.
CLASS 24 Continued.
18.x BUCKLES, COMBINED PRESSURE-BAR AND GUARD,
HOOK-ATTACHED. Buckles in which a pressure-bar
clamps the band and has at the same time a projection which
guards the hook, usually used as a suspender-buckle.
186. BUCKLES, PENETRATING-PRONG, ONE-PIECE. A
one-piece buckle in which prongs are the means of holding the
strap or band.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 176, Buckles,
Harness, Penetrating-tongue, One-piece.
187. BUCKLES, PENETRATING-PRONG, ONE-PIECE.
HOOK-ATTACHED. The title is self-explanatory, in view
of the definition for subclass 186, Buckles, Penetrating-prong,
One-piece.
188. BUCKLES, PENETRATING-PRONG, PIVOTED. The
buckle-frame and the prongs are pivoted together.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 178, Buckles,
Harness, Penetrating-tongue, Pivoted.
189. BUCKLES, PENETRATING-PRONG, PIVOTED,
HOOK-ATTACHED. Same as subclass 188, Buckles, Pen-
etrating-prong, Pivoted, but has a suspending-hook attached.
190. BUCKLES, PENETRATING-PRONG, SLIDE. Theframe
and the prong part are adapted to slide on each other to cause
engagement.
191. BUCKLES, PIVOTED-LEVER. A lever pivoted to the
buckle-frame serves as the clamping means. It may be either
hand-operated or it may have the band attached to it. The
gripping-jaws may be toothed or smooth.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 78, Fasteners
combined, Buckle separable, Pivoted-lever buckle, and 170,
Buckles, Harness, Clamping, Pivoted part or lever.
192. BUCKLES, PIVOTED-LEVER, HOOK-ATTACHED.
Same as subclass 191, Buckles, Pivoted-lever, but have sus-
pending hooks.
193. BUCKLES, PIVOTED-LEVER, LOOPED-STRAP. A
pivoted-lever buckle in which a looped-strap-clamping device
is used.
194. BUCKLES, SLIDING PART OR WEDGE. These buckles
have a sliding part which serves to clamp the fabric either
wedge-like or by pressing a toothed jaw into the same. In-
cludes devices in which a separate part engages the two jaws
and is moved back and forth to operate the same.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 171, Buckles,
Harness, Clamping, Sliding part or wedge, and 181, Buckles,
Harness, Penetrating-tongue, Sliding part or wedge.
195. BUCKLES, SLIDING PART OR WEDGE, HOOK-AT-
TACHED. Buckles, sliding part or wedge, with a suspend-
ing-hook attached.
196. BUCKLES, SLIDING PART OR WEDGE, LOOPED-
STRAP. A sliding part passes through a looped strap and
is drawn down to clamp the fabric.
197. BUCKLES, LOOPED-STRAP. The clamping of the strap
or band is accomplished by means of looping or doubling the
band on itself, the two portions of the band being pressed into
contact in such a manner as to grip and hold.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., the subclasses of "Looped
strap" under other subclasses of Buckles.
198. BUCKLES, ONE-PIECE. The buckle is composed of one
piece of metal.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC.. subclasses 169, Buckles,
Harness, Clamping, One-piece; 176, Buckles, Harness, Pene-
trating-tongue, One-piece, and 186, Buckles, Penetrating-
prong, One-piece.
199. BUCKLES, ONE-PIECE, HOOK-ATTACHED. A sup-
porting-hook is an integral part of the buckle.
200. BUCKLES, ONE-PIECE, LOOPED-STRAP. The V>and
is held by means of looping or doubling the band.
201. SEPARABLE FASTENERS. This title provides for all
two-part fastenings that is, where one part engages with
another part for the purpose of connecting two parts of a gar-
ment or other articles. Hooks and eyes and head-and-soeket
fasteners are familiar examples of this type of fastening.
This subclass also includes button-loops adapted to be used
in connection with a common sewed-on button, except
where the button and loop are in one structure and the fabric
is gripped between the button and loop.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 245, Clasps,
Button and loop, and the subclasses thereunder, where the
button and loop are in one structure and the fabric is gripped
between the button and loop; subclasses 104, Buttons and
fasteners, Separable, and 110, Buttons and fasteners, Sepa-
rable, Spring, With operating devices.
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclasses 7fi, Casters, Pintle-
retainers, and 7f, Door-checks, Catches, Wall.
58
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 24 Continued.
54 HARNESS, subclass 21, Collars, Fasteners.
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 96, Key-
holders.
63 JEWELRY, subclasses of Bracelets, where a separable fastener
is claimed in combination with some detail construction of a
bracelet; but where the separable fastening is an independent
element it is classified in this class under the title of Separable
fasteners.
70 LOCKS AND LATCHES, subclass 116, Bag- fasteners.
202. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, BUTTONHOLE-PROTEC-
TORS. Devices adapted for protecting either the entire edge
of a buttonhole or the end on which the strain comes; also
includes devices for surrounding a fabric buttonhole to prevent
the same from tearing out.
Search Class
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 52, Buttonhole-
pieces.
203. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, MULTIPLE. Devices in
which there is more or less invention in the arrangement or
combination of two or more simple separable fasteners.
204. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, MULTIPLE, INTE-
GRALLY-CONNECTED. Includes those fasteners in which
two or more engaging or engageable members are integrally
connected.
205. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, MULTIPLE-OPERATED.
A series of fastenings are operated either simultaneously or
consecutively by some independent operating means.
206. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, STEP-ADJUSTING. Means
are provided for adjusting the separable members at fixed
intervals.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 123, Cord and
rope holders, Couplings and sockets.
54 HARNESS, subclass 33, Hame-tugs, Adjustable.
70 LOCKS AND LATCHES, subclass 116, Bag-fasteners.
241 GARMENT-SUPPORTERS, subclass 26, Waist-line body-gar-
ment, Shoulder-suspension, Step-adjusting.
207. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, RUNWAY-ENGAGING.
Guides or runways are attached to the two parts which are 1o
be brought together. In these runways a part so operates that
a sliding movement in one direction draws the parts together,
while the reverse movement permits them to open out.
208. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HEAD-AND-SOCKET,
AXIAL CLOSURES. In this type the parts engage in an
axial direction as distinguished from a lateral or side move-
ment.
209. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, IIEAD-AND-SOCKET,
AXIAL CLOSURES, LINK-BUTTON. A link is attached
to the stud members and is so constructed that both link and
stud may be passed through the eyelet axially, after which the
link is turned down and slid along so as to form a sort of but-
ton, which prevents disengagement.
210. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HEAD-AND-SOCKET,
AXIAL CLOSURES, HINGED CAP-PLATE. These
devices consist essentially of a stud, an eyelet through which
the stud passes, and a hinged plate which swings over the stud
to prevent disengagement between the eyelet and the stud.
211. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HEAD-AND-SOCKET,
AXIAL CLOSURES, PIVOTED OR SLIDING LOCK.
In these fastenings the locking of the parts is attained by means
of plates, either pivoted or slidable. These _plates may be
either in the head or the socket part of the device.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 59, Necktie-
fasteners. Button-engaging, Pivoted or sliding jaw; 104, But-
tons and fasteners, Separable; 107, Buttons and fasteners,
Separable, Spring, Resilient-head; 108, Buttons and fasteners,
Separable, Spring, Resilient-socket; 1 10, Buttons and fasteners,
Separable, Spring, With operating devices, and 205, Separable
fasteners, Multiple-operated.
212. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HEAD-AND-SOCKET,
AXIAL-CLOSURES, PIVOTED-HEAD. The head of the
stud is pivoted and can thus be turned into an axial position
while being passed through the eyelet, after which the head is
placed in a lateral position to prevent disengagement.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 97, Buttons
and fasteners, Hinged-leaf, and 99, Buttons and fasteners,
Hinged-leaf, Double.
213. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HEAD-AND-SOCKET,
AXIAL CLOSURES, RESILIENT-HEAD. Axial closure
head and socket fasteners having a resilient head.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 107, Buttons
and fasteners, Separable, Spring, Resilient-head, and 214, Sepa-
rable fasteners, Head-and-socket, Axial closures, Resilient-
head, Rigid-socket.
214. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HEAD-AND-SOCKET,
AXIAL CLOSURES, RESILIENT-HEAD, RIGID-
SOCKET. The head or stud is made resilient and the socket
is rigid, both fastenings being claimed.
Search Class -
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS. CLASPS, ETC., subclass 107, Buttons
and fasteners, Separable, Spring, Resilient-head.
CLASS 24 Continued.
215. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HEAD-AND-SOCKET,
AXIAL CLOSURES, RESILIENT-HEAD, WIRE. The
resilient part is of wire and is in the stud or head.
216. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HEAD-AND-SOCKET,
AXIAL CLOSURES, RESILIENT-SOCKET. The resil-
ient socket only is the subject of the invention.
Search Class--
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 108, Buttons
and fasteners, Separable, Spring, Resilient-socket, and 217.
Separable fasteners, Head-and-socket, Axial closures, Resili-
ent-socket, Rigid-head.
217. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HEAD-AND-SOCKET
AXIAL CLOSURES, RESILIENT-SOCKET, RIGID-
HEAD. The socket member is resilient and the stud member
is rigid, both parts being claimed.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 108, Buttons and
fasteners, Separable, Spring, Resilient-socket.
218. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HEAD-AND-SOCKET,
AXIAL CLOSURES, RESILIENT-SOCKET, WIRE.
The resilient part is of wire and is in the socket member.
219. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HEAD-AND-SOCKET,
AXIAL CLOSURES, RIGID-HEAD. Rigid studs or but-
tons for use with resilient sockets where only the stud membpr
is claimed.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 108, Buttons
and fasteners, Separable, Spring, Resilient-socket, and 217,
Separable fasteners, Head-and-socket, Axial closures, Resili-
ent-socket, Rigid-head.
220. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HEAD-AND-SOCKET,
AXIAL CLOSURES, RIGID-SOCKET. Rigid sockets for
use with resilient heads where only the socket member is
claimed.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 107, Buttons
and fasteners, Separable, Spring, Resilient-head, and 214,
Separable fasteners, Head-and-socket, Axial closures, Resili-
ent-head, Rigid-socket.
221. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HEAD-AND-SOCKET,
AXIAL CLOSURES, ROTATING-IIEAD. The head is
elongated and must register with an eyelet of similar shape
before engagement or disengagement can be effected, which is
done by rotating or turning the head.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 109, Buttons
and fasteners, Separable, Spring, Rotat ing-head.
222. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HEAD-AND-SOCKET
LATERAL CLOSURES. This type of fastener requires a
lateral or side movement in operating the device, an example
of which is the ordinary corset-fastening.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 56, Necktie-
fasteners, Button-engaging, and 104, Buttons and fasteners,
Separable.
223. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HEAD-AND-SOCKET,
AXIAL CLOSURES, AUXILIARY LOCKING DEVICES.
Fasteners of the lateral-closing type in which there is an inde-
pendent device whose purpose is to lock the members into
engagement.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 110, Buttons
and fasteners, Separable, Spring, With operating devices; 211.
Separable fasteners, Head-and-socket, Axial closures, Pivoted
or sliding lock, and 224, Separable fasteners, Head-and-socket,
Lateral closures, Resilient.
2?4. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HEAD-AND-SOCKET,
LATERAL CLOSURES, RESILIENT. A spring device
prevents disengagement of the members.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 106, Buttons
and fasteners, Separable, Spring, and 110, Buttons and fasten-
ers, Separable, Spring, With operating devices.
225. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, IIOOK-AND-EYE. One
member is a hook and the other member is an eye, as indicated
in the title. Includes hooks which engage a cloth buttonhole
or loop for example, hooks attached to the trousers and
engaging the cloth loops attached to the undergarments.
226. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HOOK-AND-EYE, SHEET-
METAL. The members are composed of sheet metal.
227. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HOOK-AND-EYE, SHEET-
METAL, METALLIC ATTACHMENT. The members
have metallic fastening means, usually prongs, which are
passed through the material and bent down.
22S. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HOOK-AND-EYE, WIRE.
The members are made of wire.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 27, Bale and
package ties, Wire.
229. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, HOOK-AND-EYE, WIRE,
METALLIC ATTACHMENT. The members are attached
to the material by metallic means as distinguished from those
which are sewed on by thread.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
59
CLASS 24 Continued.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 88, Fasteners
combined, Pin-pin, Separably connected.
230. SEPARABLE FASTENERS, LATERAL-SLIDING. All
separable fastenings in which the members engage laterally
and are not classifiable as head-and-socket fastenings.
Search Class
70 LOCKS AND LATCHES, subclasses 82, Box-fasteners, Spring-
catch, and 87, Knob attachments, Spring-fastener.
231. SNAP-HOOKS. All devices for closing or locking the parts
of a hook, so as to prevent disengagement. So-called " watch-
chain swivels " are included where the invention is in the hook-
closure. Hoisting-hooks where no closure is shown and hooks
for releasing or dropping a load are excluded.
Search Classes
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclasses 27, Holdbacks; 79,
Whiffletree-hooks, and 92, Pole-tips.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 9, Checks,
labels, and tags, Hat.
54 H ARNESS, subclasses 46, Saddles, Riding, Attachments, and
02, Check-hooks, Movable-keeper.
57 HOISTING, subclasses 127, Hoisting-hooks, and 128, Hoisting-
hooks, Releasing, for hoisting-hooks where no closure is shown,
and hooks for releasing or dropping a load.
59 CHATN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, appropriate
subclasses under Chains, Links, Detachable.
165 DESIGNS, for snap-hooks.
232. SNAP-HOOKS, PIVOTED. Hooks which are closed by
some part moving on a pivot.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 185, Buckles,
Combined pressure-bar and guard, Hook-attached, for pivoted
snap-hooks.
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclasses 88,
Chains, Links, Detachable, Double lap, Pivoted, and 89,
Chains, Links, Detachable, Pivoted Closure.
233. SNAP-HOOKS, PIVOTED, SPRING. Pivoted closures held
in place by springs.
234. SNAP-HOOKS, PIVOTED, SPRING, COIL. Pivoted clo-
sures held in place by means of coil-springs.
235. SNAP-HOOKS, PIVOTED, SPRING, COIL, AXIAL.
Pivoted closures held in place by means of coil-springs wound
about the pivot as an axis.
236. SNAP-HOOKS, RESILIENT. A spring of some kind is the
closing means.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 193, Buckles,
Pivoted-lever, Hook-attached.
237. SNAP-HOOKS, RESILIENT, ONE-PIECE. Thehpok and
closure are of one piece and form a spring-tongue closure.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 231, Snap-
hooks, and 225, Separable fasteners, Hook-and-eye, and the
subclasses thereunder for one-piece hooks not resilient.
238. SNAP-HOOKS, SLIDING. The closure has a sliding move-
ment.
239. SNAP-HOOKS, SLIDING, SPRING. The closure has a
sliding movement and is kept in place by means of a spring.
240. SNAP-HOOKS, WATCH CHAIN ATTACHING. Snap-
hooks specially adapted for attaching a watch to a chain and
sometimes include the swiveling device.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 95,
Chains, Swivels, for swivels per se.
241. SNAP-HOOKS, LOCKING DEVICES. All closures in which
some special part or provision is found for positively locking
the closure, but excludes those patents in which the closure
itself without any additional feature locks the hooks.
242. SNAP-HOOKS, LOCKING DEVICES, TENSION-OPER-
ATED. The locking is caused by the action of the article
carried or by the pull of the connecting-strap. In the first
case the article must be lifted to open the hook, and in the
second case the strap must be loosened for the same purpose.
243. CLASPS. Devices of general utility in which the following
characteristics appear: suitably-connected gripping-jaws hav-
ing the function of temporarily engaging over an edge of
material or over the article, but "which do not permit the ma-
terial to be drawn through in such a way as to become a strap
or web adjustment.
Note. Adjusting devices are classified under Buckles.
Note. Clasps which are of special art utility are classified in the
appropriate art classes arid are excluded from this class.
Note. There are a number of patents classified as clasps (par-
ticularly resilient clasps) which are very similar to some of the
patents found in class 129, PAPER FILES AND BINDERS, sub-
class 35, Clamping, and the subclasses thereunder; but the
general principle is that where the device is specially adapted
for use as a temporary binder it is classified in class 129, PAPER
FILES AND BINDERS, while devices more closely related to
clasps for general purposes are found in this class.
CLASS 24 Continued.
Search Classes
5 BEDS, subclass 22, Clothes-clamps.
11 BOOKBINDING, subclass 12, Book leaf-holders and marks.
165 DESIGNS, for clasps.
244. CLASPS, BALL OR ROLL. A ball or roll suitably incased
tends to grip the material to be held between the ball and cas-
ing. Usually the ball acts as a wedge.
Search Class
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 19, Sash-holders.
245. CLASPS, BUTTON-AND-LOOP. This form of clasp is com-
posed of a stud or button over which the material to be held is
placed and a loop which engages the button-shank in such a
way that the material is prevented from slipping. Where
a button engages the loop member directly, the button being
attached to the article which is to be held, the device is classed
as a separable fastener under the appropriate subclass.
246. CLASPS, BUTTON-AND-LOOP, PIVOTED OR RESILI-
ENT ARMS. In this case the engaging loop is either pivoted
to the button-frame or is in the form of a spring-arm.
247. CLASPS, BUTTpN-AND-LOOP, SLIDE. The loop portion
has a sliding motion on the button-frame to permit of engaging
and disengaging the clasp.
248. CLASPS, PIVOTED. Clasps in which the jaws are pivoted
249. CLASPS, PIVOTED, BROOM OR HANDLE. Clasps
adapted specially to grip a handle, such as a broom or similar
article.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 254, Clasps,
Pivoted, Spring, Broom or handle, and 257. Clasps, Resilient,
Broom or handle, for other broom or handle grips.
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 6, Brush and broom
supports, for broom-holders which are more than a mere clasp
for the handle or are a part of a broom or where the broom rests
on some support.
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 118, Sash-fasteners, Rod'
clamps.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclasses 129, Whip-sockets, and
131, Whip-sockets and rein-holders combined.
65 KITCHEN AND TABLE ARTICLES, subclass 62, Dust-pans,
Brush attachments.
250. CLASPS, PIVOTED, SEPARATE LOCK-LEVER. The
pivoted jaws are provided with a separate part or lever which
may be operated to lock the jaws into their gripping contact.
Note. Where the jaw itself is the lever, it is excluded from this
subclass and will be found under subclass 248, Clasps, Pivoted.
Where the separate locking device is a sliding part, search in
this class, subclass 251, Clasps, Pivoted, Sliding-lock.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 258, Clasps, Re-
silient, Separate lock-lever.
251. CLASPS, PIVOTED, SLIDING-LOCK. The pivoted jaws
are provided with a sliding part which locks the jaws in their
operative position.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 260, Clasps, Re-
silient, Sliding-lock.
252. CLASPS, PIVOTED, SPRING. The pivoted jaws are held
together by a spring.
253. CLASPS, PIVOTED, SPRING, AXIAL-COIL. The spring
is a coil about the pivoted axis.
254. CLASPS, PIVOTED, SPRING, BROOM OR HANDLE.
The clasp is shaped to hold broom-handles and like articles.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 249. Clasps,
Pivoted. Broom or handle, and 257, Clasps, Resilient, Broom
or handle.
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 6, Brush and broom
supports, for broom-holders which are more than a mere clasp
for the handle or are a part of a broom or where the broom rests
on some support.
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 118, Sash-fasteners, Rod-
clamps.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclasses 129, Whip-sockets, and
131. Whip-sockets and rein-holders combined.
65 KITCHEN AND TABLE ARTICLES, subclass 62, Dust-pans,
Brush attachments.
255. CLASPS, RESILIENT. The jaws are so connected as to form
spring-arms and depend upon the spring of the material to
open or close the jaws.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 121, Cord and
rope holders, Lacing-terminals, Resilient-clip.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclasses 131, Whip-sockets and
rein-holders combined; 132, Rein-holders, Clamp, and 133,
Rein-holders, Spring.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclasses 10,
Checks, labels, ana tags, Holders, and 11, Checks, labels, and
tags, Holders, Clip, for spring-clips adapted for holding a
check or used commonly on car-seats and which includes
devices for that purpose attached to the person.
60
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 24 Continued.
256. CLASPS, RESILIENT, CIRCULAR. The clasp is circular
in shape and is sprung over the article to be gripped. More
commonly used as trouser-guards or armlets.
Search Class -
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 72, Trouser
guards and straps.
257. CLASPS, RESILIENT, BROOM OR HANDLE. Adapted
to grip handles or rods.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 249, Clasps,
Pivoted, Broom or handle, and 254, Clasps, Pivoted, Spring,
Broom or handle.
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 6, Brush and broom
supports, for broom-holders which are more than a mere clasp
for the hand le or are a part of a broom or where the broom rests
on some support.
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 118, Sash-fasteners, Rod-
clamps.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclasses 1 29, Whip-sockets, and
131, Whip-sockets and rein-holders combined.
65 KITCHEN AND TABLE ARTICLES, subclass 62, Dust-pans,
Brush attachments.
258. CLASPS, RESILIENT, SEPARATE-LOCK-LEVER. A
separate lever locks the jaws together.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 250, Clasps,
Pivoted, Separate lock-lever, and 200, Clasps, Resilient, Slid-
ing-lock, where the separate locking device slides.
259. CLASPS, RESILIENT, SHEET-METAL. Resilient clasps
constructed of sheet metal; but where a sheet-metal clasp con-
tains operating means as specified in the other subclasses it is
classified in that subclass to which it relates.
260. CLASPS, RESILIENT, SLIDING-LOCK. A sliding part
locks the jaws together.
261. CLASPS, RESILIENT, WIRE. Clasps made entirely of
wire.
Note. Wire clasps where the operating means is the principal
feature will be found occasionally in the clasp subclasses.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 122, Cord and
rope holders.Lacing-terminals, Wire; 139, Clothes-pins, Wire;
260, Clasps, Resilient, Sliding-lock, and 204, Clasps, Wedge-
slot.
CLASS 24 Continued.
262. CLASPS, PROTECTED JAWS. A clasp having the jaws
provided with tips, usually for preventing damage to the ma-
terial gripped.
263. CLASPS, SLIDING-JAW. The jaws are so connected that
one jaw may slide on the other to grip the material.
264. CLASPS, WEDGE-SLOT. A V-shaped or wedge slot grips
the material by tending to .force the same into a more con-
tracted portion of the slot.
Search Class -
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 130, Cord and
rope holders, One-piece, Wedge-slot.
265. STRAP-END-ATTACHING DEVICES. Devices for attach-
ing the strap or band to buckles, clasps, snap-hooks, and like
articles, including permanent attaching means, and also those
temporary attachments which are not properly buckles or
any other recognized form of fastening.
266. DRAW-STRINGS. Devices in which a strap or a string is
drawn through an eyelet or equivalent opening and is then
doubled over and pulled up, so that some form of fastening
device may hold the same in that position. These devices are
used commonly on gloves, shoes, and leggings.
207. PIVOTED EDGE STAYS. Devices which consist of two
parts or jaws pivoted at one end and haying some means for
locking the jaws when in a closed position. They are com-
monly used on gloves, shoes, and dress-plackets and take the
place of other fastenings.
Search Class
2 APPAREL, subclass 132, Nether garments, Placket-closures.
268. RESILIENT CONNECTIONS. Devices in which a resilient
connecting part is in combination with buttons, buckles,
clasps, etc.
Search Classes
54 HARNESS, subclasses 48, Stirrups, Elastic, and 86, Elastic
connections.
74~MACHiNE ELEMENTS, subclass 72, Elastic tension devices,
and the subclasses thereunder for resilient connections per se.
241 GARMENT SUPPORTERS, subclasses 5, Limb encircling,
and 21, Waist-line body garment, Shoulder suspension, Con-
nections, Resilient.
CLASS 25. PLASTIC - BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE
APPARATUS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes apparatus for making blocks of plastic ma-
terial and apparatus for making articles of earthenware, such as
pipe, pottery, door - knobs, electrical fixtures, etc. The term
"plastic block" as here used includes blocks made of substances
which when pressed in a pulverulent condition or expressed through
a die in a moistened and tempered condition have sufficient cohesive
power to retain the shape given them or which when placed in a
mold in a semiliquid or viscous condition at ordinary temperature
will set so as to retain the shape given by the mold.
This class does not include apparatus which may be used in this
art, but which has a well-defined status in the other arts, such as
driers, trucks, grapples, conveyers, loading and unloading appara-
tus, and devices for pugging, mixing, tempering, or grinding, these
latter devices being classified in class 83, MILLS; nor does it include
presses for butter, dough, pills, or confectionery.
Under the subclasses of "Fluid-operated" are included combina-
tions of fluid-operated motors with the machine, where the improve-
ment may be in the combination or partly in the motor and partly
in the machine, also motors especially organized to operate machines
belonging in this class only. Improvements solely in motors of
general utility are classified with the appropriate motor classes.
This class also includes purely manipulative processes for the
formation of objects from clay or other natural plastic or from mois-
tened lime or cement, with or without the addition of inert solids.
When, however, inert solids are so incorporated as to constitute a
facing or when the intermixing of ingredients not included above is
also made material by the language of the claims, the patent is made
original in class 18, PLASTICS, even though the claims involve a special
manipulation of interest in this class. The term "natural plastic"
is used herein to designate any mineral occurring in nature which
forms a stone-like product if merely ground, moistened, and burned,
as clay or slate.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Apparatus for use in the manufacture of
plastic blocks and earthenware not otherwise classified. In-
cludes such tools for use in the manufacture of bricks and
pottery as are not adapted for use in other arts.
2. BRICK-MAKING PLANTS. Apparatus for manufacturing
bricks or similar blocks,consisting of a combination of machines,
at least one of them belonging in this class, and others which,
if considered by themselves, would be classified in another art.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 4, Molding plants.
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 20, Molding apparatus, Plants;
64, Casting apparatus, Plants; 139, Molds, Metal, Ingots and
pigs, and subclasses thereunder.
3. ELECTRICAL-FIXTURE MACHINES. Apparatus for mak-
ing electrical insulators, switch-covers, etc., of earthenware or
similar plastic material. Does not include apparatus for
making electric-light carbons and filaments.
Note. Machines which make insulating-tubes of plastic material
are classified under "Pipe-machines" and its subclasses in
this class.
Search Class
49 GLASS, for making electrical fixtures of glass.
4. KNOB-MACHINES. Machines for making knobs, such as door-
knobs and drawer-knobs, of earthenware or similar plastic
material.
5. PLAYING-MARBLE MACHINES. Apparatus for making
playing-marbles from clay or similar material.
Search Class
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 11,
Rolling, Pills.
6. TOBACCO-PIPE MACHINES. Apparatus for making tobacco-
pipes from clay or similar material.
7. SOAP-MOLDING DEVICES. Miscellaneous devices for mold-
ing cakes of soap.
8. SOAP-MOLDING DEVICES, DIE-EXPRESSING. Molding
devices in which the soap material is expressed through a die.
9. SOAP-MOLDING DEVICES, ROTARY MOLD. Machines
in which soap is pressed in a series of molds which are rotated
so as to bring each mold successively into position for charging
and pressing.
10. SOAP-MOLDING DEyiCES, STATIONARY MOLD. Ma-
chines in which soap is pressed in stationary molds by mov-
able plungers.
11. DIE-EXPRESSING. Miscellaneous machines in which the
article to be formed is expressed through a die in order to give
it the required shape.
CLASS 25 Continued.
Search Class
207 PLASTIC-METAL WORKING, subclass 2, et seq., Die ex-
pressing.
12. DIE-EXPRESSING, DETACHED BLOCK. Machines in
which the material is expressed through a die in the form of
detached blocks or blocks which are readily separated from
each other instead of a continuous length which requires cut-
ting. Sometimes separating-plates are inserted between
successive charges to separate the blocks and are forced out of
the die or open-end mold with the material.
13. DIE-EXPRESSING, POTTERY. Machines which form
earthenware receptacles by expressing the material through
a die.
14. DIE-EXPRESSING, SCREW-EJECTOR. Machines in which
the material is expressed through a die by means of a forcing-
screw.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS; subclass
48, Block-presses, Portable mold, Supported in race; 17,
BUTCHERING, subclasses 6, Sausage-machines; 20, Meat-
cutters, Cylinder and concave, and 21, Meat-cutters, Double-
cylinder.
15. DIE-EXPRESSING, PLUNGER - EJECTOR. Machines in
which the material is expressed through a die by means of a
plunger.
Search Class
17 BUTCHERING, subclass 6, Sausage-machines.
16. DIE-EXPRESSING, PLUNGER - EJECTOR, FLUID-OP-
ERATED. Those in which the plunger is operated by means
of a fluid, such as water, steam, or compressed air.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
23, Pottery-machines, Fluid-operated; 31, Pipe-machines,
Fluid-operated; 55, Block-presses, Reciprocating mold, Fluid-
operated; 63, Block-presses, Rotary mold, Fluid-operated;
84, Block-presses, Stationary mold, Single-surface plunger,
Fluid-operated, and 91, Block-presses, Stationary mold,
Opposed plunger, Fluid-operated.
17. DIE-EXPRESSING, DIES. Improvements in dies which
are used with this type of machine and not classified in the
following three subclasses.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
39, Pipe-machines, Socket-formers, for dies which form sockets
on pipe.
18. DIE-EXPRESSING, DIES, LIQUID-LUBRICATED. Ex-
pressing dies in which provision is made for lubricating by
means of a liquid, such as oil or water.
19. DIE-EXPRESSING, DIES, STEAM-LUBRICATED. Ex-
pressing dies in which provision is made for lubricating by
means of steam.
20. DIE-EXPRESSING, DIES, PERFORATING AND ORNA-
MENTING, Expressing dies which have an additional
movable part which perforates or ornaments the article ex-
pressed.
21. ROLLER-FORMING. Machines in which the material is
pressed into shape by the action of rollers.
Search Classes
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
11, Die expressing, for machines in which the material is
pressed out of a die by rollers; also subclass 41, Block-molding
machines.
80 METAL ROLLING.
207 PLASTIC-METAL WORKING.
22. POTTERY-MACHINES. Machines for making earthenware
receptacles not included in the other subclasses.
Note. Machines which form pottery by expressing it through
a die are classified in subclass 13," Die-expressing, Pottery, in
this class.
Search Classes
49, CLASS, subclasses 8, Combined machines, Pressing and
blowing: 35, Molding, Presses; 72, Molds, Pressing, and sub-
classes under each of these.
92 PAPER-MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclasses 58,
Pulp molding. Centrifugal action; 59, Pulp molding, Compres-
sors; 66, Pulp molding. U'inding; and 67, Pulp molding, Wind-
ers, Sheet and board forming.
23. POTTERY-MACHINES, FLUID-OPERATED. Pottery-
machines which are operated by means of a fluid.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS subclasses
16, Die-expressing, Plunger-ejector, Fluid-operated; 31, Pipe-
machines, Fluid-operated; 55, Block-presses, Reciprocating
61
62
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 25 Continued.
mold, Fluid-operated; 63, Block-presses, Rotary mold, Fluid-
operated; 84, Block-presses, Stationary mold, Single-surface
plunger, Fluid-operated, and 91, Block-presses, Stationary
mold, Opposed plunger, Fluid-operated.
24. POTTERY-MACHINES, JIGGERS. Machines for forming
receptacles, having a rotating mold in which the material is
placed and shaped by a former which is brought down into
the mold. Usually the interior of the mold is of the same
shape as the exterior of the object to be molded; but in a
modified form for molding shallow receptacles, such as plates
and saucers, the surface of the mold is of the shape of the inte-
rior of the article.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
129, Molds, Pottery, for molds for use in jiggers.
25. POTTERY-MACHINES, JIGGERS, IRREGULAR FORM.
Jiggers which form receptacles of elliptical or other irregular
shape.
26. POTTERY-MACHINES, JIGGERS, ROTARY FORMER.
Jiggers in which the former or core instead of the mold rotates.
27. POTTERY-MACHINES, PRESSES. Pottery-machines
which form the article by direct pressure in a mold.
28. POTTERY-MACHINES, PRESSES, BOTTOM EJECTORS.
Presses in which the article after it is formed in the mold is
ejected by the movable bottom of the mold.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
26, Pottery-machines, Jiggers, Rotary former.
29. POTTERY-MACHINES, CASTING. Machines for casting
receptacles from slip. The slip is poured into a porous mold,
which absorbs the water and leaves a deposit of the material
on the interior. When this deposit is sufliciently thick, the
remaining slip is removed in some manner, as by inverting
the mold and pouring it out or drawing it out by a pump or
other appliance.
30. PIPE-MACHINES. Miscellaneous machines for forming earth-
enware pipe, such as drain-tile, sewer-pipe, electrical con-
duits, and insulating-tubes.
Note. Machines which express the pipe from a die are classified
in " Die-expressing" and its subclasses in this class..
Search Classes
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclasses 16, Molding apparatus, Pipes
vertical, and subclasses thereunder; 98. Flasks, Vertical pipe;
140, Molds, Metal, Ingots and pigs, Hollow; and 166, Cores,
Pipe.
49 GLASS, especially subclasses 30, Molding, Curved pipes and
tubes, and 31, Molding, Vertical pipes and tubes.
92 PAPER-MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclasses 58,
Pulp-molding, Centrifugal; 59, Pulp-molding, Compressors;
66, Pulp-molding, Winders, and 67, Pulp molding, Winders,
Sheet and board forming.
31. PIPE-MACHINES, FLUID-OPERATED. Pipe-machines
operated by means of a fluid.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclases
16, Die-expressing, Plunger-ejector, Fluid-operated; 23, Pot-
tery-machines, Fluid-operated; 55, Block-presses, Recipro-
cating mold, Fluid-operated; 63, Block-presses. Rotary mold,
Fluid-operated; 84, TJlock-presses, Stationary mold, Single-
surface plunger, Fluid-operated, and 91, Block-presses, Sta-
tionary mold, Opposed plunger, Fluid-operated.
32. PIPE-MACHINES, IN SITU. Pipe-machines which form the
pipe in the place where it is to remain.
Note. Machines which excavate the ditch in addition to forming
the pipe are classified on the excavating feature and will be
cross-referenced only into this class. This does not include
machines which lay the pipe after it is already formed.
33. PIPE-MACHINES, MULTITUBULAR. Pipe-machines
which form pipe having a plurality of longitudinal passages,
such as electrical conduits and twyers.
34. PIPE-MACHINES, MULTITUBULAR, PERFORATORS.
Pipe-machines in which the plurality of passages are formed
by rods or mandrels which are forced" through the material.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
35, Pipe-machines, Perforating-former.
35. PIPE - MACHINES, PERFORATING-FORMER. Pipe-
machines in which a mandrel or former is forced through the
material to form a single passage.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
6, Tobacco-pipe machines, and 34, Pipe-machines, Multi-
tubular, Perforators.
36. PIPE - MACHINES, COMPACTING - FORMER. Pipe-
machines in which the mandrel or former has a screw or wing
on its surface to compact the material as the mandrel is moved
through from one end to the other.
37. PIPE-MACHINES, TAMPER. Pipe-machines which form
pipe by a tamping action. Usually there are a series of rods
which tamp the material as it is added gradually.
38. PIPE-MACHINES, PLASTIC LINING AND COATING.
Pipe-machines which line or coat pipe with plastic material.
Does not include machines which coat the pipe by a painting
or dipping operation.
CLASS 25 Continued.
39. PIPE-MACHINES, SOCKET-FORMERS. Pipe-machines
which form the socket or bell-shaped end of the pipe.
40. PIPE-MACHINES, TURNERS. Devices for turning or re-
versing the pipe after it is formed in the machine.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
113, Cutters, Tables.
41. BLOCK-MOLDING MACHINES. Miscellaneous machines
for forming blocks or slabs of plastic material.
Search Class
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclass 9, Molding apparatus, and sub-
classes thereunder; 57, Casting apparatus; 75, Casting appa-
ratus, Moving mold, and subclasses thereunder.
42. BLOCK T MOLDING MACHINES, FLAT TILE. Machines
for molding floor and wall tiles and ornamental tiles.
43. BLOCK-MOLDING MACHINES, ROOFING-TILE. Ma-
chines for molding roofing-tiles. They usually have means
for forming the tiles so that they will overlap, as by forming a
flange at one end and a groove at the other.
Note. Those which are expressed through a die are classified in
subclass 11, "Die-expressing" and its subclasses in this class.
44. BLOCK - MOLDING MACHINES, UNDERCUTTING.
Machines which undercut the back of the tile or other block so
that it may be more securely held in position.
45. BLOCK-PRESSES. Miscellaneous machines which form
blocks and briquets by direct pressure in a mold; also includes
miscellaneous parts of such presses not elsewhere classified.
Search Classes
22^ METAL FOUNDING, subclasses 42, Molding apparatus. Pack-
ing sand, Presses, and subclasses thereunder; 46, Molding
apparatus, Packing sand, Press heads and plungers.
31 DAIRY, subclass 25, Butter workers and molds.
49 GLASS, subclasses 8, Combined machines, Pressing and
blowing; 35, Molding presses; 72, Molds, Pressing, and sub-
classes under each.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 14, Plug-making.
BLOCK-PRESSES, PORTABLE MOLD. Machines for form-
ing blocks of plastic material in which the molds are adapted
to be carried away from the press after having been filled.
The material is usually molded in a wet or soft condition,
forming what is known as "soft-clay" bricks.
46. BLOCK-PRESSES. PORTABLE MOLD, MOVABLE SUP-
PORT, TOWARD FEED. Block-presses in which a mov-
able support carries the mold toward the filling-orifice, thus
obtaining an additional force to compact the material in the
mold.
47. BLOCK-PRESSES, PORTABLE MOLD, MOVABLE SUP-
PORT, TRANSVERSE TO FEED. Block-presses in
which a movable support carries the mold transversely or at
right angles to the line of feed from the filling-orifice.
48. BLOCK-PRESSES, PORTABLE MOLD, SUPPORTED
IN RACE. Machines of the portable-mold type in which the
molds are adyanced to the filling-orifice through a race or
way, usually being advanced automatically by a reciprocating
pusher. A 'forcing-screw is most commonly used to compact
the material in the molds.
49. BLOCK-PRESSES, PORTABLE MOLD, SUPPORTED IN
RACE, PLUNGER. Block-presses of this type and not in-
cluded in the following three subclasses in which the material
is expelled through the filling-orifice and into the molds by a
plunger or in which the material drops into the molds and is
then compacted by a plunger located in the mold-race beyond
the filling-orifice.
50. BLOCK-PRESSES. PORTABLE MOLD, SUPPORTED IN
RACE, PLUNGER, LEVER. Block-presses in which the
expelling or compacting plunger is operated directly by a
lever.
51. BLOCK-PRESSES, PORTABLE MOLD, SUPPORTED IN
RACE, PLUNGER, PITMAN. Block-presses in which the
expelling or compacting plunger is operated directly by a
pitman.
52. BLOCK-PRESSES, PORTABLE MOLD. SUPPORTED IN
RACE, PLUNGER, RACK AND PINION. Block-presses
in which the expelling or compacting plunger is operated
directly by a rack and pinion.
53. BLOCK-PRESSES, PORTABLE MOLD, MOLD-PUSH-
ERS. Improvements in devices for advancing the mold in
the race to the filling-orifice and removing it therefrom.
54. BLOCK-PRESSES, RECIPROCATING MOLD. Block-
presses in which the mold has a reciprocating movement, but
is not to be removed from the press and not included in the
following eight subclasses.
55. BLOCK-PRESSES, RECIPROCATING MOLD, FLUID-
OPERATED. Block-presses in which the mold or the plun-
ger, or both, are operated by means of a fluid.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
16, Die-expressing, Plunger-ejector, Fluid-operated; 23, Pot-
tery-machinos, Fluid-operated; 31, Pipe-machines, Fluid-
operated; 63, Block-presses, Rotary mold, Fluid-operated;
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
63
CLASS 25 Continued.
84, Block-presses, Stationary mold, Single-surface plunger,
Fluid-operated; 91, Block-presses, Stationary mold, Opposed
plunger, Fluid-operated.
56. BLOCK -PRESSES, RECIPROCATING MOLD. PLUN-
GER, IN LINE OF MOLD TRAVEL. Block-presses which
have a plunger reciprocating in the line of travel of the mold.
Usually the mold, which is open at two opposite sides, moves
up to a stationary plate or plunger, so as to close one side, and
then the movable plunger advances through the other side of
the mold to press the block. When the mold retreats in the
same direction as the movable plunger, it has a quicker move-
ment than the plunger, so as to eject the block. This subclass
includes only those in which the plunger is not operated in
the manner of the following three subclasses.
57. BLOCK -PRESSES, RECIPROCATING MOLD, PLUN-
GER, IN LINE OF MOLD TRAVEL, CAM. Block-presses
of this type in which the plunger is operated directly by a cam.
58. BLOCK-PRESSES, RECIPROCATING MOLD. PLUN-
GER, IN LINE OF MOLD TRAVEL, DROP. Block-
presses in which the plunger is raised in any suitable manner
and then allowed to drop by gravity to compact the material.
59. BLOCK-PRESSES, RECIPROCATING MOLD, PLUN-
GER, IN LINE OF MOLD TRAVEL, LEVER. Block-
presses in which the plunger is operated directly by a lever.
60. BLOCK-PRESSES, RECIPROCATING MOLD, PLUN-
GER, TRANSVERSE TO MOLD TRAVEL. Block-
presses in which the plunger reciprocates transversely or at
right angles to the line of travel of the mold. The molds are pre-
sented on alternate movements to the compressing-plunger or
else have plungers mounted in them to be operated by some
means, such as cams, during the movement of the mold. This
subclass includes those of this type not classified in the follow-
ing two subclasses.
61. BLOCK-PRESSES, RECIPROCATING MOLD, PLUN-
GER, TRANSVERSE TO MOLD TRAVEL, CAM. Block-
presses in which the plunger is operated by a cam.
62. BLOCK-PRESSES, RECIPROCATING MOLD, PLUN-
GER, TRANSVERSE TO MOLD TRAVEL, LEVER.
Block-presses in which the plunger is operated by a lever.
BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD. Under this head are
included machines for forming blocks from plastic material in
which the molds rotate around an axis. There are usually a
series of molds formed in a wheel or mold-table, which is ro-
tated so as to bring each mold successively into position for
charging and pressing.
63. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, FLUID-OPER-
ATED. Rotary mold block-presses in which the mold-
wheel or the plungers, or both, are operated by means of a
fluid.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
16, Die-expressing, Plunger-ejector, Fluid-operated; 23, Pot-
tery-machines, Fluid-operated; 31, Pipe-machines, Fluid-
operated; 55, Block-presses, Reciprocating mold. Fluid-
operated; 84, Block-presses, Stationary mold, Single-surface
plunger, Fluid-operated, and 91, Block-presses, Stationary
mold, Opposed plunger, Fluid-operated.
BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, FACIAL. Under the
head of " Facial" are included those presses in which the molds
are mounted in and open from the side face or plane surface of
the wheel or table.
64. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, FACIAL, CON-
TINUOUS. Rotary mold block-presses of the facial type not
falling in the next subclass and having continuous rotation
given to the mold-wheel.
65. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, FACIAL, CON-
TINUOUS, PLUNGER, CAM. Rotary mold block-presses
in which the material is pressed by cam-operated plungers.
66. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, FACIAL, INTER-
MITTENT. Rotary-mold block-presses of the facial type in
which the intermittent motion is given to the mold-wheel and
not in the next two subclasses.
67. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, FACIAL, INTER-
MITTENT, OPPOSED PLUNGER. Rotary-mold block-
presses in which the material is pressed on two opposite sur-
faces by plungers which are moved toward each other.
68. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, FACIAL, INTER-
MITTENT, OPPOSED PLUNGER, LEVER. Rotary
mold block-presses of this type in which the plungers are op-
erated directly by levers.
69. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, FACIAL, INTER-
MITTENT, SINGLE-SURFACE PLUNGER. Miscellane-
ous rotary-mold block-presses of this type in which the ma-
terial is pressed by plungers which act on only one surface.
70 BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, FACIAL, INTER-
MITTENT, SINGLE-SURFACE PLUNGER, CAM. Ro-
tary mold block-presses in which the plungers are operated
directly by cams.
CLASS 25 Continued.
71. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, FACIAL, INTER-
MITTENT, SINGLE-SURFACE PLUNGER, DROP.
Rotary mold block-presses in which the plungers are raised by
any suitable means and then allowed to drop by gravity.
72. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, FACIAL, INTER-
MITTENT, SINGLE-SURFACE PLUNGER, LEVER.
Rotary mold block presses in which the plungers are operated
directly by levers, except toggle-levers.
73. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, FACIAL, INTER-
MITTENT, SINGLE-SURFACE PLUNGER, PITMAN.
Rotary mold block presses in which the plungers are operated
directly by pitmen.
74. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, FACIAL, INTER-
MITTENT, SINGLE-SURFACE PLUNGER, TOGGLE.
Rotary mold block presses in which the plungers are operated
directly by toggles.
BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, PERIPHERAL.
Under the head of "Peripheral" are included those in which
the molds are mounted in and open from the periphery or
curved surface of the wheel or table.
75. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, PERIPHERAL,
CONTINUOUS. Rotary peripheral mold block-presses in
in which the mold-wheel is rotated continuously and not fall-
ing in the next four subclasess.
76. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, PERIPHERAL,
CONTINUOUS, OPPOSED MOLD-WHEEL. Rotary pe-
ripheral mold block-presses in which the block is pressed in
the mold-wheel by another mold-wheel. Usually the molds
in the two mold-wheels are presented alternately to smooth
portions between the molds.
77. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD. PERIPHERAL,
CONTINUOUS, OPPOSED MOLD-WHEEL, MATING.
Rotary peripheral mold block-presses in which the block is
formed partly in one mold-wheel and partly in another, the
portion of the mold in one wheel mating with the portion in
the other as the two are rotated.
78. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, PERIPHERAL,
CONTINUOUS, PLUNGER, CAM. Rotary peripheral
mold block-presses in which the material is pressed by plungers
operated by cams.
79. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, PERIPHERAL,
CONTINUOUS, PRESSURE-ROLLER. Rotary periph-
eral mold block-presses in which the block is pressed in the
mold-wheel by a pressure-roller which does not itself constitute
a mold-wheel.
80. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, PERIPHERAL,
INTERMITTENT. Rotary peripheral mold block-presses
in which intermittent motion is given to the mold-wheel and
not in the next two subclasses.
81. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, PERIPHERAL,
INTERMITTENT, PLUNGER, CAM. Rotary peripheral
mold block-presses in which the plungers are operated directly
by cams.
82. BLOCK-PRESSES, ROTARY MOLD, PERIPHERAL,
INTERMITTENT, PLUNGER, LEVER. Rotary periph-
eral mold block-presses in which the plungers are operated
directly by levers.
BLOCK-PRESSES, STATIONARY MOLD. Machines for
forming blocks from plastic material by pressing it in sta-
tionary molds. The molds have at least four fixed sides, the
ends usually being open.
83. BLOCK-PRESSES. STATIONARY MOLD, SINGLE-SUR-
FACE PLUNGER. Stationary mold block-presses in which
the material is pressed by plungers which act on onlv one sur-
face and not falling in the next six subclasses. In the single-
surface-plunger type there is very often an opposed plunger
to eject the block" after it is pressed, but which remains at rest
during the pressing operation.
84 BLOCK-PRESSES. STATIONARY MOLD, SINGLE-SUR-
FACE PLUNGER, FLUID-OPERATED. Stationary
mold block-presses of this type in which the plungers are
operated by means of a fluid."
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
16, Die-expressing, Plunger-ejector, Fluid-operated; 23, Pot-
tery-machines, Fluid-operated; 31, Pipe-machines, Fluid-
operated; 55, Block-presses, Reciprocating mold, Fluid-oper-
ated; 63, Block-presses, Rotary mold, Fluid-operated, and
91, Block-presses, Stationary mold, Opposed plunger, Fluid-
operated.
85. BLOCK-PRESSES, STATIONARY MOLD, SINGLE-SUR-
FACE PLUNGER, CAM. Stationary mold block-presses
in which the plungers are operated directly by cams.
86. BLOCK-PRESSES. STATIONARY MOLD, SINGLE-SUR-
FACE PLUNGER. DROP. Stationary mold block-presses
in which the plungers are raised by any suitable means and
then allowed to drop by gravity.
64
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 25 Continued.
87. BLOCK-PRESSES, STATIONARY MOLD, SINGLE-SUR-
FACE PLUNGER, LEVER. Stationary mold block-
presses in which the plungers are operated directly by levers,
except toggle-levers, which are in subclass 89 of this class.
88. BLOCK-PRESSES, STATIONARY MOLD, SINGLE-SUR-
FACE PLUNGER, PITMAN. Stationary mold block-
presses in which the plungers are operated directly by pitmen.
89. BLOCK-PRESSES, STATIONARY MOLD, SINGLE-SUR-
FACE PLUNGER, TOGGLE. Stationary mold block-
presses in which the plungers are operated directly by toggles.
90. BLOCK-PRESSES, STATIONARY MOLD, OPPOSED
PLUNGER. Those in which the material is pressed on two
opposite surfaces by plungers which are moved toward each
other during the pressing operation and not in the next eight
subclasses.
91. BLOCK-PRESSES, STATIONARY MOLD, OPPOSED
PLUNGER, FLUID-OPERATED. Stationary mold block-
presses in which the plungers are operated by means of a
fluid.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, sub-
classes 16, Die-expressing, Plunger-ejector, Fluid-operated;
23, Pottery-machines, Fluid-operated; 31, Pipe-machines,
Fluid-operated; 55, Block-presses, Reciprocating mold, Fluid-
operated; 63, Block-presses, Rotary mold, Fluid-operated, and
84, Block-presses, Stationary mold, Single-surface plunger,
Fluid-operated.
92. BLOCK-PRESSES, STATIONARY MOLD, OPPOSED
PLUNGER, CAM. Stationary mold block-presses in which
both plungers or both sets of plungers are operated directly
by cams.
93. BLOCK-PRESSES, STATIONARY MOLD, OPPOSED
PLUNGER, CAM AND LEVER. Stationary mold block-
presses in which one plunger or one set of plungers is operated
directly by a cam, while the opposite plunger or set is operated
directly by a lever.
94. BLOCK-PRESSES, STATIONARY MOLD, OPPOSED
PLUNGER, CAM AND PITMAN. Stationary mold block-
presses in which one plunger or one set of plungers is operated
directly by a cam , while the opposite plunger or set is operated
directly by a pitman.
95. BLOCK-PRESSES. STATIONARY MOLD, OPPOSED
PLUNGER, LEVER. Stationary mold block presses in
which the plungers are operated directly by levers, except
toggle-levels, which are in subclasses 97 and 98 in this class.
96. BLOCK-PRESSES, STATIONARY MOLD, OPPOSED
PLUNGER, PITMAN. Stationary mold block-presses in
which the plungers are operated directly by pitmen.
97. BLOCK-PRESSES, STATIONARY MOLD, OPPOSED
PLUNGER, TOGGLE. Stationary mold block-presses in
which the plungers are operated directly by toggles.
98. BLOCK-PRESSES, STATIONARY MOLD, OPPOSED
PLUNGER, TOGGLE AND CONNECTING BAR. Sta-
tionary mold block-presses in which one plunger or one set of
plungers is operated directly by a toggle, while the other
plunger or set is operated through the same toggle by means
of a connecting-bar.
99. BLOCK-PRESSES, ENDLESS CHAIN OF MOLDS, CON-
TINUOUS TRAVEL. Block-presses in which the molds
are connected so as to form an endless chain, which is moved
continuously.
100. BLOCK-PRESSES, ENDLESS CHAIN OF MOLDS,
INTERMITTENT TRAVEL. Block-presses in which the
molds are connected so as to form an endless chain, which is
moved intermittently. By reason of the intermittent move-
ment it is usual to employ plunger mechanism to press the
material in the intervals between the successive movements
of the chain.
101. BLOCK-PRESSES, EXPANDING MOLD. Block-presses
in which at least two ad.iacent sides of the mold are movable
with respect to each other.
102. BLOCK-PRESSES, PLUNGERS. Improvements in plun-
gers which are used with block-presses.
103. BLOCK-PRESSES, CHARGERS. Improvements in devices
which are used to charge the mold with material.
104. BLOCK-PRESSES, STRIKES AND TRIMMERS. Devices
for striking, scraping, or trimming the material from the top
of the mold.
105. CUTTERS. Miscellaneous devices for cutting the material.
Most of the patents under "Cutters" and its subclasses are
for devices which cut the material to the required length as
it is expressed through a die in a continuous stream. They
include wire-cutters for forming wire-cut bricks.
Search Classes
17 BUTCHERING, subclass 2-1, Meat-cutters, Slicers.
31 DAIRY, subclasses 64, Butter, Cutters, and 68, Cheese, Cutters.
83 MILLS, subclass 61, Sugar and salt crushers.
CLASS 25 Continued.
106. CUTTERS, SOAP. Cutters used for cutting soap. They are
for the most part unlike the cutters which are used for cutting
clay and similar material, but when considered useful as
references in the subclasses based on the operation of the
cutter will be cross-referenced into those subclasses.
107. CUTTERS, RECIPROCATING. Miscellaneous reciprocat-
ing cutters, including those not classified in the next subclass.
Note. Machines which form a slab or bar of plastic material
and then cut it up into blocks by means of a cutter in the
form of a mold which incloses a plunger to eject the block
are classified in the appropriate subclasses preceding and cross-
referenced into this subclass.
108. CUTTERS, RECIPROCATING, HORIZONTALLY. Ma-
chines in which the cutter reciprocates in a horizontal direction
during the cutting operation.
109. CUTTERS, ROTATING, LONGITUDINAL AXIS. Cut-
ters which rotate on an axis which extends in the same direc-
tion as that in which the bar to be cut travels.
110. CUTTERS, ROTATING, TRANSVERSE AXIS. Cutters
which rotate on an axis which extends transversely or at
right angles to the direction in which the bar to be cut travels.
111. CUTTERS, OSCILLATING. Cutters which oscillate or
move through part of a circle without making a complete
rotation during the cutting operation.
112. CUTTERS, STATIONARY. Cutters which are not moved
during the cutting operation, the material to be cut being
pushed against the cutters.
113. CUTTERS, TABLES. Improvements 'in the table upon
which the material is cut. Includes devices for separating
the articles after they are cut.
114. CUTTERS, CLEANERS. Improvements in devices for
cleaning the cutters.
115. SANDERS. Devices for applying sand directly to the surface
of bricks. A few patents also have means "for roughening
the bricks.
116. SANDERS, MOLD. Sanders which apply sand to the molds.
117. SANDERS, MOLD, ROTARY DRUM. Sanders in which
the molds to be sanded are rotated in a drum or cylinder.
118. MOLDS. Miscellaneous molds for forming articles of earthen-
ware or art iflcial-s tone composition.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, especially subclass 34, Molding devices, Molds.
22 METAL-FOUNDING," subclass 113, Molds, and subclasses there-
under.
31 DAIRY, subclass 25, Butter workers and molds.
49^- GLASS, subclasses s, Combined machines, Pressing and blow-
ing; 35, Molding , Presses; 72, Molds, Pressing; and sulxrlasses
under each of these.
119. MOLDS, BLOCK. Molds used for forming blocks of plastic
material not classified in the other subclasses.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 96, Flasks: 139, Molds, Metal,
Ingots and pigs; and subclasses under each of these.
120. MOLDS, BLOCK, EJECTORS. Molds which have means
for ejecting the blocks from the mold.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
28, Pottery-machines, Presses, Bottom ejectors.
121. MOLDS, BLOCK, EXPANDING AND SEPARABLE.
Molds which are expanded or separated in order to remove
the blocks.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
101, Block-presses, Expanding mold.
122. MOLDS, BLOCK, LININGS. Improvements in lining for
block-molds.
123. MOLDS, BLOCK, ORNAMENTAL. Molds used to form
ornamental blocks.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCKS AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, sub-
classes 41, Block-molding machines, and 42, Block-molding
machines. Flat tile.
124. MOLDS, CISTERN. Molds used in forming cisterns orsimilar
reservoirs of cement or concrete.
Note. Permanent structures for cisterns and similar reservoirs
are classified in class 72, MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUC-
TURES, subclass 9, Cisterns.
125. MOLDS, FENCE. Molds used in forming fences of earth or
cement.
126. MOLDS, PIPE. Molds used in forming pipe of cement or
similar material and not included in the next two subclasses.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 17, Molding apparatus, Pipes
vertical, Compacting pattern; subclasses thereunder; 140,
Molds, Metal, Ingots and pigs, Hollow; and 165, Cores.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
65
CLASS 25 Continued.
127. MOLDS, PIPE, EXPANDING AND SEPARABLE.
Molds which are expanded or separated in order to remove
the pipe.
128. MOLDS, PIPE, CORES. Improvements in cores used in
this type of molds.
129. MOLDS, POTTERY. Molds used in forming pottery-ware.
130. MOLDS, SARCOPHAGI AND TANK. Molds used in
forming burial cases, tanks, or similar receptacles of cement
or artificial-stone composition.
131. MOLDS, WALL. Molds which are used in building up walls
from concrete or similar material.
131.5. MOLDS, CENTERING. All such temporary means for
casting concrete floor arches, bridges, and the like, in situ, as
are not otherwise provided for in this class.
132. KILNS. Apparatus for burning and hardening earthenware
and plastic blocks, usually clay bricks or pottery-ware, and
not classifiable in any ofthe other subclasses; also, miscellaneous
parts of kilns.
Note. Kilns for burning lime and cement are classified in class
222, HYDRAULIC CEMENT AND LIME. Kilns which dry but
do not burn are classified in class 34, DRIERS.
Search Classes
34 DRIERS, subclass 19, Houses and kilns; 107, BREAD, PASTRY,
AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 55, Bakers' ovens, and
subclasses thereunder; and in 222, HYDRAULIC CEMENT AND
LIME, subclass 3, Kilns.
133. KILNS, INDURATING. Apparatus for treating artifieial
stone to harden it, usually by subjecting the material to the
action of steam , carbon dioxid, or other vapor in a kiln or closed
chamber.
134. KILNS, CONTINUOUS. Kilns in which the heat passes
from one compartment to another.
135. KILNS, CONTINUOUS, SEPARATE KILN. Kilns which
have a plurality of chambers that exist as separate structures.
136. KILNS, CONTINUOUS, PERFORATED FLOOR. Kilns
in which the heat passes from one compartment into the next
through perforations in the floor.
137. KILNS, CONTINUOUS, PERFORATED PARTITION.
Kilns in which the heat passes from one compartment into
the next through perforations in the dividing-partition.
138. KILNS, CONTINUOUS, TEMPORARY - PARTITION.
Kilns in which the partitions between adjacent chambers are
destructible, as when made of paper or removable in the man-
ner of a curtain or slide.
139. KILNS, CONTINUOUS, COMMON FLUE. Kilns which
have a flue common to all the compartments, the heat being
conducted into or out of the various compartments by branch
flues connecting with the common flue.
140. KILNS, COMBINED UP AND DOWN DRAFT. Kilns
in which the heat is admitted at the top and bottom simulta-
neously, thus producing an updraft at the bottom and a down-
draft at the top.
141. KILNS, COMBINEDUP AND DOWN DRAFT, REVERS-
IBLE. Kilns which can be changed from updraft to down-
draft, and vice versa, by means of dampers.
142. KILNS, HORIZONTALLY-TRAVELING MATERIAL.
Kilns in which the material to be burned travels, usually on
trucks or platforms, in a substantially horizontal plane during
the burning operation.
Search Class
34 DRIERS, subclasses 12, Endless carrier; 46, Truck and rail,
Horizontal, and 47, Truck and rail, Inclined.
143. KILNS, VERTICALLY -TRAVELING MATERIAL.
Kilns in which the material to be burned travels vertically,
usually from the top downward, during the burning operation.
Search Class
34 DBIERS, subclasses 11, Elevator, and 12, Endless carrier.
144. KILNS, MUFFLE. Kilns which have muffles to prevent
the flame from coming into direct contact with the material
which is being burned.
Search Classes
75 METALLURGY, subclass 137, Roasters, Muffle; 126, STOVES
AND FURNACES, subclass 230, Tool heaters, Soldering iron,
and subclasses thereunder, and 148, ANNEALING AND TEM-
PERING, subclass 16, Annealing apparatus, Muffles.
145. KILNS, DOWNDRAFT. Kilns in which the heat is con-
veyed to the top and passed downwardly through the material
which is being burned. Bag or flash walls of various construc-
tion are provided for guiding the first-part ofthe flame upward
before striking the top of the material.
26674 12 5
CLASS 25 Continued.
146. KILNS, DOWNDRAFT, MUFFLE-BOTTOM. Kilns in
which the heat is conveyed underneath the floor and then to
the top and passed downwardly through the material. The
material is thus heated from the bottom on the muffle prin-
ciple and from the top on the downdraft principle.
147. KILNS, UPDRAFT. Kilns in which the heat is admitted at
the bottom and passed upwardly through the material which
is being burned. Open-top kilns operate on this principle.
Search Class
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKFNG, subclass 55,
Bakers' ovens, and subclasses thereunder.
148. KILNS, FORCED-DRAFT. Kilns which have a blast or
an exhaust for producing a forced draft.
149. KILNS, FLUID-FUEL. Kilns which are adapted to use
gas or liquid for fuel.
150. KILNS, STEAM-COMBUSTION. Kilns especially arranged
to have steam introduced to assist the combustion.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 79, Furnace structure, Feeding steam.
151. KILNS, FURNACES. Furnaces specially adapted for use in
connection with the type of kilns in this class.
Search Classes
75 METALLURGY, subclass 40, Furnaces, Blank.
110 FURNACES.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 224, Trash burners,
Domestic refuse burners.
152. KILNS, FURNACES, GRATES. Grates used with the type
of furnace in the preceding subclass.
Search Classes -
110 FURNACES, subclass 74, Hollow grate.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 152, Grates, and 167,
Grates, Grate-bar.
153. KILNS, SAGGERS. Devices for protecting and supporting
articles in the kiln while they are being burned.
154. PROCESSES, REINFORCING AND FINISHING. Purely
manipulative processes, except as noted below, involving the
use of a mold or die and involving the introduction of rein-
forcement into clay or other natural plastic or into concrete
or involving a special distribution of the usual components
of concrete to produce a " neat" or uniformly dense face upon
the formed object.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, for miscellaneous processes of applying a facing
material to a plastic composition while the latter is still green.
41 ORNAMENTATION, for processes of coating which involve a
transfer operation or a hand operation.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, for reinforced or
faced blocks or walls.
91- COATING, for processes of coating objects from plastic or
other material without molding or a transfer operation or a
hand operation.
155. PROCESSES, CONCRETE BLOCK TYPE. Purely ma-
nipulative processes of conditioning or handling moistened
lime or cement mixed with sand, stone, or other inert granular
and aggregate material and processes performed during the
placing or settling of the above-mentioned materials in the
formation of objects therefrom, excepting processes of rein-
forcing or facing.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, for processes involving a special manipulation of
compositions not referred to in the above definition.
156. PROCESSES, CLAY TYPE. Processes, except as noted
below, of conditioning clay, slate, or any natural plastic or of
handling the same in the production of" formed objects there-
from and processes which involve the application of a specific
combustible coating composition to an object formed from
such material to preserve its form until fired.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, for processes of handling compositions of which
clay or other natural plastic is merely an ingredient and for
processes of facing objects of clay while green.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
157, Processes, Clay type. Firing, for methods of firing.
91 COATING, for processes of coating objects of clay or the like
after burning.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, for com positions containing natural
plastics.
157. PROCESSES, CLAY TYPE, FIRING. Processes which
are used in connection with the burning of earthenware articles
in kilns.
Note. Subclasses 157 and 158 contain patents from former sub-
classes 154 and 155, respectively, abolished and replaced by
present subclasses 154 and 155.
158. PROCESSES, CLAY TYPE, FIRING, ROAD BALLAST.
Processes of burning clay or other natural plastic in the pro-
duction of formless aggregates, such as may be used for road
ballast.
N te. Subclasses 157 and 1.58 contain patents from former sub-
classes 154 and 155. respectively, abolished and replaced by
present subclasses 154 and 155.
CLASS 29. METAL-WORKING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
The generic class of metal working or shaping. It comprises
blanks, processes, and apparatus not classifiable in the specific
classes relating to the manufacture of articles from metal. It in-
cludes, also, means which comprise n plurality of operations which
separately might be classified in the specific classes, but which by
their joinder include more than is covered by the definitions of such
specific classes. It also includes metal stock adapted to be worked
up into various articles.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Miscellaneous metal-working machines
which are not otherwise classifial >le.
2. SPECIAL WORK, BATTERY-GRID MAKING. Machines
and processes for making metallic " grids " for electric batteries.
3. SPECIAL WORK, BUCKLE-MAKING. Machines and proc-
esses for making the parts of buckles and for assembling the
same. This subclass includes the manufacture of buckles
from rods, wires, plates, or sheets of metal.
4. SPECIAL WORK, BUTTON-FASTENER MAKING. Ma-
chines and processes for making metallic fastening devices for
buttons having a shank provided with an eye, as shoe-but-
tons, etc.
4.5. SPECIAL WORK, COMMINUTING METAL. Machines
for reducing metal to small particles or shreds by cutting
operations.
Search Classes
75 METALLURGY, subclass 197 Miscellaneous.
83 MILLS, subclass 91 Liquid Comminuting and Solidifying, for
comminuting molten metal.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 10.6,
Scrap cutting.
5. SPECIAL WORK, COTTER-PIN MAKING. Machines and
processes for forming cotter-pins or split keys, which includes
other operations than cutting the stock and bending the same.
Note. Machines for merely bending or cutting and bending are
classified in class 153, METAL-BENDING.
Search Class
29 METAL WORKING, subclass 13, Special work, Paper-fastener
making, for analogous machines.
59 CHAIN, STAPLE AND HORSESHOE MA KING, subclass 71, Sta-
ple making and subclasses thereunder.
6. SPECIAL WORK, CRANK-SHAFT MAKING. Machines
and processes for bending, forging, and, in some instances, per-
forming other operations upon crank-shafts.
7. SPECIAL WORK, EYEBOLT AND HOOK MAKING. Ma-
chines and processes for making eyebolts, hooks, etc., which
comprise more than bending, with" the incidental operation of
cutting the stock.
Note. Machines for merely bending rods into the form of hooks
are classified in class 153, METAL-BENDING.
8. SPECIAL WORK, FINGER-RING FORMING AND SIZ-
ING. Machines for forming finger-rings by die-cutting a flat
ring from a disk and subsequently swaging or die-shaping it
into the desired form. It also contains machines and devices
for stretching or contracting rings by dies.
Note. Machines for forming and stretching rings by means of
rolls are classified in class 80, METAL-ROLLING, subclass 5, An-
nular bodies.
Note. Molds especially adapted for the casting of finger-rings are
classified in class 22, METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 114, Molds,
Finger-ring.
9. SPECIAL WORK, FISH-HOOK MAKING. Machines and
processes for making fish-hooks, including shaping, pointing,
and barbing.
10. SPECIAL WORK, GEM AND JEWEL SETTING. Machines
and processes for cutting the sockets for gems or jewels and for
securing them in the same. This subclass includes jewel-
holders, feeding devices for jewel-setting machines, jewel-bur-'
nishing devices, etc.
Search Classes
81 TOOLS, subclass 7, Special, Watchmakers', Jewel setters.
125 STONE-WORKING, subclass 4, Diamond-tools.
11. SPECIAL WORK, HINGE MAKING AND ASSEMBLING.
Machines and processes for making the parts of hinges and as-
sembling the same, also machines which merely assemble
hinges. The operations performed are mainly die-cutting,
milling, or broaching to finish the interlocking parts, bending
the sleeve, and inserting the pintle.
Search Class
29 METAL WORKING, sul>class 3, Special work, Buckle-making.
CLASS 29 Continued.
12. SPECIAL WORK, LACING-STUD MAKING. Machines
and processes for making lacing-studs from rods, wire, or spe-
cially-prepared stock.
Search Classes .
18 PLASTICS, subclass 37, Molding devices, Molds, Blank cover-
ing and filling, Lacing hooks and studs, for molds for covering
lacing-studs with a plastic material.
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 40.5, Die-shaping,
Lacing-studs, for machines for making lacing-studs from sheet
metal.
13. SPECIAL WORK, PAPER-FASTENER MAKING. Ma-
chines and processes for making insertible paper-fasteners.
Search Classes
2t METAL WORKING, subclass 5, Special work, Cotter-pin mak-
ing.
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 71,
Staple making, and subclasses thereunder.
14. SPECIAL WORK, PLOW AND CULTIVATOR IRONS,
MAKING. Patents upon machines and processes for making
irons which form parts of plows, also cultivator-irons, harrow-
irons, clevises, etc.
Search Class
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 68.5, Dies, Plow
and cultivator-irons, for dies for forging plow and cultivator
irons.
15. SPECIAL WORK, PUDDLERS' BALLS, WORKING.
Machines and processes for compressing by rolling, squeezing,
etc., puddlers' balls for the purpose of expelling the slag or
cinder.
10. SPECIAL WORK, RAIL-VVAY-CHAIR MAKING. Ma-
chines and processes for making railway-chairs.
17. SPECIAL WORK, SHEET-METAL AND FOIL MANU-
FACTURE. Machines specially adapted to manufacture
thin sheet metal and foil.
Note. Machines for rolling sheet metal in packs or otherwise in
which there are performed only such operations as are common
to metal-rolling are classified "in the appropriate subclasses of
class 80, METAL-ROLLING.
18. SPECIAL WORK, SHEET-METAL AND FOIL MANU-
FACTURE, PROCESSES. Processes for forming thin sheet
metal and metal foil.
Search Class
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 189, Metal stock, Processes,
Compound plate.
19. SPECIAL WORK, SHEET-METAL AND FOIL MANU-
FACTURE, PROCESSES, PACK MANIPULATION.
Processes of arranging and manipulating packs of sheet metal
in the manufacture of thin sheet metal and foil.
20. SPECIAL WORK, SPECTACLE-FRAME MAKING. Ma-
chines and processes for making spectacle-frames, temples,
bridge-pieces, etc.
21. SPECIAL WORK, STEREOTYPE-PLATE FINISHING.
Machines and processes for finishing plane or curved stereo-
type-plates by beveling the edges, grooving, or finishing the
ribs upon the back of the plates.
Note. Apparatus for casting stereotype-plates combined with
finishing mechanisms are classified in class 22, METAL-FOUND-
ING, subclass 3, Stereotype-casting apparatus, Combined ma-
chines.
Note. Machines for merely planing the backs of stereotype-plates
are classified in class 90, GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLAN-
ING, subclass 25, Planing, Soft metal, and the subclasses there-
under.
22 SPECIAL WORK, TIRE UPSETTING, CUTTING,
PUNCHING, ETC. Combined machines, including tire-
upsetting mechanism, punching-machines, cutting-machines,
etc.
Note. Machines for merely upsetting tires are classified in class 78,
METAL FORGING AND WELDING, under subclass 55, Forging,
Tire-upsetting, and the subclasses thereunder.
23. SPECIAL WORK, TOOTHED-CYLINDER MAKING. Ma-
chines and processes for applving and securing metallic
teeth to the surface of substantially cylindrical bodies, such as
record-rollers for musical instruments and cylinders for textile
machinery in which the teeth are secured directly to the
cylinder.
Note. Devices for applying card-clothing are classified in class
140, WIRE-WORKING.
23.5. SPECIAL WORK, TURBINE-BLADE MAKING. Ma-
chines and methods for forming and mounting the blades of
turbines.
24. SPECIAL WORK, TYPE FINISHING AND GROOVING.
Machines and processes for breaking the "jets' 1 from type, re-
moving pins or burs, and for grooving type.
67
68
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 29 Continued.
Note. Machines for casting type in combination with mechanism
for finishing are classified in class 22, METAL-FOUNDING, sub-
class 7, Type-casting apparatus, Combined machines.
Search Class -
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclass 25, Plan-
ing, So ft met al.
25. SPECIAL WORK, UMBRELLA-FRAME MAKING. Ma-
chines for forming and assembling umbrella-frames; includes
the forging of the ribs, the shaping and assembling of the vari-
ous attachments to the ribs, such as the forks, notches, tips, etc.
Note. Machines for merely die-shaping the various elements from
sheet metal are classified in the general operation subclasses of
class 113, SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, or class 78, METAL
FORGING AND WELDING.
26. COMBINED MACHINES, TYPE OF MACHINE, DRILL-
PRESS. Combined machines adapted to perform various
functions, such as drilling, boring, milling, etc., in which the
mechanisms for adjusting and for operating the drilling or bor-
ing mechanism are the dominating features.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 4, Boring-machines, Ver-
tical.
27. COMBINED MACHINES, TYPE OF MACHINE, LATHE.
Combined machines which are characterized by mechanisms
for rotating the work while a cutting or milling tool is travers-
ing the work, either externally or internally; also machines in
which the tool is rotated about the work.
28 COMBINED MACHINES, TYPE OF MACHINE, LATHE,
GRINDING ATTACHMENT. Combined machines char-
acterized by mechanisms for relatively rotating the work and
a turning or milling tool and which have in addition thereto a
grinding mechanism.
29. COMBINED MACHINES, TYPE OF MACHINE, LATHE,
PULLEY, AND WHEEL. Combined machines specially
adapted to turn, face, and bore or drill pulleys and wheels, and,
in some instances, to slot the same. These machines are char-
acterized by the rotation of the work about its axis or by the
rotation of the tool about the axis of the work.
Search Classes
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclasses 3, Boring-machines, 1 lori-
zontal, and 4, Boring-machines, Vertical.
82 TURNING, subclasses 7, Lathes, Pulley, and 8, Lathes, Wheel
and axle.
30. COMBINED MACHINES, TYPE OF MACHINE, PLANER.
Combined machines characterized by a relative reciprocatory
movement in substantially a straight line between the work
and tool, said tool being a planing-tool, a milling-cutter, or, in
some instances, a drill.
31. COMBINED MACHINES, TYPE OF MACHINE, VISE,
DRILL, ETC. Combined machines comprising vises to
which are attached drills, lathes, punches, cutters, etc.
32 COMBINED MACHINES, TYPE OF MACHINE, VISE,
DRILL, ETC., ANVIL-ATTACHED. Combined machines
comprising anvils to which are attached various devices, such
as vises, drills, cutters, etc.
33. COMBINED MACHINES. Organized machines adapted to
perform a plurality of operations upon metal, which opera-
tions are not comprised in any one of the various specific
metal-working classes. The most of these are automatic
machines, such as turret-lathes for performing a definite
series of operations upon stock, while the remainder are ma-
chines for performing special work or are devices comprising
a plurality of distinct machines mounted upon a single frame.
34. COMBINED MACHINES, FORGING, BENDING, CUT-
TING, AND PUNCHING. Combined machines which are
adapted to forge or weld metal and also to perform one or
more of the above-mentioned operations upon the metal.
Note. Forging-machines which have mere incidental cutting
or bending mechanisms are classified in class 78, METAL
FORGING AND WELDING.
35. COMBINED MACHINES, FORGING AND ROLLING.
Combined machines which are adapted to shape metals by
both forging and rolling operations.
36. COMBINED MACHINES, TURRET, MULTIPLE TUR-
RET. Machines having two or more turrets for carrying
the tools or the stock. Nearly all of these machines have
tool-turrets.
37. COMBINED MACHINES, TURRET, STOCK-TURRET.
Machines in which bars of metal stock of sufficient length to
form more than one completed article are carried by a rot at-
able turret to the various tools. Multiple-tool holders in
these patents are usually cam-operated and are also pro-
vided with one or more rotary tools.
38. COMBINED MACHINES, TURRET, BLANK-TURRET.
Machines in which the blank, reduced to substantially the
length of the finished article, is carried by a turret into posi-
tions which enable it to be operated upon by various tools.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
6, Screw-making, Head-nicking, Rotary work-holder; 13,
Bolt and rivet making, Rotary multiple dies; 52, Nail-mak-
ing, Wire nails, Rotary work-holder; 60, Nail-making,
CLASS 29 Continued.
Wrought nails, Spikes, Rotary work-holder; 60, Nail-making.
Wrought nails, Horseshoe-nails, Rotary work-holder; 77,
Nut and washer making, Forging, Rotary multiple dies, and
158, Capping nails and screws, Rotary work-holder.
39. COMBINED MACHINES, TURRET, TOOL-TURRET.
Machines in which some or all of the operating-tools are car-
ried by a rotatable turret and which are not classifiable in
the following specific subclasses.
Search Classes
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
13, Bolt and rivet making, Rotary multiple dies, and 93,
Screw-threading, Machines, Multiple die, Turret.
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 25, Drilling-machines,
Multiple spindle, Turret.
40. COMBINED MACHINES, TURRET, TOOL-TURRET,
ROTARY TOOL-HOLDER. Machines having a rotatable
turret which is provided with one or more positively-rotated
tools.
41. COMBINED MACHINES, TURRET, TOOL-TURRET.
SLIDING TOOL-HOLDER. Machines having rotatable
tool-turrets in which the tools are mounted upon sliding
tool-spindles which are thrust forward against the blank or
stock, usually against the pressure of a spring.
42. COMBINED MACHINES, TURRET, TOOL-TURRET,
FLUID-OPERATED. Machines having a tool-turret which
is advanced toward and retracted from the work by means
of fluid-pressure. In some cases fluid-operating mechanism
is employed for actuating the supplemental cutting-tools,
speed-controllers, etc.
43. COMBINED MACHINES, TURRET, TOOL-TURRET
CAM-OPERATED, LONGITUDINAL TURRET-AXIS.
Machines having a rotatable tool-holding turret the axis of
which is disposed longitudinally of the lathe-bed and which
is advanced toward and retracted from the work-holding
chuck by cam-operated mechanisms.
44. COMBINED MACHINES, TURRET, TOOL-TURRET,
CAM-OPERATED, TRANSVERSE TURRET-AXIS.
Machines having a rotatable tool-holding turret the axis of
which is disposed transversely of the lathe-bed (including
both vertical and horizontal axes) and which is advanced
toward and retracted from the work-holding chuck by cam-
operated mechanisms.
45. COMBINED MACHINES, TURRET, TOOL-TURRET,
LEVER-OPERATED. Machines having a rotatable tool-
turret which is advanced toward and retracted from the
stock-holding chuck by means of a lever or a system of levers,
usually hand-operated.
46. COMBINED MACHINES, TURRET, TOOL-TURRET
RACK-AND-PINION OPERATED. Machines having a
rotatable tool-turret which is advanced toward and retracted
from the work-holding chuck by rack-and-pinion mechanism.
47. COMBINED MACHINES, TURRET, TOOL-TURRET,
SCREW-OPERATED. Machines having a rotatable tool-
turret which is advanced toward and retracted from the
stock-holding chuck by a screw-feeding mechanism.
48. COMBINED MACHINES, TURRET, TURRETS. The
structure of rotatable (turret) tool-holders, comprising the
device for securing the tools in the turret and the mechanisms
for mounting the turret upon its carriage or upon the lathe-
bed.
Search Class
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 142, Machine-chucks and tool-
sockets, Sockets, Multiple.
49. COMBINED MACHINES, TURRET, TURRET ROTAT-
ING AND LOCKING, FRICTIONAL AND POSITIVE.
Mechanisms for rotating and locking or for locking the turret
from further rotation by means of a friction-clamp or by a
clamping or wedging action between the turret and its car-
riage. In most instances a still further positive lock, such
as a bolt or latch, is provided.
50. COMBINED MACHINES, TURRET, TURRET ROTAT-
ING AND LOCKING, POSITIVE. Mechanisms for rotat-
ing and locking or for locking the turret by means of a sliding
bolt, latch, or other positively-engaging device.
Search Classes
77 BORING AND DRILLING, suliclass 64, Appliances, Work-
supports, Indexing; 90, GEAR-CUTTING, MILIJNG, AND PLAN-
ING, sulxjlass 57, Indexing, Index-heads, for analogous devices.
51. COMBINED MACHINES, MULTIPLE-TOOL HOLDER,
LATERALLY-MOVABLE STOCK-HOLDER. Machines
having a non-revoluble tool-holder carrying a plurality of
tools (usually rotary) and a stock-holder which is movable
laterally to present the stock to the various tools.
52. COMBINED MACHINES, MULTIPLE-TOOL HOLDER.
AXIAL TOOL AND TRANSVERSELY-MOVABLE
SLIDE-REST. Machines having a non-revoluble tool-
holder carrying a plurality of tools which is movable trans-
versely of the machine-bed and having in addition thereto a
single tool-holder adapted to operate hi the axial line of the
chuck.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
69
CLASS 29 Continued.
53. COMBINED MACHINES, MULTIPLE-TOOL HOLDER,
AXIAL TOOL AND TRANSVERSELY-MOVABLE
SLIDE-REST, ROTARY TOOL-SPINDLE. Machines
having non-re voluble tool-holders carrying a plurality of tools
which are movable transversely of the machine-bed and
having in addition thereto a single tool-holder adapted to
operate in the axial line of the chuck, one or more of said
tool-holders being provided with a rotary tool-spindle. Usu-
ally the axial tool is rotatable.
54. COMBINED MACHINES, MULTIPLE-TOOL HOLDER,
LONGITUDINALLY AND TRANSVERSELY MOV-
ABLE. Machines having a non-revoluble tool-holder carry-
ing a plurality of tools which are adapted to be moved longi-
tudinally of the machine-bed to bring the tools into operation
and transversely of the bed to shift the various tools into
alinement with the stock or blank holder, or vice versa.
55 COMBINED MACHINES, MULTIPLE-TOOL HOLDER,
LONGITUDINALLY AND TRANSVERSELY MOV-
ABLE, ROTARY TOOL-SPINDLE. Machines having a
non-revoluble tool-holder carrying a plurality of tools pro-
vided with one or more positively-rotated tool-spindles sup- _
ported in such a manner as to be moved longitudinally of
the machine-bed to bring the tools into operation and trans-
versely of the bed to shift the various tools into alinement
with the stock or blank holder, or vice versa.
50. COMBINED MACHINES, MULTIPLE-TOOL HOLDER,
OSCILLATING TOOL. Machines having a non-revoluble
tool-holder carrying a plurality of tools which are oscillated
about a pivot to place the tools into operative position.
57. COMBINED MACHINES, ATTACHMENTS. Devices, such
as special tool-holders and tool-operating mechanisms, which
are adapted to be attached to and removed from combined
machines, usually "automatic lathes," for the purpose of
performing some special function upon the work.
Search Class
82 TURNING, subclass 34. Lathes, Attachments.
53. COMBINED MACHINES, STOCK AND BLANK FRED-
ERS. Machines and processes for feeding metal stock and
blanks to combined machines not included in the following
specific subclasses.
Search Classes
10 BOLT, MAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
160, Distributers and feeders, Gripping feeding-jaws.
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 125, Wire-feeding, and 133,
Tension devices and subclasses thereunder.
59 COMBINED MACHINES, STOCK AND BLANK FEED-
ERS, ADVANCING STOCK-SUPPORT. Stock-support-
ing mechanisms which are continually advanced toward the
chuck to feed the bar of stock into or through the same.
60. COMBINED MACHINES, STOCK AND BLANK FEED-
ERS, MAGAZINE. Magazines and mechanisms connected
therewith for delivering blanks from the magazine to lathe-
cluic-ks or blank turrets.
Search Classes
29 METAL-WORKING, subclasses 24, Special work, Type finish-
ing and grooving, and 38, Combined machines, Turret, Blank-
turret.
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 162,
Distributers and feeders, and the subclasses thereunder.
61. COMBINED MACHINES, STOCK AND BLANK FEED-
ERS, RECIPROCATING GRIPPER. Intermittently-re-
ciprocated gripping mechanisms which grasp the bar of stock,
advance to feed the same to the chuck, then release the stock,
and return to their first position.
62. COMBINED MACHINES, STOCK AND BLANK FEED-
ERS, RECIPROCATING GRIPPER, SLEEVE. Mechan-
isms for feeding bars of stock to the chuck, which comprises a
sleeve, usually split at the end to form clamping-jaws, which
is contained within the hollow chuck-spindle, and is intermit-
tently reciprocated to feed the stock through the chuck.
63. COMBINED MACHINES, STOCK AND BLANK FEED-
ERS. ROLLER. Mechanism for feeding bars of stock to com-
bined machines by means of a roller or pairs or series of rollers.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 125, Wire-feeding, and 133,
Tension devices, and subclasses thereunder.
64. COMBINED MACHINES, SPEED-CONTROLLERS.
Mechanisms for controlling or changing the speed of the various
parts of automatic machines during the cycle of operations
performed by the machines. The most of the speed controllers
in this subclass are automatically operated.
Search Classes
29 METAL WORKING, subclass 42, Combined machines, Turret,
Tool-turret, Fluid-operated, for fluid-operated speed con-
trollers.
82 TURNING, subclass 29, Lathes, Head-stocks, Speed-changing
gear.
65. COMBINED MACHINES, CARRIAGE STOP MECHAN-
ISMS. Automatic mechanisms for stopping the feeding of the
carriage which supports the turret or multiple-tool or stock
holder. These mechanisms are usually provided with devices
for stopping the travel of the car; iage at various points corre-
sponding to the limit of the operations required by the succes-
sively-operating tools.
CLASS 29 Continued.
Search Classes
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 33, Drilling-machines, Feed
mechanisms, Automatic stop.
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclass 51, Planing,
Planers, Tool-feeds, Stop mechanisms.
66. METAL-BREAKERS. Machines for breaking metal articles,
such as pigs, old castings, etc.
Search Classes
83 MILLS, subclass 53, Ore and coal, Crushers.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 38, Curving or straightening,
Three-point jacks, for similar structures.
67. SAWING. Machines and devices whose sole function is sever-
ing metal by means of toothed cutters or their equivalent.
Note. Machines which shape the metal acted upon by the cutter
or which are designed primarily to shape rather than sever the
metal worked upon are classified in class 90, GEAR-CUTTING
MILLING, AND PLANING, subclass 11, Milling.
Search Qlass
143 WOOD-SAWING, and class 145, WOODWORKING-TOOLS, sub-
class 31, Hand-saws.
68. SAWING, BAND SAW. Machines in which the metal is sev-
ered by an endless saw passing over and driven by pulleys.
Search Class
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 17, Band-saw machines, and the
subclasses thereunder.
69. SAWING, CIRCULAR SAW. Machines and devices in which
the cutter is a rotary disk.
Search Class
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 33, Circular-saw machines, and
the subclasses thereunder.
70. SAWING, CIRCULAR SAW, MULTIPLE. Machines hav-
ing a plurality of saws, usually parallel, on the same shaft.
71. SAWING, CIRCULAR SAW, RIM-DRIVEN. Machines in
which the saw is driven by power applied directly to the saw
at or near its periphery instead of mounting the saw upon a
power-driven shaft.
Search Class
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 44, Circular-saw machines, Rim-
driven.
72. SAWING. OSCILLATING SAW. Machines and devices in
which the cutting-teeth move backward and forward in the
arc of a circle. The saw itself is usually arc-shaped and its
frame pivoted at the center of such arc.
Search Class
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 69, Reciprocating-saw machines,
Drag, Oscillatory.
73. SAWING, RECIPROCATING SAW. Machines in which a
straight saw-blade, usually stretched in a suitable frame, is
moved backward and forward across the work in substantially
straight lines.
Search Class
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 61, Reciprocating-saw machines,
Drag, and the subclasses thereunder.
74 SAWING, RECIPROCATING SAW, VERTICAL. Saws
mounted in suitable stretcher-frames and reciprocated in
substantially vertical lines, usually through an orifice in a
horizontal table.
75. SAWING, RECIPROCATING SAW, HAND-DRIVEN.
Devices usually comprising a blade-stretcher suitably guided
to permit the saw to reciprocate in substantially straight lines
and having a hand-grip for manually reciprocating.
76 FILING. Machines and processes for filing metal, which may
be defined as cutting metal by a hard instrument having its
surface or surfaces sharply ridged.
77 FILING, FILE-BLANK STRIPPERS. Machines and proc-
esses for preparing file-blanks by filing the surfaces of the
rough blanks.
Note. Machines for grinding the surfaces of file-blanks are classi-
fied in class 51, GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclasses 4, Metal,
Curved surfaces, and 12, Metal, Plane surfaces.
78 FILING, FILES AND RASPS. Hard smoothing instruments
having' their working surfaces sharply ridged to form cutting
edges or teeth.
Search Classes
128 SURGERY, subclass 27, Veterinary.
168 FARRIERY, subclass 48, Tools, Hoof cleaners and trimmers.
79 FILING, FILES, AND RASPS, SECTIONAL. Files or
rasps built up of a plurality of members, usually serrated
plates.
80 FILING, FILES AND RASPS, HOLDERS. Handles and
devices for holding files or rasps during their use. Includes
also shanks and supports carried by a handle, to which the
file is secured.
Search Classes
128 SURGERY, subclass 27. Veterinary.
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 83, Handles, Socket-
fastenings.
81. SCALE REMOVERS AND PREVENTERS. Machines and
processes for removing scale from metal sheets and bars by
scraping, flexing, treating with water or steam, etc., except
brushing or scouring with an abradant and removing scale by
chemical action.
70
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 29 Continued.
Note. For brushing or scouring with an abradant see class 51.
GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 15, Metal, Sheet metal and
wire.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclass 70.3, Processes, With heat, With metal,
Molten, Preparations.
148 ANNEALING AND TEMPERING, subclass 42, Pickling and
Swill ing.
204 ELECTROCHEMISTRY, subclass 7, Electrolysis, Aqueous
bath. Cathodes, Cleaning.
210 WATER PURIFICATION, subclass 22. Boiler compounds, for
removing scale by chemicals.
82. SHARPENING EDGE-SERRATING. Machines, devices,
and processes for serrating the metal adjacent to the edges of
cutters, the serrations extending in most instances across the
beveled portion of the blade and obliquely to the edge.
83. SHARPENING, SWAGING. Machines and devices for sharp-
ening metal by forging or rolling the metal adjacent to the edge.
The most of these devices are adapted to sharpen plow-points,
harrow-disks, and other farming implements.
84. ASSEMBLING. Miscellaneous apparatus and processes for
assembling and securing together the parts of metallic articles
or those composed in part of metal.
Search Classes
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 49, Forging, Rivet-
ing, Machines, Special.
81 TOOLS, subclasses 3, Special, and 55, Wrenches, Machine,
Bolt holding.
85. ASSEMBLING, AXLE, PIN, AND COLLAR PRESSES.
Presses for inserting or extracting axles, pins, etc., and also
presses for applying or removing collars.
Search Class
29 METAL WORKING, subclasses 88, Assembling, Staking
watches and clocks; 80.1, Assembling, Pin inserters and
removers, and 88.2, Assembling, Tube appliers and removers.
86. ASSEMBLING, AXLE, PIN, AND COLLAR PRESSES,
FLUID OPERATED. Presses for inserting or extracting
axles, pins, etc.; also presses for applying or removing collars
which are actuated by fluid pressure.
86.1 ASSEMBLING, PIN INSERTERS AND REMOVERS.
Apparatus other than presses for performing the single opera-
tion of removing pins from collars or hinges, keys from hubs or
shafts, cotter-pins from cranks or cross-heads, etc., or inserting
them into the same.
Search Classes
29 METAL-WORKING, subclasses 85, Assembling, Axle, pin, and
collar presses; 88. Assembling, Staking watches and clocks,
and 88.2, Assembling, Tube appliers and removers.
145 WOOD WORKING TOOLS, subclasses under Nail extractors.
157 WHEELWRIGHT MACHINES, subclass 12, Spoke extractors.
86.2 ASSEMBLING, PIN INSERTERS AND REMOVERS,
PLIERS. Tools having the form of pliers for inserting or
removing pins, etc.
Search Classes
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 88.1 Assembling,Staking watches
and clocks, Pliers.
81 TOOLS, subclass 8, Special, Watchmakers', Ruby-pin setters
87. ASSEMBLING, SPOKED WHEELS. Means for assembling
the parts of metallic spoked wheels, including also machines
for applying spoke-washers to the felly.
Note. Machines for securing the wheel spokes in the hub or felly
by upsetting the spoke or compressing the hub or felly, are
classified in class 78. METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass
16, Forging, Power hammers and presses, Spoke securing.
Search Classes
29 METAL WORKING, subclass 174, Blanks and processes,
Spoked wheels.
157 WHEELWRIGHT MACHINES.
87.1. ASSEMBLING, SPRING APPLIERS AND REMOVERS.
Apparatus for inserting or applying and removing springs,
and clamps for holding springs compressed to enable ready
application or removal of the spring or parts cooperating there-
with.
Search Classes
23 METAL-WORKING, subclass 88.2, Assembling, Tube appliers
and removers.
81 TOOLS, subclass 3, Special.
88. ASSEMBLING, STAKING WATCHES AND CLOCKS.
Apparatus for removing arbors from watch pinions or insert-
ing arbors into watch pinions. This subclass also includes
apparatus for inserting the leaves of lantern pinions.
Search Classes
29 METAL- WORKING, subclasses 85, Assembling, Axle, pin, and
collar presses, and 86.1, Assembling, Pin inserters and remov-
ers.
81 TOOLS, subclass 6, Special , Watchmakers'.
88.1. ASSEMBLING, STAKING WATCHES AND CLOCKS,
PLIERS. Tools having the form of pliers or pincers for re-
moving arbors from watch pinions, hands from clocks and
watches, collets from balance wheels, etc., or for inserting
arbors into pinions, etc.
Search Classes -
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 86.2, Assembling, Pin inserters
and removers, Pliers.
81 TOOLS, subclass 6, Special, Watchmakers'.
CLASS 29 Continued.
88.2. ASSEMBLING, TUBE APPLIERS AND REMOVERS.
Apparatus specially adapted for inserting bushings, couplings,
tubes, etc., or for applying rings, ferrules, etc., or for extract-
ing or removing the same.
89. ASSEMBLING, WORK HOLDERS. Clamps and jigs
adapted to hold the parts of metallic articles of manufacture
while they are being assembled or are being operated upon by
mechanisms for securing said parts; also work holders for
metal parts for which there is no specific clas or subclass.
Search Classes
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 62, Appliances, Jigs.
90 GEAR CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclass 59, Work
holders.
113 SHEET METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 99 Soldering,
Clamps, and the subclasses thereunder.
90. BURNISHING. Machines and processes for condensing the
surface of metallic articles, usually by rubbing with a smooth
surface of greater hardness than that of the article being
operated upon. These machines differ from grinding and
polishing machines in that there is practically no abrasion of
the surface treated.
91. ABOLISHED.
92. ABOLISHED.
93. ABOLISHED.
94. ABOLISHED.
95. CUTTERS. Miscellaneous cutters for metal-working ma-
chines comprising only so much of the cutting mechanism as
is removabfy secured in the tool post or rest or supported
thereon while making its cut.
96. CUTTERS, INSERTED BLADE. Devices of the same
general configuration as integral cutters which are clamped
in a tool-post, but having a small removable and interchange-
able blade which forms the immediate stock-removing portion
of the cutter.
Search Class
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 105, Cutters, Rotary, Inserted
tooth.
97. CUTTERS, INSERTED BLADE, MULTIPLE. Cutters
carrying a plurality of inserted cutting-blades capable of simul-
taneous action.
98. CUTTERS, INSERTED BLADE, ANGULAR ADJUST-
MENT. Inserted blade cutters capable of angular adjust-
ment other than mere rotation about their own axes.
99. CUTTERS, INSERTED BLADE, LATERAL OFFSET.
Cutters in which the blade is located in an approximately
horizontal plane and substantially transverse to the axis of
the cutter-bod y.
100. CUTTERS, INSERTED BLADE, VERTICAL OFFSET.
Inserted blade cutters in which the blade is located in an
approximately vertical plane and transverse to the axis of
the cutter-body.
101. CUTTERS, INSERTED BLADE, ARC. Cutters having
an arc-shaped blade secured in a correspond ingly-shaped re-
cess hi the cutter-body.
102. CUTTERS, PROFILED CIRCULAR BLADE. Cutters
producing a pattern-surface by means of a blade circular hi
cross-section and of reverse pattern in axial section, whose
working edge is formed by removing a portion of the circum-
ference, leaving one face substantially radial.
Search Class
82 TURNING, subclass 13, Axial pattern, Profiled cutter.
103. CUTTERS, ROTARY. Miscellaneous rotary metal-working
cutters of the type ordinarily used in milling-machines.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 91, Sole and heel edge
trimmers, Rotary cutter-heads.
104. CUTTERS, ROTARY, GANG. Form-milling cutters built
up by placing several rotary cutlers in axial alinement on the
same driving-shaft.
105. CUTTERS, ROTARY, INSERTED TOOTH. Rotary
cutters built up from a body in which are secured smaller
separate cutting-teeth.
Search Classes
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 90, Cutters, Inserted blade.
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 94, Sole and heel edge
trimmers, Rotary cutter-heads, Inserted cutters.
148 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 145, Saw-teeth fastenings, and the
subclasses thereunder.
100. CUTTERS. LUBRICATORS. Devices for supplying lubri-
cants to cutting-tools so designed as to convey it to the work-
ing edge of the tool.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 68, Drills, Oil-conduit.
107. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS. Machine
attachments and details which grip articles by means of mov-
able jaws or which have sockets or recesses conforming substan-
tially to the shape of the article held for the purpose of rotating
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
71
CLASS 29 Continued.
said article. This subclass contains mainly devices for metal-
working, but is not confined to such, being the general class
for such devices as are not specifically classified elsewhere.
Note. Nipple-chucks and sockets for holding screw-threaded
articles are classified hi class 10, BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET,
AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses 107, Screw-threading, Ma-
chines, Work-holders, and 108, Screw-threading, Machines,
Work-holders, Nipple-chucks.
Note. Other devices structurally similar will be found hi class
81, TOOLS, subclass 53, Wrenches, and the subclasses there-
under, and in subclass 17, Vises, and the subclasses there-
under.
Note. leaning-machine and milling-machine chucks, which do
not rotate the piece held, are classified in class 81, TOOLS, sub-
class 17, Vises, and the subclasses thereunder.
Note. Expansible mandrels for supporting the work in lathes,
etc., are in class 82, TURNING, subclass 44, Work-drivers, Man-
drels, Expansible.
Note. Tool-holders for planers are classified in class 90, GEAR-
CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclass 52, Planing, Plan-
ers, Tool-heads.
Note. Rock-drill chucks mainly designed to reciprocate instead
of rotate the tool held are in class 135, STONE-WORKING, sub-
class 3, Chucks for rock-drills.
Note. Bit-sockets, handle-sockets, and analogous devices struc-
turally similar, but intended for use in portable tools, are in
class 145, WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 83, Handles, Sockec-
fastenings, and the subclasses thereunder.
107.5 MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, INDEXED
WORK-GRIPS. Chucks in which the jaws carry work-grips
which may be indexed about a transverse axis, so as to present
the several faces of the work-piece successively to the cutting-
tools.
108. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, ECCEN-
TRIC. Chucks arranged to hold articles eccentric to their
axes of rotation.
109. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, SELF-
ALINING. Chucks in which the article rotated is free to
be moved laterally or angularly into alinement or coincidence
with the axis of rotation of the chuck.
110. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, TANG-
END DRIVE. Tool chucks and sockets which, in addition
to the ordinary holding and driving means, have devices for
engaging and positively rotating the flattened end of the
tool-tang.
111. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, BEVEL-
CLOSING. Movable chucks in which the relative move-
ment of the jaws and the chuck-body or of the jaws and the
jaw-actuating device is along lines neither parallel nor perpen-
dicular to the axis of the chuck.
Search Class-
ID BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
95, Screw-threading, Machines, Collapsing die, Bevel-closing.
112. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, BEVEL-
CLOSING, ADVANCING JAW. Bevel-closing chucks in
which the jaws are advanced into a beveled socket, the jaws
being usually carried by a longitudinally-movable sleeve
which is lever-actuated.
113. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, BEVEL-
CLOSING, RECEDING JAW. Bevel-closing chucks in
which the jaws are drawn back into a beveled socket, the jaws
being usually carried by a longitudinally-movable sleeve
which is lever-actuated.
Search Class
79 BUTTON-MAKING.
114. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, BEVEL-
CLOSING, AXIAL DRAW-SCREW. Bevel-closing
chucks in which the jaws are drawn back into a beveled socket
by an axially-moving screw and suitable nut.
115. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, BEVEL-
CLOSING, AXIAL THRUST-SCREW. Bevel-closing
chucks in which the jaws are thrust forward into a conical
cap or converging grooves by an axially-moving screw mesh-
ing with a corresponding female screw in the chuck-body and
having suitable connection with the jaws.
116. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, BEVEL-
CLOSING, ROTATING RING. Bevel-closing chucks in
which the jaws are actuated by interiorly-threaded rings
which rotate, but have no relative longitudinal movement.
117. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, BEVEL-
CLOSING, ROTATING RING, ADVANCING JAW.
Chucks like the preceding in which the rotation of the threaded
ring moves the gripping-jaws forward in converging guides.
118 MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, BEVEL-
CLOSING, SCREW-CAP. Bevel-closing chucks in which
the jaws are given their converging movement by a cap which
screws upon the end of the chuck-body.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 92, Handles, Socket-fas-
tenings, Bevel-closing, Screw-cap for analogous structures.
119. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, BEVEL-
CLOSING, SCREW-CAP, CONICAL. Chucks like the
preceding in which the jaws are drawn together by the axial
movement of an internally-coned screw-cap.
CLASS 29 Continued.
120. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, BEVEL-
CLOSING, SCREW-RING. Bevel-closing chucks hi which
the jaws are given their converging movement by a screw-ring
laterally surrounding and moving longitudinally on the body
of th chuck.
Search Class
145 WooDWORKiNG-TdoLS, subclass 89, Handles, Socket-
fastenings, Bevel-closing, Screw-ring.
121. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, BEVEL-
CLOSING, SCREW-RING, ADVANCING JAW. Chucks
like the preceding in which the threaded closing ring imparts
to the jaws its own relative longitudinal movement of advance
with reference to the chuck-body.
122. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, BEVEL-
CLOSING, SCREW-RING, RECEDING JAW. Chucks
like the preceding except that the closing movement of the
jaw is in the opposite direction axially.
123. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, BEVEL-
CLOSING, SLIDING RING. Chucks in which the jaws are
actuated by a connected ring or sleeve which merely slides
longitudinally on the chuck-body.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING^TOOLS, subclass 94, Handles, Socket-fas-
tenings, Bevel-closing, Sliding-ring.
124. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, CAM-CLOS-
ING. Chucks in which the jaws are operated by a rotating
cam-surface.
Search Classes
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 96,
Screw-threading, Machines, Collapsing die, Cam-closing.
82 TURNING, subclass 42, Work-drivers, Lathe-dogs, Cam-grip.
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 96, Handles, Socket-
fastenings, Cam-closing.
125. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, CAM-CLOS-
ING, WORM AND WORM-WHEEL. Chucks in which the
jaw-operating cam has an attached worm-wheel rotated by a
transversely-located worm.
126. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, CAM-CLOS-
ING, SCROLL. Chucks in which the jaw-operating cams
are of considerable length and slight pitch, necessitating a
rotation through a large angle to close the jaws. The cam-
surfaces are usually flat spirals located on the face of the
rotating member.
127. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, BEVEL-
CLOSING, SCROLL, BEVEL PINION AND RING.
Chucks like the preceding in which the jaw-driving scroll is
rotated by a beveled gear-ring which meshes with one or more
bevel-pinions having wrench-holds.
128. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, BEVEL-
CLOSING, SCROLL, CONICAL. Scroll-chucks in which
the jaw-operating scroll is arranged on the surface of a rotating
cone.
129. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, LEVER-
CLOSING. Chucks in which the jaw movements are effected
by levers.
Search Classes
10BoLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 97,
Screw-threading, Machines, Collapsing die, Lever-closing.
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 98, Handles, Socket-
fastenings, Lever-closing.
130 MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, LEVER-
CLOSING, CONE. Chucks like the preceding in which the
jaw-actuating levers are oscillated by cones moving under
then- free ends.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 98,
Screw-threading, Machines, Collapsing die, Lever-closing,
Cone.
131 MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, LEVER-
CLOSING, TOGGLE. Chucks in which the jaw-closing
levers have or are capable of having a toggle or locking action.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, ARD SCREW MAKING, subclasses
16, Bolt and rivet making, Reciprocating die and header,
Toggle-closing dies; 50, Nail-making, Wire nails, Reciprocating
die and header, Toggle^losing dies, and 99. Screw-threading,
Machines, Collapsing die, Lever-closing, Toggle.
132 MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, TRANS-
VERSE SCREW - CLOSING. Chucks in which the jaws
are operated or the article is gripped by screws lying hi a plane
substantially perpendicular to the axis of the chuck.
Search Class
145_WooDWORKiNG-TooLs, subclass 99, Handles, Socket-fasten-
ings, Transverse screw-clamp.
133 MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, TRANS-
VERSE SCREW-CLOSING, RADIAL-SCREW JAW.
Chueks in which a plurality of jaws are moved in radial lines
by intermeshing radial screws.
134. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, TRANS-
VERSE SCREW-CLOSING, RADIAL-SCREW JAW,
BEVEL PINION AND RING. Chucks in which the radi-
ally-arranged jaw-driving screws are simultaneously rotated
by a rotating bevel-geared ring which meshes with a pinion
secured to each screw.
72
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 29 Continued.
135. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, TRANS-
VERSE SCREW-CLOSING, OPPOSITE COUPLED
JAWS. Chucks in which a pair of radially-opposed jaws are
coupled together and operated by a screw or screws, usually
right and left threaded.
136. ABOLISHED. See subclass 107.5.
137. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, TRANS-
VERSE SCREW-CLOSING, OPPOSITE COUPLED
JAWS, INTERLOCKING. Chucks with screw-coupled
paired jaws transversely divided into sections which pass the
center line of the chuck and enter corresponding recesses in
the opposite jaw.
138. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, TRANS-
VERSE WEDGED JAW. Chucks in which the jaws are
moved in lines perpendicular to the axis of the chuck by means
of backing-wedges operated in various ways.
Search Class-
ID BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
51, Nail-making, Wire nails, Reciprocating die and header,
Wedge-closing dies; and 17, Bolt and rivet making, Recipro-
cating die and header, Wedge-closing dies.
139. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, LONGI-
TUDINAL SCREW-CLAMP. Chucks in which the article
is secured to the rotating chuck-body by clamping-screws
arranged parallel to the axis of rotation.
140. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, TRANS-
VERSELY-OSCILLATING JAW. Chucks in which the
gripping-jaws converge in curved paths in a plane substan-
tially perpendicular to the axis of the chuck.
141. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, SOCKETS.
Devices mainly for rotating tools which have rigid recesses
conforming substantially to the shank of the tool or shape of
the article held.
Search Class
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclass 57, Work-holders, Socket.
142. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, SOCKETS,
MULTIPLE. Devices having a series of recesses of varying
size which may be successively brought into alinement with
the axis of the holder.
143. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, SOCKETS.
WEDGE. Sockets which have a movable contained piece
capable of being forced into firm engagement with the article
held to prevent its disengagement.
144. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS SOCKETS,
SPLIT. Sockets composed of a single piece, but having a
longitudinal dividing slot or slots, so as to be contracted by
outside gripping devices.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 101, Handles, Socket-
fastenings, Transverse screw-clamp, Split socket.
145. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, SOCKETS,
DETENT. Sockets having a movable contained piece which
loosely engages the article held to prevent its rotation or dis-
engagement.
146. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, INDICA-
TORS. Devices attached to chuck bodies or jaws to indicate
the amount of opening of the jaws, the amount of eccentricity,
etc.
147. MACHINE-CHUCKS AND TOOL-SOCKETS, JAWS. The
immediate movable gripping-pieces of the chuck.
148. BLANKS AND PROCESSES. Blanks and processes for mak-
ing special metallic articles not indicated by the following
specific subclass titles, and also processes for working metal
not classifiable in specific art classes.
Note. Processes for casting metal articles are in class 22, METAL-
FOUNDING.
Blanks and processes for making tools are classified in class
76. METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING.
Processes for forging and welding are classified in class 78,
METAL FORGING AND WELDING.
Processes for making special articles from sheet metal by the
operations peculiar to sheet-metal working are classified in
class 113, SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 51, Die-
shaping, Processes, and 116, Processes.
149. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, BEAMS AND RAILS, ME-
CHANICALLY CAPPED. Processes for capping rails and
beams by mechanically uniting the parts, usually by dove-
tailed joints.
Search Class
23 METAL-WORKING, subclasses under Metal stock, Processes,
for capping by welding.
150. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, BRACES AND BRACKETS.
Blanks and processes for forming iron braces and brackets by
swaging, die-forming, bending, etc.
151. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, BRIDGE-IRONS. Blanks
and processes for forming eyebars, links, or other tension or
compression members for bridge-irons.
152. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, CARRIAGE-IRONS. Mis-
cellaneous blanks and processes for forming special irons used
in the manufacture of carriages and wagons, including steps,
clips, etc.
CLASS 29- Continued.
153. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, CARRIAGE - IRONS,
AXLES. Blanks and processes for forming metallic axles
for carriages, wagons, etc.
Search Class -
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 165, Blanks and processes, Rail-
way-car irons, Axles.
154. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, CARRIAGE - IRONS,
AXLE BOXES AND SKEINS. Blanks and processes for
making axle-boxes for vehicle-hubs or axle-skeins adapted to
be applied to wooden vehicle-axles.
Search Class
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 166, Blanks and processes, Rail-
way-car irons, Axle-boxes.
155.
156. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, FERRULES, RINGS, AND
THIMBLES. Blanks and processes for forming ferrules,
rings, including packing-rings, thread-protecting rings, pipe-
couplings, etc., formed by forging, swaging, rolling, etc.
Note. Forming rings, etc., from thin sheet metal which involves
merely operations common to sheet-metal work, such as die-
shaping, bending, soldering, etc., are classified in class 113,
SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING.
Search Class
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 8, Special work, Finger-ring
forming and sizing.
157. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, GAS AND WATER FIT-
TINGS. Blanks and processes for forming various fittings
and devices used in gas, steam, and water distributing appa-
ratus, including elbows, T's, and other pipe connections,
screw-couplings, valves, plumbers' tacks, etc.
158. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, GAS AND WATER FIT-
TINGS, TRAPS. Blanks and processes for forming (and
assembling) traps and trap-chambers used in water or gas
distribution.
159. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, GEARS, PULLEYS,
TIRES, AND WHEELS. Blanks and processes for forming
the various articles above enumerated, excepting such articles
having spokes formed independently of the hub or rim, and
railway car wheels.
Search Class
29 METAL- WORKING, subclasses 174, Blanks and processes,
Spoked wheels, and 168, Blanks and processes, Railway-car
irons, Wheels.
160. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, GRILLES. Blanks and
processes for making metallic grilles.
161. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, KNOBS AND KNOB-
SHANKS. Blanks and processes for manufacturing metallic
knobs (usually door-knobs) and shanks to which knobs are
secured.
162. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, LINED PIPES AND
TANKS. Blanks and processes for applying or securing a
shee4-metal lining to pipes, reservoirs, tanks, etc.
Note. This subclass does not include coating with fluid metal,
which is in class 91, COATING.
163. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, MUSICAL VIBRATORS.
Blanks and processes for forming metallic vibrating devices
adapted to produce musical tones, such as organ-reeds, tuning-
forks, etc.
164. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, RAILWAY-CAR IRONS.
Miscellaneous blanks and processes for making irons for rail-
way rolling-stock not included in the following subclasses.
165. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, RAILWAY-CAR IRONS,
AXLES. Blanks and processes for making axles for railway
rolling-stock.
Search Class
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 153, Blanks and processes,
Carriage-irons, Axles.
166. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, RAILWAY-CAR IRONS,
AXLE-BOXES. Blanks and processes for making axle-
boxes for railway rolling-stock.
Search Class
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 154, Blanks and processes,
Carriage-irons, Axle boxes and skeins.
167. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, RAILWAY-CAR IRONS,
COUPLINGS AND DRAW-BARS. Blanks and processes
for making car-couplings, including links, and draw-bars,
108. BLANKS AND 7'ROCESSES, RAILWAY-CAR IRONS,
WHEELS. Blanks and processes for making car-wheels
where there is some further function performed than mere
casting or forging or rolling.
169. BLANKS AND PROCESSES. RAILWAY - TRACK
IRONS. Blanks and processes for forming track-irons for
railways, including rails, rail-braces, ties, bonds, etc.
Note. Railway-chairs are classified in this class, subclass 16,
Special work, Railway-chair making.
170. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, SPINNERS' AND WEAV-
ERS' IRONS. Blanks and processes for making the various
iron parts used in looms, spinning-machines, carding-
machines, etc., except spinning-rings.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
73
CLASS 29 Continued.
171. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, SPINNERS' AND WEAV-
ERS' IRONS, SPINNING-RINGS. Blanks and processes
for forming or repairing spinning-rings.
172. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, SPRING-HEAD CLIPS.
Blanks and processes for making clips for carriage-spring
heads, spring-clips for railway rolling-stock, etc.
173. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, SPRINGS. Blanks and
processes for making springs, including leaf, plate, spiral, etc.,
in which other operations are performed than mere bending
or coiling or tempering.
174. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, SPOKED WHEELS.
Blanks for forming wheels having spokes formed independ-
ently of the hub or rim, also processes for forming such
wheels, including processes for securing the ends of the spokes
to the hub-rim, for tensioning the spokes, and for truing the
wheel.
Note. This subclass does not include processes for casting wheels
on hubs or in rims which are classified in class 105, RAILWAY
ROLLING-STOCK, subclass 140, Wheel-bodies, Cast in tires, and
141, Wheel-bodies, Cast on hubs.
Search Class
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses under Processes, Casting,
Composite article, for uniting parts by casting metal generally.
175. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, TURNBUCKLES. Blanks
and processes for forming turnbuckles and for securing the
tensioning members to said turnbuckles.
276. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, VELOCIPEDE-IRONS.
Blanks and processes for making the metallic parts of the
velocipedes, such as forks, pedals, cranks, frames, etc.
177. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, WATCHES AND CLOCKS.
Miscellaneous blanks and processes for making parts of
watches and clocks not included in the following subclasses.
178. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, WATCHES AND CLOCKS,
ARBORS, PINIONS, AND BALANCES. Blanks and
processes for making arbors, pinions (including lantern-
wheels), and balances for watches and clocks.
179. BLANKS AND PROCESSES. WATCHES AND CLOCKS,
CASES, CROWNS, AND PENDANTS. Blanks and proc-
esses for forming watchcases, crowns, and pendants which
includes other steps than mere die-shaping.
Note. Machines for merely die-shaping the sheet metal are
classified in class 113, SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, sub-
class 38, Die-shaping.
Machines for die-shaping the centers of watchcases are
classified in class 113, SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, sub-
class 47, Die-shaping, Roller and concave.
Machines for ornamenting watchcases are classified in class
201, METAL-ORNAMENTING, subclasses 2, Nurling, and 3, Die-
pressing.
180. METAL STOCK. Metal bars, plates, tubes, etc., generally
formed of a single metal, which are adapted to be sold as
articles of manufacture.
Note. Blanks which are adapted to be formed into special arti-
cles are classified in this class under Blanks and processes.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, for metal girders, beams,
and columns.
CLASS 29 Continued.
181. METAL STOCK, COMPOUND. Metal plates, etc., which
are made by joining two or more different metals.
182. METAL STOCK, COMPOUND, BARS AND TUBES.
Bars and tubes made by joining two or more different metals.
183. METAL STOCK, PILES AND FAGOTS, PARALLEL
BARS. Assemblages of bars or plates arranged in parallelism
which are adapted to be heated and rolled or forged into
bars, beams, railroad-rails, etc.
184. METAL STOCK, PILES AND FAGOTS, PARALLEL
BARS, RAILROAD-RAILS. Piles and fagots comprising
railroad-rails arranged in parallelism with or without a filling
of muck-iron or the like, which are adapted to be rolled into
bars, beams, or railroad-rails. The patents in this subclass
are mainly for utilization of old railroad-rails.
185. METAL STOCK, PILES AND FAGOTS TUBULAR.
Piles made from bars, plates, etc., arranged about a non-
metallic core or In the form of a tube adapted to be heated
and rolled or forged into a tube or a hollow beam.
186. METAL STOCK, PILES AND FAGOTS, BOX AND
SCRAP. Piles comprising a box-like structure formed of
plates or bars the interior of which is filled with iron-scraps.
187. METAL STOCK, TUBE AND PLATE, INTERLOCKED
JOINT. Tubes, plates, etc. , whose edges or surfaces are united
by dovetailed or other interlocked joints. These tubes are
generally intended for structural work, such as bicycle-frames,
bedsteads, etc.
188. METAL STOCK, PROCESSES, COMPOUND BARS AND
TUBES. Processes for making bars or tubes comprising
two or more metals or forms of the same metal united by
welding, soldering, or other molecular adhesion.
Note. This subclass does not include casting per se, nor coating
with fluid metal, nor by chemical or electro deposition of one
of the metals.
Note. Methods of covering wire with sheet metal closed upon
the wire core by drawing are classified in class 205, METAL-
DRAWING, subclass 18, Wire, Covering, Processes.
189. METAL STOCK, PROCESSES, COMPOUND PLATE.
Processes for making metal plates or sheets comprising two
or more metals or forms of the same metals united by weld-
ing, soldering, or other molecular adhesion.
Note. This subclass does not include processes for forming com-
pound ingots by casting unless such process includes further
steps of forging, rolling, or the like; nor coating with fluid
metal which is poured upon the surface of the basic plate or
into which such plate is dipped; nor electric or chemical
deposition of one of the metals.
Search Classes
29 METAL-WORKING, subclasses 18, Special work, Sheet-metal
and foil manufacture, Processes, and 181, Metal stock, Com-
pound.
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclasses 201, Processes. Casting, Com-
posite article, for processes of making composite articles by
casting one metal upon another fluid metal or casting both
in contact with each other; 204, Processes, Casting, Com-
posite article. One motal solid. Heated, for processes of cast-
ing one metal upon another metal which is In a solid state;
and 207, Processes, Casting, Composite article. One metal
solid, Iron and steel, Compression.
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 93, Welding,
Processes, Dissimilar metals.
CLASS 36. BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes miscellaneous footwear, such as boots, shoes,
and leggings and accessories peculiar to them.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Miscellaneous footwear and such details
as do not fall in other classes and subclasses.
2. LEGGINGS AND GAITERS. Ordinary leggings and gaiters
which are worn outside or above the boot or shoe.
Note. Such knit leggings as differ from stockings only in that
they lack footpieces are found in subclass Nether garments,
Stockings, class 2, APPAREL.
3. VENTILATED. All modifications of the boot or shoe and its
parts to ventilate or drain it.
4. RUBBER. Boots and shoes the upper at least of which is made
from rubber or fabric impregnated with rubber.
5. RUBBER, OVERSHOES. Rubber shoes adapted to be worn
over other boots or shoes and to protect at least part of the
upper.
6. RUBBER, OVERSHOES, HEELLESS. Rubber overshoes
made to protect only the ball of the foot or provided with an
opening through which the heel of the undershoe projects.
7. RUBBER, OVERSHOES, RETAINERS. Devices to be at-
tached to and modifications of the overshoe to hold the over-
shoe on. Does not include buckles, clasps, and the like.
8. RUBBER, OVERSHOES, RETAINERS, HEEL-ENGAG-
ING. The retaining device engages with the heel of the
undershoe.
9. FELT AND FABRIC. Boots and shoes of which the upper at
least is made of felt, cloth, or other fabric except rubber.
10 INSIDE SLIPPERS. Slippers of thin material to be worn
inside of a boot or shoe to protect the stocking. Generally
used with rubber boots.
11. MOCCASINS. Boots and shoes made from soft leather, the
piece forming the sole being extended to form part or all of
the upper.
12. SOLE-ATTACHING MEANS. Boots and shoes in which the
novelty lies in the means for securing the sole to the upper or
the arrangement of the parts for that purpose.
13. SOLE-ATTACHING MEANS, WOODEN SOLES. Fasten-
ings peculiar to wooden soles.
14. SOLE-ATTACHING MEANS, RUBBER. The upper or sole
or both are rubber and are secured together by means essen-
tially peculiar to such material, usually by vulcanization.
15. SOLE-ATTACHING MEANS, DETACHABLE SOLES.
The outer tread-sole of the shoe is provided with devices
whereby it may be readily attached to and detached from the
shoe.
Search Class
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 13, Sole-attaching
means, Wooden soles.
16. SOLE-ATTACHING MEANS, OUTTURNED UPPERS.
The bottom of the upper is turned outward to form a flange
which is secured to the outer sole.
17. SOLE-ATTACHING MEANS, WELT-CONNECTED. The
upper is secured to the welt and usually to the insole, the welt
in turn being secured to the outer sole.
Search Class
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 10, Sole-attaching
means, Outturned uppers.
18. SOLE-ATTACHING MEANS, SINGLE-FACED STITCH.
The stitch which secures the parts together does not go through
the body of the sole, but goes in and out on the same side.
Search Class
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 17, Sole-attaching
means, Welt-connected.
19. SOLE-ATTACHING MEANS, THROUGH-AND-
THROUGH. The pegs or stitches pass directly through
the sole, through the upper, and generally through the insole,
if there be one.
20. SOLE-ATTACHING, MEANS, PROCESSES. Suchmethods
for securing soles to uppers as by their steps merely define
the structure of the article.
CLASS 36 Continued.
21. SOLE-ATTACHING MEANS, SEAMS. The arrangement of
the pegs or threads to form the seam which secures the upper
to the sole.
22. SOLE-ATTACHING MEANS, PREPARED SOLES. Sole-
blanks prepared for attachment by channeling, ribbing, or the
like.
Search Class
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclasses 16, Sole-attaching
means, Outturned uppers, 19, Through-and-through, 17,
Welt-connected, and 18, Single-faced stitch.
23. SOLE-ATTACHING MEANS, FASTENERS. Fasteners
for securing soles and uppers together.
Note. Threads for this purpose are found in class 28, CORDAGE.
Nails and tacks for this purpose are found in class 85, NAILS AND
SPIKES.
24. SOLE-ATTACHING MEANS, FASTENERS, PEGS.
Pegs and peg-ribbons from which pegs are cut.
Note. Strips or carriers in which the pegs are mounted are found
in class 1, NAILING AND STAPLING.
25. SOLES. This subclass includes such structures of soles as are
not herein more specifically classified.
20. SOLES, FLEECED SLIPPER. Soles lined with fleece to
be used in the ordinary house-slipper with knit uppers.
27. SOLES, SPRING-HEEL. One piece of material covers the
whole shoe-bottom , being " sprung ' ' to form the heel elevation.
28. SOLES, CUSHION. The sole is made yielding or has a spring
attachment to cushion the foot in walking.
Search Class
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclasses 44, Soles, Insoles,
Laminated, and 3, Ventilated.
29. SOLES, CUSHION, PNEUMATIC. The cushioning device is
a pneumatic pad.
Search Class
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 3, Ventilated.
30. SOLES, LAMINATED. The sole is made up of several layers,
and the novelty lies in the material used or the arrangement
of the layers or the means of securing the layers together to
make a sole-blank.
Search Classes
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 26, Soles, Fleeced
slipper.
174 ELECTRICITY, MEDICAL AND SURGICAL, subclass 174, Elec-
tric soles.
31. SOLES, SECTIONAL. The sole-blank is made up of several
pieces joined edge to edge and no one of them big enough to
cover the sole.
32. SOLES, RUBBER. The outer tread-sole is made of rubber.
Search Class
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclasses 12, Sole-attaching
means, Rubber, and 36, Soles, Laminated.
33. SOLES, WOODEN. The main outer sole is made of wood.
Search Class
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 13, Sole-attaching
means, Wooden soles.
34. HEELS. This class includes the ordinary external heel and
the means for attaching it to the sole.
35 HEELS, CUSHION. The heel is made of yielding material or
has a cushion or spring attached to protect the foot from jar
in walking.
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 3, Ventilated.
36 HEELS, CUSHION, DETACHABLE. The cushion-heel or
part of it may be detached for replacement or the like.
37 HEELS, CUSHION, INTERNAI^CUSHION. A recess is
formed in a rigid heel in which a spring or cushion is mounted,
on which the foot rests. This subclass also includes yielding
heel-pads to be inserted in the shoe.
38 HEELS, CUSHION, METALLIC-SPRING. The heel-body
is a metallic spring, or an external metal spring is attached
to it.
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 37, Heels, Cushion,
Internal cushion.
39 HEELS, ROTARY. The heel is made in two parts, one of
which is a circular disk and rotatably connected to the other,
so that by shifting the disk it will wear evenly.
75
76
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 36 Continued.
40. HEELS, METALLIC-SHELL. A metal shell forms the heel,
which is sometimes filled by a plug or core.
41. HEELS, METALLIC-SHELL, DETACHABLE. The metal-
shell heel is made readily detachable.
42. HEELS, DETACHABLE. The heel or part of it is made
readily detachable.
Search Ciass
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclasses 30, Heels, Cushion,
Detachable, 39, Heels, Rotary, and 41, Heels, Metallic-shell,
Detachable.
43. SOLES, INSOLES. Includes both fixed and removable insoles
and heel-pads.
Note. Where the novelty lies in the channeling or other arrange-
ment for securing to the upper, see subclass 22, Sole-attaching
means, Prepared soles, this class.
44. SOLES, INSOLES, LAMINATED. The insole is formed of
several layers of material.
45. UPPERS. The novelty lies in the part forming the upper of
the boot or shoe as distinguished from the sole and heel.
Modifications of the upper to facilitate lasting are also found
here.
46. UPPERS, CORDED. The upper is prepared for lasting by
threading a puckering-cord around its sole edge.
47. UPPERS. BLANKS. The novelty lies in the arrangement and
shape ol the part or parts which make the upper.
Note. Modifications of the top to allow the insertion and with-
drawal of the foot are found in subclass 50, Uppers, Closures,
this class.
48. UPPERS, BLANKS, INTEGRAL VAMP AND QUAR-
TERS. A single piece of material forms the vamp and quar-
ters or counters of the boot or shoe.
49. UPPERS, BLANKS, INTEGRAL VAMP AND QUAR-
TERS, SEAMLESS. A single piece of material is crimped
or split so that it forms an endless vamp and quarters.
50. UPPERS, CLOSURES. The arrangement of the shoe-upper
to permit of its opening and closing to allow the foot to be
inserted or withdrawn.
51. UPPERS, CLOSURES, ELASTIC. The closure is effected
through the elasticity of the parts forming the top or part of
the top of the shoe.
52. UPPERS, CLOSURES, BUTTONHOLE-PIECES. The
structure of the buttonhole-pieces; mostly stays to prevent
the material from tearing at the buttonhole.
53. UPPERS, CLOSURES, SLIT STAYS. Bars, tacks, and other
stays to be placed at the lower end of the closure-slit to prevent
the material from tearing.
54. UPPERS, CLOSURES, TONGUE-PIECES. The ordinary
tongue which bridges the closure-slit. Some devices for at-
taching the upper end of the tongue to the lacing to hold it in
position are also found here.
55. UPPERS, LININGS. The structure and arrangement of the
upper-linings.
56. UPPERS, PULLS. Boot-straps and other devices attached to
the boot or shoe to be grasped in pulling the boot or shoe on.
57. UPPERS, SEAMS, STAYS, AND PIPINGS. This class in-
cludes the arrangement of parts to form an upper seam or to
stay it and the pipings to stiffen and protect the edge of the
upper.
58. UPPERS, METALLIC SEAM-STIFFENERS. A metal rod,
strip or spring is laid in the upper seam to stiffen it.
59. ANTISLIPPING DEVICES. The sole or heel or both of a
boot or shoe are modified or an attachment is secured thereto
to prevent slipping.
60. ANTISLIPPING DEVICES, POLE-CLIMBERS. Spurred-
attachments secured to the foot or leg to facilitate the climb-
ing of poles or trees.
Search Class
227 FIRE ESCAPES, subclass 8, Climbers.
61. ANTISLIPPING DEVICES, DISENGAGING. Antislipping
devices so arranged that without removal from the boot or
shoe the spur-points can be thrown into or out of position to
engage the surface walked on.
CLASS 36 Continued.
62. ANTISLIPPING DEVICES, DETACHABLE. Antislipping
device designed to be readily attached to and removed from
the boot or shoe at the pleasure of the wearer.
03. ANTISLIPPING DEVICES, DETACHABLE, SANDALS,
Detachable antislipping device provided with friction-sur-
faces under both the ball and heel of the foot.
64. ANTISLIPPING DEVICES, DETACHABLE, CLAMPING.
Detachable antislipping device secured to the boot or shoe
by a positive clamping mechanism.
65. ANTISLIPPING DEVICES, DETACHABLE, CLAMPING,
SCREW. Detachable antislipping device secured to the
boot or shoe by a screw-operated clamp.
Search Class
36 BOOTS. SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 61, Antislipping
devices, Disengaging.
66. ANTISLIPPING DEVICES, DETACHABLE, ATTACHED
FASTENERS. Detachable antislipping device secured to
the boot or shoe by means of a nut, slotted locking-plate, or
the like, which is permanently attached to the shoe.
67. ANTISLIPPING DEVICES, CALKS. A calk consisting of a
spur-point and a shank forms the antislipping device, the
shank being premanently inserted in the sole or heel.
68. COUNTER-STIFFENERS. The structure and arrangement
of counter-stiffeners.
69. COUNTER AND HEEL SUPPORTS. Braces or supports,
generally metal, attached to the boot or shoe to stiffen the
counter and heel so that they will not run over.
70. GARMENT-PROTECTORS. Attachments, such as hooks or
shields, to be attached to the boot or shoe to hold the panta-
loon or skirt out of contact with the ground, or at least to pre-
vent it rubbing against the shoe.
71. PADS AND FOOT-SUPPORTERS. Pads to be worn inside
the shoe and such stays as are built into the boot or shoe to
support the foot or ankle.
Note. Ankle supports or braces made independent from the boot
or shoe are found in subclass Fracture apparatus of class 3,
ARTIFICIAL LIMBS.
72. PROTECTORS. Devices to be placed on boots and shoes to
protect the boot or shoe during the process of manufacuring or
when in service. The protector mav be permanently attached
to the shoe or detachably connected.
73. PROTECTORS, SOLE AND HEEL. Plates, studs, and the
like to be secured to and protect soles and heels from heat,
moisture, or wear.
Note. Protectors provided with spur-points or other friction
devices are found in class 30, BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS,
subclass 59, Antislipping devices.
Search Class
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 69, Counter and
heel supports.
74. PROTECTORS, SOLE AND HEEL, STUR-ATTACHED.
The protector consists of a plate or head provided with one or
more spurs or projections and is secured in place by driving
the spurs into the sole or heel from the outside.
75. PROTECTORS, SOLE AND HEEL, EMBEDDED. Pro-
tectors wholly or partly embedded in the sole or heel, usually
during the making of the shoe.
Search Class
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 73. Protectors, Sole
and heel, Spur-attached.
76. SHANKS. Stiffening-pieces inserted in the shank or waist of
the shoe to preserve the arch of the sole.
77. TOE CAPS AND TIPS. Box-toe stiffeners, also tips and
caps designed to protect the toe of the upper which are per-
manently attached to the shoe and form a part thereof.
78. WELTS AND RANDS. Y.'elts used in connecting the sole
and upper and the beveled pieces used in building up the
heel.
Search Class
3g_ BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 17. Sole-attaching
means, Welt-connected.
CLASS 40. CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING
DEFINITIONS.
This class includes means for displaying information by printed
or painted cards, calendars, pictures, labels, tags, or signs. Picture-
frames and stands for supporting pictures are also included. Albums
are included in subclasses Changeable exhibitors, Hinged leaves;
Changeable exhibitors, Pivoted plates, and in Picture-frames, Mats,
mounts, and backs, Pocketed. Such station-indicators as change the
reading matter displayed are included under the several subclasses
of Changeable exhibitors.
This class does not (except in Checks, labels, and tags. Changeable-
reading, and in Calendars) include such devices as select or point
out one or more of several inscriptions, characters, or legends by
means of a movable pointer. Sucn are found in class 116, SIGNALS,
Indicators. Nor does it include devices for displaying articles of
merchandise; such are in class 211, STORE FURNITURE.
Subclasses.
1. EXHIBITORS. Miscellaneous devices for continuously or tem-
porarily displaying cards, pictures, maps, and signs which are
not properly classifiable in any of the following subclasses:
1.5. BADGES. Devices for attachment to the clothing, designed to
display information.
Search Class
63 JEWELRY, subclass 20, Ornamental pins, for purely orna-
mental devices to be attached to the clothing.
l.G. BADGES, CHANGEABLE READING. Badges in which
the information displayed may be changed.
Search Class
63 JEWELRY, subclasses 18, Lockets, and 19, Lockets, Hinged
covers, for personal wear ornaments adapted to carry a con-
cealed picture.
2. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS. Checks, labels, and tags of a
miscellaneous character designed to be attached to merchan-
dise for the purpose of conveying some definite information
concerning such merchandise."
3. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, ANIMAL-MARKERS.
Identification devices designed to be attached to animals.
4. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, BOTTLE. Labels and tags
specially designed and constructed for use in connection with
bottles and which are not capable of general use in connection
with other articles of merchandise.
5. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, CHANGEABLE READ-
ING. Devices designed for attachment to articles of merchan-
dise, in which one or more of several legends are exposed for
display for such time as desired and afterwards changed at
will or in which one or more of several legends which are con-
stantly displayed may be indicated as the ones disclosing the
particular information to be imparted.
Search Class
116 SIGNALS, subclass 31, Indicators.
6. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, CHANGEABLE-READ-
ING, BAGGAGE-CHECKS. Devices for temporary attach-
ment to baggage for identification purposes or to designate
the destination of the baggage, or for both purposes.
7. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, DISPLAY-BOX LABELS.
Labels or tags which are permanently attached to display-
boxes. They are usually attached to project from the inside
of the box and are capable of being folded down out of the way
of the lid of the box when it is closed.
Search Class
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 60, Boxes, Closures,
Hinged, Supports.
8. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, DOOR-KNOB AND
DRAWER-PULL. Door-knobs, drawer-pulls, and analo-
gous devices specially designed for holding and exposing a
card or label.
9. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, HAT. Labels and tags
specially designed to be attached to hats to disclose the owner-
snip thereof and which are not suitable for other uses.
Search Class
2 APPAREL, subclass 108, Head-Coverings, Hats.
10. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, HOLDERS. Receptacles
of miscellaneous construction for holding for display purposes
checks, labels, and tags to protect them from loss "or destruc-
tion while in ordinary use.
11. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, HOLDERS, CLIP. Card
or label holders in which acard or label is supported in one or
more slits in the upper end of the fastener. The fastener may
be secured to the article by a similar slit in its lower end or by
any other approved device.
CLASS 40-Continued.
12. CHECKS LABELS, AND TAGS, HOLDERS, CORNICE.
Racks designed for use in the interior of cars and omni busses
or in the room of a building at or near the junction of the roof
or ceiling and the sides thereof for supporting and displaying
advertising-cards.
13. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, HOLDERS, HINGED-
CLAMP. Card or label holders provided with a hinged frame,
a portion of which extends across or against the face of the
inclosed card or label to prevent its accidental displacement.
14. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, HOLDERS, HINGED-
CLAMP AND SPUR. Card and label holders comprising a
hinged frame, a portion of which extends across or against the
face of the inclosed card or label and is provided with one or
more spurs or projections to impale the card or label and pre-
vent it from being displaced.
15. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, HOLDERS, LOCK.
Holders for checks or labels which comprise a lock for securing
the check or label from displacement until released by the in-
sertion of a proper key.
16. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, HOLDERS, SLIDE.
Open-ended card or label holding display racks or pockets, the
construction being such that the card or label is inserted edge-
wise into the rack or pocket.
17. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, HOLDERS. SLIDE AND
DETENT. Tags and holders for cards or labels provided
with a slideway to receive the card or label and a projection or
detent to prevent the card or label from accidental slipping out
of the slideway.
18. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, HOLDERS, SLIDE AND
DETENT, LIMITED-MOVEMENT. Cards or tags secured
within pockets or retainers, so that they may be partly with-
drawn therefrom for inspection, but which cannot be entirely
withdrawn therefrom, being checked in their movement by a
peculiar retaining device.
19. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, HOLDERS, TUBULAR,
Tubular receptacles of any cross-section designed and con-
structed for containing and preserving identification cards,
checks, or labels. These receptacles may be provided with an
attaching device for securing the holder to an article.
20. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, FASTENERS. Miscella-
neous devices designed for connecting and securing tags to arti-
cles.
21. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, FASTENERS, BAND.
Tags provided with a fastener for securing them to articles,
which fastener consists of a band adapted to be secured at its
ends around a portion of the article. This subclass also in-
cludes devices peculiarly adapted for the attachment of a tag
to a band which is secured around the article.
22. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, FASTENERS, BARBED.
Tags in which the fastening device is provided with an en-
larged head or barb for preventing the accidental removal of
the fastening device from the article to which it is affixed.
23. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, FASTENERS, CLASP.
Tags provided with fastening devices for securing them to arti-
cles by means of arms or brandies which merely embrace or
inclose the article or a portion thereof.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 11, Checks,
labels, and tags, Holders, Clip.
24. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS FASTENERS PIN-
LO O P. Tags comprising fasteners formed of strips of wire or
sheet metal adapted to be looped through or otherwise at-
tached to the tag and having one or both ends of the strip free
and pointed to penetrate the goods to which the tags are to
be attached. The fastener may be twisted about the goods
to prevent accidental displacement.
25. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, FASTENERS, SPUR.
Tags provided with one or more separate integral pointed
projections or spurs which are adapted to penetrate or pierce
the article to which it is to be atlixed. The spurs may be
rigid and stiff, or flexible, so that they may be twisted or bent
to prevent accidental withdrawal of the fastener.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 11, Checks,
labels, and tags, Holders, Clip.
26. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, FASTENERS, SPRING-
HOOK. Tags provided with snar>hook or buttonhole fasten-
ing devices and formed in whole or in part of resilient material.
27. CHECKS, LABELS, AND TAGS, REINFORCED. Labels
and tags which are strengthened by miscellaneous reinforcing
devices to prevent tearing or mutilation.
77
78
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 40 Continued.
Search Class
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, subclass 31, Shade,
Sticks.
28. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS. Miscellaneous devices for
changeably exhibiting cards, pictures, and signs, involving
features of construction which do not permit of their being
more specifically classified in any of the following subclasses
under this title.
NOTE. Devices comprising a charactered board and a movable
pointer for selecting a particular character for observation are
classified in class 116, SIGNALS, subclass 31, Indicators.
29. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, AEROSTATIC. Display
devices of a changeable character which are supported from a
balloon, kite, or other aerostat.
30. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, MOTOR-OPERATED.
Changeable display devices which comprise a motor for effect-
ing changes or causing different characters to appear for obser-
vation.
31. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, MOTOR-OPERATED,
DOUBLE REEL AND WEB. Changeable display devices
comprising a charactered web or chain of charactered plates
having its ends connected with rollers and a controlling-motor
for operating the rollers and web to cause the characters to be
successively displayed for observation.
32. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, MOTOR-OPERATED,
ENDLESS. Changeable display devices comprising a char-
actered endless web or endless chain of charactered plates
which is controlled In its movements bv a suitable motor to
cause the characters to be successively displayed for observa-
tion.
33. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, MOTOR-OPERATED,
ROTATABLE. Changeable display devices comprising ro-
tating charactered parts, as plates, prisms, cylinders, etc.,
which are controlled in their rotation by means of a suitable
motor, so that the characters may be successively displayed
for observation.
34. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, MOTOR-OPERATED,
ROTATABLE, DISK. Changeable display devices com-
prising one or more rotating charactered disks which are con-
trolled in their movements by means of a suitable motor to
successively display the characters thereon. The disk may or
may not be rotated back of an aperture or sight-opening in a
suitable face-plate.
35. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, MOTOR-OPERATED,
ROTATABLE, HINGED LEAVES. Changeable display
devices comprising a rotatable support to which charactered
plates or leaves are flexibly connected, so that they may be
successively displayed as the support is rotated by means of a
suitable motor.
36. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, MOTOR-OPERATED,
SHIFTERS. Changeable display devices comprising a series
of charactered plates or cards and motor-controlled mechanism
for successively displaying the plates or cards for observation.
Search Classes
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 29, Serving Apparatus.
37. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, FLUID-OPERATED.
Changeable display exhibiting devices of miscellaneous charac-
ter which are changed or operated by pressure of a fluid, such
as air, gas, steam, or water.
38. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS. FLUID-OPERATED,
DOUBLE REEL AND WEB. Changeable display devices
comprising a charactered web having its ends connected with
rollers which are controlled by pressure of a fluid, as air, gas,
steam, or water, to cause the characters to successively appear
to the observer.
39. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, FLUID-OPERATED,
ROTATABLE. Changeable display exhibiting devices
which are caused to rotate by pressure of a fluid, as air, gas,
steam, or water.
40. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, FLUID-OPERATED,
ROTATABLE, ILLUMINATED. Changeable display de-
vices comprising an illuminated charactered cylinder or other
suitable inscription or picture bearing body which is made to
rotate by pressure of a fluid, as air, gas, steam, or water.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 49, Lanterns, Revolving.
41. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, AXLE-OPERATED.
Display devices of a miscellaneous changeable character which
are operated by motion imparted from the rotation of a vehicle
axle or wheel.
42. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, AXLE-OPERATED,
DOUBLE REEL AND WEB. Changeable display devices
comprising a charactered web which is secured at its ends to
rollers, so as to be wound from one roller upon the other by
means of gearing connected w ith the revolving axle or wheel of
a vehicle, whereby the characters upon the web are succes-
sively displayed for observation.
43. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, AXLE-OPERATED,
ENDLESS. Display devices comprising an endless charac-
tered web which is actuated from the revolving axle or wheel
of a vehicle to successively display the characters to an ob-
server.
44. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, AXLE-OPERATED,
ROTATABLE. Axle-operated display devices which com-
prise one or more rotating charactered drums, cylinders,
prisms, etc., which successively display the characters carried
thereby as they are rotated.
45. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, OBSTACLE-OPER-
ATED. Changeable display devices of a miscellaneous char-
acter or devices for operating changeable display devices com-
prising mechanism which is actuated or started in motion by
coming in contact with a suitable obstruction placed so as to
be engaged by such mechanism, as the vehicle upon which it
is carried moves past the obstruction.
46. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, OBSTACLE-OPER-
ATED, DOUBLE REEL AND WEB. Changeable display
devices comprising a charactered web connected at its ends
with two rollers, so that it is wound upon one roller as it is
unwound from the other to successively display the different
characters to an observer, the rollers being rotated by mechan-
ism arranged to engage with suitable obstacles so placed as to
be struck as the vehicle which supports the display device
passes such obstacle.
47. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, OBSTACLE-OPER-
ATED, DOUBLE REEL AND WEB, CLUTCH TAKE-
UP. Changeable display devices comprising an obstacle-
operated double reel and charactered web, when the reels and
web are connected with the operating mechanism by means
of take-up clutch devices.
48. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS; OBSTACLE-OPER-
ATED, ENDLESS. Changeable display devices comprising
an endless charactered web or a chain of charactered plates
supported upon rollers which are actuated by mechanism
adapted to be set into motion as it comes into contact with a
suitable obstacle placed in or near the track of the vehicle
which supports the display device.
49. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, OBSTACLE-OPER-
ATED, ROTATABLE. Changeable display devices com-
prising a rotating charactered cylinder or prism and an oper-
ating mechanism therefor adapted to come into engagement
with a suitably-placed obstacle and be set into motion by such
engagement, whereby the characters are successively presented
for observation.
50. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, OBSTACLE-OPER-
ATED. SHIFTERS. Changeable display devices compris-
ing a plurality of charactered cards or plates and controlling
mechanism by which they are adapted to be shifted or changed
from one position to another, so that they may be successively
displayed for observation, the shifting mechanism being
started in motion by engagement with suitable obstacles
located in the path of the vehicle which supports the display
device.
51. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, PENDULUM-OPER-
ATED. Changeable display devices comprising a pendulum
or swinging weight connectedby ratchet or clutch mechanism
with a roller, so that as the pendulum is vibrated the roller is
rotated to change the characters of a suitable exhibiting
device actuated by such roller.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 139, Signs,
Vibratory, Motor-operated.
52. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ELECTRICALLY-CON-
TROLLED. Electrically-controlled mechanism for change-
ably exhibiting cards, pictures, or signs, the source of the
electricity being immaterial.
53. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS. ELECTRICALLY-CON-
TROLLED, ELECTROMOTOR-OPERATED. Change-
able exhibitors for displaying cards ; pictures, and signs which
comprisean electromotor for producing the desired changes and
an electric controlling mechanism for starting or stopping the
electromotor or for connecting and disconnecting the change-
producing mechanism with the motor.
54. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ELECTRICALLY-CON-
TROLLED, MAGNETO-CLUTCH LET-OFF. Change-
able exhibitors for displaying cards, pictures, and signs com-
prising a motor for producing the desired changes and an
electrically-controlled magnet-armature so connected with a
clutch as to release the motor or to disconnect the motor and
change-producing mechanism at will.
55. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ELECTRICALLY- CON-
TROLLED, MAGNETO-CLUTCH TAKE-UP. Change-
able exhibitors for displaying cards, pictures, and signs com-
prising an electro-magnet and an armature, the latter provided
or connected wit ha ratchet-pawl to engage with and operate a
ratchet-wheel of the changeable exhibitor when an electric
current is passed through the electromagnet.
56. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ELECTRICALLY-CON-
TROLLED, OBSTACLE-CONTROLLED CIRCUIT-
CLOSERS. Electric - circuit - controlling mechanisms for
changeable display devices carried by cars and vehicles com-
prising a projecting lever or arm carried by the car or vehicle,
adapted to come into contact with suitable obstacles situated
in or near the course of the car or vehicle, the movement of the
lever or arm caused bv such obstruction being such as to close
and open thecircuit of an electric current to operate the change-
able exhibitor.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
79
CLASS 40 Continued.
57. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ELECTRICALLY-CON-
TROLLED, OBSTACLE-CONTROLLED CIRCUIT-
CLOSERS, ELECTROMOTOR-OPERATED. Change-
able exhibiting devices for displaying cards, pictures, and
signs in cars or vehicles and which comprise an electro-
motor for effecting the desired changes and a suitable cir-
cuit-controlling mechanism, which is in turn controlled by
obstacles placed in or adjacent to the path of the car or vehicle
to engage with and move a lever or arm to complete or break
an electric circuit which operates the electromotor.
58. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ELECTRICALLY-CON-
TROLLED, OBSTACLE-CONTROLLED CIRCUIT-
CLOSERS MAGNETO-CLUTCH LET-OFF. Changeable
exhibitors for displaying cards, pictures, and signs in cars and
vehicles. The mechanism for effecting the change of display
comprises an obstacle-controlled electric-circuit closing and
breaking device, an electromagnet and its armature provided
with a ratchet in engagement with a ratchet-wheel forming a
part of the changeable exhibiting device. An arm or lever
projected from the car is adapted to be engaged by obstacles
placed in or adjacent to the path of the car or vehicle, and when
so engaged the arm or lever will be moved to complete or break
an electric circuit. When the circuit is completed or broken,
the electromagnet will attract or release the armature and the
pawl carried thereby will be moved to release the ratchet-wheel
of the changeable exhibitor and permit the display to 1)6
changed.
59. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ELECTRICALLY-COX-
TROLLED, OBSTACLE-CONTROLLED CIRCUIT-
CLOSERS, MAGNETO-CLUTCH TAKE-UP. Chan-c-
able exhibitors for displaying cards, pictures, and signs
in cars and vehicles. The mechanism for effecting the
change of display comprises an obstacle-controlled electric-
circuit closing and breaking device, an electro-magnet and
its armature provided with a ratchet in engagement with
a ratchet-wheel forming part of the changeable exhibiting
device. An arm or lever projected from the car is adapted
to be engaged by obstacles placed in or adjacent to the path
of the car or vehicle, and when so engaged the arm or lever
will be moved to complete or break an electric circuit. When
the circuit is completed or broken, the electromagnet will
attract or release the armature and the pawl carried thereby
will be moved to positively actuate the ratchet-wheel of the
changeable exhibitor and cause the display to be changed.
60. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, DOOR-OPERATED.
Mechanism for swinging a sign to attract attention or for oper-
ating a changeable display device by the swinging of a door
or gate.
61. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, INSCRIPTION-COVERS.
Devices for changeably exhibiting characters or inscriptions
comprising a movable cover for temporarily shutting one or
more of the characters or inscriptions from observation and
leaving nothing exposed except what is to be observed.
Search Class
116 SIGNALS, subclass 31, Indicators.
62. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, INSCRIPTION-COVERS.
SLIDING. Devices for changeably exhibiting characters or
inscriptions comprising a sliding shutter by means of which
one or more of the characters or inscriptions may be obscured
from view and only such as are to be observed are exposed.
Search Class
116 SIGNALS, subclass 50, Indicators, Sliding.
63. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, INTERCHANGEABLE
PLATES. Display devices, exclusive of educational appli-
ances and signs comprising interchangeable letters, consisting
of a frame provided with recesses within which charactered
plates may be shifted or changed at will.
Search Classes
40 CARD, PICTURE AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 140, Signs,
Interchangeable letters, and the subclasses thereunder.
35 EDUCATIONAL APPLIANCES.
64. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, INTERCHANGEABLE
PLATES, SLIDING. Display devices comprising a frame
provided with slide grooves or rods within or upon which are
temporarily secured detached charactered plates or slides.
The construction is such that the charactered plates may be
changed at will.
Note. This subclass does not include signs formed with inter-
changeable letters. Such are found in this class under the
subtitle of Signs, Interchangeable letters.
65. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, SLIDING PLATES.
Display-boards provided with sliding charactered plates
which may be projected from the back of the board at will so
that the characters may be observed either beyond the edges
of the board or through an aperture therein.
66. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, SLIDING PLATES
BOLT-OPERATED. Door-signs in which the inscriptions
are changed by the operations of bolting and unbolting the
door.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 60, Change-
able exhibitors, Door-operated.
67. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, PIVOTED PLATES.
Display devices provided with several boards or frames
pivoted thereon to turn edgewise, carrying inscriptions or
pictures, so that one or more of the plates or frames may be
thrown out for observation.
CLASS 40 Continued.
68. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ROTATABLE. Display
devices provided with charactered drums, cylinders, prisms,
or boards which may be revolved at will to successively present
the inscriptions or pictures thereon for observation.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 37, Change-
able exhibitors, Fluid-operated.
69. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ROTATABLE, CLUTCH
TAKE-UP. Rotatable changeable display exhibiting
devices which are provided with a clutch take-up mechanism
for operating the rotating part with a step-by-step motion.
70. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ROTATABLE, DISK.
Display devices comprising charactered disks which may be
rotated at will to successively bring different inscriptions or
pictures to view.
Search Classes
40 CARD, PICTURE AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 111, Calen-
dars, Rotatable.
116 SIGNALS, subclasses 31, Indicators, Office; and 49, Indica-
tors, Rotary.
71. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS. ROTATABLE, DISK,
CLUTCH TAKE-UP. Rotatable disk changeable display
exhibiting devices which are provided with a clutch take-up
mechanismfor operating the rotating part with a step-by-step
motion.
72. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ROTATABLE, HINGED
LEAVES. Changeable display devices comprising a
rotatable support to which charactered plates are pivoted in
such manner that the characters upon the plates may be
successively displayed as the support is rotated.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 49, Change-
able exhibitors, Obstacle-operated, Rotatable.
73. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ROTATABLE, HINGED
LEAVES, CLUTCH TAKE-UP. Changeable display de-
vices comprising a rotatable support to which charactered
plates are pivoted in such manner that the characters upon
the plates may be successively displayed as the support is
caused to rotate by means of a clutch take-up mechanism.
74. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ROTATABLE, RADI-
ALLY-MOVABLE LEAVES. Changeable display devices
comprising a rotatable support in which charactered plates
are mounted so as to be successively slid in a radial direction
from the rotatable support to display the characters thereon.
75. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ROTATABLE, RADI-
ALLY-MOVABLE LEAVES, CLUTCH TAKE-UP.
Changeable display devices comprising a rotatable support in
which charactered plates are mounted so as to be slid in a
radial direction from the rotatable support to display the
characters thereon, the rotation of the support being controlled
by a clutch take-up mechanism.
76. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ROTATABLE, MULTI-
PLE-DRUM CONTROLLERS. Changeable display de-
vices comprising a plurality of rotatable charactered parts
which are controlled in their rotation by a master mechanism
to change the relative arrangements of the characters displayed
from the rotatable parts. This subclass includes train-annun-
ciators wherein the master mechanism controls the extent of
rotation of each rotatable part, so that some may be rotated
farther than others to bring the proper characters thereon into
view.
77. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ROTATABLE, ILLUMI-
NATED. Changeable display devices comprising an illumi-
nated and charactered part which may be rotated to succes-
sively display the characters thereon.
78. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, SHIFTERS. Exhibiting
devices comprising a plurality of independent charactered
cards or plates with mechanism for successively displaying
them. The cards or plates may be caused to successively
appear at the front of a pack, slide along one after the other
back of a sight-opening, or to be successively pushed forward,
displayed, and then retracted.
79. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, SHIFTERS, RECIPRO-
CATING. Changeable display devices comprising charac-
tered cards or plates and a reciprocating carrying mechanism
to slide or shift the cards from one position to another, so that
they may be successively displayed for observation.
80. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, SHIFTERS, REVOLV-
ING. Changeable display devices comprising a revolving
trunnioned box provided with sight-apertures through which
inclosed charactered cards or plates may be observed. The
construction of the box is such that the cards are shifted in
position by the rotation thereof to successively display the
characters.
81. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, SHIFTERS, REVOLV-
ING PACK-CASE. Changeable display devices comprising
a plurality of independent charactered cards or plates which
are carried in a two-celled case in such manner that the rota-
tion of the case shifts the cards or plates one at a time from one
cell to the other, the case being provided with sight-apert ures,
through which the cards or plates may be successively ob-
served.
80
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 40 Continued.
82. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, SINGLE REEL AND
WEB. Changeable display devices comprising a charactered
web having one end connected to a roller, about which it is
adapted to be wound more or less to expose different charac-
ters for observation.
Note. This subclass does not include patents for displaying
samples of articles of merchandise.
Search Classes
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, and 211, STORE FURNI-
TURE, subclass 18, Display-racks, Roll.
83. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, SINGLE REEL AND
WEB, REEL-CABINETS. Changeable display devices
comprising a plurality of charactered-web-bearing rollers
which are compactly mounted in a protecting-frame of such
construction as to permit the webs 10 be unrolled from the
rollers and depend therefrom for observation.
Search Class
211- STORE FURNITURE, subclass 18, Display-racks, Roll.
84. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, SINGLE REEL AND
WEB, REEL-CABINETS, REVOLVING. Changeable
display devices comprising a plurality of charactered-wb-
bearing rollers which are compactly mounted in a revolving
frame which is of such construction as to permit the webs to
be unrolled from the rollers and depend therefrom for observa-
tion.
Search Class
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass IS, Display-racks, Roll.
85. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, SINGLE REEL AND
WEB, SPRING-REWIND. Changeable display devices
comprising a charactered web having one end connected to
and wound upon a spring-controlled roller, from which it is
adapted to be unwound more or less to expose different char-
acters for observation.
Search Classes -
1 36 -CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, and 211, STORE FURNI-
TURE, subclass 18, Display-racks, Roll.
86. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, DOUBLE REEL AND
WEBB. Changeable display devices comprising a charac-
tered web having its ends connected with rollers in such
manner as to be wound upon one roller as it is unwound from
the other and to thereby successively display the characters
thereon for observation.
87. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, DOUBLE REEL AND
WEBB, CLUTCH TAKE-UP. Changeable display devices
comprising a roller-operating take-up clutch to operate a
charactered web carried by two rollers to which it is secured
at its ends, whereby upon the rotation of the rollers the web is
rolled from one roller upon the other to successively display
the characters thereon.
88. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, DOUBLE REEL AND
WEB, CLUTCH TAKE-UP, REVERSIBLE-CLUTCH.
Changeable display devices comprising a roller-operating
take-up clutch which may be reversed to operate, in either
direction, the rollers to which the ends of a charactered web
are secured, so that the direction of movement of the web may
be reversed when it is completely unwound from one of the
rollers.
89. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, DOUBLE REEL AND
WEB, SPRING-REWIND. Changeable display devices com-
prising a charactered web having its ends connected to rollers,
so that it may be wound from, one roller upon the other. One
of the rollers' is so connected with a spring that it is wound
closer as the web is unwound from the roller and tends to keep
the web stretched taut between the rollers and to wind the web
upon the spring-controlled roller when permitted to do so.
90. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, DOUBLE REEL AND
WEB, SPRING-RE"VVIND, CLUTCH TAKE-UP.
Changeable display devices comprising a charactered web
having its ends secured to two rollers, one of which is so con-
nected with a coiled spring as to tend to wind the web thereon.
The roller which is not provided with a spring is positively
rotated to wind the web thereupon against the tension of the
spring controlled roller by means of a clutch take-up device.
91. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, DOUBLE REEL AND
WEB, SPRING-REWIND, CLUTCH LET-OFF. Change-
able display devices comprising a charactered web having its
ends secured to two rollers, one of which is actuated to turn in
one direction by means of a coiled spring, the movement of the
spring-actuated roller being controlled by an escapement or
let-off clutch.
92. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, DOUBLE REEL AND
WEB, SPRING REWIND, CLUTCH LET-OFF, OBSTA-
CLE-TRIP. Changeable display devices comprising a
charactered web having its ends secured to two rollers, one of
which is actuated to turn in one direction by means of a coiled
spring, the movement of the spring-actuated roller being con-
trolled by an escapement or let-off clutch, which is in turn
set in motion by means of a tripping device so placed as to
come in contact with a designed obstacle.
S3. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, DOUBLE REEL AND
WEB, REVERSING-GEARS. Changeable display devices
comprising a charactered web having its ends connected with
two rollers which are operated in opposite directions by means
of gear-shifting dev ices.
CLASS 40 Continued,
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 91, Change-
able exhibitors, Double reel and web. Spring-rewind, Clutch
let-off.
94. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, DOUBLE REEL AND
WEB, REVERSING-GEARS, CLUTCH TAKE-UP.
Changeable display devices comprising a charactered web
having its ends connected to rollers which are controlled in
their movements by reversing-gears and clutch take-up de-
vices.
95. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS. DOUBLE REEL AND
WEB, INTERGEARED REELS. Changeable display
devices comprising a charactered web which has its ends con-
nected to rollers, so as to be wound from one roller upon the
other. In this subclass the rollers are caused to turn with the
same velocity by means of intermeshing gears or equivalent
connecting mechanism.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclasses 87,
Changeable exhibitors, Double reel and web, Clutch take-up;
88, Changeable exhibitors, Double reel and web, Clutch take-
up, Reversible clutch, and 42, Changeable exhibitors, Axle-
operated, Double reel and web.
96. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ENDLESS. Changeable
display devices comprising an endless charactered web or an
endless chain of charactered plates or cards so supported that
it may successively display the characters to an observer.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclasses 32,
Changeable exhibitors, Motor-operated. Endless; 37, Change-
able exhibitors. Fluid-operated; 43, Changeable exhibitors,
Axle-operated, Endless; 48, Changeable exhibitors, Obstacle-
operated, Endless, and 118, Calendars, Endless.
97. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ENDLESS, HINGED
LEAVES. Changeable display devices comprising a web
having flexibly secured thereto depending charactered leaves
which are successively displayed to the observer as the carry-
ing-web is caused to move along.
98. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ENDLESS, RADIAL
LEAVES. Changeable display exhibiting devices compris-
ing an endless web or chain of links or plates from which project
rigid charactered plates or picture-holders which project at
right angles from the web, so that as the web is moved along
the charactered plates or pictures are successively displayed
for observation.
99. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, ENDLESS, CLUTCH
TAKE-UP. Changeable display devices comprising a char-
actered web or a chain of charactered plates supported by one
or more rollers which are caused to rotate by means of a clutch
take-up device.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclasses 28,
Changeable exhibitors, and 48, Changeable exhibitors, Obsta-
cle-operated, Endless.
100. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, FOLDING WEB AND
REEL. Changeable display devices comprising a chain of
charactered plates which are adapted to be folded back and
forth to occupy a small space and to be unfolded and succes-
sively displayed for observation by the rotation of a polygonal
or sp'rocket roller which engages with the plates.
101. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, FOLDING WEB AND
REEL, CLUTCH TAKE-UP. Changeable display devices
comprising a chain of charactered plat'te which are adapted
to be unfolded and successively displayed by means of a
clutch-operated polygonal or sprocket roller which engages
with the plates comprising the chain.
102. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, HINGED LEAVES.
Changeable display devices comprising hinged charactered
leaves or frames connected to form an album or a structure
somewhat like a book, so that the characters may be suc-
cessively displayed as the leaves or frames are turned on their
hinges.
Search Class
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 14, Display-Racks and the
several subclasses thereunder.
103. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, HINGED LEAVES,
LEAF-RE LEASERS. Changeable display devices com-
prising hinged charactered leaves or frames connected to form
a structure somewhat like a book standing upon its back,
with a releasable detent device for holding the leaves in a
vertical posit ion until it is desired to release a leaf or frame
to allow it to be turned down by gravity to display the char-
acters thereon.
Search Class
84 Music, Leaf-Turners, subclass 135, Spring and gravity.
104. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, HINGED LEAVES,
LEAF-TURNERS. Changeable display devices compris-
ing hinged charactered leaves or frames connected to form
book-like structures and provided with mechanism to engage
and turn the leaves to successively display the characters
thereon for observation.
Search Class
84 Music, subclass 135, Leaf'Turners.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
81
CLASS 40 Continued.
105. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, TRAIN-ORDER HOLD-
ERS. Changeable display devices comprising supports for
temporarily holding and displaying despatches and messages
for railway-trainmen.
106. CHANGEABLE EXHIBITORS, COUPLINGS. MECH-
atiLsm for connecting two display devices together when they
are placed in different cars and are to be operated simulta-
neously.
107. CALENDARS. Miscellaneous devices for disclosing the
relation of the days and months in a given year or series of
years. In some instances they disclose additional astro-
nomical data. Calendars also comprise devices for calling
attention to memoranda or appointments to be noted on par-
ticular days of the month.
Search Classes
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 4, Clocks, Calendar, and subclasses
thereunder, and subclass 58, Watches, Calendar.
120 STATIONERY, subclass 1, Combination Devices.
108. CALENDARS, PENCIL ATTACHMENTS. Calendar at-
tachments specially designed for use in connection with pen-
cils or penholders in which the claims embody some improve-
ment or change in the construction of the calendar per se and
do not include changes in the pencil per se except such as are
necessary in order to adapt the new calendar thereto.
109. CALENDARS, CHARACTERED-SLIDE. Calendars em-
bodying a charactered plate or sliding part which slides back
of one or more openings in a suitable support to disclose a num-
ber of characters therethrough or which slides upon the face
of a charactered support to shift certain of the characters on
the sliding part opposite certain other characters upon the
support to bring into proper relation the names of the days
of the week and the corresponding numbers of the days of the
month for any desired month.
110. CALENDARS, CHARACTER - MARKERS. Calendars
comprising a charactered plate and a movable pointer or
marker which may be placed at will opposite any particular
character to attract attention thereto.
Search Classes
116 SIGNALS, subclass 31, Indicators.
235 REGISTERS.
111. CALENDARS, ROTATABLE. Calendars comprising char-
actered rollers mounted to rotate in a suitable frame, so as to
present different characters as the rollers are rotated.
112. CALENDARS, ROTATABLE, CLUTCH TAKE-UP. Cal-
endars comprising one or more rotatable charactered parts
placed back of openings in the face of a suitable support, so
that the characters may be observed through such openings,
and suitable clutch mechanism whereby such charactered
parts may be rotated.
113. CALENDARS, ROTATABLE, DISK. Calendars compris-
ing charactered disks mounted upon the back of a suitable
support, so that the characters upon the faces of the disks may
appear through sigh1>openings in the support. This sub-
class includes calendars comprising overlapping eccentric
disks which when rotated show different combinations of
figures to make different numbers; also, a single rotating
charactered disk mounted upon a charactered support, so that
by rotating the disk a different combination of characters can
be effected.
114. CALENDARS, ROTATABLE, SINGLE-AXIS. Calendars
comprising a plurality of charactered drums, cylinders, or
prisms arranged to be rotated upon a single axis, so as to
arrange a plurality of combinations of calendar characters
suitable for different periods of time.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 108, Cal-
endars, Pencil attachments.
115. CALENDARS, ROTATABLE, SINGLE-AXIS, DISK.
Calendars comprising several charactered disks of different
sizes mounted concentrically to turn upon a single axis. The
disks may be upon the face of a suitable support and present
rings of characters, or they may be upon the rear of the sup-
port and the characters exposed through suitable sight-
openings.
116. CALENDARS, SINGLE REEL AND WEB. Calendars
comprising a charactered web and a suitable roller to which
the web may be attached and about which the web may be
wound. The roller may be carried in bearings in a suitable
support.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 108, Calen-
dars, Pencil attachments.
117. CALENDARS, DOUBLE REEL AND WEB. Calendars
comprising a charactered web having its ends connected to
rollers, the web being adapted to be wound upon one of the
rollers as it is unwound from the other.
118. CALENDARS, ENDLESS. Calendars comprising one or
more endless webs bearing the numbers of the days of the
month, the numbers of the years, the names of days of the
week, or the names of the months of the year and capable of
being shifted to properly designate the dates of any particular
week or month.
26674 12 6
CLASS 40 Continued.
119. CALENDARS, HINGED LEAVES. Calendars comprising
a plurality of charactered leaves flexibly connected together,
as in a book, so that the leaves may be turned over to expose
the characters upon the succeeding leaves.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 120 Cal-
endars, Stands.
120. CALENDARS, STANDS. Stands or frames for supporting
block ; pad, or tablet calendar leaves of such construction as to
permit the front leaves to be successively removed or turned
back to display the face of the following leaf.
121. CALENDARS, TEAR-OFF TABLETS. Calendars com-
prising a block, pad, or tablet of charactered leaves so con-
structed as to permit the leaves to be successively removed
as the dates designated thereon have expired.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 123, Cal-
endars, Printing arrangement.
122. CALENDARS, CARD-POCKETS. Calendars comprising a
pack of calendar-cards held in a suitable open-faced envelop,
receptacle, or frame, so that the front card may be removed
and inserted at the rear of the pack to expose the following
card to view.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING subclass 10, Checks
labels, and tags, Holders.
123. CALENDARS, PRINTING ARRANGEMENT. Calendar
patents in which the invention lies in the characters themselves
or in the specific arrangement of the printed characters.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclasses 109,
Calendars, Charactered-slide; 113, Calendars, Rotatable, Disk,
and 115, Calendars, Rotatable, Single-axis, Disk.
124. CARD-RACKS. Wire racks or supports of notched metal or
wood, usually adapted to be hung upon a wall or other ver-
tical surface to support and display business or picture cards.
124.5. MEMORIAL TABLETS. Devices in the nature of name
plates and picture retainers designed to be placed on monu-
ments and used for like purposes.
125. SIGNS. This subclass comprises inscribed boards, cards,
plates, or objects whereby definite information may be con-
veyed to the observer.
Note. Imitation articles which are used for sign purposes are
also included in the subclass 126, Signs, Dummies, in this
class.
126. SIGNS, DUMMIES. Imitation articles or figures used for
display purposes to indicate some trade, business, or profes-
sion or the sale of some article of commerce.
127. SIGNS, AEROSTATIC. Display devices of an unchangeable
character which are supported from a balloon, kite, or other
aerostat.
128. SIGNS, HANGING. Fixed or swinging signs which depend
from an overhead support.
129. SIGNS, PORTABLE. Signs to be displayed while being car-
ried about from place to place by a person, animal, or vehicle,
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, appropriate subclasses.
130. SIGNS, ILLUMINATED. Signs in which the characters or
legends are made more apparent by means of a special illumi-
nating device.
Search Classes
177 ELECTRIC SIGNALING, subclass 346, Systems, Display, and
subclasses thereunder.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 11, Lanterns, and subclasses there-
under.
131. SIGNS, ILLUMINATED, LAMP ATTACHMENTS. Signs
designed to be secured to a lamp-post or lamp, so that the sign
shall be illuminated by the light from the lamp.
132. SIGNS, ILLUMINATED, LAMP-BOXES. Lamp-boxes
having one or more of their sides provided with a sign through
which the light from the inclosed lamp passes.
133. SIGNSJLLUMINATED, LAMP-BOXES, PERFORATED-
FACE. Signs comprising lamp-inclosing boxes of wood,
metal, or other opaque material having perforations therein
outlining legends or characters, which perforations are usually
filled or covered with transparent or translucent material.
134. SIGNS, ILLUMINATED, LUMINOUS-PAINT. Signs in
which the characters are outlined or made conspicuous by
luminous paint.
135. SIGNS, MULTIPLE-LAYER. Signs formed of superim-
posed layers of differently-colored materials, not simply
painted boards.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclasses 125, Signs,
and 130, Signs, Illuminated.
82
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 40 Continued.
136. SIGNS, EMBOSSED, MOLDED, ROLLED.-OR STAMPED.
Signs formed of material which is given the desired configura-
tion by means of embossing, molding, rolling or stamping
processes.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 154, Pic-
ture-frames, Embossed, molded, rolled, or stamped.
137. SIGNS, VARIABLE-READING. Signs which have some of
the characters placed upon parts projecting angularly from
the body thereof, the effect of which is to cause the reading
to change as the position of the observer is changed.
138. SIGNS, VIBRATORY. Signs which in whole or in part
vibrate, and thus attract attention thereto.
139. SIGNS, VIBRATORY, MOTOR-OPERATED. Signs which
in whole or in part vibrate to attract attention, the vibration
being effected by some mechanical motor.
140. SIGNS, INTERCHANGEABLE LETTERS. Signs com-
prising letters of a miscellaneous character constructed to be
arranged together upon a suitable support to form the design
or legend, and fastening devices for such letters special thereto.
141. SIGNS, INTERCHANGEABLE LETTERS, GLASS. Signs
comprising interchangeable letters the principal ingredient of
which is glass.
142. SIGNS, INTERCHANGEABLE LETTERS, FASTEN-
ERS. Interchangeable signs comprising miscellaneous fas-
tening devices for securing the sign-letters in position upon a
suitable support to form the legend or design.
143. SIGNS, INTERCHANGEABLE LETTERS, FASTEN-
ERS, PRONG. Signs and separate letters for signs in which
a prong or spur projection is used as the means for securing the
letter to the background or support.
144. SIGNS, INTERCHANGEABLE LETTERS, FASTEN-
ERS, STRING. Signs and separate letters for signs in which
the letters are threaded or strung along a string, wire, or band
which passes through the letters or through one or more pro-
jections formed upon the letters.
145. SIGNS, POST ATTACHMENTS. Signs which are particu-
larly adapted to be secured to and supported by a post. This
subclass also includes devices which are specially constructed
for securing signs to posts.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 131, Signs,
Illuminated, Lamp attachments.
145.1. PICTURE-HANGERS. Miscellaneous devices adapted par-
ticularly for the hanging of pictures, mirrors, and similar arti-
cles on walls and include molding-hooks.
Note. Devices for adjusting mirrors relative to the wall or sup-
port are found in class 45, FURNITURE, subclasses 18, Mirrors,
and 97, Mirrors, Bracket.
145.2. PICTURE-HANGERS, ADJUSTABLE. Devices for vary-
ing either the inclination or the vertical position of the picture.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 145.7, Pic-
ture-hangers, Plaque-retainers.
145.3. PICTURE-HANGERS, ADJUSTABLE, CORD. Devices
in which a cord or flexible part is adjusted.
145.4. PICTURE-HANGERS, ADJUSTABLE, CORD, PAWL
AND RATCHET. The adjustment is made by means of a
pawl and ratchet.
145.5. PICTURE-HANGERS, ADJUSTABLE, STEPS. The
adjustment is by steps and not continuous.
145.fi. PICTURE-HANGERS, ADJUSTABLE, SLIDE AND
CLAMP. The title explains itself.
145.7. PICTURE - HANGERS, PLAQUE - RETAINERS. De-
vices which grip the edges of plaques or plates and are adapted
for suspending them on walls.
145.8. PICTURE-HANGERS, RETAINING-CORD. The hang-
ing device has the additional function of holding the picture-
cord in a given position.
145.9. PICTURE - HANGERS, MOLDING - HOOKS. Hooks
adapted for use on picture-moldings.
146. PICTURE STANDS AND SUPPORTS. Portable stands
or props for supporting cards, maps, or pictures in an upright
position for display purposes. The front of the support may
itself constitute the card or picture back, or there may be
separate holding devices for securing a card or picture upon
the support.
CLASS 40 Continued.
Note. Such supporting-stands as are designed for supporting arti-
cles of merchandise other than cards, maps, or pictures are
classified in class 211, STORE FURNITURE, subclass 34, Display-
Cards, or subclass 24, Display-Stands.
147. PICTURE STANDS AND SUPPORTS, ILLUMINATORS.
Picture-supports comprising reflecting surfaces whereby the
picture is illuminated; also, stands, which hold the picture so
that light may be transmitted through the picture to illumi-
nate it.
148. PICTURE STANDS AND SUPPORTS, FRAMES. Picture-
supports in which the front or picture-supporting portion
comprises a picture-frame, and the brace is frequently a bail,
which serves also as a suspension-loop when it is desired to
hang the picture.
149. PICTURE STANDS AND SUPPORTS, SINGLE-BLANK.
Picture-supports in which the entire article (the supporting
card or board and the brace at the rear) is cut in the form of a
single blank and bent to the desired shape.
150. PICTURE STANDS AND SUPPORTS, SINGLE-BLANK,
BRACES. Picture supports and braces cut in the form of a
single blank and bent to proper form to constitute both the
brace and the part to be secured to the picture or to the card
which supports the picture.
151. PICTURE STANDS AND SUPPORTS, WIRE. Picture-
supports constructed entirely of wire or metal strips bent to
proper form to engage the picture and support it in upright
position for observation.
152. PICTURE-FRAMES. Structures for partially inclosing and
displaying cards, pictures, or signs to preserve them in shape
and permit of their observation. In some instances these
frames are mere stiffening devices secured to the edges of the
article to be displayed. In others they are built-up struc-
tures, which inclose the article at the back and edges.
Note. This subclass does not include those structures where the
structure of the card, picture, or sign is an essential element of
the combination claimed, such combinations being classified
in class 41, ORNAMENTATION.
Search Classes
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclasses 148, Pic-
ture stands and supports, Frames; 159, Picture-frames, Mats,
Mounts, and Backs, Pocketed; 120, Stationery, subclass 82,
Paper-weights.
153. PICTURE-FRAMES, CORD OR WIRE. Frames compris-
ing strips of cord or wire secured along or near the edges
of cards or pictures to form an ornamental border therefor and
which in some instances may furnish a means for hanging the
card or picture.
154. PICTURE-FRAMES, EMBOSSED, MOLDED, ROLLED,
OR STAMPED. Frames made of material which is shaped
by being cast in molds, embossed, rolled, or stamped with the
desired pattern.
155. PICTURE-FRAMES, EXTENSIBLE, FOLDING, OR
KNOCKDOWN. Frames made adjustable to inclose differ-
ent-sized cards or pictures or made capable of being dismantled
and folded to occupy a small space for storage or transportation^
15C. PICTURE-FRAMES, CARD OR PICTURE RETAINERS.
Devices for securing cards or pictures in place within their
frames. They comprise clamps, buttons, beading-strips,
springs, etc., secured to the frame so as to bear against the card
or picture.
157. PICTURE-FRAMES, COVER-RETAINERS. Devices for
securing gauze, netting, or other protecting material over pic-
ture-frames and pictures.
Search Class -
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 155, Picture-
frames, Extensible, folding, or knockdown.
158. PICTURE-FRAMES, MATS, MOUNTS, AND BACKS.
Firm and stiff paper or thin boards for supporting and
strengthening pictures to prevent them from being easily bent
and, in some instances, for forming an ornamental border
around the edges of the pictures.
159. PICTURE-FRAMES, MATS, MOUNTS, AND BACKS,
POCKETED. Mats, mounts, and backs provided with
recesses or pockets within which the picture is partially In-
closed.
160. PICTURE-FRAMES, RELIEF-PICTURE. Frames for
pictures having raised surfaces and for game pieces, as stuffed
and mounted skins of birds, fishes, or other animals, and
mounted heads or horns of animals.
Search Class
35 EDUCATIONAL APPLIANCES, subclass 12, Miscellaneous.
CLASS 41. ORNAMENTATION
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
The miscellaneous and parent class covering inventions relating to
ornamental forms and surface ornamentation not elsewhere pro-
vided for.
Apparatus falling in this class is placed in subclass 1, Apparatus
and appliances, or the subclasses thereunder.
Objects and processes of making the same other than substantially
flat panels or decorations when falling in this class are placed in
subclass 10, Ornamental forms, or the subclasses thereunder.
Surface ornamentation and substantially flat panels, including
processes Of producing the same, when falling in this class are placed
in subclass 17, Surface type, or the subclasses thereunder.
Note. An invention comprising matter classifiable in more than
one specific subclass of this class is placed in the subclass having the
lowest number and cross-referenced into the subclass or subclasses
having a "higher number or numbers.
Note. For further information see the subclass definitions.
Subclasses.
1. APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES. Apparatus or appliances
not elsewhere classifiable for producing ornamental objects or
surfaces.
Search Class
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 33, Surface type, Transfers, for
sheets for transferring decalcomania designs.
2. APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, IMITATION FLOWER
MAKING. Apparatus not falling in any general class for
producing imitation flowers, fruit, and foliage.
Search Class
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 69,
Finishing, Wrinkling, for machines for wrinkling paper sheets.
3. APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, IMITATION FLOWER
MAKING, STEMS AND VINES. Apparatus for producing
floral strands and vine structures. Frequently natural ever-
greens and the like are employed in preparing an imitation
vine.
4. APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, PAINTERS'. Appa-
ratus not elsewhere provided for employed in the application
of colors.
Search Classes
8 BLEACHING AND DYEING, for apparatus for dyeing fibers and
fabrics; 91, COATING, for apparatus for spreading a continuous
or haphazard coating, and 101, PRINTING, for apparatus for
applying designs by means of printing surfaces and stencils.
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, for paint brushes.
33 DRAFTING, subclass 16, Perspectographs, for appliances
employed in drawing perspectives.
45 FURNITURE, subclass 129, Easels, for painters' easels,
including combinations of folding easels and jhairs and easels
and cabinets; also attachments for easels in the nature of trays,
receptacles, and supports, but not for rotatable chucks for
clamping china and the like articles while being painted; sub-
class 69, Desks, Portable, for small portable desks when the
only feature that distinguishes i t from a writing desk is an easel
attached to the back tor holding the design to be copied; sub-
class 130, Fabric stretching frames, Painters', for frames for
holding the canvas stretched for receiving the colors.
81 TOOLS, subclass 4, Special, Engravers' clamps, for clamps
for holding articles to be engraved.
120 STATIONERY, subclass 23, Scholars' companions, for special
receptacles for holding pencils, pens, and the like, which are
somewhat similar to "artists' kits"; and 206, SPECIAL RECEP-
TACLES AND PACKAGES, for other special receptacles.
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, for devices for carrying
freshly painted pictures.
5. APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, PAINTERS', PAL-
ETTES AND MIXING PLATES. Devices upon which
artists prepare and hold the colors while working. Also in-
cludes attachments for palettes.
Search Class
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 4, Apparatus and appliances,
Painters', for palettes modified in shape to fit a " kit "; also for
packages holding cakes of paint, usually water colors.
6. APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, PAINTERS', MIXING
CHARTS. Charts for guidance in mixing colors.
Search Class
88 OPTICS, subclass 14, Testing instruments, for charts for
testing the optical effect of various colors.
7. APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, METALLIC LEAF AP-
PLYING. Apparatus for applying metallic leaf or like deco-
rative films.
Search Class
216 LABEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING, for analogous me-
chanical structure.
CLASS 41 Continued.
8. APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, METALLIC LEAF AP-
PLYING, MAGAZINE HAND TOOLS. Hand tools hold-
ing a supply of film which is delivered as applied.
Search Classes
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 71, Pack-
ages, Metallic leaf, for packages containing metallic leaf.
216 LABEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING, subclass 20, Ma-
chines, Strip, for analogous mechanical structure.
9. APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, ETCHING. Apparatus
employed in ornamenting and in producing designs on mineral
substances by surface removal through chemical agents and
without electricity.
Search Class -
148 ANNEALING AND TEMPERING, subclass 42, Pickling and
swilling, for various machines for applying chemicals to the
surface of metal.
10. ORNAMENTAL FORMS. Ornamental bodies other than
substantially flat panels or surface decorations and processes of
making the same not elsewhere classifiable. Does not include
the surface ornamentation of an ornamental form when not
involving features peculiar to the structure of the form. Does
not include useful objects of peculiar form, but includes orna-
mental forms mounted on such objects when the object is,
conventional.
Search Classes
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclasses 24, Surface type, Relief and
intaglio and 25, Surface type, Relief and intaglio. Reproduc-
ing, for ornamentation of a surface nature, but which presents
outstanding features, including some surface preparation of
statues and the like; subclass 34, Surface type, Applied objects,
for the application of bodies to a surface; also subclass 32, Sur-
face type, Pigment, Plaques and surfaces, for ornamental
plaques designed to receive a painting.
2 APPAREL, subclass 187, Trimmings, and subclasses there-
under, for ornaments such as are usually sewed onto clothing
and the like.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, for ornamental building structure,
especially subclasses 15, Panels and wainscoting; 73, Mantels;
74, Moldings, and 77, Ceiling center pieces.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 113, Buttons
and fasteners, Covers, for ornamental button structure.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, for signs, picture
frames, and exhibition devices, many of which include quite
ornamental structure.
45 FURNITURE, subclasses 105, Screens, and 106, Screens,
Folding, for ornamental screens.
46 GAMES AND TOYS, for ornamental toys; also for panoramic
pictures and those with moving parts.
47 TREES, PLANTS, AND FLOWERS, for ornamental flower
holders capable of holding moisture.
54 HARNESS, subclasses 75, Trimmings, Covered, and 76, Trim-
mings, Ornamental, for harness ornaments.
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 88, Watches, Cases, for watch case
structure including some ornamental features.
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 80,
Chains, Ornamental, and the subclasses thereunder, for orna-
mental chain structure.
63 JEWELRY, for ornaments to be worn on the person, com-
posed of precious metal and stones or imitations of the same,
but not, however, for comparatively cheap trimmings, such as
used by milliners, in the nature of artificial flowers and the
like.
65 KITCHEN AND TABLE ARTICLES, for ornamental napkin
holders and articles of table ware.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 125, Plas-
tering, Plaster boards, Ornaments, for ornaments especially
designed to be used with plastering or as a substitute therefor.
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclasses 52, Washers, Ornamental, and 53, Ornamental
heads, and the subclasses thereunder, for ornaments particu-
larly designed to be used with nails and other fastening de-
vices of that type.
116 SIGNALS, subclass 12, FlagstafTs, for flags and flagstaff's.
120 STATIONERY, subclass 82, Paper weights, for ornamental
paper weights.
125 STONE WORKING, subclass 15, Monuments, for monu-
ments, usually of ornamental design.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 219, Stove lids and tops,
Heating Stove, Ornaments and urns, for ornamental stove
tops.
139 WEAVING, subclass 10, Fringes, for ornamental fringes.
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, for ornamental cur-
tain attachments, especially subclasses 33, Curtain holders,
and 40, Curtain tassels.
165 DESIGNS.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, for ornamental metal-
lic building structures, especially subclasses 82, Grilles, Com-
posite, and 83, Grilles, Integral.
215- -BOTTLES AND JARS, subclass 79, Bottles, Nesting, for
ornamental arrangement of glass bottles.
231 WHIPS AND WHIP APPARATUS, subclass 6, Whips, Caps,
buttons, and joints, for somewhat ornamental rings, buttons,
and the like, especially designed for whips.
83
84
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 41 Continued.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 10, Decorative lights, and the
subclasses under 108, Shades, especially subclass 109, Shades,
Canopy, for ornamental forms to be used with lights.
11. ORNAMENTAL FORMS, COLLAPSIBLE. Ornamental
forms the parts of which are designed to be brought close
together so as to occupy less space.
Search Class
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 15, Ornamental forms, Imita-
tion trees, for knockdown imitation trees.
12. ORNAMENTAL FORMS, FLORAL. Frames or structures
upon which flowers or foliage, natural or artificial, may be
secured in order to produce a design.
Search Classes
27 UNDERTAKING, subclass 2, Burial apparatus, for structures
which may have flowers secured thereon and designed to be
used in covering the open grave.
47 TREES, PLANTS, AND FLOWERS, especially subclass 18,
Flower holders, for devices for holding flowers, which are
capable of holding moisture.
13. ORNAMENTAL FORMS, IMITATION FLOWERS. Imi-
tation flowers, fruit, and foliage. May be in part composed
of natural elements. Includes processes for producing imita-
tion flowers not elsewhere classifiable.
Search Class -
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 2, Apparatus and appliances,
Imitation flower making, and the subclasses thereunder, for
apparatus for producing imitation flowers.
14. ORNAMENTAL FORMS, IMITATION FLOWERS, SPE-
CIAL FEATURES. Imitation flowers having concealed or
other special features.
Search Classes
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 11, Ornamental forms, Collapsi-
ble, for collapsible imitation floral decorations.
63 JEWELRY, subclass 31, Gem settings, Movable, for vibrating
gem settings and the like.
15. ORNAMENTAL FORMS, IMITATION TREES. Built up
tree structure.
16. ORNAMENTAL FORMS, IMITATION FEATHERS.
Built up feathers, as distinguished from natural growth.
Search Classes
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 28, Brush heads and
faces, Dusting brushes, for feathers prepared for dusting
brushes.
54 HARNESS, subclass 76, Trimmings, Ornamental, for plumes
such as are used to decorate harness.
17. SURFACE TYPE. Inventions not elsewhere classifiable
relating to the ornamentation of surfaces. Includes orna-
mental panels and substantially flat decorations, even when
the invention is not confined strictly to the surface. If the
ornamentation is of the latter type and the structure involved
is part of an ornamental form, "such as referred to in subclass
10, Ornamental forms, and ti<e search notes thereunder, the
patent is placed in the subclass in which the ornamental form
is classified.
Note. Commercial fabrics and machine operations of preparing
and treating them are usually provided for elsewhere.
Note. Methods of applying letters to signs when strictly of a
surface nature such as painting, etching, and the like are
classifiable herein.
Search Classes
2 APPAREL; 112, SEWING MACHINES, and 223, APPAREL
APPARATUS, for the ornamenting of cloth by sewing, em-
broidering, and other methods of introducing threads into
finished fabrics; 26, CLOTH FINISHING, subclass 2, Finishing,
for methods of mechanically ornamenting the surface of cloth,
which can be performed by running the web through a ma-
chine, but not including embossing or the introduction of
threads in the nature of sewing, embroidery, and the like.
1& PLASTICS, for methods of incorporating decorative material
in the surface of a plastic object.
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 68, Fin-
ishing, and the subclasses thereunder, for mechanical methods
or ornamenting paper webs, not including embossing.
Note. For further information see the search notes of the more
specific subclasses.
18. SURFACE TYPE, MISCELLANEOUS METALLIC.
Ornamentation on metal or with metal when not falling in
any of the more specific subclasses of this class or in other
classes.
Search Classes
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 38, Surface type, Removing
portions of coating, for inventions involving plating with
metal before or after removing a portion of the plating.
91 COATING, the subclasses specially provided for coating with
metal, for methods not involving steps for the production of a
design.
159 ENGRAVING, for ornamentation with cutting tools.
201 METAL ORNAMENTATION, for ornamenting the surface of
etal by mechanical impression.
204 ELECTROCHEMISTRY, for metallic ornamentation by elec-
trochemical action.
19. SURFACE TYPE, STRIATED EFFECTS. Surfaces pro-
vided with close-lying substantially parallel lines or ridges,
so that peculiar light effects are produced.
Search Classes
88 OPTICS, subclass 60, Building lights, Window, for striated
glass panes.
CLASS 41 Continued.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 103, Reflectors, and 100. Re-
fractors, for like structure limited to use with artificial light.
20. SURFACE TYPE, TRANSFORMATION EFFECTS. De-
signs which show different effects under different conditions.
Search Classes
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 19, Surface type, Striated effects,
for changes due to close-lying striations.
11 BOOKBINDING, subclass 13, Bank notes, checks, and bonds,
for negotiable paper which changes under certain conditions.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 137, Signs,
Variable reading, for signs of this type.
48 GAMES AND TOYS for designs having moving parts or designs
of which portions are formed somewhat in the nature of fire-
works.
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 29, Ink, Sympa-
thetic, for ink which is particularly adapted for transformation
purposes.
21. SURFACE TYPE DIAPHANOUS. Ornamental panels and
surfaces other than mosaic capable of transmitting light.
Does not include open-work structure, such as grilles, lace,
and the like; nor does it include surface ornamentation of
glass and transparent materials by etching, abrading, paint-
ing, and the like when the diaphanous feature is not involved.
Search Classes
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclasses 19, Surface type, Striated effects,
for diaphanous effects of that nature; 28, Surface type, Pigment,
Treating photographs, Clearing feature, for transparent
photographs mounted on glass and the like, and 38, Surface
type, Removing portions of coating, for methods of producing
open-work designs on transparent materials by removing por-
tions of an opaque covering.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 130. Signs,
Illuminated, and the subclasses thereunder, for diaphanous
signs, and subclass 147, Picture stands and supports, Illumi-
nators, for picture supports having like features.
49 GLASS, especially subclass 92, Structure, when the orna-
mentation is prepared during the manufacture of the glass.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 10, Decorative lights, and 108,
Shades, and the subclasses thereunder, especially 109, Shades,
Canopy for diaphanous ornamental attachments.
22. SURFACE TYPE, DIAPHANOUS FACE, OPAQUE
BACKING. Ornamentation in which the face layer is diaph-
anous and is placed or designed to be placed against an opaque
backing. Merely coating an opaque design with transparent
varnish or glaze is not included. .
Search Classes
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 28, Surface type, Pigment,
Treating photographs, Clearing feature, for transparent pho-
tographs mounted on an opaque backing, and subclass 36,
Surface type, Applied objects, Particles, for transparent beads
and the like attached to an opaque backing.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclasses 124.5,
Memorial tablets; 134, Signs, Illuminated, Luminous paint;
135, Signs, Multiple layers, and 141, Signs, Interchangeable
letters, Glass, for signs of this type.
120 STATIONERY, subclass 82, Paper weights, for analogous
structure.
23. SURFACE TYPE, MOSAIC. Continpus surface produced
by securing solid pieces of material in position with their
edges adjoining not provided for elsewhere. It is mostly con-
fined to ornamental glass panels. Does not include methods
of laying tile floors, walls, and roofs unless limited to a method
of arranging a mosaic design, which would be of general
application.
Search Classes .
18 PLASTICS, for processes involving also a molding operation.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS; 108, ROOFS, and 72, MASONRY AND
CONCRETE STRUCTURES, for the laying of tiles and the like in
building construction.
29 METAL WORKING, subclass 181, Metal stock, Compound,
for metal stock of this type.
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 26, Linoleum making, Processes, Inlaid, for process
of preparing mosaic-like linoleum.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 77, Windows,
Sash, Pane supports and fastenings, for leaded and other
metallic structure for holding mosaic glass structure in place.
240 ILLUMINATION, especially subclasses 10, Decorative lights,
and 109, Shades, Canopy, for light attachment of a mosaic
character.
24. SURFACE TYPE, RELIEF AND INTAGLIO. Ornamen-
tation in which portions lie above or below the ground. If
falling in this class, the invention usually involves hand
methods. Placing the material in a mold or running it through
a machine is usually provided for elsewhere.
Search Classes
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclasses 19, Surface type, Striated
effects, for small raised parallel ridges; 30, Surface type, Pig-
ment, Filled recesses, for recesses partly filled with coloring
matter, thereby leaving intaglio features; 34, Surface type,
Applied objects, for objects applied to a surface and standing
out therefrom; 37, Surface type, Applied objects, Metallic
leaf, for leaf applied with a stamp which may have relief or
intaglio features, and 38, Surface type, Removing portions
of coating, for slight recesses left by the removed portions.
18 PLASTICS, especially subclass 35, Molding devices, Molds,
Sheet shaping, for molds designed to be used for embossing
photographs and process subclasses for methods of facing
which involve a molding operation.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 136, Signs,
Embossed, molded, rolled, or stamped, for signs of this char-
acter.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
85
CLASS 41 Continued.
101 PRINTING; 113, SHEET METAL WARE, MAKING; 144, WOOD
WORKING; 149, HIDES, SKINS, AND LEATHER; 153, METAL
BENDING; 154, LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANU-
FACTURES; 198, MATRIX MAKING, and 201, METAL ORNAMENT-
ING, for machine embossing operations.
159 ENGRAVING, for the engraving of this type of surface.
25. SURFACE TYPE, RELIEF AND INTAGLIO, REPRO-
DUCING. The reproducing of relief or intaglio surfaces
when not provided for elsewhere, usually methods employed
by a sculptor in reproducing figures. Includes the prepara-
tion of masks of faces and the like.
Search Class
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 73, Conformators, for
instruments used for measuring contours.
26. SURFACE TYPE, PIGMENT. The application of coloring
material by operations not elsewhere classifiable. Inven-
tions found here are usually in the nature of hand methods
or design decorations which are not particularly adapted to
be produced by machines. Conventional shading or color-
ing of an ornamental effect falling in some other specific sub-
class of*this class does not place the patent in this subclass.
Search Classes
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclasses 4, Apparatus and appliances,
Painters', and the subclasses thereunder, for appliances to be
employed in this character of work; 38, Surface type, Remov-
ing portions of coating, for methods of ornamentation by
removing portions of a colored surface, and 33, Surface type,
Transfers, for methods of transferring previously formed
pigment designs.
2 APPAREL, subclass 147, Trimmings, Embroidery, for com-
bination of colored and embroidery ornamentation.
8 BLEACHING AND DYEING, for the dyeing of fabric and the like;
91, COATING, for coating not limited to steps for the produc-
tion of a definite design and including, under subclass 67.9,
Fabric coating and printing, the production of serviceable
fabrics by the combination of coating and printing or emboss-
ing operations, and 101, PRINTING, for the application of
designs to surfaces by means of type, stencils or planographic
surfaces, including in subclasses 28, Color machines, Graining,
and 181, Imitating, special methods of imitating natural,
woven, and other surfaces.
11 BOOK BINDING, subclass 13, Bank notes, checks, and bonds,
for surface preparation peculiar to negotiable paper.
18 PLASTICS, for introduction of coloring matter into the sur-
face of pyroxylin and vulcanizable gums bv methods peculiar
to those materials and for processes which involve molding
or the facing of a plastic while green; 12, MASONRY AND CON-
CRETE STRUCTURES; 94, PAVING, for the introduction of
coloring matter into the surface of cement and the like sub-
stances during the molding of the material, and 107 BREAD,
PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, for coloring peculiar to
confectionery and the like.
27. SURFACE TYPE, PIGMENT, TREATING PHOTO-
GRAPHS. The coloring of photographs and other previ-
ously formed pictures not provided for elsewhere. Also
includes mounting the colored picture on a backing.
Search Classes
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, for methods of coloring photographs unique
to that art.
101 PRINTING, subclasses 159, Surfaces, Multicolor, and 162,
Surfaces, Tintographs, for printing surfaces adapted for this
type of work.
28. SURFACE TYPE, PIGMENT, TREATING PHOTO-
GRAPHS, CLEARING FEATURE. Coloring photo-
graphs and pictures by methods which involve the step of
rendering them substantially transparent or in which a trans-
parent picture is employed, usually so that they may be col-
ored from the back. Includes rendering pictures transparent
when no coloring is mentioned.
29. SURFACE TYPE, PIGMENT, MASKING. Applying color-
ing material to a surface partially covered by a mask, either
in the nature of a substance which may be washed off or
removed after the color has been applied or which will not
take the color. Does not include stenciling in which perma-
nent plates are used. Does not include printing and dyeing
operations in which a portion of the material treated is pro-
tected in this manner. Does not include novel methods of
coating a surface such as would fall in class 91, COATING, but
in which a pattern is applied in a conventional manner to a
portion of the surface.
0. SURFACE TYPE, PIGMENT, FILLED RECESSES. Fill-
ing re-jesses formed in a surface wholly or in part with coloring
mattar.
Search Class
144 WOOD-WORKING, subclasses 272, Wood ornamenting, Em-
bossing, and the subclasses thereunder, and 275, Wood orna-
menting, Graining, for the coloring of recesses incidental to the
embossing and graining of wood.
31. SURFACE TYPE, PIGMENT, FILLED RECESSES, AP-
PLIED OUTLINES. Applying or building up bands or
divisions on a surface and filling the recesses thus formed with
coloring matter. Usually known as "cloisonne 1 work."
32. SURFACE TYPE, PIGMENT, PLAQUES AND SUR-
FACES. Surfaces such as canvases, panels, plaques, and the
like specially prepared or designed to receive pigment orna-
mentation. Does not include mere coating and impregnating
methods.
CLASS 41 Continued.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 158, Pic-
ture frames, Mats, mounts, and backs, for plaques constructed
to hold cards or pictures.
33. SURFACE TYPE, TRANSFERS. Preparing designs or
shapes in pigments or analogous materials upon a temporary
support and securing the material thus formed to a permanent
ground before detaching the temporary support.
Search Class
101 PRINTING, for methods of transferring fluid designs to a
ground in which no special manipulation or preparation for
releasing the entire body of fluid is involved; also subclass 163,
Surfaces, Elastic, for sheet construction similar to transfer
sheets employed in this subclass; also subclass 166, Surfaces,
Mechanical transferring and registering, for machine methods
of manipulating and regulating a transfer sheet, in preparing
a printing surface.
34. SURFACE TYPE, APPLIED OBJECTS. Ornamentation of
surfaces by applying solid objects not provided for elsewhere.
Search Classes
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclasses 10, Ornamental forms, or the
subclasses thereunder, for ornamental objects which are not
designed to lie on a surface, but which are in some instances
mounted on other objects; 21, Surface type, Diaphanous; 22,
Surface type, Diaphanous face, Opaque backing; 23, Surface
type. Mosaic; 31, Surface type, Pigment. Filled recesses, Ap-
plied outlines; 33, Surface type, Transfers, and 38, Surface
type, Removing portions of coating, for features somewhat of
this nature, but peculiar to the types contained in those sub-
classes and usually not cross-referenced here.
2 APPAREL, subclass 187, Trimmings, for cloth ornamented by
means of objects sewed thereon.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 140, Signs,
Interchangeable letters, and the subclasses thereunder, for let-
ters to be applied to signs; subclasses 124.5, Memorial tablets,
and 152, Picture frames, and the subclasses thereunder, for
picture retainers which are sometimes mounted on other
objects.
46 GAMES AND TOYS, especially subclass 40, Toys, Figure, for
pictures of figures having portions of clothing or other appro-
priate objects secured thereon in such a manner that portions
of the object are capable of movement.
69 LEATHER MANUFACTURES, subclass 21, Articles and proc-
esses, for leather ornamented by attached leather objects.
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 52, Washers, Ornamental, for ornamental washers to
be used with nails, screws, or the like.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 34, Display cards, for objects
attached to cards in the nature of samples.
231 WHIPS AND WHIP APPARATUS, subclass 6, Whips, Caps,
buttons, and joints, for ornamental rings and the like for
whips.
35. SURFACE TYPE, APPLIED OBJECTS, INLAID. Apply-
ing solid objects in such a manner that a portion of the object
lies below the ground.
Search Classes
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 37, Surface type, Applied ob-
jects, Metallic leaf, for leaf decoration which may involve this
feature.
18; PLASTICS, especially subclass 59, Processes, Molding, Unit-
ing; 72, MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, and 94,
PAVING, for methods of inlaying objects in soft or softened
plastic materials, and 49, GLASS, especially subclass 81,
Processes, Uniting parts, for methods of incorporating objects
in the soft glass.
20^ WOODEN BUILDINGS, especially subclass 75, Mosaics and
inlaying, and 144, WOOD-WORKING, especially subclass 277,
Wood ornamenting, Processes, for methods of inlaying wood
in wood.
23 METAL-WORKING, especially subclasses 148, Blanks and
processes, and the subclasses thereunder, and 189, Metal stock,
Processes, Compound plate, for methods of inlaying metal in
metal.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 124.5,
Memorial tablets, for tablets inlaid in monuments and the
like.
63 JEWELRY, subclass 26, Gem settings, and the subclasses
thereunder, for gems and jewels set into objects.
36. SURFACE TYPE, APPLIED OBJECTS, PARTICLES.
Small particles, flakes, globules, and the like applied to the
surface.
Search Classes
2 APPAREL, subclass 187, Trimmings, and 223, APPAREL AP-
PARATUS, subclass 52, Trimmings, Making, for methods of
ornamenting fabrics by sewing beads and the like thereon.
91 COATING, for methods of covering a surface by flocking,
sanding, and the like.
37. SURFACE TYPE, APPLIED OBJECTS, METALLIC
LEAF. Inventions relating to ornamentation by the use of
metallic leaf.
Search Classes
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 7, Apparatus and appliances,
Metallic leaf applying, and the subclasses thereunder, for ap-
paratus for applying leaf.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 71, Pack-
ages, Metallic leaf, for packages of leaf.
38. SURFACE TYPE, REMOVING PORTIONS OF COATING.
Effects produced by removing portions of a coating or cover-
ing, so that the ground is exposed.
86
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 41 Continued.
Search Class
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclasses 35, Surface type, Applied ob-
jects, Inlaid, for somewhat similar features employed in pro-
ducing inlaid work; 43, Surface type, Chemical, Etching, Ile-
sist preparation; 44, Surface type, Chemical, Etching, Resist
preparation, Photographic, and 46, Surface type, Mechanical
negatives, for the preparation of surfaces by removing portions
of coating as a preliminary step in other operations.
39. SURFACE TYPE, ABRADED AND ROUGHENED. Or-
namentation by roughening a portion of the surface. Does
not include engraving.
Search Classes
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclasses 41, Surface type, Chemical, or
the subclasses thereunder, when the roughing is limited to
chemical methods, and 38, Surface type, Removing portions
of coating, when abrading is employed in removing coating.
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, for sand blast and other abrad-
ing apparatus.
40. SURFACE TYPE, ABRADED AND ROUGHENED, CHIP-
PING WITH ADHESIVE. Chipping a surface, usually
glass, by applying an adhesive which in drying contracts and
detaches small particles from the surface.
41. SURFACE TYPE, CHEMICAL. Ornamental effects pro-
duced by chemical action not provided for in other classes.
Does not include chemical deposition of metal when not com-
bined with other features.
Search Classes
2 APPAREL, subclass 147, Trimmings, Embroidery, for the use
of chemicals for destroying threads in preparing embroidery
work.
8 BLEACHING AND DYEING, for chemieal methods of dyeing
fabrics and the like.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 50, Processes, Miscellaneous, Vulcan-
izable gums, Caoutchouc, and 51, Processes, Miscellaneous,
Pyroxylin, for chemical ornamental changes peculiar to rub-
ber and celluloid.
CLASS 41 Continued.
42. SURFACE TYPE, CHEMICAL, ETCHING. Ornamenting
and producing designs on mineral substances by surface re-
moval with chemical agents when not involving the use of
electricity. Includes processes of applying the reagent if not
falling in subclass 45, Surface type, Chemical, Etching, De-
signs without resist.
Search Classes
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 9, Apparatus and appliances,
Etching, for apparatus employed in this art.
101 PRINTING, subclasses under "Surfaces," for methods of
preparing printing surfaces by etching, which involve special
features that distinguish them from etching ornamental effects.
This does not apply to photographic methods..
43. SURFACE TYPE, CHEMICAL, ETCHING, RESIST
PREPARATION. The preparation of a resist to protect a
portion of the surface from the action of the agent. If the resist
is described as capable of use in etching, it should be placed
herein, even though it may be used for other protective pur-
poses.
44. SURFACE TYPE, CHEMICAL, ETCHING, RESIST
PREPARATION, PHOTOGRAPHIC. Preparing the re-
sist by the action of light.
Search Class
101 PRINTING, subclasses 204, Surfaces, Planographic, Photo-
mechanical, and 205, Surfaces, Relief and intaglio, Photome-
chanical, for the preparation of printing surfaces.
45. SURFACE TYPE, CHEMICAL, ETCHING, DESIGNS
WITHOUT RESIST. Inventions leading to the production
of a design by an etching agent without the use of a resist.
46. SURFACE TYPE, MECHANICAL NEGATIVES. The
mechanical preparation of plates which are designed to be used
in printing by the action of light.
CLASS 42. FIREARMS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes all the lighter firearms which are supported by
hand when operated, as shoulder-guns, pistols, revolvers, toy fire-
arms, cane-guns, and such implements, as bayonets, pistol-
swords, gun-barrel cleaners, ramrods, intrenching devices, etc.,
which are usually attached to the arm. Some gun-rests adapted to
be attached to an ordinary shoulder-gun, some body-supported arm-
rests, and some shell and load extracting implements are also here
classified.
The heavier-mounted guns are found in class 89, ORDNANCE.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Firearms and accessories not classifiable
in any of the other subclasses.
2. BREECH-LOADING. Miscellaneous firearms adapted for
loading at the breech. The subclasses under this title,
except those of the automatic, the spring-motor guns, and
the grip-magazine pistols, are based on the movements of the
breech-block or barrel in opening the breech. Features of
magazine structure may be found in any of the magazine sub-
classes.
3. BREECH-LOADING, AUTOMATIC, GAS-OPERATED.
The force of expansion of the gases of discharge is used to open
the breech, extract and eject the shells , insert a fresh load from
the magazine, close the breech, and cock the piece. The
breech is usually opened by the breech-block sliding rearward
or the barrel forward.
4. BREECH-LOADING, AUTOMATIC, RECOIL-OPERATED.
The force of recoil is utilized to open the breech, extract
and eject the empty shell, insert a fresh cartridge from the
magazine, close the breech, and cock the piece. In this class
of guns the breech-block usually slides rearward to open the
breech, or both barrel and breech-block slide rearward and the
barrel returns to its forward or firing position in advance of the
return of the block.
5. BREECH-LOADING, SPRING-MOTOR OPERATED.
Firearms in which a spring, which is wound up, is utilized to
furnish the power for opening the breech, usually by sliding
the breech-block rearward, ejecting the shell, reloading, and
closing the breech. Usually one winding of the spring is suffi-
cient for a magazine full of cartridges.
6. BREECH-LOADING, MAGAZINE. Miscellaneous breech-
loading magazine-guns not classifiable in any of the other sub
classes of magazine-guns.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclasses 3, Breech-loading, Automatic, Gas-
operated; 4. Breech-loading, Automatic, Recoil-operated; 5,
Breech-loading, Spring-motor operated, and 7, Breech-loading,
Grip-magazine pistols.
7. BREECH-LOADING, GRIP-MAGAZINE PISTOLS. The
magazine is placed in the handle or grip of the pistol . Usually
the breech-block slides rearward or the barrel forward to open
the breech.
8. BREECH - LOADING, BREECH - HINGED BARREL.
"Break-down" guns in which the hinge is located at the
breech.
9. BREECH-LOADING, FAUCET BREECH-BLOCK. The
breech-block turns about a central fixed axis, like a faucet, to
open and close the breech. The charge is sometimes received
in this block and there retained when fired. In other cases
the block closes the breech containing the charge.
10. BREECH-LOADING, FORWARD-SLIDING BARREL.
The barrel slides forward to open the breech.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclasses 3, Breech-loading, Automatic, Gas-
operated, and 7, Breech-loading, Grip-magazine pistols.
11. BREECH-LOADING, FORWARD-SLIDING BARREL,
MAGAZINE. Magazine-guns in which the barrel slides for-
ward to open the breech, this movement also operating to
reload the gun from the magazine.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclasses 3, Breech-loading, Automatic, Gas-
operated, and 7, Breech-loading, Grip-magazine pistols.
12. BREECH-LOADING, SIDE-SWINGING BARREL. The
barrel, to open the breech, is made to swing to one side.
13. BREECH-LOADING, SIDE-SWINGING BARREL, PAR-
ALLEL PIVOT. The barrel, to open the breech, is made to
swing to one side on a pivot, or axis parallel to the length or
axis of the barrel.
CLASS 42 Continued.
14. BREECH-LOADING, SLIDING BREECH-BLOCK. The
breech-block is made to slide in guides to open or close the
breech.
15. BREECH-LOADING, SLIDING BREECH-BLOCK, MAG-
AZINE. Magazine-guns having a sliding breech-block.
16. BREECH-LOADING SLIDING BREECH-BLOCK, REAR-
WARD. The breech-block, in opening the breech, is made
to slide rearward substantially in line with the barrel.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclasses 3, Breech-loading, Automatic, Gas-
operated; 4. Breech-loading, Automatic, Recoil-operated; 5,
Breech-loading, Spring-motor operated, and 7, Breech-loading,
Grip-magazine pistols.
17. BREECH-LOADING, SLIDINGBREECH-BLOCK, REAR-
WARD, MAGAZINE. Magazine-guns having a breech-
block made to slide rearward substantially in line with the
gun-barrel.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclasses 3, Breech-loading, Automatic, Gas-
operated; 4, Breech-loading, Automatic, Recoil-operated; 5,
Breech-loading, Spring-motor operated, and 7, Breech-loading,
Grip-magazine pistols.
18. BREECH-LOADING. SLIDING BREECH-BLOCK,REAR-
WARD, MAGAZINE, BOX. The magazine is of the side-
feeding or "box" type.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclasses 3, Breech-loading, Automatic, Gas-
operated; 4, Breech-loading, Automatic, Recoil-operated; 5,
Breech-loading, Spring-motor operated, and 7, Breech-loading,
Grip-magazine pistols.
19. BREECH-LOADING, SLIDING BREECH-BLOCK, REAR-
WARD, MAGAZINE, ROTARY. Firearms in which a
rotary magazine, like a revolver-cylinder, is employed to bring
the cartridges successively to position in line with the breech,
where they are pushed into the barrel by the returning breech-
block. In revolvers the cartridges are retained in the cylinder
when fired.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclass 59, Revolvers.
20 BREECH-LOADING, SLIDING BREECH-BLOCK, REAR-
WARD, PIVOTED HAMMER. Guns of this type in which
a pivoted hammer is employed to strike the charge or a firing-
pin which transmits the blow to the charge.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclasses 3, Breech-loading, Automatic, Gas-
operated; 4. Breech-loading, Automatic, Recoil-operated; 5,
Breech-loading, Spring-motor operated, and 7, Breech-loading,
Grip-magazine pistols.
21 BREECH-LOADING, SLIDING BREECH-BLOCK, REAR-
WARD, PIVOTED HAMMER, MAGAZINE. Magazine-
guns of the type in the preceding subclass.
22 BREECH-LOADING. SLIDING BREECH-BLOCK, REAR-
WARD, PIVOTED HAMMER, MAGAZINE, BOX. Maga-
zine-guns with this breech-block movement which have the
side-feeding or "box" magazine.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclasses 3, Breech-loading, Automatic, Gas-
operated; 4, Breech-loading, Automatic, Recoil-operated; 5,
Breech-loading, Spring-motor operated, and 7, Breech-loading,
Grip-magazine pistols.
23. BREECH-LOADING, SLIDING BREECH-BLOCK, VER-
TICAL MORTISE. The breech-block, in openingthe breech,
slides vertically in a mortise.
24 BREECH-LOADING, SLIDING BREECH-BLOCK, VER-
TICAL MORTISE, MAGAZINE. Magazine-guns which
have the breech-block fitted to slide in a vertical mortise.
25 BREECH-LOADING, SLIDING BREECH-BLOCK, REAR-
WARD, EXTRACTORS. Shell-extracting devices pertain-
ing to this type of gun.
26 BREECH-LOADING, SWINGING BREECH-BLOCK. The
breech-block is hinged or pivoted and made to swing to open
the breech.
27. BREECH - LOADING, SWINGING BREECH-BLOCK
MAGAZINE. Magazine-guns with a hinged or pivoted
breech-block.
28 BREECH - LOADING, SWINGING BREECH - BLOCK,
DOWNWARD AND REARWARD. The breech-block
being pivoted at its rear end, its front end swings downward
and to the rear to uncover the breech.
87
88
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 42 Continued.
29. BREECH - LOADING. SWINGING BREECH - BLOCK,
DOWNWARD AND REARWARD, MAGAZINE. Maga-
zine-guns in which the breech-block is pivoted at its rear end,
so its front end swings downward and to the rear.
30. BREECH - LOADING, SWINGING BREECH-BLOCK,
LATERALLY FORWARD The breech-block, pivoted at
its forward end, swings outward and forward at its rear end to
open the breech.
31. BREECH - LOADING. SWINGING BREECH - BLOCK
LATERALLY REARWARD. The breech-block is pivoted
at its rear end, and its front end swings outward and to the
rear to open the breech.
32. BREECH -LOADING, SWINGING BREECH-BLOCK,
PARALLEL PIVOT. The breech-block, to open the breech,
swings on a pivot or hinge which is parallel with the gun-barrel
axis.
33. BREECH - LOADING, SWINGING BREECH - BLOCK,
PARALLEL PIVOT, MAGAZINE. Magazine-guns in
which the breech-block, to open the breech, swings on a pivot
or hinge which is parallel to the gun-axis.
34. BREECH - LOADING, SWINGING BREECH - BLOCK,
REARWARD AND DOWNWARD. The breech-block
is pivoted below the gun-axis, and the upper part of the block,
to open the breech, swings rearward and downward.
35. BREECH - LOADING, SWINGING BREECH - BLOCK,
REARWARD AND DOWNWARD, MAGAZINE. Maga-
zine-guns in which the breech-block , to open the breech , swings
to the rear and downward.
36. BREECH - LOADING, SWINGING BREECH - BLOCK,
UPWARD AND FORWARD. The breech-block is pivoted
at its forward part, and, to open the breech, its rearward part
swings upward and forward.
37. BREECH - LOADING, SWINGING BREECH - BLOCK,
UPWARD AND FORWARD, MAGAZINE. Magazine-
guns in which the breech-block is pivoted at its forward part
and, to open the breech, swings the rearward part upward and
forward.
38. BREECH - LOADING, SWINGING BREECH - BLOCK,
UPWARD AND REARWARD. The breech-block is piv-
oted at the rear end, and, to open the breech, its forward end
swings upward and to the rear.
39. BREECH -LOADING, SWINGING BREECH-BLOCK,
UPWARD AND REARWARD, MAGAZINE. Magazine-
guns in which the breech-block is pivoted at its rear end. To
open the breech, its forward end swings upward and to the
rear.
40. BREECH - LOADING, UPWARD-TILTING BREECH.
The barrel is pivoted to the stock at a point in advance of the
breech, and, to open the breech, the barrel swings on this pivot,
the muzzle downward and breech upward. These are often
styled "breakdown" guns.
41. BREECH -LOADING, UPWARD - TILTING BREECH,
LOCKS. Guns of this type in which the improvement lies
wholly in the lock or firing mechanism.
Search Class
42 FIEEARMS, subclasses 65, Revolvers, Locks, and 69, Locks.
42. BREECH-LOADING, UPWARD-TILTING BREECH,
LOCKS, SINGLE-TRIGGER. The lock for two or more
barrels on a single gun Is adapted to be operated by a single
trigger.
43. BREECH-LOADING, UPWARD-TILTING BREECH,
LOCKS, COCKING DEVICES. In the breaking down of
the gun or in closing the breech the hammer is cocked.
44. BREECH-LOADING, UPWARD-TILTING BREECH,
BARREL-LOCKS. Devices for holding or locking the
breech in the closed position.
45. BREECH-LOADING, UPWARD-TILTING BREECH,
BARREL-LOCKS, HAMMER-COCKING. Barrel-locking
devices which also operate to cock or partly cock the hammer.
46. BREECH-LOADING, UPWARD-TILTING BREECH,
EXTRACTORS. Shell-extracting mechanism usually oper-
ated by the breakdown of the gun.
47. BREECH-LOADING, UPWARD-TILTING BREECH,
EJECTORS. Mechanism, usually operated by the break-
down of the gun, for throwing out or ejecting the cartridge-
shells.
48. BREECH-LOADING, UPWARD-TILTING BREECH,
EJECTORS, HAMMER. The ejector is struck by an ejector
hammer, usually in breaking down the gun, and thus throws
out the cartridge shells.
49. BREECH-LOADING, MAGAZINES. The novelty resides
solely in the gun-magazine.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclass 87, Magazine chargers, and subclasses
thereunder.
CLASS 42 Continued.
50. BREECH-LOADING, MAGAZINES, BOX. The novelty re-
sides solely in the magazine of the side-feeding or "box" type.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclass 88, Magazine-chargers, Packs, and sub-
classes thereunder.
51. MUZZLE-LOADERS. Firearms which can be loaded only
through the muzzle.
52. CANE-GUNS. Walking-canes which are adapted also to be
used as firearms.
53. PISTOL-SWORDS. Those pistols which combine therewith
a sword or knife attachment.
54. TOY. Devices such as toy pistols, cannon, etc. made to imi-
tate firearms and which either fire an explosive, like a cap or
match, by means of some sort of a lock or which have a barrel
in which an explosive is placed and fired. Liquid-throwing
pistols are from analogy here included.
NOTE. For such cap-exploding toys and fire-cracker holders as
are not made in imitation of firearms search should be made in
class 46, GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 40, Toys, Sounding.
For such spring or air guns as in addition to projecting a
missile, also explode a cap, search should be made in class
124, AFR-GUNS, CATAPULTS, AND TARGETS, subclasses 8, Guns,
Air, and 12, Guns Spring.
55. TOY, CANNON. Devices made in imitation of cannon, mor-
tars, etc., and adapted to hold an explosive charge, generally
a fire-cracker. A projectile may or may not be used.
56. TOY, LIQUID-THROWING. Pistols adapted to throw a
liquid a short distance.
Search Class
128 SURGERY, subclass 25, Syringes.
57. TOY, RIBBON-FED. The device is adapted to receive a "rib-
bon " of the explosives or caps and feed this ribbon as the caps
are successively exploded by the hammer.
58. TOY, REVOLVERS. The toy is made to imitate a revolver.
59. REVOLVERS. Pistols in which there is a revolving cylinder
adapted to carry a plurality of loads and bring each load suc-
cessively to firing position.
60. REVOLVERS, MAGAZINE-FED CYLINDER. The revol-
ver carries a fixed magazine from which the cylinder is supplied
or fed.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclass 19, Breech-loading, Sliding breech-
block, Rearward, Magazine, Rotary.
61. REVOLVERS, MUZZLE-LOADERS. The cylinder can be
loaded only from the forward end.
62. REVOLVERS, SWINGING-CYLINDER. The cylinder
swings outward to reload, clean, etc.
63. REVOLVERS, HINGED-BARREL. Revolvers of the break-
down type.
64. REVOLVERS, HINGED-BARREL, BARREL-CATCHES.
Devices for locking or holding the barrel in its' closed or opera-
tive position.
65. REVOLVERS, LOCKS. Revolver locks or firing devices.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclasses 41, Breech-loading, Upward-tilting
breech, Locks, and 69, Locks.
66. REVOLVERS, LOCKS, SAFETY DEVICES. Arrange-
ments lor preventing premature explosion of the charge.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclass 83, Nipples and guards.
67. REVOLVERS, LOCKS, CYLINDER-STOPS. Devices for
checking the revolution of the cylinder and holding it during
the firing.
68. REVOLVERS, SHELL-EXTRACTORS. Shell-extracting
mechanism.
69. LOCKS. Miscellaneous subclass of gun-locks.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclasses 41, Breech-loading, Upward-tilting
breech, Locks, and 65, Revolvers, Locks.
70. LOCKS, SAFETY. Those locks which have some sort of mech-
anism for preventing premature explosion.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclasses 41, Breech-loading, Upward-tilting
breech, Locks; 65, Revolvers, Locks, and 69, Locks, for lock
features aside from the safety devices.
71. STOCKS. The novelty resides solely in the stock or butt of the
gun.
72. STOCKS, AUXILIARY. Additional or auxiliary stocks to be
attached usually to pistol-handles to convert them into
shoulder-guns.
73. STOCKS, ADJUSTABLE. Adjustably-attached stocks to
permit varying the angle between the stock and barrel.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
89
CLASS 42 Continued.
74. STOCKS, CUSHIONED. Rubber, spring, air, or other cush-
ioned gun-butt to diminish the effect of the recoil or "kick"
of the gun.
75. STOCKS, STOCK AND BARREL FASTENINGS. Arrange-
ments for fastening the barrel and stock together.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclass 76, Barrels.
76. BARRELS. The barrel structure and means for uniting two
or more barrels together.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclass 75, Stocks, Stock and barrel fastenings.
77. BARRELS, AUXILIARY. Barrels some of which are adapt-
ed to be placed within the usual barrel to make a rifle in place
of a shotgun or for some other reason to reduce the usual bore;
some barrels adapted to be placed by and removed from the
side of the usual barrel to make a double-barreled gun or one
with a shot and also a rifle barrel.
Search Class
89 ORDNANCE, subclass 29, Practice-barrels.
78. BARRELS, RIFLING. Gun barrels in which the novelty
resides in the rifling. This subclass includes rifling for heavy
ordnance as well as for the lighter firearms.
79. BARRELS, CHOKE DEVICES. Gun muzzle constructions
or muzzle attachments designed to prevent the shot scattering
when the charge leaves the gun.
80. SIGHTS. Sight mountings, adjustments, etc.
Search Classes
89 ORDNANCE, subclass 32, Sights.
88 OPTICS, for lens arrangements and structures involving
features of optics and optical instruments.
81. SIGHTS, REFLECTORS AND ILLUMINATORS. Various
arrangements for reflecting the light upon or illuminating by
artificial light the gun-sights or the object at which the gun is
aimed.
82. SIGHTS, VERTICALLY-ADJUSTABLE. Those adapted
for vertical adjustment for different distances'.
Search Class
89 ORDNANCE, subclass 32, Sights.
83. NIPPLES AND GUARDS. Nipple structures and also guards
either carried by the stock or by the hammer and adapted to
prevent the hammer prematurely striking the nipple.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclass 66, Revolvers, Locks, Safety devices.
84. ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES. Principally electric firing
devices. Some alarms for indicating when guns of the " ham-
merless" type are set at "unsafe."
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclass 81, Sights, Reflectors and illuminators,
for electric-lighting devices for gun-sights.
CLASS 42 Continued.
85. GUN-TRIMMINGS. Bands, clips, hooks, etc., for sling-strap
attachment, gun-stacking, and ram or wiper rod attachment.
86. BAYONETS. Gun-bayonets of various kinds.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclass 93, Implements, Intrenching, for dig-
ging devices adapted to be attached to gun-bayonets.
87. MAGAZINE-CHARGERS. Devices for temporarily holding
a series of cartridges or gun charges and inserting them in the
gun-magazine.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclass 49, Breech-loading, magazine.
88. MAGAZINE-CHARGERS, PACKS. Cartridge-holding clips
or packs for temporarily holding the loads and inserting them
in the gun-magazine.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, subclass 50, Breech-loading, Magazines, Box.
89. MAGAZINE-CHARGERS, PACKS, REVOLVER. Devices
for temporarily holding cartridges in such position as to readily
insert them in the cylinder of a revolver.
90. IMPLEMENTS. Various implements intimately associated
with the use of firearms, such as cartridge-openers, ball-extrac-
tors, loaders for muzzle-loading guns, wire-fence-cutting attach-
ments, ramrods, etc.
91. IMPLEMENTS, CLEANING. Various gun-barrel-bore-clean-
ing devices.
Search Class
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclasses 41, Chimney-cleaners,
Flue and stovepipe, and 42, Chimney-cleaners, Lamp.
92. IMPLEMENTS, CLEANING, ROD-JOINTS. Rod-joints
for gun-cleaning rods.
Search Classes
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 28, Pipe-couplings, De-
tachable.
166 ARTESIAN AND OIL WELLS, subclass 10, Sucker-rods.
93. IMPLEMENTS, INTRENCHING. Digging implements
adapted for attachment to the gun or its bayonet.
Search Class
65 HARROWS AND DIGGERS, subclass 14, Shovels, for intrench-
ing implements which are not attachments to the gun.
94. IMPLEMENTS, RESTS. Various forms of arm-rests and also
some gun-rests adapted to support the usual shoulder-firearm.
Search Class
89 ORDNANCE, subclass 40 Mounts, Field, for the gun-rests
for the heavier field-guns.
95. IMPLEMENTS, SHELL-EXTRACTING. Various imple-
ments or tools for extracting shells from the gun.
CLASS 48. GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class relates only to gas for heating and illuminating pur-
poses and includes apparatus, processes, and compositions for the
manufacture of such gas and means for the purification, distribution,
and storage thereof.
This class does not include the manufacture of gas such, for
example, as oxygen, ozone, nitrous oxid, carbonic-acid gas, and
chemical gases in general. These are not heating or illuminating
gases.
This class does not include rigid holders for storing gas under com-
pression.
This class does not include charging and discharging devices for
retorts, nor does it include charging devices for cupola-generators,
such as the well-known bell-and-hopper type. For these two classes
of inventions see classes 202, CHARCOAL AND COKE, and 75, METAL-
LURGY, respectively.
Every plant for producing gas from the combustion of fuel neces-
sitates the use of a furnace of some sort, and where the invention
alleged includes more than the furnace and extends into apparatus
for treating the gases or modifications of the furnace, adapting it to
treat them, the application belongs in class 48, whether the furnace
per se be a limckim or a smelting-furnace. In either case the furnace
Is merely an element of the plant and if divided out may be sent to
its proper class.
The subclass of "Ammonia," under class 23, CHEMICALS, is very
closely related to class 48, GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, and
where the plant is specially designed to increase the product of
ammonia the application for it should be assigned to that class and
if reduced to the mere production of gas may afterward be trans-
ferred to class 48, GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING.
Class 48, GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, deals with the manu-
ufacture of gas, while class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURN-
ERS, relates to the simultaneous manufacture and combustion of
gas without preliminary purification, fixation, or storage. Class
158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, is therefore primarily
the superior class.
There is very little conflict between these classes where the manu-
fecture of coal-gas is concerned, for the making and burning of such
gas is generally conducted separately, and furthermore, the retort
is not intimately related to the burner, so that if the case is one
merely involving the manufacture of coal-gas by burning a portion
of the gas generated in the retort to supply heat for the same the
conflict will be settled by cross-referencing or, in case of an applica-
tion, dividing out any novel burner into class 158, LIQUID AND
GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, and leaving the patent in class 48. If,
however, the coal-gas were generated by heat derived from the gas
and the heat thus produced were utilized in a furnace for metal-
lurgical or steam-producing purposes, the invention lying in the
gas-burning furnace, the patent for such combination would be clas-
sified in class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS.
The relation between the classes on the line of oil-gas produced in
a retort-furnace is much closer than in the case of coal-gas, for the
retort is often so closely combined with the burner that they are
inseparable. When patents of this character are in question, a
complete plant for the making, in retorts, of an oil-gas and the purifi-
cation, fixation, or storage of the same will be assigned to class 48,
GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, and whenever in such cases the
retort is heated by the combustion of a portion of the gas generated
therein the patent will be cross-referenced into class 158, LIQUID AND
GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS.
Patents which generate oil-gas in a retort by heat derived from a
portion or all of the gas produced, but which do not cover the puri-
fication, fixation, or storage of the gas separately or combined, will
be classified in class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS.
All burners for burning liquid or gaseous fuel for heating purposes
will be classified in class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS.
All patents which cover nothing more than an independent retort
for the generation of oil-gas, except such as are clearly intended to
be used as a part of a vapor-burner, will be classified in class 48,
GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING.
Systems for feeding oil are more generally found in apparatus
involving the burning of the oil or oil-gas, and except such as are
especially adapted to feed to a carbureter or those where the feed
is controlled by pressure generated in a retort or steam-boiler, which
are classified in class 23, DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC, will be treated in
class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS.
Patents for stove structures in which carbureted air or gas is
burned will belong to class 126, STOVES AND FURNACES, but where
nothing is involved beyond the carbureting of the air or gas and
burning it there is gene'rally nothing novel in the burner, and the
patents will be assigned to class 48, GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMI-
NATING, and if a novel burner be claimed it will be a mere gas-burner
and will be divided out or cross-referenced into class 158, LIQUID AND
GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS.
This line leaves retorts in combinations for generating oil-gas in
"both classes; but this is unavoidable, and, furthermore, similar struc-
tures are found in many other classes, as stills, steam-boilers, etc.,
and a search for such features must be a general one.
Devices for the purpose above set forth not coming within the
limits above defined, but which are claimed in combination with
an internal-combustion engine or with any element thereof, will be
placed in appropriate subclasses under class 123, INTERNAL-COMBUS-
TION ENGINES. This is not intended to apply to claims which,
while in the form of a combination, state merely the intended use of
the device as, for example, "The combination, with an internal-
CLASS 48 Continued.
combustion engine, of" followed by words defining the structure of
a mixture-producing device not in itself classified hi internal-combus-
tion engines.
Devices for producing an explosive mixture from a liquid hydro-
carbon and air or for producing the combustible constituent for such
an explosive mixture, in which the operation of the mixture-
producing device does not necessarily depend upon the suction
produced by an internal-combustion engine, which mixture-
producing device is capable of operation independent of the engine
and if continued in operation would continue to produce an explosive
mixture whether or not the engine continued to operate, go in appro-
priate subclasses under class 48, GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING,
notwithstanding the fact that the device may be actually designed
for the purpose of supplying an internal-combustion engine with an
explosive mixture and may be operated by such engine. These
devices are ordinarily supplied with air or liquid hydrocarbon, or
both, under pressure and if operated independently of the engine
would produce an explosive mixture which frequently is or might
be stored for future use. If provided with regulating means to limit
the amount of explosive mixture produced, such means are a part of
the mixture-producing mechanism and are independent of the
engine. Devices in which it does not positively appear whether they
are operated by suction produced by an internal-combustion engine
or not, which could be so operated, but which do not necessarily
depend upon suction for their operation, go in appropriate subclasses
under class 48, GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING. These devices
ordinarily consist, essentially, of a chamber containing a liquid
hydrocarbon over or through which air flows, it not positively ap-
pearing whether such air is forced through such chamber as by a
pump or is caused to flow therethrough by suction produced by an
engine.
Subclasses.
1. ACETYLENE, GENERATION AND LIQUEFACTION.
Apparatus and processes for the combined generation and
liquefaction of acetylene gas.
Search Class
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 18, Liquefaction of gases.
2. ACETYLENE, GENERATOR AND HOLDER. Connected
generators and gas-holders, the pressure in the generator regu-
lating the supply of water in a to-and-fro or ebb-and-flow
movement to the carbid.
3. ACETYLENE, GENERATOR AND MIXER. Apparatus
and processes in which the acetylene gas is generated and
combined with some aeriform or gaseous fluid. It includes
those in which acetylene gas and another gas are simulta-
neously generated in the same or adjacent apparatus or gas
is generated and passed over calcium carbid or mingled with
acetylene gas.
4. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED. Structures
whereby water is fed to the carbid. The water is fed by
gravity and controlled by the pressure of the gas in the gene-
rator or by the operation of the gas-holder. It also includes
structures for feeding the water to the carbid by capillary
attraction. This subclass includes generators in which water
is fed by gravity to the top of the carbid and automatically
regulated by the gas-pressure in the generator. A hand-valve
is employed to turn on and off the water-feed.
Search Class
209 CARBONATING BEVERAGES, subclass 4, Gas-generators.
5. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED. HOLDER-
OPERATED. Generators in which the water-feed is regu-
lated by the movement of the gas-holder. This subclass
includes structures whereby the gas-holder operates a valve
which feeds water to the top of the carbid in the generator.
6. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, HOLDER-
OPERATED, SERIES. Generators in series of two or more
and hi which the water-feed is controlled by the gas-holder.
7 ACETYLENE. GENERATORS. WATER-FEED. HOLDER-
OPERATED, SERIES, AUTOMATIC-SWITCH. Gener-
ators in series of two or more in which the water-feed is
controlled by the gas-holder and automatically directed from
one generator to another.
8 ACETYLENE, GENERATORS. WATER-FEED, HOLDER-
OPERATED, CELLS-SERIES. Receptacles for carbid
divided into communicating compartments to which water,
fed successively, is controlled by the holder.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 42, Acetylene,
Generators, Carbid-feed, Dip, Cells-series.
9 ACETYLENE. GENERATORS. WATER-FEED, HOLDER-
OPERATED, GASOMETER AND HIGH-PRESSURE
HOLDER. Receivers to which the after-generation is con-
ducted that is, when the gasometer has been filled with gas.
10. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, HOLD-
ER-OPERATED, INTERIOR-VALVE. Structures feed-
Ing water from the gas-holder tank to the generator, the gas-
holder operating a valve located within the tank. It also in-
cludes structures wherein a valved water-tank is located within
or on the gas-holder bell.
91
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 48 Continued.
11. ACETYLENE. GENERATORS. WATER-FEED, HOLD-
ER-OPERATED, ROTARY-CYLINDER. Cylinders, slat-
ted or otherwise, for carbid which are caused to rotate by the
gas-holder and in which the water-feed is controlled by the
action of the gas-holder. This subclass also includes cylin-
ders rotated by gravity or hand in which the water-feed is
operated by the gas-holder.
12. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS. WATER-FEED, HOLD-
ER-OPERATED, UNDERFEED. Generators towhichthe
the water is supplied beneath the upper surface of the carbid
and regulated by the movement of the gas-holder.
13. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, HOLD-
ER-OPERATED, VALVELESS. Apparatus in which no
valve is employed to regulate the feed of water to the generator.
It includes means for displacing water, a flexible tube, a siphon
or tilting vessel operated by the gas-holder. In this subclass
the feed of water is controlled by the gas-pressure in the
generator or holder acting upon the column of water to be fed.
It also includes means carried by the gas-holder not otherwise
classified under the subclasses of "Valveless feed."
14. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, HOLD-
ER-OPERATED, VALVELESS, DISPLACER. Devices
such as a- wedge, piston, plunger, bucket, float, etc., carried
by the gas-holder for displacing water contained in a tank,
causing it to overflow and pass to the generator.
15. ACETYLENE. GENERATORS. WATER-FEED, HOLD-
ER-OPERATED, VALVELESS, FLEXIBLE-TUBE.
Flexible tubes for feeding water to the generator carried by
the gas-holder connected to and elevated and depressed with-
in or above and below the water-supply.
16. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, HOLD-
ER-OPERATED, VALVELESS, GENERATOR-SUP-
PORTED. Generators directly connected to the interior of
the gas-holder and caused to dip in and out of the water in
the gas-holder tank to feed water to the interior of the generator.
17. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED. HOLD-
ER-OPERATED, VALVELESS, SIPHON. Siphon-tubes
carried by the gas-holder for making connections between the
water-tank and the generator for feeding water.
Search Class
209 CARBONATING BEVERAGES, subclass 6, Gas-generators,
Acid-feed siphon.
18. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, HOLD-
ER-OPERATED, VALVELESS, TILTING. Trunnioned
or pivoted vessels operated by the gas-holder so as to discharge
water into a pipe leading to the generator.
Search Class
230 Am AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 23, Fluid-piston, Tilted
tank.
19. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, EBB-
AND-FLOW. Generators containing carbid to which the
water is admitted by an ebb-and-flow movement produced
by the gas-pressure in the generator.
Search Classes
48 GAS, HEATING, AND iLLUMrNATmo, subclass 114, Generators,
Hydrogen.
209 CARBONATING BEVERAGES.
20. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, EBB-
AND-FLOW, SERIES. Two or more generators having
means for supporting carbid to which a body of water is sup-
plied from beneath in an ebb-and-flow movement produced by
the pressure of the gas in the generator.
21. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, EBB-
AND-FLOW, CELLS-SERIES. Receptacles for carbid
divided into separate compartments or superposed and to
which water fed successively from below in a body iscon trolled
by the pressure of the gas in the generator.
22. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS. WATER-FEED. EBB-
AND-FLOW, CONCENTRIC. Receptacles in the form of
a bell and tank stationary one within the other, and means
provided within the bell for supporting the carbid to which
water is fed from beneath by a to-and-fro or ebb-and-flow
motion controlled by the pressure of the gas in the bell.
23. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, SERIES.
Structures in which two or more generators are employed and
which are used successively.
24. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS WATER-FEED, CELLS-
SERIES. Receptacles for carbid divided into communicating
compartments to which water is fed successively. The recep-
tacles may be in series. In this subclass the water is fed drop
by drop to the top of each successive cell and controlled by the
pressure of the gas in the generator.
25. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, CAPIL-
LARY. Generators in which water is supplied to the carbid
by capillary attraction. In this subclass an absorbent is used
to conduct the water.
20. ACETYLENE. GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, CAPIL-
LARY, ADJUSTABLE. Structures whereby the absorbent
through which the water is fed by capillary attraction, may
be adjusted to and from the carbid.
CLASS 48 Continued.
27. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, PERCO-
LATING. Generators wherein means and materials are
employed, except capillary feed, through which water seeps
in its passage to the carbid.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 59, Acetylene,
Carbid-cartridges.
28. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, PERCO-
LATING, PRESSURE-VALVES. Percolating water-feed
generators having valves operated by the pressure of the gas
in the generator to regulate the flow of water.
29. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS. WATER-FEED, EX-
PANSIBLE CARBID-CONTAINER. Cans or cases for
carbid constructed of telescopic sections each having a closed
end, one of which sections may be spring-pressed or it may be
an open-top can containing carbid in which is placed a fol-
lower which may be spring or weight pressed.
30. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, EX-
PANSIBLE WATER-HOLDER. Vessels constructed of
flexible elastic material for feeding water to the carbid, the
pressure in the generator causing a to-and-fro movement.
31. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, INEX-
PANSIBLE GAS-HOLDER AND WATER-FEED. Ves-
sels divided by a partition-wall into two communicating com-
partments, one of the compartments connecting with the
generator to supply water thereto and receive gas therefrom,
the pressure of the gas in the generator and compartment
regulating the water-fend to the generator and causing the
water to flow to and from the second compartment.
32. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, OSCIL-
LATING. Trunnioned receptacles provided with a support
forthecarbid and means to oscillate the same, whereby water in
the lower part of the receptacle may be intermittently brought
in contact with the carbid.
33. ACETYLENE GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, RO-
TARY-CYLINDER. Cylinders of or for containing carbid,
caused to rotate or oscillate, whereby the hydrate, due to
decomposition of the carbid and water, is removed by agita-
tion. This subclass includes cylinders, slatted or otherwise,
rotated or oscillated by hand or gravity; also cylinders com-
posed of carbid, and cylindrical carriers for carbid-packages.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 11, Acetylene,
Generators, Water-feed, Holder-operated, Rotary-cylinder.
34. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED RO-
TARY-GRATE. Generators having a rotary grate for sup-
porting the carbid and removing the hydrate.
35. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, UNDER-
FEED. Generators to which the water is supplied within
and beneath the upper surface of the carbid drop by drop.
30. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, INTER-
LOCKING DEVICES. Devices for preventing accidents in
the handling of the generator including means for interlock-
ing two or more valves or means which extend over or secure
the cover to the generator and simultaneously operate either
one or more of the following valves: the gas-outlet valve, the
water-inlet valve, or the sludge-valve, or vent the generator.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 58, Acetylene,
Generators, Valves, Gas and water-feed.
37. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, WATER-FEED, PRES-
SURE-VALVES. Means for operating the water-feed valve
by gas-pressure hi the generator.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 28, Acetylene,
Generators, Water-feed, Percolating, Pressure-valves.
38. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED. Genera
tors containing water into which the carbid is fed. This sub"
class contains generators to which the carbid is fed not other"
wise classified under the various subclasses of "Carbid-feed.'-
39. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED, APRON
OR BELT. Generators in which an endless belt or an apron
is employed to feed the carbid to the water. It does not in-
clude aprons or belts carrying buckets containing measured
charges of carbid.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclasses 48, Acetylene,
Generators, Carbid-feed, Measured charges, Rotary-carrier,
and 49, Acetylene, Generators, Carbid-feed, Measured charges,
Rotary-carrier, Vertical, for aprons or belts carrying buckets
containing measured charges of carbid.
40. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED, COCK-
Generators containing water to which the feed of carbid is
regulated by means of a cock.
41. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED, DIP.
Generators in which the carbid is caused to dip hi and out of
the water. In this subclass the carbid may be suspended
from or held in suitable means supported by the gas-holder or
supported by a piston or supported by yielding means within
the tank.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 48 Continued.
42. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED, DIP,
CELLS-SERIES. Dip carbid-feed generators wherein the
carbid-receptacle is composed of a number of chambers or
compartments which are successively brought in contact with
the water.
43. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED, FLAP-
VALVE. Carbid-feed generators having flap valves hinged
at or near the mouth of the chute or hopper through which
the carbid passes, automatically operated to feed the carbid.
44. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED,- HAND.
Generator-tanks to which the carbid is fed by hand. In this
subclass the carbid may be fed loosely or put in holders. Does
not include cartridges.
45. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED, HAND-
DIP. Generators provided with suitable means for support-
ing carbid which is caused to dip hi and out of the water, the
carbid being fed through a hand-operated valve.
46. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED. MEAS-
URED CHARGES. Means for feeding definite charges of
carbid. In this subclass will be found devices not otherwise
classified under " Measured charges." This subclass includes
those structures caused to reciprocate and discharge in the
tank.
47. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED, MEAS-
URED CHARGES, CARTRIDGES. Devices for feeding
cartridges containing carbid.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 59, Acetylene,
Carbid-cartridges for construction of the cartridge.
48. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED, MEAS-
URED CHARGES, ROTARY-CARRIER. Includes a
series of receptacles arranged on the same horizontal plane
supported by means caused to rotate and discharge the recep-
tacles successively. The receptacles may be provided with
hinged bottoms and means for securing and releasing the same,
or the receptacles may be trunnioned and provided with
means for dumping the same or an endless belt provided with
pockets.
49. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED, MEAS-
URED CHARGES, ROTARY-CARRIER, VERTICAL.
Pocket-wheels arranged to rotate on a vertical plane and
discharge successively. The pocket may be provided with
lids and means for opening and closing the same. It also
includes an endless belt having cups or carriers.
50. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED, MEAS-
URED CHARGES, STATIONARY. Receptacles for
carbid which have a fixed relation with the generator. They
may be hinged and caused to dump, or they may be recep-
tacles provided with hinged or sliding bottoms w'ith catches
and releasing means or a receptacle divided by a series of
hinged or sliding shelves with catches and releasing means.
51. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED, PISTON.
Generators where a piston is used to feed the carbid.
52. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED, PLATE-
VALVE. Carbid feed generators having a plate arranged
beneath the discharge-opening of the carbid-hopper with an
intervening space, the carbid resting upon the plate. The
plate may be in the form of a disk, or curved.
53. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED, POP-
VALVE. Carbid feed generators having valves caused to
pass to and fro or through the discharge-opening of the carbid-
hopper hi a vertical plane.
53.1. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID FEED, POP-
VALVE, BELL-OPERATED. Carbid feed pop-valves
operated by the rising and falling movement of the bell.
Search Class--
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 53.2, Acetylene,
Generators, Carbid feed, Pop-valve, Bell-operated, Bell and
holder combined, for pop- valves in which the carbid holder
is carried by the bell.
53.2. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID FEED, POP-
VALVE, BELL-OPERATED, BELL AND HOLDER
COMBINED. Bell-operated carbid feed pop-valves in
which the carbid holder is carried by the bell.
53.3. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID FEED, POP
VALVE, DIAPHRAGM-OPERATED. Carbid feed pop-
valves operated by the movement of the diaphragm.
53.4. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID FEED, POP-
VALVE, FLOAT-OPERATED. Carbid feed pop-valves
operated by the movement of the float.
54. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED, SCREW.
Generators having a screw conveyer to feed the carbid thereto.
55. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, CARBID-FEED, SLIDE-
VALVE. Carbid feed generators in which the valve slides
upon its seat distinguished from the structures in subclass 52,
Acetylene, Generators, Carbid-feed. Plate- valve, in that there
is no intervening space between the valve and the mouth of
the hopper or seat.
CLASS 48 Continued.
56. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, AUTOMATIC SAFETY
ESCAPE. Structures used in connection with the generator
whereby excess pressure in the generator permits gas to
escape.
57. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, SLUDGE-REMOVER.
Means located in and attached to the generator for stirring
and removing the hydrate.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 47, Acetylene,
Generators, Carbid-feed, Measured charges, Cartridges.
58. ACETYLENE, GENERATORS, VALVES, GAS AND
WATER-FEED. Generators in which the valves con-
trolling the water-feed and the gas-outlet are connected so as
to open or close simultaneously. It also includes the simul-
taneous venting of the generator.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 36, Acetylene,
Generators, Water-feed, Interlocking devices.
59. ACETYLENE, CARBID-CARTRIDGES. Structures such
as cans or cases to be used hi generators and in which a small
quantity of carbid is placed.
Search Classes
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 29, Acetylene,
Generators, Water-feed, Expansible carbid-container.
23 CHEMICALS, subclass 11, Packing chemicals.
60. ACETYLENE, CARBID-CARTRIDGES, CONGLOMER-
ATE. Cartridges in which the carbid is combined with an
agglutinating and protecting substance and formed into
briquets, tablets, sticks, etc.
61. GENERATORS. Miscellaneous generators not otherwise
classifiable.
62. GENERATORS, CUPOLA. Miscellaneous generators, hav-
ing an upright, substantially cylindrical body.
Search Class
75 METALLURGY, subclass 5, Furnaces, Blast.
63. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, AIR AND STEAM INJECTED.
Cupola structures wherein air and steam are simultaneously
injected for the continuous production of gas.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 64, Generators,
Cupola, Air and steam injected, Superheated.
64. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, AIR AND STEAM INJECTED,
SUPERHEATED. Means for superheating the air or steam,
or both, before entering the cupola.
65. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, ELECTRIC. Structures of the
cupola type in which an electric current is used or produced
for heating purposes.
66. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, ROTARY-BOTTOM. Cupola
structures provided with a bottom for supporting the fuel,
constructed to rotate or rock. Does not include rotary
grates.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 68, Generators,
Cupola, Water-jacket, Rotary-bottom.
67. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, WATER-JACKET. Cupola
structures having a water-jacket.
68. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, WATER-JACKET, ROTARY-
BOTTOM. Water-jacketed cupola structures having a
rotary bottom for supporting the fuel.
69. GENERATORS, CUPOLA WATER-SEAL PIT. Cupola
structures having an open bottom and a basin or trough for
water, forming a seal for closing said open bottom and through
which the ash is removed.
70. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, HYDROGEN. Cupola struc-
tures for heating metals or their oxids by means of which
hydrogen is obtained by the decomposition of steam or hydro-
carbons, or both.
71. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, COAL, OIL, AND WATER.
Cupola structures in which coal is distilled or gasified and
into which steam or water is injected and decomposed and
into which oil or oil- vapor is also injected. The oil- vapor
may be added to the coal and water gas outside of the dis-
tilling-chamber.
72. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, COAL AND OIL. Generators
in the form of a cupola or shaft in which coal is distilled or
gasified and into which oil or oil-vapor is introduced or oil-gas
is added.
73. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, COAL AND WATER. Cupola
structures in which coal is distilled or gasified and into which
steam is injected and decomposed. ^ ater-gas may be made
separately and added to the coal-gas.
74. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, REFRACTORY FILLING.
Cupola structures having a filling of refractory material, such
as brick, so as to be heated to a high temperature.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 80, Generators,
Cupola, Water, Carbureter, Fixer,
94
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 48 Continued.
75. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, OIL AND STEAM INJECTED.
Cupola structures adapted for injection of oil or oil-vapor
and steam into incandescent coal.
76. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, PRODUCERS. Cupola struc-
tures wherein ignited fuel is subjected to an air-blast.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclasses 67, Genera-
tors, Cupola, Rotary-bottom; 68, Generators, Cupola, Water-
jacket, Rotary-bottom, and 69, Generators, Cupola, Water-
seal pit.
77. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, COAL. Generators in the form
of a cupola or shaft in which coal is distilled or gasified.
78. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, WATER. Cupola structures for
containing a bed of incandescent fuel to which steam is
admitted. This subclass includes the alternate process of
first blasting with air and then decomposing steam.
79. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, WATER, CARBURETER.
Cupola structures for producing water-gas by the alternate
process by first blasting and then decomposing steam. The
water-gas thus produced is then carbureted by the addition
of a hydrocarbon fluid, oil- vapor, or oil-gas, fn this subclass
the water-gas is passed through an ordinary carbureting
vessel containing oil.
80. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, WATER, CARBURETER,
FIXER. Containing in addition to the cupola structure for
the production of water-gas by the alternate process a chamber
filled with refractory material to be highly heated and into
which a hydrocarbon oil is admitted. Oil-gas may be
admitted into this chamber, the oil or oil-gas combining
with the water-gas.
81. GENERATORS, CUPOLA WATER, CARBURETER,
RETORT. Combining with the well-known cupola structure
for the production of water-gas a retort to and through which
the water-gas passes and to which a hydrocarbon oil or vapor
is simultaneously admitted.
82. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, WATER, UP-AND-DOWN
RUN. Cupola structures containing a body or bodies of
incandescent fuel through which the steam is caused to pass
first upwardly and then downwardly, or vice versa.
83. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, WATER, UP-AND-DOWN
RUN, INTERLOCKING VALVES. Cupola structures for
making water-gas by the up-and-down run provided with
connected valves for changing the direction of the run.
84. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, WATER, OIL-GAS. Combined
cupola structure for the production of water-gas and a means
for producing oil-gas and combining the two gases.
85. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, CARBON MONOXID. Gen-
erators and processes for the manufacture of carbon-monoxid
gas. Includes carbureting the gas.
86. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, CHARGERS. Miscellaneous
means for feeding fuel to the cupola gas-generator.
Note. Does not include the bell-and-hopper structure, such
being classified in class 75, METALLURGY, subclass 115, Fur-
naces, Blast, Charging Devices, Bell and hopper.
87. GENERATORS, CUPOLA, ACCESSORIES. Means applied
to cupola structures, such as pressure-indicators, means for
distributing steam, means for switching the blast or run,
removable bottoms, fuel-rammers, poke-holes, peep-holes,
oil-spraying devices, etc.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 73, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Spray, and the subclasses thereunder.
75 M ETALLURGY.
88. GENERATORS, CUPOLA. STIRRER. Cupola generators
having means within the cupola for stirring the fuel.
Search Class
75 METALLURGY, subclass 143, Roasters, Stirrers, Rotary.
89. GENERATORS, RETORT. Closed heated retorts for the
gasification of carbonaceous material not otherwise classifiable.
90. GENERATORS, RETORT, DOMESTIC PLANTS. Indi-
vidual plants consisting of a retort, purifier, condenser, and
holder. The retort may be placed in an ordinary cookstove.
They may omit the purifier, condenser, or holder.
91. GENERATORS, RETORT, PORTABLE. Generators con-
structed to be transported from place to place for the purpose
of filling local gasometers.
92. GENERATORS, RETORT, METAL-BATH. Retorts con-
taining heated molten metal into which materials to be gasified
are injected.
93. GENERATORS, RETORT, OIL AND GAS INJECTED.
Retorts into which oil and gas are injected.
94. GENERATORS, RETORT, OIL AND STEAM INJECTED.
Retorts into which oil and steam or water are injected.
95. GENERATORS, RETORT, OIL AND STEAM INJECTED,
AIR. Retorts into which oil, steam, or water and air are
injected to be gasified. The air may be added to the gas pro-
duced from the oil and steam or water.
CLASS 48 Continued.
96. GENERATORS, RETORT, OIL AND STEAM INJECTED,
CARBURETER. Retorts into which oil and steam or water
are injected and the resultant gas passed through a vessel con-
taining hydrocarbon fluid.
97. GENERATORS, RETORT, HYDROGEN. Retorts for
heating metals or their oxids for the decomposition of steam
or hydrocarbons, or both; also includes the separation of
gases by dialysis.
98. GENERATORS, RETORT, COAL, OIL, AND WATER.
Combined retorts for gasifying coal and means for introducing
steam or water and oil . The water or steam may be converted
into CO, H, and the oil gasified in separate retorts and com-
bined with the coal-gas.
99. GENERATORS, RETORT, COAL AND WATER. Com-
bined retorts for the gasification of coal and means for intro-
ducing water, steam, or water-gas.
100. GENERATORS, RETORT, COAL AND OIL. Combined
retorts for gasifying coal and means for introducing oil therein
or for combining the coal and oil gas.
101. GENERATORS, RETORT, COAL. Retorts for producing
gas from coal.
102. GENERATORS, RETORT, OIL. Retorts containing a
body of oil or into which oil is injected.
Note. This subclass does not include vapor-generators forming
a part of an explosive-engine shown in class 123, INTERNAL
COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 119, Charge forming devices,
and the subclasses thereunder. It does not include means for
vaporizing and burning oil as shown in class t>7, ILLUMINAT-
ING BURNERS, subclass 37, Liquid fuel, Burners, Vapor, and
the subclasses thereunder.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 53, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Retort, and the subclasses thereunder.
103. GENERATORS, RETORT, OIL, ELECTRIC HEATER.
Retorts in which is located an electric heater for gasifying the
oil.
Note. This subclass does not include apparatus or processes
where an electrolytic action is effected upon the material
gasified, for example.
Search Classes
204 ELECTROCHEMISTRY, subclass 31, Synthesis.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTAT'S, subclass 38, Heaters,
fluid.
104. GENERATORS, RETORT, OIL, JET-MIXERS. Retorts
in which oil is gasified, the gas-pressure being used to entrain
air on its way to the gasometer. In this subclass the gas is
purified or fixed on its way to the storage-gasometer. The
retort is heated by a portion of the gas generated. Does not
include similar devices where a portion or all of the gas is
burned to heat the retort, in which there is no fixation, purifi-
cation, or storage of the gas.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 37, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Vapor, and the subclasses thereunder.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 53, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Retort, and the subclasses thereunder.
105. GENERATORS, RETORT, OIL, STEAM-INJECTED.
Vessels containing a body of oil into which steam is injected.
Also includes devices feeding oil for gasification into a highly-
superheated jet of steam for decomposition
106. GENERATORS, RETORT, OIL, AUTOMATIC-FEED.
Devices whereby the oil fed to the retort is regulated by the
pressure of the gas either in the retort or gasometer.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 104, Generators,
Retort, Oil, Jet-mixers.
107. GENERATORS, RETORT, OIL, AIR-INJECTED. Com-
bined retorts for gasifying oil and means for introducing air
or oxygen. The air or oxygen may be added to the oil-gas after
it leaves the retort or in the gasometer.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 37, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Vapor, and the subclasses thereunder.
108. GENERATORS, RETORT, WATER. Retorts constructed
to contain incandescent coal and into which steam is injected.
109. GENERATORS, RETORT, WATER, CARBURETER.
Retorts constructed to contain incandescent coal for making
water-gas, which is afterward carbureted.
110. GENERATORS, RETORT, WATER, OIL-GAS. Retorts
for separately making water and oil gases, which may after-
ward oe mixed.
111. GENERATORS, RETORT, WOOD. Retorts in which
wood, peat, sawdust, or other vegetable matter is distilled for
making gas and to which steam may be added and decomposed.
Search Class
202 CHARCOAL AND COKE, subclasses 3, Charcoal, Retorts, and
9, Coke, Retort-ovens.
112. GENERATORS, RETORT, WOOD, OIL. Retorts in which
wood, etc., is distilled for making gas and into which oil is
injected or separately gasified and added to the wood-gas.
Steam may also be injected.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
95
CLASS 48 Continued.
113. GENERATORS, RETORT, FURNACES. Furnace struc-
tures to generate producer-gas for heating benches of retorts.
The furnace may have flues for the passage of air, also flues for
the passage of the products of combustion whereby the air is
heated. Includes settings for the retorts and processes for
heating the retorts.
114. GENERATORS, HYDROGEN. Generating plants for
making hydrogen, also for carbureting the same, also for car-
bureting air and combining with hydrogen. This subclass
includes devices whereby an acid solution is brought in contact
with a metal.
Search Classes
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclasses under
"Acetylene."
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 5, Igniting devices,
Hydrogen-platinum.
209,'CARBONATiNG BEVERAGES, subclass 4, Gas-generators, and
the subclasses thereunder.
115. GENERATORS, HYDROGEN, SERIES. Two or more
generators which may be operated in unison or in sequence.
116. GENERATORS, HYDROGEN, CARBURETER. Com-
bined hydrogen-generators and means for carbureting the
hydrogen by passing the same in contact with or through a
hydrocarbon liquid.
117. GENERATORS, HYDROGEN, CARBURETER, AIR.
Combined hydrogen-generators and means for carbureting air
and mixing the two gasses. They may further carburet the
mixture.
118. GENERATORS, HYDROGEN, CARBURETER, FLOAT-
ING-OIL. Generators in whien a hydrocarbon oil floats on
the surface of the acid solution and through which the gen-
erated hydrogen passes.
119. RETORTS. Vessels constructed of metal, clay, etc., for gasify-
ing materials by heat applied thereto. This subclass includes
retorts of various designs arranged on a horizontal plane.
Search Classes
34 DRIERS, subclass 30, Retort.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 154, Spelter, Retorts.
120. RETORTS, COMPOUND. Retorts divided or formed into
two or more chambers.
121. RETORTS, ROTARY. Retorts constructed to rotate.
122. RETORTS, INCLINED. Retorts constructed to be placed
in the furnace in an inclined position.
Search Classes -
34 DRIERS, subclass 30, Retort.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 154, Spelter, Retorts.
123. RETORTS, VERTICAL. Retorts vertically arranged within
the furnace.
124. RETORTS, LIDS. Doors for closing the mouth of retorts.
Includes special fastening means.
Search Classes
34 DRIERS, subclass 30, Retort.
110 FURNACES, subclass 173, Doors, and the subclasses there-
under.
202 CHARCOAL AND COKE, subclass 6, Coke, Ovens, Doors.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 124,
Tank-closures.
125. RETORTS, LIDS, ROTARY. Doors for closing the mouth
of retorts, constructed to rotate on the mouthpiece or face of
the retort with a grinding action.
126. RETORTS, ATTACHMENTS. Auxiliary devices applied
to retorts, such as mouthpieces, door-seats, stoppers, etc.
127. RETORTS, CLEANING. Means, processes, and composi-
tions for removing, also preventing, the formation of incrusta-
tions, tar deposits, etc.. on the interior of retorts, stand-pipes,
hydraulic mains, and the distributing-pipes.
Search Classes
83 MILLS, subclass 64, Steam-boiler and flue-scrapers.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 390, Cleaning,
Fluid jet, and the subclasses thereunder.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 70, Mains and pipes,
Cleaners, and 97, Nozzles, Tube cleaners.
230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 38, Fluid piston, Injectors
and aspirators, Tube cleaners.
128. PURIFIERS. Means not otherwise classifiable wherein gas
is subjected to the action of a medium capable of removing
impurities.
129. PURIFIERS, WASHER AND DRY PURIFIER. Com-
bined means for containing separately a washing fluid and a
dry material, such as lime, through each of which the gas is
caused to pass.
130. PURIFIERS, WASHER AND SCRUBBER. Means for
subjecting gas to the action of a liquid for removing impurities,
such as ammonia, tar ; etc. This subclass includes structures
to contain a body of liquid through which the gas passes.
Search Classes
75 METALLURGY, subclass 30, Fume-arresters.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclass 39, Air Moistening, cooling, and
cleansing.
110 FURNACES, subclass 183, Smoke Purifiers.
CLASS 48 Continued.
131. PURIFIERS, WASHER AND SCRUBBER, FLOAT.
Means caused to float on a body of water beneath which the
gas is caused to pass.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 169, Carbu-
reters, Surface, Float.
132. PURIFIERS, WASHER AND SCRUBBER, RECIPRO-
CATING. Means in the form of a perforated bell caused to
dip in and out of a body of water and through which the gas is
caused to pass.
133. PURIFIERS, WASHER AND SCRUBBER, ROTARY.
Means, such as a disk, caused to rotate within a vessel con-
taining a body of water and through or against which the
134. PURIFIERS, WASHER AND SCRUBBER, ROTARY.
VERTICAL. Means, such as a disk, arranged vertically and
caused to rotate within a vessel containing a body of water and.
through or against which the gas is caused to pass.
135. PURIFIERS, WASHER AND SCRUBBER, SPRAY-
Structures in which water is sprayed and through which the
gas is caused to pass.
Search Classes
62 REFRIGERATION, subclasses 25, Condensers, Jet, and 31,
Heat transferers and conservers, Injected.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 30, Fume-arresters.
210 WATER PURIFICATION, subclass 21, Steam heater and filter.
136. PURIFIERS, WASHER AND SCRUBBER, SPRAY,
ROTARY. Structures in which the means for spraying the
water is caused to rotate.
137. PURIFIERS. BOXES. Vessels constructed to contain a dry
purifying material, such as lime.
Search Class
34 DRIERS, subclasses 1, Absorbent; 2, Baffles and screens;
9, Cylinder, Internal, Vertical; 10, Disk and hopper; 11, Eleva-
tor; 12, Endless carrier; 15, Floors, Tilting section; 34, Shafts,
Vertical; 37, Shaft and shelf; 38, Shaking.
138. PURIFIERS, CONDENSERS. Means for removing lique-
fiable matter from gas by condensation.
Search Classes
34 DRIERS, subclass 3, Condensers.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclasses 24, Condensers; 26, Condensers,
Surface, and 30. Heat transferers and conservers. Surface.
196 MINERAL OILS, subclass 5, Apparatus, Stills, Condensers.
139. PURIFIERS, TRAYS. Grates for supporting the dry purify-
ing material.
Search Classes
34^DRiERS, subclasses 14, Floors, Fixed; 15, Floors, Tilting sec-
tion; 17, Frames and trays, and 21, Pans.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 152, Grates, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
140. PURIFIERS, SEPARATORS. Means whereby foreign mat-
ter such as oil, water, dirt, etc. is separated from gas, prin-
cipally natural gas, and by gravity.
Search Classes
83 MILLS, subclass 90, Steam separators.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 488, Separators,
Boiler circulation, and the other subclasses under separators.
141. PURIFIERS, SEPARATORS, CENTRIFUGAL. Means
for separating impurities from gas centrifugally.
Search Class
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclasses 3, Centrifugal machines, and
the subclasses thereunder.
142. PURIFIERS, SEPARATORS, FLOAT-VALVE. Means
combined with the separator wherein a float- valve is employed
to discharge the precipitated impurities.
143. PURIFIERS, REVIVIFYING. Apparatus and processes
for restoring the spent purifying material to its original effi-
ciency.
144. CARBURETERS. Vessels for containing liquid hydrocarbon
through or over which air or gas is passed .
Note. See also main class definition under this class.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 119, Charge-
forming devices, and the subclasses thereunder.
145. CARBURETERS, REGULATING. Means for controlling
the admission of air or gas to or passage of gas from the carbu-
reter, whereby a steady pressure is had at the burner.
146. CARBURETERS, SERIES. Two or more connected carbu-
reting vessels, not single vessels having two or more communi-
cating compartments .
147. CARBURETERS, FIXER. Carbureting vessels, combined
with heated means outside of the carbureter for fixing the car-
bureted air or gas.
148. CARBURETERS, HEATER. Means for heating the car-
bureter.
Search Classes
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 161, Carbureters,
Lamps.
123. INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 119, Charge-
forming devices, and the subclasses thereunder.
96
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 48 Continued.
149. CARBURETERS, HEATER, AIR. Means for heating the
air before it enters the carbureting vessel.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLITMINATING, subclass 161, Carbureters,
Lamps.
150. CARBURETERS, OIL-FEED. Means for feeding oil to the
carbureter.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BUKNEES, subclass 36, Liquid fuel, Burners
and the subclasses thereunder.
151. CARBURETERS, OIL-FEED, FLOAT-VALVES. Carbu-
reters having valves controlled by a float resting upon the oil
in the carbureting-chamber or a chamber connected thereto.
152. CARBURETERS. OIL-FEED, PUMP. Carbureters having
a pump for delivering the oil to the carbureting-chamber.
153. CARBURETERS, OIL-FEED, ROTARY. Carriers caused
to dip into the oil and discharge the same at an elevated point
into the carbureting-chamber.
154. CARBURETERS, OIL-FEED, SPRAY. Vessels through
which air or gas is passed and into which oil is sprayed.
154.1. CARBURETERS, OIL -FEED, SUCTION -CON-
TROLLED VALVE. In these devices the oil supply to the
carbureter is controlled by a valve, which is operated by a
movable member (generally a valve) in the air duct, which is
itself operated by the air current.
155. CARBURETERS, ATOMIZERS. Vessels provided with
means for atomizing hydrocarbon oil by air or gas under
pressure.
Search Classes
98^ PNEUMATICS, subclass 40, Ventilation, Air moistening, cool-
ing, and cleansing, Atomizers.
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 131, Charge-
forming devices, Atomizers.
155.1. CARBURETERS, ATOMIZERS, CONSTANT LEVEL.
Devices which atomize or spray the oil by air pressure produced
by suction or otherwise and which have in addition to the
atomizing elements means for maintaining the oil at a constant
height with reference to the end of the oil supply conduit, gen-
erally at or slightly below the level of the discharge end.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 132, Charge-
forming devices, Atomizers, Constant-level.
155.2. CARBURETERS, ATOMIZERS. CONSTANT LEVEL,
AUTOMATIC DILUTION. Atomizing carbureters which
in addition to the means stated in connection with subclass
155.1 above automatically supply an additional amount of air
in proportion to the increased amount of consumption.
156. CARBURETERS, CAPILLARY. Vessels containing an
absorbent material for mechanically suspending hydrocarbon
oil through which the air or gas passes.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclasses 164, Carbu-
reters, Pivoted, and 165, Carbureters, Pivoted, Revolving.
157. CARBURETERS, CAPILLARY, SPIRAL-PASSAGE.
Vessels provided with a spiral passage containing an absorbent
material for the hydrocarbon liquid through which the air or
gas passes.
158. CARBURETERS, CAPILLARY, VERTICAL-SCREEN.
Vessels in which the absorbent material in the form of wicking
or curtains is vertically arranged.
159. CARBURETERS, CAPILLARY, ZIGZAG-PASSAGE.
Vessels containing staggered passages provided with an ab-
sorbent material for the liquid hydrocarbon.
160. CARBURETERS, GRAVITY. Vessels constructed to con-
tain hydrocarbon liquid, or to which the same is fed drop by
drop, and to which air is admitted under atmospheric pressure,
ana from which the carbureted air passes by gravity.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 162, Carbureters,
Lamps, Gravity.
161. CARBURETERS, LAMPS. Vessels containing hydrocarbon
liquid through which air or gas is passed and having burners
for illuminating. The air or gas may be heated by the burner.
162. CARBURETERS, LAMPS, GRAVITY. Vessels containing
hydrocarbon liquid to which air is admitted under atmos-
pheric pressure and from which the carbureted air passes by
gravity, said vessels provided with a burner for illuminating.
163. CARBURETERS, OSMOTIC. Vessels having a wall or pas-
sage composed of porous material and through which oil seeps
and with which the air or gas contacts.
164. CARBURETERS, PIVOTED. Vessels constructed so as to
be oscillated or inverted.
165. CARBURETERS, PIVOTED, REVOLVING. Vessels piv-
oted so as to revolve.
166. CARBURETERS, SUBMERGED-BLAST. Moans for intro-
ducing the air or gas into the body beneath the surface of the
oil
CLASS 48 Continued.
167. CARBURETERS, SUBMERGED-BLAST. COIL. Pipes,
generally in the form of a coil containing oil, through which air
is passed.
168. CARBURETERS, SURFACE. Vessels to contain oil, over
the surface of which the air or gas is passed.
169. CARBURETERS, SURFACE, FLOAT. Vessels containing
oil and a float, resting on the surface or within the body of the
oil, having an air or gas supply.
170. CENTER AND BY-PASS VALVES. Means for directing
the passage of the gas through two or more purifiers and for by-
passing one or more.
171. DIP-PIPES. Hydraulic mains and gas-pipes extending there-
into leading from the gas-generator. The mains may be pro-
vided with means for maintaining a liquid seal for the pipes.
172. DIP-PIPES, VALVES. Dip-pipes having valves for closing
the pipe or by-passing the seal.
173. EXHAUSTERS. Means for drawing the gas from the genera-
tor, regulating the action of the same, and preventing the for-
mation of a vacuum.
174. HOLDERS. Vessels for the storage of gas. This subclass
includes stationary vessels and independent parts to be used
in the construction of the holder.
Search Classes
105 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, subclass 264, Cars, Freight,
Tank.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclasses, 108,
Casks, and 125, Tanks, and subclasses thereunder.
175. HOLDERS, HIGH-PRESSURE SAFETY ESCAPE.
Means combined with the holder so related that on excessive
pressure in the holder the gas escapes.
176. HOLDERS, BELL AND TANK. Structures consisting of an
open-top tank and an inverted bell. The tank may be pro-
vided with a purifier through which the gas passes on its way
to the bell; or with a chamberfor storing oil or various utensils
used around the works.
Search Classes
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclasses 5, Acetylene,
Generators, Water-feed, Holder-operated, and 104, Generators,
Retort, Oil, Jet-mixers.
230 AIR AND GAS-PUMPS, subclass 17, Fluid-piston, Tank and
bell.
177. HOLDERS, BELL AND TANK SECTIONAL-BELL.
Structures where the bell is divided horizontally into sections
having water-seal joints and telescoping.
178. HOLDERS, COLLAPSIBLE. Holders comprising a plural-
ity of sections of which one or more is flexible and so related
that the holder may collapse.
179. HOLDERS, TANK. Open-top chambers within which the
bell moves.
Search Class
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 125,
Tanks.
180. MIXERS. Processes and apparatus for mixing combustible
gases or a gas and a supporter of combustion.
Note. It does not include mixers peculiar to explosive-engines
such as found in class 123. INTERNAL^ COMBUSTION ENGINES,
subclass 119, Charge-forming devices, and the subclasses
thereunder, nor such as are used in class 158, LIQUID AND
GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS.
181. MIXERS BELL AND TANK. Mixers comprising a bell and
tank within which the gases are mixed, the movement of the
bell controlling the supply of gases or air and gas.
182. MIXERS, BELL AND TANK, ANTERIOR. Devices
where the mixture of gases or gas and air takes place before
entering the bell and is controlled thereby.
183. MIXERS, BELL AND TANK, POSTERIOR. Devices
where the mixture of gases or air and gas is made beyond
the bell and controlled thereby.
184. MIXERS, DIAPHRAGM. Devices where a diaphragm
operates the valves controlling the supply of gases or gas
and air, the pressure of the gas operating the diapnragm.
185. MIXERS, GRAVITY. Devices where a body connected to
and operating the supply-valves for the gases or gas and air
is made buoyant by the specific gravity of the gas.
180. MIXERS. PUMP. Devices where pumps are employed to
deliver the gases or air and gas to a mixing-chamber.
187. MIXERS, ROTARY-DRUM. Bladed rotary drums located
within a casing for drawing in the gases or air and gas and
mixing them.
188. MIXERS, ROTARY-DRUM, ANTERIOR. Devices where
the air and gas or gases are mixed before entering the drum.
189. MIXERS, ROTARY-DRUM, POSTERIOR. Devices where
the air and gas or gases are mixed beyond the drum, the dram
being used to force one or both of the elements.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
97
CLASS 48 Continued.
190. DISTRIBUTION. Means and methods for the distribution of
gas.
Note. This subclass contains miscellaneous patents not otherwise
classified, such as those for preventing the freezing in the pipes,
charging distributing-holders on trains, ships, etc.
Search Class
137WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 75, Mains and pipes,
Pipes.
191. DISTRIBUTION, REGULATING PRESSURE. Means
for reducing and regulating the pressure of gas in a distributing
system.
Note. It does not include the specific construction of the regulator
found in class 50, FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS.
192. DISTRIBUTION, SAFETY DEVICES. Means for prevent-
ing, also localizing and confining, explosions in a gas-distribut-
ing system.
193. DISTRIBUTION, LEAKAGE. Means for detecting and
providing for the escape of leakage gas from mains.
Search Class
137WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 77, Mains and pipes, Leak-
detectors.
194. DISTRIBUTION, LEAKAGE, PREVENTING. Means for
preventing the leakage of gas from the mains at their couplings.
Search Class
137WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 29, Pipe-couplings, Per-
manent.
195. DISTRIBUTION, ODORIZERS. Means for charging gas
with an odorous substance.
196. NATURAL. Apparatus and processes for the treatment of
natural gas to make the same suitable for heating or illuminat-
ing purposes.
197. PROCESSES. Processes not otherwise classifiable for the
manufacture and accessory treatment of gas.
198. PROCESSES, HYDROGEN. Processes for bringing together
of an acid solution and a metal or heating metals or their
oxids and decomposing steam or hydrocarbon, or both, in
contact therewith; also the decomposition of water by elec-
trolysis.
199. PROCESSES, HYDROGEN, CARBURETING. Processes
wherein hydrogen gas is brought in contact with a liquid
hydrocarbon.
200. PROCESSES COAL, OIL, AND WATER. Processes for
gasifying coal and oil and decomposing water and combining
the resultant gases. These elements may be separately gasi-
fied and united or conjointly gasified.
201. PROCESSES, COAL AND OIL. Processes for making and
combining coal and olefiant gases. They may be made sepa-
rately and united or made combined.
202. PROCESSES, COAL AND WATER. Processesfor gasifying
coal and combining therewith water-gas or simultaneously
gasifying coal and decomposing steam in the same retort.
203. PROCESSES, PRODUCER. Processes for making the well-
known Siemens producer gas, which consists in blasting with
air an ignited bed of fuel.
204. PROCESSES, WATER. Processes whereby a body of fuel
is first heated to incandescence and then steam injected.
205. PROCESSES, WATER, CARBURETING. Processes
whereby steam is decomposed by being passed through a
body of incandescent fuel and then carbureted by means
of a volatile hydrocarbon either in the form of a liquid, vapor,
or gas.
206. PROCESSES, WATER, CONTINUOUS. Processes for
the continuous manufacture of water-gas by bringing steam
into contact with coal maintained at a decomposing tempera-
ture either by internal combustion or heat applied.
207. PROCESSES, WATER, DOWN-RUN. Processes wherein
steam is admitted to the top of a bed of incandescent fuel,
passes through, and the resultant gas drawn off at the bottom.
CLASS 48 Continued.
208. PROCESSES, WATER, UP-AND-DOWN RUN. Processes
in which steam is caused to pass upwardly and downwardly,
or, vice versa, through a body or separate bodies of incan-
descent fuel.
209. PROCESSES, WOOD. Processes for gasifying wood, saw-
dust, peat, or other vegetable matter. The gas generated
may be carbureted or have added to it oil or oil gas or other gas.
Search Class
202 CHARCOAL AND COKE, subclass 2, Charcoal, Processes.
210. PROCESSES, COAL. Methods for generating gas from coal.
211. PROCESSES, OIL. Processes for gasifying oil.
212. PROCESSES, OIL, AIR-INJECTED. Processes where
oil and air are injected into a heated retort. The air may
be added to the gas produced from the oil.
213. PROCESSES, OIL, GAS-INJECTED. Processes wherein
oil and gas are injected into a highly heated retort.
214. PROCESSES, OIL AND STEAM INJECTED. Processes
wherein oil and steam or water are injected into a highly
heated retort.
215. PROCESSES, OIL AND STEAM INJECTED, AIR. Proc-
esses wherein oil, steam, and air are injected into a highly
heated retort. The air may be added to and mixed with the
gas resulting from the decomposition of the oil and steam or
water.
216. PROCESSES, ACETYLENE. Processes for generating
acetylene gas by the mutual decomposition of calcium carbid
and water and for preparing calcium carbid for such use.
This subclass covers processes of the first type.
217. PROCESSES, ACETYLENE, SLOW. Processes in which a
retarded generation of acetylene is produced in contradistinc-
tion to the usual rapid generation.
Search Class
48 GAS HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 60, Acetylene,
Carbia cartridges, Conglomerate.
218. PROCESSES, ACETYLENE TREATMENT OF CAL-
CIUM CARBID. Processes for preparing carbid for slow
generation and protecting the same from atmospheric influ-
ences.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 60, Acetylene,
Carbid cartridges, Conglomerate.
219. PROCESSES, CARBURETING. Processes for carbureting
air or gas generally by passing the same in contact with a
hydrocarbon liquid.
220. PROCESSES, PURIFYING. Processes for removing impuri-
ties such as ammonia and its compounds, sulphur and its
compounds from gas.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 224, Composi-
tions, Purifying.
221. PROCESSES, STORAGE. Processes for storing gases,
mainly by mechanically suspending the gas by absorption.
Search Classes
105 RAILWAY ROLLING STOCK, subclass 264, Cars, Freight,
Tank.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclasses,
108, Casks and 125, Tanks, and subclasses thereunder.
230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 25, Receivers.
222. ABOLISHED.
223. ABOLISHED.
224. COMPOSITIONS, PURIFYING. Materials and composi-
tions of matter through which the gas to be purified is passed.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 197, Processes.
26674 12-
CLASS 49. GLASS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes the entire art of making glass, working it
while in a molten, soft, or plastic state, with the exceptions noted
below, and reheating, annealing, and "cutting" it to sever into
parts when in a hard state. Other operations on hard glass are
classed with the proper functional classes. Cutting by abrasion
to make "cut glass" is in class 51. GRINDING AND POLISHING.
Frosting to make "ground glass" and the like is in class 41, ORNA-
MENTATION. Coating and painting are in class 91, COATING.
Electric furnaces and electric-furnace processes for making glass
in which the electric heating device is more than a mere substitute
for other forms of heating devices which might be used without
changing the invention are classed in class 204, ELECTROCHEMISTRY.
Those in which an arc is used are practically all of that nature.
This class includes apparatus and processes for making electric
incandescent lamps which are limited to the usual glass-working
operations classed in this class, such as blowing, drawing, perforat-
ing, reshaping, polishing, annealing, severing, welding, etc.; but
when these operations are combined with other operations not
capable of general use such as flashing, mounting, or welding the
filaments, forming conductors from the joint, and the like the
inventions belong in class 176, ELECTRIC LAMPS. Uniting, welding,
and sealing by operations on the glass while in a soft or plastic state
are included in this classs only when amounting to no more than the
uniting of glass to glass or to wire and are excluded when involving
in any degree the structure of the joint or the relative arrangement
of the parts of the lamp.
Uniting hard glass to hard glass or metal by cementing is excluded.
(See note to subclass 81.)
Uniting glass to other materials and making composite articles
are included only when the glass alone is worked.
Specific glass articles are not included in this class except those in
which the entire invention lies in the structure or characteristics of
the glass itself independent of those of the particular article in which
it happens to be embodied.
Glass consists of a double silicate or a combination of two or more
silicates, of an alkali and another metal, usually in combination
with other materials, as coloring or decoloring oxids, which is fusible
afordinary high furnace temperatures and when softened by heat
passes through a prolonged plastic stage in which it may be easily
worked, drawn out into fine threads, and blown, and when cold is
hard and brittle and not easily acted upon by any acids except
fluoric. It is usually formed by the fusion of silica with oxids of
potassium, sodium, iron, lead, aluminium, calcium, etc., with other
matter, as coloring or decoloring oxids.
Other bodies than silica are capable of entering into vitreous
fusion, as phosphoric acid, boracic acid, arsenic acid, and the prod-
ucts of such fusion with the metallic oxids are called "glasses" and
included in this class.
Enamel is a glass falling under the definition above given; but
the enamels are usually made from feldspar, boracic acid, silica,
and some form of clay, with coloring metallic oxids, etc., and are
used only for glazing "surfaces of ceramics, metals, glass, and other
materials.
Such vitreous enamel compositions and their manufacture are
included in this class; but the application of enamels to surfaces is
included in classes 18, PLASTICS; 41, ORNAMENTATION, and 91,
COATING, according to the nature of the operation, and kilns and
processes for firing them are in class 25, PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTH-
ENWARE APPARATUS.
Subclasses.
1. COMBINED MACHINES. Machines and plants for performing
two or more distinct operations not classifiable in any of the
subclasses under this title.
Note. See definitions of subclasses 17, Drawing; 18, Blowing,
and 22, Reshaping, in this class.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 4, Molding plants.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 4,
Combined machines.
2. COMBINED MACHINES, INCANDESCENT-LAMP MAK-
ING. Machines and plants for making incandescent-electric-
lamp bulbs which include more than one distinct operation.
Those which are confined to one operation are classified with
the proper functional subclass, as Blowing, Annealing, Mis-
cellaneous, etc.
3. COMBINED MACHINES, SHEET AND PLATE MAKING.
Machines and plants for making plate, window, and other
sheet glass involving more than one distinct operation. Those
limited to a single operation are classified with the proper
functional subclasses, as Drawing, Casting, Rolling, Flat-
tening, Miscellaneous, and those involving flattening and
annealing and no other operation are classified in subclass 4,
Combined machines, sheet and plate making, flattening, and
annealing. Making wire-glass and prism-glass and the like
in sheet form are included under the same conditions.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 4, Molding plants.
CLASS 49 Continued.
4. COMBINED MACHINES, SHEET AND PLATE MAKING,
FLATTENING AND ANNEALING. Machines and plants
for flattening glass and then annealing, usually for making
window-glass from split cylinders.
5. COMBINED MACHINES, CHARGING, CUTTING, AND
MOLDING. Machines and plants which charge molds and
involve cutting or shearing the plastic glass as it is placed in
the molds or whilein the mold, sometimes measuring or weigh-
ing it at the same time. The molding device is usually a part
of the combination. Machines in which the cutting is per-
formed after the article is molded are excluded.
6. COMBINED MACHINES, SHAPING AND CUTTING.
Machines and plants for first shaping, molding, or reshaping
soft glass in any way and then cutting it either before or after
hardening.
7. COMBINED MACHINES, REHEATING AND RESHAP-
ING. Machines and plants for first reheating glass blanks
and then performing some reshaping or finishing operation on
the soft glass.
Note. Finishing operations performed on hard glass are not in
eluded. Furnaces which merely melt the edges of an article
which in itself is the finishing operation are under subclass 57,
Reheating-furnaces, under Heating apparatus.
8. COMBINED MACHINES, PRESSING AND BLOWING.
Machines and plants for first compressing by mechanical,
pneumatic, or other means and then blowing the glass in a
single mold which does not have a descending bottom. May
include in combination means for casting or manipulating the
blowpipe.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclasses 9, Combined machines, Pressing and
blowing, In separate molds; 10. Combined machines, Pressing
and blowing, In separate molds, Internal press-mold, and 11,
Combined machines, Pressing and blowing, Descending mold-
bottom.
9. COMBINED MACHINES, PRESSING AND BLOWING, IN
SEPARATE MOLDS. Machines and plants for pressing a
blank or parison in one mold and then blowing it in another,
the press-mold not being contained within the blow-mold
at any stage of the operation. There is usually means for trans-
ferring the article from the press-mold to the blow-mold con-
sisting of a moving neck-mold.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclass 13, Combined machines, Casting and blow-
ing, In separate molds.
10. COMBINED MACHINES, PRESSING AND BLOWING,
IN SEPARATE MOLDS, INTERNAL PRESS-MOLD.
Machines and plants for pressing glass in a parison-mold con-
tained within a blow-mold, withdrawing the former, leaving
the article suspended in the latter, and then blowing it in the
blow-mold.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclass 11, Combined machines, Pressing and blow-
ing, Descending mold-bottom.
11 COMBINED MACHINES, PRESSING AND BLOWING,
DESCENDING MOLD-BOTTOM. Machines for pressing
a parison in the top of the blow-mold by means of a plunger,
which later descends and forms the bottom of the blow-mold,
and then blowing it in the blow-mold.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclass 10, Combined machines, Pressing and blow-
ing, In separate molds, Internal press-mold.
12. COMBINED MACHINES, CASTING AND BLOWING.
Machines for first casting a parison without pressure and then
blowing it without transferring it to another mold. The mold
is usually inverted after casting. Means for introducing the
glass or charging the mold is not included.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclasses 8, Combined machines, Pressing and
blowing, and 13, Combined machines, Casting and blowing,
In separate molds.
13. COMBINED MACHINES, CASTING AND BLOWING, IN
SEPARATE MOLDS. Machines and plants for casting a
blank or parison without pressing, placing it in another mold,
and blowing it.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclasses 0. Combined machines, Pressing and blow-
ing, In separate molds, and 10, Combined machines, Pressing
and blowing, In separate molds, Internal press-mold.
14. MISCELLANEOUS. Machines for performing a single function
not classifiable in any of the following subclasses. Includes
devices for cutting soft glass.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclasses 1, Combined machines; 2, Combined
machines, Incandescent-lamp making; 3, Combined machines,
Sheet and plate making; 5, Combined machines, Charging,
cutting, and molding, and 6, Combined machines, Shaping
and cutting.
99
100
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 4D Continued.
15. MISCELLANEOUS, TOOLS. Hand-operated and hand-sti]>-
ported implements for use in this art, except for blowing,
finishing, molding, and cutting hard glass.
16. PIN-HEADING. Apparatus for forming glass heads on pins.
Search Class -
18 PLASTICS, subclass 24, Molding devices, Dipping.
17. DRAWING. Machines for shaping glass by drawing directly
from a tank or furnace or by stretching a previously formed
blank. May include, in combination, the tanks or other
heating or melting devices, means for cooling and shaping the
glass as it takes its preliminary form, means for taking the
article away, etc.
Note. Drawing apparatus combined with other devices are classi-
fied in the combined machine subclasses.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclass 83.1, Processes, Drawing, and 18, PLASTICS,
subclass 8, Molding devices, Filament forming.
17.1. DRAWING, CYLINDERS. Machines for drawing glass
cylinders directly from a tank or furnace or for stretching a
previously formed blank to form a cylinder or tube.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclasses 17, Drawing, and 83.1, Processes, Drawing.
18. BLOWING. Machines for blowing glass, except those having
means for manipulating the blow-irons or moving the
molds. Includes blow-molds having specific means for the
introduction of the blowing fluid or for exhaustion. When
a mold is used, it is either stationary or merely rotates on
its axis to smooth the article. The blow-iron sometimes
rotates on its axis for the same purpose.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclasses 8, Combined machines, Pressing and
blowing, and the subclasses thereunder, and 12, Combined
machines, Casting and blowing, and 13, Combined machines,
Casting and blowing, In separate molds.
19. BLOWING, TRAVELING MOLD. Blowing-machines in
which tb.3 mold is moved by the machine during its opera-
tion, except those in which the mold is merely rotated on the
axis of the article being blown. The blow-iron is sometimes
moved with the mold.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclasses 13, Combined machines, Casting and blow-
ing, In separate molds, and 37, Molding, Presses, Traveling
mold.
20. BLOWING, MANIPULATING BLOW-IRON. Blowing-
machines without traveling molds, in which the blow iron or
tool is given a motion by the machine other than rotation
about its own axis. Includes supports for the irons.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclass 62, Gathering and ladling.
21. BLOWING, TOOLS. Irons and tubes for blowing glass adapted
to be supported and operated by hand or attached to a machine.
Some include a hand-pump or bellows for forcing air through
the pipe and means for rotating them so long as they satisfy
the conditions above.
Search Classes
75 METALLURGY, subclass 90, Blowpipes.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 109,
Pressure burners.
22. RESHAPING. Apparatus and tools for reshaping or finishing
previously-formed blanks while in a soft or plastic state, not
involving heating or neck-forming nor limited to flaring,
spreading, or crimping. Usually the reshaping and polishing
are performed simultaneously and by the same means. Does
not include polishing or otherwise finishing hard glass.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclasses 7, Combined machines, Reheating and
reshaping; 23, Reshaping, Neck-forming, and 29, Molding.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 5, Molding devices.
23. RESHAPING, NECK-FORMING. Machines for forming
necks on bottles, jars, and the like while in a soft or plastic
state. Usually includes polishing done simultaneously with
the shaping and by the same means.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclass 22, Reshaping.
24. RESHAPING, NECK-FORMING, TOOLS. Hand-supported
and hand-operated implements lor forming necks on bottles,
jars, and the like while in a soft or plastic state, in which the
mandrel that enters the mouth of the article is in one piece or
the pieces are rigidly connected. They usually polish simul-
taneously with the shaping.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclasses 23, Reshaping, Neck-forming; 25, Re-
shaping, Neck-forming, Tools, Divided mandrel, and 27, Re-
shaping, Spreading or flaring.
25. RESHAPING, NECK-FORMING, TOOLS, DIVIDED MAN-
DREL. Hand-supported and hand-operated tools for neck-
forming, in which the mandrel that enters the mouth of the
article is in two or more parts, some or all of which are movable
to contact with the glass or shape the inside of the article.
Many have undercutting-plungers capable of being withdrawn
within the mandrel.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclasses 23, Reshaping, Neck-forming; 27, Reshap-
ing, Spreading or flaring, and 76, Molds, Cores and plungers.
CLASS 49 Continued.
20. RESHAPING, CRIMPING. Apparatus for ci imping or cor-
rugating previously-formed blanks while in a soft or plastic
State. Sometimes includes flaringin combination withcrimp-
ing.
27. RESHAPING, SPREADING OR FLARING. Apparatusfor
spreading or flaring blanks while in a soft or plastic state
device.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclass 26, Reshaping, Crimping.
23. PERFORATING. Devices for perforating previously-formed
articles and blanks.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclass 27, Reshaping, Spreading or flaring.
29. MOLDING. Machines for molding other articles than wire-
glass and curved or vertical pipes and tubes from a shape-
less mass in other ways than by rolling, pressing, casting,
blowing, and drawing, and combinations of any number of
molding operations not including blowing or drawing. Also
includes hand-supported and hand-operated tools for this
purpose. Does not include reshaping previously-formed
blanks nor mere molds.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclass 22, Reshaping.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 5, Molding devices, and 15, Molding
devices, Film-spreading.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
7, Soap-molding devices, and 41, Block-molding machines.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 8,
Molding apparatus.
30. MOLDING, CURVED PIPES AND TUBES. Apparatus for
moldingcurved pipes and tubes in other ways than by blowing
or drawing. A mold is always used; but there is always some-
thing more, as means for forcing the core.
31. MOLDING, VERTICAL PIPES AND TUBES. Apparatus
for molding pipes and tubes in vertical molds and in other ways
than by blowing or drawing. The core usually moves ver-
tically into and out of the mold.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, sul>class
30, Pipe-machines.
32. MOLDING, WIRE-GLASS. Apparatus for making wire-glass
by molding.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 11, Molding devices, Rolling, Compound.
33. MOLDING, ROLLING. Apparatus for forming glass from a
plastic mass by a rolling operation, except to make wire-glass
and except those consisting of a bed and roller. Means for
pouring the glass is not included, but a chute or guide for
directing it to the rollers may be. Improvements in rollers
alone are included.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 9, Molding devices, Rolling, and 10,
Molding devices, Rolling, Sheet.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
21, Roller-forming.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 10,
Molding apparatus, Rolling, and 12, Molding apparatus, Roll-
ing, Sheeting.
207 PLASTIC METAL WORKING, subclass 14, Gravity molding,
By rolls.
34. MOLDING, ROLLING, BED AND ROLLER. Machines
for rollng glass involving a bed, platen, platform, or belt on
which the mass of glass is placed to lie rolled out by a roller,
except for making \yire-glass. Includes improvements in the
beds alone, but not in the rollers alone.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclass 32, Molding, Wire-glass.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 9, Molding devices, Rolling, and 10,
Molding devices, Rolling, Sheets.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 10,
Molding apparatus, Rolling, and 12, Molding apparatus,
Rolling, Sheeting.
35. MOLDING, PRESSES. Presses and parts of presses for mold-
ing glass using a stationary mold, not operated by fluid-
pressure, and for molding other articles than screw-threaded
ones.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, sul>classes 5, Combined machines, Charging, Cut-
ting, and Molding; 8, Combined machines, Pressing and blow-
ing, and the subclasses thereunder.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 10, Molding devices, Presses; 17, Mold-
ing devices, Presses, Heating and vulcanizing, and 23, Molding
devices, Presses, Stationary mold.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, sul>classes
I'O, Soap-molding devices, Stationary mold; 27, Pottery-
machines, Presses; 28, Pottery-machines, Presses, Bottom
ejectors; 30, Pipe-machines; 35, Pipe-machines, Perforating-
former; 3(i, Pipe-machines, Compacting-former; 45, Block-
presses; all subclasses under Block-presses, Stationary mold;
101, Block-presses, Expanding mold; 102, Block-presses,
Plungers, and 103, Block-presses, Chargers.
100 PRESSES, all appropriate subclasses.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 15
Molding apparatus, Presses, and 18, Molding apparatus,
Presses, Tablet, Stationary mold.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
301
CLASS 49 Continued.
30. MOLDING, PRESSES, SCREW-THREADING. Presses for
molding screw-threaded articles, usually with means for with-
drawing a screw-threaded core or die.
37. MOLDING, PRESSES, TRAVELING MOLD. Presses for
molding glass in which the mold is given a motion of transla-
tion, usually between molding operations. Does not include
portable presses unless satisfying the other conditions.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, su' classes 5, Combined machines, Charging, Cut-
ting, and Molding; 13, Coml lined machines, Casting and blow-
ing, In separate molds, and 19, Blowing, Traveling mold.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 20, Molding devices, Presses, Rotary-
mold support; 21, Molding devices, Presses, Rotary-mold
support, Peripheral, and 22, Molding devices, Presses, Recip-
rocating mold.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
9, Soap-molding devices, Rotary mold; all subclasses under
Block-presses, Portable mold; all subclasses of 54, Block-
presses, Reciprocating mold; also subclasses of Block-presses,
Rotary mold, and the subclasses under Block-presses, Endless
chain of molds.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 15,
Molding apparatus, Presses, and 17, Molding apparatus,
Presses, Tablet.
38. MOLDING, PRESSES, FLUID-OPERATED. Glass-mold-
ing presses in which the plunger is operated by fluid-pressure.
Does not include those in which the fluid-motor is shown and
claimed broadly as a means for operating the machine and
could readily be replaced by other motive power without
affecting the invention.
Search Class
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
31, Pipe-machines, Fluid-operated, and 63, Block-presses,
Rotary mold, Fluid-operated.
39. MOLDING, CASTING. Apparatus for casting glass from a
ladle or its equivalent, usually into molds, where it takes its
form by gravity. Includes casting-tables and the like, eitherin
combination or not, but not molds per se nor apparatus which
involves means for taking the glass from the furnace.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclasses 5, Combined machines, Charging, Cutting,
and Molding; 31, Molding, Vertical pipes and tubes, and C2,
Gathering and ladling.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 20, Molding devices, Casting.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
29, Pottery-machines, Casting.
40. MOLD-COOLERS. Devices for cooling pastes and other molds
which contain more than mere passages in the mold-walls
(classified in Molds, cooling and heating) and not combined
with other parts of the press or blowing-machine, except means
for separating the parts of the mold or immersing it in a cooling-
bath.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclass 19, Blowing, Traveling mold.
41. MOLD SUPPORTS AND CARRIERS. Devices for support-
ing or carrying glass-molds and for attaching them to any part
of a molding-machine when not combined with a press or
other machine. May include in combination novelty in
means for separating the parts of the mold or in the mold.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclasses 5, Combined machines, Charging, Cutting,
and Molding; 8, Combined machines, Pressing and blowing,
and the subclasses thereunder; 12, Combined machines, Cast-
ing and blowing; 13, Combined machines, Casting and blow-
ing, In separate molds; 18, Blowing; 19, Blowing, Traveling
mold; 30, Molding, Curved pipes and tubes; 35, Molding,
Presses, and the subclasses thereunder, and 40, Mold-coolers.
42. MOLD-SEPARATING DEVICES. Devices for separating
the parts of molds, except drawing cores. Includes means for
closing them.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclasses 19, Blowing, Traveling mold; 23, Reshap-
ing, Neck-lorming, and the subclasses thereunder, and 40,
Mold-coolers.
13 PLASTICS, subclasses 19, Molding devices, Presses, Sheet-
shaping; 22, Molding devices, Presses, Reciprocating mold,
and 23, Molding devices, Presses, Stationary mold.
43. MOLD-SEPARATING DEVICES, DRAWING CORE.
Devices for withdrawing cores, plungers, and undercut parts
from the article, so that it can be removed or freed from a part
of the mold. Includes the mold in combination.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclasses 10, Combined machines, Pressing and
blowing, In separate molds, Internal press-mold; 11, Com-
bined machines. Pressing and blowing, Descending mold-
bottom; 23, Reshaping, Neck-forming; 30, Molding, Curved
pipes and tubes; 31, Molding, Vertical pipes and tubes, and
35, Molding, Presses, and the subclasses thereunder.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
44, Block-molding machines, Undercutting.
44. FLATTENING. Apparatus for flattening split cylinders or
other glass articles to make window and other sheet glass.
Includes furnaces and Hattening-tables, but not when in
combination with annealing apparatus.
Search Class -
49 GLASS, subclass 4, Combined machines, Sheet and plate
making, Flattening and annealing.
CLASS 49 Continued.
45. ANNEALING. Plants, appliances and attachments for an-
nealing glass where the invention does not cover or is not
limited to a mere furnace, oven, kiln, or leer or to a convey-
ing device therein for the glass. Includes leer-pans, baths,
and combinations of furnaces with baths.
Search Class
148 ANNEALING AND TEMPERING, subclass 13, Annealing appa-
ratus.
46. ANNEALING; FURNACES. Furnaces, ovens, kilns, and
leers for heating or for cooling glass to anneal it without any
other action and without conveying means for the glass in
the oven. Does not include combinations consisting of two
or more furnaces.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclasses 4, Combined machines, Sheet and plate
making, Flattening and annealing, and 47, Annealing,
Furnaces, Conveying.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, sub-
classes 132, Kilns; 133, Kilns, Indurating; 134, Kilns, Con-
tinuous, and the subclasses thereunder; 140, Kilns, Combined
up and down draft; 141. Kilns, Combined up and down
draft, Reversible; 144, Kilns. Muffle; 145, Kilns, Down-
draft; 146, Kilns, Downdraft, Muffle-bottom; 147, Kilns Up-
draft; 148, Kilns, Forced-draft; 1<9, Kilns, Fluid-fuel; ICO,
Kilns, Steam-combustion; 151, Kilns, Furnaces, and 152.
Kilns, Furnaces, Grates.
148 ANNEALING AND TEMPERING, subclass 17, Annealing appa-
ratus, ovens.
47. ANNEALING, FURNACES, CONVEYING. Conveyers
for carrying glass through annealing-furnaces, etc., and com-
binations thereof with the furnace, leer, etc.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclasses 4, Combined machines, sheet and plate
making, Flattening and annealing, and 44, Flattening.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
142, Kilns, horizontally-traveling material, and 143, Kilns,
vertically-traveling material.
148 ANNEALING AND TEMPERING, subclass 18, Annealing ap-
paratus, ovens, rotary hearths.
48. CUTTING HARD GLASS. Miscellaneous machines for mark-
ing on the surface of hard glass preparatory to breaking it and
for breaking it that is, performing the operation commonly
known as "cutting. "
Note. Does not include grinding or abrading, which is classed
in class 51, GRINDING AND POLISHING.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclass '49, Cutting hard glass, lens-blanks.
159 KNGRAVING.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 71,
Cutting, machines, sweep-cutter, and 72, Cutting, machines,
sweep-cutter, elliptical work.
49. CUTTING HARD GLASS, LENS-BLANKS. Apparatus
for cutting out lenses of circular or elliptical form.
Search Classes
33 DRAFTING, subclass 5, Ellipsographs.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 63
Cutting, Machines, Rotary Cutter, Curved-plate work and
72, Cutting, Machines, Sweep-cutter, Elliptical work.
50. CUTTING HARD GLASS, HEAT-APPLYING. Appara-
tus for cutting hard glass in which the cutting or cracking is
effected solely by the application of heat or heat and cold.
Those which have means for marking or scoring before apply-
ing the beat are not included except as cross-references.
51. CUTTING HARD GLASS, GUIDES AND GAGES. Guides
and gages adapted for use in cutting hard glass not combined
with means for operating the tools or other parts. May in-
clude the tool in combination.
Search Classes
33 DRAFTING, subclasses 2, Curve-scribers; 5, Ellipsographs;
9, Scribers; 15, Drawing-boards; 18, Rulers, and 20, Rulers,
slate and blackboard.
159 KNGRAVING.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 59,
Cutting Machines, Reciprocating cutter, Gages; 78, Cutting,
Machines, Cutting-tables, and 82, Cutting, Implements,
Sweep.
52. CUTTING HARD GLASS, TOOLS. Hand-operated and
hand-supported tools for marking and cutting hard glass.
Some carry an adjustable gage or a breaking device, but not
otherwise combined with guides or gages.
Search Classes
125 STONE- WORKING, subclass 4, Diamond tools.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 82,
Cutting, Implements, Sweep.
53. HEATING APPARATUS. Miscellaneous glass heating and
melting apparatus, plants, furnaces, and attachments.
Note. The mere combustion of fuel is included in classes 110,
FURNACES, and 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS,
even when shown and claimed in a glass-furnace, unless in
combination with specific means for applying the heat to the
glass.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclasses 7, Combined machines, Reheating and
reshaping, ana J7, Heating apparatus, Reheating-furnaces.
102
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 49 Continued.
54. HEATING APPARATUS, TANK-FURNACES. Furnaces
for melting glass in a tank without a separate gathering-
compartment and without means for delivering the glass
from the furnace. Some have a pot-hearth in combination
with the tank or a place for reheating the glass or irons.
65. HEATING APPARATUS, TANK-FURNACES, DELIV-
ERING. Tank-furnaces having means for delivering or dis-
charging the glass. Includes delivering means when not in
combination with any specific part of the furnace. Does not
include gathering or ladling devices. Those which shape the
glass when issuing from the furnace, as by dies, are included
only as cross-references.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclass 17, Drawing.
50. HEATING APPARATUS, TANK-FURNACES, SEPA-
RATE GATHERING-POOL. Tank-furnaces in which the
gathering part is separated from the melting part by a bridge,
dam, or its equivalent. Includes those having additional
features, as places for heating irons or glass during blowing,
etc.
57. HEATING APPARATUS, REHEATING-FURNACES.
Glory-hole and other furnaces for reheating glass articles to
finish them and for heating irons without means for manipu-
lating the articles. Flattening-tables are included in sub-
class 44, Flattening, in this class.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclasses 7, Combined machines, Reheating and
reshaping; 53, Heating apparatus, and 58, Heating apparatus,
Reheating-furnaces, Work-manipulating.
58. HEATING APPARATUS, REHEATING-FURNACES,
WORK-MANIPULATING. Glory-hole and other furnaces
for reheating glass articles to finish them in combination with
means for feeding, rotating, or otherwise manipulating the
articles, but without means for shaping or polishing them.
Such manipulating devices are included even when not com-
bined with the furnace. Furnaces having a mere support for
the punty-rod are not included.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclass 7, Combined machines, Reheating and
reshaping.
59. HEATING APPARATUS, POT-FURNACES. Furnaces
having a hearth-seat or siege for supporting melting-pots and
not having a tank or other means than the pots for containing
glass nor means for removing the glass or pots.
60. HEATING APPARATUS, MELTING-POTS. Pots espe-
cially adapted for being set in a pot-hearth furnace for melting
glass.
Note. Those adapted for melting both glass and metal are in-
cluded in class 75, METALLURGY, subclass 182, Crucibles.
61. HEATING APPARATUS, FLOATS. Floating rings,
bridges, and the like for tank-furnaces and melting-pots used
for skimming.
62. GATHERING AND LADLING. Apparatus for manipu-
lating a gathering iron or ladle to introduce it into molten
glass or withdraw it, combined or not with means for swing-
ing the iron, for introducing a blowing fluid into the iron
where hollow, or for transferring the iron or ladle to the
mold and discharging the mold; but the last step is not in-
cluded when a cutting-off device is combined with it.
Gathering-irons are included when adapted for blowing
i. e., hollow.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclasses 5, Combined machines, Charging, Cut-
ting, and molding, and 20, Blowing, Manipulating blow-iron.
63. BATCH-MIXERS. Apparatus for mixing the ingredients of
glass before melting.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclass 57, Mixers and stirrers.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses
30, Mixers, kneaders, and beaters; 32, Mixers, kneaders, and
beaters, Moving receptacle; 33, Mixers, kneaders, and beaters.
Moving receptacle, Rotating; 34. Mixers, kneaders, and
beaters, Roller; 30, Mixers, kneaders, and beaters, Rotary
dasher, Multiple; 38, Mixers, kneaders, and beaters, Rotary
dasher, Single, and 40, Mixers, kneaders, and beaters, Rotary
dasher, Single, Horizontal.
64. SNAPS AND SOCKETS. Tools for gripping or holding
glass articles while being reheated, finished, or otherwise
treated.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 101, Globes, Manipulators.
65. MOLDS. Molds for use in this art not falling in any of the sub-
classes Indented hereunder and not combined with any part of
a press except the plunger nor with blowing, cooling, heating,
mold-moving, or other mechanism exterior to the mold.
May include a mere handle for opening and closing the parts,
but no more complicated means for doing that.
Note. Digests of mold materials will be found in class 18, PLAS-
TICS, subclass 47, Molding devices, Molds, Materials.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclasses 66, Molds, Uniting parts, and 68, Molds,
Cooling or heating.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 34, Molding devices, Molds; 35, Mold-
ing devices, Molds, Sheet-shaping; 39, Molding devices, Molds,
Casting; 42, Molding devices, Molds, Two and three part;
44, Molding devices, Molds, Dies and matrices.
CLASS '49 Continued.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
118, Molds, and 119, Molds, Blocks, and the subclasses there-
under; 126, Molds, Pipe, and 129, Molds, Pottery.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 19,
Molding apparatus, Molds.
66. MOLDS, UNITING PARTS. Molds constructed to hold a
blank or part of an article while plastic glass is molded onto it.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclass 82, Processes, Uniting parts, Glass to glass.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 36, Molding devices, Molds, Blank cov-
ering and filling, and 37, Molding devices, Molds, Blank cov-
ering and filling, Lacing hooks and studs.
67. MOLDS, BENDING. Molds adapted only for bending sheet-
glass without blowing or pressing. Usually the sheet of glass
is heated and being put on the mold sinks to the form of the
mold.
68. MOLDS, COOLING OR HEATING. Molds combined with
cooling or heating means forming part of the mold, usually
passages in the mold-walls. Those simply intended to be
cooled or heated by external means not forming part of the
mold are not included, nor are devices external to the mold for
this purpose.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 38, Molding devices, Molds, Heating and
vulcanizing.
69. MOLDS, BLOWING. Molds which are only useful for forming
articles by blowing and without means for venting or labeling.
May include, broadly, a blow-iron, but not if there is any im-
provement in it nor if it is so connected as to aid in operating
a part of the mold. Those adapted for also performing another
operation as pressing or casting, are not included, except as
cross-references.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclasses 12, Combined machines, Casting and
blowing; 41, Mold supports and carriers; 42, Mold-separating
devices; 66, Molds, Uniting parts; 70, Molds, Blowing, Label-
ing, and 71, Molds, Blowing, Vented.
70. MOLDS, BLOWING, LABELING. Blowing-molds having
movable or stationary means for forming labels, letters, and the
like on the article blown.
71. MOLDS, BLOWING, VENTED. Blowing-molds having
means for allowing the escape of air and gases therefrom.
72. MOLDS, PRESSING. Molds adapted for compressing the
glass by being placed in a press or the like and not falling under
the next two definitions. Usually have a plunger as part of
the mold, but no other part of the press.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclass 74, Molds, Pressing, Helically-separable.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 34, Molding devices, Molds; 35, Mold-
ing devices, Molds, Sheet-shaping; 39, Molding devices, Molds,
Casting; 42, Molding devices, Molds, Two and three part, and
44, Molding devices, Molds, Dies and matrices.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, sub-
classes 118, Molds, and 119, Molds, Block, and the subclasses
thereunder, and 126, Molds, Pipe.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 19,
Molding apparatus, Molds.
73. MOLDS, PRESSING, LATERALLY-SEPARABLE SIDES.
Pressing molds in which at least two side pieces are separable
laterally from the article, the top and bottom being separable
in any way or integral with the sides. T -
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclasses 42, Mold-separating devices; 69, Molds,
Blowing; 70, Molds, Blowing, Labeling; 71, Molds, Blowing,
Vented, and 74, Molds, Pressing, Helically-separable.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 19,
Molding apparatus, Molds.
74. MOLDS, PRESSING, HELICALLY-SEPARABLE. Press-
ing-molds in which the plunger or some other part is separable
from the article by a helical motion i. e., by unscrewing.
Usually for molding screw-threads. Does not 'include mech-
anism for unscrewing the parts.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclass 36, Molding, Presses, Screw-threading.
75. MOLDS, CLAMPING. Means for clamping the parts of molds
together, but without operating means. May include the mold
broadly in combination, but not the specific improvements
therein.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclass 42, Mold-separating devices.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 43, Molding devices, Molds, Clamping.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
119, Molds, Block; 12;>, Molds, Block, Ejectors,and 126, Molds,
Pipe.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 5, Cigar-machines.
76. MOLDS,CORES AND PLUNGERS. Inventions wherein the
entire improvement lies in the core or plunger.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclasses 22, Reshaping, and the subclasses there-
under, and 68, Molds, Cooling or heating.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 45, Molding devices, Molds, Cores.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, sub-
classes 22, Pottery-machines; 44, Block-molding machines,
Undercutting; 128, Molds, Pipe, Cores, and 130, Molds, Sar-
cophagi and tank.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
103
CLASS 49 Continued.
77. PROCESSES. Processes of making and working glass limited
to a single kind of operation and not classifiable in any of
the subclasses indented hereunder and not consisting merely in
making glass or enamel by combining certain ingredients.
Includes processes consisting of any number of steps all tending
to produce a single result.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclass 79, Processes, Combined.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 48, Processes, Miscellaneous.
78. PROCESSES, INCANDESCENT-LAMP MAKING. Single
processes of making or sealing electric incandescent lamps,
X-ray tubes, Geissler tubes.etc., as are included in this class
by the general definition. Does not include the mere manu-
facture of the globes.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclasses 2, Combined machines, Incandescent-
lamp making; 81, Processes, Uniting parts, and 82, Processes,
Uniting parts, Glass to glass.
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 2 to 7, inclusive, under
Manufacture and Repair.
78.1. PROCESSES, QUARTZ GLASS. Processes for making
glass from quartz or silica by fusion or of working the same.
Search Class
204 ELECTROCHEMISTRY, subclass 64, Electric furnaces, where
the use of an electric furnace is involved.
79. PROCESSES, COMBINED. Processes of making and working
glass involving more than one distinct class of operations,
except molding and blowing. Processes involving several
steps all cooperating to produce a single result, as annealing,
molding, uniting parts, and the like, are not regarded as
combined processes.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 48, Processes, Miscellaneous.
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 2 to 7, inclusive, under Manu-
facture and Repair.
80. PROCESSES, COMBINED, MOLDING AND BLOWING.
Processes including and limited to molding a blank or parison
and then blowing it. Either the preliminary molding process
or the blowing process may include more than one step, so long
as no other function is performed, and reshaping steps per-
formed after blowing are also included. Does not include
molding one part, blowing another, and uniting them, nor
blowing a part onto a previously-molded blank, unless there
is a combined molding and blowing on the same part of the
article. In that case uniting is included in combination.
Does not include processes of blowing a blank previously
formed by molding when such molding is not a part of the
Erocess claimed. Does not include processes of blowing a
lank or article and then reshaping.
81. PROCESSES, UNITING PARTS. Processes of uniting glass
in a soft or plastic condition to other materials except to make
wire-glass and incandescent lamps, where the glass is worked
to form the union. Some necessarily include annealing,
molding, and shaping, but not when it is a distinct and sepa-
rate operation.
Note. Processes of uniting hard glass to other materials in order
to complete the glass article, as a tile with a roughened back,
which are capable of general use and are not capable of classifi-
cation in any article class, are also included, but processes of
uniting lamp pedestals to fonts when the glass is in a hard
state and is not worked are classed in class 67, ILLUMINATING
BURNERS. Cement compositions for use on glass are included
in class 87, OILS, FATS, AND GLUE, subclass 17, Adhesives.
Search Classes
49 Glass, subclasses 78, Processes, Incandescent-lamp making,
and 80, Processes, Molding, Wire-glass.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 59, Processes, Molding, Uniting.
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 2 to 7, inclusive, under Manu-
facture and Repair.
82. PROCESSES, UNITING PARTS, GLASS TO GLASS. Mis-
cellaneous processes of uniting molten, plastic, or soft gjass to
soft or hard glass. Some necessarily include molding, shaping,
and annealing in combination.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 59, Processes, Molding, Uniting.
82.1. PROCESSES, UNITING PARTS. GLASS TO GLASS,
BIFOCAL LENSES. Processes of uniting molten plastic
or soft glass to soft or hard glass for making bifocal lenses.
83. PROCESSES, BLOWING. Processes of blowing glass, includ-
ing, or not, swinging, whirling, marvering, and the like and
dividing the blown blank, but not other molding opera-
tions. May also include annealing in combination. Includes
blowing a previously-molded blank when not in combination
with the process of molding such blank.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclass 80, Processes, Combined, Molding and blow-
ing.
CLASS 49 Continued.
83.1. PROCESSES, DRAWING. Processes of draw ing glass sheets,
cylinders, etc., directly from a tank or furnace or of stretching
a previously-formed blank.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclasses 17, Drawing, and 17.1, Drawing, Cyl-
inders, and 18, PLASTICS, subclass 8, Molding devices, Fila-
ment forming.
84. PROCESSES, RESHAPING. Processes of reshaping pre-
viously-formed blanks, whether reheated or not, and processes
of finishing previously-formed blanks in a soft or plastic state.
The operation usually reshapes and polishes at the same time
Finishing operations on hard glass are not included.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclass 28, Perforating.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 56, Processes, Molding, Sheets.
85. PROCESSES, MOLDING. Processes of molding glass from a
shapeless or incompletely-formed mass, as distinguished from
reshaping blanks which have been previously formed to nearly
the form desired, except for making plate, window, and sheet
or wire glass. Some include any number of distinctly mold-
ing operations, cooling, and annealing in combination when
not a distinct operation.
Search Classes -
49 GLASS, subclasses 29, Molding; 80, Processes, Combined.
Molding and blowing; 86, Processes, Molding, Wire-glass, and
87, Processes, Molding, Sheets and Plates.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 54, Processes, Filament-forming; 55,
Processes, Molding, and 58, Processes, Molding, Casting and
dipping.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 54,
Processes.
86. PROCESSES, MOLDING, WIRE-GLASS. Processes of
making wire-glass by embedding the wire or wire fabric in
glass while in a molten , soft, or plastic state. Some necessarily
include shaping and annealing in combination.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclasses 32, Molding, Wire-glass, and 81, Processes,
Uniting parts.
87. PROCESSES, MOLDING, SHEETS AND PLATES. Pro-
cesses of molding glass to make plate, window, and sheet glass
not involving reshaping previously-formed sheets. Some in-
clude any number of distinctly molding operations, cooling,
and annealing in combination when not a distinct operation.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclasses 3, Combined machines, Sheet and plate
making; 17, Drawing, and 86, Processes, Molding, Wire-glass.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 57, Processes, Molding, Film-spreading.
88. PROCESSES, HEAT-DEVELOPED COLORING. Proc-
esses limited to coloring or changing the color of glass entirely
by heat treatment. May include annealing when not a dis-
tinct operation.
89. PROCESSES, ANNEALING. Processes of annealing and
"tempering" glass. Those that consist of molding and an-
nealing in the same mold are included in Processes, molding.
Does not include flattening or bending.
90. COMPOSITIONS. Miscellaneous compositions for making
glass under the general definition, processes of making the
compositions, and processes of making glass which consist
merely in the use of these compositions. Includes composi-
tions used for both enamel and glass.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclass 91, Compositions, Enamel.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 11, Fire-hardened.
91. COMPOSITIONS, ENAMEL. Compositions for making vitre-
ous enamels for metal, ceramics, glass, and other materials
under the general definition, processes of combining the ingre-
dients to make the compositions, and processes of making
enamels which consist merely in the use of these compositions.
Search Class
49 GLASS, subclass 90, Compositions.
92. STRUCTURE. Improvements in glass in which the entire in-
vention lies in the structure or characteristics of the glass
itself independent of those of the particular article in which
it may happen to be embodied. Includes improvements in
wire-glass under the same restrictions. Patents having as an
element of the combination any part or element peculiar to
the article itself, instead of the glass, are classified in the proper
article classes.
Search Classes
88 OPTICS, subclasses 54, Eyeglasses and spectacles, Lenses:
57, Lenses; 57.5, Building-lights and subclasses thereunder.
CLASS 50. FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes devices which regulate the pressure of a fluid or
which regulate the pressure and cut off the flow of a fluid by the
pressure of the fluid itself. Examples of devices which regulate the
flow of a fluid by the pressure of another fluid will be found in classes
103 PUMPS, subclass 87, Regulators, Pressure, and appropriate sub-
classes thereunder; 110, FURNACES, subclass 54, Furnace structure,
Feeding air and steam, Boiler-controlled; 121. STEAM-ENGINES, sub-
class H4, Speed-governors, Pressure; 122, LIQUID HEATERS AND
VAPORIZERS, subclasses 447, Regulation, fuel and water, Fluid fuel,
Cut-off, and 448, Regulation, Fuel and water, Automatic control,
Fluid fuel; 120, STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 351, Water heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Automatic; 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL
BURNERS, subclasses 36, Burners, Liquid fuel, Fuel-feeding, and 121,
Valves and cleaners, Pressure-governed; 236, DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC,
subclasses 6, Fluid pressure, and 8, Pressure, Motor.
Subclasses.
I. COMBINED REGULATORS AND CUT-OFFS. Includes de-
vices for automatically regulating the pressure of a fluid pass-
ing through a valve and for automatically closing and main-
taining closed the said valve when the pressure of the fluid
falls below or exceeds a predetermined point. The valve is
actuated to reduce the pressure of the fluid passing there-
through either by the inlet-pressure, the outlet-pressure, or the
difference between the inlet and outlet pressures.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 115, Gaseous fuel burners.
Automatic cut-offs, Pressure.
2 COMBINED REGULATORS AND CUT-OFFS, VALVE-
BALANCING. Means connected to but not forming a por-
tion of the valve itself, for preventing the movement of the
valve by sudden fluctuations of pressure in the fluid-supply.
Not to be confounded with balanced valves.
3. COMBINED REGULATORS AND CUT-OFFS, LIQUID-
TRANSFER. The pressure of the fluid is exerted upon the
surface of a liquid free to move in such manner that fluctuations
in the pressure of the fluid will transfer the liquid from one
receptacle to another or from one portion of a receptacle to
another portion thereof, and thereby operate the regulating-
valve.
4. COMBINED REGULATORS AND CUT-OFFS, DIA-
PHRAGM. The regulating-valve is operated by a diaphragm
connected thereto and exposed to the pressure of the fluid.
5. COMBINED REGULATORS AND CUT-OFFS, DIA-
PHRAGM, LEVER. A lever or its equivalent is employed
to transmit motion from the diaphragm to the regulating-
valve.
6. COMBINED REGULATORS AND CUT-OFFS, FLOAT.
The regulating-valve is operated by a float or bell connected
thereto and exposed to the pressure of the fluid.
7. COMBINED REGULATORS AND CUT-OFFS, FLOAT,
LEVER. A lever or its equivalent is employed to transmit
motion from the float or bell to the regulating-valve.
8. COMBINED REGULATORS AND CUT-OFFS, PISTON.
The regulating-valve is operated by a piston formed with or
connected thereto and exposed to the pressure of the fluid.
9. COMBINED REGULATORS AND CUT-OFFS, PISTON,
LEVER. A lever or its equivalent is employed to transmit
motion from the piston to the regulating-valve.
10. MULTIPLE REGULATING DEVICES. Regulators in
which the regulation is accomplished by more than one regu-
lating device, as by a plurality of operating devices connected
to a single valve mechanism, or by a plurality of valve mech-
anisms connected to a single operating device, or by a plu-
rality oi valve mechanisms and operating devices.
Search Classes
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 180, Mixers,
and the subclasses thereunder.
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 114, Speed-governors, Pressure.
II. MULTIPLE REGULATING DEVICES, AUXILIARY
VALVE. The regulating- valve is normally held open by the
Sressure of the fluid, but is closed by the automatic action of a
uid-operated auxiliary valve when the pressure becomes ex-
cessive.
Search Classes
103 PUMPS, subclass 87, Regulators, Pressure, and appropriate
subclasses thereunder.
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 114, Speed-governors, Pressure.
CLASS 50 Continued.
12. MULTIPLE REGULATING DEVICES, AUXILIARY
VALVE, VENTING. The regulating-valve is normally held
open by tbe pressure of the fluid on a piston or other similar
actuating device connected thereto. When the fluid-pressure
becomes excessive, the auxiliary valve cuts off the pressure to
the actuating device and the pressure side of said device is
vented to permit movement thereof in a direction to close the
regulating-valve.
13. REGULATORS, BALANCED-PRESSURE. Devices for
automatically regulating the flow of a fluid through a valve by
differences in pressure between the inlet and outlet sides of the
valve or its actuating device. The flow of fluid is controlled
by the movement of the valve to reduce the flow therethrough
as the difference between the inlet and outlet pressures in-
creases and to increase the flow therethrough as the difference
between the inlet and outlet pressures decreases. These de-
vices resemble closely in structure and arrangement of parts
the devices in Regulators, inlet-pressure, but are distinguished
from the latter in that they require the presence of an increas-
ing resistance to oppose the closing movement of the valve and
of a material space or chamber on the outlet side of the valve or
its actuating means, whereby the latter may be readily affected
by variations in the pressure on the outlet side thereof.
14. REGULATORS, INLET-PRESSURE. Devices for auto-
matically regulating the flow of fluid to apparatus, the con-
sumption of which is constant, to prevent fluctuations in
pressure on the inlet side of the valve from affecting the pres-
sure on the outlet side thereof. The pressure of the fluid on the
inlet side of the valve operates the valve to reduce the flow of
fluid therethrough as the inlet-pressure increases and to in-
crease the flow of fluid therethrough as the inlet-pressure de-
creases.
Search Classes
50 FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclass 13, Regulators,
Balanced-pressure.
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 115, Gaseous fuel burn-
ers, Automatic cut-offs, Pressure; 118, Gaseous fuel burners,
Regulating, and subclasses thereunder.
15. REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE. Includes devices
for automatically regulating the pressure of fluid in apparatus
the consumption of which is variable. The regulating-valve
is controlled by the pressure of the fluid on the outlet side
thereof, being operated to reduce the flow of fluid therethrough
as the pressure increases and to increase the flow of fluid there-
through as the pressure decreases.
Search Class
50 FLUID- PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclass 1, Combined regu-
lators and cut-offs.
16. REGULATORS. OUTLET-PRESSURE, VARYING-RE-
SISTANCE. In addition to regulating the outlet-pressure in
the usual manner these devices are provided with means for
automatically varying the resistance to the closing of the valve,
whereby an increased flow of fluid through the valve is ob-
tained at times when such flow is desired without operating
the valve to close the same. Used generally in gas-supply sys-
tems to allow the regulator to be employed either with the
light day pressure or the heavier night pressure.
17 REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE, VARYING-RE-
SISTANCE, AUTOMATIC WEIGHT-VARYING. The
movement of the operating device to close the regulating-valve
is resisted by a weight which is automatically varied in ac-
cordance with the pressure of the fluid.
18 REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE, VARYING-RE-
SISTANCE, CLOCKWORK. The closing of the regulating-
valve at times when an increased flow of fluid is desired is
resisted by means of clockwork mechanism.
19 REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE, VARYING-RE-
SISTANCE, LIQUID-TRANSFER. The transfer of a
liquid from one receptacle to another or from one portion of a
receptacle to another portion thereof resists the closing move-
ment of the regulating-valve at the times when an increased
flow of the fluid is desired.
Search Class
50 FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclass 3. Combined regu-
lators and cut-offs, Liquid-transfer.
20 REGULATORS, OUTLET - PRESSURE, VALVE - BAL-
ANCING. Means are provided connected to but not forming
a portion of the valve itself for preventing movement of the
valve by sudden fluctuations of pressure in the fluid-supply.
Not to be confounded with balanced valves.
Search Class
50 FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclass 2. Combined reg-
ulators and cut-offs, Valve-balancing; subclass 10, Multiple
regulating devices in which will be found devices similar to
those existing in this class connected to the valve, but suffi-
ciently larger than the valve to constitute an operating device
therefor.
105
106
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 50 Continued.
21. REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE, DIAPHRAGM'
The regulating-valve is operated by a diaphragm directly
connected thereto and exposed to the pressure of the fluid
Search Classes -
50 FLUID- PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclass 4. Combined reg-
ulators and cut-offs, Diaphragm.
48 GAS HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclasses 2, Acetylene,
Generator and holder; 145, Carbureters, Regulating; and 184,
Mixers, Diaphragm.
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 17, Igniting devices,
Gaseous, Pilot, Pressure-operated, Multiple fluid; 18, Igniting
devices, Gaseous, Pilot, Pressure-operated, Single fluid; 115,
Gaseous fuel burners, Automatic cut-offs, Pressure; and 119,
Gaseous fuel burners, Regulating, Automatic.
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 1, Meters, Air and gas.
103 PUMPS, subclass 87, Regulators, Pressure, and appropriate
subclasses thereunder.
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 114, Speed-governors, Pressure.
137 ^yATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 4, Cocks and faucets,
Reciprocating valves; 69, Mains and pipes, Valves, and 93,
Cocks and faucets, Water-closet valves, for combinations of
diaphragms and valves with connections.
18fr RAIL WAY-BRAKES, the following subclasses under the sub-
title Fluid-Pressure: 1, Automatic; 12, Pressure-retainers;
and 15, Triple-valves.
236 DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC, subclasses 6, Fluid-pressure; and
8, Pressure-motor.
22. REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE, DIAPHRAGM,
WATER-PROTECTED. The diaphragm is protected from
injury by the fluid by means of water interposed between said
diaphragm and fluid. Used generally where the fluid to be
controlled is steam.
23. REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE, DIAPHRAGM,
SPRING. The movement of the diaphragm to close the reg-
ulating-valve is resisted by a spring.
Search Classes
50 FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclasses 11, Multiple reg-
ulating devices, Auxiliary valve, and 12, Multiple regulating
devices, Auxiliary valve, Venting.
48 GAS, HEATING, AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 2, Acetylene,
generator and holder.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 93, Cocks and faucets,
Water-closet valves, for combinations of valves, diaphragms,
and springs.
188, RAILWAY-BRAKES, the following subclasses under the
subtitle Fluid-pressure: 1, Automatic; 12, Pressure-retainers;
and 15, Triple valves.
236 DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC, subclasses 6, Fluid-pressure, and
8, Pressure-motor.
24. REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE, DIAPHRAGM,
WEIGHT. The movement of the diaphragm to close the
regulating-valve is resisted by a weight either applied directly
to the diaphragm or indirectly thereto, as by a lever.
Search Class
50 FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclass 22, Regulators,
Outlet-pressure, Diaphragm, Water-protected.
25. REGULATORS, pUTLET-PRESSURE, DIAPHRAGM,
LEVER. The diaphragm which actuates the regulating-
valve is connected thereto by a lever or its equivalent.
Search Classes
50 FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclass 5, Combined regu-
lators and cut-off, Diaphragm, Lever.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 145, Carburet-
ers, Regulating.
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 1, Meters, Air and gas.
236 DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC, subclasses 6, Fluid-pressure; and
8, Pressure-motor.
20. REGULATORS OUTLET-PRESSURE, DIAPHRAGM,
LEVER, SPRING. The diaphragm which actuates the reg-
ulating-valve is connected thereto by a lever or its equivalent,
the movement of the diaphragm to close the regulating-valve
being resisted by a spring.
Search Class
50 FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclass 23, Regulators,
Outlet-pressure; Diaphragm, Spring, for analogous devices
comprising a diaphragm, valve, and spring, but omitting a
lever connection.
27. REGULATORS. OUTLET-PRESSURE, DIAPHRAGM,
LEVER, WEIGHT. The diaphragm which actuates the
regulating-valve is connected thereto by a lever or its equiva-
lent, the movement of the diaphragm to close the regulating-
valve being resisted by a weight either applied directly to the
diaphragm or indirectly thereto, as by a lever.
Search Class
60 FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS ; subclass 24, Regulators,
Outlet-pressure, Diaphragm, Weight, for analogous devices
comprising a diaphragm, valve, and weight, but omitting a
lever connection.
28. REGULATORS, OUTLET - PRESSURE, FLOAT. The
regulating-valveTs operated by a float or bell directly connected
thereto and exposed to the pressure of the fluid.
Note. Not to be confounded with gasometer-bells, which merely
cut off the flow of a fluid to a reservoir when the latter is filled
to a certain limit, examples of which may be found in class 48,
GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 5, Acetylene,
Generators, Water-feed, Holder-operated, and the subclasses
thereunder.
CLASS 50 Continued.
Search Classes
50 FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclass 0, Combined regu-
lators and cut-offs, Float.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 2, Acetylene
Generator and holder; 38, Acetylene, Generators, Carbid'-feed'
and the subclasses thereunder; 145, Carbureters, Regulating-
and 184, Mixers, Diaphragm.
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 17, Igniting Devices
Gaseous, Pilot, Pressure operated, Multiple fluid; 18, Igniting
devices, Gaseous. Pilot, Pressure operated, single fluid; and
115, Gaseous fuel burners, Automatic cut-offs, Pressure.
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 1, Meters, Air and gas
121 STEAM ENGINES, subclass 20, Traps.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 68, Tanks, Automatic,
101, Feeders, 102, Indicators, 103, Traps.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 38, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Maintained oil-level, Float-
controlled.
29. REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE, FLOAT, SPRING.
The movement of the float to close the regulating-valve is
resisted by a spring.
30. REGULATORS, OUTLET -PRESSURE, FLOAT
WEIGHT. The movement of the float to close the regulat-
ing-valve is resisted by a weight either applied directly to the
float or indirectly thereto, as by a lever.
Search Classes
50 FLUID- PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclasses 17, Regulators,
Outlet - pressure, Varying - resistance, Automatic weight-
varying; 19, Regulators, Outlet-pressure, Varying-resistance,
Liquid-transfer.
237 HEAT DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 24, Traps, and the
subclasses thereunder.
31. REGULATORS, OUTLET -PRESSURE, FLOAT
LEVER. The float which actuates the regulating-valve is
connected thereto by a lever or its equivalent.
Search Classes
50 FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS,subclass 7, Combined regula-
tors and cut-offs, Float, Lever.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclasses 181, Mixers,
Bell and tank; 182, Mixers, Bell and tank, Anterior, and 183,
Mixers, Bell and tank, posterior, for combinations of floats
and valves with lever connections.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 101, Feeders; 102,
Indicators: and 103, Traps.
182 SEWERAGE, subclass 4, Flushing.
237 HEAT DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 24, Traps, and the
subclasses thereunder.
32. REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE, FLOAT, LEVER,
SPRING. The float which actuates the regulating-valve is
connected thereto by a lever or its equivalent, the movement
of the float to close the valve being resisted by a spring.
Search Class
50 FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclass 29, Regulators,
Outlet-pressure, Float, Spring, for analogous devices, com-
prising a float, valve, and spring, but omitting a lever connec-
tion.
33. REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE, FLOAT, LEVER,
WEIGHT. The float which actuates the regulating-valve is
connected thereto by a lever or its equivalent, the movement
of the float to close the valve being resisted by a weight either
applied directly to the float or indirectly thereto, as by a
lever.
Search Class
50 FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclass 30, Regulators,
Outlet-pressure, Float, Weight, for analogues devices com-
prising a float, valve, and weight, but omitting a lever con-
nection. .
34. REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE, PISTON. The reg-
ulating-valve is operated by a piston directly connected
thereto and exposed to the pressure of the fluid.
Search Classes
50 Fluid-pressure regulators, subclasses 8, Combined regulators
and cut-offs, Piston; 11, Multiple regulating devices, Auxiliary
valve, and 12, Multiple regulating devices, Auxiliary valve,
Venting.
103 PUMPS, subclass 87, Regulators, Pressure, and appropriate
subclasses thereunder.
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 114, Speed-governors, Pressure.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 4, Cocks and faucets,
Reciprocating valves; 53, Safety-valves; 69, Mains and pipes,
Valves.
138 HYDRAULIC MOTORS, subclass 14. For elevators, Valves.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS. FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 36,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding; and 121, Valves and
cleaners, Pressure- governed.
169 FIRE-EXTINGUISHERS, subclass 23, Stationary systems,
Automatic valve, Pressure-controlled.
188 RAILWAY-BRAKES, the following subclasses under the sub-
title Fluid-pressure; 1, Automatic; 7, Engineers' valves; 10,
Brake-release valves; 12, Pressure-retainers; and 15, Triple
valves.
236 Dampers. Automatic, subclasses 6, Fluid-pressure; and
Pressure-motor.
35. REGULATORS, OUT LET- PR E S SU R E, PISTON,
SPRING. The movement of the piston to close the regulat-
ing-valve is resisted by a spring.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
107
CLASS 50 Continued.
Search Classes
50 FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclasses 11, Multiple
regulating devices, Auxiliary valve, and 12, Multiple regulat-
ing devices, Auxiliary valve, Venting.
188 RAILWAY-BRAKES, Fluid-pressure, subclasses 1, Auto-
matic; 7, Engineers' valves; 10, Brake-release valves; 12,
Pressure-retainers, and 15, Triple valves.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 53, Safety-valves; subclass
93, Cocks and faucets, Water-closet valves, for combinations
of pistons, springs, and valves.
36. REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE, PISTON,
WEIGHT. The movement of the piston to close the regu-
lating-valve is resisted by a weight either applied directly to
the piston or indirectly thereto, as by a lever.
37. REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE, PISTON, LEVER.
The piston which actuates the regulating-valve is connected
thereto by a lever or its equivalent.
Search Classes
50 FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclass 9, Combined
regulators and cut-offs. Piston. Lever.
103 PUMPS, subclass 87, Regulators, Pressure, and appropriate
subclasses thereunder.
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 114, Speed-governors, Pres-
sure.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 53, Safety-valves, for com-
binations of pistons, levers, and valves.
CLASS 50 Continued.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses, 36.
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, and 121, Valves and
cleaners, Pressure-governed.
236 DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC, subclasses 6, Fluid-pressure, and 8,
Pressure-motor.
38. REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE, PISTON, LE-
VER, SPRING. The piston which actuates the regulating-
valve is connected thereto by a lever or its equivalent, the
movement of the piston to close the valve being resisted by a
spring. r
Search Classes
50 FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclass 35, Regulators,
Outlet-pressure, Piston, Spring, for analogous devices com-
prising a piston, valve, and spring, but omitting a lever con-
nection.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 53, Safety-valves, for com-
binations of pistons, levers, valves, and resisting-springs.
39. REGULATORS, OUTLET-PRESSURE, PISTON,
LEVER, WEIGHT. The piston which actuates the regulat-
ing-valve is connected thereto by a lever or its equivalent,
the movement of the piston to close the valve being resisted
by a weight either applied directly to the piston or indirectly
' thereto, as by a lever.
Search Class
50 FLUID-PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclass 36, Regulators,
Outlet pressure, Piston, Weight, for analogous devices com-
prising a piston, valve, and weight, but omitting a lever con-
nection.
CLASS 54. HARNESS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes, besides the usual harness for attaching
animals to vehicles, such harness arrangements or devices as are
used for breaking or training animals, preventing their kicking; also,
horse-boots, riding-saddles, spurs, ox-yokes, fly-nets, and such
bonnets and protectors or shields forprotectingtheanimal from sun,
rain, etc. , as are adapted to be attached to the animal or the harness;
also, blanket-fasteners when not useful in other relations; also, all
pad, collar, and hame fasteners, halter, hame, and trace, trace and
whiffletree couplings, and trace-carriers.
Patents relating solely to harness buckles, hooks, clips, clamps,
clasps, couplings, or fastenings of a general nature are in class 24,
BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, etc.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Harness structures and parts not classi-
fiable in any of the other subclasses.
2. TRACK. Harness especially adapted to race-track purposes.
Usually the collar and hames or the breast-collar is omitted
and the thills areattached to the back-band or harness-saddles.
3. YOKE. Double harness in which there is a cross piece or pieces
extending from one animal to the other and the draft connec-
, the ordinary traces
>Kt,. .Double harness in which there is a cross
extending from one animal to the other and th
tion is made between the animals to this cro
as the connection to an ox-yoke is made, the
being omitted.
as
being omitted
4. BACK-BANDS. Special forms of back-bands.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass 38, Saddles, Harness.
5. BREECHING. Hamessin which the novelty lies in the breech-
ing-straps or their relative arrangements.
Note. Holdback-hooks and other fastening devices especially
adapted to secure the holdback-straps to the thills are in
class 21, CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, Holdbacks, while hooks
and buckles of a general nature are to be found in class 24,
BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, etc.
Search Class
248 SUPPORTS, under the appropriate subclasses of "Hooks,"
for simple supporting hooks.
<3. BRIDLES. Such inventions as relate to the headstall or its
connections to the bit.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass 24, Halters.
7. BRIDLES, BITS. Inventions relating solely to the bridle-bit.
S. BRIDLES, BITS, MOUTHPIECES. Inventions relating
solely to the part of the bit which is to be placed in the animal's
mouth or relating to the attachment of the mouthpiece to the
end rings or cheek-pieces.
9. BRIDLES, BITS, MOUTHPIECES, DOUBLE. Inventions
relating to those bits characterized by two connected mouth-
pieces so arranged as to be separated laterally or slid in oppo-
site directions by the pull on the reins; also, those patents in
which the check-bit is attached to the driving-bit.
10. BRIDLES, BLINDS. Blinds and their attachment to the
bridle.
Note. Blindfolding devices to be used in case of fire and such
blinds as are used to prevent animals in pasture from jump-
ing fences, fighting, etc., are in class 119, ANIMAL HUSBANDRY,
subclass 104, Restraining devices, Blinders.
11. BRIDLES, BLINDS, COVERING AND UNCOVERING.
Inventions which relate to such blinds as, by means of a cord
or other connection operated by the driver, can be quickly
brought entirely over the animal's eyes to blindfold him.
Usually employed when the animal takes fright.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass 15, Bridles, Stranglers.
12. BRIDLES, BROW-BANDS. Inventions relating to the
brow-band of the bridle.
13. BRIDLES, CRO'VVN-LOOPS. The loops or guides on top of
the bridle for guiding the overdraw-checkrein.
14. BRIDLES, GAG-RUNNERS. The runners or guides attached
to the sides of the bridle and through which the side check-
rein is made to pass.
15. BRIDLES, STRANGLERS. Devices to be operated by the
driver, either through the driving-reins, a separate line, or
other connection, adapted to interfere with the breathing of
the animal, either by choking or by compressing or covering
the nostrils, usually 'to stop runaway or vicious horses.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass 11, Bridles, Blinds, Covering and un-
covering.
CLASS 54 Continued.
16. CHECKREINS. Reins for holding up the animal's head.
17. CHECKREINS, HOOK-LOOPS. Retaining-Ioops or devices
for connecting and holding the checkrein on the check-loop.
Some rein-spreading bars are here included.
18. COMBINED COLLAR AND HAMES. Structures in which
the collar and hames are permanently attached together or in
which these parts are merged into one structure, to the dis-
appearance of a separate collar or hames, the traces being di-
rectly secured to the single structure.-
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclasses 21, Collars, Fasteners, and 26, Hames,
Fasteners, for features of fastening devices.
19. COLLARS. Inventions relating to the structure of a horse
collar.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclasses 65, Pads, and 67, Pads, Neck.
20. COLLARS, BREAST. The collar portion of what is commonly
known as "breast-harness."
21. COLLARS, FASTENERS. Means for fastening the collar
ends together.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclasses 26, Hames, Fasteners, and 68, Pads,
Fasteners.
22. CRUPPERS. Inventions relating to the harness-crupper.
23. GIRTHS. Inventions in which the "novelty lies in the saddle
or harness girth or surcingle.
24. HALTERS. Novel forms of halters.
Search Classes
54 HARNESS, subclasses 0, Bridles, and 15, Halters, Con-
nectors.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, etc., for clamps or coupling de-
vices for rope halters.
25. HAMES. Inventions in which the novelty resides in the hame
structure.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass 18, Combined collar and hames.
26. HAMES, FASTENERS. Devices for fastening the hames
together when in position on the collar and on the animal.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclasses 18, Combined collar and hames, and
21, Collars, Fasteners.
27. HAMES, FASTENERS, LEVER. Fastening devices involv-
ing a lever action in their operation.
28. HAMES, FASTENERS, STRAP. Such devices as comprise
a strap-fastening, usually with a specially adapted buckle.
29. HAMES, FASTENERS, TOP. Devices for fastening the top
or upper ends of the hames.
30. HAME AND TRACE CONNECTORS. Devices or cou-
plings for connecting together the hames and the tugs or traces.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, etc.
31. HAME AND TRACE CONNECTORS, ADJUSTABLE.
Such connections as are capable of an adjustment so as to
bring the point of connection higher or lower upon the hames.
32. HAME-TUGS. That part of the harness sometimes considered
the forward part of the trace, but which connects the trace
proper with the hame.
33. HAME-TUGS, ADJUSTABLE. Tugs adapted to be adjusted
in length.
34. HITCHING-STRAPS. Various devices for hitching animals,
straps or ropes to be attached to bridle-bits or halters or
passed about the animal's neck or nose, devices for engaging
posts or similar stationary objects; also, arrangements for
converting the driving-rein into a hitching-strap.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 109, Restraining, Hitching
devices, and subclasses thereunder for such devices as are
stationary and not adapted to be carried with the animal;
also, such arrangements as are for tethering animals for graz-
ing purposes.
35. MARTINGALES. Devices adapted to be attached to the
animal's head and also to the girth to serve as a means for
properly holding the animal's head.
36. REINS. The structure or arrangement of the driving-reins.
37. SADDLES. Saddles not classifiable in any of the other sub-
classes. Pack-saddles are here included.
109
110
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 54 Continued.
38. SADDLES, HARNESS. Harness-saddles.
39. SADDLES, HARNESS, CART. Saddles especially designed
for cart-harness. Usually the thill-tug strap is free to slide
or a pivoted cross-bar carries a thill-tug strap at each end.
40. SADDLES, HARNESS, PIVOTED SIDE PLATES. Sad-
dles characterized by having the side or "jockey" plates
pivoted either to each other or to a central intermediate
piece in order to adapt the saddle to different animals. Some
of these pivots are adapted to be clamped at any desired
adjustment, while others are free to permit the plates to move.
41. SADDLES, HARNESS, CUSHIONS. Saddle cushions or
pads when especially constructed to be attached to and
become part of the saddle.
Note. Pads of more general utility are to be found in this class
in subclass 66, Pads, Back.
42. SADDLES, HARNESS, SEAT AND TREE CONNECTORS.
Means for connecting together the seat and saddletree proper.
Usually the check or water hook fastening is involved in the
connection.
43. SADDLES, HARNESS, TUG-BEARERS. Fastenings or
guides for the thill-tug straps.
44. SADDLES, RIDING. Riding-saddles.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass 66, Pads, Back, for the features of pads
for riding-saddles.
45. SADDLES, RIDING, SIDE. Sidesaddles for women riders.
46. SADDLES, RIDING, ATTACHMENTS. Stirrup-straps,
sweat-leathers, covers, girth or stirrup connectors, or other
attached saddle parts.
47. STIRRUPS. Riding-stirrups and their housings or fenders.
48. STIRRUPS, ELASTIC. Stirrups so constructed as to yield
under the rider's weight to reduce the jar of the animal's
motions.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass 86, Elastic connections, for elastic
couplings adapted to form part of the stirrup-strap or sup-
port for a rigid stirrup.
49. STIRRUPS, SAFETY. Stirrups constructed with a view to
preventing the rider's foot "hanging" or catching after dis-
mounting or in case the rider is thrown.
50. THILL-TUGS. The tug, lug, or loop attached to the harness-
saddle and through which the shaft or thill is passed to be
supported.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass 54, Trace-carriers.
51. THILL-TUGS, OPEN. Tugs adapted to be opened laterally
so the thill can be put in from the side without the necessity
of inserting it into the tug end first.
52. TRACES. Novel trace structure.
Search Classes
54 HARNESS, subclass 32, Hame-tugs for the forward portion
of the tug or trace which extends from the hame to the back-
band; subclass 30, Hame and trace connectors for the con-
necting devices between the hame and trace or tug; subclass
53, Traces, whiffletree-connectors for the connections to the
whiffletree.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, etc., for trace or tug buckles.
53. TRACES, WHIFFLETREE-CONNECTORS. Devices in-
cluding the usual cockeyes for attaching the traces to the
whiffletrees.
Search Class
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, Whiffletree-hooks, for such
whiffletree-hooks and trace-coupling devices as do not involve
any modification of the trace part.
54. TRACE-CARRIERS. Devices adapted to guide, hold, or
support the trace at some point between the hame and single-
tree, usually opposite the back-band or harness-saddle.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass 50, Thill-tugs.
55. TRACE-CARRIERS, HOOK. Such carriers as are adapted
to hook into or around the trace (usually a chain trace) to
support it.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclasses 56, Trace-end supporters, and 62,
Check-hooks, Movable-keeper.
56. TRACE-END SUPPORTERS. Hooks, clips, or other devices
to which the free ends of the traces are attached after being
unhitched from the whiffletree.
Search Class -
54 HARNESS, subclasses 55, Trace-carriers, Hook, and 62,
Check-hooks, Movable-keeper.
67. UNDERCHECKS. Devices attached below the animal's head
to hold it up and in proper position. Usually the device is a
rigid bar and acts to push up the head of the animal.
58. BREAST-STRAPS. Straps or chains which are attached to
the hames and to the neck-yoke or wagon-tongue to hold up
the latter.
CLASS 54 Continued.
59. BREAST-STRAPS, SHIELDS AND CONNECTORS. Va-
rious slides, shields, or other arrangements for protecting the
strap from the wear of the neck-yoke; also, other connecting
devices between the strap and ne'ck-yoke.
60. ABOLISHED.
61. CHECK-HOOKS. Hooks, usually attached to the harness-
saddles or back-bands for holding the checkreins.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass 70, Checking and unchecking devices,
subclass 42, Saddles, Harness, Seat and tree connectors, for the
means for securing the hook to the saddle.
62. CHECK-HOOKS, MOVABLE-KEEPER. Checkrein-hooks
which have a movable'part to keep the rein in the hook.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclasses 70, Checking and unchecking devices,
56, Trace-end supporters, and 55, Trace-carriers, Hook.
63. TERRETS. Guides or rings usually attached to the back-
band, harness-saddle, collar, or hames to guide the driving-
reins.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclasses 38, Saddles, Harness, and 25, Hames,
for means for attaching the terret to its support.
64. HITCHING-STRAP HOLDERS. Devices, usually clips,
clasps, or clamps, attached to some convenient part of the
harness for holding the free end of the hitching-strap when the
latter is not in use.
65. PADS. Various cushioning-pads for harness.
66. PADS, BACK. Pads especially designed to be placed upon the
animal's back, as harness and riding-saddle pads.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclasses 41, Saddles, Harness, Cushions, and 44,
Saddles, Riding, for such pads as are adapted to be perma-
nently attached to and become part of the harness or riding-
saddle.
67. PADS, NECK. Neck-pads, usually for collars.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass 19, Collars.
68. PADS, FASTENERS. Devices for fastening the pads to the
harness part.
69. ATTACHING AND DETACHING DEVICES. Special ar-
rangements of harness and such special vehicle attachments
as are to cooperate therewith for quiokly connecting and dis-
connecting the animal and vehicle. Usually the driver can
operate the disconnecting devices without leaving the vehicle.
Usually the connection is made to the thills opposite the back-
bank or thill-loops, no singletree being used.
Search Class
21, CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 75, Horse-detachers, for
such attaching and detaching devices as involve no harness
modification other than the usual trace-eye connection, which
is usually between the tugs or traces and the singletree ends.
70. CHECKING AND UNCHECKING DEVICES. Devices for
this purpose which are adapted to be operated by the driver
while remaining in the vehicle.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclasses 61, Check-hooks; 62, Check-hooks,
Movable-keeper, and 56, Trace-nd supporters for check-hook
structures.
71. BREAKING AND TRAINING DEVICES. Various harness
arrangements for controlling vicious or unruly animals or
training animals to trot, pace, etc. Kicking-straps, devices
for throwing animals, stopping them from running away,
increasing leg or knee action, etc., are here included.
Note. Tethering-hopples are found in class 119, ANIMAL HUS-
BANDRY, subclass 126, Restraining devices, Hopples.
72. BREAKING AND TRAINING DEVICES, LEG-SPREAD-
ERS. Devices for pulling or causing the animal to throw the
legs farther apart in traveling to prevent interference.
Note. Such devices as are in the nature of so-called "horse-
boots" will be found in this class in subclass 82, Horse-boots.
73. REIN-GUARDS. Various devices, other than terrets, carried
by the harness for guiding or guarding the reins to prevent
them catching on the harness or under the animal's tail.
Note. Devices for holding the animal's tail to prevent it being
switched about or over the reins are in this class in subclass 78,
Tail-holders.
74. REIN-HOLDS. Various hand-loops, buttons, clamps, or other
devices designed to enable the driver to get a firmer or bettor
grip or pull on the reins.
75. TRIMMINGS, COVERED. Various covered harness-trim-
mings, such as buckles, rings, check-hooks, terrets, etc.
76. TRIMMINGS, ORNAMENTAL. The various ornamental
harness attachments, such as rosettes, plumes, tassels, etc.
77. OX-YOKES. Yokes for oxen.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
Ill
CLASS 54 Continued.
78. TAIL-HOLDERS. Devices for holding the animal's tail for
various purposes, such as to keep it out of the mud, prevent
it being switched about or over the reins, to cause it to hang
in proper curve, or to take out undesirable curves or shapes.
Note. Devices for holding a cow's tail while she is being milked
are found in class 119, ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 16.5, Re-
straining devices, Cow tail-holders, and subclasses thereunder.
79. BLANKETS. Horse-blankets, ways of fitting and securing
them, and some novel materials.
Search Class
2 APPAREL, subclass 80, Body-garments, Lap-robes.
80. BONNETS AND SHIELDS. Shades, bonnets, shields, and
protectors (not blankets or fly-nets) adapted to be attached
to the animal or harness to keep off sun, wind, rain, dust, etc.
Note. Such canopies as are adapted to be carried by the vehicle
or its thills or shafts are found in class 135, TENTS, CANOPIES,
UMBRELLAS, AND CANES, subclass 5, Canopies.
81. FLY-NETS. Nets for protecting the animal from insects.
82. HORSE-BOOTS. Various devices, commonly styled "horse-
boots," adapted to be secured to the animal's leg or hoof to
secure protection, prevent interfering, hold medicating sub-
stances, etc.
Note. Such devices as in any way engage or pass beneath the
hoof to cushion, protect, or hold medicating substances to it
are to be found in class 168, FARRIEKY, Hoof-pads.
CLASS 54 Continued.
83. SPURS. Riding-spurs.
84. SUPPORTS. Devices for suspending or supporting harness,
usually so it can be quickly lowered upon the animal, as lor
fire-engines, police-patrols, hospital- vans, etc.
85. HALTERS, CONNECTORS. Limited to the various metallic
connecting-pieces employed on strap halters.
Note. Metallic couplings for rope halters are found in class 24,
BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, etc.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclasses 24, Halters, and 34, Hitching-straps.
86. ELASTIC CONNECTIONS. Elastic connecting pieces in
combination with parts of harness, such as reins, checkreins,
draft-tugs, stirrup-straps, etc.
Search Class
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 72, Elastic tension devices,
and the subclasses thereunder for elastic connections per se.
87. LOOPS. Such loops and rings as are adapted for use on various
parts of the harness where two or more straps are to be joined
or connected together.
CLASS 58. HOROLOGY.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes instruments employed for measuring time and
the parts or details peculiar thereto.
The class does not include machines or implements for making,
assembling, testing, or in any manner operating upon the timepiece
or any of its parts, these being found in class 81, TOOLS, subclass 3,
Special, and the subclasses thereunder; class 29, METAL WORKING,
appropriate subclasses; and class 73, MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, or
in such other classes as are appropriate to the invention.
Nor does it include certain parts ordinarily employed in connection
with the motor mechanism of the timepiece, but which are of general
utility, being adapted for use in connection with other motors, these
being found in class 185, MOTORS.
Nor does it include inventions whereby certain things are done or
machines or devices operated at a predetermined time, these being
classified in class 161, TIME-CONTROLLING MECHANISM.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Horological devices not elsewhere classi-
fiable.
2. CLOCKS. Clocks not elsewhere classifiable.
3. CLOCKS, ASTRONOMICAL. Clocks for indicating astronom-
ical facts.
Search Class
68 HOROLOGY, subclass 58, Watches, Calendar.
4. CLOCKS, CALENDAR. Clock mechanisms for automatically
indicating the days of the week, days of the month, the years,
or any other feature of a calendar.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 58, Watches, Calendar.
5. CLOCKS, CALENDAR, DIAL. Calendar-clocks having dials
for indicating the calendar features.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 58, Watches, Calendar.
6. CLOCKS, CALENDAR. ROLLER. Calendar-clocks having
rollers or drums for indicating the calendar features.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 58, Watches, Calendar.
7. CLOCKS, TRAINS. The internal movements of clocks.
Search Class -
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 59, Watches, Movements.
8. CLOCKS, TRAINS, STRIKING. Trains of gearing otherwise
unclassified whereby the hours or fractions thereof are sounded.
9. CLOCKS, TRAINS, STRIKING, CAM-CONTROLLED.
Striking-trains which are tripped by a cam action.
10. CLOCKS, TRAINS, STRIKING, REPEATING. Striking
mechanism by which the preceding hour may be repeated at
any desired time.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 60, Watches, Repeaters.
11. CLOCKS, TRAINS, STRIKING, REPEATING, DOUBLE-
SNAIL. Repeating mechanism having hour, quarter, or
minute snails to repeat the hours and parts thereof.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclasses 61, Watches, Repeaters, Double-
snail, and 62, Watches, Repeaters, Double-snail, Trains.
12. CLOCKS, TRAINS, STRIKING, MUSICAL. Clock-trains
operating at predetermined times on a musical instrument;
also, "cuckoo-clocks" and the like.
13. CLOCKS, TRAINS, STRIKING, CHIMES. Striking-trams
operating on a series of bells of different tones.
14. CLOCKS, TRAINS, STRIKING, GRAPHOPHONE. Clocks
having striking-trains wherein the bell or other alarm is
replaced by a graphophone or gramophone record for announc-
ing the hour or any other desired fact.
15. CLOCKS TRAINS, STRIKING, TURN-BACKS. Devices
upon the center arbor which allow the lifting-hooks to be
turned back past zero without interfering with the striking
mechanism.
16. CLOCKS, TRAINS, ALARM. Clock-trains sounding an alarm
at any predetermined time to which the device has been set.
Search Class
161 TIME-CONTROLLING MECHANISM, subclass 23, Alarms.
17. CLOCKS, TRAINS, ALARM, EIGHT-DAY. Alarm-trains
that run for a time longer than a day (generally eight days)
and sound an alarm each day at the time to which it has
been set.
26674 12 8
CLASS 58 Continued.
18. CLOCKS, TRAINS, ALARM, REPEATING. Alarm-clocks
so constructed as to repeat the alarm several times with short
intervals between.
19. CLOCKS, TRAINS ALARM, ELECTRIC. Alarm-clocks
not otherwise classified wherein the alarm is operated at the
desired time by the closing of an electric circuit.
20. CLOCKS, TRAINS, ALARM, ELECTRIC, LET-OFF.
Electrically-operated alarm-clocks wherein the circuit is closed
by the sudden letting off of some part of the alarm mechanism.
21. CLOCKS, TRAINS, ALARM, ELECTRIC, LET-OFF,
ALARM WINDING-ARBOR. Electrically-operated alarm-
clocks wherein the alarm is let off by the movement of the
winding-arbor when the alarm-train is placed in action.
22. CLOCKS, TRAINS, ALARM, LET-OFF. Trip devices for
releasing the alarm-train.
23. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC. Electric-clocks not classifiable else-
where.
24. CLOCKS; ELECTRIC, SYSTEMS. Systems of electric
clocks, including the primary or master clock, the secondary
or receiving clocks, and the connections, circuits, etc.
25. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC, PRIMARY. Restricted to the primary
or master clock of an electric-clock system, together with its
mechanism for operating the circuits to the secondary clocks.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 24, Clocks, Electric, Systems.
26. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC, SECONDARY. The secondary or
receiving clocks of an electric-clock system, together with their
immediate operating mechanism when such operating mechan-
ism is not an escapement device.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 24, Clocks, Electric, Systems.
27. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC, SECONDARY, ESCAPEMENT.
Secondary electric clocks wherein the time mechanism is
operated by an escapement.
28. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC, BALANCE. Electrically operated or
controlled clocks employing a balance instead of a pendulum.
29. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC, PENDULUM. Electrical devices by
which power is transmitted to the escape-wheel, the pendu-
lum controlling the circuit receiving its impulse from either
the escape-wheel or an electromagnet, but not transmitting
any power.
30. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC, PENDULUM, ACTUATED. Clocks
wherein the pendulum is electrically controlled and mechani-
cally transmits power to the escape-wheel.
31. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC, PENDULUM, REGULATED. Elec-
tric means for controlling the length of the pendulum.
32. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC, PENDULUM, SYNCHRONIZERS.
Electric means whereby the pendulums of several clocks are
caused to vibrate in unison.
33. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC, CIRCUIT-CONTROLLERS. Elec-
tric clocks, including the circuit-breakers, etc., of electric-clock
systems.
34. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC, HAND-SETTERS. Electrically-
operated devices for automatically setting the hands of clocks
to any desired time for which the mechanism has been adjusted.
35. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC, HAND-SETTERS, SYSTEMS. De-
vices including the general organization and circuits whereby
the hands of any number of clocks in different localities are
set from a central station.
36. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC, HAND-SETTERS, OPPOSED-
LEVER. Electric hand-setting devices wherein at the de-
sired time two levers are moved toward each other and in their
movement carry the hands to the time to which the clock is to
be set.
37. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC. HAND-SETTERS, SLIDING CON-
NECTIONS. Electric hand-setting tTevices wherein the
hands before being set are separated from the clock-train by a
connection having a longitudinal sliding movement.
38. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC, STRIKING. Clock striking mechan-
ism operated electrically.
39. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC, STRIKING, INTERMITTENT-
SIGNAL. Electric means whereby a time-signal is sent at
any desired time over a telegraph or telephone line.
40. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC, WINDING. Electric devices located
at points distant from the clocks for winding the same.
113
114
DEFINITIONS OP CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 58 Continued.
41. CLOCKS, ELECTRIC, WINDING, SELF. Winding-trains
operated electrically, the circuits being automatically closed
at regular or desired intervals by the movement of some part
of the clock mechanism.
42. CLOCKS, PNEUMATIC. Clocks whose time mechanism is
operated by pneumatic pressure.
43. CLOCKS, GEOGRAPHICAL, DISK. Clocks employing
disks to indicate the absolute or relative time at various places
on the earth.
44. CLOCKS, GEOGRAPHICAL, GLOBE. Clocks employing
globes to indicate the absolute or relative time at various
places on the earth.
45. CLOCKS, MAGIC. Clocks having the time-train concealed in
the hands and having a weight to overbalance the same.
46. CLOCKS, WINDING. Trains of gearing and parts thereof
whereby power is transmitted from the winding-key to the
mainspring.
Search Class
185 MOTORS, subclass 6, Composite, Weight,Winding, together
with the search classes noted thereunder, for mechanism for
operating winding drums.
47. CLOCKS WINDING, MOTORS, PNEUMATIC. Clock-
trains that are wound up by means of pneumatic power or by
the action of the wind or the like.
Search Class-
IBS MOTORS, subclass 8, Composite, Weight, Winding, Motor,
Fluid, together with the search classes noted thereunder, for
spring and weight motors which derive their energy from fluid
motors.
48. CLOCKS, WINDING, MOTORS, SPRING. Clock-trains
including in their construction a motor-spring which at regu-
lar intervals winds up the mainspring.
Search Class
185 MOTORS, subclass 7, Composite, Weight, Winding, Motor,
together with the search classes noted thereunder.
49. CLOCKS, WINDING, MOTORS, THERMAL. Clock-trains
wherein the mainspring is wound at intervals by the expan-
sion and contraction of some part acted on by differences of
temperature.
50. CLOCKS, ILLUMINATED. Clocks the dials of which are
illuminated.
51. CLOCKS, LEVELING DEVICES. Devices connected with
clock-cases for leveling the same.
Search Class
46 GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 13, Billiard appliances, Table-
levelers.
52. CLOCKS, FRAMES. The supporting structures in a clock in
which the arbors are journaled.
53-. CLOCKS, CASES. Miscellaneous cases wherein the works of
clocks are inclosed.
54. CLOCKS. CASES, CYLINDRICAL. Clock-cases having cyl-
indrical forms.
55. CLOCKS, CASES, MATERIALS. Inventions in clock-cases
constructed of particular materials.
56. CLOCKS, CASES, SUPPORTS. Clock-cases, together with
supports on or in which the clock is placed.
57. WATCHES. Watches not classifiable elsewhere.
58. WATCHES, CALENDAR. Watch mechanisms for auto-
matically indicating the days of the week, days of the month,
the years, or any other calendar or astronomical feature.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclasses 4, Clocks, Calendar; 5, Clocks, Cal-
endar, Dial, and 6, Clocks, Calendar, Roller.
59. WATCHES, MOVEMENTS. Inventions not classifiable else-
where covering the movements or trains in watches.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 7, Clocks, Trains.
60. WATCHES, REPEATERS. Watches having mechanism to
strike the preceding hour or the hour and fraction thereof at
any desired time. '
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 10, Clocks, Trains, Striking, Repeat-
ing.
61. WATCHES, REPEATERS, DOUBLE-SNAIL. Repeating
watches having two or more snail-cams for controlling the
striking mechanism.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 11, Clocks, Trains, Striking, Repeat-
ing, Double-snail.
62. WATCHES, REPEATERS, DOUBLE-SNAIL, TRAINS.
Double-snail repeating watches having winding or other
trains connected with the striking mechanism.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 11, Clocks, Trains, Striking, Repeat-
ing, Double-snail.
CLASS 58 Continued.
63. WATCHES, STEM WINDING AND SETTING. Watches
having both stem winding and stem setting attachments, not
otherwise classifiable.
64. WATCHES, STEM WINDING AND SETTING, LEVER-
SET. Stem winding and setting watches otherwise unclassi-
fiable whose stems are connected with the winding or the
setting train by means of a lever.
65. WATCHES, STEM WINDING AND SETTING, LEVER-
SET, CLUTCH. Lever-set stem winding and setting
watches wherein the connection with the winding or the set-
ting train is made by means of a clutch operated by the lever.
66. WATCHES, STEM WINDING AND SETTING, LEVER-
SET, YOKE. Lever-set stem winding and setting watches
wherein the connection with the winding or the setting train is
made by means of a pivoted yoke operated by the lever, the
yoke carrying a pinion or pinions adapted to mesh with a
pinion of either train.
67. WATCHES, STEM WINDING AND SETTING, PENDANT-
SET. Stem winding and setting watches not elsewhere classi-
fiable wherein the connection with the setting or the winding
train is made by means of the longitudinal movement of the
pendant-stem in one or the other direction.
68. WATCHES. STEM WINDING AND SETTING, PEND-
ANT-SET, CLUTCH. Pendant-set stem winding and set-
ting watches wherein the connection with the winding or the
setting train is made by means of a clutch.
69. WATCHES, STEM WINDING AND SETTING, PEND-
ANT-SET, YOKE, DOUBLE-GEAR. Pendant-set stem
winding and setting watches not classifiable elsewhere wherein
the connection with the winding or the setting train is made
by means of a pivoted yoke, said yoke having a gear at each
end for connecting with either train.
70. WATCHES. STEM WINDING AND SETTING, PEND-
ANT-SET, YOKE, DOUBLE-GEAR, CAM. Pendant-set
stem winding and setting watches wherein the connection
with the winding or the setting train is made by a pivoted
yoke having a gear on each end, the yoke being moved by a
cam device.
71. WATCHES, STEM WINDING AND SETTING, PEND-
ANT-SET, YOKE, DOUBLE-GEAR, LEVER. Pendant-
set stem winding and setting watches wherein the connection
with the winding or the setting train is made by a pivoted
yoke having a gear on each end, the yoke being moved by a
lever device.
72. WATCHES. STEM WINDING AND SETTING, PEND-
ANT-SET, YOKE, SINGLE-GEAR. Pendant-set stem
winding and setting watches wherein the connection with the
winding or the setting train is made by means of a pivoted
yoke operated by the pendant-stem, "the yoke carrying a
pinion adapted to mesh with a pinion of either train.
73. WATCHES, STEM-WINDING. Stem-winding devices for
watches, but not including any stem-setting devices.
74. WATCHES, STOP. Watches not otherwise classifiable pro-
vided with devices whereby they may be stopped at will.
75. WATCHES, STOP, SPLIT-SECONDS. Stop-watches hav-
ing two or more additional seconds-hands to indicate different
intervals of time.
76. WATCHES, STOP, COUPLERS, PIVOTED. Stop-watches
having pivoted couplers between their stop and start mechan-
ism and their time-trains.
77. WATCHES, STOP, COUPLERS, SLIDING. Stop-watches
having sliding couplers between their stop and start mechan-
ism and their time-trains.
78. WATCHES, STOP, POSITIVE. Watches not elsewhere
classifiable whose movements are positively stopped by means
of a lever or brake placed against or in the path of one of the
moving parts.
Search Class
161 TIME-CONTROLLING MECHANISM, subclass 17, Timing
Mechanism, Game.
79. WATCHES, STOP, POSITIVE, BALANCE-STOP. Watches
having a positive stop mechanism applied to the balance-
wheel.
80. WATCHES, WINDING. Winding mechanisms for watches
not otherwise classifiable.
81. WATCHES, WINDING, LEVER. Winding devices operated
by a lever instead of a key.
82. WATCHES, WINDING, SELF-WINDERS. Watches so
constructed as to be wound by the vibrations caused by the
movements of the wearer.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 105, Pedometers.
83. WATCHES. WINDING, OVERWINDING-PREVENTERS.
Devices for preventing the overwinding of watches or clocks.
Search Class
185 MOTORS, subclass 13, Composite, Spring, Winding, Over-
winding preventers, together with the search classes noted
thereunder.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
115
CLASS 58 Continued.
84. WATCHES, WINDING, ATTACHED KEYS. Winding
attachments for watches, comprising keys attached to the
watches, either normally kept in the case or carried in the
pendant.
85. WATCHES, WINDING, INDICATOR. Devices for show-
ing the degree to which a watch or clock is wound or for operat-
ing an indicator when the watch or clock needs winding.
Search Class
185 MOTORS, subclass 14, Composite, Spring, Winding, Indi-
cator, together with the search classes noted thereunder.
86. WATCHES, BARRELS. Devices for immediately holding
the mainspring in the movement and for receiving and dis-
tributing power therefrom.
87. WATCHES, BARRELS, MAINSPRING-FASTENERS.
Devices for securing the end of the mainspring in the watch-
barrel.
88. WATCHES, CASES. Watchcases proper and parts thereof
not otherwise classifiable.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 106.5, Anti-magnetic devices, for anti-
magnetic cases.
89. WATCHES, CASES, CONVERTIBLE. Watches having an
inner case pivoted within an outer and which can be turned
to convert the watch into an open-faced or a hunting-case
watch, sometimes called "magic" watches.
90. WATCHES, CASES, DUST-PROOF. Improvements in
watchcases for preventing the admission of dust into the
movement.
91. WATCHES, CASES, BEZELS. The internally-grooved rings
of the case that contain the glass.
92. WATCHES, CASES, CENTERS. The central movement-
holding ring of the watchcase.
93. WATCHES, CASES, CENTERS, INTEGRAL. Watchcases
having the case-center integral with the front or the back.
94. WATCHES, CASES, MOVEMENT-RINGS. The separate
rings in watchcases for holding the movement.
95. WATCHES, CASES, PENDANTS. The post attached to
the case-center, which receives the stem and bow; also, any
appurtenances thereto not elsewhere classifiable.
96. WATCHES, CASES, PENDANTS, BOW-FASTENERS.
Means not otherwise classifiable by which the bow is fastened
to the pendant.
97. WATCHES, CASES, PENDANTS, BOW-FASTENERS,
PIN OR SCREW. Means employing either a pin or a screw
by which the bow is secured to the pendant.
98. WATCHES, CASES, PENDANTS, BOW-FASTENERS,
SLEEVE. Means employing a sleeve by which the bow is
secured to the pendant.
99. WATCHES, CASES, PENDANTS, STEM-FASTENERS.
Devices for securing the stem in the pendant.
100. WATCHES, CASES, SCREW. Watcheases having the front
or the back screw-threaded to the case-center.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclasses 93, Watches, Cases, Centers, Integra
and 94. Watches, Cases, Movement-rings.
101. WATCHES, CASES, SPRINGS. The springs by which the
front or the back of the case is opened.
102. WATCHES CASES, SPRINGS, COVER CONNECTIONS.
Patents including both the springs and the connections there-
from to the part opened thereby.
103. WATCHES, CASES, HINGES. The hinges whereby the
front or back of the watchcase is united to the center.
104. WATCHES, PLATES. The plates or frames in which the
arbors are journaled.
105. WATCHES, PROTECTORS. Devices for protecting the
cases of watches.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 106.5, Anti-magnetic devices, for means
for protecting against magnetic influence.
106. WATCHES, TOY. Toy watches comprising cheap and some-
times only partial watch-movements.
106.5. ANTI-MAGNETIC DEVICES. Means specially adapted
to protect the mechanism of timepieces from magnetic in-
fluence.
Search Class
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 181, De-
magnetizing, for devices for demagnetizing watches and
clocks.
107. BALANCES. Horplogical balance-wheels and parts thereof
not elsewhere classifiable.
108. BALANCES, COMPENSATING. Means connected with
balances for automatically correcting errors due to thermal
changes.
CLASS 58 Continued.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclasses 110, Balances, Regulating, Compen-
sating, and 133, Pendulums, Compensation.
109. BALANCES, REGULATING. Devices not otherwise classi-
fiable for controlling the length of the hair-spring.
110. BALANCES, REGULATING, COMPENSATING. Regu-
lating devices operating automatically for correcting errors due
to thermal changes.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclasses 108, Balances, Compensating, and
133, Pendulums, Compensation.
111. BALANCES, REGULATING, RACK-AND-PINION. Reg-
ulating devices including a rack and pinion.
112. BALANCES, REGULATING, SCREW. Regulating de-
vices operated through the medium of a screw.
113. BALANCES, REGULATING, CURB-PINS. Pins on the
regulator for controlling the length of the hair-spring.
114. BALANCES, HAIR-SPRINGS. Coiled springs by which the
vibrations of the balances are controlled.
115. BALANCES, HAIR-SPRINGS, COLLETS AND STUDS.
Means whereby the inner end of the hair-spring is attached to
the balance-staff or the outer end to the plate.
116. ESCAPEMENTS. Horological escapements not elsewhere
classifiable.
Search Class
185 Motors, for escapements of general application to various
mechanisms.
117. ESCAPEMENTS, BALANCE. Escapements not otherwise
classifiable cooperating with a balance-wheel.
118. ESCAPEMENTS, BALANCE, CHRONOMETER. Escape-
ments in which the escape-wheel is locked on a pallet carried
in a detent and impulse is given by the teeth of the escape-
wheel to a pallet on the balance-staff once in every alternate
vibration.
119. ESCAPEMENTS, BALANCE, CYLINDER. The cylinder
or horizontal escapement is one in which the impulse is given
by the teeth of a horizontal wheel acting on a hollow cylinder
on the axis of the balance.
120. ESCAPEMENTS, BALANCE, DUPLEX. Escapements in
which the escape-wheel has two sets of teeth, one set locking
the wheel by pressing on the balance-staff and the other set
giving impulse to the balance.
121. ESCAPEMENTS, BALANCE, LEVER. Escapements in
which the communication between the pallets and the balance
is made by means of two levers, one attached to or carrying
the pallets and the other, in the form of a roller with a pin
projecting from its face, attached to the balance-staff.
122. ESCAPEMENTS, BALANCE, LEVER, STRAIGHT-
LINE. Escapements having the arbors of the balance and
the escape-wheel and the pivot of the escape-lever in a straight
line.
123. ESCAPEMENTS, PENDULUM. Escapements controlled
by a pendulum.
124. ESCAPEMENTS, PENDULUM, GRAVITY. Escape-
ments in which impulse is given to the pendulum by weights
falling through a constant distance.
125. DIAL-TRAINS. Trains of gearing connecting the hour and
minute hands of a timepiece.
126. DIALS AND HANDS. Combinations of dials and hands
of timepieces.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 125, Dial-trains.
127. DIALS. The plate constituting a horological dial.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclasses 4, Clocks, Calendar; 5, Clocks, Cal-
endar. Dial; 6, Clocks, Calendar, Roller; 43, Clocks, Geograph-
ical, Disk; 44, Clocks, Geographical, Globe; 58, Watches, Cal-
endar, and 126, Dials and hands.
128. DIALS, SHIFTING FIGURES. Dials for indicating time
up to twenty-four hours, they showing the hours up to twelve
during the first rotation of the hands, after which the figures
are automatically shifted to show hours from thirteen to
twenty-four.
129. PENDULUMS. Clock pendulums and parts of the same not
elsewhere classifiable.
130. PENDULUMS, METRONOME. Devices for marking time
in music.
131. PENDULUMS, TORSION. Pendulums in which the spring
or rod receives a twisting strain to oscillate the ball.
132. PENDULUMS, REGULATING. Manually-operated de-
vices for regulating the vibrations of the pendulum.
116
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 58 Continued.
133. PENDULUMS, COMPENSATION. Devices for automat-
ically correcting errors in the length of the pendulum-rod due
to thermal changes.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclasses 108, Balances, Compensating, and
110, Balances, Regulating, Compensating.
134. PENDULUMS, BEAT-ADJUSTERS. Devices connected
with a pendulum whereby it is caused to vibrate properly
even if the clock should not be exactly level.
135. PENDULUMS, BALLS. The weights or "bobs "at the lower
end of the pendulum-rod.
136. SAFETY-WHEELS, BARREL. Attachments to the main-
spring-barrel whereby injury to the train is prevented upon
the breaking of the spring.
CLASS 58 Continued.
137. SAFETY-WHEELS, CENTER. Attachments to the center-
wheel of a timepiece whereby injury to the train is prevented
upon the breaking of the mainspring.
138. CANNON-PINIONS. The pinion frictionally placed on the
center arbor by which the time and dial trains are connected
and having a long boss or pipe, to which the minute-hand is
attached.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclasses 7, Clocks, Trains, and 59, Watches,
Movements.
139. ARBORS AND PINIONS. The arbors and pinions of time-
pieces.
140. STAFFS AND BEARINGS. Arbors and bearings therefor
belonging to balance-wheels or other parts of a time-movement.
141. SUN-DIALS. Devices for indicating time by solar shadows.
CLASS 59. CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes generally chain, staple, horseshoe, and ox-shoe
making, swivel-making being included under Chain-making.
Also the article subclasses of Chains, including general-purpose
and ornamental chains and swivels, and the article subclasses of
Key-holders.
For further explanation in regard to what may be included in the
above art and article subclasses, see the definitions, particularly
those given under the head of each of the arts.
Note. Rolling-machines or rolls designed especially for the manu-
facture of chains, chain-links. horseshoeSj horseshoe bars or
calks, and staples in which there is invention in the construc-
tion or operation of the means or parts which give the form to
the blank or article produced are included in this class; other-
wise in class SO, METAL-ROLLING.
Note. If the invention resides simply in the manner of attaching
the dies to the rolls, the patentswi'll be found in classSO, METAL-
ROLLING.
Note. This class is closely related to classes 29, METAL-WORKING;
78, METAL FORGING AND WELDING; 80, METAL-ROLLING;
113, SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING; 140, WIRE-WORKING;
153, METAL-BENDING, and 164, CUTTING AND PUNCHING
SHEETS AND BARS, which classes should be kept in mind in
completing a search in this class.
Subclasses.
CHAIN-MAKING. Relates to the broad art of chain-making and
includes all patents for machines, apparatus, blanks, and
processes relating to the manufacture of chains or links,
except such as shall be referred to hereinafter. Includes
patents relating to the manufacture of swivels, which arefound
in subclass 9, Chain-making, swivel-making.
Note. The manufacture of simple links for car-couplings will be
found in appropriate subclasses under this head.
Note. Electric heating and welding machines and processes
comprising any in vent ion in the means of apply ing or process
of application are classified in the appropriate metal heating
and working subclasses in class 219, ELECTRIC HEATING AND
RHEOSTATS. If, however, the use of electricity is incidental
and the claims embrace no novel features relating thereto,
the patents will be classified herein.
Note. Machines which coil the wire or rod into a helix or which
coil the helix and cut-off coils or sections to form links are
found in class 153, METAL-BENDING, subclass 64, Coiling, and
the subclasses thereunder. If the machine, in addition to
coiling and cutting, gives link form to the part cut off or
assembles such parts into a chain, it will be classified in this
class.
1. CHAIN-MAKING. Miscellaneous inventions in chain-making
not included in the subclasses under this head.
2. CHAIN-MAKING, BEAD CHAIN. Devices for forming
metallic bead chains, said chains usually consisting of hollow
balls or beads joined to one another by connecting-links.
Note. For the making of hollow beads from sheet metal, see Class
113 Sheet-metal ware. Making, the subclasses under 38, Die-
shaping, particularly subclass 41, Die-shaping, Rolling hollow
bodies.
3. CHAIN-MAKING, LOOP-INTERLOCKED. Apparatus for
making chains formed of oval or elongated 1 inks bent into sub-
stantially U shape, the link being passed through the pre-
viously-formed link or links before being bent.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclasses 13,
Chain-making, Sheet-metal, and 15, Chain-making, Sheet-
metal, Stamping and bending.
4. CHAIN-MAKING, ROLLER-CHAIN. Devices for forming or
uniting the parts or units of a roller-chain.
5. CHAIN-MAKING, SPROCKET-CHAIN. Miscellaneous ma-
chines and devices employed in the manufacture of sprocket-
chains.
6. CHAIN-MAKING, SPROCKET-CHAIN, SHEET-METAL.
Machines for forming sprocket chains or links out of sheet
metal.
7. CHAIN-MAKING, SPROCKET-CHAIN, LINK-ASSEM-
BLING. Machines for assembling and joining together the
finished sprocket-links to form a chain.
8. CHAIN-MAKING, SPROCKET-CHAIN, BLANKS AND
PROCESSES. Blanks and processes used in making
sprocket-chains.
9. CHAIN-MAKING, SWIVEL-MAKING. Apparatus employed
in the manufacture of swivels used as connecting means'be-
tween chains, cables, or similar articles.
CLASS 59 Continued.
10. CHAIN-MAKING, WELDLESS. Machines for forming chains
with solid links from a continuous bar or blank by rolling,
swaging, or cutting and without bending, winding, or weld-
ing. This type of machine usually forms the chain from a bar
cruciform in cross-section.
Note. To distinguish between rolling-machines and machines
for making weldless chains by rolling, see note under general
class definition.
11. CHAIN-MAKING, WELDLESS, LINK SEPARATION.
Machines which separate or cut apart links formed in the
manufacture of weldless chains from a continuous bar or rod.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 10,
Chain-making, Weldless.
12. CHAIN-MAKING, WELDLESS, BLANKS AND PROC-
ESSES. Blanks and processes used in the manufacture of
weldless chains.
13. CHAIN-MAKING, SHEET-METAL. Miscellaneous machines
and apparatus for making links or chains from sheet metal.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 6,
Chain-making, Sprocket-chain, Sheet-metal.
153 METAL-BENDING, appropriate subclasses for machines for
crimping, corrugating, beading, bending, and embossing
sheet metal.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, appropriate
subclasses.
14. CHAIN - MAKING, SHEET -METAL, PRONG -CON-
NECTED. Apparatus for making chains from sheet metal
having links formed from sheet metal with prongs or pro-
jections and corresponding apertures or notches, whereby the
links may be connected with one another. Chains of this,
character are usually designed for ornamental purposes.
15. CHAIN-MAKING, SHEET-METAL, STAMPING AND
BENDING. Machines which stamp or cut the link from
sheet metal, thread it through the previously-formed link,
and bend it back upon itself.
16. CHAIN-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES. Miscellaneous
combined machines not otherwise classifiable.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN. STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING. Combined ma-
chine subclasses under Horseshoe-makingand Staple-making.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 34, Combined machines, Forg-
ing, bending, cutting, and punching.
17. CHAIN-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, COILING,
CUTTING, BENDING, CURBING. Machines for forming
wire curb-chains by coiling the wire into a helix, cutting it
into sections, bending it into link form, the links being assem-
bled to form the chains, and giving to the links a curbed or
twisted form.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 28,
Chain-making, Curbing, for chain-curbing machines.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 64, Coiling, and the subclasses
thereunder, for coiling and cutting machines.
18. CHAIN-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, FEEDING,
CUTTING, BENDING, WELDING. Machines for per-
forming the above operations in chain-making. Specific feed-
ing means are not shown and described in every case.
19. CHAIN-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, FEEDING,
CUTTING, BENDING, WRAPPING. Machines which
feed a continuous wire or rod to a cutting mechanism,
passing it through the previously-formed link, and then bend
it into link form, wrapping or twisting the ends of the wire
around other portions of the link in order to securely fasten
said ends, and so dispense with welding. In some cases no
specific feeding or cutting means are shown.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 72, Article making or forming,
Heddle; 88, Article making or forming, Rings; 102, Loop form-
ing; 104, Eye forming.
20. CHAIN-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, COILING,
CUTTING, ASSEMBLING. Machines for forming chains
from a continuous rod or wire by coiling such rod or wire into
a helix, cutting off sections to form links, and assembling and
uniting the links to form a completed chain.
Search Classes
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclasses under Article making or
forming.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 64, Coiling, and the subclasses
thereunder, for coiling and cutting machines.
21. CHAIN-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, BENDING
AND EYE-FORMING. Machines for bending link-blanks
into U-shaped links and forming eyes at the ends of the links,
the blank generally being thrust through the eyes of the pre-
viously formed link before being bent.
117
118
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 59 Continued.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 3,
Chain-making, Loop-interlocked.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 3, Special work, Buckle-making.
22. CHAIN-MAKING COMBINED MACHINES, BENDING
AND WELDING. Combined machines and devices for
bending the links into form and welding the ends together.
In some of the machines of this type the links are auto-
matically assembled before welding. These machines may
also include means for completing the act of welding by
shaping the links.
Search Class
53 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclasses 27,
Chain-making, Bending, and 31, Chain-making, Welding.
23. CHAIN-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, CUTTING
AND BENDING. Combined machines for cutting from a
bar, rod, or wire sufficient for a link and then bending it into
the general or completed form of a link.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 27,
Chain-making, Bending, for bending devices for chain-links.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 5, Special work, Cotter-pin
making.
53 METAL-BENDING, appropriate subclasses, for general-pur-
pose machines for cutting and bending.
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 8, Article making or forming,
Rings.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, appropriate
subclasses, for feeding and cutting devices.
24. CHAIN-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, CUTTING
AND BENDING, AUTOMATIC FEED. Combined ma-
chines for cutting and bending having automatic means for
feeding the rod or wire to the cutting mechanism.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclasses 15,
Chain-making. Sheet-metal ; Stamping and bending; 18, Chain-
making, Combined machines, Feeding, cutting, bending,
welding; 19, Chain-making, Combined machines, Feeding,
cutting, bending, wrapping; 37, Horseshoe-making, Combined
machines; 38, Horseshoe-making, Combined machines, Cut-
ting, Bending, shaping, punching and creasing, and the sub-
classes thereunder; 49, Horseshoe-making, Combined ma-
chines, Cutting, bending, shaping, and the subclasses there-
under; 66, Horseshoe-making, Calk-making, and 71, Staple-
making, and the subclasses thereunder.
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET AND SCREW MAKING, appropriate
subclasses.
29 METAL WORKING, subclass 58, Combined machines, Stock
and blank feeders, and subclasses thereunder.
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 27, Work handling
mechanism, Wire or strip feeding.
140 WIRE WORKING, subclasses under feeding.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, in the various
subclasses of work, feeding and Feed mechanisms.
25. CHAIN-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, CUTTING
AND BENDING, AUTOMATIC FEED, LINK-ASSEM-
BLING. Combined machines for cutting and bending hav-
ing an automatic feed and in which the links are assembled
into a completed chain.
26. CHAIN-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, WINDING
AND WELDING. Combined machines for making chains
by winding several convolutions of the stock or wire into link
form and welding the same into an integral link. These ma-
chines are usually constructed so that the convolutions of
the link being wound shall pass through the previously-
formed link. Also machines which simply perform the
operation of winding without welding.
Search Classes
80 METAL ROLLING, subclass 5, Annular bodies.
163 METAL-BENDING, subclass 54, Curving and straightening,
Roll; also in subclass 64, Coiling, and the subclasses there-
under.
27. CHAIN-MAKING, BENDING. Machines and devices for
bending links into complete form in the finished chain or
preparatory to the operation of welding.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE AND HORSESHOE MAKING, the subclasses
under Combined machines which include the operation of
bending; also in the appropriate subclasses under Horseshoe-
making and Staple-making.
29 METAL-WORKING, appropriate subclasses.
140 WIRE-WORKING, appropriate subclasses.
153 METAL-BENDING, appropriate subclasses.
28. CHAIN-MAKING, CURBING. Devices for imparting a curb
form to chains.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLF, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclasses 1C,
Chain-making, Combined machines, and 17, Chain-making,
Combined machines, Coiling, cutting, bending, curbing.
29. CHAIN-MAKING, SIZING AND TRIMMING. Machines
and apparatus for trimming, straightening, stretching, or
otherwise imparting uniform dimensions to chain-links after
they have received their general form.
Search Classes
59CHAiN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclasses 22,
Chain-making, Combined machines, Bending and welding;
30, Chain-making, Swaging and shaping; 31, Chain-making,
Welding, and 33, Chain-making, Welding, Dios.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 8, Special work, Finger-ring
forming and sizine.
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 5, Annular bodies.
CLASS 59 Continued.
30. CHAIN-MAKING, SWAGING AND SHAPING. Machines
or devices for giving form to the link by swaging or the like.
Search Classes -
69 CHAIN, STAPLE AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclasses 10,
Chain making, Weldless; 22, Chain making, Combined ma-
chines, Bending and welding; 33, Chain making, Welding,
Dies; 29, Chain making, Sizing and trimming, for machines
for trimming the links to give them equal dimensions after they
have received their general form.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclasses 9, Special work, Finger ring,
Sizing and forming; 34, Combined machines, Forging, bending,
cutting and punching; and 35, Combined machines, Forging
and rolling.
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING.
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 5, Annular bodies.
201 METAL ORNAMENTING, for impressing ornamental form
into a link.
31. CHAIN-MAKING, WELDING. Apparatus particularly
adapted for use in welding chain-links. All machines in which
there is invention in the form of die are included in this group.
Includes machines having, in addition to the welding means,
means for completing the weld by sizing or shaping the link.
Note. Welding-machines in which the invention resides entirely
in the means for operating the power hammer or press an- in-
cluded in class 78, METAL FORGING AND WELDING, as are also
those machines adapted for general welding and having no
construction peculiar to chain- welding machines.
For distinction between class 59 and class 219, ELECTRIC
HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, see note under definition of
Chain-making.
Search Class
59CHAiN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 16,
Chain-making, Combined machines, and appropriate sub-
classes thereunder; also in subclass 35, Chain-making, Blanks
and processes, for processes.
32. CHAIN-MAKING, WELDING, ROTARY FEED. Machines
which rotate the links during the act of welding. In some
cases the act of rotation threads the link to be welded into the
previously-welded link.
33. CHAIN-MAKING, WELDING, DIES. Inventions in the
welding-dies per se. It includes also such patents as show or
claim finishing or sizing dies in addition to the welding-dies.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 22,
Chain-making, Combined machines, Bending and welding.
34. CHAIN-MAKING, WELDING, HOLDING DEVICES. De-
vices for holding a link or previously-formed part of a chain in a
convenient position or for manipulating it during the opera-
tion of welding.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 31,
Chain-making, Welding.
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 101, Work-han-
dling mechanism, Supports.
35. CHAIN-MAKING, BLANKS AND PROCESSES. Blanks
for use in chain-making or processes employed in chain-mak-
ing or link formation.
Note. Patents having claims both to the chain or link as an
article and also to the blank or process will be found in the
appropriate subclasses under the head of Chains.
Blanks and processes relating to the manufacture of sprocket-
chains are classified in subclass 8, Chain-making, Sprocket-
chain, Blanks and processes, and those relating to the manu-
facture of weldless chains in subclass 12, Chain-making, Weld-
less, Blanks and processes.
Search Class
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, appropriate subclasses
for processes of woldine; not found in this subclass.
HORSESHOE-MAKING. Relates to the broad art of horse-
shoe-making and includes all patents for machines, apparatus,
blanks, and processes relating to the manufacture of horse-
shoes or horseshoe-calks, except such as are hereinafter men-
tioned.
Note. Anvil-vises and vise attachments for anvils adapted for
use in horseshoe or calk making or forming are found in class
78, METAL FORGING AND WELDING, where the device simply
holds the shoe or calk to be operated upon by some other
tool. Where the machine or device is designed to perform
any positive operation, it is found in class 59.
Such other attachments as have simply a lug or projection
for engaging a hole in the anvil or lie on the face of the anvil
without being otherwise attached or connected to it are found
in this class.
30. HORSESHOE-MAKING. Miscellaneous horseshoe making
inventions not included in the subclasses indented hereunder.
37. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES. Ma-
chines performing two or more functions or operations in the
manufacture of horseshoes which are not classified in the more
specific subclasses.
Note. This subclass is largely made up of machines which form
calks or clips in addition to the other operations of bending,
swaging, etc.
38. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, CUT-
TING, BENDING, SHAPING, PUNCHING AND CREAS-
ING. Miscellaneous combined machines for performing the
above operations. Machines of this type mayor may not have
means for feeding forward the blank for operation upon by
the machine.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
119
CLASS 59 Continued.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclasses 37,
Horseshoe-making, Combined machines; 5C>, Horsoshoe-mak-
ing. Bending; 57, Horseshoe-making, Punching and creasing,
and 58, Horseshoe-making, Swaging and shaping.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 34, Combined machines, Forg-
ing, bending, cutting, and punching.
39. HORSESHOE-MAKIN.O, COMBINED MACHINES, CUT-
TING, BENDING, SHAPING, PUNCHING AND CREAS-
ING, CALK AND CLIP BENDING AND FORMING. Ma-
chines which in addition to cutting, bending, shaping, punch-
ing, and creasing perform one or more operations relating to the
bending or forming of calks or clips.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclasses 37,
Horseshoe-making, Combined machines, and 05, Horseshoe-
making, Calk and clip bending, forming, sharpening, welding.
40. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, CUT-
TING, BENDING, SHAPING, PUNCHING AND CREAS-
ING, RECIPROCATING JAW OR DIE-BLOCK. Ma-
chines in which a reciprocating motion is imparted to the die-
block around which the blank is bent or to the jaws which
bend the blank around the die-block.
41. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, CUT-
TING, BENDING, SHAPING, PUNCHING AND CREAS-
ING, RECIPROCATING JAW OR DIE-BLOCK, RE-
CIPROCATING PUNCH AND CREASER. Machines of
this type which have in addition to the reciprocating jaw or
die-block a reciprocating means for punching and creasing tlw
shoe.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE-MAKING, subclass 42,
Horseshoe-making, Combined machines, Cutting, bending,
shaping, punching and creasing, Rotary die-block, for recipro-
cating punches and creasers.
42. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, CUT-
TING. BENDING, SHAPING, PUNCHING AND CREAS-
ING, ROTARY DIE-BLOCK. Machines having a rotary
die-block or former around which the blank is bent.
43. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, CUT-
TIN G.BENDING, SHAPING. PUNCHING AND CREAS-
ING. ROTARY DIE-BLOCK, ROTARY PUNCH AND
CREASER. Machines having in addition to the rotary die-
block or former around which the blank is bent a rotary means
for punching and creasing the blank or shoe.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE-MAKING, subclass 40,
Horseshoe-making, Cutting, bending, shaping, punching and
creasing, Reciprocating jaw or die-block, for rotary punches
and creasers.
44. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, BEND-
ING, SHAPING, PUNCHING AND CREASING. Miscel-
laneous combined machines for performing the operations
above enumerated.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE-MAKING, subclasses 50,
Horseshoe-making, Bending; 57, Horseshoe-making, Punch-
ing and creasing, and 58, Horseshoe-making, Swaging and
shaping.
45. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, BEND-
ING, SHAPING, PUNCHING AND CREASING, RECIP-
ROCATING JAW OR DIE-BLOCK. Machines in which
reciprocating motion is communicated to the die-block around
which the blank is bent or to jaws which bend the blank
around the die-block.
46. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, BEND-
ING, SHAPING, PUNCHING AND CREASING, RECIP-
ROCATING JAW OR DIE-BLOCK, RECIPROCATING
PUNCH AND CREASER. Combined machines which have
reciprocating means for punching and creasing the shoe in
addition to the reciprocating jaws or die-block for bending and
shaping the blank.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE-MAKING, subclass 47,
Horseshoe-making, Combined machines, Bending, shaping,
punching and creasing, Rotary die-block, for reciprocating
punches and creasers.
47. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, BEND-
ING, SHAPING, PUNCHING AND CREASING, Ro-
TARY DIE-BLOCK. Combined machines performing the
above operations which have a rotary die-block around which
the blank is bent.
48. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES. BEND-
ING, SHAPING, PUNCHING AND CREASING, RO-
TARY DIE-BLOCK, ROTARY PUNCH ANDCREASER.
Combined bending, shaping, punching, and creasing, rotary
die-block machines having in addition to the rotary die block
rotary means for punching and creasing the shoe.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE-MAKING, subclass 45,
Horseshoe-making, Combined machines, Bending, shaping,
punching and creasing. Reciprocating jaw or die-block for
rotary punches and creasers.
CLASS 59 Continued.
49. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, CUT-
TING, BENDING, SHAPING. Miscellaneous combined
machines performing the above operations. Machines of this
type may or may not have means for feeding forward the
blanks to the cutting apparatus.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE-MAKING, subclasses 38,
Horseshoe-making, Combined machines, Cutting, bending,
shaping, punching and creasing; 56, Horseshoe-making, Bend-
ing, and 58, Horseshoe-making, Swaging and shaping.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, appropriate
subclasses for cutting-machines.
50. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, CUT-
TING. BENDING, SHAPING, RECIPROCATING DIE-
BLOCK. Combined cutting, bending, and shaping horse-
shoe-making machines having a reciprocating die-block or
former around which the blank is bent.
51. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, CUT-
TING, BENDING, SHAPING, ROTARY DIE-BLOCK.
Combined cutting, bending, and shaping horseshoe-making
machines characterized by a rotary die-block or former
around which the blank is bent in the formation of the shoe.
52. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, BEND-
ING AND SHAPING. Miscellaneous machines for bending
the blank into the form of a horseshoe and at the same time or
subsequently giving shape to the shoe by swaging or other
means.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE-MAKING, subclasses 56,
Horseshoe-making ; Bending, and 58, Horseshoe-making,
Swaging and shaping.
53. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, BEND-
ING AND SHAPING, RECIPROCATING DIE-BLOCK.
Machines having a reciprocating die-block or former around
which the blank is bent.
54. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, BEND-
ING AND SHAPING, ROTARY DIE-BLOCK. Machines
having a rotary die-block or former around which the blank is
bent.
55. HORSESHOE-MAKING, COMBINED MACHINES, SHAP-
ING, PUNCHING AND CREASING. Combined machines
for shaping the shoe and also punching or creasing, or both.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE-MAKING, subclasses 63,
Horseshoe-making, Blanks and bars, Rolling, for shaping and
punching and creasing before the blank is bent, 57, Horseshoe-
making, Punching and creasing, and 58, Horseshoe-making,
Swaging and shaping.
56. HORSESHOE-MAKING, BENDING. Machines or devices
particularly designed for bending the bar or blank into the gen-
eral form or shape of a shoe.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE-MAKING, in appropriate
subclasses under the heads of Chain-making and Staple-mak-
ing; subclass 52, Horseshoe-making, Combined machines,
Bending and shaping, and the subclasses thereunder for ma-
chines which thicken the heels in addition to bending.
29 METAL- WORKING, appropriate subclasses.
153 METAL-BENDING, appropriate subclasses.
57. HORSESHOE-MAKING, PUNCHING AND CREASING.
Machines and apparatus for performing either one or both the
above operations.
Search Classes
59 -CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE-MAKING, subclass 37, Com-
bined machines, and the subclasses thereunder; also sub-
classes 60, Horseshoe-making, Diesandtools,and63, Horseshoe-
making, Blanks and bars, Rolling.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, appropriate
subclasses, for punching-machines.
58. HORSESHOE-MAKING, SWAGING AND SHAPING. Ma-
chines and devices for swaging, rolling, or in any manner shap-
ing or giving form to the shoe. May include means for thick-
ening up heels or ends of shoes.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE-MAKING, subclasses 37,
Horseshoe-making, Combined machines, and appropriate sub-
classes thereunder: GO, Horseshoe-making, Dies and tools, and
63, Horseshoe-making, Blanks and bars, Rolling.
59. HORSESHOE-MAKING, TRIMMING AND BUR-REMOV-
ING. Machines and devices for trimming horseshoes or for
removing the burs raised in the operations of punching and
creasing.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE-MAKING, subclass 37,
Horseshoe-making, Combined machines.
29 METAL-WORKING, appropriate subclasses.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, appropriate
subclasses.
60. HORSESHOE-MAKING, DIES AND TOOLS. Dies de-
signed to be used in forming or making horseshoes; also tools
for use in making or shaping calks and horseshoes and not
adapted for general purposes.
120
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 59 Continued.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HOESESHOE-MAKING, subclass 61,
Horseshoe-making, Processes; subclasses 65, Horseshoe-mak-
ing, Calk and clip bending. Forming, sharpening, welding, and
66, Horseshoe-making, Calk-making for dies for forming calks.
168 FARRIERY, for such tools as operateon theshoewhenit ison
the horse's foot.
61. HORSESHOE-MAKING, PROCESSES. The title indicates
the contents of this subclass.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE-MAKING, subclass 64,
Horseshoe-making, Blanks and bars, Rolling, Processes, for
processes for rolling blanks or bars; subclass 68, Horseshoe-
making, Calk-making, Processes, for processes for making
calks.
62. HORSESHOE-MAKING, BLANKS AND BARS. Blanks
and bars designed especially for use in the manufacture of horse-
shoes; also machines and apparatus for producing blanks and
bars which are not classified in the subclasses under this head.
Note. Patents having claims both to the blank or bar and to
the shoe are classified in class 168, FARRIERY.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE-MAKING, subclass 61,
Horseshoe-making, Processes.
168 FARRIERY, subclasses 4, Shoes, and 24, Shoes, Shape.
63. HORSESHOE-MAKING, BLANKS AND BARS, ROLL-
ING. Rolling-machines and rolls for forming blanks or bars
particularly designed for horseshoes. One or more of the op-
erations of beveling, punching, and creasing or calk-forming
may be performed during the rolling of the blank. Does not
include machines which bend the blank into the general form
of horseshoe or which operate on the blank after it has been so
bent.
Note. To distinguish between the machines of this group and
those found in class 80, METAL-ROLLING, see note under the
general definition of this class.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE-MAKING, subclass 57,
Horseshoe-making, Punching and creasing, for machines with
rolls which simply punch and crease the blank; subclasses 66,
Horseshoe-making, Calk-making, 67, Horseshoe-making, Calk-
making, Blanks and bars, and 68, Horseshoe-making, Calk-
making, Processes for rolling-machines for forming calks.
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 90, Welding,
Rolling.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 28,
Cutting, Die-machines, Roller-die.
64. HORSESHOE-MAKING, BLANKS AND BARS, ROLL-
ING, PROCESSES. Processes or methods for producing
blanks and bars for horseshoes by rolling.
65. HORSESHOE-MAKING, CALK AND CLIP BENDING,
FORMING, SHARPENING, WELDING. Machines and
devices which perform one or more of the above operations
such as show means for forming the calk or clip from the horse-
shoe-blank or operating upon the calk in connection with the
shoe.
Note. The thickening of the heels may be included in the op-
eration of shaping in subclass 58, Horseshoe-making, Swag-
ing and shaping, or in any of the subclasses under Combined
machines which include shaping.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE-MAKING, subclasses 37,
Horseshoe-making, Combined machines; 39, Horseshoe-
making, Combined machines, Cutting, bending, shaping,
punching, and creasing, Calk and clip bending and forming,
and 66, Horseshoe-making, Calk-making and subclasses there-
under for machines which form the calks apart from the shoe.
78 ^METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclasses 3, Forging, Anvil-
vises; 4, Forging, Anvil-vises, Foot, and 5, Forging, Anvils,
and the subclasses thereunder, for anvil-vises and vise at-
tachments. See note under general definition to distinguish
between the devices included in this subclass and anvil vises
and attachments.
168 FARRIERY, for machines for sharpening calks when the shoe
is on the horse's foot.
66. HORSESHOE-MAKING, CALK-MAKING. Apparatus for
making horseshoe-calks.
Note. For distinction between this subclass and subclass 65,
Horseshoe-making, Calk and clip bending, forming, sharp-
ening, welding, see note under the deficnition of that sub-
class.
67. HORSESHOE-MAKING, CALK-MAKING, BLANKS AND
BARS. Blanks and bars designed for use in the manufacture
of horseshoe-calks or from which the calks are cut.
68. HORSESHOE-MAKING, CALK-MAKING, PROCESSES.
Processes or methods for making or treating calks or the blanks
or bars from which the calks are made.
69. HORSESHOE-MAKING, CALK-MAKING, CALKS. In-
cludes calks which are not removable and in which there is
invention in the means for attaching them to the shoes.
Note. For calks not included in this subclass, see class 168,
FARRIERY.
70. OX-SHOE MAKING. Miscellaneous machines, apparatus,
blanks, and processes particularly designed for use in the
manufacture of ox-shoes.
CLASS 59 Continued.
Note. This art is analogous to that of horseslioe-inaking, and in
most cases the search should be completed by reference to the
appropriate subclasses under Horseshoe-making.
STAPLE-MAKING. Machines, apparatus, blanks, and proc-
esses for making or forming staples of general U shape having
legs substantially equal in 1 ength and adapted to be driven into
wood or other material, including staples for general purposes
and such as are made by machines which can not be classi-
fied in the specific art classes and subclasses.
Note. For distinction between classes 59, CHAIN, STAPLE, AND
HORSESHOE MAKING, and 80, METAL-ROLLING, see note under
general definition of this class.
Note. For machines for forming staples for fastening buttons
to shoes, see class 29, METAL-WORKING, subclass 4, Special
work, Button-fastener making.
Note. For machines for making staples for paper-fasteners,
see class 29, METAL-WORKING, subclass, 13, Special work,
Paper-fastener making.
Note. For machines which both form the staple and drive it,
see class 1, NAILING AND STAPLING.
Note. For machines for forming staples and setting shoe-buttons
therewith, see class 218, BUTTON, EYELET, AND RIVET SET-
TING, subclass 8, Machines, Button, Staple-fastener, Staple
making and setting.
Note. For forming clips from wire, see class 140, WIRE-WORK-
ING.
Note. For tools for bending wire into U shape, see class 81,
TOOLS.
Note. For bending devices, search should be made in class 153,
METAL-BENDING; also in this class in the subclasses of Bend-
ing under Chain-making and Horseshoe-making.
Note. For pointing devices, search should be made in class 10,
BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, particularly in
subclasses 31, Nail-making, Cut nails, Cutting and pointing,
and 59, Nail-making, Wrought nails, Spikes, Pointing.
Note. For pointing and barbing, search class 10, BOLT, NAIL,
NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 53, Nail-making,
Wire nails, Dies.
Search Class
29 METAL-WORKING, subclasses3, Special work, Buckle-making
and 5, Special work, Cotter-pin making.
71. STAPLE-MAKING. Miscellaneous staple-making inventions
not included in the specific subclasses under this head.
72. STAPLE-MAKING, SHEET-METAL. Machines for making
staples from sheet-metal strips or plates.
73. STAPLE-MAKING, CUTTING, BENDING. BARBING.
Combined machines which perform the operations of cutting,
bending, and barbing or corrugating. This type of machine
may or may not have an automatic feeding mechanism for
feeding the wire to the cutting apparatus.
Note. See notes under general head of Staple-making.
Search Classes
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 105, Crimping.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 68, Corrugating, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
74. STAPLE -MAKING, CUTTING, BENDING, POINT-
FORMING. Machines which perform the above operations,
the point-forming operation being distinct and separate from
the operation of cutting the wire or rod into lengths.
Note. See notes under general head of Staple-making. Many
wire-pointing devices will be found in the subclasses under
Power-hammers and presses in class 78, METAL FORGING AND
WELDING.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 71,
Staple-making.
75. STAPLE-MAKING, CUTTING, AND BENDING. Ma-
chines for cutting the wire into lengths and bending into staple
form. These machines may or may not have an automatic
feeding mechanism, and the cutting mechanism may also
operate to point the staples.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, appropriate
subclasses under Chain-making and Horseshoe-making.
76. STAPLE-MAKING, CUTTING AND BENDING, ROTARY
FORMER. Machines for cutting and bending having a
rotary former or die-block around which the staple is bent or
rotary jaws or lugs for bending it around a stationary die-
block.
77. STAPLE-MAKING, BLANKS AND PROCESSES. Proc-
esses of manufacture and blanks or bars designed to be used in
staple-making.
Note. Patents having claims to both the article and process
or method are found in class 85, DRIVEN, HEADED, AND
SCREW-THREADED FASTENINGS, subclass 49, Staples.
CHAINS. Under this head are included general-purpose and
ornamental chains, also swivels. The group does not include
patents showing bars, beads, links, or rings strung upon or
attached to parallel flexible elements, or lugs or projections
attached to continuous flexible elements as belts or cables,
etc. Such devices will be found generally in class 74, MA-
CHINE ELEMENTS, or in class 63, JEWELRY, depending upon
whether they are designed as machine elements or for jewelry
or personal wear.
NOTE. Sprocket-chains including dredger and elevator chains
are found in class 74, MACHINE ELEMENTS.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
121
CLASS 59 Continued.
All chains having projections for engaging depressions in
sprocket-wheels and generally chains with ball-and-socket
joints will be classified with sprocket-chains.
For chains for chain-pumps, search in class 103, PUMPS, sub-
class 6, Chain.
78. CHAINS. Miscellaneous chains not included in the subclasses
indented hereunder.
79. CHAINS, ELASTIC. Chains which upon the application of
tension will be extended and will automatically resume
their normal length when the tension is removed.
Search Classes
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclasses 63, Tongue-supports;
76, Draft-equalizers; 78, WhifHetree-hooks, and 79, Whiffle-
trees.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 268, Resilient
connections.
54 HARNESS, subclass 86, Elastic connections.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclasses 62, Belts, and 66, Belts,
Round; 72, Elastic tension devices, and the subclasses there-
under for elastic links.
97 PLOWS, subclass 4, Clevises.
114 SHIPS, subclass 213, Tension-relievers, and the subclasses
thereunder.
80. CHAINS, ORNAMENTAL. Chains ornamental in appearance
designed for jewelry or personal wear, and includes chains
having alternate or different links composed of different
materials, or the links joined in a manner to render the chain
ornamental in appearance, or the individual links composed
of different metals or materials whichrender them ornamental
in appearance, or having parts or features rendering the
chains ornamental in appearance, but which parts or fea-
tures would possess no particular utility in a general-purpose
chain. Metallic bead chains are included in this subclass.
Note. Where the invention resides in the structure of an orna-
mental fabric per se and does not include features charac-
teristic of chains, it will be classified in class 63, JEWELRY,
appropriate subclasses or class 245, Wire Fabrics and Struc-
ture, appropriate subclasses.
This subclass does not include wire curb-chains or chains
made up of twisted-wire links. Such chains are found in this
class, subclass 83, Chains, Wire.
Search Class
165 DESIGNS, under Ornamental chains.
81. CHAINS, ORNAMENTAL, MULTISTRAND ROLLER.
Chains composed of two or more parallel rows or strands of
roller links or beads having means extending transversely of
the chain for connecting them.
82. CHAINS, ORNAMENTAL, LINKS. Inventions limited to
the construction of the link.
Search Class
165 DESIGNS, under Ornamental chains.
83. CHAINS, WIRE. Chains composed of wire links or elements.
n the invention be limited to the link structure, the patents
will be classified in the appropriate subclass under the head
of Links.
Note. As to what wire chains should be included under orna-
mental chains, see definition of subclass 80, Chains, Orna-
mental, herein.
Elastic wire chains will be found in subclass 79, Chains,
Elastic.
Search Classes
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 67, Belts, Woven-wire.
245 WIRE FABRICS AND STRUCTURE, subclass 4, Fabrics,
Chain.
84. CHAINS, LINKS. Miscellaneous inventions in the construc-
tion of the link. This subclass includes links made up of two
or more parts or composed of different materials.
Note. Pjain oval or elongated car-coupling links will be found
in this subclass and also in subclass 90, Chains, Links, One-
piece.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 82,
Chains, Ornamental, Links, for ornamental links.
85. CHAINS, LINKS, DETACHABLE. Links or coupling
devices of the general form of a chain-link which are de-
signed to replace broken links or connect chains or parts of
chains without heating or welding. These links should be
capable of receiving two chain-links and furnishing bearings
for the same, one at each end of the detachable link.
Note. This subclass does not include hooks or coupling mem-
bers or devices which are especially designed for other pur-
poses and are classifiable elsewhere, 'as whiffletree-connectors,
clevises, etc.
Lap links or rings designed for general use and which answer
the above requirements will be included in this subclass.
For links for connecting sprocket-chains, see class 74, MA-
CHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 49, Gearing, Sprocket-chains, Con-
nectors.
Search Classes
69 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 96, Key-
holders, and the subclasses thereunder.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclasses 78, Whiffletree-hooks ,
and 79, Whiffletrees.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 231, Snap-
hooks, and subclasses thereunder.
64 HARNESS, subclasses 30, Hame and trace connectors, and
53, Traces, Whiffletree-connectors.
114 SHIPS, subclasses 113, Sails and rigging, Hoops and con-
nections, and 114, Sails and rigging, Cringles and hanks.
CLASS 59 Continued.
86. CHAINS, LINKS, DETACHABLE, SHACKLES. Cou-
plings for chains or parts of chains comprising U or link shaped
members pivoted together by a removable pin and having
means for normally retaining the pin in position.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 85,
Chains, Links, Detachable.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 123, Cord and
rope holders, Couplings and sockets, and 201, Separable fas-
teners, and the subclasses thereunder.
97 PLOWS, subclass 4, Clevises.
114 SHIPS, subclass 114, Sails and rigging, Cringles and hanks.
87. CHAINS, LINKS, DETACHABLE, DOUBLE-LAP. Links
comprising two main members, usually constituting the sides
of the links, which members overlap each other at and for
some distance adjacent their extremities. The members may
or may not have interlocking lugs and recesses.
88. CHAINS, LINKS, DETACHABLE, DOUBLE-LAP, PIV-
OTED. Double-lap links which are pivoted together or have
means for maintaining them in pivotal relation.
89. CHAINS, LINKS, DETACHABLE, PIVOTED CLOSURE.
Links having pivoted closures which may or may not have
locking means.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE , AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 96, Key-
holders.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 231, Snap-
hooks; 232, Snap-hooks, Pivoted, and the subclasses there-
under, and 241, Snap-hooks, Locking devices.
90. CHAINS, LINKS, ONE-PIECE. Such links as are formed of
a single piece of metal or other material.
Note. Composite links made up of different metals will be found
in subclass 84, Chains, Links.
91. CHAINS, LINKS, ONE-PIECE, SHEET-METAL. The
title is self-explanatory.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclasses 80,
Chains, Ornamental, and 82, Chains, Ornamental, Links.
74 MACHTNE ELEMENTS, subclass 44, Gearing, Sprocket-chains,
Solid link and coupler.
92. CHAINS, LINKS, ONE-PIECE, WRAPPED AND TWIST-
ED. Links usually formed from wire having their ends
wrapped or twisted about other portions of the links, thereby
securely fastening said ends and dispensing with welding.
93. CHAINS, ATTACHMENTS. Various devices not otherwise
classifiable, such as hooks, bars, and rings to be attached at
or intermediate the ends of the chain and becoming a part of
and being used in connection with the chain.
Search Classes
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclasses 78, Whiffletree-hooks,
and 79, Whifflelrees.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 116, Cord and
rope holders, Chain, and 123, Cord and rope holders, Cou-
plings and sockets.
54 HARNESS, subclasses 30, Hame and trace connectors, and
53, Traces, Whiffletree-connectors.
63 JEWELRY, subclass 9, Watch-chain attachments.
94. CHAINS, ATTACHMENTS, HOOKS AND GRABS. Hooks
and grabs to be attached to a chain and constructed to engage
a link at any desired point in the chain.
Search Classes
9 BOATS AND BUOYS, subclass 23, Hoisting and lowering de-
vices, Detaching devices, and 57, HOISTING, subclass 128,
Hoisting-hooks, Releasing, for releasing hooks.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 231, Snap-hooks,
and the subclasses thereunder.
57 HOISTING, subclass 127, Hoisting-hooks.
248 SUPPORTS, subclass 22, Hooks, and the subclasses there-
under.
95. CHAINS, SWIVELS. Includes all devices in which the in-
vention resides in the swivel per se.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 240, Snap-hooks,
Watch-chain attaching, for swiveling devices shown with
snap-hooks for attaching a watch to a chain.
43 FISHING AND TRAPPING, subclasses 7, Fishing, Hooks, and
30, Fishing, Hooks, Artificial bait.
46 GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 69, Exercising-machines.
103 PUMPS, subclass 6, Chain.
166 ARTESIAN AND OIL WELLS, subclass 3, Drilling and boring
for swivels used in drilling.
96. KEY-HOLDERS. Devices especially designed for holding
keys.
Note. Where there is means for attachment to the dress or other
object, the device will be classified in class 24, BUCKLES, BUT-
TONS, CLASPS, ETC.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 85,
Chains, Links, Detachable, and the subclasses thereunder.
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 1, Miscellaneous, for key-holders
combined with other articles or tools.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 201, Separable
fasteners, and the subclasses thereunder, and subclass 231,
Snap-hooks, and the subclasses thereunder.
122
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 59 Continued.
97. KEY-HOLDERS, FLEXIBLE. Key-holders having flexible
members for holding the keys.
98. KEY-HOLDERS, ONE-PIECE. Key-holders formed of one
piece of sheet metal, wire, or other material.
Search Class
59 CHAM, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 85,
Chains, Links, Detachable, and the subclasses thereunder.
CLASS 59 Continued.
99. KEY-HOLDERS, ROTARY AND SLIDING CLOSURES.
Key-holders in which the openings through which the keys
are introduced are closed by sliding or rotary members or
members having both a sliding and rotary movement.
Note. Such key-rings as include a threaded closure for travel
upon one end of the ring are included in this subclass.
Search Class
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 85,
Chains, Links, Detachable.
CLASS 60. MISCELLANEOUS HEAT-ENGINE PLANTS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes engines, plants, and systems adapted to trans-
late and apply the power of heated bodies that are not included
in the definitions of other classes.
A discussion of the relation of this class to other classes will be
found in the notes below.
Patents claiming the structure of the car or carriage upon which
the engine is used are classified in the class in which such carriage
is classified and claims to the engine cross-referenced to this class.
Note. In class 42, FIREARMS, are found motors using the ex-
plosion-gases for working the firearms.
Note. In class 48, GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, are found
devices for generating gas and also making use of the pressure
of natural gas by using it to work an engine of the ordinary
steam-engine type and storing the gas after use in a receiver.
Note. In class 89, ORDNANCE, are found motors that make use
of the energy of the explosion-gases to assist in working the
ordnance.
Note. In class 103, PUMPS, and in class 160, STEAM AND VACUUM
PUMPS, will be found devices whose sole purpose is to raise
water.
Note. In class 110, FURNACES, are found furnaces for the gen-
eration of heat; but when the furnace forms an indivisible
part of the engine it is classified in this class, unless its char-
acter is such as properly falls within the definition of class
121, STEAM-ENGINES, or class 123, INTERNAL-COMBUSTION
ENGINES.
Note. Motors inseparably connected with the structure of a
ship, boat, or torpedo are found in class 114, SHIPS, or in
class 115. MARINE PROPULSION, except devices found in this
class, subclass 3, Boat and torpedo.
Note. In class 121, STEAM-ENGINES, are placed patents for
engines using steam, air, or other gas when the structure is
adapted to use steam as a motor fluid as well as any other
gas, although the patentee intends only air to be used in the
engine.
Note. Engines that are adapted only for using air as a motor
fluid are placed in class 230, AIR AND GAS PUMPS.
Note. Class 121, STEAM-ENGINES, contains patents for general
combination steam plants; but when such plants or engines
claim construction for the use of a plurality of motor fluids,
like steam, air, or other vapors, either mixed or unmixed,
then the engine, plant, or system will be found in patents
classified in this class.
Note. Class 122, LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, is broadly
the class of pressure-generators; but patents for devices that
are especially adapted for generating pressure of air or other
gases or vapor from combustible or volatile liquids by heat
where provision is made for such generation that would not
ordinarily be used for generation of stearn are classified in
class 60, MISCELLANEOUS HEAT-ENGINE PLANTS.
Note. Engines and plants that do not fall under the definition
of class 123, INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, but that are
of an analogous nature, are classified in this class.
Note. This class does not include heat-engines that are mere
adjunctive devices for controlling parts of another mech-
anismfor example, thermostats and motors for fluid-pressure
dampers, in class 236, DAMPERS. AUTOMATIC; but see definition
to subclass 2, Atmospheric and solar, in this class.
Note. Heat-motors of a type similar to those noted above and
those made use of for winding up a spring-motor in class 185,
MOTORS, or a clock, class 58. HOROLOGY, are classified in class
60, MISCELLANEOUS HEAT-ENGINE PLANTS, unless the clock
structure or specific connecting mechanism is claimed.
Note. For explosion-motors intimately connected with mech-
anism for turning a hydraulic motor, see classes 123, INTER-
NAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, and 138, HYDRAULIC MOTORS.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Miscellaneous devices pertaining to the
subject-matter of this class and processes that are not found
in other subclasses below.
Search Classes
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 196, Natural.
103 PUMPS, sabclass 67, Fluid-motive power.
114 SHIPS, subclass 20, Torpedoes.
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclasses 11, Jet, and 13, Jet, explo-
sive.
121 STEAM-ENGINES, generally.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, generally.
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, generally.
138 HYDRAULIC MOTORS, generally.
160 STEAM AND VACUUM PUMPS.
185 MOTORS.
230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, generally.
2. ATMOSPHERIC AND SOLAR. Plants designed to make
use of the heat of the sun, atmosphere, or natural springs
to work the motor.
Note. Claims to the structure of a solar heater per se are classified
in class 126, STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 82, Heaters,
Solar: combinations of solar heaters with other things are classi-
fied in accordance with the application.
CLASS 60 Continued.
3. BOAT AND TORPEDO. Motor plants that sustain a special
relation to a boat or torpedo in general arrangement, but not
enough boat structure to be included in classes 114, SHIPS, or
115, MARINE PROPULSION.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 20, Torpedo.
4. ROTARY ENGINE. Heat-engine plants having a rotary
engine.
Search Classes
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclasses 56, Rotary, Impact, and 61,
Rotary, Impact, Reaction.
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 8, Rotary, and
subclasses thereunder.
5. ROTARY ENGINE, INJECTOR. Plants with rotary engines
where the jet of explosion or pressure gases draw in by injector
action a fluid of greater specific gravity, like water or mercury.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 59, Rotary, Impact, Injector.
6. VOLATILE LIQUID. Plants and engines where a volatile
liquid is used for a motor fluid such as ammonia liquid,
naphtha, or carbon bisulfid such liquid being vaporized and
the vapor used to work an engine in a manner like that of
steam and having means for the recovery of the vapor for
reuse.
7. VOLATILE LIQUID, LIQUID-BURNER. Devices for gen-
erating pressure and using for power purposes a combustible
volatile liquid, the whole or a part of the liquid being burned
to generate the pressure.
8. STEAM, COMBUSTION-PRODUCTS INJECTED. Steam-
power plants where the steam-pressure is generated by intro-
duction of combustion-gases into the boiler and the combined
products are used to work the engine.
9. STEAM, AIR-INJECTED. Steam-generating plants that inject
air into the boiler, steam-pipe, or engine to mix with the
steam.
10. STEAM, AIR-INJECTED, AUXILIARY. Devices for in-
jecting air into the steam-space for the purpose of running
the steam-engine until steam can be generated in the boiler;
especially designed for fire-engines.
11. HOT AIR, LIQUID-HEATED. Engines and plants using
hot air as a motive fluid, the energy of which is obtained
from a heated liquid.
12. HOT AIR, LIQUID-HEATED, SPRAY. Hot-air engines
and plants using air as the motive fluid, the heat being ap-
plied to it by means of a hot-water spray. There may be a
cold-water spray also cooling the air on the opposite side of
the piston.
13. HOT AIR, CONTINUAL AIR-SUPPLY. Hot-air engines
and plants where a continual fresh supply of air is heated
and discharged after it is used to work the piston.
Note. For vacuum-engines, see class 60, MISCELLANEOUS HEAT-
ENGINE PLANTS, subclass 19, Vacuum, Air.
14. HOT AIR, CONTINUAL AIR-SUPPLY, COMBUSTION-
PRODUCTS INJECTED. Hot-air engines and plants where
the products of combustion mix with the air that is used to
work the engine.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, especially subclass 23,
Solid fuel.
15. HOT AIR, CONTINUAL AIR-SUPPLY, COMBUSTION-
PRODUCTS INJECTED, EXPLOSION. Hot-air engines
and plants where the energy is obtained from an explosive
compound to work the engine.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, appropriate subclasses,
especially subclass 24, Gunpowder.
16. HOT AIR, CONTINUAL AIR-SUPPLY, COMBUSTION-
PRODUCTS INJECTED, WATER-INJECTED. Hot-air
engines where the combustion products and water enter the
air-supply.
17. HOT AIR, CONSTANT MASS. Hot-air engines and plants
where the same volume of air is alternately heated and cooled
for working the engine. Provision is generally made for sup-
plying air for leakage.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 22, Internal
combustion and air.
18. HOT AIR, CONSTANT MASS, VAPOR. Hot-air constant
mass engines in which a liquid is used to make a vapor for the
working fluid or in which air and vapor are mixed.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 1, Combined engine and boiler.
123
124
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 60 Continued.
19. VACUUM, AIR. Engines where the cooling of the air produces
a vacuum in the cylinder or chamber communicating with
the cylinder, the atmospheric pressure then moving the
piston.
Search Classes
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclasses 1, Combined engine and
boiler, and 18, Portable.
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 38, Atmospheric.
20. VACUUM, AIR, VAPOR. Engines where the working fluid
is hot air and a vapor, generally of water, the air and vapor
being suddenly cooled, forming a vacuum in the cylinder or
a chamber connecting with the cylinder, the atmospheric
pressure moving the piston.
21. VACUUM, EJECTOR. Devices where some form of pump is
used to create a vacuum on one side of the piston for example,
by burning a fluid, causing an ejector action.
22. VACUUM, EXPLOSION. Devices where an explosive mix-
ture is used to form a vacuum in a chamber connected with
the engine-cylinder.
23. SEPARATE FLUID. Engines using two or more fluids
either in separate engines or on opposite sides of the piston
in the same engine without mixing.
24. SEPARATE FLUID, WASTE HEAT. Devices where one
fluid is used to work an engine and the exhaust is used to
vaporize another liquid to use in another engine.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass f>, Combined de-
vices, Internal combustion and fluid-pressure, Waste-heat
utilizing.
25. LIQUEFIED GAS. Plants for using a liquefied gas, such
gas like air or carbon dioxid, for example receiving ad-
ditional heat before it is exhausted from the engine. Plants
having a tank of compressed air that work similarly are also
classified herein.
Search Classes
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 90, Motor-vehicles.
105 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, subclass 28, Cars, Steam, Street.
208 VELOCIPEDES, subclasses under Bicycles, Propulsion, and
Polycycles, Propulsion, generally.
230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, generally, for similar devices where
no heat is used.
26. GRAVITY. Devices having one or more receptacles contain-
ing a fluid to which heat is applied which transfers the liquid
to another part of the device, forming an unstable equilibrium,
causing the device to rotate or oscillate by gravity.
27. BUOYANCY. Devices having a receptacle filled with a
liquid in which is the motor that is caused to move by steam
or air or a mixture of them, displacing the liquid in the buck-
ets on one side of the motor, causing it to move through the
buoyancy of the gas in the buckets.
28. PRESSURE-GENERATORS. Devices for generating pres-
sure for purposes disclosed by the definition of the main
class title.
Note. For steam, search class 122, LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORI-
ZERS, unless the products of combustion, air, or other gases
are mixed with the steam, in which case search appropriate
subclasses in this class.
29. PRESSURE-GENERATORS, STEAM. AIR-INJECTED.
Devices for generating steam into which air is injected and
mechanism therefor.
CLASS 60 Continued.
30. PRESSURE - GENERATORS, STEAM, COMBUSTION-
PRODUCTS INJECTED, EXPLOSION. Devices for
generating steam by injecting the products of an explosive
compound into the generator.
31. PRESSURE - GENERATORS. STEAM, COMBUSTION-
PRODUCTS INJECTED, LIQUID AND GASEOUS
FUEL. Devices for generating steam where the combustion
products of a liquid or gaseous fuel are injected into the
generator to mingle with the vapor or water when the fuel is
burned with a continuous flame.
Search Class
60 MISCELLANEOUS HEAT-ENGINE PLANTS, subclass 30, Pres-
sure-generators, Steam, Combustion-products injected, Ex-
plosion. For pressure-generators using liquid or gaseous fuel
in the form of an explosive.
32. PRESSURE - GENERATORS, STEAM, COMBUSTION-
PRODUCTS INJECTED, SOLID FUEL. -Steam-genera-
tors into which the products of combustion of solid fuel are
injected.
33. PRESSURE - GENERATORS, STEAM, COMBUSTION-
PRODUCTS INJECTED, FLASHER TYPE. Steam-
generators where the products of combustion are injected into
the generator with the injection of a small quantity of water
that immediately flashes into steam and mixes with the
gases.
34. PRESSURE-GENERATORS, LIQUID BATH. Generators
for liquid vapor that is generally of inflammable character.
the liquid being placed in a compartment that is surrounded
by another liquid.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, for generators of this
type whose general construction adapts them for steam gener-
ation.
35. PRESSURE-GENERATORS, AIR. Devices for heating air
or other gas to increase the pressure in order to increase the
effectiveness for use as a motor fluid.
36. PRESSURE - GENERATORS, AIR, COMBUSTION-
PRODUCTS INJECTED. Devices for increasing air-pres-
sure by injecting the products of combustion into the air in
the receptacle or conduit.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, appropriate subclasses.
37. PRESSURE - GENERATORS, AIR, COMBUSTION-
PRODUCTS INJECTED, EXPLOSION. Devices for in-
jecting the explosive products of combustion into the air to
be heated.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, appropriate subclasses
for analogous devices.
38. PRESSURE - GENERATORS, AIR, MOISTURE-IN-
JECTED. Devices for heating and moistening air to increase
the pressure.
39. PRESSURE-GENERATORS, AIR, ELECTRIC HEATER.
Devices for heating air by an electric heater to increase pres-
sure.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATERS AND RHEOSTATS, generally.
40. FLUID COMPOUNDS. Compounds used in engines of this
type for working fluids.
CLASS 63.-JEWELRY.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes articles generally composed of precious metals
and stones, or imitations of the same, which are intended to be worn
upon the person as ornaments.
A few articles of an analogous nature, which are composed of other
materials, have been included.
A group of safety attachments for preventing loss of watches has
also been included.
Note. Patents have been excluded in which the invention re-
sides in attachments applied to ornamental articles as above
defined, which attachments can be elsewhere classified.
Note. Where the invention resides in an ornamental surface for
an article of jewelry, the patent is placed in class 41, ORNA-
MENTATION, subclass 17, Surface type, and the subclasses
thereunder.
Subclasses.
1. COMBINATION ARTICLES. Constructions in which are com-
bined two or more articles having different functions, at least
one of the articles falling within this class.
Search Classes
63 JEWELRY, subclasses 22, Watch and chain attachments,
Bars, and 23, Watch and chain attachments, Charms, since
these subclasses are largely composed of articles of conven-
tional form connected with a bar or charm, and patents of
this character have not been included here.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclasses 37,
Receptacles, Pocket and personal use, and 38, Recep'tacles,
Pocket and personal use, Combination.
2. MISCELLANEOUS. Inventions falling within the definition
of this class, but not within that of any subclass, or patents
more closely related to this class than to any other.
3. BRACELETS. Ornaments for encircling the arm.
Note. To complete a search in this subclass, the search-cards
under the more specific subclasses of Bracelets should be
studied, as most of them apply to some extent here.
Search Classes
65 KITCHEN AND TABLE ARTICLES, subclass 29, Napkin-
holders.
165 DESIGNS, JEWELRY, BRACELETS.
4. BRACELETS, CHAIN. Bracelets composed of a series of
links or units, which are joined together by non-expanding
connections, an attaching means being employed for uniting
the ends of the chain.
Search Classes
69 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclasses 80,
Chains, Ornamental; 82, Chains, Ornamental, Links, and 81,
Chains, Ornamental, Multistrand roller, for various types of
ornamental chains.
241 GARMENT-SUPPORTERS, subclass 8, Waist-line body-gar-
ments, Belts.
5. BRACELETS, EXPANSIBLE. Bracelets which are endless
and may be expanded to slip over the hands.
Search Classes
69 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 79,
Chains, Elastic.
241 GARMENT-SUPPORTERS, subclasses 5, Limb-encircling, and
8, Waist-line body-garments, Belts.
6. BRACELETS, EXPANSIBLE, TWO-PART. Expansible
bracelets composed of two sections only.
7. BRACELETS, SINGLE HINGE. Bracelets formed with
two sections hinged at one point.
Note. When the invention is in the hinge structure per se the
patent is placed in this subclass.
Note. Bracelet fasteners, when there is no combination between
the bracelets and the fastener, are found in class 24, BUCKLES,
BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., and nearly all such fasteners occur
in subclass 230, Separable fasteners, Lateral sliding. Search
should be made in this subclass for bracelets having abutting
ends.
Search Classes
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 105, Hinges, Concealed.
70 LOCKS AND LATCHES, subclass 24, Shackles.
8. BRACELETS, SINGLE-HINGE, SPRING. Bracelets having
spring means which operates to hold the sections in desired
position or positions.
Search Class
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 25, Hinges, Spring.
9. BRACELETS, MULTIPLE-HINGE. Bracelets hinged at a
plurality of points.
10. BRACELETS, SWIVELED. Bracelets the sections of which
are connected by one or more swivel joints.
CLASS 63 Continued.
11. BRACELETS, RESILIENT. Bracelets constructed without
pivot or hinge joints, but composed of material with suffi-
cient spring to permit the bracelets to open for the insertion of
the hand.
Search Class
63 JEWELRY, subclass 16, Finger-rings, Adjustable and divided.
12. EAR-RINGS. Ornaments to be attached to the ear.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 155, Pin-fasten-
ers, Loss-preventing devices, which contains ear-rings in
which the invention resides in means for preventing with-
drawal of the ear-ring from the ear.
165 DESIGNS, JEWELRY, EAR-RINGS.
13. EAR-RINGS, PENDENT-JEWEL. Ear-rings having orna-
ments suspended and free to swing.
Search Class
63 JEWELRY, subclass 14, Ear-rings, Non-piercing.
14. EAR-RINGS, NON-PIERCING. Ear-rings in which the at-
taching member is clamped or secured upon the lobe of the
ear without piercing the same.
15. FINGER-RINGS. Ornamental rings for the fingers.
Search Classes
63 Jewelry, in the various subclasses of Gem-Settings, espe-
cially subclass 29, Gem-settings, Detachable, where many rings
having interchangeable initial-mountings are found.
165 DESIGNS, JEWELRY, FINGER AND SCARF RINGS.
16. FINGER-RINGS, ADJUSTABLE AND DIVIDED. Rings
which may be varied in size or may be expanded or opened.
Note. Similar structures may be found in the various subclasses
of bracelets.
17. FINGER-RINGS, GUARDS. Attachments for preventing
the loss of the ring.
18. LOCKETS. Ornaments having a concealed recess adapted to
receive a picture and so constructed that the picture may be
disclosed.
Search Classes
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING subclasses 10,
Checks, labels, and tags, Holders 1.5, Badges, and 1.6, Badges,
Changeable reading, for somewhat similar devices, but which
are intended for displaying information rather than for orna-
ments.
165 DESIGNS, JEWELRY, LOCKETS.
19. LOCKETS, HINGED COVERS. Lockets having the recess
concealed by a cover opening at an angle to the plane of its seat.
Search Classes
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 156,
Picture-frames, Card or picture retainers.
58 HOROLOGY, subclasses 88, Watches, Cases, and 103, Watches,
Cases, Hinges.
20. ORNAMENTAL PINS. Ornaments which are intended to be
secured to the clothing by means of a pin attachment.
Search Classes
63 JEWELRY, subclass 31, Gem-settings, Movable, for pins
having a vibrating jewel.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 6, Article-
holders, Flower, Pin-attached; 13, Article-holders, Pin-
attached; 103, Buttons and fasteners, Pin-attached; 150, Pin-
fasteners; 155, Pin-fasteners, Loss-preventing devices; 156,
Pin-fasteners, Guards, and the subclasses thereunder; 161,
Pin-fasteners, Resilient, and 162, Pin-fasteners, Sliding.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclasses 1.5,
Badges, and 1.6, Badges, Changeable reading.
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 10, Ornamental forms.
165 DESIGNS, subclasses Jewelry, Brooches and pins.
21. WATCH AND CHAIN ATTACHMENTS. Ornamental and
safety attachments for watches and for ornamental chains not
elsewhere classifiable.
Note. Chain structure per se is found in class 59, CHAIN, STAPLE,
AND HORSESHOE MAKING.
Search Class
165 DESIGNS, JEWELRY, ORNAMENTAL CHAINS, AND WATCH-
CHAIN ATTACHMENTS.
22. WATCH AND CHAIN ATTACHMENTS, BARS. Attach-
ments for chains to be passed through a buttonhole to secure
the chain to the clothing.
23. WATCH AND CHAIN ATTACHMENTS, CHARMS. Pend-
ent ornaments, such as are usually attached to a watch-chain.
Note. If the article carries a concealed picture, It should be
classified under subclass 18, Lockets, or subclass 19, Lockets,
Hinged.
125
126
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 63 Continued.
Note. If the article is of inferior material and its main function
is to display certain information, it should be classified under
class 40, CARto, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclasses 1.5,
Badges, and 1.6, Badges, Changeable reading.
24. WATCH AND CHAIN ATTACHMENTS, SAFETY
WATCH-GUARDS. Attachments designed to prevent the
loss of the watch from the pocket.
N te. if the device is not detached from the pocket upon the
withdrawal of the watch, the patent should be placed in class
2, APPAREL, subclass 153, Pockets, Safety attachments,
Watch.
Search Classes
120 STATIONERY, subclass 84, Pencils, Attachments.
150 CLOTH, LEATHER, AND RUBBER RECEPTACLES, subclass
47, Portemonnaies and Pocketbooks, Safety attachments.
25 WATCH AND CHAIN ATTACHMENTS, SAFETY
WATCH-GUARDS, AUTOMATICALLY-OPERATED.
Safety watch-guards carrying means which is automatically
thrown to engaging position by a pull on the chain.
Search Classes
43 FISHING AND TRAPPING, subclass G, Fishing, Harpoons and
spears.
114 SHIPS, subclass 208, Anchors, Fluke-pivoted.
132 TOILET, subclasses 22, Hair-fasteners, and 2.5, Hat-fasteners.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 92, Land-
anchors, Expanding.
26. GEM-SETTINGS. Means carried by articles of jewelry for
holding gems.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 155, Pin-fasten-
ers, Loss-preventing devices.
CLASS 63 Continued.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 10, Special work, Gem and
jewel setting.
165 DESIGNS, subclass Jewelry, Miscellaneous.
27. GEM-SETTINGS, CROWN. Open settings which hold the
gem by means of a circular series of prongs.
Search Class
63 JEWELRY, the various subclasses of Ear-rings.
28. GEM-SETTINGS, MULTIPLE. Settings for holding a plu-
rality of gems closely assembled, such as cluster-sellings and
jewel bars.
29. GEM-SETTINGS, DETACHABLE. Gem-settings in which
the gem or the gem and its holder may be detached from
the article in order that another mounting may be substi-
tuted.
Search Classes
63 JEWELRY, subclass 23, Watch and chain attachments,
Charms.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 113, Buttons
and fasteners, Covers.
30. GEM-SETTINGS, DETACHABLE, EXHIBITING. De-
vices for temporarily holding a gem for display purposes.
31. GEM-SETTINGS, MOVABLE. Gem-settings which are
mounted on a spring, so that it may vibrate or is so connected
with mechanism that a positive motion may be imparted to it.
Search Class
63 JEWELRY, subclass 13, Ear-rings, Pendent-jewel, for sus-
pended gems.
32. GEMS. Limited to the stones or gems per se.
CLASS 67. ILLUMINATING BURNERS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class is limited to the production of light for illumination by
combustion.
This class relates to burners and certain of their accessories that
are designed to use gaseous, liquid, or solid fuel and that are prima-
rily employed in the production of light. It is intended to include
only the burner and such accessories as are so intimately associated
with the burner as to be indivisible or are of use only with illumi-
nating burners.
This class in part parallels class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL
BURNEES. When a device is capable of use in both these arts and
when there is a specific subclass in one art, but not in the other, the
device will be classified in the specific subclass.
Systems for feeding liquid fuel to illuminating burners capable of
general application are classified in class 158. LIQUID AND GASEOUS
FUEL BURNERS, subclass 36, Burners, Liquid fuel, Fuel feeding, and
the subclasses thereunder.
Class 240, ILLUMINATION, is superior to class 07. Class 240 includes
lanterns, casings, and other devices for protecting the flame, electric
light, or other source of light or for distributing the light from such
light sources, those systems for distributing light, generally daylight,
through buildings being classified in class 88, OPTICS, subclass 57.5,
Building lights.
When the casings in class 240, ILLUMINATION, are used with
burners, they necessarily include means admitting the air for com-
bustion and for the escape of the products of combustion. The
combination of a burner and a lantern casing or other protector will
be classified in class 240. In such cases the burner should be divided
out or cross-roferenced into class 67.
The combination of an illuminating burner and a carbureter is
classified in class 48, GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclasses
101, Carbureters, Lamps, or 102, Carbureters, Lamps, Gravity.
Devices for the distribution of gaseous fuel are classified in classes
4S, GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, or 137, WATER DISTRIBUTION.
The line between the solid fuel subclasses in this class and the su b-
classes under Pyrotechnics in class 102, AMMUNITION AND EXPLO-
SIVE DEVICES, is that the devices in class 67, ILLUMINATING BURN-
ERS, are primarily employed to produce light for illumination, while
those in class 102 are primarily employed to produce light for display,
amusement, or spectacular effects. The devices in class 67 are per-
manent burners designed to be recharged with fuel and used repeat-
edly, while the devices in class 102, subclass 20, Pyrotechnics, and the
subclasses thereunder, are in general not intended for repeated use.
Therefore cartridges or receptacles of flash powder that are not de-
signed to be refilled are classified in class 102, although they may be
for the purpose of illuminating.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Miscellaneous devices for producing
light by combustion.
2. COMBINED GAS AND VAPOR. Burners which are designed
for use with liquid vapor fuel or gaseous fuel at will.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 11, Com-
bined oil and gaseous fuel.
3. IGNITING DEVICES. Miscellaneous devices for producing
or maintaining a flame by combustion, the resulting flame
being used as an igniter for illuminating burners rather than
as an illuminator itself.
Note. Electric igniters are classified in class 219, ELECTRIC HEAT-
ING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 32, Heaters, Tools and instru-
ments, Burning, Igniters, or in class 175, ELECTRICITY, GEN-
ERAL APPLICATIONS, subclasses under Igniting devices.
4. IGNITING DEVICES, CIGAR. Stands or pendants capable
of producing or maintaining a flame by combustion for the
purpose of lighting a cigar or for similar use.
Note. Electric cigar igniters are classified in class 219, ELECTRIC
HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 32, Heaters, Tools and
instruments, Burning, Igniters, or in class 175, ELECTRICITY,
GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 296, Igniting devices, Cigar.
The combination of cigar igniters with other devices, such as
cigar tip cutters, are classified in class 131, TOBACCO, subclasses
38, Cigar cutters, Tip, and 59, Tobacco users' appliances.
5. IGNITING DEVICES, HYDROGEN-PLATINUM. "Dobe-
reiner's Light." Limited to the combination of an automatic
hydrogen or equivalent gas generator with a catalytic body
which is raised to incandescence by the gas, thus igniting it.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 7. Igniting devices,
Pocket; 8, Igniting devices, Pocket A ttached lamp; 9, Ignit-
ing devices, Lamp, and 19, Igniting devices, Gaseous, Self-
igniting. Catalytic, for catalytic features.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 114, Generators,
Hydrogen, for generator features.
CLASS 67 Continued.
6. IGNITING DEVICES, IMPLEMENTS. Separate implements
specially adapted for igniting gas or oil lamps or the like. The
implement may consist of a device carrying a flame or
equipped with mechanism for producing a flame or a combi-
nation of an igniter with a gas key or wick operator. The line
between these implements and the gaseous and lamp igniting
devices in this class is that the former are separate and inde-
pendent and are designed to be carried from lamp to lamp,
while the latter are an integral part of the lamp or burner
structure.
7. IGNITING DEVICES, POCKET. Devices or receptacles'
(other than ordinary match safes) for the pocket or personal
use which are capable of producing flame by combustion for
a short while. The igniting means is generally fulminating
or catalytic.
Note. Receptacles using a plurality of ordinary matches are
classified in class 200, SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES,
subclass 20, Receptacles, Match safes, and the subclasses
thereunder.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 4, Igniting devices,
Cigar; 10, Igniting devices, Lamp, Fulminating; 12, Igniting
devices, Lamp, Match scratchers; 19, Igniting devices, Gas-
eous, Self-igniting, Catalytic; 20, Igniting devices, Gaseous,
Self-igniting, Fulminating, and 33, Solid fuel, Flash lights,
Fulminant ignition, for the form of igniting devices.
8. IGNITING DEVICES, POCKET, ATTACHED LAMP. Ig-
niting devices to be carried in the pocket or for personal wear
which include in addition to the igniter a small lamp or candle,
so that the light may be maintained for a considerable time.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 10 ; Igniting devices,
Lamp, Fulminating, and 12, Igniting devices, Lamp, Match
scratchers.
9. IGNITING DEVICES, LAMP. Liquid fuel illuminating
lamp igniting devices of a miscellaneous nature other than
electrical which are integral with or permanently attached to
the lamp.
Note. Electrical igniting devices for oil lamps are classified in
class 175, ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclasses
under Igniting devices, or in class 219, ELECTRIC HEATING
AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 32, Heaters. Tools and instruments
Burning, Igniters.
10. IGNITING DEVICES, LAMP, FULMINATING. Liquid
fuel illuminating lamp igniting devices which are integral
with the lamp structure and which derive their igniting flame
from fulminating material, said material forming part of the
device. These devices are generally capable of repeated oper-
ation.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 4, Igniting devices,
Cigar; 7, Igniting devices, Pocket; 8, Igniting devices, Pocket,
Attached lamp; 20, Igniting devices, Gaseous, Self-igniting,
Fulminating, and 33, Solid fuel, Flash lights, Fulminant
ignition.
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclasses 21, Pyro-
technics, Cartridges; 24, Pyrotechnics, Torches, and 39, Pro-
jectiles, Shells, Fuses, Percussion.
161 TIME CONTROLLING MECHANISM, subclasses 11, Lighting
mechanism, and 14, Lighting mechanism, Friction.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclasses 32, Re-
ceptacles, Match safes, Withdrawal igniting, and 34, Recep-
tacles, Match safes, Pocket, Withdrawal igniting.
11. IGNITING DEVICES, LAMP, APERTURE. Liquid fuel
illuminating lamp structures that are provided with an aper-
ture and. a movable closure therefor to permit the introduction
of igniting means.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 90, Burn-
ers, Liquid fuel, Perforated combustion tube, Lighting arrange-
ments.
12. IGNITING DEVICES. LAMP, MATCH SCRATCHERS.
Liquid fuel illuminating lamp igniting devices in which an
ordinary match held directly in the hand is inserted into the
lamp and manually or automatically forced against a match
scratcher.
Search Class
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclasses 32, Re-
ceptacles, Match safes, Withdrawal igniting, and 34, Recep-
tacles, Match safes, Pocket, Withdrawal igniting.
1.3. IGNITING DEVICES, LAMP, SEPARABLE. Liquid fuel
illuminating burners wherein the gallery can be moved away
from the rest of the burner to give access to the wick for light-
ing, trimming, etc.
127
128
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 67 Continued.
14. IGNITING DEVICES, GASEOUS. Miscellaneous devices
for igniting illuminating gas burners in which the igniting
temperature is derived from combustion.
Note. Does not include electric igniters, for which see class 219,
ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 32, Heaters,
Tools and instruments, Burning, Igniters, and class 175,
ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclasses under Ignit-
ing devices.
15 IGNITING DEVICES. GASEOUS, CONDUCTING TUBE.
Devices in which the igniting flame is conveyed to inaccessible
illuminating gas burners by means of a tube which contains
gas. This tube is generally perforated or slotted.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 39, Stoves, Cooking,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Gas.
188 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BUHNERS, subclass 115, Burn-
ers, Gas, Lighting devices.
16. IGNITING DEVICES, GASEOUS, PILOT. Devices in
which a small igniting or pilot flame is maintained when the
main flame is extinguished. The pilot may or jr-ay not be
extinguished when the main flame is lighted. Includes single
flame burners in which total extinguishment of the flame is
prevented, as by a stop on the control valve.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses .. 19, Igniting devices,
Gaseous, Self-Igniting, Catalytic: 89, Gaseous fuel burners,
Incandescent, Calcium light type; 110, Gaseous fuel burners,
Intermittent, and 111, Gaseous fuel burners, Intermittent,
Self-operated.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 52, Stoves, Cooking,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Valve mechanism, Article controlled:
234, Tool heaters, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Gas burner attach-
ments, Tool controlled valve, and 23S, Tool heaters, Soldering
iron, Gas heaters, Tool controlled valve.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 115, Burn-
ers, Gas, Lighting devices.
17 IGNITING DEVICES, GASEOUS, PILOT, PRESSURE
OPERATED, MULTIPLE FLUID. Gas igniting and ex-
tinguishing devices of the pilot type in which the control valve
is operated by auxiliary fluid pressure. One of the two opera-
tions for opening or closing the gas valve may be manual and
the other effected by the pressure.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 19, Lighting devices,
Gaseous, Self-igniting, Catalytic.
96 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 54, Cameras, Shutters, Fluid oper-
ing mechanisms.
18 IGNITING DEVICES. GASEOUS, PILOT, PRESSURE
OPERATED, SINGLE FLUID. Gas igniting and extin-
guishing devices of the pilot type in which the control valve
is operated by variations in the gas pressure, the pressure varia-
tions being produced at will. One of the two operations for
opening and closing the gas valve may be manual and the
other effected by the pressure.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 19, Igniting devices,
Gaseous, Self-igniting, Catalytic, and 119, Gaseous fuel burn-
ers, Regulating, Automatic.
19 IGNITING DEVICES, GASEOUS, SELF -IGNITING,
CATALYTIC. Devices specifically adapted to ignite illumi-
nating gas burners and which derive their igniting flame from
catalytic material brought into contact with the flow of gas,
which may be the main or an auxiliary supply.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 5, Igniting devices,
Hydrogen-platinum; 7, Igniting devices, Pocket, and 8, Ignit-
ing devices, Pocket, Attached lamp.
20 IGNITING DEVICES, GASEOUS, SELF-IGNITING, FUL-
MINATING. Devices specifically adapted to ignite illumi-
nating gas burners and which derive their igniting flame from
fulminating material contained within the device.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses \, Igniting devices,
Cigar; 7, Igniting devices. Pocket; 8, Igniting devices, Pocket,
Attached lamp; 10, Igniting devices, Lamp, Fulminating, and
33, Solid fuel, Flash lights, Fulminant ignition.
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclasses 21,
Pyrotechnics. Cartridges; 24, Pyrotechnics, Torches, and 39,
Projectiles, Shells, Fuses. Percussion.
161 TIME CONTROLLING MECHANISM, subclasses 11, Lighting
mechanism, and 14, Lighting mechanism, Friction.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclasses 32, Re-
ceptacles, Match safes, Withdrawal igniting, and 34, Recep-
tacles, Match safes, Pocket, Withdrawal igniting.
21. SOLID FUEL. Miscellaneous illuminating devices whose fuel
is a solid, such as candle stock, solid lard or grease, etc.
22. SOLID FUEL, CANDLES. Limited to the physical structure
of illuminating candles.
Note The chemical composition of the candle is classified in
class 87, OILS, FATS, AND GLUE, subclass 21, Candles.
Search Class
167 MEDICINES, subclass 12, Disinfectants, Candles and holders.
23. SOLID FUEL. CANDLESTICKS. Devices for supporting
the ordinary illuminating candle that are not provided with
means, such as globes or lantern cases, for protecting the can-
dle flame.
Note. Protected candle holders are classified in class 240, ILLU-
MINATION, subclass 13, Lanterns, Candle type.
CLASS 67 Continued.
Search Class
167 MEDICINES, subclass 12, Disinfectants, Candles and holders.
24. SOLID FUEL, CANDLESTICKS, EXTINGUISHERS.
Mechanical devices for automatically extinguishing the flame
of the ordinary illuminating candle when a predetermined
portion of the candle has been consumed. This subclass also
includes manual extinguishers.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 73, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Extinguishers, and the subclasses thereunder.
25. SOLID FUEL, CANDLESTICKS, CANDELABRA. Can-
dle holders designed to support a plurality of candles. These
devices are generally adjustable or collapsible.
20. SOLID FUEL, CANDLESTICKS, MINERS'. Candlesticks
which are specially adapted to be attached to the walls or
timbering of mines. They are generally provided with a sharp
prong or prongs for this purpose.
Search Classes
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 10, Type, Miner's candlestick.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 56, Light supports, Christmas tree.
27. SOLID FUEL, CANDLESTICKS, MAINTAINED FLAME
LEVEL. Candle supports so constructed that the candle
flame is maintained in the same horizontal plane despite the
shortening of the candle due to burning.
Search Classes
112 SEWING MACHINES, subclass 28, Wax thread.
184 LUBRICATION, subclasses under Lubricators, Force feed,
Followers.
240 ILLUMINATION.
28. SOLID FUEL, FLASH LIGHTS. Devices for igniting a
charge of combustible powder for producing an illuminating
flash, generally for taking photographs. Does not include
simple cartridges or receptacles containing powder which are
ignited manually or with a fuse, such devices being classified
in -class 102. AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclass
20, Pyrotechnics. Does not include pryotechnical devices.
Note. Flash light subclasses are limited to machines for igniting
and for retaining the smoke from charges of highly inflam-
mable non-explosive powders for giving instantaneous flashes
of light. The machine is generally charged with the loose pow-
der, although it may be supplied with cartridges specially
adapted for the device.
29. SOLID FUEL, FLASH LIGHTS, SHUTTER RELEASE
AND LIGHT. Devices for simultaneously operating the
shutter of a camera and igniting a charge of flash light powder.
30. SOLID FUEL, FLASH LIGHTS, HOODS. Casings sur-
rounding flash lights for the purpose of retaining the smoke or
fumes from the burning powder.
31. SOLID FUEL, FLASH LIGHTS, ELECTRIC IGNITION.
Machines for igniting flash light powder charges in which the
ignition is effected by means of an electric current, generally
by means of a hot wire or a spark.
Search Classes
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclass 38, Pro-
jectiles, Shells, Fuses, Electric.
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclasses under
igniting devices.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING, AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 32, Heaters,
Tools and instruments, Burning, Igniters, for electric features.
32. SOLID FUEL, FLASH LIGHTS, FLAME IGNITION. Ma-
chines for igniting flash light powder charges in which the pow-
der and a constantly burning flame or a constantly heated
body which are normally out of contact are brought together
to effect ignition.
33. SOLID FUEL, FLASH LIGHTS,FULMINANT IGNITION.
Machines for igniting flash-light powder charges in which the
ignition is effected by the detonation of a fulminating body,
such as a percussion cap or a match.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 4, Igniting devices,
Cigar; 7, Igniting devices, Pocket; 8, Igniting devices, Pocket.
Attached lamp; 10, Igniting devices, Lamp, Fulminating, and
20, Igniting devices, Gaseous, Self-igniting, Fulminating.
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclasses 21,
Pyrotechnics, Cartridges; 24, Pyrotechnics, Torches, and 39,
Projectiles, Shells, Fuses, Percussion.
34. SOLID FUEL, MAGNESIUM STRIP TYPE. Illuminating
devices which utilize strips or wires of magnesium or similar
highly combustible metals as fuel.
35. LIQUID FUEL. Miscellaneous devices for producing light
from liquid fuel.
36. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS. Miscellaneous liquid fuel burn-
ers for producing light.
37. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, VAPOR. Liquid fuel illumi-
nating burners in which there is a distinct zone of vaporization
between the liquid fuel and the flame.
38. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, VAPOR, BLUE FLAME
WICK TYPE. Liquid fuel illuminating burners of the vnck
type which are designed to give a blue or neatine flame, which
flame is used to incandesce a mantle or other refractory body.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
129
CLASS 67 Continued.
Search Classes
87 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 56, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Wick type, Argand, and the subclasses thereunder.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 88,
Burners, Liquid fuel, Perforated combustion tube, Wick, and
94, Burners, Liquid fuel, Lamp type.
39. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, VAPOR, MULTIPLE FLUID.
Illuminating liquid fuel burners of the vapor type in which
one or more auxiliary fluids are used. These auxiliary fluids
are generally used to spray or atomize the liquid fuel. The
auxiliary fluid is generally steam or air, but may be liquid or
gaseous fuel.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, appropriate sub-
classes.
40. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, VAPOR, RETORT. Liquid
fuel illuminating burners in which the fuel is vaporized in a
well defined closed chamber or retort. In no case does the
flame come in direct contact with the fuel while the latter is in
the liquid state. Most of the retort burners with the air
mixing features are used to incandesce mantles.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS under retorts for
Retort structure.
41. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, VAPOR, RETORT, START-
ERS. Liquid fuel illuminating burners of the retort type that
are provided with means other than the usual starting cup for
preheating the retort for starting. Also devices or implements
specially adapted to start the retort burner.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 61,
Burners, Liquid fuel, Retort, Auxiliary heater; 62, Burners,
Liquid fuel ; Retort, Auxiliary heater, Subburner, and 81,
Burners, Liquid fuel, Retort starters, and the subclasses
thereunder.
42. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, VAPOR, RETORT, HEAT-
ING JET. Liquid fuel illuminating burners of the retort
type in which the retort is heated by an auxiliary flame.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 58, Burn-
ers, Liquid fuel, Retort, Additional carbureter, and 59, Burn-
ers, Liquid fuel, Retort, Additional carbureter, Central gen-
erator.
43. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, VAPOR. RETORT, HEAT-
ING, JET, AIR MIXING. Liquid fuel illuminating burners
of the air mixing retort t y pe in which the retort is heated by an
auxiliary flame, the fuel therefor being derived from the mix-
ture of vapor and air of the main or illuminating flame.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 58,
Burners, Liquid fuel, Retort, Additional carbureter, and 59,
Burners, Liquid fuel, Retort, Additional carbureter, Central
generator.
44. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, VAPOR, RETORT, HEAT
CONDUCTING. Liquid fuel illuminating burners of the
retort type in which the retort is not heated directly, but
derives its heat through conduction. The retort generally
underlies the flame.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 32,
Burners, Liquid fuel, Blast lamp; 35, Burners, Liquid fuel,
Blast lamp, Hand torches, Wick type; 66,Burners, Liquidfuel,
Retort, Underlying, and the subclasses thereunder, and 72,
Burners, Liquid fuel, Retort, Wick feed.
45. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, VAPOR, RETORT, HEAT
CONDUCTING, AIR MIXING. Liquid fuel illuminating
burners of the retort type in which the retort is not heated
directly, but derives its heat through conduction from the
flame, and in which the vapor is mixed with air before reaching
the point of combustion. The retort generally underlies the
flame.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 32.
Burners, Liquid fuel, Blast lamp, and the subclasses there-
under; 66, Burners, Liquid fuel, Retort, Underlying, and the
subclasses thereunder, and 72, Burners, Liquid fuel, Retort,
Wick feed.
46. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, VAPOR, RETORT, AIR
MIXING. Liquid fuel illuminating burners of the retort
type in which the vapor is mixed with air before it reaches the
llame. This is generally accomplished in a Bunsen tube.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 64.
Burners, Liquid fuel, Retort, Overlying, Mixing chamber; 65,
Burners, Liquid fuel, Retort, Overlying, Mixing chamber,
Burner cap; 68, Burners, Liquid fuel, Retort, Underlying,
Conducting plate, Mixing chamber and burner cap; O'J.
Burners, Liquid fuel, Retort, Underlying, Mixing chamber
and burner cap, and 70, Burners, Liquid fuel, Retort, Under-
lying, Mixing chamber and flame deflector.
47. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, VAPOR, RETORT, AIR
MIXING, ^NTERNAL. Liquid fuel illuminating burners
of the air mixing retort type in which the retort is immersed in
the flame. When the burner is equipped with a mantle,
then the retort is inside the mantle.
26674 12 9
CLASS 67 Continued.
48. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, VAPOR, RETORT, AIR
MIXING, OVERLYING. Liquid fuel illuminating burners
of the air mixing retort type in which the retort is located
above the flame.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 63,
Burners, Liquid fuel, Retort, Overlying, and the subclasses
thereunder.
49. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, VAPOR, RETORT, AIR
MIXING, SIDE. Liquid fuel illuminating burners of the
air mixing retort type hi which the retort is located at one side
of the flame.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 71,
Burners, Liquid fuel, Retort, Side retort.
50. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, VAPOR, RETORT, AIR
MIXING, INVERTED. Liquid fuel illuminating burners
of the retort air mixing type in which the burner is inverted
i.e., the combustion occurs below the burner tip. The burner
is generally equipped with an inverted mantle.
51. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, FLOATING. Liquid fuel
illuminating burners in which the burner floats upon the
surface of the fuel.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 21, Solid fuel.
52. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, FORCED DRAFT. Liquid
fuel illuminating burners in which the draft is augmented by
artificial means. Does not include the ordinary chimney or
globe.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 90, Gaseous fuel
burners, Incandescent, Pressure; 91, Gaseous fuel burners,
Incandescent, Pressure, Self-intensifying: 107, Gaseous fuel
burners, Multiple fluid, and 108, Gaseous fuel burners,
Regenerative.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 11,
Combined oil and gaseous fuel, and 45, Burners, Liquid fuel,
Fuel feeding, Lamp stove type, Reservoir, Protector, and air
feeding.
53. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE. Miscellaneous
illuminating burners designed to burn liquid fuel from a wick
and not classifiable in any of the subclasses hereunder.
54. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, MULTIPLE.
Liquid fuel illuminating burners of the wick typo where the
invention resides in providing the burner with" a plurality of
independent burning wicks.
55. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, CHIMNEY-
LESS. Liquid fuel illuminating lamps of the wick type that
are designed to bum without a protecting chimney or globe.
Includes the miners' lamps, flambeaux, and torches using
wicks.
Search Class
221 DISPENSING CANS, subclass 55, Hand-oilers, Illuminating.
56. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, ARGAND.
Liquid fuel illuminating burners having a wick annular in
cross-section, air for combustion being fed to the flame through
the central opening formed by the annular wick. The wick is
not necessarily a true circle in section.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 38, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Vapor, Blue flame wick type.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 88, Burn-
ers, Liquid fuel, Perforated combustion tube, Wick, and 94,
Burners, Liquid fuel, Lamp type.
57. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, ARGAND,
LATERAL AIR INLET. Liquid fuel illuminating burners
of the Argand type in which the air is admitted to the inner
wick tube through a lateral passage or passages passing through
the wick tubes above the font.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 38, Liquid fuel, Burn-
ers, Vapor, Blue flame wick type; 58, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Wick type, Argand, Central draft, and the subclasses there-
under.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 94, Burn-
ers, Liquid fuel, Lamp type.
58. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, ARGAND,
CENTRAL DRAFT. Liquid fuel illuminating burners of
the Argand type in which the inner wick tube passes entirely
through the font and draws its air supply from beneath
through the font. Includes wick raisers specially adapted to
central draft burners that do not fall in the subclasses here-
under.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 38, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Vapor, Blue flame wick type.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS" FUEL BURNERS, subclass 94, Burn-
ers, Liquid fuel, Lamp type.
59. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, ARGAND,
CENTRAL DRAFT, DRAW BAR. Liquid fuel illuminat-
ing burners of the Argand central draft type in whic-h the wick
is operated by a bar projecting from the" font and reciprocated
directly by hand.
130
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 67 Continued.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 60, Liquid fuel, Burn-
ers, Wick type, Argand, Central draft, Rack bar, and 01,
Liquid fuel, Burners, Wick type, Argand, Central draft.
Screw rod.
60. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS. WICK TYPE, ARGAND,
CENTRAL DRAFT, RACK BAR. Liquid fuel illuminat-
ing burners of the Argand central draft type in which the
wick is operated by a bar on which is formed a rack which
engages a nand operated pinion.
61. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, ARGAND,
CENTRAL DRAFT, SCREW ROD. Liquid fuel illuminat-
ing burners of the Argand central draft type in which the wick
is operated by a screw- threaded rod or bar, said rod being
rotatable or engaging a rotatable finger piece.
62. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, ARGAND,
CENTRAL DRAFT, SWISS SCREW. Liquid fuel illumi-
nating burners of the Argand central draft type in which the
wick is operated by a screw formed on one of the wick tubes or
on a sleeve concentric with said tubes.
63. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, ARGAND, AIR
DISTRIBUTERS. Devices placed at the top of the inner
wick tube of liquid fuel illuminating burners of the Argand
type for regulating and directing the air fed through the inner
wick tube.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 38, Liquid fuel, Burn-
ers, Vapor, Blue flame wick type, and 50, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Wick type, Argand, and the subclasses thereunder.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 94, Burn-
ers, Liquid fuel, Lamp type.
64. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, RETURNED
WICK. Liquid fuel illuminating burners in which the wick
is passed up to the point of combustion and then returned to
the font so that the flame occurs at a point intermediate of the
ends of the wick. In some cases the wick is endless.
65. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, WICK RAIS-
ERS. Devices for adjusting the wick to position in the wick
tube for regulating the flame. Does not include wick raisers
which are specially adapted to the central draft Argand oil
burners, which are classified in this class, subclass 50, Liquid
fuel, Burners, Wick type, Argand. and the subclasses there-
under. Includes wick raisers for heating burners when they
are not specific to class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL
BURNERS.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 56, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Wick type, Argand, and the subclasses thereunder.
66. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, WICK STOPS.
Devices for preventing the displacement of the wick as by
shock, inadvertence, or malicious intent. Also includes do-
vices which limit the movement of the wick, so that it can not
be turned too high or too low. The device is either applied to
the wick raiser or directly to the wick. Includes wick stops
for heating burners when they are not specific to class 158,
LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS.
67. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, WICK IN-
SERTERS. Implements for facilitating the insertion of
wicks into the wick tube or to wick tubes that are so modified
as to aid in the insertion of the wick. Includes wick inserters
for heating burners when they are not specific to class 158,
LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS.
68. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, WICK TRIM-
MERS. Devices, generally implements, for trimming the
wick of liquid fuel burners. They generally operate by scrap-
ing, cutting, or brushing. Includes candle trimmers. In-
cludes wick trimmers for heating burners when they are not
specific to class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS.
69. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, WICKS. De-
vices for conveying liquid fuej from the source of supply to the
point of combustion by capillary attraction.
Note. Includes wicks for heating burners when they are not
specific to class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS.
Search Class
87. OILS, FAT, AND GLUE, subclass 21, Candles.
70. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, WICKS, MUL-
TIPLE PIECE. Compound wicks having one end specially
adapted to convey the fuel and the other end specially adapted
to withstand the effects of the combustion.
Note. Includes wicks of this type for heating burners when
they are not specific to class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL
BURNERS.
71. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, GLASS CONE.
Liquid fuel illuminating burners of the wick type in which
the cone is of glass or similar transparent or translucent ma-
terial, the object being to eliminate the shadow cast by the
cone and to utilize the entire flame for illuminating.
72. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, WICK TYPE, AIR DISTRIB-
UTERS. Liquid fuel illuminating burners of the wick type
that are provided with devices at the upper end of the w'ick
tube for the purpose of regulating the size, shape, or character
of the flame. Includes devices for covering a part of the wick
to produce a pilot flame or a " night light."
CLASS G7 Continued.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 38, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Vapor, Blue llame wick type; 78, Liquid fuel, Burners, Ex-
tinguishers, Mechanical, Cap; 79, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Extinguishers, Mechanical, Double wing; and 80, Liquid fuel,
Burners, Extinguishers, Mechanical, Sliding sleeve.
73. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, EXTINGUISHERS. Liquid
fuel illuminating burner extinguishing devices of a miscel-
laneous nature. The device may be manual or automatic.
74. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, EXTINGUISHERS, FUEL
EXHAUSTION. Liquid fuel illuminating burner extin-
guishers where the extinguisher mechanism is operated by
the fall hi the level of the fuel in the font, as by a float. The
device may be set to extinguish when the oil reaches any pre-
determined level, thus producing a time feed.
Note. These devices differ from those in class 158, LIQUID AND
GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 4<i.5 ; Burners, Liquid fuel,
Fuel feeding, Tanks, Reserve supply, in that they operate a
flame extinguisher, whereas those in class 158, subclass 46.5
cause the fuel feed to be cut off, so that the flame fails for want
of fuel.
75. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, EXTINGUISHERS, PNEU-
MATIC. Liquid fuel illuminating burner extinguishers
wherein the extinction of the flame is accomplished by a cur-
. rent or blast of air or other gas. Also includes some imple-
ments which can be used on lamps or candles.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 17, Igniting devices,
Gaseous, Pilot, Pressure operated, Multiple fluid; 29, Solid
fuel, Flash lights, Shutter release and light, and 32, Solid fuel,
Flash lights, Flame ignition.
76. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, EXTINGUISHERS, LIQUID.
Liquid fuel illuminating burner extinguishers wherein a
body of non-combustible liquid, generally water, is applied to
the flame or mixed with the fuel to effect extinction of the
flame.
Search Class
X58 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 95, Burn-
ers, Liquid fuel, Lamp type, W T ater vaporizers.
77. LIQUID FUEL BURNERS, EXTINGUISHERS, ME-
CHANICAL. Liquid fuel illuminating burner extinguishers
wherein the extinction of the flame is effected by mechanical
means, such as plates, caps, or sleeves, which are interposed
between the flame and the ah- supply, and which are not classi-
fiable in the other subclasses of this group, or by withdrawing
the wick within the wick tube, which thus constitutes a sleeve.
This subclass is a miscellaneous one and contains patents to the
combinations of the cap, wing, or sleeve type of extinguisher.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 72, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Wick type, Air distributers.
78. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, EXTINGUISHERS, ME-
CHANICAL, CAP. Liquid fuel illuminating burner extin-
guishers in which the extinction of the flame is accomplished
by a single cap or shutter. Thecap is generally pivotedat one
side of the wick tube, although it may be a part thereof.
79. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, EXTINGUISHERS. ME-
CHANICAL, DOUBLE WING. Liquid fuel illuminating
burner extinguishers in which the extinction of the flame is
accomplished by a pair of movable caps or wings generally
pivoted one on each side of the wick tube. The two wings
may act together or independently. ^
80. LIQUID FUEL, BURNERS, EXTINGUISHERS, ME-
CHANICAL, SLIDING SLEEVE. Liquid fuel illuminat-
ing burner extinguishers in which the extinction of the flame
is accomplished by a movable sleeve or tube generally
mounted on the wick tube.
81. LIQUID FUEL, FONTS. Miscellaneous liquid fuel illumi-
nating devices wherein the invention relates to the fuel con-
tainer.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 55, Liquid fuel burners,
Wick type, Chimneyless.
82. LIQUID FUEL, FONTS, INDEPENDENT. Devices spe-
cially adapted to feed liquid fuel to illuminating burners and
wherein the reservoir is not directly attached to the burner
head. The invention generally is in the mere arrangement
of the reservoir or burner. The devices are generally of the
"student lamp" type.
Note. Where the invention resides in the fuel feed control, it is
classified in class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS,
under the Fuel feed subclasses.
83. LIQUID FUEL, FONTS, COLLARS. Means for connecting
burner heads to the font in liquid fuel illuminating devices.
Note. Where the invention resides in adapting the collar to catch
the drip, it is classified in this class, subclass 84, Liquid fuel,
Fonts, Drip catchers.
Where the invention resides in adapting the collar for vent-
ing the font, it is classified hi this class, subclass 86, Liquid
fuel, Fonts, Vents.
Where the invention resides in adapting the collar for use in
filling, it is classified in this class, subclass 85, Liquid fuel,
Fonts, Filling devices.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 84, Liquid fuel, Fonts,
Drip catchers; 85, Liquid fuel, Fonts, Filling devices, and 86,
Liquid fuel, Fonts, Vents.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
131
CLASS 67 Continued.
84. LIQUID FUEL, FONTS, DRIP CATCHERS. Devices for
either retaining the drip from liquid fuel illuminating lamps
or for returning it to the font.
Search Classes
45 FURNITURE, subclass 15, Insect guards.
221 DISPENSING CANS, subclass 39, Hand oilers, Drip catchers,
Return, Vents.
85 LIQUID FUEL, FONTS, FILLING DEVICES. Devices for
providing filling openings in the fonts of liquid fuel illuminat-
ing lamps. This opening is generally through the collar or
burner head. This subclass also includes devices for holding
the lamp burner while the font is being filled through the
collar.
Note. When the filler opening is through the wall of the font
and the device is capable of application to any liquid con-
tainer, it is classified in class 221, DISPENSING CANS, subclass 2,
Filling cans, Closures, or the subclasses thereunder.
86 LIQUID FUEL, FONTS, VENTS. Vents applied to the collars or
burner heads of liquid fuel illuminating lamps to relieve high
or low pressure in the font.
Note. Vents applied to the font itself and capable of general ap-
plication to any liquid container are classified in class 221, DIS-
PENSING CANS, subclass 31, Filling cans, Vents.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 84, Liquid fuel, Fonts,
Drip catchers.
221 DISPENSING CANS, subclasses 20, Filling cans, Nozzles, Cut-
offs Rotary, Vented; 28, Filling cans, Nozzles, Vented; 31,
Filling cans, Vents; 39, Hand oilers, Drip catchers, Return,
Vents, and 59, Hand oilers, Vented.
87. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS. Miscellaneous illuminating
gas burners not classifiable in the subclasses hereunder.
Search Class--
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses relating
togas.
88. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, INCANDESCENT. Illumi-
nating gas burners in which the light is derived from a refrac-
tory body heated to incandescence by the flame, the burner
itself being generally of the Bunsen type.
89 GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, INCANDESCENT, CAL-
CIUM LIGHT TYPE. Illuminating gas burners in which
a block of lime or similar material is heated to incandescence
by an oxy-hydrogen or similar flame.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 90, Gaseous fuel burners,
Incandescent, Pressure, for burner structure.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 90, Blowpipes.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 109, Burn-
ers, Gas, Pressure burners.
90. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, INCANDESCENT, PRES-
SURE. Illuminating gas burners ofthe incandescent type in
which the pressure of the fuel at the burner head is increased.
This increased pressure may be effected by a pump in the gas
supply or by the introduction of a jet of compressed air.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 52, Liquid fuel, Burn-
ers, Forced draft, and 100, Gaseous fuel burners, Incandescent,
Mantle making.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 109, Burn-
ers, Gas, Pressure burners.
91. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, INCANDESCENT, PRES-
SURE, SELF-INTENSIFYING. Illuminating gas burn-
ers of the incandescent pressure type in which the energy for
operating the gas or air pumps is derived from the heat of the
burner flame.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING-BURNERS, subclass 52, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Forced draft.
92. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS. INCANDESCENT, RESIL-
IENT SUPPORT. Devices lor resiliently supporting all or
a part of the burner structure of incandescent illuminating
gaseous burners (other than the mantle support alone) for the
purpose of protecting the mantle from shock or vibration.
Note. When the mantle support alone is resilient, the patent is
classified in this class, subclass 104, Gaseous fuel burners,
Incandescent, Mantle support, Resilient.
93. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, INCANDESCENT, COM-
BINED UPRIGHT AND INVERTED. Illuminating gas
burner structures of the incandescent type which comprises
both an upright and an inverted mantle burner.
94. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, INCANDESCENT, IN-
VERTED. Illuminating gas burner structures of the incan-
descent type in which the mantle" is located below the burner
mouth.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 50, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Vapor, Retort, Air mixing, Inverted.
95. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, INCANDESCENT, IN-
CLINED. Illuminating gas burner structures of the mean-
descent type in which the major axis of the mantle is inclined
to the vertical.
96. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, INCANDESCENT, UP-
RIGHT. Illuminating gas burner structures of the incan-
descent type in which the mantle is located above the burner
mouth.
CLASS 67 Continued.
97. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS INCANDESCENT, UP-
RIGHT, PREHEATER. Illuminating burner structures of
the upright mean descent type in which the gas or air is heated
before combustion either by the main flame or by an auxiliary
jet.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses under 40, Liquid fuel,
Burners, Vapor, Retort; 91, Gaseous fuel burners, Incandes-
cent, Pressure, Self- intensify ing, and 94, Gaseous fuel burners,
Incandescent, Inverted.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 108, Burn-
ers, Gas, Regenerative.
98. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, INCANDESCENT, MAN-
TLES. The physical structure of the mantle or refractory
body which is designed to give out light by being heated to
incandescence by a combustion flame.
Note. Method of making the mantle is in this class, subclass 100,
Gaseous fuel burners, Incandescent, Mantle making.
Receptacles for shipping mantles are classified in class 206,
SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 68, Packages,
Incandescent mantles.
99. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, INCANDESCENT, MAN-
TLE COMPOSITIONS. The chemical composition of the
mantle, both method and article.
100. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, INCANDESCENT, MAN-
TLE MAKING. Devices or methods for making or regen-
erating mantles; also the operations of impregnating, cutting
off, shaping, trimming, and firing.
Note. Devices for shirring and threading in the supporting loop
are classified in class 112, SEWING MACHINES, subclass 17,
Running stitch.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclass 13, Combined machines, and the sub-
classes thereunder, for impregnating.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 60,
Cutting, Machines, Rotary cutter, for trimmers.
101. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, INCANDESCENT, MAN-
TLE SUPPORT. Miscellaneous devices for supporting in-
candescent illuminating mantles hi proper position relative
to the burner.
102. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, INCANDESCENT, MAN-
TLE SUPPORT INCLOSED. Mantle supports that are
inclosed within the mantle.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 38, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Vapor, Blue flame wick type.
103. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS. INCANDESCENT, MAN-
TLE SUPPORT, INVERTED. Mantle supports for man-
tles of the inverted type.
104. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, INCANDESCENT, MAN-
TLE SUPPORT, RESILIENT. Mantle supports that are
made resilient for the purpose of protecting the mantles from
injurious shocks or vibrations.
Note. For devices where the whole or a part of the burner struc-
ture is also made resilient, search in this class, subclass 92,
Gaseous fuel burners, Incandescent, Resilient support.
105. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, ACETYLENE. Illuminat-
ing burners specially adapted for burning acetylene or similar
high carbon gases. Does not include incandescent acetylene
burners, which are classified in incandescent gas burners.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 101, Burn-
ers, Gas, Acetylene.
106. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, ANNULAR. Illuminating
gas burners of the ring or Argand type in which air is fed
through the ring to the inner side of the flame as well as to the
outer side.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 108, Gaseous fuel burners,
Regenerative.
107. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, MULTIPLE FLUID.
Illuminating gas burners in which one or more fluids under
pressure are fed to the gas flame. These fluids are generally
air or oxygen.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 39, Liquid fuel burners,
Vapor, Multiple fluid; 89, Gaseous fuel burners, Incandescent,
Calcium light type, and 91, Gaseous fuel burners, Incandes-
cent, Pressure, Self-intensifying.
10S. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, REGENERATIVE. Illu-
minating gas lamp structures in which the air or gas and air
are preheated by the illuminating flame or by the products
of combustion. Does not include incandescent gas burners
nor burners which are preheated by an auxiliary flame.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 87, Gaseous fuel burn-
ers; 94, Gaseous fuel burners, Incandescent, Inverted, and 97,
Gaseous fuel burners, Incandescent, Upright, Preheater.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 10S, Burn-
ers, Gas, Regenerative.
109. GASEpUS FUEL BURNERS, REGENERATIVE, GAS.
Illuminating gas burners in which the gas alone is preheated
by the flame or products of combustion. Does not include
incandescent gas burners.
132
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 67 Continued.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 97, Gaseous fuel burn-
ers, Incandescent, Upright, Preheater, and 91, Gaseous fuel
burners, Incandescent, Pressure, Self-intensifying.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 108, Burn-
ers, Gas, Regenerative.
110. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, INTERMITTENT. Illu-
minating gas burners which are turned on and off at short
intervals in order to give a flash signal or to illuminate a sign
intermittently. The control valve is run by an independent
motor.
Search Class
161 TIME CONTROLLING MECHANISM, subclass 9, Valve actuat-
ing mechanism, Gas cocks.
111. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, INTERMITTENT, SELF-
OPERATED. Illuminftting gas burners of the intermittent
type in which the control valve is operated by the flow of the
gas either directly by means of a motor run by the gas or
indirectly by a thermostat heated by the burner. The power
to operate the control valve is derived from the gas itself.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 18, Igniting devices
Gaseous, Pilot, Pressure operated, Single fluid.
112. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, TIPS. Improvements on
the illuminating gas burner tips. The tip is generally of the
fish tail or bat wing type.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 105, Gaseous fuel burn-
ers, Acetylene.
113. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, AUTOMATIC CUT-OFFS.
Miscellaneous devices for cutting off the flow of illuminating
gas when the conditions become abnormal in the supply pipe
on either side of the device. Includes combined high and low
pressure cut-offs. Does not include cut-offs that are operated
by the action of fire.
Note. For cut-offs that are operated by the action of fire, see
class 137, WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 92, Cocks and fau-
cets, Thermal, High temperature.
114. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, AUTOMATIC CUT-OFFS,
DRAFT. Automatic fuel cut-offs which are operated by an
unusual draft striking the burner. Includes cut-offs which
operate upon the cessation of the draft of hot air from the
burner flame, as when the flame is extinguished.
115. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, AUTOMATIC CUT-OFFS,
PRESSURE. Devices for automatically cutting otf the flow
of gas when the pressure in the supply pipe on either side of
CLASS 67 Continued.
. the device drops below a predetermined limit and which stay
closed upon an increase or renewal of pressure. Does not
include check valves nor devices that close when the flow is
abnormally increased.
11G. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, AUTOMATIC CUT-OFFS,
THERMOSTATIC. Thcrmostatic devices for automatically
cutting off the flow of gas when the flame is extinguished.
Note. Thennostatic regulating devices for keeping the temper-
ature and pressure constant are classified in class 236, DAM-
PERS, AUTOMATIC, subclass 5, Expansion.
117. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, AUTOMATIC CUT-OFFS,
THERMOSTATIC, SELF-SETTING. Automatic cut-offs
of the thermostatic type which are automatically sot upon
turning on the gas. They do not require to be preheated, nor
is the cock required to be held open for an interval.
118. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, REGULATING. Miscel-
laneous regulating devices specially adapted to control the
flow of fuel in illuminating gas burners.
119. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, REGULATING, AUTO-
MATIC. Devices which automatically tend to control the
flow of fuel to the burner by means of the variations in the
gas pressure. They are generally an integral part of the
burner structure, although some are located in the pipe line.
These devices differ from those in class 50, FLUID PRESSURE
REGULATORS, in that they are not true regulators. They
merely oppose an increase or decrease in pressure or flow of
fuel, but do not entirely prevent it. Fluid pressure regulators
hold the pressure exactly at a predetermined point.
Search Classes
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 18, Igniting devices,
Gaseous, Pilot, Pressure operated, Single fluid.
50 FLUID PRESSURE REGULATORS, appropriate subclasses.
120. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, REGULATING, FIXED.
Fixed non-adjustable devices specially adapted to control the
flow of fuel to the burner. They are generally an integral
part of the burner structure. Includes some devices which
are placed in the pipe lines.
121. GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, REGULATING, MAN-
UAL. Manually operated valves specially adapted to con-
trol the flow of fuel to the burner. They are generally an
integral part of the burner structure. Includes some devices
which are placed in the pipe line.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 118, Gas
and air mixers; 119, Gas and air mixers, Proportional, and
120, Valves and cleaners.
CLASS 69. LEATHER MANTJFACTTJRES.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes leather-working apparatus and leather articles
not elsewhere classified under more specific titles.
The class does not include hoots, shoes, gloves, trunks, baggage,
pocket-books, or other leather receptacles or their manufacture,
except such apparatus as is clearly general in its capability of opera-
tion.
It does not include leather cutting (except skiving and splitting),
punching, or sewing, or the manufacture of leather from hides, skins,
etc. The apparatus for the manufacture of harness is here included ;
but the articles of harness are elsewhere classified.
Subclasses.
1. MACHINES. Miscellaneous leather-working machines.
1.5. MACHINES, BELT-STRETCHING. Various machines for
putting leather, canvas, or other belting under tension to take
out the initial stretch or to bring the belting to uniform shape.
2. MACHINES, CUTTING AND IMPRESSING. Machines for
cutting or trimming leather and at the same time creasing or
otherwise impressing it for ornamental purposes or which
simply crease or impress without cutting.
Search Class
149 HIDES, SKINS, AND LEATHER, subclass 23, Apparatus,
Rolling and embossing.
3. MACHINES, HORSE-COLLAR-SHAPING. Apparatus upon
which horse-collars are shaped or given proper contour.
Search Class
69 LEATHER MANUFACTURES, subclass 8, Machines, Forming
and pressing.
4. MACHINES, HORSE-COLLAR-STUFFING. Apparatus for
stuffing the padding material into horse-collars.
5. MACHINES, FOLDING AND ROLLING. Machines for fold-
ing or rolling or both folding and rolling leather, usually for
reins for harness.
Search Class
149 HIDES, SKINS, AND LEATHER, subclass 23, Apparatus,
Rolling and embossing.
6. MACHINES, ROUNDING. Machines which by drawing or
passing a string or strip therethrough will cut or roll the same
to circular or semicircular shape, usually for harness-reins,
fillings, or whip-lashes.
7. MACHINES, SEAM-PRESSING. Machines for pressing, rub-
bing, or rolling down leather seams.
Search Class
68 LAUNDRY, subclass 10, Ironing machines.
8. MACHINES, FORMING AND PRESSING. Various mold-
ing, clamping, and pressing apparatus for forming or shaping
leather articles, mostly harness parts.
Search Class
69 LEATHER MANUFACTURES, subclass 3, Machines, Horse-
collar-shaping.
9. MACHINES, SKIVING AND SPLITTING. Miscellaneous
machines for skiving, splitting, or beveling leather.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 62, Toe and heel stiffener
machines, skiving, and 46, Heel-machines, Bevel and seat
cutting.
10. MACHINES, SKIVING AND SPLITTING, BELT-KNIFE.
Skiving and splitting machines which employ a traveling
belt or band knife.
CLASS 69 Continued.
Search Classes -
69 LEATHER MANUFACTURES, subclass 13, Machines, Skiving
and splitting, Fixed-knife, Roller-feed.
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 17, Band-saw machines and sub-
classes thereunder.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 35,
Cutting, Machines, Band-knife.
11. MACHINES, SKIVING AND SPLITTING, FIXED-
KNIFE. Skiving and splitting machines which employ a
stationary cutter against which the work is drawn or fed.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 36,
Cutting, Machines, Fixed-cutter.
12. MACHINES, SKIVING AND SPLITTING, FIXED-
KNIFE, RECIPROCATING-FEED. Fixed-knife skiving
and splitting machines in which a reciprocating feed mecha-
nism is employed to carry the work to the fixed cutter.
Search Classes
144_ WOODWORKING, subclass 175, Slicers, Fixed-knife.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 38,
Cutting, Machines, Fixed-cutter, Work-feeding.
13. MACHINES, SKIVING AND SPLITTING, FIXED-
KNIFE, ROLLER-FEED. Fixed-knife skiving and split-
ting machines in which the work is fed to the fixed cutter by
positively-driven rolls.
Search Classes -
69 LEATHER MANUFACTURES, subclass 10, Machines, skiving
and splitting, Belt-knife.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 175, Slicers, Fixed-knife.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 39,
Cutting, Machines, Fixed-cutter, Work-feeding, Roller-feed.
14. MACHINES, SKIVING AND SPLITTING, FIXED-
KNIFE, ROLLER-FEED, TRIMMING ATTACH-
MENTS. Roller-feed, fixed-knife skiving and splitting
machines which employ a trimming-knife in addition to the
skiving or splitting knife to trim the edge of the passing work
15. MACHINES, SKIVING AND SPLITTING, RECIPROCAT-
ING-KNIFE. Skiving and splitting machines in which the
cutter is reciprocated. Either the work is fed against the
knife or lies stationary while the knife operates.
16. MACHINES, SKIVING AND SPLITTING, ROTARY
DISK KNIFE. Skiving and splitting machines, usually for
skiving, in which is employed a disk knife which shaves on the
portions as it passes over the surface of the work.
17. MACHINES, STRAP-FINISHING. Machines for rubbing,
blacking, polishing, creasing, burnishing, and otherwise fin-
ishing leather straps.
18. MACHINES, TACK-LEATHERING. Machines for attach-
ing the leather heads to carpet-tacks. Usually the leather
disks are cut out from a continuous strip and the tacks inserted
by a plunger through the disks.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 6, Machines, Nail-driving,
Nail-feeding.
19. WORK-HOLDERS. Various clamping apparatus for hold-
ing leather while it is being worked upon mostly "stitching-
horses" for saddlers or harness-makers.
Search Class
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 54, Work-holders.
20. TOOLS. Various hand-tools peculiar to the leather-workers'
art.
21. ARTICLES AND PROCESSES. Various leather structures-
such as bindings or pipings, seams, and ornamental pieces
of more or less general use in making up complete articles;
also, some leather-working processes are here included.
133
CLASS 72. MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class is intended to include all patents for masonry and con-
crete structures capable of application to constructions in general.
Devices which are practically inseparable from the art where they
e used will be classified in the particular art classes.
20
are us
Subclasses.
1. BUILDINGS. Miscellaneous features of masonry buildings not
properly classifiable in any of the subclasses hereunder.
2. ABOLISHED. See class 20.
3. ABOLISHED. See class 20.
4. ABOLISHED. See class 20.
5. ABOLISHED. See class 20.
6. BUILDINGS, ELEVATORS AND BINS. Masonry or con-
crete structures built either to withstand great internal pres-
sure or to provide sloping bottoms or to provide for the group-
ing of a plurality of tanks or bins in close relationship.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 1. 2 Bins, and 1. 4 Bins,
Silos.
130 THRESHING, subclass 14, Granaries and bins.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 3, Buildings,
Bins.
7. BUILDINGS, VAULTS. Overground burial-vaults and all
underground burial-vaults of masonry or concrete and features
of construction thereof that are not specifically identified with
some particular art.
Note. Mausoleum-roofs are classified in this class, subclass 89,
Coping, Vault.
8. BRIDGES. Concrete or masonry bridges wherein the features
claimed are more than the arch structure or the flooring.
Note. Masonry or concrete bridge arches per se are classified in
this class, subclasses 56, Arches, Bridge, and 57, Arches,
Bridge, Metal-liiied.
Masonry or concrete bridge floorings per se are classified in
this class, subclass 64, Arches, Floor, Bridge.
9. CISTERNS. Miscellaneous inventions directed toward masonry
well and cistern constructions capable of application to either
and all specific constructions capable of application to cisterns
only.
Note. All masonry constructions providing for the entrance of
water at the bottom thereof are classified in this class, sub-
class 12, Wells.
10. CELLARS. Cellar-bottoms, constructed to provide drainage
facilities and the like.
Note. Waterproofing of cellar-walls is classified in this class, sub-
class 126, Waterproofing, Cellars.
11. CELLARS, CAVES. Outdoor vegetable-caves, cyclone-cellars,
and the like.
12. WELLS. Masonry structures built or sunk in the ground that
allow for the entrance of water at or near the bottom thereof.
13. TANKS. Miscellaneous masonry or concrete tanks and fea-
tures of construction thereof.
Search Class
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclasses 6, Build-
ings, Elevators and bins, and 9, Cisterns.
14. TANKS, LINED. Masonry or concrete tanks that are pro-
vided with a lining either for waterproofing or for protection.
15. BUILDING ELEMENTS AND SUPPORTS, INTEGRAL.
Metal-reinforced structures in which the floors or beams and
the walls or other supports are cast integrally, so that the en-
tire structure is a monolith.
16. WALLS. Miscellaneous features of wall construction that do
not readily fall under any of the subclasses hereunder.
17. WALLS, FACED. Miscellaneous walls or floors provided with
a facing in which the invention resides in the facing or its
mode of union with the wall.
18. WALLS, FACED, TILE. Miscellaneous walls faced with
tiles and the tiles themselves for facing such walls where the
tiles form the finish of the walls. The tiles may be either
metallic or plastic in substance; but if metallic they are to be
set in some plastic backing.
19. WALLS, FACED, TILE, WALL-ANCHORED. Miscella-
neous means for anchoring facing-tiles to walls, except by
pressing into a plastic backing.
CLASS 72 Continued.
I. WALLS, FACED, TILE, WALL-ANCHORED, METAL-
REINFORCED. Facing-tiles provided with a metal anchor-
ing means whereby the tile is firmly secured to the wall.
21. WALLS, FACED, TILE, WALL-ANCHORED, BONDED.
Means for attaching facing to masonry work by means of bonds
with such masonry work.
22. WALLS, FACED, TILE, FLEXIBLE-BACKED. Facing-
tiles with a flexible backing whereby to facilitate handling or
packing them.
23. WALLS, FACED, TILE, RIGID-BACKED. Facing-tiles
with rigid backings whereby to facilitate handling or packing
them.
24. WALLS, FACED, TILE, FRAMED. Means whereby fafmg-
tiles, either singly or in groups, are held in place by some
structure in the nature of a frame.
25. WALLS, FACED, TILE, INTERLOCKING. Such facing-
tiles as are mutually interlocked when set.
26. WALLS, FACED, TILE, FACED ELEMENTS. Facing-
tiles that are themselves faced, when the invention resides in
the facing.
27. WALLS, FACED, MONOLITHIC. Non-reinforced mono-
lithic facings for walls.
28. WALLS, FACED, MONOLITHIC, METAL-REINFORCED.
Monolithic facings for walls that are provided with a metal
reinforcement. .
29. WALLS, BLOCK AND PLASTIC, PLASTIC-FILLED.
Non-reinforced walls formed from hollow blocks and either
wholly or partially filled with plastic material and blocks for
forming such walls.
30. WALLS, BLOCK AND PLASTIC, PLASTIC-FILLED.
METAL-REINFORCED. Metal-reinforced walls formed
from hollow blocks and either wholly or in part filled with
plastic material and blocks for forming such walls.
31. WALLS, BLOCK AND PLASTIC, PLASTIC-COVERED.
Non-reinforced walls so constructed that they are not finished
without a covering of plastic material, wherein the invention
resides in the wall itself and not in the covering. This sub-
class also includes blocks so scored or deformed that they may
be plastered to.
32. WALLS, BLOCK AND PLASTIC, PLASTIC-COVERED,
METAL-REINFORCED. Reinforced walls so constructed
that they are not finished without a covering of plastic mate-
rial, wherein the invention resides in the wall and not in the
covering. This subclass also includes elements of construc-
tion of such walls.
33. WALLS, WOOD AND PLASTIC. Walls in which wood
forms the mam bulk and yet in which the wood is so inti-
mately associated with the plastic material that the finished
structure has the appearance of being a monolith.
34. WALLS, FENCES. Miscellaneous masonry or concrete fence
structures.
35. WALLS, BLOCK, FACED, ATTACHED. Building-blocks
capable of general application that are provided with a facing
that is attached to the block after the substance of the block
is set or while it is setting.
36. WALLS, BLOCK, FACED, INTEGRAL. Building-blocks
capable of general application that are provided with a facing
that is either cast with the block or else is some modification
of the substance of the main portion of the block.
37. WALLS, BLOCK, SOLID. Miscellaneous solid building-
blocks not otherwise provided for and walls built therefrom.
The blocks, if otherwise solid, may have a groove on one side
thereof or running entirely therearound.
Search Class
94 PAVING, subclass 1, Pavements, Concrete.
38. WALLS, BLOCK, SOLID, INTERLOCKED. Solid blocks
provided with a positive interlocking means therebetween
and walls built therefrom.
39. WALLS, BLOCK, SOLID, ANGULAR. Building-blocks
formed with re-entrant angles on their exteriors, so that
when they are laid in the wall they provide either an inter-
bonded wall or else a wall with air-spaces.
40. WALLS, BLOCK, SOLID, METAL-REINFORCED. Mis-
cellaneous solid building-blocks that are provided with a metal
reinforcement that are not otherwise provided for and walls
built therefrom. The blocks, if otherwise solid, may have a
groove on one side thereof or running entirely therearound.
135
136
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 72 Continued.
41. WALLS, BLOCK, HOLLOW. Non-reinforced blocks
intended for general wall construction provided either with
an opening running completely through the block or a recess
on one or more sides that renders the block substantially hol-
low and walls built from such blocks.
42. WALLS, BLOCK, HOLLOW, METAL-REINFORCED.
Hollow blocks that are provided with a metal reinforcement.
43. WALLS, BLOCK, PARALLEL-SPACED. Building-blocks
that are formed with two main portions separated by either
one or more thin webs or else by posts. The posts or webs in
this subclass may be any but a metallic substance and may be
either cast integrally with the blocks or joined thereto by
cement or the like. This subclass also includes walls built
from such blocks as are herein defined.
44. WALLS, BLOCK, PARALLEL-SPACED, METAL-REIN-
FORCED. Building-blocks that are formed with two main
portions separated by metal posts or sheets and walls built
therefrom. The main portions may or may not be reinforced
with metal.
45. WALLS, BLOCK, FIBER. Blocks formed from hay, straw,
^bagasse, and the like and walls built therefrom, whether cov-
ered with plastic material or not.
40. WALLS, MONOLITHIC, PARTITION. Monolithic wall
structures of such construction that they are essentially par-
titions.
47. WALLS, MONOLITHIC, HOLLOW. Hollow walls cast from
concrete, in situ, that are not provided with a metal reinforce-
ment.
48. WALLS, MONOLITHIC, HOLLOW, METAL-REIN-
FORCED. Hollow walls cast from concrete, in situ, that
are provided with a metal reinforcement.
49. WALLS, MONOLITHIC, SOLID. Solid monolithic walls
cast in situ not provided with a metal reinforcement,
whether cast about wooden studding or not.
50. WALLS, MONOLITHIC, SOLID, METAL-REINFORCED.
Solid walls cast from concrete or the like, in situ, and provided
with metal reinforcement.
Search Class
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 24, Dams and levees.
51. CONDUITS. Masonry conduits capable of general application
and not specifically provided for in any of the subclasses here-
under given.
Note. Conduits which are intimately associated with any par-
ticular art are to be classified with such art.
Search Classes
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclasses 9, Drains, and 16,
Tunnels.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, MAINS AND PIPES.
182 SEWERAGE, subclass 3, Construction.
247 ELECTRICITY CONDUITS, all subclasses.
52. CONDUITS, CULVERTS. Small masonry conduits for water
courses under roads; does not include those large arch struc-
tures that are in reality arch bridges.
Note. Metallic culvert structures are to be found in class 61,
HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclasses 9, Drains, and Hi,
Tunnels.
53. CONDUITS, PIPES. Cement or concrete pipes, not classifiable
hi the next subclass, so constructed as to withstand internal
pressure, whether internally reinforced with a skeleton rein-
forcement or not.
Search Class
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 16, Tunnels.
54. CONDUITS, PIPES, LINED AND COVERED. Pipes
formed from plastic material and provided with either a lin-
ing, a covering, or an internal stiffening means, said stiffening
means being in the form of a sheet and either plain or deformed
in any way to give increased contact for the plastic material.
Search Class
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 10, Tunnels,
55. ARCHES. Arches, whether of metal, stone, or composite build-
ing material, which are independent of any part icular art and
which are of such general character as not to fall under any of
the subclasses following hereunder.
Search Classes
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 16, Tunnels.
110 FURNACES, subclass 99, Furnace structure, Arches.
182 SEWERAGE, subclass 3, Construction.
56. ARCHES, BRIDGE. Masonry bridge-arches, aside from sub-
class 57, Arches, Bridge, Metal-lined, in which the invention
resides in the construction of the arch proper, and does not
include the structure of abutments or spandrel walls.
Note. All purely metal or wooden arch-bridge structures are
in class 14, BRIDGES, subclass 24, Arch, and the subclasses
thereunder.
57. ARCHES, BRIDGE, METAL-LINED. The title is self-
explanatory.
Note. This subclass does not include small pipe-like culverts,
which are classified in class 61, HYDBAULIC ENGINEERING,
subclass 9, Drains.
CLASS 72 Continued.
58. ARCHES, FIREPLACE. Arches built in the floor to give
protection to the floor from the fireplace.
59. ARCHES, GIRDERS. Miscellaneous masonry or concrete
girders not specifically provided for in the subclasses here-
under given.
60. ARCHES, GIRDERS, PLASTIC-FILLED. Girders formed
of metal shells filled with plastic material.
61. ARCHES, GIRDERS, METAL-REINFORCED. Girders
cast from concrete that are provided with metal reinforce-
ment, and the reinforcements therefor.
62. ARCHES, GIRDERS, ATTACHING. Means for attaching
shafting and other fixtures to concrete girders.
63. ARCHES, FLOOR. Miscellaneous masonry or concrete floors
that do not readily fall under any of the subclasses hereunder
given.
64. ARCHES, FLOOR, BRIDGE. Heavy masonry or concrete
flooring structures which are peculiarly adapted to bridge-
flooring.
65. ARCHES, FLOOR, TILE AND CONCRETE. Floors formed
with main supporting elements between which are placed
non-reinforced tiles of considerably less thickness than that of
the finished floor, thus allowing for a filling.
66. ARCHES, FLOOR, TILE AND CONCRETE, METAL-
REINFORCED. Floors formed with main supporting ele-
ments between which are placed either supplemental rein-
forcins means together, with non-reinforced tiles, or metal-
is be-
les being
' floor,
67. ARCHES, FLOOR, TILE. Floors formed with main support-
ing elements between which are placed non-reinforced tiles
of substantially the same thickness of the finished floor, there-
by doing away with filling.
68. ARCHES, FLOOR, TILE, METAL-REINFORCED. Floors
formed with main supporting elements between which are
placed either supplemental reinforcing means, together with
non-reinforced tiles, or metal-reinforced tiles without supple-
mental reinforcing means between the main supports, or both,
in either case the tiles being substantially the thickness of the
finished floor, thereby doing away with filling.
69. ARCHES, FLOOR, CONCRETE. Those floors that are cast
in situ from concrete with no reinforcement save the main
supports therefor.
70. ARCHES, FLOOR, CONCRETE, EXTERNALLY METAL
REINFORCED. Metal-reinforced floors cast in situ from
concrete in which the principal reinforcement is either entirely
external to the concrete or is merely superficially embedded
therein.
71. ARCHES, FLOOR, CONCRETE, INTERNALLY METAL
REINFORCED. Metal-reinforced floors cast in situ from
concrete in which the principal reinforcement is designed to
be so embedded in the concrete as to take up the principal
strains set up therein.
72. COLUMNS. Miscellaneous masonry or concrete columns.
73. COLUMNS, TILE-COVERED. Inventions in the application
of covering tiles to columns either with or without interme-
diate filling of plastic materials.
74. COLUMNS, PLASTIC-COVERED. Inventions capable of
application to building constructions in general, in which the
invention resides in the application of a plastic covering to a
supporting-column either with or without an intermediate
air-space.
Search Class
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 43, Piles, Protected.
75. COLUMNS, PLASTIC-FILLED. Columns that are formed
of an iron or steel shell with a filling of plastic material. If
there be an interior supporting mem ber, i t is more in the nature
of a stiffening member than a support for a load.
Search Class
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 43, Piles, Protected.
76. COLUMNS, METAL - REINFORCED. Building - columns
formed of concrete with internal metal reinforcing and all such
reinforced concrete columns as are not intimately associated
with some particular art.
Search Classes
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclasses 81, Foun-
dations, Concrete piles, and 82, Posts.
238 RAILWAY-TIES AND FASTBNERS, subclass 3, Stringers and
ties, Composition.
77. FOUNDATIONS. Foundations not inseparably associated
with some art and not included in the subclasses hereunder.
78. FOUNDATIONS, MACHINE. Includes only machine-piers.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
137
CLASS 72 Continued.
79. FOUNDATIONS, SHORING. Methods of shoring and all de-
vices specifically adapted for that purpose.
Search Class
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 52, Piles, Sheet-piling.
80. FOUNDATIONS, PIERS. Masonry bridges, piers, and abut-
ments and all pier structures that employ plastic material in
their structure.
81. FOUNDATIONS, CONCRETE PILES. Pile structures that
are formed of concrete blocks, solid bodies of concrete or other
conglomerate, armored concrete, and the like, and also those
methods of making piles which consists in forming them in situ.
82. POSTS. Posts formed of stone or plastic material.
Search Class
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclasses 76, Col-
umns, Metal-reinforced, 81, Foundations, Concrete piles, and
85, Telegraph-poles.
83. POSTS, INSEPARABLE BASES. Bases formed of plastic
material or stone, which are inseparably attached to the post.
84. POSTS, SEPARABLE BASES. Bases formed of plastic mate-
rial or of stone, that are so attached to the post as to be more
or less readily separated therefrom.
85. TELEGRAPH-POLES. Concrete or concrete and iron poles
which have some feature that makes them primarily suited
for use as telegraph-poles.
Note. All masonry or concrete pole or column structures capable
of general application are to be classified in this class, subclass
72, Columns and the subclasses thereunder.
86. COPING. Miscellaneous coping structures including such cop-
ing structures as do not fall under any of the subclasses here-
under.
87. COPING, BORDERS. Grass-borders, borders for flower-beds,
coping for graves, etc., but not pavement-gutters.
Search Class
94 PAVING, subclasses 1, Pavements, Concrete, and 2, Gutters.
88. COPING, CHIMNEY-CAPS. Chimney-caps irrespective of
what material they may be made.
89. COPING, VAULT. Such vault-coverings as are in the nature
of mausoleum-roofs.
90. SMOKE-FLUES. Masonry or concrete smoke-flues that do not
readily fall under any of the following subclasses.
91. SMOKE-FLUES, BLOCK. Smoke-flues built up from blocks,
aside from those classified in this class, subclass 93, Smoke-
flues, Stacks.
92. SMOKE-FLUES, SECTIONAL. Smoke-flues formed of sec-
tions of such character that each section forms a complete zone
of the flue.
93. SMOKE-FLUES, STACKS. Large factory-stacks whether
built up from blocks or cast from concrete.
Search Class
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 6, Build-
ings, Elevators and bins.
94. SMOKE-FLUES, LINED. Smoke-flues wherein the invention
resides either in the lining itself or in its application to the flue .
95. SMOKE-FLUES, BASES. Smoke-flue bases as such.
Note. Devices for collecting soot at the base of smoke-flues are
classified in class 126, STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 2SO,
Soot-catchers.
96. STAIRS. Stairs built from blocks or cast from concrete; also
iron stairs faced with slabs or concrete and nosings for concrete
stair-steps.
97. DOORS. Doors in which a plastic compound figures largely as
part of the construction.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses under Doors.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 46, Doors, and
subclasses thereunder for elements of construction.
98. SILLS AND JAMBS. Masonry or concrete jambs and sills
wherein the jamb or sill is claimed as such.
99. WINDOWS. Window-sashes made from plastic material
whether covered with metal or not.
Note. Window-/rarnes formed from plastic material are in this
class, subclass 98, Sills and jambs.
100. MANHOLES AND COVERS. Covers for cisterns, wells, and
the like and all such masonry manholes as are not inseparably
associated with some particular art.
Search Classes
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 9, Cisterns.
182 SEWERAGE, subclasses 3, Construction, and 10, Manholes,
Catch-basins, and cesspools.
247 ELECTRICITY, CONDUITS, all subclasses under Junction-
boxes.
101. BONDING AND TYING. Miscellaneous devices for joining
masonry structures or for attaching articles to masonry work
not intimately associated with any particular art and not spe-
cifically provided for in the subclasses hereunder given.
CLASS 72 Continued.
102. BONDING AND TYING, BONDING. Inventions in the
application of bonding bricks to masonry blockwork.
103. BONDING AND TYING, TIES. Metallic articles of manu-
facture designed to bind masonry work in course.
104. BONDING AND TYING, CLAMPS. Devices that bind to-
gether masonry structures or bind articles to masonry work
with a clamping action not otherwise provided for.
Note. This subclass does not include nuts embedded in the ma-
sonry work to serve as attaching means. Such devices are
classified in this class, subclass 105, Bonding and tying, Fixing-
blocks.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW-THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclasses 2, Bolts, Expanding core, 2.4, Bolts, Expanding
sleeve, and 2.8, Bolts, Expanding sleeve, Double wedge.
105. BONDING AND TYING, FIXING-BLOCKS. Attaching
devices not otherwise provided for designed to be embedded in
masonry work.
Note. This subclass has special reference to nailing clips and
blocks.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW-THREADED FASTENINGS,
. . jmbclasses 2 > Bolts, Expanding core, 2.4, Bolts, Expanding
'sleeve, and 2.8, Bolts, Expanding sleeve, Double wedge.
106. BONDING AND TYING, JOINTS. Miscellaneous masonry
joints, such as expansion-joints, and joints between new and
old concrete work.
Note. Joints for reinforcing elements are in this class, subclass 114,
Reinforcing elements, Joints.
107. BONDING AND TYING, JOINT, BLOCK. Includes joints
between individual blocks, being mostly means for keying the
blocks together or devices for preventing the mortar from
spreading into the blocks.
108. BONDING AND TYING, ANCHORS AND SOCKETS.
Devices particularly adapted to masonry work for anchoring
joists and the like to masonry work.
Note. Timber-seats and post-caps not specifically applicable to
masonry and concrete structures are classified in class 20,
W T OODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 94, Joist connections, and 95,
Framing-sockets.
109. REINFORCING ELEMENTS. Metal reinforcements for
masonry work that do not readily fall under any of the sub-
classes following hereunder.
110. REINFORCING ELEMENTS, COMPOUND. Reinforcing
elements per se that are built up and include more than at-
tached shear members.
111. REINFORCING ELEMENTS, BARS. Such reinforcing ele-
ments as are simple bars, where invention is in the peculiar
form given to such bars.
112. REINFORCING ELEMENTS, BARS, ATTACHED
SHEAR MEMBERS. Reinforcing elements that are in the
shape of bars with shear members attached thereto.
113. REINFORCING ELEMENTS, BARS, INTEGRAL
SHEAR MEMBERS. Such reinforcing elements as are in
the form of bars with shear members formed integrally there-
with.
114. REINFORCING ELEMENTS, JOINTS. Devices for joining
reinforcing elements designed for concrete and masonry work.
115. REINFORCING ELEMENTS, STUDDING. Mainly de-
vices particularly adapted to support thin building parti-
tions.
116. REINFORCING ELEMENTS, LATHING. Miscellaneous
lathing devices and processes, not otherwise provided for.
Note. Wooden lathing is in class 20, WOODEN BUILDINGS
117. REINFORCING ELEMENTS, LATHING, EXPANDED-
METAL. Metal lathing made of sheet metal that has been
slit, bent, and stretched.
Note. Plain punched sheet metal is classified in this class, sub-
class llfi, Reinforcing elements, Lathing.
118. REINFORCING ELEMENTS, LATHING, FURRING
AND FASTENING. Devices for spacing and fastening
non-wire metal lathing.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 34, Structural
units, and the subclasses thereunder.
119. REINFORCING ELEMENTS, LATHING, WIRE. The
title is self-explanatory.
120. REINFORCING ELEMENTS, LATHING, WIRE, FUR-
RING AND FASTENING. Furring and fastening devices
peculiarly adapted to use with wire lathing.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 34, Structural
units, and the subclasses thereunder.
121. REINFORCING ELEMENTS, LATHING, CORNER-
BEADS. Devices for preventing plaster from being knocked
off of corners.
Search Class
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 74, Moldings.
138
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 72 Continued.
122. REINFORCING ELEMENTS, SPACERS. Devices for
sparing reinforcing elements from each other and from the
mold while the plastic material is being put in the mold.
123. PLASTERING. Miscellaneous plastering operations and de-
vices that do not fall within either of the two following sub-
classes.
124. PLASTERING, PLASTER-BOARDS. Composition and
compound foundations designed as supports for plastering-,
calcimine, etc., when claimed as articles of manufacture,
except such as fall under the next subclass.
125. PLASTERING, PLASTER-BOARDS, ORNAMENTS.
Wall ornaments, whether in the form of "trim," ceiling orna-
ments, or cornice-moldings, when made of plastic or analogous
material.
126. WATERPROOFING, CELLARS. Limited to inventions
for waterproofing cellars.
Note. Where the invention is capable of general application, it
should be classified under subclass 127, Waterproofing, Walls.
127. WATERPROOFING, WALLS. Limited to inventions for
waterproofing walls and the like that are capable of feneral
application.
128. IMPLEMENTS. Hand implements used in masonry and
plastering work which do not readily fall under any of the sub-
classes hereunder given.
CLASS 72 Continued.
129. IMPLEMENTS, BRICKLAYING-MACHINES. Devices
for holding a quantity of bricks while being laid and machines
for setting bricks.
130. IMPLEMENTS, PLASTERING-MACHINES. Devices for
spreading mortar and the like on tiles in a frame, and similar
devices when used on work intended for masonry, as well as
machines for spreading mortar on walls, ceilings, and the like.
131. IMPLEMENTS, RUNNING-MOLDS. Cornice-molding de-
vices and all masons' tools on that order.
132. IMPLEMENTS, GAGES. Masonry gages and all devices for
holding gage-lines for masonry work.
133. IMPLEMENTS, PLUMBS. Devices to be used in and espe-
cially adapted to the plumbing of masonry walls.
134. IMPLEMENTS, HODS. Bricks and mortar receptacles to
be carried on the shoulders.
135. IMPLEMENTS, HAWKS. Hand trays for holding mortar.
136. IMPLEMENTS, TROWELS AND FLOATS. The title is
self-explanatory.
137. IMPLEMENTS, SCRAPERS. Devices for scraping off old
calcimine, wall-paper, and the like in order to fit ceilings and
walls for a new covering.
138. IMPLEMENTS, POINTERS. Miscellaneous devices for giv-
ing to the seams of masonry a finish and also for giving to ma-
sonry work the appearance of being seamed.
CLASS 76. METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class comprises special machines, processes, blanks, and dies
for making tools, many of which are designated by the subclass titles,
while the remainder are to be found in the proper miscellaneous sub-
classes.
The class includes mechanisms for sharpening various cutting-
tools by the removal of the stock adjacent to the edge of the same by
a cutting or filing action as distinguished from an abrading action.
Mechanism for sharpening harrow-disks, etc., are included in this
class under subclass 85, Cutting-sharpeners, Rotary, because of their
analogy to the other types of cutting sharpeners.
This class also includes machines and processes for making dies,
whether to be used as hand-operated implements or in forging or
other machines.
This class does not include machines for die-rolling various tools,
these being classified in class 80, METAL-ROLLING, under the die-
rolling subclasses.
Nor does this class include patents for merely bending or twisting
the blank in the process of the manufacture of special tools. Such
patents are to be found under the proper subclasses of class 153,
METAL-BENDING.
General operation machines, though adapted by the substitution
of special tool-forming dies to form tools, are classified in the general
operation classes.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Machines for making tools and imple-
inents not classifiable elsewhere.
2. MACHINES, AUGER. Machines specially adapted to form
augers.
Note. Machines for nutting spiral grooves in augers are classified
in class 90, GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclass
13, Milling, Pattern-controller.
Machines for twisting augers are classified in class 153, METAL-
BENDING, subclass 78, Twisting.
3. MACHINES, AUGER, CLEARING AND LIP-CUTTING.
Machines for cutting away the material of the auger-bit adja-
cent to the cutting edge to give clearance to the blade and also
machines for forming the cutting-lips of the bit.
Note. Machines for performing these operations by grinding are
classified in class 51, GRINDING AND POLISHING."
4. MACHINES, DIE-FORMING. Machines specially adapted to
form dies to be used in metal shaping or forging machines or
in punching-machines.
Note. This subclass does not include machines for engraving dies
for printing, which are in class 159, ENGRAVING, nor machines
for making matrices for printing-type, which are classified
in class 198, MATRIX-MAKING.
5. MACHINES, DRILL FORMING AND SHARPENING. Ma-
chines specially adapted to form drills or to sharpen drills by
swaging or by cutting away the stock adjacent to the edges of
the drill.
"Note. Machines for sharpening drills by grinding with an abra-
sive material are classified in class 51, GRINDING AND POLISH-
ING.
Machines for grooving drill-bits by milling are classified in class 90,
GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclass 13, Milling,
Pattern-controller.
Machines for merely twisting drills are classified in class 153,
METAL-BENDING, subclass 78, Twisting.
6. MACHINES, EYE-HEADED TOOL. Machines for forging
tool-heads which are provided with eyes in which the handle is
to besecured, also machines for piercing the eyes, and machines
for making hammers, picks, mattocks, and hoes having eyes
for the handles.
Search Class -
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 9, Forging, Billet-
piercing.
7. MACHINES, EYE-HEADED TOOL, AX. Machines specially
adapted to forge and shape ax-polls and hatchet-heads.
Search Classes -
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 6, Ma-
chines, Eye-headed tool.
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 18, Power ham-
mers and presses, Die-inclosed work.
8. MACHINES, EYE-HEADED TOOL, AX, ADJUSTABLE
HEADER. Machines having plungers or dies adapted to be
adjusted in such a manner that ax-heads having diiferent
weights may be forged in the same dies.
Search Class
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 18, Power ham-
mers and presses, Die-inclosed work.
9. MACHINES, SOCKET, STRAP, AND TANG TOOL. Ma-
chines adapted to forge and shape various tool-heads having
handle-sockets (not eyes), straps, or tangs, including hoes,
shovels, rakes, pitchforks, etc.
10. MACHINES, WRENCH. Machines specially adapted to forge
and shape the parts of wrenches.
CLASS 76 Continued.
11. MACHINES, BLANK-SPLITTING. Machines for splitting
tool-blanks, usually for the purpose of forming the "straps" to
which the handle is secured. Also machines for splitting ax-
polls for the insertion of the steel bit.
12. FILE-CUTTING. Miscellaneous machines for forming the cut-
ting ribs or teeth of files and rasps.
Note. Machines for cleaning or resharpening files by means of a
blast of sand or other abrading material are classified in class
51, GRINDING AND POLISHING.
For resharpening by means of immersion in an acid-bath and the
application of an electric current see class 204, ELECTROCHEM-
ISTRY, sutelass 7, Electrolysis, Aqueous bath, Cathodes,
Cleaning.
13. FILE-CUTTING, RASP-PUNCHING. Machines specially
adapted to form rasping-teeth upon file-blanks, usually by
swaging up the teeth from the surface of the blank by means
of punches. These machines are usually characterized by
mechanism adapted to shift the bed or the tool in such a man-
ner as to form the teeth in staggered rows.
14. FILE-CUTTING, SWAGING. Machines which force up the
file-ribs by means of a cutter or punch which is actuated by
pressure as distinguished from a blow.
Search Classes
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 13, File-
cutting, Rasp-punching.
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 10, Screw-threads, Rods and
wires.
If). FILE-CUTTING, TRIP-OPERATED CUTTER. Machines
in which the cutter is raised against a spring or weight by
means of a trip-cam or other device, which upon release causes
the cutter to strike a blow upon the file-blank.
16. FILE-CUTTING, TRIP-OPERATED CUTTER, BLOW-
CONTROLLED. Machines in which the cutter is raised
against a spring or weight by means of a trip-cam, which upon
release causes the cutter to strike a blow upon the file-blank
and which is provided with means, usually automatic, for in-
creasing or decreasing the force of the blow in conformity to
the width or thickness of the file-blank as it is fed beneath the
cutter.
17. FILE-CUTTING, IDLE CUTTER, HAMMER-OPERATED.
Machines in which the cutter is supported over the blank, usu-
ally by a spring, and is struck by a nammer, generally power-
operated.
18. FILE-CUTTING, IDLE CUTTER, HAMMER-OPERATED,
BLOW-CONTROLLED. Machines in whicn the cutter is
supported over the blank, usually by a spring, and is struck
by a power-operated hammer, the force of the blow being in-
creased or diminished, usually automatically, in conformity
to the width or thickness of the file-blank as it is fed beneath
the cutter.
19. FILE-CUTTING, PRESSERS. Pressers for holding the file-
blank upon the bed of the file-cutting machine.
20. FILE-CUTTING, BEDS AND CLAMPS. Beds for sup-
porting the file-blanks, also the clamps for securing said
blanks to the beds.
Note. The beds in this class are mostly of the oscillating type.
21. FILE-CUTTING, CUTTER-HEADS. Cutter-heads and
holders for the cutting-tool or punch of file or rasp making ma-
chines.
22. FILE-CUTTING, FEEDING. Miscellaneous devices for feed-
ing the blanks to the file cutting or punching mechanisms.
23. FILE-CUTTING, FEEDING, SCREW-OPERATED. Mech-
anisms for feeding the blanks to the file cutting or punching
devices, comprising a screw-feed for advancing the blank car-
riage or clamp.
24. FILE-CUTTING, PROCESSES. Processes for cutting or re-
sharpening files by machines or by chemical action.
Note. This sulxjlass does not include processes which have elec-
trolytic action, which areclassified in class 204, ELECTROCHEM-
ISTRY, subclass 7, Electrolysis, Aqueous bath, Cathodes, Clean-
ing.
25. SAW-MAKING. Miscellaneous machines and devices for form-
ing and fitting saws.
Note. Processes for making and fitting saws are classified in this
class, subclass 112, Blanks and processes, Saws.
26. SAW-MAKING, STRETCHING, HAMMER. Machines for
stretching and straightening saw-blades or sections thereof for
the purpose of reducing "buckled" portions by means of a
hammering action; also devices for supporting saws upon
anvils, thus adapting them to be stretched by a manually-
operated tool.
27. SAW-MAKING, STRETCHING, ROLLER. Machines for
stretching and straightening saw-blades, comprising a pair of
rollers or a roller and bed, between which the saw-blade is
passed.
139
140
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 76 Continued.
28. SAW-MAKING, TOOTH-FORMING, CHISEL-CUTTING.
Machines in which saw-teeth are formed upon a blank by
means of a chisel, which, being forced into the edge of the
blank, cuts and swages up the saw-teeth, also machines having
chisel-cutters adapted to shave the tooth, the line of movement
of the cutter being in the plane of the disk.
Search Classes
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 12, File-
cutting, and the subclasses thereunder.
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 45, Forging,
Toothed articles.
29. SAW-MAKING, TOOTH-FORMING, DIE-CUTTING. Ma-
chines for notching the blank to form saw-teeth by means of a
cutting-die or punch.
Search Classes
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 30, Saw-
making, Sharpening and gumming, Die-cutting.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 50,
Cutting machines, Reciprocating cutter, Notched work, and
64, Cutting, Machines, Rotary cutter, Notched work.
30. SAW-MAKING, SHARPENING AND GUMMING, DIE-
CUTTING. Machines which remove the metal at the bases
of saw-teeth to lengthen the teeth by means of a die-cutter or
punch.
Search Classes
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 29, Saw-
making, Tooth-forming, Die-cutting.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 50,
Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating cutter, Notched work, and
64, Cutting, Machines, Rotary cutter, Notched work.
31. SAW-MAKING, SHARPENING AND GUMMING, RECIP-
ROCATING TOOL. Machines for sharpening saws in which
a file or sharpening-tool is positively guided in its reciprocation
across the saw. The patents in this subclass are mainly hand-
operated devices.
32. SAW-MAKING, SHARPENING AND GUMMING, RE-
CIPROCATING TOOL, GIN-SAWS. Machines provided
with reciprocating sharpening-tools especially adapted to
sharpen gin-saws. These machines are usually characterized
by crossed files.
NOTE. Machines for sharpening gin-saws by means of a rotary
file or grinder are classified in this class subclass 37, Saw-mak-
ing, Sharpening and gumming, Rotating tool, and subclasses
thereunder.
33. SAW-MAKING, SHARPENING AND GUMMING. RE-
CIPROCATING TOOL, TRAVELING TOOL-CAR-
RIAGE. Machines for sharpening the teeth of saws by means
of a reciprocating file or tool in which the carriage supporting
the filing mechanism is automatically moved forward as the
successive teeth are sharpened.
Note. Machines in which the carriage is fed forward by hand are
classified in this class, subclass 31, Saw-making, Sharpening
and gumming, Reciprocating tool.
34. SAW-MAKING, SHARPENING AND GUMMING, RE-
CIPROCATING TOOL CLAMP-FEED. Machines in
which the saw-teeth are sharpened by a reciprocating file or
tool and which are provided with automatic means for feeding
the saw-clamp forward as the successive teeth are sharpened.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 76, Saw-
making, Feeding, Clamp-feed for clamp-feeding mechanism.
35. SAW-MAKING, SHARPENING AND GUMMING, RE-
CIPROCATING TOOL, TOOTH-ENGAGING FEED.
Machines in which the saw-teeth are sharpened by a recipro-
cating file or tool and which are provided with means for en-
gaging the teeth of the saw and feeding it forward as the suc-
cessive teeth are sharpened.
36. SAW-MAKING, SHARPENING AND GUMMING, RE-
CIPROCATING TOOL, FILE-HOLDERS AND GUIDES.
File-holders having guides or indicators attached to and car-
ried by the file in its movement which show to the operator
the angle at which the file is being held.
Note. Guides supported by the saw-clamp are classified in this
class, subclass 31, Saw-making, Sharpening and gumming,
Reciprocating tool.
Search Class
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass Filing, Files and rasps, Holders.
37. SAW-MAKING, SHARPENING AND GUMMING, RO-
TATING TOOL. Miscellaneous machines which sharpen
the teeth of saws by means of a rotary file, milling-tool, or
abrading-tool, not classifiable in the following subclasses.
38. SAW-MAKING, SHARPENING AND GUMMING, RO-
TATING TOOL, SPIRAL. Machines which sharpen the
teeth of saws by means of a helical or spiral file, cutter, or
abrading device.
Search Class
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclass 4, Gear-
cutting, Rotating cutter, Helical gears for analogous machines.
39. SAW-MAKING, SHARPENING AND GUMMING, RO-
TATING TOOL, SWITCH-CAM FEED. Machines which
sharpen saws by means of a rotary file or abrading-disk having
oblique or helical ribs adapted to engage the teeth of the saw
for the purpose of feeding the saw forward. The disks or cut-
ters in this class of machines usually have a section broken
away to permit the feeding of the saw.
CLASS 76 Continued.
40. SAW-MAKING, SHARPENING AND GUMMING RO-
TATING TOOL, PIVOTED GATE. Machines for sharp-
ening the teeth of saws in which a rotary file or abrading-tool
carried by a pivoted gate or bracket is adapted to be swirg
toward and from the saw-blade.
41. SAW-MAKING, SHARPENING AND GUMMING, RO-
TATING TOOL, SLIDING GATE. Machines for sharp-
ening the teeth of saws in which a rotary file or abrading-tool
supported upon a sliding gate is adapted to be reciprocated
toward and from the saw-blade.
42. SAW-MAKING, SHARPENING AND GUMMING, RO-
TATING TOOL, PIVOTED SAW-CARRIAGE. Machines
for sharpening the teeth of saws by means of a rotating file,
cutter, or abrading-tool in which the saw is supported upon a
pivoted carriage and adapted to be swung against the rotating
tool.
43. SAW-MAKING, SHARPENING AND GUMMING, RO-
TATING TOOL, SLIDING SAW-CARRIAGE. Machines
for sharpening saws by means of a rotating file, cutter, or
abrading-tool in which the saw is supported upon a sliding
carriage and is adapted to be reciprocated into contact with the
rotating tool.
44. SAW-MAKING, SHARPENING AND GUMMING, RO-
TATING TOOL, MILLING. Machines which remove the
metal at the bases of saw-teeth to lengthen the teeth by means
of milling-cutters. This subclass also includes machines hav-
ing annular cutters.
45. SAW-MAKING, SHARPENING AND GUMMING, RO-
TATING TOOL, DISKS AND CUTTERS. Filing, grind-
ing, or other disks or cutters especially adapted for sharpening
and gumming saw-teeth. This subclass includes spiral files.
Search Classes
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 103, Cutters, Rotary.
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 155, Saw-hanging, Circular saw.
46. SAW-MAKING, DRESSING, JOINTING, AND GAGING.
Machines and implements in which devices for truing the
teeth of saws by side-dressing or making the teeth of uniform
length are combined with a gage which is adapted to deter-
mine the relative length of the teeth or the amount of set of
the teeth.
47. SAW-MAKING, DRESSING AND JOINTING. Machines
and implements for truing the teeth of saws, including side-
dressing teeth, and making the teeth of uniform length.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 46, Saw-
making, Dressing, jointing, and gaging.
48. SAW-MAKING, DRESSING AND JOINTING, CIRCULAR
SAW. Devices specially adapted to true the teeth of circular
saws in such a manner that the points of all the teeth will lie
in the circumference of a circle; also devices for truing the
sides of the teeth of saws.
49. SAW-MAKING, DRESSING AND JOINTING, COMPRESS-
IN" G. Machines and implements for shaping and truing
the points and sides of the teeth of saws by swaging. These
machines are generally adapted to be used on circular saws.
50. SAW-MAKING, DRESSING AND JOINTING, ROTARY
TOOL. Machines having rotary cutting or abrading devices
for truing the points and sides of the teeth of saws.
51. SAW-MAKING, SWAGING. Miscellaneous implements, ma-
chines, and processes for widening the points of the teeth of
saws, not classifiable in the following subclasses. This sub-
class also includes devices for "knocking down" the points of
the teeth of saws.
52. SAW-MAKING, SWAGING, PIVOTED SWAGE, LEVER-
OPERATED. Machines in which the swaging-tool is piv-
otally supported and is forced forward to swage the tooth by
means of a lever or system of levers.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 63, Saw-
making, Setting, Pivoted set, Lever-operated.
53. SAW-MAKING, SWAGING, SLIDING SWAGE, LEVER-
OPERATED. Machines in which the swage is slidably
mounted and is adapted to be forced forward to swage the
tooth by means of a lever or a system of levers.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 68, Saw-
making, Setting, Sliding set, Lever-operated.
54. SAW-MAKING, SWAGING, CAM-SWAGE. Machines for
widening the points of the teeth of saws by means of cam-
faced swages, the s.vages being in many instances provided
with rollers. These machines are used for sharpening or re-
newing the teeth of saws. This subclass also includes cam-
swaging machines for "knocking down" the points of teeth
and for swaging the raker-teeth of crosscut-saws.
55. SAW-MAKING, SWAGING, IDLE SWAGE. Machines for
swaging the teeth of saws in which the tooth is supported
upon an anvil and a punch normally supported in proper po-
sition over the anvil, usually by a spring, is adapted to be
struck by a hammer.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS. MAKING, subclasses 65,
Saw-making, Setting, Pivoted set, Idle, and 70, Saw-making,
Setting, Sliding set, Idle.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
141
CLASS 76 Continued.
56. SAW-MAKING, SWAGING, TOOLS. Implements for swag-
ing the teeth of saws, usually "punches," having properly-
formed swaging-faees adapted to be held in the hand and
struck by a hammer; also tools for "knocking down" the
points of the saw-teeth.
57. SAW-MAKING, SWAGING, ANVILS. Specially-formed an-
vils upon which the saw tooth is held by means of clamps or
otherwise and the tooth swaged by being struck with a ham-
mer or a punch held in the hand.
Search Classes
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 73, Saw-
making, Setting, Anvil set.
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 6, Forging, Anvils,
Special work.
58. SAW-MAKING, SETTING. Miscellaneous machines, imple-
ments, and processes for bending the teeth of saws laterally in
order to give proper clearance in the cut or kerf made by the
saw.
59. SAW-MAKING, SETTING, ROTARY SET. Machines in
which the teeth of the saw are given set by means of a rotary
set as, for example, toothed or corrugated rolls or disks.
60. SAW-MAKING, SETTING, SCREW-OPERATED SET.
Machines in which the tooth-setting devices are forced into en-
gagement with the teeth by means of a screw.
61. SAW-MAKING, SETTING, PIVOTED SET, MULTIPLE.
Instruments having pivotally-mounted sets adapted to act
upon a plurality of teeth simultaneously. They are usu-
ally for simultaneously bending adjacent teeth in opposite
directions.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 66, Saw
making, Setting, Sliding set, Multiple.
62. SA^Y-MAKING. SETTING, PIVOTED SET, TRIP. Ma-
chines in which the set or punch is carried by a pivoted arm,
usually spring-actuated, and adapted to be operated by a trip
dog or cam.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclasses 15, File-
cutting, Trip-operated cutter, and 67, Saw-making, Setting,
Sliding set, Trip.
63. SAW-MAKING, SETTING, PIVOTED SET, LEVER-
OPERATED. Machines in which the set or punch is carried
by a lever-operated pivoted arm and is adapted to bend the
tooth against a properly-formed anvil.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclasses 52,
Saw-making, Swaging, Pivoted swage, Lever-operated, and
68, Saw-making, Setting, Sliding set, Lever-operated.
64. SAW-MAKING, SETTING. PIVOTED SET, LEVER-
OPERATED, PLIERS. Hand implements in the form of
pliers in which the set or punch is carried by a pivoted arm
which is actuated by one of the plier-handles.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 69, Saw-
making, Setting, Sliding set, Lever-operated, Pliers.
65. SAW-MAKING SETTING, PIVOTED SET, IDLE. Ma-
chines in which a set or punch carried upon a pivoted arm is
adapted to be struck by a hammer to give set to a tooth held
upon a properly-formed anvil.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclasses 55,
Saw-making, Swaging, Idle swage, and 70, Saw-making, Set-
ting, Sliding set, Idle.
66. SAW-MAKING, SETTING, SLIDING SET, MULTIPLE
Machines and implements having slidably-mounted sets
adapted to act upon a plurality of teeth simultaneously.
These devices are usually for simultaneously bending adjacent
teeth in opposite directions.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 61, Saw-
making, Setting, Pivoted set, Multiple.
67. SAW-MAKING, SETTING SLIDING SET, TRIP. Ma-
chines in which a slidably-mounted set, usually spring-
actuated, is operated by a trip dog or cam.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 62, Saw-
making, Setting, Pivoted set, Trip.
88. SAW-MAKING, SETTING, SLIDING SET, LEVER-
OPERATED. Machines in which a set slidably supported
is operated by a lever or a cam-lever to bend the tooth against
a suitably-formed anvil.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 63, Saw-
making, Setting, Pivoted set, Lever-operated.
69. SAW-MAKING, SETTING, SLIDING SET. LEVER-
OPERATED. PLIERS. Hand implements in the form
of pliers in which a slidably-mounted set is actuated by one
of the pivoted handles.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 64, Saw-
making, Setting, Pivoted set, Lever-operated, Pliers.
CLASS 76 Continued.
70. SAW-MAKING, SETTING, SLIDING SET, IDLE. Ma-
chines in which a set slidably supported, usually by means
of a spring, is adapted to bi struck by a hammer to give set
to a tooth held upon a suitably-formed anvil.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclasses 55,
Saw-making, Swaging, Idle swage, and 65, Saw-making, Set-
ting, Pivoted set, Idle.
71. SAW-MAKING, SETTING, SPRING SET. Machines and
implements having means for engaging or embracing the
tooth, the lateral (or oscillating) movement of the device
serving to bend the tooth to the proper set without the co-
operation of an anvil.
72. SAW-MAKING, SETTING, SWAGE SET. Machines and
implements in which the tooth is bent by means of a wedge-
shaped punch or swaging device.
73. SAW-MAKING, SETTING ANVIL SET. Bevel-faced an-
vils upon which the saw is laid and the teeth bent to conform
to the beveled face of the anvil by being struck by a manually-
operated hammer.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 57, Saw-
making, Swaging, Anvils.
74. SAW-MAKING, GUIDES. Devices adapted to support and
guide saws to sharpening, dressing, or setting mechanisms.
These guides are usually used to support band-saws.
Search Class
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 160, Saw-guides.
75. SAW-MAKING, FEEDING. Mechanisms adapted to feed
the saw-blank or saw to mechanisms for operating upon the
same, not classifiable in the following subclasses.
76. SAW-MAKING FEEDING, CLAMP-FEED. Mechanisms
for feeding a clamp which holds the saw or saw-blank to the
devices which operate upon the saw blade or teeth.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclasses 22,
File-cutting, Feeding, and 34, Saw-making, Sharpening and
gumming, Reciprocating tool, Clamp-feed.
77. SAW-MAKING, FEEDING, TOOTH-ENGAGING FEED.
Mechanisms for feeding the saw to the devices which operate
upon the saw handle or teeth, which comprise a reciprocating
pawl or other means for engaging successive teeth of the saw
to feed the saw forward.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 35, Saw-
making, Sharpening and gumming, Reciprocating tool, Tooth-
engaging feed.
78. SAW-MAKING, CLAMPS. Clamps and vises for holding
saws during their manufacture or while being sharpened,
set, etc.
Note. Vises for general use are classified in class 81, TOOLS.
79. SAW-MAKING, CLAMPS. CENTER-SUPPORTS. Clamps
and vises for holding circular saws during their manufacture or
while being sharpened. Includes, mainly, clamps applied to
the center of the saw, but also includes other forms of clamps
having special attachments for centering the saw.
Search Class
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 155, Saw-hanging, Circular saw.
80. SAW-MAKING, TOOTH-INSERTERS. Tools especially
adapted for inserting and extracting saw-teeth.
81. SAW-MAKING, GAGES. Devices for determing the amount
of set given to a saw-tooth. Also devices for gaging the clear-
ance of the raker-^eth, the latter in many instances including
filing-guides.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 46, Saw-
making, Dressing, jointing, and gaging.
82. CUTTING SHARPENERS. Miscellaneous devices and ma-
chines for sharpening cutters by removing the material of the
cutter adjacent to the edge by cutting ; filing, or chipping, as
distinguished from abrading or swaging. There are a few
patents for scissors-sharpeners, the action of which is somewhat
analogous to swaging sharpeners.
Note. Swaging sharpeners are classified in class 29, METAL-
WORKING, subclass 83, Sharpening, Swaging.
Devices for serrating the edges of cutters are classified in
class 29, METAL-WORKING, subclass 82, Sharpening, Edge-
serrating.
Machines and devices for sharpening cutters by grinding
are classified in class 51, GRINDING AND POLISHING.
83. CUTTING SHARPENERS, SKATE. Devices especially
adapted to sharpen skates.
84. CUTTING SHARPENERS, BUTCHERS' STEELS. The
title is self-explanatory.
85. CUTTING SHARPENERS, ROTARY. Disk-sharpening
devices, including cutting or filing tools, adapted to be rotated
about the disk or against which the disk is rotated. This
subclass comprises, mainly, devices for sharpening harrow-
disks.
142
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 76 Continued.
Search Classes
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 83, Sharpening, Swaging, for de-
vices for sharpening harrow-disks, etc., by swaging by rolls
or otherwise.
gl_GRrNDiNG AND POLISHING, subclass 7, Metal, Edge-tools, for
devices for sharpening disks by grinding.
86. CUTTING SHARPENERS, MULTIPLE CUTTER, CON-
VERGING. Devices comprising a plurality of converging
cutting or filing blades, the article to be sharpened being
gassed between them, thereby having stock removed from
oth sides of the blade adjacent to the edge thereof.
Search Class
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 1, Abrading materials
and tools.
87. CUTTING SHARPENERS, MULTIPLE CUTTER, CON-
VERGING, DISKS. Devices comprising a plurality of
cutting disks or files, such disks being arranged in such a man-
ner that the circumferences of the disks are tangent to the same
line or overlap one another.
Search Class
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 1, Abrading materials
and tools.
88. CUTTING SHARPENERS, CUTTER AND GUIDE. De-
vices for sharpening cutters comprising an edged blade or a file
against which the article to be sharpened is directed by means
of a guide usually angularly disposed relative to the blade.
Search Class
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 1, Abrading materials
and tools.
89. CUTTING SHARPENERS, CUTTER AND GUIDE, DISK.
Devices for sharpening cutters in which the article to be sharp-
ened is directed against a disk cutter or file by means of a
guide.
Search Class
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 1, Abrading materials
and tools.
90. DIES. Miscellaneous dies used in the manufacture of metal
tools and implements.
91. DIES, AUGERS. Dies adapted to form auger-bits by a swaging
or forging action.
Note. Dies for merely bending or twisting auger-bits are classified
in class 153, METAL-BENDING, subclass 78, Twisting.
92. DIES, AXES, HAMMERS, AND HATCHETS. Dies adapted
toformaxes, adzes, hammers, hatchets, and like tools adapted
to strike blows.
93. DIES, CUTLERY. Dies for forming various articles of cut-
lery, as knives, scissors, shears, etc.
94. DIES, CUTLERY, FORKS AND SPOONS. Dies adapted
to form table forks or spoons.
95. DIES. DRILLS. Dies for forming metal-working drills, stone-
working drills, etc.; also dies for reshaping or sharpening worn
drills by swaging.
96. DIES, HOES, MATTOCKS, AND PICKS. Dies for forming
digging-tools, adapted to strike blows, such as hoes, grub-hoes,
picks, mattocks, etc.
Note. This subclass does not include dies for making toothed
diggers having the function of a rake, which are classified hi
this class, subclass 97, Dies, Pitchforks and rakes.
97. DIES, PITCHFORKS AND RAKES. Dies for forming metal
tools having teeth or tines, such as pitchforks, potato-forks,
rakes, manure-hooks, etc.
98. DIES, PLIERS AND TONGS. Dies for forming the parts of
tools for holding or bending objects kflown in the arts as pliers
and tongs.
99. DIES, SHOVELS. Dies for forming metal digging imple-
ments having a single operating-blade, usually curved or
dished, such as shovels, spades, scoops, etc.
CLASS 76 Continued.
100. DIES, WRENCHES. Dies for forming the parts of wrenches,
including dies for forming watch and clock keys.
101. BLANKS AND PROCESSES. Processes for making various
tools and implements not classifiable hi the following sub-
classes. It also includes specially-formed blanks to be used
in the manufacture of tools and implements.
102. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, AUGERS. Processes for
forming auger-bits, also blanks especially adapted to be made
into augers.
103. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, AXES, HAMMERS, AND
HATCHETS. Processes for making the heads of axes, adzes,
hammers, and hatchets (mainly woodworking-tools), also
blanks specially adapted to be made into such tools.
104. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, CUTLERY. Processes for
making various articles of hardware commonly known as
"cutlery," such as knives, scissors, shears, etc., excepting
articles having hollow handles and forks and spoons, also
blanks specially adapted to be made into such articles.
105. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, CUTLERY, FORKS AND
SPOONS. Processes for making metallic table forks and
spoons, also patents upon blanks specially adapted to be made
into such articles.
Note. Processes for making metallic forks for heavy work are
classified in this class, subclass 111, Blanks and processes,
Pitchforks and rakes.
106. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, CUTLERY, HOLLOW
HANDLES. Processes for making hollow handles of articles
of cutlery, also making articles of cutlery having hollow
handles, also blanks specially adapted to be formed into such
articles.
107. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, DIES. Processes for forming
dies for metal-forging machines, stencil-punching, sheet-metal
shaping, metal-ornamenting, etc., also blanks from which,
such dies are made.
Note. This subclass does not include matrix-forming for printing,
which is classified in class 198, MATRIX-MAKING.
108. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, DRILLS. Processes for
forming drills, including metal drills, stone-working drills, etc.
109. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, HOES, MATTOCKS, AND
PICKS. Processes for making hoes, mattocks, grub-hoes, or
other hand digging-tools adapted to strike blows.
110. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, KEYS. Processes for making
hand-operated lock-keys, also patents upon blanks for ranking
keys.
Note. It does not include processes for making watch-keys, which
are to bo found in this class, subclass 114, Blanks and processes,
Wrenches, nor does it include processes for making keys for
holding pinions on shafts, etc.
111. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, PITCHFORKS AND
RAKES. Processes for making metallic tools having teeth
or tines to be used for heavy work, comprising pitchforks,
manure-forks, garden-rakes, potato-rakes, etc.; also blanks
specially adapted to be made into such articles.
112. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, SAWS. Processes for mak-
ing saws, including forming saw-teeth, sharpening, gumming,
stretching, and setting and patching saws, etc.; also blanks
for saw-blades, patches for cracked blades, etc.
113. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, SHOVELS. Processes for
making shovels, spades, scoops, etc., also blanks specially
adapted to be made into such articles.
114. BLANKS AND PROCESSES, WRENCHES. Processes
for making wrenches, including watch and clock keys, also
blanks specially adapted to be made into such articles.
CLASS 77. BORING AND DRILLING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes machines and devices for producing finished
holes, usually circular in cross-section, by means of a rotating cutter
and mainly In metal, though the class is" not limited to metal-work-
ing. Boring, as the term is used in this class, is distinguished from
drilling in that boring enlarges and trues a hole already existing,
while drilling produces a hole in solid material.
Note. Machines and tools for boring holes in wood are found in
class 144, WOODWORKING, Boring; those for producing holes in stone
are in class 125, STONE-WORKING, Drills, and for bone, ivory, mother-
of-pearl, etc., in class 79, BUTTON-MAKING.
Subclasses.
BORING-MACHINES. Organized machines for enlarging rough
holes that is, holes previously cored or forged as distin-
guished from drilling-machines in which the tool makes a
hole in solid material. A further distinction, of degree only,
is that boring-machines produce holes much larger in cross-
section than do drilling-machines. Either tool or work may
rotate.
1. BORING-MACHINES, MISCELLANEOUS. Machines for
enlarging and finishing holes of circular cross-section not
otherwise classified.
2. BORING-MACHINES, PORTABLE. Machines, mostly hand-
driven, easily movable, and which are secured to the work to
rebore worn surfaces or finish pieces of unwieldy size.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclasses 56, Appliances, Boring-
bars, and 57, Appliances, Boring-bars, Feed devices.
3. BORING-MACHINES, HORIZONTAL. Machines in which
the axis of the cutter-carrier is horizontally arranged.
4. BORING-MACHINES, VERTICAL. Machines in which the
cutter-carrying axis is vertically arranged or in which a non-ro-
tary cutter has a vertical travel while the work rotates.
DRILLING-MACHINES. Machines for producing holes of cir-
cular cross-section in solid material, usually by means of a ro-
tating end-cutting tool.
5. DRILLING-MACHINES, MISCELLANEOUS. Machines for
drilling metal and analogous material not otherwise classified.
6. DRILLING-MACHINES, INDEPENDENT-MOTOR. Ma-
chines in which the motor is directly connected to the machine-
frame.
7. DRILLING-MACHINES, PORTABLE. Machines intended
to be brought to the work or secured thereto, as distinguished
from those placed on a foundation and supporting the work.
8. DRILLING-MACHINES, PORTABLE, RAIL-DRILLS. Ma-
chines for drilling railroad-rails in place upon the track.
9. DRILLING-MACHINES, PORTABLE RAIL- DRILLS,
QUICK-SETTING. Rail-drills in which either the securing
means or spindle-driving means are readily detachable to
permit the passage of trains.
10. DRILLING-MACHINES, PORTABLE, RAIL-DRILLS.
RATCHET. Rail-drills in which the drill-spindle is rotated
by pawl-and-ratchet mechanism.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, Ratchet-Drills, and subclasses there-
under, for this type of spindle-drive.
11. DRILLING-MACHINES, PORTABLE, RAIL-DRILLS,
CLAMP-FRAMES. Frames for securing the drilling mech-
anism to the rail and for receiving the thrust of the feed-screw.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 10, Drilling-machines, Por-
table, Rail-drills, Ratchet.
12. DRILLING - MACHINES, PORTABLE, CLAMPED,
DRILLING AND TAPPING. Drilling devices secured to
the work, usually by a chain, and carrying a combined tool
for drilling and threading a hole at one operation.
Note. These devices differ from main-tapping machines in that
there is no provision for preventing the flow of fluids from
around the tool. They are equally well adapted for producing
threaded bolt-holes in columns, etc.
13. DRILLING-MACHINES, PORTABLE, CLAMPED. Drill-
ing devices which are secured to the work by screw-operated
jaws or pointed screws, or miscellaneous securing devices.
14. DRILLING - MACHINES, PORTABLE, CLAMPED,
CHAIN. Drilling devices secured to the work by a chain
passing around the work and having tightening means at its
ends.
CLASS 77 Continued.
15. DRILLING-MACHINES PORTABLE, FLEXIBLE-
SHAFT. Portable drills to which power is supplied through
flexible shafting.
16. DRILLING-MACHINES. PORTABLE, BOW. Devices in
which the drill-spindle is given rotations by a reciprocating
' bow and cord or analogous means.
17. DRILLING-MACHINES, PORTABLE, CORD-AND-
SPRING DRIVE. Hand-drills in which the drill-spindle
is rotated in the cutting direction by the pull of a cord, which
movement also winds a spring, the spring upon release of the
cord rotating the spindle in the reverse direction and recoiling
the cord.
18. DRILLING-MACHINES, CENTER DRILLS. Machines for
bringing lathework into axial alinement with a rotating tool
or series of such tools, so as to drill and countersink its ends to
receive the lathe-centers.
19. DRILLING-MACHINES, BENCH. Machines with light
(usually hand) driving mechanisms and short frames designed
to be attached to a work-bench.
20. DRILLING-MACHINES, POST. Light drills, usually hand-
driven, adapted to be rigidly secured to an upright side post
or column.
DRILLING-MACHINES, MULTIPLE-SPINDLE. Machines
having a plurality of drill-spindles.
21. DRILLING-MACHINES, MULTIPLE-SPINDLE, AXIAL-
LY-OPPOSITE. Multiple-spindle drills in which the spin-
dles are in axial alinement and the drills cut toward each other
from opposite sides of the work.
Search Classes
79 BUTTON-MAKING, subclass 11, Pearl and composition, Mul-
tiple spindle, Axially opposite.
144 WOOD-WORKING, subclass 94, Boring-machines, Brush,
Multiple bit.
22. DRILLING-MACHINES, MULTIPLE-SPINDLE, PARAL-
LEL AXES. Machines in which the sets of spindles are
arranged parallel to drill a number of holes in the same di-
rection.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 18, Drilling-machines,
Center drills.
23. DRILLING-MACHINES, MULTIPLE-SPINDLE, PARAL-
LEL AXES, CIRCULAR GANG. Machines in which the
parallel drill-spindles are arranged to drill holes in the cir-
cumference or a segment of the circumference of a circle.
24 DRILLING-MACHINES, MULTIPLE-SPINDLE, PARAL-
LEL AXES, INDEPENDENT ADJUSTMENT. Machines
in which one or more of the set of parallel drill-spindles can be
laterally adjusted without disturbing the position of other
spindles.
25. DRILLING-MACHINES, MULTIPLE-SPINDLE, TUR-
RET. Machines in which the series of spindles are so ar-
ranged in a revolving frame that they can be brought succes-
sively into operative contact with a driving-spindle.
26. DRILLING-MACHINES, MULTIPLE-SPINDLE, RA-
DIAL AXES. Machines in which the series of spindles di-
rect the drills radially either toward or from a common center.
27. DRILLING-MACHINES, RADIAL. Machines with a swing-
ing radial arm which permits the adjustment of the spindle to
any position within a circle or a considerable sector of a circle.
28 DRILLING-MACHINES, RADIAL, VERTICALLY-AD-
JUSTABLE ARM. Radial drills in which the spindle-car-
rying arm is vertically movable on the central column.
29. DRILLING-MACHINES, FRICTION-DRIVE. Machines in
which the spindle is rotated by either friction-disks or friction-
clutches.
30 DRILLING-MACHINES, TREADLE-FEED. Machines in
which the drill and work are made to approach by depressing
a treadle.
31 DRILLING-MACHINES, ANGULAR SPINDLE ADJUST-
MENT. Machines in which the rotating spindle is angularly
adjusted with reference to the work and the main frame oi
the machine.
32. DRILLING-MACHINES, FEED MECHANISMS. Mechan-
isms for relatively moving the tool, the work, or both to pro-
duce a cut.
33. DRILLING-MACHINES, FEED MECHANISMS, AUTO-
MATIC-STOP. Feed mechanisms in which the relative
movement of approach between tool and work is arrested or
reversed when the tool has cut to a predetermined depth.
143
144
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 77 Continued.
34. DRILLING-MACHINES, FEED MECHANISMS, FRIC-
TIONAL. Feed mechanisms with a yielding frictional drive
to prevent overfeed of the cutting-tool.
35. DRILLING-MACHINES, BACK GEARS. Shiftable gear-
trains for changing the speed or direction of rotation, or both,
of the tool-carrying spindle.
36. DRILLING-MACHINES, COUNTERWEIGHTS. Weights
and suspension apparatus for counterbalancing the weight of
drill-heads, spindles, and other vertically-moving parts of
machines.
37. TAPPING MAINS. Portable devices for tapping gas and wa-
ter mains under pressure.
Note. Devices with no provision for arresting the flow of gas or
water from the main will be found in subclass 14, Drilling-
machines, portable, clamped, chain, and subclass 12, Drilling-
machines, portable, clamped, drilling and tapping, or class
77, BORING AND DRILLING.
38. TAPPING MAINS, CLOSED TOOL-CHAMBER. Devices
in which the escape of fluid is prevented by inclosing the cut-
ting-tool in a tight chamber and operating it from without the
chamber by suitable driving means.
39. TAPPING MAINS, CLOSED TOOL-CHAMBER, MULTI-
PLE-TOOL HOLDER. Devices in which the tool-chamber
incloses a series of tools, -with provision for bringing them suc-
cessively into the same position to drill, thread, and close a
hole in the main.
40 TAPPING MAINS, CLOSED TOOL-CHAMBER, VALVED.
Devices in which the tool may be withdrawn to the rearward
portion of the working chamber and the flow cut off by a valve
to permit a change of tools.
41. TAPPING MAINS, CLOSED TOOL-CHAMBER, VALVED,
PERMANENT. Devices, like the preceding, in which the
valved chamber is permanently secured to the main and re-
mains as the branch connection after the main is tapped.
42. TAPPING MAINS, CLOSED TOOL-CHAMBER, VALVED,
PERMANENT, ANNULAR CUTTER. Devices, like the
preceding, jn which the cutting mechanism travels in an annu-
lar path and removes a large portion of the main wall entire in
line with the branch connection. There is usually provision
for preventing the piece severed from falling into the main.
Search Classes
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 69, Drills, Annular.
143 WOOD SAWING, subclass 85, Tubular saw machines.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 24, Special work machines, Single
or combined, Disk cutting Sweep cutter.
145 WOODWORKING TOOLS, subclass 121 , Augers, sweeps.
43. RATCHET-DRILLS, COMBINATION. Hand lever drills of
the general ratchet-and-pawl type having combined with or
readily substituted for the drill-socket means for performing
some other function, such as tightening nuts, cutting threads,
etc.
44. RATCHET-DRILLS. Hand-driven devices in which the spin-
dle is intermittently rotated by a lever operating a ratchet and
pawl or some intermittently-gripping device analogous to a
ratchet and pawl.
Search Classes
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 10, Drilling machines, Port-
able, Rail drills.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 16, Pawls and ratchets.
81 TOOLS, subclasses 53, Wrenches, Clutched head, and 63,
Wrenches, Clutched head, Ratchet, Pivoted pawl, Reversing,
Single.
145 WOODWORKING TOOLS, subclass 70, Bit stocks, Ratchet.
45. RATCHET-DRILLS, SELF-FEEDING. Devices in which
the feed is operated by frictional means or by the same oscilla-
tions of the driving-leVer which rotate the drill-spindle.
46. RATCHET - DRILLS, DOUBLE-ACTING, AXIALLY-
SWINGING LEVER. Lever-drills in which the driving-
lever swings in the plane of the drill-axis or one parallel thereto
and produces a partial rotation of the spindle when swung in
either direction.
47. RATCHET -DRILLS, DOUBLE-ACTING, TRANS-
VERSELY-SWINGING LEVER. Devices with a forward
drive of the spindle for either forward or backward swing of the
lever, the lever moving in a plane approximately at right an-
gles to the drill-spindle axis.
48. RATCHET-DRILLS, REVERSIBLE. Devices in which the
direction of rotation of the drill-spindle may be reversed
usually by manipulation of the driving pawl or pawls.
49. RATCHET -DRILLS, AXIALLY- YIELDING CLUTCH.
Hand-lever drills in which the driving and driven members of
the gripping device separate in the direction of the axis of the
drill-spindle to secure a new driving position.
50. RATCHET - DRILLS, BAND -GRIP. Drilling devices in
which a jointed or yielding band surrounding the drill-spindle
is alternately tightened and released by the driving and return
movements of the hand-lever.
51. RATCHET-DRILLS. SLIDING-PAWL. Devices in which
the pawl moves to and from the ratchet in the direction of its
length instead of about a pivot.
CLASS 77 Continued.
52. RATCHET-DRILLS, WEDGING-PAWL. Devices in which
the positively-driving pawl acting on serrations of the ratchet
is replaced by irregular pieces which grip by being canted or by
being moved forward between approaching surfaces and are
released on the backward stroke.
53. RATCHET-DRILLS, WEDGING-PAWL, ROLLER-GRIP.
Devices, like the preceding, in which wedges constitute a sys-
tem of rollers between surfaces against which they wedge on
the working stroke and from which they are released on the
backward stroke.
54. RATCHET-DRILLS, FEED-SCREWS. Spindle-advancing
screws adapted to ratchet-drills and arranged to bear at one end
upon the spindle-axis and at the other upon a backing-piece.
55. APPLIANCES. Devices other than complete machines for
driving, handling, and guiding tools or for supporting or secur-
ing the work.
50. APPLIANCES, BORING-BARS. Bars supported on centers
and carrying a cutter or cutters intermediate the ends for en-
larging and truing to circular cross-section and uniform or
varying longitudinal sections openings already made in the
work by coring or otherwise.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 2, Boring-machines, Port-
able.
57. APPLIANCES, BORING-BARS, FEED DEVICES. Mech-
anisms for giving the cutter of a boring-bar either axial or
lateral movement with relation to the bar.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 2, Boring-machines, Port-
able.
58. APPLIANCES, BORING-HEADS. Cutting devices differing
from boring-bars in being supported at but one end and carry-
ing the cutter at or near the other.
59. APPLIANCES, DRILL-BRACES. Devices attached to the
work to support the drilling mechanism and receive the thrust
of the feed-screw.
60. APPLIANCES, DRILL-HOLDERS. Devices for surround-
ing the tang or shank of a drill to prevent its rotation when
used in a lathe.
61. APPLIANCES, NON-CIRCULAR CUT. Cooperating cutters
and templets or organized attachments for producing holes of
various cross-sections other than circular.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 122, Augers, Square-hole
cutters.
62. APPLIANCES, JIGS. Miscellaneous devices specially adapted
to guide drills for securing precision in the size, direction, and
location of drilled holes.
63. APPLIANCES, WORK-SUPPORTS. Tables, centers, vises,
etc. , for supporting and securing work while being drilled.
Search Classes
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 18, Drilling-machines, Cen-
ter drills.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 92, Boring.
64. APPLIANCES, WORK-SUPPORTS, INDEXING. Work-
supports which are adapted to move the^work-piece in such a
manner that holes may be drilled at predetermined circumfer-
ential or linear distances apart.
Search Classes
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 13, Dividing engines.
90 GEAR CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclasses 56, In-
dexing, and 57, Indexing, Index heads.
65. DRILLS, COMBINED. Cutters in which the piercer or drill is
combined with a facing-tool, reamer, or similar secondary
cutter.
66. DRILLS, COMBINED, DRILLS AND COUNTERSINKS.
Cutters in which the piercer is combined with a secondary cut-
ter for producing a conical depression surrounding the drill-
hole.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclasses 123, Augers, Counter-
sinks, and 125, Augers, Secondary cutters.
67. DRILLS. The immediate cutting portion of the drilling mech-
anism having cutting edges or " lips " for cutting on its advanc-
ing end.
68. DRILLS, OIL CONDUIT. Cutting-tools having a groove or
tube to conduct lubricants to the cutting-lip of the drill; also,
oiling-sockets for such drills.
69. DRILLS, ANNULAR. Cutters which remove the metal in an
annular path, detaching a central core or disk entire.
Search Classes
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 42, Tapping mains, Closed
tool chamber, Valved, Permanent, Annular cutter.
79 BUTTON MAKING, subclass 16, Pearl and composition, Blank
sawing. Tubular saw.
143 WOOD SAWING, subclass 85, Tubular saw machines.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 24, Special work machines, Single
or combined, Disk cutting, Sweep cutter.
145 WOODWORKING TOOLS, subclass 121, Augers, Sweeps.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
145
CLASS 77 Continued.
70. DRILLS, TWIST. Cutters having helical chip-discharging
grooves.
71. DRILLS, TANGS. Cutters showing special means for fasten-
ing them in the socket of the driving-spindle.
72. REAMERS. Rotating cutting devices with substantially lon-
gitudinal cutting edges converging at the forward end for re-
moving small cuts to smooth and size or shape a hole. They
are to be distinguished from boring-heads and other boring-
cutters in that they are incapable of taking heavy cuts.
73. REAMERS, PIPE-BUR. Devices for removing from the inte-
rior of pipes the bur thrown up by the pipe-cutter.
73.5. REAMERS, COUNTERSINKS. Devices primarily adapt-
ed for producing and finishing depressions about he mouth of
a hole.
CLASS 77 Continued.
74. ABOLISHED.
75. REAMERS, ADJUSTABLE. Reamers provided with means
for varying the position of the cutting edges.
75.5. REAMERS, ADJUSTABLE, WEDGE. Adjustable ream-
ers in which the separation of parts is secured by the insertion
between them of a structure utilizing the wedge principle and
having a rectilinear movement in a direction transverse to the
direction of separation. The wedge structure may be integral
with one or more of the parts to be separated.
76. REAMERS, ADJUSTABLE, WEDGE, CENTRAL CONE.
Adjustable reamers in which the movable parts are separated
by central cones, which have a possible rotary as well as a lon-
gitudinal movement relative to the movable parts.
77. ABOLISHED. See subclass 73.5.
26674 12-
-10
CLASS 78. METAL FORGING AND WELDING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes apparatus and processes in general for perform-
ing those metal-working operations known as "forging and swag-
ing," and "welding."
The term "forging" as used in this class means shaping metal
while in a self-sustaining condition by distorting it by direct pressure
or impact, thereby changing its cross-section without general molec-
ular disintegration and rearrangement.
Search Classes
80 METAL-ROLLING, for shaping metal by rolls while in a self-
sustaining condition.
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 38, Die shaping,
and the subclasses thereunder, for shaping sheet metal by dis-
tortion, as in die drawing.
153 METAL-BENDING, for shaping metal by mere bending
operations.
207 PLASTIC-METAL WORKING, for shaping metal while in
either a molten or a solid condition by distorting it by direct
pressure, thereby causing considerable molecular disintegra-
tion or rearrangement, and also for shaping molten metals by
rolls.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 1, Metal
heating and working, and the subclasses thereunder, for work-
ing metals heated by electricity.
The term "welding" as used in this class means general welding
not provided for elsewhere, including welding self-sustaining, usu-
ally heated masses by pressure.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, especially subclass 190, Processes, and
the subclasses thereunder, for welding by casting one metal
onto another.
113 SHEET-METAL WARE. MAKING, subclass 59, Soldering, and
the subclasses thereunder, for welding by fusion without
pressure and without casting.
205 METAL-DRAWING, subclass 9, Tube welding, and the sub-
classes thereunder, for welding pipe by drawing through dies.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 1, Metal
heating and working, and the subclasses thereunder, for weld-
ing metals while heated by electricity.
Combination-machines performing operations other than forg-
ing or welding and handling the work are classified in class 29,
METAL-WORKING, or the appropriate art classes.
Subclasses.
1. FORGING. Miscellaneous apparatus and processes for forging
and swaging. The allied tire-upsetting and riveting devices
are included. Patents for the combination of motors and
power hammers and presses are included.
2. ABOLISHED.
3. FORGING, ANVIL-VISES. Combined anvils and vises, dis-
tinguished from devices included in subclass 8, Forging, An-
vils, Attachments, Vises, by the fact that they involve mutual
adaptation of the anvil and vise.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
22, Bolt and rivet making, Anvils.
4. FORGING, ANVIL-VISES, FOOT. Anvil-vises that include
foot-operated means for closing the vise-jaws.
5. FORGING ANVILS. Miscellaneous supports for metal arti-
cles while being hammered.
Search Class
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 44, Forging,
Power hammers and presses, Anvils.
6. FORGING, ANVILS, SPECIAL WORK. Anvils which are
designed for hand-forging of particular articles or articles of
particular shape. Such anvils are not adapted for general
work.
7. FORGING, ANVILS, ATTACHMENTS. Attachments which
may be applied to the blacksmith's anvil. Ordinarily no
material modification of the anvil is necessary.
8. FORGING, ANVILS, ATTACHMENTS, VISES. Vise-jaws
which may be applied to an anvil without material modifica-
tion of the latter.
9. FORGING, BILLET-PIERCING. Machines and dies for
punching a hole through or cavity in billets of metal by mere
displacement of the molecules.
Search Class
80 METAL ROLLING, subclass 13, Tubes, Axial rolling, for ro-
tary piercing mills.
10. FORGING, BILLET-PIERCING, FIXED MANDREL.'
Billet-piercing machines in which the piercing-mandrel is
fixed during me piercing operation, the billet being advanced.
CLASS 78 Continued.
11. FORGING. BILLET-PIERCING, ROTARY MANDREL
OR BILLET. Billet-piercing machines in which the man-
drel or billet is given rotary motion about its axis as well as
longitudinal motion.
12. FORGING, BILLET-PIERCING, PROCESSES. Processes
of punching billets by distortion or displacement.
13. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES. Power
hammers and presses for forging. Machines commonly known
as "trip-hammers," "drop-hammers," "swaging-machines,"
etc.
14. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, PIPE-
SWAGING. Machines for reducing the thickness of pipe-
walls. They are usually of the hammer-anvil type, but are
distinguished therefrom by the presence of a mandrel on
which the work is supported.
15. FORGING. POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES,
SHRINKING. Machines for shrinking tires, hub-bands, etc.,
by hammering or pressing.
Search Class
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 56, Forging, Tire-
upsetting, and the subclasses thereunder.
16. FORGING POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, SPOKE-
SECURING. Devices and organized machines for securing
wheel-spokes in the hub or felly either by upsetting the spoke
or compressing the hub or felly.
Search Class
29 METAL- AVoRKiNG, appropriate art subclasses for machines
for performing this and additional operations.
17. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, UP-
SETTING. Devices for changing the cross-section of metal
by blows or pressure applied longitudinally of the blank.
18. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, DIE-
INCLOSED WORK. Presses in which the material, gen-
erally hot. is held in a die, generally sectional, and is operated
on by a plunger closely fitting the portion of the die in which
it works, thereby causing the material to fill the die.
19. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, TRAV-
ELING. Power-hammers provided with means whereby
they may be moved. Portability by reason of mere size is not
enough to put a device in this class.
20. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, HAM-
MER-ANVIL. Includes those machines known as "swag-
ing-machines." There is no fixed anvil, but the work is
forged by oppositely-moving hammers operating simultane-
ously on opposite sides. Generally more than one such pair
of hammers are provided. Contains also heavy forging-ma-
chines employing a hammer-anvil.
21. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, HAM-
MER-ANVIL, CAM-OPERATED. Machines in which the
hammers are operated by tappets and generally slide in
guides. Generally the hammers and tappets are carried by
concentric heads, one of which rotates.
22. FORGING. POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, HAM-
MER-ANVIL, CAM-OPERATED, ADJUSTABLE DIES.
Machines including dies adjustable so as to vary the limit of
their stroke.
23. FORGING. POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, HAM-
MER-ANVIL, HELVED. Machines in which hammers or
dies are operated by a lever or helve intermediate them and
the actuator.
24. FORGING. POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES. MUL-
TIPLE-HAMMER. Machines having a fixed anvil or die
and plurality of hammers operating successively or simulta-
neously on the work.
25. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, DROP.
Hammers raised by mechanical means, released, and per-
mitted to fall by the action of gravity or a spring, and special
accessories.
26. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, DROP,
CAM-LIFT. Drop-hammers in which a rotating cam raises
the hammer-head. Under the term "cam" are included
"wipers," "tappets," and similar means.
27. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, DROP.
CAM-LIFT, SLIDING-HEAD. Drop-hammers of the cam-
lift type in which the hammer-head moves in guides with
which it has sliding contact.
28. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, DROP,
CRANK-LIFT. Drop-hammers in which the hammer is
lifted by a crank and connecting-rod. Under the term ' ' crank"
eccentrics are included.
147
148
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 78 Continued.
29. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES. DROP,
FRICTION-LIFT. Drop-hammers in which the hammer-
head is raised by friction-rollers engaging with a rod or bar
connected to the hammer-head. The hammer-head is re-
leased by releasing the Motional contact of the rollers and bar.
30. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, DROP,
WINDING-LIFT. Drop-hammers in which the head is
raised by a flexible connector which can be caused to friction-
ally engage a rotating pulley.
31. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES,
HELVED. Power hammers and presses hi which the ham-
mer-head is carried by a pivoted helve or lever.
Search Class
78 METAL FORGING AXD WELDING, subclasses 23, Forging,
Power hammers and presses, Hammer-anvil, Helved, and 26,
Forging, Power hammers and presses, Drop, Cam-lift.
32. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES,
HELVED, CRANK-OPERATED. Helved power ham-
mers and presses in which the helve is operated by a con-
necting-rod and crank.
33. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES,
HELVED OLIVERS. Helved hammers that are held in
an elevated position, as by a spring or counterweight, and
with which the blow is struck by hand or foot operated means.
34. FORGING. POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, RE-
VOLVING-HAMMER. Power hammers and presses in
which one or more hammers are connected to a part which
by rotation carries the hammers into contact with the work.
'35. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, SCREW-
OPERATED. Power hammers and presses in which the
hammer or press head is brought into engagement b y means
of a screw. Such devices are included whether the head be
controlled by guides or be free.
36. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, SLID-
ING-HEAD. Miscellaneous power hammers and presses in
which a positively-actuated head reciprocates in guides.
Note. Those in which the head is directly operated by a screw or
fluid-operated piston are classified, respectively, in this class,
subclass 35, Forging, Power hammers and presses, Screw-
operated head, and subclass 42, Forging, Power hammers and
presses, Fluid-operated.
37. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, SLID-
ING-HEAD, ADJUSTABLE GUIDES. Sliding-head
power hammers and presses having adjustable guides in
which the head slides.
38. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, SLID-
ING-HEAD, CAM-OPERATED. Sliding-head power ham-
mers and presses hi which the sliding head is actuated to de-
liver the blow by a cam or tappets.
39. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES. SLID-
ING-HEAD CRANK-OPERATED. Sliding-head^ power
hammers and presses In which the head is operated by means
of a crank and connecting-rod.
40. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, SLID-
ING-HEAD. CRANK-OPERATED, CUSHIONED. Power
hammers and presses in which the head is operated by a crank
and pitman, the latter being provided with some means, such
as a spring or cylinder and piston, for cushioning the blow de-
livered.
Search Class
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 43, Forging,
Power-hammers and presses, Cushioned elements.
41. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, SLID-
ING-HEAD, TOGGLE-OPERATED. Sliding-head power
hammers and presses in which the head is operated by means
of a toggle intermediate it and the actuating means.
42. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, FLUID-
OPERATED. Power hammers and presses in which the
hammer-head is directly operated by the piston of a fluid-
operated motor.
Note. Power hammers and presses in which the hammer-head
is indirectly operated by fluid pressure are classified under
the appropriate structural subclasses.
Note. Improvements in the motor are classified in class 138,
HYDRAULIC MOTORS, subclass 10, For presses, and subclasses
thereunder; class 121, STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 19, Hammers,
and subclasses thereunder, and in class 123, INTERNAL-COM-
BUSTION ENGINES, especially subclass 7, Hammers.
43. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, CUSH-
IONED ELEMENTS. Improvements in various elements
of power hammers and presses, including anvils, whereby the
blow of the machine is cushioned. Complete power-hammers
employing cushioning means are classified in the appropriate
structural subclass.
Search Class
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclasses 32, Forging,
Power hammers and presses, Helved, Crank-operated- 3C,
Forging, Power hammers and presses. Sliding-head. and 40,
Forging, Power hammers and presses, Sliding-head, Crank-
operated, Cushioned.
CLASS 78 Continued.
44. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES. ANVILS.
Improvements in the anvils of power-hammers.
Search Class
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 6, Forging, Anvils,
and subclasses thereunder for Anvils for hand-forging or black-
smiths' anvils.
44.5. FORGING, POWER HAMMERS AND PRESSES, TOOL
RETAINERS. Devicesfor retaining the tool or die in ham-
mers of the piston hammer type, usually permitting limited
endwise movement.
Search Classes
32 DENTISTRY, subclass 8, Pluggers, and the subclasses there-
under.
121 STEAM ENGINES, subclass 20, Hammers, Piston hammer.
172 ELECTRICITY, MOTIVE POWER, subclass 15, Dental instru-
ments.
45. FORGING. TOOTHED ARTICLES. Means peculiarly
adapted for forging toothed articles, such as milling-cutters,
tapping-tools, etc.
46. FORGING, RIVETING. Machines, tools, and appliances for
riveting, riveted joints, and processes of riveting.
47. FORGING, RIVETING, CALKING. Appliances forcalking
either thejoint between the plates or the joint between the plate
and rivet.
48. FORGING, RIVETING, MACHINES. Machines specially
adapted for riveting.
Note. Those power-hammers which are called "riveting-ma-
chines" simply because provided with rivet-heading dies are
classified in subclass 13, Forging, Power hammers and presses
or in subclasses thereunder.
Search Class
218 BUTTON, EYE LET AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 1, Machines,
Riveting.
49. FORGING, RIVETING, MACHINES, SPECIAL. Rivet-
ing-machines not of general utility, but designed for riveting
particular articles. In some of the machines the rivets are cut
from wire, inserted, and headed. Other machines perform a
part only of these operations, or use previously-formed rivets,
or punch the rivet-hole and head the rivet.
50. FORGING, RIVETING, MACHINES, WORK - SUP-
PORTED. Riveting-machines provided with means where-
by they are attached to and supported by the work to be riv-
eted.
51. FORGING, RIVETING, MACHINES, PIPE. Riveting-
machines which are especially adapted for riveting pipe,
whether straight or spiral seamed.
52. FORGING, RIVETING, MACHINES, PLATE-CLAMP-
ING. Riveting-machines which include means for clamping
the plates together during the rivet-heading operation.
53. FORGING, RIVETING, MACHINES, ROTATING-TOOL.
Machines in which the heading tool or die is rotated during the
rivet-heading operation. Generally the tool has a reciprocat-
ing motion also.
54. FORGING, RIVETING, RIVETEJ) JOINTS. Riveted
joints of particular construction.
55. FORGING, TIRE-UPSETTING. Machines and devices for
reducing the circumference of tires without cutting and weld-
ing.
Search Classes
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 15, Forging,
Power hammers and presses, Shrinking.
157 WHEELWRIGHT MACHINES, subclass 5, Tire setters.
56. FORGING, TIRE-UPSETTING, CIRCUMFERENTIAL.
Belts, bands, or like flexible elements partially or entirely
surrounding the tire and by means of which the tire is com-
57. FORGING, TIRE-UPSETTING, PIVOTED-CLAMP. Ma-
chines having clamps for gripping the tire on each side of the
section to be upset, which clamps are pivotally mounted, so
that they may be swung toward each other, and thus upset
the tire.
Search Class
76 METAL TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS, MAKING, subclass 27, Com-
pound metal-working machines.
58. FORGING, TIRE-UPSETTING, PIVOTED-CLAMP, SIN-
OLE-LEVER. Tire upsetting machines in which theclamps
are gripped upon the work and are swung toward each other
by means of a single lever.
59. FORGING, TIRE-UPSETTING, SLIDING-CLAMP. Ma-
chines having clamps for gripping the tiretin each side of the
section to be upset, which clamps are slidably mounted in
guides, so that they may be reciprocated to upset the tire.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 96,
Punching, Machines, Lever-operated.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
149
CLASS 78 Continued.
60 FORGING, DIES. Miscellaneous dies for forging various
metal articles. Some of the dies perform other incidental
operations than forging or shaping, such as cutting or trim-
ming.
Note. With the exception of this subclass and subclass 61,
Forging, Dies, Upsetting, forging dies are subdivided accord-
ing to the articles made.
61. FORGING, DIES, UPSETTING. Dies used in increasing
the cross section of metal articles by pressure or blows.
Note This subclass contains all such except those for upsetting
the ends of bars and for upsetting tubes, which are classified
under the subclasses 62, Forging, Dies, Upsetting, Heading-
bars, and 63, Forging, Dies, Upsetting, Tubular articles,
respectively.
62. FORGING, DIES, UPSETTING, HEADING-BARS. Self-
explanatory.
63. FORGING, DIES, UPSETTING, TUBULAR ARTICLES.
Self-explanatory.
64. FORGING, DIES, CARRIAGE-IRONS. Self-explanatory.
65. FORGING, DIES, CARRIAGE-IRONS, AXLES AND
AXLE-BOXES. Self-explanatory.
66. FORGING, DIES, CARRIAGE-IRONS, CLIPS AND
SHACKLES. Self-explanatory.
67. FORGING, DIES, CA.RRIAGE-IRONS, FIFTH-WHEELS.
Self-explanatory.
68. FORGING, DIES, CARRIAGE-IRONS, KING-BOLTS.
Self-explanatory.
68.5. FORGING, DIES, PLOW AND CULTIVATOR IRONS.
Dies for forming plow and cultivator irons, such as plow-points
beams, moldboards, harrow-teeth, clevises, etc.
69. ABOLISHED.
70. FORGING, DIES, EYEBARS AND EYEBOLTS. Self-
explanatory.
71. ABOLISHED.
72. FORGING, DIES, LEATHER-WORKERS' IRONS. Self-
explanatory.
73. FORGING, DIES, RAILWAY-CAR IRONS. Self-explana-
tory.
74 FORGING, DIES, RAILWAY-CAR IRONS, AXLES AND
AXLE-BOXES. Self-explanatory.
75. FORGING, DIES, RAILWAY-CAR IRONS, DRAW-BARS
AND COUPLINGS. Self-explanatory.
76. FORGING, DIES, RAILWAY-TRACK IRONS. Self-ex-
planatory.
77. FORGING, DIES, SPINNERS' AND WEAVERS' IRONS.
Self-explanatory.
78. FORGING, DIES, SPRINGS AND SPRING-CLIPS. Self-
explanatory.
79. FORGING, DIES, TURNBUCKLES. Self-explanatory.
80. FORGING, DIES, WHEELS. Self-explanatory.
81. FORGING, PROCESSES. General forging processes.
Note. When the process is limited to the production of a particu-
lar article, it is classified in class 29, METAL-WORKING, sub-
class 148, Blanks and processes or in a subclass thereunder.
82. WELDING. Apparatus, material, and processes for uniting
metal parts by welding.
Note. The mere utility of a machine for welding is not sufficient
to place it in this class. Only those machines which are
peculiarly adapted for welding are here included.
83. WELDING, TUBES. Machines for making welded tubes
either from flat blanks or from skelps.
Search Class
205 METAL-DRAWING, subclass 9, Tube-welding, and sub-
classes thereunder, for Machines and processes for making
welded tubes by drawing through dies.
CLASS 78 Continued.
84. WELDING, TUBES, CROSS-WELD. Machines for welding
tube-sections together that is, making a welded joint in a
plane transverse to the axis of the tube.
85. WELDING, TUBES, CROSS-WELD, ROLLING. Machines
for welding tube-sections together, the welded joint being
made by the operation of rolls.
86. WELDING, TUBES, SPIRAL-WELD. Machines for mak-
ing tubes by spirally winding a sheet of metal and welding
together contiguous edges.
87. WELDING, TUBES, ROLLING. Machines for making
welded tubes, the welded joint being made by the operation
of a roll or rolls.
88. WELDING, TUBES, ROLLING, ROLLS AND MANDREL.
Machines for making welded tubes, the skelp being passed
over a mandrel and being operated on by rolls upon opposite
sides of the mandrel.
Search Classes
78- METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 103, Mandrels.
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclasses 11, Tubes, and 13, Tubes, Axial-
rolling.
89. WELDING, TUBES, END-CLOSING. Machines for closing
the ends of tubes by welding in heads or welding up the end.
90. WELDING, ROLLING. Machines for welding together metal
parts by means of rolls either rotary or oscillating.
91. WELDING, WELDING-STRIPS. Strips of metal to be inter-
posed between metal parts to be joined and to be welded to
both.
92. WELDING, PROCESSES. Processes, applicable generally,
for welding metal articles and processes for welding particular
articles which require some modification of the welding opera-
tion.
93. WELDING, PROCESSES, DISSIMILAR METALS. Proc-
esses for welding unlike metals together, as wrought-iron and
steel, iron and copper, etc.
94. WELDING, PROCESSES, RINGS AND TUBES. Processes
for making welded rings and tubes and welding together sec-
tions of tubes.
95. WELDING PROCESSES, BLOOMS. Processes for making
blooms from scrap-iron, railroad-rails, etc., by operations or
treatment which welds the parts together.
96. WORK-HANDLING MECHANISM. Devices and machines
for automatically feeding or manipulating work to be forged
or to assist in manually feeding or manipulating the work or
mechanism for discharging the work.
97. WORK-HANDLING MECHANISM, WIRE OR STRIP
FEEDING. Mechanism for feeding wire or strips to the
forging or welding machines.
98. WORK-HANDLING MECHANISM, FEEDING AND RO-
TATING. Mechanisms for feeding and rotating or feeding
or rotating the work under the hammer.
99. WORK-HANDLING MECHANISM, BLANK-FEEDING.
Mechanisms for feeding blanks to forging or welding machines
or discharging the articles.
100. WORK-HANDLING MECHANISM, SHIFTING. Mechan-
isms for gold-beating machines and the like which shift the
work under the hammer.
101. WORK-HANDLING MECHANISM, SUPPORTS. Devices
for supporting work being operated upon . The work is merely
supported and must be manually manipulated.
102. WORK-HANDLING MECHANISM, SUPPORTS, TA-
BLES. Tables for power hammers and presses, on which
the work can be supported while being forged or welded.
103. MANDRELS. All mandrels used for pipe-welding, seam-
less-tube rolling, or similar purposes.
Search Classes
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 88, Welding,
Tubes, Rolling, Rolls and mandrel; 80, METAL-ROLLING, sub-
class 11, Tubes, and subclasses thereunder.
CLASS 79. BUTTON-MAKING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes machines and processes for making buttons or
the parts thereof and assembling the same, including metallic,
composition, pearl, etc., except such buttons as are formed of plastic
material, including molten glass, which are formed in molds or are
molded upon the shanks of the buttons, these being classified in
class 18, PLASTICS, or class 49, GLASS, or class 92, PAPER-MAKING
and FIBER LIBERATION under appropriate subclasses, and except
metallic buttons formed by casting, including casting upon shanks,
classified in class 22, Metal" founding.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Machines and processes for making
buttons or the parts thereof and assembling such parts not
otherwise classifiable.
2. SHANK-BUTTONS. Machines and processes for making
shank-buttons from sheet metal, leather, and compositions,
including glass, papier-mache', etc., which form the button-
head and also form and secure a shank or eye to the button-
head.
Note. Machines for forming the shank merely are also classified
in this subclass, inasmuch as they are usually but fragments
of the button-making machines.
Note. Machines that merely mold buttons are classified in the
appropriate molding or casting class according to the material
used.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 30, Molding devices, molds, blank cov-
ering and filling, for machines for molding buttonheads
upon already-formed backs or shanks.
49 GLASS, subclass 66, Molds, Uniting parts, and 81, Processes.
Uniting parts.
3. METALLIC. Miscellaneous machines for making metallic
buttons, usually by cutting the bjank from a sheet of metal
and bending, die-shaping, or spinning the blank into the form
of a button.
Note. Machines for merely cupping or die-shaping button-
blanks are classified in class 113, SHEET-METAL WARE MAK-
ING, subclass 38, Die-shaping, and other subclasses under
Die-shaping.
4. METALLIC, COVERED. Machines for uniting the front,
filling-blank, and back of metallic buttons, including buttons
having celluloid fronts, photographic buttons, etc.
5. METALLIC, COVERED, CLOTH. Machines for forming
and assembling cloth-covered buttons. These machines
include devices for cutting the cloth.
6. PEARL AND COMPOSITION, SURFACING AND DRILL-
ING. Combined machines for surfacing and drilling pearl or
composition buttons.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 14, Special-work machines, Com-
bined, Spool.
7. PEARL AND COMPOSITION, SURFACING. Machines
and processes for turning, grinding, buffiing, or polishing but-
tons in the process of their manufacture not classifiable in the
following subclasses.
Note. This subclass does not include patents on devices for
cleaning and polishing buttons attached to garments. Such
patents are classified in class 61, GRINDING AND POLISHING,
subclass 4, Metal, Curved surfaces.
8. PEARL AND COMPOSITION, SURFACING, TOOL-
SHARPENING. Machines having tool-sharpening mechan-
ism in combination with turning or surfacing mechanism.
9. PEARL AND COMPOSITION, SURFACING, MULTIPLE
CHUCK. Machines for turning, grinding, or polishing the
face of a button, which are provided with a plurality of chucks
for clamping the button-blank.
Search Class
79 BUTTON-MAKING, subclass 6, Pearl and composition, Surfac-
ing and drilling.
CLASS 79 Continued.
10. PEARL AND COMPOSITION, SURFACING, TRIMMING.
Machines and processes for smoothing and trimming the
periphery of buttons or button-blanks.
Search Classes
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 21,
Bolt and rivet making, Bolt-pointing.
144^-WooDWORKiNG, subclasses 30, Special-work machines,
Single or combined, Pin-pointing, and 205, Tenon-turning.
11. PEARL AND COMPOSITION, DRILLING, MULTIPLE
SPINDLE, AXIALLY OPPOSITE. Machines for drilling
buttons in which the button-blank is held in a clamp between
axially-alined drills or pairs of drills which cut toward each
other from opposite sides of the work.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 21, Drilling-machines,
Multiple spindle, Axially opposite.
12. PEARL AND COMPOSITION, DRILLING, MULTIPLE
SPINDLE, MULTIPLE CHUCK. Button-drilling ma-
chines having a plurality of drill-spindles and also a plurality
of button-holding chucks.
Search Classes
79- BUTTON-MAKING, subclass 6, Pearl and composition, Sur-
facing and drilling.
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 23, Drilling-machines,
Multiple spindle, Parallel axes, Circular gang.
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclass 4, Circular section. Many-spindle
lathes.
13. PEARL AND COMPOSITION, DRILLING, MULTIPLE
SPINDLE, SINGLE CHUCK. Button-drilling machines
having a plurality of drill-spindles which operate upon a
button held in a single chuck.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 23, Drilling-machines,
Multiple spindle, Parallel axes, Circular gang.
14. PEARL AND COMPOSITION, DRILLING, SINGLE
SPINDLE, SINGLE CHUCK. Button-drilling machines
having but a single drill-spindle and a single chuck for holding
the button.
15. PEARL AND COMPOSITION, BLANK-SAWING. Ma-
chines for cutting and sizing button-blanks by means of a saw.
These machines are mainly for producing buttons of equal
thickness. This subclass d'oes not include tubular saws.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 21, Special-work machines. Sin-
gle or combined, Disk-cutting, and 22, Special-work machines.
Single or combined, Disk-cutting, Blank-sawing. Feeding and
punching.
16. PEARL AND COMPOSITION, BLANK-SAWING, TUBU-
LAR SAW. Machines for cutting button-blanks from the
stock by means of a tubular saw.
Search Classes
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 85, Tubular-saw machines.
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 20, Special-work machines,
Single or combined, Disk cutting and boring; 23, Special-work
machines, single or combined, Disk-cutting, Rotary tubular
cutter, and 113, Boring, Hollow auger.
17. BLANK-FEEDERS. Mechanisms for feeding blanks to
button making or assembling machines. This subclass also
includes devices for feeding the partly-formed button from
one operating mechanism to another.
Search Classes
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 114, Work-feeders,
Cap and head.
218 BUTTON, EYELET, AND RIVET SETTING, subclasses 12,
Machines, Button, Button-feeders, and 13, Machines, Button,
Tack-fastener feeders.
18. WORK-SUPPORTS. Clamps for supporting the button-
blank while it is being operated upon by the surfacing or drill-
ing mechanism.
Note. This subclass does not include chucks carried by either
the head-stock or the tail-stock of the lathe.
151
CLASS 80. METAL-ROLLING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes devices and processes for shaping metal while
in a self-sustaining condition by the action of rolls and those which
shape it by giving the metal a rolling action.
Note. Mere bending of the metal without changing 'he cross-sec-
tional area is found in class 153, METAL-BENDING.
Note. Combined cutting and rolling, drawing and rolling, and
heating and rolling devices and processes are found in this
class.
Note. Combined welding and rolling and forging and rolling are
found in class 29, METAL-WORKING, and in class 78, METAL-
FORGING AND WELDING.
Note. Shaping molten metal by rolls is hi class 207, PLASTIC
METAL WORKING.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Metal-rolling devices not classifiable else-
where.
2. HEATING AND ROLLING. Apparatus which heats and also
rolls the metal.
3. CUTTING AND ROLLING. Apparatus which cuts and also
rolls the metal.
Note. The severing by the sharp edges of die-rolls is not found
here, but in subclass 24, Die-rolling, and subclasses thereun-
der.
4. DRAWING AND ROLLING. Apparatus which draws and
also rolls the metal.
5. ANNULAR BODIES. The blank operated upon or produced
is ring-shaped. One or more rolls act upon the outer periph-
ery of the annular body, which is supported in whole or in
part by one or more rolls acting upon its inner periphery.
6. SCREW-THREADS. Apparatus for rolling screw-threads into
metal bodies.
7. SCREW-THREADS CONCAVE AND ROLL. The screw-
threads are formed on the blank by the cooperation of a roll
and concave die.
8. SCREW-THREADS, PLATEN-ROLLING. Screw-threads
are rolled upon the blank by the cooperation of a pair of platen-
dies, between which the blank is rolled.
9. SCREW-THREADS, PLATEN-ROLLING, DIES. Dies of
screw-thread platen-rolling machines.
10. SCREW-THREADS, RODS AND WIRES. Machines for
rolling screw-threads on wires or rods of indefinite lengths.
Note. A few machines for corrugating or nicking wire by a roll-
ing action are also found here.
11. TUBES. Rolling-mills for rolling tubes from tubular or solid
blanks.
Note. Machines which merely bend flat plates into tubular form
are found in class 153, METAL- BENDING, in which class see the
subclass of 54, Curving or straightening, Roll.
Search Class
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 103, Mandrels for
the structure of the mandrel over which the tube is formed.
12. TUBES, IDLE ROLLS. Mills for rolling tubes in which the
tube is shaped by being forced through idle rolls.
13. TUBES, AXIAL-ROLLING. Mills for rolling tubes in which
the axes of the rolls are substantially parallel with the axis of
the tube, the tube rotating on its axis under the action of the
rolls.
Search Class
80 METAL ROLLING, subclass 12, Tubes, Idle rolls.
' 14. TUBES, SEGMENTAL ROLLS. The tube is fed through
rolls which are segmental in form, the tube being fed forward
by a separate feeding mechanism whenever the cut-away
portion of the roll is in position to allow it.
15. TUBES, SKELPING. A blank is formed into proper shape
and bent into tubular form by rolls.
Note. Machines which merely bend a flat blank into tubular
shape are found in class 153, METAL-BENDING.
Note. Machines which weld and shape are in class 78, METAL-
FORGING AND WELDING, subclasss 103, mandrels and class 205,
METAL-DRAWING subclasses 26, Dies and 27, Dies, Skelping.
16. WHEELS AND DISKS. Mills for performing rolling opera-
tions on wheels and disks.
Search Class
80 METAL ROLLING, subclass 1, Annular bodies for Mills for roll-
ing tires and the like.
CLASS 80 Continued.
17. REWORKING. Apparatus for rolling old or worn metal
shapes into merchantable shapes.
18. CONCAVE AND ROLL. The work is shaped between a roll
and a concave surface.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 7. Screw-threads, Concave and
roll.
19. PLATEN AND ROLL. The metal is shaped between a roll
and a moving platen.
20. PLATEN-ROLLING. The metal is shaped between a pair of
platens, the relative motion of which gives a rolling motion
to the blank.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclasses 8, Screw-threads, Platen-rolling,
and 9, Screw-threads, Platen-rolling, Dies.
21. PLATEN-ROLLING, DISK-PLATENS. The metal is rolled
between a pair of rotating disks placed face to face.
22. AXIAL-ROLLING. The work is acted upon by two or more
rolls rotating in the same direction, the axes of the rolls being
parallel, or substantially so, to the axis of tne work, which
rotates about its own axis under the action of the rolls.
Search Classes
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 13, Tubes, Axial-rolling,
153 METAL, BENDING, subclass 60, Curving or straightening,
Roll, Skewed.
23. AXIAL-ROLLING, PATTERN-ROLLS. The rolls are so
shaped that the work turned out has a predetermined form
other than that of a bar of uniform circular section.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclasses 6, Screw-threads, and 10, Screw-
threads, Rods and wires.
24. DIE-ROLLING. The work is fed through a roll-pass which
varies in size or configuration as the work progresses through
the rolls.
25. DIE-ROLLING, OSCILLATING ROLLS. Die-rolling mills
in which the work is subjected to the action of a pair of rolls or
roll-segments which do not rotate, but merely oscillate about
their axes.
26. DIE-ROLLING, BLANK FEEDING AND GAGING. Die-
rolling mills provided with mechanism for feeding or gaging
the work.
Search Class
80^ METAL-ROLLING, subclasses 8, Screw-threads, platen-roll-
ing; 12, Tubes, Idle rolls, and 14, Tubes, Segmental rolls.
27. DIE-ROLLING, CONTINUOUS. The work travels through
successive die-roll passes and is in engagement with the walls
of two or more of the passes at the same time.
28. DIE-ROLLING, THREE OR MORE COACTING ROLLS.
Three or more rolls cooperate to form a die-pass through which
the work is forced.
29. DIE-ROLLING, ADVANCING AND RECEDING ROLLS.
The roll-pass through which the work passes is varied by mov-
ing the rolls bodily toward or from one another while the work
is progressing through them.
30. DIE-ROLLING, RECURRENT-PATTERN. Thediesareso
developed about the rolls that when a bar or strip of material
is fed continuously into the rolls articles of the desired shape
are formed successively therefrom.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclasses 6, Screw-threads, 27, Die-rolling,
continuous; and 28, Die-rolling, Three or more coacting rolls.
31. ABOLISHED.
32. MILLS, COILING. Rolling-mills provided with mechanism
for coiling the product.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 10, Screw-threads, Rods and
wires.
33. MILLS, WORK-REVERSING. Two-high mills specially
adapted to the repeated back and forth rolling of the blank
between the same pair of rolls.
Note. The adaptation to carry the invention into this subclass
must be something more than the mere addition of a reversing
mechanism.
34. MILLS, THREE OR MORE COACTING ROLLS. Three or
more rolls cooperate to form the pass through which the work
is forced.
Note. In mills of the axial-rolling tvpe three rolls surrounding
the work are frequently employed.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 28, Die-rolling, Three or more
coacting rolls.
153
154
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 80 Continued.
35. MILLS, CONTINUOUS. Rolling-mills in which the work
passes through successive roll-passes and is in engagement
ordinarily with two or more passes at the same instant.
Search Classes
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 27, Die-rolling, Continuous; 153,
METAL-BENDING, subclass 54, Curving or straightening, Roll.
36. MILLS, CONTINUOUS, INCLINED TRAINS. The succes-
sive pairs of rolls or some of them are not parallel to each other,
but are so set that they act upon the work from different
directions.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclasses 11, Tubes; 27, Die-rolling, Con-
tinuous, and 34, Mills, Three or more coacting rolls.
37. MILLS, CONTINUOUS, LOOP-RETURN. The successive
roll-passes are formed in the same stand of three-high rolls, or
at least are so placed that the work in traveling from one pass
to the next turns upon itself, looped guides being usually
provided to take care of the work.
38. MILLS, AUXILIARY SUPPORTING-ROLLS. The rolls
between which the work passes are supported by other rolls
whose axes are parallel to those of the working rolls.
39. MILLS, THREE-HIGH. Mills in which three rolls are
mounted in the same stand with their axes parallel and in the
same vertical plane, thus forming two roll-passes or series of
passes, the work entering one pass and being returned through
the other pass or through one of the passes in the other series.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 37, Mills, Continuous, Loop-
return.
40. MILLS, IDLE ROLLS. The shaping-rolls are not provided
with driving mechanism, the work being pushed or pulled
through the rolls by a separate mechanism.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclasses 12, Tubes, Idle rolls; 34, Mills,
Three or more coacting rolls, and 36, Mills, Continuous, In-
clined trains.
41. ROLL COOLING AND HEATING. Appliances and modi-
fications in the roll structure to permit of an artificial heating
or cooling of the roll.
42. COOLING-BEDS. Beds or tables upon which the metal
coming from the rolls is placed to cool.
43. FEEDING. Miscellaneous devices for feeding and convey-
ing the work to and from the rolls.
Search Classes
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 20, Die-rolling, blank feeding
and gaging; 193, CONVEYERS, according to the structure of the
mechanism; 212, CRANES AND DERRICKS; and 214, LOADING
AND UNLOADING.
44. FEEDING, TABLES. Platforms or like structures upon
which the work rests to be fed into or away from the forming-
rolls.
45. FEEDING, TABLES, HORIZONTALLY AND VERTI-
CALLY MOVABLE. The feed-table can be moved bodily
both in a horizontal and vertical direction.
46. FEEDING, TABLES, HORIZONTALLY - MOVABLE.
The feed-table can be moved bodily in its horizontal plane.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 45, Feeding, Tables, Horizontally
and vertically movable.
47. FEEDING, TABLES, VERTICALLY-MOVABLE. The
feed-table can be moved bodily in a vertical direction.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 45, Feeding, Tables, Horizon-
tally and vertically movable.
48. FEEDING, TABLES, SHIFTERS. The type of feed-table
which is provided with mechanism for shifting the position
of the work on the table. Devices for transferring the work
from one table to another are also found here.
49. FEEDING, TABLES, SHIFTERS, HORIZONTALLY
AND VERTICALLY MOVABLE CARRIER. The work
is shifted by means of a carrier which has a horizontal and
vertical movement.
CLASS 80 Continued.
60. FEEDING, TABLES, SHIFTERS, SWINGING CAR-
RIER. The shifting is done by means of a carrier on which
the work rests and which swings bodily with the work from
one position to another.
51. FEEDING, GUIDES AND CONDUCTORS. Mechanism,
such as troughs and gripping devices, for guiding and con-
ducting the work into and away from the rolls.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, the subclasses under the title of Mills,
Continuous.
52. FEEDING, GUIDES AND CONDUCTORS, LOOP-RE.
TURN. Guides and conductors to be employed where the
work is turned upon itself loop fashion.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 37, Mills, Continuous, Loop-
return.
53. FEEDING, GUIDES AND CONDUCTORS, WORK-
ROTATING. The guiding and conducting mechanism is
adapted to give the work as it emerges from one pass of a
continuous mill a partial rotation with respect to its own
axis before entering it in the succeeding pass.
54. GEARING. Such forms of gearing as appear peculiar to the
driving of the rolls in the metal-rolling mill.
Note. For gearing employed in increasing the speed of succes-
sive pairs of rolls in continuous mills see in this class the sub-
classes under the title of Mills, Continuous.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 33, Mills, Work-reversing.
55. HOUSINGS. The novelty lies in the frame or housing in which
the rolls are mounted.
56. ROLL ADJUSTMENTS. Mechanism for adjusting rolls in
order to vary the size or shape of the roll-pass.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclasses 5, Annular bodies; 22, Axial-
rolling; 29, Die-rolling, Advancing and receding rolls; 30,
Mills, Continuous, Inclined trains; and 33, Mills, Work-
reversing.
57. ROLL ADJUSTMENTS, RELIEF DEVICES. Devices to
allow the rolls to separate when overloaded, often automatic.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclasses 5, Annular bodies, and 22,
Axial-rolling.
58. ROLLS. The general structure of the forming-roll of the
ordinary type of rolling-mill.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, under the title of Die-rolling, for struc-
tures peculiar to the rolls of die-rolling mills.
59. ROLLS, PASS ARRANGEMENT. Modifications of the
working faces of rolls to produce a pass or series of passes of
a particular configuration or configurations, except such as
are found in subclass 24, Die-rolling and the subclasses there-
under.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclasses 17, Reworking; 34, Mills,
Three or more coacting rolls; 66, Processes, Flanged bars,
and 65, Processes, Reworking.
60. PROCESSES. Methods of manufacture by rolling of metal
shapes, also methods involving cutting and rolling, drawing
and rolling, and heating and rolling. ..
61. PROCESSES, SCREW-THREADS. Methods of making
screw surfaces in metal by rolling.
62. PROCESSES, TUBES. Methods involved in the manufac-
ture of tubes by rolling.
63. PROCESSES, RODS AND WIRES. Methods involved in
the manufacture of rods and wires by rolling.
64. ABOLISHED.
65. PROCESSES, REWORKING. Methods involved in the
reworking of old or worn metal forms by rolling.
66. PROCESSES, FLANGED BARS. Methods involved in the
manufacture by rolling of flanged bars, such as T-rails or
I-beams.
CLASS 81. -TOOLS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
In this class are tools which are not structurally limited to any
classified art. The class is, with the exception of wrenches and vises,
limited to hand-tools.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Miscellaneous tools not otherwise classi-
fiable.
2. COMBINED WRENCHES AND PUMPS OR OILERS.
Wrenches combined with pumps or oilers, or with both.
3. SPECIAL. Tools haying a construction which limits them to
work upon a specific article and for which there is no art
classification.
4. SPECIAL, ENGRAVERS' CLAMPS. Devices for clamping
articles while being engraved.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 14, Tweezers.
5. SPECIAL, TWEEZERS. Tweezers having specific features
which limit their application.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 14, Tweezers.
6. SPECIAL, WATCHMAKERS'. Tools having special con-
struction limiting them to watchmakers' use. %
7. SPECIAL, WATCHMAKERS', JEWEL-SETTERS. Tools
of special construction for use in setting jewels.
7.5. SPECIAL, WATCHMAKERS', MAINSPRING-WINDERS.
Devices for winding and holding watch-mainsprings and for
transferring the same into the mainspring-barrels of watches.
8. SPECIAL, WATCHMAKERS', RUBY-PIN SETTERS.
Tools of special construction for use in setting ruby-pins or
roller-jewels.
9. ABOLISHED.
9.3. HOSE CLAMP APPLIERS. Implements, usually of the
plier type, for tightening and fastening wires, bands, straps,
etc., around hose pipe.
Search Class
100 PRESSES, subclass 15, Baling, Articles and attachments,
Bale-band tighteners, for somewhat similar devices used for
tightening bale-bands.
9.5. WIRE STRIPPERS. Hand tools for cutting, crushing, and
removing wire coverings or sheaths, principally for stripping
off insulation.
Note. Implements of somewhat similar structure for cutting or
crimping fuse are classified in class 80, ARMS, PROJECTILES,
AND EXPLOSIVE CHARGES, MAKING, subclass 22, Loading
fireworks and blasting charges, Implements, Fuse.
10. NUT-LOCK. Tools specially adapted for locking nuts and
bolts together or for applying or removing nut or bolt locking
devices.
11. ABOLISHED.
12. ABOLISHED.
13. BOLT-HOLDERS. Devices for holding a bolt from movement
while a nut is turned on or off.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 55, Wrenches, machine, bolt-holding.
13.5. ABOLISHED.
14. TWEEZERS. Miscellaneous, lightly constructed grasping
tools the grasping arms of which are usually of elastic mate-
rial having a tendency to open or close.
Note. Tweezers of special construction for special work are in
this class, subclass 5, Special, tweezers.
15. BENDING. Tools specially adapted for bending.
Note. Tools limited to bending wire are in class 140, WIRE-
WORKING, subclass 123, IMPLEMENTS, and subclasses there-
under.
16. ABOLISHED.
17. VISES. Instruments having jaws for firmly holding objects
while being worked upon and known in the arts as "vises."
Search Class
57 HOISTING, subclass 113, Lifters, Stove goods for analogous
structure.
CLASS 81 Continued.
18. VISES, HAND. Vises grasped by one hand while the other
holds the tools to work upon the object held.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 45, Pliers and tongs, locked jaws.
19. VISES, ROUND-WORK. Vises specially constructed for
holding round work, as tubes, spheres, etc.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 39, Vises, Jaw attachments, Round-work.
20. VISES, TURRET. The jaws are on revolving heads or carriers
which may be turned to bring any pair of jaws into the desired
position.
21. VISES, PIVOTED-JAW. One or both jews are pivoted or
swing or turn as if on a pivot.
Search Class
78 METAL-FORGING AND WELDING, subclasses 4. Forging, An-
vils, Vises, Foot, and 8, Forging, Anvils, Attachments, Vises.
22. VISES, PIVOTED-JAW, WEDGE-SHAPED WORK. The
jaw or jaws are specially pivoted for receiving wedge-shaped
work.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 40, Vises, jaw attachments, wedge-shaped
work.
23. VISES, PIVOTED-JAW, ADJUSTABLE-FULCRUM. The
fulcrum on which the jaw swings is adjustable or travels
toward and from the other jaw in order to hold work of
different thickness.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 42, Vises, Parallel mechanisms.
24. VISES, PIVOTED - JAW, ADJUSTABLE - FULCRUM,
RACK. The fulcrum of the pivoted jaw is a tooth of a rack.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 42, Vises, Parallel mechanisms.
25. VISES, PIVOTED-JAW, CAM. The jaw is closed by a cam.
Search Class
78 METAL-FORGING AND WELDING, subclasses 4, Forging,
Anvils, Vises, Foot, and 8, Forging, Anvils, Attachments,
Vises.
26. VISES, SLIDING-JAW, CAM. A sliding jaw is closed by the
actuation of a cam or by being guided on a cam-path.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 128, Wrenches, Sliding-jaw, Cam-closing
27. VISES, RACK-LOCK. The movable jaw is locked against the
work by means of a rack.
28. VISES, RACK-LOCK, TOOTHED-NUT. The nut or half-
nut cooperating with the actuating-screw has teeth which may
be engaged with or disengaged from a rack or pawl to provide
a quick adjustment.
29. VISES, RACK-LOCK, TOOTHED-NUT, SECTIONAL.
The toothed-nut or half-nut is made up of one or more sections
which move toward and from a rack to lock and unlock the
vise-jaw.
30. VISES, RACK-LOCK, PIVOTED RACK-CATCH. The
movable iaw is locked in place by a pivoted catch which inter-
locks with a rack, the catch not being rigid with the jaw or the
frame.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 134, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments, Rack,
Pivoted rack-catch; 135, Wrenches ; Sliding adjustments,
Rack, Pivoted rack-catch, Non-traveling; 130, Wrenches, Slid-
ing adjustments, Rack, Pivoted rack-catch, Non-traveling.
Intermediate-fulcrum, and 137, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments,
Rack, Pivoted rack-catch, Transverse.
31. VISES, RACK-LOCK, SLIDING RACK-CATCH. The mov-
able jaw is locked by a sliding catch interlocking with a rack.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 142, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments,
Rack, Sliding rack-catch; 143, Wrenches, Sliding adjust-
ments, Rack, Sliding rack-catch. Cam-seated; 144, Wrenches,
Sliding adjustments, Rack, Sliding rack-catch, Screw or nut
seated; 145, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments, Rack, Sliding
rack-catch, Spring-seated.
32. VISES, NUT-OPERATED. The jaws are closed by the actua-
tion of an interiorly-threaded device.
33. VISES, SCREW-OPERATED. The jaws are closed by the
actuation of an exteriorly-threaded device.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 18, Vises, Hand; 19, Vises, round-work;
21, Vises, Pivoted jaw; 22, Vises, Pivoted-jaw, Wedge-shaped
work; 23, Vises, Pivoted-jaw, Adjustable-fulcrum; 24, Vises,
Pivoted-jaw, Adjustable-fulcrum, Rack; 25. Vises, Piv-
oted-jaw, Cam; 28, Vises, Rack-lock, Toothed-nut, and 29,
Vises, Rack-lock Toothed-nut, Sectional.
155
156
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 81 Continued.
34. VISES, SCREW - OPERATED MULTIPLE - INTER-
GEARED. A plurality of jaw-closing screws are driven by
gearing connecting them.
35. VISES, SCREW - OPERATED RIGHT AND LEFT
THREADS. The jaws are closed by the actuation of a right
and left threaded screw.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 163. Wrenches, Sliding adjustments, Thread,
Right and left threads.
36. VISES, SCREW-OPERATED, DISPLACEABLE NUT OR
SCREW. The nut and screw are separated in order to pro-
vide a quick adjustment.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 157, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments,
Thread, Displaceable nut or screw, and 158, Wrenches, Sliding
adjustments, Thread, Displaceable nut or screw, Traveling-
screw, Shank-rack.
37. VISES, SCREW-OPERATED, INTERRUPTED-THREAD.
The threads of the nut and screw are interrupted or cut away,
so that by registering the cut-away part of the one with the
full part of the other a quick adjustment may be had.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 159, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments,
Thread, Interrupted; 160, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments,
Thread, Interrupted, Nut-set; 161, Wrenches, Sliding adjust-
ments, Thread, Interrupted, Nut-set, Traveling-nut, and 162,
Wrenches, Sliding adjustments, Thread, Interrupted, Travel-
ing-screw, Shank-rack.
38. VISES, JAW ATTACHMENTS. Parts attached to or cooper-
ating with the jaw-holders and capable of replacement when
worn or when a jaw-piece of a different kind is desired.
39. VISES, JAW ATTACHMENTS, ROUND-WORK. Attach-
ments constructed to hold round work, as pipes, spheres, etc.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 19, Vises, Round work.
40. VISES, JAW ATTACHMENTS, WEDGE-SHAPED WORK.
Attachments constructed to hold wedge-shaped work.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 22, Vises, Pivoted-jaw, Wedge-shaped work.
41. VISES, MOUNTS. Means by which vises are mounted to make
them secure or to adapt them to be turned in various direc-
tions.
Search Classes
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 288, Work-holding stands.
208 VELOCIPEDES, subclass Holders and the subclasses
thereunder.
42. VISES, PARALLEL MECHANISMS. Means whereby the
jaws are caused to maintain parallelism.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 23, Vises, Pivoted-jaw, Adjustable-
fulcrum, and 24, Vises, Pivoted-jaw, Adjustable-fulcrum,
Rack.
43. PLIERS AND TONGS. Tools for holding or bending objects
and embracing those pincers and grasping devices known in
the arts as pliers and tongs.
Note. Pliers specially constructed for bending are in Bending,
this class, and for cutting, in Pipe and rod cutters, under this
class.
Search Classes
81 TOOLS, subclasses 3, Special; 4, Special, Engravers' clamps,
and 5, Special, Tweezers.
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 3, Type, Pliers, and subclasses
thereunder.
44. PLIERS AND TONGS, EXPANDING. The Jaws move
away from each other in seizing objects.
Search Classes
81 TOOLS, subclasses 3, Special; 4, Special, Engravers' clamps,
and 5, Special, Tweezers.
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 3, Type, Pliers, and subclasses
thereunder.
45. PLIERS AND TONGS, LOCKED JAWS. The tool is pro-
vided with means for locking the jaws in their closed or oper-
ative position.
Search Classes
81 TOOLS, subclasses 18, Vises, Hand; 111, Wrenches, Pivoted
side jaw, and the subclasses thereunder.
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 3, Type, Pliers, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
46. PLIERS AND TONGS, SLIDING-JAW. The jaws have a
relative sliding movement, one or both jaws moving on guides.
Search Classes
81 TOOLS, subclass 85, Wrenches, Hand-grip, Sliding-jaw, and
the subclasses thereunder.
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 3, Type, Pliers, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
47. PLIERS AND TONGS, CROSSED HANDLES. The han-
dles cross each other.
Search Classes
81 TOOLS, subclasses 79, Wrenches, Hand-grip, Pivoted-jaw,
Crossed handles, the sulxjlasses thereunder, and 49, Pliers
and Tongs, Crossed handles, Pivoted jaw-piece.
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, sul>class 3, Type, Pliers, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
CLASS 81 Continued.
48. PLIERS AND TONGS, CROSSED HANDLES, ADJUST-
ABLE PIVOT. The pivots of the handles are movable in
order to adjust the spread of the jaws.
Search Class
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 3, Type, Pliers, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
49. PLIERS AND TONGS, CROSSED HANDLES, PIVOTED
JAW-PIECE. One or both jaw-carriers have pivoted jaw-
pieces to enable the tool to fit the surfaces of wedge-shaped or
irregular objects.
Search Class
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 3, Type, Pliers, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
50. PLIERS AND TONGS, CROSSED HANDLES, PARAL-
LEL JAWS. The jaws are parallel in all positions.
Search Classes
81 TOOLS, subclass 46, Pliers and Tongs, Sliding jaw, for pliers
having a sliding jaw movable on guides.
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 3, Type, Pliers, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
51. PLIERS AND TONGS, CROSSED HANDLES, SPRING-
PRESSED. The jaws are pressed by a spring.
Search Class
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 3, Type, Pliers, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
52. PLIERS AND TONGS, JAW ATTACHMENTS. Parts at-
tached to the jaw-holders and capable of replacement when
worn or when a jaw-piece of different type is desired.
53. WRENCHES. Devices for exerting a twisting strain, as in
turning bolts, nuts, pipes, and the like, and known in the arts
as wrenches.
Note. This subclass includes wrenches not classifiable in any
subclass hereinunder.
Search Class-
ID BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
148 to 151, Screw-threading, Tapping, Implements, Tap-
wrenches, and 2, Screw making, for wrenches for rotating taps.
54. WRENCHES, MACHINE. Wrenches haying a casing or
framework which carries moving mechanical elements, but
does not itself move during the operation of the wrench.
55. WRENCHES, MACHINE, BOLT-HOLDING. The wrench
has a device or part which prevents the movement of the bolt
while the nut is being turned on or off.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 13, Bolt-holders
56. WRENCHES, MACHINE, BOLT - HOLDING, GEAR-
O PERATED. The bolt-holding wrench is operated by gear-
ing.
Note. Where the novelty lies in the gearing, search should be
made in this class, subclass 57, Wrenches, Machine, Gear-
operated.
57. WRENCHES, MACHINE, GEAR - OPERATED. The
wrench is operated by gearing.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 56, Wrenches, Machine, Bolt-holding, Gear-
operated.
58. WRENCHES, CLUTCHED-IIEAD. The jaws of the wrench
are supported by a head which is clutched by an operating-
part, usually a lever.
Search Classes
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
124, Screw-threading, Implements, Die-stocks, Ratchet, and
150, Screw-threading, Tapping, Implements, Tap-wrenches,
Ratchet.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 16, Pawls and ratchets.
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclasses 10, Drilling-machines,
Portable, Rail-drills, Ratchet; 44, Ratchet-drills, and 50,
Ratchet-drills, Band-grip.
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclasses 70, Bit-stocks, Ratchet;
75, Handles, Ratchet-and-pawl; 70, Handles, Ratchet-clutch,
and 77, Handles, Cross-bar, Ratchet.
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclasses under Coupled nut and
bolt, Pawl-and-ratchet; 17, Coupled nut and bolt, Thread-lock,
Superposed nuts, Oppositely-threaded, Key or pawl locked;
39, Locked nut. Base-clutch, Pawl-and-ratchet; 40, Locked
nut, Base-clutch, Pawl-and-ratchet, Nut-carried pawl; 41,
Locked nut, Base-clutch, Pawl-and-ratchet, Yielding inter-
locking washer, and 48, Locked nut, Side lock, Pawl-and-
ratchet.
188 RAILWAY-BRAKES, subclass 52, Staffs, and subclasses there-
under.
59. WRENCHES. CLUTCHED-HEAD, SEGMENTAL. The
wrench-head is a segment of a circle at the clutching-surface
and is not capable of full revolution.
Search Classes -
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
124, Screw-threading, Implements, Die-stocks, Ratchet, and
150, Screw-threading, Tapping, Implements, Tap-wrenches,
Ratchet.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 16, Pawls and ratchets.
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclasses 10, Drilling-machines,
Portable, Rail-drills, Ratchet, and 44, Ratchet-drills.
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclasses 70, Bit-stocks, Ratchet;
75, Handles, Ratchet-and-pawl; 76, Handles, Ratchet-clutch,
and 77, Handles, Cross-bar ratchet.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
157
CLASS 81 Continued.
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclasses under Coupled nut and
bolt, Fawl-and-ratchet; 17, Coupled nut and bolt, Thread-
lock, Superposed nuts, Oppositely-threaded, Key or pawl
locked; 39, Locked nut, Base-clutch, Pawl-and-ratchet; 40,
Locked nut, Base-clutch, Pawl-and-ratchet, Nut-carried
pawl; 41, Locked nut, Base-clutch, Pawl-and-ratchet, Yield-
ing interlocking washer, and 48, Locked nut, Side lock, Pawl-
and-ratchet.
188 RAILWAY-BRAKES, subclass 52, Staffs, and subclasses there-
under.
60. WRENCHES, CLUTCHED - HEAD, RATCHET. The
wrench-head has a series of ratchet-teeth clutched by the driv-
ing device.
Search Classes
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW-MAKING, subclasses
124, Screw-threading, Implements, Die-stocks, Ratchet, and
150, Screw-threading, Tapping, Implements, Tap-wrenches,
Ratchet.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 16, Pawls and ratchets.
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclasses 10, Drilling-machines,
Portable, Rail-drills, Ratchet; 44, Ratchet-drills, and 51,
Ratchet-drills, Sliding-pawl.
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclasses 70, Bit-stocks, Ratchet;
75, Handles, Ratchet-and-pawl; 7G, Handles, Ratchet-clutch,
and 77, Handles, Cross-bar, Ratchet.
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclasses under Coupled nut and
bolt, Pawl-and-ratchet; 17, Coupled nut and bolt, Thread-
lock, Superposed nuts, Oppositely-threaded, Key or pawl
locked; 39, Locked nut, Base-clutch, Pawl-and-ratchet; 40,
Locked nut, Base-clutch, Pawl-and-ratchet, Nut-carried pawl;
41, Locked nut, Base-clutch, Pawl-and-ratchet, Yielding in-
terlocking washer; and 48, Locked nut, Side lock, Pawl-and-
ratchet.
188 RAILWAY-BRAKES, subclass 52, Staffs, and subclasses there-
under.
Cl. WRENCHES, CLUTCHED-HE AD, RATCHET, PIVOTED-
PAWL. A pawl pivoted to the driving device engages the
ratchet-teeth of the head.
Search Classes
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
124, Screw-threading, Implements, Die-stocks, Ratchet, and
150, Screw-threading, Tapping, Implements, Tap-wrenches,
Ratchet.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 16, Pawls and ratchets.
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclasses 10, Drilling-machines,
Portable, Rail-drills, Ratchet, and 44, Ratchet-drills.
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclasses 70, Bit-stocks, Ratchet;
75, Handles, Ratchet-and-pawl; 76, Handles, Ratchet-clutch,
and 77, Handles, Cross-bar, Ratchet.
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclasses under Coupled nut and
bolt, Pawl-and-ratchet; 17, Coupled nut and bolt, Thread-
lock, Superposed nuts, Oppositely-threaded, Key or pawl
locked; 39, Locked nut, Base-clutch, Pawl-and-ratchet; 40,
Locked nut, Base-clutch, Pawl-and-ratchet, Nut-carried pawl;
41, Locked nut, Base-clutch, Pawl-and-ratchet, Yielding inter-
locking washer, and 48, Locked nut, Side lock, Pawl-and-
ratchet.
188 RAILWAY-BRAKES, subclass 52, Staffs, et seq.
62. WRENCHES, CLUTCHED-HE AD, RATCHET, PIVOTED-
PAWL, REVERSING. The direction of rotation of the
ratchet-head is reversible.
Search Classes
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
124, Screw-threading, Implements, Die-stocks, Ratchet, and
150, Screw-threading, Tapping, Implements, Tap-wrenches,
Ratchet.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 16, Pawls and ratchets.
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclasses 10 Drilling-machines,
Portable, Rail-drills, ratchet; 44, Ratchet drills, and 48,
Ratchet-drills, Reversible.
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclasses under Coupled nut and
bolt, Pawl-and-ratchet; 17, Coupled nut and bolt, Thread-
lock, Superposed nuts, Oppositely-threaded, Key or pawl
locked; 39, Locked nut, Base-clutch, Pawl-and-ratchet; 40,
Locked nut, Base-clutch, Pawl-and-ratchet, Nut-carried pawl;
41, Locked nut, Base-clutch, Pawl-and-ratchet, Yielding
interlocking washer, and 48, Locked nut, Side lock. Pawl-
and-ratchet.
188 RAILWAY-BRAKES, subclass 52, Stan's.
63. WRENCHES. CLUTCHED-HEAD, RATCHET, PIVOTED-
PAWL, REVERSING, SINGLE. A single pawl controls
the direction of revolution.
Search Classes
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING; subclasses
124, Screw-threading, Implements, Die-stocks, Ratchet, and
150, Screw-threading, Tapping, Implements, Tap-wrenches,
Ratchet.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 16, Pawls and ratchets.
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclasses 10, Drilling-machines,
Portable, Rail-drills, Ratchet; 44, Ratchet-drills, and 48,
Ratchet-drills, Reversible.
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclasses 70, Bit-stocks, ratchet;
75, Handles, Ratchet-and-pawl; 76, Handles, Ratchet-clutch,
and 77, Handles, Cross-bar, Ratchet.
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclasses under Coupled nut and
bolt, Pawl-and-ratchet; 17, Coupled nut and bolt, Thread-
lock, Superposed nuts, Oppositely-threaded, Key or pawl
, locked; 39, Locked nut, Base-clutch, I 3 awl-and-ratehet; 40,
Locked nut, Base-clutch, Pawl-and-ratchet, Yielding inter-
locking washer, and 48, Locked nut, Side lock, Pawl-and-
ritchet.
188 RAILWAY-BRAKES, subclass 52, Staffs.
CLASS 81 Continued.
64. WRENCHES, FLEXIBLE. The object turned is surrounded
wholly or partly by a flexible gripping device.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 50, Ratchet drills, Hand-
grip-
65. WRENCHES, FLEXIBLE, THREADED ADJUSTMENT.
The flexible device is adjusted to the size of the work by a
screw-threaded device.
66. WRENCHES, FLEXIBLE LINK. The flexible device is
made up of links.
67. WRENCHES, FLEXIBLE, LINK, CLAW. A part of the
handle claws or draws or tends to claw or draw a portion of
the cham lengthwise between the work and such part of the
handle.
68. WRENCHES, FLEXIBLE, LINK, HANDLE-JAW. A
jaw on the handle engages the work.
Note. If a pivoted jaw is a link of a chain it is classified herein
not in Flexible, link, handle-jaw, pivoted, this class.
69. WRENCHES, FLEXIBLE, LINK, HANDLE-JAW, PIV-
OTED. A pivoted jaw carried by the handle engages the
work, the said jaw not being a link of the chain.
Note. If the jaw is a link of the chain, it is classified hi this class,
subclass 68, Wrenches, flexible, link, handle-jaw.
70. WRENCHES, FLEXIBLE, LINK, HANDLE-JAW DU-
PLEX. The handle-jaw has two faces, either of which may
engage the work according to the direction the cham is passed
about it.
71. WRENCHES INSERTED. Wrenches which are inserted ha
a hole or tube.
72. WRENCHES, INSERTED, EXPANDING. Parts of the
wrench move outwardly to cause locking engagement with
the walls of holes or tubes.
73. WRENCHES, U-CRANK ARM. The operating part has a
U-shaped arm similar to the common bit-stock.
74. WRENCHES, WHEEL-OPERATED. Wrenches attached
to and driven by wheels to turn nuts on or off from axles.
75. WRENCHES, WHEEL-OPERATED, HUB-RIM GRASP.
The wrench grips the rim of the wheel-hub to rotate the
wrench and wheel together.
76. WRENCHES, WHEEL-OPERATED, HUB-RIM GRASP,
INTERNAL. The wrench grips the Interior of the hub-
rim.
77. WRENCHES, DOUBLE-ENDED, SIMULTANEOUS AD-
JUSTMENT. The wrench has at each end jaws which are
adjusted at the same time.
WRENCHES, HAND-GRIP. The subclasses hereunder include
wrenches whose jaws close upon the work by the grip of the
hand.
78. WRENCHES, HAND-GRIP, PIVOTED-JAW. The grip of
the hand operates one or more pivoted jaws, one jaw swinging
relatively to the other.
79. WRENCHES, HAND-GRIP, PIVOTED-JAW, CROSSED
HANDLES. The handles gripped by the hand cross each
other.
80. WRENCHES, HAND-GRIP, PIVOTED-JAW, CROSSED
HANDLES, NON-TRAVELING FULCRUM. The ful-
crum or pivot of the jaws has no movement relative to the
parts connected by the fulcrum or pivot or to the fixed jaw.
81. WRENCHES, HAND-GRIP, PIVOTED-JAW, CROSSED
HANDLES, NON-TRAVELING FULCRUM, PIVOTED
GRIPPING-PIECE. One or both of the jaw-levers carry
pivoted jaw-pieces which engage the work.
82. WRENCHES, HAND-GRIP, PIVOTED-JAW, CROSSED
HANDLES, NON-TRAVELING FULCRUM, SLIDING
GRIPPING-PIECE. One or both of the jaw-levers carry
sliding jaw-pieces which engage the work.
83. WRENCHES, HAND-GRIP, PIVOTED-JAW, CROSSED
HANDLES, SLOTTED FULCRUM-GUIDE. The ful-
crum of the jaws is adjustable along a slot.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 109, Wrenches, Pivoted outer jaw, Travel-
ing-fulcrum, Slotted guide.
84. WRENCHES, HAND-GRIP, PIVOTED-JAW. LINKED
JAW AND HANDLES. The jaws are closed by the oper-
ation of a link connecting the jaw and the handle.
85. WRENCHES, HAND-GRIP, SLIDING-JAW. The grip of
the hand causes one jaw to slide relatively to the other.
86. WRENCHES, HAND-GRIP, SLIDING-JAW, CLAW-LEV-
ER AND RACK. A lever having a tooth or claw engaging
a rack to close the jaws, the rack having more than one tooth.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 127, Wrenches, Sliding-jaw, Handle-lever
grip, claw.
158
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 81 Continued.
87. WRENCHES, HAND-GRIP, SLIDING-JAW, LEVER AND
CAM FEED. A lever operates a cam which closes the jaws.
88. WRENCHES, HAND-GRIP, SLIDING-JAW, LEVER AND
LINK FEED. A lo.ver operates through a link connected
thereto to close the jaws.
89. WRENCHES, HAND-GRIP, SLIDING-JAW, LEVER AND
PAWL FEED. A lever operates a pawl connected thereto
and engaging a rack to close the jaws.
90. WRENCHES, SPANNERS. Wrenches haying shoulders,
projections, or holes to engage with cooperating parts on the
object to be turned, usually a pipe-coupling.
91. WRENCHES, MULTIPLE PIVOTED JAWS, HANDLE-
LEVER GRIP. A plurality of pivoted jaws is caused to
grip the work by the action of a handle-lever. A pull on the
handle causes a grip on the work.
92. WRENCHES, PIVOTED INNER JAW. The inner jaw (the
one nearest the hand) is pivoted and swings or rocks to grip
or engage the work.
93. WRENCHES PIVOTED INNER JAW, NUT OR SCREW
FULCRUM. The inner jaw rocks or swings upon a nut or
screw as its fulcrum.
94. WRENCHES, PIVOTED INNER JAW, PIN-FULCRUM.
The inner jaw has a pin as its fulcrum.
95. WRENCHES, PIVOTED INNER JAW, PIN-FULCRUM,
ROLLER-JAW. The pin-fulcrumed inner jaw is a disk or
roller.
96. WRENCHES, PIVOTED INNER JAW, PIN-FULCRUM,
ROLLER-JAW, PINION. The roller or disk-shaped jaw is
toothed and travels on a rack on the handle.
97. WRENCHES, PIVOTED INNER JAW, PIN-FULCRUM,
SPRING-PRESSED. The pin-fulcrumed inner jaw is
pressed by a spring.
WRENCHES, PIVOTED OUTER JAW. The outer jaw (the
one at the end of the handle or the one farthest from the hand)
is pivoted or swings as on a pivot.
WRENCHES, PIVOTED OUTER JAW, FIXED-FULCRUM.
The fulcrum on which the jaw swings does not travel rela-
tively to either the fixed jaw or the parts which it connects.
98. WRENCHES, PIVOTED OUTER JAW, FIXED-FUL-
CRUM, NON-TRAVELING-JAW. The outer jaw does
not travel longitudinally or in a substantially right line to
adjust itself to the size o'f the work.
99. WRENCHES, PIVOTED OUTER JAW. FIXED-FUL-
CRUM NON-TRAVELING-JAW, SPRING-PRESSED.
The outer jaw is pressed by a spring.'
100. WRENCHES, PIVOTED OUTER JAW, FIXED-FUL-
CRUM, TRAVELING-JAW. The outer jaw travels longi-
tudinally or in a substantially right line to adjust itself to dif-
ferent sizes of work.
101. WRENCHES, PIVOTED OUTER JAW, FIXED-FUL-
CRUM, TRAVELING-JAW NUT-FULCRUM. The outer
jaw swings or rocks on the adjusting-nut as a fulcrum.
102. WRENCHES, PIVOTED OUTER JAW, FIXED-FUL-
CRUM, TRAVELING-JAW, ROCKING-SLEEVE. The
outer jaw is carried by a rocking sleeve.
103. WRENCHES, PIVOTED OUTER JAW, FIXED-FUL-
CRUM, TRAVELING-JAW, ROCKING-SLEEVE,
SPRING-PRESSED. The rocking sleeve is spring-pressed.
104. WRENCHES, PIVOTED OUTER JAW. FIXED-FUL-
CRUM. TRAVELING-JAW. ROCKING-SLEEVE.
SPRING-PRESSED, FULCRUM-WASHER. The sleeve
is a washer on which the nut is seated and on which the outer
jaw rocks.
105. WRENCHES, PIVOTED OUTER JAW, FIXED FUL-
CRUM, TRAVELING-JAW, ROCKING-SLEEVE,
SPRING-PRESSED, SLEEVE-INCLOSED NUT. The
sleeve wholly or partly incloses the adjusting-nut.
106. WRENCHES, PIVOTED OUTER JAW, TRAVELING-
FULCRUM. The fulcrum-point of the outer jaw travels
relatively to either the fixed jaw or the parts which it connects.
107. WRENCHES, PIVOTED OUTER JAW, TRAVELING-
FULCRUM, THREADED HANDLE-BAR. The fulcrum
is adjusted by a nut or screw working on a threaded handle-
bar.
Search Class
81 Tooi.SjSubclass 174, Wrenches, Slidingadjustments, Thread,
Traveling-nut, Threaded handle-bar.
108. WRENCHES, PIVOTED OUTER JAW, TRAVELING-
FULCRUM, THREADED HANDLK-BAR, AXIALLY-
ROTATING. The fulcrum is adjusted by the axial rotation
of a threaded handle-bar.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 164, Wrenches, Slidingadjustments, Thread,
Rotating threaded shank.
CLASS 81 Continued.
109. WRENCHES, PIVOTED OUTER JAW. TRAVELING
FULCRUM, SLOTTED GUIDE. The fulcrum is adjustable
in a slot in the shank of the fixed jaw.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 83, Wrenches, Hand-grip, Pivoted-jaw,
Crossed handles, Slotted fulcrum-guide.
110. WRENCHES, PIVOTED OUTER JAW, TRAVELING-
FULCRUM, FULCRUM-TOOTH AND RACK. The ful-
crum of the outer jaw is a tooth which is adjustable along teeth
or notches on the shank of the fixed j aw.
111. WRENCHES, PIVOTED SIDE-JAW. One or both jaws
swing sidewise of the handle to close upon the work, the meet-
ing plane of the jaws, or the opening between the jaws when in
their normal closed condition, lying on opposite sides of the
central longitudinal line of the handle or of a line parallel
thereto.
112. WRENCHES, PIVOTED SIDE-JAW, BEVEL-CLOSING.
The relative movement of the jaws and the handle-body or of
the jaws and the jaw-actuating device is along lines neither
parallel nor perpendicular to the axis of the handle.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 84, Handles, Socket-fast-
enings, Bevel-closing.
113. WRENCHES, PIVOTED SIDE-JAW, BEVEL-CLOSING,
AXIAL NUT OR SCREW. The jaws are drawn back into
a beveled socket or are thrust forward into a conical cap by an
axially-moving nut or screw.
Search Class
14,5 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 85, Handles, Socket-fast-
enings, Bevel-closing, Axial-screw.
114. WRENCHES, PIVOTED SIDE-JAW, BEVEL-CLOSING,
SCREW-RING. An interiorly-threaded ring laterally sur-
rounds the jaws and has a helical movement thereon.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclasses 89, Handles, Socket-
fastenings, Bevel closing, Screw-ring; and 90, Handles, Socket-
fastenings, Bevel-closing, Screw-ring, Spring-retracted jaws.
115. WRENCHES, PIVOTED SIDE-JAW, BEVEL-CLOSING,
ROTATING-RING. The jaws are closed by an unthreaded
ring or collar, which embraces the jaws and cams them toward
each other.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclasses 87, Handles, Socket-
fastenings, Bevel-closing, Rotating-ring, and 88, Handles,
Socket-fastenings, Bevel-closing, Rotating-ring, Spring-re-
tracted jaws.
116. WRENCHES, PIVOTED SIDE-JAW, BEVEL-CLOSING,
WEDGE. One or both of the jaws are closed by apart which
slides between the jaws or between the jaw and another part,
producing a wedge-like action.
117. WRENCHES, PIVOTED SIDE-JAW, ROCKING-LINK.
One or both of the jaws are closed by means of links which
cause one or both of the jaws to travel longitudinally and
inwardly.
118. WRENCHES, PIVOTED SIDE-JAW, TRANSVERSE-
SCREW CLAMP. The jaws are closed by a screw located
transversely of the axis of the tool.
119. WRENCHES, RIGID JAWS. The jaws or work-engaging
parts have no relative movement.
120. WRENCHES, RIGID JAWS, ROUND-WORK. The jaws
are specially adapted for grasping or clutching round work.
121. WRENCHES, RIGID JAWS, INCLOSED. The jaw has
inclosing walls forming an opening which receives a nut or the
like.
122. WRENCHES, RIGID JAWS, INCLOSED, WATCH AND
CLOCK KEYS. Socketed tools for winding watches orclocks.
123. WRENCHES, RIGID JAWS, INCLOSED, WATCH AND
CLOCK KEYS, DUST-PROTECTORS. The watch or
clock keys have means for excluding dust from the sockets.
124. WRENCHES, RIGID JAWS, INCLOSED, WATCH AND
CLOCK KEYS, SAFETY. The watch or clock keys have
means to prevent the overwinding of the springs.
125. WRENCHES, RIGID JAWS, INCLOSED, WORK-HOLD-
ING. The socket has means for holding a nut from dropping
out.
126. WRENCHES, SLIDING-JAW, HANDLE-LEVER GRIP.
The actuation of a handle-lever causes a sliding jaw to grip the
work. A pull on the handle closes the jaws.
Search Class
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 3, Type, Pliers, and the subclasses
thereunder.
127. WRENCHES, SLIDING-JAW, HANDLE-LEVER GRIP,
CLAW. The actuating-lever has a claw or tooth which claws
or forces the sliding jaw to its work.
Search Classes
81 TOOLS, subclass 86, Wrenches, Hand-grip, Sliding-jaw,
Claw-lever and rack.
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 3 , Type, Pliers, and the subclasses
thereunder.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
159
CLASS 81 Continued.
128. WRENCHES, SLIDING-JAW, CAM-CLOSING. A cam is
actuated to operate a sliding jaw or cooperates with said jaw
to produce a sliding movement thereon.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 26, Vises, Sliding-jaw, Cam.
129. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS. Means for
adjusting sliding parts, as jaws, pivot-carrying blocks, etc.
130. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK. The
adjustment is made by means of a rack which locks the parts
from movement.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 110, Wrenches, Pivoted outer jaw, Travel-
ing-fulcrum, Fulcrum-tooth, and rack.
131. WRENCHES. SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK,INTER-
LOCKING JAW-HANDLES. The jaws are carried by
handles which interlock.
132. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK, LOCK-
ING SETSCREW ORNUT. The jaws are locked by means
of a set screw or nut which locks together the rack and its inter-
locking part.
133. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK, PIN-
ION-LOCK. A pinion which travels on a rack on the shank
is locked so as to prevent movement of the pinion-carrier.
134. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK, PIV-
OTED RACK-CATCH. A pivoted device or a device moving
as if on a pivot interlocks with a rack.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 30, Vises, Rack-lock, Pivoted rack-catch.
135. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK, PIV-
OTED RACK-CATCH, NON-TRAVELING. The catch
does not travel with the traveling-jaw.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 30, Vises, Rack-lock, Pivoted rack-catch.
136. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS. RACK. PIV-
OTED RACK-CATCH, NON-TRAVELING, INTER-
MEDIATE-FULCRUM. The non-traveling catch has its
pivot between its locking end and its operating part.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 30, Vises, Rack-lock, Pivoted rack-catch,
and 140, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments, Pivoted rack-catch,
Intermediate-fulcrum.
137. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK, PIV-
OTED RACK-CATCH, TRANSVERSE. The catch has
its pivot or axis of movement lying longitudinally of the handle.
It swings transversely of the interlocked rack.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 30, Vises, Rack-lock, Pivoted rack-catch;
159, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments, Thread, Interrupted; 160,
Wrenches, Sliding adjustments, Thread, Interrupted, Nut-set,
and 161, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments, Thread, Interrupted,
Nut-set, Traveling-nut.
138. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK, PIV-
OTED RACK-CATCH, CAM-SEATED. The catch is
forced by a cam into locking engagement with the rack.
139. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK, PIV-
OTED RACK-CATCH, INDIRECTLY-OPERATED.
The catch is operated by a part not rigidly attached thereto.
140. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK, PIV-
OTED RACK-CATCH, INTERMEDIATE-FULCRUM.
The catch moves on a pivot located between its locking end
and its operating part.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 136, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments, Rack,
Pivoted rack-catch, Non-traveling, Intermediate-fulcrum.
141. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK,
SHANK-ENGAGED CAM. A cam engages the shank and
draws the rack and the teeth of its cooperating member
together.
142. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK, SLID-
ING RACK-CATCH. A sliding catch interlocks with the
rack of the sliding part.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 31, Vises, Rack-lock, Sliding rack-catch.
143. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK, SLID-
ING RACK-CATCH, CAM-SEATED. A cam holds the
catch in engagement with the rack.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 31, Vises, Rack-lock, Sliding rack-catch.
144. W'RENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK, SLID-
ING RACK-CATCH, SCREW OR NUT SEATED. A
screw or nut holds the catch in engagement with the rack.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 31, Vises, Rack-lock, Sliding rack-catch.
145. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK, SLID-
ING RACK-CATCH, SPRING-SEATED. A spring forces
the catch into engagement with the rack.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 31, Vices, Rack-lock, Sliding rack-catch.
CLASS 81 Continued.
146. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK,
SPRING-SEATED JAW-FRAME. A spring presses the
teeth of a jaw carrying frame into engagement with teeth on
the shank of the other jaw.
Note. This subclass includes only those jaw-frames whose teeth
are not integral therewith.
147. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK,
SPRING-SEATED JAW-FRAME, INTEGRAL, FRAME
AND TEETH. The frame and the teeth are integral.
148. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK,
WEDGE-LOCK. A wedge forces the teeth of one part into
locking engagement with the other.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 154, Wrenches, sliding adjustments, Shank-
grip, Locking-incline.
149. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, RACK,
WEDGE-LOCK, WEDGE-PUSHER. A special part not
rigidly attached to the wedge moves the latter.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 154, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments, Shank-
grip, Locking-incline.
150. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, SHANK-GRIP.
The traveling jaw is locked to the shank by a gripping or
clamping action.
151. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, SHANK-
GRIP, SIDE-JAW. The traveling jaw moves sideswise of
the shank, the plane of the meeting faces of the jaws lying
on opposite sides of the longitudinal axis of the handle or -of a
line parallel thereto.
152. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, SHANK-
GRIP, CLUTCH-YOKE. A yoke or ring-like device has a
portion which grips or bites the shank to lock the traveling
jaw.
153. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, SHANK-
GRIP, ROLLER-CLUTCH. The traveling jaw is locked
by gripping or clutching action of a roller upon the shank.
154. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, SHANK-
GRIP, LOCKING-INCLINE. The traveling jaw is locked
to the shank by one or more inclines.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 148, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments,
Rack, Wedge-lock, and 149, Wrenches, Sliding adjustment,
Wedge-lock, Wedge-pusher.
155. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD.
The sliding part is adjusted by means of a threaded device.
156. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD
DISPLACEABLE HALF-NUT. The nut is made of sec-
tions which move away from the screw or of a single section
which partially surrounds the screw and moves away from
the screw in order to make a quick adjustment.
157. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THRE VD
DISPLACEABLE NUT OR SCREW. The nut or screw
is separated bodily from its cooperating member to provide
a quick adjustment.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 36, Vices, Screw-operated, Displaceable
nut or screw, and 137, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments, Rack,
Pivoted rack-catch, Transverse.
158. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD,
DISPLACEABLE NUT OR SCREW, TRAVELING-
SCREW, SHANK-RACK. The screw is carried by the
traveling jaw and is moved away from its cooperating member
which is a rack on the shank, to provide a quick adjustment.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 36, Vices, Screw-operated, Displaceable
nut or screw, and 176, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments, Tread,
Traveling-screw, Shank-rack.
159. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD,
INTERRUPTED. A portion of the threads are removed
from cooperating parts, so that by registering the removed
portion of one part with the full portion of the other a quick
adjustment is provided.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 37, Vices, Screw-operated, Interrupted-
thread.
160. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD,
INTERRUPTED, NUT-SET. An interiorly-threaded device
is operated to lock and advance the jaw at the time of locking.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 37, Vices, Screw-operated, Interrupted-
thread, and 137, Wrenches, Sliding adjustment, Rack, Pivoted
rack-catch, Transverse.
161. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD-
INTERRUPTED, NUT-SET, TRAVELING-NUT. The
nut is secured to the traveling jaw.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 37, Vices, Screw-operated, Interrupted-
thread, and 137, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments, Rack,
Pivoted rack-catch, Transverse.
160
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 81 Continued.
162. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD,
INTERRUPTED, TRAVELING-SCREW, SHANK-
RACK. An externally-threaded device secured to the travel-
ing jaw is operated in connection with rack-like threads on the
shank of the fixed jaw.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 37, Vices, Screw-operated, Interrupted-
thread, and 176, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments, Thread,
Traveling-screw, Shank-rack.
163. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD,
RIGHT AND LEFT THREADS. The sliding part or
parts are adjusted by the actuation of a device having right
and left threads.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 35, Vices, Screw-operated, Right and left
threads.
164. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD,
ROTATING THREADED SHANK. The sliding part is
adjusted by the axial rotation of a threaded handle.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 108, Wrenches, Pivoted outer jaw, Travel-
ing-fulcrum, Threaded handle-bar, Axially-rotating, and 192
Pipe and rod cutters, Traveling, External, Thread, Feed,
Rotary-handle.
165. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD,
SLIDING SIDE-JAW. The sliding jaw has amovement
transverse of the shank supporting it.
WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD,NON-
TRAVELING NUT. An interiorly-threaded device having
no travel is operated to adjust the sliding part.
166. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENT, THREAD,
NON-TRAVELINaNUT, INTERMEDIATE. The actu-
ating-nut is seated between the jaws and the end of the handle.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 168, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments,
Thread, Non-traveling nut, Terminal.
167. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD
NON-TRAVELING NUT, INTERMEDIATE, SLIDING
OUTER JAW. The outer jaw is adjusted by the actuation
of a nut between jaws and the end of the handle.
Note. Where the nut is used as the fulcrum of a swinging outer
jaw, see in this class, subclass 101, Wrenches, Pivoted outer
jaw. Fixed-fulcrum, Traveling-jaw. Nut-fulcrum.
Note. Where the nut is carried on a rocking washer, see in this
class, subclass 104, Wrenches, Pivoted outer jaw, Fixed-
fulcrum, Traveling-jaw, Rocking-sleeve, Spring-pressed,
Fulcrum-washer.
Note. Where the nut is carried in a rocking sleeve which guides
an outer jaw, see in this class, subclass 105, Wrenches, Pivoted
outer jaw, Fixed-fulcrum, Traveling-jaw, Rocking-sleeve,
Sleeve-inclosed nut.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 169, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments,
Thread, Non-traveling nut, Terminal, Sliding outer jaw.
168. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD,
NON-TRAVELING NUT, TERMINAL. The actuating
nut is seated at the end of the handle.
Note. Where the nut is used as the fulcrum of a swinging outer
jaw, see in this class, subclass 101, Wrenches, Pivoted outer
jaw, Fixed-fulcrum, Traveling-jaw, Nut-fulcrum.
Note. Where the nut is carried on a rocking washer, see in this
class, subclass 104, Wrenches, Pivoted outer jaw, Fixed-
fulcrum, Traveling-jaw, Rocking-sleeve, Spring-pressed, ful-
crum-washer.
Note. Where the nut is carried on a rocking sleeve which guides
an outer jaw, see in this class, subclass 105, Wrenches, Pivoted
outer jaw, Fixed-fulcrum, Traveling-jaw, Rocking-sleeve,
Sleeve-inclosed nut.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 166, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments,
Thread, Non-traveling nut, Intermediate.
169. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD,
NON-TRAVELING NUT, TERMINAL, SLIDING
OUTER JAW. The outer jaw is adjusted by the actuation
of a nut at the end of the handle.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 167, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments,
Thread, Non-traveling nut, Intermediate, Sliding outer jaw.
170. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD,
NON-TRAVELING SCREW. An exteriorly-threaded de-
vice having no longitudinal movement is actuated to adjust
the sliding part.
171. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD,
NON-TRAVELING SCREW, BRACKET-BEARING.
The screw has its bearing in or on a bracket, usually on or a
part of the upper end of the handle proper.
Note. Where the screw is used as the fulcrum of an inner jaw,
S3e in this class, subclass 93, Wrenches, Pivoted inner jaw,
Nut or screw fulcrum.
172. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD,
NON-TRAVELING SCREW, SHANK-SLEEVED. The'
screw is a sleeve which surrounds the shank of the fixed jaw.
173. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD.
TRAVELING-NUT. An interiorly-threaded device carried
by the sliding part is actuated to secure an adjustment.
CLASS 81 Continued.
174. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD,
TRAVELING-NUT, THREADED HANDLE-BAR. The
actuating-nut cooperates with threads upon the handle-bar.
Note. Where the nut is used as the fulcrum of an inner jaw,
see in this class, subclass 93, Wrenches, Pivoted inner jaw,
Nut or screw fulcrum.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 107, Wrenches, Pivoted outer jaw, Travel-
ing-fulcrum, Threaded handle-bar.
175. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD,
TRAVELING-SCREW. An exteriorly-threaded device
travels longitudinally to make an adjustment.
176. WRENCHES, SLIDING ADJUSTMENTS, THREAD,
TRAVELING-SCREW, SHANK-RACK. The actuating,
screw travels with the sliding part and cooperates with rack-
like threads upon the shank.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 158, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments,
Thread, Displaceable nut or screw, Traveling-screw, Shank-
rack, and H>2, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments, Thread, Inter-
rupted, Traveling-screw, Shank-rack.
177. WRENCHES, HANDLES AND SHANKS. Wrenches have
ing novelty hi the handle or the shank.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 171, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments,
Thread, Non-traveling screw, Bracket-bearing.
178. WRENCHES, REVERSIBLE JAWS. The jaws are reversi-
ble to bring a new part into operative position.
179. WRENCHES, SLIDING JAW-FACE. The jaw or jaws are
provided with a sliding jo,w-face which moves in some degree
transversely of the shank.
180. WRENCHES, ATTACHMENTS AND ADJUNCTS. Parts
which are exchangeable for other parts, as jaw-pieces, cutters,
and the like, or are added to improve wrenches as such.
Note. Attachments and adjuncts, except cutters, pumps, and
oilers, which are added to wrenches to give them a function
other than that of wrenches, are classified in class 7, COM-
POUND TOOLS.
Note. For adjuncts holding a nut from dropping out of a wrench
see in this class, subclass 125, Wrenches, Rigid jaws, Inclosed,
Work-holding.
181. WRENCHES, ATTACHMENTS AND ADJUNCTS, CUT-
TERS. Attachments and adjuncts which are applied to
wrenches to convert them into cutters and which are so com-
bined with the wrench that the parts which operate the jaws
of the wrench are employed for applying the necessary pres-
sure to the cutters.
Note. Cutters of a general nature applied to various parts of the
wrench, but not coming within the above definition, are
found in class 7, COMPOUND TOOLS.
182. WRENCHES, ATTACHMENTS AND ADJUNCTS, CUT-
TERS, ROTARY. The cutters are rotary disks or the like.
183. WRENCHES, ATTACHMENTS AND ADJUNCTS, ROL-
LER-CLUTCH. Rollers added to wrench-jaws and causing
a clutch-grip on the work.
184. WRENCHES, ATTACHMENTS AND ADJUNCTS,
SHANK-EMBRACING. The attachment is sleeved upon
or partially embraces the shank of the wrench.
185. WRENCHES, ATTACHMENTS AND ADJUNCTS,
SOCKET-REDUCERS. Attachments for reducing the size
of wrench-sockets.
186. WRENCHES, JAW-FACES. Inventions relating to the sur-
face structure of the jaws.
187. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS. Tools for cutting pipes and
rods.
Note. Shears for cutting wire are in class 30, CUTLERY, subclass
17, Wire-shears.
Note. Cutters combined with wrenches in which the jaw-operat-
ing parts supply the power for bringing the cutters into opera-
tion are found in this class, subclass 181, Wrenches, attach-
ments and adjuncts, cutters.
Note. Tools for cutting sheets and bars are in class 164, CUTTING
AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS.
188. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, NON-TRAVELING, IN-
TERNAL. Tools having the cutting-blade inside of a tube
or the like, the part carrying the cutter having no travel rela-
tive to the tube.
189. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS. TRAVELING, EXTER-
NAL. The cutting portion of the tool operates externally of
a cylinder or tube to be cut and travels circumferentially
about it.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
110, Screw threading implements, Dies, combined cutting-
ofl and threading.
190. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, TRAVELING, EXTER-
NAL, GEAR-OPERATED. The cutter is by means of
gearing caused to travel circumferentially about a bar or tube.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
110, Screw threading implements, Dies, combined cutting-
ofl and threading.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
161
CLASS 81 Continued.
191. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, TRAVELING, EXTER-
NAL, THREAD-FEED. The cutter is fed by a threaded
device during the travel thereof.
Search Class
1C BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
110, Screw threading implements, Dies, combined cutting-
off and threading.
192. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, TRAVELING, EXTER
NAL, THREAD-FEED, ROTARY HANDLE. By axi
ally rotating the handle a threaded device feeds the cutter
into the work.
Search Classes
81 TOOLS, subclass 1G4, Wrenches, Sliding adjustments
Thread, Rotating threaded shank.
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
110, Screw threading implements, Dies, combined cutting-
ofl and threading.
193. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, TRAVELING, INTERNAL.
The cutting portion of the tool operates inside of a pipe to be
cut and its carrier travels relatively to the pipe.
194. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, TRAVELING, INTERNAL,
ROTARY. The cutter travels about the pipe to make a cut
transverse of its axis.
195. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, TRAVELING, INTERNAL,
ROTARY, WEDGE-FEED. A wedge feeds the cutter to
its work.
196. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, PIVOTED. The cutter is
carried by a pivoted part.
Search Class
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 3, Type, Pliers, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
197. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, PIVOTED, CAM. The cut-
ter-jaws are closed by the actuation of a cam.
Search Class
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 3, Type, Pliers, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
CLASS 81 Continued.
198. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, PIVOTED, HANDLE-
JAWS. The cutting-jaws are carried rigidly by the handles,
as in the common nippers or wire-cutters.
Search Class
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 3, Type, Pliers, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
199. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, PIVOTED, TOGGLE. The
jaws are closed by the actuation of a toggle.
200. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, PIVOTED. INTER-
GEARED HANDLES. The handles are geared together, so
as to cause a simultaneous movement of the jaws.
201. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, SLIDING. The cutting
blade or blades slide in a substantially right line.
202. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, SLIDING, CAM. The slid-
ing jaw is actuated by a cam.
.203. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, SLIDING, HEAD AND
SOCKET. The sliding jaw is actuated by the movement of
a head in a socket. The head in most cases is carried by a
lever and fits a spcket in the cutter-bar.
204. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, SLIDING, LEVER AND
LINK. The sliding jaw is actuated by the cooperation of a
lever and a link.
205. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, SLIDING, RACK AND
SEGMENT. The sliding jaw is actuated bv the cooperation
of a rack and a segment, the former usually carried by the
blade and the latter by a lever.
206. PIPE AND ROD CUTTERS, JAW ATTACHMENTS.
Parts attached to the jaw-holders and capable of replacement
by other parts when the original parts are dull or worn out or
when a jaw-piece of a different character is desired.
26674 12-
-11
CLASS 82. TURNING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes inventions for producing articles of predeter-
mined section, usually circular, by means of cutters brought into
engagement with the exterior of a rotating work-piece or by means
of cutters revolving circumferentially around and in engagement
with that portion of the work-piece to be shaped. It contains mainly
metal-working machines, but is not confined thereto, including all
such mechanisms of the above-named structure and function as are
not specifically classified elsewhere.
Search Classes
79 BUTTON-MAKING, subclass 7, Surfacing and subclasses
thereunder.
125 STONE WORKING, subclass 6, Dressing stone.
142 WOOD-TURNING.
181 ACOUSTICS, subclass 15, Tablets, Turning and smoothing.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Various turning devices, not organized
lathes, and turning processes for producing articles of circular
cross-section.
2. LATHES. Organized machines and devices for producing ar-
ticles of regular section, usually circular, by means of work-
supports and guided cutters, with mechanism for effecting
a relative rotation between the cutters and the work; also,
details of such machines.
3. LATHES, MULTIPLE. Lathes for operating simultaneously
on more than one piece of work. The operations are usually
the same on each piece.
4. LATHES, PORTABLE. Lathes, usually hand-driven, read-
ily transported and attached to axles, crank-pins, commuta-
tors, and other parts to be turned or trued.
5. LATHES, SCREW-CUTTING. Organized machines of the
"engine-lathe" type havingfeed mechanism adapted to vary
the rate of tool travel to cut screws of various pitches.
5. LATHES, SCREW-CUTTING, SWINGING FEED-NUT
AND TOOL-BAR. Lathes in which the lead-screw is
integral with the head-stock spindle or relatively mounted
on a stud projecting from the head-stock end of the bed and
geared to said spindle in such position as to be readily engaged
by a sectional nut at the end of a lever whose opposite end is
attached to a rocking "chaser-bar," usually at the back of the
bed, and carrying at another point of its length a second lever
upon which is mounted the threading-tool.
6. LATHES, BENCH. Light lathes without legs, mainly de-
signed for jeweler's and watchmaker's use.
7. LATHES, PULLEY. Lathes especially designed for rotating
and facing pulleys. They generally include special driving
means and means for crowning the pulley-face.
8. LATHES, WHEEL AND AXLE. Organized machines for
turning heavy wheels and axles, usually those of railway
rolling-stock.
Search Class
82 TURNING, subclass 4, Lathes, Portable, for devices for
finishing or re-turning worn wagon-axles.
9. LATHES, CRANK AND CRANK-PIN. Lathes particu-
larly designed for rotating cranks and crank-disks concen-
trically to turn the main journals or eccentrically to turn the
crank-pin, or machines with offset revolving tools for turning
crank-pins held stationary, but eccentric with respect to the
lathe-centers.
Note. This subclass includes only fully-organized power-driven
machines. Portable pin-turners, usually hand-driven and
clamped to the work to be turned, are classified in subclass
4, Lathes, Portable.
10l LATHES, CRANK AND CRANK-PIN, OSCILLATING
WORK. Machines mainly for turning cross-head phis
designed to rotate through a portion of the circumference
only of such work as the tool can not pass entirely around.
ll.'AXIAL PATTERN. Machines for producing articles of cir-
cular cross-section and of varying axial section other than
cylindrical or conical forms.
12. AXIAL PATTERN, PIVOTED TOOL-REST. Machines
in which the axial outline is traced by a tool rotating about
an axis at right angles to the axis of the work. It mainly
comprises lathes for turning spheres, though in some cases
the tool traces a curve convex toward the work-axis.
13. AXIAL PATTERN, PROFILED CUTTER. Machines for
producing articles the axial section of which is predetermined
by that of a formed cutter or series of juxtaposed cutters.
CLASS 82 Continued.
14. AXIAL PATTERN, TEMPLET - GUIDE. Machines in
which the axial pattern is produced by a tool the transverse
movements of which are controlled by a templet.
TAPERS. Machines for producing conical surfaces in which
the elements of the cone are usually at a comparatively small
angle to the axis of the work.
15. TAPERS, OFFSET WORK-AXIS. Machines in which the
axis of the rotating work is at a slight angle to the line of feed,
the tool or work having a simple straight-line feed only.
16. TAPERS, TRANSVERSELY-SHIFTED CUTTER, GEAR-
CONTROLLED. Machines in which a conical surface is gen-
erated by giving the cutting-tool a compound feed, one parallel
to the axis of the work and the other at right angles thereto,
the latter feed being governed by a gear-train.
17. TAPERS, TRANSVERSELY-SHIFTED CUTTER, TEM-
PLET-CONTROLLED. Machines like the last preceding
in which the transverse feed of the cutter is governed by a
fixed templet and connections between said templet and
cutter or cutter-support.
18. PATTERN-SECTION. Machines for producing articles of
predetermined noncircular section, usually by giving the cut-
ter a motion radial with respect to the rotating work in addi-
tion to its usual feed motion.
19. PATTERN-SECTION, CAM-CONTROLLED CUTTER.
Machines in which the radially-reciprocating motion of the
cutter is governed by a cam.
20. LATHES, HOLLOW CUTTER-HEAD. Machines having
rotating or stationary cutter-heads for supporting the cutters
radially with their cutting ends toward the axis of the work
and means for effecting relative rotation and axial feed be-
tween cutters and work.
Search Class
82 TURNING, subclasses 35, Rests, Tool and work; and 4,
Lathes, Portable.
21. LATHES, CARRIAGE-FEEDS. All details of lathes instru-
mental in giving the cutting-tool either longitudinal or trans-
verse feed or in limiting such feeds.
22. LATHES, CARRIAGE-FEEDS, APRON MECHANISM.
All gearing or feed-controlling mechanism attached to or
covered by the apron secured to the lathe-carriage and special
thereto.
23. LATHES. CARRIAGE-FEEDS, APRON MECHANISM,
FEED-NUT CONTROLLERS. Devices for closing the feed-
nut upon the feed-screw or releasing it therefrom; also, for
preventing the closing of the nut except in certain positions
to insure "catching the thread" correctly with the tool in
screw-threading.
24. LATHES, CARRIAGE-FEEDS, SLIDE-RESTS. Tool-sup-
porting devices, usually mounted upon the lathe-carriage
and longitudinally movable with it, for giving to the tool an
additional feed, ordinarily one transverse to the axis of the
work.
25. LATHES, CARRIAGE-FEEDS, SLIDE-RESTS, MUL-
TIPLE TOOL-SUPPORT. Devices like the preceding,
but carrying a plurality of cutting-tools, usually located on
opposite sides of the axis of the work.
26. LATHES, CARRIAGE-FEEDS, CHANGE-GEARS. Sets
of gears and provisions for mounting and shifting them in
order to change the speed of rotation of the feed-screw or other
carriage-driving means, and consequently the rate of carriage-
feed.
27. LATHES, CARRIAGE-FEEDS, FEED-SCREWS AND
RODS. Mechanisms, usually in the form of rotating screws
or splined rods, for transmitting motion from the head-stock
or change-gears to the carriage to effect the necessary tool-
feeds.
Search Class
82 TURNING, subclass 5, Lathes, Screw-cutting.
28. LATHES, HEAD-STOCKS. General features and miscella-
neous improvements in devices for supporting one end of the
work-piece and for rotating it.
29. LATHES, HEAD-STOCKS, SPEED-CHANGING GEAR.
Devices for giving variable rotation to the chuck or face-plate
for a given rotation of the cone-pulley; ordinarily, back-gears.
Note. This subclass includes only such devices as are specifically
designed for lathes and not for general application.
Search Classes
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, appropriate subclasses under Gearing.
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 35, Drilling machines, Back
gears.
163
164
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 82 Centinued.
30. LATHES, HEAD-STOCKS, SPINDLES, AND BEARINGS.
The title sufficiently defines the subclass.
31. LATHES, TAIL-STOCKS. Devices for securing and rotat-
ably supporting the end of the work-piece remote from the
head-stock or driving end of the lathe.
32. LATHES, BEDS. Structure of the frame and ways of the
lathe.
33. LATHES, CENTERS. Devices secured in the head-stock or
tail-stock to rotatably support the work.
Search Class
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclass 53, Lathe centers.
34. LATHES, ATTACHMENTS. Miscellaneous devices secured
to lathes for facilitating their manipulation, increasing their
accuracy, etc.
RESTS. Devices for securing or supporting the cutting-tool or
the work, or both, during the turning operation.
35. RESTS, TOOL AND WORK. Devices for simultaneously
supporting both the tool and the work upon which it operates.
Search Class
82 TURNING, subclass 20, Lathes, hollow cutter-head.
36. RESTS, TOOL. Devices for supporting lathe-tools held in
the hand or for clamping them and effecting their rectilinear
vertical adjustment or angular adjustment in a vertical plane.
Search Class
82 TURNING, subclass 35, Rests, Tool and work.
37. RESTS, TOOL, TOOL-POSTS. The immediate clamping
means for securing the tool or cutter of a lathe. These devices
include adjusting means only when the adjustment is effected
by unclamping and reclamping the cutter itself.
38. RESTS, WORK. Miscellaneous devices for supporting work
in a lathe: either the free end of a piece of stock or the side
opposite the cutting-tool, to receive the thrust of the tool, or
for other purposes.
39. RESTS, WORK, CENTER RESTS. Devices secured to the
bed or ways of a lathe and provided with a bushing or with
centering-jaws in axial alinement with the work supported
between the centers, to prevent springing of the work from
the thrust of the cutter.
Search Class
82 TURNING, subclass 45, Centerers.
40. WORK-DRIVERS. Miscellaneous devices for transmitting
the rotary motion of the lathe-spindle to the work held be-
tween the centers.
Search Class
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 107, Machine-chucks and tool-
sockets, and subclasses thereunder.
41. WORK-DRIVERS, LATHE-DOGS. Driving devices which
grip the work to be rotated and have a spur or other driving-
connection which loosely engages a slot or other rotating por-
tion of the face-plate or 'spindle.
42. WORK-DRIVERS, LATHE-DOGS, CAM-GRIP. Dogs
which have cam-surfaces engaging the work to be driven in
such a manner that rotation in the working direction causes
the cam to grip the work the more firmly.
CLASS 82 Continued.
Search Class
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 124, Machine-chucks and tool-
sockets, Cam-closing.
43. WORK-DRIVERS, MANDRELS. Devices placed between
the centers of the lathe and driving hollow work-pieces by
engaging their interior surfaces.
44. WORK-DRIVERS, MANDRELS, EXPANSIBLE. Man-
drels having work-engaging pieces capable of radial adjust-
ment to center the work and secure driving contact therewith.
Search Classes
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 31, Hubs.
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 103, Soldering,
Clamps, Expanding mandrel.
242 W INDING AND REELING, subclasses 63, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Fabric, automatically-contracting reel; 72, Reeling and
unreeling. Fabric cores and holders, contractile; 110, Reeling
and unreeling, Reels, contractile, and subclasses thereunder.
45. CENTERERS. Devices for determining the centers or axes
of work-pieces preparatory to mounting them on lathe-cen-
ters or for bringing such axes into coincidence with the line
joiningthe lathe-centers after the work-pieces have been pkuvd
in the lathe.
Search Classes
82 TURNING. subclass 29, Rests, Work, Center rests.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 107, Machine-chucks and tool-
sockets.
77 BORING AND. DRILLING, subclass 18, Drilling-Machines,
Center-drills.
46. CENTERERS, CAM-CLOSING. Centerers in which the cen-
tering-pieces are moved inward by cam-surfaces, usually of
the scroll type.
Search Class
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 124, Machine-chucks and tool-
sockets, cam-closing.
47. CENTERERS, COUPLED V-JAWS. Devices in which the
center of the work-piece is determined or indicated by jaws
which approach the piece from opposite sides and have ap-
proximately V-shaped recessed ends between which the
work-piece is held by the jaw-coupling means.
Search Class
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 135, Machine-chucks and tool-
sockets, Transverse-screw closing, Opposite-coupled jaws.
48. CENTERERS, HOLLOW-CONE. Devices in which the
center-marking means is located coaxially with a hollow cone,
which is placed over the end of the piece to be centered.
49. CENTERERS, PIVOTED-LEVER AND CONE. Cen-
terers in which a series of circumferentially-arranged pivoted
levers are closed equally upon the piece to" be centered by an
axially-moving cone.
Search Class
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 130, Machine-chucks and tool-
sockets, Lever-closing, Cone.
50. CENTERERS, PIVOTED-LINK. Devices in which a series
of surrounding pivoted links are caused to move equally
toward the axis of the device until they impinge upon the
work-piece.
51. Abolished.
CLASS 85.- DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW-THREADED
FASTENINGS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class contains such bolts, rivets, nails, screws, and other
fastenings as are adapted to general use and not so limited to special
articles or structures as to require special classification. It also
includes washers which though not covered by the class title are so
closely allied in use as to render separate classification inexpedient.
Subclasses.
1. BOLTS. Fastenings designed either to be passed through two
or more pieces to be secured together and having a separate
locking device, as a nut, or those having a threaded or other-
wise-prepared shank which engages a correspondingly-
prepared recess in one of the pieces to be secured.
1.5. BOLTS, STAY. Bolts, together with the necessary coacting
sleeves or spacing members for securing two or more plates
or members spaced apart. Devices known as boiler stay bolts
arc classified here.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 49>, Crown
sheets and stays, for combinations with the boiler structure.
2. BOLTS, EXPANDING-CORE. Bolts having a hollow shank
to receive a conical expanding pifcp. either threaded or plain,
to firmly secure the bolt or its nut in place.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW-THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass (i, Bolts, Threadless, Axial-wedge.
2.4. BOLTS, EXPANDING-SLEEVE. Fastening devices often
used for securing structures to masonry walls, comprising a
central securing part and surrounding devices, either sepa-
rated or adjustably secured together, adapted to be radially
expanded by the longitudinal movement of the interior bolt
or nut.
Note. They are distinguished from subclass 2. Bolts, Expanding-
core, in that the head, nut, or other article-holding means is
here integral with or secured to the interior expanding means,
while in 2, Bolts, Expanding-core, the securing device is itself
expanded.
2.8. BOLTS, EXPANDING-SLEEVE, DOUBLE - WEDGE.
Devices similar to those in subclass 2.4, Bolts, Expanding-
sleeve, in which the sleeve is expanded by the cooperation of
two wedges or cones which travel axially toward or from each
other.
3. BOLTS, PIVOTED END-LOCK. Bolts having a locking piece
or pieces so pivoted at or near one end that the locking device
may be swung transversely of the bolt-axis to secure the bolt
or into axial alinement therewith to permit its withdrawal.
4. BOLTS, LAPPED. Bolts having similar headed halves or parts
which are passed in from opposite sides of the material to be
fastened and are lapped and secured either within the mate-
rial or on opposite sides thereof.
5. BOLTS, THREADLESS. Bolts without a helical thread, but
of such contour as to be secured by partial rotation, or having
additional threadless securing means.
6. BOLTS, THREADLESS, AXIAL -WEDGE. Bifurcated
threadless bolts secured in place by a wedge-shaped piece
thrust into the slot in the bolt-body. They are distinguished
from Bolts, expanding-core, in that the bolt body or shank is
cleft from side to side, and the expander is a wedge substan-
tially as wide as the bolt shank instead of conical.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW-THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 2, Bolts, Expanding-core.
7. BOLTS, THREADLESS, KEY-LOCK. Bolts secured in place
by a transverse key, cotter, or pin instead of a nut.
8. BOLTS, THREADLESS, KEY-LOCK, BIFURCATED-
Key or cotter locked bolts in which a bifurcated key passes
astride the shank of the bolt instead of through an opening
therein.
9. BOLTS, HEADS. Modifications in the head of the bolt, usually
with a view to preventing its rotation when the nut is screwed
on.
10. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS. Fastenings designed to be
driven by repeated blows or by nailing-machines and laterally
displacing the material into which they are forced. They re-
tain their hold by friction alone, by clenching, or by additional
lot-king means.
Search Class
39 FENCES, subclass 12, Wire, Fasteners, and subclasses there-
under.
CLASS 85 Continued.
11. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, SHEET-METAL. Fasten-
ing devices cut or stamped from sheet metal and frequently
corrugated, folded, or rolled longitudinally to increase their
rigidity.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW-THREADED FASTENINGS.
subclass 15, Nails, spikes, and tacks, Glaziers' points.
12. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, HORSESHOE - NAILS.
The title defines the class.
13. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, MULTIPLE-PRONGED.
Fastenings with two or more prongs, usually designed to enter
the material at or near the same point, and distinguished from
staples in that they are not adapted to span and secure be-
tween two of the holding-points a separate piece of material.
14. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, DOUBLE-ENDED. Nails
or dowels intended to be driven for a part of their length and
then have another piece of material driven or forced upon the
protruding end.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW-THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 42, Screws, Double-ended.
15. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, GLAZIERS' POINTS.
Fastenings, usually of sheet metal, for securing panes of glass
in sash-frames.
16. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, TACKS. Small driven fas-
tenings, usually adapted for securing carpets, etc.
17. NAILS, SPIKES AND TACKS, TACKS, STRIPS. Wires
or strips of metal bent or cut into a series of tacks adapted to be
separated as driven. These strips differ from string-nails in
that the tacks are joined side by side instead of end to end.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED. AND SCREW-THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 18, Nails, spikes, and tacks, String-nails, and subclass
13, Nails, spikes, and tacks, Multiple-pronged.
18. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, STRING-NAILS. Wire or
similar material swaged or otherwise shaped into a series of
nails joined head to point, adapted to be separated and driven
by nailing and pegging machines.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW-THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 17, Nails, Spikes, and tacks, Tacks, Strips.
19. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, LONGITUDINALLY-
RIBBED. Nails and spikes with longitudinally grooved or
ribbed shanks to increase their holding power or rigidity.
20. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, SPIRAL-SHANK. Driven
fastenings, the shanks of which either have flattened faces and
are twisted or have a helical groove or ridge about the same.
They are distinguished from drive-screws in that the heads
have no slot or other means to permit their rotation and with-
drawal.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW-THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 44, Screws, Drive.
21. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, BARBED AND INDENT-
ED. Driven fastenings the shanks of which are barbed, ser-
rated, or otherwise indented to prevent easy withdrawal.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW - THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 22, Nails, spikes, and tacks, Threaded and indented
wire.
22. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, THREADED AND IN-
DENTED WIRE. Wire or other stock threaded, serrated,
or otherwise indented or roughened, adapted to be severed as
driven.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN. HEADED. AND SCREW - THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 21, Nails, spikes, and tacks, Barbed and indented.
23. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, LOCKING DEVICES. De-
vices attached to or made integral with the nail or spike to
prevent or render difficult its withdrawal.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW - THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclasses 7, Bolts, Threadless, Key-lock, and 8, Bolts, Thread-
less, Key-lock, Bifurcated.
24. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, LOCKING DEVICES,
RAIL-FLANGE. Railroad-spikes having lugs or projections
which engage the under surface of the rail-flange to prevent
withdrawal.
25. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, LOCKING DEVICES,
RAIL-TREAD. Railroad-spikes having spurs above the
flange-engaging shoulder to engage the under side of the tread
of the rail and prevent withdrawal.
165
166
DEFINITIONS OF CLASE& AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 85 Continued.
26. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, LOCKING DEVICES,
POINT-SPREADERS. Wedges adapted to be placed in the
bottom of a previously-bored hole to deflect and clench the
points of a bifurcated nail or spike.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW - THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 6, Bolts, Threadless, Axial-wedge.
27. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, LOCKING DEVICES,
TRANSVERSE-KEY. Locking devices, usually for rail-
road-spikes, comprising a single-pointed or bifurcated key
which is driven into the tie or the like hi a direction substan-
tially transverse to the spike or nail and engaging recesses in
the shank thereof.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW - THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclasses 7, Bolts, Threadless, Key-lock, and 8, Bolts, Thread-
less, Key-lock, Bifurcated.
28. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, HEADS. Inventions in the
head of the nail.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW- THREADED FASTENINGS,-
subclass 9, Bolts, Heads.
29. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, HEADS, PRONGED. De
vices, usually railroad-spikes, having heads provided on the
under side with additional holding-prongs.
30. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, POINTS. Inventions in the
entering end of the nail or the like.
31. NAILS, SPIKES, AND TACKS, POINTS, DEFLECTING.
Points so constructed or beveled as to divert them from a
straight line when driven to increase the holding power of the
nail or spike.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW - THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 13, Nails, spikes, and tacks, Multiple-pronged.
32. NUTS. Securing devices attached to the ends of boltshavingan
opening either threaded to correspond to the thread of the bolt
or some similar cooperating structure to secure the bolt in
place in the material to which it is applied.
33. NUTS, ADJUSTABLE-THREAD. Nuts in which the thread
is adjustable either radially or axially for various purposes.
Search Class
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclass 22, Milling,
Work-feeds, Back-lash compensators.
34. NUTS, BLANKS. Forms and structure of blanks for the
manufacture of nuts.
35. NUTS, CAPPED. Nuts in which the top is inclosed, usually
by a separate ornamental piece, adapting the nut for use on
top-props, vehicle-axles, etc.
36. NUTS, THREADLESS. Devices without an internal thread
adapted to secure various forms of threadless bolts.
Search Class
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 30, Hub-attaching de-
vices.
36.5. NUTS, TURNBUCKLES. The title is self-explanatory.
37. RIVETS. Securing devices of the general form of bolts, but
adapted to be permanently secured by upsetting or otherwise
distorting a portion of the shank at one or both ends.
38. RIVETS, DIVIDED. Rivets in which the shanks and some-
times a portion of the heads are divided into two or more
prongs by longitudinal clefts or notches. The shanks have
often an axial recess.
39. RIVETS, DOUBLE-CLENCH. Rivets composed of two parts
passed into the material to be secured from opposite sides, each
point being clenched within the material or against the head
of the opposite part.
40. RIVETS, HOLLOW. Rivets in which the shanks are hollow
for part or all of their length.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW - THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 38, Rivets, Divided.
41. SCREWS. Fastening devices having shanks provided with
threads adapted to produce a corresponding internal thread
in the material in which the screw is inserted and with a head
having means to engage a rotating device. They are distin-
guished from Nails, spikes, and tacks, spiral-shank, in that
they may be withdrawn by rotation.
CLASS 85 Continued.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW - THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 20, Nails, spikes, and tacks, Spiral-shank.
42. SCREWS. DOUBLE-ENDED. Screws having double-pointed
shanks, one or both ends being threaded and usually having
a boss or the like midway of the article, by which it may be
rotated.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW - THREADED FASTENINGS,
..subclass 14, Nails, spikes, and tacks, Double-ended.
43. SCREWS, COUNTERSINKING. Screws having heads
adapted to cut away the material into which the screw is
driven, so that the head may be sunk even with or below the
surface.
44. SCREWS, DRIVE. Screws having threads of such pitch or
form that the screw may be driven like a nail, but having also
moans for rotating the screw to withdraw it.
Note. ^Search also in this class, subclass 20, Nails, spikes, and
tacks, Spiral-shank.
45. SCREWS DRIVING CONTACTS. Means such as nicks
angular heads, or projecting ribs adapted to be engaged by a
correspondingly-shaped driver to rotate the screw.
46. SCREWS. THREADS. Invention residing in a variation of
form or location of the thread.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW - THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 1, Bolts.
47. SCREWS, THREADS, INTERRUPTED. Threads whose
continuity is broken by longitudinal slots of varying section.
48. SCREWS, THREADS, ROLLED. Threads produced by dis-
placing the metal laterally by dies instead of removing it by a
cutting-tool.
49. STAPLES. Double-pointed fastenings, substantially U-shaped
and usually having legs of equal length, which are designed to
span and hold in place a separate piece or article, the legs pierc-
ing the material on opposite sides of the article held.
Search Classes
85 -DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW - THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 13, Nails, spikes, and tacks, Multiple-pronged.
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 71, Boxes, Stays, Driving,
Wire.
50. WASHERS. Annular devices not strictly fastenings, but
grouped therewith because of their associated use and adapted
to be placed beneath bolt-heads, nuts, and the like for addi-
tional security, to reduce friction, for ornament, etc.
Search Class
121 STEAM ENGINES, PACKING.
51. WASHERS, REMOVABLE. Sectional washers so constructed
as to be removed laterally from beneath the securing-head.
52. WASHERS, ORNAMENTAL. Perforated ornamental de-
vices placed beneath nail, bolt, and screw heads, but not per-
manently concealing sucn heads, some having swinging caps
which may be thrown over the head of the fastening.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW - THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 53, Ornamental heads, and subclasses thereunder.
53. ORNAMENTAL HEADS. Picture nails, screws, etc., pro-
vided with ornamental heads, frequently attached after the
fastening is driven, and completely covering the protruding
end of the screw or nail, by which construction they are dis-
tinguished from ornamental washers.
Search Class
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW - THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 52, Washers, Ornamental.
54. ORNAMENTAL HEADS, MOLDED. Heads composed of
plastic material compressed by dies upon the shank or integral
head of the fastener.
55. ORNAMENTAL HEADS, CLIP-ATTACHED. Fasteners
adapted to be driven and have the ornamental head subse-
quently attached by sliding the fastening-shank either trans-
versely or axially beneath clips provided on the under side of
the head.
56. ORNAMENTAL HEADS, SCREW-ATTACHED. Orna-
mental heads secured to the screw-threaded tip of the shank
after the manner of a nut or by means of a small auxiliary
screw.
CLASS 88.-ARMS, PROJECTILES, AND EXPLOSIVE
CHARGES. MAKING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class contains special machines, devices, and" processes for
manufacturing firearms, ordnance, projectiles, cartridges and caps
(either loaded or empty) , pyrotechnic devices, blasting charges, etc.
All such single operations as rolling, turning, milling, boring,
forging, paper-strip winding, and the like as may be necessary in
the production of articles of this class will be found classified in the
corresponding functional classes.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, for inventions in molding explosive composi-
tions and substances; 22, METAL-FOUNDING, for casting pro-
jectiles; 52, EXPLOSIVES, for explosive compositions: 75,
METALLURGY, subclass 197, Miscellaneous: and 83, MILLS,
subclass 91, Liquid comminuting and solidifying, for shot
towers.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Machines and devices not otherwise classi-
fiable for making the articles named in the class title.
2. ORDNANCE. Machines and processes for manufacturing can-
non and similar heavy guns.
3. ORDNANCE, PROCESSES. Methods of casting, forging,
shrinking reinforces, and otherwise constructing solid or built-
up ordnance.
Note. If the method of manufacture be apparent from an inspec-
tion of the piece itself, such processes are classified with the
articles.
4. GUN-BARRELS. Special machines, devices, and methods for
manufacturing the barrels of firearms.
5. RIFLING. Machines and devices for cutting spiral grooves in
the interior of the barrels of firearms and ordnance.
6. AMMUNITION-MAKING, SHELLS. Machines, methods,
etc., for making and banding projectiles for heavy ordnance.
7. AMMUNITION-MAKING, BULLETS AND SHOT. Special
machines and methods for making bullets and shot from solid
metal by cutting, rolling, shaking, etc.; usually by combina-
tions of these operations.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING; 75, METALLURGY, subclass 197, Miscel-
laneous, for making bullets and shot from molten metal; 83,
MILLS, subclass 91, Liquid comminuting and solidifying.
8. AMMUNITION , MAKING, BULLETS AND SHOT,
BULLET - SWAGING. Special machines for producing
bullets by rolling, die-shaping, etc.
Search Classes
18 METAL FORGING AND WELDING.
80 METAL-ROLLING.
9. AMMUNITION-MAKING, BULLETS AND SHOT, PROC-
ESSES. Methods peculiar to the manufacture of bullets and
shot from solid metal.
10. AMMUNITION-MAKING, CAPS AND CARTRIDGES.
Miscellaneous machines and devices for making percussion
caps and cartridges for firearms.
11. AMMUNITION-MAKING, CAPS AND CARTRIDGES,
PAPER SHELLS. Miscellaneous machines for making
metal-headed paper shells for shot-cartridges.
12. AMMUNITION-MAKING, CAPS AND CARTRIDGES,
PAPER SHELLS, ASSEMBLING. Machines for setting
reinforces, wads, heads, caps, or for otherwise assembling the
parts of paper cartridge-shells.
13. ABOLISHED.
14. AMMUNITION-MAKING, CAPS AND CARTRIDGES,
SHELL-HEADING. Machines for flattening, flanging, and
indenting the closed ends of metal tubes to adapt them for use
as rim or center fire cartridges.
15. AMMUNITION-MAKING. CAPS AND CARTRIDGES,
SHELL TAPERING AND NECKING. Machines for either
uniformly tapering the shell of a cartridge or for constricting it
sharply near its open end to adapt it to a bullet smaller than
the caliber of the powder-chamber.
10. AMMUNITION-MAKING, CAPS AND CARTRIDGES,
SHELL-TRIMMING. Machines for trimming the heads,
flanges, primer-holes, and mouths of cartridge-shells.
17. AMMUNITION-MAKING, CAPS AND CARTRIDGES.
SHELL LINING AND VARNISHING. Machines for var-
nishing the interior of cap and cartridge shells or for covering
the fulminate or shell interior with metal foil.
CLASS 86 Continued.
18. AMMUNITION-MAKING, CAPS AND CARTRIDGES,
PROCESSES. Methods or sets of steps employed in produc-
ing cartridge-shells, etc.
19. AMMUNITION-MAKING, LUBRICATING. Machines and
devices for lubricating bullets, wads, and cartridges. A few
machines cut as well as lubricate the wads.
20. LOADING FIREWORKS AND BLASTING CHARGES
Machines, etc. , for filling and ramming fireworks and for filling,
tamping, and priming charges to be fired as blasts.
Search Class
86 ARMS, PROJECTILES, AND EXPLOSIVE CHARGES, MAKING,
appropriate subclasses under subclass 23, Ammunition-
loading.
21. LOADING FIREWORKS AND BLASTING CHARGES,
IMPLEMENTS. Devices for filling and tamping blast-holes.
22. LOADING FIREWORKS AND BLASTING CHARGES,
IMPLEMENTS, FUSE. Tools for cutting, capping, and
setting fuses in blasting charges.
Search Class
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 10, Type, Miner's candlestick.
23. AMMUNITION-LOADING. Machines and devices not other-
wise classifiable for loading or reloading fixed ammunition for
small-arms and ordnance.
24. AMMUNITION-LOADING, IMPLEMENTS. Hand sup-
ported and operated devices not otherwise classifiable for per-
forming the various operations of loading and reloading car-
tridges. A few perform various other functions, such as
molding and sizing bullets, sizing and trimming shells, ex-
tracting cartridges from barrels of firearms, etc.
Note. All devices having a fixed base or means for clamping to
a fixed support are considered machines throughout this class
and are correspondingly classified.
25. AMMUNITION -LOADING, LOADING AND SHELL
CLOSING. Machines and devices for filling, wadding, and
ramming the charge and then contracting the mouth of the
shell either above the outer wad or upon the periphery of the
bullet. All the operations of loading are performed except
capping and uncapping and in many cases these also.
26. AMMUNITION - LOADING, LOADING AND SHELL
CLOSING, RECTILINEAR SHELL-FEED. Machines
for loading or reloading and crimping cartridges in which the
shells are fed through the machine in a straight line by means
of guides, independent holders, or endless linked tables.
27. AMMUNITION -LOADING, LOADING AND SHELL
CLOSING, ROTARY SHELL-FEED. Machines for load-
ing and crimping, cartridges in which the shells are carried to
the various loading devices by a rotary table having a step-by-
step movement. Many automatic machines are included
which perform all the loading steps except capping the shells.
28. AMMUNITION - LOADING, LOADING AND SHELL
CLOSING IMPLEMENTS. Hand supported and operated
devices for loading and closing cartridge-shells either by crimp-
ing the cartridge upon the outer wad or swaging it upon the
bullet. Some of these implements lack means for capping and
uncapping the shells or for measuring and inserting the con-
tents.
29. AMMUNITION-LOADING, FILLING AND RAMMING.
Machines and devices for placing the powder and shot in car-
tridges and setting the wads in the same.
Search Class
86 ARMS, PROJECTILES, AND EXPLOSIVE CHARGES. MAKING,
subclasses 20, Loading fireworks and blasting charges; 25,
Loading and shell-closing; 26, Loading and shell-closing, Rec-
tilinear shell-feed, and 27, Loading and shell-closing, Rotary
shell-feed, under Ammunition-loading.
30. AMMUNITION-LOADING, FILLING AND RAMMING,
RAMMERS. Machines and devices for compacting the
charges in cartridges or setting wads in the same. The ma-
chines usually have means for applying the same pressure to
each of a number of ramming pistons.
31. AMMUNITION - LOADING, FILLING. Instruments for
measuring powder and shot charges and conveying the same
into the shells to be loaded.
Search Class
86 ARMS, PROJECTILES, AND EXPLOSIVE CHARGES, MAKING,
subclasses 25, Loading and shell-closing; 26, Loading and shell-
closing, Rectilinear shell-feed; 27, Loading and shell-closing,
Rotary shell feed, and 29, Filling and ramming, all under Am-
munition-loading.
32. AMMUNITION-LOADING, FILLING, CAP AND CAR-
TRIDGE PRIMING. Machines for supplying cap and car-
tridge shells with fulminate. In many cases the explosive is
spread or packed in the shell by rapidly rotating the latter.
167
168
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 86 Continued.
33. AMMUNITION - LOADING, FILLING, IMPLEMENTS.
Hand-supported devices for measuring charges and placing the
same in shells.
34. ABOLISHED.
35. ABOLISHED.
36. AMMUNITION-LOADING, CAPPING AND UNCAPPING.
Instruments for removing exploded primers from used car-
tridges or for setting fresh primers, or both.
37. AMMUNITION-LOADING, CAPPING AND UNCAPPING
IMPLEMENTS. Hand supported and operated devices for
removing exploded primers or for setting fresh ones, or both.
Search Classes
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 86.1, Assembling, Pin inserters
and removers.
218 BUTTON, EYELET, AND RIVET SETTING, subclasses 19 to 27,
Implements.
38. AMMUNITION-LOADING, CAPPING AND UNCAPPING.
IMPLEMENTS, MAGAZINE. Hand-operated capping and
uncapping devices having a receptacle for holding and present-
ing a fresh primer to the capping means.
Search Class
218 BUTTON, EYELET, AND RIVET SETTING, subclasses 19 to 27,
Implements.
39. AMMUNITION-LOADING, CRIMPING. Instruments for
closing paper shells upon the outer wad or for swaging a
metal shell upon the bullet. The wad may be held by turn-
ing in the mouth of the shell, by creasing it in longitudinal
folds, or by indenting or perforating the shell just above the
wad.
Search Class
86 ARMS, PROJECTILES, AND EXPLOSIVE CHARGES, MAKING,
subclasses 23. Ammunition-loading, and under that 25, Load-
ing and shell-closing; 26, Loading and shell-closing, Recti-
linear shell-feed; and 27, Loading and shell-closing, Rotary
shell-feed.
CLASS 86 Continued.
40. AMMUNITION-LOADING, CRIMPING IMPLEMENTS.
Hand supported and operated devices for closing shells to
secure the outer wad or the bullet in place.
Search Class
86 ARMS, PROJECTILES, AND EXPLOSIVE CHARGES, MAKING,
subclasses 24, Ammunition-loading, Implements, and 28,
Loading and shell-closing, Implements.
41. AMMUNITION - LOADING, CRIMPING, CRIMPER-
HEADS. Those elements of crimping-machines which
directly effect the closing of the cartridge.
Search Class
86 ARMS, PROJECTILES, AND EXPLOSIVE CHARGES, MAKING,
subclasses 24, Ammunition-loading. Implements; 25, Loading
and shell-closing; 26, Loading and shell-closing, Rectilinear
shell-feed; 27, Loading and,shell-closing, Rotary shell-feed; 39,
Crimping; and 40, Crimping, implements.
42. AMMUNITION - LOADING, BULLET - PATCHING. In-
struments for cutting and attaching cloth patches to bullets.
43. AMMUNITION - LOADING, BULLET - SETTING. In-
struments for pressing bullets into cartridge-shells.
44. AMMUNITION-LOADING, SHELL-HOLDERS. Devices
for holding shells in convenient position for loading.
Search Class
86 ARMS, PROJECTILES, AND EXPLOSIVE CHARGES, MAKING,
subclass 31, Ammunition-loading, Filling.
45. FEEDING DEVICES. Instruments for conveying bullets,
shells, wads, etc., to the working parts of ammunition-making
and loading machines.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 102,
Distributers and feeders, and subclasses thereunder.
46. FEEDING DEVICES, SHELL. Instruments for feeding
empty shells to ammunition-making and loading machines.
47. CARTRIDGE-PACKING. Instruments for packaging car-
tridges for shipping.
CLASS 88. OPTICS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes all instruments (and their accessories) for
aiding or testing vision and for projecting images upon surfaces
external to the instruments; also, astronomical and surveying
instruments in which vision is employed for accurate alinement
and other devices or methods Involving reflection, refraction, or
chromatic effects which are not so closely related to other arts that
they should be classified elsewhere.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Optical devices not covered by the more
specific subclass titles.
2. ASTRONOMICAL AND SURVEYING INSTRUMENTS.
Instruments and parts of instruments for making the observa-
tions of astronomy, navigation, or surveying.
3. ASTRONOMICAL AND SURVEYING INSTRUMENTS,
DISTANCE. Instruments specially designed for determin-
ing the distance of remote objects without actually traversing
the intervening space. In some instruments the distance is
determined directly and in others calculations must be made
from the data obtained by observations with the instrument.
4. ASTRONOMICAL AND SURVEYING INSTRUMENTS,
DISTANCE, ELECTRIC. All distance instruments in
which the readings are obtained from variations in the strength
of an electric current.
5. ASTRONOMICAL AND SURVEYING INSTRUMENTS,
DISTANCE, REMOTE-BASE. Instruments for determin-
ing distances from calculations based on a known dimension
at the point whose distance is to lie determined.
6. ASTRONOMICAL AND SURVEYING INSTRUMENTS,
DISTANCE, DOUBLE-OBSERVATION. Distance in-
struments having sighting devices at either end of a member
of known length which forms the base of the triangle of
calculation.
T. ASTRONOMICAL AND SURVEYING INSTRUMENTS,
DISTANCE, DOUBLE-OBSERVATION, EXTERNAL-
BASE. Instruments designed for determining distances by
making two observations of the distant point from the ends of
a line of known length external to the instrument, this line
forming the base of the triangle of calculation.
8. ASTRONOMICAL AND SURVEYING INSTRUMENTS,
SOLAR. Instruments constructed especially for observa-
tions of the sun and used chiefly in the determination of the
true meridian.
9. ASTRONOMICAL AND SURVEYING INSTRUMENTS,
ALTITUDE. Instruments designed merely for the deter-
mination of angular magnitudes in vertical planes.
10. ASTRONOMICAL AND SURVEYING INSTRUMENTS,
ALTITUDE, SEXTANTS. Instruments for determining
altitudes by simultaneously observing the point of reference
(usually the horizon) by direct vision and the point of un-
known altitude by reflection.
11. ASTRONOMICAL AND SURVEYING INSTRUMENTS,
ALTITUDE, ARTIFICIAL HORIZONS. Artificial
means for indicating the horizontal plane when the horizon is
obscured.
12. ASTRONOMICAL AND SURVEYING INSTRUMENTS,
LEVELING. Instruments for determining by suitable
leveling means and sighting devices true horizontal lines that
are entirely independent of the surface on which the instru-
ment stands.
Note. All instruments for testing the level or inclination of the
surface on which the instrument rests are classified in class 73,
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, under the titles Plumb levels;
Levels, Spirit, and Levels, Spirit, Clinometers.
13. ASTRONOMICAL AND SURVEYING INSTRUMENTS,
LEVELING, GRADIENT. Leveling instruments pro-
vided with means for determining grades i. e., straight lines
departing slightly from the horizontal.
14. TESTING INSTRUMENTS. Testing instruments for various
purposes, but all involving optical principles, such as reflec-
tion, refraction, or the comparison of colors and not requiring
any chemical changes in the substances tested.
N te. Apparatus for testing eggs, being distinct in character
and having 1 een long identified with the preserving art, is
left in class 99, PRESERVING.
15. KALEIDOSCOPES. Instruments provided with mirrors so
placed as to cause objects viewed through the instruments to
appear multiplied in symmetrical patterns.
CLASS 88 Continued.
16. MOTION PICTURE APPARATUS. Instruments for suc-
cessively displaying pictures or for projecting images of objects
in successively different positions with such rapidity that
owing to the persistence of visual impressions upon the retina
the illusion of the pictured objects in motion is produced, also
cameras peculiarly adapted for producing "motifln pictures."
Search Classes
88 OPTICS, subclasses 28, Projecting apparatus, Magic lanterns,
View changing devices, and 31, Stereoscopes, View changing.
40 CARD, PICTURE AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 28, Change-
able exhibitors, and subclasses thereunder.
17. MOTION PICTURE APPARATUS, PICTURE-STRIP.
Motion picture apparatus wherein the picture vehicle consists
of a strip or sheet bearing the successive pictures adapted to
be moved past a light-orifice of the apparatus.
18. MOTION PICTURE APPARATUS, PICTURE-STRIP,
INTERMITTENT-FEED. Picture-strip apparatus having
means to feed the strip rapidly step by step.
19. MOTION PICTURE APPARATUS, PICTURE-LEAF.
Motion pu-ture apparatus wherein the picture vehicle consists
of a series of leaves or plates, the pictures being successively
exposed to view by the rapid successive turning of the leaves.
19.5. MOTION PICTURE APPARATUS, PICTURE VEHI-
CLES AND ELEMENTS. The structure of the picture-
bearing elements of motion picture apparatus, arrangements
of pictures thereon, and such other picture elements as are
peculiar to motion picture machines.
Search Classes
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 17, Surface type, and appro-
priate subclasses thereunder, for pictures and processes of
making them of general application.
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, appropriate subclasses, for photographic
methods for producing negative or positive pictures and for
photographic surfaces .
20. OPTOMETERS. All instruments for examining the eye,
whether for the purpose of determining the nature and-degree
of visual defects or for the purpose of fitting glasses.
21. OPTOMETERS, FACE-GAGES. Instruments for making
such facial measurements as are necessary to make glasses fit
the face of the wearer. The subclass does not include any
devices for use in selecting lenses to suit the eyes.
22. OPTOMETERS, MULTIPLE-LENS. Optometers provided
with a carrier for a plurality of lenses which may be succes-
sively brought before the eyes for testing them.
23. PHOTOMETERS. All forms of apparatus for measuring the
intensity of light.
Note. Means adapted to measure actinic intensity are classified
in class 95, PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 10, Actinometers.
24. PROJECTING APPARATUS. Instruments not otherwise
classifiable peculiarly adapted to project real images.
Search Classes
88 OPTICS, subclass 16, Motion picture apparatus, and sub-
classes thereunder.
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 11, Cameras, and appropriate
subclasses thereunder, for means for projecting images onto
light sensitive surfaces.
25. PROJECTING APPARATUS, HELIOSTATS. Projecting
apparatus using solar light and comprising, essentially, a re-
flector and mechanism for causing it to follow the apparent
movements of the sun, so as to keep the direction of the re-
flected light constant.
26. PROJECTING APPARATUS, MAGIC LANTERNS. Pro-
jecting apparatus using artificial light, except mere as-
semblages of instruments of common type, the novelty of
which lies in the way in which the instruments are combined.
27 PROJECTING APPARATUS, MAGIC LANTERNS, RO-
TARY SLIDE-CARRIERS. Magic lanterns provided with
a rotary disk or hollow cylinder carrying a number of designs
which are successively brought into position for projection.
The instruments are usually automatic and used chiefly for
advertising.
28. PROJECTING APPARATUS, MAGIC LANTERNS,
VIEW-CHANGING DEVICES. Devices for facilitating the
operation of changing slides in a magic lantern, most of them
being designed to produce dissolving effects.
29. STEREOSCOPES. Picture-viewing apparatus designed to
produce relief effects.
Note. Compare class 40, CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING.
30. STEREOSCOPES, ALBUM. Stereoscopes consisting of view-
ing-lenses in combination with a book of views.
Note. Compare class 40, CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING.
169
170
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 88 Continued.
31. STEREOSCOPES, VIEW-CHANGING. Stereoscopes hav-
ing devices for holding a number of views and bringing them
successively into position for viewing.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 28, Change-
able exhibitors, and the subclasses thereunder.
32. TELESCOPES. Instruments for viewing objects at a distance
too great for clear vision with the naked eye.
Note. Does not include the so-called submarine telescopes, fog-
penetrating glasses, and instruments for looking over ob-
stacles. These may be found in subclass 1, Miscellaneous.
33. TELESCOPES, PRISMATIC. Telescopes in which totally-
reflecting prisms are employed to give a long focus without
using long barrels for holding the lenses.
34. TELESCOPES, FIELD AND OPERA GLASSES. Bin-
ocular telescopes of the kind commonly used in field work and
in theaters.
35. TELESCOPES, FIELD AND OPERA GLASSES, FOLD-
ING AND COLLAPSIBLE. Field and opera glasses in
which the lenses are mounted in frames which fold upon one
another or which are so supported that the whole structure
will collapse and occupy very small space.
36. TELESCOPES, FIELD AND OPERA GLASSES, SUP-
PORTS. Supports of various kinds for field and opera-
glasses, chiefly handles for supporting the glasses before the
eyes while the glasses are in use.
37. TELESCOPES, FIELD AND OPERA GLASSES, SUP-
PORTS, FOCUSING. Supports provided with means for
approximating and separating the lenses in focusing.
38. TELESCOPES, REFLECTING ATTACHMENTS. Mirror
attachments for telescopes to permit the users to observe ob-
jects without appearing to be looking toward them.
39. MICROSCOPES. All instruments for the visual examination
of objects too small to be clearly seen with the unaided eye,
including mere hand-lenses used for reading.
Search Class
88 OPTICS, subclass 41, Eye glasses and spectacles, for small
microscopes used by jewelers, engravers, etc., and worn as
eyeglasses.
40. MICROSCOPES, ACCESSORIES. Various implements and
articles used only in connection with microscopes, including
slides, microtomes, forceps, etc.
41. EYEGLASSES. AND SPECTACLES. Instruments for aid-
ing vision, consisting of a lens, usually simple, for each eye or
for one eye only and means for supporting the lenses before
the user's eyes.
42. EYEGLASSES AND SPECTACLES, CONNECTIONS.
Devices for connecting the bridge and lens-supports of eye-
glasses and in many cases securing the nose-grips also.
Note. Means for attaching the nose-grips only are classified with
the grips in subclass 48, Eyeglasses and spectacles, Nose-grips.
43. EYEGLASSES AND SPECTACLES, BRIDGES. Bars,
springs, or combinations thereof extending across the nose and
connecting the lens-supports of eyeglasses or spectacles.
44. EYEGLASSES AND SPECTACLES, BRIDGES, FOLD-
ING. Bridges for eyeglasses and spectacles having a joint
permitting the folding of one lens on the other.
45. EYEGLASSES AND SPECTACLES BRIDGES, SPRING.
Bridges consisting wholly or in part of springs to exert pressure
upon the nose of the wearer.
46. EYEGLASSES AND SPECTACLES, BRIDGES, SPRING,
BAR. Spring bridges having a straight bar which serves as a
guide for the movement of the lenses.
47. EYEGLASSES AND SPECTACLES, LENS-MOUNTS.
Frames and gripping devices for the lenses of eyeglasses and
spectacles.
48. EYEGLASSES AND SPECTACLES, NOSE-GRIPS. De-
vices for gripping the nose in order to hold the eyeglasses or
spectacles in position including the means for attaching such
grips to the rest of the eyeglass structure.
Note. When such attaching means serves to connect the bridge
and lens-supports it is classified in subclass 42, Eyeglasses and
spectacles, Connections.
CLASS 88 Continued.
49. EYEGLASSES AND SPECTACLES, NOSE-GRIPS, AD-
JUSTABLE. All nose-grips susceptible of adjustment to fit
noses of different shapes and sizes.
50. EYEGLASSES AND SPECTACLES, NOSE-GRIPS, AD-
JUSTABLE, AUTOMATIC. All nose-grips adapted to con-
form automatically to the size and shape of the wearer's nose.
51. EYEGLASSES AND SPECTACLES, SUPPORTS. Devices
other than the usual nose-grips, bridges, and temples for sup-
porting eyeglasses or spectacles before the eyes of the user.
52. EYEGLASSES AND SPECTACLES, TEMPLES. Sup-
porting devices for spectacles consisting of members secured
to the outer ends of t lie lenses or their frames and bearing upon
the sides of the user's head.
53. EYEGLASSES AND SPECTACLES, TEMPLES, CONNEC-
TIONS. Means for connecting the temples of spectacles with
the lenses or their frames.
54. EYEGLASSES AND SPECTACLES, LENSES. Lenses
specially adapted for use in spectacles or eyeglasses.
55. EYEGLASSES AND SPECTACLES, NOSE-GUARDS.
Devices removably secured to the bridges of eyeglasses and
spectacles to prevent injury to the nose of the wearer.
56. LENS-TESTERS. Instruments for determining the foci, cen-
ters, optical axes, or other optical characteristics of lenses.
57. LENSES. All lenses and their mounts not otherwise provided
for.
Search Classes
88 OPTICS, subclass 54, Eyeglasses and spectacles, Lenses.
240 ILLUMINATING BUKNEES, subclass 106, Refractors.
57.5. BUILDING LIGHTS. Miscellaneous reflecting and refract-
ing appliances specially adapted to be used to distribute light
in rooms and buildings.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, for reflectors and refractors specially
adapted for use with artificial light sources.
58. BUILDING-LIGHTS, CANOPY. Lighting devices for the
interior of buildings consisting of a supporting-frame attached
to the wall or roof of the building and having some means
for throwing light into the building by refraction, reflection,
or both.
Search Class
88 OPTICS, subclass 25, Projecting apparatus, Heliostats, for
reflectors provided with mechanism for causing the reflector
to follow the apparent movement of the sun.
59. BUILDING-LIGHTS, VAULTS. Masses of glass or other
transparent material of suitable shape for diffusing light in
certain desired directions and designed for use in vault-covers
and the like.
60. BUILDING-LIGHTS, WINDOW. Window-panes of glass
or similar material having surfaces designed to transmit and
diffuse light in certain desired directions.
01. TRIPODS. Supports, usually three-legged, for surveyors' in-
struments, photographic cameras, and other optical instru-
ments.
Note. Supports in general are in class 248, SUPPORTS.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 86, Camera-supports, for supports
peculiarly adapted for use with cameras.
62. TRIPODS, CANE TYPE. Tripods which when folded resem-
ble an ordinary walking-cane.
63. TRIPODS, HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENTS. Devices for
shifting the tripod-head horizontally without disturbing the
feet.
64. TRIPODS, INSTRUMENT-ATTACHING DEVICES. Va-
rious means for securing the instrument to the tripod.
65. TRIPODS, LEVELING ADJUSTMENTS. Adjusting means
for bringing the instrument to a level without disturbing the
tripod.
66. RODS AND TARGETS. Graduated rods for use in leveling
and other surveying operations, together with targets for use
in connection therewith.
67. WINDOW-REFLECTORS. Reflectors designed to be sup-
ported adjacent to windows and in analogous situations to
enable persons to observe objects which could not be seen
by them without changing position.
CLASS 89. ORDNANCE.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes all guns adapted to be mounted or sup-
ported otherwise than by hand, also the mounts, supports, or
carriages, loading and hoisting mechanism, shields and sights.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Ordnance not otherwise classifiable.
2. AUTOMATIC, GAS-OPERATED. Those guns which utilize
the expansive force of the gases of explosion to automatically
perform the entire cycle of operations comprising opening the
breech, ejecting the shell, feeding in a new charge, and closing
the breech. Usually by holding the safety-sear the charge is
fired and the loading and firing continue until the sear is
released or the ammunition no longer supplied.
Search Class
42 FIRE-ARMS, subclass 3, Breech loading, Automatic, Gas
operated.
3. AUTOMATIC, RECOIL-OPERATED. Guns in which the
recoil of the gun opens the breech, ejects the shell, inserts a
new charge, and closes the breech. Usually a safety-sear is
provided which, if held, permits the charge to be fired and
the cycle of operations to be repeated so long as ammunition
is supplied.
Search Class
42 FIRE-AEMS, subclass 4, Breech loading, Automatic, Recoil
operated.
4. SEMI-AUTOMATIC. Guns which utilize the force of the ex-
plosion "to open the breech and eject the cartridge-shell if
present. A new charge inserted by hand or other separate
means usually releases the breech-block, which then auto-
matically closes. Some breech-blocks are, however, closed
by hand.
5. SUBMARINE. Guns adapted to be employed under water,
usually for discharging torpedoes.
6. PNEUMATIC. Guns adapted to the use of compressed air or
mixtures of air and other gases as the propelling agent.
7. PNEUMATIC, EXPLOSIVE-CHARGE. Guns in which the
compression of the propelling-gas is secured by exploding a
separate charge or in which the mixture is itself exploded.
8. ACCELERATING. Guns in which several charges are succes-
sively exploded to produce an accelerating effect upon the
projectile.
9. MACHINE-GUNS. Guns in which mechanical means are em-
ployed to load, fire, and reload the gun or in which a holder
containing a series of charges is mechanically shifted or fed
to bring the charges successively to firing position.
10. MACHINE-GUNS, CENTRIFUGAL. Machine guns which
have no explosive charge, but depend upon centrifugal force
to throw the projectile.
11. MACHINE-GUNS, AXIALLY-MOVING BREECH-BLOCK.
Machine guns in which the movement of the breech-block in
opening and closing the breech is in line with the axis or
bore of the gun.
12. MACHINE-GUNS, REVOLVING-BARREL. Machine guns
in which the barrels revolve during the loading operations.
The Gatling and Hotchkiss type are here included.
13. MACHINE - GUNS, REVOLVING - CYLINDER. Machine
guns in which, like the common revolver, the cylinder con-
taining the charges revolves to bring a new load or set of
loads to firing position.
14. BARRELS. Structure of the barrel or body of the gun or the
shape or arrangement of the bore or firing-chamber.
15. BARRELS, WOUND. Gun barrels strengthened by wind-
ings of wire, metal ribbon, rawhide, etc.
1C. BARRELS, COMPOSITE. Gun barrels built up or formed of
more than one piece.
17. BREECH-CLOSURES. The breech-block, its operating mech-
anism, or the means for securing the block to the breech.
18. BREECH-CLOSURES, KEY-LOCKED. Breech-closures in
which a locking-key is used to hold the block in the breech.
The key may be radially thrown out, inserted behind the
block, or otherwise employed.
19. BREECH-CLOSURES, SCREW. Breech-blocks adapted to
be screwed into the breech.
20. BREECH - CLOSURES, SCREW. INTERRUPTED.
Breech-blocks held in the breech by divided or interrupted
screw-threads.
21. BREECH - CLOSURES, SCREW, INTERRUPTED,
FIXED AMMUNITION. Closures of the divided-screw-
thread type adapted to fire charges inclosed hi a rigid case.
CLASS 89 Continued.
22. BREECH-CLOSURES, TRANSVERSE. Breech-closures in
which the block in opening or closing the breech moves trans-
versely to the axis of the bore.
23. BREECH-CLOSURES, TRANSVERSE, SLIDING AND
SWINGING. Breech-closures in which the breech-block has
both a transverse sliding and then a swinging movement.
24. BREECH - CLOSURES, TRANSVERSE SLIDING.
Breech-closures in which the breech-block slides laterally to
open the breech.
25. BREECH -CLOSURES, TRANSVERSE, SWINGING.
Breech-closures in which a block is pivoted and has no move-
ment except to swing transversely to the axis of the bore to
open or close the breech.
26. BREECH-CLOSURES, GAS-CHECKS. Breech-closures in
which the novelty resides in the means for checking the gases
from escaping at the breech in those guns which fire loose
charges.
27. FIRING DEVICES. The lock or charge-exploding mechanism.
Search Class
89 ORDNANCE, subclasses 2, Automatic, Gas-operated, 3, Auto-
matic, Recoil-operated; all those under 9, Machine-guns; 20,
Breech-closures, Screw, Interrupted; 21, Breech-closures,
Screw, Interrupted, Fixed-ammunition; and 24, Breech-
closures, Transverse, Sliding.
28. FIRING DEVICES, ELECTRIC. Apparatus for firing
charges by electricity.
29. PRACTICE-BARRELS. Small barrels adapted to be inserted
in the bore of larger guns in order to permit firing a small
load for practice or any other purpose.
30. VENTS AND STOPPERS. Inventions relative to the vent
or touch-hole or its stopper.
31. TOMPIONS AND VALVES. Devices for closing the gun-
muzzle or other opening in the barrel.
32. SIGHTS. Inventions in the mounting or arrangement of the
sight or the traverse-indicators.
Search Class
42 FIRE-ARMS, subclass 80, Sights, and subclasses thereunder.
33. CARTRIDGE-FEEDING. Devices adapted to feed the cart-
ridges to the gun.
34. CARTRIDGE - FEEDING, HOLDERS. Magazines, feed-
cases, packages, etc., in which cartridges are regularly placed
to be fed therefrom to the feeding-chute or other mechanism
which directly supplies the gun.
35. CARTRIDGE-FEEDING, BELTS. Inventions in the feed-
belt to which the cartridges are attached.
Search Class
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 13, Body
and belt Attached, Cartridge, and subclasses thereunder.
36. SHIELDS. Gun-shields, body-attached shields, bullet-proof
cloth, etc.
37. MOUNTS. Gun-supporting devices not otherwise classifiable.
38. MOUNTS, DISAPPEARING GUN. Mounts for guns made
to disappear after firing to be reloaded.
39. MOUNTS, DISAPPEARING GUN, COUNTERPOISE.
Mounts which are balanced by a weight or weights.
40. MOUNTS, FIELD. Wheeled mounts, tripods, etc., adapted
to be readily moved, as in field-service.
41. MOUNTS, TRAINING MECHANISM. Mounts for positively
moving the gun in pointing it.
42. MOUNTS, RECOIL-CHECKS. Mounts in which the novelty
resides in the devices for taking up the force of the recoil.
Search Class
89 ORDNANCE, subclasses 3, Automatic, Recoil-operated, and
4, Semi-automatic.
43. MOUNTS, RECOIL-CHECKS, FLUID. Means for checking
the recoil by compression of air, water, or other liquid or
gaseous material.
44. MOUNTS, RECOIL-CHECKS, SPRING. Recoil checks
wherein the recoil is taken up by the compression of a spring
or springs.
45. LOADING. Devices for getting the load into firing position hi
the gun not otherwise classifiable.
46. LOADING, HOISTING APPARATUS. Apparatus for rais-
ing the load to the muzzle or breech of the gun.
47. LOADING, RAMMERS. Devices for ramming or pushing the
load into the gun.
171
CLASS 90. GEAR-CTJTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING.
DEFINI -IONS.
Class.
This class covers the three allied operations named, since gears
are produced by either rotating milling-cutters or by reciprocating
cutters similar to those used in planing-machines, and for the further
reason that the work-indexing, work-supporting, and work-feeding
devices employed in all three operations are structurally indistin-
guishable.
Subclasses.
1. GEAR-CUTTING. Miscellaneous instruments for cutting
gear-teeth on cylindrical, conical, or hemispherical blanks or
for cutting separate cogs or teeth for subsequent insertion in
such blanks.
2. GEAR-CUTTING, INTERMESHING-GENERATOR. Ma-
chines in which the working faces of the teeth of the blank
are "generated" by cutters which intermesh with the blank
after the manner of a mating gear. Though the generating-
cutter usually revolves, its cutting action is a planing or
broaching rather than a milling action.
3. GEAR-CUTTING, ROTATING-CUTTER. Machines for pro-
ducing gears, usually spur-gears, by means of rotating cutters
which have the same section as the space between two teeth
of the blank, there bung also means for effecting a relative
feeding movement between cutter and blank.
4. GEAR-CUTTING, ROTATING-CUTTER, HELICAL
GEARS. Machines of the rotating-cutter type for producing
worm-gearing or spiral gears.
5. GEAR-CUTTING, ROTATING-CUTTER, BEVEL-GEARS.
Machines of the rotating-cutter type especially designed to
produce bevel-gears.
6. GEAR-CUTTING, ROTATING-CUTTER, BLANK-PILLAR
AND CUTTER-SLIDE. A type of rotating-cutter or "gear-
milling" machines in which the blank-mandrel is adjustably
supported upon an upright pillar, while the cutter is carried
upon a slide traversing ways on the frame of the machine.
7. GEAR-CUTTING, ROTATING-CUTTER, AXIALLY-
TR AVELING. Machines in which a gang of rotating cutters
mounted on the same driving-mandrel have in addition to
their rotary motion a rectilinear motion in a direction tangent
to the synchronously rotated blank, thus generating the
tooth curve.
.8. GEAR-CUTTING, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER. Machines
in which the tooth outline is produced by a cutter which
reciprocates in the direction of the length of the tooth, whether
of a spur or bevel gear, since most of the devices will produce
either by merely changing the angular adjustment of the
blank-holder. The subclass also contains machines for
"broaching" teeth or even complete gears by a single forward
movement of the cutter.
9. GEAR-CUTTING, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, TOOTH-
CURVE GENERATING. Machines in which a recipro-
cating cutter, often of rack-tooth outline, is given also a tan-
gential or rotary lateral movement such as will generate a
theoretically correct tooth curve on the blank.
10. GEAR-CUTTING, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, TEMP-
LET-GUIDE. Gear-planing machines, usually for producing
bevel-gears, in which the tooth curve is determined by a
"master- tooth" or templet, which controls the movement of
either the cutter or the blank.
11. MILLING. Instruments for shaping material, usually metal,
by means of toothed rotary cutters which actually se'ver por-
tions of the material by a clean cut, as distinguished from
rotary disks, etc., which merely abrade.
12. MILLING, PORTABLE. Machines readily movable from
place to place, usually having special clamping means for
attachment to the work and being frequently hand-driven.
Search Classes
77 BORING AXD DRILLING, subclass 7, Drilling-machines, Port-
able.
82 TURNING, subclass 4, Lathes, Portable.
12.5. MILLING, PORTABLE, VALVE-REFITTING. Portable
milling-machines adapted for attachment to globe-valves to
dress the valve-seat.
13. MILLING, PATTERN-CONTROLLER. Machines for pro-
ducing predetermined forms in which the movement of either
the cutter or the work is controlled by a pattern or templet.
14. MILLING, MOVABLE CUTTER-AXIS, AXIAL. Machines
in which the cutter-axis may be moved in the direction of its
length during the progress of the cut.
CLASS 90 Continued.
15. MILLING, MOVABLE CUTTER-AXIS, LATERAL. Ma-
chines in which the cutter-axis may be moved during the cut
in a direction at an angle, usually a right angle, to its length.
This motion is the necessary feed-motion.
Search Class
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclasses 12, Mill-
ing, Portable, and 13, Milling, Pattern-controller.
16. MILLING, ADJUSTABLE CUTTER-AXIS. Milling-ma-
chines in which the cutter-axis is capable of either longitudinal
or lateral adjustment in substantially straight lines, the cut-
ter-axis, however, remaining stationary during the cutting
operation.
17. MILLING, ADJUSTABLE CUTTER-AXIS, ANGULAR.
Machines in which the cutter-axis, though stationary during
the cutting operation, is capable of angular adjustment in one
or more planes.
18. MILLING, STATIONARY CUTTER-AXIS. Machines in
which the cutters have rotary motion only, the feed being
effected by moving the work.
Search Class
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclass 13, Milling,
Pattern-controller.
19. MILLING, STATIONARY CUTTER-AXIS, VERTICAL.
Machines in which the cutter-axis is placed vertical to facilitate
the use of "end mills," usually called "vertical" milling-ma-
chines.
20. MILLING, STATIONARY CUTTER-AXIS, ROTATING
WORK-HOLDER. Machines with stationary cutter-axes
having means for rotating the work on its own axis, so as to
produce articles of circular cross-section or arc-shaped cuts.
21. MILLING, WORK-FEEDS. Devices for bringing the work
into operative contact with the cutting mechanism, usually in
machines with stationary cutter-axes.
Search Class
90 GEAR-CUTTING. MO.LING, AND PLANING, subclass 13, Milling,
Pattern-controller.
22. MILLING, WORK-FEEDS, BACKLASH-COMPENSA-
TORS. Devices for removing backlash or wear from screw-
feeds, rack-and-pinion feeds, etc., to prevent the work from
drawing under the cutter.
23. MILLING, TAIL-STOCKS. Tail-stocks with angularly-ad-
justable centers or other features particularly adapting them
to milling-machines.
Search Class
82 TURNING, subclass 31, Lathes, Tail-stocks.
24. PLANING. Machines and devices for removing material, usu-
ally metal, from a work-piece, mainly by means of compara-
tively light cuts of a non-rotary tool or scries of such tools,
between which tools and the work-piece there is relative recip-
rocalpry movement in substantially straight lines. Planing
also includes a few devices for producing plane surfaces in
which there is relative rotation in the same plane as the surface
acted upon between tool and work and for producing curved
surfaces by modifying the reciprocatory rectilinear travel of
either tool or work.'
25. PLANING, SOFT-METAL. Machines and devices for operat-
ing on type-metal, stereotypes, battery-plates, etc. They
are usually characterized by broad cutters which cover at one
cut the entire surface to be finished and by correspondingly-
modified driving means.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 121, Planers, Reciprocating-
cutter.
26. PLANING, SOFT-METAL, CYLINDRICAL STEREO-
TYPES. Machines for finishing the concave surfaces of
stereotype forms for cylinder-presses.
Search Class
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclasses 29-32,
Planing, Curved surfaces.
27. PLANING, SOFT-METAL, DOUBLE-RACK CUTTER-
DRIVE. Machines in which the broad cutter is actuated by
a rack secured at each end thereof, the racks being driven by
suitably-mounted pinions.
28. PLANING, SOFT-METAL, ROLLER-FEED. Machines in
which the metal is fed past the cutters by rolls after the man-
ner of wood-planing machines.
Search Class
144 WOODAVORKING, in the subclasses under Feed and presser
mechanisms, Rolls, Feed.
29. PLANING, CURVED SURFACES, ROLL-GROOVING.
Machines for scoring the surfaces of grinding and crushing rolls,
etc., with longitudinal, helical, sinuous, or other grooves.
173
174
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
31. PLANING, CURVED SURFACES, LATERALLY-MOV-
ING CUTTER. Machines in which the curved surface is
produced by a tool given a feeding movement in a curved
path, the work meanwhile reciprocating in a path substan-
tially perpendicular to the plane in which the tool moves.
Search Class
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING. AND PLANING, subclasses 30,
Planing, Curved surfaces, Cycloids; 29, Planing, Curved sur- j
faces, Roll-grooving, and 26 Planing, Soft-metal, Cylindrical !
stereotypes.
32. PLANING, CURVED SURFACES, LATERALLY-MOV-
ING WORK. Machines which give the work both lateral
and longitudinal movement with reference to a relatively
stationary cutter.
Search Class
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclasses 30,
Planing, Curved surfaces, Cycloids; 29, Planing, Curved sur-
faces, Roll-grooving, and 26, Planing, Soft-metal, Cylindrical,
Stereotypes.
33. PLANING, BROACHING. Machines and appliances for
finishing surfaces, cutting slots, etc., by a single forward move-
ment of either tool or work, the tool having usually a succession
of gradually-elevated cutting-points which effect the same re-
sult as continued reciprocations of a single pointed tool.
34. PLANING, PLANERS, RECIPROCATING-BED. Ma-
chines having a cutter-head mounted on a cross-rail or similar
supporting device and a work-holding bed reciprocating on
suitable ways to present the work to the cutter.
35. PLANING, PLANERS, RECIPROCATING-BED, RACK-
DRIVE. Machines in which the bed is reciprocated by
means of an attached rack with which meshes the reversely-
rotated driving-gear.
36. PLANING, PLANERS, RECIPROCATING-BED, SCREW-
DRIVE. Machines in which the bed is reciprocated by an
intermeshing nut and longitudinally-arranged screw.
37. PLANING, PLANERS, RECIPROCATING-BED, CROSS-
RAILS. Adjustable rails extending horizontally from the
uprights of the planer above the reciprocating bed to support
and provide feeding-ways for the cutter-head.
38. PLANING, PLANERS, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
HORIZONTAL. Machines and devices, usually known to
the trade as "shapers," in which the work is held stationary
while the cutter is horizontally reciprocated to effect the cut.
39. PLANING, PLANERS, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
HpRIZONTAL, OSCILLATING LINK-DRIVE. Ma-
chines having a slotted link pivoted in a vertical plane, usu-
ally at its lower end, in an upright pillar, and movably con-
nected at its upper end to the horizontal tool-carrying ram,
the link being driven by suitable gearing and ordinarily
affording a quick return for the cutter.
40. PLANING, PLANERS, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
HORIZONTAL, CRANK-DRIVE. Machines in which the
cutter is horizontally reciprocated by a crank and connecting-
rod.
41. PLANING, PLANERS. RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
HORIZONTAL, RACK-DRIVE. Machines in which the
horizontally-reciprocating cutter-carrying ram is actuated
through an attached rack and suitable reversing driving
mechanism.
42. PLANING, PLANERS, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
HORIZONTAL, SCREW-DRIVE. Machines in which the
tool-head is actuated by screw-gearing, usually an attached
nut and an intermeshing screw, with suitable reversing driving
mechanism.
43. PLANING, PLANERS, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
VE RTICAL. Machines in which the work is usually clamped
to a horizontal bed while the cutter is vertically reciprocated.
This type of machine includes most of the tools known as
"slotters" and "key-seaters."
44. PLANING, PLANERS, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
VERTICAL, CRANK-DRIVE. Machines of the "slotter"
type having vertically-reciprocating cutter-heads actuated by
a crank and connecting-rod.
45. PLANING, PLANERS, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
VERTICAL, CRANK-DRIVE, INVERTED. Machines
with vertically-reciprocating cutter-carriers in which the
work-holder is located at the top of the frame, while the
actuating-crank is beneath the work-securing means a type
of machine frequently used for key-seating.
CLASS 90 Continued.
46. PLANING, PLANERS, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
VERTICAL, RACK-DRIVE. Machines in which the ver-
tically-reciprocating cutter is actuated by means of an attached
rack and a suitable intermeshing driving-train.
47. PLANING, PLANERS, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
VERTICAL, RACK-DRIVE, INVERTED. Machines with
vertically-reciprocating cutter-carriers having a superposed
work table or support with the rack-and-pinion cutter-driving
means located beneath it.
48. PLANING, PLANERS, REVERSING MECHANISMS.
Devices for changing the direction of motion of either the
work-table or cutter-carrying ram of planers.
49. PLANING, PLANERS, TOOL-FEEDS. Devices for giving
the tool-heads of planers, "shapers," etc., an intermittent-feed
motion in a direction at right angles to the direction of the cut.
50. PLANING, PLANERS, TOOL-FEEDS, CLUTCH-BOXES.
Devices for giving an impulse to the feeding mechanism of a
planer at the beginning or end of a stroke and then yielding
f rictionally or positively disengaging during the remainder of
the stroke; usually in the form of f rictionally-engaging disks,
one attached to the reversible driving-shaft and the other to a
feed-rod and oscillating between fixed stops.
51. PLANING, PLANERS, TOOL-FEEDS, STOP MECHAN-
ISMS. Devices for disengaging the intermittent-feed mechan-
ism at any piedetermined point.
52. PLANING, PLANERS, TOOL-HEADS. Mechanisms for
supporting, adjusting, and releasing the cutting-tools of
planers.
53. PLANING, PLANERS, TOOL-HEADS, OSCILLATING
DOUBLE CUTTER. Tool-heads supporting a pair of cut-
ters or a two-edged single cutter in such a manner as to cut in
both directions of travel, one cutting edge being swung out of
contact with the work while the other is acting.
54. PLANING, PLANERS, TOOL-HEADS, PIVOTED CUT-
TER-RELEASE. Tool heads and holders having cutters so
pivoted as to rest against a backing-piece on the cutting stroke
and swing clear of the work on the return stroke.
55. PLANING, PLANERS, TOOL-HEADS, CUTTER-LIFT-
ERS. Devices for positively releasing the cutter and holding
it out of contact with the work during the return stroke.
56. INDEXING. Complete devices, gear-trains, etc., for automat-
ically spacing gears and other articles through aliquot parts of
a circumference to produce a regular series of teeth or grooves.
Search Classes
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclass 1, Gear
cutting.
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 13, Dividing engines.
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 64, Appliances, Work-
Supports, Indexing.
57. INDEXING, INDEX-HEADS. That portion of the indexing
mechanism which includes an equally-divided disk or cylin-
der, means for intermittently rotating such divided part or a
concentric engaging device, means for interlocking the said
parts, and usually a center for supporting one end of the blank
operated upon.
Note. Some form of indexing or spacing mechanism is essential
to all gear-cutting and many milling machines, so that a com-
plete search on such devices must necessarily cover both those
main subclasses. The subclasses of Indexing and Index-heads,
include only such patents and cross-references as contain
claims to and are therefore supposed to show novel features in
such mechanisms.
Search Classes
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclass 1, Gear-
cutting.
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 13, Dividing engines.
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 64, Appliances, Work-
Supports, Indexing.
58. WORK-TABLES. Movable or stationary tables for supporting
the work operated upon or the clamp for securing such work.
They are usually provided with slots for securing work and
with adjusting means.
59. WORK-HOLDERS. Miscellaneous devices for supporting or
securing work-pieces while being acted upon by planing, mill-
ing, or gear-cutting cutters.
60. WORK-HOLDERS, MACHINE-VISES. Devices with mov-
able gripping-jaws adapted to be secured to machine-tables to
clamp the work while being acted upon.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 17, Vises and subclasses thereunder.
61. WORK-HOLDERS, MACHINE-VISES, ANGULARLY
ADJUSTABLE JAWS. Vises having adjustable jaws or
jaw-pieces adapted to damp work with non-parallel sides.
CLASS 91. COATING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class embraces machines and processes for applying and
spreading coating material over various objects. The particular
coating substance is immaterial to this class, as is also the object to
which it is applied, except as indicated hi the titles of special
subclasses.
The machines are classified on the structure of the spreading
mechanism.
Special machines are excluded from this class except in those
cases where the coating operation is in the main capable with slight
changes, principally in the proportions, of a more general use for
coating.
Combined machines are excluded from this class when the opera-
tions other than coating limit the machines to some other art.
Coating parts or portions of the object with a view to an orna-
mentation of the object, such as printing in colors or coating in
patterns or stenciling, are also excluded. When, however, the
mechanism is the same as that for spreading the coating material
entirely over the object with a spreader too narrow to entirely cover
the object with the coating material or with a plurality of narrow
spreaders to cover the object with a series of stripes, such patents
are included in this art under subclass 12, Special machines, Striping.
The processes are classified on the steps employed in spreading
the coating. Machine processes are classified in subclass 68, Proc-
esses, and are cross-referenced into the appropriate machine sub-
class.
Processes which consist merely in applying a particular and
named coating composition to an object are classified either under
class 134, LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, or under class 106, PLASTIC
COMPOSITIONS.
Machines specially adapted for coating with metal are classified
in this class under the title "With metal." Machines which while
adapted for coating with metal are also capable of general applica-
tion in the coating art are classified in the proper general machine
subclasses.
Processes for coating with metal are classified under " Processes,
With metal." They are limited to those processes of applying a
metal coating that are dependent on some physical or chemical
property of the metal to effect a physical or chemical change in the
metal coating during the coating process. Processes for applying a
coating of metal not limited as above stated are classified in the
general process subclasses of coating. For example, a process for
applying a coating of metallic powder which is in the same physical
condition after application as before would be classified in a general
process coating subclass. A process for coating which consisted in
applying a metallic powder and then heating the same to fusion,
the physical condition of the same being thereby changed, would be
classified in the proper subclasses under "Processes, vVith metal."
Processes for making compound metal stock by welding or solder-
Ing or by welding, soldering, or other molecular adhesion combined
with some metal working operation are classified in class 29, METAL
WORKING, subclasses 188, Metal stock, Processes, Compound bars
and tubes, and 189, Metal stock, Processes, Compound plate.
Processes for welding dissimilar metals by the application of heat
and pressure are classified in class 78, METAL FORGING AND WELD-
ING, subclass 93, Welding, Processes, Dissimilar metals.
Coating with metal which involves the use of a mold or its equiva-
lent is classified in class 22, METAL FOUNDING. Where the metal
moves through the mold or die, it is classified hi class 207, SHAPING
FLUID METAL.
Coating with metal by electrodeposition only is classified in class
204, ELECTROCHEMISTRY.
Processes for uniting articles by coating the same with hard or
soft solder are classified in class 113, SHEET METAL WARE, MAKING,
subclass 112, Soldering, Processes.
Coating with metallic compounds is classified in the general
process subclasses of coating, except those compounds in which an
element of the same is furnished by the material on which a coating
is to be produced. For example, forming an insoluble coating of
lead chromate on lead by treating the same with a solution of
bichromate of potassium would not be classified in this class, but in
class 148, ANNEALING AND TEMPERING, subclass 41, Iron oxids.
Processes which are a combination of general coating and coating
with metal are classified in the general coating subclasses and cross-
referenced into the "With metal" subclasses.
Processes which in addition to coating with metal include steps
having in view the production of a design are classified in class 41,
ORNAMENTATION.
A process for coating a wire rod with metal and drawing it is
classified in class 205, METAL DRAWING, subclass 21 , Wire, Processes.
Articles coated with metal by processes in this class are classified
herein under the processes by which they are coated unless they are
such articles as fall within other specific article classes.
An alloy for coating is classified in class 75, METALLURGY, subclass
1, Alloys; a composition including a metal and a flux, in same class,
subclass 187, Fluxes.
Metal coating compositions may also be classified in class 134,
LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, and class 106, PLASTIC COMPOSI-
TIONS.
For applying metallic leaf see class 41, ORNAMENTATION, subclass
37, Surface type, Applied objects. Metallic leaf.
CLASS 91 Continued.
Subclasses.
1. SPECIAL MACHINES, BORDERING LETTER-PAPER.
Instruments for stacking, holding, and coating the borders
of letter-paper for making bordered stationery.
2. SPECIAL MACHINES. CONFECTIONS AND PILLS. Mis-
cellaneous machines for covering confections, cakes, and pills
with sugar or chocolate coating.
3. SPECIAL MACHINES, CONFECTIONS AND PILLS,
FOUNTAIN. Machines in which the coating is applied to
the confections or pills by means of a fountain that is, the
coating is showered, sprayed, poured, or sifted over the con-
fections or pills.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 43, Machines, Fountain.
4. SPECIAL MACHINES ; CONFECTIONS AND PILLS,
IMMERSION. Machines in which the articles being treated
are immersed in a bath of coating material.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 46, Machines, Immersion.
5. SPECIAL MACHINES, CONFECTIONS AND PILLS,
IMMERSION, CHARGERS. Instruments for arranging
and placing the pills or confections on the holders used hi
immersing the pills and confections in the coating material.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 60, Work-holders.
6. SPECIAL MACHINES, CONFECTIONS AND PILLS.
IMMERSION, DIPPING IMPLEMENTS. Instruments
for holding and immersing confections and pills in the coat-
ing material, also racks and trays for holding the articles
after they have been coated.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 46, Machines, Immersion.
7. SPECIAL MACHINES, CONFECTIONS AND PILLS,
RUMBLE. Machines in which pills and confections are
coated by placing them in a vessel containing coating mate-
rial and rolling them around in contact with the coating
material and with each other. The vessel itself may be rotated
or the vessel may be stationary, the articles being rolled
around by rotating blades, or both the vessel and blades may
be rotated.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 52, Machines, Rumble.
7.5. SPECIAL MACHINES, ELECTROTYPE MOLDS. For
coating molds from which an electrotype is to be made with
a thin layer of conductive material, usually graphite, and not
falling within the "With metal" subclasses.
8. SPECIAL MACHINES, FLOCKING. Machines for coating
paper or other fabrics with flock.
9. SPECIAL MACHINES, MARBLING. Machines f9r produc-
ing a so-called "marbled surface" on articles by distributing
and floating drops of variously-colored coating material over
a supporting liquid, agitating the drops to form mottled
streaks, and bringing the object to be coated into contact with
the floating coating material.
10. SPECIAL MACHINES, PHOTOGRAPHIC FILM AND
PLATE. Machines for spreading sensitive emulsion coatings
on films, plates, or fabric.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 69, Processes, Photographic film and
plate.
11. SPECIAL MACHINES PITCHING CASKS. Machines for
coating the insides of barrels and casks with pitch or other
coating material.
Search Class
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 14, Metal, Rumbles.
12. SPECIAL MACHINES, STRIPING. Machines for spread-
ing coating material in lines or stripes.
Search Class
111 SEEDERS AND PLANTERS, subclass 41, Land-markers,
Liquid and powder.
12.1. SPECIAL MACHINES, WITH METAL, COMBINED-
MACHINES. Machines which perfor.ni some operation on
the article additional to that set forth in any of the " With
metal" subclasses and not excluded by the class definition.
Machines for coating with flux and coating with metal are
classified herein only when the fluxing operation is of general
application; otherwise they are classified on the metal coating
operation.
175
176
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 91 Continued.
12.2. SPECIAL MACHINES, WITH METAL, MISCELLANE-
OUS. Miscellaneous apparatus specially adapted for apply-
ing a coating of metal.
12.3. SPECIAL MACHINES, WITH METAL, PLATES. Ap-
paratus for coating sheets or plates with metal, except as
hereinafter provided.
12.4. SPECIAL MACHINES, WITH METAL, PLATES, MIR-
RORS. Apparatus for coating sheets or plates, usually of
glass, with metal for making mirrors, except as hereinafter
provided.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 10, Special machines, Photographic film
and plate.
12.5. SPECIAL MACHINES, WITH METAL, IMMERSION.
Miscellansous apparatus specially adapted for coating articles
with metal by immersing or dipping the same into a bath
containing the coating metal.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclass 46, Machines, Immersion, and the sub-
classes referred to in the definition thereto.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 24, Molding devices, Dipping.
113 SHEET METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 78, Soldering,
Cans, Head seam, Bath.
148 ANNEALING AND TEMPERING, subclasses 34, Hardening
apparatus; 35, Bands and wire, and 3ii, Clamps.
204 ELECTROCHEMISTRY, subclasses 5, Electrolysis, Aqueous
bath, Apparatus, and 11, Electrolysis, Aqueous bath, Depo-
larizing and burnishing.
12.6. SPECIAL MACHINES, WITH METAL, IMMERSION,
WORK CONVEYING. Apparatus of the type indicated
for conveying the material to be coated to, from, or through
the metal bath and not of general application.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclass 46, Machines, Immersion, and the sub-
classes mentioned in the definition thereto.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 24, Molding devices, Dipping.
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 15, Metal, Sheet metal
and wire.
101 PRINTING, subclasses under "Feeding."
113 SHEET METAL WARE, MAKING, all subclasses of bath
type under "Soldering," and sul)class 113, Work feeders.
12ft STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 272, Liquid sterilizers.
141 WASHING APPARATUS, subclass 9, Dish cleaners.
148 ANNEALING AND TEMPERING, subclasses 42, Pickling and
swilling, and 34, Hardening apparatus, and the subclasses
thereunder.
193 CONVEYERS, for conveyers of general application.
204 ELECTROCHEMISTRY, subclass 11, Electrolysis, Aqueous
bath, Depolarizing and burnishing.
12.7. SPECIAL MACHINES, WITH METAL, IMMERSION;
WORK CONVEYING, ROLLS. Machines of the type,
indicated in which the article is guided or conveyed to, from,
, or through the coating bath between cooperating rolls ana
not of general application. These rolls may also aid in the
coating operation.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclass 48, Machines, Roller, and the sub-
classes referred to in the definition thereto, and subclass 59.2,
With metal, Finishing, Rolls.
101 PRINTING, subclasses under "Feeding."
13. COMBINED MACHINES. Embraces that class of machines
which perform in addition to a coating operation some other
function upon the material being treated.
Note. Machines performing combined operations for making
particular articles or coating particular objects are classified
in this class under Special machines.
14. COMBINED MACHINES, COATING AND CUTTING.
Machines in which the material being treated in addition to
being coated is subjected to the action of a cutting mechanism.
Search Class
216 LABEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING, subclasses 5,
Paper hanging, Coating and affixing apparatus; 6, Paper
hanging, Coating and affixing apparatus, Hand; 7, Paper
hanging, Affixing apparatus, and 21, Machines, Strip, Sev-
ering, and subclasses thereunder.
15. COMBINED MACHINES, COATING AND FOLDING.
Machines in which the material being treated is folded after
being coated.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 55, Dryers and coolers.
16. COMBINED MACHINES, COATING AND PRINTING.
Machines in which the material being treated is run through
a printing-press either before or after the coating operation.
17. COMBINED MACHINES, COATING AND STRETCHING.
Machines in which the material being treated is coated and
stretched.
18. MACHINES. Miscellaneous machines and apparatus not
otherwise classifiable for applying and spreading a coating on
an object or article.
19. MACHINES, BRUSH, FOUNTAIN, AND ROLLER. Ma-
chines in which the coating is spread by the three above dis-
tinct submechanisms, any one of which alone would effect a
distribution or spreading of coating material over the object,
but probably not so perfectly or so thoroughly as by the suc-
cessive or combined action of the three.
CLASS 91 Continued.
20. MACHINES, BRUSH, FOUNTAIN, AND SCRAPER. Ma-
chines in which the coating is spread by the three above dis-
tinct submechanisms, any one of which alone would effect a
distribution or spreading of coating material over the object,
but probably not so perfectly or so thoroughly as by the suc-
cessive or combined action of the three.
21. MACHINES, BRUSH, IMMERSION AND ROLLER. Ma-
chines in which the .coating is spread by the three above dis-
tinct submechanisms, any one of which alone would effect a
distribution or spreading of coating material over the object,
but probably not so perfectly or so thoroughly as by the suc-
cessive or combined action of the three.
22. MACHINES, BRUSH, IMMERSION, AND SCRAPER.
Machines in which the coating is spread by the three above
distinct submechanisms, any one of which alone would effect
a distribution or spreading of coating material over the ob-
ject, but probably not so perfectly or so thoroughly as by the
successive or combined action of the three.
23. MACHINES, FOUNTAIN, ROLLER, AND WEB. Ma-
chines in which the coating is spread by the three above dis-
tinct submechanisms, any one of which alone would effect a
distribution or spreading of coating material over the object,
but probably not so perfectly or so thoroughly as by the suc-
cessive or combined action of the three.
24. MACHINES, IMMERSION, ROLLER, AND SCRAPER.
Machines in which the coating is spread by the three above
distinct submechanisms, any one of which alone would effect
a distribution or spreading of coating material over the object,
but probably not so perfectly or so thoroughly as by the suc-
cessive or combined action of the three.
25. MACHINES, BRUSH AND FOUNTAIN. Machines in
which the coating is spread by the two above distinct sub-
mechanisms, either of which alone would effect a distribu-
tion or spreading of coating material over the object, but.
probably not so perfectly or thoroughly as by the successive
or combined action of both.
Note. This subclass is to be distinguished from subclass 39, Ma-
chines, Brush, Fountain-feed, since in the latter the fountain
is employed to supply the coating material to the brush,
while in this class the fountain as well as the brush spreads
the coating material directly upon and over the object.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclasses 19, Machines, Brush, fountain, and
roller, and 20, Machines, Brush, fountain, and scraper.
26. MACHINES, BRUSH AND IMMERSION. Machines in
which the coating material is spread over the object by
brushes and by immersing the object in the coating material.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 22, Machines, Brush, immersion, and
scraper.
27. MACHINES, BRUSH AND ROLLER. Machines in which
the coating is spread by the two above distinct submechan-
isms, either of which alone would elfect a distribution or
spreading of coating material over the object, but probably
not so perfectly or so thoroughly as by the successive or com-
bined action of both.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclasses 19, Machines, Brush, fountain, and
roller, and 21, Machines, Brush, immersion, and roller.
28. MACHINES, BRUSH AND WEB. Machines in which the
coating is spread by the two above distinct submechanisms.
either of which alone would effect a distribution or spreading
of coating material over the object, but probably not so per-
fectly or thoroughly as by the successive or combined action
of both.
29. MACHINES, FOUNTAIN AND ROLLER. Machines in
which the coating is spread by the two above distinct sub-
mechanisms, either of which alone would effect a distribution
or spreading of coating material over the object, but prob-
ably not so perfectly or thoroughly as by the successive or
combined action of both.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 19, Machines, Brush, fountain, and
roller.
30. MACHINES, FOUNTAIN AND SCRAPER. Machines in
which the coating is spread by the two above distinct sub-
mechanisms, either of which alone would effect a distribution
or spreading of coating material over the object, but probably
not so perfectly or thoroughly as by the successive or combined
action of both.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 20, Machines, Brush, fountain, and
scraper.
31. MACHINES, IMMERSION AND ROLLER. Machines in
which the coating is spread by the two above distinct sub-
mechanisms, either of which alone would effect a distribu-
tion or spreading of coating material over the object, but
probably not so perfectly or thoroughly as by the successive
or combined action of both.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclasses 21, Machines, Brush, immersion, and
roller, and 12.5, Special machines, with metal, immersion,
and subclasses thereunder.
8 BLEACHING AND DYEING, subclass 19, Open vats.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
177
CLASS 91 Continued.
32. MACHINES, IMMERSION AND SCRAPER. Machines in
which the coating is spread by the two above distinct sub-
mechanisms, either of which alone would effect a distribu-
tion or spreading of coating material over the object, but prob-
ably not so perfectly or thoroughly as by the successive or
combined action of both.
Search Classes
91 COATING, sul>class 22, Machines, Brush, immersion, and
scraper.
112 SEWING-MACHINES, subclass 28, Wax-thread.
33. MACHINES, ROLLER AND SCRAPER. Machines in
which the coating is spread by the two above distinct sub-
mechanisms, either of which alone would effect a distribution
or spreading of coating material over the object, but probably
not so perfectly or thoroughly as by the successive or com-
bined action of both.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 24, Machines, Immersion, roller, and
scraper.
34. MACHINES, ROLLER AND WEB. Machines in which the
coating is spread by the two above distinct submechan-
isms, either of which alone would effect a distribution or
spreading of coating material over the object, but probably
not so perfectly or thoroughly as by the successive or com-
bined action of both.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 23, Machines, Fountain, roller, and web.
36. MACHINES, SCRAPER AND WEB. Machines in which the
coating is spread by the two above distinct submeehanisms,
either of which alone would effect a distribution or spreading
of coating material over the object, but probably not so per-
fectly or thoroughly as by the successive or combined action
of both.
36. MACHINES, ABRASION. Machines in which the coating
material in a soft or friable condition is held stationary and
against the object or article to be coated, motion being im-
parted to the object, or in which the object to be coated is held
stationary and the coating material is moved and rubbed over
the object.
37. MACHINES, BRUSH. Machines not otherwise classifiable for
spreading a coating by means of a brush alone. The term
"brush" includes, in addition to the structure ordinarily
known by that name, all structures in which a flexible pile or
padded surface is used to spread or smear the coating over the
object.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclasses 19, Machines, Brush, fountain, and
roller; 20, Machines, Brush, fountain, and scraper; 21, Ma-
chines, Brush, immersion, and roller; 22, Machines, Brush,
immersion, and scraper; 20, Machines, Brush and immersion,
and 27, Machines, Brush and roller.
38. MACHINES, BRUSH, CAPILLARY FEED. Machines in
which the coating material is fed to the spreading-brush by
capillary action.
Search Class
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 66, Fountain-brushes,
Mucilage.
39. MACHINES, BRUSH, FOUNTAIN-FEED. Machines in
which the coating material flows from the supply-reservoir
over or through the brush which spreads the material over the
surface of the object.
Search Class
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 49, Fountain-brushes,
Paint.
40. MACHINES, BRUSH, ROLLER-FEED. Machines in which
the spreading-brush contacts with a roller which is supplied
with coating material in any suitable manner.
41. MACHINES, BRUSH, TANK-FEED. Machines in which
the spreading-brush revolves in a tank located below the brush
and containing the coating material.
42. MACHINES, CENTRIFUGAL. Machines in which the coat-
ing material, applied to the object in any suitable manner, is
spread and distributed over the surface by rapidly rotating
the object.
43. MACHINES, FOUNTAIN. Machines in which the coating
material is merely flowed, sprayed, scattered, or sifted over the
object without any intermediate distributing mechanism.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclasses 19, Machines, Brush, fountain, and
roller; 20, Machines, Brush, fountain, and scraper, and 25,
Machines, Brush and fountain.
44. MACHINES, FOUNTAIN, PROJECTION. Machines in
which the coating material is forcibly sprayed, thrown, or
projected against the article to be coated by any means or
mechanism other than by "air-brushes."
45. MACHINES, FOUNTAIN, PROJECTION, AIR-BRUSH.
Machines in which a liquid coating material is forcibly sprayed
by an air-blast over the object to be coated.
CLASS 91 Continued.
46. MACHINES, IMMERSION. Machines and apparatus for
coating objects by immersing, dipping, or passing them
through a bath of coating material. This subclass also in-
cludes apparatus for holding articles while being dipped and
after beuig dipped and the construction of tanks for holding
the coating material used when the whole coating operation
is one of immersion.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclasses 21, Machines, Brush, immersion, and
roller; 22, Machines, Brush, immersion, ana scraper; 24, Ma-
chines, Immersion, roller, and scraper; 26, Machines, Brush
and Immersion; 31, Machines, Immersion and roller; 32, Ma-
chines, Immersion and scraper, and 12.5, Special machines,
With metal, Immersion ana subclasses thereunder.
8 BLEACHING AND DYEING, subclass 19, Open vats.
99 PRESERVING, subclass 12, Wood saturation.
149 HIDES, SKINS, AND LEATHER, subclass 10, Apparatus, Vats.
157 WHEELWRIGHT-MACHINES, subclass 7, Tire-setters, Trestles
and tanks.
47. MACHINES, IMPRESSION. Machines in which the object
to be coated is pressed against a surface coated with the coating
material. The coating material is thus pressed into the object.
48. MACHINES, ROLLER. Miscellaneous machines in which
the coating material is spread or distributed over the object
by rollers alone.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclasses 19, Machines, Brush, fountain, and
roller; 21, Machines, Brush, immersion, and roller; 23, Ma-
chines, Fountain, roller, and web; 24, Machines, Immersion,
roller, and scraper; 27, Machines, Brush and roller; 29, Ma-
chines, Fountain and roller; 31, Machines, Immersion and
roller; 33, Machines, Roller and scraper, and 34, Machines,
Roller and web.
49. MACHINES, ROLLER, FOUNTAIN-FEED. Machines in
which the coating material is spread over the object by rollers,
the coating material being supplied to the distributing-rollers
from a fountain or elevated reservoir, so that the coating
material flows directly to and over the distributing-rollers.
Search Class
101 PRINTING, subclass 74, Inking apparatus, Fountains.
50. MACHINES, ROLLER, ROLLER-FEED. Roller-machines
in which the coating material is carried to the distributing-
rollers from any suitable source or supply-tank by intermediate
rollers.
51. MACHINES, ROLLER, TANK-FEED. Roller-machines in
which the distributing rollers rotate in a tank containing the
coating material and in contact with the coating material.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 33, Machines, Roller and scraper.
52. MACHINES, RUMBLE. Machines in which small articles are
coated by placing them in a barrel-like receptacle containing
coating material and rolling the articles around in contact with
said material and with each other. The barrel itself may be
rotated, or the barrel may be held stationary and the articles
moved around in the barrel by rotating blades, or the articles
may be rolled around by both rotating the barrel and rotating
the blades simultaneously.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclasses 7, Special machines, Confections and
Pills; Rumble, 11, Special machines, Pitching casks.
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 14. Metal, Rumbles.
149 HIDES, SKINS, AND LEATHER, subclass 11, Apparatus,
Tumbling-drums.
53. MACHINES, SCRAPER. Machines hi which the coating
material is spread and distributed over the object by the
action of scrapers, blades, or doctors.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclasses 20, Machines, Brush, fountain, and
scraper; 22, Machines, Brush, immersion, and scraper; 24, Ma-
chines, Immersion, roller, and scraper; 30, Machines, Fountain
and scraper; 32, Machines, Immersion and scraper, and 33,
Machines, Roller and scraper.
54. MACHINES, WEB. Machines in which a web, belt, or strip of
textile material covered or coated with coating material is
brought into contact with the object or article to be coated.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclasses 28, Machines, Brush and web; 34, Ma-
chines, Roller and web, and 35, Machines, Scraper and web.
101 PRINTING, subclass 28, Color-machines, Graining.
55. DRIERS AND COOLERS. Special mechanisms for drying or
cooling the coating material after it has been applied to the
object.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 15, Combined machines, Coating and
folding.
56. ELEVATING DEVICES. Mechanisms for elevating the
coating material from a lower supply-reservoir to an upper
distributing-reservoir or to the point where the coating is
applied.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclasses 40, Machines, Brush, roller-feed, and
50, Machines, Roller, Roller-feed.
26674 12
12
178
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 91 Continued.
57. MIXERS AND STIRRERS. Mechanisms for mixing and
stirring the coating material.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclass 4, Special machines, Confections and
pills, Immersion.
83 MILLS, subclass 73, Mortar-mixers.
94 PAVING, subclass 9, Mixers.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 30,
Mixers, kneaders, and beaters; 35, Mixers, kneaders, and
beaters, Rotary dasher, Compound rotation; 36, Mixers,
kneaders, and beaters, Rotary dasher, Multiple; 38, Mixers,
kneaders, and beaters, Rotary dasher, Single, and 40, Mixers,
kneaders, and beaters, Rotary dasher, Single, Horizontal.
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclass 11, Mixers.
8. STRIPPERS. Means for stripping the coated articles from
the carrier.
59. WIPERS AND DUSTERS. Mechanisms for removing surplus
coating material from portions of articles intended to be kept
uncoated.
59.1 WITH METAL, FINISHING. Miscellaneous machines and
processes for treating the articles while the metal coating is in
a molten condition to secure a suitable finish and uniformity
in the coating, usually by avoiding surplus coating.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclass 59.8, With metal, Crystallizing, for treit-
ing a coating in a molten condition to secure a crystalline effect;
subclass 55, Driers and coolers.
29 METAL WORKING, subclass 90, Burnishing, for finishing a
solidified coating by burnishing.
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 15, Metal, Sheet metal
and wire, for finishing by abrading or polishing.
SO^METAL ROLLING, for finishing by rolling.
205 METAL DRAWING, for finishing by drawing.
59.2. WITH METAL, FINISHING ROLLS. Machines and
processes in which the coated article is finished by being passed
through cooperating rolls while the metal coating is in a molten
condition. The rolls are specially adapted by their construc-
tion or location for finishing.
Search Class
91_CoATiNG, subclass 12.7, Special machines, With metal.
Immersion, Work conveying, Rolls, and the subclasses re-
ferred to in the definition thereto.
59.3. WITH METAL, FINISHING, SEPARATORS. Appara-
tus and processes for treating in bulk small articles while the
coating is in a molten condition, separating the articles from
each other and from the surplus adhering metal, so that when
cool the articles will be clean of surplus metal and separate
from each other.
59.4. WITH METAL, FINISHING, WIPERS. Apparatus and
processes for removing surplus metal while in a molten condi-
tion by a wiping, scraping, or abrasive action.
Search Classes -
91 COATING, subclasses 53, Machines, Scraper, and the sub-
classes referred to in the definition thereto; 37, Machines,
Brush, and the subclasses referred to in the definition thereto;
58, Strippers, and 59, Wipers and dusters.
113 SHEET METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 97, Soldering,
Wipers.
59.8. WITH METAL, CRYSTALLIZING. Apparatus and proc-
esses for producing a crystalline effect in the metal coating.
60. WORK-HOLDERS. Devices for holding the articles while
being coated.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclasses 4, Special machines, Confections and
pills, Immersion; 5, Special machines, Confections and pills,
Immersion, Charges; 6, Special machines, Confections and
pills, Immersion, Dipping implements, and 46, Machines,
Immersion.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 65, Match-making, Dipping-
frames.
61. WORK-HOLDERS, ENAMELING-TABLES. Adjustable
and movable tables for holding heated articles while the
enameling material, usually in the form of a powder, is sifted
or scattered over said articles.
62. WORK-HOLDERS, GRIPPER MECHANISMS. Gripping
mechanisms, clamps, and jaws for carrying the articles being
treated through the coating-machine.
63. IMPLEMENTS, BRUSH HOLDERS AND CLEANERS.
Cabinets and other receptacles for holding paint and varnish
brushes while not in use. containing provisions for cleaning the
brushes or for keeping them in a soft and pliable condition.
Search Class
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 6, Brush and broom
supports.
64. IMPLEMENTS, PAINTERS' HOOKS. Hooks adapted to be
attached to a roof, side of a building, or ladder, primarily for
supporting paint-pots; but they are usually a sort of combina-
tion-tool adapted to serve other purposes in addition to that
of supporting the pot.
CLASS 91 Continued.
65. IMPLEMENTS, PAINT-PROTECTORS. Devices used by
painters for protecting one of two adjacent surfaces while the
other is being painted.
66. IMPLEMENTS, POTS, Portable receptacles such as pots,
cups, and pails -for holding coating material while the same is
being applied or so that it can readily be applied.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclass 62, Work-holders, Gripper mechanisms.
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 6, Brush and broom
supports.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 33.
Buckets.
07. IMPLEMENTS, SANDERS. Hand implements forscattering
sand over freshly painted or coated surfaces.
67.1. IMPLEMENTS, MUCILAGE HOLDERS. Receptacles of
various sorts especially designed to contain liquid adhesives
and facilitate the removal of the adhesives from the receptacles.
(17.2. IMPLEMENTS, MUCILAGE HOLDERS, BRUSHES.
Brushes designed for use in mucilage receptacles and the like.
They are usually combined with some form of closure for the
receptacle in which the brush is used.
67.3. IMPLEMENTS, MUCILAGE HOLDERS, SCRAPERS.
Mucilage holders provided with scraping devices for removing
surplus mucilage from the brush.
67.4. IMPLEMENTS, MUCILAGE HOLDERS, SPREADERS.
Mucilage holders provided with spreading devices in the
closure of the holder, which makes the use of a brush unneces-
sary.
Note. Mucilage holders having brushes or sponges attached to
serve as spreading devices are classified in class 15, BRUSHING
AND SCRUBBING, FOUNTAIN BRUSHES, MUCILAGE.
67.5. IMPLEMENTS, MUCILAGE HOLDERS, SPREADERS,
FLEXIBLE CAP. Mucilage holders having spreaders con-
sisting of a flexible cap, usually rubber, having an opening at
the tip, through which the mucilage escapes.
07.9. FABRIC COATING AND PRINTING. Includes fabrics
that are either coated or impregnated and in addition printed
or embossed; also processes of preparing them.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 10, Combined machines, Coating and
printing, for analogous apparatus.
68. PROCESSES. Miscellaneous processes for spreading coating
material over an article or object.
68.1. PROCESSES, WITH METAL. Miscellaneous processes
for applying a coating of metal as limited in the main
definition.
68 2. PROCESSES, WITH METAL, COMBINED WITH
ELECTRODEPOSITION. Processes in which electro-
depositon of metal is at least one, but not all. of a plurality
of metal coating operations. This subclass includes processes
which are a combination of coating with metal by electro-
deposition and coating with metal as defined in this class and
may involve either one or a plurality of coatings.
Search' Class
204 ELECTROCHEMISTRY, appropriate subclasses.
68.3. PROCESSES, WITH METAL, PRECIPITATION. Proc-
esses whereby the metal coating is precipitated from a solu-
tion, usually aqueous, on the surface to be coated.
Search Classes
75 METALLURGY, subclass 18, Solution and precipitation;
67, Solution and precipitation, Chlorination, and 185, Solu-
tion and precipitation, Cyanids.
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 24.5, Metal
depositing.
204 ELECTROCHEMISTRY, for precipitation by electrodeposi-
tion.
69. PROCESSES, PHOTOGRAPHIC FILM OR PLATE.
Processes of spreading a sensitive emulsion coating material
over films, plates, fabrics, tissue, paper, etc.
70. PROCESSES, WITH HEAT. Coating processes which
involve the application of heat as one of the steps thereof.
70 1 PROCESSES, WITH HEAT, WITH METAL. Processes
for applying a coating of metal involving the application of
a high degree of heat to produce a physical or chemical change
in the coating material.
Search Classes
23 METAL WORKING, subclasses 188, Metal stock, Processes,
Compound bars and tubes, and 189, Metal stock, Processes,
Compound plate.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 187, Fluxes.
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 93, Welding.
Processes, Dissimilar metals.
113 SHEET METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 112, Soldering,
Processes.
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 4, Manufacture and repair,
Apparatus, Filaments and glowers, and also subclasses 131 and
132 under Filament and glower compositions.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
179
CLASS 91 Continued.
70.2. PROCESSES, WITH HEAT, WITH METAL, MOLTEN.
Processes in which the coating metal is in a molten state
before and when applied to the surface to be coated.
Search Classes
22- METAL FOUNDING, subclass 200, Processes, Casting, and
the subclasses thereunder.
75 METALLURGY, subclasses 1, Alloys, for alloys for coating,
and 75 METALLURGY, subclass 187, Fluxes, for compositions
including a metal and a flux.
113 SHEET METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 112, Soldering,
Processes,
70.3. PROCESSES, WITH HEAT, WITH METAL, MOLTEN,
PREPARATION. Processes for coating with molten metal,
combined with a preparatory treatment of the material to be
coated.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclass 68.1, Processes, With metal, for prepara-
tory processes for coating with metal not limited to molten
metal and not otherwise classifiable.
29 METAL WORKING, subclass 81, Scale removers and pre-
venters.
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING.
CLASS 91 Continued.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 187, Fluxes.
148 ANNEALING AND TEMPERING, subclass 42, Pickling and
swilling.
204 ELECTROCHEMISTRY, subclass 7, Electrolysis, Aqueous
bath, Cathodes, Cleaning.
71. PROCESSES, WITH HEAT, JAPANNING. Processes of
coating surfaces of metal, wood, etc., with japan or other
varnish which is dried and hardened at a high temperature
in stoves or heated chambers.
72. PROCESSES, WITH HEAT, VITREOUS. Processes of
coating wood and other surfaces (except metal surfaces) with
vitriflable material and firing to vitrify the coating mate-
rial and to affix it to the surface.
73. PROCESSES, WITH HEAT, VITREOUS, ON METAL.
Processes of coating metal surfaces with vitriflable material
and firing to vitrify the coating material and to affix it to the
surface.
Search Class
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 26, Surface type, Pigment and
the subclasses thereunder.
CLASS 92. PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class covers the preparation of paper pulp and the formation
of structure from the same. It includes fluid and chemical treat-
ment of fibrous materials for liberating and degumming fiber,
whether restricted to the paper making art or otherwise.
Broadly the complete operation involves suspending disintegrated
fibrous material in water, passing the mass through a shaping appa-
ratus, which expresses the water and delivers the product in self-
sustaining form.
The class includes machines and processes, also structure of
product per se, when the invention resides in the structure produced
by operations within the scope of the class.
Preliminary, subsequent, and a few intermediate operations
Which are not necessarily limited to this art are excluded.
When foreign material is introduced into the fibrous mass the
line between this art and the plastic art is not distinct: but gen-
erally if the material introduced rather than the expressing action
is primarily depended upon to bind the fibers together the invention
is excluded from this class.
This class is divided into five groups, as follows:
STOCK TREATMENT, covering the reduction of the stock to a crude
pulp or liberated fiber.
STUFF WORKING, refining the crude mass.
WEB FORMING, producing a continuous web of paper from the
pulp.
PULP MOLDING, producing any structure or article from the pulp
other than a continuous web.
FINISHING, treating the paper after it has reached a substantially
dry or self-sustaining stage.
Note. An invention comprising matter classifiable in more than
one specific subclass of this class is placed in the subclass having the
lowest number and cross-referenced into the subclass or subclasses
having a higher number or numbers.
Note. For further information see the subclass definitions.
Subclasses.
1. STOCK TREATMENT. Miscellaneous inventions relating to
the degumming of fibrous materials and the reduction of paper
stock to a crude pulpy mass. Preliminary operations which
do not produce such results are excluded. When the method
of liberation is designed to preserve the fiber, so that it may
be employed for textile or other purposes, it is placed in one
of the subclasses designated by the term "fiber."
Search Classes
13 BRAKES AND GINS, and 19, CARDING, for the mechanical
treatment of textile materials and small fibrous stalks.
13 BRAKES AND GINS, subclass 22, Rag cutters, and 19, CARD-
ING, subclass 9, Pickers, for mechanical treatment of rag stock.
83 MILLS, especially subclass 75, Wood and bark, for the dis-
integration of larger material, such as wood. Chip graders
are also found in class 83, MILLS, subclass 74, Chip graders.
2. STOCK TREATMENT, BY-PRODUCT RECOVERY. In-
ventions for preparing stock or liberating fiber which also in-
clude by-product recovery or which recover products from
paper stock waste by operations not elsewhere classifiable.
Does not include the extraction of pure chemicals when not
combined with any operation of the class.
3. STOCK TREATMENT, SPECIAL PAPER STOCK. Inven-
tions in which some particular stock is utilized for paper
making purposes. The treatment of well known stock-
such as rags, wood, straw, etc. is not found here. Does not
include alkaline digestive treatment.
Search Class
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 14,
Stock treatment, Alkaline, Special paper stock, when hot
alkaline liquor is employed in the treatment.
4. STOCK TREATMENT FIBER. Miscellaneous treatment
other than mechanical when the design is to liberate and
degum the fiber rather than prepare a pulp.
In process claims falling within this class the statement that
the material is crushed or broken is disregarded; but if appa-
ratus for mechanical disintegration is also included the patent
is placed in this subclass and cross-referenced, if necessary, into
other subclasses.
Search Classes
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, in the "Digestive"
subclasses, for liberation of fiber by digestive operations.
13 BRAKES AND GINS, for the mechanical breaking up of the
smaller fibrous plants. The application of moisture during
the breaking action does not exclude the patent from class 115.
5. STOCK TREATMENT, FIBER, BACTERIA. The libera-
tion of fiber depending upon the presence of bacteria. Fre-
quently called "retting" a slow process.
CLASS 92 Continued.
6. STOCK TREATMENT, COMBINED GRINDING AND
DIGESTING. The production of paper stock exclusively,
and covers treatments that involve both grinding and digest-
ing features. This does not include the mere crushing or
breaking of small fibrous plants, but usually refers to the com-
bination of mechanical disintegrating operations, such as
grinding and chipping, with extended hot liquid treatment.
Patents are not cross-referenced from this subclass into the
miscellaneous digestive subclass.
Search Classes
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, the "Digestive"
subclasses, and the classes mentioned in the search notes
thereof, especially 71, FERTILIZERS, subclass 1, Apparatus;
195, ALCOHOL, subclasses 25, Mashing, Apparatus; 26, Mash-
ing, Apparatus, Digesters and disintegrators, and 32, Mash-
ing, Processes.
7. STOCK TREATMENT, DIGESTIVE. The reduction of the
stock to pulp by the application of hot liquid or vapor. Also,
in the fiber subclasses, the liberation of the fiber is included.
When a particular reagent other than water is employed, the
patent falls under one of the more specific subclasses relating
to this treatment.
Apparatus found in various classes may easily be adapted
to this art, and extensive search may therefore be necessary
for analogous structure.
Search Classes
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 6, Stock
treatment, Combined grinding and digesting.
8 BLEACHING AND DYEING, subclass 18, Close vats.
34 DRIERS, subclass 30, Retort.
68 LAUNDRY, subclass 16, Washing machines, Boiler, and 30,
Washboilers.
71 FERTILIZERS, subclass 1, Apparatus.
83 MILLS, subclasses 27, Preparing grain, Steaming and dam-
pening, and 28, Preparing grain, Processes.
87 OILS, FATS, AND GLUE especially subclasses 4, Decompos-
ing fats; 6, Extracting oils; 12, Refining fat oils; 13, Render-
ing, and 16, Soap manufacture.
99 PRESERVING, subclasses 2, Apparatus; 5, Desiccation, and
12, Wood saturation.
110 FURNACES, subclass 11, Furnace structure, Wet fuel, Gar-
bage and sewage, Closed retort.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 348, Water heaters,
Kettle furnace, Steam generators and cookers.
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclasses 1, Bleaching cane juice; 10,
Glucose, and 17, Sugar making.
195 ALCOHOL, subclasses 26, Mashing, Apparatus, Digesters
and disintegrators; 28, Mashing, Apparatus, Mash tubs; 30,
Mashing, Apparatus, Mash Tubs, Tubular rakes; 31, Mashing,
Hops; 32, Mashing, Processes: 33, Mashing, Wort, and 34,
Mashing, Wort, Hopping.
196 MINERAL OILS, subclasses 4, Apparatus, Stills,, Stirrers
and scrapers, and 18, Apparatus, Stills, Supplementary
heating.
202 CHARCOAL AND COKE, subclass 3, Charcoal, Retorts.
203 AMMONIA. WATER, AND WOOD DISTILLATION, especially
subclass 6, Wood.
209 CARBONATING BEVERAGES, subclass 17, Gas generators,
Furnace.
210 WATER PURIFICATION, subclass 19, Filters, Chemical
feeders.
8. STOCK TREATMENT, DIGESTIVE FIBER. Inventions
designed to degum and preserve the fiber rather than produce
a pulp.
Unless it is definitely stated that the digestive treatment
is designed to isolate a fiber for textile or other general purposes
the patent is not classified in any of the fiber subclasses.
9. STOCK TREATMENT, DIGESTIVE, MISCELLANEOUS
REAGENTS. Inyentions wherein a particular reagent other
than water is described which does not fall within any of the
following subclasses.
If the method is substantially an alkaline or a sulfurotis acid
treatment, the addition of other chemicals does not place the
patent in this subclass.
10. STOCK TREATMENT, DIGESTIVE, MISCELLANEOUS
REAGENTS, FIBER. Digestive treatment with miscella-
neous reagents for the production of liberated fiber.
11. STOCKTREATMENT, DIGESTIVE, ACID, SULFUROUS,
Digestive treatment by the well known "sulfite" process-
but is broad enough to include digestive apparatus and proc,
esses when the treatment described relies upon sulfurous acid
as the principal agent.
Search Class
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 10.
Stock treatment, Digestive, Shells and linings, when the only
disclosure is a shell or lining which may be used with thi's
treatment.
181
182
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 92 Continued.
12. STOCKTREATMENT, DIGESTIVE, ACID, SULFUROUS,
FIBER. The production of liberated fiber by digestive
treatment with sulfurous acid as the principal agent.
13. STOCK TREATMENT, DIGESTIVE, ALKALINE. Di-
gestive treatment where the reagent employed is of an alka-
line nature.
Search Class
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass l<>, Stock
treatment, Digestive, Alkaline, Bleaching feature, if the treat-
ment ajso involves a bleaching feature.
14. STOCK TREATMENT, DIGESTIVE, ALKALINE, SPE-
CIAL PAPER STOCK. Alkaline digestive treatment of
special paper stock as denned under subclass 3, Stock treat-
ment, Special paper stock.
15. STOCK TREATMENT, DIGESTIVE,ALKALINE, FIBER.
The production of liberated fiber by alkaline digestive treat-
ment.
16. STOCK TREATMENT, DIGESTIVE, ALKALINE,
BLEACHING FEATURE. Alkaline digestive treatment,
including a bleaching feature.
Search Class
8 BLEACHING AND DYEING, for bleaching of the stock unless
involved with some other treatment.
17. STOCK TREATMENT, DIGESTIVE, ALKALINE,
BLEACHING FEATURE, FIBER. The production of
liberated fiber by an alkaline digestive treatment involving
bleaching.
18. STOCK TREATMENT, DIGESTIVE, ROTARY DIGES-
TERS. Digestive stock treatment wherein are employed
digesters designed to rotate.
In addition to the search outlined under " Digestive treat-
ment" for analogous structures,
Search Classes
34 DRIERS, subclass 5, Cylinder, Internal, Rotary horizontal.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 138, Roasters, Revolving, Cylinders.
87 OILS, FATS, AND GLUE, subclass 13, Rendering.
110 FURNACES, subclass 14, Furnace structure, Wet fuel, Gar-
bage and sewage, Rotary retort.
122 STEAM BOILERS, subclass 13, Rotary.
195 ALCOHOL, subclass 22, Malting, Apparatus, Cylinders,
rotary.
196 MINERAL OILS, subclasses 20, Coal, Retorts, Rotary, and
12, Apparatus, Stills, Rotary.
222 HYDRAULIC CEMENT AND LIME, subclass 7, Kilns, Rotary.
19. STOCK TREATMENT, DIGESTIVE, SHELLS AND LIN-
INGS. Shell or lining structure of the digester.
Search Classes
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 30, Artificial stone, Solu-
ble silicates, in addition to the classes noted under the " Digest-
ive treatment" subclasses.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 2, Recep-
tacles, Acid-proof.
20. STUFF WORKING. The reduction and refining of the crude
or green pulp into condition to be fed to the machines or molds
upon which it is to be given form. This is the miscellaneous
subclass of the group and contains any means for reducing
inequalities in the pulpy mass which does not fall within the
more specific subclasses hereunder. This may be considered,
broadly, as the second stage in the process of paper making.
Search Classes
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 37, Stuff
working. Stuff chests, and the classes mentioned in the notes
thereunder, for agitating devices.
8 BLEACHING AND DYEING, for bleaching operations when not
combined with other features.
34 DRIERS, especially subclass 14, Floors, Fixed; 100, PRESSES,
subclasses of " Expressing;" 127, SUGAR AND SALT, subclass 3,
Centrifugal machines, and 210, WATER PURIFICATION, for
devices for draining water from the pulp, except in the forma-
tion of a web or on a cylinder machine.
49 GLASS, subclass 63, Batch mixers; 83, MILLS, subclass 73,
Mortar mixers; 87, OILS, FATS, AND GLUE, subclass 16, Soap
manufactures; 94, PAVING, subclass 9, Mixers; 107, BREAD,
PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 30, Mixers,
kneaders, and beaters, and the subclasses thereunder; 127,
SUGAR AND SALT, subclasses 11, Mixers, and 23, Starch: 195,
ALCOHOL, subclasses 25, Mashing, Apparatus, and the sub-
classes thereunder, and 21, Malting, Apparatus, for similar
mechanical features.
141 WASHING APPARATUS, subclass 12, Miscellaneous fiber and
pulp washers, for washing of the pulp unless covering appa-
ratus specially provided for in class 8, BLEACHING AND DYE-
ING.
210 WATER PURIFICATION, for apparatus for collecting fiber
and other materials from waste water of any operation.
21. STUFF WORKING, SPECIAL MATERIAL INCORPO-
RATING. Any operation, by which any material, except
paper stock, is mixed with the stuff or pulp prior to the
structure forming stage.
Search Classes
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 40, Web
forming, Special material incorporating, or the subclasses
thereunder, and subclass 55, Pulp molding, Special material
and object incorporating, if introduced into the stun* or pulp
while on the machine or mold.
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, the "Sizing" subclasses,
if the invention merely covers a composition or the use of a
substance or composition for giving body or surface to the
paper not unique to paper making.
CLASS 92 Continued.
22. STUFF WORKING, BEATING ENGINES. Stuff work-
ing machines having a rotating beating surface with blades
or projections running in proximity to an opposed cooperating
surface, the stuff traveling in the direction of motion of the
blades at the point of operation. In this class of machines the
stuff usually travels in an endless course until sufficiently
beaten.
Search Classes
8 BLEACHING AND DYEING, subclass 19, Open vats.
19 CARDING, subclass 19, Opener beaters.
68 LAUNDRY, subclass 23, Washing machines, Roller and bed.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 34,
Mixers, kneaders, and beaters, Roller.
23. STUFF WORKING, BEATING ENGINES, SCREEN
ATTACHMENT. Beating engines having a screen attach-
ment for washing purposes.
Engines falling within the "Stuff working" group which
have screen attachments for washing purposes are cross-
referenced here when not of the beating type.
Search Class
141 WASHING APPARATUS, subclass 12, Miscellaneous fiber
and pulp washers, if there is no improvement in the beater.
24. STUFF WORKING, BEATING ENGINES, HORIZON-
TAL COURSE. Beating engines wherein the stuff-flow is
substantially horizontal.
25. STUFF WORKING, BEATING ENGINES, VERTICAL
COURSE. Beating engines wherein the courae of the stuff
is substantially vertical, so that the stuff during a portion of
the travel flows above another part of the course.
26. STUFF WORKING. REFINING ENGINES. Machines
designed for the final reducing or disintegrating treatment of
the pulp. Are distinguished from the beating engines by the
fact that the material passes in a direction substantially at
right angles to the motion of the operating surface. Both" the
beating and refining engines contain opposed cooperating
surfaces and the operations somewhat approximate grinding
as distinguished from a kneading or stirring of the mass.
Search Classes
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 20, Stuff
working, for reducing engines that do not fall clearly within
a beating or refining subclass, but have general characteristics
of beating or refining engines.
83 MILLS, especially subclass 75, Wood and bark, for analogous
structures.
27. STUFF WORKING, REFINING ENGINES, CONE AND
SHELL. Refining engines generally of the type known as
" Jordan " or modifications of that type. The distinguishing
characteristic is a rotary cone running in proximity to an outer
cooperating shell.
Search Class
83 MILLS, subclasses 13, Grinding mills, Cone and shell, and
31, Grain scourers, Conical, for analogous structure.
28. STUFF WORKING, SAND SEPARATORS. Inventions
for removing sand and similar heavy particles from the stuff.
The foreign matter generally settles to the bottom and is
trapped, while the stuff travels on.
Search Classes
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 29, Stuff
working, Strainers, and the subclasses thereunder, for inven-
tions involving passing the stuff through a screen for separat-
ing knots, slivers, etc.
83 MILLS, subclass 59, Ore and coal, Separators, Washers; 103,
PUMPS, subclass 64, Elements, Sand traps and strainers, and
210, WATER PURIFICATION, subclass 5, Filters, Decanters, for
similar devices.
29. STUFF WORKING, STRAINERS. Inventions for working
out knots, slivers, lumps, etc., from the stuff by passing it
through screens.
Search Classes
75 METALLURGY, subclass 86, Solution and precipitation,
Apparatus.
83 -MILLS, subclasses 27, Preparing grain, Steaming and damp-
ening; 28, Preparing grain, Processes; 26, Sifters and screens,
and 59, Ore and coal.
146 VEGETABLE CUTTERS AND CRUSHERS, subclass 9, Crush-
ers and graters, Rotary.
195 ALCOHOL, subclasses 25, Mashing, Apparatus, and the
subclasses thereunder, and 3.~>, Mashing, Wort, Purifying.
210 WATER PURIFICATION, subclass 16, Filters, Strainers.
30. STUFF WORKING, STRAINERS, FLAT SCREEN.
'Strainers having a flat screen for use in this art or apparatus
supplied with a flat screen or screens only and not provided
for in the following subclasses.
31. STUFF WORKING, STRAINERS, FLAT SCREEN, HORI-
ZONTAL STATIONARY. Flat screen strainers, particu-
larly adapted to strain pulp, which are substantially horizon-
tal and without motion, the stuff usually being worked through
by auxiliary mechanism.
32. STUFF WORKING, STRAINERS, FLAT SCREEN, HORI-
ZONTAL STATIONARY, VERTICALLY VIBRATING
DIAPHRAGM. Horizontal stationary flat screen strainers in
connection with vertically moving diaphragms substantially
parallel to the horizontal screens for facilitating the passage
of the stuff. In some instances the diaphragm is pivoted at
one edge.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
183
CLASS 92 Continued.
33. STUFF WORKING, STRAINERS, FLAT SCREEN,
SHAKING. Flat screen strainers adapted to be given a shak-
ing or jarring motion in any direction to assist in the operation.
Search Classes
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 35, Stuff
working, Strainers, Cylindrical rotating screen, Outward flow,
for rotating srreens which have also a jarring motion; subclass
29, Stuff working, Strainers, for other strainers of various forms
actuated by a reciprocating movement; subclass 45, Web
forming, Fourdrinier machines, Shake frames.
34 DRIERS, subclass 38, Shaking.
83 MILLS, subclasses 35, Grain scourers. Reciprocating and end-
less and 3S, Chop graders, Shaking bolts.
130 THRESHING, subclass 15, Grain separators, Shaking
screens.
34. STUFF WORKING, STRAINERS, CYLINDRICAL STA-
TIONARY SCREEN. Stuff strainers of cylindrical form
within which the stuff is generally placed and driven out as
by means of beating blades.
Search Classes .
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 35, Stuff
working, Strainers, Cylindrical rotating screen, Outward flow.
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclass 3, Centrifugal machines, if the
stuff is screened by the centrifugal action of a rapidly rotating
containing vessel or screen.
35. STUFF WORKING, STRAINERS, CYLINDRICAL RO-
TATING SCREEN, OUTWARD FLOW. Stuff working
strainers of cylindrical rotating screen type wherein the stuff
is supplied to the ulterior of a slowly rotating screen from
which it escapes through the meshes to the exterior.
Search Classes
83 MILLS, subclass 39, Chop graders. Rotary bolts.
130 THRESHING, subclass 16, Grain separators, Rotary screens.
210 WATER PURIFICATION, subclass 14, Filters, Rotary bed.
36. STUFF WORKING, STRAINERS, CYLINDRICAL RO-
TATING SCREEN, INWARD FLOW. Stuff working
machines of the cylindrical rotating screen type wherein the
stuff is supplied to the exterior of a cylindrical rotating screen
and caused or permitted to flow through the screen to the
interior, from which it is allowed to escape.
Search Class
210 WATER PURIFICATION, subclass 14, Filters, Rotary bed.
37. STUFF WORKING, STUFF CHESTS. Vessels generally
supplied with agitators, for holding the finished pulp until it
is fed to the machine or mold. This subclass has no structural
characteristics that limit the apparatus to paper making, and
unless the invention is described as designed for this art the
patent, should be excluded.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclass 57, Mixers and stirrers, and the classes
mentioned thereunder, when the apparatus is described as
adapted for general analogous purposes.
31 DAIRY, subclasses 22, Cheese-vats and curd breakers; the
various subclasses of "Churns," especially 42, Churns, Rotary,
Vertical single dasher, and 86, Milk cans, Creaming, Agitators.
34 DRIERS, subclass 43, Stirrers.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 4, Ice cream freezers.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 86, Solution and precipitation
apparatus.
83 MILLS, subclass 11, Grinding mills, Rotary beaters.
87 OILS, FATS, AND GLUE, subclass 16, Soap manufacture.
94 PAVING, subclass 9, Mixers.
195 ALCOHOL, subclass 25, Mashing, Apparatus, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
196 MINERAL OILS, subclass 4, Apparatus, Stills, Stirrers and
scrapers.
38. WEB FORMING. Inventions for forming pulp into a con-
tinuous sheet or web, and contains all inventions for handling
the web while in the moist formative stage which have not
been specially excluded.
Search Classes
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBEK LIBERATION, the "special work
machines" of the "Web forming" group, if the invention
involves a special independent treatment of the web while
drying for preparing a modified product; subclass 68, Finish-
ing, and classes noted thereunder, if the material to be acted
upon is merely moist paper, which may or may not be in the
process of formation.
34 DRIERS, for apparatus for merely drying paper; also in 34,
for the breaking up of webs of green pulp into flakes or particles
and the drying of the same.
100 PRESSES, subclasses 35, Expressing, Belt; 36, Expressing,
Belt and plunger, and 37, Expressing, Belt and roller.
193 CONVEYERS, subclass 23, Endless belt guides, for guides
for endless aprons, felts and the like, whether for paper making
machines or other purposes.
Of appropriate fabric making for wire and felt aprons of peculiar
weave or structure.
39. WEB FORMING, SPECIAL WORK. Inventions particu-
larly relating to the formation of a web having special or pe-
culiar features.
Search Classes
82 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclasses of
"Special stock" of the "Stock treatment" group, if the
novelty resides merely in the paper stock. Webs built up of
multiple continuous layers of pulp are classified here; subclass
21, Stuff working, Special material incorporating, if in mixing
foreign matter with the stock prior to the web forming stage.
54 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES, if
the web is formed of multiple layers of finished paper.
CLASS 92 Continued.
40. WEB FORMING, SPECIAL WORK, SPECIAL MATE-
RIAL INCORPORATING. The art of introducing mate-
rials other than paper stock into the pulp while the web is
being formed.
Search Class
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, the subclasses of
"Special work," for the building up of webs containing a
plurality of layers of various kinds of colors of pulp, with or
without adhesives, or in any other way mixing different pulps
in the web forming machine; subclasses 21, Stuff working,
Special material incorporating, and 55, Pulp molding, Special
material and object incorporating, which are parallel with
these.
41. WEB FORMING, SPECIAL WORK, SPECIAL MATE-
RIAL INCORPpRATING, CYLINDER MACHINES.
Inventions involving special material incorporating by the
aid of cylinder type machines.
Search Class
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclasses 42,
Web forming, Special work, Cylinder machines, and 43, Web
forming, Cylinder machines, for cylinder machines.
42. WEB FORMING, SPECIAL WORK, CYLINDER MA-
CHINES. Special work machines wherein the special web
is formed by the cylinder type machine.
Search Class
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclasses 41,
Web forming. Special work, Special material incorporating,
Cylinder machines, and 43, Web forming, Cylinder machines.
43. WEB FORMING, CYLINDER MACHINES. Web forming
machines having a rotating cylindrical screen adapted to be
partially immersed in a vat of pulp. In operation a thin layer
of pulp accumulates on the cylindrical surface and is constantly
removed by some means and carried away in a continuous web.
Machines of this type are classified here even when the web
taken up is not made at once into paper, but is collected as
drained pulp for future use.
Search Classes
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclasses 41,
Web forming, Special work, Special material incorporating,
Cylinder machines; 42, Web forming, Special work, Cylinder
machines, and 53, Web forming, Suction boxes, Traveling
face, Cylindrical.
210 WATER PURIFICATION, for save-alls and devices for collect-
ing the scattered fibers and materials from waste water, unless
combined with a paper making machine, even though com-
prising a cylindrical screen.
44. WEB FORMING, FOURDRINIER MACHINES. Ma-
chines having a substantially horizontal endless traveling
screen or apron, on one end of which the pulp may be con-
stantly deposited, through which most of the water escapes,
the resulting layer or web being continuously removed and
carried away from the other end of the apron.
Search Class
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 45, Web
forming, Fourdrinier machines, Shake frames, for general
structure of this type.
45. WEB FORMING, FOURDRINIER MACHINES, SHAKE
FRAMES. Machine structures of the Fourdrinier type in
which the invention in some way effects or involves mechan-
ism for imparting a shaking motion to the traveling apron.
Search Class
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 33, Stuff
working, Strainers, Flat screen. Shaking, and the search
notes thereof, for general shaking mechanism.
46. WEB FORMING, FEED REGULATORS. Devices which
control or regulate the feeding of the pulp to the machine.
Search Classes
50 FLUID PRESSURE REGULATORS; 73, MEASURING INSTRU-
MENTS, especially the subclasses of "Liquid measurers'' and
of "Weighers;" 137, WATER DISTRIBUTION, especially sub-
class 62, Tanks, Automatic, and 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS
FUEL BURNERS, the subclasses of "Liquid fuel feeding," for
general liquid supply regulating devices.
47. WEB FORMING, CpUCH ROLLS. Web forming apparatus
comprising rolls which bear upon the pulp web while it is still
upon the forming wire to assist in laying the fiber and express-
ing the water. They are also sometimes employed to assist
in transferring the web to the press felt, and in cylinder ma-
chines the felt often runs over the couch rolls and is thereby
pressed against the forming wire cylinder. This subclass
includes couch roll attachments.
48. WEB FORMING, DANDY ROLLS AND WATER MARK-
ING DEVICES. Rolls having open-work peripheries, gen-
erally of wire, which bear upon the pulp web while on the
forming wire and imprint a more or less distinct surface pat-
tern. These rolls may carry designs also for forming water
marks in the web. Includes attachments for dandy rolls and
also other devices for water marking purposes when the opera-
tion occurs while the web is in the formative stage.
Search Class
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 43, Web
forming, Cylinder machines, for skeleton roll structure.
49. WEB FORMING, PRESS ROLLS AND FELTS. Inven-
tions relating to the rolls and felts employed in pressing the
moisture out of the web after it has left the forming wire.
184
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 92 Continued.
Search Classes
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBEK LIBERATION, subclass 39, Web
forming, Special work, and the subclasses thereunder, for vari-
ous arrangements of the felts and rolls not involving novel felt
or roll structure per se.
68 LAUNDRY, subclass 33, Wringer rolls.
101 PRINTING, subclasses 76, Inking apparatus, Rollers, and
77, Inking apparatus, Rollers, Composition.
50. WEB FORMING, FELT AND WIRE CLEANERS. At-
tachments for cleaning the press felts and forming wires.
Search Classes -
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 76,
Finishing, Calenders, Damping devices.
210 WATEK PURIFICATION, subclass 14, Filters, Rotary bed.
51. WEB FORMING, SUCTION BOXES. Devices placed below
the forming wire wherein a partial vacuum may be produced
to assist in drawing the water out of the pulp web.
52. WEB FORMING, SUCTION BOXES, TRAVELING FACE.
Suction boxes whereof the face of the box against which the
wire bears is designed to travel with the wire.
53. WEB FORMING, SUCTION BOXES, TRAVELING FACE,
CYLINDRICAL. Suction boxes whereof the face is a cylin-
der which revolves as the wire passes over it. In many in-
stances the entire box rotates. Are not to be confused with
small rotary antifriction rollers which are carried by a box
having a stationary face.
Search Class
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 43, Web
forming, Cylinder machines.
54. PULP MOLDING. The formation of all articles from paper
pulp excepting continuous webs. If, however, the first step
involves the formation of a film not of the endless type, the in-
vention is included in this group.
The modification of molding devices so that heat may be
applied is within the scope of this group.
Pulp molding is in the nature of a subordinate or more lim-
ited division of plastic molding, the difference being due to the
fact that the pulp such as employed in this art contains an ex-
cess of water, which must be expressed or allowed to escape,
thereby necessitating that the molds be perforated.
Search Classes
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, "Web forming,
Special work" subclasses, for inventions wherein the first step
in molding the article involves the formation of a pulp web.
18 PLASTICS, should be considered for molding operations.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, sub-
classes 41, Block molding machines; 42, Block molding ma-
chines, Flat tile, and 43, Block molding machines, Roofing tile,
for molding apparatus generally.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 8,
Molding apparatus, and the subclasses thereunder.
207 PLASTIC METAL WORKING.
55. PULP MOLDING. SPECIAL MATERIAL AND OBJECT
INCORPORATING. Pulp molding involving the incorpo-
ration of material other than paper pulp generally of bodies
of some size. Is similar to the "Special material incorporat-
ing" subclasses of the two preceding groups.
56. PULP MOLDING, COMBINED SUBMERGING AND COM-
PRESSING. Pulp molding inventions involving submerg-
ing the mold and compressing the pulp covering deposited
thereon.
Search Class
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclasses 57,
Pulp molding, Submerged mold, and 59, Pulp molding, Com-
pressors.
57. PULP MOLDING, SUBMERGED MOLD. Inventions in
the practice of which a foraminous mold is submerged wholly
or in part in a vat of pulp or is inserted in a wall of the vat.
Pulp is then deposited upon the mold by forcing or permitting
the water to escape through the perforations.
Search Classes
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 56, Pulp
molding, Combined submerging and compressing.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 8(>, Solution and precipitation, Ap-
paratus, for devices with somewhat similar structure.
58. PULP MOLDING, CENTRIFUGAL ACTION. Inventions
in the practice of which the pulp is placed within a foraminous
vessel and deposited upon the inner wall by centrifugal action
due to the rapid rotation of the vessel.
Search Classes
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclass 65, Casting apparatus, Centrifu-
gal, for general machine structure.
91 COATING, subclass 42, Machines, Centrifugal.
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclass 3, Centrifugal machines, when
it is not intended to form an article, but merely to drain the
water out of the pulp.
59. PULP MOLDING, COMPRESSORS. Devices for forming
articles by pressing the pulp between opposed surfaces pro-
vided with escape passages for the water.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, for pressing slightly moist paper sheets into arti-
cles where it is unnecessary to express water.
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclass 57, Casting apparatus; 49,
GLASS, subclasses 35, Molding, Presses, and the subclasses
thereunder, and 72, Molds, Pressing, and the subclasses there-
under; 100, PRESSES, subclasses under "Expressing;" 107,
BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 15, Mold-
CLASS 92 Continued.
ing apparatus, Presses, and the subclasses thereunder; 113,
SHEET METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 38, Die shaping, and
the subclasses thereunder; 131, MATRIX MAKING; 201, METAL
ORNAMENTING, subclass 3, Die expressing, and the subclasses
thereunder: 223, APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 31, Hat
machines, Shapers, for similar machine structure.
60. PULP MOLDING, COMPRESSORS, ELASTIC DIA-
PHRAGM. Pulp molding compressors having a diaphragm
composed of elastic material to press the pulp upon the form
or to assist in the operation.
61. PULP MOLDING, COMPRESSORS, SHEET AND BOARD
FORMING. Pulp molding compressors for pressing pulp
into substantially flat sheets or boards either in form for final
use or as cakes or slabs of stock to be employed in subsequent
operations. A design may be imprinted on the surface; but
the formation of receptacles and articles of peculiar or irregu-
lar shape is not included here.
Search Classes
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 67, Pulp
molding, Winders, Sheet and board forming, for like articles
formed by winding.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, for anal-
ogous invention.
62. PULP MOLDING, COMPRESSORS, CONTRACTIBLE
MATRIX. Pulp molding compressors having an external
former which surrounds the pulp and is contracted or reduced
to compress it. This type should not be confused with that
having an elastic diaphragm which may contract upon a form,
but does not have a forming face. Nor does this subclass
inc|ude_ separable matrices which may be opened after the
article is formed, but do not impart positive compression.
Search Classes
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
15, Bolt and rivet making, Reciprocating die and header; 49.
Nail making, Wire nails, Reciprocating die and header, and
57, Nail making, Wrought Nails, Spikes, Reciprocating die
and header; 25, PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARA-
TUS, subclass 101, Block presses, Expanding mold, and 113,
SHEET METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 48, Die shaping, Ex-
panding die, for analogous machine structure.
63. PULP MOLDING, COMPRESSORS, CONTRACTIBLE
MATRIX, PISTON CLOSING. Pulp molding compressors
having contractible matrices wherein the elements of the
matrix are contracted by fluid pressure pistons directly con-
nected to the same. This does not include patents having
other mechanism for closing the matrix, which is in turn
actuated by piston.
64. PULP MOLDING. COMPRESSORS, CONTRACTIBLE
MATRIX, TOGGLE CLOSING. Pulp molding compressors
having contractible matrices wherein toggles are employed
for closing the elements of the matrix.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
16, Bolt and rivet making, Reciprocating die and header, Tog-
gle closing dies; 50, Nail making. Wire nails, Reciprocating
die and header, Toggle closing dies, for similar mechanism.
65. PULP MOLDING, COMPRESSORS, CONTRACTIBLE
MATRIX, WEDGE CLOSING. Pulp molding compressors
having contractible matrices wherein the matrix is contracted
by means of wedges, cam slots, or similar devices.
Search Class
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
17, Bolt and rivet making, Reciprocating die and header,
\\ edge closing dies, and 51, Nail making ; Wire nails, Recipro-
cating die and header, Wedge closing dies, for wedge closing
dies.
66. PULP MOLDING, WINDERS. Inventions for molding arti-
cles by winding a thin sheet of pulp upon a form until sufticient
thickness is obtained. The sheet may be produced by one
of the operations of the preceding group of web forming or
if not of the endless type by an operation falling within one
of the subclasses of this group.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, for contractible mandrels for
winding generally.
67. PULP MOLDING, WINDERS, SHEET AND BOARD
FORMING. Pulp molding winders wherein the continuous
web is wound upon a cylinder until of sulfieient thickness. It
is then severed longitudinally and laid open to form a flat
board or sheet.
Search Classes
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 61,
Pulp molding, Compressors, Sheet and board forming, for
like articles formed by presses.
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURER,
subclass 35, Fabric coating and uniting, where finished paper
is coated with an adhesive and wound up to form a board, for
similar machines.
68. FINISHING. Operations performed upon the paper after it has
taken form and dried or which it is not essential should take
place before this stage and which are not elsewhere provided
Search Classes
8 BLEACHING AND DYEING, for coloring with dyes, parch-
ment izing, and other fluid and chemical treatments.
11 BOOKBINDING, for operations for preparing negotiable paper
so as to prevent fraudulent alterations.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
185
CLASS 92 Continued.
41 ORNAMENTATION, for ornamenting with designs and pat-
terns.
91 COATING, for coating or loading paper when not occurring
during the manufacture.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, for the manufacture of articles
from finished paper.
101 PRINTING, for embossing machines.
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
for preparing laminated stock.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, for the cut-
ting of paper.
242 WINDING AND REELING, for the winding of paper.
09. FINISHING, WRINKLING. Inventions for imparting to
paper irregular wrinkles and various similar distortions, usu-
ally of the crape paper type.
Search Class
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 30, Yielding fabric making, Corrugating and indent-
ing, for producing definite corrugations, plaits, and indenta-
tions, usually in heavy paper or like fabric.
70. FINISHING, FLEXIBILITY IMPARTING. Operations
which prepare the paper so that it may be more readily bent
without breaking. Does not include coating or impregnating
with a softening fluid.
71. FINISHING, CALENDERS. Devices adapted to impart a
polished and smooth surface to paper. Includes calenders
equally well adapted for cloth or paper.
Search Classes
26 CLOTH FINISHING, subclass 11, Calendering, for machines
which are designed for calendering cloth exclusively; subclass
2, Finishing.
68 LAUNDRY, subclass 9, Ironing machines; 13, Mangles,
and 32, Wringers.
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclasses 104, Burnishing; 10.% Burnish-
ing, Rotary machines, and 106, Burnishing, Rotary machines,
Internally heated.
72. FINISHING, CALENDERS, RECIPROCATING POL-
ISHER. Calenders having a reciprocating polisher and an
opposed surface between which the paper is to be passed.
CLASS 92 Continued.
Search Classes-
Noted in subclass 71, Finishing, Calenders, herein.
149 HIDES, SKINS, AND LEATHER, subclasses 17, Apparatus,
Reciprocating tools, and 18, Apparatus, Reciprocating tools,
Rocking frames.
73. FINISHING, CALENDERS, STACKED ROLLS TYPE.
Calenders comprising three or more rolls mounted in a ver-
tical tier or stack. General structure of this type also extends
through the two following subclasses.
Search Class
80 METAL ROLLING, subclass 39, Mills, Three-high, for stacked
roll arrangement.
74. FINISHING, CALENDERS, STACKED ROLLS TYPE,
DOCTORS AND GUIDES. Calenders of the stacked rolls
type provided with devices for guiding paper around and
through the rolls and for keeping the rolls free and clean.
Note. Doctors and guides adapted for use with this type are
cross-referenced here from other calender subclasses.
75. FINISHING, CALENDERS, STACKED ROLLS TYPE,
PRESSURE REGULATORS. Inventions involving means
for regulating or releasing pressure in the stack of rolls.
76. FINISHING, CALENDERS, DAMPING DEVICES. De-
vices to be employed in connection with calenders for apply-
ing moisture to the paper operated upon.
Search Classes
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 50, Web
forming, Felt and wire cleaners.
26 CLOTH FINISHING, subclass 7, Sponging.
101 PRINTING, subclasses 180, Planographic machines, Damp-
ing; 96, Paper damping machines, and 97, Paper damping
machines, Winders.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 80, Sprayers, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
77. FINISHING, CALENDERS, ROLL. Limited to the struc-
ture of the calender roll per se.
CLASS 93. PAPER MANUFACTURES.
DEFINITIONS.
'Class.
Machines for working up previously-made paper into articles of
commerce, except those which make the article from dry paper by
means of drawing-dies, which are classified in class 113, SHEET-
METAL WARE. MAKING, VESSELS, DIE-SHAPING, and those which
mold the article from moist paper or in heated dies, which are classi-
fied in class 18, PLASTICS.
Note. Wood veneer, cloth, and similar flexible materials when
handled in the same manner as paper to form specific articles
are, for the purposes of classification, regarded as paper, and
machines for working such materials to make specific articles
are classified in paper manufactures, subject to the exceptions
stated in the above general definition. Compound webs and
sheets of paper are not regarded as specific articles, and patents
relating to the formation of such webs and sheets are classified
in class 92, PAPER-MAKING AND FIBEK LIBERATION and in
class 154, LAMINATED SHEETS AND ANALOGOUS MANUFAC-
TURES.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Means for working paper into articles and
parts and adjuncts of such machines and appliances which are
not otherwise classified.
2. WRAPPING-MACHINES, MISCELLANEOUS. Machines for
applying wrappers to articles of commerce and parts and ad-
juncts of such machines which are not classified under more
specific titles.
Note. Machines for wrapping newspapers are classified in class
101, PRINTING, subclass 46, Folders, Newspaper-Wrapping
Machines.
3. WRAPPING-MACHINES, RECEPTACLE MAKING AND
FILLING. Machines which make a paper receptacle and fill
the same with loose material.
Search Classes
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 38, Sack scales.
86 ARMS, PROJECTILES, AND EXPLOSIVE CHARGES, MAKING,
subclass 23, Ammunition-Loading and subclasses thereunder.
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclass 6, Cube sugar.
128 SURGERY, subclass 32, Capsule machines.
226 PACKAGING LIQUIDS, subclass 9, Filling machines, for
filling apparatus.
4. WRAPPING-MACHINES, PACKET MAKING AND
WRAPPING. Machines which form a packet or cake of
fibrous or other loose material and inclose the same in a paper
covering.
.5. WRAPPING-MACHINES, CRIMPERS AND TWISTERS.
Machines which apply paper wrappers to articles of commerce
by crimping or twisting the sheet about the article. These
machines are usually designed to wrap oranges and other
fruit, but are not confined to fruit-wrapping.
6. WRAPPING-MACHINES, RECEPTACLE FILLING AND
CLOSING. Machines which fill a previously-made paper
receptacle and thereafter close the same.
Search Classes
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 38, Sack scales.
86 ARMS, PROJECTILES AND EXPLOSIVE CHARGES, MAKING,
subclass 23, Ammunition-Loading and the subclasses there-
under.
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclass 6, Cube sugar.
128 SURGERY, subclass 32, Capsule machines.
144 WOOD-WORKING, subclass 61, Match making, Box filling,
for filling boxes without closing.
226 PACKAGING LIQUIDS, subclass 9, Filling machines for filling
apparatus.
7. WRAPPING-MACHINES, TRAVELING-CARRIER. Ma-
chines which employ a traveling carrier to convey the objects
being operated on "from place to place, where the several
manipulations involved in the wrapping are performed.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 11, Bag-machines, Plate-
mandrel; 12, Rectangular-mandrel; and 44, Box-machines,
Endless-mandrel carrier.
8. BAG-MACHINES, MISCELLANEOUS. Machinesfor making
paper bags and parts and adjuncts of such machines which
are not classified under more specific titles.
9. BAG-MACHINES, TRIANGULAR-FOLD, BLADE-AND-
ROLLER. Machines for making triangular or cone-shaped
bags, the bags being formed by driving the material between
rollers by means of a folding-blade.
10. BAG-MACHINES, TRIANGULAR-FOLD, MANDREL.
Machines for making triangular or cone-shaped bags, the bags
being formed by folding the material around a triangular or
cone-shaped mandrel.
CLASS 93 Continued.
11. BAG-MACHINES, PLATE-MANDREL. Machines which
form bags by folding the material around a plate or flat man-
drel.
12. BAG-MACHINES, RECTANGULAR-MANDREL. Ma-
chines which form bags by folding the material around a
rectangular mandrel.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 44, Box-machines, End-
less-mandrel carrier, and 7, Wrapping-machines, Traveling-
carrier.
13. BAG-MACHINES, CENTRAL-FOLD. Machines which form
bags by folding the material transversely on a line about
equally distant from the sides or ends of the blank and secur-
ing the edges together.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 62, Envelop-machines,
Rotary, Blank-supply, and 63, Rotary, Web-supply-
14. BAG-MACHINES, WEB-FORMERS, CUTTERS, OPEN-
ERS AND CLOSERS. Machines which fold and paste a
web of paper longitudinally to form a tube, cut the tube into
bag lengths, open into some form one end of each length as a
preliminary step in the formation of the bottom, and close the
opened formation to complete the bag.
Note. When the opening of the tube is effected by devices carried
by rolls or by contrivances operating on the edges of the tube,
the patents are classified in subclasses 15 and 16 of this class
according to the opening mechanism.
15. BAG-MACHINES, WEB-FORMERS, CUTTERS, OPEN-
ERS AND CLOSERS, OPENERS, ROLL. Machines
which fold and paste a web of paper longitudinally to form a
tube, cut the tube into bag lengths, open into some form one
end of each length by means of openers carried by rolls as a
preliminary step in the formation of the bottom, and close
the opened formation to complete the bag.
16. BAG-MACHINES, WEB-FORMERS, CUTTERS, OPEN-
ERS AND CLOSERS, OPENERS, SIDE. Machines
which fold and paste a web of paper longitudinally to form a
tube, cut the tube into bag lengths, open into some form one
end of each length by means of openers operating on the edges
of the bag length as a preliminary step in the formation of the
bottom, and close the opened formation to complete the bag.
17. BAG-MACHINES, WEB-FORMERS, CUTTERS AND
OPENERS. Machines which fold and paste a web of paper
longitudinally to form a tube, cut the tube into bag lengths,
and open into some form one end of each length as a prelimi-
nary step in the formation of the bottom, the opened formation
being afterward closed by hand or by independent mechanism
to complete the bag.
18. BAG-MACHINES, WEB-FORMERS, CUTTERS AND
CLOSERS. Machines which fold and paste a web of paper
longitudinally to form a tube, cut the tube into bag lengths,
and fold one end of each length back upon itself to close the
same and complete the bag.
19. BAG-MACHINES, WEB FORMERS AND CUTTERS.
Machines which fold and paste a web of paper longitudinally
to form a tube and cut the tube into bag lengths, the remaining
operations necessary to complete the bag being afterward
performed by hand or by independent mechanism.
20. BAG-MACHINES, WEB-FORMERS. Machines which fold
and paste a web of paper longitudinally to form a tube, the
remaining operations necessary to complete the bag being
afterward performed by hand or by independent mech-
anism.
Search Classes
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 48, Box-machines, Fold-
ing, Web-supply, Stationary folders, and 52, Folding, Station-
ary folders, and 82 Tube-machines, Axial-feed.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 43, Cigar-machines, Endwise-moving
filler.
21. BAG-MACHINES, CUTTERS, OPENERS AND CLOSERS.
Machines which cut a previously-made tube into bag lengths,
open into some form one end of each length as a preliminary
step in the formation of the bottom, and close the opened
formation to complete the bag.
22. BAG-MACHINES, OPENERS AND CLOSERS. Machines
which open into some form one end of previously-made bag
lengths as a preliminary step in the formation of the bottom
and close the opened formation to complete the bag.
Note. When the opening of the tube is effected by devices carried
on rolls or by contrivances operating on the edges of the tube,
the patents are classified in subclasses 23 and 24 of this class
according to the opening mechanism.
187
188
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 93 Continued.
23. BAG-MACHINES, OPENERS AND CLOSERS, OPEN-
ERS, ROLL. Machines which open into some form one end
of previously-made bag lengths by means of openers carried
by rolls as a preliminary step in the formation of the bottom
and close the opened formation to complete the bag.
24. BAG-MACHINES, OPENERS AND CLOSERS, OPENERS,
SIDE. Machines which open into some form one end of
previously-made bag lengths by means of openers operating
on the edges of the bag lengths and close the opened formation
to complete the bag.
25. BAG-MACHINES, CUTTERS AND OPENERS. Ma-
chines which cut previously-made tubes into bag lengths and
open into some form one end of each lengths as a preliminary
step in the formation of the bottom, the opened formation
being afterward closed by hand or by independent mechanism
to complete the bag.
26. BAG-MACHINES, CUTTERS AND CLOSERS. Machines
which cut previously-made tubes into bag lengths and fold
one end of each length back upon itself to complete the bag.
27. BAG-MACHINES, CLOSERS. Machines which close pre-
viously-prepared bag lengths to complete the bag.
Note. These machines are usually in the nature of attachments
to bag-machines, but in some instances are complete machines
to which the incomplete bags are fed.
28. BAG-MACHINES, OPENERS. Machines which open into
some form one end of previously-made bag lengths as a prelimi-
nary step in the formation of the bottom, the opened formation
being afterward closed by hand or by independent mechanism.
Note. When the opening of the tube is effected by devices carried
by rolls or by contrivances operating on the edges of the tube,
the patents are classified in subclasses 29 and 30 of this class
according to the opening mechanism.
29. BAG-MACHINES, OPENERS, ROLL. Machines which
open into some form one end of previously-made bag lengths
by means of openers carried by rolls as a preliminary step
in the formation of the bottom, the opened formation being
afterward closed by hand or by independent mechanism to
complete the bag.
30. BAG-MACHINES, OPENERS, SIDE. Machines which open
into some form one end of previously-made bag lengths by
means of openers operating on the edges of the bag lengths as
a preliminary step in the formation of the bottom, the opened
formation being afterward closed by hand or by independent
mechanism to complete the bag.
31. BAG-MACHINES, HAND BOTTOM-FOLDERS, TABLES.
Work-tables designed to hold previously-made bag lengths or
tubes while the bottoms are formed thereon by hand.
32. BAG-MACHINES, REFOLDERS. Machines for operating
upon previously-made bags to change the formation or config-
uration of the same.
33. BAG-MACHINES, CUTTING. Cutting-machines and parts
and adjuncts of such machines which are specially applicable
for use in the manufacture of bags and which are not of general
application.
Note. To complete the search for cutters designed for use in con-
nection with bag-machines, all subclasses in bag-machines
which include "cutters" in the title should be examined.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 8, Bag-machines, Mis-
cellaneous; 9, Triangular-fold, Blade-and-roller; 10, Triangular-
fold, Mandrel; 11 Plate-mandrel; 12 Rectangular mandrel;
13 Central-fold.
34. BAG-MACHINES, PRINTING ATTACHMENTS. Print-
ing machines, attachments, and appliances which are specially
applicable for use in conjunction with paper-bag machines and
which are not of general application.
35. BAG-MACHINES, METHODS. Methods of making paper
bags wherein the steps follow the operation of the machine,
and an examination of the machine class is necessary to com-
plete the search for the method.
36. BOX-MACHINES, MISCELLANEOUS. Machines for mak-
ing paper boxes and parts and adjuncts of such machines
which are not classified under more specific titles.
37. BOX-MACHINES, CELL-CASES. Machines for making
boxes or cases having a plurality of compartments or cells,
such as egg-cases, except such as are classified under more
specific titles.
38. BOX - MACHINES, CELL - CASES, TRAVELING - CAR-
RIER, SHIFTING-FORM. Machines for making boxes or
cases having a plurality of compartments or cells, such as egg-
casos, which are provided with a plurality of shifting forms
arranged on a traveling carrier.
39. BOX-MACHINES, FOLDING AND SETTING UP. Ma-
chines which fold one blank to form an incomplete box and
afterward set thereon or attach thereto other blanks to com-
plete the box.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 44, Box -machines,
Endless-mandrel carrier.
CLASS 93 Continued.
40. BOX-MACHINES, FOLDING AND COVERING. Ma-
chines which fold a box-blank into shape and afterward
apply ornamental covering-paper to the folded box.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 44, Box-machines, End-
less-mandrel carrier.
41. BOX-MACHINES', FOLDING AND STAYING. Machines
which fold a box-blank into shape and afterward stay the ad-
joining edges.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 44, Box-machines, End-
less-mandrel carrier.
42. BOX-MACHINES, FOLDING AND STAPLING. Machines
which fold a blank into shape and afterward secure the edges
or joints by means of staples.
Note. Many of the machines make veneer or paper dishes for
grocers' use.
Search Classes
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 44, Box machines, End-
less-mandrel carrier, and 1, NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses:
7, Machines, Book, Staple forming and setting; 8, Book,
Staple-setting; 11, Machines, Box, Staple forming and set-
ting; 12, Machines, Box, Staple forming and setting, Sheet-
metal; 13, Machines, Box, Staple-setting; 2, Machines,
Staple forming and setting; 20, Machines, Shoe, Staple form-
ing and setting; and 21, Machines, Shoe, Staple-setting.
43. BOX-MACHINES, SETTING UP AND COVERING. Ma-
chines which make boxes by setting together two or more
independent pieces of material and afterward apply ornamen-
tal covering-paper to the folded box.
44. BOX - MACHINES, ENDLESS - MANDREL CARRIER.
Machines for making paper boxes which employ a plurality
of holders, forms, or mandrels mounted on a traveling carrier
to hold the blanks while the several manipulations necessary
to complete the boxes are performed thereon.
Search Classes
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 7, Wrapping-machines,
Traveling-carrier; 11, Plate-mandrel; 12, Bag-machines, Rec-
tangular-mandrel; 46, Box-machines, Folding, Web-supply,
Driers; and 50, Box-machines, Folding, Driers.
113 SHEET METAL WARE MAKING, subclass 7, Can-making
machines.
5. BOX-MACHINES, FOLDING, WEB-SUPPLY. Machines
which cut box-blanks from a continuous web and fold boxes
therefrom, except such as are classified under more specific
titles.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 44, Box-machines, End-
less-mandrel carrier.
46. BOX-MACHINES, FOLDING, WEB-SUPPLY, DRIERS.
Machines which cut box-blanks from a continuous web and
fold boxes therefrom , the machines being provided with driers
which dry the boxes during their manufacture or after their
completion.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 44, Box-machines, End-
less-mandrel carrier.
47. BOX-MACHINES, FOLDING, WEB-SUPPLY, PLUNGER-
AND-DIE. Machines which cut box-blanks from a continu-
ous web and fold boxes therefrom by rrfeans of a plunger and
die.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 44, Box-machines, End-
less-mandrel carrier; 46, Box-machines, Folding, Web-supply,
Driers; and 50, Box-machines, Folding, Driers.
48. BOX-MACHINES FOLDING, WEB-SUPPLY, STATION-
ARY FOLDERS. Machines for making folded boxes from a
continuous web, the folding operations being performed by
means of stationary folders or guides over which the material
is drawn. These machines either first fold a web of paper
into a tube and then cut the boxes from such folded tube or
else cut the blanks from a web and then fold the blanks to>
complete the box.
Search Classes
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 62, Envelope-machines,
Rotary, Blank-supply; and 63, Web-supply; and 82, Tube-
machines, Axial-feed.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 43, Cigar machines, Endwise moving
filler.
49. BOX-MACHINES. FOLDING. Machines w,hich form boxes
by folding into shape previously-prepared blanks and parts
and adjuncts of such machines, except such as are classified
under more specific titles.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 44, Box-machines, End-
less-mandrel carrier.
50. BOX-MACHINES, FOLDING, DRIERS. Machines which
form boxes by folding into shape previously-prepared blanks
and which are provided with means for drying the folded
boxes.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 44, Box-machines, End-
less-mandrel carrier.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
189
CLASS 93 Continued.
51. BOX-MACHINES, FOLDING, PLUNGER-AND-DIE. Ma-
chines which form boxes by folding into shape previously-
prepared blanks by means of a plunger and die.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 44, Box-machines, End-
less-mandrel carrier; 46, Box-machines, Folding, Web-supply,
Driers; and 50, Box-machines, Folding, Driers.
52. BOX-MACHINES, FOLDING, STATIONARY FOLDERS.
Machines which form boxes by folding into shape previously-
prepared blanks by drawing the same over stationary folders
or guides.
Search Classes
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 62, Envelop-machines,
Rotary, Blank-supply; 63, Rotary, Web-supply; and 82,
Tube-machines, Axial-feed.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 43, Cigar machines, Endwise moving
filler.
53. BOX-MACHINES, REFOLDERS. Machines for refolding or
breaking on alternate edges previously-made boxes of rectan-
gular form or tubes from which such boxes are to be made, so
that the finished boxes will be equally flexible at all corners.
54. BOX-MACHINES, COVERING. Machines and appliances
and parts and adjuncts of such machines and appliances for
fixing covering material to boxes otherwise complete.
55. BOX-MACHINES, SETTING UP. Machines for setting to-
gether independent pieces of previously-prepared material to
form boxes.
56. BOX-MACHINES, STAYING. Machines for applying strips
of paper, cloth, or other material to the corners of paper boxes
to secure the parts together or to strengthen the joint when
otherwise secured.
Note. Machines for driving metallic stays into the corners of
boxes are found in class 1, NAILING AND STAPLING.
57. BOX-MACHINES, FLY-AFFIXERS. Machines for applying
an inner fly or flap of ornamental paper to boxes otherwise
complete.
58. BOX-MACHINES, CUTTING AND SCORING. Machines
which cut and score box-blanks and machines which either
cut or score such blanks and which are not of general applica-
tion, but are specially designed for use in the manufacture of
paper boxes.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, Box-machines, the following sub-
classes: 30, Miscellaneous; 37, Cell-cases; 38, Cell-cases, travel-
ing-carrier, Shifting-form; 41, Folding and staying; 4.3, Set-
ting up and covering; 44 , Endless-mandrel carrier; 45, Folding,
Web-supply; 46, Folding, Web-supply, Driers; 47, Folding,
Web-supply, Plunger-and-die; 48, Folding, Web-supply,
Stationary folders; 54, Covering; and 56, Staying.
59. BOX-MACHINES, MANDRELS AND DIES. Mandrels,
dies, and forming-blocks used in the manufacture of paper
boxes.
60. BOX-MACHINES, PLAITING. Machines which make paper
receptacles by plaiting the material from a single sheet or
blank.
61. ENVELOP-MACHINES, MISCELLANEOUS. Machines for
making envelops and parts and adjuncts of such machines
which are not classified under more specific titles.
62. ENVELOP-MACHINES, ROTARY, BLANK-SUPPLY.
Machines which make envelops from previously-cut blanks by
means of continuously-operating rotary elements which gum
and fold the blanks to complete the envelops.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 13, Bag-machines,
Central-fold, and 03, Envelop-machines, Rotary, Web- supply.
63. ENVELOP-MACHINES, ROTARY, WEB-SUPPLY. Ma-
chines which make envelops from a continuous web by means
of continuously-operating rotary elements which cut out the
blanks and gum and fold the same to complete the envelops.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 13, Bag-machines,
Central-fold, and 02, Envelop-machines, Rotary, Blank-
supply.
64. ENVELOP-MACHINES, RECIPROCATING, WEB-SUP-
PLY. Machines which cut envelop-blanks from a continuous
web, gum the same, and fold the blanks by means of recipro-
cating folding mechanism.
65. ENVELOP-MACHINES, RECIPROCATING, TURRET.
Machines which gum previously-cut envelop-blanks and fold
the same by means of reciprocating folding mechanism, the
operating elements being arranged in the form of a turret, so
that several blanks may be operated on at the same time.
66 ENVELOP-MACHINES, RECIPROCATING, GUMMING
AND FOLDING. Machines which gum previously-cut
,>nvelop-blanks and fold the same by means of reciprocating
folding mechanism.
67. ENVELOP-MACHINES, RECIPROCATING, FOLDING.
Machines which are confined in their operation to folding
previously-cut and gummed envelop-blanks by means of
reciprocating folding mechanism and parts and elements of
such mechanism.
CLASS 93 Continued.
68. ENVELOP-MACHINES, RECIPROCATING, GUMMING.
Machines which are confined in their operation to gumming
previously-cut envelop-blanks as a step preliminary to the
folding operation.
69. ENVELOP-MACHINES, RECIPROCATING, GUMMING,
PICKER-FACES. Pads or heads for the gumming mechan-
ism of envelop-machines.
70. ENVELOP-MACHINES, RECIPROCATING, CREASING
MECHANISM. Devices which are confined in their opera-
tion to the creasing of envelop-blanks as a step preliminary to
the operation of the folding mechanism.
71. ENVELOP-MACHINES, RECIPROCATING, CARRYING
MECHANISM. Devices which are confined in their opera-
tion to the carrying of envelop-blanks from the stack to the
creasing or the folding mechanism.
72. ENVELOP-MACHINES, RECIPROCATING, EJECTING
MECHANISM. Devices which are confined in their opera-
tion to discharging or ejecting envelops from the folding-box
into the receiving-box or drying-chain.
73. ENVELOP-MACHINES, PRINTING AND STAMPING.
Printing and stamping machines, attachments, and appli-
ances which are specially applicable for use in conjunction
with envelop-machines and which are not of general appli-
cation.
74. ENVELOP-MACHINES DRYING. Drying-chains and
other drying devices which are specially designed for us in
conjunction with envelop-machines.
Search Class
34 DRIERS, subclass 12, Endless carrier.
75. ENVELOP-MACHINES, DRYING, CHAIN.-DISCHARG-
ING. Devices which are confined in their operation to dis-
charging or ejecting envelops from the drying devices into
the counting-box or other receptacle.
76. ENVELOP-MACHINES, THREAD-AFFIXERS. Devices
which are confined in their operation to applying a wire or
thread to envelops as a means for opening the same.
77. TUBE - MACHINES, MISCELLANEOUS. Machines for
making paper tubes and parts and adjuncts of such machines
except such as are classified under more specific titles.
78. TUBE - MACHINES, FUSE-MAKING. Machines which
make fuses by forming a paper tube and filling the same with
firing material.
79. TUBE -MACHINES, TAPERING-WIND. Machines for
making tapered tubes, usually cigarette holders, by winding a
strip of paper over a tapered mandrel.
80. TUBE-MACHINES, SPIRAL-WIND. Machines which wind
one or more strips of paper spirally over a mandrel to form a
tube.
Search Classes
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 67, Coiling, Traveling Die or
Mandrel.
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 6, Hose making, Axial feed.
81. TUBE-MACHINES, CONVOLUTE-WIND. Machines
which wind a sheet of paper in a number of convolutions over
> a mandrel to form a tube.
Search Class
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 7, Hose making, Convolute wind.
82. TUBE-MACHINES, AXIAL-FEED. Machines which feed
a web of paper to a stationary mandrel in line with its axis and
fold the same longitudinally to form a tube.
Search Classes
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 43, Box-machines, Fold-
ing, web-supply, stationary folders; subclasses 14-20, Bag-
machines, Web-formers.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 25, Molding devices, Dipping, Capsule
machines.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 43, Cigar machines, Endwise moving
filler.
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 6, Hose making, Axial feed.
83. TUBE-MACHINES, SIZING AND BURNISHING. Ma-
chines for reducing to uniform size and burnishing previously-
made paper tubes.
84. FOLDING, MISCELLANEOUS. Machines for making folded
paper articles and parts and adjuncts of such machines, except
such as are classified under more specific titles.
Search Classes
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 14-20, Bag-machines,
web-formers, and 82, Tube-machines, axial-feed.
101 PRINTING, subclass 44, Folders, Longitudinal.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 43, Cigar machines, Edwise-Moving
filler.
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 15, Folders.
85. FOLDING, POWDER-PAPER MACHINES. Machines for
making folded powder-papers such as are used by physicians
and druggists to inclose medicinal powders.
190
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 93 Continued;
86. FOLDING, RADIAL-FOLD. Machines for making radially-
folded sheets of paper, usually filter-paper.
87. TAG-MACHINES, MISCELLANEOUS. Machines for mak-
ing shipping and marking tags and parts and adjuncts of such
machines, except such as are classified under more specific
titles.
88. TAG-MACHINES, PIN-TICKET MAKING AND ATTACH-
ING. Machines for making marking-tags, applying fastening
pins or wires to the same, and securing the finished tag to the
fabric to be marked.
Search Classes
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 42, Box-machines, Folding
and stapling.
1 NAILING AND STAPLING.
218 BUTTON, EYELET, AND RIVET SETTING.
89. TAG-MACHINES, PIN-TICKET MAKING. Machines for
making marking-tags and for applying fastening pins or wires
to the same.
Search Classes
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 42, Box-machines, Folding
and stapling.
1 NAILING AND STAPLING.
90. TAG-MACHINES, EYELETING. Machines for making
marking or shipping tags which are provided with metallic
eyelets.
Search Class
218 BUTTON, EYELET, AND RIVET SETTING, subclasses 25, Im-
plements, Eyeleting; 14, Machines, Eyeleting, and 15, Ma-
chines, Eyeleting, Magazine.
CLASS 93 Continued.
91. TAG-MACHINES, STRING-ATTACHING. Machines for
making marking or shipping tags which are provided with
securing strings or wires; also, machines for securing such
strings to tags otherwise complete.
Search Classes
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 40, Machines, Packet loop-
ing.
56 HARVESTERS, subclass 83, Self-binders, Cord knotters.
112 SEWING MACHINES, subclass 24, Special machines.
92. TAG-MACHINES, WASHER-ATTACHING. Machines for
making marking or shipping tags which have the perforated
portions strengthened by washers secured around the opening.
Search Class
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 55, Collar, Cuff, and bosom
machines.
93. BUNCHING AND BANDING. Machines for gathering manu-
factured paper articles into bunches of a predetermined num-
ber and machines for applying a band to such bunches already
gathered and machines which both gather such articles and
also band the same; mostly machines for counting, bunching,
and banding for use with envelop-machines, but also includes
machines for collecting and bunching other articles, such as
bags, boxes, tags, etc.
94. TUBES. Includes paper tu bes as articles of manufacture , e xcept
such as by reason of their peculiar construction are limited in
use to some specific art.
CLASS 95. PHOTOGRAPHY.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This is a class of machines, articles, and processes peculiar to
pictures made by the action of light upon a medium sensitive to it
or to the production of these pictures.
Where the invention goes beyond the production of a photograph
and includes features belonging to some other art, it is classified
with that art. Thus where processes otherwise photographic are
adapted specially for or include etching or water-swelling in order
to produce an ink-printing surface they are classified in class 41,
ORNAMENTATION, subclasses under Surface type, and class 101,
PRINTING, subclass, SURFACES, PLANOGRAPHIC, respectively, and
so-called "photosculpture" Is classified with class 41, ORNAMENTA-
TION, subclass Relief and intaglio.
Inventions relating to mounting, embossing, coloring, or other-
wise decorating photographs, but which are suitable also for other
pictures, are classified with the corresponding class outside of
photography.
Kinetogra'phic cameras are classified with Motion-picture appa-
ratus in class 88, OPTICS, subclass 10, Motion-picture apparatus
and subclasses thereunder.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Inventions belonging to this class which
are not otherwise provided for.
2. COLOR. Inventions peculiar to photography in natural colors.
Note. Painting or tinting the base or coating of a photograph
is not considered a step in color photography unless it is accom-
panied by a light-selective photographic step, such as exposure
through a color-screen.
Note. 'Where the invention is equally suited to the production
of other colored pictures, it is classified outside this class not-
withstanding an indicated photographic use.
3. DAGUERREOTYPY. Inventions relating to that extinct
branch of photography known as "daguerreotypy," in which
the sensitization and development are secured by the use of
vapors.
4. DAGUERREOTYPY, VISES. Clamps for the support of
negatives while they are being polished or otherwise treated
subsequent to development.
5. PROCESSES. Methods of performing photographic operations
except such as are noted below.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclasses 2, Color; 3, Daguerreotypy; fi,
Sensitizing and developing; 7, Sensitizing; 73, Printing; 79,
Printing, Vignetting; 88, Developing; 101, Retouching; and
104, Burnishing, for the processes pertaining, respectively, to
the operations indicated by their titles.
5.5 PROCESSES, VITREOUS COLORS. Methods of perform-
ing distinctly photographic operations particularly and exclu-
sively adapted for making photographs with verifiable colors
on ceramics, glass, etc., the firing necessarily forming a step.
6. SENSITIZING AND DEVELOPING. Inventions in the
composition of combined sensitizers and developers and in
the processes relating to the combined acts of sensitizing and
developing.
7. SENSITIZING. Inventions in the composition of the sensitizer
and in processes relating thereto.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 69, Photographic film or plate, for pro-
cesses of applying the sensitive coating to its support.
8. SURFACES. Inventions in the composition or character of
the supports upon which light-sensitive coatings are spread
and such coatings placed upon these supports for photo-
graphic purposes as do not involve the composition of the
sensitizer or developer or mere preparation for retouching or
burnishing.
Note. Constructions which go beyond photography to include
features in special preparation for use in another art. although
involving photographic features, are classified with that art.
Note. When the composition of the sensitizer or developer or
the preparation for retouching or burnishing is involved, the
invention is found in this class under the corresponding title.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclass 69, Photographic film or plate for inven-
tions in the method or apparatus for applying the several
coatings.
9. SURFACES, FILMS. Sensitive-film supports of a flexible char
acter. The roll or series of films as an article of manufacture
is here classified unless the invention lies in the inclosing cape
or mounting roller.
Note. When the composition is not peculiar to photography it is
classifiable elsewhere.
CLASS 95-Continued.
10. ACTINOMETERS. Such devices for measuring the intensity
of light as are specially adapted for photographic use.
Search Classes
88 OPTICS, subclass 23, Photometers, for devices capable of gen-
eral use.
235 REGISTERS, for Calculators for estimating the size of dia-
phragm or time of exposure from known facts.
11. CAMERAS. Inventions relating to the construction of the
camera or the case, shutter, or plate holder used therewith.
Finders and such vignetters as are used in connection with
the camera are also here found.
12. CAMERAS. COMBINATION. Combinations of cameras with
other devices which do not serve a photographic purpose.
Search Class
88 OPTICS, subclass 1", Motion-picture apparatus, Picture-
strip, for kinetographic cameras capable of use also to exhibit
pictures.
13. CAMERAS, DEVELOPING. In combination with the expo-
sure means these cameras embrace also light-excluding cases in
which photographic surfaces are subjected to one or more fluid-
treating operations, such as sensitizing, developing, etc.
14. CAMERAS, DEVELOPING, AUTOMATIC. The successive
operations of developing, etc., are here performed automati-
cally.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, where the invention
includes check-controlled mechanism for operating the device.
15. CAMERAS, PANORAMIC. Cameras in which the lens is
made to rotate or revolve during the exposure in order to
increase the angular extent of the view covered by it.
16. CAMERAS, PANORAMIC, CONCAVE-SURFACE. Cam-
eras wherein the sensitized surface is bent into the form of a
partial cylinder, and exposure is made upon the inner cylin-
drical surface.
17. CAMERAS, PANORAMIC, CONVEX-SURFACE. Cam-
eras wherein the sensitized surface is bent into the form of a
partial cylinder, and exposure is made upon the outer cylin-
drical surface.
18. CAMERAS, SIMULTANEOUS-EXPOSURE. Devices by
which two or more exposures are made at the same time.
19. CAMERAS, MAGAZINE. Inventions by which two or more
sensitized surfaces, herein called "plates," not in the same
plane are incased within a camera or light-tight receiver
attachable thereto and are brought to the exposure position
one at a time without opening the receiver to the light.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 6t>, Cameras, Plate-holders for
mere double plate-holders.
Note. Plates or sections of plates within the same plane which
are successively subjected to exposure are classified in this
class, subclass 3(5, Cameras, Successive plate-sections, unless
they are roller-mounted, when they are found in subclass 31,
Cameras, Roll-holding, in this class.
20. CAMERAS, MAGAZINE, HAND-CHANGED PLATE. A
flexible end to the magazine-box or light-guards admitting the
hand of the operator to this box permits a change of the plate
to be effected by hand guidance of the changing mechanism
or by handhold upon the plate.
21. CAMERAS, MAGAZINE, TILTING-MAGAZINE. Cameras
in which the change of the plate from storage to exposure
position, or vice versa, necessitates tilting or rotating a receiver
constituting at least a part of the magazine and itself holding
more than one plate in different planes.
Note. Receivers which are hinged to the camera or to another
receiver in order that they may be moved out of the way
when not in use, but which can be kept Immovable for suc-
cessive transfers, are not placed here, but are classified accord-
ing to the method of transfer.
22. CAMERAS, MAGAZINE, FLEXIBLE PLATE-CARRIER.
Cameras characterized by flexible means for transferring the
plates between the storage and exposure positions.
23. CAMERAS, MAGAZINE, SLIDING-PLATE. In these con-
structions the transfer of the plate is effected by movement in
its own plane.
24. CAMERAS, MAGAZINE, SLIDING - PLATE, SLIDING
AND RETURN. Each of the plates in the receivers here
included is held in a guide from which it is slid to the exposure
position and to which it is afterwards returned.
191
192
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 95 Continued.
25. CAMERAS. MAGAZINE, SLIDING-PLATE, CONTINU-
OUS GUIDES. The plates are here supported by guides in
which or upon which they slide during their entire movement.
There is a separate guide for each plate. Adjustment is made
to bring the planes of the several guides successively into focus.
26. CAMERAS. MAGAZINE. SLIDING-PLATE, INTERME-
DIATE EXPOSURE-CHAMBER. In these sliding-plate
constructions an exposure position is provided in a chamber
intermediate the two plate receivers.
27. CAMERAS, MAGAZINE, QUARTER-TURNED PLATE.
These cameras each embody two receivers, the planes of
whose plates are perpendicular to each other, and such con-
structions as are involved in exposing the plates or transferring
them from one receiver to the other.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 21, Cameras, Magazine, Tilting-
magazine.
28. CAMERAS, MAGAZINE QUARTER-TURNED PLATE,
TILTING. Cameras wnerein transfer from one receiver to
the other is effected by swinging the plate upon an axis in or
near one of its edges.
29. CAMERAS, MAGAZINE, QUARTER-TURNED PLATE,
TILTING, BASE GUIDES. Cameras wherein the plate is
guided at its base during movement between its two storage
positions.
30. CAMERAS, MAGAZINE, REAR-PLATE REPLACING.
Magazine cameras wherein the plates are removed from one
end or face of a receiver and replaced at the other end or face
of the same receiver in a plane parallel to their first positions.
Note. A space does not cease to be one receiver in the sense used
in the above definition because it is divided by a partition
whose plane is parallel to that of the plates and which moves
transversely to this plane.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclasses 20, Cameras, Magazine, Hand-
changed plate, and 21, Cameras, Magazine, Tilting-magazine.
31. CAMERAS, ROLL-HOLDING. Roll-holding devices for
cameras whether integral with or detachable from the camera.
Search Classes
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 15, Cameras, Panoramic and sub-
classes thereunder.
88 OPTICS, subclass 16, Motion-picture apparatus, Picture-
strip.
235 REGISTERS, where the invention lies in registering devices
to indicate the number of exposures.
32. CAMERAS, ROLL-HOLDING, FOLDING. Roll-holding
cameras capable of reduction in size other than such slight re-
duction as may be necessary for focusing.
33. CAMERAS, ROLL-HOLDING, FOLDING, HINGED-BEL-
LOWS. Roll-holding cameras characterized by bellows
which are hinged along one edge so as to open in V shape.
34. CAMERAS, ROLL-HOLDING, POSTERIOR ROLLS.
Roll-holding cameras in which the rolls lie behind the plane
upon which exposure is made. Most of the constructions here
contained are separable from the camera-body.
35. ABOLISHED.
36. CAMERAS, SUCCESSIVE PLATE-SECTION. Devices by
which exposure is made upon successive portions of the same
sensitized^ surface or successive sensitized surfaces which are
mounted in the same plane.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclasses 31, Cameras, Roll-holding, and
subclasses thereunder for roller - mounted surfaces fed by
successive sections into the same exposure plane, 57, Cameras,
Shutters, Curtain, and 15, Cameras. Panoramic, and subclasses
under the latter for a continuous exposure upon successive sec-
tions not always in the same plane, effected by movement of
the surface or exposure opening relative the one to the other.
37. CAMERAS, SUCCESSIVE PLATE-SECTION, SHIFTING
LENS OR PLATE. Cameras having successive sections
brought into exposure position by movement of the lens or
plate relative the one to the other.
38. CAMERAS, SUCCESSIVE PLATE-SECTION, SHIFTING
LENS OR PLATE, ROTARY. Rotary lenses or plates to
effect successive exposures.
39. CAMERAS, FOLDING. Cameras having means whereby a
reduction is secured in the length of the camera bed or frame.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 44, Focusing, and subclasses there-
under for such slight adjustments as are involved in focusing.
40. CAMERAS, FOLDING, HINGED-BASE. Folding cameras
in which the reduction in length is secured by hinging a part of
the base, upon which part in use the front or back is extended.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 32, Cameras, Roll-holding, Folding.
CLASS 95 Continued.
41. CAMERAS, PLATE-HOLDER STORAGE. Mere storage-
receivers for plate-holders. They may be either integral with
the camera or attachable thereto
Note. Camera "magazines" have means by which one sensitized
surface, usually not held in a light-tight plate-holder, can be
removed from the exposure position and replaced by another
without opening the magazine. Plate-holder-storage receivers
differ from these in that they must be opened to effect the
change and in that they contain plate-holders which are them-
selves light-tight.
42. CAMERAS, EXPOSURE-LENS FINDER. Structures char-
acterized by reflectors which can be placed in the path of the
rays from the main lens in order to direct these rays upon a
"finding" or foctisinsj surface. To effect an exposure, the re-
flector is removed from the path of the light-rays. These find-
ers usually focus also.
43. CAMERAS, COPYING AND ENLARGING. Cameras and
attachments thereto which are particularly adapted for copy-
ing, enlarging, or reducing work, with such arrangements for
holding the surface to be copied as do not form part of a camera-
support.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 87, Camera-supports, Copy-holding,
for copy-holders which form part of the camera-supports.
44. CAMERAS, FOCUSING. Means for securing or indicating the
proper distance between the lens and sensitized surface at
which the light-rays are focused.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclasses 42, Cameras, Exposure-lens finder;
and 49, Cameras, Ground glasses and frames, for improvements
in the material, construction, or mounting of a ground-glass or
. other focusing surface.
45. CAMERAS, FOCUSING, ADJUSTING MECHANISMS.
Mechanisms for forcing the lens or plate-holder carrier of a
camera from or toward each other.
46. CAMERAS, FOCUSING, GUIDES AND LOCKS. Tracks,
in which or upon which the front or back of a camera moves
from or toward the other in the act of focusing, and clamps or
similar devices to secure these parts in the desired position.
47. CAMERAS, FOCUSING, HOODS. Curtains, shades, or covers
which reduce the light upon or exclude the light from a focus-
ing-surface in order that the image formed upon it may be more
clearly seen.
48. CAMERAS, REVERSIBLE-BACK. Means permitting an
angular movement of the sensitized surface within its own
plane. This is done usually so that the longer dimension of a
sensitized surface may correspond at will to either the horizon-
tal or vertical dimension of the object to be photographed.
49. CAMERAS, GROUND GLASSES AND FRAMES. Inven-
tions involving the material, construction, or mounting of
any focusing-surface and such combinations of the camera or
plate-holder therewith as enable this surface and the sensitized
surface to be successively brought to the same position relative
to the lens.
50. CAMERAS, SWING FRONT OR BACK. Means permit-
ting angular adjustment of the front or back of a camera in
some other than its own plane.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 40, Cameras, Folding, Hinged-base.
51. CAMERAS, SHIFT FRONT OR BACK. Means permitting
adjustment, other than angularly, of the front or back within
approximately its own plane.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclasses 37, Cameras, Successive plate-
section, Shifting lens or plate, and 48, Cameras, Reversible-
back, for angular adjustments in the~same plane as that of
the part moved to alter the angle of the dimensions of the
picture relative to those of the plate.
52. CAMERAS, FINDERS. Devices independent of the exposure-
lens by which the operator can learn the extent and position
upon the sensitized surface of the image formed through the
exposure-lens.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclasses 42, Cameras, Exposure-lens finder,
and 44, Cameras, Focusing, for devices showing the distance
from the lens at which the sensitized surface must be placed
in order to secure a focus.
53. CAMERAS, SHUTTERS. Devices for admitting, restricting,
or cutting off light from sensitive surfaces.
Note. Shields for cutting off a portion of the image will be found
in this class, subclasses 3'i. Cameras, successive plate-section;
(15, Cameras, vignetters, and 79, Printing, vignetting.
Search Classes
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclasses 66, Cameras, Plate-holders, and 73,
Printing, respectively, for slides and other light-shields used
with plate-holders and printing appliances; 81. Screens, for
partially transparent mediums interposed to diffuse, alter the
character of, or break up the light before it reaches a sensitized
surface.
88 OPTICS, subclass 17, Motion-picture apparatus, Picture-
strip.
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclass 95, Shutter.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
193
CLASS 95 Continued.
54. CAMERAS, SHUTTERS, FLUID-OPERATING MECHA-
NISMS. Operating mechanisms for moving, releasing, or regu-
lating the time of movement of shutters are classified here when
the invention lies in constructions producing motion of a piston
or other part by fluid-pressure rather than in connecting parts
by which this motion is communicated to the shutter.
55. CAMERAS, SHUTTERS, SLIDING. Shutters having slld-
able light-excluding parts.
56. CAMERAS, SHUTTERS, SLIDING, OPPOSITE-MOVE-
MENT. Shutters having two or more light-excluding mem-
bers slidable in opposite or diverse directions in order to make
an exposure.
57. CAMERAS, SHUTTERS, CURTAIN. Shutters wherein the
light-excluding members are flexible sheets or curtains pro-
vided with openings which pass across the lens-opening or
sensitized surface to produce the exposure. They are usually
roller-mounted.
58. CAMERAS, SHUTTERS, PIVOTED. Shutters in which the
light-excluding members are pivoted.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 42, Cameras, Ex osure-lens finder.
59. CAMERAS, SHUTTERS, PIVOTED, BLADE. Pivoted
shutters characterized by flat light-excluding parts which
move in their own planes.
Note. Flat light-excluding members which move in a plane per-
pendicular to their own are found in the miscellaneous subclass
of pivoted shutters.
60. CAMERAS, SHUTTERS, PIVOTED, BLADE, BLADE
AND COVER BLIND. Pivoted shutters of two types one
type auxiliary to pivoted shutter-blades, whether themselves
pivoted or not, to vary the opening in the pivoted blade or to
cover this or the lens-opening during resetting, and the other
type, themselves pivoted, which cover the opening of the
main blade or of the lens during resetting.
61. CAMERAS, SHUTTERS, PIVOTED, BLADE, ROTARY.
Shutter-blades each having two or more exposure-openings
which are rotated past the lens in turn to make successive ex-
posures without changing the direction of rotation.
62. CAMERAS, SHUTTERS, PIVOTED, BLADE, OPPOSITE-
MOVEMENT. Shutters having two or more pivoted blades
moving in different directions to make or close the opening.
63. CAMERAS, SHUTTERS, PIVOTED, BLADE, OPPOSITE-
MOVEMENT, SYMMETRICAL-OPENING. Shutters
characterized by pivoted blades which move in diverse direc-
tions from or toward a center and form an opening symmetrical
at all times.
64. CAMERAS, SHUTTERS, DIAPHRAGMS. Devices which
reduce the effective aperture of a lens, either to avoid exces-
sive light or to gain definition. They are usually removable
or adjustable.
Note. Diaphragms are distinguished from other shutters in that
the former never entirely cut ofl the light and arc usually not
adjusted during exposure.
Note. Curtains placed either in front of or behind a lens to cut
off a portion of the image are found in this class, subclasses
36 ; Cameras, Successive plate-sections, and 05, Cameras,
Vignetters.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 03, Cameras, Shutters, Pivoted,
Blade, Opposite-Movement, Symmetrical-opening.
65 CAMERAS, VIGNETTERS. Devices adapted for use within
the camera or between the camera and the object to be photo-
graphed for partially masking the object during the exposure.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 79, Printing, Vignetting, for vignet-
ting devices and methods used in photographic printing.
66. CAMERAS, PLATE-HOLDERS. Holders which are sepa-
rable from a camera, but are intended for the support of sen-
sitized surfaces during their exposure in a camera or to protect
these surfaces while they are being transferred to a camera.
Here are also placed such supports for finished negatives and
screens used within a camera as are separable therefrom.
Note. Devices which are not merely double plate-holders, but
by means of which separate sensitized surfaces or separate
portions of the same sensitized surfaces are simultaneously
exposed in a camera, are classified in this class, subclass 18,
Cameras, Simultaneous-exposure. Where these separate sur-
faces or portions are successively brought into the same posi-
tion relative to the lens for exposure, whether they are sepa-
rable from the camera or not, they are classified, according to
the means used, in subclasses 19, Cameras, Magazine; 31,
Cameras, Roll-holding, and 30, Cameras, Successive plate-
section, of this class and in the subclasses under them.
Note. Ground-glass combinations with plate-holders and frames
attached to the camera as guides within which the plate-
holder and ground glass slide are found in this class, subclass
49, Cameras, Ground glasses and frames.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 91, Operating devices, for devices
which register the number of times the plate-holder has been
opened to indicate the number of prints taken.
CLASS 95 Continued.
67. CAMERAS, PLATE-HOLDERS, LIGHT-SEALS. Movable
cut-offs to prevent the admission of light to the plate-holder
through openings therein, except such slides or doors as close
front or rear openings used to admit the plate or to expose it
when in place.
68. CAMERAS, PLATE-HOLDERS, PLATE-FASTENINGS
AND KITS. Inventions in the corner-pieces, catches, or
other devices which support or retain a sensitized surface
within a plate-holder and such open plate or. film holding
frames ("kits") as are used within a plate-holder or magazine-
camera. These all support the sensitized surface during its
exposure.
Note. Adaptations of kits to special types of magazine-cameras
are classified with these cameras. Thus, extended bases
upon kits occur in this class, subclass 29, Cameras, Magazine,
Quarter-turned plate, Tilting, Base-guides.
Note. Plate or film holding frames used within a plate-holder,
but which are themselves light-excluding, are found in this
class, subclass 71, Cameras, Plate-holders, Auxiliary.
69. CAMERAS, PLATE-HOLDERS, PLATE-FASTENINGS
AND KITS, ADJUSTABLE. Plate-holders wherein the
retaining parts are adjustable to fit surfaces of different sizes.
70. CAMERAS, PLATE-HOLDERS, SOLUTION-DRAINS
AND RESISTANTS. Modifications of the structure or
material of the plate-holders to permit collection of the solu-
tions draining from wet plates or to prevent or withstand the
injurious effects of these solutions.
71. CAMERAS, PLATE-HOLDERS, CLOSURE LOCKS AND
CHECKS. Devices to retain the slide, door, or other plate-
holder closure or prevent reexposure of the sensitized surface.
72. CAMERAS, PLATE-HOLDERS, AUXILIARY. Plate-
holders for the purpose of supplying plates or films to and
removing the same from "principal" plate-holders in day-
light and either do not themselves hold the plate or film
during exposure or have independent front closures and are
otherwise light-excluding.
Note. When these auxiliary holders contain more than one plate
and are capable of successively supplying these plates to
exposure position, the holders become magazines and are
classified in this class, subclass 19, Cameras, Magazine, and
the subclasses thereunder, unless the device is a mere double
plate-holder.
73. PRINTING. Processes or apparatus for printing a sensitized
surface by light passing through a negative.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 43, Cameras, Copying and enlarg-
ing for cameras which enlarge or reduce from a negative.
74. PRINTING, SUPERPOSED NEGATIVE. Such processes
and apparatus as use two or more negatives placed one upon
another to form a compound printing-negative.
75. PRINTING, CONTINUOUS-FILM. Means for successively
printing successive portions of a continuous sensitized surface
and for successively printing from successive portions of a
continuous negative.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 31, Cameras, Roll-holding.
76. PRINTING, FLUID-PRESSURE CONTACT. Printing
means in which contact between the surfaces is secured by
fluid-pressure.
77. PRINTING, FRAMES. Approximately flat portable devices
which hold negatives and sensitized surfaces in their proper
relative positions for printing.
Note. When the invention embodies auxiliary apparatus, such
as timing or lighting mechanism, it is elsewhere herein classi-
fied.
77.5. PRINTING, FRAMES, CYLINDRICAL. Printing-frames
generally used for making blue-prints, wherein the sensitive
paper and design to be copied are supported upon a cylindri-
cal surface, usually of glass.
78. PRINTING, STANDS. Devices which support printing-
frames or by which the angle at which they are set is adjusted.
Search Class
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 24, Display-stands.
79. PRINTING, VIGNETTING. Means for masking a part of
the sensitized surface during the printing operation or for dif-
fusing the light admitted to this surface by a medium placed
at such distance or of such a nature as not to imprint its char-
acter upon the sensitive surface.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 80, Screens, where the color or the
character of the interposed medium affects the sensitive sur-
face; subclass 04, Cameras, Vignetters, when the vignetting
device is used in making the exposure with a camera.
80. PRINTING, VIGNETTING, FRAME - ATTACHING
MECHANISMS. Vignetting mechanisms which are attached
to printing-frames and in which the invention includes the
character of the attaching means or some modification of the
printing-frame to accommodate the vignetter.
2GG74 12-
-13
194
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 95 Continued.
81. SCREENS. Colored light-selective mediums or lined, blocked,
dotted, or stippled screens, whose purpose is the breaking up
of an image according to the nature or pattern of the screen.
In each case the distinctive characteristic of the screen affects
the image formed upon a sensitive surface which is exposed
through it. These may be auxiliary to or independent of any
backgrounds, negatives, or objects to be directly or reversely
copied. Special mounts for these screens are also here placed.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclasses 65, Cameras, Vignetters, and 78,
Printing, Vignetting, for light diffusing and masking inven-
tions which do not impress their distinctive characteristics
upon the sensitized surface exposed.
82. STUDIOS. Studio structures, mechanisms for varying the
light upon the subject, and such other requisites of studio
operation as are not otherwise classifiable.
Search Classes
88 OPTICS, subclasses 57.5 et seq., Building-lights, for structures
which admit light to buildings without varying its amount.
240 ILLUMINATION, for artificial illumination generally.
83. BACKGROUNDS. Devices auxiliary to the main object
which is to be photographed and are included in the picture
to produce a scenic effect. They differ from models in that
the latter inventions relate to the objects whose pictures are
sought.
84. BACKGROUNDS, ROLLING CURTAIN. Backgrounds
mounted upon rollers and adapted to be rolled upon them.
85. MODELS. Means for modifying the structure or arrangement
of objects which are to be photographed to facilitate the pro-
duction of a desired effect.
Note. Backgrounds are distinguished from models in that the
former are auxiliary to the objects to be photographed and do
not modify them, while the latter relate to the objects them-
selves.
86. CAMERA-SUPPORTS. Structures peculiarly adapted for
supporting cameras.
Search Classes
45 FURNITURE, subclass 31 et seq., Tables, for stands which
are mere tables.
88 OPTICS, subclass 01, Tripods.
87. CAMERA-SUPPORTS, COPY-HOLDING. Camera-supports,
including also holders for the object which is to be copied.
88. DEVELOPING. All such operations as fixing, toning, inten-
sifying, reducing, and washing which are performed upon a
lighl^sensitive surface to complete the image or to remove the
chemicals used. Includes methods and compositions which
have for their object the accomplishment of any of these oper-
ations.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclasses 6, Sensitizing and developing;
13, Cameras, Developing, and 14, Cameras, Developing,
Automatic.
89. FLUID-TREATING APPARATUS. Apparatus for perform-
ing or facilitating the operations of sensitizing where this is
merely wet-plate dipping, and of afterward fluid-treating pho-
tographic surfaces.
Search Classes
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclasses 13, Cameras, Developing, and 14,
Cameras, Developing, Automatic.
91 COATING, subclass 69, Photographic film or plate, for appa-
ratus for coating a surface with a sensitized solution other than
for wet-plate dipping, as above.
90. FLUID-TREATING APPARATUS. DARK CABINETS.
Light-excluding cases adapted to hold photographic surfaces
while they are being subjected to the processes of dipping for
wet-plate sensitization or of development, etc., subsequent to
exposure.
Search Classes
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclasses 13, Cameras, Developing, and 14,
Cameras, Developing, Automatic; subclass CO, Cameras,
plate-holders, where the combination is with a plate-holder
independent of the camera structure.
91 COATING, subclass 69, Photographic film or plate, for ma-
chines and arrangements for applying sensitive coatings to
surfaces other than by mere dipping.
90.5. FLUID-TREATING APPARATUS, DARK CABINETS,
ROLL-FILM. Light-excluding cases, (as described in sub-
class 90, Fluid-treating apparatus, Dark cabinets,) adapted
for treating roll-films.
91. FLUID-TREATING APPARATUS, DARK CABINETS,
HAND-INSERTION. Dark cabinets adapted to admit the
hands and sometimes the entire upper part of the body of
the operator through flexible light-guards.
CLASS 95 Continued.
92. FLUID-TREATING APPARATUS, DARK CABINETS,
HAND-INSERTION. VENTILATED. Hand insertion
dark cabinets provided with means of ventilation.
93. FLUID-TREATING APPARATUS, ROTATING CAR-
RIERS. Rotatable supports, usually turned by the force of
the fluid used, which carry photographic surfaces while they
are being treated.
94. FLUID-TREATING APPARATUS, FILM-GUIDES. Means
by which a flexible band carrying a photographic surface is
guided in order that it may be supported or stretched during
its treatment by a tluid.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 89, Fluid-treating apparatus.
95. FLUID-TREATING APPARATUS, TRAYS. Fluid-treat-
ing receptacles have relatively low sides, are usually open, and
do not exclude light. The surface to be acted upon in some
cases forms the bottom of the tray.
96. FLUID-TREATING APPARATUS, TANKS. Fluid-treat-
ing receptacles have relatively high sides, are usually open, and
do not exclude light.
97. FLUID-TREATING APPARATUS, TANKS, WASHING.
Tanks having provision for the circulation of a fluid for wash-
ing or otherwise treating a photographic surface after ex-
posure.
Search Class
141 WASHING APPARATUS, subclasses 9, Dish-cleaners, and 8,
Combined dish cleaners and drainers.
98. FLUID-TREATING APPARATUS, TANKS, WASHING,
PLATE-SUPPORTING. Washing-tanks provided with
means for supporting negatives or other photographic surfaces
and such removable racks or stands as are intended to retain
these surfaces during the washing operation.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 92, Fluid-treating apparatus, rotat-
ing carriers when the support is rotatable.
99. FLUID-TREATING APPARATUS, ROCKING MECHA-
NISMS. Fluid-treating apparatus wherein the containing
vessel or the surface which is being treated is rocked.
100. FLUID-TREATING APPARATUS, WORK-HANDLING
DEVICES. Devices by which a photographic surface is
lifted or stretched during the processes of wet-plate dipping,
developing, etc. They are independent of the containing-
wheel.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 98, Fluid-treatingapparatus, Tanks,
Washing, Plate-supporting, for racks or stands used as supports
within tanks.
101. RETOUCHING. Means for improving a photographic surface
by adding lines, stipples etc., mechanically and such com-
pounds as prepare the surface to receive the pencil.
Search Classes
32 DENTISTRY, subclasses 18 Pluggers, Air, and 26 Pluggers,
Power-operated.
101 PRINTING, subclass 133, Stencil-making pens for vibratory
hand-tools similar to those used in retouching.
102. RETOUCHING, STANDS. Supports for the surface which
is to be retouched , usually characterized by an open framework
which permits illumination of the under side of the surface.
103. RETOUCHING, STANDS, VIBRATING. Retouching
stands adapted to be given a vibratory motion.
104. BURNISHING. Means designed to polish a photographic
mage by applying to it heat^pressure or friction and such com-
pounds as facilitate these operations.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 8, Surfaces, when the polish is
secured by drying one surface in contact with another or by
the drying of a photographic varnish or enamel.
Note. Methods and structures similar to these found in this sub-
class with a like object may be found in class 68, LAUNDRY,
subclasses Ironing-machines and mangles; class 92, PAPER-
MAKING AND FIBER-LIBERATION, subclasses 71 FINISHING,
Calendaring and subclasses thereunder; class 20, CLOTH-
FINISHING, subclass 11, Calendaring, and class 12, BOOT AND
SHOE MAKING, all burnishing-machines, and burnishing-tool
subclasses.
105. BURNISHING, ROTARY MACHINES. Burnishing-ma-
chines wherein the part which polishes the photographic sur-
face rotates during the act of polishing.
106. BURNISHING, ROTARY MACHINES, INTERNALLY-
HEATED. Burnishing-machines in which a hollow rotary
polishing-tool is heated from the inside.
CLASS 102. AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes various kinds of explosive devices comprising
gun ammunition, means for blasting, pyrotechnics, and torpedoes.
It also includes shapes or mechanical structures of grains, sticks,
or bars of explosive substance when arranged for the purpose of
modifying the rate or manner of burning or exploding.
Explosive compositions are in class 52, EXPLOSIVES.
Explosive devices such as torpedoes, peculiar to railway signaling,
axe in class 246, RAILWAY SIGNALING.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Ammunition and explosive devices not
classifiable in any of the other subclasses.
2. TORPEDOES. Includes the common self-propelled torpedo
those that are hurled from a gun, stationary submarine
mines, and those used to break up the earth at the bottoms
of oil-wells to increase their flow.
Search Class
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclass 23, Pyro-
technics, Rockets, for self-propelled torpedoes,
3. TORPEDOES, SUBMARINE MINES. Torpedoes used
under water, usually for harbor and coast defense.
Search Class
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclasses G, Blast-
ing, Cartridges, and 7, Blasting, Cartridges, Electric, for the
firing devices.
4. TORPEDOES, WELL. Torpedoes adapted for use at the
bottoms of oil-wells to break up the surrounding earth to
increase the flow of oil.
Search Class
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclass 6,
Blasting, Cartridges.
6. BLASTING. Various devices for and methods of blasting coal,
stone, timber, etc.
6. BLASTING, CARTRIDGES. Blasting charges put up in car-
tridge form.
Search Class
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclasses 3,
Torpedoes, Submarine mines, and 4, Torpedoes, Well.
7. BLASTING, CARTRIDGES, ELECTRIC. Blasting cartridges
specially devised to be exploded by means of an electric
current.
Search Class
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclass 3,
Torpedoes, Submarine mines.
fuses, matches, and other
8. BLASTING, FUSES. Miners'
charge-igniting devices.
9. BLASTING. FUSES, CAPS. Igniting-caps to be attached to
the blast-fuses.
10. BLASTING, FUSES, ELECTRIC. Fuses or charge-igniters
adapted to be fired by an electric current.
Search Class
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclasses 19,
Cartridges, Primers, Electric, and 38, Projectiles, Shells,
Fuses, Electric.
11. BLASTING. PLUGS. Various plugs adapted to be inserted
in blast-holes in stone, coal, timber, etc., usually in lieu of the
ordinary tamping, to confine the blasting charge.
12. CARTRIDGES. Includes the various kinds of gun-cartridges.
13. CARTRIDGES, ACCELERATING. Cartridges wherein the
charge is constructed or arranged to explode gradually or is in
several parts which explode successively with a view to pro-
ducing an accelerating effect upon the projectile.
14. CARTRIDGES, PRACTICE. Cartridges specially designed
for mere practice or short-range work with guns which ordi-
narily take larger or more powerful ammunition. Miniature
and subcaliber cartridges are here included.
15. CARTRIDGES, SHOT. Cartridges having features peculiar
to the firing of groups of shot rather than single projectiles.
16. CARTRIDGES, SHELLS. Cartridges wherein the novelty
resides wholly in the shell.
17. CARTRIDGES, SHELLS, BREECH STRUCTURE.
The arrangement at the rear or breach of the shell.
18. CARTRIDGES, PRIMERS. Arrangements of the cap, anvil,
or the fulminate support, also modification of the shell to ac-
commodate these parts.
19. CARTRIDGES, PRIMERS, ELECTRIC. Primers adapted
to be exploded by electric current.
Search Class
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclasses 10,
Blasting, Fuses, Electric, and 3S, Projectiles, Shells, Fuses,
Electric.
CLASS 102 Continued.
20. PYROTECHNICS. Various fireworks for display, amuse-
ment, flash-light, or signal purposes.
21. PYROTECHNICS, CARTRIDGES. Pyrotechnics in car-
tridge form, adapted to be fired in an ordinary gun.
22. PYROTECHNICS, FIRE-CRACKERS. Includes novel
structures of fire-crackers.
23. PYROTECHNICS, ROCKETS. Structures of sky-rockets,
their supporting-sticks, and some devices for holding them
when they are set off.
Search Class
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclass 2,
Torpedoes.
24. PYROTECHNICS, TORCHES. Pyrotechnical devices
adapted to burn for an appreciable time and be held in the
hand or to a fixed support.
25. PYROTECHNICS, TOY TORPEDOES. Forms of the toy
torpedo adapted to be thrown by hand and exploded on
1 impact.
26. PROJECTILES. The bullet, shell, or other part which is
projected or " fired " from the gun.
27. PROJECTILES, BOMB-LANCES. Lances usually em-
ployed in fishing operations, adapted to be fired from a more
or less special gun and carrying an explosive charge to be
exploded in the object struck by the lance.
28. PROJECTILES, CAPPED OR COVERED. The various
capped and also the "jacketed" projectiles designed for
securing greater penetration, strength, etc.
29. PROJECTILES, SHELLS. Projectiles adapted to carry an
explosive charge to be fired on impact or by time-fuse.
30. PROJECTILES, SHELLS, HIGH-EXPLOSIVE. Shells
especially designed to carry a high-explosive charge.
31. PROJECTILES. LUBRICATING. Projectiles which have
arrangements lor lubricating the inside of the gun-barrel as
the projectile passes through in its flight.
32. PROJECTILES, SELF-ROTATING. Various means for
giving a spinning or rotating movement by the effect of the
air on the projectile in its flight, thus obviating the necessity
for or accelerating the effect of the gun-rifling.
33. PROJECTILES, CANISTERS. Cases inclosing a number
of projectiles adapted to burst either in the air or on impact,
thus scattering the contents.
34. PROJECTILES. LINE-CARRYING. Projectiles specially
designed to be fired or projected to or over ships, in windows of
burning buildings, or to other inaccessible places to carry life
or other lines.
Search Class
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclass 27,
Projectiles, Bomb-lances.
35. PROJECTILES, OIL-DISTRIBUTING. Projectiles adapted
to be projected upon the water and permit oil to escape
to calm the waves.
36. PROJECTILES, SHELLS, FUSES. Construction of fuses
or primers for igniting the explosive charges in shells.
37. PROJECTILES, SHELLS, FUSES, COMBINATION.
Projectiles which combine both the time and percussion fuse
arrangement. In some the time-fuse may at will be rendered
inoperative, while in others the time-fuse is always ignited
on the shell leaving the gun and explodes the charge unless
the shell strikes in the meantime.
38. PROJECTILES, SHELLS, FUSES, ELECTRIC. Fuses
adapted to be ignited by an electric current.
Search Class
102 -AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclasses 10,
Blasting, Fuses, Electric, and 19, Cartridges, Primers, Electric.
39. PROJECTILES, SHELLS, FUSES, PERCUSSION. Fuses
adapted to be exploded by impact of the shell. In some eases
the shell explodes immediately, while in others the fuse is
ignited, but the explosion is momentarily delayed, usually to
permit the shell to penetrate the armor or other defense, so
the explosion will take place inside the vessel or fort.
40. PROJECTILES, SABOTS. Bands, disks, flanges, shoes, etc.,
placed on or attached to the shell to engage the rifling in the
gun and to prevent windage.
41. PROJECTILES, SABOTS, WEDGE-EXPANDED. Sabots
which instead of being swaged outward to engage the grooves
of the gun are expanded by sliding wedge-shaped parts or
themselves slide upon wedTe-shaped or conical parts.
42. PROJECTILES, WADS. Various forms of gun or cartridge
wads.
43. PRIMERS. Various charge-primers such as fulminate or
percussion wafers, ribbons, strips, pellets, balls, sticks, and
cartridges where the invention does not reside in the
composition of the compound.
195
CLASS 106. PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes compositions which are molded or spread
in a plastic condition, also processes of treating and making the
composition and processes of mixing the ingredients to form the
composition. It does not include processes which are clearly dis-
tinct from the composition, such as processes of ornamenting,
decorating, molding, and coating; nor does it include composi-
tions for such special purposes as filters, artificial fuel, explosives,
medicines, incandescent mantels, filaments, and carbons, inking-
rollers, journal-boxes, abrasives, detergents, and lubricants, where
the substance may be plastic, but is not necessarily so.
Compositions intended particularly for writing-surfaces, such
as blackboards and slates, will be classified in class 35, EDUCA-
TIONAL APPLIANCES, and will be cross-referenced into this class
whenever considered necessary.
Patents on the structure of the article are classified with the art
to which they belong, and when they contain in addition any nov-
elty in the composition are cross-referenced into this class.
This class is superior to class 134, LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS,
so that compositions which are intended for use either in a plastic
condition or in such condition that they may bespread with a
brush will be classified here and cross-referenced into class 134,
LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Compositions of a plastic nature not
otherwise classifiable.
Search Class
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 1, Miscella-
neous; 2, Barrel-lining; 7, Leather coating and polishing; 11,
Fabric coating and waterproofing; 18, Sizing, and 39, Paint.
1.5. SOUND RECORD. Moldable compositions specially adapted
to be formed into record tablets for sound recording and re-
producing machines.
Search Class
181 ACOUSTICS, subclass 17, Graphophones, Tablets, for sound
record tablets arranged in laminae or presenting other local
variations in composition.
2. BATTERY-JARS. Compositions for making or lining battery
jars and cells.
3. BOOT HEELS AND SOLES. Compositions for heels and soles
of boots and shoes.
4. COB PIPES AND FILLINGS. Com positions for making, or fill-
ing interstices of, cob pipes.
5. CRAYONS AND PENCILS. Compositions for crayons, pen-
cils, and billiard-chalk.
Search Class
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 38, Ink, Writing,
Powders.
6. DENTAL. Compositions for dental plates and fillings.
7. FLOOR-CLOTH. Compositions for making floor cloth and
coverings.
8. LUTING. Compositions of a plastic nature for packing joints
and for use as a putty.
9. FIRE-BRICK AND REFRACTORY LININGS. Composi-
tions for fire-brick, crucibles, and refractory linings for furnaces
and stoves not containing ingredients of an argillaceous nature,
which are in the following subclass.
Note. Compositions for lining furnaces, converters, etc., in
which there is a chemical reaction with the molten metal are
classified in class 75, METALLURGY.
Search Class
108 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 11, Fire-hardened; 24,
Artificial stone, and 18, Heat-insulating, and the subclasses
thereunder.
10. FIRE-BRICK AND REFRACTORY LININGS, ARGIL-
LACEOUS. Compositions for fire-brick, crucibles, and re-
fractory linings for furnaces and stoves containing clay or other
earth of an argillaceous nature.
Search Class
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 11, Fire-hardened; 21,
Heat-insulating, Argillaceous; 2(i, Artificial stone, Hydraulic
Cement, Argillaceous, and 35, Artificial stone, Argillaceous.
11. FIRE-HARDENED. Compositions which are hardened by
firing at a high temperature. Includes compositions of a
ceramic nature.
Search Class
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 9, Fire-brick and re-
fractory linings; 10, Fire-brick and refractory linings, Argilla-
ceous; 21, Heat-insulating, Argillaceous, and 35, Artificial
stone, Argillaceous.
12. ELECTRICAL INSULATING. Compositions for use as in-
sulators of electricity.
Search Class
106 -PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 18, Heat-insulating, and
the subclasses thereunder.
CLASS 106 Continued.
13. ELECTRICAL INSULATING, RUBBER. Compositions
for electrical insulating containing rubber, caoutchouc, gut-
ta-percha, balata, or other ingredients in the nature of rubber.
Search Class
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 54, Paint, Rub-
ber, and 17, Fabric coating and waterproofing, Rubber.
14. ELECTRICAL INSULATING, SOLUBLE SILICATES.
Compositions for electrical insulating containing silicates of
the alkaline metals, usually sodium or postassium, and other-
wise known as " water-glass."
Search Classes
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 19, Heat-insulating, sol-
uble silicates, and 30, Artificial stone, Soluble silicates.
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 45, Paint, Fire-
proof, Soluble silicates.
15. ELECTRICAL INSULATING, BITUMINOUS AND RES-
INOUS. Compositions for electrical insulating containing in-
gredients of a bituminous or resinous nature, except tar and
wax (which are classified under the next two subclasses).
Under these ' ' bituminous and resinous' ' subclasses are included
all compositions for electrical insulating that contain ingre-
dients in the nature of bitumen, asphalt, resin, etc., which are
characterized by the fact that they are softened by heat and
harden when cold or are dissolved by solvents and harden by
evaporation of these solvents. Includes gum-resins, but not
gums.
Search Classes
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 31, Artificial stone, Bi-
tuminous and resinous.
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 3, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous; 8, Leather coating and polishing,
Bituminous and resinous; 13, Fabric coating and waterproof-
ing, Bituminous and resinous; 21, Sizing, Bituminous and
resinous; 36, Ink, Printers', Bituminous and resinous; 41,
Paint, Antifouling and insecticidal, Bituminous and resinous,
and 51, Paint, Bituminous and resinous.
16. ELECTRICAL INSULATING, BITUMINOUS AND RES-
INOUS, TAR. Compositions for electrical insulating contain-
ing ingredients of a tarry nature, such as coal-tar, gas-tar, wood-
tar, pine-tar, petroleum-tar, tar-pitch, etc.
Search Classes
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 32, Artificial stone, B itumi-
nous and resinous, Tar.
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 4, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous, Tar; 14, Fabric coating and water-
proofing, Bituminous and resinous, Tar; 42, Paint, Antifouling
and insecticidal, Bituminous and resinous, Tar, and 52, Paint,
Bituminous and resinous, Tar.
17. ELECTRICAL INSULATING, BITUMINOUS AND RES-
INOUSj WAX. Compositions for electrical insulating con-
taining ingredients of a waxy nature, such as beeswax, min-
eral wax, ozokerite, paraffin, etc.
Search Classes
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 33, Artificial stone, Bitu-
minous and resinous. Wax.
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 5, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 9, Leather coating and pol-
ishing, Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 15, Fabric coating and
waterproofing, Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 22, Sizing, Bi-
tuminous and resinous, Wax; 43, Paint, Antifouling and in-
secticidal, Bituminous and resinous, Wax, and 53, Paint, Bi-
tuminous and resinous, Wax.
18. HEAT-INSULATING. Compositions for heat-insulating, such
as coverings for steam-boilers, steam and refrigerative pipes
and refrigerators, and not classified in the three following sub-
classes.
Search Class
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 12, Electrical Insulating,
and the subclasses thereunder.
19. HEAT-INSULATING, SOLUBLE SILICATES. Composi-
tions for heat insulation containing silicates of the alkaline
metals, usually sodium or potassium, and otherwise known
as "water-glass."
Search Classes
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 14, Electrical insulating,
Soluble silicates, and 30, Artificial stone, Soluble silicates.
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 45, Paint, Fire-
proof, Soluble silicates.
20. HEAT-INSULATING, PLASTER-OF-PARIS. Composi-
tions for heat insulation containing plaster-of-paris, otherwise
known as "calcined gypsum," "calcined plaster," "calcium
sulfate,"or "sulfate of lime."
Search Class
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 34, Artificial stone. Plaster-
of-paris.
21. HEAT-INSULATING, ARGILLACEOUS. Compositions for
heat-insulation containing clay or other earth of an argilla-
ceous nature.
Search Class
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 10, Fire-brick and re-
fractory linings, Argillaceous; 11, Fire-hardened; 26, Artifi-
cial stone, Hydraulic cement, Argillaceous, and 35, Artificial
stone, Argillaceous.
197
198
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 106 Continued.
22. ARTIFICIAL IVORY AND HARD RUBBER. Composi-
tions for forming artificial ivory and substances in the nature
of hard rubber. The substance imitated depends chiefly upon
the coloring material.
Search Class
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 37, Pyroxylin.
23. ARTIFICIAL RUBBER. Compositions which are used as
substitutes for india-rubber, caoutchouc, or gutta-percha.
Does not include compositions which are used to imitate hard
rubber.
24. ARTIFICIAL STONE. Miscellaneous compositions for artifi-
cial stone which are not included in any of the other subclasses.
Under "Artificial stone" and its subclasses are included com-
positions which set without firing and form a material in the
nature of stone. Here are included all plastic self-setting com-
positions for paving, roofing, and plastering.
25. ARTIFICIAL STpNE, HYDRAULIC CEMENT. Composi-
tions for hydraulic cement i. e., cement which sets under wa-
ter except those containing ingredients of an argillaceous
nature, which are in the following subclass.
26. ARTIFICIAL STONE, HYDRAULIC CEMENT, ARGIL-
LACEOUS. Compositions for hydraulic cement containing
clay or other earth of an argillaceous nature.
27. ARTIFICIAL STONE, INDURATING. Compositions used
to harden artificial stone. Most of these compositions are
used in treating gypsum without pulverization in order to pro-
duce artificial marble.
28. ARTIFICIAL STONE, RETARDERS. Compositions for re.
tarding the setting of artificial-stone compositions.
29. ARTIFICIAL STONE, OXYCHLORID AND OXYSUL-
FATE. Compositions tor artificial stone containing an oxid
and a chlorid or sulfate, usually of the same base, which react
to form an oxychlorid or an oxysulfate. The base is usually
magnesium; but zinc and other related metals are used.
30. ARTIFICIAL STONE, SOLUBLE SILICATES. Composi-
tions for artificial stone containing silicates of the alkaline
metals, usually sodium or potassium, and otherwise known as
"water-glass."
Search Classes
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 14, Electrical insulating,
Soluble silicates, and 19, Heat-insulating, Soluble silicates.
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 45, Paint, Fire-
proof, Soluble silicates.
31. ARTIFICIAL STONE, BITUMINOUS AND RESINOUS.
Compositions for artificial stone which contain ingredients of
a bituminous or resinous nature, except those which contain
tar and wax, which are classified in the two following sub-
classes.
Note. Under this and subordinate subclasses are included all
compositions for artificial stonj which contain ingredients in
the nature of bitumen, asphalt, resin, etc., which are character-
ized by the fact that they are softened by application of heat
and harden when cold or are dissolved by solvents and harden
by evaporation of these solvents. Includes gum-resins, but not
gums.
Search Classes
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 15, Electrical insulating,
Bituminous and resinous.
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 3, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous; 8, Leath >r coating and polishing,
Bituminous and resinous; 13, Fabric coating and water-
proofing, Bituminous and resinous; 21, Sizing, Bituminous
and resinous; 36, Ink, Printers', Bituminous and resinous; 41,
Paint, Antifouling and insecticidal, Bituminous and resinous,
and 51, Paint, Bituminous and resinous.
32. ARTIFICIAL STONE, BITUMINOUS AND RESINOUS,
TAR. Compositions for artificial stone containing ingredients
of a tarry nature, such as coal-tar, gas-tar, wood-tar, pine-tar,
petroleum-tar, tar-pitch, etc.
Search Classes
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 10, Electrical insulating,
Bituminous and resinous, Tar.
134-;-LiQuiD COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 4, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous, Tar; 14, Fabric-coating and water-
proofing, Bituminous and resinous, Tar; 42, Paint, Anti-
fouling and insecticidal, Bituminous and resinous, Tar, and
52, Bituminous and resinous, Tar.
33. ARTIFICIAL STONE, BITUMINOUS AND RESINOUS,
WAX. Compositions for artificial stone containing ingre-
dients of a waxy nature, such as beeswax, mineral wax,
ozokerite, paraffin, etc.
Search Classes
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 17, Electrical insulating,
Bituminous and resinous, Wax.
134 LIQUID-COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 5, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 9, Leather coating and polish-
ing, Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 15, Fabric coating and
waterproofing, Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 22, Sizing,
Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 43, Paint, Antifouling and
insscticidal, Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 53, Paint,
Bituminous and resinous, Wax.
CLASS 106 Continued.
34. ARTIFICIAL STONE, PLASTER-OF-PARIS. Composi-
tions for artificial stone containing plaster-of-paris, otherwiss
known as "calcined gypsum," "calcined plaster," "calcium
sulfate," or "sulfate of lime."
Search Class
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 20, Heat-insulating,
Plaster-of-paris.
35. ARTIFICIAL STONE, ARGILLACEOUS. Compositions
for artificial stone containing clay or other earth of an argilla-
ceous nature.
Search Class
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 10, Fire-brick and refrac-
tory linings, Argillaceous; 11, Fire-hardened; 21, Heat-insulat-
ing, Argillaceous, and 26, Artificial stone, Hydraulic cement,
Argillaceous.
36. ARTIFICIAL STONE, GELATINOUS AND GUMMY.
Compositions for artificial stone containing ingredients of a
gelatinous or gummy nature, such as ordinary glue, gelatin,
flour, starch, dextrine, etc., and gums, such as gum-arabic and
gum-tragacanth. These substances are characterized by the
fact that they either dissolve, solten, or gelatinize in water.
Does not include the gum-resins.
Search Classes
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 39, Gelatinous and
gummy.
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 6, Barrel-lining,
Gelatinous and gummy; 10, Leather coating and polishing,
Gelatinous and gummy; 16, Fabric coating and waterproofing,
Gelatinous and gummy; 23, Sizing, Gelatinous and gummy;
55, Paint, Gelatinous and gummy, and 19, Sizing, Laundry
starch and polish.
37. PYROXYLIN. Plastic compositions containing pyroxylin,
gun-cotton, nitrocellulose, or collodion. Includes composi-
tions for celluloid. When the patent falls in one of the sub-
classes based on the use for which the composition "s intended,
it is classified in that subclass and cross-refarenced into this
subclass.
Search Class
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 59, Pyroxylin.
38. PROTEIDS. Plastic compositions containing one or more of
the proteids, such as casein, gluten, albumen, fibrin, etc.,
or substances made up partly of proteids, such as milk and
blood, and characterized by the fact that they are coagulated
by heat or chemicals. When the patent falls in one of the sub-
classes based on the use for which the composition is intended,
it is classified there and cross-referenced into this subclass.
Search Class
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 12, Fabric coat-
ing and waterproofing, Proteids; 20, Sizing, Proteids, and 50,
Paint, Proteids.
39. GELATINOUS AND GUMMY. Plastic compositions con-
taining ingredients of a gelatinous or gummy nature, such as
ordinary glue, gelatin, flour, starch, dextrine, etc., and gums,
such as gum-arabic and gutn-tragacanth. These substances
are characterized by the fact that they either dissolve, soften,
or gelatinize in water. Doas not include the gum-resins.
When the patent falls in one of the subclasses based on the
use for which the composition is intended, it is classified there
and cross-referenced into this subclass, with ths exception of
those which fall under the head of "Artificial stone."
Search Classes
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 36, Artificial stone,
Gelatinous and gummy.
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 6, Barrel-lining,
Gelatinous and gummy; 10, Leather coating and polishing,
Gelatinous and gummy; 16, Fabric coating and waterproofing,
Gelatinous and gummy; 23, Sizing, Gelatinous and gummy;
55, Paint, Gelatinous and gummy, and 19, Sizing, Laundry
starch and polish.
40. VISCOSE AND CELLULOSE. Plastic compositions con-
taining cellulose or the solution of csllulose known as "vis-
cose." When the patent falls in one of the subclasses based on
the use for which the composition is intended, it is classified
there and cross-referenced into this subclass.
41. MISCELLANEOUS TREATMENT. Methods of treating
plastic compositions not included under the following five
subclasses.
Note. Under the " Treatment " subclasses are included meth-
ods of making, compounding, and treating plastic compositions,
but not including the handling of the composition in the manu-
facture of articles therefrom, which will be found in class 25,
PLASTIC-BLOCK AND EARTHENWAKE APPARATUS, or in class 18,
PLASTICS.
Search Class
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 60, Miscellaneous
treatment.
42. FIRE-HARDENED, TREATMENT. Methods of treatment
for making compositions which are to be hardened by firing.
43. ARTIFICIAL STONE, HYDRAULIC CEMENT, TREAT-
MENT. Methods of treatment for making hydraulic cement.
44. ARTIFICIAL STONE, TREATMENT. Methods of treat-
ment for making compositions for artificial stone.
45. ARTIFICIAL STONE, INDURATING, TREATMENT.
Methods of treatment for hardening artificial stone.
46. PROTEIDS, TREATMENT. Methods of treatment for mak-
ing plastic compositions containing proteids.'
CLASS 107. BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAK-
ING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes the art of mechanically working and manipu-
ating dough and paste to make such alimentary articles as bread,
pies, crackers, macaroni, jellies, ice-cream, confectionery, lozenges,
tablets, pills, yeast-cakes, croquettes, and the like.
For classification purposes sugar, after its manufacture is com-
pleted, is treated like confectionery. Cutting it when in a soft state
and molding it when entirely independent of sugar-manufacturing
operations such as draining, liquoring, crystalizing, etc. are in-
cluded in this class; but apparatus for compressing it into blocks is
classified in class 25, PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARA-
TUS, and when the cutting or molding is combined with any such
sugar-manufacturing operation the patents are classified in class 127,
SUGAR AND SALT. Cutting, crushing, grinding, and pulverizing
hard sugar are classified in class 83, MILLS, subclass 61, Sugar and
salt crushers.
This class includes processes, machines, and implements for per-
forming all operations involved in making these articles such as
mixing, kneading, beating, whipping, aerating, flour, eggs, sugar,
and other ingredients to make dough, paste, batter, etc.; slabbing,
sheeting, molding, dividing, and cutting the dough or paste; clean-
big, stacking, flouring, salting, sugaring, and ornamenting the arti-
cles; distributing them into pans, and making and manipulating
molds for candies; also bakers' ovens.
Molds for use in this art are generally included, but waffle-irons,
bake-pans. and the like, are classified in class 53, DOMESTIC COOKING
VESSELS, if uncombined, or in class 126, STOVES AND FURNACES, if
provided with heating means.
So-called "ice-cream freezers," which are merely molds adapted
to be introduced into a congealing agent, but without means for hold-
ing such agent and without agitating or scraping means, are included
in this class. Ice-cream freezers not so limited are in class62, REFRIG-
ERATION. Molding devices also used for preserving ice-cream after
manufacture are included even when including refrigerating means.
Dou?h-dividing machines which wei^h out a definite quantity are
classified in class 73, MEASURING INSTRUMENTS; but those which
merely measure it out by filling a mold are included in this class.
Scoops, ladles, cake-turners, and other kitchen and table articles
not used for performing the operations named are classified in class
65, KITCHEN AND TABLE ARTICLES. Flour sifters are classified in
class 83, MILLS, subclass 60, Sifters and screens, Household.
Kitchen tables, in combination with dough-boards and other
implements, are .classified in class 45, FURNITURE, subclasses 16,
Kitchen-cabbie ts, and 17, Tables, Kitchen.
Vegetable and bread cutters and slicers are classified in class 146,
VEGETABLE CUTTERS AND CRUSHERS.
Milling operations and substitutions therefor which comprise the
preparation of cereals for use with or without grinding, involving
crushing the grains and forming them into flakes or shreds, are classi-
fied in class 83, MILLS; but the manufacture of biscuits, cakes, and
other forms from these prepared cereals even when involving the
preliminary preparation^ combination are included in this class.
Food articles, food compounds or compositions, the treatment of
the ingredients in making them, the chemical treatment of cereal
products in making bread and other foods, making and using leaven
for these purposes, and combinations thereof with any of the above-
mentioned operations are classified in class 99, PRESERVING, sub-
classes 10, Panification, and 11, Food compounds.
Confectionery compositions, the treatment of the ingredients in
making them, boiling and mixing kettles therefor and confectionery
articles are classified in class 127, SUGAR AND SALT, subclasses 4,
Confectionery, and 11, Mixers.
Medicinal tablet and pill compositions, the treatment of the ingre-
dients in making them, and the articles are classified in class 167,
MEDICINES.
Coating confectionery, pills, cakes, and the like when not involv-
ing any of the operations belonging to this class is classified in class
91 , COATING.
Coating confectionery and pills, and printing lozenges are included
in this class only when in combination with some of the other opera-
tions mentioned.
Subclasses.
1. COMPOSITE CAKE AND CONFECTION APPARATUS.
Apparatus for making cakes, pies, ice-cream, confections, pills,
etc., in two or more layers, usually of at least two different
materials, and for applying ornamentation. The article is
usually made by forming the several layers at once and uniting
them. The mere coating of articles previously formed is classi-
fied in class 91, COATING.
Search Classes -
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 54,
Processes.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 11, Molding devices, Rolling, Com-
pound; 13, Molding devices, Die-expressing, Compound; 36,
Molding devices. Molds. Blank covering and filling.
2. SHREDDED CEREAL BISCUIT APPARATUS. Appa-
ratus for making biscuits and other articles from shreds of
cereal material. Includes apparatus for shredding the cereals
when in combination with the biscuit-forming means, but not
otherwise.
CLASS 107 Continued.
3. STARCH-MOLDING APPARATUS. Machines and plants
for filling trays with starch or other mold material or for making
molds for confectionery and the like, either singly or combined
with each other or with apparatus for filling the molds with
candy or the like, separating it from the mold, or cleaning it.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 4, Molding plants; 16, Molding devices,
Presses; 23. Molding devices, Presses. Stationary-mold.
22 METAL- FOUNDING, subclass 9, Molding apparatus, and sub-
classes thereunder.
4. COMBINED MACHINES. Machines for performing two or
more distinct operations and not classifiable in either of the
next two subclasses. In these subclasses the feeding of the
material to the machine, whether it is at the same time made
into a sheet or slab or not, is not considered as a separate opera-
tion, nor are mixing, kneading, flouring, or dusting the dough.
Search Class
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 1.
Composite cake and confection apparatus; 2, Shredded cereal
biscuit apparatus, and 3, Starch-molding apparatus.
5. COMBINED MACHINES, PRINTING AND CUTTING
LOZENGES. Machines for printing on a sheet of dough and
then cutting it up to make lozenges, or for first cutting it and
then printing on the lozenges. The printing device usually
has means for inking it and is always distinct from the shap-
ing means.
Search Class
101 PRINTING.
6. COMBINED MACHINES, CUTTING AND DISTRIBUT-
ING. Machines which cut crackers, lozenges, and other
articles from a sheet or slab of dough and then separate them
from the scrap, conveying the articles and scrap to different
points.
Note. Merely ejecting them from the cutters and merely arrang-
ing the articles without separating scrap are not included.
7. MISCELLANEOUS. Miscellaneous single-operation machines
and attachments for working dough, paste, batter, etc., and
for making and treating the articles mentioned in the general
definition and not classifiable in any of the other subclasses.
Search Class
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 4,
Combined machines.
8. MOLDING APPARATUS. Machines for molding not classi-
fiable in any of the next eleven subclasses. Some include in
combination means for stripping the articles from the molds
and means for feeding the material to the mold, even if involv-
ing sheetbig, slabbing, mixing, or kneading.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 1,
Composite cake and confection apparatus; 3, Starch-molding
apparatus; 27, Depositing apparatus; 28, Depositing appara-
tus, Valve cut-off, and 29, Depositing apparatus, Valve cut-off,
Transversely-reciprocating.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 5, Molding devices.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
41, Block-molding machines, and the subclasses thereunder,
and 7, Soap-molding devices.
9 MOLDING APPARATUS, LOAF-FORMING. Molding-
machines for forming bread, cake, and other loaves by rolling
or folding a sheet or slab of dough. Some include cutting or
flattening the dough.
10 MOLDING APPARATUS, ROLLING. Machines for rolling
dough or paste into stick candy and other articles, except pills
and sheets, as by passing it between rollers or a roller and
another surface which do not give the article itself an axial or
rolling motion. Some include the twisting of the article when
performed entirely by the molding-rollers. Machines which
merely employ a rotary compressing means are in subclass 15,
Presses, in this class.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 9,
Molding apparatus, Loaf-forming; 11, Molding apparatus,
Rolling, Pills; 12, Molding apparatus, Rolling, Sheeting; 13,
Molding apparatus, Rolling, Axial, and 34, Mixers, Kneaders,
and beaters, Roller.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 9, Molding devices, Rolling; 10, Mold-
ing devices, Rolling, Sheets, and 11, Molding devices, Rolling,
Compound.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
21, Roller-forming.
11 MOLDING APPARATUS, ROLLING PILLS. Machines
for forming pills by rolling. Some include in combination
means for forming a sheet or cylinder; but those in which the
operation does not go to the extent of making a pill are not
included.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 13,
Molding apparatus, Rolling, Axial.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS subclass
5, Playing-marble machines.
199
200
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 107 Continued.
12. MOLDING APPARATUS, ROLLING, SHEETING. Ma-
chines for rolling dough from a shapeless mass or a thick sheet
to a sheet suitable for cutting or other shaping operation.
Devices which perform a kneading operation and by the, same
means simultaneously roll the dough to a sheet, and those that
have interchangeable kneading and sheeting rollers used suc-
cessively in the same bearings are included, but not those that
in kneading incidentally reduce dough to a sheet and do not
leave it in that form . Feed-rollers for cutting-machines which
have this function are included.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 1,
Composite cake and confection apparatus; 5, Combined ma-
chines, Printing and cutting lozenges; 6, Combined machines,
Cutting and distributing; 10, Molding apparatus, Rolling; 25,
Cutting apparatus, Reciprocating-die, Dough-feeding, and 34,
Mixers, Kneaders and beaters, Roller.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 2, Miscellaneous apparatus, Vulcaniza-
ble Gums; 9, Molding devices, Rolling, and 10, Molding de-
vices, Rolling, Sheets.
13. MOLDING APPARATUS, ROLLING, AXIAL. Machines
for rolling in which the work is of circular section (usually
spherical or cylindrical) and is acted upon by the rolling
means in such a way as to rotate the work about its own
axis and give it a rolling motion transverse to its axis, but
not to give it at the same time a movement in the direction
of this axis.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 9,
Molding apparatus, Loaf-forming, and 11, Molding apparatus,
Rolling, Pills.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
5, Playing-marble machines.
80 METAL ROLLING, subclasses 18, Concave and roll; 19, Platen
and roll; 22, Axial rolling; and 23, Axial rolling, Pattern-
rolls.
14. MOLDING APPARATUS, DIE-EXPRESSING. Machines
and dies for shaping dough and paste by forcing it through a
die. Usually includes a screw or other forcing device which
can sometimes act as a mixer and a device for cutting. In-
cludes twisting the candy, etc., when performed by the ro-
tation of the die or receptacle, but not when performed by
external means.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 1,
Composite cake and confection apparatus.
17 BUTCHERING, subclasses 6, Sausage-machines, and 20, Meat-
cutters, Cylinder and concave.
18 PLASTIC'S, subclasses 12, Molding devices, Die-expressing; 13,
Molding devices, Die-expressing. Compound; 14, Molding de-
vices, Die-expressing, Tube and hollow; and 30, Molding
devices, Chargers.
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 166, Cores, Pipe.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
8, Soap-molding devices, Die-expressing, and 11, Die-express-
ing, and the subclasses thereunder.
31 DAIRY, subclass 65, Butter, Cutters, and subclass 68, Cheese,
Cutters.
207 PLASTIC METAL WORKING, die-expressing subclasses.
15. MOLDING APPARATUS, PRESSES. Machines for molding
alimentary articles by means of a press.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 3,
Starch-molding apparatus; 16, Molding apparatus, Presses,
PopC9rn; 17, Molding apparatus, Presses, Tablet; and 18,
Molding apparatus, Presses, Tablet, Stationary-mold.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 16, Molding devices, Presses, and the
subclasses thereunder.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
45, Block-presses, and the subclasses thereunder.
31 DAIRY, subclass 25, Butter workers and molds.
100 PRESSES, appropriate subclasses.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 14, Plug-making.
16. MOLDING APPARATUS, PRESSES, POPCORN. Presses
for molding popcorn.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 15,
Molding apparatus. Presses; 17, Molding apparatus. Presses,
Tablet; and 18, Molding apparatus, Presses, Tablet, Sta-
tionary-mold.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 16, Molding devices, Presses; 20,
Molding devices, Presses, Rotary-mold support; 21, Molding
devices, Presses, Rotary-mold support, Peripheral; and 22,
Molding devices, Presses, Reciprocating-mold.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
9, Soap-molding devices, Rotary-mold; the subclasses under
Block-presses, Portable mold; those under 54, Block-presses,
Reciprocating-mold; those under Block-presses, Rotary-mold;
99, Block-presses, Endless chain of molds, Continuous travel;
and 100, Block-presses, Endless chain of molds, Intermittent
travel.
CLASS 107 Continued.
17. MOLDING APPARATUS, PRESSES, TABLET. Presses
for molding medicinal tablets in which the mold moves con-
tinuously or intermittently between molding operations.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 15,
Molding apparatus, Presses, and 16, Molding apparatus,
Presses, Popcorn.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 16, Molding devices, Presses; 20,
Molding devices, Presses, Rotary-mold support; 21, Molding
devices, Presses, Rotary-mold support, Peripheral, and 22,
Molding devices, Presses, Reciprocating-mold^
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
9, Soap-molding devices, Rotary-mold; the subclasses under
Block-presses, Portable mold; those under 54, Block-presses,
Reciprocating-mold; those under Block-presses, Rotary-mold;
99, Block-presses, Endless chain of molds, Continuous travel;
and 100, Block-presses, Endless chain of molds, Intermittent
travel.
18. MOLDING DEVICES, PRESSES, TABLET, STATION-
ARY-MOLD. Presses for molding medicinal tablets in
which the mold is stationary.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 15,
Molding apparatus, Presses, and 16, Molding apparatus,
Presses, Popcorn.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 23, Molding devices, Presses, Stationary-
mold.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
10, Soap-molding devices, Stationary-mold, and the sub-
classes under Block-presses, Stationary-mold.
19. MOLDING APPARATUS, MOLDS. Molds and parts of
molds for use in this art not combined with any means for
moving the mold or pressing the article, but including mov-
able ejectors.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 48,
Implements, Ice-cream dishers.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 34, Molding devices, Molds; 39, Molding
devices, Molds, Casting: 42, Molding devices, Molds, Two
and three part; 43, Molding devices, Molds, Clamping; and
44, Molding devices, Molds, Dies and matrices.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, sub-
classes 118, Molds; 119, Molds, Block, and 120, Molds, Block
ejectors.
31 DAIRY, subclasses 21, Cheese-hoops, and 25, Butter workers
and molds.
53 DOMESTIC COOKING VESSELS, subclass 10, Waffle irons.
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclasses 6, Cube sugar, and 12, Molds
and carriages.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 9, Molding cigars.
.20. CUTTING APPARATUS. Machines, dies, and cutters for
cutting articles from dough, etc. Some have a surface inside
the cutter which has a molding operation and some have
means for ejecting the cut article.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 27,
Depositing apparatus.
17 BUTCHERING, subclass 18, Meat-cutters, Cube.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
105, Cutters, and the subclasses thereunder.
31 DAIRY, subclasses 65, Butter, Cutters, and 68, Cheese, Cut-
ters.
87 OILS, FATS, AND GLUE, subclass 7, Glue.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS 4x0 BARS, appropriate
subclasses.
21. CUTTING APPARATUS, KNIFE. Cutting-machines using
one or more knife-blades specialized for cutting dough, etc.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 2,
Shredded cereal biscuit apparatus; 11, Molding apparatus,
Rolling, Pills; 13, Molding apparatus, Rolling, Axial; 14
Molding apparatus. Die-expressing; 22, Cutting apparatus,
Knife, Circular; and 29, Depositing apparatus, Valve cut-off,
Transversely-reciprocating.
17 BUTCHERING, subclasses 18, Meat-cutters, Cube; 23, Meat-
cutters, Rocking knife, and 24, Meat-cutters, Slicers.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, sub-
classes 106, Cutters, and subclasses thereunder.
31 DAIRY, subclasses 22, Cheese-vats and curd-breakers; 65,
Butter, Cutters; and 68, Cheese, Cutters.
83 MILLS, subclass 61, Sugar and salt crushers.
87 OILS, FATS, AND GLUE, subclass 7, Glue.
100 PRESSES, subclass 53, Expressing, Articles and attach-
ments, Cake-trimmers.
131 TOBACCO, subclasses 33, Tobacco-cutters, Pivoted-knife;
34, Tobacco-cutters, Reciprocating-knife; and 35, Tobacco-
cutters, Rotating-knife.
146 VEGETABLE CUTTERS AND CRUSHERS, subclasses 7, Cut-
ters, Reciprocating, and 12, Cutters, Bread.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 34,
Cutting-machines, and the subclasses thereunder.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
201
CLASS 107 Continued.
22. CUTTING APPARATUS, KNIFE, CIRCULAR. Cutting
machines employing one or more circular knives usually
mounted on a rolling or rotating shaft or drum.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 10,
Molding apparatus, Rolling; 11, Molding apparatus, Rolling,
Pills; 13, Molding apparatus, Rolling, Axial; and 23, Cutting
apparatus, Rotary-die.
17 BUTCHERING, subclass 19, Meat-cutters, Cylinder and block,
83 MILLS, subclass 61, Sugar and salt crushers.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 35, Tobacco-cutters, Rotating-knife.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 77,
Cutting-machines, Traveling cutter-carriage, Roller knife.
23. CUTTING APPARATUS ROTARY-DIE. Cutting-ma-
chines employing a rotary shaft or drum carrying dies adapted
to cut in more than one direction on the surface of the sheet
of dough.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 10,
Molding apparatus, Rolling, and 22, Cutting apparatus, Knife,
Circular.
83 MILLS, subclass 61, Sugar and salt crushers.
24. CUTTING APPARATUS, RECIPROCATING-DIE. Cut-
ting-machines employing one or more reciprocating dies which
cut at one time in more than one direction on the surface of
the sheet of dough and without an internal plunger or dough-
feeding means.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 5,
Combined machines, Printing and cutting lozenges; 6, Com-
bined machines, Cutting and distributing; 21, Cutting appa-
ratus, Knife; and 28, Depositing apparatus, Valve cut-off.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 23,
Cutting, Die, Machines, Reciprocating cross-head; 24, Cut-
ting, Di?, Machines, Reciprocating cross-head, Shifting dies;
25, Cutting. Die, Machines, Reciprocating-plunger, and the
subclasses thereunder.
25. CUTTING APPARATUS, RECIPROCATING - DIE,
DOUGH-FEEDING. Cutting-machines employing recipro-
cating dies and provided with a device for feeding a sheet of
dough to the cutters which sometimes sheets or compresses
the dough.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 5,
Combined machines, Printing and cutting lozenges; 6, Com-
bined machines, Cutting and distributing; and 21, Cutting
apparatus, Knife.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
20, Cutting, Die, Machines, Work-feeding; 21, Cutting, Die,
Machines, Work-feeding, Reciprocating-feeder; and 22, Cut-
ting, Die, Machines, Work-feeding, Roller-feed.
26. CUTTING APPARATUS, RECIPROCATING-DIE, IN-
TERNAL PLUNGER. Cutting-machines employing re-
ciprocating dies having a relatively movable inside plunger
or plungers for stamping or stripping the product or clearing
the die. In some cases the plunger acts before the die to
flatten the dough and somehave twoseries of knives crossed at
right angles for dividing dough.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 23,
Cutting apparatus, Rotary-die, and 28, Depositing apparatus,
Valve cut-off.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 33,
Cutting Die, Dies, Blank-ejecting.
27. DEPOSITING APPARATUS. Machines for dropping soft
dough, batter, or paste from a nozzle or its equivalent onto a
belt, tray, pan, mold, or other device which acts to give final
shape to the article, except those which cut off the material as
it emerges from the nozzle by means of a valveorcut itoff by a
knife after it emerges and after it has been given its final shape.
Usually the dough-box or the receiving device has a vertical
reciprocation which acts to separate the deposited cake or
candy from that in the box, or a plunger in the box is with-
drawn a, short distance for this purpose. Those for shaping by
expressing through dies are not included.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION-MAKING, subclass 1,
Composite cake and confection apparatus.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 26, Molding devices, Casting, and 30,
Molding devices, Chargers.
28. DEPOSITING APPARATUS, VALVE CUT-OFF. De-
positing-machines in which a valve or its equivalent cuts off
the material as it exudes from the nozzle, the valve notrecipro-
cating transversely to the stream of dough.
Search Class
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION-MAKING, subclass 52,
Implements, Depositors.
29. DEPOSITING APPARATUS, VALVE CUT-OFF, TRANS-
VERSELY-RECIPROCATING. Depositing-machines in
which the exuding stream of dongh is cut off by a valve or
knife reciprocating across the face of the nozzle i.e., transverse
to the stream of dough.
Search Class
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION-MAKING, subclasses 28,
Depositing apparatus, Valve cut-off, for oscillating valve,
and 52, Implements, Depositors.
CLASS 107 Continued.
30. MIXERS, KNEADERS, AND BEATERS. Machines for
working, kneading, or beating dough, batter, paste, eggs, etc.,
not classifiable in any of the following twelve subclasses.
Some include means for introducing the ingredients.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION-MAKING, subclasses 31,
Mixers, Kneaders, and beaters, Aerating; 32, Mixers, Kneaders,
and beaters, Moving-receptacle, and 33, Mixers, Kneaders,
and beaters, Moving-receptacle, Rotating.
17 BUTCHERING, subclass 17, Meat-cutters, Crank mechanism.
31 DAIRY, subclasses 9, Churns, Double-acting; 17, Churns,
Vibrating; 22, Cheese-vats and curd-breakers; 25, Butter
workers and molds; 29, Churns, Reciprocating, Crank mech-
anism, Multiple-dasher; 31, Churns, Reciprocating, Combined
lever and crank mechanism, and 34, Churns, Reciprocating
Lever mechanism, Multiple-dasher.
31. MIXERS, KNEADERS, AND BEATERS, AERATING.
Machines for mixing, kneading, or beating, including means
for introducing air or gas into the mass to aid in the mixing
operation.
Search Classes
31 DAIRY, subclasses 7, Churns; 37, Churns, Reciprocating,
without operating mechanism, and 90, Milk- treating, Aerating.
195 ALCOHOL, subclass 30, Mashing, Apparatus, Mash-tubs,
Tubular rakes.
32. MIXERS, KNEADERS, AND BEATERS, MOVING-
RECEPTACLE. Mixers, kneaders, or beaters in which part
or all of the mixing or kneading operation is performed by the
movement of the receptacle which holds the material, the
motion being other than rotary. Those in which the recepta-
cle merely moves to discharge the contents for convenience
in repairing and the like are not included.
Search Class
31 DAIRY, subclasses 18, Churns, Working body, and 63,
Drink-mixers.
33. MIXERS, KNEADERS, AND BEATERS, MOVING-
RECEPTACLE, ROTATING. Mixers, kneaders, or beaters
in which part or all of the mixing or kneading operation is
performed by the rotation of the receptacle which holds the
material.
Search Classes
17 BUTCHERING, subclasses 19, Meat-cutters, Cylinder and
block; 17, Meat-cutters, Crank mechanism, and 25, Meat-
cutters, Trip mechanism.
31 DAIRY, subclasses 7, Churns, and 18, Churns, Working
body, and 25, Butter workers and molds.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 4, Ice-cream freezers.
83 MILLS, subclasses 45, Grinding-mills, Chasing, and 72, Mor-
tar-mixers. v
34. MIXERS, KNEADERS, AND BEATERS, ROLLER.
Machines which mix or knead dough by means of one or more
rollers. Some have a device for forcing the dough to the
roller. Those that have kneading and sheeting rollers used
successively in the same bearings and those that first knead
and then sheet are classed in subclass 12, Molding apparatus,
Rolling, Sheeting.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 10,
Molding apparatus, Rolling, and 12, Molding apparatus,
Rolling, Sheeting.
17 BUTCHERING, subclass 29, Meat-tenderers, Rotary.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 2, Miscellaneous apparatus, Vulcanizable
gums.
31 DAIRY, subclass 25, Butter workers and molds.
83 MILLS, subclass 45, Grinding-mills, Chasing.
92 PAPER-MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 22, Stuff
working, Beating-engines.
MIXERS, KNEADERS, AND BEATERS, ROTARY-
DASHER. Mixers, kneaders, and beaters employing dashers
which perform theirfunction by rotating and in which no part
of the mixing operation is performed by the motion of the con-
taining-receptacle.
35 MIXERS, KNEADERS, AND BEATERS, ROTARY-
DASHER, COMPOUND-ROTATION. Machines of the
rotary-dasher type in which a compound rotation is given
to the dasher of dashers i. e., the axis on which the dasher
rotates itself has a rotary motion.
Search Class
195 ALCOHOL, subclass 29, Mashing, apparatus, Mash-tubs,
rakes.
36. MIXERS, KNEADERS, AND BEATERS, ROTARY-
DASHER, MULTIPLE. Machines of the rotary-dasher
type employing more than one rotating dasher mounted on
different shafts. Those in which a plurality of dashers are
secured to the same shaft are not included.
Search Classes
107_BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 35,
Mixers, kneaders, and beaters, Rotary-dasher, Compound-
rotation.
17 BUTCHERING, subclass 17, Meat-cutters, Double-cylinder.
31 DAIRY, subclasses 25, Butter workers and molds; 40, Churns,
Rotary, Horizontal double-dasher, Concentric shafts; 41,
Churn's, Rotary, Horizontal double-dasher, Parallel shafts;
43, Churns, Rotary, Vertical double-dasher, Concentric shafts,
and 44, Churns, ' Rotary, Vertical Double-dasher, Parallel
shafts.
83 MILLS, subclasses 11. Grinding-mills, Rotary beaters, and 72,
Mortar-mixers.
202
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 107 Continued.
37. MIXERS, KNEADERS, AND BEATERS, ROTARY-
DASHER, MULTIPLE, HAND-SUPPORTED. Devices
falling under the definition of subclass 38, Mixers, kneaders,
and beaters, rotary-dasher, multiple, in which the beater is
adapted to be supported in part or wholly by one hand and
operated by the other, chiefly egg-beaters.
Search Class
107 BREAD, PASTKY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 30,
Mixers, kneaders, and beaters, Rotary-dasher, Multiple.
38. MIXERS, KNEADERS, AND BEATERS, ROTARY-
DASHER, SINGLE. Machines of the rotary-dasher type
having a single dasher rotating on a vertical or inclined shaft
having secured to it one or more dashers or blades.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTKY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 36,
Mixers, kneaders, and beaters, Rotary-dasher, Multiple.
17 BUTCHERING, subclasses 20, Meat-cutters, Cylinder and
concave, and 26, Meat-mixers.
31 DAIRY, subclasses 9, Churns, Double-acting; 22, Cheese-
vats and curd-breakers; 38, Churns, Rotary, Diagonal-dasher,
and 42, Churns, Rotary, Vertical single-dasher.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 4, Ice-cream freezers
83 MILLS, subclass 11, Grinding-mills, Rotary beaters, and 72,
Mortar-mixers.
91 COATING, subclass 57, Mixers and stirrers.
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclass 11, Mixers.
195 ALCOHOL, subclass 29, Mashing, Apparatus, Mash-tubs,
Rakes, and 30, Mashing, Apparatus, Mash-tubs, Tubular
rakes.
39. MIXERS, KNEADERS, AND BEATERS, ROTARY-
DASHER, SINGLE, OSCILLATING. Devices of the ro-
tary-dasher type in which the single dasher is necessarily
caused to rotate first in one direction and then in the reverse
direction. They are usually hand-supported egg-beaters.
Search Class
31 DAIRY, subclasses 9, Churns, Double-acting, and 17, Churns,
Vibrating.
40. MKERS, KNEADERS, AND BEATERS, ROTARY-
DASHER, SINGLE, HORIZONTAL. Machines of the
rotary-dasher type having a single rotating horizontal shaft
having secured to it one or more dashers or blades.
Search Classes -
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 14,
Molding apparatus, Die-expressing; 31, Mixers, kneaders, and
beaters, Aerating, and 36, Mixers, kneaders, and beaters,
Rotary-dasher, Multiple.
17 BUTCHERING, subclasses 20, Meat-cutters, Cylinder and
concave, and 26, Meat-mixers.
31 DAIKY, aibclasses 25, Butter workers and molds, and 38,
Churns, Rotary, Diagonal-dasher.
49 GLASS, subclass 03, Batch-mixers.
83 MILLS, subclasses 11, Grinding-mills, Rotary beaters, and 72,
Mortar-mixers.
91 COATING, subclass 57, Mixers and stirrers.
92 PAPEK-MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 22, Stuff
working, Beating-engine, and subclasses thereunder.
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclass 11, Mixers.
195 ALCOHOL, subclass 26, Mashing, Apparatus, Digesters and
disintegrators.
41. MIXERS, KNEADERS, AND BEATERS, ROTARY-
DASHER, SINGLE HAND-SUPPORTED. Devices of
the single rotary-dasher type in which the beater is adapted
to be supported in part or wholly by one hand and operated
by the other, chiefly egg-beaters.
Search Class
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING subclasses 37,
Mixers, kneaders, and beaters, Rotary-dasher, Multiple,
Hand-supported, and 39, Mixers, kneaders, and beaters,
Rotary dasher, Single, Oscillating.
42. MIXERS, KNEADERS, AND BEATERS, SINGLE, RE-
CIPROCATING-DASHER. Devices for beating eggs, etc.,
in which a single dasher is reciprocated in a straight line,
usually by the direct application of a reciprocating motion to
the dasher-shaft. Usually consist merely of a cylinder and
dasher.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 31,
Mixers, kneaders, and beaters, Aerating.
31 DAIRY, subclasses 9, Churns, Double-acting; 30, Churns,
Reciprocating, Crank mechanism, Single-dasher; 31, Churns,
Reciprocating, Combined lever and crank mechanism; 32,
Churns, Reciprocating, Foot mechanism; 33, Churns, Re^
ciprocating, Hand and foot mechanism; 35, Churns, Recipro-
cating , Lever mechanism, Single-dasher; 36, Churns, Recipro-
cating, Rocking seat mechanism; and 37, Churns, Without
operating mechanism.
43. SIZING AND SALTING APPARATUS. Apparatus for
apply ing salt to crackers, pretzels, etc., usually before baking,
in combination or not with apparatus for applying sizing in
vapor or other form prior to the salting to make the salt stick
and give a glazed appearance to the product.
44. CLEANING APPARATUS. Apparatus for cleaning confec-
tionery, sheets of dough, etc., chiefly removing flour, starch,
dust, etc., by brushing, steaming, etc.
45. STACKING AND PACKING APPARATUS. Apparatus for
assembling, packing, and stacking crackers, lozenges, and other
articles in this art.
Search Classes
100 PRESSES, subclass 59, Packing, Articles.
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclass 6, Cube sugar.
CLASS 107 Continued.
46. PASTRY-BOARDS. Simple and composite boards especially
adapted for rolling and kneading dough and paste, combined
or not with any implements, such as bread-trays, rolling-pins,
etc. Includes pill-tiles.
Search Class
45 FURNITURE, subclasses 16, Kitchen-cabinets, and 17, Tables,
Kitchen.
47. IMPLEMENTS. Hand-operated and hand-directed imple-
ments for use in this art, except those excluded by the defini-
tion of the class and which are not classifiable in any of the
following six subclasses.
48. IMPLEMENTS, ICE-CREAM DISHERS. Hand operated
and directed implements for dishing ice-cream and other ices.
They usually are adapted to cut into the mass of cream, remove
a measured amount, mold it, and discharge it.
Search Class
31 DAIRY, subclasses 65, Butter, Cutters, and 68, Cheese,
Cutters.
49. IMPLEMENTS. PIE CRIMPERS AND TRIMMERS. Hand
operated and directed implements for crimping and trimming
pies involving one or more cutting or trimming knives com-
bined with one or more marking, crimping, or molding devices,
but no other implements.
50. IMPLEMENTS, ROLLING-PINS. Rolling-pins combined or
not with other implements which are contained within them.
Search Class
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 49,
Implements, 1'ie crimpers and trimmers.
51. IMPLEMENTS, CUTTERS. Hand operated and directed
implements for cutting with or without movable ejectors or
docking, pricking, or molding plungers inside the cutters.
Note. Cutting-dies intended to be placed in a press or other
machine are classified in subclass 20, Cutting apparatus, this
class.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 20,
Cutting apparatus; 49, Implements, Pie crimpers and trim-
mers; and 50, Implements, Rolling-pins.
17 BUTCHERING, subclasses 22, Meat-cutters, Hand, and 27,
Meat-tenderers, Hand.
30 CUTLERY, subclass 9, Knives.
31 DAIRY, subclasses 65, Butter, Cutters, and 68, Cheese, Cutters.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 49, Cigar-makers' implements, Wrapper-
cutters.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 80,
Cutting, implements, and the subclasses thereunder.
52. IMPLEMENTS, DEPOSITORS. Hand operated and directed
receptacles for dropping soft dough, batter, paste, etc., into
pans or molds; custard, etc., into pies; frosting or ornamenta-
tions onto cakes and confectionery, etc. Does not include
those which drop two or more kinds simultaneously.
Search Classes -
107 BREAD, PASTRY AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 27,
Depositing apparatus; 28, Depositing apparatus, Valve cut-
off; and 29, Depositing apparatus, Valve cut-off. Transversely-
reciprocating.
221 DISPENSING-CANS, appropriate subclasses.
53. IMPLEMENTS, MIXERS, KNEADERS, AND BEATERS.
Implements adapted to be entirely supported, directed, and
operated by a single hand for mixing, kneading, or beating
dough, batter, paste, eggs, and the like.
Search Classes
17 BUTCHERING, subclass 27, Meat-tenderers, Hand.
30 CUTLERY, subclass 22, Forks and spoons.
31 DAIRY, subclass 63, Drink-mixers.
146 VEGETABLE CUTTERS AND CRUSHERS, subclass. 15, Crushers
and graters, Reciprocating.
54. PROCESSES. Processes for use in this art.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 48, Processes, Miscellaneous, and 55,
Processes, Molding.
55. BAKERS' OVENS. Ovens usually of brick construction and
designed for commercial purposes or baking on a large scale
and not adapted for household use.
56. BAKERS' OVENS, CHARGING AND REMOVING DE-
VICES. Trays that are designed to support the articles to be
baked and means for placing and withdrawing them from
the baking-chamber. These devices are usually designated
"draw-plates."
57. BAKERS' OVENS, CHARGING AND REMOVING DE-
VICES, ENDLESS-CARRIER. Ovens that are provided
with article placing-in and removing devices that are in the
form of endless belts or carriers.
Note. This subclass includes all bakers' ovens that are provided
with this form of device other than those that are circular or
rotary in form, and search should, therefore, be made in oven
subclasses for oven structures.
Search Class
34 DRIERS, subclass 12, Endless carrier.
58. BAKERS' OVENS, CHARGING AND REMOVING DE-
VICES, ENDLESS-CARRIER, AUTOMATIC PANS OR
FORMS. Endless-carriers that are provided with covered
baking pans or forms and automatic means for opening and
closing the pans or forms during operation.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
203
CLASS 107 Continued.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 60,
Bakers' ovens, Forming and baking plates.
53 DOMESTIC COOKING VESSELS, subclass 10, Waffle-irons.
59. BAKERS' OVENS, CHARGING AND REMOVING DE-
VICES, REEL. Ovens known as "reel-ovens" in which
the pans or trays for holding the articles to be baked
are mounted on a revolving reel arranged in the baking-
chamber. Includes stop mechanism and means for placing
in or removing from the trays the articles to be baked applica-
ble to this type of oven.
N O te. Search should be made in oven subclasses for the form of
oven per se, also in appropriate subclasses for the form of tray
or support.
60. BAKERS' OVENS, CHARGING AND REMOVING DE-
VICES, ROTARY HEARTH. Ovens known as "rotary,"
in which the pans or tray-supporting means rotate or travel
in a horizontal circular direction. Rotating belts or carriers
are included.
Note. Oven-structure features should be searched in appropriate
subclasses.
61. BAKERS' OVENS, WAGON-OVENS. Ovens that are
mounted upon wagon-frames and are designed to be trans-
ported from place to place.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 268, Heaters, Lunch-
Wagon.
CLASS 107 Continued.
62. BAKERS' OVENS, KNOCKDOWN OR SEPARABLE.
Ovens that are easily dissembled and put together and
usually termed "portable." This subclass is only designed
to include ovens of large capacity for commercial purposes
and not to include the ordinary domestic portable oven de-
signed for household use.
63. BAKERS' OVENS, FLUID-CIRCUIT OR INDIRECT
HEATING. Ovens wherein the specific or direct means for
heating the same is a fluid-circuit, such as steam, oil, air, or
analogous substance.
64. BAKERS' OVENS, ATTACHMENTS. Devices that are
designed to be attached to bakers' ovens without reference to
the form or structure of the oven. This subclass also includes
devices for introducing steam into the oven.
65. BAKERS' OVENS, DOORS. Forms or types of doors and
operating means that are specially applicable to bakers' ovens.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 173, Doors, and reference-notes there-
under.
66. BAKERS' OVENS, FORMING AND BAKING PLATES.
Two-part hinged plate and forming devices designed for the
baking of wafers and similar articles and manual means for
opening and closing the plates.
Search Classes
107 BREAD, PASTRY AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 58,
Bakers' ovens, Charging and removing devices, Endless-
carrier, Automatic pans or forms.
53 DOMESTIC COOKING VESSELS, subclass 10, Waffle-irons.
67. BAKERS' OVENS, BAKERS' PEEL. Devices designed for
the placing in or the removal of the articles from tbe oven.
CLASS 108. ROOFS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
Includes all roof construction and all roof-coverings except roofing
fabrics and compositions of matter to be spread on roofs.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Roofs not otherwise classifiable; also,
miscellaneous attachments to roofs.
2. ADJUSTABLE. Roofs which may be raised or lowered on
standards and roofs made in sections which may be shifted in
position to permit free circulation of air.
3. PORTABLE. Roofs designed for temporary use and adapted
to be readily carried from place to place.
4. OBSERVATORY-DOMES. The structure of domes of glass or
other material for observatories and trucks for supporting
such domes.
5. CAR. Roofs designed for use on cars exclusively and of types
not shown in roofs for buildings.
6. COMPOSITE. Roofs composed of one or more layers of mate-
rial at least one of which must consist of a plastic substance or
a plastic in combination with some other material.
6.5. COMPOSITE, FIREPROOF. Roofs so constructed that
they are fireproof, wherein the invention resides in such con-
struction.
7. FABRIC. Fabric-covered roofs, including joints for the strips
of fabric and methods of uniting the fabric and undersheathing
of the roof.
Search Class
154 LAMINATED FABRICS AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES
for miscellaneous laminated fabrics that may be adapted for
roofing material.
8. SLATE AND SHINGLE. Various forms of shingles of wood,
slates, and artificial shingles and slates.
9. SLATE AND SHINGLE, LAYING. Methods of laying slate
and shingle roofs and fastening devices for slates and shingles.
Search Class
108 ROOFS, subclasses 10, Tile, and 17, Metallic, Shingle.
10. TILE. Structure of roofing-tiles and methods of laying tiles on
roofs, including fasteners for tiles.
Search Classes
108 ROOFS, subclass 9, Slate and Shingle Laying; 12, Lap
Joints, and 17, Metallic, Shingle.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 17, Walls,
Faced, and subclasses thereunder.
11. THATCH. Roofs composed of wisps of straw or grass.
12. LAP-JOINT. Roofs composed of wooden boards, in which the
joints are protected by inside or outside battens or in which
the joints are formed by the overlapping of boards forming the
roof.
Search Classes
108 ROOFS, subclass 10, Tile.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 6, Floors, miscellaneous, and
5, Weather-boarding.
13. METALLIC, MISCELLANEOUS. Sheet-metal roofs not
clearly classifiable in other subclasses.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 85, Metal
sheathing, and subclasses thereunder.
14. CAR, FABRIC-LINED. An outer sheathing of wood covers
an inner roof of cloth, rubber, roofing-felt, or other fabric.
CLASS 108 Continued.
15. CAR, METAL-LINED. An outer sheathing of wood covers
an inner roof of sheet metal.
16. SKYLIGHTS. Frames, glass bars, combined sheet-metal gut-
ters and bars', arrangements for ventilating without admitting
rain, and other structures pertaining to roof-skylights.
Note. Metal plates with refracting or reflecting lights inserted
are classified under class 94, PAVING, subclass 7, Vault-
covers, and class 88 OPTICS, subclass 59, Building lights,
Vault. Glass plates for greenhouse roofs or skylights and de-
vices for fastening the plates to the bars are found under class
108, ROOFS, subclass 10, Tile.
17. METALLIC, SHINGLE. Metallic sheets or plates prepared for
laying like shingles and requiring no further manipulation to
form joints.
18. METALLIC, RIB-SEAM. Seams formed along ribs in the roof
by folding the roofing-sheets over an underlying batten or by
bending the edges of the sheets into ribs and laying one over
the other.
19. METALLIC, RIB-SEAM, CAPPED. Seams formed by up-
turning the margins of the sheets, bending their edges outward,
covering them with a broad cap, and flattening the ?eams, or
by placing a cap over a rib-seam of the ordinary type instead
of lapping the sheets.
20. METALLIC, STANDING-SEAM. The upturned margins of
the sheets are brought together and the edges folded over to
form the joints; also, the anchors and cleats for fastening the
sheets.
21. METALLIC, STANDING-SEAM, CAPPED. The upturned
margins of the sheets are covered by a cap clamped over them
instead of being merely folded. The seams are not flattened.
22. METALLIC, INTERLOCKING LAP-SEAM. The roofing-
sheets are folded at the edge, so as to interlock and form a flat
seam.
23. TRUSSES. Frames of wood or metal for supporting roofs.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclass 24. Arch, and subclasses thereunder;
subclass 3, Truss, and subclasses thereunder.
24. RIDGES. Saddle-pieces and ornamental crests for the ridges
or hips of roofs.
25. VALLEYS. Constructions for forming a gutter between two
oppositely-sloping portions of a roof and forming close joints
therewith.
26. FLASHINGS. Constructions for making a close joint between
the roof and structures passing through or above the roof.
27. FENDERS. Devices attached to the surface of the roof to pre-
vent snow and ice from sliding.
28. EAVES-TROUGHS. Eaves-gutters of different materials,
whether formed integral with the roof or suspended at its edge.
29. EAVES-TROUGHS, HANGERS. All supporting devices for
eaves-troughs, even though one of the complementary parts of
the supporting device be secured to the trough.
Search class
248 SUPPORTS, subclass 31, Pipe and cable hangers, for sup-
ports for spouts, etc.
30. EAVES-TROUGHS, STRAINERS. Screens in or over eaves-
troughs to exclude leaves or trash from eaves-troughs or con-
ductor-pipes.
31. SKYLIGHTS, OPERATING DEVICES. Devices for open-
ing, closing, and securing the skylight or its cover.
Search Class
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 28, Transom Lifters.
205
CLASS 110. FURNACES.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class relates to the broad art of combustion of solid fuel
and also liquid or gaseous fuel when it is burned as an auxiliary
fuel. It also contains patents for furnaces that may be readily
converted from a solid-fuel burner to a liquid or gaseous fuel burner
when such construction is claimed. Under the term "solid fuel"
is included everything used as fuel except liquid and gaseous fuel.
But this class, although being the broadest class in the furnace art,
is strictly limited to the furnace structure itself, together with means
for feeding solid fuel to such furnace, and does not contain patents
with claims to combinations of furnaces with the structure of the
thing to be heated. For example, patents with claims to a furnace
structure having features that especially adapt it for use in metal-
lurgical processes are classified in class 75, METALLURGY; but if the
claims in such patents relate only to the combustion or to the feed-
ing of the fuel they are classified in class 110, FURNACES, although
a metallurgical furnace structure may be shown and described.
Patents claiming structure of a furnace combined with boiler
structure in the same claim or having claims to the boiler alone
and also claims to the furnace alone are classified in class 122, LIQUID
HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, and the claims to the furnace cross-
referenced into their proper subclass in class 110, FURNACES. In
class 110, FURNACES, are classified patents for furnaces designed to
burn wet fuel such as bagasse, garbage, sewage, and all refuse
unless such furnace is of a character that pertains to a certain art.
For example, patents for furnaces designed to burn offal for the
making of fertilizers, such offal being placed in a closed retort where
the flame and heat from the fire do not come into contact with the
offal, are classified in class 71, FERTILIZERS; but if the offal is burned
in an open retort or heated in some part of the furnace and dumped
upon the fire and burned, patents for such devices are classified in
class 110, FURNACES, although it be the intention of the inventor
to make use of the residuum for fertilizers. Patents for furnaces for
burning garbage and other refuse, of a structure designed for being
used upon a domestic stove or furnace, are classified in class 126,
STOVES AND FURNACES. Patents for furnaces for converting refuse
into oil or glue are classified in class 87, OILS, FATS, AND GLUE.
This class does not include furnaces for ordinary domestic purposes,
like cooking and heating stoves, fireplaces, hot-air furnaces, etc..
that are classified in class 126, STOVES AND FURNACES.
Patents for processes are classified with the apparatus shown and
described. Where no apparatus is shown, such patents are placed
in subclass 1, Furnace structure, unless the process would naturally
pertain to some other subclass.
Although class 110, FURNACES, is made the broad class of com-
bustion generally and contains patents for specific parts of such
furnaces as are classified here such as doors, dead-plates, bridge-
walls, etc. yet an exception is made in patents for grates. Class
126, STOVES AND FURNACES, contains patents for grates broadly,
and only such patents for grates are classified in class 110, FUR-
NACES, as are hollow and designed for heating air as it passes
through the grate for feeding the heated air to the fire and for
keeping the grate cool, or such grates as are designed for progressively
moving the fuel along the grate. Patents for hollow grates through
which water circulates, whether such circulation is connected with
the boiler or not, are classified in class 122, LIQUID HEATERS AND
VAPORIZERS. Class 110, FURNACES, contains patents for furnace-
doors in general, unless the construction is such as to be especially
adapted to a special art. Doors of a light character designed for do-
mesticstovesandfurnacesare found in class 126, STOVES AND FUR-
NACES. In class 110, FURNACES, are classified devices for regulating
the draft of the furnace. Patents for dampers for all kinds of furnaces
are classified in class 126, STOVES AND FURNACES; but patents
involving claims to combinations of feeding air or steam with the
damper in the stack are classified in class 110, FURNACES; but the
mechanism for operating a damper automatically is classified in
class 236, DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC. Furnaces for burning liquid and
gaseous fuel are classified in class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL
BURNERS, or in class 126, STOVES AND FURNACES. Mechanism for
opening or closing furnace-doors in combination with the door
structure or that is of a character especially adapting it to operate
a furnace-door is classiled in class 110, FURNACES, subclass 176,
Doors, Operators; but if the mechanism is generally capable of
opening any door or gate it is classified in class 39, FENCES, sub-
class 5, Gates. Devices for heating surfaces, whether used for
melting snow and ice, thawing earth for placer mining, burning
weeds or stubble, destroying microbes in the soil or heating pave-
ments when either a fluid fuel or solid fuel furnace or burner is
employed are classified in class 126, STOVES AND FURNACES, sub-
classes 271.1, Heaters, Surface, and the minor subclasses thereunder.
Devices for thawing pipes, including many furnaces, are found in
class 137, WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 72, Mains and pipes,
Thawing. The following classes are also noted in addition to the
above citations for furnaces used in special arts: 17, BUTCHERING,
subclass 7, Scalding and singeing; 25, PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTH-
ENWARE APPARATUS, subclass 132, Kilns; 34, DRIERS, subclasses
18, Heaters, and 19, Houses and kilns: 37, EXCAVATING, subclass
35, Snow road machines, for furnaces for making snow roads; 48,
GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING; 72, MASONRY, subclasses 20,
Stone and brick setting, and 27, Building-blocks, for furnace struc-
ture; 126, STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 343.5, Melting furnaces,
for tanks and miscellaneous devices for melting snow; 127, SUGAR
AND SALT, subclasses 9, Evaporating-pans, and 18, Vacuum-pans;
158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 1, Furnaces:
196, MINERAL OILS, subclass 9, Apparatus, Stills, Furnaces and
flues; 202, CHARCOAL AND COKE.
CLASS 110 Continued.
Subclasses.
1. FURNACE STRUCTURE. Miscellaneous types of furnaces
not otherwise classifiable and all parts of furnace structure
not properly allied to the structure defined in the subclass
types. This is also the general miscellaneous division of
class 110, FURNACES.
2. FURNACE STRUCTURE, AUTOMOBILE. Furnaces for
automobiles that burn hard fuel, such as coal or wood, to-
gether with draft-regulating devices whose structure especially
adapts them to automobile-furnaces.
3. FURNACE STRUCTURE, CREMATION. Furnaces de-
signed for the burning of bodies.
4. FURNACE STRUCTURE, HORIZONTAL CYLINDRICAL
BOILER. Furnaces whose structure claimed involves the
construction of the furnace walls above a horizontal plane
passed through the center of the boiler, as well as that part
below the center.
Note. For structures of furnaces containing horizontal cylin-
drical boilers where the claims are on the lower part, search
in this class, subclasses 23, Furnace structure, Multiple series;
28, Furnace structure, Fine fuel burned in suspension; 51,
Furnace structure, Smoke and gas return, Before passing
boiler-flues; 52, Furnace structure, Smoke and gas return,
Before passing boiler-flues, From fire-box; 59, Furnace struc-
ture, Feeding air and steam, Horizontal base, and 82, Furnace
structure. Horizontal base.
5. FURNACE STRUCTURE, STRAW BURNERS AND
FEEDERS. Furnaces specially adapted for burning straw
and the feeding mechanism thereof.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 222, Trash burners,
Cooking stoves; 223, Trash burners, Cooking stoves, Feeding
attachments; 224, Trash burners, Domestic-refuse burners;
and 225, Trash burners, Heating-stoves.
6. FURNACE STRUCTURE, STRAW BURNERS AND
FEEDERS, FIRE-BOX, EXTERIOR, DETACHABLE.
Includes fire-boxes for straw-burning furnaces that are exte-
rior to the main furnace structure and capable of being readily
separated or detached therefrom.
Search Classes -
110 FURNACES, subclass 88, Furnace structure, Fire-box,
Exterior, Detachable.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 222, Trash burners,
Cooking stoves; 223, Trash burners, Cooking stoves, Feeding
attachments; 224, Trash burners, Domestic-refuse burners;
and 225, Trash burners, Heating-stoves.
7. FURNACE STRUCTURE, WET-FUEL. Furnaces spe-
cially adapted to burn wet fuels, like garbage and sewage
and bagasse.
Note. Most of the bagasse-burners are placed in this main sub-
class 7; but if the structure is such as to be common to gar-
bage they are placed under the garbage and sewage sub-
classes, although the patent may allege that it is intended
only for bagasse. If the patent states that the furnace is to
be used for bagasse, but there is no structure shown to
adapt it especially for bagasse, but which might be used
with equal advantage for coal or wood, such patent is classi-
fied structurally in its proper subclass like any other furnace.
The same remark is applicable to tanbark and sawdust.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 18, Furnace structure, Refuse, and
the subclasses thereunder.
8. FURNACE STRUCTURE, WET-FUEL, GARBAGE AND
SEWAGE. Furnaces especially adapted for burning garbage
and sewage.
Search Classes
71 FERTILIZERS, subclasses 1, Apparatus, and 8, Sewage and
night-soil.
87 OILS, FATS, AND GLUE, subclass 13, Rendering.
9. FURNACE STRUCTURE, WET-FUEL, GARBAGE AND
SEWAGE, DRY CLOSETS. Devices for burning fecal
matter when this device is combined with a dry closet.
Garbage may be thrown in and burned with it.
Note. Dry closets having a fire for simply drying fecal matter
are classified in class 4, BATHS AND CLOSETS", subclass 20, Dry
closets.
10. FURNACE STRUCTURE, WET-FUEL, GARBAGE AND
SEWAGE, STEAM-BOILER. Garbage and sewage fur-
naces that make use of the heat generated to heat a steam-
boiler.
Search Class
122 LUH'ID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 2, Plants,
Garbage.
11. FURNACE STRUCTURE, WET-FUEL, GARBAGE AND
SEWAGE, CLOSED RETORT. Furnaces for burning
garbage and sewage in which the garbage is placed in a closed
retort over the fire and then incinerated. This retort may or
may not have means for dumping its contents on the fire.
207
208
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 110 Continued.
Search Classes
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 119, Retorts,
and the subclasses thereunder.
71 FERTILIZERS, subclasses 1, Apparatus, and 8, Sewage and
night-soil.
87 OILS, FATS, AND GLUE, subclass 13, Rendering.
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 7, Stock
treatment, Digestive, and subclasses thereunder.
202 CHARCOAL AND COKE, subclasses 3, Charcoal, Retorts, and
9, Retort-ovens.
203 \MMONIA, WATER, AND WOOD DISTILLATION, subclass 6,
Wood.
12 FURNACE STRUCTURE, WET-FUEL, GARBAGE AND
SEWAGE, REVERBERATORY PLATFORM. Gar-
bage-burners in which the garbage rests on a platform over
which pass the flames of the furnace, and generally the coked
garbage is raked off into the fire and burned.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 9, Furnace structure, Wet-fuel, Gar-
bage and sewage, Dry closets.
13. FURNACE STRUCTURE, WET-FUEL, GARBAGE AND
SEWAGE, ROTARY GRATE, VERTICAL AXIS. Gar-
bage-burners with rotary grates or rotary supports having a
vertical axis for the grate or support.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 36. Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, Grate, Rotary, Vertical axis.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 170, Grates, Oscillatory,
Vertical axis; 171, Grates, Oscillatory, Vertical axis, Dumping
section; 172, Grates, Oscillatory Vertical axis, Sliding section;
182, Grates, Rotary, Vertical axis.
14. FURNACE STRUCTURE, WET-FUEL, GARBAGE AND
SEWAGE, ROTARY RETORT. Garbage-burners where
the garbago is fed into a rotary retort and the heat being applied
either as a jet of oil or pulverized coal to tha inside of the retort
or the heat being applied to the outside of the retort from a fur-
nace, the gases passing either inside or outside the retort and
the coked products of the garbago passing to the fire.
Search Classes
71 FERTILIZERS, subclass 1, Apparatus, for garbage-incinerators
having a rotary retort, the heat being applied to the outside of
the retort and the garbage never coming into contact with the
flame or combustible gases, but the garbage passing and being
finally delivered outside the furnace.
34 DRIERS, subclasses 5, Cylinder, Internal, Rotary horizontal,
and 6, Cylinder, Internal,' Rotary inclined, and 222, HYDRAU-
LIC CEMENT AND LIME, subclass 7, Kilns, Rotary, for general
structure of rotary cylinders.
15. FURNACE STRUCTURE, A7ET-FUEL, GARBAGE AND
SEWAGE, DRYING-CONVEYER. Furnaces with some
form of carrier to convey the fuel to the furnace and arranged so
that the heat of the furnace will dry the fuel as it travels
toward the fire.
Note. If a furnace structure is shown that would serve the purpose
for any kind of wet fuel with a drying-carrier, it is placed here.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 43, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, Grate, Chain, Bridge-wall feed; 107, Fuel-feeders, Bridge-
wall; 111, Fuel-feeders, Spreader, Carrier, and 112, Fuel-
feeders, Spreader, Carrier. Door.
34 DRIERS, subclasses 11, Elevator, and 12, Endless carrier.
16. FURNACE STRUCTURE, WET-FUEL, GARBAGE AND
SEWAGE, UNDERFEED. Devices for feeding the garbage
to the furnace from underneath the fire-box.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 44, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, Underfeed.
17. FURNACE STRUCTURE. WET-FUEL, FUEL-SUPPORT
ABOVE GRATE. Devices for supporting fuel above the
grate, so the air can better circulate through the fuel.
18. FURNACE STRUCTURE, REFUSE. Furnaces adapted for
burning miscellaneous refuse not otherwise classified.
Note. Furnaces whose structure is such that they are capable of
burning any common fuel are classified in their proper struc-
tural subclasses, although it may be stated that they are for
burning refuse. Furnaces for burning garbage, bagasse, or
other wet fuel are classified in wet-fuel furnaces, and the proper
subclasses thereunder.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 7, Furnace structure, Wet-fuel, and
the subclasses thereunder.
19. FURNACE STRUCTURE, REFUSE, BRUSH, PORTA-
BLE. Furnaces of such a structure that one or two men may
drag or carry them for the purpose of burning brush therein.
20. FURNACE STRUCTURE, REFUSE, STUBBLE. Fur-
naces for burning grass and the stubble of grass or grain.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 271.1, Heaters, Surface;
271.2, Heaters, Surface, Fluid fuel; 271.3, Heaters, Surface,
Solid fuel; for stubble burners, melters for ice and snow, thaw-
ing earth furnaces and pavement heaters.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 72, Mains and pipes, Thaw-
ing.
21. FURNACE STRUCTURE, REFUSE, STUMP. Devices
especially adapted for burning stumps of trees.
Note. Generally the furnace is in the form of a hood inclosing the
stump.
CLASS 110 Continued.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 271.2, Heaters, Surface,
Fluid fuel; 271.3, Heaters, Surface, Solid fuel, for furnaces for
thawing frozen earth.
22. FURNACE STRUCTURE, GAS OR OIL AND SOLID
FUEL. Inventions relating to the burning of solid fuel in
combination with liquid or gaseous fuel. Patents containing
claims to a furnace that may be convertible from a solid-fuel
burner to a liquid or gaseous fuel burner are also classified
herein.
Note. Furnaces that bum wet fuel, like garbage and sewage,
bagasse, etc., in combination with liquid or gaseous fuel are
classified in their proper subclasses under subclass 7, Furnace
structure, Wet-fuel.
Note. Patents having claims only to a furnace for burning liquid
or gaseous fuel are classified in class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS
FUEL BURNERS, althoughsuch patents mayshow and describe
a convertible furnace.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 99, Hot ah- furnaces;
36, Stoves, Cooking, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Combined coal and
gas.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 1, Fur-
naces, and the subclasses thereunder.
23. FURNACE STRUCTURE, MULTIPLE SERIES. Fur-
naces having more than one fire-box, the gases from one fire
being passed successively through or over the fire in the other
fire-boxes. These fire-boxes may or may not be in compact
relation in one structure. Also furnaces with one fire-box pro-
vided with means for controlling the draft through different
parts of the grate, as in the case where there are two separate
ash-pits, the fuel being pushed from one S"ction to the other
and the gases from the now fuel being consumed as they pass
over the coked fuel on the other section.
Note. For similar function, see in this class, subclasses 12, Fur-
nace structure. Wet-fuel, Garbage and snvage, Reverberatory
platform; 25, Furnace structure, Coking, Gas passing under
grate; 26, Furnace structure, Double fire-box, Alternate smoke-
return, Over fire, and 27, Furnace structure, Double fire-box,
Alternate smoke-return, Under fire.
24. FURNACE STRUCTURE, COKING. Furnaces having a
special repository for fuel for eliminating the combustible gases
and burning thorn before the coked fuel is fed upon the fire.
Note. For the distinction between this subclass and subclass 31,
Furnace structure, Gas-producer, see note under the latter
subclass.
This subclass is closely allied to subclass 29, Furnace struc-
ture, Magazine, herein; but the distinction drawn between the
magazine type of furnaces and coking is this: A magazine-
furnace has a receptacle into which coal or other fuel is placed,
with a conduit leading to the firo-box in such a direction and
of such capacity that the fuel will fall by gravity and be fed to
the fire, while in the coking-furnaces thare is a repository or a
retort for fuel and some means must be used to empty the
retort other than gravity, although if there is a magazine,
retort, or other repository for fuel that would allow the fuel to
be fed to the fire save for a gate or valve it is placed in coking.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 7, Furnace structure, Wet-fuel, and
the subclasses thereunder; also subclasses 29, Furnace struc-
ture. Magazine; 30, Furnace structure, Magazine, Cage-grate;
65, Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam, Fire-box, Drop-
arch; 93, Furnace structure, Fire-box, Drop-arch, and 107,
Fuel-feeders, Bridge-wall; and subclasses 28, Furnace struc-
ture, Fine fuel burned in suspension, and 104, Fuel-feeders,
Blower, for devices for heating fine fueLas it passes through a
conduit.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 66, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water coking chamber.
202 CHARCOAL AND COKE, generally.
25. FURNACE STRUCTURE, COKING, GAS PASSING
UNDER GRATE. Furnaces with a retort near the fire-box,
the distilled gases passing under and through the fire.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 29, Furnace structure, Magazine.
26. FURNACE STRUCTURE, DOUBLE FIRE-BOX, ALTER-
NATE SMOKE-RETURN, OVER FIRE. Furnaces with
two fire-boxes designed to be fired alternately, the smoke from,
the newly-fired furnace being passed over the glowing fire in
the other furnace.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 57, Fire- tube,
Horizontal, Double water fire-box, Alternate smoke return;
60, Fire-tube, Horizontal, Drop water fire-box, Double, Alter-
nate smoke return.
27. FURNACE STRUCTURE, DOUBLE FIRE-BOX, ALTER-
NATE SMOKE-RETURN, UNDER FIRE. Furnaces with
two fire-boxes designed to be alternately fired, the smoke, from
the newly-fired furnace being passed under and through the
fire of the glowing coke in the other furnace.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 57, Fire-tube,
Horizontal, Double water fire-box, Alternate smoke return;
60, Fire-tube, Horizontal, Drop water fire-box, Double, Alter-
nate smoke return.
28. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FINE FUEL BURNED IN
SUSPENSION. Furnaces designed to burn powdered fuel
blown into the furnace, the burning taking place before the
fuel falls to the bottom of the combustion-chamber. In this
subclass are placed patents containing both claims to the feed-
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
209
CLASS 110 Continued.
ing mechanism and the structure of the furnace, the feeding-
mechanism claims being cross-referenced into their appro-
priate subclass. Also patents for furnaces that have a bed of
solid fuel on the grate in connection with claims to fine fuel
burned in suspension.
Search Classes -
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 1, Fur-
naces, and tho subclasses thereunder.
222 HYDRAULIC CEMENT AND LIME, subclass 7, Kilns, Rotary.
29. FURNACE STRUCTURE, MAGAZINE. Furnaces having
a receptacle designed to be filled with fuel, such receptacle
being connected with a conduit loading to the fire-box, the
fuel settling down or passing through siich conduit gradually
as the fuel is burned out from underneath said conduit.
Note. This subclass is closely allied to subclasses 24, Furnace
structure, Coking, and 25, Furnace structure, Coking, Gas
passing under grate, which should be searched.
Search Class
HO FURNACES, subclasses 32, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed; 65, Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam, Fire-box.
Drop-arch; 93, Furnace structure, Fire-box, Drop-arch, and
118, Fuel-feeders, Vertical-drop.
30. FURNACE STRUCTURE, MAGAZINE, CAGE-GRATE.
Furnaces with a magazine the lower part of which has perfo-
rations or bars on opposite sides, the air entering on one side
and the flames passing out on the other side.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 373, Water
grate, Cage.
31. FURNACE STRUCTURE, GAS-ERODUCER. Furnaces
whoso structure is such that but a very small part of the fuel
is oxidized in the fire-box, but the fuel is converted into a gas,
and this gas is burned mainly outside the fire-box by supply-
ing air thereto.
Note. This subclass is distinguished from tho subclasses of coking-
furnaces (24 and 25) in that the coking-furnace has a retort or
open support in or closely communicating with the fire-box
where new fuel is placed, and the gases from the fuel distil into
the fire-box and are mainly consumed therein over the glowing
tire or are consumed by being passed through tho glowing fire,
while in the gas-producer type the whole fire-box serves as a
fuel-retort and most of tho gas is consumed outside the fire-box.
When the gas is not burned in connection with its produc-
tion, patents with claims to a gas-producer are classified in
class 48, GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING.
When the thing to be heated receives a substantial amount
of heat from the producer before the main body of the gas is
burned, patents with claims to the construction of the pro-
ducer are classified ua this class, subclass 31, Furnace structure,
Gas-producer.
But if a gas-producer is claimed in combination with the
burning of the gas at such a distance that no appreciable
amount of heat is obtained from the producer to the thing to
be heated a boiler, for instance then such a patent would
beclassified in class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS.
If patents claim the construction of the boiler or a boiler is
claimed intimately connected with the producer, then such
patent will be classified in class 122, LIQUID HEATERS AND
VAPORIZERS, subclass 5, Gas producer.
The order of superiority is, then, as follows: class 122,
LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS; class 110, FURNACES;
class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, and class 48,
GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING.
Search Classes
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 61, Generators,
and appropriate subclasses thereunder for the type of pro-
ducer desired.
122 -LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 5, Gas-pro-
durer.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 6, Fur-
naces, Liquid-fuel, Retort, Gas-making, and 7, Furnaces,
Gas.
32. FURNACE STRUCTURE, PROGRESSIVE-FEED. Fur-
naces having mechanism for continuously feeding the fuel to
the furnace and along the grate, whether the grate be sta-
tionary or movable, horizontal or inclined.
Note. The mechanism of the grate for progressively feeding the
fuel along the grate is classified in the appropriate subclasses
under subclass 33, Furnace structure, Progressive-feed, Grate,
in this class.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 24, Furnace structure, Coking; 25,
Furnace structure, Coking, Gas passing under grate, and 29,
Furnace structure, Magazine.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 376, Water
grate, Progressive feed.
33. FURNACE STRUCTURE, PROGRESSIVE-FEED,
GRATE. Furnaces where the fuel is fed along by the move-
ment of the grate.
34. FURNACE STRUCTURE, PROGRESSIVE FEED,
GRATE, BOILER-CONTROLLED. Progressive-feed
grate-furnaces in which the amount of fuel admitted is con-
trolled by the pressure in the boiler.
35. FURNACE STRUCTURE, PROGRESSIVE-FEED,
GRATE, ROTARY, HORIZONTAL AXIS. Progressive-
feed grates having a grate composed of one or more horizontal
bars over which the coal is fed progressively.
CLASS 110 Continued.
36. FURNACE STRUCTURE, PROGRESSIVE-FEED
GRATE, ROTARY, VERTICAL AXIS. Furnaces with a
rotary grate whose axis of rotation is substantially a plumb
line and having the fuel fed on top and not from underneath
the grate.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 13, Furnace structure, Wet fuel
Garbage and sewage, Rotary grate, Vertical axis.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 182, Grates, Rotary
Vertical axis.
37. FURNACE STRUCTURE. PROGRESSIVE-FEED
GRATE, RAKING-BAR. Furnaces having a raking mech-
anism passing through the grate to move the fuel along or to
rake out the ashes and cinders.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 173, Grates, Raking
attachments; 175, Grates, Reciprocating bar, Alternate bar.
38. FURNACE STRUCTURE, PROGRESSIVE-FEED
GRATE, RECIPROCATING-BAR. Furnaces where the
fuel is fed along the grate-bars, the movement of the bars being
substantially in the line of their axis.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 174, Grates, Reciprocat-
ing.
39. FURNACE STRUCTURE. PROGRESSIVE-FEED
GRATE, ROCKING-BAR. Furnaces in which the fuel is
made to travel along the grate by the movement of the grate
when tho grate is made of sections that rock back and forth
each of said sections having a fulcrum on a fixed part of the
furnace.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 176, Grates, Rocking bar.
and subclasses thereunder.
40. FURNACE STRUCTURE, PROGRESSIVE-FEED
GRATE, CHAIN. Furnaces with an endless grate.
41. FURNACE STRUCTURE, PROGRESSIVE-FEED
GRATE, CHAIN, MULTIPLE-FUEL. Chain-grate fur-
naces where two or more kinds of fuel are burned at the same
time.
42. FURNACE STRUCTURE, PROGRESSIVE-FEED
GRATE, CHAIN, LOCOMOTIVE. Chain-grate furnaces
especially adapted for locomotives.
43. FURNACE STRUCTURE. PROGRESSIVE-FEED
GRATE, CHAIN BRIDGE-WALL FEED. Chain-grate
furnaces m which the fuel is fed to the furnace part of the grate
at the bridge-wall and the grate carries the fuel toward the
front of the fire-box.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 107, FueWeeders, Bridge-wall.
44. FURNACE STRUCTURE, PROGRESSIVE-FEED
UNDERFEED. Includes all furnaces where the fuel is fed
underneath the burning fuel.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 16, Furnace structure, Wet-fuel,
Garbage and sewage, Underfeed.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 44, Stoves, Magazine.
45. FURNACE STRUCTURE, PROGRESSIVE-FEED UN-
DERFEED, CENTER-FEED, CONTINUOUS. Under-
feed-furnaces in which the fuel is fed to the center of the fire-
box by a continuous feed-carrier, either by a screw or recipro-
cating carrier, but does not include center-feed furnaces where
a separate charge of fuel is fed to the furnace underneath.
46. FURNACE STRUCTURE, PROGRESSIVE-FEED UN-
DERFEED, CENTER-FEED, SEPARATE CHARGES.
Devices that feed fuel to the fire-box center in separate charges.
47. FURNACE STRUCTURE, PROGRESSIVE-FEED UN-
DERFEED, PROGRESSIVE-FEED GRATE, DOUBLE.
Underfeed furnaces where the fuel is fed to the middle of the
fire-box with progressive-feed grates on each side that carry
the fuel along these grates to each side of the fire-box.
48. FURNACE STRUCTURE, PROGRESSIVE-FEED UN-
DERFEED, PROGRESSIVE-FEED GRATE, SINGLE.
Underfeed-furnaces where the fuel is fed to one side of the fire-
box from underneath to a grate and by the movement of the
grate is progressively carried along the grate.
49. FURNACE STRUCTURE, SMOKE AND GAS RETURN
Furnaces where the products of combustion, either wholly or
in part, are returned to the same fire that produced them.
Note. For furnaces where the products of combustion are passed
through or over another fire in series, search in this class, sub-
class 23, Furnace structure, Multiple series.
For furnaces with two fire-boxes side by side, the products
of one fire being passed to the other fire and consumed, see in
this class, subclasses 26, Furnace structure, Double fire-box,
Alternate smoke-ret urn, Over fire, and 27, Furnace structure.
Double fire-box, Alternate smoke-return, Under fire
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 25, Furnace structure, Coking, Gas
passing under grate.
26674 12-
-14
210
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 110 Continued.
50. FURNACE STRUCTURE, SMOKE AND GAS RETURN,
LOCOMOTIVE. Smoke and gas returning devices especially
adapted to a locomotive.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 120, Spark-arresters, Furnace-con-
ductor, and 145, Spark and smoke conductors.
51. FURNACE STRUCTURE, SMOKE AND GAS RETURN,
BEFORE PASSING BOILER-FLUES. Inventions for
returning the products of combustion before they pass the
boiler-flues, after they leave the fire-box, to the fire again.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 25, Furnace structure, Coking, Gas
passing under grate; 20, Furnace structure. Double fire-box,
Alternate smoke-return, Over fire, and 27, Furnace structure,
Double fire-box, Alternate smoke-return, Under fire.
52. FURNACE STRUCTURE, SMOKE AND GAS RETURN,
BEFORE PASSING BOILER-FLUES, FROM FIRE-
BOX. Inventions for returning the smoke and gases before
they pass out of the fire-box to another part of the fire-box or
underneath the grate.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 25, Furnace structure, Coking, Gas
passing under grattr.
53. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM.
Furnaces having mechanism for feeding air and steam. The
air may be fed by a steam-jet, or the air may be fed separately
at one'place and' the steam at another, and in some instances
mentioned in the note below patents with only air-feed are
placed here.
Note. There is a parallel classification in relation to the feeding
air, feeding air and steam, feeding steam, and general furnace
structure. Furnaces whose products of combustion pass sub-
stantially in a horizontal direction without mechanism for
feeding air or steam other than an ordinary draft are classified
in subclass 82, Furnace structure, Horizontal base. If a fur-
nace of such a character has feeding-air features beyond the
bridge-wall, it is classified in subclass 73, Furnace structure,
Feeding air, Horizontal base; if both feeding air and steam
features, it is classified in subclass 59, Furnace structure, Feed-
ing air and steam, Horizontal base. The same is true of the
remaining parallel subclasses. Where there is no subclass
under feeding air corresponding with the parallel classification,
the patent containing only feeding-air features without any
steam-feeding features is classified in the parallel subclass
under feeding air and steam where its structure is similar to
that subclass type. The reason for doing this is that in some
instances there are either no patents to place in a feeding-air
subclass or their number is very small, and as the structure of
the two classes is very similar, a search should be made in
each.
For the same reason there is only one subclass each of Boiler-
controlled, Heaters, Time-limit, and Undergrate, all placed
under Feeding air and steam, whether air alone or both air
and steam are used.
The same remark applies to hollow grates , they being placed
under the feeding-air subclass, even if steam is also used.
For feeding steam alone or water, search subclasses 78, Fur-
nace structure, Feeding steam and water. Undergrate; 70,
Furnace structure, Feeding steam, and 81, Furnace structure,
Feeding water.
For air and steam feeding devices in connection with draft-
regulators and spark-arresters, search in this class, subclasses
119, Spark-arresters, and the subclasses thereunder, and K7
Draft-regulators, and the subclasses thereunder.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 7, Furnace structure, Wet-fuel; 32,
Furnace structure. Progressive-feed, and the subclasses there-
under; 49, Furnace structure, Smoke and gas return, and the
subclasses thereunder; 72, Furnace structure, Feeding air;
172, Fronts, and 174, Doors, Feeding air and steam.
54. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM,
BOILER-CONTROLLED. Devices for fseding air or steam
or both air and steam to furnaces, the operation of which is
started or stopped by devices depending upon the pressure of
steam in the boiler
Note. Devices that combine feeding air or steam features with
automatic damper in the stack whose operation depends upon
boiler-pressure are classified here, while the automatic damper
and its mechanism alone are classified in class 236, DAMPERS,
AUTOMATIC.
55. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIH AND STEAM,
TIME-LIMIT. Devices for feeding air or steam to a furnace,
especially just after firing with new fuel, and having means
for automatically shutting off the supply of air or steam after
a limited time; also devices for feeding air or steam over the
fire for a time and then feeding it under the fire for a period;
also devices for feeding air or steam combined with mechanism
for operating a damper in the stack or outlet-flue
Noto The damper-operating mechanism itself will be found
under their proper subclasses in class 236, DAMPERS, Auto-
matic ,
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 54, Furnace structure, Feeding air and
steam, Boiler-controlled.
56. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM,
HEATERS Structure for heating air to feed furnaces or
heating air and steam together.
Note. Does not include conduits in the furnace-wall construc-
tion, for which search the other subclasses of this group and
subclass 72, Furnace structure, Feeding air, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
For heaters peculiar to bagasse-furnaces, search in this
class, subclass 7, Furnace structure, Wet-fuel.
CLASS 110 Continued.
Search Class
75 METALLURGY, subclasses 53, Hot-blast ovens, Double-sur-
face, and 121, Furnaces, Reverberatory, Heating ah".
57. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM,
HEATERS, LOCOMOTIVE. Inventions limited to heat-
ing air to food furnaces, especially adapted to locomotives.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 50, Furnace structure, Smoke and
gas return, Locomotive; 61, Furnace structure, Feeding air
and staam, Fire-box, Locomotive; 76. Furnace structure,
Feeding air, Fire-box, Locomotive; and 120, Spark-arresters,
Furnace-conductor.
237 HEAT DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 10, Tram, Ah-.
58. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM,
HEATERS, MEETING FURNACE-GASES. Devices
where the air is heated by passing the incoming air at least a
part of the way into contact with the gases arising from the
combustion of the fuel. The ah- may be fed above or below
the fire, or both.
59. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM,
HORIZONTAL BASE. Furnaces where the products of
combustion pass horizontally under a boiler or arch and the
air and steam are fed into the products in the horizontal path.
Also devices in which air is fed to the fire-box in combination
with devices for feeding air beyond the bridge-wall.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 7, Furnace structure, Wet-fuel; 72,
Furnace structure, Feeding air, Horizontal base, and 82, Fur-
nace structure, Horizontal base.
60. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM,
FIRE-BOX. Devices for feeding air and steam together
above the fire and also where air and steam are fed below the
fire-grate when combined with the feeding of them above the
fire.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 7, Furnace structure, Wet-fuel; 52,
Furnace structure, Smoke and gas return, Before passing
boiler-flues, From fire-box; 56, Furnace structure. Feeding air
and steam, Heaters; 75, Furnace structure, Feeding air, Fire-
box, and subclass 86, Furnace structure, Fire-box, for fire-
boxes without feeding air or steam features.
61. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM,
FIRE-BOX, LOCOMOTIVE. Fire-boxes of the locomotive
type having feeding air and steam features when the ah- is not
fed below the grate.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 57, Furnace structure, Feeding air
and steam, Heaters, Locomotive; 76, Furnace structure, Feed-
ing air, Fire-box, Locomotive, and 120, Spark-arresters, Fur-
nace-conductor.
62. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM,
FIRE-BOX, SUPERIMPOSED. Fire-boxes having air or
steam feeding features, one fire-box being placed above the
other.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 90, Furnace structure, Fire-box, Super-
imposed.
63. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING APR AND STEAM,
FIRE-BOX, SUPERIMPOSED INTERMEDIATE
DRAFT. Furnaces where one fire-box is placed above the
other, the draft of the upnor being down through the grate and
the draft of the lower being up tlirough the grate, the products
of combustion from each meeting the other, with air or steam
feeding features.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass91. Furnacestructure, Fire-box, Super-
imposed, Intermediate draft.
64. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM,
FIRE-BOX, INTERSTITIAL OUTLET. Fire-boxes with
feeding air or steam features having many small passages for
the exit of the flames from the fire-box.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 92, Furnace structure, Fire-box, Inter-
stitial outlet.
65. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM,
FIRE-BOX, DROP- ARCH. Fire-boxes having feeding air
or steam features having an arch dropped from the top of the
fire-box toward the fire.
Search Class
110 FUP.NACES, subclass 93, Furnacestructure, Fire-box, Drop-
arch.
66. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM,
FIRE-BOX, DOOR AND BRIDGE-WALL ARCH. Fire-
boxes having an arch projecting from both the doorand bridge-
wall over the fire, including feeding air or steam features.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 94, Furnace structure, Fire-box, Door
and bridge-wall arch.
67. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM,
FIRE-BOX, DOOR-ARCH. Fire boxes having an arch pro-
jecting over the fire from the door of the fire-box, including
fending air or steam features.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 95, Furnace structure, Fire-box, Door-
arch.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
211
CLASS 110 Continued.
68. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM
FIRE-BOX, BRIDGE-WALL ARCH. Fire-boxes having
an arch projecting from the bridge-wall over the fire, with air
or steam feed to the fire-box.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 96, Furnace structure, Fire-box,
Bridge-wall arch,
69. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM,
UNDERGRATE, Devices for admitting air and steam or
air alone into the ash-pit under the grate for increasing draft
and promoting combustion,
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 60, Furnace structure, Feeding air
and steam, Fire-box; 74, Furnace structure, Feeding air, Hol-
low grate, and 75, Furnace structure, Feeding air, Fire-box.
230 AIE AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 13, Fluid-piston, Injectors
and aspirators.
70. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM,
UNDERGRATE, LOCOMOTIVE. Devices for admitting
air and steam into the ash-pan of a locomotive for assisting the
draft and promoting combustion.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 61 , Furnace structure, Feeding air
and steam, Fire-box, Locomotive, and 76, Furnace structure,
Feeding air, Fire-box, Locomotive.
230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 13, Fluid-piston, Injectors
and aspirators, for structure of blower.
71 FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM,
UNDERGRATE, DEFLECTORS. Devices for deflecting
the air and steam as it is admitted under the grate.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 23, Furnace structure, Multiple se-
ries; 69, Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam, Fire-box,
Undergrate, and 70, Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam,
Undergrate, Locomotive.
72. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR. Miscellaneous
structures where air is fed to a furnace, not otherwise classified.
Note. When steam is fed with the air, such patents are classified
in the feeding air and steam subclasses. When the air is fed
in connection with a progressive-feed furnace, see in this class,
.subclass 32, Furnace structure, Progressive-feed. For feeding
air and smoke, see subclass 49, Furnace structure, Smoke and
gas return. See also definition of subclass 53, Furnace struc-
ture, Feeding air and steam. See also subclass 101 , Fuel-feed-
ers, when air is fed with the fuel. For feeding air to a furnace
for a limited time, see subclass 55, Furnace structure, Feeding
air and steam , Time-limit. For feeding-air doors, see subclass
175, Doors, Feeding air. For draft regulation and spark-
arresters, see subclasses 119, Spark-arresters, and 147, Draft-
regulators.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 7, Furnace structure, Wet-fuel; 53,
Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam, and 56, Furnace
structure, Feeding air and steam, Heaters.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, for feeding-air devices applicable
to domestic stoves and furnaces.
73. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR, HORIZON-
TAL BASE. Furnaces where the products of combustion
pass horizontally under a boiler or arch and the air is fed into
the products in the horizontal path. Generally the boiler is
ofthecommonhorizontalcylindricaltypc; butit mayinclude
those furnaces sat into a large flue of a horizontal boiler. It
also includes fading air to the fire-box in combination with
dsvices for feeding air beyond the bridge- wall.
Search Class
113 FURNACES, subclasses 4, Furnace structure, Horizontal
cylindrical boiler; 31, Furnace structure, Gas-producer; 54,
Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam, Boiler-controlled;
!"i, Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam. Time-limit; 56,
Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam, Heaters; 59, Fur-
nace structure, Feeding air and steam, Horizontal base.
74. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR, HOLLOW
GHATS. Furnaces having grates made hollow, through
which air, stoam, or wat3r passss to aid combustion. Claims
to mechanism for forcing air and steam into the furnace, if
combined with the grate structure, are placed here, as well as
the specific article, hollow grate.
75. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR, FIRE-BOX.
Devices for foading air above the fire and combination devices
for feeding air above and below the grate.
Note. For feeding air combined with an air-heater, see subclass
56, Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam, Heaters. For
air-feeding features combined with a hollow grate, see subclass
74, Furnace structure, Feeding air, Hollow grate.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 7, Furnace structure, Wet-Juel; 49,
Furnace structure, Smoke and gas return, and subclasses
thereunder, and 60, Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam,
Fire-box.
70. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR, FIRE-BOX,
LOCOMOTIVE. Devices for feeding air above the fire in a
locomotive type of boiler and also combination devices for
feeding air above and below the grate.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 49, Furnace structure, Smoke and
gas return, and the subclasses thereunder; 57, Furnace struc-
ture, Feeding air and steam, Heaters, Locomotive; 61, Fur-
nace structure, Feeding air and steam. Fire-box, Locomotive;
74, Furnace structure, Feeding air, Hollow grate, and subclass
120, Spark-arresters, Furnace-conductor, for air-feeding fea-
tures.
CLASS 110 Continued.
77. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING AIR, FIRE-BOX,
DOUBLE. Furnaces having a double fire-box side by side
having air-feed over the fire.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 26, Furnace structure, Double fire-
box, Alternate smoke-return, Over fire, and 27, Furnace struc-
ture, Double fire-box, Alternate smoke-return, Under fire.
78. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING STEAM AND WA-
TER, UNDERGRATE. Devices for feeding steam or water
under the grate or upon the grate for aiding combustion or
preventing the formation of clinkers on the grate or on the
furnace- walls.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 74, Furnace structure, Feeding air,
Hollow grate.
79. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING STEAM. Devices
for feeding steam to furnaces not otherwise classifiable.
80. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING STEAM, FIRE-
BOX. Devices for feeding steam alone over the fire or in
combination with steam fed under the grate.
81. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FEEDING WATER. Devices
for feeding water to furnaces to assist combustion.
Note. This subclass does not include water sprays for extin-
guishing sparks in the smoke box or stack, such devices
being found in subclass 119, Spark-arresters, and subclasses
thereunder, or subclass 183, Smoke-purifiers, nor does it in-
clude devices for feeding water or steam under the grate, which
are classified in this class, subclass 78, Furnace structure,
Feeding steam and water, Undergrate.
82. FURNACE STRUCTURE, HORIZONTAL BASE. Struc-
ture of the base of furnaces where the products of combustion
pass from the fire-box in a substantially horizontal direc-
tion.
Note. This same construction of furnace when having feeding
air or steam features will be found in the parallel classifica-
tion. When patents contain claims to structure of furnace-
wall above the base surrounding a horizontal cylindrical
boiler, they are classified in this class, subclass 4, Furnace
structure, Horizontal cylindrical boiler, which should be
searched.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 53, Furnace structure, Feeding air
and steam; 59, Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam.
Horizontal base; 71, Furnace structure, Feeding air and
steam, Undergrate, Deflectors, and 72, Furnace structure,
Feeding air, and the subclasses thereunder.
83. FURNACE STRUCTURE, REVERSIBLE DRAFT. Fur-
naces with mechanism for passing the draft through the grate
in the opposite direction from that usually employed.
84. FURNACE STRUCTURE, DOWNDRAFT. Furnaces hav-
ing a grate for the support of fuel and the draft being down
through the fuel and the grate.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 5, Furnace structure, Straw burners
and feeders; 63, Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam,
Superimposed, Intermediate draft, and 91, Furnace structure,
Fire-box, Superimposed, Intermediate draft, for furnaces
having two fire-boxes, one superimposed above the other,
with downdraft through the upper one.
85. FURNACE STRUCTURE, GRATELESS. Furnaces In
which there is no perforated support or grate, but does not
include structures of furnaces designed to burn wet fuel,
such as bagasse, having no grate; nor does it include furnaces
having no grate that burn fine fuel in suspension, but only
those furnaces where the fuel rests upon a grateless bottom.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 7, Furnace structure, Wet-fuel, and
the subclasses thereunder, and 31, Furnace structure, Gas-
producer.
86. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FIRE-BOX. Fire-box construc-
tions generally where there are no feeding air or steam fea-
tures. Here are placed dead-plates when not connected
with air-feed mechanism and fine-fuel burners when it is not
burned in suspension.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 7, Furnace structure, Wet-fuel; 17,
Furnace structure, Wet-fuel, Fuel support; 60, Furnace struc-
ture. Feeding air and steam, Fire-box; 75, Furnace structure,
Feeding air, Fire-box; 80, Furnace structure, Feeding steam,
Fire-box, and 90, Furnace structure, Fire-box, Superimposed.
87. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FIRE-BOX, LOCOMOTIVE.
Fire-boxes adapted for locomotives.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 26, Furnace structure, Double fire-
box, Alternate smoke-return, Over fire; 27, Furnace structure,
Double fire-box. Alternate smoke-return, Under fire; 57, Fur-
nace structure, Feeding air and steam. Heaters, Locomotive;
61, Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam, Fire-box, Loco-
motive; 70, Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam, Under-
grate, Locomotive, and 76, Furnace structure, Feeding ah",
Fire-box, Locomotive.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, for hollow grates.
212
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 110 Continued.
88. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FIRE-BOX, EXTERIOR, DE-
TACHABLE. Fire-boxes that are wholly exterior and sep-
arate from the body of the furnace and capable of being de-
tached therefrom.
Note. For this type of fire-box for straw-burning furnaces, see
class 126, STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 49, Burners,
Refuse, and 79, Burners, Hay and straw.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 6, Furnace structure, Straw burners
and feeders, Fire-box, Exterior, Detachable.
89. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FIRE-BOX, ADJUSTABLE.
Fire-boxes the size of which is variable, either by having a
movable adjustable grate, a movable adjustable bridge-wall,
or dead-plates that cover up more or less of the grate-surface to
vary the effective area of the fire.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 144, Firepots and lin-
ings and subclasses thereunder, and 152, Grates and subclasses
thereunder.
90. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FIRE-BOX, SUPERIMPOSED.
Fire-boxes where one is located directly over the other.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 62, Furnace structure, Feeding air and
steam, Fire-box, Superimposed.
91. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FIRE BOX, SUPERIMPOSED,
INTERMEDIATE DRAFT. Fire-boxes where one is lo-
cated above the other, with the draft passing up through the
fire on the lower grate and down through the fire on the upper
grate.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 63, Furnacestructure, Feeding air and
steam, Fire-box, Superimposed, Intermediate draft.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, for water-grates, etc.
92. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FIRE-BOX, INTERSTITIAL
OUTLET. Fire-boxes where the gases must pass through
small perforations or numerous limited spaces before the escape
from the fire-box. These outlets may be formed by perfo-
rating an arch over the fire, by numerous arches overlhe
fire with small spaces between them, or the small spaces may
be in the bridge wall.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 65, Furnace structure, Feeding air
and steam, Fire-box, Drop-arch, for fire-boxes of this type
having feeding air or steam features; and 97, Furnace struc-
ture, Baffles and heat-retainers.
93. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FIRE-BOX, DROP-ARCH.
Furnaces with an arch projecting from the top of the fire-box
or boiler toward the fire.
NOTE. Search this class for fire-boxes of this type having feeding
air or steam features in subclasses 65, Furnace structure, Feed-
ing air and steam, Fire-box, Drop-arch, and 99, Furnace
structure, Arches.
94. FURNACE STRUCTURE," FIRE-BOX, DOOR AND
BRIDGE-WALL ARCH. Fire-boxes with an arch pro-
jecting back from the door and bridge-wall over the fire, the
products of combustion passing between them.
Note. For fire-boxes of this type having feeding air or steam
features, see in this class, subclass 66, Furnace structure,
Feeding air and steam, Fire-box, Door and bridge-wall arch.
95. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FIRE-BOX, DOOR-ARCH.
Furnaces with an arch extending from the door or front of the
furnace over the fire.
Note. For fire-boxes of similar construction with feeding air or
steam features, search in this class, subclasses 67, Furnace
structure, Feeding air and steam, Fire-box, Door-arch; 99,
Furnace structure, Arches; 180, Doors and casings, Cooling,
and 182, Door casings and arches, Feeding air.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 497, Fronts,
and subclasses thereunder.
96. FURNACE STRUCTURE, FIRE-BOX, BRIDGE-WALL
ARCH. Furnaces with an arch extending from the bridge-
wall over the fire.
Note. For furnaces with feeding air or steam features having
a bridge-wall arch over the fire, search in this class, subclass
68, Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam, Fire-box,
Bridge-wall arch.
97. FURNACE STRUCTURE," BAFFLES AND HEAT-
RETAINERS. Devices for retarding the heat or reflecting it
upon the boilers and concentric tiles and arches fitting on
the under side of a cylindrical boiler for modifying the heat,
but does not include movable dampers. Here are also placed
heat-absorbers, whether they be solid or liquid.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 64, Furnace structure, Feeding air
and steam, Fire-box, Interstitial outlet; 123, Spark-arresters,
Smoke-box, Draft-regulator, and 163, Draft-regulators,
Damper.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS.
98. FURNACE STRUCTURE, BAFFLES AND HEAT-
RETAINERS, WATER-TUBE BO1LKRS. Devices at-
tached to the water-tubes of water-tube boilers for directing and
retarding the products of combustion or deflecting the heat
generated among the tubes. Also screens for retarding and
reflecting the heat.
CLASS 110 Continued.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 123, Spark-arresters, Smoke-box,
Draft-regulators, and 163, Draft-regulators, Damper.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS.
99. FURNACE STRUCTURE, ARCHES. Furnace arch con-
struction not otherwise classified.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, all fire-box subclasses generally.
Also subclasses 10, Furnace structure, Wet-fuel, Garbage and
sewage, Steam-boiler; 20, Furnacestructure, Wet-fuel, Refuse,
Stubble; 27, Furnace structure. Double fire-box, Alternate
smoke-return, Under fire; 30, Furnace structure, Magazine,
Cage-grate; 60, Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam, Fire
box, and the subclasses thereunder; 86, Furnace structure,
Fire-box, and the subclasses thereunder; 180, Doors and cas-
ings, Cooling, and 181, Door casings and arches.
100. FURNACE STRUCTURE, BY-PASS FLUE. Furnaces
having by-pass flues leading from the fire to the chimney, so
that the heat may be passed through it and cut off from its
regular course under or through the boiler. Also patents
where the fire-box is removed from its usual place in the fur-
nace to another compartment, the by-pass flue connecting this
compartment with the stack.
Search Class
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclass 9, Evaporating-pans.
101. FUEL-FEEDERS. Devices for feeding fuel to furnaces ex-
cept straw-feeders and feeders when combined with a pro-
gressive-feed grate.
Note. Patents for feed-hoppers when not combined with grate
structures are classified in this class, subclass 108, Fuel-feeders,
Hopper, and the subclasses thereunder, although designed to
feed fuel to a progressive-feed grate; but when there are
claims also to the grate they are classified under progressive-
feed grates, subclass 32, Furnace structure, Progressive-feed,
and the subclasses thereunder.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 5, Furnace structure, Straw-burners;
7, Furnace structure, Wet-fuel; 28, Furnace structure, Fine
fuel burned in suspension: 32 Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, and the subclasses thereunder.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 86, Generators,
Cupola, Chargers.
83 MILLS, subclass 11, Grinding-mills, Rotary beaters.
193 CONVEYERS, all subclasses.
202 CHARCOAL AND COKE, subclass 5, Coke, Ovens, Chargers
and dischargers.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclass 23, Loading and un-
loading, Furnace-charging.
222 HYDRAULIC LIME AND CEMENT, subclass 7, Kilns, Rotary.
102. FUEL-FEEDERS, SHAVINGS AND SAWDUST. Fuel-
feeding devices especially adapted for feeding shavings and
sawdust to furnaces.
Note. Where the structure is capable of feeding coal and other
fuel also, it is classified under the other fuel-feeding subclasses .
Feed-chutes located on the straw-burning furnace are classi-
fied in this class, subclass 5, Furnace structure, Straw burners
and feeders, which subclass should be searched.
Search Class
83 MILLS, subclass 47, Dust-collectors, Reciprocating.
103. FUEL-FEEDERS, BOILER-CONTROLLED. Devices for
feeding fuel whose operation is controlled by the pressure of
steam in the boiler.
Note. For furnaces having progressive-feed grates whose move-
ments and feeding mechanism are controlled by the pressure
of steam in the boiler, search in this class, subclass 34, Furnace
structure, Progressive-feed, Grate, Boiler-controlled.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 54, Furnace structure, Feeding air
and steam, Boiler-controlled, and 236, Dampers, Automatic.
104. FUEL-FEEDERS, BLOWER. Devices for blowing the fuel
into the fire-box either by air or steam or both conjoined
together, with devices for conveying the fuel to the blower
into the path of the fluid current, and all devices for preparing
the fuel by pulverizing it if subsequently delivered to the
furnace by a fluid-jet.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 102, Fuel-feeders, Shavings and
sawdust; 103, Fuel-feeders, Boiler-controlled, and 108, Fuel-
feeders, Hopper.
193 CONVEYERS, subclasses 1, Conveyers; 10, Pneumatic, and
21, Pneumatic, Stackers.
222 HYDRAULIC LIME and CEMENT, subclass 7, Kilns, Rotary.
230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclasses 11, Fan-blowers, and 13,
Fluid-piston, Injectors and aspirators.
105. FUEL-FEEDERS, BLOWER, HOPPER. Feeders in
which the fuel is fed from a hopper and delivered to the fur-
nace by a blast of air or steam, such hopper being immediately
attached to the furnace.
Note. When the hopper feeds into a conduit a long distance from
the furnace, such patents are classified in this class, subclass
KM, Fuel-feeders, Blower, which should be searched.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 108, Fuel-feeders, Hopper.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
213
CLASS 110 Continued.
100. FUEL-FEEDERS, BLOWER, PULVERIZER. Devices
having a fan-blower where the fuel is passed through the fan-
casing and is pulverized by the fan-blades, and it includes
also those devices having a fan blower and a rotary grinder
in the same casing or in a casing in close proximity to the fan-
casing for pulverizing the fuel, and the fuel is passed on by
the air-current to the fire-box.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 105, Fuel-feeders, Blower, Hopper,
and 115, Fuel-feeders, Spreader, Rotary.
83 MILLS, subclass 11, Grinding-mills, Rotary beaters.
107. FUEL-FEEDERS, BRIDGE-WALL. Devices for feeding
fuel to the furnace at the bridge-wall except those that feed
at the bridge-wall upon a chain-grate, and these are classified
under subclass 43, Furnace structure, Progressive-feed, Grate,
Chain, Bridge-wall feed.
Searcb Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 43, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, Grate, Chain, Bridge-wall feed.
108. FUEL-FEEDERS, HOPPER. Feed-hoppers per se when
not combined with other features.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 34, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, Grate. Boiler-controlled; 37, Furnace structure, Pro-
gressive-feed, Grate, Raking-bar; 38, Furnace structure,
Progressive-feed, Grate, Reciprocating-bar; 39, Furnace struc-
ture, Progressive-feed, Grate, Rocking-bar; 104, Fuel feeders,
Blower; 105, Fuel-feeders, Blower, Hopper; 113, Fuel-feeders,
Spreader, Oscillating; 114, Fuel-feeders. Spreader, Recipro-
cating-plunger; 115, Fuel-feeders, Spreader, Rotary, and 117,
Fuel-feeders, Chute, Door, Multiple-charge.
83 MILLS.
109. FUEL-FEEDERS, HOPPER, PUSHER, RECIPROCAT-
ING. Hoppers and feed-chutes where the fuel is simply
pushed into the furnace by a reciprocating member.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 34, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, Grate. Boiler-controlled; 37, Furnace structure, Pro-
gressive-feed, Grate, Raking-bar; 38, Furnace structure, Pro-
gressive-feed, Grate, Reciprocating-bar; 39. Furnace structure,
Progressive-feed, Grate, Rocking-bar, and 44, Furnace struc-
ture, Progressive-feed, Underfeed.
110. FUEL-FEEDERS, HOPPER, PUSHER, SCREW. Feed-
hoppers that push the fuel into the body of fuel in the fire-
box by a rotary screw.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 34, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, Grate. Boiler-controlled; 37, Furnace structure, Pro-
gressive-feed. Grate, Raking-bar; 38, Furnace structure,
Progressive-feed, Grate, Reciprocating-bar; 39, Furnace struc-
ture, Progressive-feed, Grate, Rocking-bar, and 44, Furnace
structure, Progressive-feed, Underfeed.
111. FUEL-FEEDERS, SPREADER, CARRIER. Devices that
have a carrier for taking the fuel into the furnace over the
fire and scattering it thereon, such carrier not passing through
the door.
Search Classes
193 CONVEYERS, generally for various forms of carriers.
202 CHARCOAL AND COKE, subclass 5, Coke, Ovens, Chargers
:md dischargers.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclass 23, Loading and
unloading, Furnace-charging.
112. FUEL -FEEDERS, SPREADER, CARRIER, DOOR.
Devices for carrying fuel through the furnace-door over the
fire and scattering it thereon.
Search Classes
193 CONVEYERS, generally for structure of carrier.
202 CHARCOAL AND COKE, subclass 5, Coke, Ovens, Chargers
and dischargers.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclass 23, Loading and un-
loading, Furnace-charging.
113. FUEL-FEEDERS, SPREADER, OSCILLATING. Fuel-
feed hoppers having an oscillating fuel-spreader that scatters
the fuel delivered upon it over the fire.
114. FUEL -FEEDERS, SPREADER, RECIPROCATING-
PLUNGER. Fuel-feeding hoppers that deliver the fuel
before a plunger that scatters the coal over the fire.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 109, Fuel-feeders, Hopper, Pusher,
Reciprocating.
115. FUEL-FEEDERS, SPREADER, ROTARY. Fuel-feed
hoppers having a rotary fuel-spreader that scatters the fuel
delivered to it over the fire.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 106, Fuel-feeders, Blower, Pulverizer.
11C. FUEL-FEEDERS, CHUTE, DOOR. Devices for feeding
fuel through a gravity-feed chute to the furnace through the
f a rnace-d oor way .
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 5, Furnace structure, Straw burners
and feeders, and 118, Fuel-feeders, Vertical-drop.
117. FUEL -FEEDERS, CHUTE, DOOR, MULTIPLE
CHARGE. Fuel-feeding devices for charging furnaces with
fuel at intervals, either motor or clock operated or operated
by hand, at the will of the operator, such being fed through
the doorway of the furnace.
Search Class
HO FURNACES, subclass 118, Fuel-feeders, Vertical-drop.
CLASS 110 Continued.
118. FUEL-FEEDERS, VERTICAL-DROP. Devices for de-
livering fuel to the fire-box by gravity feed when the fuel is
fed from overhead and falls directly upon the fire from above.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 29, Furnace structure, Magazine,
and 117, Fuel-feeders, Chute, Door, Multiple-charge.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 86, Generators,
Cupola, Chargers.
75 METALLURGY, subclasses 114, Furnaces, Blast, Charging
devices, and 115, Furnaces, Blast, Charging devices, Bell and
Hopper.
119. SPARK-ARRESTERS. Devices for preventing live sparks
from passing out of the stack or chimney. This is accom-
plished either by screens, baffles, steam or water spray located
either in the smoke-box or smoke-stack and in some cases by
screens in the boiler-flues.
Note. When both the smoke and sparks are returned to the fire-
box, such patents are classified in subclass 49, Furnace struc-
ture, Smoke and gas return, and subclasses thereunder.
When only the sparks are returned, the devices will be
placed in this class, subclass 120, Spark-arresters, Furnace-
conductor.
For a discussion of the relations between spark-arresters
and smoke-purifiers, see under subclass 142 ; Spark-arresters,
Stack, Steam or water spray, note to definition.
For distinction between this subclass and ordinary baffles
and heat-retainers, see subclass 97, Furnace structure, Baffles
and heat-retainers.
When the sparks and smoke are simply conducted away
to the ground from the locomotive or over the train, these
devices are classified in subclass 145, Spark and smoke con-
ductors.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 97, Furnace structure, Baffles and
heat-retainers; 98, Furnace structure, Baffles and heat-
retainers, Water-tube boilers; 145, Spark and smoke conduc-
tors; 146 Spark and smoke conductors, Train, and 183, Smoke-
purifiers.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 135, Purifiers,
Washer and scrubber. Spray.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 20, Fume-arresters.
83 MILLS, subclasses 47, Dust-collectors, Reciprocating, and
48, Dust-collectors, Rotating.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclasses 37, Ventilation, Combined venti-
lators and cleaners, Water-tanks, Spray wheel; 39, Ventilation,
Air moistening, cooling, and cleansing, and the subclasses
thereunder, and all subclasses under the subtitle of Chimney-
cowls.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 183, Heating-drums,
and 280, Soot catchers.
120. SPARK-ARRESTERS, FURNACE-CONDUCTOR. De-
vices where the sparks are returned to the furnace, either to
the fire-box or ash-pan.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 49, Furnace structure, Smoke and
gas return, and 50, Furnace structure, Smoke and gas return.
Locomotive, where the smoke and sparks both are returned
to the fire-box.
121. SPARK-ARRESTERS, COMBINED STACK AND
SMOKE-BOX. Devices where the arrester is contained in
both the stack and smoke-box.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 124, Spark-arresters, Smoke-box,
Divided, and 140, Spark-arresters, Stack, Tangential sepa-
rator.
122. SPARK-ARRESTERS, SMOKE-BOX. Devices located in
the smoke-box for arresting sparks.
123. SPARK-ARRESTERS, SMOKE-BOX, DRAFT-REGU-
LATOR. Invention limits to draft regulation in addition to
a spark-arrester or where there are claims that involve the
combination of the two functions.
Note. The subclass of spark-arresters is made superior to that of
draft-regulators.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 12<>, Spark-arresters. Smoke-box, Ver-
tical-drum, where draft regulation is of vertical-drum type.
124. SPARK-ARRESTERS, SMOKE-BOX, DIVIDED. Smoke-
boxes having two compartments, into one of which the sparks
are precipitated.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 140, Spark-arresters, Stack, Tangen-
tial separator; 143, Spark-arresters, Stack, Water-receptacle,
and 144, Spark-arresters, Water-receptacle.
125. SPARK-ARRESTERS, SMOKE-BOX, HOOD. Devices
having a hood over the boiler-tubes, through which the prod-
ucts of combustion must pass.
Search Class
110 FURNACES. subclasses 120, Spark-arresters, Furnace-conduc-
tor, and 124, Spark-arresters, Smoke-box, Divided.
126. SPARK - ARRESTERS, SMOKE - BOX, VERTICAL-
DRUM. Devices where the arrester is hollow, somewhat
cylindrical in form, and vertically arranged, through which
the exhaust-steam passes.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 121. Spark-arresters. Combined stack
and smoke-box; 123, Spark-arresters, Smoke-box, Draft-regu-
lator, and 1('4, Draft-regulators, Lift-pipe.
214
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 110 Continued.
127. SPARK-ARRESTERS, SMOKE-BOX, EJECTOR. De-
vices for ejecting the sparks from the smoke-box by a jet of
steam, air, water, or a fan or other means.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 120, Spark-arresters, Furnace-conduc-
tor.
128. SPARK-ARRESTERS, SMOKE-BOX, WATER-RECEP-
TACLE. Devices where the sparks are precipitated into
a water-receptacle in the smoke-box and also includes devices
with a steam or water spray in combination with the recepta-
cle.
Note. For a discussion of the relation of devices for extinguishing
sparks and purifying smoke by water or steam, see in this class,
subclass 142, Spark-arresters, Stack, Steam or water spray.
When sparks are precipitated into aseparate compartment of
the smoke-box, but not into a water-receptacle, such devices
are classified in subclass 124, Spark-arresters, Smoke-box,
Divided.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 140, Spark-arresters, Stack, Tangen-
tial separator; 143, Spark-arresters, Stack, Water-receptacle;
144, Spark-arresters, Water-receptacle, and 183, Smoke-puri-
fiers.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 130, Purifiers,
Washer and scrubber.
83 MILLS, subclasses of Dust-collectors.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclass 39, Ventilation, Air moistening, cool-
ing, and cleansing.
129. SPARK-ARRESTERS, SMOKE - BOX, DISCHARGE-
VALVE. Discharge-valves for dumping the sparks from the
smoke-box.
130. SPARK-ARRESTERS, STACK. Devices in or immedi-
ately applied to a smoke-stack for arresting sparks.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 50, Furnace structure, Smoke and gas
return, Locomotive; 121, Spark-arresters, Combined stack and
smoke-box, and 145, Spark and smoke conductors.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclasses under Chimney-cowls.
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 110, Mufflers.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 183, Heating-drums,
and 280, Soot-catchers.
131. SPARK-ARRESTERS, STACK, FEEDING AIR. Devices
where air is let into the stack for the purpose of allowing the
sparks to be consumed in the passage and for diluting the
smoke with air. This subclass is closely allied to subclass 157,
Draft-regulators, Smoke-box, Feeding air.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 157, DraftVregulators, Smoke-box,
Feeding air.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclasses under Chimney-cowls, and 30, Ven-
tilating-chimneys.
132. SPARK-ARRESTERS, STACK, RETURN-CURRENT.
Devices where the sparks are thrown out of the exhaust-cur-
rent and are again caught up and carried round and round un-
til they are disintegrated and extinguished. Patents are clas-
sified here, although there may be a pipe to conduct the sparks
to the exhaust-nozzle in the smoke-box.
133. SPARK-ARRESTERS, STACK, ANNULAR RECEPTA-
CLE. Devices in which the sparks are precipitated into an
annular receptacle in or around the stack, except those in-
cluded under other definitions under this subtitle.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 132, Spark-arresters, Stack, Return-
current; 134, Spark-arresters, Stack, Annular receptacle,
Conductor; 137, Spark-arresters, Stack, Rotary baffle; 138,
Spark-arresters, Stack, Spiral baffle, Stationary, and 139,
Spark-arresters, Stack, Spiral baffle, Stationary, Separator.
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 116, Mufflers.
134. SPARK-ARRESTERS, STACK, ANNULAR RECEPTA-
CLE, CONDUCTOR. Devices in which the sparks are pre-
cipitated into an annular receptacle in the stack, such recepta-
cle having a conductor for the sparks leading therefrom, with
the exception of those classified in other subclasses of this
group.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 120, Spark-arresters, Furnace-con-
ductor; 121, Spark-arresters, Combined stack and smoke-box;
137, Spark-arresters, Stack, Rotary baffle; 138, Spark-arrest-
ers, Stack, Spiral baffle, Stationary, and 139, Spark-arresters,
Stack, Spiral baffle, Stationary, Separator.
135. SPARK-ARRESTERS, STACK, CENTRAL DISCHARGE
DOWNWARD. Devices that discharge the sparks centrally
and downwardly from the stack.
136. SPARK-ARRESTERS, STACK, CENTRAL DISCHARGE
UPWARD. Devices that discharge the sparks centrally and
upwardly from the stack.
137. SPARK-ARRESTERS, STACK, ROTARY BAFFLE.
Rotating devices within a stack operated by the outgoing cur-
rent and designed to beat the sparks to a powder or precipitate
them.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 162, Draft-regulators, Fan-exhaust.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclass 2, Chimney-cowls, Ejector, Draft-
wheel.
CLASS 110 Continued.
138. SPARK-ARRESTERS, STACK, SPIRAL BAFFLE, STA-
TIONARY. Devices where there is a spiral baffle to give the
sparks a spiral motion when passing through the stack.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 32, Heating-drums.
139. SPARK-ARRESTERS, STACK, SPIRAL BAFFLE. STA-
TIONARY SEPARATOR. Devices where there is a sta-
tionary spiral baffle to give the sparks a spiral motion and cast
them to one side, separating them from the smoke and pre-
venting them, from passing out of the stack with the smoke.
140. SPARK-ARRESTERS, STACK, TANGENTIAL SEPA-
RATOR. Devices where the sparks are separated from the
smoke when the path of the smoke is changed from a straight
line, the sparks passing out of the current by virtue of their
momentum, but not classified in subclass 139, Spark-arresters,
Stack, Spiral baffle, Stationary, Separator.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 124, Spark-arresters, Smoke-box,
Divided, and 143, Spark-arresters, Stack, Water-receptacle.
141. SPARK-ARRESTERS STACK, HEADS, SYMMETRI-
CAL. Devices in which there is a symmetrically-shaped head
on the top of a stack and not otherwise classified.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses under the subtitle Spark-arresters,
Stack.
142. SPARK-ARRESTERS, STACK, STEAM OR WATER
SPRAY. Devices for extinguishing sparks in a stack by
steam or water spray when the extinguishing-sprayer is inti-
mately connected with the construction of the stack. (See
note below.)
Note. If the products of combustion pass from the stack into a
by-pass and are there washed or sprayed, such devices are
classified in subclass 183, Smoke-purifiers.
Devices having a water-receptacle on the outside of the stack
with water or steam spray, the gases being passed through a
by-pass and the sparks being precipitated into the water-recep-
tacle, are classified in subclass 143, Spark-arresters, Stack,
W ater-recep tacle .
Devices having a water-receptacle into which sparks are pre-
cipitated when not intimately connected with the stack by
position or construction are classified in subclass 144, Spark-
arresters, Water-receptacle, unless such receptacle is within or
forms part of the smoke-box structure, when they are placed
in subclass 128, Spark-arresters, Smoke-box, Water-receptacle.
For spraying devices for extinguishing sparks in ash-pans,
search subclass 171, Ash receiving and handling devices, Ash-
pans, Steam and water attachments.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 128, Spark-arresters, Smoke-box,
Water-receptacle; 143, Spark-arresters, Stack, Water-recep-
tacle; 144, Spark-arresters, Water-receptacle, and 183, Smoke-
purifiers.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 128, Purifiers,
and the subclasses thereunder.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 30, Fume-arresters.
83 MILLS, subclasses 47, Dust-collectors, Reciprocating, and 48,
Dust-collectors, Rotating.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclass 39, Ventilation, Air moistening, cool-
ing, and cleansing, and the subclasses thereunder.
143. SPARK-ARRESTERS, STACK, WATER-RECEPTACLE.
Devices where the sparks are precipitated into a water-recep-
tacle in or on the outside of the stack.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 142, S park-acres ters, Stack, Steam or
water spray; 144, Spark-arresters, Water-receptacle, and 183,
Smoke-purifiers.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 128, Purifiers,
and the subclasses thereunder.
Search Classes
75 METALLURGY, subclass 30, Fume-arresters.
83 MILLS, subclass. s 47, Dust-collectors, Reciprocating, and 48,
Dust-collectors, Rotating.
98 PNEUMATICS, all subclasses under 39, Ventilation, Air moist-
ening, cooling, and cleansing.
144. SPARK-ARRESTERS, WATER-RECEPTACLE. De-
vices having a water-receptacle into which sparks are precipi-
tated to extinguish them, the smoke passing off and not en-
tering the water, such receptacles not being a part of the stack
structure.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 143, Spark-arresters, Stack, Water-
receptacle, for devices having a water receptacle in the stack;
subclass 183, Smoke-purifiers for devices for purifying smoke
of both sparks and visible smoke by washing the smoke with
water, and subclass 142, Spark-arresters, Stack, Steam or
water spray.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 128, Purifiers,
and the subclasses thereunder.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 30, Fume-arresters.
83 MILLS, subclasses 47, Dust-collectors, Reciprocating, and 48,
Dust-collectors, Rotating.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclass 39, Ventilation, Air moistening,
cooling, and cleansing, and the subclasses thereunder.
145. SPARK AND SMOKE CONDUCTORS. Devices applied to
the stack or smoke-box of a locomotive for conducting the
smoke and sparks and discharging them upon the ground or
into the air in such a direction as not to discharge upon the
train. They need not necessarily be conduits but may be
shields or deflectors to turn the smoke and sparks away
from the train. Nor are these devices limited to use upon
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
215
CLASS 110 -Continued.
locomotives, but may be applied to a stationary-boiler stack
or eny chimney. Includes conduits applied to the stack of a
boiler used for threshing purposes on a farm, the conduit being
carried at a distance from the boiler or engine, and discharging
into a water-receptacle to prevent the sparks setting fire to
the straw.
Search Class
HO FURNACES, subclasses 50, Furnace structure, Smoke and
gas return, Locomotive, and 120, Spark-arresters, Furnace-
conductor.
146. SPARK AND SMOKE CONDUCTORS, TRAIN. Devices
having a conduit extending from the smoke-discharge end of
the locomotive past the cars of the train to carry away the
smoke and sparks and discharge them at the rear of the train.
Note. This subclass does not include patents where the heat
from the smoke is made use of to heat the cars, such devices
being classified in class 237, HEAT DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS,
subclasses 11, Train, Smoke, and 12, Train, Steam.
147. DRAFT-REGULATORS. Devices located so as to act directly
on the products of combustion after they leave the fire-box
designed to affect the velocity of said products. Also combi-
nation devices of the character above described coupled with
devices that act directly on the fire as blowers for tne fire, in
combination with steam or air jets that either increase or de-
crease the draft. Here are classified exhaust mechanism of
locomotives that have claims to the form of exhaust-nozzle.
Note. Where air or steam is injected into the products for the
sole purpose of more completely consuming the smoke and
gases, such devices are classified in Feeding air or Feeding
steam.
Ordinary dampers for stoves and furnaces and their oper-
ating mechanism are classified in class 126, STOVES AND FUR-
NACES, subclass 2S5, Dampers, and subclasses thereunder.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 2, Furnace structure, Automobile,
for draft-regulators especially adapted for automobiles.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclasses under Chimney-cowls, and 30,
Ventilating-chimneys.
230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 13, Fluid-piston, Injectors
and aspirators.
236 DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC.
148. DRAFT-REGULATORS, SEPARATION OF GASES.
Devices for separating the heavy gases and drawing them off,
allowing only the lighter gases to pass through the stack.
149. DRAFT-REGULATORS, EXTERNAL EXHAUST AND
BLOWER. Engines with an external exhaust that does not
affect the draft with some form of blower for the fire, either a
fan or steam-jet blower being used to force air to the grate or
an injector being placed in the smoke-box or flues to increase
the draft.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 69, Furnace structure, Feeding air
and stsam, Undergrate, and 70, Furnace structure, Feeding
air and steam, Undergrate, Locomotive, for feeding air or
steam under the fire; 150 Draft-regulators, Steam-injector,
for auxiliary blowers; 156, Draft-regulators, Exhaust-nozzle,
Shunt-pipe.
150. DRAFT-REGULATORS, STEAM-INJECTOR. Devices
where steam is injected into the path of the products of com-
bustion to regulate its velocity, but does not include exhaust-
mechanism nozzles.
151. DRAFT-REGULATORS EXHAUST-NOZZLE. Exhaust-
nozzles for engines located in the smoke box or stack to affect
the draft of the fire.
152. DRAFT-REGULATORS, EXHAUST-NOZZLE, VARI-
ABLE-DISCHARGE. Devices where the discharge of steam
varies as to the velocity with which it is discharged or the
quantity that is discharged therethrough.
Search Class
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 17, Nozzles, and the sub-
classes thereunder, and 80, Sprayers, and the subclasses there-
under.
153. DRAFT-REGULATORS, EXHAUST-NOZZLE, VARI-
ABLE-DISCHARGE, BOILER CONTROLLED. Ex-
haust-nozzles where the velocity of the steam is varied by
boiler-pressure.
154. DRAFT-REGULATORS, EXHAUST-NOZZLE, VARI-
ABLE-DISCHARGE, EXHAUST-CONTROLLED. Ex-
haust-nozzles where the amount of steam or its velocity is
controlled by the pressure of steam in the exhaust-nozzle, so
as to make a more even draft through the boiler-flues.
155. DRAFT-REGULATORS, EXHAUST-NOZZLE, AIR-
FEED. Exhaust-nozzles having provision for admitting air
to the current of steam in the nozzle for lessening its injector
effect on the draft. The draft is generally admitted to the
nozzle from outside the smoke-box; 'but air or gas may be
admitted to the nozzle from the smoke-box.
Note. This subclass is differentiated from subclass 164, Draft-
regulators, Lift-pipe, in which may be found nozzles admit t ing
the furnace-gases to thepathofthe'steamin the nozzle, in that
the lift-pipes accelerate the draft, while the air-feed nozzle
retards the draft.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 104, Draft-regulators, Lift-pipe.
CLASS 110-Continued.
156. DRAFT-REGULATORS, EXHAUST-NOZZLE, SHUNT-
PIPE. Exhaust mechanism where the draft is varied by
admitting the exhaust-steam to a separate pipe or pipes that
discharge outside the stack or at different points in the stack,
at the desire of the engineer, or automatically.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 149, Draft-regulators, External ex-
haust and blower.
237 HEAT DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 12, Train, Steam.
157. DRAFT-REGULATORS, SMOKE-BOX, FEEDING AIR.
Devices for admitting air to the smoke-box or base of stack to
retard the draft.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 131, Spark-arresters, Stack, Feeding
air.
158. DRAFT-REGULATORS, SMOKE-BOX, FEEDING AIR,
DOOR-OPERATED. Devices for admitting air to the
smoke- box where the air-opening valve is controlled by move-
ment of the furnace-door.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 55, Furnace structure, Feeding air
and steam, Time-limit, and 174, Doors, Feeding air and steam.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 280, Dampers, Distance
operating devices, and subclasses thereunder.
159. DRAFT-REGULATORS, STACK, PORTABLE. Devices
that are intended to be applied to a stack for a limited time to
assist the draft, especially in firing up a locomotive.
160. DRAFT-REGULATORS, STACK, AIR-JET. Devices for
forcing a jet of air into a stack or chimney to regulate the draft
by induction.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 131, Spark-arresters, Stack, Feeding
air, and 162, Draft-regulators, Fan-exhaust.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclasses under Chimney-cowls.
161. DRAFT-REGULATORS, STACK, AIR-JET, STEAM-IN-
JECTED. Devices for forcing air into a stack by a jet of
steam.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 69, Furnace structure, Feeding air
and steam, Undergrate, and 131, Spark-arresters, Stack, Feed-
ing air.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclasses under Chimney-cowls; 29, Stove-
pipe-ventilators, and 30, Ventilating-chimneys.
230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 13, Fluid-piston, Injectors
and aspirators.
162. DRAFT-REGULATORS, FAN-EXHAUST. Devices
where the products of combustion or a part of them are drawn
through a fan to increase the draft.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 159, Draft-regulators, Stack, portable,
for portable fans designed to be applied to a smoke-stack to
assist the draft of the fire and capable of being readily detached,
and 137, Spark-arresters, Stack, Rotary baffle.
98 PNEUMATICS.
163. DRAFT-REGULATORS, DAMPER. Movable devices in
the path of the products of combustion for regulating thecross-
sectional area of said path or for closing one path in order to
pass them through another or longer course.
Note. This subclass does not include dampers in the outlet-flue
or stack with its operating mechanism, which are classified in
class 126, STOVES AND FURNACES, 183, DAMPERS, and sub-
classes thereunder.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 26, Furnace structure, Double fire-
box, Alternate smoke-return, Over fire; 27, Furnace structure,
Double fire-box, Alternate smoke-return, Under fire; 55, Fur-
nace structure, Feeding air and steam, Time-limit; 100, Fur-
nace structure, By-pass flue, and 123, Spark-arresters, Smoke-
box, Draft-regulator.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 285, Dampers.
236 DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC.
164. DRAFT-REGULATORS, LIFT-PIPE. Inventions imited
to a lift or petticoat pipe generally used in the smoke-box of a
locomotive or claims to the combined exhaust-nozzle and lift-
pipe and annular nozzles providing a passage for the smoke
through the center of the ring.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 123, Spark-arresters, Smoke-box,
Draft-regulator; 126, Spark-arresters, Smoko-box, Vertical
drum, and 155, Draft-regulators, Exhaust-nozzle, Air-feed.
165. ASH RECEIVING AND HANDLING DEVICES. Devices
for receiving and removing ashes, including ash-pit struc-
tures, ash-pans, and conveyers when furnace structure is in-
cluded.
Note. Devices of a character designed for domestic stoves and
furnaces are classified in class 120, STOVES AND FURNACES,
subclass 242, Ash discharge and collecting, and subclasses
thereunder.
Search Classes -
72 MASONRY, subclass 26, Ash-chutes.
83 MILLS, subclass 56, On; and coal, Sifters and screens.
193 CONVEYERS, for form of conveyer.
216
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 110 Continued.
166. ASH RECEIVING AND HANDLING DEVICES, ASH-
PANS. Receptacles under a furnace-grate for receiving the
ashes as they fall therefrom, except the ash-pit itself. The
pan must be a removable receptacle suspended from the fur-
nace or resting on a support beneath the grate or perma-
nently attached to the furnace, as in some locomotive struc-
tures.
Note. This minor subclass docs not include ash-pans designed
for domestic stoves and furnaces, which are classified in class
126, STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 242, Ash discharge and
collecting, and subclasses thereunder.
167. ASH RECEIVING AND HANDLING DEVICES, ASH-
PANS, DUMPING. This minor subclass is made broad
enough to include all mechanical devices for emptying the
ash-pan, except where the pan is cleaned by a fluid jot, includ-
ing pans having scrapers or carriers, valves in the bottom
for allowing the ashes to fall out when opened, or pans allowing
the whole bottom to swing down to dump the ashes.
Search Class
105 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, the subclasses under Cars,
Dumping.
168. ASH RECEIVING AND HANDLING DEVICES, ASH-
PANS, DUMPING, CONJOINED FLOOR-SECTIONS.
Pans whose bottoms are made, of a plurality of sections pivoted
at each end and connected to a common operating-bar.
Search Class
105 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, subclasses under Cars, Dump-
ing.
169. ASH RECEIVING AND HANDLINQ DEVICES, ASH-
PANS, DUMPING, RECIPROCATING, DISCHARGE-
VALVE. Ash-pans that dump the contents by reciprocating
one or more valves in the bottom of the pan.
Search Class
105 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, subclasses under Cars, Dump-
ing.
170. ASH RECEIVING AND HANDLING DEVICES, ASH-
PANS, DUMPING, SCRAPER. Ash-pans that have a
scraper for pushing the contents out of the pan.
171. ASH RECEIVING AND HANDLING DEVICES, ASH-
PANS, STEAM AND WATER ATTACHMENTS. De-
vices where water or steam is injected into the ash-pan for the
purpose of ejecting the ashes or extinguishing sparks.
172. FRONTS. Constructions for furnace-fronts in general unless
boiler construction is involved.
Note. Patents including door structures and furnace-fronts
are classified here and the door features cross-referenced to
their proper subclasses under Doors.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 497, Fronts,
and subclasses thereunder.
173. DOORS. Closures for openings in furnace-walls, except such
as are noted below.
Note. .V hen air or steam is fed to the furnace for a limited time,
see in this class, subclass 55, Furnace structure, Feeding air and
steam, Time-limit.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 5, Furnace structure, Straw burners
and feeders, and 172, Fronts.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclasses
1, Miscellaneous, and 151, Kilns, Furnaces.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclasses 124, Retorts,
Lids, and 125, Retorts, Lids, Rotary.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 132. Puddling-hearths, Doors and
bits.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subc-lass 498, Fronts,
Doors, for doors with water circulation connected with the
boiler.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 190, Stove doors and
windows, and subclasses thereunder. 107 BREAD, PASTRY
AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 65, Baker's OveiiS, Doors.
202 CHARCOAL AND COKE, subclass 6, Coke, Ovens, Doors.
174. DOORS, FEEDING AIR AND STEAM. Doors through
which air and steam are fed to the firo and also patents where
air or steam is fed to the fire when the valve controlling the
admission of the fluid is operated by the door, whether the
fluid passes through the door or not, but does not include
air or steam feeding devices with a time-limited cut-off.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 55, Furnace structure, Feeding air
and steam, Time-limit, and 175, Doors, Feeding air.
175. DOORS, FEEDING AIR. Doors designed to admit air to
the furnace either by ports or conduits through the door
structure or having means for keeping the door partly open
where the construction is especially adapted for admitting air
other than by simply opening a door of common construction.
Search Classes -
110 FURNACES, subclasses 55, Furnace structure, Feeding air
and steam, Time-limit, and 174, Doors, Feeding air and steam.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 193, Stove doors and
windows, Feeding air.
176. DOORS, OPERATORS. Devices for opening and closing
doors aside from the ordinary latch.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 175, Doors, Feeding air.
39 FENCES, subclasses under Gates, Openers, and those under
Gates, Swinging.
CLASS 110 Continued.
177. DOORS, OPERATORS, MOTOR. Devices for opening or
closing doors by a motor.
Search Classes
39 FENCES, subclasses under Gates, Openers, and under
Gates, Swinging.
138 HYDRAULIC MOTORS, subclasses 9, For jacks, and 10, For
presses.
178. DOORS, OPERATORS, PEDAL. Doors that are opened or
closed by foot-power directly without the interposition of a
motor. /
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 177, Doors, Operators, Motor.
39 FENCES, subclasses under Gates, Openers, and under Gates,
Swinging.
179. DOORS, FLUID-SCREENS. Devices for preventing the
heat, gases, or flames from passing out of the furnace when
the door is opened either by a spray of steam, air, or water
or by causing air to be drawn into the door or having means
to draw the gases through a by-pass when the door is opened.
These devices also serve to prevent the cold outside air from
cooling the boiler.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 163, Draft-regulators, Damper, for
devices for preventing the chilling of the fire and boiler-flues.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 87, Generators,
Cupola, Accessories.
180. DOORS AND CASINGS, COOLING. Doors and casings
that are kept cool by the circulation of steam or air through
them, but does not include doors and casings where the
fluid after passing through them is fed to the fire.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 182, Door casings and arches, Feeding
air.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 132, Puddling-hearths, Doors and
bits.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 497, Fronts,
and subclasses thereunder.
202 CHARCOAL AND COKE, subclass 6, Coke, Ovens, Doors.
181. DOOR CASINGS AND ARCHES. Construction of casings
and arches for furnace doors.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 99, Furnace structure, Arches, and
180, Doors and casings, Cooling, for casings containing con-
duits.
72 MASONRY, subclasses 20, Stone and brick setting, and 27,
Building-blocks.
182. DOOR CASINGS AND ARCHES. FEEDING AIR. Arches
and casings with circulation-conduits through which air or
air and steam are passed to be fed to the furnace.
Note. Patents for casings having conduits for cooling them
through which air, steam or water circulates, but such steam
or air not passing into the furnace, are classified in subclass
180, Doors and casings, Cooling.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 55, Furnace structure, Feeding air
and steam, Time-limit.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 112, Hot-air furnaces,
Feeding air.
183. SMOKE-PURIFIERS. Devices not included above in the
subclasses 142, Spark-arresters, Stack, Steam or water spray;
143, Spark-arresters, Stack, Water-receptacle, nor 144, Spark-
arresters, Water-receptacle, for preventing the visible particles
of combustion from passing into the.atmosphere, by washing
the gases either by a steam or a water spray or by passing the
gases through a body of water.
Note. Devices for purifying illuminating-gas, are classified in
class 48, GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING.
When provision is made for the recovery of vaporized
metals from smoke in a metallurgical furnace, such patents
are classified in class 75, METALLURGY.
Devices for moistening and purifying air are classified in
class 98, PNEUMATICS, under Ventilation.
See discussion of smoke-purifiers and spark-arresters under
subclass 142, Spark-arresters, Stack, Steam or waterspray.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 128, Spark-arresters, Smoke-box,
Water-box, Water receptacle; 142, Spark-arresters, Stack,
Steam or water spray; 143, Spark-arresters, Stack, Water-
receptacle, and 144, Spark-arresters, Water-receptacle.
48 GAS. HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 128, Purifiers,
and the subclasses thereunder, especially 135, Purifiers,
Washer and scrubber. Spray.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 30', Fume-arresters.
83 MILLS, subclasses 47, Dust-collectors, Reciprocating, and 48,
Dust-collectors, Rotating.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclass 39, Ventilation, Air moistening,
cooling and cleansing, and subclasses thereunder.
184. SMOKE-STACKS. Metal smoke-stacks of locomotives and
portable boilers.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses under Spark-arresters, and also
subclass KiO, Draft-regulators. Stack, Air-jet.
72 MASONRY, subclass 18, Hollow-tile walls, and also subclass
19, Smoke and air flues, for chimneys made of masonry, and
large metal stacks.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclass 30, Ventilating-chimneys.
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 208, Yards and plants, Smoke-jacks.
114 SHIPS, subclass 187, Smoke-stacks.
GLASS 113. SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
Machines and processes for shaping, seaming, and soldering
sheet-metal receptacles, conduits, and other hollow articles, also
machines for forming and compressing seams of roofing-sheets,
and all machines and processes for uniting articles by means of
solder.
This class does not include the mere bending of sheet metal,
which is found in class 153, METAL-BENDING, nor forging, in which
there is a considerable flow of metal, for which see class 78, METAL
FORGING AND WELDING.
This class also includes machines for die-shaping dry-paper
articles.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Sheet-metal-working machines which are
not otherwise classifiable.
2. BOTTLE-CAPPING, DIE. Machines which force metallic
caps within or upon the necks of bottles by means of simple
dies.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WAKE, MAKING, subclass 10, Can-making
machines, Head-seaming, Die.
3. BOTTLE-CAPPING, DIE, FILLERS AND FORCERS.
Machines which force or compress metallic caps upon the
necks of bottles by means of elastic-faced dies or by means of
a surrounding chamber of fluid.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 44, Die-shaping,
Fillers and forcers.
4. BOTTLE-CAPPING, DIE, SECTIONAL. Machines which
force metallic caps within or upon the necks of bottles by
means of sectional dies.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 18, Can-making
machines, Head-seaming, Die, Sectional.
5. BOTTLE-CAPPING, ROTARY TOOL. Machines in which
metallic ca^s are secured within or upon the necks of bottles
by means of a rotating tool, also by rotating the bottle against
a stationary tool.
Search Classes
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 24, Can-making
machines, Head-seaming, Roller, Stationary chuck, Rotary
seaming-tool, External; 2.5, Can-making machines, Head-
seaming, Roller, Stationary seaming-tool, Internal, and 52,
Spinning.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 81, Pipe expanders and
dangers, Traveling, Rotary, and 82, Pipe expanders and
flangers, Traveling, Rotary, Wedge-feed.
6. BOTTLE-CAPPING, STRAP-COMPRESSOR. Machines in
which metallic caps are secured upon the necks of bottles by
means of one or more straps which encompass the neck of the
bottle and press the cap into place.
7. CAN-MAKING MACHINES. Machines adapted to form a can-
body from a blank and secure the heads upon the same; also
miscellaneous machines for making cans not classifiable in
other subclasses of can-making machines.
8. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, BODY-FORMING AND SIDE-
SEAMING. Machines which form a sheet-metal blank into
a can-body and side-seam the same.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 7, Can-making
machines, and the other subclasses under 8, Can-making
machines, Body-forming and side-seaming.
9. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, BODY-FORMING AND SIDE-
SEAMING, SOLDERING. Machines in which the can-
body is formed and the side seam locked and soldered.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 7, Can-making
machines, and 10, Can-making machines, Body-forming and
side-seaming, Soldering, Blank-feeding.
10. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, BODY-FORMING AND SIDE-
SEAMING, SOLDERING, BLANK-FEEDING. Ma-
chines which have automatic mechanism for feeding a sheet-
metal blank to a mechanism which forms the blank into a
can-body, locks the side seam, and solders the same.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 7, Can-making
machines.
CLASS 113 Continued.
11. CAN-MAKING MACHINES. BODY-FORMING AND SIDE-
SEAMING, BLANK-FEEDING. Machines which form a
sheet-metal blank into a can-body and side-seam the same
and which have also automatic means for feeding the blank
to the forming and seaming mechanism.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 7, Can-making
machines; 10, Can-making machines, Body-forming and side-
seaming, Soldering, Blank-feeding, and 33, Tube-making.
12. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, SIDE-SEAMING. Machines
which fold and compress the side seams of can-bodies. These
machines have no special mechanism for feeding the blanks
or for forming the can-bodies.
13. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD-SEAMING, SOLDER-
ING. Machines which seam the heads upon cans and also
solder the head-seam.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 7, Can-making
machines.
14. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD-SEAMING, FEEDING
AND APPLYING. Machines which have means for feeding
can bodies and heads to the head-applying devices and have
also means for crimping or seaming the can-heads upon the
body.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 7, Can-making
machines.
15. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD-SEAMING, RIP-
SEAM MAKING. Machines for making rip-seams for cans
including key-opening seams provided with wire or strip
cutters and also machines for making weakened lines in cans.
16. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD-SEAMING, DIE.
Machines for seaming heads upon cans by means of a simple
die.
17. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD-SEAMING, DIE,
AXIAL ROLLING. Machines in which cans are axially
rolled over a die-track by means of a traveling carrier and the
flange of the can-heads thereby crimped upon the bodies.
18. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD-SEAMING, DIE,
SECTIONAL. Machines which seam heads upon cans by
means of a sectional expansible die.
Search Classes
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 4, Bottle-capping,
Die, Sectional.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 19, Angular, Pivoted bender.
Bed-clamped work. Rotary, and 80, Pipe expanders and
flangers, Non-traveling, Segmental expander.
19. CAN-MAKING MACHINES HEAD-SEAMING, ROLLER.
Machines in which can-heads are seamed upon can-bodies by
means of a roller-tool, such as a tinner's roll.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 9, Beading and crimping
rolls; 30, Angular, Roll, Flanging, Tinners' rolls, and 59,
Curving or straightening, Roll, Edge-curling.
20. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD-SEAMING, ROLLER,
ROTARY CHUCK, PATTERN-CONTROLLED TOOL.
Machines in which the can is carried by a rotary chuck into
the field of a rotatable roller seaming-tool and the seaming-
tool advanced toward and retracted from the axis of the
chuck by means of a pattern-cam. These machines are
mainly for seaming rectangular cans.
21. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD-SEAMING, ROLLER,
ROTARY CHUCK, PATTERN-CONTROLLED TOOL,
AUTOMATIC CLUTCH. Same as above, with the addition
of an automatic clutch mechanism for operating the chuck
or tool.
22. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD-SEAMING. ROLLER,
ROTARY CHUCK, LATERALLY-ROCKING TOOL-
HOLDER. Machines in which the can-body is supported
in a rotary chuck and a roller seaming-tool rocked at right
angles to the direction in which it travels along the seam in
such a manner as to fold over and compress the seam.
23. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD-SEAMING, ROLLER,
ROTARY CHUCK, STATIONARY SEAMING-TOOL.
Machines in which the can is supported by a rotary chuck
which cooperates with a non-revoluble roller-tool or series of
roller-tools to seam the head.
217
218
DEFINITIONS OP CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 113 Continued.
24. CAN-MAKING MACHINES. HEAD-SEAMING. ROLLER,
STATIONARY CHUCK. ROTARY SEAMING-TOOL,
EXTERNAL. Machines in which the can is held in a sta-
tionary chuck and the head seamed on by means of a travel-
ing roller-tool which turns the seam outside the periphery of
the can-body.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 5, Bottle-capping,
Rotary tool.
25. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD-SEAMING, ROLLER,
STATIONARY CHUCK, ROTARY SEAMING-TOOL,
INTERNAL. Machines in which the can is held in a sta-
tionary chuck and the head seamed on by means of a traveling
roller-tool which turns the seam within the periphery of the
can-body.
Search Class
153 -METAL-BENDING, subclass 82, Pipe expanders and
Hangers, Traveling, Rotary, Wedge-feed.
26. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD FEEDING AND
APPLYING, BODY-FEEDING, CHUTE. Machines in
which the can-body is fed along a chute or mandrel to head
feeding and applying mechanisms.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 33, Tube-
making, and 63, Soldering, Cans, Side-seam, Reciprocating
carrier, for the feeding mechanism.
27. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD FEEDING AND
APPLYING, BODY-FEEDING, ENDLESS-CHAIN CAR-
RIER. Machines in which the can-body is carried to head
feeding and applying mechanisms by means of an endless-
chain carrier.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass GO, Soldering,
Cans, Side-seam, for the carrier.
28. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD FEEDING AND
APPLYING. BODY-FEEDING, ROTARY-DRUM CAR-
RIER. Machines in which a drum rotatable about a sub-
stantially horizontal axis, provided with means for engaging
a can-body, transfers the can-body to head feeding and apply-
ing mechanisms.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 60, Soldering,
Cans. Head-seam, Rotary chuck, Bath; 70, Soldering, Cans,
Head-seam, Rotary chuck, Flame, and 71, Soldering, Cans,
Head-seam, Rotary chuck, Soldering-iron, for the carrier.
29. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD FEEDING AND
APPLYING, BODY-FEEDING, ROTARY TABLE-
CARRIER. Machines in which the can-body is carried to
head feeding and applying mechanisms by means of a table-
carrier rotatable about'a substantially vertical axis.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, in the subclasses under
Soldering. Cans, Side-seam, Rotary table-carrier, and those
under Soldering, Cans, Head-seam, Rotary chuck, Rotary
table-carrier, for the carrier.
30. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD-APPLYING. Ma-
chines for placing heads upon can-bodies by means of force,
there being no special means for feeding either the can-body
or the head.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, all subclasses under the
subtitle Can-making machines, Head feeding and applying,
Body-feeding, and 2, Bottle-capping, Die.
31. CAN-MAKING MACHINES, HEAD-APPLYING, SEC-
TIONAL GUIDE. Machines which have expansible guides
for directing the can-body into the head, or vice versa.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, all subclasses under Can-
making machines, Head feeding and applying, Body-feeding,
and 4, Bottle-capping, Die, Sectional.
32. PENS AND PENHOLDERS. Machines and processes for
making pens and penholders.
33. TUBE-MAKING. Includes machines and processes for mak-
ing tubes from sheet metal not classifiable in other subclasses.
Search Classes
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 7, Can-making
machines; 10, Can-making machines, Body-forming and side-
seaming. Soldering, Blank-feeding, and 11, Can-making ma-
chines, Body-forming and side-seaming, Blank-feeding.
80 M'STAL-RoLUNO, subclass 15, Tubes, Skelping.
15J METAL-BENDING, subclass 32, Curving or straightening.
34. TUBE-MAKING, SIDE-SEAM COMPRESSING. Machines
f orcom pressing the interlocked edges of thesideseam of a sheet-
metal tube bv means of a die or by means of a roller adapted
to pass over the seam.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 7, Can-making
machines; 8, Can-making machines, Body-forming and side-
seaming, and the subclasses thereunder, and 12, Can-making
machines, Side-seaming.
35. TUBE-MAKING, SPIRAL-SEAMING. Machines and proc-
esses in which tubes are made from flat sheets of metal by
seaming the edges of such sheets in such a manner that the
seam runs spirally around the tube.
CLASS 113 Continued.
Search Classes
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 86, Welding,
Tubes, Spiral-wind.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 80, Tube-machines, Spiral-
wind.
153 METAI.-BENDING, subclass 73, Corrugating, Tubes, Trans-
verse-bend.
36. TUBE-MAKING, TRANSVERSE SEAMING, DIE. Ma-
chines which form transverse seams in tubes by means of dies.
37. TUBE-MAKING, TRANSVERSE SEAMING, ROLLER
Machines which form transverse seams in tubes by means of a
roller.
Search Classes
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 19, Can-making
machines, Head-seaming, Roller.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 9, Beading and crimping rolls;
30, Angular, Roll, Flanging, Tinners' rolls; 72, Corrugating,
Tubes, Spiral-bend, Roll, and 73, Corrugating, Tubes, Trans-
verse-bend.
38. DIE-SHAPING. Machines which shape sheet metal by means
of dies having substantially the same contour, so that the
thickness of the sheet is not materially diminished; also
machines in which the dies do not have the same contour, but
in which the forming of the article includes merely a shaping
by dies, as in the manufacture of hollow spheres.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 19, Molding devices, Presses, Sheet-
shaoing, and 35, Molding devices, Molds, Sheet-shaping.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 23, Angular, Reciprocating
bender, Pan-shaped dies.
39. DIE-SHAPING, DENTAL. Machines adapted to form dental
plates and tooth-crowns by die-shaping sheet metal.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 44, Die-shaping,
Fillers and forcers.
40. DIE-SHAPING, EYELETS. Machines for cutting and draw-
ing or die-shaping eyelets from sheet metal.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 42, Die-shaping,
Cutting.
40.5. DIE-SHAPING, LACING-STUDS. Machines and processes
for forming lacing-studs from sheet metal.
Search Class
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 12, Special work, Lacing-stud
making, for machines and processes for forming lacing-studs
from wire or metal bars.
41. DIE-SHAPING, ROLLING HOLLOW BODIES. Machines
having a bed or concave and a cooperating rotatable part
adapted to roll hollow spheres or tubular articles.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 18, Concave and roll.
42. DIE-SHAPING, CUTTING. Machines which shape the sheet
metal by means of dies and also have means for first cutting
the blank or for punching the article formed by the dies.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 40, Die-shaping,
Eyelets.
42.5. DIE-SHAPING, CUTTING, SHOE-SHANK STIFFEN-
ERS. Machines and processes for forming metal shoe-shank
stiffeners from sheet metal. v
43. DIE-SHAPING, COMBINED MACHINES. Miscellaneous
die-shaping machines which perform additional functions
other than cutting and punching.
44. DIE-SHAPING, FILLERS AND FORCERS. Machines for
shaping sheet metal by forcing the metal against the face of a
die by the compression of a (luid, plastic, or resilient medium.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 2, Bottle-cap-
ping, Die, and 39, Die-shaping, Dental.
45. DIE-SHAPING, FLUID-OPERATED. Machines in which
the dies are operated by means of fluid-pressure.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 56.
Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating cutter, Fluid-operated, and
95, Punching, Machines, Hydraulic.
46. DIE-SHAPING, DRAWING. Machines which draw a
planchet through a bottomless die into the form of a closed
tube or capsule. Cartridge-drawing machines are to be found
in this class.
47. DIE-SHAPING, ROLLER AND CONCAVE. Machines in
which the blank is forced by means of a roller into a die carried
by a rotary chuck or concave.
48. DIE-SHAPING, EXPANDING DIE. Die-shaping machines
in which one of the dies is formed in segments which are
adapted to be expanded or contracted.
Search Class -
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 12, Angular, Combined recip-
rocating bender and pivoted side-shaper, and T:i, Angular,
Combined reciprocating bender and sliding side-shaper.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
219
CLASS 113 Continued.
49. DIE-SHAPING, DIES AND DIE-HOLDERS. Inventions
in the particular form of die or in the means for holding the die.
Search Classes
78 -METAL FORGING AND WELDING, the various subclasses un-
der subclass 60, Forging, Dies.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 118,
Punching, Machines, Dies and die-holders.
50. DIE-SHAPING, EJECTORS. Mechanisms for ejecting the
for.iieil article from the matrix or fe.nale die.
Search Class -
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 33,
Cutting, Die, Dies, Blank-ejecting.
51. DIE-SHAPING, PROCESSES. Processes for manipulating or
shaping sheet metal by means of dies.
Search Class
201 METAL-ORNAMENTING, subclass 3, Die-pressing, and the
subclasses thereunder, for machines and processes for orna-
menting the surface merely by impression.
52. SPINNING. Machines and processes for shaping metal be-
tween two or more relatively rotatable parts, one of which
has a movement at right angles to the axis of rotation, whereby
the metal is drawn or spun.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 5, Bottle-capping,
Rotary tool.
53. SPINNING, CARRIAGE -FEED, PATTERN -CON-
TROLLED. Machines for spinning metal having pattern-
controlled feeding mechanism for directing the spinning-tool.
54. SEAMING-MACHINES, COMPRESSING AND FOLDING.
Combined machines which fold the edges of sheets, unite the
same, and compress the seam.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, in appropriate subclasses, for machines
which merely fold or "edge" the sheets.
55. SEAMING-MACHINES, COMPRESSING AND FOLDING,
ROOFERS' CARRIAGES. Machines for seaming roofing-
sheets by folding or pressing the seams by means of rollers as
the machine is pushed along the roof-seam.
56. SEAMING-MACHINES, COMPRESSING AND FOLDING,
ROOFERS' TONGS. Lever-operated tools which fold and
compress seams of roofing-sheets.
57. SSAMING-MACHINES, COMPRESSING, DIE. Machines
which compress the seam uniting the edges of the sheets by
means of a die or hammer. These machines also have means
for reeling the continuous sheet.
58. SEAMING-MACHINES, COMPRESSING, ROLLER. Ma-
chines which compress the seam uniting the edges of sheets
by means of rollers. These machines have also means for
reeling the continuous sheet.
59. SOLDERING. Miscellaneous means for uniting metal by
means of either hard or soft solder.
60. SOLDERING, CANS, SIDE-SEAM. Machines for soldering
the side-seams of cans not characterized by the type of con-
veyer indicated in the following subclasses.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 9, Can-making
machines, Body-forming and side-seaming, Soldering, and 10,
Can-making machines, Body-forming and side-seaming, Sol-
dering, Blank-feeding.
61. SOLDERING, CANS, SIDE-SEAM, ENDLESS-CHAIN
CARRIER, BATH. Machines in which the can is carried
by an endless-chain carrier and the side seam caused to dip
into a bath of molten solder.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 68, Soldering,
Cans, Head-seam, Axial rolling.
62. SOLDERING, CANS, SIDE-SEAM, ENDLESS-CHAIN
CARRIER, SOLDERING-IRON. Machines in which the
can is carried by an endless-chain carrier to a soldering mech-
anism comprising a soldering-iron adapted to smooth the
solder and fuse the same into the side seam.
63. SOLDERING, CANS, SIDE-SEAM, RECIPROCATING
CARRIER. Machines in which the can is carried along a
mandrel or chute to the soldering mechanism by means of a
reciprocating carrier or feed mechanism.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 26, Can-making
machines. Head feeding and applying, Body-feeding, Chute,
for the carrier.
64. SOLDERING, CANS, SIDE-SEAM, ROTARY TABLE-
CARRIER, BATH. Machines in which the can-body is car-
ried by a table-carrier rotatable about a vertical axis and the
side seam caused to dip in a bath of molten solder.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 68, Soldering, Cans
Head-seam, Axial rolling.
CLASS 113 Continued.
65. SOLDERING, CANS. SIDE-SEAM, ROTARY TABLE-
CARRIER, FLAME. Machines in which the can-body is
carried by a table-carrier rotatable about a substantially ver-
tical axis into the field of a flame which is adapted to fuse the
solder into the side- seam.
66. SOLDERING, CANS, SIDE-SEAM, ROTARY TABLE-
CARRIER, SOLDERING-IRON. Machines in which the
can-body is carried by a table-carrier rotatable about a sub-
stantially vertical axis to a soldering mechanism which
includes a soldering-iron adapted to smooth the solder and fuse
it into the side seam: also rotary table-carriers for supporting
the can while the side seam is soldered by hand.
67. SOLDERING, CANS, HEAD-SEAM. Miscellaneous devices
for soldering the head-seam of cans not classifiable in other
subclasses. Also machines for sealing cans by means of
molten wax as well as solder.
68. SOLDERING, CANS, HEAD-SEAM, AXIAL ROLLING.
Machines in which the can is rolled axially along a track and
the head-seam soldered by rolling it through a bath of molten
s jl 1 :r or by causing the s?am to which solder has been applied
to roll within the field of a heating means whereby the solder
is fused into the head-seam.
Search Class
113 -SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 61, Soldering,
Cans, Si'le-s>am, Endless-chain carrier, Bath, and 64, Solder-
ing, Cans, Side-seam, Rotary table-carrier, Bath for the con-
veyer.
69. SOLDERING, CANS, HEAD-SEAM, ROTARY CHUCK,
BATH. Machines in which the can is rotated by means of a
rotary chuck and the head-seam caused to dip and revolve in
a bath of molten solder.
Search Class
113 -SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 72, Soldering,
Cans, Head-seam, Rotary chuck, Endlsss-chain carrier, Bath,
and 75, Soldering, Cans, Head-seam, Rotary table-carrier,
Bath.
70. SOLDERING, CANS, HEAD-SEAM, ROTARY CHUCK,
FLAME. Machines in which the can is rotated by means of a
rotary chuck within the field of a flame whereby the solder is
fus M!" into the head-seam.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 73, Soldering,
Cans, Head-seam, Rotary chuck, Endless-chain carrier,
Flame, and 76, Soldering, Cans, Head-seam, Rotary chuck,
Rotary table-carrier, Flame.
71. SOLDERING, CANS, HEAD-SEAM, ROTARY CHUCK,
SOLDERING-IRON. Machines in which the can is rotated
by means of a rotary chuck against a soldering-iron.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 74, Soldering,
Cans, Hea'1-saam, Rotary chuck, Endless-chain carrier,
Soldering-iron; 7 7, Soldering, Cans, Head-seam, Rotary chuck,
Rotarv tabb-carrier, Soldering-iron, and 84, Soldering, Cans,
Cap, Rotary chuck, Stationary tool.
72 SOLDERING, CANS, HEAD-SEAM, ROTARY CHUCK,
ENDLESS-CHAIN CARRIER, BATH. Machines in
which the can is carried by a rotary chuck mounted upon an
endless-chain carrier in such a manner that the head-seam of
the can is caused to dip and revolve in a bath of molten solder.
Also mechanisms for tilting the can so as to solder either or
both ends.
73 SOLDERING, CANS, HEAD-SEAM, ROTARY CHUCK,
ENDLESS-CHAIN CARRIER, FLAME. Machines in
which the can is carried by a rotary chuck mounted upon an
endless-chain carrier into the field of a flame whereby the
solder applied to the can is fused into the head-seam.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 3, Soldering,
Cans, Cap, Rotary chuck, Flame, Endless-chain carrier.
74 SOLDERING, CANS, HEAD-SEAM, ROTARY CHUCK,
ENDLESS-CHAIN CARRIER, SOLDERING-IRON.
Machines in which the can is carried by a rotary chuck
mounted upon an endless-chain carrier which is intermit-
tently moved in such a manner that tho can-scam is rotated in
contact with a soldering-iron.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 85, Soldering,
Cans, Cap, Rotary chuck, Stationary tool, Endless-chain
carrier.
75 SOLDERING, CANS. HEAD-SEAM, ROTARY CHUCK,
ROTARY TABLE-CARRIER, BATH. Machines in which
the can is carried by a rotary chuck moui ted upon a rotatable
table-carrier in such a manner that the head-soam is caused to
dip and revolve in a bath of molten solder. Also mechanisms
for tilting the cans so as to solder either or both head-seams.
76 SOLDERING, CANS, HEAD-SEAM, ROTARY CHUCK,
ROTARY TABLE-CARRIER, FLAME. Machines in
which the can is carried by a rotary chuck mounted upon a
rotary table-carrier into the field of a flame whereby the solder
applied to the can is fused into the head-seam.
220
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 113 Continued.
,77. SOLDERING, CANS. HEAD-SEAM, ROTARY CHUCK,
ROTARY TABLE-CARRIER, SOLDERING-IRON.
Machines in which tho can is carried by a rotary chuck
mounted upon an intormittontly-rotatable table-carrier and
caused to contact with a soldering-iron which spreads the
solder along the head-seam. Also machines having a rotary
table-carrier in which the soldering is performed by hand.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 86, Soldering,
Cans, Cap, Rotary chuck, Stationary tool, Rotary table-
carrier.
78. SOLDERING, CANS, HEAD-SEAM, BATH. Machines
which solder the head-seam by plunging the seam into a bath
of molten solder. Also machines in which the molten solder
is caused to rise from a receptacle and flow over or submerge
the seam.
79. SOLDERING, CANS, HEAD-SEAM, FLAME. Burners
and stove structures for generating heat, to which the can is
adapted to be presented by hand for the purpose of fusing
solder already applied to the head-seam into the scam.
80. SOLDERING, CANS, CAP-PREPARING, SOLDER-
AFFIXING, AND GASKET-APPLYING. Machines
which attach or hem a ring of solder upon a can cap or head.
Also machines for applying gaskets to can-caps either by
placing a formed gasket within the cap or by forming a gasket
by moans of the application of fluid or plastic compositions
within the cap.
81. SOLDERING, CANS, CAP. Machines for soldering the caps
on cans not classifiable in other subclasses.
82. SOLDERING, CANS, CAP, HERMETIC. Machines which
seal the cap or head upon a filled can in vacua by means of
solder or molten wax, etc. Also machines for sealing the
vent-hole in vacua by means of solder or molten wax.
Search Class
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 97,
Cans, Hermetic closures, Sealers.
83. SOLDERING, CANS, CAP, ROTARY CHUCK, FLAME,
ENDLESS-CHAIN CARRIER. Machines in which the
can is carried by a rotary chuck mounted upon an endless-
chain carrier into the field of a flame whereby the solder is
fused Into the cap-seam.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 73, Soldering,
Cans, Head-seam, Rotary chuck, Endless-chain carrier,
Flame.
84. SOLDERING, CANS, CAP. ROTARY CHUCK, STATION-
ARY TOOL. Machines m which the can is carried by a
rotary chuck mounted upon the machine-frame and the cap-
seam soldered by means of a non-rotatable soldering-tool
which is caused to approach the chuck.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 71, Soldering,
Cans, Head-seam, Rotary chuck, Soldering-iron.
85. SOLDERING, CANS, CAP, ROTARY CHUCK, STATION-
ARY TOOL, ENDLESS-CHAIN CARRIER. Machines
in which the can is carried by a rotary chuck mounted upon
an endless-chain carrier and the solder or sealing material
fused into the cap-seam by means of a soldering-tool which is
stationary relatively to the rotation of the chuck.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 74, Soldering,
Cans, Head-seam, Rotary chuck, Endless-chain carrier, Sol-
dering-iron.
86. SOLDERING, CANS, CAP, ROTARY CHUCK, STATION-
ARY TOOL, ROTARY TABLE-CARRIER. Machines
in which the can is carried by a rotary chuck mounted upon
a rotary table-carrier and the cap-seam soldered by means of a
tool which is stationary relatively to the rotation of the chuck.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 77, Soldering,
Cans, Head-seam, Rotary chuck, Rotary table-carrier, Solder-
ing-iron.
87. SOLDERING, CANS, CAP, ROTARY TOOL. Machines in
which the can is supported upon a stationary table and the
cap soldered by means of a rotary soldering-tool.
88. SOLDERING, CANS, CAP, ROTARY TOOL, ENDLESS-
CHAIN CARRIER. Machines in which the can is carried to
the soldering mechanism by an endless-chain carrier and the
solder or sealing material fused into the cap-seam by means of
a rotary soldering-tool.
89. SOLDERING, CANS, CAP, ROTARY TOOL, ROTARY
TABLE-CARRIER. Machines In which tho can is carried
to the soldering mechanism by means of a table-carrier rota-
table about a substantially vertical axis and the solder fused
into the cap-seam by moans of a rotary soldering-tool.
90. SOLDERING, CANS, CAP, ROTARY TOOL, SHIFTING
TRAY. Machines in which cans (usually a plurality) are
carried by a tray which is move:! into the soldering position
by an intermittent tray-feo'lins; device and the cap-seam
soldered by a rotary soldering-tool.
CLASS 113 Continued.
91. SOLDERING, CANS, CAP, TIPPING. Machines which sol-
der the vent-holes in filled cans.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 82, Soldering,
Cans, Cap, Hermetic.
92. SOLDERING, HEAT AND PRESSURE. Machines for
soldering metal having means for applying pressure to the
joint being soldered. Mainly machines 'for brazing.
93. SOLDERING, SOLDER-FEEDERS, LIQUID. Mechan-
isms for feeding liquid solder to soldering mechanisms or for
applying liquid solder to seams or to blanks.
94. SOLDERING, SOLDER-FEEDERS, SOLID. Mechanisms
for applying solder to seams or blanks or for feeding solder
against a soldering-tool. Includes feeding bar-solder and also
feeding granular or comminuted solder.
95. SOLDERING, FLUX-FEEDERS, LIQUID. Mechanisms
for applying liquid flux to a seam or to blanks to be soldered
and mechanisms for passing articles through a flux-bath.
96. SOLDERING, FLUX-FEEDERS, SOLID. Mechanisms for
feeding solid or comminuted flux to a seam or to blanks to be
soldered.
97. SOLDERING, WIPERS. Mechanisms which remove the
excess of solder or flux from a soldered joint. Devices which
brush, wipe, scrape, or remove the excessive solder by a sand-
blast.
98. SOLDERING, COOLERS. Devices for supplying a cooling
means to a freshly soldered seam; also devices for maintaining
a can in a desired position until the solder is hardened.
99. SOLDERING, CLAMPS. Devices for clamping articles to be
joined by soldering or brazing not classifiable in the following
subclasses.
100. SOLDERING, CLAMPS, VESSEL. Devices for clamping
can-bodies and like articles while the seams are being sol-
dered.
101. SOLDERING. CLAMPS, TROUGH. Clamping devices
adapted to hold the sections of trough or gutters in place while
the seams uniting the same are being soldered.
102. SOLDERING, CLAMPS, PIPE. Clamps adapted to hold
one or more pipes in position for soldering; mainly plumbers'
clamps.
103. SOLDERING, CLAMPS, EXPANDING MANDREL. De-
vices in which the article is supported by or clamped upon an
expanding mandrel. Includes mainly means for supporting
and gaging can-bodies while the side seams are being soldered.
104. SOLDERING, CLAMPS, ADJUSTABLE ARMS. Devices
having two or more adjustable arms provided with clamping-
jaws adapted to hold the several parts to be joined in position
while being soldered; mainly jewelers' clamps and clamps for
holding spectacle-rims.
105. SOLDERING, IRONS. Soldering implements used for the
purpose of fusing solder used in uniting sheet metal.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, all subclasses under
subclass 24, Self-heating tools, Soldering-irons.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 26, Heaters,
Tools and instruments, Soldering-irons, and the subclasses
thereunder.
106. SOLDERING, IRONS, CAPPING. Soldering-irons adapted
to solder the seams of the caps of tin cans. These implements
are usually provided with a cylindrical solderiris-bit or means
whereby the bit or tip is carried through a circular path.
107. SOLDERING, IRONS, CAPPING, HEATERS. Capping-
irons provided with self-heating means.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, all subclasses under
subclass 24, Self-heating tools, Soldering-irons, for the heating
mechanism.
108. SOLDERING, IRONS, CAPPING, HEATERS, ELEC-
TRIC. Capping-irons having electric self-heating means.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 26, Heaters,
Tools and instruments, Soldering-irons, for the heating
mechanism.
109. SOLDERING, IRONS, SOLDER-FEEDING. Soldering-
irons provided with means for supporting or for containing
solder and supplying the same to the soldering-iron.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass l:>, Self-
heating tools, Soldering-irons, Solder-feeders.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 27, Heaters.
Tools and instruments, Soldering-irons, Solder-feeding.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
221
CLASS 113 Continued.
110. SOLDERING, SOLDER FORMS. Solder forms adapted to
be applied to the article to be soldered.
111. SOLDERING, TOOLS AND APPLIANCES. Miscellaneous
tools and appliances used in soldering. Tinners' slakes,
benches, soldering-beds, scrapers, etc.
112. SOLDERING, PROCESSES. Processes for uniting articles
by either hard or soft solder.
113. WORK-FEEDERS. Miscellaneous machines for feeding
blanks to the shaping or operating mechanism; also mecha-
nisms for transferring the partly completed article from one
mechanism to another.
Search Classes
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 10, Can-making
machines, Body-forming and side-seaming, Soldering, Blank-
feeding, and 11, Can-making machines, Body-forming and
side-seaming, Blank-feeding.
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 99, Work-handling
mechanism, Blank-feeding.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 116,
Punching-machines, Feed mechanisms.
CLASS 113 Continued.
114. WORK-FEEDERS, CAP AND HEAD. Mechanisms which
are adapted to feed sheet-metal can heads or caps or bottle-
caps to an operating mechanism.
Search Classes
113 SHEET-METAL AVARE, MAKING, all subclasses under Can-
making machines, Head feeding and applying, Body-feeding.
226 PACKAGING LIQUIDS, subclasses 5, Corking machines,
Automatic feed, and 7, Corking-machines, Compressing, Auto-
matic feed.
115. WORK-FEEDERS, CAN-BODY. Mechanisms for feeding
can-bodies to head-applying machines, seaming machines,
etc., and mechanisms for transferring can-bodies from one
machine to another.
Search Class
226 PACKAGING LIQUIDS, subclass 9, Filling-machines.
116. PROCESSES. Miscellaneous processes for making sheet-metal
ware.
CLASS 114. SHIPS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes marine vehicles and accessories, as merchant
vessels, war-ships, submarines, torpedo-boats, etc., their spars, sails,
and fittings specific thereto and not otherwise classifiable.
Boats, canoes, life-boats, and rafts and other small craft usually
propelled by oars are separately classified in class 9, BOATS AND
BUOYS.
Subclasses.
0.5. MISCELLANEOUS. Marine vehicle structures and devices
not otherwise classifiable.
1. WAR-SHIPS. Ships and similar structures for offensive and
defensive purposes, elements or details specific thereto, and
inventions relating to the construction and building of such
vessels not otherwise classifiable.
2. WAR-SHIPS, RAMS. Vessels provided with bow or stern ex-
tensions below the water-line for ramming purposes or ships
having battering-rams or augers.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 41, Ice-breakers, Rams, for rams used in
ice-breaking.
3. WAR-SHIPS, RAMS, BATTERING. Vessel? having recipro-
cating or thrusting rams designed to batter in or puncture the
hull of a vessel; also vessels provided with augers or boring
devices to effect the same ends.
4. WAR-SHIPS, FLOATING BATTERIES. Floating forts
designed to be anchored in harbors, usually of circular section
and cylindrical or globular in form, and though such forts
may have moans of propulsion they differ from the general
type of war-ships and form a distinctive class.
Note. These devices differ from turrets in that turrets are for-
tified structures mounted upon, rotating with, or being
elevated upon other structures, while floating batteries form
a single structure, being rotated or elevated as a whole.
5. WAR-SHIPS, TURRET. War-ships having mounted thereon
an armored short or flat tower, generally cylindrical or conical
in shape, within which guns are operated. These structures
usually rotate upon or are elevated or lowered on the vessel
carrying them.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclass 4, War-ships, floating batteries, for revolv-
ing vessels,
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 55, Harbors, Fortifica-
tions and defenses, Turrets, for turrets designed for land forti-
fications.
6. WAR-SHIPS. TURRET, COMBINED ELEVATING AND
ROTARY. War-ships provided with revoluble turrets that
may be elevated or depressed at will.
7. WAR-SHIPS, TURRET, ELEVATING. Turrets that may bo
elevated or depressed on the vessel that supports them.
8. WAR-SHIPS, TURRET, ROTARY. Turrets that are revo-
luble upon the vessel supporting them.
9. WAR-SHIPS. ARMORED. Miscellaneous armor-^lad vessels
in which turret features are not claimed and which involve
novelty in protected hulls or docks, etc., either through belts
or sheathing of armor-plate which may be placed to form
deflecting-surfaoos or by moans of temporary shields and
screens (other than the shields of gun-mounts in class 89,
ORDNANCE, subclass 30, Shields).
10. WAR-SHIPS, ARMORED, DEFLECTORS. Devices for
protecting war-ships by means of armor arranged to form
deflecting-surfaces to receive the impact of projectiles and
cause their rebound.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 5, War-ships, Turret, and the subclasses
thereunder.
11. WAR-SHIPS, ARMORED, BELTING AND PLATING.
Inventions in protecting war-ships by armor, involving the
structure, assembling, and securing of armor-plates or equiva-
lent upon the hull, decks, or elsewhere to form sheaths or belts.
12. WAR-SHIPS, ARMORED, BELTING AND PLATING,
COMPOUND. Armor-plating composed of a plurality of
superposed parts jointed or locked together to form an integral
plate or in which the bolting or plating is of a compound char-
acter formed of different materials, including buffers or equiva-
lent, or structurally united, or in which the plating is composed
of a plurality of layers of plates.
13. WAR-SHIPS, ARMORED, BELTING AND PLATING,
COMPOUND, BUFFERS. Armor bolting and plating in
which yielding or elastic means are provided either at the
backing or supports or between the elements of the com-
pound armor or plates.
CLASS 114 Continued.
14. WAR-SHIPS, ARMORED, SCREENS AND SHIELDS.
Devices in which protection is secured to the vessel or crew by
moans of a screen or shield secured to the vessel or which is port-
able. It differs from class 89, ORDNANCE, subclass 36, Shields,
in that the latter shields are a part of the gun-mount, while the
devices of this subclass are a part of the vessel or are inde-
pendent of the gun and its mount.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclasses 174, Ports, Stoppers, and 175, Ports, Stop-
pers, Gun-port.
89 ORDNANCE, subclass 36, Shields, for shields of gun-mounts.
15. WAR-SHIPS, CONCEALMENT. Means for rendering a war-
ship invisible or indistinguishable at a distance by particular
combinations of paints or through resemblance to surround-
ings.
10. SUBMARINE VESSELS. Vessels that may be operated
wholly beneath the surface of the water or submergible vessels
and vessels designed to travel on the bottom of the sea.
16.4. SUBMARINE VESSELS, LIFE AND VESSEL SAVING
DEVICES. Submarine vessels provided with devices for
saving the lives of the crow or for salvage of the vessel or cargo
when sunk or submerged and unable to rise to the surface. In
this subclass are properly classifiable also patents relating to
detachable keels of submarines when such feature alone is
claimed, but if other features are claimed, by cross-reference
from superior subclasses.
Search Class
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclasses 7, Diving armor; 3,
Caissons, and 20, Caissons, Ship, for devices of general appli-
cation relating to this art.
16.5. SUBMARINE VESSELS, LIFE AND VESSEL SAVING
DEVICES, BUOYS. Submarines carrying buoys releasable
by means controlled from within the vessel. These buoys are
usually provided with signaling devices for indicating the
position of the submerged vessal, with means for establishing
or maintaining communication, supplying air or food, etc.,
and generally, though not necessarily, connected by cable or
other means with the submerged submarine.
Search Class
9 BOATS AND BUOYS, subclasses 9, Buoys, Wreck-indicating,
and 10, Buoys, Safes.
1C.6. SUBMARINE VESSELS, LIFE AND VESSEL SAVING
DEVICES, ESCAPES. Submarines provided with devices
for enabling the crew or passengers to escape from the sunken
or submerged vessel, usually an air lock or an escape tube
through which the crew may pass from the interior to the
exterior of the vessel or to the surface. Air lock or egress de-
vices of submarines, though not intended as escapes, may be
found here by cross-reference.
16.7. SUBMARINE VESSELS, LIFE AND VESSEL SAVING
DEVICES, ESCAPES, BOATS OR BUOYS. Submarines
carrying boats or buoys connected to and in communication
with the interior of the vessel and into which one or more of
the crow may pass, the communicating openings closed, the
boat or buoy released or detache-1 to rise to the surface. These
boats or buoys while rising or floating may still be connected
to the sunken vessel by a cable or other connecting device.
Search Class
9 BOATS AND BUOYS, subclass 4, Life-boats, Inclosed, for boats
or buoys per se.
16.8. SUBMARINE VESSELS, LIFE AND VESSEL SAVING
DEVICES, SALVAGE. Submarines having devices for
saving property, the vessel itself, or another submarine, but
not devices for raisin? a submerged vossol, which are classified
in this class, subclass 44, Vessel raising and docking.
17. SUBMARINE VESSELS, TORPEDO-BOATS. Submarine
boats having means for placing, launching, or discharging
torpedoes.
Note. If no means are claimed for placing or discharging tor-
pedoes, see subclass 16, Submarine vessels, above.
IS. TORPEDO-BOATS. Torpedo-boats that run on the surface
or awash and that are not submersible. All have means for
placing, launching, or discharging torpedoes or are themselves
the carrier of the explosive.
Note. Torpedo-boats differ from torpedoes in that they are
manned and controlled by a crew, while torpedoes carry no
crew, are not designed for such purpose, and are much
smaller.
10. TORPEDO-BOATS, SPAR. Torpedo-boats carrying torpe-
does at the end of a spar, the torpedo being exploded on
contacting the hull of tho vessel toward which it is directed,
being launched from the spar toward the hull, or discharged
at will.
223
224
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 114 Continued.
20. TORPEDOES. Fish or automobile torpedoes, the power of
propulsion being self-contained and nearly always actuating
screw-propellers, which propel the torpedo on the surface or
at any desired depth.
Search Classes
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICE", subclasses 2. Tor-
pedoes, and 23, Pyrotechnics, Rockets, for rocket-torpedoes;
subclass 3, Torpedoes. Submarine mines, for submarine mines.
172 ELECTRICITY, MOTIVE POWER, subclass 8, Steering and
propulsion, and the subclasses thereunder, unless the invent ion
includes features specific to general torpedo structure, when it
is classifiable in this subclass or the subclasses thereunder, for
electrically-controlled torpedoes involving elfictrically-con-
trolled apparatus for steering and propulsion, etc.
21. TORPEDOES, EXTERNAL CONTROL. Fish or auto-
mobile torpedoes controlled from a shore or other station
through electric cables or cords for steering, the invention
being specific to torpedo structure rather than to the electric
features.
Search Class
172 ELECTRICITY, MOTIVE POWER, subclass 8, Steering and
propulsion, and the subclasses thereunder, for electrical fea-
tures.
22. TORPEDOES, SEPARABLE SECTIONS. Fish-torpedoes
formed of a plurality of separable sections or parts, one of which
contains the explosive, the remaining sections being capable
of a subsequent use.
23. TORPEDOES, STEERING MECHANISM. Torpedoes of
this type wherein the invention relates to the steering mecha-
nism.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclass 21, Torpedoes, External control, for other
than automatic or self-contained devices.
172 ELECTRICITY, MOTIVE POWER, subclass 8, Steering and
propulsion, and the subclasses thereunder, for electrical fea-
tures.
24. TORPEDOES, STEERING MECHANISM, GYROSCOPE.
Steering mechanisms for fish-torpedoes in which a gyroscope
disk or wheel controls the steadiness of the torpedo's course,
direction, speed, etc.
Search Class
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 78, Gyroscopes, for gyroscopes
of general application.
25. TORPEDOES, DEPTH REGULATION. Devices for keep-
ing torpedoes at a predetermined depth below the surface
while on its course or flight.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclasses 16, Submarine vessels, and 17, Subma-
rine vessels, Torpedo-boats, for such regulating devices as are
applicable to submarines.
26. SCOWS. Vessels of the well-known type approximately flat-
bottomed or square-ended; also oyster-floats.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclass 8, Bridges, Floating, for pontoon-boats.
27. SCOWS, DUMPING AND UNLOADING. Scows having
means for discharging a load by overturning, opening doors
at bottom or sides, by tilting platforms, by conveyers, car-
riers, by sectional, hinged, or separable parts, or by flooding
or washing away, etc.
Search Class
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, for loading and unloading fea-
tures of general application.
28. SCOWS, DUMPING AND UNLOADING, SECTIONAL.
Scows formed of a plurality of sections, hulls, or parts.
29. SCOWS, DUMPING AND UNLOADING, SECTIONAL
HINGED. Dumping-scows in which the sections are hinged
together and hold the load when united and dump it when
separated, the sections turning on the hinges usually placed
amidships.
30. SCOWS, DUMPING AND UNLOADING, SECTIONAL,
SEPARABLE. Dumping and sectional scows, the load
being dumped by the separation of the sections.
31. SCOWS, DUMPING AND UNLOADING, PLATFORM.
Scows carrying loads on platforms or decks rather than in
holds and having means or structure to facilitate dumping or
unloading.
32. SCOWS DUMPING AND UNLOADING, PLATFORM,
TILTING. Scows in which a platform carrying the load is
adapted to be tilted and dump the load.
Search Class
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclass 11, Loading and un-
loading, Tilting platform, for tilting platforms of general
application.
33. SCOWS, DUMPING AND UNLOADING, PLATFORM,
TILTING, CARRIERS. Scows having tilting platforms
which are movable laterally before tilting, affording greater
facility in tilting the platform to discharge the load overboard.
34. SCOWS. DUMPING AND UNLOADING, PLATFORM,
CONVEYERS. Scows of this type in which an endless belt,
carrier, conveyer, or equivalent conveys and discharges the
load bv its movement.
CLASS 114-Continued.
35. SCOWS, DUMPING AND UNLOADING, PLATFORM,
SIDE DOORS. Scows wherein the load is discharged by
opening doors or gates at the sides of the scow, the platform
usually being inclined and the load held in place by the closed
36. SCOWS, DUMPING AND UNLOADING, BOTTOM
DOORS. Dumping-scows discharging loads by the opening
of doors or gates in the bottom of the scow.
37. SCOWS, DUMPING AND UNLOADING, BOTTOM
DOORS, FLOODING-GATES. Dumping-scows having
bottom doors and additional gates for admission of water to
flood the load and facilitate dumping or discharge.
38. SCOWS, DUMPING AND UNLOADING, TURNOVER.
Scows adapted to be reversed or turned over to dump the load.
39. SAIL-BOATS. Combinations of boats, sails, masts, rigging,
spars, floats, etc., especially adapted for use in small craft or
sail-boats.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 123, Ballasting, Floats, for use of floats in
ballasting.
40. ICE-BREAKERS. Vessels or boats designed and operated to
break and cut up ice-floes or to open channels for the passage
of vessels.
41. ICE-BREAKERS, RAMS. Ice-breakers adapted to break
up the ice by ramming, the bow or stern structure being de-
signed for that purpose, the cutting being produced by the
blows and wedging caused by the speed and impact of the
vessel.
42. ICE-BREAKERS, CUTTERS. Ice-breakers having saws or
cutters for disrupting the ice, usually actuated by means inde-
pendent of the speed of the boat or not due to the momentum
of the vessel.
43. ICE-BOATS. Boats or vessels designed to be used on water
or ice and sometimes land. The boat's structure is essential.
Search Class
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 1, Land and water boats,
for vessels having wheels for land service.
44. VESSEL RAISING AND DOCKING. Miscellaneous means
or devices for raising sunken or submerged vessels, floating
dry-docks, or devices specific to such use.
45. VESSEL RAISING AND DOCKING, FLOATING DRY-
DOCKS. Means for raising vessels by use of semi-submergible
docks, nearly all of which are floating vessels and constructed
to receive the vessel upon its bottom or upon a platform or
equivalent way, the dock being raised by changing the line of
flotation through buoyancy by ejecting or pumping water
from the water-tanks or by changing ballast.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 49, Vessel raising and docking, Camels,
caissons, and pontoons; and subclass 53, Vessel raising and
docking, Submerged, Air-tanks, Camels, caissons, and pon-
toons, for structures that are to be entirely submerged.
46. VESSEL RAISING AND DOCKING, FLOATING DRY-
DOCKS, SECTIONAL. Floating dry-docks formed of a
plurality of movable and independent sections that united
form the dock or in which one or more sections may be used
to dock other sections or vessels.
47. VESSEL RAISING AND DOCKING, FLOATING DRY-
DOCKS, END-GATES. Integral structures provided with
gates or caissons adapted to be closed and inclose the vessel
in a dock, from which the water may be expelled to expose
the hull of the vessel.
48. VESSEL RAISING AND DOCKING, FLOATING DRY-
DOCKS, ELEVATORS. Floating dry-docks havinga plat-
form upon which the hull of the vessel is supported and which
is elevated or depressed upon the dock by buoyant action
secured by emptying water-tanks or by hoisting.
Search Class
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 48, Docks, Lifting, for
elevators in stat ionary or land dry-docks in which the eleva-
tor is usually raised by hoisting.
49. VESSEL RAISING AND DOCKING, CAMELS, CAISSONS,
AND PONTOONS. Devices between which a vessel is
raised by their buoyant action, the structures not being de-
signed to be sunk (as in subclass 53, below). The camels,
caissons, or pontoons are partially submerged by opening
water-valves and the vessels secured by straps, chains, etc.,
and by changing the buoyancy of the structures by expelling
water from tanks or on rise of tide the vessel is raised.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclass 53, Vessel raising and docking, Submerged,
Air-tanks, Camels, caissons, and pontoons, for similar struc-
tures designed to be sunk and secured to sunken or sub-
merged vessels.
9 BOATS AND BUOYS, subclass 11, Life-rafts.
50. VESSEL RAISING AND DOCKING, SUBMERGED.
Devices for raising sunken vessels; also means for forcing air
into a vessel and expelling the water after sealing up openings.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
225
CLASS 114 Continued.
51. VESSEL RAISING AND DOCKING, SUBMERGED,
HOISTING. Means for raising sunken vessels by hoisting
or for hauling vessels off shoals or bars. The sunken vessel
is hoisted toward some floating vessel which supports the
hoisting apparatus.
52. VESSEL RAISING AND DOCKING, SUBMERGED, AIR-
TAN" K.S. Vessels, tanks, or receptacles for containing air
adapted when filled to raise a sunken vessel by their combined
buoyant force.
53. VESSEL RAISING AND DOCKING. SUBMERGED. AIR-
TANKS, CAMELS, CAISSONS, AND PONTOONS.
Structures adapted to receive water and be sunk, attached to
sunken vessels, and have the water expelled, thus raising the
vessel by buoyant force.
54. VESSEL RAISING AND DOCKING, SUBMERGED, AIR-
TANKS, INFLATABLE BAGS. Bags or receptacles for
con taining air adapted to be attached or secured to or in sunken
vessels when empty and by inflation raise the same by buoy-
ancy.
55. VESSEL RAISING AND DOCKING, SUBMERGED,
SAND AND MUD LOOSENING. Devices or means for
removing the sand or mud about a submerged hull.
56. FORM. Inventions in the shape, cross-section, or "lines" of a
vessel in contact with the water or the exterior form in general.
Search Classes-
US MARINE PROPULSION, appropriate subclasses, for specific
features involved in marine, propulsion.
244^- AERONAUTICS, for ah- ships adapted to marine use.
57. FORM, SCREW-PROPELLER TYPE. Inventions in the
exterior form of vessels propelled by screw-propellers.
58. FOTIM, PADDLE-WHEELERS. Inventions in the form of
vessels propelled by wheels.
59. FORM, SPINDLE. Vessels of spindle form having nearly cir-
cular cross-section amidships and tapering toward bow and
stern.
60. FORM, CANAL AND FERRY BOATS. Inventions relating
to the form of vessels designed for canal, ferry, or tow sen i< -e.
Search Class
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 6, Towing, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
61. FORM, DIVIDED HULL. Types of ship form in which the
ship's body is divided into a plurality of hulls or in which the
hull is divided below the water-line.
Search Class
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclasses 22, Manual power, Cata-
maran, and 20, Marino pedomotors. Catamaran, for separate
hulls, boats, or floats united to form so-called "catamarans."
62. FORM, CONCAVE BOTTOM. Forms of hull presenting a
more or less concave surface to the water from bilge to bilge,
bilges to keel, or longitudinally.
63. FORM, FLAT BOTTOM. Inventions in ship's forms in which
flat bottoms are used with or without keels or in which the
bottom is nearly flat or horizontal.
Search Class
114 -SHIPS, subclass 20, Scows, and the subclasses thereunder,
for flat-bottom scows.
64. FORM, DRAFTING. Inventions involving the, use of lines
or curves, etc., in drafting or laying down the lines of vessels.
65. BUILDING. Inventions relating to the construction of vessels
except war-ships or submarine types and not otherwise
classifiable.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclass 56, Form, and the subclasses thereunder,
for inventions in external form or water-resistance surface.
9 BOATS AND BUOYS, subclass 1, Boats, and the subclasses
thereunder, especially subclasses 2, Boats. Sectional and
folding; 6, Boats, Hull construction, and 0.5, Boats, Hull
construction, Formers and framers, for small boats.
66. BUILDING, OBSERVATION BOATS. Boats having glass
bottoms or windows for the purpose of viewing marine life
and scenery.
66.5. BUILDING, HYDROPLANE BOATS. Boat or vessel
structures or attachments therefor in which means comprising
laterally extended or inclined planes, boards, fins, or a suit-
able form of hull are provided for increasing the speed of the
boat when moving in the water, such means then operating
upon the principle of the wedge or inclined plane partially to
raise the boat out of the water and to diminish the amount of
submerged surface that opposes resistance to speed movement
through the water.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, appropriate subclasses of submarine vessels and
torpedoes, for analogous devices.
67. BUILDING, ANTIFRICTION SURFACES. Devices pro-
viding means for diminishing the resistance between the
water and the vessel when moving through the water and
effective in increasing the speed. The present types com-
prise friction-roller surfaces, conveyers, and air-distributing
means or attachments to produce a better cutting edge.
CLASS 114 Continued.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclasses 232, Oil-distributers, and 233, Oil-dis-
tributers, Ship structure, for devices for distributing oils or
liquids between the, ship's skin and the water.
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 11, Jet, and the subclasses
thereunder, for vessels having means to expel air or water
about the surface of the submerged hull with sufficient effect
and force to propel the vessel.
68. BUILDING, INSUBMERGIBLE VESSELS. Vessels pro-
vided with means for preventing a vessel from sinking, in-
volving sufficient bulkheads or compartments to keep it
afloat or providing impenetrable or puncture-proof skins or
sides with or without linings or fillings of waterproof or leak-
stopping character.
69. BUILDING INSUBMERGIBLE VESSELS, LININGS
AND FILLINGS. Vessels of insubmergible or non-sinkable
type having linings or fillings in the sheathing that through
yielding surfaces, waterproof, or leak-stopping qualities pre-
vent the admission of water.
70. BUILDING, CANAL AND FERRY BOATS. Vessels
designed and constructed for the above service and including
those carrying trains and cars.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 60, Form, Canal and ferry boats, for form of
boats.
71. BUILDING, CABINS. Inventions relating to vessels having
cabin structures or means for supporting them.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 189, Furniture, Cabins and state-rooms, for
separate structures.
72. BUILDING, FREIGHTERS. Vessels designed for carrying,
securing, and preserving freight or cargo.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclasses 20, Scows, and 70, Building, Canal and
ferry boats.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclass 1, Loading and un-
loading.
73. BUILDING, FREIGHTERS, BULK-CARGO. Vessels con-
structed to carry cargo in bulk, as ore, grain, coal, etc., whether
of the hopper type or otherwise.
74. BUILDING, FREIGHTERS, BULK-CARGO, LIQUID.
Bulk-cargo freighters constructed to carry liquids in one or
more tanks.
75. BUILDING, FREIGHTERS, BULK-CARGO, ANTI-
SHIFTING DEVICES. Inventions relating to means for
keeping the cargo from moving about during the movements
of the vessel.
76. BUILDING FREIGHTERS, BULK-CARGO, CEILINGS
AND FLOORS. Devices for sustaining and covering car-
goes, preventing access of water or moisture, etc.
77. BUILDING, SECTIONAL. Composite vessels constructed
of a plurality of independent parts structurally united or
decked to form a single vessel.
Search Class
9 BOATS AND BUOYS, subclass 2, Boats, Sectional and folding.
78. BUILDING, BULKHEAD AND COMPARTMENT. Ves-
sels having bulkheads or compartments as elements of com-
binations.
Search Classes
114 -SHIPS, subclass 116, Bulkheads and doors, and the sub-
classes thereunder, for bulkheads per fie and doors.
9 BOATS AND BUOYS, subclasses 3, Boats, Life-boats, and 4,
Boats, Life-boats, Inclosed.
79. BUILDING, IRON. Various types of construction for iron
vessels or in which iron or metal is an essential element of the
hull structure.
80. BUILDING, IRON, CORRUGATED. Ships in which corru-
gated iron is used.
81. BUILDING, IRON, TUBULAR. Ships in which iron tubes
are used in construction.
Search Class
9 BOATS AND BUOYS, subclass 4, Boats, Life-boats, Inclosed.
82. BUILDING, WOOD. Vessels in which wood is the principal
material used in construction.
83. BUILDING, BRACING AND STAYING. Means for bracing,
staying, trussing, etc., the timbers, frames, sheathing, and
decks of vessels.
84. BUILDING, SHEATHING AND PLANKING. Various
means and methods of constructing the sides of vessels, in-
volving the use of planks or sheaths or placing additional
sheaths or linings thereon or therein.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 11, War-ships, Armored, Belting and
plating, and the subclasses thereunder, for metal or armor
bolts or sheaths.
85. BUILDING, DECKS. Methods and means for constructing
vessels' decks or relating thereto.
26674 12-
-15
226
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 114 Continued.
86. BUILDING, CALKING AND SEAMING. Methods and
means for filling or closing the seams between planking, etc.,
and making them water-tight.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 224, Implements, Calking, Paying, etc.,
for tools, implements, and machines for putting in the calk-
ing material and paying or puttying seams.
87. BUILDING, KNFES. Braces or knees used in shipbuilding.
88. BUILDING, JOINTS. Specific means or devices for uniting
timbers, plates, frames, seats, and thwarts, etc.
Search Class
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 92, Splices and joints, for
joints used in wooden buildings.
89. SPARS. Inventions in ships' spars, as masts, yards, booms,
gaffs, etc., their attachments, connections, and manner of
mounting, raising, and securing them.
90. SPARS, MASTS AND MASTING. Inventions in masts, their
material, form, construction, and position, and means for
securing them.
91. SPARS, MASTS AND MASTING, SWINGING. Devices
for pivoting masts, adapting them to be turned down, up,
around at will, or automatically.
Search Class
114 Snips, subclass 143, Keels, Rocking, for swinging masts
with rocking keels; subclass 39, Sail-boats, for swinging masts.
92. SPARS MASTS AND MASTING, CROSS AND TRESTLE
TREES. Inventions in the above-mentioned devices or
then- equivalents, trestle-trees being defined as fore and aft
pieces secured on each side of a mast or resting on the hounds
to support the rigging, cross-trees, etc. Cross-trees an;
athwartships timbers supported by bibbs and trestle-trees to
sustain top frames or extend topgallant shrouds.
93. SPARS, MASTS AND MASTING, COATS, SHIELDS, AND
STEPS. Devices for protecting a mast or the deck through
which it passes, rendering the joint impervious to water, and
devices or means for securing the heel or foot of the mast to
the ship's timbers, keel, or keelson, etc., and fastening it in
place.
94. SPARS, MASTS AND MASTING, HEADS AND IRONS.
Caps and trucks or structure of the upper end or head of the
mast and the various types of metal bands or irons, etc., that
are secured to masts not otherwise classifiable.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 98, Spars, gaffs, booms, etc., Pivoted, for
"irons."
95. SPARS, YARDS. Inventions in the horizontally-disposed
spars extending athwartships to which the sails of square-
rigged vessels are secured, as courses, topsails, topgallant, and
royal sails.
96. SPARS, YARDS, TRUSSES AND PARRELS. Devices for
hanging, supporting, or securing the yards of vessels, trusses
usually being of iron, to which the lower yard is pivoted or
secured, and parrels being hoops, rings, or chains encircling
the mast and secured to the yards.
97. SPARS, GAFFS, BOOMS, ETC. All ship-spars except masts
and yards (separately classified) and their connections to masts
or yards.
98. SPARS, GAFFS, BOOMS, ETC., PIVOTED. Gaffs, booms,
etc., which ara pivoted or the means or devices for pivoting
them to the masts or other supports.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 19, Torpodo-boats, Spar.
99. SPARS, GAFFS, BOOMS, ETC., CROTCHES AND SUP-
PORTS. Devices for supporting booms, usually a support
having a crotch hi its upper end in which the boom rests.
100. SPARS, SPAR-IRONS. Bands or irons of various types
which are attached or secured to yards, booms, gaffs, etc., and
which are not classifiable in subclasses 94, Spars, masts and
masting, heads and irons; 90, Spars, yards, trusses and par-
rels; 98, Spars, gaffs, booms, etc., Pivoted; 101, Spars, Fair-
leaders and chocks; 112, Sails and rigging, Mast-travelers,
and 218, Bitts, cleats, and pin-rails.
101. SPARS, FAIR-LEADERS AND CHOCKS. Devices to se-
cure the free running of ropes, cables, etc., adapted to be se-
cured to spars or ship-timbers or structurally a part of spars
or attached to tops, cross-trees, decks, pin-rails, etc.
102. SAILS AND RIGGING. Miscellaneous inventions relating to
sails, standing and running rigging, setting, reefing, and furling
sails, and their elements.
103. SAILS AND RIGGING, SAILS. Sails, their patterns, mate-
ri:il, construction, etc.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 39, Sail-boats.
104. SAILS AND RIGGING, SAILS, REEFING AND FURL-
ING. Inventions for taking in or shortening sail.
105. SAILS AND RIGGING, SAILS, REEFING AND FURL-
ING, FORE-AND-AFT SAILS. Means and methods of
reefing and furling those sails which are set normally in a fors-
and-aft line, as jibs, staysails, spankers, and sails of the sloop
or schooner rig types.
CLASS 114 Continued.
IOC. SAILS AND RIGGING, SAILS, REEFING AND FURL-
ING, FORE-AND-AFT SAILS, ROLLING. Devices for
shortening fore-and-aft sails by rolling them upon rollers, said
rollers being the booms, gaffs, etc., or rollers attached thereto
or to stays, etc.
107. SAILS AND RIGGING, SAILS, REEFING AND FURL-
ING, ROLLING. Devices for shortening the sails of other
than fore-and-aft types on rollers, the rollers being the yards or
attached thereto or to the masts.
108. SAILS AND RIGGING, SAILS, FASTENING DEVICES.
Mechanical devices, usually metallic, by means of which sails
are secured to their support, these devices usually being se-
cured to the sail, and which are not classifiable in subclasses
112, 113, 114, and 115.
109. SAILS AND RIGGING, RIGGING SCREWS AND
STRETCHERS. Means for tightening up or shortening
shrouds or other standing rigging and permanently placed,
the turning of a screw producing greater tension between the
ends of shrouds, etc.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclass 223, Implements, Rigging, for portable rig-
ging-screws.
57 HOISTING, subclass 15, Lifting-jacks, and the subclasses
thereunder, for lifting-jacks.
110. SAILS AND RIGGING, RIGGING SCREWS AND
STRETCHERS, TENSION-RELIEVERS. Rigging screws
and stretchers having a yielding part adapted to yield under
sudden strain or tension and of the nature of elastic couplings.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclasses 205, Travelers, Tension-relievers; 213,
Tension-relievers, and the subclasses thereunder, for other
tension-relieving devices.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 208, Resilient
connections.
54 HARNESS, subclass 86, Elastic connections.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 72, Elastic tension devices.
111. SAILS AND RIGGING RUNNING RIGGING. Means for
making or setting sails, hoisting means, or relating thereto.
112. SAILS AND RIGGING, MAST-TRAVELERS. Devices by
which the hoops or sail-fasteners are made to travel up and
down on masts and longitudinally on yards or spars when the
sails are being set or furled, etc. ; the sail-fastening device hav-
ing an element movable in a guide, slot, or iron attached to or
structurally apart of the mast or spar. This subclass includes
all travelers attached to spars or which are not secured to the
rail or deck.
113. SAILS AND RIGGING, HOOPS AND CONNECTIONS.
The title is self-explanatory, the connections usually being a
part of the hoop rather than a sail-fastener, the latter forming a
part of or secured to the sail or its bolt-rope.
114. SAILS AND RIGGING, CRINGLES AND HANKS. Eyes,
loops, grommets, etc., or their metal equivalents worked in or
secured to the sides or leaches of sails at the bolt-ropes, the
eye or loop adapted to receive the hook of a tackle or equivalent
orto sail-fastening devices secured to jibs and stay-sails orfore-
and-aft sails and having a plurality of loops, one'for the stay,
another for the bolt-rope of sails, and which are usually in the
same plane and adapted to secure the free running of the sail
on its stay or support.
115. SAILS AND RIGGING, CLEWS .AND. THIMBLES. So-
called "spectacle" or other irons or devices secured to the
lower corners of sails to which the sheets are attached. The
spectacle-iron or iron clew is usually formed with three eyes,
to which the loach-rope, the foot-rope of the sail, and the
sheet or sheet-block are attached. Thimbles are also placed
in this subclass and are defined as metal eyes or rings secured
in a bight of rope or metal strap and used as a fair-leader to
prevent chafing or to distribute the strain to the rope in which
it is secured.
Search Class
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 202, Separable
fasteners, Buttonhole-protectors, for analogous devices.
116. BULKHEADS AND DOORS. Inventions in bulkheads usu-
ally adapted to form water-tight compartments of vessels.
117. BULKHEADS AND DOORS, DOORS. Bulkheads pro-
vided with doors.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses under Doors, Car.
34 DRIERS, subclasses under Cylinder, and subclass 30, Retort.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 124, Retorts.
Lids.
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 7, Stock
treatment, Digestive.
109 SAFES, subclass 4, Circular-door.
138 HYDRAULIC MOTORS, subclass 2, Reciprocating, for the
motors for operating bulkhead-doors.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 271, Wood-bending, Steaming.
167 MEDICINES, subclass 3, Disinfectants.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 40, Doors, and
appropriate subclasses thereunder.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 124,
Tank-closures, for similar structures.
118. BULKHEADS AND DOORS, DOORS, AUTOMATIC.
Doors of bulkheads adapted for self-closure or in which the
closing is automatic, as on the entry of water to a certain
height, the doors being closed by swinging or rotating.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
227
CLASS 114 Continued.
Search Class
39 FENCES, subclasses 92, Gates, Openers, Car-door; 95, Gates,
Openers, Swinging-door, and 9(>, Gates, Openers, Hatch.
119. BULKHEADS AND DOORS, DOORS, AUTOMATIC,
SLIDING. Automatic closing doors of bulkheads, said doors
being sliding.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 19, Doors, Sliding, Miscel-
laneous, and subclasses 27 et scq., Doors, Car.
39 FENCES, subclasses 92, Gates, Openers, Car-door; 94, Gates,
Openers, Sliding-door, and 90, Gates, Openers, Hatch.
120. BULKHEADS AND DOORS, DOORS, SLIDING. Bulk-
head-doors which close by sliding.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, especially subclasses 19, Doors, Sliding,
Miscellaneous, and 22, Doors, Car, Sliding, Miscellaneous.
39 FENCES, subclasses 92, Gates, Openers, Car-door; 94, Gates,
Openers, Sliding-door, and 90, Gates, Openers, Hatch.
121. BALLASTING. Devices designed to steady and trim vessels,
prevent careening, rolling, pitching, etc.
122. BALLASTING, ANTIROLLING. Means to prevent the
rolling, pitching, etc., due to wave motion.
123. BALLASTING, FLOATS. Means providing buoyant floats,
caissons, etc., secured to the vessel and floating alongside, pre-
venting careening, capsizing, etc.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclass 39, Sail-boats, for combinations with boats,
spars, sails, etc.
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclasses 22, Manual power, Cata-
maran, and 20, Marine podomotors, Catamaran, for combina-
tions of floats with marine propelling devices.
124. BALLASTING, SHIFTING WEIGHTS. Devices in which
weights are adapted to move about or to be moved to dis-
tribute the weight and change the position of the center of
gravity to steady, trim, or ballast a vessel when sailing or in
a seaway.
125. BALLASTING, WATER-TANKS. Devices in which bal-
lasting is secured by water-tanks adapted to be filled or emp-
tied, thereby distributing weight, which steadies and trims
the vessel in sailing, etc.
126. BALLASTING, FINS AND BOARDS. Ballasting devices
in which lee or weather boards or fins, plates, blados, etc., are
adapted to project from the vessel's sides or keel laterally,
obliquely, or horizontally to form a resistance-surface to pre-
vent careening or capsizing and to enable a vessel to point or
sail closer to the wind and prevent making leeway.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclasses 135, Centerboards, Pivoted, Lateral, and
142, Keels, Bilge, for centerboards, lateral, which partake of
the nature of fins and lee-boards, though used as centerboards
or keels; subclass 152, Steering mechanism. Fins, for diving-
fins.
127. CENTERBOARDS. Vessels having boards, plates, planks,
etc., placed longitudinally amidships and projecting in line
with the keel or approximate thereto and adapted to be raised
or lowered to increase the resistance-surface and prevent capsiz-
ing or sudden careening, thereby steadying and trimming the
vessel, usually preventing making to "leeward, and enabling
a vessel to point or sail closer to the wind. Centerboards are
usually short in length and move in a recess or casing formed
in the bottom of the vessel and raised, lowered, or adjusted
at will.
128. CENTERBOARDS, STEERING. Centerboards adapted
to be turned more or less obliquely or athwartships and capable
or adapted to be used for steering. The devices of this type
are centerboards in that they are adapted to be lowered as
centerbpards and serve the purpose of such or are too long to
be considered as mere rudders.
Note. Steering mechanism, Keel, subclass 149, this class, is lim-
ited to rudders placed upon or in line with the keel and not
adapted to be raised or lowered as centerboards, or the in-
vention relates to the means for steering rather than to the
principles of centerboards.
129. CENTERBOARDS, MULTIPLE. Devices in which more
than one ccnterboard is used and in line with the keel longi-
tudinally.
130. CENTERBOARDS, VERTICAL-DROP AND PIVOTED-
SWING. Devices in which the centerboard is adapted to be
lowered vertically and then swung down to greater depth
at will or tilted or turned transversely athwartships.
131. CENTERBOARDS, VERTICAL-DROP AND PIVOTED-
SWING, SECTIONAL. Centerboards of vertical-drop
and swing type and made of a plurality of movable Darts.
132. CENTERBOARDS, PIVOTED. Centerboards pivoted at
or near one end, adapted to swing down to greater or less
depth, and adjustable at will.
133. CENTERBOARDS, PIVOTED, SECTIONAL. Pivoted
centerhoards composed of a plurality of separate parts usually
movable or pivotally connected.
134. CENTERBOARDS, PIVOTED, SECTIONAL, FAN.
Folding sectional boards in which the parts fold together fan-
like and having a common pivot on which the sections turn.
CLASS 114 Continued.
135. CENTERBOARDS, PIVOTED. LATERAL. Center-
boards displaced laterally from the keel and not in line there-
with.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 120, Ballasting, Fins and boards.
136. CENTERBOARDS, PIVOTED, LATERAL-SWING. Cen-
terboards adapted to be swung obliquely across the line of the
keel, but not primarily for steering.
137. CENTERBOARDS, PIVOTED, LATERAL-TILT. Cen-
terboards that are adapted to tilt horizontally or obliquely
up or down against the keel, being usually hinged at or in line
therewith.
138. CENTERBOARDS, VERTICAL - DROP. Centerboards
that are adapted to be raised or lowered vertically, both
ends being adjustable at will either separately or simulta-
neously, and in most cases the centerboard is moved as a whole
and not merely one end.
139. CENTERBOARDS, VERTICAL - DROP, SECTIONAL.
Centerboards adapted to be moved vertically and composed
of a plurality of movable parts.
140. KEELS. Keels and their structure and means and methods
of securing them, whether fixed or movable.
Note. Keels differ from centerboards in being longer, being
usually thelength of the boat, or being, when short, immovably
fixed to the hull.
141. KEELS, VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT. Keel structures
which are adapted to be moved vertically as a whole and
which extend from bow to stern and not merely centerboards.
Search Class
114^Smps, subclasses 130, Centerboards, Vertical-drop and
piyoted-swing; 131, Centerboards, Vertical-drop and pivoted-
swing, Sectional; 138, Centerboards, Vertical-drop, and 139,
Centerboards, Vertical-drop, Sectional, for centerboards.
142. KEELS, BILGE. Keels laterally displaced from the true
keel i. e., located upon the sides or'bilge of the vessel's bottom.
143. KEELS, ROCKING. Keel structures that are adapted to
rock or swing upon pivots laterally or longitud inally and which
are keels rather than centerboards.
144. STEERING MECHANISM. Devices for changing the direc-
tion or speed of a vessel's motion by means of rudders, brakes,
speed-retarders, and the like.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclass 162, Steering mechanism, Rudders, for
tillers, and subclass 209, Anchors, Drags or sea-anchors, for
draf-anchors for speed -retard ing and steering.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclasses 114, Traction-engines,
and 90, Motor-vehicles.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 79, Mechanical movements,
Steering-gear type, and the subclass thereunder.
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclasses 12, Jet, Steering; 18, Porta-
blepropellers, Steering; 21, Manual power, and subclasses there-
under; 25, Marine pedomotors, and subclasses thereunder;
29, Oscillating propellers, Steering; 32, Reciprocating pro-
psllers, Steering; 35, Screw-propellers, Steering; 53, Paddle-
wheels, Steering; 64, Chain propellers, Steering and adjust-
able, and G7, Crank-paddles, Steering and adjustable, for va-
rious types of steering-gear involved in and combined with
propelling devices.
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 13, Steering mechanism, for
mechanism of general application for all types involving steam-
engine structures.
172 ELECTRICITY, MOTIVE POWER, subclass 8, Steering and
propulsion, and the subclasses thereunder for electrical appara-
tus and the electrical control of steering and pronelling devices.
208 VELOCIPEDES, subclass 114, Steering devices, and sub-
classes under Steering-wheel.
244 AERONAUTICS, subclass 29, Steering mechanism.
145. STEERING MECHANISM, SPEED - RETARDERS.
Brakes or devices for retarding a ship's motion through the
water and also adapted for steering when used separately,
usually rudders or projecting plates attached to the vessel's
sides.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 209, Anchors, Drags or sea-anchors, for
checking headway by drags.
146. STEERING MECHANISM, AUXILIARY. Inventions in
steering apparatus having a plurality of devices for operating
the rudder or steering means, one auxiliary to the other for
simultaneous use, or as an aid to that in general use.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 163, Steering mechanism, Rudders, Multi-
ple, for multiple rudders, and subclass 164, Steering mechan-
ism, Rudders, Auxiliary, for auxiliary rudders.
147. STEERING MECHANISM, PADDLES AND WHEELS.
Devices in which paddle-wheels or screw-propellers, etc., are
used to effect a change of direction, such devices being used
for steering and not primarily for propulsion.
Search Class
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclasses 35, Screw-propellers,
Steering, and 50, Paddle-wheels, Steering, for combined steer- .
ing and propelling screws or wheels.
228
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 114 Continued.
148. STEERING MECHANISM, PADDLES AND WHEELS,
CHANNELS, Wheels or propellers placed in channels or
waterways formed in the ship's side or hull to effect changes
in direction by propulsion, the wheels or propellers located
in the channels setting in motion a column of water or jut
which by reaction changes direction of course.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclass 151, Steering mechanism, Fluid-pressure,
Jet, for steering devices in which a mere jet is used without the
use of wheels, etc.
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 12, Jet, Steering, for combi-
nations of propulsion and steering wheels in channels; sub-
classes 35, Screw-propellers, Steering, and 50, Paddle-wheels,
Steering, for screws or wheels in channels or waterways.
149. STEERING MECHANISM, KEEL. Rudders or equivalent
which are located upon or below the keel and partaking of
the nature of centerboards and adapted to be turned across
the keel, but not adjustable vertically.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclasses 12S, Centerboards, Steering, and 129,
Centerboards, Multiple.
150. STEERING MECHANISM, FLUID-PRESSURE. Steer-
ing mechanism in which fluid-pressure is used to control (lie
rudder, tiller, or steering-wheel, etc., or to react upon the water
through which the vessel moves. It includes all pneumatic,
steam, and hydraulic means specific to ships and their struc-
ture and not so claimed as to be of general application in
steam-steering.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclass 146, Steering mechanism, Auxiliary, for de-
vices in which either hand or fluid-pressure steering powers
are used independently or simultaneously or for means for
coupling one to the other.
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 13, Steering mechanism, for
steam and hydraulic devices, including specific steam-engine
structures and types, unless other elements of a combination
limit the device to ships.
151. STEERING MECHANISM, FLUID-PRESSURE, JET.
Devices in which a jet of fluid, usually water, is thrown out
approximately athwartships or obliquely to the keel at bow
or stern, turning a vessel by the reaction due to jet propul-
sion.
Search Class
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 12, Jet, Steering, for com-
bined propulsion and steering jets.
152. STEERING MECHANISM, FINS. Structures located at
ships' ends designed to effect diving, or similar devices at the
sides of vessels, any of which may be used for steering, but
which are not rudders in the ordinary meaning, their action
and position being similar to those of the fins of fishes.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 126, Ballasting, Fins and boards, for ballast-
ing-fins.
153. STEERING MECHANISM, FOOT. Means for steering
operated by the foot or feet.
154. STEERING MECHANISM, WHEEL-SHAFT GEARING.
Combinations of the ordinary steering-wheel or equivalent
and its shaft with gears for operating the rudder, but not
involving a wheel and drum.
155. STEERING MECHANISM, WHEEL-SHAFT GEARING,
SCREW. Wheel-shaft gearing in which screws or worms are
used. This subclass also includes multiple screw devices in
which a plurality of screws or worms is used, provided one of
them is upon the wheel-shaft, and said shaft turns another
through intermediate gear, all screws being of the same type.
156. STEERING MECHANISM, WHEEL-SHAFT GEARING,
SCREW, INTERMEDIATE GEAR. Screw-shaft gearing
in which other gears are placed between the steering-wheel
shaft and the screws or worms. In the miscellaneous sub-
class above (155) the screw or worm is located upon the wheel-
shaft.
157. STEERING MECHANISM, WHEEL-SHAFT GEARING,
SCREW, RIGHT AND LEFT. Wheel-shaft gearing in-
volving right and left screws or worms operating the rudder,
one or both of the screws being upon the wheel-shaft.
158. STEERING MECHANISM, WHEEL-SHAFT GEARING,
SCREW, RIGHT AND LEFT, INTERMEDIATE OKA!;.
Steering mechanism of the above-mentioned type in which
other gearing is placed between the wheel-shaft and the screws
or worms, which are geared to control the rudder.
159. STEERING MECHANISM, WHEEL-SHAFT GEARING,
SEGMENTAL RACK. Wheel-shaft gearing operating a
rack of segmental shape or equivalent located upon the rudder-
head and turning therewith.
160. STEERING MECHANISM, WHEEL AND DRUM. Steer-
ing mechanism comprising a wheel and a drum, upon which
the steering ropes or chains are wound.
101. STEERING MECHANISM, WHEEL AND DRUM, IN-
TERMEDIATE GEAR. Wheel and drum steering means
in which gears or mechanical elements are placed between
the wheel or ^xls and the drum.
CLASS 114 Continued.
162. STEERING MECHANISM, RUDDERS. Miscellaneous
forms of rudders, not otherwise classifiable; also includes
'tillers."
163. STEERING MECHANISM, RUDDERS, MULTIPLE.
Steering mechanisms in which a plurality of rudders is used.
164. STEERING MECHANISM, RUDDERS, AUXILIARY.
Rudders of permanent nature brought into use upon loss of
the usual rudder. They are movable into position, but are
not portable, as are jury rudders.
1C5. STEERING MECHANISM, RUDDERS, HANGING AND
SHIPPING. Means for pivoting, securing, or supporting the
rudder or its post in the bearings in combination with stem
or stem posts, keel, or keelson, and devices for shipping or
unshipping the rudder from its hanging or support.
1(6. STEERING MECHANISM, RUDDERS, TUBULAR.
Rudders of tubular shape through which the propeller forces
a jet or through which water reacts to move the stern
Search Class
115 MABINB PROPULSION, subclasses 42, Screw-propellers,
Fitting and driving, Casings and shields; 48, Screw-propellers,
Radial blades, Rims or cylinders, and 35, Screw-propellers,
Steering.
167. STEERING MECHANISM, RUDDERS, SECTIONAL.
Rudders composed of a plurality of rudders, parts, extensions,
or blades designed to increase resistance-surface
168. STEERING MECHANISM, RUDDERS, JURY. Portable
and temporary devices designed to serve as a steering means
1 1 he usual rudders have been lost or rendered inoperative.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 209, Anchors, Drags or sea-anchors, for
drag-anchors.
ItiO. STEERING MECHANISM, RUDDERS, POST BEAR-
INGS AND HEADS. The title is self-explanatory.
170. STEERING MECHANISM, RUDDERS, BRAKES. De-
vices for relieving strain on the helmsman or rudder, adapted
to yield gradually to the force of the waves, thereby preventing
the breaking of the rudder or its connections.
171. STEERING MECHANISM, RUDDERS, BRAKES, HY-
DRAULIC. Brakes in which tension is relieved through
fluid resistance, the fluid being compressed or retarded in its
flow.
172. STEERING MECHANISM, RUDDERS, LOCKS. De-
vices for securing the steering mechanism or rudder in fixed
position, and controllable at will.
173. PORTS. Devices including openings through ships' sides or
decks not otherwise classifiable, and stoppers, shutters, and
shields for closing the same.
174. PORTS, STOPPERS. Covers, doors, etc., for closing ports,
differing from the covers of the light and air ports principally
in the use to which said port is adapted and being generally
larger and of rectangular construction, while the light and
air ports are usually circular.
Search Classes
34 DRIERS, subclasses under Cylinder, and subclass 30, Retort.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass, 124, Retorts,
Lids.
92 PAPER-MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 7, Stock
treatment, Digestive.
94 PAVING, subclass 7, Vault-covers.
109 S.\i''::s, subclass 4, Circ;ilar-door.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 13, Hydrants and plugs.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 271, Wojd-bending, Steaming.
167 MEDICINES, subclass 3, Disinfectants.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 124,
Tank-closures.
175. PORTS, STOPPERS, GUN-PORT. Port-stoppers specially
adapted for ports through which the gun is pointed, the
stoppers fitting the muzzle of the gun or forming a shield or
protector.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclass 238, Torpedo-launching.
89 ORDNANCE, subclass 5, Submarine, for stoppers for subma-
rine ordnance.
89 ORDNANCE, subclass 36, Sliields, for protectors that close
the port, but are structurally a part of the gun-mount.
176. PORTS, STOPPERS, HINGED. Port-stoppers in which the
cover or stopper is hinged or pivoted in or to the port.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclass 175, Ports, Stoppers, Gun-port, for hinged
gun-port stoppers and shields.
114 SHIPS, subclass 178, Ports, Light and air, Hinged covers, for
hinged covers for light and air ports.
177. PORTS, LIGHT AND AIR. Ports, usually of circular shape,
designed to secure light and air, and smaller than cargo or gun
ports.
178. PORTS, LIGHT AND AIR, HINGED COVERS. Light
and air parts provided with hinged, pivoted, or swinging
covers for < .bsing the sama, usually forming air and water
tight joints when closed.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
229
CLASS 114 Continued.
179. HAWSE-PIPES. Devices involving openings or passages
in a vessel's bow or stern or sides to permit cables or hawsers
to run through.
180. HAWSE-PIPES, STOPPERS AND COVERS. Hawse-
pipes having means of closure.
181. HAWSE-PIPES, FRICTION-ROLLERS. Hawse-holes hav-
ing friction rollers or pulleys to facilitate the running out or
heaving in of the cable.
182. SCUPPERS. Devices involving passages or holes from tin-
decks through the ship's side to permit water accumulating
on the decks to run out.
183. BILGE-DISCHARGE. Devices for expelling bilge-water,
ash, or refuse from a ship's bilge or hold, including ejectors
or other devices operated by the movement of the vessel in
the water, or specific to ship use or structure.
Search Classes
103 PUMPS, subclass 62, Elements, Operating devices, for
pumps operated by weights oscillating through the rolling of
103 PUMPS, subclasses 62, Elements, Operating devices, and
79, Systems, for ship and bilge pumps not involving ship
structure.
103 PUMPS, subclass 69, Fluid-motive power, Water-wheel,
for water-wheels attached to or towed by moving vessels and
operating pumps, etc.
185 Motors, subclasses 29, Weight, Oscillating, and 30, Weight,
Oscillating, Wave type, for oscillating-weight motors which
may be operated by" a rolling vessel.
184. BILGE-DISCHARGE, EJECTORS. Devices for entraining
water or ashes, etc.. by the motion of the ship through the
water, water being injected to entrain the former or by suc-
tion produced by shape of discharge-orifice or its position in
the bottom of the vessel.
185. BILGE-DISCHARGE, EJECTORS, SHIP'S MOTION.
Ejectors which take in water forward or acting by suction
due to the shape of the discharge-orifice or its position, either
type being operative only when the ship is moving through
the water or when a current is flowing and the vessel is sta-
tionary.
186. BILGE-DISCHARGE, EJECTORS, ASH. Ejectors in-
cluding hoppers or other means for dumping and expelling
ashes through water or steam injection, etc.
187. SMOKE-STACKS. Steamboat stacks or chimneys specially
adapted to use on vessels, mostly swinging or telescopic in
structure and having no application elsewhere.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 184, Smoke-stacks.
188. FURNITURE. Furniture and furnishings of ships not classi-
fiable elsewhere because of special fitness to use on ships.
189. FURNITURE, CABINS AND STATE-ROOMS. Devices
or arrangements of cabins and state-rooms to secure light,
ventilation, comfort, and economy of space and usually sepa-
rate structures rather than permanent structures in ship-
building.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 71, Building, Cabins, for permanent struc-
tures in shipbuilding.
190. FURNITURE, LIFE-PRESERVER RACKS. Devices for
holding or supporting life-preservers on vessels and specific
thereto.
191. FURNITURE, SELF-LEVELING. Furniture that is
specific to use on ships, automatic in operation, maintaining
a level surface during rolling and tossing of the vessel.
192. FURNITURE, SELF-LEVELING, BERTHS. Berths pro-
viding for single or double swing, etc., during the rolling and
pitching of the vessel, maintaining a level surface, and devices
to steady berths during the rise and fall of the vessel.
193. FURNITURE, SELF-LEVELING, BERTHS, SINGLE-
PIVOT. Berths suspended from a universal joint or single
pivot, providing for berth equilibrium during the motions of
the vessel.
194. FURNITURE, SELF-LEVELING, CHAIRS. Chairs au-
tomatically maintaining a level seat or rest during motions
of the vessel in the water.
195. FURNITURE, SELF-LEVELING, TABLES. Tables hav-
ing automatic leveling tops or equivalent devices securing
the same end.
196. VALVES. Valves specific to use on ships and structurally
united thereto.
197. VALVES, BOAT-PLUGS. Plugs having valves therein
adapted to fit in the bottom of a boat and permit the emer-
gence of water.
198. VALVES, SEA-COCKS. Devices permitting the entrance of
sea-water from outside to the hold, magazine, etc., or for sub-
merging the ship and usually placed in the bottom or between
double bottoms and structurally united therewith.
CLASS 114 Continued.
199. CABLE-STOPPERS. Devicesof the nature of compressors or
controllers which have means to check or stop the cable from
running out and to hold it securely at any point. Cabl' is
used generically and includes hawsers, tow-lines, ropes, etc.
These devices are controllable at will.
Search Class
57 HOISTING, subclass 34, B|ock and tackle, for analogous de-
vices, or rope-clamps combined with hoisting apparatus.
200. CABLE-STOPPERS, CHAIN. Cable-stoppers structurally
adapted for use on chain cables and not upon rope or wire.
201. HATCHES AND COVERS. Inventions in deck-hatches in-
volving stru-ture of hatches or deck-openings and covers
thereto and devices for fastening or locking said covers down.
Search Class
39 FENCES, subclass 96, Gates, Openers, Hatch.
202. HATCHES AND COVERS, SLIDING. Sliding covers and
gratings involving more than sliding doors.
Search Class
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 19. Doors, Sliding, Miscella-
neous, and 20, Doors, Sliding, Jointed, for sliding doors of gen-
eral application.
203. HATCHES AND COVERS, FASTENERS. Devices for
battening, securing, and locking hatch-covers in place.
204. TRAVELERS. Devices having means to permit the reciproca-
tion of a slide or ring to which the sheet of fore-and-aft sails is
secured, such devices being fastened to the deck or rail.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 112, Sails and rigging, Mast-travelers, for
travelers permitting vertical motion on masts and longitudinal
motion on yards, etc.
205. TRAVELERS, TENSION-RELIEVERS. Travelers having
one or more tension or surge relievers as an element of con-
struction.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 213, Tension-relievers.
200. ANCHORS. Devices for anchoring a vessel.
Search Classes
37 EXCAVATING, subclass 18, Dredgers, Anchoring, for project-
ing piles for anchoring dredges.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 90, Land-
anchors.
207. ANCHORS, FLUKE. Anchors having flukes or holding-sur-
faces to hook or scoop into the bottom, usually some form of
hook and with or without palms or blades.
208. ANCHORS, FLUKE, PIVOTED. Fluke-anchors in which
one or more of the flukes are pivotally secured to the shank, so
that the fluke may be folded up or rotated.
209. ANCHORS, DRAGS OR SEA-ANCHORS. Devices de-
signed to prevent motion of a vessel through the water where
anchorage is unattainable, usually a device to be thrown over-
board sacured by a cable or hawser.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 168, Steering, Rudders, Jury.
210. ANCHOR-TRIPPERS. Devices for instantaneously releas-
ing anchors, shank-painters, ring or cat stoppers, anchor-sup-
gorters, shoes, and fluke-holders, and devices for catting and
shing anchors.
Search Classes
9 BOATS AND BUOYS, subclass 22, Hoisting and lowering.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 75, Horse-detachers.
54 HARNESS, subclass 69, Attaching and detaching devices.
57 HOISTING, subclass 128, Hoisting-hooks. Releasing.
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 110, Restraining devices,
Hitching, Releasers.
211. VENTILATION. Ventilating devices specific to ships and
involving the structure of the ship.
Search Class
98 PNEUMATICS, subclasses under Chimney-cowls and under
Ventilation, for ventilation in general.
212. VENTILATION, VALVES. Ventilating devices in which
cowls or hoods are provided with valves, dampers, or baffle-
plates to prevent the ingress of water.
213. TENSION-RELIEVERS. Devices specific to ships having
yielding parts to prevent tension or strains from rupturing
some element of the combination and applied to cables, cable-
stoppers, sheets, secured ends or "standing" parts, ropes, etc.
The yielding means is usually rubber, spring, or fluid, which
is compressed or stretched, as the case may be.
Search Classes
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 72, Elastic tension devices,
and the subclasses thereunder, for tension relievers not specific
to ships.
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 10, Towing-machines.
214. TENSION-RELIEVERS, FLUID. Tension or surge re-
lievers in which the yielding means is hydraulic or pneumatic.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 171, Steering mechanism, Rudders, Brakes,
Hydraulic.
215. TENSION-RELIEVERS, CABLE. Tension-relievers to take
up the strain on the cable and prevent parting of the cable.
The yielding means generally forms an element of the cable
stopper or compressor. This subclass includes tension-re-
lievers for chain-stoppers as well as cable-stoppers.
230
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 114 Continued.
216. TENSION-RELIEVERS, COUPLERS. Elastic couplings
specific to use on ships and in rigging.
Search Classes^
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 268, Resilient
connections.
64 HARNESS, subclass 86, Elastic.
217. TENSION-RELIEVERS, COUPLERS, SAFETY-RE-
LEASE. Tension-relievers of the coupling type having a
safety-release by means of which the coupled part is released
when the tension reaches a certain limit.
218. BITTS, CLEATS, AND PIN-RAILS. Devices for belaying
and securing ropes, cables, hawsers, cleats being stationary and
formed with projecting horns, with or without safety releasing
means; also includes rotary piles or spiles, rails for belaying-
pins, and their attachments.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclass 217, Tension-relievers, Couplers, Safety-
release.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 115, Cord and
rope holders.
219. FENDERS. Devices to prevent injury to ships' hulls, their
bows, and sides from collision, grounding, or waves, the wave-
fenders acting as a screen or protector.
220. FENDERS, ROLLER. Fenders provided or formed with a
freely rotating friction-roller.
221. IMPLEMENTS. Devices of miscellaneous character adapt-
able and specific to use on board ships and boats, usually sepa-
rate and independent of the structure of the ship.
222. IMPLEMENTS, HULL-CLEANING. Devices of various
types especially adapted to cleaning, painting, or scraping a
ship's hull or preventing the growth and deposit of foreign
matter thereon, as barnacles, or means for preventing barnacle
growth.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 232, Oil-distributers.
223. IMPLEMENTS, RIGGING. Miscellaneous devices specific to
use in or about ships' rigging, but not in permanent use, in-
cluding rope stoppers, grips, tighteners, and other rope-han-
dling devices.
224. IMPLEMENTS, CALKING, PAYING, ETC. Devices for
calking or making the seams water-tight and painting, pitch-
ing, or puttying the same.
Note. Where such results are secured by the manner or means of
uniting sheaths, strakes, plates, or planking, see in this class,
subclass 86, Building, Calking and seaming, the devices of this
subclass being implements or machines entirely separate there-
from.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 3.5, Puttying devices.
225. IMPLEMENTS, SPIKES, PINS, AND FIDS. Wedge-
shaped devices for working rope or securing and locking mast
or spar joints, etc.
226. IMPLEMENTS, CLAMPS. Devices for securing and holding
ropes and hawsers to facilitate splicing, turning in dead-eyes,
hauling, etc., and hawser-tongs.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 115, Cord and
rope holders.
57 HOISTING, subclass 34, Block and tackle, for rope-clamps
combined with hoisting-tackle or pulley-blocks.
227. LEAK-STOPPERS. Devices for stopping leaks of vessels
applied from the inside or from the exterior of the vessel, but
not of the nature of linings and fillings between bottoms,
planks, or plates.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 09, Building, Insubmergible vessels, Lin-
ings, and fillings, for linings and fillings between bottoms,
planks, or plates.
228. LEAK-STOPPERS, INTERIOR. Stoppers applied to the
inside of the hull.
229. LEAK-STOPPERS, APRONS, MATS, ETC. Means ap-
plied externally to prevent leaking in which the stopper is of
the nature of an apron, mat, mattress, curtain, etc., and applied
over the leak.
CLASS 114 Continued.
230. MOORING DEVICES. Devices for securing a vessel to a
buoy-float, dock, or slip, the securing or releasing means being
usually automatic in the latter case.
231. MOORING DEVICES, FERRY-SLIP. Moorings in which
a part of the securing means is located upon the vessel and
usually operated automatically as the boat comes in.
Search Class
14 BRIDGES, subclass 2, Gangways and ferry guards.
232. OIL-DISTRIBUTERS. Miscellaneous devices for spreading
oil upon the surface of the waves or hulls of the vessels, pri-
marily to diminish the roughness and force of the waves in
storms; includes devices that distribute oil to the contact-
surface of the hulls of vessels to diminish the water friction and
increase the speed and prevent attachment and growth of
barnacles, etc., thus cleaning the hull.
Search Classes
9 BOATS AND BUOYS, subclass 8.5, Buoys, Oil-distributers.
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 54, Harbors, Fortifica-
tions and defenses, for oil-distributers used in harbors.
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclass 35, Pro-
jectiles, oil-distributing.
233. OIL-DISTRIBUTERS, SHIP STRUCTURE. Devices fixed
to or involving the ship or its structure, usually distributing
oil through pipes to orifices in or about the hull.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 67, Building, Antifriction-surfaces, for air
and oil distrubuters of similar structure used for diminishing
friction.
234. OIL-DISTRIBUTERS, DRAGS AND FLOATS. Oil-
receptacles thrown overboard from vessels to gradually spread
oil on the surface of the sea secured to the vessel by a tow-line
or hawser and dragged or floated on the surface of the sea.
Search Class
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 54, Harbors, Fortifica-
tions and defences, for devices for distributing oil in harbors.
235. TOWING. Devices specific to boat and ship tows, including
arrangements of boats in train, lashing and securing means,
tow-couplings and lines, and attachments.
Search Class
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 6, Towing, and the sub-
classes thereunder, for all towing devices involving means for
marine propulsion.
236. TOWING, STEERING MECHANISM. Devices applicable
only to use in towing and to boats in train for changing the
direction of the tow or operating the rudder of any of them.
237. TOWING, STEERING MECHANISM, INDICATORS. In-
dicators or devices for locating the position of the tow when
the vessel may not be discernible and not otherwise classifiable
because of the specific use to which it is applied and the com-
bination of elements of which it is one.
Search Class
177 ELECTRIC S<GNALING, subclass 324, Annunciators, and the
subclasses thereunder, for electrically-operated devices.
238. TORPEDO-LAUNCHING. Devices for launching, releasing,
handling, or expelling torpedoes of the fish or automobile type.
In the torpedo-tubes included herein the expelling power of
air, gas, liquid, or gunpowder is only sufficient to make the
torpedo take the water.
Search Class
89 ORDNANCE, subclass 5, Submarine, for torpedo-guns for tor-
pedo-projectiles that are projected rather than launched.
239. TORPEDO-LAUNCHING, OUTBOARD. Devices pivoted,
suspended, or secured to the ship's side or deck for expelling,
handling, or launching torpedoes, including tubes mounted
upon boats' decks, but not torpedo-tubes of the inboard type.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 19, Torpedo-boats, Spar, for torpedoes car-
ried at the end of the spar.
240. TORPEDO-GUARDS. Devices applied externally to a ship
or supported thereon to prevent torpedoes from touching the
vessel's hull.
241. TORPEDO-GUARDS, NETS. Net-like torpedo guards.
CLASS 115. MARINE PROPULSION.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes and is limited to inventions that relate to
and have for their object means other than oars or sails for moving
vessels through the water. It includes all types of propellers acting
or reacting upon the water and all inventions for moving tows not
otherwise classified.
Inventions pertaining to the structure or details of ships or boats
are classified in classes 114, SHIPS, and 9, BOATS AND BUOYS.
Subclasses.
0.5. MISCELLANEOUS. Such propelling devices as are not other-
wise classifiable.
1. LAND AND WATER BOATS. Inventions relating specifi-
cally to propelling means and designed for use upon either
land or water.
Note. Ice-boats adapted to be used in water and usually pro-
vided with rammers, with or without ice propelling means, are
classified in class 114, SHIPS.
2. LAND AND WATER BOATS, PEDOMOTORS. Land and
water boat-propellers driven by the feet.
3. WIND-MOTORS. Motors actuated by the wind and which
operate propellers of any type.
4. WAVE PROPULSION. Devices actuated by the motion of
the vessel or by wave-motors that drive the propellers or the
vessel.
Note. Wave-motors per se are classified in class 61, HYDRAULIC
ENGINEERING, subclasses of Tide-powers, and in class 138,
HYDRAULIC MOTORS.
5. WAVE PROPULSION, OSCILLATING WEIGHT. Marine
propelling devices operated through the oscillation of a weight
actuated by the rolling or other motion of the vessel, the mo-
tion being caused by waves.
Search Class
185 MOTORS, subclasses 29, Weight, Oscillating, and 30,
Weight, Oscillating, Wave type.
6. TOWING. Inventions in means for propelling or towing vessels
in canals and rivers or upon the sea or other body of water,
other than those involving the construction of electrical rail-
way motors and systems.
Search Classes
114 SHIPS, subclass 235, Towing, and the subclasses thereunder,
for towing devices other than propelling means.
191 ELECTRICITY, ELECTRIC RAILWAYS, subclass 22, Telpher
and towing, for electric-railway systems.
7. TOWING, CABLE SYSTEMS. Propelling means involving
the use of a cable, which may be either fixed or movable. If
movable, the vessel is provided with means for securing the
cable thereto, and if fixed the vessel has traction means for
hauling the cable in and paying it out; also ferrying devices
comprising fixed cables and vessels operated by rudders, fins,
or other current devices and motors for propelling across the
stream.
Search Class
191 ELECTRICITY, ELECTRIC RAILWAYS, subclass 22, Telpher
and towing, when electrical devices are involved and the
cable is an electric trolley.
8. TOWING, TRACK SYSTEMS. Propelling means used in
towing iri which tracks are used upon which the traction de-
vice or vessel runs, it being immaterial whether the track is
horizontal, vertical, or in the bed of a canal.
9. TOWING, GROUND-WHEELS OR POLERS. Propelling
means in which traction-wheels are used to take on the bed or
bottom of the canal or in which the vessel is pushed by polers
or poles.
10. TOWING, TOWING-MACHINES. Devices for hauling in or
paying out the cable or tow-line upon sudden strain caused by
force of the waves. These devices are of the nature of tension
or surge relievers and are chiefly used to preserve the relation
between the towing vessel and the tow.
11. JET. Propelling devices in which a jet of fluid is used for pro-
pelling a vessel which by reaction upon the water in which the
vessel is floated causes its motion.
12. JET, STEERING. Jet-propellers that involve means for steer-
ing combined with the propelling means.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 151, Steering mechanism, Fluid-pressure,
Jet, for jet-steering alone or for the purpose of steering only.
13. JET, EXPLOSIVE. Propelling devices causing explosive jets
of the nature of those used in air and gas engines used for pro-
pelling a vessel and usually specific thereto or involving the
structure of the vessel.
CLASS 115 Continued.
Search Class
160 STEAM AND VACUUM PUMPS, for explosive devices per se
for elevating or propelling water.
14. JET, HYDRAULIC. Jet-propelling devices in which a col-
umn or jet of water is ejected by any means, the vessel being
propelled by the reaction due to the impact of the jet.
15. JET, HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC-DRIVE. Hydraulic-jet
devices in which the jet is set in motion in a water-channel by
means of the force exerted thereon by an aeriform body, usu-
ally air or steam.
Note. Explosive jets, whether acting directly upon the external
water or upon a channel in which water is combined, are
classified in this class, subclass 13, Jet, Explosive.
16. JET, HYDRAULIC, WHEEL-DRIVE. Hydraulic jets actu-
ated by paddle or water wheels, screws, or centrifugal pumps
which are located somewhere in a water channel or way be-
tween the intake and emerging orifices.
Note. These devices differ from paddle-wheels or screws in chan-
nels or ways (see subclasses 39 and 53 in this class) in that in
these the channel is closed, not open to the water laterally, and
in that the vessel is propelled by the reaction caused by the
impact of the jet upon the external water, while in the wheels
and screws in channels and ways the reaction is principally
upon the wheel or screw.
17. PORTABLE PROPELLERS. Propelling devices of any
type adaptable to any boat or vessel and not permanently
secured thereto, usually provided with clamping means by
which they may be secured to the gunwale, stern, or sides
or that are easily removable or attached.
18. PORTABLE PROPELLERS, STEERING. Portable pro-
pellers that steer as well as propel, when desired.
19. BUOYANT PROPELLERS. Types of propelling devices
which are distinctly buoyant in structure and action and help
to buoy up or float the vessel.
20. BUOYANT PROPELLERS, ROTARY HULL. Buoyant
propellers in which the hull or outer shell revolves in propel-
ling, either rolling upon or over or, screw-like, revolving
through the water, the machinery, cabins, etc., being within
the rotary shell.
21. MANUAL POWER. Propellers driven by hand-power and
not otherwise classifiable, the invention relating principally to
the hand-motor for driving the propeller or including it.
Search Class
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 66, Crank-paddles.
22. MANUAL POWER, CATAMARAN. Manually-propelled
boats or vessels in which a plurality of hulls or floats are struc-
turally united, usually to form a channel-way in or adjacent to
which the propeller is hung or fitted.
23. MANUAL POWER, PADDLE-WHEEL. Paddle-wheels
operated by hand-power.
24. MANUAL POWER, SCREW. Manually-propelled screw-
propellers.
25. MARINE PEDOMOTORS. Marine velocipedes propelled by
foot-power.
26. MARINE PEDOMOTORS, CATAMARAN. Foot-propelled
velocipedes of the multiple hull or float type.
27. MARINE PEDOMOTORS, BICYCLE-PROPELLED. Foot-
power velocipedes, an ordinary bicycle being the actuating
device.
28. OSCILLATING PROPELLERS. Propellers which propel
the vessel by their oscillations, the blades of said propellers
usually feathering or offering but little resistance to the water
on the return stroke.
Note. These propellers differ from "reciprocating propellers"
(31) in that the propeller does not move back and forth in
a straight line, and they differ from "crank-paddles" (66) in
that the latter dip into the water and are wholly or partially
retracted. The resistance of the water on the back stroke of
oscillating propellers is overcome by feathering.
29. OSCILLATING PROPELLERS, STEERING. Propellers
of this type that are adaptable for steering and propulsion.
30. OSCILLATING PROPELLERS, REVERSING. Oscillat-
ing propellers having means for reversing, so that they may be
used for propelling "ahead " or "back, " usually by causing the
blades to feather in the opposite direction or on the other side.
31. RECIPROCATING PROPELLERS. Propellers of this type
operate back and forth in a straight line, the resistance of the
water being overcome on the back stroke by feathering or
equivalent.
231
232
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 115 Continued.
32. RECIPROCATING PROPELLERS, STEERING. Recip-
rocating propellers that are used for steering as well as for
propelling.
33. RECIPROCATING PROPELLERS, REVERSING. Re-
ciprocating propellers having means for reversing by which
they are used for going ahead or backing, usually by changing
the direction of feathering or equivalent.
34. SCREW-PROPELLERS. Types of screw-propellers not
otherwise classifiable below and involving then: form and
construction.
Search Classes
193 CONVEYERS, subclass 13, Screw.
244 AERONAUTICS, subclass 26, Propellers, Screw.
35. SCREW-PROPELLERS, STEERING. Types of screw-
propellers combined with means by which they may be and
are used for steering.
36. SCREW-PROPELLERS, FITTING AND DRIVING. Means
and methods of driving the propeller, the, arrangement, hang-
ing connections or fittings, or all other combinations that
involve more than the structure of the propeller per se.
Search Class
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclasses 21, Manual power; 22,
Manual power, Catamaran, and 24, Manual power, Screw,
for manually-propelled screws; subclass 25, Marine pedom-
otors, and the subclasses thereunder, for foot-propelled veloci-
pedes.
37. SCREW-PROPELLERS, FITTING AND DRIVING, MUL-
TIPLE OR TWIN SCREW. Inventions relating to the
use of more than one propeller.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 57, Form, Screw-propeller type.
38. SCREW-PROPELLERS, FITTING AND DRIVING, MUL-
TIPLE OR TWIN SCREW, SIDE. Those screw-pro-
pellers in which a plurality of screws is used amidships, or
nearly so, at the sides of the vessel.
39. SCREW-PROPELLERS, FITTING AND DRIVING,
CHANNELS AND WAYS. Inventions in fitting and driv-
ing in which the vessel is formed so as to provide a water
channel or way to force the water toward and from the screw.
These channels are more or less open.
Note. For channels formed through the vessel within which a
screw revolves to form an emerging jet see this class, subclass
16, Jet, Hydraulic, Wheel-drive.
Note. Where the channel is formed by a short cylinder or casing
around the screw, see this class, subclass 42, Screw-propellers,
Fitting and driving, Casings and shields.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 57, Form, Screw-propeller type.
40. SCREW-PROPELLERS, FITTING AND DRIVING, SELF-
CLEARING. Propellers having means for cutting them-
selves free from weeds or other marine vegetation.
41. SCREW-PROPELLERS, FITTING AND DRIVING,
DEPTH REGULATION. Means for adjusting the screw-
propeller vertically.
42. SCREW-PROPELLERS, FITTING AND DRIVING, CAS-
INGS AND SHIELDS. Screw-propellers fitted with incas-
ing hoods, cylinders, or other casings not revoluble or struc-
turally integral with the screw. This group also includes
grates, screens, or other fenders or shields designed to protect
the screw and its blades.
Note. Where the casing is structurally united with the blades or
screw and revolves with it, soo this class, subclass 48, Screw-
propellers, Radial blades, Rims or cylinders.
43. SCREW-PROPELLERS, FITTING AND DRIVING, PRO-
PELLER-SHAFT BRAKES. Inventions in brakes ap-
plied to and acting upon the propeller-shaft to prevent the
"racing" of the propeller and usually automatic in operation.
Note. Propeller-shaft brakes that involve means for throttling
the steam by a marine governor are classified in class 121,
STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 113, Speed-governors, Marine.
44. SCREW-PROPELLERS, ADJUSTABLE BLADES. Screw-
propellers in which the blades are adjustable in any way,
usually by devices for changing the pitch.
45. SCREW-PROPELLERS, ADJUSTABLE BLADES, RE-
VERSING. Screw-propellers having adjustable blades, with
means for reversing the pitch of the blades, changing from a
right to left handed screw or equivalent.
46. SCREW-PROPELLERS, RADIAL BLADES. Screw-pro-
pellers in which tho blades emerge from tha hub as spokes
from a wheel or in which the blade neither extends more than
half-way around tho circumference of tho hub nor forms a
so-called "continuous screw" around the, hub or cylinder on
which it is formed. This group is further limited to pro-
pellers per se, not involving driving or fitting means.
Search Class
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 42, Screw-propellers, Fit-
ting and driving, Casings and shields.
47. SCREW-PROPELLERS, RADIAL BLADES, REMOV-
ABLE. Radial-blade propellers in which tho blades are
separable or provided with means for removable attachment
to the hub, so that the blades may be replaced or taken off for
rerjairs.
CLASS 115 Continued.
48. SCREW-PROPELLERS, RADIAL BLADES, RIMS OR
CYLINDERS. Radial-blade prop >ll"rs that are surrounded
by a rim or cylinder, said rim, cylinder, or equivalent being
revplubl >, with the screw and structurally united thereto or in
which the peripheral extremities of the" blades are united to
form such rim or cylinder.
Note. For similar devices that are not revoluble with the screw
see this class, subclass 42, Screw-propellers, Fitting and driv-
ing, Casings and shields.
49. PADDLE-WHEELS. Miscellaneous paddle or water wheels
not otherwise classifiable used for propelling vessels.
Search Class
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 23, Manual power, Paddle-
wheel.
50. PADDLE-WHEELS, STEERING. Paddle-wheels arranged
to effect steering as well as propulsion or provided with means
by which they may be used for steering also.
51. PADDLE-WHEELS, FITTING AND DRIVING. Inven-
tions relating to the fitting of paddle-wheels or to driving
means involving more than the paddle-wheel per se.
Note. For devices that are as applicable to screw propulsion as
to paddle-wheels see in this class, subclass 36, Screw-propellers,
Fitting and driving.
Note. For manually-actuated motors see in this class, subclasses
22, Manual power, Catamaran, and 23, Manual power, Paddle-
wheel.
Note. For foot-propellad wheels see in this class, subclass 25,
Marine pedomotors, and the subclasses thereunder.
52. PADDLE-WHEELS, FITTING AND DRIVING, HORI-
ZONTAL AND INCLINED WHEELS. Paddle-wheels
having other than a horizontal axis.
Note. Many wheels of this type are classified in this class, sub-
class 50, Paddle-wheels, Steering.
53. PADDLE-WHEELS, FITTING AND DRIVING, CHAN.
NELS AND WAYS. Inventions in which the water or paddle
wheel is placed in a waterway formed in the vessel that is open
at the bottom or sides or that is formed bteween the parts of a
divided hull or between hulls.
Note. For devicesin which the water- wheel is placed in a channel
open only at the ends in which the wheel sets a jet in motion,
the reaction of which propels the vessel, see in this class, sub-
class 16, Jet, Hydraulic, Wheel-drive.
Note. For similar channels and ways in which screw-propellers
are used search in thisclass, subclass 41, Screw-proppllers. Fit-
ting and driving, Depth regulation, or in subclass 42, Screw-
propellers, Fitting and driving, Casings and shields.
54. PADDLE-WHEELS, FITTING AND DRIVING, DEPTH
REGULATION. Inventions relating to moans f or the verti-
cal adjustment or submergence of the paddle-wheel.
Search Class
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 41, Screw-propellers, Fit-
ting and driving, Depth regulation, for similar devices for
screw-propellers.
55. PADDLE-WHEELS, FEATHERING BLADES. Paddle-
wheels having means for turning the blades or buckets so as to
offer less or no resistance to their passage through the water
when they have passed through the effective portion of their
rotation. The blades are made to feather about a radial axis
or about a line parallel to the axis of the wheel.
Search Classes
103 PUMPS, subclass 60. Fluid-motive power, Water-wheel.
138 HYDRAULIC MOTORS, subclass 12, Rotary, Feathering.
170 WIND-WHEELS, subclasses 1, Wind-wheels, Horizontal,
and 2, Wind-wheels, Oscillating.
50. PADDLE-WHEELS, FEATHERING BLADES, ADJUST-
ABLE. Inventions in feathering paddle-wheels in which
the amount of feathering is adjustable or can be effected at
different points in the rotation of the wheel.
57. PADDLE-WHEELS, FEATHERING BLADES, RADIAL
AXIS. Feathering means in which the blade is turned or
feathered about an axis coincident or parallel with the radius
of the wheel in distinction from that in which the feathering
is about an axis parallel with that of the a\is of the wheel or in
which the blades are moved in and out radially.
58. PADDLE-WHEELS, FEATHERING BLADES, GUIDES,
TRACKS, ETC. Devices for causing the paddle-blade,
bucket, or float to turn on its horizontal axis or move in and
out by means of a cam or by guides, tracks, etc., over or
through which a part connected to the blade or bucket travels.
59. PADDLE-WHEELS, FEATHERING BLADES, GEAR-
ING. Devices in which feathering is effected by means of
intermediate gearing between the blades or buckets and the
hub or wheel.
60. PADDLE-WHEELS, FEATHERING BLADES, ECCEN-
TRICS. Devices in which the blades or buckets, etc., of the
paddle-wheel are feathered by means of connections to an
eccentric on the axis of the wheel.
61. PADDLE-WHEELS, ADJUSTABLE BLADES OR BUCK-
ETS. Paddle-wheels in which the blades, buckets, or floats
of the wheel are made adjustable thereon.
62. PADDLE-WHEELS, CURVILINEAR BLADES OR
BUCKETS. Inventions relating to the curvilinear form,
shape, or to the periphery of the blades, buckets, floats, etc.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
233
CLASS 115 Continued.
63. CHAIN-PROPELLERS. In the propellers of this type the
blades, buckets, or floats that act on the water are secured to
an endless chain or web, the movement of which moves the
blades that propel the boat.
Note. For similar devices actuated by a current or tide-water
which if their action were reversed could be used as propellers,
see class 138, HYDRAULIC MOTORS, subclass 11, Chain.
64. CHAIN-PROPELLERS, STEERING AND ADJUSTABLE.
Chain-propellers that are constructed and used for steering as
well as propulsion; also chain-propellers that are adjustable
as a whole or in part in any way.
65. CHAIN-PROPELLERS, FEATHERING. Chain-propellers
that have means for making the blades take a position in
which they offer but little or no resistance to the water or air
through which they pass in moving on the back stroke or when
not in position for propelling.
CLASS 115 Continued.
66. CRANK-PADDLES. Propellers operated by a crank or equiv-
alent, the propeller-blades, usually in the form of a paddle,
being dipped thereby in to the water during the effective por-
tion of their stroke and wholly or partially retracted during the
remainder or on the back stroke, thereby presenting less sur-
face to the water. Their operation is similar to that of a canoe-
paddle made to move mechanically.
67. CRANK-PADDLES, STEERING AND ADJUSTABLE.
Crank-paddles that are used for steering and propulsion and
crank-paddles that are adjustable in any way.
CLASS 119. ANIMAL HUSBANDRY.
DEFINITIONS.
The broad or group class of inventions applicable to the propaga-
tion, rearing, training, and care of living animals. The word "ani-
mal" is used in its generic biological meaning of a living sentient
organism and is applicable to insects, fish, fowl, mammals, and other
forms of animal life.
The class is subdivided into (1) a special culture group, wherein
are classified those inventions the common bond between which is
determined by the particular kind of organism which they are
designed to treat, and (2) a number of groups the common bond
between which is determined by the function or mode of operation of
the inventions rather than the particular creature to which they are
applied. In the latter group are also placed special apparatus
limited in use to the care and culture of fowls, which are placed in
subclasses having a distinctive title.
Search Classes
6 BEE CULTURE, for the propagation and care of bees.
17 BUTCHERING, for slaughtering apparatus.
43 FISHING AND TRAPPING, for apparatus for capturing wild
animals.
54 HARNESS, for work and training harness for animals.
101 PRINTING, for printing, branding, and tattooing instru-
ments.
128 SURGERY, subclasses under "Veterinary," for animal sur-
gical appliances, including castrating, dehorning, tagging,
snout-cutting, and ring and clip applying instruments and
those for cutting identification marks or otherwise operating
upon the flesh.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 14, Self-
heating tools, Branding irons, and the subclasses thereunder,
for branding tools of general application, some of which are
adapted to brand domestic animals, and in subclass 17, Self-
heating tools, Burning tools, and the subclasses thereunder,
for cauterizing tools, among which are devices for sterilizing
wounds of animals.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Inventions not otherwise classified hav-
ing to do with animal husbandry.
2. SPECIAL CULTURE, AQUATIC, CRUSTACEAN. Inven-
tions relating to the care and propagation of lobsters, crabs,
and like aquatic crustaceans.
3. SPECIAL CULTURE, AQUATIC, FISH. Inventions specifi-
cally adapted to the care and propagation of fish.
4. SPECIAL CULTURE, AQUATIC, MOLLUSK. Inventions
specifically adapted to the propagation and care of oysters,
clams, and other aquatic mollusks.
5. SPECIAL CULTURE, AQUATIC, AQUARIUMS. Special
forms of water receptacles and appliances cooperating there-
with adapted to the care or exhibition of fishes and other
aquatic animals. Excludes all devices particularly adapted
for use in propagation.
6. SPECIAL CULTURE, SILKWORM. Inventions employed
in propagating and caring for the "worm" and other forms of
those moths whose larvae produce silk.
7. STOCK CARS. Such superstructure of freight cars and equip-
ment cooperating therewith not otherwise classifiable as
specially adapt them to the transportation and care of animals.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, appropriate subclasses, and 189,
METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, appropriate subclasses, for
elements of stock car structure, such as doors, floors, etc.
105 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, subclass 15, Cars, Freight, and
appropriate subclasses, for general freight car structure.
8. STOCK CARS, CONVERTIBLE. Stock cars provided with
means whereby they may be converted into an ordinary
closed freight or "box" car for the transportation of grain, etc..
or for the protection of valuable animals against inclement
weather.
Search Class
105 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, subclass 193, Cars, Freight,
Removable side sections.
9. STOCK CARS, DECKS. Stock cars which in addition to
devices designed to facilitate the care of animals are provided
with intermediate floors for the accommodation of small stock.
Search Class
105 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, subclass 199, Cars, Passenger,
Double-deck, for cars with permanent double-decks specifi-
cally adapted to carry human beings, and appropriate sub-
classes under Cars, for car decks of general application.
10. STOCK CARS FEEDING AND WATERING DEVICES.
Racks, troughs, drinking fountains, water supply systems,
and food storage systems specially constructed for use in a
stock car, and particularly the arrangement and cooperation
of said devices to facilitate the feeding and watering of the
animals being transported.
CLASS 119 Continued.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclasses 51, Feeding devices,
appropriate subclasses, for feeding devices per se, and 74,
Watering devices, Fountains and troughs, appropriate sub-
classes, for watering devices of general application.
11. STOCK CARS, PARTITIONS. Vertical movable devices
specially adapted to subdivide a stock oar into stalls or pen-
like compartments for the purpose of separating animals dur-
ing transportation, including not only flexible, open, and solid
partitions and inswinging doors performing similar functions,
but mechanisms specially adapted to use in a stock car for
moving said partitions.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 27, Confining and housing
devices, Stalls, for stall-forming partitions of general applica-
tion.
12. STOCK CARS, PARTITIONS POULTRY. Stock cars so
constructed interiorly as to facilitate the care for and transpor-
tation of a large number of groups of fowls.
Search Class -
105 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, subclass 77, Cars, Freight.
Fruit, for details.
13. STOCK CARS, SAFEGUARDS. Means for preventing ani-
mals from being injured during transportation by the swaying
or jerking of the cars or from their remaining upon their feet
during a long period of time, such as interior buffers, yielding
partitions, supporting platforms, stocks, and slings specially
designed for use in stock cars.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclasses 100, Restraining devices,
Stocks, Combined slings and hopples, and 102, Restraining
devices, Stocks, Slings, and the subclasses referred to in the
search notes thereof.
14. STOCK CARS, VESTIBULE. Stock cars provided with end
openings and end platforms inclosed by walls forming a vesti-
bule or protected passage way designed to connect contiguous
cars and to afford a safe passage for animals.
Search Class
105 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, subclass 61, Cars, Vestibule,
for vestibule structures of general application.
15. CONFINING AND HOUSING DEVICES. Inventions not
otherwise classifiable specially adapted for confining animala
to comparatively restricted areas for protecting them against
intruders and unfavorable conditions of weather or for facili-
tating then- care and management. Inventions in metal,
wood, or masonry structures or elements or receptacles of
general utility are not classified here, although used ha animal
housing.
16. CONFINING AND HOUSING DEVICES, BARNS AND
SHEDS. Roofed building structures particularly adapted to
house and protect animals and to facilitate their care.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS; 72, MASONRY AND CONCRETE
STRUCTURES, and 189, METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES,
appropriate subclasses, for the various units of building struc-
ture.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 2, Portable houses, and 189,
METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 2, Buildings, Port-
able, for portable buildings.
17. CONFINING AND HOUSING DEVICES, CAGES. Barred
or reticulated structures designed to confine birds or other
animals. Cages confine against escape in all directions. A
structure need not be made entirely of openwork to fall within
this subclass, but the openwork must be more than a mere
door or window.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 5, Buildings,
Jails, for analogous structures.
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, and 220, METALLIC SHIPPING
AND STORING VESSELS, appropriate subclasses, for confining
and transporting receptacles of general utility, although
adapted to confine small animals.
18. CONFINING AND HOUSING DEVICES, CAGES, FOOD
AND WATER HOLDERS. Food and water receptacles
specially adapted to cages and in that respect distinguished
from the feeding and watering devices elsewhere classified
herein.
19. CONFINING AND HOUSING DEVICES, COOPS AND
KENNELS. Small, easily portable, roofed, house-like struc-
tures not otherwise classifiable designed to inclose and to pro-
tect a limited number of fowls or other animals. Coops are
distinguished from brooders in that they lack the essential of
a chick hover.
20. CONFINING AND HOUSING DEVICES, PENS AND
RACKS. Roofless inclosing means particularly adapted to
confine stock or protect it from intrusion. Pens and racks are
235
236
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 119 Continued.
distinguished from "animal stocks" in that the latter are
specially designed to hold animals in a comparatively immov-
able position, while the former permit free movement within
the inclosure. Includes corrals, stock yards, racks for plat-
form scales, feeding and farrowing pens, and devices of a simi-
lar structure and function not otherwise classifiable.
Search Classes
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 39, Boxes, Crates, Poul-
try, and 221, METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, ap-
propriate subclasses under Crates, for construction of poultry
confining and shipping crates wherein the invention is of
general utility in receptacles.
21. CONFINING AND HOUSING DEVICES, FOWL. Build-
ings (and accessories) specially designed to confine and protect
poultry; differing from coops in that they are comparatively
large and generally designed to accommodate a considerable
number of mature fowls, and differing from barns and sheds
more particularly in internal arrangement and equipment and
in means of ventilation and lighting.
22. CONFINING AND HOUSING DEVICES, FOWL, APPLI-
ANCES. Poultry house fitfings and furnishings not other-
wise classinable. Includes poultry run-ways, guano catchers,
etc.
23. CONFINING AND HOUSING DEVICES, FOWL, BIRD
HOUSES. Small inclosures having one or more openings to
admit a small bird, usually designed to be secured to a tree or
some elevated support.
24. CONFINING AND HOUSING DEVICES, FOWL,
PERCHES. Devices specially designed to support a roosting
fowl.
25. CONFINING AND HOUSING DEVICES, FOWL,
PERCHES, ANTIVERMIN. Perches constructed to re-
ceive an insecticide and perches having insect traps and guards
to prevent access of vermin.
26. CONFINING AND HOUSING DEVICES, FOWL,
PERCHES, BIRD. Perches particularly designed for the
use of small birds and generally having special means adapting
them to be secured to a cage.
27. CONFINING AND HOUSING DEVICES, STALLS. Open
compartments, usually adapted to a barn, shed, or pen, of such
size and shape as to afford a means for segregating, standing,
and restraining quadrupeds, particularly horses and cattle,
for the purpose of protecting them from interference and injury
or of placing them advantageously for feeding purposes.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 11, Stock cars, Partitions,
for devices employed to form stalls specially adapted to use
in a stock car or freight boat.
28. CONFINING AND HOUSING DEVICES, STALLS,
FLOORS. Limited to structures forming the bottom of a
stall or pen to insure a dry, sanitary, easily cleaned, durable
floor upon which confined animals may stand or lie. In this
subclass are placed stable drains and glitters designed to coop-
erate with the floor structure to facilitate the removal of excre-
ment.
Search Classes
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 62, Mats, for mat-like
devices employed as a stall floor.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses under Floors, for wooden
floors of general application; subclass 78, Slatted floor cover-
ing, for slatted floor coverings per se.
29. BREAKING AND TRAINING DEVICES. Inventions re-
lating to training, breaking, and exercising horses or other ani-
mals. Includes harness elements, in conjunction with sweeps,
thills, chariots, movable stocks, traveling floors, or slings de-
signad to give the trainer more complete control of the animal
placed therein for training, but does not include training
harness.
Search Class
54 -HARNESS, subclass 71, Breaking and training devices, for
breaking and training harness.
30. BROODERS AND INCUBATORS. Devices capable of per-
forming the functions of a brooder and incubator simulta-
neously, the combination involving a separate chamber for
each function, both of which chambers are usually warmed
from the same source of heat. The essential of the inventions
in this subclass lies in the combination in one structure of an
incubator and a brooder, the latter being distinguished from a
chick nursery in that the brooder is especially adapted to hover
and protect the chicks during their growth from exclusion to
weaning time, while the nursery is usually located in the egg
chamber and is merely designed to receive temporarily the
newly hatched chicks pending their removal to the brooder.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclasses 31, Brooders, and thesub-
classes thereunder, and 35, Incubators, and the subclasses
thereunder.
31. BROODERS. Miscellaneous devices not otherwise classifiable
designed to provide small warmed inclosed compartments for
hovering and housing chicks. They are distinguished from
small coops in that the brooder is provided with a hover or
hover compartment designed to perform the function of a
mother fowl in providing welter and warmth, while the coop Is
usually a very small house-like structur. 1 containing no hover
and designed merely to house a fowl and its young brood.
CLASS 119 Continued.
Search Class
237 HEAT- DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 21, Brooder and
incubator, and the subclasses thereunder, for heat-distributing
systems and heaters per se adapted to heat an incubator or a
brooder.
32. BROODERS, CENTRAL HEATER. Brooders having a
primary source of heat located approximately in a line vertical
to the center of the hover or hover chamber.
Search Classes
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclasses 39, Incubators, Hot air,
and 41, Incubators, Hot water, for elements in common.
237 HEAT-DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, appropriate subclasses
under 21, Brooder and incubator, for heaters.
33. BROODERS, FIREL^SS. Brooders so constructed that the
temperature is maintained in the brood chamber by conserving
heat from the brooded chicks or from a previous heating or
by utilizing the heat resulting from organic fermentation or
other heating process not due to combustion of fuel.
34. BROODERS, LATERAL HEATER Brooders having a
primary heater located at one side of the hover.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclasses 40, Incubators, Hot air,
Lateral heater, and 42, Incubators, Hot water, Lateral heater.
35. INCUBATORS. Devices specially designed to hatch fowls
from eggs. Includes all miscellaneous features and attach-
ments, as well as such types of incubators as are not clearly
covered by the minor subclasses hereunder, and systems,
apparatus, and methods of moisture supply or ventilation
exclusively applicable to incubators.
Search Classes
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclasses under Incubators, for
systems of incubator ventilation that are so intimately re-
lated to the other factors of a complete operative incubator
as to be indivisible therefrom.
98 PNEUMATICS, for the generic art of ventilation; subclass 39,
Ventilation, Air moistening, cooling, and cleansing, and
appropriate subclasses, for the general art of air moistening.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 113, Hot-air furnaces,
Air-moisteners; 120, Fireplaces, and 134, Fireplaces, Air-
moistening attachments, for combined heaters and airmoisten-
ers; subclass 293, Dampers, Stovepipe, Combined damper
and ventilator, for manually operated combined dampers and
ventilators; subclass 80, Stoves, Heating, Ventilating attach-
ments, and 236, DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC, for ventilation of heaters
of general application, and for ventilators indivisibly related
to temperature regulation and which are employed to perform
the double function of regulating the temperature of the egg
chamber and the amount of fresh air admitted thereto; and for
thermostatic devices for regulating temperature.
30. INCUBATORS, CONTACT. Inventions in which heat is con-
veyed to the eggs by contact with a warm body other than air.
37. INCUBATORS, ELECTRICAL. Complete incubators whose
egg chambers are warmed by an electrical heater.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, appropriate sub-
classes, for electric heating systems and electric heaters.
38. INCUBATORS, FIRELESS. Incubators wherein the incu-
bating temperature is maintained in the egg chamber either
by conserving the heat from a previous heating or by utilizing
the heat resulting from organic fermentation or other heating
process not due to combustion of fuel.
Search Classes
62 REFRIGERATION, subclasses 10, Refrigerators; 11, Refriger-
ator buildings; 12, Refrigerator cars, and 23, Heat-insulated
receptacles, for casings showing heat-insulation.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses under 18, Heat-insulat-
ing, for heat-insulating compositions.
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclasses 44, Heat-insulating coverings, and 45, Heat-insulat-
ing coverings, Air-spaced, for structure of heat-insulating
coverings.
39. INCUBATORS, HOT AIR. Incubators provided with a hot-
air system whos2 primary heater is located elsewhere than at
one side or end of the hatching chamber, said primary heater
being usually located at the center or below the center of the
egg chamber.
Search Classes
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 31, Brooders.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 85, Stoves, Heating,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Gas, for gas heaters of general applica-
tion; subclass 9(i, Stoves, Heating, Liquid or gaseous fuel,
Liquid, Wick, for wick-stove heaters of general application.
237 HEAT- DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, appropriate subclasses,
particularly subclass 22, Brooder and incubator, Air, for hot-
air-distributing systems per se for incubators.
40. INCUBATORS, HOT AIR, LATERAL HEATER. Incuba-
tors whose incubating temperature is maintained by a hot-
air-distributing system the heater of which is located at one
side of the egg chamber.
41. INCUBATORS, HOT WATER. Incubators having a hot-
waU>r system to maintain the incubating temperature the
heater of which is not located at one side of the egg chamber.
Search Classes
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 31, Brooders, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
237 HEAT-DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 23, Brooder and
incubator, Water.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
237
CLASS 119 Continued.
42. INCUBATORS, HOT WATER, LATERAL HEATER.
Incubators employing a hot-water system the heater of which
is located at one side of the egg chamber.
43. INCUBATORS, TRAYS. Egg trays and nursery trays espe-
cially designed to hold eggs during the period of incubation
and to receive and support young chicks for a brief period
immediately following their "exclusion."
Search Class
99 -PRESERVING, subclass 2, Apparatus, for trays for storing
o.^gs for preservation; subclass (>, Egg-testers, for trays designed
to support eggs for testing purposes and usually so constructed
as to facilitate the removal of the eggs from the testing ma-
chine.
44. INCUBATORS, TRAYS, EGG-TURNERS. Incubator egg
trays designed to be used for supporting eggs in an incubator
during the period of incubation and turning them for the
purpose of presenting a fresh supply of egg food to the growing
chick.
Search Class
99 PRESERVING, subclass 2, Apparatus, for egg-turning devices
employed in the art of preserving and generally adapted for
use in cold storage chambers for turning the eggs through a
wide angle for the purpose of preventing the yolk from settling
out of its normal position.
45. NESTS AND NEST APPLIANCES. Miscellaneous small
structures designed to serve as a place in which a single fowl
may lay an egg and appliances limited to use with them.
Nests are distinguished from laying houses in that the former
are normally small, box-like, easily portable, partially open
devices, limited in capacity to a single fowl and provided with
nesting material or a nesting surface for receiving an egg, while
the latter is a house or compartment in which several nests
are placed.
4G. NESTS AND NEST APPLIANCES, MEDICATED NEST-
EGGS. Imitation eggs constructed of materials containing
a medicament, such as an insecticide or a disinfectant, or so
constructed that they may be charged with a volatile medica-
ment.
47. NESTS AND NEST APPLIANCES, TRAP-NESTS, COM-
BINED. Limited to nests adapted to trap both the egg and
the fowl or so constructed that they may readily be converted
from an egg to a fowl trap-nest or vice versa.
48. NESTS AND NEST APPLIANCES, TRAP-NESTS, EGG.
Nests provided with means for trapping the egg laid by the
fowl, the egg being conveyed to a separate compartment and
out of reach of the fowl.
49. NESTS AND NEST APPLIANCES, TRAP-NESTS, FOWL.
Trip-nests provided with means to prevent the escape of the
fowl until released by an attendant.
Search Class
43 FISHING AND TRAPPING, subclasses 24, Traps, Self and ever-
sat, and 2;>, Traps, Victim-set, for traps of general application
and details applicable to this art.
50. NESTS AND NEST APPLIANCES, TRAP-NESTS, FOWL,
FOWL-RELEASED. Nests provided wiUi means for aiito-
maticnS.y entrapping a fowl and excluding other fowls during
the period of occupancy and so constructed that the entrapped
fowl is automatically released and the trap reset by the escape
of the fowl.
Search Class
43 FISHING AND TRAPPING, subclass 24, Traps, Self and ever-
set, for trap details.
51. FEEDING DEVICES. Miscellaneous inventions not other-
wise classifiable specially adapted to the feeding of animals.
52. FEEDING DEVICES, HOPPERS AND TROUGHS. Mis-
cellaneous combinations of a supply hopper and feed trough
not otherwise classifiable. The hopper is any receptacle so
related to the trough that it serves as the primary depository
for the food which may be fed therefrom into the trough.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 05, Feeding devices, Feed-
bags.
53. FEEDING DEVICES, HOPPERS AND TROUGHS,
ADJUSTABLE SUPPLY. Devices comprising in addition
to the combined hopper and trough a means for regulating the
amount of feed passing from the hopper to the trough, said
means consisting usually of a manually adjustable valve or
other device performing the function of a flow regulator.
Search Classes
83 MILLS, various subclasses thereunder, and 111, SEEDERS
AND PLANTERS, appropriate subclasses, for other devices
which regulate the flow of grain or ground feed from a hopper.
54. FEEDING DEVICES. HOPPERS AND TROUGHS,
ANIMAL-CONTROLLED SUPPLY. Combined hoppers
and troughs provided with means for causing or controlling
the flow of feed from hopper to trough operated by pressure
from the feeding animal, generally applied through the ani-
mal's nose or forehead.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 75, Watering devices,
Fountains and troughs, Animal-controlled supply.
CLASS 119 Continued.
55. FEEDING DEVICES, HOPPERS AND TROUGHS,
ANIMAL-CONTROLLED SUPPLY, PLATFORM.
Combined hoppers and troughs having means whereby the
weight of the feeding stock may control the flow of feed from
hopper to trough or the uncovering of the trough, the essential
feature lying in the fact that the stock seeking food controls
access to it or the rate of its flow, or both, by stepping upon a
platform or treadle.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 76. Watering devices,
Fountains and troughs, Animal-controlled supply, Platform.
56. FEEDING DEVICES, HOPPERS AND TROUGHS,
CHARGE-DELIVERING. Hoppers and troughs not other-
wise classifiable provided with means whereby a "charge"
or definite quantity of stock food may be delivered from the
hopper into the trough or elsewhere upon movement of the
charge-controlling mechanism.
Search Class
161 TIME-CONTROLLING MECHANISM, subclass 10, Valve-actu-
al ing mechanism, .stock-feeders, for charge-delivering hoppers
controlled by time-measuring devices.
57. FEEDING DEVICES, HOPPERS AND TROUGHS, MOV-
ABLE-TROUGH CONTROLLED SUPPLY. The supply
of feed from hopper to trough is controlled by a device opera-
tively connected to the trough, which upon receiving a charge
of feed moves said device to shut off the source of supply.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 81, Watering devices,
Fountains and troughs, Movable-trough controlled supply.
58. FEEDING DEVICES, RACKS AND TROUGHS. Combi-
nations of a rack for hay or coarse fodder and a trough for
receiving and hoi jng concentrate! feed or for supporting the
folder in the rack or receiving it when dislodged from the rack.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclasses 10, Stock cars, Feeding
and watering devices; 52, Feeding devices, Hoppers and
troughs, and the subclasses thereunder, and 60, Feeding de-
vices, Racks, for details.
59. FEEDING DEVICES, RACKS AND TROUGHS, ANIMAL-
EXCLUDING. Combined racks and troughs having means
to permit the exclusion of stock from the feed trough or rack,
both or either, at the option of the attendant.
60. FEEDING DEVICES, RACKS. Apparatus for holding the
various fodder and bulky food, specially designed to
prevent the wasting of said foods and characterized by the
presence of open slat-work, grids, or parallel bars for support-
ing or inclosing and preventing waste of fodder.
61. FEEDING DEVICES, TROUGHS. Miscellaneous feeding
devices consisting of open receptacles specially designed to
receive an 1 hoi Ifaed accessible to animals. Trough guards
an 1 similar devices designed to prevent the fouling and wast-
ing of fee 1 are also included in this subclass.
Search Classes
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 72, Watering devices, for
analogous devices; subclass 65, Feeding devices, Feed-bags,
and the subclasses thereunder, for easily portablefeed troughs,
pails, an 1 boxes performing the function of the conventional
"nose bag."
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 125,
Tanks, for metal troughs of general application.
62. FEEDING DEVICES, TROUGHS, ANIMAL-OPENED.
Troughs normally closed, but adapted to be automatically
opened by animals approaching them for the purpose of
feeding.
63. FEEDING DEVICES, TROUGHS, ANIMAL-EXCLUD-
ING. Troughs provided with means for excluding stock
therefrom at the option of the attendant for the purpose of
permitting him to place food in said trough without interfer-
ence, of cleaning the same, or of limiting the quantity of food
consumed.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 61, Feeding devices,
Troughs, for troughs having a mere guard for preventing the
fouling of food or for preventing the monopoly thereof by the
stronger members of the feeding stock and which are not else-
where placed.
64. FEEDING DEVICES, ANTICRIBBING. Devices to be
applied to the manger or trough to discourage, prevent, or
cure the habit of seizing, sucking, or biting 'the manger or
trough.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 129, Restraining devices,
Mouth-guards, and the subclasses thereunder, for devices
applied to the head of the animal to prevent cribbing.
65. FEEDING DEVICES, FEED-BAGS. Miscellaneous bags,
nose bags, pails, boxes, etc., specially designed to be employed
in feeding animals and adapted to be placed easily in
position and removed therefrom for transportation or storage,
the invention lying primarily in the structure of the receptacle.
Inventions n>sl -m*. in the apparatus employe 1 in supporting
the feed-bag in operative position are classified in one of the
subclasses hereunder.
238
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 119 Continued.
Search Classes
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 72, Elastic tension devices,
and the subclasses thereunder, for elastic supports of general
utility.
150 CLOTH, LEATHER, AND RUBBER RECEPTACLES, subclass
48, Baskets and buckets, for analogous devices of general
utility.
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 107, Reeling and unreel-
ing. Spring-drum type, and the subclasses thereunder, for
spring-reel supports of general utility.
66. FEEDING DEVICES, FEED-BAGS, HALTER-SUP-
PORTED. Feed-bags adapted to be supported from the
head of the feeding animal by means of straps, halters, bridles,
or other devices capable of holding said receptacles in opera-
tive position wherein the claimed invention includes the
structure of the supporting means.
67. FEEDING DEVICES, FEED'BAGS, HARNESS-SUP-
PORTED. Feed-bags provided with means for supporting
them from the harness of an animal or some specially con-
structed devices secured to the animal about the base of the
neck or body, or both, and designed so to support the recep-
tacle as to allow free movement of the head of the animal with
reference to said receptacle, the invention residing in the means
of support rather than in the construction of the feed-bag.
68. FEEDING DEVICES, FEED-BAGS, POLE-SUPPORTED.
Feed-bags provided with means for supporting them from the
pole or thills of a vehicle, the invention residing in the sup-
porting means rather than in the receptacle.
69. FEEDING DEVICES, FEED-BAGS, STANDARD-SUP-
PORTED. Feed-bags to be supported by a standard adapted
to rest upon the ground.
Search Class-
ISO CLOTH, LEATHER, AND RUBBER RECEPTACLES, subclass
48, Baskets and buckets, and the subclasses thereunder.
70. FEEDING DEVICES, POULTRY-EXERCISING. Devices
constructed to supply feed to poultry in a manner to promote
exercise.
7U FEEDING DEVICES, SUCKLING APPLIANCES. De-
vices having one or more nipples and a corresponding number
of tubes leading to a source of liquid-food supply, designed to
be employed in conveying liquid nourishment to the young
of mammals. These devices may be of comparatively large
capacity, such as pails, tanks, or casks, and the suckling
appliances suitable for young calves, colts, pigs, etc.
72. WATERING DEVICES. Inventions not otherwise classi-
fiable especially designed for supplying animals with drink.
73. WATERING DEVICES, TEMPERATURE-CONTROL-
LING. Water holding devices for supplying stock involving
a trough or the combination of a barometric fountain or other
means of constant supply and a trough with means to prevent
the freezing of the water or to regulate the temperature for
other purposes.
Search Classes
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 23, Insulated receptacles, for
apparatus and methods relating to heat insulation.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 18, Heat-insulating, and
the subclasses thereunder, and 154, LAMINATED FABRIC AND
ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES, subclasses 44, Heat-insulating
coverings, and 45, Heat-insulating coverings, Air-spaced.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 360, Water-heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Submerged, and the subclasses under
Water-heaters, Submerged, for tank and trough heaters
per se.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 68, Tanks, Automatic, for
automatic valve-controlled tanks provided with antifreezing
means.
74. WATERING DEVICES, FOUNTAINS AND TROUGHS.
Devices not otherwise classifiable specially designed to serve
water to domestic animals, involving a trough and source of
supply therefor.
Search Classes
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 52, Feeding devices, Hop-
pers and troughs, for analogous structures designed to hold
feed and usually involving those modifications incident upon
the serving of solids instead of liquids.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 13,
Tanks; 137, WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 21, Tanks, and
217, WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 4, Tanks, for tanks
which may serve as a source of supply to a water trough or
other receptacle.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 125,
Tanks, for metallic tanks and troughs of general application.
75. WATERING DEVICES. FOUNTAINS AND TROUGHS
ANIMAL-CONTROLLED SUPPLY. Animal - watering
fountains and troughs comprising a source of supply, a valve
controlling said supply, and means operatively connected
to said valve and operable by pressure exercised by the
animal, generally by the nose or forehead, for regulating the
supply to the trough.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 54, Feeding devices, Hop-
pers and troughs, Animal-controlled supply, for details.
76. WATERING DEVICES, FOUNTAINS AND TROUGHS,
ANIMAL-CONTROLLED SUPPLY, PLATFORM. Stock-
watering fountains and troughs comprising a source of supply
and a means for controlling the source of supply adapted to be
operated by the weight of the animal seeking water, generally
applied by stepping upon a platform or treadle.
CLASS 119 Continued.
Search Classes
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, appropriate subclasses under 51,
Feeding devices, for details.
103 PUMPS, subclass 5, Cattle, for devices which are operated
by an approaching animal to pump water into a trough.
77. WATERING DEVICES, FOUNTAINS AND TROUGHS,
BAROMETRIC. Stock-watering fountains and troughs
comprising a barometric fountain so related to the trough
as to afford a constant supply of water to said trough at a
fixed level.
Search Classes
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 73, Watering devices,
Temperature- controlling.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 13, Water-coolers.
120 STATIONERY, subclass 59, Inkstands, Barometer.
221 DISPENSING CANS.
78. WATERING DEVICES, FOUNTAINS AND TROUGHS,
FLOAT-CONTROLLED SUPPLY. Combined fountains
and troughs wherein the supply to the trough is controlled by
a float valve.
Search Class
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 68, Tanks, Automatic,
for fountains and troughs automatically controlled by a
float where the moans of control usually consists of an inlet
valve so related to a float that the level of the liquid supplied
is maintained at a predetermined point.
79. WATERING DEVICES. FOUNTAINS AND TROUGHS,
FLOAT - CONTROLLED SUPPLY, OSCILLATING
VALVE. Fountains and troughs wherein a float-operated,
hinged, flap, or oscillating valve controls the supply conduit.
80. WATERING DEVICES, FOUNTAINS AND TROUGHS,
FLOAT-CONTROLLED SUPPLY, RECIPROCATING
VALVE. Fountains and troughs having a float-operated
reciprocating valve controlling the source of supply.
81. WATERING DEVICES, FOUNTAINS AND TROUGHS,
MOVABLE - TROUGH CONTROLLED SUPPLY.
Fountains and troughs having depressible water receptacles-
connected to a water-supply valve, so as to hold it open when
in its uppermost position. The weight of the water in the
receptacle causes the trough to move and close the supply
valve.
82. GANGWAYS. Devices which comprise a floored, narrow,
fenced structure specially adapted to serve as a bridge for
supporting, conveying, or directing live stock to or from a
platform, stock car, etc.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 1, Miscellaneous; 31, Draw; 70, Gang-
ways, Endless conveyer, and 72, Gangways, Unattached;
57, HOISTING, subclass 18, Skids; and 105, RAILWAY ROLL-
ING-STOCK, subclass 21, Cars, Safety bridges, for analogous
structures.
83. GROOMING DEVICES. Miscellaneous inventions not other-
wise classifiable specially adapted for currying, brushing,
cleaning, massaging, or rubbing the coat of an animal.
Search Class
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, especially subclass 31, Brush
heads and faces, Horse-brashes, for brushing and scrubbing
devices of general application; subclass 37, Brash heads and
faces, Rotary brushes, for grooming devices consisting of a
rotary brush.
84. GROOMING DEVICES, PNEUMATIC. Compressed air or
vacuum machines specially adapted to the grooming of live
stock. Groomers are distinguished from currycombs in that
the former are usually constructed with soft rubbing or brush-
ing elements or with a wide pneumatic nozzle, in each case the
function being that of removing material loosely adhering to
the animal, while the latter is provided with more or less rigid
teeth or with plain or serrated knife-like bars designed to
dislodge or loosen dirt, hair, filth, or vermin closely adhering
to the epidermis, the grooming process usually involving (1)
the use of the currycomb and (2) the use of brushes or similar
grooming devices.
Search Classes
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 8, Carpet-cleaners, for
nozzles and for combinations thereof with an air-moving
element, designed for cleaning fabrics, floors, casings, etc.
83 MILLS, subclasses under Dust-collectors, for dust-col-
lectors, dust-traps, and devices for purifying the atmosphere.
230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, for air pumps employed in these
pneumatic cleaning devices.
85. GROOMING DEVICES, COMBINED. Combined curry-
combs and brushes, sweat and hair removers, mane and tail
cards, or combinations of two distinct grooming mechanisms.
Search Class
132 TOILET, subclass 3, Combs, for combined devices covering
a brash and a toilet comb.
86. GROOMING DEVICES, CURRYCOMBS. Grooming de-
vices not otherwise classifiable adapted in structure to scrape
or comb the coat of a domestic animal.
Search Class
132 TOILET, subclass 3, Combs, and the subclasses thereunder,
for analogous devices.
87. GROOMING DEVICES, CURRYCOMBS, DUST AND
VERMIN TRAP. Currycombs possessing special devices
for trapping dust and vermin during the process of currying
or grooming.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
239
CLASS 119 Continued.
88. GROOMINQ DEVICES, CURRYCOMBS SELF-CLEAN-
ING. Currycombs provided with means for dislodging hair
and dirt from the teeth and comb body.
89. GROOMING DEVICES, CURRYCOMBS, CURVED AND
RETICULATED WIRE. Currycombs whose "teeth" or
rubbing surfaces are formed of wire fabric or wire in the form
of loops or curves.
90. GROOMING DEVICES, CURRYCOMBS, PLAIN BAR.
Currying devices characterized by the absence of teeth and
having the nibbing surface composed of straight, curved, or
coiled bars or strips of metal or other solid substances.
91. GROOMING DEVICES, CURRYCOMBS, ROTARY. Cur-
rycombs having one or more rotatable combs designed to be
rotated by frictional contact with the surface to which it is
applied or otherwise.
Search Class
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclasses 37, Brush heads
and faces, Rotary brushes, and (50. Carpet-sweepers, and 13,
BRAKES AND GINS, subclass 11, Gin-brushes, for details.
92. GROOMING DEVICES, CURRYCOMBS, SERRATED
BAR. Currycombs whose friction surfaces are formed of
serrated or notched bars, bands, or strips.
93. GROOMING DEVICES, CURRYCOMBS, SPIKE-
TOOTHED. Currycombs having wire studs or spikes or
having more or less spike-like projections for the comb sur-
faces.
Search Class
132 TOILET, subclass 3, Combs, and the subclasses thereunder,
for toilet combs spike-toothed.
94. GROOMING DEVICES, CURRYCOMBS, HANDLES.
Grasping devices, ringer holds, and all means designed to
facilitate the holding of currying devices, including also
specific means for securing the handles to the frame or plate,
said handles being specially designed to meet the require-
ments of the hand in the various positions assumed in the proc-
ess of grooming.
95. MANURE-POUCHES. Devices in the form of pouch-like
receptacles designed and constructed to be so placed in rela-
tion to a domestic animal as to receive the fecal droppings
therefrom.
96. RESTRAINING DEVICES. Miscellaneous inventions not
otherwise classifiable designed to limit or restrain the free
movements of animals.
97. RESTRAINING DEVICES, POULTRY. Miscellaneous re-
straining devices particularly applicable to fowls.
98. RESTRAINING DEVICES, STOCKS. Restraining devices
not otherwise classifiable specially constructed and designed
to hold securely without injury an animal in a substantially
immovable position, to facilitate the application of other re-
straining devices, the removal of its coat, the performaBce of
surgical operations, etc.
Search Class
17 BUTCHERING, subclass 30, Slaughtering, elevating, and
suspending, for devices employed in holding animals for
slaughtering.
99. RESTRAINING DEVICES, STOCKS. COMBINED
CRATES AND NECK-STOCKS. Combinations of crates
and crate-like structures for limiting the movement of the
animal's body in a lateral direction and a neck or head em-
bracing means designed to hold the animal's head in a com-
paratively immovable position.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclasses 20, Confining and hous-
ing devices, Pens and racks, and 147, Restraining devices,
Stanchions, for details; also 13, Stock cars, Safeguards.
100. RESTRAINING DEVICES, STOCKS, COMBINED
SLINGS AND HOPPLES. Animal stocks involving the
combination of a sling for raising or partially raising the
animal off its feet and a hopple for holding one or more of
the feet in comparatively immovable position.
Search Classes
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclasses 102, Restraining devices,
Stocks, Slings, and 126, Restraining devices, Hopples, for
details.
5 BEDS, subclasses 44, Bedsteads, Invalid, Lifters and con-
veyers, and 45, Bedsteads, Invalid, Vertically-moving frame;
17, BUTCHERING, subclass 30, Slaughtering, elevating, and
suspending; and 57, HOISTING, appropriate subclasses, for
analogous devices.
101. RESTRAINING DEVICES, STOCKS, HARNESS. Ani-
mal stocks characterized by the employment of harness and
harness elements in firmly securing the animal to a more or
less rigid structure or in hampering its movements.
Search Classes
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 29, Breaking and training
devices.
54 HARNESS, subclass 71, Breaking and training devices.
102. RESTRAINING DEVICES, STOCKS, SLINGS. Animal
stocks comprising a sling or a wide, usually flexible, support-
ing means designed to be passed beneath the animal ana pro-
vided with means for partially or wholly raising it off its feet.
CLASS 119 Continued.
Search Class
5 BEDS, subclasses 44, Bedsteads, Invalid, Lifters and con-
veyers, and 45, Bedsteads, Invalid, Vertically-moving frame,
for details in slings and means for operating them.
103. RESTRAINING DEVICES, STOCKS, TABLES AND
TRAYS. Animal stocks comprising a table or tray, usually
tiltable, having means whereby the animal may be secured
thereto so firmly as to be comparatively helpless.
Search Classes
6 BEDS, subclasses 9, Bedsteads, Folding, and 12, Bedsteads,
Invalid; 45, FURNITURE, subclasses under Tables. Adjust-
able, and 50, Tables, Surgical;] and 155, CHAIRS, subclass 23
Chairs, Surgical, for details.
104. RESTRAINING DEVICES, BLINDERS. Devices adapted
to obscure the sight of an animal to cure or prevent fence
jumping or to render the animal more easily controllable in
case of fire, accident, or when being trained.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclasses 10, Bridles, Blinds, and 11, Bridles,
Blinds, Covering and uncovering, for devices designed par-
tially to obstruct the vision of the animal wearing them.
105. RESTRAINING DEVICES, COW-TAIL HOLDERS. De-
vices particularly adapted to hold a cow's tail in such a
position that it can not DC switched freely.
Search Classes
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 128, Restraining devices,
Hopples, Shackles.
24 BUCKLES. BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 243, Clasps,
and 264, Clasps, Wedge-slot, and 144, WOODWORKING, sub-
class 302 Clamps, Portable, Pivoted lever, for clasps and
clamps of analogous structure.
54 HARNESS, subclass- 78, Tail-holders, for animal-tail-holders
of general application.
106. RESTRAINING DEVICES, COLLARS. Neck-embracing
bands, chains, or other flexible devices not otherwise classi-
fiable designed to afford a means for attaching a lead-line or
tether to an animal, for supporting a bell, tag, etc. , or providing
protection against enemies. Excludes draft collars, which are
deemed to be harness.
Search Classes
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 118, Restraining devices.
Hitching, Ties, and 54, HARNESS, subclasses 24, Halters, and
34, Hitching straps, for collars which are formed of a part of the
tethering means.
63 JEWELRY, subclass 3, Bracelets, and the subclasses there-
under, and 241, GARMENT-SUPPORTERS, subclasses 5, Limb-
encircling; 6, Limb-encircling, Garment-attached, and 8,
Waist-line body-garments, Belts, for analogous structures.
107. RESTRAINING DEVICES, DRAGS AND WEIGHTS.
Weights, impeding drags, inertia balls, friction floats, flexible
hooking means, and miscellaneous devices designed to be
attached to the animal by means of a tether, the drag or weight
being adapted to restrain the animal by coming in contact
with a barrier or by its weight or construction, whereby it
resists being moved along the surface of the ground.
108. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HAMPERING PADS. De-
vices consisting of bands or pads provided with spurs or other
pain inflicting means so placed about the throat, neck, or
body that the attempt of the animal to break down a fence,
gnaw a feed manger, or lie down causes the infliction of pain
upon the animal wearing the device.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 129, Restraining devices,
Mouth-guards, for the various weaning devices provided with
spurs designed to inflict pain upon animals other than the
wearer.
103. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING. Devices not
otherwise classifiable designed to be used in securing or teth-
ering an animal.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass 34, Hitching straps, for tethers.
110. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING, RELEASERS.
Miscellaneous devices, not included in the minor subclasses
of releasers, specially designed quickly to release an animal.
Includes devices for releasing a flexible hitching means from
the part to which it is attached, and for releasing doors, stall
partitions, and other similar elements.
Search Classes
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 148, Restraining devices,
Stanchions, Multiple, for devices unlocking a multiplicity of
stanchions.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 75, Horse-detachers, for
emergency detaching devices and details.
39 FENCES, subclass 103, Gates. Race-starters, for devices
designed to release a plurality of barriers.
43 FISHING AND TRAPPING, s'ubclass 25, Traps, Sporting, for
releasing devices designed to set free a bird or animal from a
cage and usually constructed to expel them or frighten or
otherwise facilitate their exit.
54 HARNESS, subclass 69, Attaching and detaching devices,
showing harness freed from thills.
114 SHIPS, subclass 210, Anchor-trippers; subclass 217, Tension-
relievers, Couplers, Safety-release, for safety releasing devices.
240
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 119 Continued.
111. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING, RELEASERS,
WITH LEAD-LINE. Hitching devices provided both v. 1th
releasing mechanism and a line, chain, wire, or similar flexible
means for leading the stock from the stalls or barn. The
releasing device may be any of the types of releasers, and the
lead-line operated by hand or by a windlass or other means.
112. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING, RELEASERS,
WITH SPRAYER. Releasing devices combined with spray-
ing systems, the latter being designed primarily to throw
water upon the animal to hasten its exit, but also serving
incidentally to protect the animal and to extinguish a fire
adjacent thereto.
Search Classes
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 159, Antivermin treatment,
Dusting and spraying, and 169, FIRE-EXTINGUISHERS, sub-
class 20, Stationary systems, and the subclasses thereunder,
for stationary sprinkling systems.
113. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING, RELEASERS,
ELECTRIC. Tether-releasing mechanism operated or con-
trolled by an electromagnet or equivalent.
Search Classes
178 TELEGRAPHY, subclass 162, Telegraphs, Fire, Engine-house
apparatus, for electromagnets employed to unlock or unlatch
doors or shutters.
169 FIRE-EXTINGUISHERS, subclasses 21, Stationary systems,
Automatic, and 22, Stationary systems, Automatic valve, for
automatic valve-operating mechanism released by an elect ro-
magnet.
114. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING, RELEASERS,
HALTER-SNAP. Releasers characterized by means adapted
to unlock or open a special halter-snap or lock secured to the
tethering means and designed to disconnect either at the
halter or the hitching post, the, releasing mechanism being
carried by the tether rather than by the structure within
which or to which the animal is hitched.
Search Classes
54 HARNESS, subclass 69, Attaching and detaching devices,
for details.
114 SHIPS, subclass 217, Tension-relievers, Couplers, Safety-
release.
115. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING, RELEASERS,
RECIPROCATING BAR. Releasers in combination witli
bars, rods, wires, or similar elements operative!}- related
thereto, so that upon being given an endwise movement the
releasing means will be moved to release the hitching connec-
tions to the animal, a single reciprocatory element usually con-
trolling a plurality of releasers.
Search Class
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 75, Horse-detachers, for
releasing devices operated by the driver in the vehicle to
release the draft animal therefrom. Usually the tugs are
released from the whifHetree by reciprocating mechanism.
116. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING, RELEASERS,
ROTATABLE SHAFT. Releasable hitching devices com-
prising a rotatable shaft operatively related to the tether-hold-
ing means and so connected therewith that upon the rotation
of the shaft the tethering means will be released.
117. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING, ROTARY ARM.
Hitching devices consisting of a support, such as a post or
picket, upon which is rotatably secured an arm or similar
device to which a tether may be secured.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 124, Restraining devices,
Hitching, Posts, Automatic take-up, for many devices con-
taining the automatic take-up feature similar in function to
that shown in this subclass (117).
118. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING, TIES. Hitching
devices of a miscellaneous nature having a neck-engaging
apparatus which is usually flexibly united to a tethering
means, the neck-engaging device being constructed of a lopped
chain, a metallic or wooden bow or loop, or similar appliance
not otherwise classifiable.
Search Classes
54 HARNESS, subclasses 24, Halters, and 34, Hitching straps,
for details.
59 CHAIN. STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 93,
Chains, Attachments.
119. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING, TIES, MOV-
ABLE. Hitching tics combined with a slidable or pivoted
device to which the animal is tethered, designed to give free-
dom of movement, particularly in a vertical direction, and to
minimize the danger of casting.
120. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING, TRAVELER.
Hitching devices comprising a tether attachment or tether-
carrying device so supported as to have limited movement
imparted by the tethered animal ; the tether-carrying means
being itself carried by a trolley, thimble, ring, or carriage along
a track.
121. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING, PICKET-
STAKES. Devices easily portable and readily driven into
the ground that are adapted to receive and to hold securely
one end of a tethering device, the upper part of the stake be tag
constructed to hold the tether in whatever direction the strain
may be.
CLASS 113 Continued.
Search Classes
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 117, Restraining devices,
Hitching, Rotary arm, for an arm support often carried by a
picket-stake.
135 TENTS, CANOPIES, UMBRELLAS, AND CANES, subclass 15,
Tents, Pegs, poles, and cover-fastenings, for tent pins designed
to resist strain only in one direction and to hold the tent rope
securely only when the pull is in the direction of the strain-
resisting feature.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 30, Electrlc-
wire supports, Telegraph-poles. Bases, Anchored, Augers;
91, Land-anchors, Augers, for picket stakes and pins having
a spiral shank adapting them to be screwed into the ground,
and 92, Land-anchors, Expanding, for stakes of general
application provided with an expansible member.
122. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING, POSTS. Mis-
cellaneous stationary posts, subterranean casings, and other
stationary tether-supporting means not classifiable in the
remaining subclasses of this art and which are specially de-
signed to serve as tether-supporting devices.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 97, Wooden columns, for
wooden posts of general application.
39 FENCES, subclasses under Posts, and 68, LAUNDRY, sub-
class 12, Clothes-line fasteners, for details.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 82, Posts,
for concrete posts of general application.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 23, Electric-
wire supports, Telegraph-poles, and 38, Columns, for metallic
posts of general application.
123. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING, POSTS, AT-
TACHMENTS. Devices specially designed to connect a
tethering means to a post or stationary support.
124. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING, POSTS, AUTO-
MATIC T A KE-U P. II itching posts, whether located above
or below the surface of the ground, containing or supporting a
direct-acting means for automatically retracting a tethering
device, said means usually consisting of a weight, spring reel,
or spiral spring so related to the tether that when said tether
is pulled from the post a weight will be lifted or a spring placed
under tension, all designed to maintain the tether taut or to
withdraw it into the post.
Search Classes .
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 117, Restraining devices,
Hitching, Rotary arm, for means for causing the rotary arm
to take up the slack to the tether, both to prevent the tethered
animal from becoming entangled and to offer a yielding resist-
ance to a severe strain.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclasses 72, Elastic tension devices,
and the subclasses thereunder, and 68, Springs, for tension
elements.
242 WINDING AND REELING, appropriate subclasses, forspring-
operated winding drums of general utility.
125. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HITCHING, POSTS, DISAP-
PEARING. Posts and similar tether-supporting means pro-
vided with casinps below the level of the ground surface so
constructed that the post may be let down into the casing.
Search Class
68 LAUNDRY, suMass 12, Clothes-line fasteners.
126. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HOPPLES. Restraining
means designed to hamper the free movement of the animal
by interfering with limb action or head movement, the ulti-
mate purpose being to discourage or prevent kicking or leap-
ing and breaking down fences.
127. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HOPPLES, FETTER -BARS.
Hopples having bars, stays, or other bracing adapted to be so
placed on the limb of a domestic animal as to interfere with or
prevent the flexing of said limb, the bracing elements being
secured usually on both sides of the joint.
128. RESTRAINING DEVICES, HOPPLES, SHACKLES.
Hopples in the form of rings, bracelets, or limb-clamping de-
vices not otherwise classifiable designed to be secured about
some part of the animal's limbs and so connected to other
devices carried by the animal as to prevent free movement of
the hampered limbs. Specially adapted to domestic live
stock.
Search Class
70 LOCKS AND LATCHES, subclass 24, Shackles, for shackles of
general application.
129. RESTRAINING DEVICES, MOUTH-GUARDS. Anti-
cribbing appliances, gags, and other means for limiting the
animal's use of its mouth not otherwise classifiable.
130. RESTRAINING DEVICES, MOUTH-GUARDS, MUZ-
ZLES. Halter-supported nose bands, plates, or spike-curry-
ing devices not otherwise classifiable and which are designed
to serve as weaning devices or as means for restraining, con-
trolling, or breaking feeding habits.
131. RESTRAINING DEVICES, MOUTH-GUARDS, MUZ-
ZLES, BAFFLES. Muzzles having as essential elements
single plates, open-work guards, or other similar structures so
supported as to be capable of being oscillated to permit graz-
ing, but so arranged that upon the animal's raising its head
the baffle will fall over the mouth.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
241
CLASS 119 Continued.
132. RESTRAINING DEVICES. MOUTH-GUARDS, MUZ-
ZLES, BAFFLES, NOSTRIL -ATTACHED. Baffles
adapted to be secured to the nostrils.
133. RESTRAINING DEVICES, MOUTH - GUARDS, MUZ-
LES, CAGE FORM. Muzzles of open-work cage-like struc-
ture that normally entirely inclose the rr.outh, being either
rigid in structure or composed of two or more hinged or recip-
rocating parts, which open automatically upon the animal's
lowering its head to graze.
134. RESTRAINING DEVICES, MOUTH-GUARDS, WEAN-
ING BITS. Mouth-guards superficially resembling bridle
bits and designed to be placed in an animal's mouth, the bit
usually being a hollow perforated element, close spiral, or
similar device constructed to prevent the formation of a "suck-
ing" vacuum.
Search Class
128 SURGERY, subclass 27, Veterinary, for ventilating bits used
to cure or prevent colic.
135. RESTRAINING DEVICES, NOSE RINGS AND CLIPS.
Rings, plugs, loops, clamps, clips, and other similar devices
specially designed to be attached to the nostrils or snout-rings
of domestic animals. These devices are designed to be per-
manently attached and are such as are limited in use to animal
husbandry.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 238, Snap-
hooks, Sliding; 241, Snap-hooks, Locking devices, and 242,
Snap-hooks, Locking devices, Tension-operated, for detachable
rings, loops, etc., of general application; and 243, Clasps, and
the subclasses thereunder, for detachable gripping devices.
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclasses 85,
Chains, Links, Detachable, and 96, Key-holders, and the
suliclasses thereunder, for detachable metallic loops and similar
devices.
136. RESTRAINING DEVICES, POKES. Devices comprising
a rod or a combination of rods or similar elements supported
by a head, neck, limb, or body embracing means all cooperat-
ing to discourage or prevent breaking, leaping, or passing
through fences or similar barriers.
137. RESTRAINING DEVICES, POKES, BAR AND BELT.
Pokes having a rod or pole whose principal posterior support
consists of a belt or band passing around the animal's body
adjacent to his fore legs, the anterior support of said poke
being usually a neck-band or halter, or both.
138. RESTRAINING DEVICES, POKES, BAR AND BOW.
Pokes having a bow, yoke, or neck-band, in combination with
a rod, bar, or similar element, the bow and bar being rigidly
connected, the former being designed to embrace the neck
of the animal and the latter to contact with a fence for the
purpose of discouraging or preventing the wearer from leaping
fences or breaking through them.
139. RESTRAINING DEVICES, POKES, BAR AND BOW,
JOINTED BOW. Pokes of the bar and bow type wherein
the bow, yoke, or neck-band is jointed, so that its parts may
freely move relatively to each other. Includes the jointed
bov,', v.-hether claimed by itself or in combination with the
poke.
140. RESTRAINING DEVICES," POKES, BAR AND BOW,
PIVOTED BAR. Pokes of the bar and bow type having
the bar, rod, or poke pivoted or so connected to the bow or
yoke that it may freely move in relation thereto.
141. RESTRAINING DEVICES, POKES, BAR AND HAL-
TER. Poke bars or equivalents supported by a halter or
halter-like device adapted to embrace the animal's head.
142. RESTRAINING DEVICES, POKES, FACE-GUARDS.
Bars, rods, face plates, or flexible elements supported by the
animal'shead, located in front of his face, and usually provided
with means for inflicting pain upon the animal when it pushes
the face-guard against an obstruction.
143. RESTRAINING DEVICES, SHIELDS. Easily portable
devices not otherwise classifiable designed to be secured to
an animal to protect it against enemies or to prevent its doing
injury to itself or an attendant.
144. RESTRAINING DEVICES, SHIELDS, HORN. Shields
adapted in structure to receive the tips of an animal's horns
or otherwise to muffle the horn tips.
145. RESTRAINING DEVICES, SHIELDS, STALLION.
Devices for preventing the practice of self-abuse among
stallions.
146. RESTRAINING DEVICES, SHIELDS, UDDER. Devices
specially adapted to protect the udders or teats of mammals
against injury.
147. RESTRAINING DEVICES, STANCHIONS. Devices com-
prising as a unit two adjacent, vertical bars, one or both
pivotally supported and capable of being moved away from
a central vertical line to admit the head and neck of the ani-
mal to be restrained and then moved toward said line to
embrace the neck and prevent withdrawal of the head, a
device for locking the stanchion bars in ne.ck-embracing posi-
tion being usually a necessary element of the operative com-
bination. In this subclass are placed all stanchions and
stanchion elements not otherwise classifiable which are
CLASS 119-Continued.
restricted in use to the restraining of live stock. Stanchions
differ from the neck-stocks found in animal-stocks in that
they permit more or less freedom of movement, the latter
being more rigid in structure and designed to reduce to a
minimum the movement of the head and neck, while the
former are designed simplyto prevent the escape of the animal
from its stall and to segregate it for feeding and housing
purposes.
148. RESTRAINING DEVICES, STANCHIONS, MULTIPLE.
Combinations of two or more stanchion sets, usually con-
nected with a common controlling means, whereby they may
be simultaneously released or locked by an attendant, so
that two or more head of stock may be locked in or released
from said stanchions by the movement of a single element.
149. RESTRAINING DEVICES, STANCHIONS, ROTATA-
BLE. Stanchions rotatable about a vertical axis, without
provision for preventing rotation while said stanchions are
open for admission of an animal's head.
150. RESTRAINING DEVICES, STANCHIONS, ROTATA-
BLE, STOP-LOCK. Rotatable stanchions having means
for preventing rotation when the stanchion bars are open to
admit the animal's head.
151. RESTRAINING DEVICES, CATCHING AND HOLD-
ING TOOLS. Tools not otherwise classifiable designed to
be manipulated by an attendant to catch and to hold a do-
mestic animal. Such tools are usually provided with a handle
at one end and a catching and holding device at the other
specially designed to embrace some part of the animal and
to be readily detached therefrom without inflicting injury.
Search Class
43 FISHING AND TRAPPING, subclass 12, Fishing, Oyster rakes
and tongs, for somewhat similar tools designed to be used in
dredging mollusks, but not adapted to catch and hold live
stock without injury.
152. RESTRAINING DEVICES. CATCHING AND HOLD-
ING TOOLS, CROOKS. Catching and holding tools pro-
vided with a hook-like element, usually having the form of
a shepherd's crook.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses 4, Article-
holders, Chatelaine safety-hooks, and 264, Clasps, Wedge-
slots, and 59, CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING,
subclass 94, Chains, Attachments, Hooks and grabs, for the
hook element per se.
153. RESTRAINING DEVICES, CATCHING AND HOLDING
TOOLS, LOOPS. Catching and holding tools provided with
a loop, the loop usually being placed or thrown about the
nose, head, neck, or limb.
Search Class
128 SURGERY, subclass 28, Miscellaneous, for analogous struc-
ture, noting "6craseurs," or instruments for removing intra-
nasal growths; and subclass 27, Veterinary, noting obstetrical
devices.
154. RESTRAINING DEVICES, CATCHING AND HOLD-
ING TpOLS, TONGS. Catching and holding tools pro-
vided with jaws or long fingers specially adapted to embrace
and to hold without injury some part of a domestic animal.
Search Classes
65 KITCHEN AND TABLE ARTICLES, subclasses 52, Table-tongs,
and 56, Compound tools, Gripping, and 126, STOVES AND
FURNACES, subclasses 320, Stove implements, Combined, and
321, Stove implements, Fire-tong, for details.
68 LAUNDRY, subclass 6, Clothes sticks and tongs, for analo-
gous structures.
128 SURGERY, subclass 27, Veterinary, noting pig-tongs and
similar obstetrical devices.
155. STOCK- SORTERS. Means operated manually, automat-
ically, or by the animal to control the size or kind of animal
that shall pass a given barrier and designed to separate one
class or size of domestic animal from another.
156. ANTTVERMIN TREATMENT. Inventions for washing,
applying medicaments to, or otherwise treating animals for
the purpose of freeing them from filth and parasites or for
repelling insects, healing sores, etc. Does not include "dips"
or other compositions nor internal medical treatment nor
surgical operations.
157. ANTPVERMIN TREATMENT, DAUBING AND RUB-
BING. Inventions for applying a medicament to animals
by contact or friction. Includes rubbing posts, fowl-greasing,
and nose-tarring devices.
158. ANTIVERMIN TREATMENT, DIPPING AND WASH-"
ING. Inventions relating to the dipping or washing of ani-
mals in an insecticidal or cleansing liquid and includes both
the dipping or washing vat and the means employed to insure
the immersion or washing of the animal under treatment.
159. ANTIVERMIN TREATMENT, DUSTING AND SPRAY-
ING. Devices specially adapted to apply an insecticide or the
like in the form of a fine powder or spray to domestic fowls
and stock, usually operated by the animal.
Search Class
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, appropriate subclasses, for spray-
ing apparatus of general application.
160. ANTIVERMIN TREATMENT FUMIGATING. Inven-
tions specially constructed to aid in the application of fumes
to a fowl or other animal.
26G74 12-
-16
CLASS 120. STATIONERY.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class is limited to implements for use in penmanship and
clerical work and includes all such implements except such as are
more properly classified elsewhere because of more general utility.
Subclasses.
1. COMBINATION DEVICES. Articles of stationery in which
are combined two or more devices having different functions.
Search Class
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 2, Miscellaneous, Integral.
2. COMBINATION DEVICES, BLOTTERS AND RULERS.
Devices adapted to serve as blotters and as rulers.
3. COMBINATION DEVICES, INKSTANDS AND CALEN-
DARS. Inkstands provided with calendar attachments.
4. COMBINATION DEVICES, INKSTANDS AND PEN-
RACKS. Combined inkstands and pen-racks.
5. COMBINATION DEVICES, INKSTANDS AND PEN-
RACKS, SELF-OPENING. Combined inkstands and pen-
racks so constructed that the removal of a pen from the rack
causes the inkstand to open.
6. COMBINATION DEVICES, MOISTENERS AND SEAL-
ERS. Implements and machines for both moistening and
sealing the flaps of envelops.
Search Classes
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 2, Wrapping machines.
Miscellaneous.
216 LABEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING, subclass 3, Com-
bined Machines, Envelop sealing and stamping.
7. COMBINATION DEVICES, PENCIL-SHARPENERS AND
ERASERS. Combined pencil-fiharpeners and erasers, most
of them being designed for attachment to a pencil and serving
as point-protectors as well.
8. MISCELLANEOUS. Various devices for use in clerical work,
such as paper-folders, paper-tearers, linen-markers, etc.
9. PEN AND PENCIL CASES. Devices known t9 the trade as
propelling pencils and pen-holders, together with other de-
vices for adjustably holding pencils, leads, crayons, and tail-
ors' chalk.
Search Class
145_WoqDWORKiNG-TooLS, subclass 64, Handles, Hollow,
Retractile-tool. ,
10. PEN -AND PENCIL CASES, COMPOUND. Pen and pencil
cases in each of which are embodied two or more different
forms of operating mechanism.
11. PEN AND PENCIL CASES, COMPOUND, AUTOMATIC.
Compound pen and pencil cases in which one or more of the
operating mechanisms is automatic.
12. PEN AND PENCIL CASES, COMPOUND, SCREW-AND-
SLIDE. Compound pen and pencil cases in which the
propelling mechanisms are of the screw-and-slide types.
13. PEN AND PENCIL CASES, CHALK-HOLDERS, Holding
devices for chalk or crayons, especially tailors' chalk.
14. PEN AND PENCIL CASES, POLYPOINTED. Magazine
pen and pencil cases in which are contained a number of
leads or pen-points.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, sul>class 63, Handles, Magazine,
Registering-chambers.
15. PEN AND PENCIL CASES, SHARPENING. Pen and
pencil cases provided with mechanism for sharpening the
lead .
16. PEN AND PENCIL CASES, MAGIC. Cases so constructed
that the pen or lead holder is protruded by moving some
part of the case in the direction opposite to that in which
the pen or lead holder moves when it is protruded.
17. PEN AND PENCIL CASES, STEP-BY-STEP. Cases pro-
vided with mechanism which projects the lead a predeter-
mined amount at each operation of the mechanism.
18. PEN AND PENCIL CASES, SCREW. The pen or lead
holder is protruded by screw mechanism.
19. PEN AND PENCIL CASES, SLIDE. The pencil, lead, or
pen holder slides within the cass and is protruded by the
direct action of the fingers of the user or by means of a sliding
member which may be secured to the holder or simply push
it forward.
CLASS 120 Continued.
20. PEN AND PENCIL CASES, AUTOMATIC-CATCH. When
the lead or pen holder is projected, it is automatically caught
and held, usually by a sort of latch.
Note. Automatic clutch devices are not in this subclass, being
separately classified.
21. PEN AND PENCIL CASES, CLUTCH. The lead or crayon
is gripped between two or more movable jaws.
Search Class
14.5 WOOD-WORKING TOOLS, subclass 83, Handles, Socket
fastenings.
22. PEN AND PENCIL CASES, CLUTCH, AUTOMATIC.
The clutch mechanism is operated automatically after the
lead is projected.
23. SCHOLARS' COMPANIONS. Receptacles or combined im-
plements and receptacles especially adapted to contain the
pens, pencils, and other implements commonly required by
school children.
24. BLOTTERS. Sheets or blocks of absorbent material for re-
moving surplus ink from freshly written matter, holders
for blotting material, and devices for supporting blotters in
such manner that they may be readily reached when desired
for use and be out of the way when not in use.
Search Classes
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 1, Abrading materials
and tools.
101 PRINTING, subclass 107, Press-copying, Damping.
25. BLOTTERS, HAND-ATTACHED. Blotters designed for
attachment to the hand of the writer and to be carried along
by it as it travels over the surface which is being written
upon.
23. BLOTTERS, ROTARY. Blotting material secured to the
surface of a rotary cylinder.
27. BLOTTERS, SUPPORTS. Supporting devices for use on
desks or writing-tables and designed to hold the blotter out
of the way when not in use, but in such position that it will
be readily accessible when wanted.
28. COPY-HOLDERS. Devices for holding manuscript in such
position that it may be conveniently copied.
29. COPY-HOLDERS, MOVABLE COPY. Copy-holders so con-
structed that the copy may be moved in such manner as to
bring each line of the copy successively into a certain position
for copying.
30. COPY-HOLDERS, MOVABLE COPY, ROLLER-FEED.
The copy is moved by means of roller mechanism.
31. COPY-HOLDERS, MOVABLE COPY, ROLLER-FEED,
POSITIVE-GRIP. The feed-roller is provided with a
clamping device for gripping one end of the copy, which is
wound on the roller.
32. COPY-HOLDERS, MOVABLE COPY, ROLLER-FEED,
STEP-BY-STEP MOVEMENT. The feed-rollers are pro-
vided with mechanism, usually involving a pawl and ratchet,
for rotating them with a stop-by-step movement.
33. COPY-HOLDERS, MOVABLE MARKER. The manuscript
to be copied is held stationary and the line that is being copied
is indicated by a movable marker which may be moved by
the hand of the copyist or by appropriate mechanism.
34. COPY-HOLDERS, MOVABLE MARKER, STEP-BY-
STEP MOVEMENT. The copy-holder is provided with
mechanism for moving the marker with a step-by-step move-
ment.
35. ENVELOP-OPENERS. Devices of various sorts, specially
designed to open envelops.
30. ERASERS. Devices of various sorts for the removal of ink
and pencil lines, together with devices for restoring the sur-
face of the paper after the erasure of the lines.
Search Class
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 1, Abrading materials
and tools.
37. ERASERS, COMBINATION. Erasing implements in which
are combined erasing devices of two or more different kinds.
38. ERASERS, PENCIL ATTACHMENTS. Erasers, usually
blocks of rubber, permanently or removably attached to a
pencil.
39. ERASERS, KNIFE. Erasers in which thti erasing device
consists of a sharpened blade.
40. ERASERS, RUBBER. Erasers consisting, essentially, of one
or more blocks of rubber with which is usually mixed some
finely-pulverized abrading material.
41. ERASING-SHIELDS. Devices to cover and protect the part
of a manuscript which is not to be erased and exposing that
which is to be erased.
243
244
DEFINITIONS OP CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 120 Continued.
42. FOUNTAIN-PENS. Pens provided with an ink reservoir
which is usually contained in the penholder and which is so
connected with the pen-nib that a flow of ink from the reser-
voir to the pen may be produced during the operation of
writing, thus obviating all need of dipping the pen in ink.
Search Class
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 49, Fountain Brushes,
Paint.
43. FOUNTAIN-PENS, SPECIAL-USE. Fountain-pens in which
the ordinary nib is replaced by a roller, ball, or other ink-
applying device to fit the pen for some special purpose.
44. FOUNTAIN-PENS, STYLOGRAPHIC. The ordinary split
nib is replaced by a slender rod or spindle passing through
a hollow cone, the apex of which forms the writing-point.
45. FOUNTAIN-PENS, STYLOGRAPHIC, SPRING-ACTU-
ATED SPINDLE. The spindle is connected with a spring
which keeps it normally protruded from the tip of the pen.
46. FOUNTAIN-PENS, FORCE-FEED AND FILLER. Pens
provided with self-contained filling devices or with devices
for forcing the ink from the reservoir to the nib. The same
mechanism may serve to fill the pen and to control the feed
of ink.
47. FOUNTAIN-PENS, FORCE-FEED AND FILLER, PIS-
TON.' The feed or filler mechanism consists chiefly of a
piston which is reciprocated within the barrel of the pen.
48. FOUNTAIN-PENS, VALVED. Fountain-pens provided
with valves to control the flow of ink to the nib or the ingress
of air into the ink reservoir.
49. FOUNTAIN-PENS, RETRACTILE PEN-SECTION.
Pens so constructed that the "pen-section" can be drawn
back into the barrel of the pen when it is not in use.
50. FOUNTAIN-PENS, FEEDERS. Devices of various sorts
for conveying the ink from the reservoir to the nib and regu-
lating the amount of the flow.
51. FOUNTAIN-PENS, FEEDERS, MODIFIED-NIB. Feed-
ing devices involving some modification of the pen-nib.
52. FOUNTAIN-PENS, FEEDERS, MODIFIED PEN-SEC-
TION. Feeding devices involving some modification of the
ordinary form of "pen-section" or nib-holding member.
53. HAND AND ARM RESTS. Devices to support the hand or
arm of a person when writing in spaces in which it is difficult
to write without special support; also, supports designed to
prevent fatigue from writing or to keep the hand out of con-
i tact with the paper.
54. HAND AND ARM RESTS, TRAVELING. Rests which
travel over the paper with the hand or arm of the writer.
55. HAND AND ARM RESTS, BOOK-SUPPORTED. Rests
designed to be supported by having one end thrust between
the pages of a boot.
56. HAND AND ARM RESTS, ADJUSTABLE-HEIGHT.
Rests so constructed that their height may be adjusted as
the writer wishes.
57. INKSTANDS. Receptacles for ink designed to facilitate the
use of ink in writing and not to serve as mere storing vessels.
The subclass also includes supports for such ink receptacles
and attachments for inkstands that do not fall into other
subclasses.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclasses 66, Pots, and (57.1, Mucilage holders.
58. INKSTANDS, DESK-ATTACHED. Inkstands of the type
usually used in schools and firmly secured to a desk, in the
top of which the inkstand is generally embedded.
9. INKSTANDS, BAROMETER. Inkstands in which the level
of the ink is controlled by atmospheric pressure.
60. INKSTANDS, FOUNTAIN. Inkstands provided with a dip-
cup which is normally empty, but hi to which ink may be
forced by various means whenever the pen is to be supplied
with ink.
61. INKSTANDS, FOUNTAIN, AUTOMATIC. Fountain inK-
stands which act automatically when a pen is inserted into
the dip-cup and pressure made upon it.
Note. This subclass does not include automatic fountain ink-
stands having a flexible diaphragm, pressure upon which
causes the rise of the ink in the dip-cup.
62. INKSTANDS. FOUNTAIN, COMPRESSIBLE INK-BAG.
I:ik is contained in a bag made of pliable material, and pr s-
sure upon the bag forces the ink up into the dip-cup.
63. INKSTANDS, FOUNTAIN, FLEXIBLE-DIAPHRAGM.
A flexible diaphragm forms a part of the wall of the ink reser-
voir, and pressure upon the diaphragm causes the ink to rise
into the dip-cup.
64. INKSTANDS, FOUNTAIN, FLEXIBLE-DIAPHRAGM,
AUTOMATIC. The flexible diaphragm is connected with
the dip-cup in such a way that the pressure of a pen upon the
dip-cup causes ink to rise in the cup.
CLASS 120 Continued.
65. INKSTANDS, GRAVITY-FEED. Inkstands having a reser-
voir at a higher level than the dip-cup, so that the ink will flow
from reservoir to dip-cup under the influence of gravity when-
ever the passage between the two is unobstructed.
66. INKSTANDS, MOVABLE DIP-CUP. Inkstands each of
which is provided with a small movable cup which holds a
sufficient quantity of ink to supply a pen and which is sup-
ported upon a spring, lever, or other device in such a way that
the dip-cup may be readily replenished when empty.
67. INKSTANDS, SELF-CLOSING. Inkstands closing auto-
matically when the pen is withdrawn from the ink.
68. INKSTANDS, SELF OPENING AND CLOSING. The
closure of the inkstand is opened by the pressure of the pen
upon the closure or some device connected therewith in the
act of dipping the pen.
69. INKSTANDS, SUPPLEMENTARY- RESERVOIR. Be-
sides the small receptacle which contains the ink into which
the pen is dipped each stand has a larger supplementary reser-
voir from which the dipping-receptacle may be supplied.
There is no special form of apparatus for transferring ink from
the large reservoir to the dipping-receptacle.
70. INKSTANDS, TILTING-RESERVOIR. The reservoir is in
most cases supported upon pivots and is tilted to bring the
ink into proper position for dipping the pen. Those stands
whose reservoirs are not supported on pivots are set in an
inclined position while in use.
71. INKSTANDS, DIP-GAGES. Devices for regulating the depth
to which the pen enters the ink in the stand; also inkstands
provided with such gages.
72. INKSTANDS, OPENING AND CLOSING DEVICES. De-
vices which facilitate the opening and closing of inkstands.
They frequently consist of devices connecting the covers of
several ink-wells in such a way that the opening of one closes
any other that may be open.
73. INKSTANDS, SUPPORTS. Devices of various sorts for
supporting ink-wells.
Search Class
120 STATIONERY, subclass 58, Ink-stands, Desk-attached, for
ink-wells let into a desk-top and of the sort generally used in
school-desks.
74. LETTER-SHEETS AND POSTAL CARDS. Sheets of
paper or cardboard designed for mailing without envelops.
The subclass includes postal cards with reply-cards attached
and sheets with attached flaps for concealing the contents of
the letter.
75. MOISTENERS. Devices for moistening gummed surfaces,
such as those of envelops, stamps, and the like.
Search Classes
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, sub-class under Fountain-
rushes, for moisteners in the form of fountain brushes.
101, PRINTING, subclass 107, Press-copying, Damping.
216 LABEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING, subclass 43, Ma-
chines, Affixing. Magazine, Stationary, Adhesive applying or
moistening, and subclasses thereunder.
76. MOISTENERS, ROLLER. A rotating cylinder or sphere,
a part of whose surface is always in contact with the water in
the moistener, serves to convey the water to the surface which
is to be moistened.
77. ABOLISHED.
78. ABOLISHED.
79. ABOLISHED.
80. ABOLISHED.
81. ABOLISHED.
82. PAPER-WEIGHTS. Masses of suitable size and weight, and
usually of somewhat ornamental appearance, whose only func-
tion is that of holding loose papers in place upon a desk or
other support.
83. PENCILS. This subclass contains all marking devices consist-
ing of a solid material which produces a mark by leaving a
portion of its substance upon the surface over which it is
drawn.
Search Classes
106, PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 5, Crayons and pencils.
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 28, Ink and sub-
classes thereunder.
84. PENCILS, ATTACHMENTS. Permanent or removable at-
tachments of various sorts for pencils, excluding mere eraser
attachments, which are classified with erasers.
85. PENCIL-SHARPENERS, IMPLEMENTS, COMPOUND.
Pencil and crayon sharpening implements embodying in each
implement two or more different forms of sharpening devices.
86. PENCIL-SHARPENERS. IMPLEMENTS, COMPOUND,
RECIPROCATING - MOVEMENT. Compound pencil -
sharpeners in which the relative movement of pencil and
sharpener is reciprocatory in character.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
245
CLASS 120 Continued.
87. PENCIL-SHARPENERS, IMPLEMENTS, POINT-PRO-
TECTORS. Pencil-sharpeners designed to fit over the point
of the pencil and protect it when not in use.
88. PENCIL - SHARPENERS, IMPLEMENTS, KNIFE-
GAGES. Devices which are slipped over the end of a pencil
to gage the cut of a knife-blade when used in sharpening the
pencil.
89. PENCIL-SHARPENERS, IMPLEMENTS, RECIPROCA-
TOR Y-MO VEMENT. The relative movement of pencil and
sharpener is reciprocatory in character, and either pencil or
sharpener may be moved in the process of sharpening.
90. PENCIL-SHARPENERS, IMPLEMENTS, RECIPROCA-
TORY-MOVEMENT, SHAVING. Reciprocatory pencil-
sharpeners in which the sharpening means consists of blades
so placed that they will cut shavings from the wood of the
pencil instead of grinding the wood away to form the point.
91. PENCIL-SHARPENERS, IMPLEMENTS, REVOLVING-
PENCIL. Sharpeners consisting in part of an annular or
conical abrading surface over which the pencil is made to
travel during the sharpening process.
92. PENCIL-SHARPENERS, IMPLEMENTS, ROTARY-
MOVEMENT. The relative movement of pencil and sharp-
ener is rotary in character.
93. PENCIL-SHARPENERS, IMPLEMENTS, ROTARY-
MOVEMENT, SHAVING. Rotary sharpeners provided
with one or more blades so placed that they remove the wood
of the pencil in the form of shavings instead of by abrasion.
94. PENCIL-SHARPENERS, MACHINES. Pencil-sharpeners
having a fixed base and other parts movable relatively thereto.
Search Classes
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 3, Glass and stone.
Curved surfaces; 4, Metal, Curved surfaces; 5, Wood, Curved
surfaces; 144, WOOD WORKING, subclass 30, Special work
machines, Single or combined, Pin pointing; 168, FARRIERY,
subclass 46, Tools, Calk sharpeners.
95. PENCIL-SHARPENERS, MACHINES, ROTATING CUT-
TER AND PENCIL. Both cutter and pencil-holder are
mechanically rotated during the sharpening process.
96. PENCIL-SHARPENERS, MACHINES, ROTATING CUT-
TER. Pencil-sharpening machines in which the pencil is
turned by hand and a rotating cutter used.
97. PEN-EXTRACTORS. Devices of various kinds designed for
extracting pens from penholders.
98. PENHOLDERS. Holders for pens, including some attach-
ments for such holders.
99. PENHOLDERS, MULTIPLE. Penholders for holding
several pens simultaneously, including also some yokes for
connecting two pens or pencils so that two lines may be made
at one stroke.
100. PENHOLDERS, ANGULAR ADJUSTMENT. The staff
of the holder and the nib-holder proper are pivotally con-
nected, so that the nib may be set at an angle to the staff of the
bolder.
CLASS 120 Continued.
101. PENHOLDERS, RELEASING. Penholders so constructed
that the grip of the holder on the pen may be released at will.
102. PENHOLDERS, GRIPS. Modifications of penholders and
permanent attachments thereto for the purpose of making
them conform more readily to the hand or to prevent fatigue
from writing.
103. PENHOLDERS, GRIPS, DETACHABLE. Grips which
are not permanently attached to the penholders.
104. PENHOLDERS, INK-GUARDS. Attachments for pen-
holders to prevent the inking of the user's ringers in the act
of supplying the pen with ink or to prevent overdipping.
105. PENHOLDERS, RULING-GUARDS. Attachments to
penholders to prevent inking the ruler when the pen is used
for ruling.
106. PENHOLDERS, SLANT DEVICES. Devices for use in
writing to give the pen the proper slant.
107. PENHOLDERS, SLANT DEVICES, SUPPORTING.
Slant devices which support the pen or the hand of the writer.
108. PEN RACKS AND CLEANERS. Racks and other sup-
porting devices for pens, wipers for pens, and devices which
may be used for both supports and cleaners.
Search Classes
65 KITCHEN AND TABLE ARTICLES, subclass 65, Racks and
rests; 131, TOBACCO, subclass 51, Cigar supports and stands.
109. PENS. Points for applying ink to paper in the operations of
writing, shading, and ruling, combinations of points and
holders, and attachments of various sorts for pens.
110. PENS, RULING. Pens especially designed for ruling, being
adapted to make lines of uniform width and to operate when
moved in one direction only.
111. PENS, SHADING. Pens designed primarily for producing
heavily shaded letters.
112. PENS, STYLUS. Pens used chiefly for marking in large
rough letters and resembling a stylus in form.
113. PENS, RESERVOIR ATTACHMENTS. Attachments for
pens designed to increase the ink-carrying capacity of the nibs.
114. PENS, RESERVOIR ATTACHMENTS, NIB-ATTACHED.
The reservoir attachments are secured directly to the pen-nib
instead of to the holder.
115. PENS, RESERVOIR ATTACHMENTS, NIB-ATTACHED,
INTEGRAL. The attachments are intergal with the pen-
nibs.
116. SEALING-WAX APPLIERS. Devices of various sorts to
facilitate the application of sealing-wax to packages, etc. The
subclass includes sealing-wax packages having applying de-
vices in combination therewith.
CLASS 122. LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class relates to heating liquids, generating vapors from
liquids, treating the vapors generated for use, such as superheating
or cooling them, and conserving the heat remaining in the liquid
or vapor after a part of the heat energy has been made use of for
any purpose. To bringaliquid heater intothisclass,thechambef,
receptacle, or conduit in which the liquid is heated must be fluid
tight.
The liquid containers classified in this class may be heated either
by solid or fluid fuel burned in any type of furnace or burner. The
heat may be applied directlv to the walls of the fluid containing
chamber or indirectly by the interposition of a fluid in a distinct and
separate chamber, which fluid being heated may impart its heat to
the fluid to be finally heated. When the fluid is neated by the
interposition of another fluid the heat generator must be a part of
the unitary structure of the fluid heater, with one exception to wit:
devices for generating a vapor haying a vapor separator within the
fluid chamber may be heated indirectly by a fluid, the furnace for
heating which does not form part of the unitary structure. The
fluid may be heated also by a heat radiating body in either a liquid,
or solid state, which body may be either on the inside or on the
outside of the fluid chamber; but if said heating body be inside the
fluid chamber its nature must be such that it will not mix with the
fluid to be heated. The fluid may also be heated by friction, or by
chemical action other than combustion, or by electricity; but mere
boilers in combination with a particular electric heater and boilers
modified in structure to adapt their contents to be heated by an
electric heater are not classified herein, but in the heater class.
Neither does this class include solar heaters for heating fluids.
This class includes combinations of steam superheaters, feed-water
heaters, steam separators, condensers, traps, manhole-closures,
safety devices, cleaners, and feeders with a boiler when the structure
claimed otoecessity must form a part of the boiler structure combina-
tion, also parts of boilers unless they are of general application.
The search notes at the end of the main class definition and the
subclass definitions should be consulted as to the classification of
patents used in boilers but not included in this class. The excep-
tions referred to in the search notes are to be considered in defining
the limitations of this class.
The words "water" and "steam" as used in these definitions
are to be taken in a generic sense as meaning liquid and vapor.
The words "fire tubes " include both small and large tubes through
which the products of combustion pass unless the term "flue" is
used with them, in which case "fire tubes" would refer to the small
tubes, and " flues " to the large tubes for the products of combustion.
The words "water tubes" designate tubes, both large and small,
through which liquid or vapor passes.
The words "steam tubes" designate vapor tubes whether the
vapor therein be formed from water or any other liquid.
" Boiler' r is used as a generic term for a liquid heater. The nature
of the liquid heated is immaterial. Whether the liquid heated is
conducted from the boiler as liquid or vapor depends upon the
amount supplied and the degree of heat attained, and for this reason
generally no distinction has been noted in the classification, similar
structures being classified together regardless of the ultimate effect.
In the type of boilers known as "flashers" this distinction is of
importance and provision has been made therefor.
In many cases the kind of fuel used is of importance for classifica-
tion and examination purposes, and patents have been divided into
parallel subclasses on the kind of fuel used, either solid or fluid
fuel, and patents have been classified in the fluid fuel subclasses both
upon the claims and upon the disclosure.
Patents containing claims covering the boiler and furnace in
combination or containing claims to the boiler alone and also claims
to the furnace alone are classified in this class (122) and the novelty
in furnace structure claimed or disclosed is cross-referenced into
appropriate subclasses in class 110, FURNACES.
All patents claiming water-cooled grates as the subject matter of
invention are classified in this class (122) whether the connection
with a boiler for heating the boiler water is or is not claimed. The
reason for this disposition is that most of the patents claiming a
water-cooled grate structure also claim the relation and arrangement
of the grate with the boiler structure, making it a part of the water
heating and steam generating structure of the boiler, and since the
water flowing through the grate is necessarily heated the grate
becomes a water heater. Those water-cooled grates that are not
used in a boiler furnace are classified in the same class with the
other water-cooled grates that are used in a boiler furnace, in order
that the art may not be separated.
Note. In class 126, STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 348, Water
heaters, Kettle furnace, Steam generators and cookers, are the steam
generators and cookers.
Note. The distinction between water heaters in classes 122 and
126 is this: The water heaters in class 122 have a closed water con-
taining chamber or receptacle for holding the water while it is
heated or have one or more closed conduits through which the
water flows while being heated; but the water heaters in class 126
are of the open type. In class 122 are classified mechanism for
regulating both the inflow of water to the boiler and the burning of
the fuel in all cases when steam is generated and also in all cases
when water is heated, excepting in devices for heating water where
the opening of a valve to permit water to flow through the heater
at the same time increases the heat of the heat generator, such
CLASS 122 Continued.
devices being classified in class 126, subclass 351, Water heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Automatic; but this subclass relates only to
the controlling device for the water and fuel. Claims to the struc-
ture of the water heater or boiler together with such a controlling
mechanism are classified in class 122, and claims relating to the
controlling mechanism will be cross-referenced into class 126, sub-
class 351.
Note. Patents relating to the automatic control of the burning
of the fuel, either solid or fluid, are not classified in class 122. For
such devices see class 110, FUENACES, subclasses 54, Furnace struc-
ture, Feeding air and steam, Boiler controlled, and 55, Furnace
structure, Feeding air and steam, Time limit; class 158, LIQUID AND
GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 36, Burners, Liquid fuel, Fuel
feeding; class 236, DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC, all subclasses, and class
237, HEAT-DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 23, Brooder and incu-
bator, Water.
The following notes indicate the classification of inventions
adapted to be used in connection with boilers and of related inven-
tions. Reference may also be made to the search notes under the
various subclasses.
Search Classes-
Si DAIRY, subclasses 89, Milk treating; 90, Milk treating Aer-
ating, and 91, Milk treating, Circulation; 126, STOVES AND
FURNACES, subclass 272, Liquid sterilizers; 195, ALCOHOL,
subclass 5, Beer, Preserving, Pasteurizing, and 210, WATER
PURIFICATION, subclass 20, Filters, Liquid sterilizers, for liquid
sterilizing by heating liquids by steam or hot water, and 210,
WATER PURIFICATION, subclass 20, Filters, Liquid sterilizers,
for sterilizing liquids by heating the inflowing cold liquid by
the outflowing hot liquid, whether the liquid is heated by a
hot fluid, such as steam or hot water, or by a fuel burner.
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclasses 4, Metal, Curved sur-
faces, and 18, File cleaning and resharpening, Sand blast, for
structural features of cleaners for tubes and flues.
60 MISCELLANEOUS HEAT ENGINE PLANTS, for boilers having
mechanism for introducing air or the products of combustion.
62 REFRIGERATION, for miscellaneous condensers, cooling radia-
tors, miscellaneousheattransferrers,such as feed water heaters,
and steam condensers in which steam comes into contact with
water, steam superheaters, and feed water heaters heated by
furnace gases, but relating to form only.
75 METALLURGY, subclasses 110, Cupolas, Water jackets; 116,
Furnaces, Blast, Protecting walls; 123, Furnaces, Reverber-
atory. Water walls and roofs, and 180, Furnaces, Forge, for
combinations of boilers and metallurgical furnaces not classi-
fied in class 122.
83 MILLS, subclasses 64, Steam boiler and flue scrapers, for
detached scrapers operated either by hand or power; 90,
Steam separators.
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW-THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 1.5, Bolts, Stay, for boiler stay bolts.
103 PUMPS, subclasses 85, Regulators, and the subclasses
thereunder, and 106, Trap type, for pump regulators.
110 FURNACES, subclass 87, Furnace structure, Firebox,
Locomotive.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 5, Stoves, Cooking,
Combined cooking and heating stove, Steam or water genera-
tors, for combination cooking stoves and water heaters and
steam generators; 20, Stoves, Cooking, Ovens, Steam or hot
water, for steam heated ovens and generators; 33, Stoves,
Cooking, Tables, Steam heated, for combination steam gen-
erators and steam tables; 31, Stoves, Cooking, Water heat-
ing, Flue extension; 34, Stoves, Cooking, Water-backs, 35,
Stoves, Cooking, Water-backs, Safety devices, for water-
backs and safety devices therefor and water heating tanks;
101, Hot air furnaces, Combined furnace and steam or water,
for combination of hot air furnaces with boilers for hot water
or steam; 132, Fireplaces, Water-backs, for fireplace water
heaters; 271, Heaters, Solar, Water, and 60, MISCELLANEOUS
HEAT ENGINE PLANTS, subclass 2, Atmospheric and solar,
for solar water heaters and steam generators.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 344, Water heaters;
345, Water heaters, Kettle furnace, and the subclasses there-
under, and 350, Water heaters, Liquid or gaseous fuel, and the
subclasses thereunder, for domestic water heaters and furnace
heated kettles; 361, Water heaters, Stand boilers, for struc-
ture of common "kitchen" or "range" stand boilers when
they are not heated directly (stand boilers having a direct
heater are classified in class 122); 3(U, Water heaters, Stove-
pipe; 365, Water heaters, Stovepipe, Circulation; the sub-
classes under Water heaters, Submerged and the subclasses
under Water heaters, Vessels, for other types of water heaters
not noted above that do not fall under the definitions of
class 122.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 70, Mains and pipes,
Cleaners; and 100, Mains and pipes, Tubes, for form of boiler
tubes and flues; 97, Nozzles, Tube cleaners, for detached
cleaning nozzles that do not act as aspirating air pumps; 76,
Mains and pipes, Stoppers; 98, Pipe couplings, Pipe and plate,
and 99, Leak stoppers, Patches and plugs, for patches for boil-
ers and plugs for boiler tubes; 98, Pipe couplings, Pipe and
plate, for unions between boiler tubes or condenser tubes and
a tube sheet; 101, Feeders, for valves and gravity feeders
having a chamber either stationary or movable, with means
for equalizing the pressures between boiler and chamber;
102, Indicators, for pressure and float controlled indicators
247
248
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
and signals formerly in class 122, subclass 11, Indicators,
where the novelty resides in the valve; 103, Traps, for steam
traps provided with means for discharging water of condensa-
tion to the atmosphere. (The body or water chamber may
be either stationary or movable and the outlet valve may be
operated by a float or weight.)
160 STEAM AND VACUUM PUMPS, subclasses 2, Steam loop, for
devices for raising water by alternate globules of water and
steam and returning it to the boiler or delivering it to an
elevated tank; 3, Feeders and traps, for devices for raising
water by vacuum and delivering it to the boiler or to a closed
receptacle by equalizing pressures between the vacuum pump
and receptacle or boiler.
162 INJECTORS AND EJECTORS, subclass 2, Injector, Fluid level
controlled, for injectors controlled by the level of the water
in the boiler.
182 SEWERAGE, subclass 2, Cleaning.
204 ELECTROCHEMISTRY, subclass 25, Electrolysis, Purifying
liquids, Water, for boiler purifiers with electrolytic action.
210 WATER PURIFICATION, subclasses 21, Steam heater and
filter, for heating feed water or condensing steam in which the
filter is claimed; 22, Boiler compounds, and 23, Boiler com-
pound holders, for receptacles for boiler compounds.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 38, Heaters,
Fluid, and the subclasses thereunder, for water heaters and
steam generators particularly adapted to be heated by an
electric heater.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclasses
121, Tank attachments, Safety, for safety devices; 124, Tank
closures, for manhole covers; 125, Tanks, for boilers that are
of general application as closed receptacles; 139, Tanks,
Supports and brackets, for boiler supports of general applica-
tion, and 140, Tanks, Braces, for braces and stays for the inside
of boilers, of general application.
230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclasses 14, Fluid piston, Injectors,
and aspirators, Rotary, for jet condensers; 2(1, Sand blowers,
for cleaning nozzles provided with a sand blast, and 38, Fluid
piston, Injectors and aspirators, Tube cleaners, for detached
cleaning nozzles that act as an aspirating air pump.
236 DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC, for heat regulation generally; sub-
classes 9, Traps, Thermostatic, and the subclasses thereunder,
for thermostatic traps solely operated by an expansible mem-
ber; 12, Expansion, Liquid level; 13, Expansion, Liquid
level, Separate conduit; 14, Expansion, Liquid level, Sepa-
rate conduit, Pressure operated valve, for thermostatically
controlled valves and indicators; 15, Expansion, Liquid level,
Trip valve, for safety devices provided with a valve that closes
when a certain water level is attained; 16, Fusible, for fusible
boiler plugs and valves operated by the fusing of a plug.
237 HEAT-DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclasses 23, Brooder and
Incubator, Water, for water heaters for incubators; 24, Traps,
for miscellaneous traps for separating water from steam or
other gaseous fluid; 25, Traps, Heated, for traps having means
for heating them to prevent freezing; 26, Traps, Float valve,
Air port; 27, Traps, Float valve, Air port, Thermostatic,
for traps provided with a float valve and also a thermostatic
valve; 28, Traps, Pressure operated valve, Air port, for traps
whose main valve is operated by a pressure motor, the trap
also having an air leak port; 29, Traps, Pressure operated
valve, Air port, Thermostatic, for traps similar to those in
class 237, subclass 25, but also having a thermostatically con-
trolled valve; and 30, Traps, Liquid seal, Air port, for liquid
seal traps provided with an air leak port.
Subclasses.
1. PLANTS. Combinations of elements and devices each per-
forming different functions for the conservation of the heat
generated in the furnace, the ultimate object of which is the
production of steam or the heating of water.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 445, Regu-
lation, Depending on load; 448, Regulation, Fuel and water,
Automatic control, Fluid fuel; 449, Regulation, Fuel and
water, Automatic control, Solid fuel; 450, Regulation, Sus-
pended boiler, and 452, Feeders, Boiler pressure; 21, Chemical,
for "alkali" steam generators.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 90, Motor vehicles, for
motor vehicle plants where the structure of the vehicle is
involved or the general arrangement of the plant on the vehicle.
60 MISCELLANEOUS HEAT ENGINE PLANTS, for plants not
included in this subclass and the definition of this class, such
as plants for the generation of steam mixed with air or the
products of combustion.
121 STEAM ENGINES, for plants involving the steam engine
structure.
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, sulxjlass 2, Combined
devices, and the subclasses thereunder, for combinations of
internal combustion motors and other engines and steam
boilers.
237 HEAT DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclasses 9, Steam, and
15, Water, for plants where the novelty resides in the heating
system.
2. PLANTS, GARBAGE. Plants far the destruction of garbage
in which the novelty resides either in the arrangement of the
boiler or the boiler structure adapted for this special purpose.
Note. For garbage burning boilers search the subclasses covering
the structure desired .
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 232, Sec-
tional, Water grate, and 376, Water grate, Progressive feed,
for structure of boilers adapted to burn garbage or other waste
material.
110 FURNACES, subclass 10, Furnace structure, Wet fuel,
Garbage and sewage, Steam Iwiler, for garbage plants with a
conventional arrangement of a boiler therewith.
CLASS 122 Continued
3. PLANTS, MOTOR VEHICLE. Boiler plants specially adapted
for motor vehicles.
Search Classes -
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 445, Regu-
lation, Depending on load; 446, Regulation, Fuel and water,
Fluid fuel; 447, Regultaion, Fuel and water, Fluid fuel,
Cut-off; 448, Regulation, Fuel and water, Automatic control,
Fluid fuel; 449. Regulation, Fuel and water, Automatic
control, Solid fuel, and 452, Feeders, Boiler pressure, and
158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 36,
Burners, Liquid fuel, Fuel feeding, for features coming within
the definition of these subclasses.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 90, Motor vehicles,
where the structure of the vehicle or the general arrangement
of the plant on the vehisle is claimed.
4. MISCELLANEOUS. Miscellaneous boilers and parts thereof
not otherwise classifiable.
Note. For directions as to the classification of boiler parts and
accessories now classified elsewhere the search notes under the
main class definition should be consulted.
Search Classes
60 MISCELLANEOUS HEAT ENGINE PLANTS, for steam gener-
ators where the products of combustion enter the steam gen-
erator.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, for electrically heated
boilers.
5. GAS PRODUCER. Combinations of a gas producing furnace
and boiler when the structure of the boiler is intimately asso-
ciated with the producer, so as to form a unitary structure, the
gas from the producer being burned to heat the boiler.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 6, Industrial;
7, Industrial, Waste heat, for boilers heated by gas passing
through a boiler from a gas producer but not being burned
for heating the boiler, the heat of the hot gas being used for heat-
ing the boiler.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, for gas making plants
including a boiler.
110 FURNACES, subclass 31, Furnace structure, Gas producer,
for gas producer furnaces. ( See also notes under the,4efinition
of class 110, subclass 31.)
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 7, Fur-
naces, Gas, for gas producers and burners therefor for heating
boilers.
6. INDUSTRIAL. Boilers, water heaters, or cooling devices for
furnace walls having a closed chamber or conduit combined
with a conventional type of furnace employed in a special art.
Note. If the cooling device is not a closed chamber or conduit,
it will be classified in the type of furnace of the special art.
Class 122 includes such devices known as bosh plates, water
cooled walls and roofs, linings, and water cooled tuyers when
the cooling device is a closed chamber or conduit and there is
otherwise no novelty in the invention.
Search Classes
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclasses 63, Genera-
tors, Cupola, Air and steam injected; 64, Generators, Cupola,
Air and steam injected, Superheated, and 67, Generators,
Cupola, Water jacket.
75 METALLURGY, subclasses 110, Cupolas, Water jackets; 116,
Furnaces, Blast, Protecting walls; 123, Furnaces, Reverbera-
tory, Water walls and roofs, and 180, Furnaces, Forge, for boil-
ers so intimately connected with the structure of a metallurgi-
cal furnace that they belong to the special art of metallurgy.
7. INDUSTRIAL, WASTE HEAT. Combinations of a conven-
tional type of industrial furnace and a boiler located so as to
be heated by the waste heat of the furnace.
Search Class
122 -LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 20, Sub-
sidiary; 421, Feed heaters, Furnace gases, Offtake flue, and
470, Steam treatment, Horizontal boiler, Superheater, Waste
heat flue, for devices covered by these subclass definitions.
8. INDUSTRIAL, WATER-FIREBOX. Industrial furnaces
having a water jacket firebox.
9. INDUSTRIAL, WATER-FIREBOX, WATER-TUBE TYPE.
Industrial furnaces where the novelty is in the structure of a
firebox the walls of which are provided with water containing
tubes.
10. FOR FLUID-FUEL BURNER. Boilers for generating steam
for feeding a fluid fuel burner.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 56,
Burners, Liquid fuel, Retort, Oil, steam, or water; 57, Burn-
ers, Liquid fuel, Retort, Oil, steam, or water, Steam jet,
for combinations of steam generator and retort burner; 73,
Burners, Liquid fuel, Spray; 74, Burners, Liquid fuel, Spray,
Oil, air, and steam; 75, Burners, Liquid fuel, Spray, Oil and
steam, for steam genera tor spray burners; and 92, Burners, Liq-
uid fuel, Pan or tray, Steam or air spray, for steam generator
and pan burner.
11. ROTARY. Boilers in which a substantial part or the whole of
the fluid-containing chamber is designed to be continuously
rotated while heating the water or generating steam.
12. ROTATABLY SUPPORTED. Boilers that are supported in
bearings so that the whole boiler or a substantial part thereof
may be turned on an axis, generally either vertical or horizon-
tal, after its connecting steam and water pipes have been un-
coupled .
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
249
CLASS 122 Continued.
13. STAND-BOILER. Closed water chambers, tanks, or recepta-
cles usually known in the art as "range" or "stand" boilers,
whose structure is modified for the purpose of applying heat
directly to the boiler.
Note. See also the proper structural subclass, for auxiliary heat-
ers for stand boilers in this class. For example, if it be a sec-
tional water heater, that type of heaters; if it be a water tube
type of heater, search the type subclass under Water tube
boilers. See subclasses 210, Sectional, Fluid fuel, and 250,
Water tube, Coil, Vertical, Fluid fuel.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 20, Subsid-
iary, for water heaters, some of which may be connected to
heat water for a stand boiler.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, for combination of cooking or
heating stoves, water or steam generators, circulating systems
of pipes and stand boilers heated by water-backs, and solar
heaters and steam; subclasses 5, Stoves, Cooking, Combined
cooking and heating stove, Steam or water generators; 34,
Stoves, Cooking, Water-backs; 35, Stoves, Cooking, Water-
backs, Safety devices; 350. Water heaters, Liquid or gaseous
fuel; 351, Water heaters. Liquid or gaseous fuel, Automatic,
for water heaters applicable to stand boilers that are not clas-
sified in class 122, LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS; 271,
Heaters, Solar, Water; 364, Water heaters, Stovepipe; 365,
Water heaters, Stovepipe, Circulation; 361, Water heaters,
Stand boilers, for ordinary stand boilers not modified for being
heated; 362, Water heaters, Stand boilers, Circulation; 366.
Water heaters, Submerged, Closed systems pipes, for stand
bailors with water heaters and circulation systems; and 363,
Water heaters, Stand boilers, Supports, for boiler supports that
may have a heating burner.
CLASS 122 Continued.
23. FLUID FUEL. Boilers not otherwise classifiable that are
heated by fluid fuel.
Note. The following is a complete list of the subclasses disclosing
boilers heated by fluid fuel classified in class 122:
Miscellaneous stand boil-
14. STAND-BOILER, FLUID FUEL.
ers heated by fluid fuel.
15. STAND-BOILER, SOLID FUEL. Stand boilers having a
solid fuel furnace forming a part of the unitary structure of the
stand boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 13, Stand
boiler, for stand boilers modified to be heated by the waste heat
of a solid fuel furnace like that of a cooking stove, but not in-
volving the structure of the stove, such art being classified in
class 126, STOVES AND FURNACES.
16. STAND-BOILER, FIRE-TUBE AND WATER-TUBE,
FLUID FUEL. Stand boilers provided with both fire tubes
and water tubes adapted to be heated by a fluid fuel burner.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 15, Stand
boilers, Solid fuel, for steam boilers provided with fire tubes
and water tubes heated by a solid fuel furnace; 17, Stand boiler
Fire tube, Fluid fuel, for stand boilers provided only with fire
tubes and heated by fluid fuel.
17. STAND-BOILER, FIRE-TUBE, FLUID FUEL. Stand
boilers provided with fire tubes and heated by a fluid fuel
burner.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 13, Stand
boiler; 15, Stand boiler. Solid fuel, for stand boilers having fire
tubes and heated by solid fuel; and 16, Stand boiler, Fire tube
and water tube, Fluid fuel, for stand boilers provided with both
fire tubes and water tubes and heated by fluid fuel.
18. STAND-BOILER, WATER-TUBE, BELOW BOILER,
FLUID FUEL. Stand boilers provided with water tubes
located below the boiler and heated by a fluid fuel burner.
19. STAND-BOILER, WATER-TUBE, CASING, FLUID
FUEL. Stand boilers provided with water tubes and sur-
rounded by a casing and heated by a fluid fuel burner.
20. SUBSIDIARY. Steam generators or water heaters located
either in the firebox, combustion chamber, or offtake flue of a
furnace whose main purpose is not for the generation of steam
or the heating of water in such boiler.
Note. These boilers may be of any form consisting of mere pipes
or coils, hollow plate's, or cylinders with or without fire flues
or tubes.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 6. Industrial,
and the subclasses thereunder; 10, For fluid fuel burner; 37,
Comparment; 38, Compartment, Auxiliary, Draft regulator,
and 439, Feed heaters, Stack; 498, Fronts, Doors.
126 STOVESAND FURNACES, subclasses. 5, Stoves. Cooking, Com-
bined cooking and heating stove, Steam or water generators;
31, Stove:;, Cooking, Water heating, Flue extension; 34,
Stoves, Cooking, Water backs; 101, Hot air furnaces, Com-
. bined furnace and steam or water; 132, Fireplaces, Water
backs; 133, Fireplaces, Water backs, Liquid or gaseous fuel;
364, Water heaters, Stovepipe, and 365, Water heaters, Stove-
pipe, Circulation, for analogous art not of general application.
21. CHEMICAL. Boilers wholly or partly heated by chemical
action other than that of the combustion of fuel.
Note. This subclass includes that type of liquid heater and steam
generator known in the art as "alkali" generators for steam.
22. FLUID AND SOLID FUEL. Boilers not otherwise classifiable
heated by solid or fluid fuel or both combined.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 211, Sectional,
Fluid or solid fuel, for sectional boilers heated by solid or fluid
fuel.
10. For fluid-fuel burner.
Water-tube
Stand-boiler
236.
Fluid fuel,
14. Fluid fuel,
Capillary
Fire-tube and water-
243.
Fluid fuel,
tube
16. Fluid fuel,
Fire-tube
245.
Coil or loop-
Central standpipe
Fluid fuel,
17. . Fluid fuel,
Coil-
Water-tube
Horizontal
Below boiler
248.
Fluid fuel,
18. Fluid fuel,
Vertical
Casing
250
Fluid fuel,
19. Fluid fuel.
23. Fluid fuel
Longitudinal upper
drum
24. Explosion,
274.
Fluid fuel,
Plural burner
Loop
25. Superimposed.
Over firebox
Flasher
Vertical-
41. Fluid fuel.
283.
Fluid fuel,
Fire and water tube
Spur
43. Fluid fuel.
Fire-tube
308.
Central standpipe
Fluid fuel,
4b. Fluid fuel,
Vertical
Vertical
319.
Fluid fuel,
115. Fluid fuel.
Stand pipe
Flue
322.
Fluid fuel,
Vertical
Straddle-
156. Fluid fuel,
Single upper drum
Concentric shell
Plural lower drum
161. Fluid fuel,
328.
Fluid fuel,
Internal water tube
Vertical
167. Fluid fuel,
333.
Fluid fuel,
Tranverse
Internal fire tube
177. Fluid fuel,
348.
Fluid fuel,
Vertical alined fire
Zigzag-
tube
356.
Fluid fuel,
179. Fluid fuel,
Regulation
Spiral water conduit
Fuel and water
183. Fluid fuel.
446.
Fluid fuel-
Plate-
447.
Cut-off,
Zigzag conduit
Automatic control
208. Fluid fuel.
448.
Fluid fuel,
Sectional
Fluid displacer
210. Fluid fuel,
502.
Fluid fuel.
211. Fluid or solid fuel,
Horizontal sections
Superimposed
Central connec-
tion
216. Fluid fuel.
24. FLUID FUEL, EXPLOSION. Boilers heated by fluid fuel
whose combustion is intermittent and explosive.
Search Classes
60 MISCELLANEOUS HEAT ENGINE PLANTS, subclasses 30,
Pressure generators, Steam, Combustion products injected,
Explosion, and 37, Pressure generators, Air, Combustion prod-
ucts injected, Explosion, if the products of combustion enter
the fluid chamber.
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 6, Combined
devices, Internal combustion and fluid pressure, Waste heat
utilizing.
25. FLUID FUEL, PLURAL BURNER, SUPERIMPOSED.
Boilers provided with a plurality of fluid fuel burners one
above the other.
26. FRICTION GENERATOR. Boilers heated by friction.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 380, Clean-
ing, Agitating circulator, and 411, Circulation, Mechanical,
Internal.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 247, Heaters, Frictional,
for frictional air heaters.
27. NON-COMBUSTIBLE HEATER, SURFACE. Boilers
heated by a non-combustible hot material, such as slag, bars
or pigs of iron, or brick that does not come into contact with
the liquid to be heated.
28. NON-COMBUSTIBLE HEATER, WATER IN CONTACT.
Boilers heated by a non-combustible hot material, either in-
troduced into the water or having the water fed upon the hot
material.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 31, Indirectly
heated, Separate fluid, Injected.
29. ANNULAR FIREBOX. Miscellaneous boilers not otherwise
classifiable which have an annular firebox.
Note. The following is a complete list of subclasses disclosing
boilers with an annular firebox:
Water-tube
Coil or loop
Central standpipe
246. Annular firebox,
Spur-
Central standpipe
309. Annular firebox,
Water-tube
Spur-
Stand-pipe
323. Annular firebox.
Vertical
335. Annular firebox.
250
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 127, Fire
tube, Vertical, Water firebox, Annular, for vertical fire tube
boilers having an annular firebox; 184, Flue, Vertical, Stand
pipe, Water tube, Annular firebox, for vertical flue boilers
with annular fireboxes.
30. MAGAZINE. Boilers having fuel magazines and not otherwise
classifiable.
Note. The following is a complete list of subclasses of boilers
having fuel magazines:
5. Gas producer.
Sectional-
Fire-tube
Vertical sections
46. Magazine,
Annularly posited
Horizontal
222.
Central magazine.
Drop water firebox
Water-tube
66. Water coking cham-
237.
Magazine,
tocr
Coil
Water firebox
Vertical
92. Magazine,
251.
Central magazine,
Vertical
Internal fire tube
117. Central magazine,
124. Side magazine,
272.
Vertical
Central magazine,
Water firebox
Spur
128. Central magazine.
Flue
310.
Central stand pipe
Central magazine,
136. Horizontal,
Vertical
Vertical
320.
Central magazine,
157. Central magazine
Vertical
158. Water jacket,
Concentric shell
334.
Side magazine,
Annular lower drum ,
162. Central magazine,
Annular upper
Internal water tube
drum
168. Central magazine.
339.
Central magazine,
Sectional
Upper drum
212. Magazine,
344.
Central magazine.
Horizontal sections-
Water-grate
Superimposed
373.
Cage.
Water firebox
219. Central magazine.
31. INDIRECTLY HEATED, SEPARATE FLUID, IN-
JECTED. Boilers in which the fluid to be heated is heated
by the injection of a hot liquid of such a nature that it will not
mix with the fluid to be heated.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 28, Non-
combustible heater, Water in contact, for analogous devices.
32. INDIRECTLY HEATED, SEPARATE FLUID, SUR-
FACE. Liquid and' vapor generators having two separata
compartments not in communication, the liquid to be vapor-
ized being in one compartment and heated by a hot fluid in
the other compartment.
Note. Slag heated boilers, where the slag heats a fluid like air
or water, which in turn imparts its heat to the water in the
steam making chamber and water evaporating apparatus,
indirectly heated, provided the structure of such apparatus
must act as a vapor or steam generator, are classified in this
and its subsidiary subclasses. Even sugar evaporators and
vacuum pans are classified here if the structure is such as to be
of general application as a steam generator and the discharge
outlet for the syrup is only of such a character as to be equally
adapted for a blow-off conduit for sludge in a steam generator.
Note. Devices for the transference of heat from one fluid to
another, unless they are necessarily steam generators, are not
classified in class 122.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 483, Steam
treatment, Superheater, Indireqtly heated, for superheaters
indirectly heated.
31 DAIRY, subclasses 89, Milk treating; 90, Milk treating,
Aerating, and 91, Milk treating. Circulation, and 210, WATER
PURIFICATION, subclass 20, Filters,. Liquid sterilizers, for
liquid heaters heated indirectly.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclasses*24, Condensers, for condensers
provided with evaporators for water, the vapor being con-
densed in order to obtain pure water for boilers or drinking
purposes, such as salt water evaporators for ships, combined
with a steam engine condenser; 29, Heat transferrers and con-
servers, and 30, Heat transferrers and conservers, Surface, for
water heaters indirectly heated by steam.
33. INDIRECTLY HEATED. SEPARATE FLUID, SUR-
FACE, FURNACE. Boilers having two separate com-
partments not in communication with each other, each
adapted to contain a fluid, and provided with a furnace
forming a part of a unitary structure, that heats the fluid
in one compartment, which in turn imparts its heat to the
fluid in the other compartment.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 483, Steam
treatment, Superheater, Indirectly heated, for superheaters
indirectly heated.
34. INDIRECTLY HEATED, SEPARATE FLUID, SUR-
FACE, SEPARATOR. Liquid and vapor generators
of the character defined in subclass 32, Indirectly heated,
Separate fluid, Surface, but having an internal vapor or
steam separator claimed.
Note. The same remarks apply to this subclass as to subclass 32,
above mentioned, and the search notes for that subclass are
applicable here.
CLASS 122 Continued.
35. ACCUMULATOR. Boilers provided with one or more cham-
bers in which the hot boiler water or steam may be stored
when less than the normal amount of steam is being used,
which may serve as a storage reservoir for heat energy under
abnormal demands for steam.
Note. This type of accumulator has no relation to the type of
accumulator for exhaust steam and water of condensation
which is classified at present in class 121, STEAM ENGINES, sub-
class 95, Exhaust-regenerated.
36. AUXILIARY STEAM-HEATER. Boilers haying means
for passing exhaust steam through conduits within the boiler
or in surface contact therewith or for passing live steam gen-
erated in the same boiler or in another boiler into the water
in the boiler. This subclass includes processes for getting up
steam by the injection of live steam from one boiler into
another boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 27, Non-
combustible heater, Surface, and 28, Non-combustible heater,
Water in contact, for boilers heated by slag or hot brick or bars
of iron; 31, Indirectly heated, Separate fluid, Injected, for
boilers heated by the injection of a liquid of a kind that does
not mix with the water in the boiler; 32, Indirectly heated,
Separate fluid, Surface, and the subclasses thereunder, for
boilers heated indirectly by another hot fluid; 407, Circulation,
Injector, for closely allied functions; 453, Feeders, Exhaust
steam, and the subclasses thereunder, for devices for return-
ing exhaust steam to the boiler; 463, Steam treatment, Fire
tube boiler, Horizontal, Superheater, Interior steam space,
Internal fire tube, and 509, Submerged steam chamber for
analogous art.
37. COMPARTMENT. Boilers having separate water cham-
bers, which may or may not be in communication with each
other at the top of the boiler.
Note. These boilers are designed to be used either as steam
boilers for generating steam at different pressures or for gen-
erating steam and also for heating water when it is desired
to have steam for one purpose and water heating for other
purposes, as,' for instance, using the steam for one set of radia-
tors and the water for another set, or for generating steam or
hot water for the radiators on one floor of a building and for
generating steam or hot water for radiators on another floor,
with separate circuits to each compartment.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 20, Sub-
sidiary, for boilers provided with auxiliary water heaters,
where the water is heated or steam generated for separate use;
33, Indirectly heated, Separate fluid, Surface, Furnace, for
boilers having separate compartments, where the water is
heated or steam generated indirectly by heat fro:n water or
steam heated in another compartment of the boiler by a fur-
nace; 83, Fire tube, Horizontal, Transverse diaphragm, and
123, Fire tube, Vertical, Separate compartment, for boilers
with separate compartments, where the water is fed pro-
gressively from one compartment to the next one; 125, Fire
tube, Vertical, Top water chamber; 420, Feed heaters, Fur-
nace gases; 421, Feed heaters, Furnace gases, Offtake flue,
and 439, Feed heaters, Stack, for water heaters heated by
furnace gases.
38. COMPARTMENT, AUXILIARY, DRAFT REGULATOR.
Boilers having a separate compartment for heating water
designed and adapted to operate a motor for regulating the
combustion of the boiler furnace.
39. FILM. Boilers in which the liquid flows over the heating
surface of the boiler in a thin stream and occupies only a
limited portion of the boiler space.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 218, Sec-
tional, Horizontal sections, Superimposed, Water fire box;
242, Water tube, Capillary, and 243, Water tube, Capillary,
Fluid fuel, for capillary tubes; 258, Water tube, Downflow,
for allied a^t; 501, Fluid displacer, and 502, Fluid displacer,
Fluid fuel, for displacing elements in tubes causing the liquid
to spread in a tlu'n film.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 359, Water heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Overflow.
40. FLASHER. Boilers in which liquid is flashed into vapor
as soon as it enters the vapor generating chamber. The
liquid may be preheated in a chamber forming part of the
unitary boiler structure or preheated in a chamber separate
from the main vapor generator.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, the proper structural
subclasses, for boilers consisting of conduits or coils to which
liquid is fed and its temperature progressively raised in its
passage through the boiler, even though it be discharged as
superheated steam, which is not the true flasher; subclasses
39, Film; 242, Water tube, Capillary. 342, Water tube, Capil-
lary, Fluid fuel, and 260, Water tube, Flat, for progressive
heaters; 247, Water tube, Coil, 248, Water tube, Coil, Hori-
zontal, Fluid fuel, 249, Water tube, Coil, Vertical, and 250.
Water tube, Coil, Vertical, Fluid fuel, for progressively heated
steam generators; 445, Regulation, Depending on load, 446,
Regulation, Fuel and water, Fluid fuel, 448, Regulation,
Fuel and water, Automatic control, Fluid fuel, 449, Regula-
tion, Fuel and water, Automatic control, Solid fuel, and 452,
Feeders, Boiler pressure, for regulating devices for flashers
and progressively heated steam generators.
60 MISCELLANEOUS HEAT ENGINE PLANTS, subclass 33,
Pressure generators, Steam, Combustion products injected,
Flasher type.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 359, Water heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Overflow.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, For electrically
heated flash boilers.
41. FLASHER, FLUID FUEL. Flash boilers heated by fluid
fuel.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 39, Film;
248, Water tube, Coil, Horizontal, Fluid fuel, and 250, Water
tube, Coil, Vertical, Fluid fuel, for progressively heated fluid
by a fluid fuel burner; 445, Regulation, Depending on load,
446, Regulation, Fuel and water, Fluid fuel, 448, Regulation,
Fuel and water, Automatic control, Fluid fuel, and 452,
Feeders, Boiler pressure, and 103, PUMPS, subclass 85, Regu-
lators, and the subclasses thereunder, for regulation of boilers.
60 MISCELLANEOUS HEAT ENGINE PLANTS, subclass 33,
Pressure generators, Steam, Combustion products injected,
Flasher type, for products of combustion mingled with the
steam.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 359, Water heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Overflow.
42. FIRE AND WATER TUBE. Miscellaneous boilers pro-
vided with both water tubes and fire tubes not otherwise
provided for.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 53, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Plural, Water tube, the subclasses under
Fire tube, Horizontal, Water tube, 68, Fire tube, Horizontal,
Drop water fire box, Water tube, and the subclasses there-
under, and 98, Fire tube, Horizontal, Water fire box, Water
grate, Updraft, for horizontal fire tube boilers with water
tubes; 113, Fire tube, Transverse, Water tube, for analogous
art; 130, Fire tube, Vertical, Water tube, and the subclasses
thereunder, for vertical fire tube boilers provided with water
tubes; 138, Flue, Horizontal, Plural, Water tube, 140, Flue,
Horizontal, Internal water tube, and the subclasses there-
under; 149, Flue, Horizontal, Return fire tube, 150, Flue,
Horizontal, Return fire tube, Rear water tube, and 152, Flue,
Horizontal, Water grate in flue, for horizontal flue boilers
with water tubes; 153, Flue, Horizontal, Water tube, and
154, Flue, Horizontal, Water tube, Over bridge wall; 166,
Flue, Vertical, Internal water tube, and the subclasses there-
under, for vertical flue boilers provided with water tubes;
195, Horizontal cylinder, Water tube, and the subclasses
thereunder, for horizontal cylindrical boilers with water tubes.
43. FIRE AND WATER TUBE, FLUID FUEL. Miscellaneous
combined water tube and fire tube boilers heated by fluid
fuel not falling within the definition of other subclasses.
44. FIRE-TUBE. Miscellaneous fire tube boilers not within the
definition of other subclasses.
Note. Horizontal cylindrical boilers having water heating struc-
tures consisting of water tubes, drums, water walls, and water
chambers of various forms, claimed in combination with the
boiler or being of such a configuration as to adapt it for use with
a horizontal cylindrical boiler, are classified in class 122, sub-
classes 191-207, inclusive, under Horizontal cylinder, although
fire tubes may be made an element of the claim, provided the
novelty of the invention is not dependent upon the boiler's
being provided with fire tubes.
Note. The term "fire tube" is used in a sense broad enough to
include both small tubes and large tubes forming passages
through a chamber when the size of the tubes is immaterial to
the invention claimed; but patents disclosing boilers provided
with large fire tubes or " flues," where the large size of the tubes
is a material feature of the structure and is necessary to the
structure of the boiler and its combination with other features,
are classified under the "flue" types of boilers, subclass 135,
Flue, and the subclasses thereunder, except in that type of
boiler where the large fire tube or flue be a subsidiary feature
of the boiler, which is manifestly of the small fire tube type, in
which case it is classified under the fire tube subclasses. See,
for example, class 122, subclasses 47, Fire tube, Flue, Hori-
zontal; 48, Fire tube, Flue, Vertical; 50, Fire tube, Horizontal
or inclined, Water firebox, Flue, and 78, Fire tube, Horizontal,
Return fire tube, Water firebox, Flue.
Note. When a large flue in a boiler is essential to the structure
and is not a mere subsidiary feature, such patents are classified
in the "flue" type of boiler, although small fire tubes are an
essential part of the combination , except those types classified
in class 122, subclasses 47, Fire tube, Flue, Horizontal, and 48,
Fire tube, Flue, Vertical.
Note. Miscellaneous combinations of fire tube and water tube
boilers are classified in class 122, subclasses 42, Fire and water
tube, and 43, Fire and water tube, Fluid fuel, but only those
that are not specially provided for in the combination fire
tube and water tube subclasses under the fire tube or the flue
type.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 37, Compart-
ment, for boilers having separate compartments having fire
tubes.
45. FIRE-TUBE, FLUID FUEL. Miscellaneous fire tube boilers
heated by fluid fuel not covered by the definitions of other
subclasses under the fire tube group.
Note. The following is a list of subclasses containing fire tube or
flue boilers heated by fluid fuel:
115.
156.
161.
Fire tube-
Vertical
Fluid fuel.
Flue-
Vertical
Fluid fuel.
Concentric shell
Fluid fuel.
170.
183.
Flue
Vertical-
Internal water tube-
Fluid fuel.
Vertical alined fire
tube
Fluid fuel.
Spiral waterconduit
Fluid fuel.
CLASS 122 Continued.
46. FIRE-TUBE, MAGAZINE. Miscellaneous fire tube boilers
having a fuel magazine not coming within the definition of
other fire tube magazine boilers.
Note. The following is a list of all subclasses having fire tube
boilers with magazines:
Fire-tube
Horizontal
Water firebox
92. Magazine,
Vertical
124. Side magazine,
Water firebox
128. Central magazine.
Note. The following is a list of all subclasses of flue boilers with
magazines:
Flue-
Vertical
157.
162.
Central magazine,
Concentric shell-
Central magazine,
Internal water tube
Central magazine.
168.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 212, Sec-
tional, Magazine; 219, Sectional, Horizontal sections, Super-
imposed, Water firebox, Central magazine, and 222, Sectional,
Vertical 'sections, Annularly posited, Central magazine, for
sectional boilers with fuel magazines.
47. FIRE-TUBE, FLUE, HORIZONTAL. Miscellaneous fire
tube boilers having a large horizontal flue, not covered by the .
definitions of other subclasses.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 50, Fire
tube, Horizontal or inclined, Water firebox, Flue, and 78,
Fire tube, Horizontal, Return fire tube, Water firebox, Flue,
for analogous art; 13l>, Flue, Horizontal, for horizontal flue
boilers with transverse fire tubes; 149, Flue, Horizontal,
Return fire tube, for horizontal flue boilers with return fire
tubes within the same part of the boiler as the flue.
48. FIRE-TUBE, FLUE, VERTICAL. Miscellaneous fire tube
boilers having a large vertical flue not covered by the defini-
tions of other subclasses.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 49, Fire tube,
Horizontal and vertical, for fire tube boilers of a miscellaneous
type with vertical fire tubes.
49. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL. Miscel-
laneous fire tube boilers having both horizontal and vertical
fire tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 85, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Two diameters, Small diameter over fire-
box, and 191, Horizontal cylinder, Subjacent fire tube, Be-
yond bridge wall.
50. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL OR INCLINED, WATER-
FIREBOX, FLUE. Fire tube boilers that are horizontal or
somewhat inclined from the horizontal, having fire tubes that
communicate with a large flue within the boiler, that may
serve as a firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 78, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Return fire tube, Water firebox, Flue, 80,
Fire tube, Horizontal, Subjacent flue, 95, Fire tube, Hori-
zontal, Water firebox, Plural, Common combustion chamber,
and 149, Flue, Horizontal, Return fire tube, for special fea-
tures; 109, Fire tube, Inclined, for inclined fire tube boilers.
51. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL. Miscellaneous horizontal fire
tube boilers not covered by other subclasses.
Note. See subclass 44, Fire tube, notes, for distinction between
fire tube and flue boilers.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, the minor subclasses
under the horizontal fire tube boilers, fon^various structures
combined with a horizontal fire tube boiler; subclasses 47,
Fire tube, Flue, Horizontal, for fire tube boilers with a large
horizontal flue; 49, Fire tube, Horizontal and vertical, for
horizontal fire tube boilers having vertical fire tubes; 113, Fire
tube, Transverse, Water tube, for horizontal boilers with
transverse fire tubes; 136, Flue, Horizontal, and the subclasses
thereunder, for combinations of horizontal large flue boilers
with fire tubes, both horizontal and vertical.
52. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, PLURAL. Miscellaneous
liquid heaters having two or more horizontal fire tube boilers
arranged side by side or superposed.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 82, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Superjacent feed heater, In communication;
137, Flue, Horizontal, Plural, for horizontal flue boilers with
the same arrangement.
53. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, PLURAL, WATER-TUBE.
Plural, horizontal fire tube boilers hi combination with water
tubes with various arrangement.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 138, Flue,
Horizontal, Plural, Water tube, for horizontal flue boilers with
water tubes.
54. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, CENTRAL FIREBOX,
DOUBLE OUTLET. Horizontal fire tube boilers with a
firebox located midway its ends, having outlets for the prod-
ucts of combustion opposite each other.
252
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
55. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, CYLINDER. The structure
of single cylindrical horizontal fire tube boilers.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, the horizontal cylin-
drical boilers generally, and the horizontal fire tube boilers for
special features; and especially subclass 75, Fire tube, Hori-
zontal, Return fire tube.
56. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, DEPENDING FIRE-
TUBE REAR OF BRIDGE-WALL. Horizontal fire tube
boilers having a separate and distinct boiler section provided
with fire tubes, located beneath the boiler, at the rear of the
bridge wall.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 81, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Subjacent transverse fire tube; 85, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Two diameters, Small diameter over fire-
box; 86, Fire tube, Horizontal, Two diameters, Small diame-
ter over firebox, Water firebox; 110, Fire tube, Transverse,
Horizontal boiler, and 191, Horizontal cylinder, Subjacent
fire tube, Beyond bridge wall, for closely allied art.
57. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, DOUBLE WATER-FIRE-
BOX, ALTERNATE SMOKE RETURN. Horizontal
fire tube boilers having a two-part water firebox or the equiva-
lent thereof, with mechanism for passing the products of com-
bustion from one part of the firebox to the other part, in order
that the smoke may be consumed.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 00, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Double, Alternate
smoke return, for similar functions with a different structure.
110 FURNACES, subclasses 26, Furnace structure, Double fire
box, Alternate smoke return, Over fire, and 27, Furnace struc-
ture, Double firebox, Alternate smoke return, Under fire.
68. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, DROP WATER-FIREBOX.
Miscellaneous horizontal fire tube boilers having a water fire-
box united to and extending below the main body of the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 73, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Projecting into firebox, Drop water firebox;
74, Fire tube,- Horizontal, Return and reverse, Drop water
firebox; 76, Fire tube, Horizontal, Return fire tube, Drop
water firebox, and 77, Fire tube, Horizontal, Return fire tube,
Drop water firebox, Internal water tube, for return fire tube
horizontal fire tube boilars with drop water fireboxes; 107,
Fire tube, Horizontal, Water wall, Drop water firebox, for
horizontal fire tube boilers with water walls having a drop
water firebox; 139, Flue, Horizontal, Drop water firebox; 141,
Flue, Horizontal, Internal water tube, Longitudinal, Drop
water firebox, and 146, Flue, Horizontal, Internal water tube,
Transverse, Drop water firebox, for horizontal large flue boilers
with drop water fireboxes.
59. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, DROP WATER-FIREBOX,
CIRCULATION CONDUIT. Horizontal fire tube boilers
having a drop water firebox with a conduit located either
Inside or outside the boiler to connect the water firebox with
the opposite end of the boiler to help the circulation of the
water.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 91, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Water firebox, Firebox water heater, Trapped
circuit, when this conduit is provided with a sediment trap
and water heating tubes.
60. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, DROP WATER-FIREBOX,
DOUBLE, ALTERNATE SMOKE RETURN. Horizon-
tal fire tube boilers having a drop water firebox made with
two compartments, with means for alternately passing the
products of combustion from one compartment to the other.
Search Classes
128 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 57, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Double water firebox, Alternate smoke return,
for water fireboxes with alternate smoke return features; 95,
Fire tube, Horizontal, Water firebox, Plural, Common com-
bustion chamber, for plural fireboxes.
110 FURNACES, subclasses 26, Furnace structure, Double fire-
box, Alternate smoke return, Over fire, and 27, Furnace struc-
ture, Double*firebox, Alternate smoke return, Under fire,
/or similar functions in the furnace art.
61. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, DROP WATER-FIREBOX,
DROP WATER-BAFFLE. Horizontal fire tube boilers
having a drop water firebox, with a water baffle depending
from the top of the firebox, formed either by walls spaced
apart or water, tubes, or water tubes combined with fire brick,
or water walls.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 188, Horizon-
tal cylinder, Drop water baffle, and 110, FURNACES, sub-
classes 65, Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam, Firebox,
Drop arch, and 93, Furnace structure, Firebox, Drop arch,
for similar art.
62. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, DROP WATER-FIREBOX,
FRONT AND REAR WATER-BAFFLE. Horizontal
fire tube boilers having a drop water firebox with both front
and rear water baffles for the products of combustion.
Search Classes -
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, sulxslass 71, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water tube, Solid baffle, for
rear baffles having water tubes on which rests brickwork.
110 FURNACES, subclasses 66, Furnace structure, Feeding air
and steam, Firebox, Door and bridgewall arch, and 94, Fur-
nace structure, Firebox, Door and bridge wall arch, for similar
functions in the combustion art; 61, Furnace structure, Feed-
ing air and steam, Firebox, Locomotive, and 76, Furnace struc-
ture, Feeding air, Firebox, Locomotive, for allied art.
CLASS 122 Continued.
63. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, DROP WATER-FIREBOX
FRONT WATER-BAFFLE. Horizontal fire tube boilers
having a drop water firebox, with a water baffle in the front
of the firebox.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 62, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Front and rear water baffle,
and 110, FURNACES, subclasses 66, Furnace structure, Feed-
ing air and steam, Firebox, Door and bridgewall arch; 67,
Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam, Firebox, Door arch,
and 76, Furnace structure, Feeding air, Firebox, Locomotive,
for similar art.
64. FIRE-TUBE', HORIZONTAL, DROP WATER-FIREBOX,
INTERPOSED COMBUSTION CHAMBER. Horizontal
fire tube boilers having a drop water firebox, with a separate
combustion chamber between the firebox and the fire tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, suliclasses 95, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water firebox, Plural, Common combus-
tion chamber, and 100, Fire tube, Horizontal, Water firebox,
Water tube type, Interposed flue, for other types of boilers
with an interposed combustion chamber between the firebox
and the fire tubes.
65. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, DROP WATER-FIREBOX.
REAR WATER-BAFFLE. Horizontal fire tube boilers,
having a drop water firebox, with a water baffle in the rear of
the firebox.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 62, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Front and rear water baffle,
and 110, FURNACES, sul classes 68, Furnace structure, Feed-
ing air and steam, Firebox, Bridgewall arch; 76, Furnace
structure, Feeding air, Firebox, Locomotive, and 96, Furnace
structure, Firebox, Bridgewall arch, for similar art.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, sul>class 71, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water tubes, Solid baffle, for
solid baffles, supported by water tubes.
66. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, DROP WATER-FIREBOX,
WATER COKING CHAMBER. Horizontal fire tube
boilers having a drop water firebox containing a water-cooled
coking chamber for fuel.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 67, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water grate, Intermediate
draft, and 110, FURNACES, subclasses 21, Furnace structure,
Coking, and 25, Furnace structure, Coking, Gas passing under
grate, for similar art.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 92, Fire tube.
Horizontal, Water firebox, Magazine, for magazines.
67. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, DROP WATER-FIREBOX,
WATER-GRATE, INTERMEDIATE-DRAFT. Horizon-
tal fire tube boilers having a drop water firebox with a
plurality of fuel chambers, one of which at least has a water
grate, the products of combustion from the fuel chambers
meeting each other. The fuel chambers are generally super-
posed.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 66, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water coking chamber,
for boilers of this type when the upper fuel chamber is a coking
chamber; 371, Water grate, and the subclasses thereunder,
for grate structure.
68. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, DROP WATER-FIREBOX,
WATER-TUBE. Horizontal fire tube boilers having a drop
water firebox, with some form of water tubes in the firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 69, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water tube, Feed
heater, Check valved; 70, Fire tube, Horizontal, Drop water
firebox, Water tube, Feeding air; 71, Fire tube, Horizontal,
Drop water firebox, Water tube, Solid baffle; 91, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Water firebox, Firebox water heater, Trapped
circuit, and 99, Fire tube, Horizontal, Water firebox, Water
tube, Straddle, for various types of water tubes in the firebox.
69. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, DROP WATER-FIREBOX,
WATER-TUBE, FEED-HEATER, CHECK-VALVED.
Horizontal fire tube boilers having a drop water firebox pro-
vided with a heating chamber, tubes or conduits in the firebox,
with the combination of one or more check valves so arranged
that water from the boiler circulates through the heater until
feed water is being fed to the heater, when the boiler circula-
tion is cut off.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, sulxjlasses 118, Fire
tube, Vertical, Circulation tube, Internal, for similar art; 196,
Horizontal cylinder, Water tube, Feed heater, Check valved,
for check valved feed heaters for horizontal cylindrical boilers.
70. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, DROP WATER-FIREBOX.
WATER-TUBE, FEEDING AIR. Horizontal fire tube,
boilers having a drop water firebox, with water tubes in the
firebox, combined with air feeding conduits.
71. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, DROP WATER-FIREBOX,
WATER-TUBE, SOLID BAFFLE. Horizontal fire tube
boilers having a drop water firebox with water tubes therein,
with solid baffle brick combined with them.
Search Classes -
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses61, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Drop water firetx>x, Drop water baffle; 65, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Rear water baflle; 68.
Fire tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water tube; and
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
253
CLASS 122 Continued.
69, Fire tube, Horizontal. Drop water firebox, Water tube,
Feed heater, Check valved, and 110, FURNACES, subclasses 61,
Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam, Firebox, Locomo-
tive, and 70, Furnace structure, Feeding air, Firebox, Loco-
motive, for similar art disclosed.
72. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, PROJECTING INTO FIRE-
BOX. Horizontal fire tube boilers having the end of the
boiler projecting into the firebox or overhanging the fire grate.
73. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, PROJECTING INTO FIRE-
BOX, DROP WATER-FIREBOX. Boilers having hori-
zontal fire-tubes projecting into a drop water firebox.
74. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, RETURN AND REVERSE,
DROP WATER-FIREBOX. Horizontal fire tube boilers
having a drop water firebox so arranged that the products of
combustion pass a plurality of times through the boiler or
underneath, through or over the boiler, and are discharged at
the outlet flue located at the end of the boiler farthest from the
firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 73. Fire
tube, Horizontal, Projecting into firebox, Drop water firebox.
75. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, RETURN FIRE-TUBE.
Horizontal fire tube boilers so arranged that the products of
combustion pass through the boiler in opposite directions two
or more times before they enter the outlet Hue.
Note. Patents coming within the definitions of the following
subclasses are not placed here:
Fire-tube
Horizontal
Depending fire-tube
56. Rear of bridge wall,
81. Subjacent transverse fire-tube,
Two diameters
85. Small diameter over firebox
86. Water firebox,
87. U -coupling.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 54, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Central firebox, Double outlet; 72, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Projecting into firebox, and 73, Fire tube, Hori-
zontal.Proiecting into firebox, Drop water firebox; 87, Fire
tube, Horizontal, U-coupling, for horizontal fire tube boilers
having U-shaped couplings for the fire tubes; 149, Flue, Hori-
zontal, Return fire tube, and the subclasses thereunder, for
horizontal flue boilers having return fire tubes.
76. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, RETURN FIRE-TUBE,
DROP WATER-FIREBOX. Horizontal fire tube boilers
having a water walled firebox depending from the boiler so
arranged that the products of combustion pass directly through
the lower tubes and return to the front of the boiler through the
upper tubes and are discharged to the outlet flue at this point.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 73, Fire tube,
Horizontal. Projecting into firebox, Drop water-firebox; 74,
Fire tube, Horizontal, Return and reverse, Drop water-firebox,
and 149, Flue, Horizontal, Return fire-tube; 107, Fire-tube,
Horizontal, Water wall, Drop water-firebox.
77. FiRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, RETURN FIRE-TUBE,
DROP WATER-FIREBOX, INTERNAL WATER-
TUBE. Horizontal fire tube boilers having a drop water
firebox so arranged that the products of combustion pass
directly into the lower fire tubes or flues and return to the
front of the boiler through the upper fire tubes, where they
are discharged, and having water tubes within some of the
flues or fire tubes, which may extend into the firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 141, Flue,
Horizontal, Internal water tube, Longitudinal, Drop water-
firebox, and 14(1, Flue, Horizontal, Internal water-tube,
Transverse, Drop water-firebox, for allied art.
78. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, RETURN FIRE-TUBE,
WATER-FIREBOX, FLUE. Horizontal return flue fire
tube boilers having a water firebox of the large flue type.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 50, Fire tube,
Horizontal or inclined, Water firebox, Flue.
79. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, SUBJACENT WATER-
ARCH. Horizontal fire tube boilers having a water heating
arch, formed of metal walls spaced apart, located beneath the
boiler, extending either only over the firebox or along the
whole combustion chamber.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 103, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water tube, Horizontal, Over bridge wall,
and 105, Fire tube, Horizontal, Water tube, Rearwardly In-
clined, Over bridge wall, for subjacent water arches formed of
water-tubes.
80. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, SUBJACENT FLUE. Hori-
zontal fire tube boilers having one or more cylindrical sections,
provided with large flues located below the main boiler and in
communication therewith. The large flues generally inclose
the fuel grate and serve as a firebox. At the rear of the large
flues there may or may not be small fire tubes in alinement
therewith.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 50, Fire
tube, Horizontal or inclined, Water-firebox, Flue, and 241,
Water tube, Firebox in drum.
CLASS 122 Continued.
81. JBTRE-TUBE. HORIZONTAL, SUBJACENT TRANS-
VERSE FIRE-TUBE. Horizontal fire-tube boilers having
a water chamber depending from the main boiler, provided
with transverse fire tubes and located in rear of the bridge wall.
Search Class
123 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 6, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Depending fire tube, Rear of bridge wall;
85, Fire tube, Horizontal, Two diameters, Small diameter over
firebox; 86, Fire-tube, Horizontal, Two diameters, Small
diameter over firebox, Water-firebox; 110, Fire-tube, Trans-
verse, Horizontal boiler; and 19ly Horizontal cylinder, Subja-
cent fire-tube, Beyond bridge wall.
82. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, SUPERJACENT FEED-
HEATER, IN COMMUNICATION. Horizontal fire tube
boilers having a feed water heater located above the main
boiler, in the combustion flue, heated by the products of com-
bustion, and in open communication with the water space of
the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 443, Feed
heater, Steam. Injected, Superposed, Open to steam space,
for superposed feed heaters in communication with the boiler
steam space.
83. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL TRANSVERSE DIA-
PHRAGM. Horizontal fire-tube boilers having compart-
ments separated by metal diaphragms transversely arranged
inside the boiler, or to boilers having a combustion chamber
intermediate the ends, with transverse diaphragms at each
end of the combustion chamber, or to separate boilers in
alinement.
Note. This subclass includes patents defined by the subclass
definition for progressively heating water fed to the boiler and
also where the diaphragm is described as being only for sup-
porting the tubes to prevent vibration or where the diaphragms
are for circulation purposes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 101, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water smokebox; 151, Flue, Horizontal,
Return fire tube, Water smokebox, Separate, and 425, Feed
heaters, Horizontal fire tube boiler, Smokebox, Furnace gases
and steam: 123, Fire tube, Vertical, Separate compartment,
for vertical fire tube boilers with transverse diaphragms and
having separate compartments; 125, Fire-tube, Vertical, Top
water chamber.
84. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, TWO DIAMETERS,
GREAT DIAMETER OVER FIREBOX. Horizontal fire
tube boilers having two diameters, with that part of the boiler
having the greater diameter over the firebox. The great
diameter is offset from the main boiler, and the offset portion
has short fire tubes passed therethrough, while long fire tubes
extend through the whole length of the boiler. The products
of combustion pass out of the firebox and return through the
short tubes in the offset portion, and then pass in an opposite
direction to the other end of the boiler, where the outlet flue
is located, or they may return and pass through the upper
short tubes and leave the boiler at the outlet flue located at the
firebox end.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 56, Fire-
tube, Horizontal, Depending fire-tube, Rear of bridge wall,
81, Fire-tube, Horizontal, Subjacent transverse fire-tube; 85;
Fire-tube, Horizontal, Two diameters, Small diameter over,
firebox, and 86. Fire-tube, Horizontal, Two diameters, Small
diameter over firebox, Water-firebox, for similar art.
85. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, TWO DIAMETERS,
SMALL DIAMETER OVER FIREBOX. Horizontal fire-
tube boilers having two diameters, the small diameter being
over the firebox and the large diameter being beyond the
bridge wall. The offset portion of the large diameter is pro-
vided with longitudinally extending fire tubes, through which
the products of combustion from the firebox pass and then are
passed through return fire tubes extending the whole length of
the boiler. The products of combustion may then pass to the
outlet flue at the front end of the boiler, or they may pass rear-
wardly above the boiler to the outlet flue located at the rear
end, and in their final rearward passage may pass through fire
tubes in an upwardly offset portion of the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses56, Fire-tube,
Horizontal, Depending fire tube, Rear of bridge wall; 81, Fire-
tube, Horizontal, Subjacent transverse fire tube; 8(1, Fire-tube,
Horizontal, Two diameters, Small diameter over firebox,
Water firebox; 110, Fire-tube, Transverse, Horizontal boiler;
and 191, Horizontal cylinder, Subjacent fire-tube, Beyond
bridge wall.
86. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, TWO DIAMETERS,
SMALL DIAMETER OVER FIREBOX, WATER-FIRE-
BOX. Types of boilers defined in the preceding subclass (85)
and having a water firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 56, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Depending fire tube, Rear of bridge wall;
81, Fire tube, Horizontal, Subjacent transverse fire tube; 110,
Fire tube, Transverse, Horizontal boiler, and 191, Horizontal
cylinder, Subjacent fire tube, Beyond bridge wall.
87. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, U-COUPLING. Horizontal
fire tube boilers provided with U-shaped couplings connecting
the fire tubes at the ends of the boiler, hi order that the prod-
ucts of combustion may flow back and forth through the fire
tubes in succession.
254
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 75, Fire-
tube, Horizontal, Return fire tube, for miscellaneous boilers
of the horizontal fire-tube type where the products of com-
bustion pass back and forth through the fire tubes; 360, Water
tube, Headers, Closures and Couplings, for U-couplings.
88. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, UPPER DRUM. Hori-
zontal fire-tube boilers having a superposed horizontal upper
drum.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 50, Fire
tube, Horizontal or inclined, Water firebox, Flue, for similar
art; 486, Steam treatment, Superheater, Steam dome; and 492.
Separators, Steam dome, for special features.
89. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, WATER-ARCH, REAR OF
FIRE-TUBE. Horizontal fire tube boilers provided with
a water-cooled arch over the combustion chamber at the roar
of the fire tubes. This arch may be formed of plates spaced
apart or of water tubes or water tubes combined with solid
material like firebrick.
90. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, WATER-FIREBOX. Mis-
cellaneous horizontal fire tube boilers having a water firebox
that are not otherwise classified.
Search Class -
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 50, Fire
tube, Horizontal or inclined, Water firebox, Flue, for hori-
zontal or inclined fire tube boilers having a large flue for the
firebox; 58, Fire tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, and the
subclasses thereunder, for horizontal fire tube boilers with
drop water fireboxes; 73, Fire tube. Horizontal, Projecting in-
to firebox, Drop water firebox, for horizontal fire tube boilers
with the barrel of the boiler projecting into the firebox, which
is of the drop water firebox type; 74, Fire tube, Horizon-
tal, Return and reverse, Drop water firebox; and 75, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Return fire tube, and the subclasses thereunder,
for return fire tube boilers with water fireboxes; 107, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Water wall, Drop water firebox, for water walls
with drop water fireboxes; 139, Flue, Horizontal, Drop water
firebox, and 141, Flue, Horizontal, Internal water tube, Long-
itudinal, Drop water firebox, for water fireboxes with other
types of horizontal flue boilers; 149, Flue, Horizontal, Return
fire tube, for boilers having a large flue, with a water firebox;
189, Horizontal cylinder, Offset subjacent firebox, Water roof;
193, Horizontal cylinder, Water firebox, and 194, Horizontal
cylinder, Water firebox, Water tube type, for water fireboxes
for horizontal cylindrical boilers which may or may not have
horizontal fire tubes.
91. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL WATER-FIREBOX, FIRE-
BOX \VATER-HEATER, TRAPPED CIRCUIT. Hori-
zontal fire tube boilers having a water firebox, with some form
of water heating chamber or conduits within the firebox, con-
nected in circuit with the main part of the boiler, with some
form of sediment trap in the water circuit.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 59, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Circulation conduit, for
circulating conduits with water heaters in the firebox; 202,
Horizontal cylinder, Water tube, Trapped circuit, for hori-
zontal cylindrical boilers having water heating tubes or cham-
bers in circuit with the boiler, with a sediment trap in the cir-
cuit; 380, Cleaning, Agitating circulator, and 403, Cleaning,
Trapped circuit, Surface exit, Feed heater, for analogous art
with a trapped circuit.
92. FIRE- TUBE, HORIZONTAL.WATER-FIREBOX, MAGA-
ZINE. Horizontal fire tube boilers with a water firebox pro-
vided with a fuel magazine.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 46, Fire
tube, Magazine, for miscellaneous fire-tube boilers with a fuel
magazine; 66, Fire tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox,
Water coking chamber.
93. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, WATER-FIREBOX, OFF-
SET. Horizontal fire tube boilers having fire tubes, either
large or small, with an offset water firebox at the end of the
boiler so arranged that the products of combustion pass from
the firebox directly into the fire-tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 189, Hori-
zontal cylinder, Offset subjacent firebox, Water roof, and 190,
Horizontal cylinder, Offset subjacent firebox, Water tube, for
offset water fireboxes so arranged that the products of com-
bustion pass beneath the boiler upon leaving the firebox.
94. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, WATER-FIREBOX, OFF-
SET, WATER-TUBE TYPE. Horizontal fire tube boilers
having an offset water firebox composed of water tubes in
whole or in part arranged so that the products pass directly
through the fire tubes after leaving the firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 190, Hori-
zontal cylinder, .Offset subjacent firebox, Water- tube, for
analogous art.
95. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, WATER - FIREBOX,
PLURAL, COMMON COMBUSTION CHAMBER. Hor-
izontal fire-tube boilers having a plurality of water fireboxes
hi communication with a common combustion chamber lo-
cated between the fireboxes and the fire tubes.
CLASS 122 Continued.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 57, Fire-
tube, Horizontal, Double water firebox, Alternate smoke re-
turn, 60, Fire tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Double,
Alternate smoke return, and 96, Fire-tube, Horizontal, Water
firebox, Superposed, for horizontal fire tube boilers having a
plurality of water fireboxes; 64, Fire-tube, Horizontal, Drop
water firebox, Interposed combustion chamber, and 100, Fire-
tube, Horizontal, Water firebox, Water tube type, Interposed
flue, for horizontal fire tube boilers having a water firebox,
with a combustion chamber between the firebox and fire-
tubes.
96. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, WATER - FIREBOX,
SUPERPOSED. Horizontal fire tube boilers having super-
posed water fireboxes of a miscellaneous type.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 66, Fire-
tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water coking chamber,
and 67, Fire tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water-
grate, Intermediate draft, for special types of superposed fuel
chambers.
97. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, WATER - FIREBOX.
WATER GRATE, DOWNDRAFT. Horizontal fire-tube
boilers having a water firebox with a downdraft water grate.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 203, Hori-
zontal cylinder, Water-tube, Water-grate, Downdraft.
98. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, WATER - FIREBOX,
WATER-GRATE, UPDRAFT. Horizontal fire tube boil-
ers having a water firebox with an updraft water grate.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 374, Water
grate, Grate structure; 377, Water grate, Water firebox, Solid
and water bar, Updraft, and 378, Water grate, Water firebox,
Updraft, for structure of grate.
99. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, WATER- FIREBOX,
WATER-TUBE, STRADDLE. Horizontal fire tube boil-
ers having a water firebox with water tubes therein straddling
the fuel chamber.
100. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, WATER - FIREBOX,
WATER-TUBE TYPE, INTERPOSED FLUE. Hori-
zontal fire tube boilers having a water firebox of the water tube
type constructed wholly or in part of water tubes, with an
interposed large flue between the firebox and the fire tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 94, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water firebox. Offset, Water tube type, for
similar firebox structure; C4, Fire tube, Horizontal, Drop
water firebox, Interposed combustion chamber; 94, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Water firebox, Offset, Water tube type, and 95,
Fire tube, Horizontal, Water firebox, Plural, Common com-
bustion chamber, for combustion chambers interposed be-
tween firebox and fire tubes.
101. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, WATER - SMOKEBOX.
The structure of a water cooled smokebox of horizontal fire
tube boilers.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 151, Flue,
Horizontal, Return fire tube, Water smokebox, Separate; 423.
Feed heaters ; Horizontal fire tube boiler, Smokebox; 425, Feed
heaters, Horizontal fire tube boiler, Smokebox, Furnace gases
and steam, and 420, Feed heaters, Horizontal fire tube boiler,
Smokebox, Water tube, for special features.
102. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, WATER-TUBE, HORI-
ZONTAL, OVER BRIDGE-WALL. Horizontal fire tube
boilers having water tubes extending horizontally over the
bridge wall.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 154, Flue.
Horizontal, Water tube, Over bridge wall, for horizontal
flue boilers with water tubes over the bridge wall; 195, Hori-
zontal cylinder, Water tube, 196, Horizontal cylinder, Water
tube, Feed heater, Check valved, 197, Horizontal cylinder,
Water tube, Lateral longitudinal, 201, Horizontal cylinder.
Water tube, Subjacent internal fire tube, and 202, Horizontal
cylinder, Water tube, Trapped circuit, for horizontal cylin-
drical boilers having fire tubes, with water tubes extending
horizontally over the bridge wall, where it is immaterial
whether the boiler is provided with fire tubes or not; 263,
Water tube, Horizontal. Over bridge wall, for water tube boil-
ers having water tubes horizontal over the bridge wall.
103. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, WATER-TUBE, REAR
OF FIRE -TUBE. Horizontal fire tube boilers having
water tubes in the rear of the fire tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS,- subclasses 150, Flue
Horizontal, Return fire tube, Rear water tube, for closely
allied art; 153, Flue, Horizontal, Water tube, for horizontal
flue boilers with water tubes; 89, Fire tube, Horizontal, Water
arch, Rear of fire tube, and 195, Horizontal cylinder, Water
tube, for related art.
104. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, WATER-TUBE, REAR-
WARDLY DECLINED OVER BRIDGE-WALL. Hori-
zontal fire tube boilers having rearwardly declined water
tubes over the bridge wall.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
255
CLASS 122 Continued.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 108, Fire-
tube, Horizontal, Water-wall, Subjacent water-tube; 154,
Flue, Horizontal, Water-tube, Over bridge wall, for horizontal
flue boilers, with water-tubes over the bridge wall; 195, Hori-
zontal cylinder, Water tube, 196, Horizontal cylinder, Water
tube, Feed-heater, Check valved; 197, Horizontal cylinder,
Water-tube, Lateral longitudinal; 201, Horizontal cylinder,
Water-tube. Subjacent internal fire-tube, and 202, Horizontal
cylinder, Water-tube, Trapped circuit, for horizontal cylin-
drical boilers provided with various kinds of water-tubes in
the combustion chamber; 291, Water-tube. Rearwardly
declined. Over bridge wall, Front and rear header, Horizontal
longitudinal drum, and the subclasses thereunder, and 296,
Water-tube, Rearwardly declined, Over bridge wall, Front
and rear header, Longitudinal declined drum, for rearwardly
declined water-tubes over the bridge wall, having a longitu-
dinally posited drum without fire-tubes over the water-tubes.
105. FIRE-TUBE. HORIZONTAL. WATER-TUBE, REAR-
WARDLY INCLINED, OVER BRIDGE-WALL. Hori-
zontal fire tube boilers having water tubes inclined rearwardly
over the bridge wall.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 108, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water wall, Subjacent water tube; 154, Flue,
Horizontal, Water tube, Over bridge wall, for horizontal flue
boilers with water tubes over the bridge wall; 265, Water
tube, Inclined, for rearwardly inclined water tube boilers
over the bridge wall.
106. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, WATER -WALL. Hori-
zontal fire-tube boilers having water walls at the sides, front,
or rear of the boiler or at all of said locations. The wall may
also extend across the boiler below the combustion chamber.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 107, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water wall, Drop water firebox, and 108,
Fire tube, Horizontal Water wall, Subjacent water tube, for
similar art.
107. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, WATER-WALL, DROP
WATER FIREBOX. Horizontal fire-tube boilers having
water walls that may extend underneath the main part of
the boiler and having a water walled firebox depending from
the boiler structure.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 76, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Return fire tube, Drop water firebox, and
149, Flue, Horizontal, Return fire tube, for closely related art.
108. FIRE-TUBE, HORIZONTAL. WATER -WALL, SUB-
JACENT WATER-TUBE. Horizontal fire tube boilers
with depending water walls, with some form of water tubes
between the walls in the combustion chamber.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 135, Flue,
and 136, Flue, Horizontal, for closely allied structure.
109. FIRE-TUBE, INCLINED. Miscellaneous boilers having in-
clined fire tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 50. Fire
tube, Horizontal or inclined, Water firebox, Flue, for similar
art; 47, Fire tube, Flue, Horizontal; 51, Fire tube, Horizontal;
54, Fire tube, Horizontal, Central firebox, Double outlet, and
110, Fire tube, Transverse, Horizontal boiler, for boilers having
some of the fire tubes inclined.
110. FIRE-TUBE, TRANSVERSE, HORIZONTAL BOILER.
Horizontally disposed boilers having transverse fire tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 56, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Depending fire tube, Rear of bridge wall,
and 191, Horizontal cylinder, Subjacent fire tube, Beyond
bridge wall, for analogo'us art; 81, Fire tube, Horizontal, Sub-
jacent transverse fire tube, for horizontal fire tube boilers with
transverse fire tubes; 113, Fire tube, Transverse, Water
tube, for combinations of transverse fire tubes, with water
tubes.
111. FIRE-TUBE, TRANSVERSE, VERTICAL BOILER.
Vertical boilers having transverse fire tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 187, Flue,
Vertical, Transverse fire tube, for vertical flue boilers with
transverse fire tubes.
112. FIRE-TUBE, TRANSVERSE, VERTICAL BOILER,
WATER-FIREBOX. Vertical boilers having transverse
fire tubes and a water firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 187. Flue,
Vertical, Transverse fire tube, for vertical flue boilers having
fire tubes extending from the inner large flue to the outside
of the boiler; 220, Sectional, Horizontal sections, Superim-
posed, Water tube, Internal fire tube, Water firebox, for sec-
tional boilers.
113. FIRE-TUBE, TRANSVERSE, WATER-TUBE. Fire tube
boilers having fire tubes extending transversely through the
boiler and also having water tubes in communication with the
boiler.
CLASS 122 Continued.
114. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL. Miscellaneous boilers having
vertical fire tubes not otherwise provided for.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses, 13, Stand
boiler; 15, Stand boiler, Solid fuel; 16, Stand boiler, Fire tube
and water tube, Fluid fuel, and 17, Stand boiler, Fire tube.
Fluid fuel, for "stand boilers" or "range boilers" provided
with vertical fire tubes; 20, Subsidiary, for boilers having
auxiliary water heaters; 37, Compartment, for vertical fire tube
boilers having separate boiler compartments which may or
may not be in communication with each other. (One com-
partment may be used as a water heater and the other as a
steam generator); 40, Flasher, and 41, Flasher, Fluid fuel, for
flash boilers with vertical fire tubes; 42, Fire and water tube,
and 43, Fire and water tube, Fluid fuel, for combinations of
water tube and fire tube boilers of a miscellaneous character;
48, Fire tube, Flue, Vertical, for combinations of fire tube
boilers with vertical flue boilers or fire tube boilers having
a large vertical flue of a miscellaneous character; 49, Fire
tube, Horizontal and vertical, for boilers having both, hori-
zontal and vertical tubes; 110, Fire tube, Transverse, Hori-
zontal boiler, for horizontally disposed boilers with transverse
vertical fire tubes; 115, Fire tube, Vertical, Fluid fuel, and 119,
Fire tube, Vertical, Cylinder, for vertical cylindrical boilers
with vertical fire tubes; 178, Flue, Vertical, Internal water
tube, Vertical alined fire tube, and the subclasses there-
under, for vertical cylindrical fire tubes above and in aline-
ment with a vertical flue in the boiler, (see also subclass
48, Fire tube, Flue, Vertical); 182, Flue, Vertical, Return
fire tube, for vertical flue boilers with return fire tubes.
115. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, FLUID FUEL. Boilers having
vertical fire tubes heated by fluid fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 16, Stand
boiler, Fire tube and water tube, Fluid fuel, and 17, Stand
boiler, Fire tube, Fluid fuel, for stand boilers heated by fluid
fuel and having vertical fire tubes; 22, Fluid and solid fuel, for
miscellaneous boilers heated by solid or fluid fuel; 23, Fluid
fuel, for miscellaneous boilers heated by fluid fuel; 24, Fluid
fuel, Explosion, for boilers heated by fluid fuel which is ex-
ploded while burning; 43, Fire and water tube, Fluid fuel,
for combined fire tube and water tube boilers heated by fluid
fuel that are of a miscellaneous nature; 156, Flue. Vertical,
Fluid fuel, for vertical flue boilers heated by fluid fuel; 167,
Flue, Vertical, Internal water tube, Fluid fuel; 177, Flue
Vertical, Internal water tube, Transverse, Fluid fuel, and
179, Flue, Vertical, Internal water tube, Vertical alined fire
tube, Fluid fuel, for vertical flue boilers combined with
internal water tubes and heated by fluid fuel; 161, Flue,
Vertical, Concentric shell, Fluid fuel, and 183, Flue, Vertical.
Spiral water conduit, Fluid fuel, for other types of vertical
flue boilers heated by fluid fuel.
116. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, CENTRAL FIRE-DOME.
Vertical fire tube bcilers provided with a large space or dome
at the lower end of the boiler, extending into the boiler, located
over the firebox, with vertical fire tubes disposed around the
dome.
117. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, CENTRAL MAGAZINE.
Boilers haying vertical fire tubes and a centrally disposed
fuel magazine.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 30. Maga-
zine, for miscellaneous magazine boilers; 128, Fire tube Ver-
tical, Water firebox, Central magazine, for vertical fire tube
boilers having a water firebox and a central fuel magazine;
157, Flue, Vertical, Central magazine, and 168, Flue, Vertical,
Internal water tube, Central magazine, for vertical flue boilers
with a central fuel magazine.
118. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, CIRCULATION TUBE, IN-
TERNAL. Vertical fire tube boilers having sleeves, cylin-
ders, or tubes arranged inside the boiler for aiding the boiler
circulation.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 159, Flue,
Vertical, Circulation tube, Internal, for similar devices within
a vertical flue boiler; 408, Circulation, Internal conduit.
119. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, CYLINDER. Vertical cylin-
drical boilers provided with vertical fire tubes that do not
fall within the definition of other subclasses.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 115. Fire
tube, Vertical, Fluid fuel, for vertical cylindrical boilers
heated by fluid fuel.
120. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, OFFSET FIREBOX. Ver-
tical fire tube boilers having an offset firebox out of alinement
with the fire tubes. The firebox is generally of the water
firebox type.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 175, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Offset water firebox, for vertical
flue boilers with an offset water firebox.
121. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, RETURN FIRE-TUBE. Ver-
tical fire tube boilers provided with fire tubes through which
the products of combustion pass upon leaving the firebox
and also fire tubes through which the products of combustion
return to the other end of the boiler before they enter the
outlet flue.
256
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 128, Fire
tube, Vertical, Water firebox, Central magazine, for this type
of boiler having a central magazine; 182, Flue, Vertical, Re-
turn fire tube, for vertical flue boilers having return fire tubes.
122. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, RETURN FIRE-TUBE, WA-
TER-FIREBOX. Boilers defined in subclass 121 above and
having a water firebox. The return fire tubes may be through
the same boiler section or in another boiler section placed
beside the other.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 182, Flue,
Vertical, Return fire tube.
123. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, SEPARATE COMPART-
MENT. Vertical fire tube boilers provided with separate
compartments, either by diaphragms extending across the
tubes or by complete boiler sections superposed or placed side
by side, and having the feed water introduced into the com-
partment farthest from the firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 83, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Transverse diaphragm, for horizontal fire
tube boilers having a progressive heating of the feed water;
122, Fire tube, Vertical, Return fire tube, Water firebox; 125,
Fire tube, Vertical, Top water chamber, for analogous art.
124. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, SIDE MAGAZINE. Vertical
fire tube boilers having a fuel magazine disposed on one or
more sides of the boiler.
125. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, TOP WATER - CHAMBER.
Vertical fire tube boilers having a separate water chamber
above the steam space, through which the fire tubes pass to
prevent the leaking of flue joints or to heat feed water.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 123, Fire
tube, Vertical, Separate compartment, for similar art; 83,
Fire tube. Horizontal, Transverse diaphragm, and 104, Flue,
Vertical, Insulated outlet flue.
126. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, WATER-FIREBOX. Vertical
fire tube boilers having a water firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 48, Fire
tube, Flue, Vertical, for analogous structure; 120, Fire tube,
Vertical, Offset firebox, for offset fireboxes; 122, Fire tube,
Vertical, Return fire tube, Water firebox, for return fire tube
vertical fire tube boilers with a water firebox; 178, Flue, Ver-
tical, Internal water tube, Vertical alined fire tube, and the
subclasses thereunder, for similar structure.
127. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, WATER- FIREBOX, ANNU-
LAR. Vertical fire tube boilers having a water firebox in
the form of a ring or the like.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 29, Annular
firebox, for annular fireboxes with miscellaneous types of
boilers; 184, Flue, Vertical, Stand pipe, Water tube, Annular
firebox, for vertical flue boilers with an annular firebox.
128. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, WATER-FIREBOX, CEN-
TRAL MAGAZINE. Vertical fire tube boilers having a
water firebox and a central fuel magazine.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 117, Fire
tube, Vertical, Central magazine, for miscellaneous vertical
fire tube boilers having a central fuel magazine; 157, Flue,
Vertical, Central magazine, and 168, Flue, Vertical, Internal
water tube, Central magazine, for vertical flue boilers with a
central magazine.
129. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, WATER-GRATE, DOWN-
DRAFT. Vertical fire -tube boilers having a downdraft
water grate.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 371, Water-
grate, for miscellaneous boileis with water grates.
130. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, WATER-TUBE. Vertical fire-
tube boilers having some form of water-tubes, not otherwise
provided for.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 166, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, and the subclasses thereunder,
for vertical flue boilers with water tubes in the flues.
131. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, WATER-TUBE, INTERNAL.
Vertical fire-tube boilers having water tubes within the fire
tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 166, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water-tube, and the subclasses thereunder,
for vertical flue boilers with water tubes in the flue.
132. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, WATER-TUBE, RADIAL
LOOP. Vertical fire-tube boilers having looped water tubes
arranged around the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 185, Flue,
Vertical, Stand pipe, Water-tube, Loop, for vertical flue boilers
with looped water tul>es around a stand pipe within the flue;
244, Water tube, Coil or loop, Central stand pipe, and the sub-
classes thereunder, and 2S1, Water-tube, Loop, Over firebox,
Stand pipe, for water tube boilers having a stand pipe with
water tubes surrounding it.
CLASS 122 Continued.
133. FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL, WATER-TUBE, SPUR. Ver-
tical fire-tube boilers provided with spur water tubes.
134. FIRE-TUBE, VOLUTE. Fire-tube boilers having one or
more fire tubes in the form of a volute.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 261, Water-
tube, Plat, Volute, for water tubes of similar form. (See also
the search notes thereunder.)
135. FLUE. Miscellaneous boilers having one or more large fire-
tubcs or flues wholly surrounded by the water space or only
partly surrounded thereby.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 6, Indus-
trial, and the subclasses thereunder, for industrial furnace
boilers; 20, Subsidiary, and 37, Compartment; 47, Fire tube,
Flue, Horizontal, and 48, Fire tube, Flue, Vertical, for com-
binations of miscellaneous fire tube and flue boilers; 368,
Water firebox, for analogous art.
136. FLUE, HORIZONTAL. Boilers having a large horizontal
flue not otherwise provided for.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 47. Fire-
tube, Flue, Horizontal, for miscellaneous fire tube boilers
having a large horizontal flue; 78, Fire-tube, Horizontal,
Return fire tube, Water firebox, Flue, for horizontal return
fire tube boilers with a horizontal flue firebox; 80, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Subjacent flue, for horizontal fire-tube boilers
with a large flue boiler section beneath the boiler; 409, Circu-
lation, Internal conduit, Horizontal flue boiler, and 410, Cir-
culation, Internal conduit, Horizontal flue boiler, Return fire-
tube.
137. FLUE, HORIZONTAL, PLURAL. A plurality of horizon-
tal boilers with large flues, either posited side by side or super-
posed one above the other.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 52, Fire-
tube, Horizontal, Plural, for similar arrangement of fire tube
boilers.
138. FLUE, HORIZONTAL, PLURAL, WATER-TUBE. The
combination and arrangement of plural horizontal flue boilers,
having water tubes in communication with the boilers.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 102, Fire-
tube, Horizontal, Water tubs, Horizontal, Over bridge wall;
104, Fire tube, Horizontal, Water-tube, Rearwardly declined,
Over bridge wall, and 105, Fire tube, Horizontal, Water tube,
Rearwardly inclined, Over bridge wall, for boiler structure
not included in this subclass where horizontal flue boilers
are disclosed; 140, Flue, Horizontal, Internal water-tube, and
the subclasses thereunder, for horizontal flue boilers with
internal water tub?s; 153, Flue, Horizontal, Water-t,ub3; 154,
Flue, Horizontal, Water-tube, Over bridge wall, for horizontal
flue boilers with water tubes exterior of the boiler; 5'i, Fire-
tube, Horizontal, Plural, Water-tute; 195, Horizon tal cylinder,
Water tube, for horizontal cylindrical fire-tube boilers with
similar arrangement.
139. FLUE, HORIZONTAL, DROP WATER-FIREBOX.
Boilers having one or more large flues horizontally disposed,
with a drop water firebox at one end of the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses r>3, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Drop water-firebox, and the subclasses
thereunder, for horizontal fire tube boilers with drop water
firebox of analogous structure; 141, Flae, Horizontal, Internal
water-tube, Longitudinal, Drop water-firebox; 146, Flue,
Horizontal, Internal water tube, Transverse, Drop water fire-
box, and 148, Flue, Horizontal, Internal water-tube, Water-
firebox, for other types of horizontal flue boilers with drop
water fireboxes.
140. FLUE, HORIZONTAL. INTERNAL WATER-TUBE.
Horizontal flue boilers having some form of water tubes in
the flues.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 43, Fire
and water tube, Fluid fuel, for horizontal flue boilers haying
internal water tubes heated by fluid fuel, 154, Flue, Horizon-
tal, Water tube. Over bridge wall, for special art having water
tubes within a large horizontal flue.
141. FLUE, HORIZONTAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE,
LONGITUDINAL, DROP WATER-FIREBOX. Hori-
zontal flue boilers having a drop water firebox with longitu-
dinal water tubes in the flues.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 77, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Return firo tube, Drop water firebox. Inter-
nal water tube, and 146, Flue, Horizontal, Internal water
tube, Transverse, Drop water firebox, for allied art; 154, Flue,
Horizontal, Water tube, Over bridge wall, for longitudinal
water tubes within the flue.
14.'. FLUE, HORIZONTAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE,
RETURN FIRE-TUBE. Horizontal flue boilers having
return fire tubes, with some form of water tubes within the
large flues.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 77, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Return fire tube, Drop water firebox, Infer-
nal water tube, for analogous art; 147, Flue, Horizontal, Inter-
nal water tube, Transverse, Return fire tube, for horizontal
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
257
CLASS 122 Continued.
flue boilers having return fire tubes, with transverse water
tubes in the flues; 149, Flue, Horizontal, Return fire tube, for
horizontal flue boilers with return fire tube 1 :; 150, Flue, Hori-
zontal, Return firo tube, Rear water tube, for horizontal flue
boilers with return fire tubes, with water tubes at the rear of
the flues and fire tubes; 151, Flue, Horizontal, Return fire
tube, Water smokebox, Separate, for return fire tube hori-
zontal flue boilers with a separate water smokebox.
143. FLUE, HORIZONTAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE,
SPUR. Horizontal flue boilers having spur water tubes in
the flues.
144. FLUE, HORIZONTAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE,
SUBJACENT FIREBOX. Horizontal flue boilers having
water tubes in the flue, with a firebox located beneath the
boiler.
145. FLUE, HORIZONTAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE,
TRANSVERSE. Horizontal flue boilers having water tubes
extending across the flues and communicating with the boiler
at both ends.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATEKS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 143, Flue,
Horizontal, Internal water tube, Spur, for spur tubes in the
flue.
146. FLUE, HORIZONTAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE,
TRANSVERSE, DROP WATER-FIREBOX. Horizon-
tal flue boilers having a drop water-firebox, with water tubes
arranged transversely in the flue.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 77, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Return fire tube, Drop water firebox, In-
ternal water tube, for analogous art: 141, Flue, Horizontal,
Internal water tube, Longitudinal, Drop water firebox, for
the same stracture with longitudinally placed water tubes
in the flue.
147. FLUE, HORIZONTAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE,
TRANSVERSE, RETURN FIRE-TUBE. Horizontal
flue boilers having small fire-tubes, through which the prod-
ucts of combustion pass, after leaving the large horizontal
flues, in an opposite direction, the large flues having water
tubes disposed transversely therein.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 143, Flue,
Horizontal, Internal water-tube, Spur, for large flues having
spur water tubes therein; 142, Flue, Horizontal, Internal water
tube, Return fire tube; 146, Flue, Horizontal, Internal water
tube, Transverse, Drop water-firebox, and 149, Flue, Hori-
zontal, Return fire-tube, for special features.
148. FLUE, HORIZONTAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE,
WATER FIREBOX. Horizontal flue boilers with water
tubes in the flue and having a water-firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 77, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Return fire tube, Drop water firebox, In-
ternal water tube, for similar art; 141, Flue, Horizontal, In-
ternal water tube, Longitudinal, Drop water firebox, for hori-
zontal flue boilers with a drop water firebox, with water tubes
in the flue, running longitudinally; 140, Flue, Horizontal,
Internal water tube, Transverse, Drop water firebox, for
horizontal flue boilers with transverse water tubes and with
a drop water firebox.
149. FLUE, HORIZONTAL, RETURN FIRE-TUBE. Boilers
having one or more large flues horizontally disposed and hav-
ing horizontally disposed small fire tubes, through which the
products of combustion are returned through the boiler after
leaving the large flues. The firebox is generally located in
the large flues.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 47, Fire
tube, Flue, Horizontal, for miscellaneous boilers having fire
tubes with a horizontal flue; 76, Fire tube, Horizontal, Return
fire tube, Drop water firebox, for similar art; 74, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Return and reverse, Drop water firebox; 76, Fire
tube. Horizontal, Return fire tube, Drop water firebox, and
107, Fire tube, Horizontal, Water wall, Drop water firebox,
for related art in the fire tube type of boiler; 141, Flue, Hori-
zontal, Internal water tube, Longitudinal, Drop water fire-
box; 146, Flue, Horizontal, Internal water tube, Transverse,
Drop water firebox; 150, Flue, Horizontal, Return fire tube,
Rear water tube; 151, Flue, Horizontal, Return fire tube,
Water smokebox, Separate, and 410, Circulation, Internal
conduit, Horizontal flue boiler, Return fire tube, for other
types of horizontal flue boilers having return fire tubes.
150. FLUE, HORIZONTAL, RETURN FIRE-TUBE, REAR
WATER-TUBE. Horizontal fire tube boilers having return
fire tubes, with water tubes at the rear of the flues and fire
tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 77, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Return fire tube, Drop water firebox, In-
ternal water tube, and 103, Fire tube. Horizontal, Water tube,
Rear of fire tube, for similar art in a fire tube type of boiler.
151. FLUE, HORIZONTAL, RETURN FIRE-TUBE, WATER-
SMOKE BOX, SEPARATE. Horizontal return fire tube
boilers having a separate compartment at the rear of the fire
tubes and flues in which feed water may bo heated.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 425, Feed
heaters, Horizontal fire tube boiler, Smokebox, Furnace gases
and steam, for similar structure.
266T4 C
CLASS 122 Continued.
152. FLUE, HORIZONTAL, WATER-GRATE IN FLUE.
Horizontal flue boilers with some form of water grate within
the flue.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 371, Water
grate, and the subclasses thereunder, for structure of water
grates; 37fi. Water grate, Progressive feed, for horizontal flue
boilers with progressive fuel feed water grates in the flue.
153. FLUE, HORIZONTAL, WATER-TUBE. Miscellaneous
horizontal flue boilers not otherwise provided for.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses under Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water tube; 138, Flue, Horizontal, Plural,
Water tube, for plural boilers with water tubes.
154. FLUE. HORIZONTAL, WATER-TUBE OVER BRIDGE-
WALL. Boilers having a large horizontal flue therein, either
open or closed at the bottom side, with water tubes extending
over the bridge wall in the flue.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 77, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Return fire tube. Drop water firebox,
Internal water tube; 102, Fire tube, Horizontal, Water tube,
Horizontal, Over bridge wall; 104, Fire tube, Horizontal,
Water tube, Rearwardly declined. Over bridge wall; 105, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water tube, Rearwardly inclined, Over
bridge wall, and 108, Fire tube, Horizontal, Water wall, Sub-
jacent water tube, for related structure; 141, Flue, Horizontal,
Internal water tube. Longitudinal, Drop water firebox, for
closely allied art in the horizontal flue type of boiler.
155. FLUE, VERTICAL. Miscellaneous boilers having a large
vertical flue not provided for in other subclasses.
Note. The following subclasses are cited as disclosing art with
vertical flue boilers:
Plants
2. Garbage.
Industrial
8. Water firebox.
13. Stand-boiler
15. Solid fuel.
Note. Ses notes to subelas? 44, Fire tubes, for distinction between
"fire tubes" and ^flues'" as used in this class.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 48, Fire
tube, Flue, Vertical, for miscellaneous firo tube boilers hav-
ing a vertical flue, and 368, Water firebox.
156. FLUE, VERTICAL, FLUID FUEL. Miscellaneous vertical
flue boilers heated by fluid fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 22, Fluid
and solid fuel, for miscellaneous boilers heated by solid or fluid
fuel; 23, Fluid fuel, for miscellaneous boilers heated by fluid
fuel; 115, Fire tube, Vertical, Fluid fuel, for vertical fire tube
boilers heated by fluid fuel; 167. Flue, Vertical, Internal water
tube, Fluid fuel; 177, Flue, Vertical. Internal water tube,
Transverse, Fluid fuel; 179, Flue, Vertical, Internal water
tube, Vertical alined fire tube, Fluid fuel, and 183, Flue, Ver-
tical, Spiral water conduit. Fluid fuel, for other types of verti-
cal flue boilers heated by fluid fuel.
157. FLUE, VERTICAL, CENTRA.L MAGAZINE. Vertical
flue boilers having a centrally posited fuel magazine not other-
wise provided for.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 117, Fire
tube, Vertical, Central magazine, and 128, Fire tube, Vertical,
Water fire box, Central magazine, for vertical fire tube boilers
with central magazines; 158, Flue, Vertical. Central magazine.
Water jacket, for vertical flue boilers with a water jacketed
central fuel magazine; 162, Flue, Vertical, Concentric shell,
Central magazine, for vertical flue boilers having concentric
water heating shells with a central magazine; 168, Flue, Ver-
tical, Internal water tube, Central magazine, for vertical flue
boilers provided with water tubes within the flue and having
a central fuel magazine.
158. FLUE VERTICAL, CENTRAL MAGAZINE, WATER-
JACKET. Vertical flue boilers having a central water
jacketed fuel magazine.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 117, Fire-
tube, Vertical, Central magazine, and 128, Fire-tube, Vertical,
Water fire box, Central magazine, for vertical fire tube boilers
with central magazines; 157, Flue, Vertical, Central magazine,
and 162, Flue, Vertical, Concentric shell Central magazine, for
vertical flue boilers with central fuel magazines.
159. FLUE, VERTICAL, CIRCULATION TUBE, INTERNAL.
Vertical flue boilers having internal tubes, cylinders, or sleeves
inside the boiler space for increasing the circulation of water.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 118, Fire-
tube, Vertical, Circulation tube, Internal; for similar art; 408,
Circulation, Internal conduit, for circulation features of a gen-
eral character.
160. FLUE, VERTICAL, CONCENTRIC SHELL. Vertical flue
boilers consisting of a plurality of concentrically posited
annular water shells formed of walls spaced apart.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 158, Flue,
Vertical, Central magazine, Water jacket, for special forms of
this type of boiler.
258
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
161. FLUE VERTICAL, CONCENTRIC SHELL, FLUID
FUEL. Vertical boilers consisting of two or more annular
water chambers concentrically and vertically posited and
heated by fluid fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 183, Flue,
Vertical, Spiral water conduit, Fluid fuel.
162. FLUE, VERTICAL, CONCENTRIC SHELL, CENTRAL
MAGAZINE. Vertical flue boilers having one or more con-
centrically located water containing chambers of annular form
within the vertical flue and having a centrally disposed fuel
magazine.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 157, Flue,
Vertical, Central magazine, for vertical flue boilers with a
central fuel magazine without the water jacket; 158, Flue, Ver-
tical, Central magazine, Water jacket, for a water jacketed
fuel magazine centrally disposed in the vertical flue.
163. FLUE, VERTICAL, EXTERIOR DRUM. Vertical flue
boilers having a steam or water drum located outside of the
main boiler structure.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 20, Sub-
sidiary, for similar art.
164. FLUE, VERTICAL, INSULATED OUTLET-FLUE.
Vertical flue boilers having the outlet flue through the steam
space of the boiler provided with a heat insulator to prevent
heating the steam space. This insulator may be of some
packing material or formed by an air chamber.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 125, Fire tube,
Vertical, Top water chamber.
165. FLUE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-HEATER.
Boilers having a large vertical flue, within which is some form
of water heater other than water tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 160, Flue,
Vertical, Concentric shell, and 185. Flue, Vertical, Standpipe.
Water tube, Loop, for allied art? 166, Flue, Vertical, Internal
water tube, and the subclasses thereunder, for vertical flue
boilers having internal water tubes.
166. FLUE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE. Ver-
tical flue boilers having water tubes within the flue in com-
munication with the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 131, Fire
tube, Vertical, Water tube, Internal, for vortical water tube
boilers with water tubes in the flues; 184 to 187 under Flue,
Vertical, Standpipe, Water tube, for vertical flue boilers
having a central Standpipe provided with water tubes located
in the vertical flue; 468, Steam treatment. Flue boiler, Ver-
tical, Internal water tube, Superheater, for boilers of that type
having a steam superheater.
167. FLUE VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE, FLUID
FUEL. Vertical flue boilers having internal water tubes
therein and heated by fluid fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 161, Flue,
Vertical, Concentric shell, Fluid fuel; 177, Flue, Vertical,
Internal water tube, Transverse, Fluid fuel; 179, Flue, Ver-
tical, Internal water tube. Vertical aimed fire tube, Fluid fuel,
and 183, Flue, Vertical. Spiral water conduit, Fluid fuel, for
other types of vertical flue boilers heated by fluid fuel.
168. FLUE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE, CEN-
TRAL MAGAZINE. Vertical flue boilers having water
tubes in the flue, with a fuel magazine centrally located in the
flue.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 117, Fire
tube, Vertical. Central magazine, and 128, Fire tube, Ver-
tical, Water fire box, Central magazine, for vertical fire
tube boilers with a central magazine; 158, Fuel, Vertical,
Central magazine, Water jacket, and 162, Flue, Vertical, Con-
centric shell, Central magazine, for vertical flue boilers having
a concentrically located water shell or flue within the main
flue and having a central fuel magazine.
169. FLUE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE, COIL.
Vertical flue boilers having coiled water tubes within the flue.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 170, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Coil, Header, for coiled water
tubes communicating with headers located in the flue; 247,
Water tube. Coil, and the subclasses thereunder, for structure
of water tubes.
170. FLUE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE, COIL,
HEADER. Vertical boilers having water tubes in the form
of coils communicating with headers located within the flue.
Search Class^-
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 172, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Header, for analogous art;
244, Water tube, Coil or loop, Central standpipe, and the sub-
classes thereunder, and 247, Water tube, Coil, for str ucture of
water tubes.
171. FLUE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE, CON-
TRACTED INLET. Vertical flue boilers having a large
vertical flue, with the inlet opening to the flue of smaller
diameter than the flue, and having water tubes within the
flue. There may or may not be a water fire box below the
contracted inlet.
CLASS 122 Continued.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 175, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Offset water fire box, and 179,
Flue, Vertical, Internal water tube, Vertical alined fire tube,
Fluid fuel, for similar art.
172. FLUE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE,
HEADER. Miscellaneous vertical flue boilers having water
tubes in communication with headers located within the flue.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, the water tube boiler
subclasses, for structure of the water tubes; subclasses 170.
Flue, Vertical, Internal water tube, Coil, Header, for vertical
flue boilers having coiled water tubes communicating with
headers located in the flue; 178, Flue, Vertical, Internalwater
tube, Vertical alined fire tube, for similar structures of water
tubes; 184, Flue, Vertical, Standpipe, Water tube, Annular
fire box; 185, Flue, Vertical, Standpipe, Water tube, Loop,
and 186, Flue, Vertical Standpipe, Water tube, Spur, for
stand pipes provided with water tubes located in vertical flues.
173. FLUE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE, HORI-
ZONTAL SPUR. Vertical flue boilers having horizontal
spur water tubes within the flue.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 133, Fire
tube, Vertical, Water tube, Spur, for vertical fire tube boilers
with spur water tubes; 180, Flue, Vertical, Internal water tube,
Vertical alined fire tube, Spur water tube, and 181, Flue, Ver-
tical, Internal water tube, Vertical spur, for other types of
vertical flue boilers having spur water tubes.
174. FLUE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE, IN-
TERNAL FIRE-TUBE. Vertical flue boilers having water
tubes provided with internal fire tubes located within the
flue.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 242, Water
tube, Capillary, and 243, Water tube, Capillary, Fluid fuel,
for capillary tubes of this type; 260, Water tube, Internal fire
tube, and the subclasses thereunder, for structure of water
tubes with internal fire tubes; 271, Water tube, Internal fire
tube, Vertical, and 348, Water tube, Vertical, Internal fire
tube, Fluid fuel, especially for vertical water tubes with
internal fire tubes.
175. FLUE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE, OFF-
SET WATER-FIREBOX. Vertical flue boilers having
water tubes within the flue and provided with an offset water
firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 120, Fire tube,
Vertical, Offset firebox, for vertical fire tube boilers with off-
set water fireboxes.
176. FLUE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE,
TRANSVERSE. Vertical flue boilers having water tubes
extending transversely across the flue and communicating at
both ends with the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 177, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Transverse, Fluid fuel, for
boilers of this type heated by fluid fuel.
177. FLUE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE,
TRANSVERSE, FLUID FUEL. Vertical flue boilers hav-
ing transverse water tubes and heated by fluid fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 179, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Vertical alined fire tubCj Fluid
fuel, and 183, Flue, Vertical, Spiral water conduit, Fluid fuel,
for other types of vertical flue boilers heated by fluid fuel.
178. FLUE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE, VER-
TICAL ALINED FIRE-TUBE. Boilers having a large
vertical flue, with water tubes in the flue, and having small
fire tubes in alinement with the flue.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 48, Fire
tube, Flue, Vertical, and 120, Fire tube, Vertical, Water fire-
box, for analogous structures in the fire tube art; 179, Flue.
Vertical, Internal water tube, Vertical alined fire tube, Fluid
fuel, for boilers of this type heated by fluid fuel; 180, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Vertical alined fire tube, Spur
water tube, for boilers of this type having spur water tubes.
179. FLUE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE, VER-
TICAL ALINED FIRE-TUBE, FLUID FUEL. Types of
boilers, defined in subclass 178 above, which are heated by fluid
fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 115, Fire
tube, Vertical, Fluid fuel; 167, Flue, Vertical, Internal water
tube, Fluid fuel, and 171, Flue, Vertical, Internal water tube,
Contracted inlet, for analogous art.
180. FLUE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE, VER-
TICAL ALINED FIRE-TUBE, SPUR WATER-TUBE.
Vertical flue boilers having vertically alined fire tubes with
spur water tubes within the large flue.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 133, Fire
tube, Vertical, Water tube, Spur, for vertical fire tube boilers
having spur water tubes; 173, Flue, Vertical, Internal water
tube, Horizontal spur, and 181, Flue, Vertical, Internal water
tube, Vertical spur, for vertical flue boilers having spur water
tubes without the vertically aimed fire tubes; 186, Flue, Ver-
tical, Stand pipe, Water tube, Spur, for vertical flue boilers
having a spur water tube stand pipe within the flue.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
259
CLASS 122 Continued.
181. FLUE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL WATER-TUBE, VER-
TICAL SPUR. Vertical flue boilers having vertical spur
water tubes within the flue.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 133, Fire
tube, Vertical, Water tube, Spur, for vertical fire tube boilers,
with vertical spur water tubes.
182. FLUE, VERTICAL, RETURN FIRE-TUBE. Boilers hav-
ing large vertical flues or one large vertical flue with small
vertical fire tubes, through which the products of combustion
pass after leaving the large flues. The fire tubes may be within
the same boiler section as the large flue or in a separate boiler
section.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 121, Fire*
tube, Vertical, Return fire tube, and 122, Fire tube, Vertical,
Return fire tube, Water firebox, for return fire tube vertical '
fire tube boilers.
183. FLUE, VERTICAL, SPIRAL WATER-CONDUIT, FLUID*
FUEL. Vertical flue boilers consisting of one or more annular
chambers having spiral water passages vertically posited.
There may or may not be some kind of water heating conduits
within the vertical flues; but there is a fluid fuel burner either
disclosed or claimed.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 161, Flue.
Vertical, Concentric shell, Fluid fuel; 501, Fluid displacer, and
502, Fluid displacer, Fluid fuel, for related art.
184. FLUE, VERTICAL, STAND PIPE, WATER-TUBE AN-
NULAR FIREBOX. Vertical boilers having a stand pipe
provided with water tubes or merely a vertical pipe extend-
ing downwardly within the flue through the fuel grate to
form an annular firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 29, Annular
firebox, for miscellaneous boilers with an annular fire tube;
127, Fire tube, Vertical, Water firebox, Annular, for vertical
fire tube boilers with an annular water firebox.
185. FLUE, VERTICAL, STAND-PIPE, WATER-TUBE,
LOOP. Vertical flue boilers having a vertical stand pipe,
with looped water tubes located within the flue.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 215, Sec-
tional, Horizontal sections, Superimposed, Central connec-
tion, and the subclasses thereunder, for similar art in sectional
boilers; 244, Water tube, Coil or Loop, Central stand pipe,
and the subclasses thereunder, and 2S1, Water tube, Loop,
Over firebox, Stand pipe, for structure of stand pipe and water
tubes.
186. FLUE, VERTICAL, STAND-PIPE, WATER-TUBE
SPUR. Vertical flue boilers having a stand pipe provided
with spur water tubes located within the flue.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 184, Flue
Vertical, Stand pipe, Water tube, Annular firebox, for similar
structure; 215, Sectional, Horizontal sections, Superimposed,
Central connection, and the subclasses thereunder for similar
art in sectional boilers; subclass 307, Water tube, Spur, Cen-
tral stand pipe, and the subclasses thereunder, for spur water
tube stand pipe structure.
187. FLUE, VERTICAL, TRANSVERSE FIRE-TUBE. Ver-
tical flue boilers having fire tubes extending transversely
through the annular water chamber formed by the inner and
outer walls of the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 111, Fire
tube, Transverse, Vertical boiler, for vertical boilers with
transverse fire tubes extending through the whole boiler.
188. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, DROP WATER-BAFFLE.
Horizontal cylindrical boilers provided with a depending
water-cooled baffle for the products of combustion, formed I
either of plates spaced apart, water tubes, or the combina-
tion of either of these with firebrick or some solid material
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 61, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Drop water baffle, for drop
baffles in the water firebox.
189. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, OFFSET SUBJACENT
FIREBOX, WATER-ROOF. Horizontal cylindrical boil-
ers having an offset subjacent firebox provided with a water-
cooled roof. The firebox in addition to the water roof may
also have one or moreof its walls water-cooled, thereby forming
an offset subjacent water firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 93, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water firebox, Offset, and 94, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Water firebox, Offset, Water tube type, for offset
water fireboxes for a horizontal fire tube boiler; 190, Horizontal
cylinder, Offset subjacent firebox, Water tube, for offset water
tube fireboxes; 209, Sectional, and 213, Sectional, Plural fire-
box; 238, Water tube, Offset firebox; 336, Water tube, Vertical,
Offset firebox, and 352, Water tube, Vertical, Plural upper
transverse dram, Plural lower transverse dram, Offset firebox,
for water tube boilers with offset fireboxes.
190. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, OFFSET SUBJACENT
FIREBOX, WATER-TUBE. Horizontal cylindrical boil-
ers haying an offset subjacent firebox having water tubes sur-
rounding the fuel space.
CLASS 122 Continued.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 194, Hori-
zontal cylinder, Water firebox, Water tube type.
191. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, SUBJACENT FIRE-TUBE
BEYOND BRIDGE-WALL. Horizontal cylindrical boil-
ers haying a subsidiary fire tube section of the boiler beyond
the bridge wall. The fire tubes may be either vertical or hori-
zontal, and if horizontal may extend either longitudinally or
transversely of the boiler.
Search Class
V 122 LiQuro HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 56, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Depending fire tube, Rear of bridge wall.
81, Fire tube, Horizontal, Subjacent transverse fire tube; 85,
Fire tube, Horizontal, Two diameters, Small diameter over
i firebox, and 86, Fire tube, Horizontal, Two diameters, Small
diameter over firebox, Water firebox, for closely allied struc-
ture.
,192. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, WATER BRIDGE-WALL
~ Horizontal cylindrical boilers having a water-cooled bridge
wall.
193. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, WATER-FIREBOX. Hori-
zontal cylindrical boilers having a firebox located beneath one
end of the boiler and having one or more water walls forming
the sides of the firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 58, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, and the subclasses
thereunder, and 90, Fire tube, Horizontal, Water firebox, and
the subclasses thereunder, for horizontal fire tube boilers with
various types of water fireboxes; 139, Flue, Horizontal, Drop
water firebox; 141, Flue, Horizontal, Internal water tube,
Longitudinal, Drop water firebox, and 146, Flue, Horizontal,
Internal water tube, Transverse, Drop water firebox, for hori-
zontal flue boilers with water fireboxes; 188, Horizontal cylin-
der. Drop water baffle, for drop water baffles; 189, Horizontal
cylinder, Offset subjacent firebox, Water roof.
194. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, WATER-FIREBOX, WA-
TER-TUBE TYPE. Horizontal cylindrical boilers having
a series of water tubes either embedded in the walls of the fire-
box or located just inside the walls surrounding the fuel space.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 190, Horizon-
tal cylinder, Offset subjacent firebox, Water tube.
195. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, WATER-TUBE. Hori-
zontal cylindrical boilers having some form of water tubes,
water chambers, or drams in communication therewith. The
cylindrical boiler may or may not be provided with fire tubes
or flues.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 45, Fire
tube, Fluid fuel; 47, Fire tube, Flue, Horizontal; 48, Fire tube.
Flue, Vertical; 49, Fire tube, Horizontal and Vertical; 50,
Fire tube, Horizontal or inclined, Water firebox, Flue, and
51, Fire tube, Horizontal, and the subclasses thereunder, for
various types of horizontal fire tube boilers provided with
water tubes, water walls, drams, or chambers when the fire
tubes are an essential feature in the combination; 136, Flue,
Horizontal, and the subclasses thereunder, for horizontal
cylindrical boilers having large flues therein and provided
with water tubes, water walls, drams, or water heating cham-
bers.
196. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, WATER-TUBE, FEED
HEATER, CHECK VALVED. Horizontal cylindrical
boilers having water tubes in communication therewith lo-
cated within the combustion chambers, through which the
boiler water circulates and is heated, with check valves so
arranged that the feed water when introduced flows through
the tubes and is heated therein and is not permitted to enter
the boiler directly.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 69, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water tube, Feed heater,
Check valved, for a similar arrangement of valves.
197. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, WATER-TUBE, LATERAL
LONGITUDINAL. Horizontal cylindrical boilers having
water tubes located in the combustio'n chamber and extending
longitudinally on the sides thereof.
198. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, WATER-TUBE, LATERAL
VERTICAL. Horizontal cylindrical boilers having water
tubes withinl the combustion chamber, arranged vertically
on the sides thereof.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 51, Tire
tube, Horizontal; 53, Fire tube, Horizontal, Plural, Water
tube; 138, Flue, Horizontal, Plural, Water tube; 153, Flue,
Horizontal, Water tube, and 199, Horizontal cylinder, Water
tube, Lateral vertical, Firebox, for analogous art.
199. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, WATER-TUBE LATERAL
VERTICAL, FIREBOX. Horizontal cylindrical boilers
having vertical water tubes on each side of the firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 68, Fire
tube. Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water tube, and 94,
Fire tube, Horizontal, Water firebox, Offset, Water tube type,
for analogous art.
200. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, WATER-TUBE, OVER
FUEL GRATE. Horizontal cylindrical boilers with water
tubes over the fuel grate.
260
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
201. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, WATER-TUBE, SUBJA-
CENT INTERNAL FIRE-TUBE. Horizontal cylindrical
boilers having water tubes provided with internal fire tubes
located in the combustion chamber beneath the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 267, Water
tube, Internal fire tube. Horizontal, and analogous subclasses,
for internal fire tubes within the water tubes.
202. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, WATER-TUBE, TRAPPED
CIRCUIT. Horizontal cylindrical boilers having a water
tube heating circuit provided with some form of sediment
trap in the circuit.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 91, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water firebox, Firebox water heater, Trap-
ped circuit; 398, Cleaning, Trapped circuit, Feeding water,
and 404, Cleaning, Trapped circuit, Surface exit, Steam in-
jector, for analogous art.
203. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, WATER-TUBE, WATER-
GRATE, DOWNDRAFT. Horizontal cylindrical boilers
having a downdraft water grate located beneath the boiler.
204. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, WATER-TUBE, WATER-
GRATE, INTERMEDIATE DRAFT. Horizontal cylin-
drical boilers provided with a plurality of fireboxes having
fuel grates, at least one of which is a water-cooled grate, so
arranged that the products of combustion from the fireboxes
meet each other.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 67, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water grate, Inter-
mediate draft, and 287, Water tube, Over bridge wall, Water
grate, Intermediate draft.
205. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, WATER-TUBE, WATER-
GRATE, MULTIPLE SERIES. Horizontal cylindrical
boilers having water tubes in the combustion chambers and a
plurality of fire grates, one or more of which are of the water
tube type and so arranged that the products of combustion
from one grate pass over or through the other grate.
206. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, WATER-TUBE, WATER-
GRATE, SOLID AND WATER BAR. Horizontal cylin-
drical boilers having water tubes in the combustion chamber
and a fuel grate consisting of solid bars and water-cooled bars
combined.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 375, Water
grate, Grate structure, Solid and water bar, and 377, Water
grate, Water firebox, Solid and water bar, Updraft, for grate
structure.
207. HORIZONTAL CYLINDER, WATER-TUBE, WATER-
GRATE, UPDRAFT. Horizontal cylindrical boilers having
an updraft water grate located beneath the boiler.
208. PLATE, ZIGZAG CONDUIT, FLUID FUEL. Boilers con-
sisting of flat plates provided with zigzag passages heated by
fluid fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 356, Water
tube, Zigzag, Fluid fuel, for zigzag water tube boilers heated
by fluid fuel.
209. SECTIONAL. Boilers made of separate parts, not otherwise
classifiable.
Note. Boilers included in the sectional subclasses are generally
formed of cast metal sections. Sectional water tube boilers
are classified in the water tube subclasses or in fire tube or
flue subclasses having combinations of fire tubes or flues with
water tubes.
210. SECTIONAL, FLUID FUEL. Sectional boilers heated by
fluid fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 23, Fluid
fuel, for miscellaneous boilers heated by fluid fuel; 211, Sec-
tional, Fluid or solid fuel, for sectional boilers heated by
either solid or fluid fuel.
211. SECTIONAL, FLUID OR SOLID FUEL. Sectional boilers
heated by either solid or fluid fuel or both combined.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 22, Fluid
and solid fuel, for miscellaneous boilers heated by both solid
and fluid fuel.
212. SECTIONAL, MAGAZINE. Sectional boilers having a fuel
magazine.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 30, Maga-
zine, for miscellaneous magazine boilers (see the notes there-
under for subclasses of boilers with magazines).
213. SECTIONAL, PLURAL FIREBOX. Sectional boilers hav-
ing a plurality of fireboxes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 232, Sec-
tional, Water grate, for sectional boilers having a water grate
above the main grate for supporting waste material.
214. SECTIONAL, HORIZONTAL SECTIONS, SUPERIM-
POSED. Sectional boilers whose sections are superimposed
and lie substantially hi a horizontal plane.
215. SECTIONAL, HORIZONTAL SECTIONS, SUPERIM-
POSED, CENTRAL CONNECTION. Sectional boilers
having sections horizontally disposed, the sections being in
communication with one another at their centers.
CLASS 122 Continued.
216. SECTIONAL, HORIZONTAL SECTIONS, SUPERIM-
POSED, CENRTAL CONNECTION, FLUID FUEL.
Sectional boilers having superimposed horizontally disposed
sections with a central communication between them and
htated by fluid fuel.
217. SECTIONAL, HORIZONTAL SECTIONS, SUPERIM-
POSED, CENTRAL CONNECTION, WATER-FIRE-
BOX. Boilers having superimposed horizontal centrally con-
nected sections with a water firebox.
218. SECTIONAL. HORIZONTAL SECTIONS, SUPERIM-
POSED, WATER-FIREBOX, Sectional boilers having
horizontal superimposed sections with a water firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 217, Sec-
tional, Horizontal sections, Superimposed, Central connec-
tion, Water firebox, for horizontal sections centrally connected
with a water firebox.
219. SECTIONAL, HORIZONTAL SECTIONS, SUPERIM-
POSED, WATER-FIREBOX, CENTRAL MAGAZINE.
Sectional boilers having horizontally superimposed sections
with a water firebox and a central fuel magazine.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 212, Sec-
tional. Magazine, for miscellaneous sectional boilers with fuel
magazines.
220. SECTIONAL, HORIZONTAL SECTIONS, SUPERIM-
POSED, WATER-TUBE, INTERNAL FIRE -TUBE,
WATER-FIREBOX. Sectional boilers having horizontal
superimposed sections having water tubes provided with inter-
nal fire tubes, with a water firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 266, Water
tube, Internal fire tube, and the subclasses thereunder, for
water tube boilers having internal fire tubes.
221. SECTIONAL, VERTICAL SECTIONS, ANNULARLY
POSITED. Sectional boilers having vertically disposed sec-
tions around the combustion chamber.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 222, Sec-
tional, Vertical sections, Annularly posited, Central maga-
zine, for the same arrangement of sections with a centrally
disposed fuel magazine.
222. SECTIONAL, VERTICAL SECTIONS, ANNULARLY
POSITED, CENTRAL MAGAZINE. Sectional boilers hav-
ing vertically disposed sections around the combustion cham-
ber, with a centrally disposed fuel magazine.
223. SECTIONAL, VERTICAL SECTIONS, LONGITUDI-
NALLY POSITED. Sectional boilers having vertical sec-
tions extending longitudinally of the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 224, Sec-
tional, Vertical sections, Longitudinally posited, Casing, for
similar art with an inclosing casing.
224. SECTIONAL, VERTICAL SECTIONS, LONGITUDI-
NALLY POSITED, CASING. Sectional boilers, having
vertical sections longitudinally placed in the boiler structure
and having an inclosing casing spaced apart from the sections
to allow passage for the products of combustion around the
sections.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 223, Sec-
tional, Vertical sections, Longitudinally posited, for similar
structure without an inclosing casing.
225. SECTIONAL, VERTICAL SECTIONS, TRANSVERSELY
POSITED. Sectional boilers having sections vertically
placed transversely of the boiler. A plane cutting the section
and lying therein would be vertical and at right angles to the
general course of the products of combustion.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 226, Sec-
tional, Vertical sections, Transversely posited, Casing, and
227, Sectional, Vertical sections, Transversely posited. Casing,
Divided section, for special features of this type of boiler hav-
ing an inclosing casing; 229, Sectional, Vertical sections, Trans-
versely posited, Water grate, for boilers of this type with water
grates.
226. SECTIONAL, VERTICAL SECTIO.NS, TRANSVERSELY
POSITED, CASING. Sectional boilers having vertical sec-
tions made in two parts arranged transversely of the boiler,
with an inclosing casing, so that the products of combustion
come into contact with the outer edges of the sections.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 227, Sec-
tional, Vertical sections, Transversely posited, Casing, Divided
section, for the same general structure with a casing where the
sections are made in two parts; 345, Water tube, Vertical,
Beyond bridge wall, for similar art in water tube boilers.
227. SECTIONAL, VERTICAL SECTIONS, TRANSVERSELY
POSITED, CASING, DIVIDED SECTION. Sectional
boilers having two-part vertical sections transversely arranged,
with a casing around the sections and spaced therefrom.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 226, Sec-
tional, Vertical sections, Transversely posited, Casing, for
similar structure when the sections are made in one part.
DEFINITIONS OP CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
261
CLASS 122 Continued.
228. SECTIONAL, VERTICAL SECTIONS, TRANSVERSELY
POSITED, DIVIDED SECTION. Vertical sectional boilers
whose sections are made in two parts and posited transversely
of the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 227, Sec-
tional, Vertical sections, Transversely posited, Casing, Divided
section, for boilers of this type having an inclosing casing.
229. SECTIONAL, VERTICAL SECTIONS, TRANSVERSELY
POSITED, WATER-GRATE. Sectional boilers having
vertical sections arranged transversely of the boiler and pro-
vided with a water grate.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 232, Sec-
tional, Water grate, for miscellaneous sectional boilers with
water grates.
230. SECTIONAL, VERTICAL SECTIONS, TWO-SECTION.
Sectional boilers consisting of only two vertical sections.
231. SECTIONAL, ACCESSORIES. Specific parts of sectional
boilers, such as joints, fireboxes, ashpits, etc.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 360, Water
tube, Headers, Closures and couplings, 511, Tubes and con-
nections, and the search notes thereunder, and 137. WATER
DISTRIBUTION, generally, for packing and gaskets.
121 STEAM ENGINES, subclass 110, Packing, Steam-joint.
232. SECTIONAL, WATER-GRATE. Miscellaneous sectional
boilers having a water grate.
Search class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 229, Sec-
tional, Vertical sections, Transversely posited, Water grate,
for sectional boilers having a water grate; 371, Water grate, for
miscellaneous boilers with water grates, and see the list of sub-
classes thereunder of boilers with water grates.
233. TANK, HORIZONTAL. Boilers consisting of a horizontally
disposed closed chamber.
Note. This subclass includes the combination of such a closed
chamber with the furnace walls. Patents claiming a closed
tank or receptacle, whether used as a boiler or for other pur-
poses, are classified in class 220, METALLIC SHIPPING AND
STORING VESSELS, subclass 125, Tanks.
234. TANK, VERTICAL. Boilers consisting of a closed chamber
vertically disposed, in combination with means for heating it.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 13, Stand
boiler, and the subclasses thereunder, for stand boilers having
heating furnaces or burners; 126, Stoves and Furnaces, sub-
class 361, Water heaters, Stand boilers, for stand boiler tank
structures.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 125,
Tanks, for tank structure.
235. WATER-TUBE. Miscellaneous boilers whose heating surface
consists substantially of tubes, through which the water cir-
culates or passes while being heated.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 11, Rotary,
for rotary water tube boilers; 42, Fire and water tube; 476,
Steam treatment, Water tube boiler, Superheater, and 477,
Steam treatment Water tube boiler, Superheater and feed-
heater, for combined fire and water tube boilers of a miscel-
laneous character; the various subclasses under fire tube or
flue boilers and horizontal cylindrical boilers provided with
water tubes for those types of boilers, and especially 68, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water tube, 69, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water tube, Feed
heater, Check valved; 113, Fire tube, Transverse, Water tube,
140, Flue, Horizontal, Internal water tube, 153, Flue, Hori-
zontal, Water tube, 166, Flue, Vertical, Internal water tube,
and the subclasses thereunder, and 195, Horizontal cylinder,
Water tube; 459, Steam treatment, for water tube boilers with
superheaters.
110 FURNACES, subclass 98, Furnace structure, Baffles and
heat retainers, Water tube boilers.
236. WATER-TUBE, FLUID FUEL. Miscellaneous water tube
boilers heated by fluid fuel.
Note. The following is a complete list of water tube boilers
heated by fluid fuel. It does not contain the combination
of water tube and fire tube or flue types of boilers heated by
fluid fuel:
Flasher
Water-tube
41.
Fluid fuel.
Spur
Water-tube
Central stand pipe
Capillary
308.
Fluid fuel,
243.
Fluid fuel,
Vertical
Coil or loop
319.
Fluid fuel,
Central stand pipe
Stand pipe
245.
Fluid fuel,
322.
Fluid fuel,
Coil-
Straddle-
Horizontal
Single upper drum
248.
Fluid fuel,
Plural lower
Vertical
drum
250.
Fluid fuel,
328.
Fluid fuel,
Longitudinal upper
Vertical
drum
333.
Fluid fuel,
274.
Fluid fuel,
Internal fire tube
Loop
348.
Fluid fuel,
Over firebox
Vertical
356.
Zigzag-
Fluid fuel.
283.
Fluid fuel,
CLASS 122 Continued.
237. WATER-TUBE, MAGAZINE. Water tube boilers pro-
vided with fuel magazines, not otherwise classifiable.
Note. The following is a full list of water tube boilers with a
fuel magazine:
Water-tube
Coil-
Vertical
251. Central magazine,
Internal fire tube
Vertical
272. Central magazine.
Spur-
Central stand pipe
310. Central magazine,
Vertical
320. Central magazine,
Water-tube
Vertical
334. Side magazine,
Annular lower
drum
Annular upper
drum
339. Central magazine,
Upper drum
344. Central magazine.
238. WATER-TUBE, OFFSET FIREBOX. Water tube boilers
having a firebox offset from the main part of the boiler struc-
ture that do not fall within the definitions of the other sub-
classes of water tube boilers having an offset firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 93, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water firebox, Offset, 94, Fire tube, Hori-
zontal, Water firebox, Offset, Water tube type, 120, Fire tube,
Vertical, Offset firebox, 175, Flue. Vertical, Internal water
tube, Offset water firebox, 189, Horizontal cylinder, Offset
subjacent firebox, Water roof, 190, Horizontal cylinder, Offset
subjacent firebox. Water tube, 209, Sectional, and 213, Sec-
tional, Plural firebox, for other types of boilers provided with
offset fireboxes; 336, Water tube, Vertical, Offset firebox; 337,
Water tube, Vertical, Offset firebox, Elevated, and 352, Water
tube, Vertical, Plural upper transverse drum, Plural lower
transverse dram, Offset firebox, for other types of water tube
boilers with offset fireboxes.
239. WATER-TUBE, SUPERIMPOSED FIREBOX. Water
tube boilers haying a plurality of superimposed fireboxes.
Note. The following is a list of subclasses containing boilers
with fireboxes or fluid fuel burners superimposed one above
the other:
Plants-
Horizontal cylinder
2.
Garbage.
Water-tube
Fluid-fuel
Water grate-
25.
Plural burner
Superimposed.
205.
Multiple series.
Sectional-
Fire-tube
Horizontal sections
Horizontal
Drop water firebox
214.
Superimposed.
Water-tube
W ater grate
240.
Plural firebox.
07.
Intermediate
Water-grate
draft.
Plural firebox
Horizontal cylinder
Water tube
Superimposed
Water grate-
Water grate
372.
Up draft.
>04.
Intermediate draft.
240. WATER-TUBE, PLURAL FIREBOX. Water tube boilers
having a plurality of fireboxes not otherwise provided for.
Note. The following is a list of subclasses where water tube
boilers of various types with plural fireboxes may be found:
Water-tube
Over bridge wall
Water grate
287. Intermediate draft,
Rearwardly declined
Over bridge wall
Front and rear
header
Horizontal longi-
tudinal drum
294. Water wall,
Water-tube
Separate banks
304. Opposite fireboxes,
Straddle-
Single upper drum
Plural lower
drum
330. Plural firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 23, Fluid
fuel, for other types of fluid-fuel burners; 25, Fluid fuel, Plural
burner, Superimposed, for boilers heated by a plurality of
superimposed fluid-fuel burners; 53, Fire tube, Horizontal.
Plural, Water tube, 138, Flue. Horizontal, Plural, Water tube,
204, Horizontal cylinder, Water tube, Water grate, Inter-
mediate draft, arid 205, Horizontal cylinder, Water tube,
Water grate, Multiple series, for other types of boilers having
water tubes and a plurality of fireboxes.
241. WATER-TUBE, FIREBOX IN DRUM. Water tube boilers
having a drum, within which the firebox is located.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 50, Fire
tube, Horizontal or inclined. Water firebox, Flue; 80, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Subjacent flue, for analogous art.
242. WATER-TUBE, CAPILLARY. Boilers provided with wator
tubes whose passages have an extremely small cross-sectional
area as compared with the length of the tubes.
Search Class
122-^LiQUio HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 39, Film, for
boilers whose water is heated by passing over the heating sur-
face in a thin film; 40, Flasher; 41, Flasher, Fluid fuel, and 502,
Fluid displacer, Fluid fuel; 260, Water tube, Flat, for flat tube
boilers; 501 , Fluid displacer, for water tubes containing a dis-
placing element, that renders the tube similar in action to a
capillary tube.
262
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
243. WATER -TUBE, CAPILLARY, FLUID FUEL. Water
tube boilers having capillary tubes and heated by fluid fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 41, Flasher,
Fluid fuel, and 39, Film, for analogous art; 200, Water tube,
Flat, for flat tubes; 348, Water tube, Vertical, Internal fire
tube, Fluid fuel, for vertical water tube boilers having
internal fire tubes; 502, Fluid displacer, Fluid fuel, for dis-
placing elements within the tube.
244. WATER-TUBE, COIL OR LOOP, CENTRAL STAND-
PIPE. Water tube boilers consisting of a vertical stand pipe,
around which extends coils or loops of tubes in either direct
or indirect communication with the stand pipe.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 132, Fire
tube, Vertical, Water tube. Radial loop, for vertical fire tube
boilers provided with radial loops; 133 Fire tube, Vertical,
Water tube, Spur, for vertical fire tube boilers provided with
radial spurs; 109, Flue. Vertical, Internal water tube, Coil, and
170, Flue, Vertical, Internal water tube, Coil, Header, for
similar structure located within a vertical flue; 185. Flue.
Vertical, Stand pipe, Water tube, Loop, for vertical stand
pipes provided with radial loops located in a vertical flue; 180,
Flue. Vertical Stand pipe, Water tube. Spur, for stand pipes
provided with radial spur tubes located within a vertical flue;
245. Water tube, Coil or loop, Central stand pipe, Fluid fuel,
and 246, Water tube Coil or loop, Central stand pipe, Annular
firebox for analogous art; 281, Water tube, Loop, Over firebox,
Stand pipe, for stand pipes provided with loops over a firebox;
307, Water tube, Spur, Central stand pipe, and the subclasses
thereunder, for central standpipes provided with spur tubes;
323, Water tube, Stand pipe, Annular firebox, for miscella-
neous water tube boilers with central stand pipes.
245. WATER-TUBE, COIL OR LOOP, CENTRAL STAND-
PIPE, FLUID FUEL. Water tube boilers consisting of a
central stand pipe surrounded by coiled or looped tubes in
either direct or indirect communication with the stand pipe
and heated by fluid fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 281, Water
tube, Loop, Over firebox, Stand pipe, and 283, Water tube,
Loop, Over firebox, Vertical, Fluid fuel, for analogues art; 308,
Water tube, Spur, Central stand pipe, Fluid fuel, for water
tube boilers provided with a central stand pipe having radial
spur tubes and heated by fluid fuel; 322, Water tube, Stand
pipe, Fluid fuel, for miscellaneous central stand pipe water
tube boilers heated by fluid fuel.
246. WATER-TUBE, COIL OR LOOP, CENTRAL STAND-
PIPE, ANNULAR FIREBOX. Water tube boilers con-
sisting of a central stand pipe extending below the grate and
forming an annular firebox and having coiled or looped water
tubes surrounding the stand pipe, in either direct or indirect
communication therewith.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 184, Flue.
Vertical, Stand pipe, Water tube, Annular firebox, for a stand
pipe, provided with water tubes located in a vertical flue boiler
and having an annular firebox; 309, Water tube, Spur, Central
stand pipe, Annular firebox, for water tube boilers provided
with a central stand pipe having spur tubes and an annular
firebox; 323, Water tube, Stand pipe ; Annular firebox, for
miscellaneous water tube boilers provided with a standpipe
and an annular firebox; 335, Water tube, Vertical, Annular
firebox, for miscellaneous water tube boilers with an annular
firebox.
247. WATER-TUBE, COIL. Water tube boilers provided with
coils of tubes not coming within the definitions of other sub-
classes covering water tube boilers of the coil type.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 109, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Coil, and 170, Flue, Vertical,
Internal water tube, Coil, Header, for Vertical coiled water
tubes located within a vertical flue; 244, Water tube, Coil or
loop, Central stand pipe, and the subclasses thereunder. 248,
Water tube, Coil, Horizontal, Fluid fuel, and 249, Water tube,
Coil, Vertical, and the subclasses thereunder, for various types
of coil tube boilers; 355, Water tube, Zigzag, and the subclasses
thereunder, for analogous water tube boilers incorrectly said
to be coil boilers.
248. WATER-TUBE, COIL, HORIZONTAL, FLUID FUEL.
Water tube boilers having one or more coils of tubes heated
by a fluid fuel burner, the axes of the coils being horizontal.
249. WATER -TUBE, COIL, VERTICAL. Water tube boilers
having one or more coils of tubes, the axes of the coils being
vertical.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 109, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Coil, and 170. Flue, Vertical,
Internal water tube, Coil, Header, for vertical flue boilers pro-
vided with internal water tube coils; 183, Flue, Vertical,
Spiral water conduit, Fluid fuel.
250. WATER -TUBE, COIL, VERTICAL, FLUID FUEL.
Water tube boilers provided with coiled tubes heated by fluid
fuel, the axes of the coils being vertical.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 109, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Coil; 170, Flue, Vertical, In-
ternal water tube. Coil, Header, and 183, Flue, Vertical, Spiral
water conduit, Fluid fuel, for vertical flue boilers having in-
ternal coils.
CLASS 122 Continued.
251. WATER -TUBE, COIL. VERTICAL, CENTRAL MAGA-
ZINE. Water tube boilers having coils of tubes with vertical
axes and a central fuel magazine.
252. WATER-TUBE COIL, VERTICAL, WATER-FIREBOX.
Water tube boilers having coils of tubes with vertical axes
and provided with a water firebox.
253. WATER-TUBE, CROSS. Water tube boilers whose tubes
are so arranged as to cross one another and includes cross tube
boilers that are not specially provided for by other subclass
definitions.
Note. There is a close analogy between the cross loop type and
the zigzag and the cross tube type of water tube boilers.
Note. The Following is a list of subclasses including different
types of boilers provided with cross water tubes:
Flue
Water-tube
Horizontal
Cross-
Internal water tube
Transverse
145.
Transverse
Header
146.
Drop water fire-
257. Drum,
box,
Loop
147.
Return fire tube,
Over firebox
Vertical-
278. Cross,
Internal water tube
Spur
170.
Transverse
311. Cross,
177.
Fluid fuel.
Straddle-
253.
Water-tube
Cross-
Plural upper drum
Plural lower
254.
over bridge wall,
drum
Over firebox
326. Cross,
Longitudinal
Single upper drum
Header
Plural lower
255.
Drum,
drum
Transverse
329. Cross.
Header
256.
Drum.
I Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 99, Fire
tube. Horizontal, Water firebox, Water tube, Straddle, and
355, Water tube, Zigzag, and the subclasses thereunder.
254. WATER-TUBE, CROSS, OVER BRIDGE WALL. Water
tube boilers provided with water tubes inclined in opposite
directions over the bridge wall.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 277, Water
tube, Loop, Over bridge wall; 357, Water tube, Zigzag. Over
bridge wall, Longitudinal drum, and 358, Water tube, Zigzag,
Over bridge wall, Transverse drum.
255. WATER-TUBE, CROSS, OVER FIREBOX, LONGITU-
x DINAL HEADER, DRUM. Water tube boilers having
banks of water tubes over the firebox, inclined in opposite
directions longitudinally of the boiler and crossing each other,
and each bank of tubes being in communication with headers
at each end, which headers are in turn in either direct or in-
direct communication with one or more drums.
Search Class
1 122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 278, Water
tube, Loop, Over firebox, Cross, for the crossed loop type of
water tube boiler.
256. WATER -TUBE, CROSS. OVER FIREBOX, TRANS-
VERSE, HEADER, DRUM. Water tube boilers provided
with banks of water tubes crossing each other, each bank of
tubes being in communication with headers at each end, which
in turn are in communication with a tlrum above the tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 278, Water
tube, Loop, Over firebox, Cross, for the crossed loop type of
boiler.
257. WATER - TUBE, CROSS, TRANSVERSE, HEADER,
DRUM. Water tube boilers having banks of water tubes
crossing each other transversely of the boiler, each tube being
in communication with headers at each end, which headers
are in either direct or indirect communication with a drum
located above the water tubes.
258. WATER - TUBE, DOWN FLOW. Water tube boilers
provided with means for causing a downward flow of water
in the tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 39, Film,
for analogously operating boilers; 209, Sectional, and 218,
Sectional, Horizontal sections, Superimposed, Water firebox,
for sectional boilers with a down flow of water through the
sections.
259. WATER - TUBE, DRUM TYPE. Boilers composed of
very large tubes or drums.
260. WATER-TUBE, FLAT. Water tube boilers having flat
tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 39, Film,
40, Flasher; 41, Flasher, Fluid fuel; 242, Water tube, Capillary,
and 243, Water tube, Capillary, Fluid fuel.
201. WATER - TUBE, FLAT. VOLUTE. Water tube boilers
haying flat tubes coiled about a central axis, each winding
being spaced apart.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 134, Fire
tube, Volute, for volute fire tube boilers.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
263
CLASS 122 Continued.
62 REFRIGERATION, the subclasses under Heat transferrers
and conservers, (30, 31, 32;) 126, STOVES AND FURNACES,
subclass 183, Heating drums, and the subclasses thereunder,
and 237, HEAT DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 18, Steam
radiators, for analogous structure.
262. WATER -TUBE, HORIZONTAL. Horizontal water tube
boilers that do not fall within the definitions of other sub-
classes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 102, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water tube, Horizontal ? Over bridge wall,
for horizontal fire tube boilers having horizontal water tubes
over the bridge wall; 197, Horizontal cylinder, Water tube,
Lateral longitudinal; 201, Horizontal cylinder, Water tube,
Subjacent internal fire tube, and the subclasses under Hori-
zontal cylinder, Water tube. Water grate, for horizontal cylin-
drical boilers provided with horizontal water tubes; 236, Water
tube, Fluid fuel, for horizontal water tube boilers heated by
fluid fuel, except the zigzag type noted in the other notes; 267.
Water tube, Internal fire tube, Horizontal, for horizontal
tubes provided with internal fire tubes; 279, Water tube.
Loop, Over firebox, Horizontal, for horizontally disposed
looped tubes; 285, Water tube, Over bridge wall. Transverse
water baflle; 286, Water tube, Over bridge wall, Water grate,
Downdraft; 2S7, Water tube, Over bridge wall, Water grate,
Intermediate draft; 289, Water tube, Over fireboipWater
grate, Updraft, and 354, Water tube, Water grate, Downdraft,
for horizontal water tube boilers with water grates; 316.
Water tube, Spur, Over firebox, Horizontal, for horizontal
spur tubes over the firebox; 353, Water tube, Water grate.
263. WATER-TUBE, HORIZONTAL, OVER BRIDGE-WALL.
Water tube boilers having horizontally disposed water tubes
over the bridge wall.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 102, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water tube, Horizontal, Over bridge wall,
for horizontal fire tube boilers having horizontal water tubes
over the bridge wall; also the subclasses noted under the
preceding subclass (262).
204. WATER-TUBE, HORIZONTAL OVER FIREBOX.
Water tube boilers having water tubes horizontally disposed
over the firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 236, Water
tube, Fluid fuel; 258, Water tube, Down flow, and 316, Water
tube, Spur, Over firebox, Horizontal, and especially the sub-
classes noted under subclass 262.
265. WATER-TUBE, INCLINED. Water tube boilers not other-
wise classifiable having water tubes inclined from a vertical
or a horizontal line.
Note. The following is a list of subclasses of water tube boilers
having inclined or declined tubes in which all patents that
fall within their definitions are classified, and only those mis-
cellaneous water tube boilers with inclined tubes are placed
in this subclass (265):
244, Water-tube, Coil or loop, Central stand pipe, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
253, Water-tube, Cross, and the subclasses thereunder.
266, Water-tube, Internal fire tube, and the subclasses there-
under.
275, Water-tube, Loop, and the subclasses thereunder.
305, Water-tube, Spur, and the subclasses thereunder.
324, Water-tube, Straddle, and the subclasses thereunder.
355, Water-tube, zigzag, and the subclasses thereunder, for
inclined zigzag water tubes.
Under Water-tube, Rearwardly declined, 290 to 302.
266. WATER-TUBE, INTERNAL FIRE-TUBE. Water-tube
boilers provided with water tubes within which there is a fire
tube forming an annular water space.
Note. The following is a complete list of all subclasses contain-
ing patents in which this type of water tube forms a part of
the boiler structure:
Flue-
Water-tube
Vertical
266.
Internal fire-tube
165. Internal water-heater,
267.
Horizontal,
Internal water-tube
268.
Inclined,
174. Internal fire-tube.
269.
Plural fire-tube,
Horizontal cylinder-
270.
Straddle,
Water tube
271.
Vertical
201. Subjacent internal fire-
272.
Central magazine,
tube.
348.
Fluid fuel.
Sectional-
Horizontal sections
Superimposed
Water-tube
Internal fire tube
220. Water fire-box.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 242, Water
tube, Capillary, and 243, Water tube, Capillary, Fluid fuel,
for capillary tubes constructed in this manner.
267. WATER-TUBE, INTERNAL FIRE-TUBE, HORIZON-
TAL. Water tube boilers whose water tubes are horizontally
disposed and provided with internal fire tubes.
268. WATER-TUBE, INTERNAL FIRE-TUBE, INCLINED.
Water-tube boilers provided with inclined water tubes having
fire tubes within the water tubes, and includes patents for
inclined water tube boilers provided with internal fire tubes
not covered by the definitions of subclasses 269 and 270.
CLASS 122 Continued.
269. WATER-TUBE, INTERNAL FIRE-TUBE, PLURAL
FIRE-TUBE. Water tube boilers whose water tubes have
a plurality of fire tubes within them.
270. WATER-TUBE, INTERNAL FIRE TUBE, STRADDLE.
Water-tube boilers consisting of banks of water tubes provided
with internal fire tubes inclined toward each other over the
combustion chamber or firebox. The tubes are generally pro-
vided with headers at top and bottom, and the headers may
be in communication with drums extending longitudinally of
the boiler.
271. WATER-TUBE, INTERNAL FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL.
Water-tube boilers of the internal fire tube type whose tubes
are in a substantially vertical position.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 348, Water
tube, Vertical, Internal fire tube, Fluid fuel, for that type of
boiler heated by fluid fuel.
272. WATER-TUBE, INTERNAL FIRE-TUBE, VERTICAL.
CENTRAL MAGAZINE. Water tube boilers consisting of
vertical water tubes provided with internal fire tubes and
having a centrally disposed fuel magazine.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 339, Water
tube, Vertical, Annular lower drum, Annular upper drum.
Central magazine, for vertical water tube boilers provided
with a centrally disposed fuel magazine when the water tubes
do not contain fire tubes.
273. WATER-TUBE, LONGITUDINAL UPPER DRUM.
Water tube boilers having an upper longitudinal drum with
miscellaneous types of water tubes communicating therewith
not provided for in the definitions of other water tube boiler
subclasses.
Note. The following is a list of water tube boiler subclasses con-
taining water tube boilers having a longitudinal upper drum:
Water-tube
Longitudinal upper
drum
274. Fluid fuel,
Rearwardly declined
Over bridge wall
Front and rear
header
291. Horizontal lon-
g i t u dinal
drum
292. Firebox tube,
293. Longi t u d i n al
water baffle,
294. Water wall,
Over firebox
Front and rear
header
298. Horizontal longi-
tudinal drum,
Water-tube
Spur
312. Horizontal longitudi-
nal drum,
Vertical
Beyond bridge wall
346. Gas return,
Longitudinal upper
drum
347. Longitudinal
lower drum
Plural upper longitu-
dinal drum
351. Plural lower longi-
tudinal drum,
Zigzag-
Over bridge wall
357. Longitudinal drum.
Note. When the horizontal drum is provided with fire tubes or
fire flues, the boiler is then classified in the subclasses of hori-
zontal fire tube or flue boilers.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, the subclasses under
looped tube, coiled tube, and straddle tube boilers, for those
types of water tube boilers.
274. WATER-TUBE, LONGITUDINAL UPPER DRUM.
FLUID FUEL. Water tube boilers having a longitudinal
upper drum provided with water tubes and heated by fluid
fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 250, Water
tube, Coil, Vertical. Fluid fuel, 283, Water tube, Loop, Over
firebox, Vertical, Fluid fuel, 328, Water tube, Straddle, Single
upper drum, Plural lower drum, Fluid fuel, 348, Water tube,
Vertical, Internal fire tube, Fluid fuel, and 356, Water tube,
Zigzag, Fluid fuel, for analogous art; 331, Water tube, Trans-
verse horizontal drum, for transverse horizontal drum boilers.
275. WATER-TUBE, LOOP. Miscellaneous water tube boilers
whose tubes are in the form of loops.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 132, Fire
tube, Vertical, Water tube, Radial loop, and 185,Flue,Vertical,
Stand pipe, Water tube, Loop, for other types of boilers pro-
vided with looped water tubes; 244, Water tube, Coil or loop,
Central stand pipe, and the subclasses thereunder, for boilers
of the water tube type having either looped or coiled tubes or
both combined; 3.55, Water tube, Zigzag, and the subclasses
thereunder, for analogous structures.
276. WATER-TUBE, LOOP, FIREBOX INCLOSING. Water
tube boilers having water tubes in the form of loops and a fire
box located within the loops.
277. WATER-TUBE, LOOP, OVER BRIDGE WALL. Water
tube boilers having water tubes in the form of loops extending
over the bridge wall.
278. WATER-TUBE, LOOP, OVER FIREBOX, CROSS.
Water tube boilers having looped water tubes crossing each
other over the firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 311, Water
tube, Spur, Cross, for crossed spur water tubes over the firebox;
355, Water tube, Zigzag, for crossed zigzag tubes.
264
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
279. WATER-TUBE, LOOP, OVER FIREBOX, HORIZON-
TAL. Water tube boilers having looped water tubes extend-
ing over the firebox, the axes of the loops being substantially
horizontal.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 316, Water
tube, Spur, Over firebox, Horizontal, for similar boilers whose
tubes are of the spur type.
280. WATER-TUBE, LOOP, OVER FIREBOX, REAR OF
BRIDGE WALL, BRIDGE WALL HEADER. Water
tube boilers having one or more headers vertically posited at
the bridge wall, provided with looped tubes extending over
and in rear of the firebox or only in the rear thereof.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 306, Water
tube, Spur, Bridge wall header, for similarly constructed
water tube boilers provided with spur tubes.
281. WATER-TUBE, LOOP, OyER FIREBOX, STAND
PIPE . Water tube boilers having a stand pipe provided with
looped tubes over the firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 132, Fire
tube, Vertical, Water tube, Radial loop, for vertical fire tube
boilers provided with looped water tubes; 185, Flue, Vertical,
Stand pipe, Water tube, Loop, for vertical flue boilers having
a looped tube stand pipe; 244, Water tube, Coil or loop, Cen-
tral stand pipe, and the subclasses thereunder; 308, Water
tube, Spur, Central stand pipe, Fluid fuel, and 309, Water
tube, Spur, Central stand pipe, Annular firebox, for spur tube
boilers naving a stand pipe, with tubes over the firebox.
282. WATER-TUBE, LOOP, OVER FIREBOX, VERTICAL.
Water tube boilers having looped tubes over the firebox, the
axis and plane of the loops being substantially vertical.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 318, Water
tube, Spur, Vertical; 359, Water tube, Zigzag, Over firebox.
283. WATER-TUBE, LOOP, OVER FIREBOX, VERTICAL,
FLUID FUEL. Water tube boilers having loops located
over a fluid fuel burner or firebox, the axis of the loops being
substantially vertical.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 319, Water
tube, Spur, Vertical, Fluid fuel, for similar boilers having spur
tubes; 356, Water tube, Zigzag, Fluid fuel.
284. WATER-TUBE, OVER BRIDGE-WALL, HEADERS AT
RIGJIT ANGLES. Water tube boilers having water tubes
extending over the bridge wall and in communication with
headers at each end, which are substantially at right angles
. to each other.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 288, Water
tube, Over firebox, Headers at right angles.
285. WATER-TUBE, OVER BRIDGE-WALL, TRANSVERSE
WATER-BAFFLE. Water tube boilers having banks of
water tubes substantially parallel extending over the bridge
wall and having a transverse water baffle for the products
of combustion.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 280, Water
tube, Loop, Over firebox, Rear of bridge wall, Bridge wall
header, and 300, Water tube, Spur, Bridge wall header, for
analogous art; 293, Water tube, Rearwardly declined, Over
bridge wall, Front and rear header, Horizontal longitudinal
drum, Longitudinal water baffle, for water tube boilers with
longitudinal water baffles between the tubes.
286. WATER-TUBE, OVER BRIDGE-WALL, WATER-
GRATE, DOWNDRAFT. Water tube boilers having water
tubes extending over the bridge wall and provided with a
downdraft water grate.
287. WATER-TUBE, OVER BRIDGE WALL, WATER-
GRATE, INTERMEDIATE DRAFT. Water tube boilers
having water tubes extending over the bridge wall and a
plurality of fireboxes, the products of combustion from one
firebox meeting those from the other firebox and the fuel grate
of at least one firebox being of the water grate type.
Note. The firebox with the water grate is generally located above
the other firebox and the draft is down through the water
grate.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 07, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water grate, Inter-
mediate draft, and 204, Horizontal cylinder, Water tube,
Water grate, Intermediate draft, for other types of boilers
having intermediate draft water grates.
288. WATER-TUBE, OVER FIREBOX, HEADERS AT
RIGHT ANGLES. Water tube boilers having water tubes
located over the firebox and communicating with headers at
each end at right angles with each other.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 284, Water
tube, Over bridge wall, Headers at right angles, for similar art.
289. WATER-TUBE, OVER FIREBOX, WATER-GRATE,
UPDRAFT. Water tube boilers having water tubes over
the firebox and with an updraft water grate.
CLASS 122 Continued.
290. WATER-TUBE, REARWARDLY DECLINED, OVER
BRIDGE-WALL, FRONT AND REAR HEADER.
Water tube boilers having banks of water tubes rearwardly
declined over the bridge wall and being in communication
with a front header or dram and a rear header or drum.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 297, Water
tube, Rearwardly declined, Over bridge wall, Front and rear
header, Transverse drum, for analogous structure; 265, Water
tube, Inclined; 331, Water tube, Transverse horizontal drum,
and 474, Steam treatment, Water tube boiler, Over bridge
wall, Superheater.
291. WATER-TUBE, REARWARDLY DECLINED, OVER
BRIDGE-WALL, FRONT AND REAR HEADER,
HORIZONTAL LONGITUDINAL DRUM. Water tube
boilers having banks of substantially parallel water tubes rear-
wardly declined over the bridge wall and in communication
with front and rear headers, which in turn are either in direct
or indirect communication with one or more horizontally and
longitudinally posited elevated drums.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 104, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water tube, Rearwardly declined, Over
bridge wall; 2C8, Water tube, Internal fire tube, Inclined: 295,
"\totcr tube, Rearwardly declined, Over bridge wall, Front
ana rear header, Internal water tube; 472, Steam treatment,
Water tube boiler, Declined over bridge wall, Front and rear
header, Longitudinal drum, Superheater, and 473, Steam
treatment, Water tube boiler, Longitudinal drum, Super-
heater, and 110, FURNACES, subclass 98, Furnace structure,
Baffles and heat retainers, Water tube boilers, for allied art.
292. WATER-TUBE, REARWARDLY DECLINED, OVER
BRIDGE-WALL, FRONT AND REAR HEADER,
HORIZONTAL LONGITUDINAL DRUM, FIREBOX
TUBE. Types of boilers defined in subclass 291 above and
having heating tubes extending over, through, or around the
firebox, forming distinct circulation and heating conduits from
the main banks of tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 407, Circula-
tion, Injector.
293. WATER-TUBE, REARWARDLY DECLINED, OVER
BRIDGE-WALL. FRONT AND REAR HEADER,
HORIZONTAL LONGITUDINAL DRUM, LONGITU-
DINAL WATER-BAFFLE. Types of boilers defined in
subclass 291 above and having water baffles extending longi-
tudinally of the water tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 285, Water
tube, Over bridge wall, Transverse water baffle.
294. WATER-TUBE, REARWARDLY DECLINED, OVER
BRIDGE-WALL, FRONT AND REAR HEADER,
HORIZONTAL LONGITUDINAL DRUM, WATER-
WALL. Boilers, such as those defined in subclass 291 above,
provided with water walls on two or more sides of the com-
bustion chamber, consisting of metal sheets spaced apart or
formed of water tubes. There may or may not be cross water
tubes extending through the combustion chamber.
295. WATER-TUBE, REARWARDLY DECLINED, OVER
BRIDGE-WALL. FRONT AND REAR HEADER, IN-
TERNAL WATER-TUBE. Water tube boilers provided
with banks of water tubes rearwardly declined over the bridge
wall and connected to front and rear headers, the tubes having
within them and spaced therefrom smaller tubes communi-
cating with separate compartments of the headers, and such
tubes not being of the spur tube or " Field " tube type. These
headers may _be in communication with longitudinally or
transversely disposed drums.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 305, Water
tube. Spur, and the subclasses thereunder, with the exception
of subclass 317, Water tube, Spur, Straddle; 474, Steam treat-
ment, Water tube boiler, Over bridge wall, Superheater.
296. WATER-TUBE, REARWARDLY DECLINED, OVER
BRIDGE-WALL, FRONT AND REAR HEADER,
LONGITUDINAL DECLINED DRUM. Water tube
boilers having banks of substantially parallel water tubes
rearwardly declined over the bridge wall and in communica-
tion with front and rear headers, which in turn are in either
direct or indirect communication with one or more drums
substantially parallel with the tubes and rearwardly declined
longitudinally of the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 471, Steam
treatment, Water tube boiler, Declined over bridge wall, Front
and rear header, Declined drum, Superheater.
297. WATER-TUBE, REARWARDLY DECLINED, OVER
BRIDGE-WALL, FRONT AND REAR HEADER,
TRANSVERSE DRUM. Water tube boilers having banks
of substantially parallel water tubes rearwardly declined over
the bridge wall and in communication with front and rear
headers, which are in turn in communication, either directly
or indirectly, with one or more transverse drums.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 277, Water
tube, Loop, Over bridge wall; 331, Water tube. Transverse
horizontal drum, and 478, Steam treatment, Water tube
boiler, Transverse drum, Superheater.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
265
CLASS 122 Continued.
298 WATER-TUBE, REARWARDLY DECLINED, OVER
FIREBOX, FRONT AND REAR HEADER, HORIZON-
TAL LONGITUDINAL DRUM. Water tube boilers having
banks of water tubes delcined rearwardly over the firebox,
in communication with front and rear headers, which are in
turn in communication, directly or indirectly, with one or
more horizontally and longitudinally posited drums above the
tubes.
299 WATER-TUBE, REARWARDLY DECLINED, OVER
FIREBOX, FRONT AND REAR HEADER, TRANS-
VERSE DRUM. Water tube boilers having banks of water
tubes substantially parallel, rearwardly declined over the
firebox, and in communication with front and rear headers,
which are in turn either directly or indirectly in communica-
tion with one or more transversely posited drums.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 265, Water
tube, Inclined.
300. WATER-TUBE, REARWARDLY DECLINED, OVER
FIREBOX, FRONT AND REAR HEADER, TUBES
BEYOND SIDE WALL. Water tube boilers consisting of
banks of water tubes rearwardly declined over the firebox and
in communication with front and rear headers, which may
also be in communication with some form of drums above the
tubes, and also having banks of tubes beyond side walls of the
main combustion chamber.
301 WATER-TUBE, REARWARDLY DECLINED, PLURAL
UPPER TRANSVERSE DRUM, PLURAL LOWER
TRANSVERSE DRUM. Water tube boilers consisting of
rearwardly declined banks of water tubes, in communication
with a plurality of horizontally and transversely disposed
drums, both at the top and at the bottom of the tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 352, Water
tube, Vertical, Plural upper transverse drum, Plural lower
transverse drum, Offset firebox, for analogous structures;
478, Steam treatment, Water tube boiler, Transverse drum,
Superheater.
302. WATER-TUBE, REARWARDLY DECLINED, PLURAL
UPPER TRANSVERSE DRUM, SINGLE LOWER
TRANSVERSE DRUM. Water tube boilers consisting of
banks of tubes rearwardly declined and communicating with
a plurality of upper transverse horizontal drums at the top
and with 'a single transverse horizontal drum at the bottom,
or the tubes may be in communication with a header at the
bottom, which is in turn in communication with the lower
drum.
303. WATER-TUBE, REARWARDLY INCLINED, OVER
FIREBOX, FRONT AND REAR HEADER, TRANS-
VERSE DRUM. Water tube boilers having banks of sub-
stantially parallel water tubes rearwardly inclined over the
firebox and in communication with front and rear headers,
which are in turn in either direct or indirect communication
with one or more transversely posited drums.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 265, Water
tube, Inclined.
304. WATER-TUBE, SEPARATE BANKS, OPPOSITE FIRE-
BOXES. Water tube boilers provided with separate banks
of water tubes over separate fireboxes disposed on opposite
sides of the unitary boiler structure.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 240, Water
tube, Plural firebox, for water tube boilers with a plurality of
fireboxes that do not come within the definition of this
subclass.
305. WATER-TUBE, SPUR. Water tube boilers not otherwise
classifiable having spur tubes projecting from a drum or
equivalent, communicating therewith at one end and having
the other end closed.
Note. The following is a list of subclasses disclosing boilers hav-
ing spur tubes which form some substantial part of the heating
surface:
Fire-tube
Vertical
Water tube- 311.
133. Spur. 312.
Flue-
Horizontal 313.
Internal water tube
143. Spur, 314.
Vertical 315.
Internal water tube 316.
173. Horizontal spur, 318.
Vertical aligned fire 319.
tube 320.
180. Spur water tube,
181. Vertical spur,
Stand pipe 342.
Water tube
186. Spur.
Water-tube
305. Spur
306. Bridge wall header,
307. Central stand pipe
308. Fluid fuel, 462.
309. Annular firebox,
310. Central magazine,
Water-tube
Spur
Cross,
Horizontal longitudi-
nal drum,
Over bridge wall,
Over firebox
Central header,
Declined,
Horizontal,
Vertical
Fluid fuel,
Central magazine,
Vertical
Annular lower drum
Spur -tube upper
drum.
Steam treatment
Fire tube boiler
Horizontal
Superheater
In fire tube
From smoke-
box.
CLASS 122 Continued.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 275, Water
tube, Loop, and the subclasses thereunder, for water tube
boilers of similar types having looped tubes.
306. WATER-TUBE, SPUR, BRIDGE-WALL HEADER.
Water tube boilers having a vertical header located at the
bridge wall, provided with spur tubes extending over the fire-
box and in rear thereof or extending in the rear of the firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 280, Water
tube, Loop, Over firebox, Rear of bridge wall. Bridge wall
header, for boilers of similar structure provided with looped
tubes.
307. WATER-TUBE, SPUR, CENTRAL STAND-PIPE. Water
tube boilers having a stand pipe provided with radial spur
tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 133, Fire
tube, Vertical, Water tube, Spur, for vertical fire tube boilers
provided with radial spur tubes; 143, Flue, Horizontal, Inter-
nal water tube, Spur, for horizontal flue boilers provided with
spur water tubes internally; 173, Flue, Vertical, Internal
water tube, Horizontal spur, for vertical flue boilers provided
with internal horizontal spur tubes; 180, Flue, Vertical, Inter-
nal water tube, Vertical aligned fire tube, Spur water tube,
for vertical flue boilers with vertically aligned fire tubes and
having spur water tubes; 181, Flue, Vertical, Internal water
tube. Vertical spur, for vertical flue boilers with vertical spurs;
244, Water tube, Coil or loop, Central stand pipe, and the sub-
classes thereunder, for stand pipes provided with coiled or
looped tubes; 281, Water tube, Loop, Over firebox, Stand
pipe, for stand pipe boilers of the water tube type provided
with radial looped tubes over the firebox; 342, Water tube,
Vertical, Annular lower drum, Spur tube upper drum, for
spur tube drums; 47"), Steam treatment, Water tube boiler,
Stand pipe, Spur tube, Superheater, for this type of boiler
with a superheater.
308. WATER-TUBE, SPUR, CENTRAL STAND-PIPE, FLUID
FUEL. Water tube boilers having a central stand pipe pro-
vided with spur tubes and heated by fluid fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 245, Water
tube, Coil or loop, Central stand pipe, Fluid fuel, for water
tube boilers having a central stand pipe provided with coiled
or looped tubes and heated by fluid fuel; 281, Water tube,
Loop, Over firebox, Stand pipe, for water tube boilers having
stand pipes provided with looped tubes; 322, Water tube,
Stand pipe, Fluid fuel, for miscellaneous water tube boilers
provided with stand pipes and heated by fluid fuel.
309. WATER-TUBE, SPUR, CENTRAL STAND-PIPE, AN-
NULAR FIREBOX. Water tube boilers having a central
stand pipe provided with spur tubes and extending below
the fire grate, forming an annular firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 186, Flue,
Vertical, Stand pipe, Water tube, Spur, for vertical flue boil-
ers with a spur tube stand pipe and an annular firebox; 246,
Water tube, Coil or loop, Central stand pipe, Annular firebox,
for boilers of the water tube type provided with a central
stand pipe having coils or loops and an annular firebox; 323,
Water tube, Stand pipe, Annular firebox, for miscellaneous
water tube boilers with a central stand pipe and an annular
firebox.
310. WATER-TUBE, SPUR, CENTRAL STAND-PIPE, CEN-
TRAL MAGAZINE. Water tube boilers having a central
stand pipe provided with spur tubes and having a fuel maga-
zine within the stand pipe.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 168, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Central magazine, for vertical
flue boilers with central magazines with internal water tubes.
311. WATER-TUBE, SPUR, CROSS. Water tube boilers hav-
ing spur tubes crossing each other not otherwise classifiable.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 278, Water
tube, Loop, Over firebox, Cross, for cross looped tubes.
312. WATER-TUBE, SPUR, HORIZONTAL LONGITUDI-
NAL DRUM. Boilers having a horizontal longitudinal
drum provided with spur water tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 195, Horizon-
tal cylinder, Water tube; 273, Water tube, Longitudinal upper
drum, and 274, Water tube, Longitudinal upper drum, Fluid
fuel; 317, Water tul>e, Spur, Straddle, for drums provided
with spur tubes that straddle the combustion chamber.
313. WATER-TUBE, SPUR, OVER BRIDGE-WALL. Water
tube boilers having spur water tubes extending over the
bridge wall.
314. WATER-TUBE, SPUR, OVER FIREBOX, CENTRAL
HEADER. Water tube boilers having a vertical header pro-
vided with spur water tubes on both sides, located over the
firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 319, Water
tube, Spur, Vertical, Fluid fuel, for analogous art.
266
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
315. WATER-TUBE, SPUR, OVER FIREBOX, DECLINED.
Water tube boilers having spur tubes declined over the firebox .
316. WATER-TUBE, SPUR, OVER FIREBOX, HORIZON-
TAL. Water tube boilers having spur water tubes horizon-
tally disposed over the firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 279, Water
tube, Loop, Over firebox, Horizontal, for horizontal loop tubes
over the firebox.
317. WATER-TUBE, SPUR, STRADDLE. Water tube boilers
having spur water tubes straddling the combustion chamber.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 99, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water firebox, Water tube, Straddle; 270,
Water tube, Internal fire tube, Straddle, for spur tubes having
internal fire tubes straddling the combustion chamber; 324,
Water tube, Straddle, and the subclasses thereunder, for other
types of water tube boilers of the straddle type.
318. WATER-TUBE, SPUR, VERTICAL. AVater tube boilers
having vertical spur tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 133, Fire
tube, Vertical, Water tube, Spur, for vertical fire tube boilers
with vertical spur tubes; 181, Flue, Vertical, Internal water
tube, Vertical spur; 282, Water tube, Loop, Over firebox,
Vertical; 271, Water tube, Internal fire tube, Vertical, and
348, Water tube, Vertical, Internal fire tube, Fluid fuel.
319. WATER-TUBE, SPUR, VERTICAL, FLUID FUEL
Water tube boilers having vertical spur water tubes heated
by fluid fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 179, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Vertical aligned fire tube. Fluid
fuel; 283, Water tube, Loop, Over firebox, Vertical, Fluid fuel;
333, Water tube, Vertical, Fluid fuel, and 348, Water tube,
Vertical, Internal fire tube, Fluid fuel, for other types of
vertical water tube boilers heated by fluid fuel.
320. WATER-TUBE, SPUR. VERTICAL, CENTRAL MAGA-
ZINE. Water tube boilers having vertical spur tubes and a
centrally disposed fuel magazine.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 168, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Central magazine, for vertical flue
boilers with internal spur tubes; 339, Water tube, Vertical,
Annular lower drum, Annular upper drum, Central magazine,
and 344, Water tube, Vertical, Annular lower drum, Upper
drum, Central magazine, for other types of water tube boilers
with vertical tubes and a central magazine.
321. WATER-TUBE, STAND-PIPE. Water tube boilers hav-
ing a vertical pipe relatively large in cross section and provided
with some form of water tubes and not otherwise provided for.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 13, Stand
boiler, and the subclasses thereunder, for range or kitchen
boilers, called in the art "stand boilers," which are provided
with a heater; 132, Fire tube, Vertical, Water tube, Radial
loop; 133, Fire tube, Vertical, Water tube, Spur; 184, Flue,
Vertical, Stand pipe, Water tube, Annular firebox; 185, Flue,
Vertical, Stand pipe, Water tube, Loop; 186, Flue, Vertical,
Stand pipe, Water tube, Spur; 215, Sectional, Horizontal
sections, Superimposed, Central connection, and the subclasses
thereunder, and 218, Sectional, Horizontal sections, Superim-
pos: ], Water firebox, for sectional stand pipe boilers; 244,
Water tube, Coil or loop, Central stand pipe, and the sub-
classes thereunder; 281, Water tube, Loop, Over firebox,
Stand pipe; 307, Water tube, Spur, Central stand pipe, and
the subclasses thereunder, and subclass 475, Steam treatment,
Water tube boiler, Stand pipe, Spur tube, Superheater, for
stand pipes provided with spur water tubes; 322, Water tube,
Stand pipe, Fluid fuel, for miscellaneous stand pipe water
tube boilers heated by fluid fuel; 323, Water tube, Stand pipe,
Annular firebox, for miscellaneous stand pipe water tube
boilers with an annular firebox.
322. WATER-TUBE, STAND-PIPE, FLUID FUEL. Miscel-
laneous water tube boilers with a stand pipe of different forms
or provided with some form of water tubes and heated by
fluid fuel not otherwise provided for.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 216, Sec-
tional, Horizontal sections, Superimposed, Central connec-
tion. Fluid fuel, for sectional stand pipe boilers heated by
fluid fuel; 245, Water tube, Coil or loop, Central stand pipe,
Fluid fuel, for coiled or looped tube boilers with a stand pipe
and heated by fluid fuel; 308, Water tube, Spur, Central stand
pipe, Fluid fuel, for stand pipes provided with spur water
tubes and heated by fluid fuel.
323. WATER-TUBE, STAND-PIPE, ANNULAR FIREBOX.
Miscellaneous water tube boilers not otherwise provided for
having a stand pipe provided with some form of water tubes,
the stand pipe extending downwardly below the fire grate,
forming an annular firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 184, Flue,
Vertical, Stand pipe, Water tube. Annular firebox; 246, Water
tube, Coil or loop, Central stand pipe, Annular firebox; 309,
Water tube, Spur, Central stand pipe, Annular firebox, and 475,
Steam treatment, Water tube boiler, Stand pipe, Spur tube,
Superheater, for stand pipes provided with spur tubes having
an annular firebox.
CLASS 122 Continued.
324. WATER-TUBE, STRADDLE. Water tube boilers having
water tubes that straddle the combustion chamber.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 99, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Water firebox, Water tube, Straddle; 270, Water
tube, Internal fire tube, Straddle, and 317, Water tube, Spur,
Straddle, for other types of straddle water tube boilers.
325. WATER-TUBE, STRADDLE, PLURAL UPPER DRUM,
PLURAL LOWER DRUM. Water tube boilers having
water tubes straddling the combustion chamber, the tubes
being either in communication with headers at top and bot-
tom, which are in turn in communication with separate upper
and lower drums, or in communication directly with separate
upper and lower drums.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 240, Water
tube, Plural firebox; 351, Water tube, Vertical, Plural upper
longitudinal drum, Plural lower longitudinal drum.
326. WATER-TUBE, STRADDLE, PLURAL UPPER DRUM,
PLURAL LOWER DRUM, CROSS. Boilers of the type
defined in subclass 325 above, but having the tubes crossed
over the combustion chamber.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 329, Water
tube, Straddle, Single upper dram, Plural lower drum, Cross.
327. WATER-TUBE, STRADDLE, SINGLE UPPER DRUM,
PLURAL LOWER DRUM. Water tube boilers having
water tubes straddling the combustion chamber and either in
direct communication with a single upper drum and with a
plurality of lower drums or in direct communication with
headers, which are in turn in communication with the drums.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 99, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water firebox, Water tube, Straddle; 329,
Water tube, Straddle, Single upper drum, Plural lower drum,
Cross, for boilers of this type having the tubes crossing each
other.
328. WATER-TUBE, STRADDLE, SINGLE UPPER DRUM,
PLURAL LOWER DRUM, FLUID FUEL. Types of
boilers defined in subclass 327 above and heated by fluid fuel.
329. WATER-TUBE, STRADDLE, SINGLE UPPER DRUM,
PLURAL LOWER DRUM, CROSS. Water tube boilers
having tubes that cross each other and straddle the combustion
chamber, communicating either directly with a single upper
drum and a plurality of lower drums or communicating
directly with headers, which in turn communicate with the
drums.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 326, Water
tube. Straddle, Plural upper drum, Plural lower drum. Cross;
327, Water tube, Straddle, Single upper dram, Plural lower
drum, and 328, Water tube. Straddle, Single upper drum,
Plural lower drum, Fluid fuel, for this type of boiler without
the cross tubes; 330, Water tube, Straddle, Single upper drum,
Plural lower drum, Plural firebox, for this type of boiler with
plural fireboxes.
330. WATER-TUBE, STRADDLE, SINGLE UPPER DRUM,
PLURAL LOWER DRUM, PLURAL FIREBOX. Water
tube boilers having two or more fireboxes and water tubes that
straddle the fireboxes, either in direct communication with a
single upper dram and a plurality of lower drams or directly
in communication with headers, that are in turn in communi-
cation with the drums.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 240, Water
tube, Plural firebox.
331. WATER-TUBE, TRANSVERSE HORIZONTAL DRUM.
Water-tube boilers having one or more transverse horizontal
drums provided with water tubes that are not otherwise pro-
vided for.
Note. The following subclasses include water tube boilers with
transverse horizontal drums:
Water- tube-
Water-tube
Cross
Rearwardly declined
Over firebox
Plural upper trans-
Longitudinal
verse drum
Header
302. Single lower trans-
255.
Drum,
verse drum,
Transverse
Rearwardly inclined
Header
Over firebox-
257.
Drum,
Front and rear
Loop-
header
277.
Over bridge-wall,
303. Transverse drum.
Rearwardly d e -
332. Vertical
clined
Over bridge wall
Beyond bridge wall
346. Gas return,
290.
Front and rear
Plural upper trans-
header
verse dram
297.
Transverse dram,
Plural lower trans-
Over firebox-
verse drum
Front and rear
352. Offset firebox,
header
Zigzag-
299.
Transverse drum,
Over bridge-wall
Plural upper trans-
358. Transverse drum.
verse arum-
301.
Plural lower trans-
verse drum,
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
267
CLASS 122 Continued.
332. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL. Water-tube boilers having
vertical tubes not otherwise classifiable.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 103, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water tube, Rear of fire tube, 171, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Contracted inlet; 198, Hori-
zontal cylinder, Water tube, Lateral vertical, and 199, Hori-
zontal cylinder, Water tube, Lateral vertical. Firebox; 247,
Water tube, Coil, and the subclasses thereunder; 266. Water
tube. Internal fire tube, and the subclasses thereunder; 275,
Water tube, Loop, and the subclasses thereunder; 281, Water
tube, Loop, Over firebox, Stand pipe, for vertical columns
provided with looped tubes extending over the firebox; 282,
Watertube, Loop, Over firebox, Vertical,and 318, Water tube,
Spur, Vertical; 305, Watertube, Spur,andthesubclasses there-
under, for spur tube boilers; 355, Water tube, Zigzag, and 359,
Water tube, Zigzag, Over firebox, for vertical columns sur-
rounding the combustion chamber, with zigzag water tubes
communicating with the columns.
333. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL FLUID FUEL. Water tube
boilers with vertical tubes heated by fluid fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 167, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Fluid fuel, and 174, Flue, Verti-
cal, Internal water tube, Internal fire tube; 250, Water tube,
Coil, Vertical, Fluid fuel; 283, Watertube, Loop, Over firebox.
Vertical, Fluid fuel; 319, Water tube, Spur, Vertical, Fluid
fuel; 348, Water tube, Vertical, Internal fire tube, Fluid fuel.
334. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, SIDE MAGAZINE. Water
tube boilers having vertical water tubes and a fuel magazine
at the side of the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 339, Water
tube, Vertical, Annular lower drum, Annular upper drum,
Central magazine, and 344, Water tube, Vertical, Annular
lower drum, Upper drum, Central magazine, for other types of
fuel magazines with vertical water tube boilers; 373, Water
grate, Cage, for analogous art.
335. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, ANNULAR FIREBOX.
Water tube boilers having vertical water, tubes and an annular
or surrounding firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 246, Water
tube, Coil or loop, Central stand pipe, Annular firebox, for
coiled or looped water tubes around a stand pipe having an
annular firebox; 309, Water tube, Spur, Central stand pipe,
Annular firebox.
336. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, OFFSET FIREBOX. Water
tube boilers having vertical water tubes and an offset firebox
exterior of the main boiler structure.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 175, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Offset water firebox, for other
types; 209, Sectional, for sectional boilers with offset fireboxes;
213, Sectional, Plural firebox, for sectional boilers with plural
fireboxes, one of which mav be offset; 221, Sectional, Vertical
sections, Annularly posited; subclass 238, Water tube, Offset
firebox; 352, Wate'r tube, Vertical, Plural upper transverse
drum, Plural lower transverse drum, Offset firebox.
337. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, OFFSET FIREBOX, ELE-
VATED. Water tube boilers having vertical water tubes
and an offset firebox at the top of the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 175, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Offset water firebox, for other
types; 209, Sectional, for sectional boilers with offset fireboxes;
213, Sectional, Plural firebox, for sectional boilers with plural
fireboxes, one of which may be offset; 221, Sectional, Vertical
sections, Annularly posited; 238, Water tube, Offset firebox;
352, Water tube, Vertical, Plural upper transverse drum,
Plural lower transverse drum, Offset firebox.
338. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, ANNULAR LOWER
DRUM, ANNULAR UPPER DRUM. Water tube boilers
having substantially vertical water tubes communicating with
the upper and the lower drums, which are of ring or equivalent
form.
339. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, ANNULAR LOWER
DRUM, ANNULAR UPPER DRUM, CENTRAL MAG-
AZINE. Boilers of the type defined in subclass 338 above
and having a centrally disposed fuel magazine.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 251, Water
tube, Coil, Vertical, Central magazine; 320, Water tube, Spur,
Vertical, Central magazine; 344, Water tube, Vertical, Annu-
lar lower drum, Upper drum, Central magazine, for boilers of
a similar type having a central magazine, but whose upper
drum is not annular in form.
340. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, ANNULAR LOWER
DRUM, ANNULAR UPPER DRUM, TUBES OVER
FIREBOX. Boilers of the type defined in subclass 338 above,
having water tubes within the space inclosed by the vertical
tubes over the firebox.
341. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, ANNULAR LOWER
DRUM, FIRE-TUBE UPPER DRUM. Water tube boilers
having vertical water tubes communicating with an annular
lower drum and communicating with an upper drum provided
with fire tubes.
CLASS 122 Continued.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 342, Water
tube, Vertical, Annular lower drum, Spur tube upper drum,
and 343, Water tube. Vertical, Annular lower drum, Upper
drum, for boilers of similar structure, but whose upper drum
is not provided with fire tubes.
342. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, ANNULAR LOWER
DRUM, SPUR-TUBE UPPER DRUM. Water tube boil-
ers having vertical water tubes communicating with an annu-
lar lower drum and an upper drum provided with spur water
tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 341, Water
tube, Vertical, Annular lower drum, Fire tube upper drum,
and 343, Water tube, Vertical, Annular lower drum, Upper
drum, for boilers of similar structure without the spur tubes
on the upper drum.
343. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, ANNULAR LOWER
DRUM, UPPER DRUM. Boilers having vertical water
tubes communicating with an annular lower drum and with
an upper drum that are not provided for elsewhere.
344. WATER - TUBE, VERTICAL, ANNULAR LOWER
DRUM, UPPER DRUM, CENTRAL MAGAZINE. Types
of boilers, defined in subclass 343 above, having a central maga-
zine.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 339, Water
tube, Vertical, Annular lower drum, Annular upper drum,
Central magazine.
345. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, BEYOND BRIDGE-WALL.
Water tube boilers having vertical water tubes beyond the
bridge wall and with or without vertical water tubes around
or over the firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 226, Sec-
tional, Vertical sections, Transversely posited, Casing, for
analogous art in sectional boilers^ 347, Water tube, Vertical,
Beyond bridge wall, Longitudinal upper drum, Longitudinal
lower drum, and 352, Water tube, Vertical,- Plural upper trans-
verse drum. Plural lower transverse drum, Offset firebox.
346. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, BEYOND BRIDGE-WALL,
GAS RETURN. Water tube boilers having vertical water
tubes beyond the bridge wall and above the firebox, with any
type of drums or headers communicating with the tubes and
so arranged that the products of combustion pass over the
bridge wall and upwardly through a separate passage to the
front of the boiler before they are discharged.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 350, Water
tube, Vertical, Over firebox, Gas return, for similar art where
there are boilers with vertical tubes wholly over the firebox
and having the products of combustion pass out at one end
of the firebox and return through the vertical tubes above the
firebox.
347. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, BEYOND BRIDGE-WALL,
LONGITUDINAL UPPER DRUM, LONGITUDINAL
LOWER DRUM. Water tube boilers having vertical water
tubes in the rear of the bridge wall and communicating with a
longitudinal upper and a longitudinal lower drum. There
may or may not be water tubes above the firebox, but the
products of combustion do not return.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 346, vv ater
tube, Vertical, Beyond bridge wall, Gas return, for vertical
water tube boilers having horizontal longitudinal upper and
lower drums where the products of combustion pass also rear-
wardly through the tubes; 444, Feed heaters, Water tube
boiler.
348 WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, INTERNAL FIRE-TUBE,
FLUID FUEL. Water tube boilers having vertical water
tubes provided with internal fire tubes and heated by fluid
fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 1*4, Flue,
Vertical, Internal water tube, Internal fire tube, for vertical
flue boilers having vertical water tubes provided with internal
fire tubes; 243, Water tube, Capillary, Fluid fuel; 271, Water
tube, Internal fire tube, Vertical, for vertical water tube boil-
ers provided with internal fire tubes and heated by solid fuel.
349. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, OVER FIREBOX. Water-
tube boilers having vertical water tubes communicating with
drums or headers and being located over the firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 282, Water
tube, Loop, Over firebox, Vertical; 318, Water tube, Spur,
Vertical; 333, Water tube, Vertical, Fluid fuel.
350 WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, OVER FIREBOX, GAS
RETURN. Water tube boilers having vertical water tubes
over the firebox, the products of combustion passing out of
the firebox at the rear and returning over the firebox be-
tween the water tubes.
Search Class __
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 346, Water
tube, Vertical, Beyond bridge wall, Gas return.
268
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
351. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, PLURAL UPPER LONGI-
TUDINAL DRUM, PLURAL LOWER LONGITUDI-
NAL DRUM. Water tube boilers having vertical water tubes
in communication with a plurality of horizontally and longi-
tudinally posited upper and lower drums forming a plurality
of fireboxes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 240, Water
tube, Plural firebox, for analogous art.
862. WATER-TUBE, VERTICAL, PLURAL UPPER TRANS-
VERSE DRUM, PLURAL LOWER TRANSVERSE
DRUM, OFFSET FIREBOX. Water tube boilers having
a plurality of upper transverse drums and a plurality of lower
transverse drums with vertical water tubes connecting the
upper and lower drums and with a firebox offset from the main
boiler structure.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 238, Water
tube, Offset firebox; 301, Water tube. Rearwardly declined,
Plural upper transverse drum, Plural lower transverse drum,
and 336, Water tube, Vertical, Offset firebox, for analogous art.
353. WATER-TUBE, WATER-GRATE. Water tube boilers with
water grates that are not otherwise provided for.
Note The following is a list of subclasses of water tube boilers
with water grates:
Water-tube
Over bridge wall
Water-grate
286. Downdraft,
287. Intermediate draft,
Over firebox
Water-grate
289. Updraft,
Water-grate
354. Downdraft.
354. WATER -TUBE, WATER -GRATE, DOWNDRAFT.
Water tube boilers, having downdraft water grates.
355. WATER-TUBE, ZIGZAG. Water-tube boilers having the
water tubes so arranged that the water passes back and forth
in a zigzag manner through the tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 247, Water
tube, Coil, and the subclasses thereunder; 258, Water tube,
Downflow, for zigzag tubes where the water flows downwardly
through the tubes; 275, Water tube, Loop, and the subclasses
thereunder, for looped tube boilers where the water flows
through one tube and back through another; 305, Water tube,
Spur, and the subclasses thereunder, for spur tube boilers pro-
vided with an internal tube or partition, so that the water will
flow out and back through the same tube.
356. WATER-TUBE, ZIGZAG, FLUID FUEL. Zigzag water-
tube boilers heated by fluid fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 208, Plate,
Zigzag conduit, Fluid fuel, for plate boilers with zigzag con-
duits; 250, Water tube, Coil, Vertical, Fluid fuel.
357. WATER-TUBE ZIGZAG, OVER BRIDGE-WALL, LON-
GITUDINAL DRUM. Zigzag water tube boilers having a
longitudinally posited drum above the tubes, which extend
in a zigzag manner over the bridge wall.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 273, Water
tube, Longitudinal upper drum, and see the subclasses noted
thereunder, for other types of water tube boilers having a
longitudinal drum.
358. WATER- TUBE, ZIGZAG, OVER BRIDGE-WALL
TRANSVERSE DRUM. Zigzag water tube boilers having
water tubes that extend over the bridge wall in a zigzag man-
ner and in communication with one or more transversely
posited drums.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 331, Water
tube, Transverse horizontal drum (see the subclasses noted
thereunder, for other types of water tube boilers having trans-
versely posited drums).
359. WATER -TUBE, ZIGZAG, OVER FIREBOX. Water
tube boilers of the zigzag type whose tubes are located over the
firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 249, Water
tube, Coil, Vertical; 258, Water tube, Down flow, for zigzag
boilers having tubes over the firebox when the flow of fluid is
yji a downward direction; 356, Water tube, Zigzag, Fluid fuel.
360. WATER -TUBE, HEADERS, CLOSURES AND COU-
PLINGS. The structure of headers for water tube boilers;
also includes the coupling connection between the headers and
water tubes and the closures for the hand holes in the headers
when the form of the header is involved in the claims.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 511, Tubes
and connections.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 98, Pipe couplings, Pipe
and plate, for couplings and unions between a tube and plate
of general application; and 100, Mains and pipes, Tubes, for
structure of boiler tubes per se.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass
124. Tank closures, for manholes and closures of general appli-
cation, whether applied to a boiler or boiler header, where the
structure of the boiler or header is not involved.
CLASS 122-Continued.
361. WATER -TUBE, HEADERS, CLOSURES AND COU-
PLINGS, CLEANING. The structure of the header, with
its connections, when formed for the purpose of cleaning the
header or boiler tubes, either inside or outside.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 379, Cleaning,
and its subsidiary subclasses, for the general apparatus for
cleaning boilers of the kind classified in class 122.
362. WATER -TUBE, HEADERS, CLOSURES AND COU-
PLINGS, CONCENTRIC TUBE. The structure of the
header and tube connections of specific application for a
water tube boiler when two tubes concentrically arranged are
coupled to a header.
Search Classes
62 REFRIGERATION; 127, SUGAR AND SALT, and 237, HEAT
DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS.
363. WATER -TUBE, HEADERS, CLOSURES AND COU-
PLINGS, DRUM. The structure of headers of the drum
type and tube connections therefor and closures for the drum
hand holes when the drum structure is involved.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 365, Water
tube, Drums and couplings, for general structure of drums for
water tube boilers; 393, Cleaning, Mud drum.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 124,
Tank closures, for closures of general application.
364. WATER -TUBE, HEADERS, CLOSURES AND COU-
PLINGS, TUBE CLOSURES. Headers and tubes provided
with valves for closing the flow of water through the tubes or
headers.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 507, Safety
devices, Self-closing valve, for automatically closed valves
classified in class 122.
136 STEAM ENGINE VALVES, subclass 11, Throttle, for auto-
matically closed valves of general application for closing a
conduit when it breaks.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 76, Mains and pipes,
Stoppers, for boiler tube closures of general application.
365. WATER -TUBE, DRUMS AND COUPLINGS. The
structure of drums and couplings and unions between the
drum and the header or the drum and the water tubes.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 192, Hori-
zontal cylinder, Water bridge wall, for drums; 363, Water
tube, Headers, Closures and couplings, Drum, for headers of
drum form; 393, Cleaning, Mud drum, for structure of mud
drums unless of general application; 434, Feed heaters, Loco-
motive tender, for special combinations of drums and feed
water heaters; 511, Tubes and connections, and 512, Tube
sheets, for couplings of specific form for boilers.
121 STEAM ENGINES, subclass 110, Packing, Steam joint, and
137, WATER DISTRIBUTION, generally, for packing and gaskets.
366. WICK. Boilers provided with an absorbent wick within the
fluid chamber for raising water from one part of the chamber
to another to increase the generation of vapor.
3C7. HEAT TRANSMITTER. Boilers with some special heat
transmitting structure not otherwise classifiable.
Note. Most of these devices include tubes or boiler walls provided
with flanges or heat conducting pins.
Search Class
237 HEAT DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 20, Steam radia-
tors, Heat diffusing elements, for heat transmitters.
368. WATER-FIREBOX. Boilers not otherwise classifiable
having water fireboxes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 44, Fire
tube and Water firebox subclasses thereunder; 135, Flue,
and Water firebox subclasses thereunder; 209, Sectional
and subclasses of Water firebox thereunder; 2, Plants, Gar-
bage, for garbage burning plants disclosing boilers with water
fireboxes; 8, Industrial, Water firebox, and 9, Industrial, Wat-
firebox, Water tube type, for industrial furnaces haying
water fireboxes; 15, Stand boiler, Solid fuel, for stand boilers
haying water fireboxes; 135, Flue, for most of the patents for
boilers with water fireboxes, but claiming or disclosing more
than a water firebox; 193, Horizontal cylinder, Water firebox,
and 194, Horizontal cylinder, Water firebox, Water tube type,
and the subclasses under Horizontal cylinder, Offset subjacent
firebox, for horizontal cylindrical boilers with water fireboxes;
and the water tube boiler subclasses for special combinations
of water fireboxes with water tube boilers, and especially sub-
classes 241 , Water tube, Firebox in drum, and 252, Water tube,
Coil, Vertical, Water firebox, for water fireboxes.
369. WATER-FIREBOX, MUD RING. The construction of the
lower part of a water firebox and mud ring or spacing member
forming the bottom of the water walls.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 385, Clean-
ing, Blow-off, Bottom, Internal conduit, Mud ring.
370. WATER-FIREBOX, PLURAL. Miscellaneous water fire-
box boilers having a plurality of water fireboxes not otherwise
provided for.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, under the types of
boilers disclosed for other types of water firebox boilers hav-
ing a plurality of water fireboxes. The following subclasses
are the most important ones having plural water fireboxes:
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
269
CLASS 122 Continued.
Fire-tube
Sectional
Horizontal
213. Plural firebox,
Double water firebox
Vertical sections-
57.
Alternate smoke re-
Transverse! vposited
turn.
229. Water grate.
Drop water firebox
Water-grate
Double-
Plural firebox
60.
Alternate smoke re-
Superimposed
turn.
Water grate
Water firebox-
372. Updraft.
Plural
95.
Common combustion
chamber.
9ti.
Superposed.
371. WATER-GRATE. Boilers having water grates that do not
come within the definitions of other subclasses.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 2, Plants,
Garbage, for garbage boiler plants disclosing boilers with
water grates; 5, Gas producer; 321, Water tube, Stand pipe,
and 323, Water tube, Stand pipe, Annular firebox; 66, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water coking chamber;
67, Fire tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water grate,
Intermediate draft; 97, Fire tube, Horizontal, Water firebox,
Water grate, Downdraf t, and 98, Fire tube, Horizontal, Wa-
ter firebox, Water grate, Updraft, for horizontal fire tube
boilers, other than those included in subclasses under Hori-
zontal cylinder, Water tube, Water grate, having water grates;
129, Fire tube, Vertical, Water grate, Downdraft; 152, Flue,
Horizontal, Water grate in flue; 203 to 207 under Horizontal
cylinder, Water tube, Water grate; 229, Sectional, Vertical sec-
tions, Transversely posited, Water grate, and 232, Sectional,
Water grate; 286, Water tube, Over bridge wall, Water grate,
Downdraft; 287, Water tube, Over bridge wall, Water grate,
Intermediate draft; 289, Water tube, Over firebox, Water
grate, Updraft; 353, Water tube, Water grate, and 354, Water
tube, Water grate, Downdraft.
372. WATER-GRATE. PLURAL FIREBOX, SUPERIM-
POSED, WATER-GRATE, UPDRAFT. Boilers not other-
wise classified having superimposed fireboxes, with at least
one of the fuel grates of the water grate type.
Note. This type of boiler is generally used for the burning of
garbage or other waste material.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 2, Plants,
Garbage, for garbage plants having water grate boilers of this
type; 207, Horizontal cylinder, Water tube, Water grate,
Updraft, and 232, Sectional, Water grate; 353, Water tube,
Water grate, for water tube boilers with superposed updraft
water grates.
373. WATER-GRATE, CAGE. Boilers having a water grate of
cage-like or basket-like structure.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclass 30, Furnace structure, Magazine, Cage-
grate.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 132, Fireplaces, Water-
backs.
374. WATER-GRATE, GRATE STRUCTURE. The structure
of water grates themselves except the cage grate type.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 321, Water
tube, Stand pipe; 373, Water grate, Cage; 375, Water grate,
Grate structure, Solid and water bar.
375. WATER-GRATE, GRATE STRUCTURE, SOLID AND
WATER BAR. The structure of grates having both solid
and water bars.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 206, Hori-
zontal cylinder, Water tube, Water grate, Solid and water
bar, for horizontal cylindrical boilers with this type of grate;
subclass 374, Water grate, Grate structure.
376. WATER-GRATE, PROGRESSIVE FEED. Boilers having
a water-cooled progressive fuel feeding grate having means for
moving the fuel along the grate.
377. WATER-GRATE, WATER-FIREBOX, SOLID AND
WATER BAR, UPDRAFT. Boilersnot otherwise provided
for having a water firebox with an updraft fuel grate composed
of both solid bars and water bars.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 206, Hori-
zontal cylinder, Water tube, Water grate, Solid and Water
bar; 213, Sectional, Plural firebox, and 229, Sectional, Vertical
sections, Transversely posited, Water grate; 353, Water tube,
Water grate, for water tube boilers with this type of water
grate; 375, Water grate, Grate structure, Solid arid water bar,
for the grate structure of this type of grate.
378. WATER-GRATE, WATER-FIREBOX, UPDRAFT.
Boilers not otherwise provided for having a water firebox
with an updraft water grate.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 98, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Water firebox, Water grate, Updraft; 229 Sec-
tional, Vertical sections, Transversely posited, Water grate,
and 232, Sectional, Water grate; 289, Water tube, Over firebox,
Water grate, Updraft, and 353, Water tube, Water grate.
pl
de
CLASS 122-Continued.
379. CLEANING. Boilers provided with mechanism for cleaning
the boiler or purifying the water while the boiler is in operation
and so united therewith that it remains in position when the
boiler is in operation, or the mechanism is of such specific
application that it is adapted for use with no other art, and not
provided for in other subclasses in this class.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 91, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Water firebox, Firebox water heater, Trapped
circuit, for horizontal fire tube boilers with water heating cir-
culating tubes with a sediment trap; 202, Horizontal cylinder,
Water tube, Trapped circuit, for horizontal cylindrical boilers
with water heating and circulating tubes provided with a
sediment trap; 360, Water tube, Headers, Closures and coup-
lings. for structure of headers for water tube boilers, with
hand openings and closures therefor, when the structure of the
header is modified; 361, Water tube, Headers, Closures and
couplings, Cleaning, for headers provided with special boiler
cleaning devices; 364, Water tube. Headers, Closures and
couplings, Tube closures, for headers provided with tube
closures; 429, Feed heaters, Internal conduit, Automatic sedi-
ment valve, and 433, Feed heaters, Internal conduit, Trap
outside boiler, for feed heaters with automatically operated
valves for reversing the flow of water through the trap when
the blow-oft is opened; 431, Feed heaters, Internal conduit,
Filter in boiler, for feed water heaters with a filter inside the
boiler.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 31, Heat transferors and conserv-
ers, Injected, for water heaters and purifiers by heat only, for
boiler purposes.
83 MILLS, subclass 64, Steam-boiler and flue scrapers, for de-
tachable steam boiler and flue scrapers.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 70, Mains and pipes,
Cleaners, for similar scrapers; 97, Nozzles, Tube cleaners, for
nozzles for using a steam, air, or water jet for cleaning boilers.
204 ELECTROCHEMISTRY, subclass 25, Electrolysis, Purifying
liquids, Water, for purification of water electrolytically, either
inside or outside a boiler.
210 WATER PURIFICATION, generally, for purifying water be-
fore it is fed to the boiler where a filter or chemicals are em-
loyed; and subclasses 19. Filters, Chemical feeders, for
evices for feeding chemicals to a boiler or to the feed water
conduit leading to the boiler; 21, Steam heater and filter, for
heating water and filtering it for boiler purposes before enter-
ing the boiler; 22, Boiler compounds, for boiler compounds or
mixtures and chemicals for introducing into boilers for pre-
venting the formation of scale or for removing the scale from
the boiler when formed; 23, Boiler compound holders for
holders or receptacles for containing the boiler compounds
adapted to be supported within the boiler.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 124,
Tank closures, for boiler manholes and closures.
230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 38, Fluid piston, Injectors
and aspirators, Tube cleaners, for nozzles having an injector-
like action for using steam or air for cleaning boiler tubes.
380. CLEANING, AGITATING CIRCULATOR. Boilers having
mechanically operated agitators or circulators for the water in
the boiler or scrapers so arranged that the sediment will be
carried to the clean-out end of the boiler or mud drum.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 411. Circu-
lation, Mechanical, Internal, for mechanical circulating de-
vices within the boiler.
381. CLEANING, BLOW-OFF, BOTTOM AND SURFACE.
Boilers hnving means for blowing off the water both at the
surface and at the bottom.
382. CLEANING, BLOW-OFF, BOTTOM. Boilers provided
with means for blowing off the boiler at the bottom and re-
moving the sediment.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 381, Cleaning,
Blow-off, Bottom and surface, for devices for blowing off the
boiler both at the bottom and the surface of the water.
383. CLEANING, BLOW-OFF, BOTTOM, INTERNAL CON-
DUIT. Boilers haying a conduit extending into the boiler
along the bottom, either fixed or movable, adapted to remove
the sediment.
384. CLEANING, BLOW-OFF, BOTTOM, INTERNAL CON-
DUIT, EJECTOR. Boilers having one or more conduits
extending along the bottom of the boiler, provided with a
steam ejector.
385. CLEANING, BLOW-OFF, BOTTOM, INTERNAL CON-
DUIT, MUD RING. Boilers provided with an internal
conduit located within the water firebox above the mud ring.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 369, Water
firebox, Mud ring; 405, Cleaning, Washout nozzle, for analo-
gous art.
386. CLEANING, BLOW-OFF, BOTTOM, INTERNAL CON-
DUIT, PAN. Boilers having a sediment pan or receptacle
at the bottom of the boiler and provided with a blow-oft con-
duit communicating with the pan.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 393, Clean-
ing, Mud drum; 394, Cleaning, Pans, lor pans without blow-
on* conduits.
270
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
387. CLEANING, BLOW-OFF, BOTTOM INTERNAL CON-
DUIT, SCRAPER. Boilers having bottom blow-off con-
duits extending along the bottom of the boiler, provided with
scrapers for removing the incrustation cr sediment.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATEKS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 379, Clean-
ing, for scrapers attached to the boiler, but movable and not
having a blow-off conduit; 384, Cleaning, Blow-off, Bottom,
Internal conduit, Ejector.
83 MILLS, subclass 64, Steam boiler and flue scrapers, for me-
chanical boiler cleaners that are not attached to the boiler.
388. CLEANING, BLOW-OFF, BOTTOM, INTERNAL CON-
DUIT, VALVED. Boilers having a conduit extending along
the bottom of the boiler provided with one or more valved
ports.
Note. Compare with subclass 405, Cleaning, Washout nozzle, in
this class.
389. CLEANING, BLOW-OFF, SURFACE EXIT. Boilers hav-
ing means for blowing off or removing the surface water of the
boiler.
Note. This subclass contains patents for devices known in the
art as "skimmers."
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 400, Cleaning,
Trapped circuit, Surface exit, for combinations of skimmers
with a trapped circulating conduit.
390. CLEANING, FLUID JET. Devices for cleaning boilers of
soot and ashes by means of fluid jets when either the structure
of the boiler or of the furnace is modified for the reception of
the cleaner when in operation.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 361, Water
tube, Headers, Closures and couplings, Cleaning, for structure
of headers with cleaners for water tube boilers.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 97, Nozzles, Tube clean-
ers, and 230, AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 38. Fluid piston,
Injectors and aspirators, Tube cleaners, for fluid jet cleaners of
general application.
391. CLEANING, FLUID JET, HORIZONTAL FIRE-TUBE
BOILER. Devices for cleaning the soot and ashes from a
horizontal fire tube boiler by means of fluid jets when the
cleaner is attached permanently to the boiler or to the furnace
walls.
Search Classes
110 FURNACES, subclasses 53, Furnace structure, Feeding air
and steam; 59, Furnace structure, Feeding air and steam,
Horizontal base; 72, Furnace structure, Feeding air; 79, Fur-
nace structure, Feeding steam; 147, Draft regulators, and 150,
Draft regulators, Steam injector, for feeding air and steam jets
that are intended to aid combustion, but which might also act
as fluid jet cleaning devices.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 97, Nozzles, Tube clean-
ers, and 230, AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 38, Fluid piston,
Injectors and aspirators, Tube cleaners, for fluid jet nozzles
adapted to clean boiler tubes and walls or any other tubes or
walls.
392. CLEANING, FLUID JET, WATER-TUBE BOILER.
Fluid jet cleaners that are attached either to the boiler or
furnace walls of a water tube boiler for blowing the soot and
ashes from the boiler.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 361, Water
tube, Headers, Closures and couplings, Cleaning, for structure
of headers.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 275, Water
tube, Loop, and 280, Water tube, Over bridge wall, Water
grate, Downdraft; and 110, FURNACES, subclasses 53, Fur-
nace structure, Feeding air and steam; 59, Furnace structure,
Feeding air and steam, Horizontal base; 72, Furnace structure,
Feeding air; 79, Furnace structure, Feeding steam; 98, Fur-
nace structure, Baffles and heat retainers, Water tube boilers;
147, Draft regulators, and 150, Draft regulators. Steam in-
jector, for devices for feeding air and steam to assist the com-
bustion of fuel that would also serve as cleaning jets.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 97, Nozzles, Tube clean-
ers, and 230, AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 38, Fluid piston,
Injectors and aspirators, Tube cleaners, for fluid jet nozzles
adapted to clean boiler or any other tubes.
393. CLEANING, MUD DRUM. The structure of mud drums
and the necessary modification in the boiler structure for their
application.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, the type subclasses, for
special types of boilers with mud drums in combination;
subclasses 52, Fire tube, Horizontal, Plural; 137, Flue, Hori-
zontal, Plural, and 259, Water tube, Drum type; 192, Hori-
zontal cylinder, Water bridge wall, for drums "forming bridge
walls for horizontal cylindrical boilers; 363, Water tube,
Headers, Closures and couplings, Drum, and 365, Water tube.
Drums and couplings, for water tube boiler drums; 444. Feea
heaters, Water tube boiler, for drums for water tube boilers
with special feed heating means.
394. CLEANING, PANS. Receptacles, either open at the top or
closed, but having openings for the passage of water there-
through, for receiving the sediment precipitated from the
water. The pan may have a conduit leading to the mud
drum.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 386, Cleaning,
Blow-off, Bottom, Internal conduit, Pan, for pans with blow-
off conduits leading from the pan to the outside of the boiler;
393, Cleaning, Mud drum, for comparison; 430, Feed heaters,
Internal conduit, Blow-off delivery.
CLASS 122 Continued.
395. CLEANING, SAND BLAST. Sand blast cleaning devices
that must of necessity be used with a boiler.
Search Classes
61 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclasses 3, Glass and stone,
Curved surfaces, and 18, File cleaning and resharpening, Sand
blast, and 230, AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 26, Sand blow-
ers, for devices of this nature, some of which were intended to
be used as boiler cleaners, but which are of general application.
396. CLEANING, SYSTEMS. Apparatus and processes for clean-
ing and filling boilers where an interchange of heat is effected
between the blow-off water and the clean filling water.
Search Classes
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 29, Heat transferrers and con-
servers, and the subclasses thereunder, for special features.
397. CLEANING, TRAPPED CIRCUIT. Boilers provided with
one or more conduits, through which the boiler water is
caused to pass, and haying some form of trap or filter in the
circuit, after passing which the water is returned to the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 91, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water firebox, Firebox water heater,
Trapped circuit, and 202, Horizontal cylinder, Water tube,
Trapped circuit, for boilers also having trapped circuits; 414,
Feed heaters, Boiler circuit, Feed injected, and 415, Feed
heaters, Circulation, Surface exit, Mechanical pump, Feed
injected, for circulation features without the sediment trap.
398. CLEANING, TRAPPED CIRCUIT FEEDING WATER.
Boilers provided with a water circulating conduit having a
sediment trap therein so arranged that boiler water will cir-
culate therethrough, with means for introducing feed water
into the circulating conduit.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 403, Clean-
ing, Trapped circuit, Surface exit.Feed heater, for similar art;
414, Feed heaters, Boiler circuit, Feed injected, for similar ar-
rangement of conduit with feed water introduction without
the sediment trap.
399. CLEANING, TRAPPED CIRCUIT SURFACE AND BOT-
TOM EXIT. Such mechanism as is defined in subclass 397
above, with means for withdrawing the water from the boiler
into the circulation conduits from the top or the bottom, or
both.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 202, Horizon-
tal cylinder, Water tube, Trapped circuit; 381, Cleaning, Blow-
off, Bottom and surface, for blow-off devices taking the water
from either the surface or the bottom; 382, Cleaning, Blow-off,
Bottom, and the subclasses thereunder, for special features 01
outlets; 389, Cleaning, Blow-off, Surface exit, for surface blow-
off devices and for "skimmers" adapted to be used on the sur-
face outlets of the circuit devices of this subclass.
400. CLEANING, TRAPPED CIRCUIT, SURFACE EXIT.
Boilers with circulating conduits, through which water is
caused to pass from the surface thereof and to be returned to
the boiler after passing through a trap or filter.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 91, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Water firebox, Firebox water heater, Trapped cir-
cuit, and 202, Horizontal cylinder, Water tube, Trapped cir-
cuit; 389, Cleaning, Blow-off, Surface exit, for the structure of
what are technically known as "skimmers"; 399, Cleaning,
Trapped circuit, Surface and bottom exit, for combination of
surface and bottom outlets to a trapped circuit; 415, Feed
heaters, Circulation, Surface exit, Mechanical pump, Feed in-
jected, for surface exit circulating circuits without a trap in
the circuit, but having a forced circulation by means of a me-
chanical pump, with feed water introduced into the circuit.
401. CLEANING, TRAPPED CIRCUIT, SURFACE EXIT,
CHEMICAL FEEDER. Boilers having a conduit commu-
nicating with the boiler to form a circuit and so arranged that
the surface water in the boiler will flow through the circuit,
which is provided with a sediment trap, the circuit having
means for feeding a chemical or some composition thereto for
precipitating the salts in the water.
Search Class
210 WATER PURDTICATION, subclass 19, Filters, Chemical feed-
ers, for chemical feeders for boilers.
402. CLEANING, TRAPPED CIRCUIT, SURFACE EXIT.
CIRCULATING PUMP. Boilers having a circuit provided
with a sediment trap and a circulating pump, which conduit
is arranged to receive boiler water near the surface and to re-
turn it to the boiler after passing it through the trap.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 404, Clean-
ing, Trapped circuit, Surface exit, Steam injector, for similar
arrangement of conduit and trap, with a steam jet for circulat-
ing the water.
403. CLEANING, TRAPPED CIRCUIT, SURFACE EXIT,
FEED HEATER. Boilers provided with a conduit, into
which the surface water in the boiler flows, the conduit hav-
ing a trap for extracting the sediment as the water passes
through it and the water being returned to the boiler, and
also having in combination therewith a heater for the feed
water.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 415, Feed
heaters, Circulation, Surface exit, Mechanical pump, Feed
injected, for allied art without the sediment trap.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
271
CLASS 122 Continued.
404. CLEANING, TRAPPED CIRCUIT, SURFACE EXIT,
STEAM INJECTOR. Boilers having a water circulating
conduit provided with a sediment trap, through which the
surface water of the boiler flows, the circulation being aided
by means of a steam jet located at some point of the circuit.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 384, Clean-
ing, Blow-off, Bottom, Internal conduit, Ejector, for steam
jet blow-offs; 402, Cleaning, Trapped circuit, Surface exit,
Circulating pump, for this subject matter where the circula-
tion is maintained by a mechanical pump.
405. CLEANING, WASHOUT NOZZLE. Nozzles or conduits
having one or more discharge orifices, either permanently at-
tached to the inside of the boiler or of such structure that they
are not of general application in other arts, for washing the
sediment from the tubes or boiler walls.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 383, Cleaning,
Blow-off, Bottom, Internal conduit, for structures that are
also adapted to serve as washout nozzles.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 17, Nozzles; 57, Nozzles,
Splasher, and 97, Nozzles, Tube cleaners, for structure of
nozzles.
'406. CIRCULATION. Devices not otherwise classified for regu-
lating the circulation of water in the boiler.
Note. Circulation devices in combination with means for clean-
ing the boiler or purifying the water, except those noted below,
are classified in subclasses 379, Cleaning; 380, Cleaning, Agitat-
ing circulator; 393, Cleaning, Mud drum; 394, Cleaning, Pans,
and 397, Cleaning, Trapped circuit, and the subclasses there-
under, in this class.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 11, Rotary,
for rotary boilers; 36, Auxiliary steam heater, and 407, Circu-
lation, Injector, for steam and water jets that help the circula-
tion; 39, Film; 59, Fire tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox,
Circulation conduit, for horizontal fire tube boilers with a drop
water firebox haying a conduit located either outside or inside
the boiler for aiding the circulation; 69, Fire tube, Horizontal,
Drop water firebox, Water tube, Feed heater, Check valved,
and 196, Horizontal cylinder, Water tube, Feed heater, Check
valved, where the boiler circulation ceases through certain
parts when feed water is fed to the boiler and the parts serve as
a feed water heater; 83, Fire tube, Horizontal, Transverse dia-
phragm, for horizontal boilers with fire tubes having trans-
verse diaphragms for assisting the circulation; 91, Fire tube.
Horizontal, Water firebox, Firebox water heater, Trapped
circuit; 118, Fire tube, Vertical, Circulation tube. Internal,
and 159, Flue, Vertical, Circulation tube, Internal, lor vertical
fire tube and vertical flue boilers with internal tubes or sleeves
for increasing the circulation; 123, Fire tube, Vertical, Sepa-
rate compartment, for vertical fire tube boilers with transverse
diaphragms; 202, Horizontal cylinder, Water tube, Trapped
circuit, for horizontal cylindrical boilers having a sediment
trap through which the water circulates; 258, Water tube,
Down flow, for boilers in which the circulation is downward
through water tubes; 292, Water tube, Rearwardly declined,
Over bridge wall, Front and rear header, Horizontal longitu-
dinal drum, Firebox tube; 366, Wick, for absorbent wicks,
within the boiler space; 414, Feed heaters, Boiler circuit, Feed
injected; 415, Feed heaters, Circulation, Surface exit, Mechan-
ical pump, Feed injected; 418, Feed heaters, Fire engine boiler,
Auxiliary, Attached; 419, Feed heaters, Fire engine boiler,
Auxiliary, Detachable; 428, Feed heaters, Internal conduit,
and the subclasses thereunder; 442, Feed heaters, Steam, In-
jected, and 444, Feed heaters, Water tube boiler, for circula-
tion features combined with the heating and introduction of
feed waters; 488, Separators, Boiler circulation, for combined
separators for steam and circulation devices; 495, Crown sheet
protecting, for circulation devices for protecting the crown
sheet; 501, Fluid displacer, and 502, Fluid displacer, Fluid
fuel, for displacing elements within water tubes.
103 PUMPS, for structure of pumps.
407. CIRCULATION, INJECTOR. Boilers provided with an in-
jector or tubes connected in such a manner as to act like an
injector and having means for heating part of the water to a
higher temperature in a separate compartment or conduit that
delivers the water heated in the separate compartment to the
injector for increasing the circulation.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 36, Aux-
iliary steam heater; 292, Water tube, Rearwardly declined,
Over bridge wall, Front and rear header, Horizontal longi-
tudinal drum, Firebox tube; 384, Cleaning, Blow-off, Bot-
tom, Internal conduit, Ejector; 398, Cleaning, Trapped cir-
cuit, Feeding water; 404, Cleaning, Trapped circuit, Surface
exit. Steam injector; 414, Feed heaters, Boiler circuit. Feed
injected; 415, Feed heaters, Circulation, Surface exit, Me-
chanical pump, Feed injected, and 444, Feed heaters, Water
tube boiler, for related art on the injector action.
408. CIRCULATION, INTERNAL CONDUIT. Boilers having
conduits located inside the boiler and generally below the
water line for accelerating the circulation of the water in the
boiler. These conduits may consist of tubes, inverted bells,
cylinders, or even plates spaced apart from each other or
spaced from the boiler walls or tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 36, Aux-
iliary steam heater, and 407, Circulation, Injector, for special
types of circulating devices; 59, Fire tube, Horizontal, Drop
water firebox, Circulation conduit, for conduits, either inter-
nal or external, for aiding the circulation of horizontal fire
tube boilers with a drop water firebox; 83, Fire tube, Hori-
CLASS 122 Continued.
zontal, Transverse diaphragm, for plates or diaphragms, ar-
ranged transversely of a horizontal fire tube boiler for aiding
the circulation; 118, Fire tube, Vertical, Circulation tube, In-
ternal, for internal circulation tubes, cylinders, or sleeves for
vertical fire tube boilers; 159, Flue, Vertical, Circulation tube.
Internal, for internal circulation tubes, cylinders, or sleeves
for vertical flue boilers; 379, Cleaning, and the subclasses there-
under, for internal circulating conduits combined with water
purifying and boiler cleaning apparatus; 412, Feed heaters,
and subclasses thereunder, for circulation features combined
with feed water heaters; 488, Separators, Boiler circulation,
for circulation devices combined with a steam separator.
409. CIRCULATION, INTERNAL CONDUIT, HORIZONTAL
FLUE BOILER. Circulation conduits for the interior of
horizontal large flue boilers.
410. CIRCULATION, INTERNAL CONDUIT, HORIZONTAL
FLUE BOILER, RETURN FIRE-TUBE. Internal con-
duits for horizontal flue boilers having return fire tubes.
411. CIRCULATION, MECHANICAL, INTERNAL. Mechan-
ical devices located inside boilers for circulating or agitating
the water.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 380, Clean-
ing, Agitating circulator, for agitators and water circulators of
a mechanical type when they have the additional function
of removing sediment from the boiler or transferring it from
one part of the boiler to another.
412. FEED-HEATERS. Miscellaneous feed water heaters for
boilers.
Note. In order that devices for heating feed water shall be clas-
sified in any of the boiler subclasses they must be so inti-
mately connected and combined with the boiler structure
that they are inseparable therefrom or not of general applica-
tion for heating water and not excluded therefrom by the
main definition of this class.
Note. The following subclasses noted will assist in finding struc-
tures where there is structure of the boiler claimed with inci-
dental heating of the feed water. Note is also made of devices
for heating water that may be used for boiler purposes or for
any other purpose, which devices are not classifiable in this
class.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 1, Plants,
and 3, 1'lants, Motor vehicle, for combinations of feed heaters
with other elements that form a boiler plant; 20, Subsidiary,
for structure of devices for heating water that could readily
l>e applied for heating feed water, (this is a very closely re-
lated subclass); 30, Auxiliary steam heater, for boilers having
means for heating the water by steam jets or tubes before the
boiler is fired up; 37, Compartment, disclosing boilers having
separate compartments, one compartment being used for im-
pure water full of mud or salt, the steam passing to the other
compartment which contains purified water, and feed heaters;
40, Flasher, and 41, Flasher, Fluid fuel, for flash boilers hav-
ing a preheater for the water intimately associated with the
flash boiler; 62, Fire tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox,
Front and rear water baffle; 63, Fire tube, Horizontal, Drop
water firebox, Front water baffle, and 65, Fire tube, Hori-
zontal, Drop water firebox, Rear water baffle, for heating
water introduced into the heaiMrs in the firebox; 68, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water tube, and 69, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox, Water tube, Feed
' heater, Check valved; 69, Fire tube, Horizontal, Drop water
firebox, Water tube, Feed heater, Check valved, and 196,
Horizontal cylinder, Water tube, Feed heater, Check valved,
for boilers provided with heating tubes through which the
boiler water circulates and is heated, but when the feed water
is being fed to the boiler the boiler circulation is stopped by
means of automatically operated valves and the feed water
is heated in the tubes before it is conducted to the main part
of the boiler; 82, Fire tube, Horizontal, Superjacent feed
heater, In communication, for horizontal fire tube boilers with
superposed feed water heaters in open communication with
the boiler, delivering water to the bottom of the boiler from
the feed heater; 83, Fire tube, Horizontal, Transverse dia-
phragm, and 123, Fire tube. Vertical, Separate compartment,
for horizontal fire tube and vertical fire tube boilers, respec-
tively, that have transverse diaphragms, the feed water en-
tering the compartment farthest from the firebox and being
progressively heated as it approaches the firebox; 89, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water arch, Rear of fire tube, for water
arches at the rear of horizontal fire tube boilers that serve as
feed water heaters; 106, Fire tube, Horizontal, Water wall,
for horizontal fire tube boilers having water walls that may
be used as a feed water heater; 118, Fire tube, Vertical, Cir-
culation tube, Internal, and 159, Flue, Vertical, Circulation
tube, Internal, for special types; 125, Fire tulse, Vertical, Top
water chamber, for similar structure for feed heaters; 151,
Flue, Horizontal, Return fire tube, Water smokebox, Sepa-
rate, for horizontal flue boilers having return fire tubes, with
a smokebox closure having a separate compartment that may
serve as a food water heater; 189, Horizontal cylinder, Offset
subjacent firebox, Water roof; 190, Horizontal cylinder, Off-
set subjacent firebox, Water tube; 193, Horizontal cylinder,
Water firebox; 194, Horizontal cylinder, Water firebox,
Water tube type, and 202, Horizontal cylinder, Water tube,
Trapped circuit, where water is introduced into a certain part
of the structure before passing to the main part of the boiler;
192, Horizontal cylinder, Water bridge wall, for water bridge
walls and drums where water is introduced and heated; 195,
Horizontal cylinder, Water tube, and the subclasses there-
under, for means for heating feed water when it is introduced,
(these are really main boiler structures with means for inci-
272
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
dentally heating the water when it is introduced l>efore it
enters the horizontal cylinder); 371, Water grate, and the sub-
classes thereunder, (water grates used as feed water heaters
will be found in the various types of boilers having water
grates; a complete list of boilers with water grates is given
in the notes to sulxilass 371, Water grate); 379, Cleaning, and
the subclasses thereunder, for feed water heaters combined
with boiler cleaning devices, traps, and filters; 396, Cleaning,
Systems, for combined cleaning and feed water heating system
where the blow-off water is used to heat the feed water when
refilling the boiler, (Especially used for cleaning and filling
locomotive boilers); 398, Cleaning, Trapped circuit, Feeding
water, for boilers having a circulating conduit provided with a
sediment trap or filter, the water being introduced into the cir-
culating conduit; 403, Cleaning, Trapped circuit, Surface exit,
Feed heater, for feed heaters having a sediment trap, (com-
pare also subclasses 91, Fire tube, Horizontal, Water firebox,
Firebox water heater, Trapped circuit, and 202, Horizontal
cylinder, Water tube, Trapped circuit); 454, Feeders, Ex-
haust steam, Water injected, for heating feed water by mixing
it with exhaust steam as it is being returned to the boiler; 457,
Feeders, Gravity, Automatic, Heater, and 458, Feeders, Grav-
ity, Heater, for gravity boiler feeders with incidental feed water
heater; 477, Steam treatment, Water tube boiler, Superheater
and feed heater, for combination of a water tube boiler with a
steam superheater and a feed water heater; 494, Casings, for
surrounding casings to prevent radiation of heat from a boiler
which heats feed water; 498, Fronts, Doors, for water-cooled
doors for heating feed water; 499, Fronts, Mouths, and 500,
Fronts, Mouths, Water firebox, for furnace mouths or fuel
door openings provided with water heaters and used for heat-
ing feed water; 497, Fronts, for feed heating furnace and boiler
fronts.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclasses 29. Heat transferrers and con-
servers; 30, Heat transferrers and conservers, Surface, and 31,
Heat transferrers and conservers, Injected, for water heaters
heated by steam where no filter is claimed, although a filter
may be disclosed; 32, Heat transferrers and conservers. One
fluid, for structures of general application, although a feed
water heater located in a furnace offtake flue may be disclosed.
210 WATER PURIFICATION, subclasses 1, Miscellaneous, and 21,
Steam heater and filter, for water heaters provided with a
filter, heated by steam.
413. FEED-HEATERS, ASH PAN. Feed heaters that are either
located in the ash pan or ash box or form part of the structure
thereof.
414. FEED-HEATERS, BOILER CIRCUIT, FEEDINJECTED.
Boilers having a conduit in circuit with the boiler, with means
for introducing feed water into the circuit, thereby mixing
the feed with the boiler water before introduction.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 398, Clean-
ing, Trapped circuit, Feeding water, and 403, Cleaning.
Trapped circuit, Surface exit, Feed heater; 415, Feed heaters,
Circulation, Surface exit, Mechanical pump, Feed injected;
structural subclasses of boilers generally for the special struc-
ture of boilers having means for introducing feed water into
certain parts of the boiler circulating system.
415. FEED-HEATERS, CIRCULATION, SURFACE EXIT
MECHANICAL PUMP, FEED INJECTED. Boilers pn>
vided with a circulating conduit communicating with the
boiler at the water level, having a mechanical pump in the
circuit for withdrawing water from the boiler at the water
line and returning it to the boiler at some other point and hav-
ing means for heating the feed water by means of either the
surface or jet type and injecting the feed water into the boiler
or conduit, but so arranged that the water level in the boiler
will be maintained.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 398, Clean-
ing, Trapped circuit, Feeding water; 402, Cleaning, Trapped
circuit, Surface exit, Circulating pump; 403, Cleaning, Trapped
circuit, Surface exit. Feed heater; 408, Circulation, for com-
binations of circulating pump with boiler; 414, Feed heaters,
Boiler circuit, Feed injected, for feed water introduced into
the circuit.
103 PUMPS, for type of pump.
416. FEED-HEATERS, COMPOUND ENGINE. Feed water
boilers combined with compound engines.
417. FEED-HEATERS, DRIP PLATE IN BOILER. Feed
heaters located in the steam space of the boiler, consisting of
plates or receptacles superimposed in such a way that the feed
water falls from one to the other. The heater may or may not
have means for trapping the sediment and blowing it out of
the boiler.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 435, Feed
heaters, Pan in steam space; 436, Feed heaters, Pan in steam
space, Spray, and 438, Feed heaters, Spray to steam space;
442, Feed heaters, Steam, Injected, and 443, Feed heaters,
Steam, Injected, Superposed, Open to steam space; 62,
REFRIGERATION, subclass31, Heat transferrers and conservers,
Injected, and 210, WATER PURIFICATION, subclasses 1, Mis-
cellaneous and 21, Steam heater and filter, for structure of
plates and receptacles.
418. FEED-HEATERS, FIRE ENGINE BOILER, AUXILI-
ARY, ATTACHED. Combinations of fire engine boilers
with a water heater attached to the boiler or some part of the
apparatus for keeping the water in the boiler hot when the
boiler is not fired up.
CLASS 122 Continued.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, the structural sub-
classes, for the structure of the heating boiler.
419. FEED-HEATERS, FIRE ENGINE BOILER, AUXILI-
ARY, DETACHABLE. Water heaters for keeping the
water in a fire engine boiler hot when the fire engine is in the
engine house and the firebox is not in use, which consist of
a stationary water heater located in the engine house, adapted
to be coupled to the fire engine boiler to establish a water
circulation.
Search Class
237 HEAT DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclasses 9, Steam, and
15, Water, for combinations of this heating device with the
heating system of the engine house.
420. FEED-HEATERS, FURNACE GASES. Feed water heaters
which are heated by furnace gases only not within the defini-
tions of other subclasses.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, the structural sub-
classes under the different types of boilers for feed heaters
heated by furnace gases where the heater forms a part of the
boiler and boiler water circulates therethrough, except when
the feed water is being fed to the feed water heating section;
subclasses 40, Flasher, and 41, Flasher, Fluid fuel, for flash
boilers with preheaters for the water; 68, Fire tube, Horizontal,
Drop water firebox, Water tube; 82, Fire tube, Horizontal,
Superjaeent fe^d heater, In communication; 83, Fire tube'
Horizontal, Transverse diaphragm; 89, Fire tube, Horizontal'
Water arch, Rear of fire tube; 106, Fire tube, Horizontal,
Water wall, 123, Fire tube, Vertical, Separate compartment,
and 151, Flue, Horizontal, Return fire tube, Water smoke-
box, Separate; 69, Fire tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox
Water tube, Feed heater, Check valved; 196, Horizontal cyl-
inder, Water tube, Feed heater, Check valved, and 412, Feed
heaters, for feed heaters that form part of the water heating
section of the boiler, but that are automatically converted
into a. feed water heater when water is being fed to the boiler
and the boiler circulation is suspended; 195, Horizontal cyl-
inder. Water tube, and the subclasses thereunder, for horizon-
tal cylindrical boilers with circulating tubes, into which feed
water is fed and heated; 371, Water grate and the subclasses
listed in the search notes thereunder, for water grates that
serve as feed water heaters; 412, Feed heaters, and the sub-
classes listed in the search notes thereunder for further direc-
tions as to feed water heaters; 412, Feed heaters, and the sub-
classes thereunder, for special types of feed heaters; 497
Fronts, and the subclasses thereunder.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 32, Heat transferrers and con-
servers, One fluid, for feed heaters claimed as of general appli-
cation for heat transference, although disclosed located in a
furnace offtake flue.
421. FEED-HEATERS, FURNACE GASES, OFFTAKE
FLUE. Feed water heaters not of general application in
other arts for heat transference, located in the waste heat flue
or "offtake" flue of the boiler, between the boiler and the
smokestack.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 20, Sub-
sidiary, for very similar art for heating water; 82, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Superjaeent feed heater, In communication; 83,
Fire tube, Horizontal, Transverse diaphragm, and 123, Fire
tube, Vertical, Separate compartment; 412, Feed heaters, the
search notes thereunder, and 420, Feed heaters, Furnace gases.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 32, Heat transferrers and con-
servers, One fluid, for structure of general application for
transferring heat from one fluid to another.
122. FEED-HEATERS, FURNACE GASES AND STEAM.
Feed water heaters heated by furnace gases and steam not
within other definitions.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 403, Clean-
ing, Trapped circuit, Surface exit, Feed heater; 425, Feed
heaters, Horizontal fire tube boiler, Smokebox, Furnace
gases and steam; 432, Feed heaters, Internal conduit, Furnace
gases; 434, Feed heaters, Locomotive tender, and 440, Feed
heaters, Stack, Furnace gases and steam, for special types of
heaters of this nature.
423. FEED-HEATERS. HORIZONTAL FIRE TUBE BOILER,
SMOKEBOX. Feed water heaters for horizontal fire tube
boilers having a feed heater, located either within the smoke-
box or forming a part of the smokebox structure.
Note. A "smokebox" is distinguished from a "smoke chamber"
in that the former consists of a closed chamber at the end of
the boiler, into which the products of combustion pass directly
from the fire tubes and thence to the smokestack, while a
"smoke chamber" is a chamber at the end of the boiler, into
which the products of combustion enter either from the fire
tubes or from the flue outside of the boiler and do not pass
directly out of the chamber, but may return through other
boiler flues.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 151, Flue,
Horizontal, Return fire tube, Water smokebox, Separate.
424. FEED-HEATERS, HORIZONTAL FIRE TUBE BOILER,
SMOKEBOX, EXHAUST PIPE. Feed water heaters
located in the smokebox of a horizontal fire tube boiler consist-
ing of a water-jacketed exhaust "lift" pipe.
425. FEED-HEATERS, HORIZONTAL FIRE TUBE BOILER,
SMOKEBOX, FURNACE GASES AND STEAM. Feed
water heaters located at the smokebox end of the boiler, heated
both by furnace gases and by steam, which may or may not
come into contact with the feed water.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
273
CLASS 122 Continued.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATEKS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 83, Fire tube
Horizontal, Transverse diaphragm; 101, Fire tube, Horizontal,
Water smokebox, and 151, Flue, Horizontal, Return fire tube, '
Water smokebox, Separate, for general structure; 422, Feed
heaters, Furnace gases and steam; 432, Feed heaters, Internal
conduit, Furnace gases, and 440, Feed heaters, Stack, Furnace
gases and steam, for other types of feed heaters heated by fur-
nace gases and steam in combination.
42<i. FEED-HEATERS, HORIZONTAL FIRE-TUBE BOILER,
SMOKEBOX, WATER TUBE. Feed water heaters located
at the smokebox end of a horizontal fire tube boiler, consisting
of either water tubes located in the smokebox or of a water
walled casing, forming the smokebox, provi ed with water
tubes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 465, Steam
treatment, Fire tube boiler, Horizontal, Superheater, Smoke-
box, Steam tube.
427. FEED-HE ATERS, HORIZONTAL FIRE-TUBE BOILER,
SMOKE CHAMBER. Feed heaters for horizontal fire tube
boilers located in the smoke chamber at the rear of the boiler
or having one side exposed to the heat of the products of com-
bustion as they pass through the chamber.
Note. For distinction between "smokebox" and "smoke cham-
ber," see note to subclass 423.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 89, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Water arch, Rear of fire tube; 151, Flue, Horizon-
tal, Return fire tube, Water smokebox, Separate, and 403,
Cleaning, Trapped circuit, Surface exit, Feed heater; 479 to
487, Steam superheaters, for structure.
428. FEED-HEATERS, INTERNAL CONDUIT. Boilers pro-
vided with a conduit located inside the boiler for heating the
water before it is finally delivered to the boiler from the con-
duit. The feed water may or may not ke mixed with boiler
water or steam before its final delivery to the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 36, Auxil-
iary steam heater; 444, Feed heaters, Water tube boiler, where
feed water is injected into the boiler water tubes for heating
the water and increasing circulation.
429. FEED-HEATERS, INTERNAL CONDUIT, AUTOMATIC
SEDIMENT VALVE. Heating conduits for feed water
located inside the boiler, having a sediment trap provided
with one or more valves automatically operated when the
blow-off valve of the trap is opened to change the course of
flow of the water and clear the trap of sediment.
430. FEED-HEATERS, INTERNAL CONDUIT, BLOW-OFF
DELIVERY. Boilers provided with an internal conduit
for heating the feed water and delivering it toward the blow-
off end or mud drum of the boiler.
431. FEED-HEATERS, INTERNAL CONDUIT, FILTER IN
BOILER. Boilers provided with a filter on the feed water
conduit, both of which are located inside the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 428, Feed
heaters, Internal conduit, and 429, Feed heaters, Internal con-
duit, Automatic sediment valve, for traps inside the boiler.
432. FEED-HEATERS, INTERNAL CONDUIT, FURNACE
GASES. Boilers having a feed water heater of the internal
conduit type and furnace gas type connected hi series that is,
the water is heated in a conduit heated by the products of
combustion and then passes into a conduit within the boiler,
where it is heated before delivery thereto, or is heated in con-
duits passing through the boiler and then in a furnace gas
heated chamber or conduit and then delivered to the boiler.
433. FEED-HEATERS, INTERNAL CONDUIT, TRAP OUT-
SIDE BOILER. Boil -rs having a feed water heatins; conduit
within the boiler, with a trap or filter outside the boiler,
through which the water passes before it enters the feed heater.
434. FEED-HEATERS, LOCOMOTIVE TENDER. Water
heaters combined with the water tank of a locomotive tender.
435. FEED-HEATERS, PAN IN STEAM SPACE. Boilers hav-
ing an open receptacle or pan located within the steam space
of the boiler, in which water is fed and heated. The pan may
be provided with devices for intercepting the sediment that is
precipitated and for blowing it off.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 417, Feed
heaters, Drip plate in boiler; 436, P>ed heaters, Pan hi steam
space, Spray, and 438, Feed heaters, Spray to steam space, for
structure of pans and sprayers.
436. FEED-HEATERS, PAN IN STEAM SPACE, SPRAY.
Boilers having an open pan or receptacle located in the steam
space of the boiler, with means for spraying feed water to the
pan. The pan is generally provided with means for collecting
the sediment and blowing it off.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 417, Feed
heaters, Drip plate in boiler; 435, Feed heaters, Pan in steam
space, and 438, Feed heaters, Spray to steam space, for struc-
ture of pans and nozzles and sprayers.
CLASS 122 Continued.
437. FEED-HEATERS, SAFETY VALVE. Boilers having a
conduit leading from the safety valve to a water receptacle for
heating the water when the steam escapes from the safety
valve.
438. FEED-HEATERS, SPRAY TO STEAM SPACE. Boilers
provided with means for spraying water into the steam space
of the boiler.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 417, Feed
heaters, Drip plate in boiler, and 436, Feed heaters, Pan in
steam space, Spray, for structure of spraying devices.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 17, "Nozzles; 57, Nozzles,
Splasher; 80, Sprayers; 81, Sprayers, Cap; 83, Sprayers, Rose,
and 87, Sprayers, Reaction, for structure of nozzles.
439. FEED-HEATERS, STACK. Feed water heaters either form-
ing part of the stack or located in the smokestack.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 20, Subsidi-
ary, for water heaters of general application located in the
smokestack or chimney; 123, Fire tube, Vertical, Separate
compartment; 440, Feed heaters, Stack, Furnace gases and
steam, for stack feed v;ater heaters heated by both furnace
gases and steam.
440. FEED-HEATERS, STACK, FURNACE GASES AND
STEAM. Feed water heaters located in the smokestack or
chimney or forming a part thereof, in which the water is heated
both by the furnace gases and by steam. The steam may or
may not come into contact with the water.
441. FEED-HEATERS, STEAM. Boilers having means for heat-
ing the feed water by means of live or exhaust steam, not with-
in the definitions of other subclasses.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 398, Clean-
ing, Trapped circuit, Feeding water, and 403, Cleaning,
Trapped circuit, Surface exit, Feed heater, for combinations
of boiler feed heaters and cleaners; 412. Feed heaters, and as
indicated in the search notes thereunder; 416, Feed heaters.
Compound engine; 422, Feed heaters, Furnace gases and
steam; 425, Feed heaters, Horizontal fire tube boiler, Smoke-
box, Furnace gases and steam; 432, Feed heaters, Internal
conduit, Furnace gases; 434, Feed heaters, Locomotive tender,
and 440, Feed heaters, Stack, Furnace gases and steam, for
combinations of steam heaters and feed heaters heated by fur-
nace gases; 453, Feeders, Exhaust steam, and 457, Feeders,
Gravity, Automatic, Heater.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclasses 23, Heat transferrers and con-
servers, and 30, Heat transferrers and eonservers, Surface, for
water heaters heated by steam out of contact with the water.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 370, Water heaters,
Vessels, Steam or water heated, and 371, Water heaters, Ves-
sels. Steam or water heated, Closed chamber or coil.
210 WATER PURIFICATION, subclasses 1, Miscellaneous, and 21,
Steam heater and filter, for water heaters with a filter, claimed
in combination.
442. FEED-HEATERS, STEAM, INJECTED. Boilers provided
with means for heating the feed water by live or exhaust steam
coming into contact with the water.
Note. This is a miscellaneous subclass for steam injected feed
water heaters not otherwise provided for.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 434, Feed
heaters, Locomotive tender; 435, Feed heaters, Pan in steam
space; 436, Feed heaters, Pan in steam space, Spray; 437, Feed
heaters, Safety valve; 438, Feed heaters, Spray to steam space;
443, Feed heaters, Steam, Injected, Superposed, Open to steam
space, and 444, Feed heaters, Water tube boiler, for special
types of heaters; 454, Feeders, Exhaust steam, Water injected,
and 455, Feeders, Exhaust steam, Water injected, From boiler,
for devices for mixing water with exhaust steam and returning
it to the bailer; 457, Feeders, Gravity, Automatic, Heater, and
458, Feeders, Gravity, Heater, and search note thereunder,
for devices for mixing water with exhaust steam and return-
ing it to the boiler.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 31, Heat transferrers and con-
servers, Injected, for feerl water heaters and purifiers not con-
nected with the boiler structure, of the steam injected type.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 372, Water heaters, Ves-
sels, Steam or water heated, Jet.
210 WATER PURIFICATION, subclasses 1, Miscellaneous, and
21, Steam heater and filter, for feed water heaters of the steam
injected type provided with a filter.
443. FEED-HEATERS, STEAM, INJECTED, SUPERPOSED,
OPEN TO STEAM SPACE. Closed chambers or receptacles
located over the boiler and in open communication with the
steam space, having means for injecting water thereto that it
may be heated by contact with the steam before it enters
the' boiler.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 425, Feed
heaters, Horizontal fire tube boiler, Smokebox, Furnace gases
and steam, and 442, Feed heaters, Steam, Injected, for similar
parts.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 31, Heat transferors and con-
servers, Injected, and 210, WATER PURIFICATION, subclasses
1, Miscellaneous, and 21 Steam heater and filter, for similar
internal structure of the heater.
26674 12-
-18
274
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
444. FEED-HEATERS, WATER-TUBE BOILER. Miscella-
neous combinations of means for heating the feed water in a
water tube boiler, whether the water be heated outside or in-
side the water space of the boiler, not defined in other sub-
classes.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 347, Water
tube, Vertical, Beyond bridge wall, Longitudinal upper drum.
Longitudinal lower drum; 365, Water tube, Drums and
couplings, for disclosures of feed water heating devices within
the steam and water drum of a water tube boiler; 413, Feed
heaters. Ash pan; 414, Feed heaters, Boiler circuit, Feed
injected; 415, Feed heaters, Circulation, Surface exit, Me-
chanical pump. Feed injected; 417, Feed heaters, Drip plate
in boiler; 420, Feed heaters, Furnace gases; 421, Feed heaters,
Furnace gases, Offtake flue; 422, Feed heaters, Furnace gases
and steam; 428, Feed heaters. Internal conduit, and the sub-
classes thereunder; 435, Feed heaters, Pan in steam space;
436, Feed heaters, Pan in steam space, Spray; 438, Feed heat-
ers, Spray to steam space; the subclasses under Feed heaters,
Horizontal fire tube boiler; 439, Feed heaters, Stack; 440.
Feed heaters, Stack, Furnace gases and steam, and 441, Feed
heaters, Steam, and the subclasses thereuncler, for heaters
disclosed for water tube boilers where the invention is of
general application to all types of boilers; 477, Steam treat-
ment, Water tube boiler, Superheater and feed heater, for
combinations of feed heaters and superheaters.
445. REGULATION, DEPENDING ON LOAD. Apparatus
for controlling the generation of steam depending upon the
loadput upon the motor.
Note. This may be accomplished by regulating the combustion
of the fuel, or controlling the feed of water to the boiler by
variations of pressure in the steam main or motor cylinder,
or by variations in the velocity of the moving parts operated
by the motor, or by variations in the resistance to the motor.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, the subclasses under
Regulation, Fuel and water, Automatic control, and sub-
class 452, Feeders. Boiler pressure; subclasses 40, Flasher,
and 41, Flasher, Fluid fuel; and 60, MISCELLANEOUS HEAT
ENGINE PLANTS, especially for control of fuel and water where
the products of combustion mix with the steam.
110 FURNACES, subclasses 54, Furnace structure, Feeding air
and steam, Boiler controlled, and 153, Draft regulators, Ex-
haust nozzle. Variable discharge, Boiler controlled; 158,
LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 36, Burners,
Liquid fuel, Fuel feeding, and 236, DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC,
for control of combustion, depending upon boiler conditions.
446. REGULATION, FUEL AND WATER, FLUID FUEL.
Devices for feeding both fluid fuel to the burner and water
to the boiler that are not automatically regulated.
Search Classes -
103 PUMPS, subclass 85, Regulators, and the subclasses there-
under, for the pump controllers for boilers.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 36, Burn-
ers, Liquid fuel, Fuel feeding, for fuel supply systems.
447. REGULATION, FUEL AND WATER, FLUID FUEL,
CUT-OFF. Devices for controlling the supply of feed water
to the boiler, which is heated by fluid fuel, with automatic
mechanism for culling off the fuel supply when the water
level in the boiler becomes either too high or too low or both.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 36, Burn-
ers, Liquid fuel, Fuel feeding, and 236, DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC,
for similar art on fuel control.
236 DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC, subclasses 15, Expansion, Liquid
level, Trip valve, and 16, Fusible.
448. REGULATION. FUEL AND WATER, AUTOMATIC
CONTROL, FLUID FUEL. Devices for controlling auto-
matically both the feed of fluid fuel to the burner and the
feed of water to the boiler.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS and VAPORIZERS, subclass 452, Feeders,
Boiler pressure; subclasses under subclass 451, Feeders, for
water feeders, and see the search notes thereunder to other
classes.
103 PUMPS, subclass 85. Regulators, and the subclasses there-
under, for pump regulators for controlling the operation of
rnps for feeding water to boilers or fuel to burners.
STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 351, Water heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Automatic; 158, LIQUID AND GAS-
EOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 36, Burners, Liquid fuel, Fuel
feeding, and 236, DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC, for control of the
fuel feed.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 351, Water heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Automatic, for controlling devices for
fuel and water when the drawofl faucet is operated.
449. REGULATION, FUEL AND WATER, AUTOMATIC
CONTROL, SOLID FUEL. Devices for automatically con-
trolling the combusiton of solid fuel and the regulation of the
water feed to boilers, depending upon the conditions within
the boiler.
Note. This is accomplished either by steam pressure or the tem-
perature of the water or steam.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 448, Regula-
tion, Fuel and water, Automatic control, Fluid fuel.
450. REGULATION, SUSPENDED BOILER. Boilers that
are movably supported to control either the combustion of
the fuel or water feed or both.
CLASS 122 Continued.
Search Class
161 TIME CONTROLLING MECHANISM, subclass 16, Timing
mechanism, Culinary, for similar supports.
451. FEEDERS. Miscellaneous devices for introducing water to
boilers and controlling the introduction not otherwise pro-
vided for.
Note. Those devices that are of general application for feeding
water to tanks, either open or closed, whether a boiler be dis-
closed or claimed in a general way, are not classified in class
122 at all, but are placed in classes that will be noted below.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS subclasses 1, Plants,
and the subclasses thereunder, for boiler plants having a
boiler feeder in combination; 11, Rotary, where the move-
ment of the boiler is combined with the feeding of water; 40,
Flasher, and 41, Flasher, Fluid fuel, for boilers of the flasher
type having special means for introducing water into the
boiler combined therewith; 3(55, Water tube, Drums and coup-
lings; 428, Feed heaters, Internal conduit, and 444, Feel
heaters, Water tube boiler, for devices disclosing feed intro-
ducing apparatus for water tube boilers; 366, Wick, for ab-
sorbent wicks for feeding water from one portion of the boiler
to another; 396, Cleaning, Systems, for combined cleaning,
heating, and feeding devices; 398, Cleaning, Trapped circuit,
Feeding water, and 403, Cleaning, Trapped circuit, Surface
exit, Feed heater, for combined purifiers, circulators, heaters,
and feed introduction; 406, Circulation, for feed introduction
combined with circulation; 414, Feed heaters, Boiler circuit,
Feed injected, for injecting water into a circuit taking water
from the boiler; 415, Feed heaters, Circulation, Surface exit,
Mechanical pump, Feed injected, for boilers having a circuit
communicating with the boiler provided with a pump for
withdrawing water from the water level in the boiler, intro-
ducing feed water, and mixing it with the boiler water in the
circuit and maintaining the water level; 417 ; Feed heaters,
Drip plate in boiler; 435, Feed heaters, Pan m steam space;
436, Feed heaters, Pan in steam space, Spray, and 438, Feed
heaters, Spray to steam space, for devices for introducing
water into the steam space; 431, Feed heaters, Internal con-
duit, Filter in boiler, and 433, Feed heaters, Internal conduit,
Trap outside boiler, for feed water conduits provided with
traps and niters; 445, Regulation. Depending on load, where
the feed water is controlled by devices depending upon the
load on the motor; 446, Regulation, Fuel and water. Fluid
fuel, for combinations of fuel and water feeders; 447, Regula-
tion, Fuel and water. Fluid fuel, Cut-off, for feeders with
automatic cut-off for the fluid fuel upon the occurrence of an
abnormal water level; 450, Regulation, Suspended boiler,
where the feed is governed by the movement of the boiler
itself. (See also in this connection class 161, TIME CONTROL-
LING MECHANISM, subclass 16, Timing mechanism, Culinary);
446 to 419 under Regulation, Fuel and water, Automatic
control, for automatic control of both fuel and water to the
boiler; 452, Feeders, Boiler pressure, for art in this class where
the feed is controlled by the pressure inside the boiler; 495,
Crown sheet protecting, when water is fed upon the crown
sheet.
103 PUMPS, subclass 85, Regulators, for controlling devices for
feed water pumps depending upon the water level or pressure
of water or steam in the boiler.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 351, Water heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Automatic, for automatically con-
trolled valves for the type of water heater known in the art
as "instantaneous water heaters."
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 68, Tanks, Automatic,
and 104, Float valves, for float valves, whether used in a
boiler or any other tank; 101, Feeders, for valves and water
level controlling devices of general application and for devices
for introducing water into a closed tank, chamber, or boiler,
commonly known as "gravity" feeders of a type that has no
special provision for condensing the steam (so as to make it
a vacuum pump and feeder combined, such devices being
classified in class 160, STEAM AND VACUUM PUMPS, subclass
3, Feeders and Traps); 102, Indicators, for float valves; and
103, Traps, for float valves for steam traps.
160 STEAM AND VACUUM PUMPS, subclasses 2, Steam loop, for
devices technically known in the art as "steam loop" feeders,
which raise water by alternating slugs of water and steam in
a pipe and delivering it to an elevated tank against the hy-
draulic head or returning the water to the boiler against the
boiler pressure; 3, Feeders and traps, and in class 237, HEAT
DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 9, Steam, for apparatus act-
ing as a steam vacuum pump for raising wator and feeding it
to a closed chamber or boiler having a different pressure by
gravity action or for creating a vacuum for withdrawing air
and water of condensation from a heating system. (For
similar arrangement without special means for producing a
vacuum ses class 137, WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 101,
Feeders.)
162 INJECTORS AND EJECTORS, subclasses 2, Injector, Fluid
level controlled, for injectors for boilers that are controlled by
the water level in the boiler; 3, Ejector, Fluid level controlled,
for water level controlled ejectors for removing water from a
tank, well, or steam trap.
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 309,
Switches, Float-operated, for electrical switches for control-
ling feed valves of boilers operated by a float.
236 DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC, subclasses 9, Traps, Thermostatic,
and the subclasses thereunder, for thermostatically operated
steam traps; 12, Expansion, Liquid level, and the subclasses
thereunder, for valves thermostatically operated for control-
ling the level of water in a boiler; 16, Fusible, for valves
operated by a fusible member at a certain temperature, for
whatever purpose used in a boiler.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
275
CLASS 122 Continued.
237 HEAT DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 24, Traps, and
the subclasses thereunder, for combinations of thermostatic
valves and float valves or pressure operated valves in steam
traps.
452. FEEDERS, BOILER-PRESSURE. Devices for feeding
water to a boiler and controlling the supply by boiler pressure.
This subclass also contains patents having claims to boiler
structure combined with the feeding mechanism.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 445, Regu-
lation- Depending on load; 448, Regulation, Fuel and water.
Automatic control, Fluid fuel, and 449, Regulation, Fuel and
water, Automatic control, Solid fuel, for the combination of
the feed water and the fuel controlling devices depending on
boiler pressure.
103 PUMPS, subclass 85, Regulators, and the subclasses there-
under, for feeders for boilers controlled by boiler pressure
claiming a pumping system where it is immaterial whether
the tank to which the water is pumped be a boiler, tank, or
any other receptacle.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 36,
Burners, Liquid fuel, Fuel feeding, and 230, AIR AND GAS
PUMPS, under the special type of control, for the control of
the fuel by boiler pressure.
453. FEEDERS, EXHAUST-STEAM. Devices for returning
the exhaust steam to the boiler.
454. FEEDERS, EXHAUST-STEAM, WATER-INJECTED.
Devices for mixing exhaust steam with water and returning
it to the boiler.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 442, Feed
heaters, Steam, Injected, for feed water heaters heated by
injecting steam .
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 31, Heat transferrers and con-
servers, Injected, and 210, WATER PURIFICATION, subclasses
1, Miscellaneous, and 21, Steam heater and filter, for water
heaters heated by injecting steam of general application.
62 INJECTORS AND EJECTORS, subclass 1, Miscellaneous,
162
for
injectors.
455. FEEDERS, EXHAUST-STEAM, WATER-INJECTED,
FROM BOILER. Devices for mixing exhaust steam with
water taken from the boiler and returning it to the boiler.
Ssarch Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 36, Aux-
iliary steam heater.
456. FEEDERS, GRAVITY, AUTOMATIC. Boiler feeders con-
sisting of one or more closed tanks or receptacles having auto-
matically controlled inlet and outlet valves for admitting
water to the tank and discharging it therefrom, and also
having means for equalizing the pressure between, the tank
and the boiler, whereby the water will fall by gravity into
the boiler, the tank being located above the boiler.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 451, Feeders,
and the subclasses indicated in the search notes thereto; 457,
Feeders, Gravity, Automatic, Heater.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 101, Feeders, and 160,
STEAM AND VACUUM PUMPS, subclass 3, Feeders and traps.
230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 18, Fluid piston, Tank and
float, for valve structure and analogous arrangement.
457. FEEDERS, GRAVITY, AUTOMATIC, HEATER. Gravity
automatic boiler feeders, with means for heating the feed
water.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 456, Feeders,
Gravity, Automatic, for automatic gravity feeders without
the heater; 458, Feeders, Gravity, Heater, for hand operated
gravity feeders with a heater.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 101, Feeders, and 230, AIR
AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 18, Fluid piston, Tank and float,
for structure of valves and floats having the same operation.
160 STEAM AND VACUUM PUMPS, subclass 3, Feeders and
traps, for closely allied art.
458. FEEDERS, GRAVITY, HEATER. Gravity feeders having
means for heating the feed water, but not of the automatic
type.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 457, Feeders,
Gravity, Automatic, Heater, for gravity feeders of the auto-
matic type with a feed water heater.
459. STEAM TREATMENT. Miscellaneous apparatus and meth-
ods for treating steam or vapor, either by superheating or
cooling it, or by expanding or compressing it, or by any com-
bination of operations.
Note. If a superheater is of general application for heat transfer-
ence, it is not classified in the boiler art at all, but in class 62,
REFRIGERATION, subclass 32, Heat transferrers and conservers,
One fluid.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 487, Steam
treatment, Superheater, Water injected, for superheaters hav-
ing means for injecting water into the steam.
60 MISCELLANEOUS HEAT ENGINE PLANTS, for superheating
devices for steam when the products of combustion are
mixed with the steam or air and steam are superheated com-
minglsd.
121 STEAM ENGINES, for devices for superheating the steam
in the engine cylinder and combinations of engines with super-
healers when the structure of the engine is involved.
CLASS 122 Continued.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, for electric heat-
ing devices for superheating steam.
460. STEAM TREATMENT, BOILERS WITH SUPERHEAT-
ERS. General combinations of boilers of a miscellaneous
structure with steam superheaters, not defined in other sub-
classes. Superheaters of use only as a steam superheater are
classified here.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 477, Steam
treatment, Water tube boiler, Superheater and feed heater,
for combinations of water tube boilers with steam super-
heaters and feed water heaters; 485, Steam treatment, Super-
heater, Separate furnace, for superheaters with a separate
furnace.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 32, Heat transferrers and con-
servers, One fluid, for structure of general application for heat
transference that may or may not be employed as a super-
heater, although the title of the invention may be "steam
superheater."
461. STEAM TREATMENT, FIRE-TUBE BOILER, HORI-
ZONTAL, SUPERHEATER. Steam superheaters in com-
bination with horizontal fire tube boilers or flue boilers of a
miscellaneous character.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 469, Steam
treatment, Horizontal boiler, Superheater, Rear of firebox,
and 481, Steam treatment, Superheater, Firebox.
462. STEAM TREATMENT, FIRE-TUBE BOILER, HORI-
ZONTAL, SUPERHEATER, IN FIRE TUBE, FROM
SMOKEBOX. The structure and arrangement of a steam
tube superheater having steam tubes extending from the
smoke box of a horizontal fire tube boiler into the fire tubes.
463. STEAM TREATMENT, FIRE-TUBE BOILER, HORI-
ZONTAL. SUPERHEATER, INTERIOR STEAM
SPACE, INTERNAL FIRE-TUBE. Horizontal fire tube
boilers having a steam space within the boiler separate from
the main steam space, in which are fire tubes for superheating
the steam.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 482, Steam
treatment, Superheater, Fire tube in steam space.
464. STEAM TREATMENT, FIRE-TUBE BOILER, HORI-
ZONTAL, SUP ERH EATER, SMOKE BOX, FIRE-TUBE.
The structure and arrangement of a superheater for steam
having fire tubes passing through the swam chamber of the
superheater, located at the smokebox end of a horizontal fire
tube boiler.
465. STEAM TREATMENT, FIRE-TUBE BOILER, HORI-
ZONTAL. SUPERHEATER, SMOKEBOX, STEAM-
TUBE. The structure and arrangement of a steam tube
superheater at the smokebox end of a horizontal fire tube
boiler and generally located in the smokebox.
466. STEAM TREATMENT, FIRE-TUBE BOILER, SUPER-
HEATER AN.D FEED HEATER. Fire tube boilers or
large flue boilers having both a steam superheater and a feed
water heater combined therewith.
4C7. STEAM TREATMENT, FIRE-TUBE BOILER, VER-
TICAL, SUPERHEATER. The structure and general
arrangement of superheaters for vertical fire tube boilers,
except those located in the firebox.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 468, Steam
treatment, Flue Boiler, Vertical, Internal water tube, Super-
heater; 481, Steam treatment, Superheater, Firebox.
4G8. STEAM TREATMENT, FLUE BOILER, VERTICAL.
INTERNAL WATER-TUBE, SUPERHEATER. Ver-
tical flue boilers having water tubes within the flue, in com-
bination with a steam superheater.
469. STEAM TREATMENT, HORIZONTAL BOILER, SU-
PERHEATER, REAR OF FIREBOX. Superheaters
located at the rear of the firebox or back of the bridge wall of
miscellaneous boilers extending horizontally. The boiler is
generally of the horizontal cylindrical type.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 464, Steam
treatment, Fire tube boiler, Horizontal, Superheater, Smoke-
box, Fire tube, for general combination of superheater with
horizontal fire tube boilers; 481, Steam treatment, Superheater,
Firebox.
470. STEAM TREATMENT. HORIZONTAL BOILER, SU-
PERHEATER, WASTE HEAT FLUE. The structure
and arrangement of a superheater in the waste heat flue of a
horizontally located boiler.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, the subclasses under
Feed Heaters generally, and especially subclass 421, Feed
healers, Furnace gases, Offtake flue.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 32, Heat transferrers and con-
servers, One fluid, for structures of general application for
heat transference, although a steam boiler may be disclosed
in the patent.
276
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
471. STEAM TREATMENT, WATER-TUBE BOILER, DE-
CLINED OVER BRIDGE-WALL, FRONT AND REAR
HEADER, DECLINED DRUM, SUPERHEATER. The
structure and general arrangement of a steam superheater
within the combustion space of a water tube boiler having
banks of water tubes rearwardly declined over the bridge wall
and in communication with front and rear headers, which
are in communication with a declined drum posited above
the water tubes.
472. STEAM TREATMENT. WATER-TUBE BOILER, DE-
CLINED OVER BRIDGE-WALL. FRONT AND REAR
HEADER, LONGITUDINAL DRUM, SUPERHEATER.
The structure and general arrangement of a superheater in
the combustion space of a water tube boiler having banks of
water tubes rearwardly declined over the bridge wall and
communicating with headers at each end, which headers
communicate with a longitudinal drum posited above the
water tubes.
473. STEAM TREATMENT, WATER-TUBE BOILER, LON-
GITUDINAL DRUM, SUPERHEATER. Superheaters
for water tube boilers having a longitudinal drum not other-
wise provided for.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 472, Steam
treatment, Water tube boiler, Dei-lined over bridge wall,
Front and rear header, Longitudinal drum, Superheater.
474. STEAM TREATMENT, WATER-TUBE BOILER, OVER
BRIDGE-WALL, SUPERHEATER. Miscellaneous super-
heaters for water tube boilers having banks of tubes over the
bridge wall.
475. STEAM TREATMENT, WATER-TUBE BOILER,
STAND-PIPE, SPUR-TUBE, SUPERHEATER. The
structure and general arrangement of a steam superheater in
the combustion space of a water tube boiler having a stand
pipe provided with spur water tubes.
476. STEAM TREATMENT, WATER-TUBE BOILER, SU-
PERHEATER. Miscellaneous water tube boilers having
superheaters for steam combined with the boiler in the same
heating chamber.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 474, Steam
treatment, Water tube boiler, Over bridge wall, Superheater,
for superheaters for water tube boilers of a miscellaneous type,
with water tubes over the bridge wall; 477, Steam treatment,
Water tube boiler, Superheater and feed heater.
477. STEAM TREATMENT, WATER-TUBE BOILER, SU-
PERHEATER AND FEED HEATER. Water tube boil-
ers provided with both a superheater for steam and a feed
water heater.
478. STEAM TREATMENT, WATER-TUBE BOILER,
TRANSVERSE DRUM, SUPERHEATER. Superheaters
for water tube boilers having one or more transverse drums.
479. STEAM TREATMENT SUPERHEATER, AUTOMATIC
HEAT REGULATION. Steam superheaters having means
for automatically regulating the temperature of the super-
heated steam.
Search Classes .
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 445, Regu-
lation, Depending on load; the subclasses under Regulation,
Fuel and water, Automatic control, and 452, Feeders, Boiler
pressure, for closely allied art and special features of controlling
devices.
126 -STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 351, Water heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Automatic, for similar controllers.
236 DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC, for structure of the controlling
device.
480. STEAM TREATMENT, SUPERHEATER, DAMPER
CONTROLLED. Superheaters having a damper for varying
the amount of heat to which the superheater is subjected and
their arrangement with the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 479, Steam
treatment, Superheater, Automatic heat regulation.
481. STEAM TREATMENT SUPERHEATER, FIREBOX.
Superheaters located in the firebox of any type of boiler, or the
superheater may be located around the "firebox.
482. STEAM TREATMENT, SUPERHEATER, FIRE-TUBE
IN STEAM-SPACE. Boilers having fire tubes in the steam
space of the boiler for superheating the steam.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 463, Steam
treatment, Fire tube boiler, Horizontal, Superheater, Interior
steam space, Internal fire lube, for fire tubes heating a sepa-
rate steam chamber in the boiler; 486, Steam treatment, Super-
heater, Steam dome, for superheated steam domes.
483. STEAM TREATMENT, SUPERHEATER, INDIRECTLY
HEATED. Devices for superheating steam indirectly by
heating a (luid or fusible solid and transferring the heat of the
fluid or melted mass to the steam.
Note. Compare the subclasses under Indirectly heated, Sepa-
rate fluid.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 479, Steam
treatment, Superheater, Automatic heat regulation, for this
type of superheater having an automatic leiiiiwrature regu-
lator.
CLASS 122 Continued.
484. STEAM TREATMENT, SUPERHEATER, SEPARATE
CHARGES. Superheaters provided with means for heating
the steam in separate charges, each charge or portion being cut
off and isolated from the main steam line while being super-
heated.
Search Classes
60 MISCELLANEOUS HEAT ENGINE PLANTS, if air or products
of combustion are mixed with the steam.
121 STEAM ENGINES, if the superheater is combined with the
engine structure.
4S5. STEAM TREATMENT, SUPERHEATER, SEPARATE
FL RN ACE. Steam superheaters having a separate furnace
for heating them.
486. STEAM TREATMENT, SUPERHEATER, STEAM-
DOME. Steam domes provided with means for drying or
superheating the steam, excluding mere steam separators.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 492, Sepa-
rators, Steam dome, for steam domes with separators; 508,
Steam domes, for steam domes without separators.
487. STEAM TREATMENT, SUPERHEATER, WATER IN-
JECTED. Means for injecting water into superheated steam
or to structure of superheaters with water injection mechanism.
488. SEPARATORS, BOILER CIRCULATION. Devices lo-
cated within the boiler for separating the steam from the
water as it circulates in the boiler.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 408, Circula-
tion, Internal conduit, and the subclasses thereunder, for cir-
culating conduits with incidental steam separators.
489. SEPARATORS, BOILER RETURN. Combinations of
separators located in the steam main leading from the boiler
with means for automatically returning the water to the boiler.
Search Classes
83 MILLS, subclass 90, Steam separators, for structure of the
s 'parator.
160 STEAM AND VACUUM PUMPS, subclass 2, Steam loop, for
disclosures of separators in the steam main with "stedkn loop "
apparatus for returning the water to the boiler.
490. SEPARATORS, FOR TILTING BOILERS. Mechanism
for preventing water being carried out of the boiler into the
steam main when the boiler is tilted or inclined from a normal
horizontal position, as, for instance, when a ship is pitching
or rolling or when a traction engine is ascending or descending
a grade or when a locomotive on a railroad is hi like position.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 495, Crown
sheet protecting, and as indicated in the notes thereto.
491. SEPARATORS, INTERIOR OF BOILER. Steam separa-
tors located either within the steam space of a boiler or in the
steam space, in combination with a separator in the steam
dome or steam mam or at the outlet of the boiler, so that the
water will fall back into the boiler when steam is being dis-
charged.
NOTE. This subclass includes separators of the nature defined,
although they may be used in a sugar evaporator.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 488, Sepa-
rators, Boiler circulation, and the subclassss referred to in the
notes thereunder, for means for separating steam from the
water circulation of the boiler; 489, Separators, Boiler return,
for separators in the steam main with means for returning th
water to the boiler; 492, Separators, Steam dome, for steam
domes with separators.
83 MILLS, subclass 90, Steam separators, for separators located
in a steam main.
103 PUMPS, subclass 106, Trap type; 137, WATER DISTRIBU-
TION, subclass 103, Traps; 160, STEAM AND VACUUM PUMPS,
subclass 3, Feeders and traps; 162, INJECTORS AND EJECTORS,
subclass 3, Ejector, Fluid level controlled; 236, DAMPERS.
AUTOMATIC, subclasses 9, Traps, and the subclasses there-
under; 12, Expansion, Liquid level; 13, Expansion, Liquid
level, Separate conduit, and 14, Expansion, Liquid level,
Separate conduit, Pressure operated valve, and 237, 1 IEAT DIS-
TRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 24, Traps, and the subclasses
thereunder, for steam traps.
492. SEPARATORS, STEAM-DOME. Steam separators located
in the steam dome of the boiler or to the structure of the steam
dome having steam separating apparatus.
Search Classes
122 -LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 486, Steam
treatment, Superheater, Steam dome, for steam domes with
superheaters; 508, Steam domes, for steam domes without
steam separators.
136 STEAM ENGINE VALVES, subclass 11, Throttle, for throttle
valves in steam domes with incidental steam separators.
493. BRACES AND STAYS. Miscellaneous braces and stays and
their general arrangement with the boiler walls not included
in the definitions of other subclasses.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, sulx;lasses 83, Fire tube,
Horizontal, Transverse diaphragm, for supports for fire tubes
for horizontal fire tube boilers; 3(K), Water tube, Headers,
Closures and couplings, and the subclasses thereunder, for
braces and stays for headers and header structure; 496, Crown
sheets and stays, for the general arrangement of stays and the
structure of crown sheets.
DKFINTTIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
277
CLASS 122 Continued.
83 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 1.5 Bolts, Stays, for boiler stay bolts.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 140,
Tanks, Braces, for boiler braces of general application for any
closed tank.
494. CASINGS. Inclosures surrounding a boiler of a miscellaneous
nature not specially provided for in other subclasses in this or
any other main class.
Search Classes
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 23, Heat insulated receptacles;
72, MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 41, Walls,
Block, Hollow; 106, PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 18, Heat
insulating; 137, WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 72, Mains
and pipes, Thawing, and 75, Mains and pipes, Pipes, for other
heat insulating art.
110 FURNACES, subclasses 1, Furnace structure, and 4, Fur-
nace structure, Horizontal cylindrical boiler, for brickwork
forming part of the furnace which covers the boiler.
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALAGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclasses 44, Heat insulating coverings, and 45, Heat insu-
lating coverings, Air-spaced, for what are known as "boiler
coverings" for preventing the radiation of heat.
495. CROWN-SHEET PROTECTING. Boilers having means
to prevent the crown sheet over the firebox from being uncov-
ered by water when the boiler is tilted from the normal hori-
zontal position.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 490, Separa-
tors, For tilting boilers, for allied art.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 114, Traction engines,
for devices to keep the boiler of a traction engine level when
going up or down grade.
496. CROWN SHEETS AND STAYS. The structure of crown
sheets and braces and stays therefor.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 58, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Drop water firebox; 493, Braces and stays,
for miscellaneous braces and stavs.
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 1.5, Bolts, Stay, for stay bolts.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 140,
Tanks, Braces, for braces and stays for boilers and closed tanks
of general application.
497. FRONTS. Water-cooled fronts for boilers.
498. FRONTS, DOORS. Water-cooled furnace doors. There may
or may not be a circulatory communication with the boiler.
The door may be employed to heat water for any purpose or
to generate steam.
Search Classes
75 METALLURGY, subclass 132, Puddling hearths, Doors and
bits, and 202, CHARCOAL AND COKE, subclass 6, Coke, Ovens,
Doors.
110 FURNACES, subclass 180, Doors and casings, Cooling, for
air-cooled furnace doors.
499. FRONTS, MOUTHS. The structure of the fuel feed opening
of a firebox having water heating chambers or conduits. The
feed water may be heated in this structure.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 93, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Water firebox, Offset; 94, Fire tube, Hori-
zontal, Water firebox, Offset, Water tube type; 189, Hori-
zontal cylinder, Offset subjacent firebox, Water roof; 190,
Horizontal cylinder, Offset subjacent firebox, Water tube;
193, Horizontal cylinder, Water firebox, and 194, Horizontal
cylinder, Water firebox, Water tube type.
500. FRONTS, MOUTHS, WATER-FIREBOX. The construc-
tion of the fuel feed passage in a water firebox.
501. FLUID-DISPLACER. Boilers whose steam or water space
or some part thereof contains fluid displacing elements.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 40, Flasher;
242, Water tube, Capillary: 243, Water tube, Capillary, Fluid
fuel; 406, Circulation, and 509, Submerged steam chamber.
502. FLUID-DISPLACER, FLUID FUEL. Bolters whose steam
or water space or some part thereof contains fluid displacing
elements and is heated by fluid fuel.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 243, Water
tube, Capillary, Fluid fuel, and 406, Circulation.
503. FUEL-BAFFLES. The structure and arrangement of a
water-cooled baffle, which is generally located in the firebox
for reciving the impact of the burning fuel, either fluid or
comminuted solid fuel.
Note. Compare class 122, LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS,
subclass 10, For fluid fuel burner.
504. SAFETY DEVICES. Devices not otherwise provided for
to prevent explosions or injury to boilers,
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 125, Fire
tut)?, Vertical, Top water chamber, and 164, Flue, Vertical,
Insulated outlet flue; 304, Water tube, Headers, Closures and
couplings, Tube closures; 437, Feed heaters, Safety valve;
447, Regulation, Fuel and water, Fluid fuel, Cut-off; 490,
Separators, For tilting boilers; 494, Casings; 495, Crown sheet
protecting, for different types of safety devices in this class.
CLASS 122 Continued.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 450, Regu-
lation, Suspended boiler; 161, TIME CONTROLLING KECHA-
MSM, subclass 16, Timing mechanism, Culinary, and 236,
DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 490, Separa-
tors, for tilting boilers; 103, PUMPS; 175, ELECTRICITY,
GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 309, Switches, Float oper-
ated, and 177, ELECTRIC SIGNALING, subclass 317, Alarms,
Liquid level, for special safety devices.
B&^REFRIGERATION, subclass 24, Condensers, for safety de-
vices for condensers.
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 54, Gages, Water.
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 1.5, Bolts, Stay, for stay bolts having indicators for
breakage of bolt; also in this class (122), subclasses 493, Braces
and stays, and 510, Supports.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 35, Stoves, Cooking,
Water backs, Safety devices; 136, STEAM ENGINE VALVES,
subclasses 9, Safety, and 11, Throttle; 137, WATER DISTRIBU-
TION, subclass 53. Safety valves, and 237, HEAT DISTRIBU-
TING SYSTEMS, subclass 15, Water, for safety valves.
136 STEAM ENGINE VALVES, subclass 11, Throttle, for valves
of general application that close a steam conduit to prevent
steam from escaping and doing damage when a steam main
or pipe bursts.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 4, Cocks and faucets,
Reciprocating valves, for valves provided with diaphragms
that break under a given pressure; 102, Indicators; 103, Traps,
for steam traps that are drained when the pressure is ofl to
prevent freezing.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 121,
Tank attachments, Safety, for diaphragms for boilers and
tanks that break under a given pressure; 124, Tank closures,
for boiler manholes and closures with safety attachments.
236 DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC, subclasses 15, Expansion, Liquid
level, Trip valve, and 10, Fusible, for valves closed or opened
for safety purposes and for fusible plugs or parts in the ooiler
walls.
237 HEAT DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 25, Traps, Heated,
for steam traps that are heated to prevent freezing.
505. SAFETY DEVICES, FIRE-EXTINGUISHERS, FLOAT-
CONTROLLED. Float controlled devices for admitting
steam or water to the firebox or for otherwise extinguishing
or dampening the fire.
Search Class
236 DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC, subclasses 10, Fusible, for fusible
members and plugs for admitting water or steam to the boiler;
15, Expansion, Liquid level, Trip valve, and 169, FIRE EX-
TINGUISHERS, generally.
506. SAFETY DEVICES, FIRE-EXTINGUISHERS, PRES-
SURE-CONTROLLED. Devices for extinguishing or
dampening the fire of the boiler when a certain pressure inside
the boiler is attained. This includes combined safety valves
and fire extinguishers.
507. SAFETY DEVICES, SELF-CLOSING VALVE. Boilers
with valves that close automatically when some part of the
boiler bursts in order to prevent steam or water from escaping.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 364, Water
tube. Headers, Closures and couplings, Tube closures, for
hand operated valves for closing tubes and headers.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 24, Condensers, and the sub-
classes thereunder, for valves automatically operated for
similar purposes.
83 MILLS, subclass 90, Steam separators, for steam separators
provided with valves for preventing the water of condensa-
tion from entering the steam main leading to the engine.
136 STEAM ENGINE VALVES, subclass 11, Throttle, for valves
of general application to a steam conduit for preventing escape
of steam or water.
508. STEAM-DOMES. The structure of the steam receiving and
storing chambers for boilers with which the steam main com-
municates which do not come within the definition of other
subclasses.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 88, Fire
tube, Horizontal, Upper drum; 3C5, Water tube, Drums and
couplings, for steam and water drums for water tube boilers;
4(13, Steam treatment, Fire tube boilers, Horizontal, Super-
heater, Interior steam space, Internal fire tube, and 509, Sub-
merged steam chamber, forsteam collecting chambers located
within the body of the boiler; 486, Steam treatment, Super-
heater, Steam dome, for steam domes or chambers having
means for superheating the steam. See also suliclass 463,
Steam treatment, Fire tube boiler, Horizontal, Superheater,
Interior steam space, Internal fire tube.
136 STEAM ENGINE VALVES, subclass 11, Throttle, for steam
domes with throttle valves.
509. SUBMERGED STEAM-CHAMBER. Boilers provided with
a steam chamber or receiver inside the boiler below the water
line.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 36, Auxil-
iary steam heater, and 463, Steam treatment, Fire tul:>e boiler,
Horizontal, Superheater, Interior steam space, Internal fire
tube, for special combinations.
510. SUPPORTS. Mechanism and structure for supporting boilers
of various types when the structure of the boiler or the gen-
eral arrangement is claimed in combination with the support.
278
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 122 Continued.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 11, Rotary,
and 12, Rotatably supported, for rotatably supported boilers;
450, Regulation, Suspended boiler, for normally supported
boilers for regulating the feed water or heat generation.
110 FURNACES, for structure of furnace walls.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 139,
Tanks, Supports and brackets, for boiler supports and set-
tings and brackets of general application adapted to support
any closed or open tank.
836 DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC.
511. TUBES AND CONNECTIONS. The structure of tubes and
flues for boilers not of general applicat ion and their connection
with the boiler and couplings for tubes or flues, not specially
provided for in other subclasses.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 360, Water
tube, Headers, Closures and couplings, and the subclasses
thereunder, and 305, Water tube, Drums and couplings, for
tube couplings for headers and drums and the structure of the
headers and drums.
CLASS 122 Continued.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclasses 24, Condensers, and the sub-
classes thereunder; 28, Cooling radiators, Motor vehicle, and
29, Heat transferrers and conservers, and the subclasses there-
under.
110 FURNACES, subclass 97, Furnace structure, Baffles and
heat retainers, for protecting devices for the ends of boiler
tubes.
121 STEAM ENGINES, subclass 110, Packing, Steam-joint.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 98, Pipe couplings, Pipe
and plate, for couplings for tubes of boilers and condensers or
feed water heaters to the tube sheet.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 100, Mains and pipes,
Tubes, for structure of tube or flue.
512. TUBE SHEETS. Structure of the tube sheet for boilers not
of general application.
Search Class
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclasses 365, Water
tube, Drums and couplings, and 511, Tubes and connections.
CLASS 123. INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class contains inventions relating to prime movers or engines
in which a combustible material is burned within an inclosed space
or chamber and the heat energy thus developed converted into work
by permitting the resulting products of combustion to act upon and
through mechanical powers, the engine in question including suit-
able mechanism whereby the functions above enumerated are con-
tinually and automatically carried out, and such engine being
designed to communicate power to some machine or device exterior
to itself.
The space or combustion-chamber above referred to is ordinarily
the interior of the working cylinder of the engine, the products of
combustion acting immediately upon a reciprocating or rotating
piston moving within the same chamber in which combustion takes
place or in an extension thereof. Some types of internal-combustion
engines, however, besides fulfilling the conditions above mentioned,
have a valve operated by and in unison therewith located between
the combustion-chamber and the elements upon and through which
the products of combustion act to thereby control th? flow of said
products, in which case the chamber within which the combustible
material is burned is so formed within the structure of the engine of
which it forms a part, as to be inseparable therefrom without destroy-
ing the identity of the device as a whole.
The working fluid is ordinarily such as results from combustion
alone; but in some of the engines in this class a small quantity of
water is supplied to the engine, generally by injecting it directly
into the interior of the combustion-chamber during or after the
combustion of the combustible material; but in all engines using
water the amount used is comparatively small, so that the resulting
steam is necessarily in a superliented condition.
This class also includes separate parts of engines coming within
the above definition and also subordinate elements designed for use
with such engines and incapable of use in the manner contemplated
with other devices or in other relations.
From the above it will be seen that devices go into this class
"because of a function performed by a given element or combination
of elements rather than because of any particular structure of such
elements, and therefore, given structural features forming a machine
adapted for use as an internal-combustion engine, may be found in
any other classes having machines of like general structure. Thus
probably any given structure adapted for use as an internal-com-
t>ustion engine could generally with slight modification be used as
a steam or other heat engine, and often as an air, gas, or water pump,
a hydraulic motor, a meter, etc. This would not ordinarily oe the
case with the subordinate or auxiliary devices included in this class,
as from what appears above such subordinate elements as the class
contains are adapted for use in the manner contemplated only with
or forming a part of an internal-combustion engine.
It therefore follows that a search for a given general mechanical
structure adapted for use as an internal-combustion engine will
generally need to be continued in the classes above indicated.
Further fields of search for the various subordinate elements de-
signed for and adapted to be used only with internal-combustion
engines, and therefore included in this class, are indicated in the
definitions hereinafter appearing of those various subclasses.
For devices for elevating water through the agency of burned or
exploded gases, see class 160, STEAM AND VACUUM PUMPS, and
class 103, PUMPS, subclass 07, Fluid motive power.
For devices for propelling boats through the same agency, see
class 115, MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 13, Jet, Explosive.
For devices in which burned or exploded gases are nsad directly
to operate a rock-drill, see class 125. STONE-WORKING, subclass 10,
Drills.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Internal-combustion engines not coming
within the terms of the definition of some one of the following
internal-combustion-engine subclasses. This subclass con-
tains patents relating to cycles or modes of operation not
hereinafter provided for or in which the cycle or mode of
operation is not definitely determined by the structure dis-
closed and will not ordinarily contain patents relating to
definite mechanical structure.
Note. Given mechanical structures not provided for in structural
subclasses, but operating upon a definite and determined
cycle of operation provided for in this classification, are classi-
fied in miscellaneous functional or cycle subclasses, such as
65, Two-cycle and subclasses thereunder, and 75, Four-cycle
and subclasses thereunder, etc.
2. COMBINED DEVICES. Combinations not coming within the
terms of the following subclasses of combined devices in which
an internal-combustion engine is disclosed and claimed in
combination with some other device not in itself classifiable
in some appropriate subclass of internal-combustion engines
and which combined device itself is not treated as a unitary
machine in the general system of Office classification and as
such classified in some appropriate class.
Search Classes
171 ELECTRICITY, GENERATiON,subclass 314, Systems, Second-
ary battery.
191 ELECTRICITY, ELECTRIC RAILWAYS, subclass 2, Electric
locomotives.
CLASS 123 Continued.
3. COMBINED DEVICES, GENERATING PLANTS. Com-
binations of an internal-combustion engine together with
means for generating and supplying a combustible mixture
thereto, the engine and generating apparatus being ordinarily
capable of separation, but disclosed and claimed in combina-
tion, and the elements collectively forming a complete plant
for developing and applying power. In the power plants
occurring herein the various elements constituting the gen-
erating portion of the plant are of ordinary or commercial
form and if presented by themselves would be classified in
other classes or subclasses. Patents covering the engine and
generating device together are classified in the class of internal-
combustion engines, because all the elements of the plant are
so correlated as to develop and apply power by means in-
cluding an internal-combustion engine.
Note. The devices occurring in this subclass differ from many of
the engines in subclasses of oil-engines in that in an oil-engine
the source of power is always a liquid hydrocarbon and the
elements concerned with the vaporization of the oil and those
constituting the engine are so designed with reference to each
other as to form a single unitary machine incapable of being
separated into its component sets of elements without defeat-
ing the operation of the engine as a whole in the manner con-
templated.
4. COMBINED DEVICES, INTERNAL-COMBUSTION AND
FLUID-PRESSURE. Engines or systems for developing
and applying power comprising an internal-combustion
engine and a fluid-pressure engine, each designed to operate
through mechanical means to drive a given machine and both
generally acting to drive a single machine, the engine or system
in question not coming within the terms of the definition of one
of the two following subclasses. The internal-combustion and
fluid-pressure engines may be separate and distinct from each
other, or a single working cylinder may be supplied alter-
nately with a fluid under pressure to act therein without
chemical change and with a combustible mixture to be burned
therein, the engine in the second of the cases herein stated not
coming within the terms of the definition of the subclass of
Internal-combustion and air. This subclass also includes
devices comprising an internal-combustion engine and a con-
vertible pump and fluid-pressure motor, by means of which
surplus energy may be stored when the engine is running light
and utilized to assist the engine when the work to be done is
excessive. The fluid under pressure which drives the fluid-
pressure motor undergoes no chemical change therein, and
such fluid may be one not adapted for use in an internal-com-
bustion engine, as air, steam, etc., or the fluid-pressure motor
may be operated by a compressed fluid having combustible
properties, in whicllkcase the exhaust-gases therefrom are nor-
mally conducted to and burned within the internal-combus-
tion engine.
Note. This subclass does not include internal-combustion engines
in which a combustible mixture under pressure is supplied to
a single working cylinder and acts to propel the piston through
a portion of its working stroke before ignition of the charge
takes place. Such engines are classified in subclass 68, Two-
cycle, Pump compression, and in subclass 61, Double-acting,
Two-cycle, both in this class.
Note. Tms subclass does not include internal-combustion en-
gines in which the exhaust^gases are conducted to and per-
mitted to expand in a second cylinder. For such engines
see in this class, subclass 36, Multiple expansion.
5. COMBINED DEVICES, INTERNAL-COMBUSTION AND
FLUID -PRESSURE, FLUID TRANSMISSION. En-
gines or systems for developing and applying power, com-
prising an 'internal-combustion engine, a fluid compressing or
forcing device operated thereby, a fluid-pressure motor de-
signed to operate the machine or other device to be driven,
and a conduit connecting the fluid compressing or forcing
device and the fluid-pressure motor, whereby the energy
developed by the internal-combustion engine is transmitted
to and operates the fluid-pressure motor through the fluid
operated upon by the comoressing or forcing device. The
fluid-pressure mo'tor thus becomes the immediate source of
power for operating the machine to be driven, and the internal-
combustion engine can in no case act directly upon the said
machine to drive it. The fluid after having passed through
the fluid-pressure motor may or may not be returned to the
fluid compressing or forcing device to be used over again.
Note. Patents disclosing only an internal-combustion engine
and a compressing or forcing device operated thereby, al-
though capable of and frequently designed to form a part of
such a system as is defined herein, are classified in this class,
subclass 2, Combined devices.
6. COMBINED DEVICES, INTERNAL-COMBUSTION AND
FLUID-PRESSURE, WASTE-HEAT UTILIZING. En-
gines designed to utilize the heat usually lost through the ex-
haust gases, the cooling medium, or through radiation in the
operation of an internal-combustion engine, comprising means
whereby the heat generated by burning a combustible mixture
in such an engine and not converted into work thereby is
utilized to impart energy to a fluid, which energy is utilized, by
permitting the said fluid or vapor generated therefrom to act
279
280
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 123 Continued.
without chemical change in a suitable fluid-pressure motor,
whereby work is done in addition to that done by the internal-
combustion engine, and systems for generating power and in-
volving means for utilizing, as above set forth, the heat usually
lost in the operation of an internal-combustion engine. The
fluid acted upon by the surplus heat may be one not adapted
for use in an internal-combustion engine, as water, air under
pressure, etc., or it may have combustible properties, in which
case after a portion of the energy imparted thereto has been
utilized by a fluid-pressure motor, as above set forth, the fluid
is normally conducted to the internal-combustion engine and
burned therein. The engines ordinarily include two or more
working chambers and pistons therefor acting upon a single
crank-shaft, in one of which a combustible charge is burned,
while the energy imparted to the fluid is utilized in the other.
The internal-combustion and fluid-pressure engines may, how-
ever, be wholly independent except as to the interchange of
heat set forth.
Note. This subclass does not include devices whereby the com-
bustible charge or one of its constituents is heated by heat
ordinarily lost in the operation of an internal-combustion
engine, the energy thus imparted to the charge not being
utilized as above set forth to do work. For such devices
see in this class, subclass 129, Charge-forming devices, Heat-
ing, and the subclasses under Oil-engines.
Note. For devices in which heat ordinarily lost in the operation
of an internal-combustion engine is utilized to generate steam
to be used, together with air and a hydrocarbonj to form the
combustible mixture supplied to and burned within the engine
see in this class, subclass 25, Water and hydrocarbon.
Note. For internal-combustion engines in which the combustible
mixture, or both the constituents thereof, is supplied to the
working cylinder under pressure after the beginning of the
working stroke, together with means whereby the waste heat
from the engine is utilized to heat the said mixture or one or
both of its constituents prior to the entry thereof into the work-
ing cylinder, see in thisclass, subclassesOl, Double-acting, Two-
cycle, and 08, Two-cycle. Pump compression.
Note. For devices designed to utilize the heat ordinarily lost in
the operation of a steam engine in a way similar to that de-
fined in this definition, see in class 122, LIQUID HEATERS AND
VAPORIZERS, subclass 24, Fluid fuel, Explosion.
Search Class
60 MISCELLANEOUS HEAT-ENGINE PLANTS, subclass 24, Sepa-
rate fluid, Waste heat.
7. HAMMERS. Devices designed to deliver a blow or series of
blows to a material or object operated upon ; such as hammers,
rock-drills, stamps, and the like, said device being provided
with operating means, including a working cylinder and means
for supplying a combustible thereto and burning it therein,
and the invention as defined by the claims relating to the inter-
nal-combustion-engine feature's of the mechanism.
8. ROTARY. Miscellaneous internal-combustion engines in which
the element or piston upon which the gases resulting from the
ignition of a combustible mixture supplied thereto act partakes
of a continuous rotary motion.
Note. The engines occurring in this and the following subclasses
of rotary internal-combustion engines often include a closed
chamber to which air and a hydrocarbon are supplied under
pressure to be burned therein and the resulting gases conducted
to and permitted to act upon the rotating member of the engine ,
the structure and operation being thus similar to that of many
of the devices occurring in class 00, MISCELLANEOUS HEAT-
ENGINE PLANTS, subclass 4, Rotary engine. This is par-
ticularly the case as to the engines classified in subclass 9,
Rotary, Impact, hi this class.
Note. Where the chamber in which the hydrocarbon is burned
to produce a gas under pressure is so intimately associated
with the rotating element and inclosing casing of the engine
as to be incapable of separation therefrom without destroying
the identity of the device as a whole and defeating its operation
hi the manner contemplat ed , the de vice as a w hole is considered
as an internal-combustion engine and is classified in this or in
some one of the following rotary-engine subclasses. Where
the pressure-generating chamber is disclosed as removed from
the rotating element and inclosing casing of the engine and con-
nected therewith by means of a suitable conduit through which
the burned gases flow, so that the pressure-generating chamber
could be used with elements other than those with which it is
disclosed to form the other air-engines, the device as a whole is
classified in class 00, MISCELLANEOUS HEAT-ENGINE PLANTS,
subclass 4, Rotary engine.
Note. Patents in which the invention claimed relates solely to
a closed chamber and means for supply ing a combustible mix-
ture thereto and for burning such mixture therein, as above
pointed out, to produce a fluid under pressure, which fluid,
although perhaps most frequently intended for the purpose
of operating a suitable fluid-pressure engine, is obviouslv ca-
pable of any use to which such a fluid is applicable, are classi-
fied in class (10, MISCELLANEOUS HEAT-KNGINE PLANTS, sub-
classes 28, Pressure generators; 3(1, Pressure generators, Air,
Combustion products injected; 'and 37, Pressure generators,
Ah*, Combustion products injected, Explosion.
Search Classes
121 STEAM-KNGINES, subclass 47, Rotary, and subclasses
thereunder, containing engines structurally similar to the
one in question.
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 37, Meters, Rotary.
103 PUMPS, subclasses 43, Rotary single piston, and 44, Rotary
double piston.
138 HYDRAULIC MOTORS, subclass 3, Rotary.
9. ROTARY, IMPACT. Rotary internal-combustion engines in
which the gases resulting from the combustion of a mixture
of air and a hydrocarbon are directed against the rotating
CLASS 123 Continued.
element of the engine and impel said element by impact
therewith, the engine thus depending for its operation upon
the kinetic energy of the burned gases as they flow to the
rotating element.
Note. For devices including a closed chamber and means for
supplying air and a hydrocarbon thereto and for burning
the resulting combustible mixture therein, thus producing
a gas under pressure available for general purposes, see class
60, MISCELLANEOUS HEAT-ENGINE PLANTS, subclasses 28,
Pressure generators, 30; Pressure generators, Air, Combus-
tion products injected; and 37, Pressure generators, Ah-, Com-
bustion products injected, Explosion; and for such a device
hi combination with a rotating element, the several elements
not, however, so closely associated as pointed out in the
definition of the preceding subclass as to bring the device as a
whole into some rotary internal-combustion-engine subclass,
see in same class, subclass 4, Rotary engine.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 50, Rotary, Impact, and the
subclasses thereunder, according to the type of the device in
question.
10. ROTARY, REACTION. Rotary internal-combustion engines
in which the gases resulting from the combustion of a mixture
of air and a hydrocarbon are permitted to issue from an open-
ing hi the periphery of the rotating element of the engine,
thereby impelling the said element by reaction.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 61, Rotary, Impact, Reaction.
11. ROTARY, ALTERNATING PISTONS. Rotary internal-
combustion engines comprising a stationary inclosing casing,
sections of which in planes perpendicular to the axis of the
engine are circular, and a plurality of partitions or pistons
rotating about the axis of the said casing, together with means
for causing the said pistons to advance alternately, whereby
the space or chamber inclosed between two of the pistons
and the casing and within which the burned gases act expan-
sively to impel one of the pistons is caused to alternately
enlaree and contract.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 48, Rotary, Alternating piston.
12. ROTARY, GEARED PISTONS. Rotary internal-combus-
tion engines comprising a stationary inclosing casing and a
plurality of rigid rotary members or pistons rotating therein,
the peripheries of which pistons move in contact with the
inner surface of the casing, said pistons engaging with each
other in a manner similar to the meshing of ordinary gears,
but the form of the engaging portions of the pistons not neces-
sarily being such that one may drive the other continuously,
both said pistons being impelled by the action of the burned
gases thereupon and both acting to drive the power-shaft of
the engine.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 54, Rotary, Geared piston.
13. ROTARY, ROTATING ABUTMENT. Rotary internal-
combustion engines comprising a stationary inclosing casing,
sections of which in planes perpendicular to the axis of the
engine are circular, and a rotating element or piston therein,
together with an element, designated an "abutment" in this
classification, movable in itself, but fixed relatively to the
rotary movement of the piston, the piston being a single rigid
or solid structure, said casing, abutment, and a portion of the
piston inclosing an annular space or chamber within which
the burned gases are inclosed and permitted to act expan-
sively, thereby impelling the piston, the abutment aforesaid
partaking of a continual rotary motion.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 51, Rotary, Geared abutment,
and the subclasses thereof.
14. ROTARY, SLIDING ABUTMENT. Internal-combustion
engines differing from those occurring in the preceding sub-
class hi that the abutment partakes of a reciprocatory motion
of translation.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 67, Rotary, Sliding abutment,
and the subclass thereunder.
15. ROTARY, SWINGING ABUTMENT. Internal-combustion
engines differing from those occurring in subclass 13, Rotary,
Rotating abutment, in that the abutment partakes of an
oscillating or swinging motion about a given axis.
Search Class
121 STEAM-KNGINES, subclass 82, Rotary, Swinging abutment,
and the subclasses thereof.
16. ROTARY, SLIDING PISTON. Rotary internal-combustion
engines comprising a stationary inclosing casing and a rotating
member therein, the rotating member including an element or
piston carried by and partaking of the rotary motion of said
rotating member and being also movable relatively thereto,
said casing, rotating member, and piston inclosing an annular
space or chamber within which the burned gases are inclosed
and permitted to act expansively, thereby impelling the pis-
ton, the said piston partaking of a reciprocatory motion of
translation with reference to the rotating member.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclasses under Rotary, Sliding piston.
17. ROTARY, SWINGING 'PISTON. Rotary internal-combus-
tion engines in which the piston partakes of an oscillating or
swinging motion about an axis carried by the rotating
member.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINE?, subclass 82. Rotary, Swinging abutment,
and the subclasses thereof.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
281
CLASS 123 Continued.
18. OSCILLATING PISTON. Internal-combuslMn engines irre-
spective of cycle or mode of operation, comprising a stationary
inclosing casing, sections of which perpendicular to its axis
are bounded by circular arcs concentric to said axis, and a
movable member or piston therein moving in contact with
the inner walls of the said casing, said piston partaking of an
oscillating or swinging motion about the axis of the casing
and, together with the walls thereof, inclosing a space or cham-
ber within which the burned gases act expansively to impel
the piston.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 43, Oscillating piston.
10. LIQUID PISTON. Internal-combustion engines in which a
body of liquid is interposed between the burned gases and the
working piston or equivalent element, whereby power is com-
municated to the main driving-shaft of the engine, the said
liquid preventing the burned gases within the combustion-
chamber and working cylinder from coming into direct con-
tact with the working piston or equivalent element.
20. STEAM CONVERTIBLE. Engines designed to be operated
either by steam generated by means independent of the en-
gi ne and supplied thereto under pressure or by a combustible
mi % ture of air and hydrocarbon as interchangeable sources of
power and means for converting the engine from one type to
the other, whereby a single engine structure may be operated
either as a steam or as an internal-combustion engine. This
subclass also contains devices in the nature of attachments or
auxiliary devices designed to be applied to existing engines
to enable them to be operated either as steam or as internal-
combustion engines. The engines in this subclass may use
either steam or a combustible mixture as a source of power,
but not both at the same time.
Note. For engines operated by steam and a combustible mixture
acting in separate working cylinders or chambers or acting in
a single working cylinder or chamber upon alternate working
strokes, see in this class, subclass 4, Combined devices, Inter-
nal-combustion and fluid-pressure.
Note. For engines operated by a combustible mixture and steam
mixed together to form the successive charges, see in this
class, subclass 25, Water and hydrocarbon.
21. CONVERTIBLE CYCLE. Internal-combustion engines hav-
ing a cylinder and a working piston reciprocating therein, but
irrespective of other structural features, in which means are
provided whereby the mode of operation of the engine may be
determined and the engine caused to operate upon either a
two-stroke or a four-stroke cycle.
22. INTERNAL COMBUSTION AND AIR. Engines including
in their structure elements normally found only in hot-air
engines and other elements normally found only in internal-
combustion engines and having steps in their cycle of opera-
tion peculiar to both such types of engines. This subclass
includes engines including elements selected from both the
above-mentioned types and convertible either at will or auto-
matically, as by a suitable governing device, so as to operate
either as'hot-air or as internal-combustion engines, and engines
operating upon a predetermined cycle, including working
strokes, upon which the piston is impelled alternately by
gases heated within the working cylinder by combustion, as
m internal-combustion engines, arid by gases heated within
the working cylinder by contact with the inner surface of said
working cylinder and the clearance-space.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses 61, Double-
acting, Two-cycle, and 68, Two-cycle, Pump compression.
23. SOLID FUEL. Internal-combustion engines in which a solid
non-explosive fuel or combustible is introduced into and
burned within the working cylinder of an internal-combus-
tion engine or into a combustion-chamber in permanently
open communication therewith and the energy of the result-
ing gases converted into work by permitting them to expand
and act upon a piston moving in the said cylinder. The solid
fuel may be introduced into the working cylinder upon each
successive cycle of operation of the engine and in quantities
sufficient only to supply the energy required for the successive
working strokes of the engine, or it may be introduced at
comparatively long intervals of time and in quantities suffi-
cient to furnish energy for several working strokes, in which
case air only is supplied upon the successive cycles of operation
to consume portions of the charge of fuel already within the
engine.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses 24, Gunpow-
der, and 13f>, Charge-forming devices, Oil-feeding, for feeding
mechanism available generally for the purpose of supplying
solid fuel to engines of the type occurring in this subclass.
24. GUNPOWDER. Internal-combustion engines in which a
charge of gunpowder or other explosive substances is supplied
to and exploded within the cylinder of the engine or com-
bustion-chamber in communication therewith and the energy
of the resulting gases converted into work by permitting them
to act upon a moving part of the engine. This subclass is in-
tended to include all engines using an explosive substance as
above, irrespective of other structural features, cycle, or mode
of operation.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses 23, Solid fuel,
and 130, Charge-forming devices, Oil-feeding, for feeding mecha-
nism available generally for the purpose of supplying the ex-
plosive substance to engines of the type occurring in this sub-
class.
CLASS 123- Continued.
25. WATER AND HYDROCARBON. Internal-combustion
engines having a cylinder and a working piston reciprocating
therein, but irrespective of other structural features, cycle, or
mode of operation, in which the combustible mixture supplied
to and burned within the working cylinder containsa quantity
of aqueous vapor or in which water in any form is supplied to
the working cylinder after a charge has been ignited therein.
The water may be supplied to the air and hydrocarbon before
the charge is ignited, in which case the combustible charge is
made up of air, hydrocarbon, and aqueous vapor, or a com-
bustible mixture of air and hydrocarbon may be ignited in the
working cylinder, the water being supplied to the expanding
gases therein during the working stroke. In cases where water
in the form of steam is supplied to the combustible mixture, as
above, the steam is frequently generated by means of heat
ordinarily lost in the operation of the engine, as by the heat
of the exhaust-gases, or the cooling-jacket may be utilized as a
steam-generator to supply water to the combustible charge.
Note. For engines designed to be operated either as a steam or as
an internal-combustion engine and convertible at will into
either type, see in this class , subclass 20, Steam convertible, and
for engines designed to use both steam and a combustible mix-
ture at the same time, either in separate and distinct working
chambers or upon alternate working strokes in a single working
chamber, see in this class, subclass 4, Combined devices, In-
ternal-combustion and fluid-pressure.
26. ADDITIONAL AIR-SUPPLY. Internal-combustion en-
gines in which a combustible mixture is ignited in the working
cylinder at the beginning of the working stroke, as in the ordi-
nary operation of internal-combustion engines , after which and
at some time before the end of the working stroke an addi tional
quantity of compressed air or equivalent non-combustible gas
is supplied to the working cylinder and mingles with the burned
gases therein, the piston being impelled through the remaining
portion of its working stroke by the combined action of the
burned gases and the air supplied thereto.
27. BURNING BY HIGHLY-COMPRESSED AIR. Internal-
combustion engines in which air or eq ui valent non-combustible
gas is supplied to the working cylinder and compressed therein
by a distinct compression-stroke of the working piston to such
a degree that the temperature of the gas rises to such a point
that a combustible supplied thereto will be ignited by the
highly-compressed non-combustible gas upon coming into con-
tact therewit h, after which and after the beginning of the work-
ing stroke a combust ible upon being supplied to the body of the
compressed non-combustible gas ignites as it comes into con-
tact therewith and burns at constant pressure or perhaps con-
stant temperature. The cycle upon which the engines occur-
ring in this subclass operate is sometimes designated by text-
writers as the " Diesel" cycle.
Note. For engines in which gas is burned at constant pressure,
see in this class, subclasses 61, Double-acting, Two-cycle, anol
68, Two-cycle, Pump compression.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses 32, Oil-en
gines, Internal-vaporizing, Forced oil-supply, and 33, Oil-
engines Internal- vaporizing, Forced oil-supply, Oil-atomizing.
OIL-ENGINES. The "oil-engine" subclasses contain internal-
combustion engines having a cylinder and a working piston
reciprocating therein, but irrespective of other structural fea-
tures, cycle, or mode of operation, which are designed to be
operated by a liquid hydrocarbon and in which the means
concerned with the supply and vaporization of the oil are so
closely associated with the elements constituting the engine
that a true combination would appearto exist between the two
sets of elements. A given mechanism including an engine and
means for supplying oil thereto to be burned therein is not classi-
fied as an oil-engine merely because it is designed to use oil as
a source of power if the means whereby the oil or vapor is
supplied to the engine is capable of separation therefrom and
of use with other engines without affecting the operation of
either the engine or the oil-supplying devices. A given struc-
ture will be classified in these subclasses only in cases where
mechanical separation of the elements concerned with the
supply or vaporization of the oil from the elements constitu-
ting the engine is impossible without defeating the operation
of the device as a whole in the manner contemplated by the
inventor, and a simple pipe or equivalent connection through
which the exhaust-gases from the engine are conducted to the
oil-supplying or vaporizing device to heat the same is not con-
sidered as bringing the two sets of elements into such intimate
association as to make the whole mechanism a single device
and as such classifiable as an oil-engine. From these consid-
erations it therefore ordinarily follows that patents disclosing
both an engine and a device for supplying it with oil or vapor
therefrom and which do not come within the terms of the
above definition, and are therefore not classifiable in oil-engine
subclasses, are classified and cross-referenced according to
the separate groups of elements entering into and forming
the complete device, the oil supplying or vaporizing device
ordinarily going into appropriate subclasses of Charge-form-
ing devices and the engine into appropriate subclasses in this
class, according to its form, mode of operation, or other dis-
tinguishing features.
28. OIL-ENGINES, PUMP-SUPPLY TO AIR-INLET, FOUR-
CYCLE. Oil-engines in which oil in the liquid form and
unmixed with air is supplied directly to an air-supply conduit
leading to the working cylinder of the engine and adjacent to
the main inlet^ valve thereof by means of a pump operated by
and in unison with the engine, said pump forcing the oil into
the stream of air passing through the supply-conduit in a series
of jets as the engine operates, which jets are generally but not
282
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 123 Continued.
invariably in unison with the suction-strokes of the engine.
The air to which the oil is supplied as above is always caused to
flow into the working cylinder of the engine by suction upon
the charging stroke, the engines in this subclass being invaria-
bly four-stroke-cycle engines. There is frequently no distinct
vaporizing means present in the engines in this subclass, the
oil being generally atomized by the air and the heat of the cyl-
inder and the combustion-chamber being relied upon to vapor-
ize the oil after its entry thereinto.
Search Class
123 INTERNALCOMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses 29,OU-Engines,
Pump-supply to air-inlet, Two-cycle; 32, Oil-engines, Internal-
vaporizing, Forced oil-supply; 139, Charge-forming devices,
Oil-feeding, Pumps, and 140, Charge-forming devices, Oil-feed-
ing, Pumps, Governor-controlled, for oil-pumps available for
the purpose of supplying oil to form the combustible charge in
engines of the type occurring in this subclass.
29. OIL-ENGINES, PUMP-SUPPLY TO AIR-INLET, TWO-
CYCLE. Oil-engines differing from those occurring in the
preceding subclass in that the engines operate upon a two-
stroke cycle, the oil being supplied to the stream of air either as
it enters the supply-pump forming a part of two-stroke-cycle
engines or to the air as it passes from the supply-pump to the
working cylinder of the engine.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses32, Oil-engines,
Internal-vaporizing, Forced oil-supply; 139, Charge forming de-
vices, Oil-feeding, Pumps, and 140, "Charge-forming devices,
Oil-feeding, Pumps, Governor-controlled, for oil-pumps.
30. OIL-ENGINES, INTERNAL-VAPORIZING. Oil-engines in
which oil in the liquid form and either unmixed with air or
mixed with a part only or with all the air necessary to form a
complete combustible charge is supplied directly to the in-
terior of the working cylinder of the engine or directly to the
interior of the combustion-chamber or other chamber in per-
manently open communication with the working cylinder to
be therein vaporized and ignited, the engine in question not
coming within the terms of the definition of some one of the
following internal-vaporizing subclasses. This subclass de-
pends upon function rather than structure and includes oil-
engines in which oil in the liquid form is supplied directly to
the ulterior of the engine and vaporized therein, as above set
forth, the engine in question not coming within the terms of the
definition of one of the oil-engine subclasses preceding this,
from which it follows that in the engines in this subclass there
may frequently be but little or perhaps no separate and dis-
tinct vaporizer structure present, provided that the function
set forth is carried out. In such cases the heat of the cylinder
and combustion-chamber is ordinarily relied upon to vaporize
the oil after its entry thereinto. In the engines occurring in
this and the following internal- vaporizing subclasses the com-
bustible charge is frequently ignited by the same element that
has previously acted to vaporize the oil, and the vaporizing ele-
ment is frequently described as a combined vaporizing and
igniting device and sometimes merely as an igniting device.
The oil-engines in this and the following internal-vaporizing
subclasses are designed to be operated by the less volatile
hydrocarbon oils, and the vaporizing elements thereof are
always heated to a high temperature by contact with the
burning gases within the working cvlinder or by heating
means exterior to the working cylinder and vaporizing de-
vice. The vaporizing elements are always designed with
special reference to such heating action and are ordinarily so
designed with reference to the particular engine with which
they are to be used as to be incapable of separation therefrom
and use with other engines. This and the following internal-
vaporizing subclasses includes in addition to patents disclosing
a complete engine structure patents disclosing devices de-
signed for and capable of use only with and as forming a part
of, but which do not disclose all, the elements necessary toform
a complete oil-engine of the type defined as, for example,
patents disclosing an internal-vaporizing device together with
the combustion-chamber or working cylinder of the engine
with which it is designed to be used or with a portion only of
those elements.
31. OIL-ENGINES, INTERNAL-VAPORIZING, FOUR-CY-
CLE. Oil-engines differing from those defined in the pre-
ceding definition in that the engines are designed to operate
upon a four-stroke cycle, the oil or mixture being caused to
flow into the working cylinder by suction upon the charging
stroke of the engine, or 'in cases where a part only of the ele-
ments necessary to form a complete engine is shown the parts
disclosed are obviously designed to be used with and to form a
part of an oil-engine operating upon a four-stroke cycle and
would operate in the manner contemplated only when used
with such an engine.
32. OIL-ENGINES, INTERNAL-VAPORIZING, FORCED
OIL-SUPPLY. Internal-vaporizing oil-engines in which oil
in the liquid form and unmixed with air is supplied under
pressure directly to the interior of the working cylinder of the
engine or directly to the combustion-chamber or o'ther chamber
in permanently open communication with such working cyl-
inder to be therein vaporized and ignited, the oil being forced
into the engine as above at any period of its cycle of operation.
From the above it follows that the engines occurring in this
subclass are independent of cycle and may be either two-stroke
or four-stroke cycle engines.' The oil is generally forced inlo
the working cylinder by means including a pump operated by
and in unison with the engine. The air necessary to form a
combustible mixture with the oil may be supplied to the
working cylinder in any way.
CLASS 123 Continued.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses 28,Oil-engines,
Pump-supply to air-inlet, Four -cycle; 29, Oil-engines, Pump-
supply to air-inlet, Two-cycle; 139, Charge-forming devices,
Oil-feeding, Pumps, and 140, Charge-forming devices, Oil-
feeding, Pumps, Governor-controlled, for oil-pumps available
for the purpose of supplying oil to form the combustible charge
in engines of the type occurring in this subclass.
33. OIL-ENGINES, INTERNAL- VAPORIZING, FORCED
OIL-SUPPLY, OIL-ATOMIZING. Oil-engines differing
from those defined in the preceding definition in that a mixture
of oil in the liquid form and a small quantity of air, insufficient
in amount to form a combustible charge with the oil, is sup-
plied under pressure directly to the interior of the working
cylinder of the engine, the air acting to more or less thoroughly
atomize the oil.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 69, Two-cycle,
Separate air and gas pumps.
34. OIL-ENGINES, EXTERNAL-VAPORIZING. Oil-engines
in which oil is supplied to and vaporized by a vaporizing de-
vice located without the working cylinder and communi-
cating therewith by a passage controlled by a valve depending
upon the engine for its operation, the vapor thus produced
without the working cylinder being caused to flow thereinto
either unmixed with air or mixed with a part only or with
all the air necessary to form a complete combustible charge.
The oil-engines in this subclass are designed to be operated
by the less volatile hydrocarbon oils, and the vaporizing
elements thereof are always heated to a high temperature
by heat derived from some element of the engine. The vapor-
izing device is always designed with special reference to
such heating action and is ordinarily so designed with ref-
erence to the particular engine with which it is to be used
as to be incapable of peparation therefrom and use with other
ensdnos. This subclass includes in addition to patents
disclosing a complete engine structure patents disclosing
devices designed for and capable of use only with and as form-
ing a part of, but which do not disclose all, the elements nec-
essary to form a complete oil-engine of the type herein
defined as, for example, patents disclosing an external-vapor-
izing device together with the combustion-chamber or work-
ing cylinder of the engine with which it is designed to bo
used or with a portion of those elements.
35. OIL-ENGINES, EXTERNAL-VAPORIZING, FOUR-CY-
CLE. Oil-engines differing from those defined in the preced-
ing definition in that the engines are designed to operate upon
a for.r-stroke cycle, the oil or mixture being caused to flow
into the working cylinder by suction upon the charging stroke
of the engine, or in cases where a part only of the elements
necessary to form a complete engine is shown the parts dis-
closed are obviously designed to be used with and to form a
part of an oil-engine operating upon a four-stroke cycle and
would operate in the manner contemplated only when used
with such an engine.
36. MULTIPLE EXPANSION. Internal-combustion engines
having reciprocating pistons, but irrespective of other struc-
tural features, cycle, or mode of operation, in which the burned
gases act to do work by expanding successively in two or
more working cylinders. All engines of the reciprocating
type in which it is attempted to more completely utilize the
energy of the combustile charge by causing the gases resulting
from the ignition thereof to expand in successive working
cylinders or successively in a single cylinder.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, in the subclasses under Multiple expan-
sion.
37. MULTIPLE EXPLOSION. Internal-combustion engines hav-
ing a cylinder and working piston reciprocating therein, but
irrespective of other structural features, cycle, or mode of op-
eration, in which two or more separate and distinct charges
of combustible mixture are burned and act in succession
upon the working piston during each working stroke there-
of, each charge after the first upon ignition entering the cyl-
inder and mingling with and tending to increase the pressure
of the burned gases already therein.
38. ATMOSPHERIC. Internal-combustion engines of the recip-
rocating type wherein the working piston is permanently con-
nected with the main driving-shaft of the engine in which a
combustible mixture is burned within the working cylinder
thereof and the resulting gases cooled and condensed, thereby
producing a more or less perfect vacuum within the said
working cylinder, whereupon atmospheric pressure acts
upon the said working piston to move it through a working
stroke. The pressure of the atmosphere may be the only
force acting upon the working piston, or the engine may be
so designed that the combustible gases upon being ignited
generate pressure which also acts upon the said working
piston.
39. NON-COMPRESSION. Internal-combustion engines of the
reciprocating type, but irrespective of other structural fea-
tures, in which the combustible mixture is ignited in the
working cylinder at or substantially at atmospheric pressure.
The combustible mixture ordinarily begins to enter the work-
ing cylinder at the beginning of the working stroke, in which
case it is ignited at atmospheric pressure, as above, after a
definite portion of the working stroke has been performed
and the whole charge supplied, the engine thus working upon
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
283
CLASS 123 Continued.
a two-stroke cycle without compression. The charge may,
however, be drawn into the working cylinder by a distinct
charging stroke, such stroke being followed by a stroke cor-
responding with the compression-stroke in four-cycle engines,
during which the exhaust-valve is held open and the charge
then ignited under atmospheric pressure at the beginning of
the third or working stroke, in which case the engine works
upon a four-stroke cycle without compression.
Note. Engines in this subclass working on the two-stroke cycle
without compression, as above, differ from the majority of
the engines occurring in the subclass of C8, Two-cycle, Pump
compression, and engines working upon a similar cycle occur-
ring in the subclass 01, Double-acting, Two-cycle, only in the
degree of pressure under which the charge exists before the
ignition thereof.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 38, Atmos-
pheric.
40. VACUUM-EXHAUST. Internal-combustion engines having a
cylinder and a working piston reciprocating therein, but irre-
spective of other structural features, cycle, or mode of opera-
tion, in which it is attempted to secure a more complete
removal of the burned gases from the cylinder after they nave
expanded therein by establishing at the end of the working
stroke a communication between the interior of the cylinder
and a chamber in which a more or less perfect vacuum exists,
whereby the burned gases or the portion thereof remaining
after allowing the greater part of such gases to escape in the
ordinary manner flow into the vacuum-chamber. The en-
gines in this subclass are ordinarily two-cycle engines, and
the flow of the burned gases into the vacuum-chamber gen-
erally induces a simultaneous flow of a fresh charge into the
working cylinder.
41. REVERSIBLE. Internal-combustion engines having a cyl-
inder and a working piston reciprocating therein, but irre-
spective of other structural features, cycle, or mode of opera-
tion, in which means are provided for causing the engine to
run in either direction at the will of the operator and subor-
dinate mechanism for accomplishing the same result, but not
disclosed in connection with all the elements necessary to
form a complete and operative engine.
Note. In this connection it should be observed that engines
working upon a two-stroke cycle are frequently capable of
operating in either direction without addition to or change
in the elements necessary to the operation thereof, and this
is especially true of the engines in the subclasses of 73, Two-
cycle, Rear compression, Crank-case; 74, Two-cycle, Rear
compression, Cylinder; 71, Two-cycle, Pump and cylinder co-
axial, and 40, Vacuum-exhaust. Internal-combustion en-
gines inherently capable of operation in either direction are
not included in this subclass.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 100, Valve-gear, Shifting eccen-
tric, for such types of revolving mechanism for internal-com-
bustion engines as include a cam, eccentric, or similar element,
together with means for shifting the position of such element
relatively to the main crank of the engine.
42. OSCILLATING CYLINDER. Internal-combustion engines
having a cylinder and working piston reciprocating therein,
but irrespective of other structural features, cycle, or mode
of operation, in which the working cylinder partakes of an
oscillatory motion about a fixed axis as the piston reciprocates
therein.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 42, Oscillating cylinder.
43. ROTATING CYLINDER. Internal-combustion engines hav-
ing a cylinder and working piston reciprocating therein, but
irrespective of other structural features, cycle, or mode of
operation, in which the working cylinder partakes of a con-
tinuous rotarv motion about a fixed axis as the working piston
reciprocates therein and engines including a plurality of work-
ing cylinders each coming within the terms of this definition,
the engine in question not coming within the terms of the
definition of the subclass following this.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 02, Rotary, Reciprocating piston,
and subclasses thereof.
44. ROTATING CYLINDER, RADIAL. Internal-combustion
engines differing from those occurring in the preceding sub-
class in that axial lines of the rotating cylinders lie in a plane
perpendicular to the crank-shaft of the engine and are also
radial thereto, the cylinders or cylinder when one only is dis-
closed being immovable relatively to the member by which
they are carried and with which they rotate.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 62, Rotary, Reciprocating
piston, and the subclasses thereof.
45. ROTARY RECIPROCATING PISTON. Internal-combus-
tion engines having a cylinder and a working piston recipro-
cating therein, but irrespective of other structural features,
cycle, or mode of operation, in which the working piston
rotates or oscillates upon its longitudinal axis and that of the
working cylinder as it reciprocates therein and in so doing
opens and' closes in proper order the various ports necessary
to supply combustible mixture to and to permit the exhaust
of the 'burned gases from the engine, the periphery of the
piston or an extension thereof forming a closure for the sup-
ply and exhaust ports when they are required to be closed.
CLASS 123 Continued.
46. FREE PISTON. Internal-combustion engines having a cylin-
der and one or more reciprocating pistons therein, one at
least of which pistons is movable freely and independently
of the main shaft of the engine on the stroke of such piston
immediately following the ignition of the charge, during
which stroke the energy of the burned gases is stored and
thereafter transferred to the main shaft 01 the engine. Ordi-
narily the freely-movable piston is the only piston employed
in engines in this subclass. The energy is ordinarily stored
by forcing the piston against the pressure of the atmosphere;
and the stored energy is ordinarily transferred to the main
shaft by securing the piston thereto by means of a suitable
clutch provided with suitable converting mechanism upon
its return stroke.
47. VALVED PISTON. Internal-combustion engines having a
cylinder and working piston reciprocating therein, but irre-
spective of other structural features, cycle, or mode of opera-
tion, the said working piston being provided with a passage
leading into the working cylinder and controlled by a valve
depending upon the engine for its operation, said valve being
concerned either with the supply of the successive combust-
ible charges to the working cylinder or with the exhaust of
the burned gases therefrom.
48. ADJUSTABLE COMBUSTION-CHAMBER. Internal-com-
bustion engines having a cylinder and a working piston recip-
rocating therein, but irrespective of other structural features,
cycle, or mode of operation, in which means are provided
whereby the volume of the clearance-space or combustion-
chamber may be varied or adjusted either manually or auto-
matically, as by a suitable governing device, to thereby in-
sure a proper degree of compression of the combustible charge
before ignition thereof.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 78, Four-cycle,
Variable clearance, for internal-combustion engines in which
the volume of the clearance-space is varied in unison with the
exhaust-stroke, such action being a definite step in each cycle
of operation of the engine.
49. VALVE-CONTROLLED COMBUSTION-CHAMBER. In-
ternal-combustion engines of the reciprocating type, but irre-
spective of other structural features, cycle, or mode of opera-
tion, in which a combustible mixture is supplied to and
burned within a combustion-chamber communicating with
the working cylinder by a passage provided with a valve and
. upon communication with the cylinder being established by
the operation of the valve aforesaid the burned gases allowed
to expand, thereby acting upon the working piston of the
engine, the valve-controlled chamber and the working cylin-
der being both contained in a single engine structure and in
such intimate association that mechanical separation of the
two would be impossible without defeating the operation of
the engine as a whole, the combustible mixture or the con-
stituents thereof being supplied to the combustion-chamber
prior to each successive working stroke and in quantities
sufficient only for such working stroke and the burned gases
being conducted immediately to the working cylinder, there
being no storage of burned gases contemplated and no ele-
ment present by means of which a quantity of burned gases
greater than that required for each successive working stroke
could be produced and stored.
Search Class
60 MISCELLANEOUS HEAT-ENGINE PLANTS, subclasses 4, Ro-
tary engine; 28, Pressure generators; 36, Pressure generators,
Air,Combustipn products injected; and 37, Pressure generators,
Air, Combustion products injected. Explosion, for devices re-
sembling those in this subclass so far as the function of the
machine as a whole is concerned, but in which the chamber
in which combustion takes place is separate and distinct from
the engine and is adapted to be used with various types of
engines.
50. RECIPROCATING CYLINDER. Internal-combustion en-
gines comprising a cylinder and a piston therein, the cylinder
being capable of reciprocatory movement in a straight line
relatively to the piston and the piston being either immov-
able or adapted for simultaneous movement in a direction
opposite to the movement of the said movable cylinder,
whereby the gases resulting from the combustion of a com-
bustible mixture within the cylinder as they expand act
upon the movable cylinder and transmit power therethrough
to the main driving-shaft of 'the engine or act upon the mov-
able cylinder and the piston, when it also is movable, to
transmit power through both said elements.
51. MULTIPLE PISTON. Internal-combustion engines compris-
ing two working pistons moving simultaneously in opposite
directions in a single cylindrical structure composed of two
working cylinders arranged tandem with a combustion-
chamber between and in permanently open communication
with both said cylinders or two working pistons moving in
like manner in two similarly-arranged cylinders whose axial
lines when extended are parallel and adjacent and which
communicate with a single combustion-chamber, as above,
whereby the gases resulting from the combustion of a com-
bustible mixture within the combustion-chamber as they
expand act with equal pressure upon both pistons and trans-
mit substantially equal amounts of power through each
piston to the main driving-shaft of the engine, and internal-
combustion engines comprising two or more such units as
are above defined.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 41, Multiple piston.
284
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 123 Continued.
52. MULTIPLE CYLINDER. This and the following multiple-
cylinder subclasses include internal-combustion engines of
the reciprocating type having two or more working cylinders
and a single working piston in each cylinder, but irrespective
of cycle or mode of operation.
Search Class
121 STEAM ENGINES, appropriate subclasses.
53. MULTIPLE CYLINDER, SIMULTANEOUS EXPANSION.
Multiple-cylinder internal-combustion engines having two
or more separate and distinct working cylinders, a single
working piston reciprocating in each cylinder, and a single
combustion-chamber communicating with all of said work-
ing cylinders, together with means whereby the burned
gases resulting from the ignition of a combustible charge in
the combustion-chamber are permitted to act simultaneously
upon all pf the said working pistons to drive them through
the whole or through a part only of their working stroke.
The pistons in all the cylinders perform their working stroke
at the same time, one piston, however, sometimes moving
somewhat in advance of the others, and there is frequently
an attempt to keep the fresh combustible mixture separate
from the residual products of combustion from the previous
charge, as by leading the supply-conduit into one working
cylinder, while the exhaust-conduit leads from another.
Note. The engines occurring in this subclass differ from en-
engines having a somewhat similar mode of operation occur-
ring in the subclass of 51, Multiple piston, in this class, in
that the engines occurring in this subclass always include
separate and distinct working cylinders, while the engines
occurring in the other subclass might generally be described
as having a single working cylinder with two working pistons
moving therein.
54. MULTLTIPLE CYLINDER, CYLINDERS OFFSET. Mul-
tiple-cylinder internal-combustion engines in which axial
lines passed through the separate single cylinders, or a single
axial line through two or more cylinders when arranged tan-
dem, or axial lines through two or more series of cylinders,
each series arranged tandem, would, if extended, pass to one
side of that is, would not intersect the main shaft of the
engine.
55. MULTIPLE CYLINDER, CYLINDERS RADIATING.
Multiple-cylinder internal-combustion engines in which axial
lines passed through the separate single cylinders would, if
continued, intersect the main shaft of the engine at right
angles. The several cylinders are ordinarily arranged at equal
annular intervals around the shaft, and ordinarily axial lines
as above would all lie in a single plane at right angles to the
main shaft.
56. MULTIPLE CYLINDER, CYLINDERS OPPOSITE.
Multiple-cylinder internal-combustion engines in which the
cylinders are arranged in pairs one upon either side of the
main shaft of the engine, axial lines through the separate cyl-
inders when extended being either coincident or parallel and
intersecting the said shaft at right angles, and when more
than one pair of cylinders arranged as above is used the axial
lines of all the cylinders lying in a single plane passing through
the longitudinal axis of the said main shaft.
57. MULTIPLE CYLINDER, CYLINDERS TANDEM. Mul-
tiple-cylinder internal-combustion engines in which the cyl-
inders are arranged all upon one side of the main shaft of the
engine, the pistons being all rigidly connected together and
moving in unison in the same direction, the axial line through
the series of cylinders when extended intersecting the said
shaft at right angles, and when more than one series of cyl-
inders arranged as above is used the axial lines of all the series
of cylinders lying in a single plane passing through the longi-
tudinal axis of the said main shaft.
58. MULTIPLE CYLINDER, CYLINDERS PARALLEL.
Multiple-cylinder internal-combustion engines in which axial
lines passed through the separate single cylinders are parallel
with the main shaft of the engine. Such axial lines are ordi-
narily at equal radial distances from the axis of the main
shaft and are arranged around said shaft at equal angular
intervals.
59. MULTIPLE CYLINDER, CYLINDERS LpNGITUDINAL.
Multiple cylinder internal-combustion engines in which the
separate cylinders are arranged in line along the main shaft
of the engine, axial lines through the separate cylinders when
extended intersecting the said shaft at right angles, and the
axial lines through the several cylinders all lying in a single
plane passing through the longitudinal axis of the said main
shaft.
60. MULTIPLE CYLINDER, CYLINDERS LONGITUDI-
NAL, CRANKS COINCIDENT. Multiple-cylinder internal
combustion engines fulfilling the conditions enumerated in
the definition of the preceding subclass and having the further
distinguishing feature that the cranks of the two cylinders
coincide angularly that is, there is no angular distance be-
tween the two cranks the engines in this subclass being
invariably two-cylinder engines. Each cylinder of the en-
gines occurring in this subclass operates upon a four-stroke
cycle with compression of the combustible charge previous to
the ignition thereof, the working stroke of one cylinder coin-
ciding with the suction-stroke of the other, and because of the
arrangement of the cranks a single impulse is imparted to the
crank-shaft during each revolution thereof.
CLASS 123 Continued.
61. DOUBLE-ACTING, TWO-CYCLE. Internal-combustion en-
fines working on a two-stroke cycle and in which successive
urned charges act upon opposite sides of a single piston
reciprocating in a single cylinder, whereby the working piston
is impelled alternately in each direction. Includes two-cycle
engines operating upon recompression and also two-cycle
engines operating upon pump-compression cycles, both of
which terms are more fully explained hereinafter. The work-
ing cylinder in the engines in this subclass is of simple cylin-
drical form, and the supply-pump for the combustible mix-
ture is wholly separate and dist inct from the working cylinder
and is not considered in this definition.
62. DOUBLE-ACTING, TWO-CYCLE, COMBINED PUMP
AND MOTOR CYLINDER. Internal-combustion engines
working on a two-stroke cycle and in which successive com-
bustible charges after ignition thereof act so as to impel the
working piston alternately in each direction, the elements of
the engine and of the pump for supplying the combustible
mixture thereto being all contained within a single cylinder
structure and so intimately associated as to make mechanical
separation of the two sets of elements impossible without
defeating the operation of the engine as a whole.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGFNES, subclass 66, Two-cycle,
Combined pump and motor cylinder.
63. DOUBLE-ACTING, FOUR-CYCLE. Internal-combustion
engines working on the four-stroke cycle, hereinafter defined,
in which successive burned charges act alternately upon oppo-
site sides of a single reciprocating piston moving in a single
cylinder.
64. SIX-CYCLE. Internal-combustion engines of the reciprocating
type working upon a modified four-stroke cycle with recom-
pression in the working cylinder, as defined in the definition
of subclass 75, Four-cycle, below, and in which air unmixed
with combustible is drawn into and expelled from the
working cylinder one or more times upon distinct suction and
expelling strokes of the working piston after the end of the
exhaust-stroke and before the beginning of the suction-stroke
of the normal four-stroke cycle, whereby a more complete
removal of the burned gases from the working cylinder and
combustion-chamber is secured.
65. TWO-CYCLE. Internal-combustion engines having a single
single-acting working cylinder and a single working piston
reciprocating therein arid having suitable means for supply-
ing a combustible mixture thereto ; such engines working on
the two-stroke cycle and not coming within the definitions
of the following subclasses of two-cycle engines. Internal-
combustion engines are said to work upon the two-stroke
cycle when a combustible mixture under pressure materially
greater than atmospheric pressure is burned and the result-
ing products of combustion allowed to expand within the
working cylinder upon every second stroke of the working
piston of the engine. The means for supplying the combus-
tible mixture to the engine ordinarily includes a pump oper-
ated by and in unison therewith, which pump and engine
are generally inseparable without destroying the indentity of
the device as a whole. In the engines occurring in two-cycle
subclasses a combustible mixture is supplied to the working
cylinder and burned therein under pressure upon each
second stroke of the working piston, and such mixture after
having been supplied to the working cylinder at a pressure
not necessarily greater than is sufficient to insure its flow there-
into may be recompressed therein by the working piston or by
the working and pump pistons acting together before ignition
and the beginning of the working stroke, which is the more
ordinary mode of operation, or the mixture may be supplied
to the working cylinder after the beginning of the working
strokeand at the maximum pressureunderwhichitexistsbefore
ignition, in which case it is not recompressed in the working
cylinder before ignition, but is ignited either at constant pres-
sure as it enters or at constant volume after the whole charge
has been supplied. Two-cycle engines coming within the latter
of the above cases are claksified as two-cycle pump-compres-
sion engines. The combustible mixture is ordinarily sup-
plied to the working cylinder by a pump, and in the first of
the above cases, while the charge may be compressed to a
considerable degree by the supply-pump, such charge enters
the working cylinder only against the pressure of the atmos-
phere and after having entered must exist therein at or sub-
stantially at atmospheric pressure, and the initial compres-
sion of the charge upon wnich the efficiency of an internal-
combustion engine so largely depends is produced wholly by
recompression of the charge in the working cylinder, whi'le in
the second ease such initial pressure is produced wholly by the
supply-pump which compresses the charge directly to the
maximum pressure at which it exists before ignition.
Search Class
123 IxTERXAL-CoMBUSTTON ENGINES, subclasses 49, Valve-con-
trolled combustion-chamber; 61, Double-acting, Two-cycle,
and 62. Double-acting, Two-cycle, Combined pump and motor
cylinder.
66. TWO-CYCLE, COMBINED PUMP AND MOTOR CYL-
INDER. Two-cycle internal-combustion engines in which
separate and distinct working and pumping pistons operate
in a single cylinder, a portion of which, together with the
working piston, forms a motor, while another portion of such
cylinder, together with the pum ping-piston, forms a pump
for supplying a fresh charge to the working cylinder. The
supply-pump is operated by and in unison with the engine,
and as the supply-pump and motor elements of the engine
are all contained i'n a single cylinder the two sets of elements
are necessarily inseparable without wholly defeating the opera-
tion of the engine in the manner contemplated.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
285
CLASS 123 Continued.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 62, Double-
acting, Two-cycle, Combined pump and motor cylinder.
67. T\VO-CYCLE, DIVIDED PUMP DISCHARGE. Two-cycle
internal-combustion engines in which the air pumped by a
single supply-pump operated by and in unison with the engine
is separated or divided into two separate and distinct streams,
one of which passes to the working cylinder unchanged, while
the other receives a supply of hydrocarbon on its way to the
working cylinder. The stream to which no hydrocarbon is
supplied ordinarily acts to more or less thoroughly expel the
burned gases from the working cylinder prior to the formation
of a new charge therein, and the two streams frequently re-
unite as they enter the working cylinder or shortly before their
entry thereinto.
68. TWO-CYCLE, PUMP COMPRESSION. Two-cycle internal-
combustion engines in which the combustible mixture, or both
the constituents thereof, is supplied to the working cylinder
under pressure materially greater than atmospheric pressure,
such supply beginning at the beginning of the working stroke
and continuing for a determinate portion thereof, the com-
bustible mixture being ignited either at constant pressure as
it enters the cylinder or at constant volume after the whole
charge has been supplied thereto, in either case without recom-
pression in the working cylinder. The combustible mixture
or the constituents thereof may be supplied directly to the
working cylinder without preliminary storage or may be sup-
plied to suitable reservoirs interposed between the compress-
in n means and the working cylinder and within which a con-
siderable volume of combustible mixture, or its constituents,
is stored. Engines in this subclass in which ignition takes
place after the whole charge has been supplied to the working
cylinder differ from those in subclass 39 Non-compression,
which work upon a two-stroke cycle, only in the decree of com-
pression to which the charge is subjected before ignition, and
as some of the engines in the subclass above mentioned are
provided with a supply-pump for forcing air through a charge-
forming device to the cylinder of the engine the combustible
mixture thus produced is necessarily supplied to such engines
under some pressure. However, where the structure and op-
eration of the device as a whole clearly indicate that the pres-
sure under which the charge is supplied is so slight as to be
sufficient only to insure its flow into the working cylinder the
engine is classified in subclass 39, Non-compression. In engines
working on the two-cycle pump-compression cycle the whole
charge properly mixed to form a combustible mixture may be
compressed by a single pump or the air and combustible may
be compressed by separate pumps to be mixed on their way
to the working cylinder or after such constituents have entered
thereinto.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 61, Double-
acting, Two-cycle, for double-acting engines working on the
two-stroke pump-compression cycle; subclasses 32, Oil-engines,
Internal-vaporizing, Forced oil-supply, and 33, Oil-engines,
Internal-vaporizing, Forced oil-supply, Oil-atomizing, for oil-
engines operating upon a cycle similar to that defined by this
definition.
69. TWO-CYCLE, SEPARATE AIR AND GAS PUMPS.
Two-cycle recompression internal-combustion engines in which
air and combustible in the gaseous form are supplied to the
working cylinder or combustion-chamber by separate and dis-
tinct pumps, each operated by and in unison with the engine,
one at least of the constituents being recompressed within the
working cylinder before the ignition of the combustible mix-
ture. The air is ordinarily supplied to the working cylinder
of the engine before the gas, and such air is frequently designed
to more or less completely scavenge the working cylinder. In
such cases a part of the air thus supplied remains in the cyl-
inder to form with the gas subsequently supplied thereto the
next following charge. The air and gas may, however, enter
the working cylinder simultaneously. The air and gas are
ordinarily intermixed within the working cylinder before the
completion of the compression-stroke, so that the complete
charge is recompressed in the working cylinder before the igni-
tion thereof and the beginning of the working stroke; but this
subclass also includes engines in which one only of the con-
stituents of the charge is recompressed in the working cylinder,
in which case the other is supplied thereto under pressure
during the working stroke.
Search Classes
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses 61, Double-
acting, Two-cycle, and (18, Two-cycle, Pump compression, for
other internal-combustion engines having separate pumps for
air and gas.
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 33, Oil-engines.
Internal-vaporizing, Forced oil supply, Oil-atomizing, for oil-
engines having one pump for supplying air to the working cyl-
inder thereof and another for supplying oil and air, the oil
being frequently atomized by the air, but not vaporized prior
to its entry into the working' cylinder.
70. TWO-CYCLE, PUMP AND CYLINDER ADJACENT.
Two-cycle recompression internal-combustion engines in which
the working cylinder and the pump for supplying a combus-
tible mixture thereto are located adjacent each other, axial
lines through the pump and motor cylinders being parallel
and perpendicular to the axis of the main shaft of the engine
and both lying in a plane passing through the axis of the
main shaft. In engines in this subclass the supply -pump
is inseparable from the engine and may draw both air and
hydrocarbon into the cylinder thereof upon the suction-
stroke, so that the pump operates upon the whole charge
to be supplied to the working cylinder, or the supply -pump
CLASS 123 Continued.
may draw in and discharge air only, in which case the com-
bustible constituent of the charge is supplied to the air dur-
ing its passage to the working cylinder.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 68, Two-cycle
Pump compression.
71. TWO-CYCLE, PUMP AND CYLINDER COAXIAL. Two-
cycle recompression internal-combustion engines in which the
axes of the working and pump cylinders form a single straight
line which, if extended, would intersect the main shaft of the
engine at right angles, the cylinders abutting and the work-
ing piston being prolonged and extended into the pump-
cylinder and enlarged therein to form the pumping-piston,
thereby forming an annular pumping-chamber which sur-
rounds the extension of the working piston. From the above
it follows that the working and pump pistons form a single
rigid structure. In the engines in this subclass compression
of the charge prior to the ignition thereof is effected by the
joint action of the pump and motor pistons. The arrange-
ment above defined may be reversed, in which case the cyl-
inder above described as the working cylinder becomes the
cylinder of the supply-pump and the annular pumping-cham-
ber becomes the working chamber.
Note. The supply-pump is inseparable from the engine and ordi-
narily operates upon the whole charge, as in engines in the
subclass of 70, Two-cycle, Pump and cylinder adjacent.
72. TWO-CYCLE, PUMP AND CYLINDER INCLINED.
Two-cycle recompression internal-combustion engines in which
the working piston and the pump for supplying a combustible
mixture thereto are arranged at an angle to each other, axial
lines through the pump and motor cylinders being perpendic-
ular to the main shaft of the engine and lying in planes in-
clined to each other, which pass through the said main shaft.
The axes of the pump and working cylinder also ordinarily
lie in a single plane perpendicular to the main shaft of the
engine.
Note. The supply-pump is inseparable from the engine and ordi-
narily operates upon the whole charge, as in engines in the
subclass 70, Two-cycle, Pump and cylinder adjacent.
73. TWO-CYCLE, REAR COMPRESSION, CRANK-CASE.
Two-cycle recompression internal-combustion engines having
a cylinder closed at one end and an air-tight casing inclosing
the connecting-rod and crank and forming a closed crank-case
in open communication with the other end of the cylinder and
a piston reciprocating in the said cylinder, such piston per-
forming at the same time the functions of both a working pis-
ton and a piston for the pump which supplies a fresh charge
to the engine, one end of the cylinder and the corresponding
end of the piston constituting trie working cylinder and piston,
while the other or rear end of the piston and the corresponding
end of the cylinder, together with the closed crank -case, form
a pump for introducing a new charge into the working end of
the cylinder. In engines in this subclass the supply or ex-
haust ports, or both, are generally formed in the cylinder-wall
and are then controlled by the piston as it reciprocates, the
piston forming a closure for such ports when it is required that
they be kept closed.
74. TWO-CYCLE, REAR COMPRESSION, CYLINDER.
Two-cycle recompression internal-combustion engines having
a cylinder closed at both ends and a piston reciprocating there-
in, such piston performing at the same time the functions of
both a working piston and a piston for the pump which sup-
plies a fresh charge to the engine, one end of the cylinder and
the corresponding end of the piston constituting the working
cylinder and piston, while the other or rear end of the piston
and the corresponding end of the cylinder form a pump for
introducing a new charge into the working end of the cylin-
der. In engines in this subclass the supply or exhaust ports,
or both, are generally formed in the cylinder-wall and are
then controlled by the piston as it reciprocates, the piston
forming a closure for such ports when it is required that they
be kept closed.
75. FOUR-CYCLE. Internal-combustion engines having a single
single-acting working cylinder and a single working piston
reciprocating therein and in which the charge is compressed
in the working cylinder before ignition, such engines work-
ing upon a cycle" comprising four distinct strokes namely,
a working stroke following the ignition of the charge, fol-
lowed by exhaust, charging, and compression strokes and
not coming within the terms of the definitions of the follow-
ing four-cycle subclasses. This subclass is intended to in-
clude engines working upon cycles comprised of four strokes,
as above, but varied or modified more or less from the sim-
ple four-stroke cycle above described, and such miscellaneous
forms or types of engines working upon unmodified four-
stroke cycles as do not come within the following four-cycle
subclasses. Except in such engines as are classified in sub-
class 77, Four-cycle, Single-revolution, the cycle of four strokes
requires two revolutions of the main shaft of the engine for
its completion.
76. FOUR-CYCLE, SCAVENGING. Four-cycle internal-com-
bustion engines in which a volume of air unmixed with com-
bustible is caused to pass through the working cylinder of the
engine or the combustion-chamber thereof at any time between
the end of the working stroke and the beginning of the next
following charging stroke, whereby to secure a more complete
removal of the burned gases of the previous charge from the
cylinder and combustion-chamber, so that the successive
charges will be unmixed with residual burned gases from a
previous charge. The scavenging action may take place be-
286
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 123 Continued.
fore or after or be simultaneous with, the regular exhaust-
stroke of the engine. In the engines in this subclass a com-
plete charge comprising all the ingredients necessary to form
a combustible mixture enters the cylinder upon a distinct
charging stroke, the air supplied for the purpose of scaveng-
ing not being necessary to form or complete the following
charge.
Note. Engines frequently described as scavenging-engines and
in which a volume of air is caused to pass through the work-
ing cylinder and combustion-chamber for the same purpose
as in this subclass, but in which a portion of such air is nec-
essary to complete the following charge, are classified in this
class, subclass 69, Two-cycle, Separate air and gas pumps.
In subclass 70, Four-cycle, Scavenging, the engine begins its
suction-stroke with air in the clearance-space only, while in
engines in subclass 09, Two-cycle, Separate air and gas pumps,
the engine begins its compression-stroke with a considerable
volume of air in the cylinder thereof, to which a combustible
is supplied to complete the charge.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 64, Six-cycle,
and 69, Two-cycle, Separate ah- and gas pumps.
77. FOUR-CYCLE, SINGLE-REVOLUTION. Four-cycle inter-
nal-combustion engines in which a four-stroke cycle is carried
out during a single revolution of the main shaft of the engine.
For the purposes of this definition a continuous movement
of the working piston in one direction is considered as two
strokes and the sequence of the strokes is varied from that
present in engines working on the ordinary four-stroke cycle,
the working stroke being followed by the charging stroke as
the piston moves in one direction and the exhaust and com-
pression strokes taking place in the order named as the piston
moves in the reverse direction.
Note. For engines working on this cycle, but having two or
more working cylinders, see in this class, subclass 53, Multiple
cylinder, Simultaneous expansion.
Note. For other engines in which the four strokes comprising
a single cycle occur during a single revolution of the main
shaft of the engine, see in this class, subclass, 78, Four-cycle,
Variable clearance.
78. FOUR-CYCLE, VARIABLE CLEARANCE. Four-cycle
internal-combustion engines provided with means whereby
the clearance-space is varied in unison with the movement of
the working piston, being as far as practicable eliminated at
the end of the e.\haust-stroke and greatest at the end of the
compression-stroke, whereby to secure a more complete
removal of the residual burned gases from the cylinder and
combustion-chamber of the engine. The clearance-space is
ordinarily varied by causing the strokes of the working piston
to vary in length, and the four strokes required for a complete
cycle are frequently performed during a single revolution of
the main shaft of the engine.
79. FOUR-CYCLE, SINGLE PUPPET-VALVE. Four-cycle
internal-combustion engines in which the combustible charge
enters the working cylinder and after ignition and expansion
the burned gases are exhausted therefrom through a single pas-
sage controlled by a single positively-operated puppet or
equivalent valve, said common passage being provided with
means for directing the flow of the combustible charge from
a supply-conduit to the common conduit and for directing
the flow of the exhaust-gases from such common conduit into
the exhaust-conduit leading from the engine. The directing
means ordinarily comprise a valve or valves operated either
positively or by the suction and pressure alternately exist-
ing in the common conduit, and such means are protected
from the pressure of the gases within the cylinder by the
single valve.
80. FOUR-CYCLE, ROTATING-VALVE. Four-cycle internal-
combustion engines provided with a rotating valve for directly
controlling the supply of combustible mixture to the working
cylinder or the exhaust of burned gases therefrom and means
operated by the engine for rotating the said valve to secure
the continuous and automatic operation of the engine. The
rotating valve in theengines in this subclass ordinarily controls
both the supply to and the exhaust from the engine and fre-
quently also a passage used in connection with a flame or
incandescent igniting device, and the valve is so designed
with reference to the particular engine with which it is used
or with reference to other elements of the engine as to be inca-
pable of convenient separation therefrom or of use with other
engines.
Note. For rotating valves capable of general use with internal-
combustion engines, the structure of the engine or of elements
thereof other than the valve not being involved, see in this
class, subclass 190, Valves, Rotary.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses 144, Igniters.
Flame, and 151, Igniters, Sparkers, Combined sparker and
valve.
81. FOUR-CYCLE, OSCILLATING-VALVE. Four-cycle inter-
nal-combustion engines provided with an oscillating valve for
directly controlling the supply of combustible mixture to the
working cylinder or the exhaust of burned gases therefrom
and means operated by the engine for oscillating the said
valve to secure the continuous and automatic operation of the
engine. The oscillating valve ordinarily controls both the
supply to and theexhaust from the engine and frequently also a
passage used in connection with a flame or incandescent ignit-
ing device, and the valve is so designed with reference to the
particular engine with which it is used or with reference to
CLASS 123 Continued.
other elements of the engine as to be incapable of convenient
separation therefrom or of use with other engines.
Note. For oscillating valves capable of general use with internal-
combustion engines, the structure of the engine or of elements
thereof other than the valve not being involved, see in this
class, subclass 190, Valves, Rotary.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 144, Igniters,
Flame.
82. FOUR-CYCLE, ROTATING SIDE SHAFT. Four-cycle
internal-combustion engines having a rotating shaft driven
from the crank-shaft thereof and extending parallel to the axis
of the working cylinder and ordinarily along the side of the
engine, said shaft being provided with means, generally in the
form of cams, for operating in the proper order one or more
of the valves, the igniting device, or other element necessary
for the continuous automatic operation of the engine, and
mechanism including a rotating shaft located as above set
forth and designed to operate the valves or other elements
of the engine, but not shown in connection with all the ele-
ments necessary to form a complete and operative engine.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 57, Multiple
cylinder, Cylinders tandem.
83. FOUR-CYCLE, ROTATING TRANSVERSE SHAFT.
Four-cycle internal-combustion engines having a rotating
shaft driven from the crank-shaft thereof and extending trans-
verse to the axis of the working cylinder and clear across the
engine, said shaft being provided with means, generally in the
form of cams, for operating in the proper order one or more of
the valves, the igniting device, or other element necessary for
the continuous automatic operation of the engine, and mech-
anism including a rotating shaft located as above set forth
and designed to operate the valves or other elements of the
engine, but not shown in connection with all the elements nec-
essary to form a complete and operative engine.
Search Class
123- INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 84, Four-cycle,
Adjacent supply and exhaust valves, for engines coming
within the terms of this definition, except that the transverse
shaft does not extend clear across the engine, the axis of such
shaft lying in a plane passing through the axis of the working
cylinder.
84. FOUR-CYCLE, ADJACENT SUPPLY AND EXHAUST
VALVES. Four-cycle internal-combustion engines having
the supply and exhaust valves thereof located adjacent and in
a single valve-chamber, the axes of such valves being parallel
with the axial line of the working cylinder and both valves
being positively operated, and reciprocating rods extending
longitudinally of the engine and operated by and in unison
therewith for operating such valves in the proper order to
secure the continuous automatic operation of the engine, and
similar arrangements of valves and operating means therefor
but not shown in connection with all the elements necessary
to form a complete and operative engine.
85. FOUR-CYCLE, ALINED SUPPLY AND EXHAUST
VALVES. Four-cycle internal-combustion engines having
the supply and exhaust valves thereof arranged in alinement
and in a single valve-chamber, the common axis of such valves
being parallel with the axial line of the working cylinder, and
a reciprocating rod or rods extending longitudinally of the
engine and operated by and in unison therewith for operating
one or both such valves in the proper order to secure the con-
tinuous automatic operation of the engine, and similar arrange-
ments of valves and operating means_.therefor, but not shown
in connection with all the elements necessary to form a com-
plete and operative engine.
80. FOUR CYCLE, OPPOSITE SUPPLY AND EXHAUST
VALVES. Four-cycle internal-combustion engines having
the supply and exhaust valves thereof located in separate
valve-chambers upon opposite sides of the working cylinder,
the axes of such valves lieing parallel with the axial line of the
working cylinder and lying in a plane passing therethrough
and through the axis of the crank-shaft, and a reciprocating
rod or rods extending longitudinally of the engine and oper-
ated by and in unison therewith for operating one or both of
such valves in the proper order to secure the continuous auto-
matic operaton of the engine, and similar arrangements of
valves and operating means therefor, but not shown in con-
nection with all the elements necessary to form a complete
and operative engine.
87. FOUR-CYCLE, LONGITUDINAL VALVE AND LEVER.
Four-cycle internal-combustion engines having the supply
or exhaust valve thereof, or both, located in the cylinder-head
and disposed longitudinally to the working cylinder, the
movement of such valve or valves being along a line parallel
with the axial line of the working cylinder, a lever disposed
transverse to the working cylinder, and a reciprocating operat-
ing member operated by and in unison with the engine for
operating such valve or valves in the proper order to secure
continuous operation thereof, and si nilar arrangements of
valves and operating means therefor, but not shown in con-
nection with all the elements necessary to form a complete
and operative engine.
88. FOUR-CYCLE, TRANSVERSE VALVE AND LEVER.
Four-cycle internal-combustion engines having the supply
or exhaust valve thereof, or both, disposed transverse to the
working cylinder, the axis of such valve or valves lying in a
plane perpendicular to the axial line of the working cylinder,
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
287
CLASS 123 Continued.
and a lever extending longitudinally of the engine and oper-
ated by and in unison therewith for operating the valve or
valves aforesaid in the proper order to secure the continuous
automatic operation thereof, and similar arrangements of
valves and operating means therefor, but not shown in con-
nection with all the elements necessary to form a complete
and operative engine.
89. FOUR-CYCLE, TRANSVERSE VALVE AND BELL-
CRANK. Four-cycle internal-combustion engines having
the supply or exhaust valve thereof, or both, disposed trans-
verse to the working cylinder, the axis of such valve or valves
lying in a plane perpendicular to the axial line of the working
cylinder, and a bell-crank lever operated by and in unison
with the engine for operating such valve or valves in the
proper order to secure the continuous automatic operation
thereof, and similar arrangements of valves and operating
means therefor, but not shown in connection with all the
elements necessary to form a complete and operative engine.
90. VALVE-OPERATING MECHANISM. Inventions relating
to mechanism intermediate the crank-shaft of an internal
combustion engine and the supply, exhaust, or fuel valve
thereof or operating one or more of the said valves, the de-
vice in question not coming within the terms of some one
of the following subclasses of valve-operating mechanism.
The subclasses of valve-operating devices following this
being all designed for use with engines operating upon a four-
stroke cycle, it follows that the devices occurring in this sub-
class are either designed for use with engines operating upon a
two-stroke cycle or are independent of the mode of operation
of the engine'and capable of use with engines operating upon a
four-stroke or two-stroke cycle. Some of the val ve-operating de-
vices hereinare disclosed in connection withfour-cycle engines;
but in such cases the valve mechanism is clearly not limited
in its use to engines of that type, and in no case is the reduc-
ing mechanism of four-stroke-cycle engines that is, the
mechanism whereby a member is operated one-half as fre-
quently as another element of the engine and from which
first member the supply, e.xhaust, or fuel valve may be oper-
ated by means of a suitable valve-operating mechanism
involved in the devices in this subclass. Inventions relating
to valve-operating mechanism designed for use with and to form
a part of four-cycle engines of the form or type occurring in the
nine preceding subclasses are classified in some one of those
subclasses, according to the form or type of engine with which
the valve-operating mechanism in question is used , f r om which
it follows that in searches involving valve-operating means it
should first be determined whether or not the device in ques-
tion is not, in fact, a part of a definite form or type of engine,
and therefore classifiable in some one of those type subclasses,
rather than a valve-operating means of general application,
such as would be found in this subclass.
Note. Valve-operating means by which the engine is rendered
reversible are classified in this class, subclass 41, Reversible.
Note. Valve-operating mechanism described as designed for
general use with fluid-pressure engines, irrespective of the
mode of operation or the fluid by which such engines are
operated, is classified in class 121, STEAM-ENGINES, sub-
class 97, Valve-gear, and the subclasses thereof, unless there
is something about the device in question as disclosed in the
specification and drawing especially adapting it for use with
an internal-combustion engine and making its use with other
types of fluid-pressure engines improbable, if not impossible,
in which case the valve-operating mechanism is classified in
this subclass.
Search Classes
121 -STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 97, Valve-gear, and the sub-
classes thereof, according to the type of the device in question.
230 AIE AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 34, Valves and valve-gear.
91. VALVE - OPERATING MECHANISM, FOUR - CYCLE.
Mechanism intermediate the crank-shaft of an internal-com-
bustion engine and the supply, exhaust, or fuel valve thereof
for operating one or more of the said valves upon each fourth
stroke of the working piston, the device in question being
designed for and capable of use on}y with and as forming a
part of an engine operating upon a four-stroke cycle and not
coming within the terms of the following subclasses of four-
cycle valve-operating mechanism. The patents often contain
claims to subcombinations not limited by the terms of the
claim to use with an engine operating upon a four-stroke
cycle; but the devices as a whole as disclosed in the specifica-
tion and as defined by the most specific claims are such as
would be used only with and as forming a part of four-cycle
engines.
Note. For valve-operating mechanism in which the exhaust-valve
or a member carried thereby is brought into engagement with
the supply-valve to prevent the opening of said supply-valve
during the exhaust-stroke of the engine, said valves being in
axial alinement, see in this class, subclass 85, Four-cycle,
Alined supply and exhaust valves.
92. VALVE - OPERATING MECHANISM, FOUR-CYCLE,
PNEUMATIC. Valve-operating mechanism for four-cycle
internal-combustion engines, said mechanism depending for
its operation upon a gas under pressure either above or below
atmospheric pressure. The valve-operating mechanisms oc-
curring in this subclass ordinarily act upon the exhaust-valve
of the engine and depend for their operation upon gas under
pressure derived from the working cylinder at or near the
end of the working stroke.
93. VALVE - OPERATING MECHANISM, FOUR - CYCLE,
DOUBLE-LOOP CAM. Valve-operating mechanism for
four-cycle internal-combustion engines, said mechanism in-
cluding a cam having a groove or race made up of two loops
CLASS 123 Continued.
which intersect and cross each other, thereby forming a cam-
race capable of development into a double-looped figure,
resembling somewhat the figure 8.
94. VALVE - OPERATING MECHANISM, FOUR - CYCLE,
INTERMITTENTLY - OPERATED CAM. Valve-
operating mechanism for four-cycle internal-combustion en-
gines, said mechanism including a cam or a disk having a
series of cams arranged at intervals upon the periphery thereof
and a pawl-and-ratchet or equivalent device for giving such
cam a step-by-step rotary movement, the cam operating
positively and either directly or through suitable mechanical
elements upon the valve or valves to be operated.
95. VALVE - OPERATING MECHANISM, FOUR - CYCLE,
INTERMITTENTLY -OPERATED TAPPET. Valve-
operating mechanism for four-cycle internal-combustion en-
gines, comprising a reciprocating member, a tappet member
provided with one or more tappets carried by and moving
with said reciprocating member and movable relatively
thereto, and mechanically-operated means for moving the
tappet member relatively to the reciprocating member to
thereby remove the tappet thereof from the path of the valve-
stem upon alternate movements of said movable member in
the same direction. The tappet member is ordinarily in the
form of a cylinder or disk having recesses in the periphery
thereof to alternately engage and miss the end of the valve-
stem as the said member is reciprocated, with a pawl-and-
ratchet device for giving such disk or cylinder a step-by-step
rotary motion.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 92, Valve-
operating mechanism, Four-^ycle, Pneumatic, for valve-oper-
ating mechanism coming within the terms of this definition,
except that the tappet member is operated by a gas under
pressure.
90. VALVE - OPERATING MECHANISM, FOUR-CYCLE,
TWO-TO-ONE GEARING. Valve-operating mechanism
for four-cycle internal-combustion engines, said mechanism
including'a train of bevel, spur, or spiral gearing so designed
that the gear thereof most remote from the crank-shaft may
operate a valve of the engine, as above set forth. Patents dis-
closing common forms of gearing for four-cycle engines compris-
ing two bevel, spur, or spiral gears having a velocity ratio of two
to one do not appear as cross-references in any subclass; but
claims covering such a device or improvements relating thereto
go in this subclass, and patents disclosing trains of gearing
other than that above set forth appear herein as cross-
references.
Search Class
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 7, Gearing, and the sub-
classes thereof, according to the type of the device in question.
97. SPEED-REGULATORS. Such miscellaneous devices for
regulating the speed of internal-combustion engines as do not
come within the terms of the definition of the following speed-
regulator subclasses.
Note. The following classification of speed-regulating devices for
internal-combustion engines is mainly upon functional lines,
and a given structure of governor employed in and forming
a part of a speed-regulating device for an internal-combus-
tion engine may be found in any class having machines the
speed of which is automatically regulated.
Note. In searches involving governor structure per se without
reference to the manner in which such governor acts to control
the speed of the engine it should be observed that the devices
occurring hi all charge-proportion-varying and charge- volume-
varying subclasses, almost without exception, either dis-
close or are intended to be operated by a centrifugal governor
or by an inertia-governor, as that term is understood in the
high-speed steam-engineering art, so that a search for centrifu-
gal-governor structure would necessarily extend to all silch
subclasses and to such charge-omitting subclasses as show by
their title that a centrifugal governor forms a part of the speed-
regulating means occurring therein. On the other hand,
inertia-governors, as the term is understood in this art, are
seldom found outside of such charge-omitting subclasses as
show by their title that an inertia-governor forms a part of the
speed-regulating means occurring therein.
Note. Most, if not all, of the speed-regulating devices occurring
In charge-proportion-varying and charge- volume- varying sub-
classes will, in the limiting position of the speed-regulating
means, act to suspend the supply of combustible charges to
the working cylinder of the engine, as in charge-omit ting sub-
classes. Where a mere farther movement of the specd-
regulating devices occurring in the subclasses above men-
tioned will act to suspend the supply of combustible charges
to the engine, the device is considered as a charge- varying de-
vice, rather than as a charge varying and omitting device, and
is therefore not classified in a combined type subclass or cross-
referenced in to charge-omitting subclasses, while in cases where
the speed is varied by means of two separate and distinct
mechanisms, one operating to vary the charge and the other
to suspend the supply of combustible charges, the device is
classified in the subclass 101, Speed-regulators, Combined types,
Charge varying and omitting.
Note. Patents disclosing and claiming means for regulating the
speed of an internal-combustion engine by suspending the
supply of combustible charges thereto, together with means
for suspending the operation of the igniting device of the
engine during the time that the supply of combustible charges
is suspended, are classified and cross-referenced with reference
to the speed-regulating and igniting features considered sepa-
rately, the igniting devices and mechanism cooperating there-
with as above being classified in subclass 165, Igniters, Sparkers,
Circuit-closers, hereto. The ignition of the charge is con-
288
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 123 Continued.
sidered as being involved in the speed-regulating function of
the engine only in cases where the tune with reference to the
compression or working stroke at which the charge is ignited
is automatically varied, and in cases where a combustible
charge is supplied to the working cylinder, but not ignited
therein.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses 48, Adjusta-
ble combustion chamber; 123, Charge-forming devices, Gov-
ernor controlled; 140, Charge-forming devices, Oil feeding,
Pumps, Governor controlled.
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 111, Speed-governors, and the
subclasses thereunder, for governing devices of general appli-
cation irrespective of the type of engine on which they are
intended to be used.
98. SPEED-REGULATORS, MANUALLY-CONTROLLED.
Speed-regulating devices for internal-combustion engines in-
cluding an element designed to be operated by the hand or foot
of the operator, whereby the speed of the engine may be con-
trolled and generally varied over a considerable range. The
devices are ordinarily designed for use with engines adapted to
propel a vehicle , and the speed-regulat ing mechanism as a whole
may or may not include means forautomatically maintaining a
given speed, determined by the position of the manually-oper-
ated controlling element. A given-speed-regulating mechan-
ism willnot beclassified in this subclass merely because it fails
to disclose the governing means whereby a constant speed of
the engine is maintained. Devicesevidently designed to auto-
matically maintain a constant speed will be considered as pro-
vided with governing means suitable for that purpose. This
subclass does not include manually-controlled charge-forming
devices. All types of charge-forming devices frequently in-
clude adjusting means whereby the mixture may be conve-
niently varied and the speed of the engine thereby controlled.
Such an adjusting means will be considered as a part of the
charge-forming device with which it is used.
99. SPEED-REGULATORS, COMBINED TYPES. Excepting
such combined types of speed-regulators as come within the
terms of the two following subclasses, this subclass is intended
to contain patents disclosing and claiming devices for auto-
matically regulating the speed of an internal-combustion en-
gine comprising two or more mechanisms cooperating to regu-
late the speed thereof, each of which mechanisms considered
by itself would come within the terms of some one of the fol-
lowing subclasses of speed-regulators, and speed-regulating
devices, whether distinctly compound in structure or not, in
which the functions present in the devices occurring in two
or more of the following speed-regulator subclasses are car-
ried out.
Note. Patents disclosing and claiming speed-regulating devices
including mechanism which, considered by itself, comes
within the terms of the definition of some one of the follow-
ing speed-regulator subclasses, together with additional
mechanism not coming within the terms of some one of
those definitions, the two sets of mechanism cooperating to
maintain a constant speed of the engine, are classified in the
general subclass 97, Speed-regulators.
100. SPEED-REGULATORS, COMBINED TYPES, CHARGE
VOLUME AND PROPORTION VARYING. Devices for
automatically regulating the speed of internal-combustion
engines comprising two separate and distinct speed-regulating
means which cooperate to maintain a constant speed of the
engine, one of said means acting to vary in any way the volume
of the successive combustible charges supplied to the engine
and the other to vary the proportion of the constituents
forming the said charges, the separate speed-regulating means
acting either simultaneously or successively as the speed of
the engine increases, and speed-regulating devices in which
the constituent elements thereof are so closely associated as to
be incapable of separation into two separate and distinct sets
of speed-regulating means, but in which the device in question
acts to vary both the volume and the proportion of the succes-
sive combustible charges.
101. SPEED-REGULATORS. COMBINED TYPES, CHARGE
VARYING AND OMITTING. Devices for automatically
regulating the speed of internal-combustion engines compris-
ing two separate and distinct speed-regulating means which
cooperate to maintain a constant speed of the engine, one of
said means acting to vary in any way the volume of the succes-
sive charges supplied to the engine or the proportion of the
constituents thereof, while the other means acts to suspend
the supply of combustible charges to the engine, said sepa-
rate and distinct means coming into effective operation to
carry out the functions enumerated in succession in the
order above mentioned as the speed of the engine increases.
102. SPEED-REGULATORS, ELECTRICAL. Speed-regulat-
ing devices for internal-combustion engines which depend for
their operation upon a current of electricity, such devices
acting in any way to automatically control the combustible
mixture flowing to the engine, as by varying the volume or
composition of said mixture or by suspending the supply
thereof to the engine.
Note. In devices coming within the terms of the above state-
ment a current of electricity is frequently generated by a
dynamo operated by the engine the speed of which is to bo
controlled. In cases where the sole purpose of such dynamo
is to supply only so much current as is necessary to the opera-
tion of the engine the device as a whole is considered as a speed-
regulatinf? means and as such will be classified in this sul>class.
When, however, the purpose of the engine is to operate a
dynamo for supplying a current of electricity for general pur-
poses, the arrangement and cooperation being such that the
CLASS 123 Continued.
speed of the engine is controlled by means dependent for their
operation upon the current flowing in the external circuit of
the dynamo, the device as a whole is considered as an electric
generating plant and is classified in the subclass of 226, Regu-
lators, Engine-control, in class 171, Electricity, Generation.
Note. For devices for regulating the speed of an "internal-combus-
tion engine by controlling the electrical igniting device thereof,
see in this class, subclasses 117, Speed-regulators. Automati-
cally-controlled igniting device, and 118, Speed-regulators,
Ignition omitting.
Search Classes
136 STEAM-ENGINE VALVES, subclass 15, Throttle, Electric.
171 ELECTRICITY, GENERATION, subclass 226, Regulators,
Engine-control.
103. SPEED-REGULATORS, PNEUMATIC. Speed-regulating
devices for internal-combustion engines which depend for their
operation upon a fluid, ordinarily air, under pressure either
above or below atmospheric pressure, such devices acting
in any way to automatically control the combustible mixture
flowing to the engine, as by varying the volume or composition
of said mixture or by suspending the supply thereof to the
engine.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 114, Speed-governors, Pressure.
104. SPEED-REGULATORS SUPPLY-PUMP REGULAT-
IXG. Speed-regulating devices for such internal-combustion
engines as include a pump for supplying a combustible mix-
ture or one or both the constituents thereof to the working
cylinder, comprising automatically-regulated controlling
means acting upon the said supply-pump, the regulating means
acting upon the pump in any way, as by determining the
volume of combustible mixture or of one of its constituents
supplied by the pump to the working cylinder of the engine,
the proportion of the constituents of the said mixture, or by
temporarily suspending the effective operation of the supply-
pump.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 140, Charge-
forming devices, Oil-feeding, Pumps, Governor-controlled.
105. SPEED-REGULATORS, CHARGE-REJECTING. De-
vices for regulating the speed of internal-combustion engines
comprising automatically-controlled means for permitting a
part only or the whole of a complete combustible charge pre-
viously admitted to the working cylinder of the engine to be
rejected therefrom during the early part or throughout the
whole of the compression-stroke of the working piston, the
remainder of the charge, in the first case stated, being then
compressed and ignited, whereby, in the first case, variable
volumes of combustible charge, ordinarily of constant pro-
portion, are compressed and ignited upon each working
stroke 9f the engine, and, in the second case, impulses due
to the ignition of a combustible charge within the working
cylinder of the engine are suspended when the speed of the
engine is too great. The portion of the charge rejected from
the working cylinder is ordinarily forced back into the supply
reservoir or conduit either through the regular supply passage
and past the supply- valve of the engine or through an auxiliary
valve-controlled passage.
106. SPEED-REGULATORS, CHARGE-PROPORTION VA-
RYING. Devices for regulating the speed of internal-combus-
tion engines by automatically varying the proportion of air
and combustible forming the successive charges supplied to
and burned within the working cylinder of the engine, the
volume of such successive charges remaining constant and the
pressure thereof being always at or substantially at atmos-
pheric pressure at the beginning ofthe compression-stroke.
Speed-regulating devices for internal-combustion engines
are considered as coming within this definition in cases where
the amount of combustible in the successive charges at con-
stant volume and at atmospheric pressure is automatically
varied by the said speed-regulating device, and among the
ways in which the said proportion may be varied are (1) by
directly controlling the flow of both the air and combustible
to the engine by suitable valves located in the respective
supply-conduits and operating to throttle the supply of one of
the constituents while opening a more free passage for the
other, and (2) by throttling the supply of either constituent,
generally of the combustible, by a suitable valve located in
the supply-conduit therefor, the supply of the other constit-
uent being uncontrolled, and (3) by supplying variable and
regulated quantities of a mixture of air and hydrocarbon to
the working cylinder of the engine, which mixture, together
with such an additional amount of fluid as is necessary to fill
the working cylinder at atmospheric pressure, forms the suc-
cessive charges.
Note. A given regulating device which might be used to control
one of the constituents of the combustible charge in a sp.'rd-
regulating device' properly classifiable in this subclass might
be used to control the whole charge in devices occurring in the
following charge-volume-varying subclasses. Search should
therefore be continued in appropriate charge-volume-varying
subclasses.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 100, Speed-
regulators, Combined types, Charge volume and proportion
varying.
107. SPEED-REGULATORS, CHARGE-PROPORTION VA-
RYING, EXHAUST-REGULATING. Devices for regulat-
ing the speed of internal-combustion engines by automatically
varying the proportion of air and combustible forming the
successive charges supplied to and burned within the working
cylinder of the engine, in which each successive charge is com-
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
289
CLASS 123 Continued.
posed of a portion of the burned gases from the preceding
charge, together with a quantity of fresh mixture of air and
combustible sufficient in amount to fill the working cylinder
and clearance-space, so that the successive charges are of con-
stant volume and at or substantially at atmospheric pressure
at the beginning of the compression-stroke. Among the ways
in which the amounts of burned gases and mixture of air
and combustible which together form the successive charges
may be varied, thereby varying the quantity of combustible
in the gases constituting the whole charge, are (1) by throttling
the supply of the mixture during the suction-stroke of the en-
gine, the exhaust-valve being free to open when the pressure
within the working cylinder falls below atmospheric pressure,
and (2) by permitting a part only of the burned gases to escape
from the working cylinder, the space thus vacated being filled
with fresh mixture upon the following suction-stroke, and (3)
by holding the exhaust- valve open during a part of the suction-
stroke, whereby exhaust-gases are drawn back into the work-
ing cylinder during a part of the suction-stroke, the mixture
entering after the exhaust-valve closes.
S. SPEED-REGULATORS, CHARGE-VOLUME VARY-
ING, THROTTLING. Devices for regulating the speed of
internal-combustion engines by varying the volume at con-
stant pressure of the successive charges supplied to and burned
within the working cylinder, the proportion of the constitu-
ents of such charge remaining constant and the flow thereof
into the working cylinder continuing throughout the whole
of the charging stroke of the working piston, comprising an
automatically-controlled throttle valve or valves located in
the supply-conduit for the mixture or in the supply-conduits
for both the constituents thereof and operating to throttle or
obstruct the flow of the mixture to the engine or of both the
constituents of such mixture to a mixing chamber communi-
cating with the engine, whereby variable volumes of com-
bustible mixture to form the successive charges are permitted
to enter the working cylinder of the engine. In devices hav-
ing, in effect, two valves for throttling the supply-conduits
for both the air and combustible the valves are ordinarily so
associated as to form but a single valve structure controlling
the flow of both the constituents of the charge to a mixing-
chamber adjacent the said valve, from which chamber the
mixture flows to the engine.
Note. The term "throttling" is used in this subclass to define a
definite mechanical structure rather than a function, and the
combustible mixture is subjected to a throttling action in all
of the devices occurring in the subclass of 109, Speed-reirula-
tors, Charge-volume varying, Supply-valve-lift regulating,
below, and the combustible mixture, or both the constituents
thereof, is subjected to a throttling action in many of the de-
vices occurring in the subclass 110, Speed-regulators, Charge-
volume varying, Automatic cut-oil, below.
Note. In addition to the field of search indicated in the definition
of the subclass 97, Speed-regulators, see also subclass 100
Speed-regulators, Charge-proportion varying, for throttling
devices adapted to control the flow of one only of the con-
stituents of the combustible charge.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 100, Speed-regu-
lators, Combined types, Charge volume and proportion vary-
ing, and 121, STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 112, Speed-governors,
Centrifugal.
109. SPEED-REGULATORS, CHARGE-VOLUME VARY-
ING, SUPPLY-VALVE-LIFT REGULATING. Devices
for regulating the speed of internal-combustion engines by
varying the volume at constant pressure of the successive
charges supplied to and burned within the working cylinder
thereof, the proportion of the constituents of such charge re-
maining constant-, comprising automatically controlled means
for limiting the degree of opening or lift of the main supply-
valve of the engine upon the charging stroke of the working
piston, the said valve being opened by suction and the supply
of combustible mixture continuing throughout the whole of
the charging stroke. The supply-valve in the devices occur-
ring in this subclass is always suction-operated.
Note. For devices differing from those in this subclass only in
that a like valve is operated positively from a moving part of
the engine and in unison with the charging stroke of the work-
ing piston, see subclass 110, Speed-regulators, Charge-volume-
varying, Automatic cut-off, below.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 100, Speed-
regulators, Combined types, Charge volume and proportion
varying.
110 SPEED-REGULATORS, CHARGE-VOLUME VARY-
ING, AUTOMATIC CUT-OFF. Devices for regulating the
speed of an internal -combustion engine by varying the volume
at constant pressure of the successive charges supplied to and
burned within the working cylinder, the proportion of the
constituents of such charge remaining constant, comprising
a valve or valves for controlling the flow of the combustible
mixture or of both the constituents thereof, and operated from
a moving part of the engine and in unison with the charging
stroke of the working piston, together with automatically-
controlled means actmg upon the said valve or valves and
operating to open the same during variable portions of the
successive charging strokes, or to open said valve or valves to
a variable degree during the whole of the successive charging
strokes, whereby variable volumes of combustible mixture to
form the successive charges are permitted to enter the work-
ing cylinder of the engine. The positively-operated valve
whereby the volume of the successive charges is varied as
above may be either the main supply-valve of the engine or
an auxiliary valve located in the main supply-conduit through
CLASS 123 Continued.
which the mixture flows to the engine. In cases where two
valves are employed they commonly control the flow of air
and combustible to a mixing-chamber separated from the
working cylinder by the main supply-valve of the engine.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 100, Speed-
regulators, Combined types, Charge volume and proportion
varying.
111. SPEED-REGULATORS, CHARGE-OMITTING, CEN-
TRIFUGAL GOVERNOR, SUPPLY AND EXHAUST
VALVE REGULATING. Devices for regulating the speed
of internal-combustion engines by suspending the supply of
combustible charges to the working cylinder thereof when the
engine runs too fast, comprising automatically-controlled
means acting to interrupt the operation of a valve concerned
with the supply of combustible mixture to the engine and also
to interrupt the operation of the exhaust-valve, said means
including a centrifugal governor. The valve concerned with
the supply of combustible mixture to the engine may be either
the mam inlet-valve controlling the supply of mixture to the
engine or an auxiliary valve located in and controlling the
supply-conduit for the combustible charge, or a valve con-
trolling the supply of the combustible constituent only of the
charge either directly to the working cylinder or to a mixing-
chamber in communication therewith.
Note. For other examples of speed-regulating devices which gov-
ern by suspending the supply of combustible mixture to the
engine, see in this class subclasses 101, Speed-regulators, Com-
bined types, Charge varying and omitting; 102, Speed-regu-
lators, Electrical, and 103, Speed-regulators, Pneumatic.
Note. A search for a governing means per se dependent for its
operation upon centrifugal force, but irrespective of the way
in which such governor acts to control the speed of the engine,
should be continued as indicated in the definition of the sub-
class 97, Speed-regulators, in this class.
112. SPEED-REGULATORS, CHARGE-OMITTING, CEN-
TRIFUGAL GOVERNOR, SUPPLY-VALVE REGU-
LATING. Speed-regulating devices differing from those
defined in the preceding definition in that the centrifugal gov-
ernor acts to interrupt the operation of a valve concerned with
the supply of combustible mixture to the engine.
113. SPEED-REGULATORS, CHARGE-OMITTING, CEN-
TRIFUGAL GOVERNOR, EXHAUST-VALVE REGU-
LATING. Speed-regulating devices differing from those
defined in the preceding definition in that the centrifugal
governor acts to interrupt the operation of the exhaust-valve
of the engine.
114. SPEED - REGULATORS, CHARGE - OMITTING, IN-
ERTIA - GOVERNOR, SUPPLY AND EXHAUST
VALVE REGULATING. Speed-regulating devices differ-
ing from those defined in the definition of subclass 111 above
in that the speed-regulating function is carried out by means
including an inertia-governor.
115. SPEED - REGULATORS, CHARGE - OMITTING, IN-
ERTIA-GOVERNOR, SUPPLY -VALVE REGULAT-
ING. Speed-regulating devices differing from those defined
in the definition of subclass 114 in that the inertia-governor
acts to interrupt the operation of a valve concerned with the
supply of combustible mixture to the engine.
116. SPEED - REGULATORS, CHARGE - OMITTING, IN-
ERTIA-GOVERNOR, EXHAUST-VALVE REGULAT-
ING. Speed-regulating devices differing from those defined
in the preceding definition in that the inertia-governor acts to
interrupt the operation of the exhaust-valve of the engine.
117. SPEED - REGULATORS, AUTOMATICALLY - CON-
TROLLED IGNITING DEVICE. Devices for regulating
the speed of internal-combustion engines comprising means
for automatically varying the time in the cycle of operation
of the engine at which the combustible charge in the working
cylinder is ignited. Includes devices for retarding or delay-
ing the ignition of the combustible charge, so that ignition
will take place after the beginning of the working stroke, and
also devices for advancing or making earlier the time of igni-
tion of the combustible charge, so that ignition will take place
before the end of the compression-stroke, the means whereby
the ignition is retarded or advanced being automatically con-
trolled in either case.
Note. For engines in which the combustible charge is supplied
to the working cylinder under pressure for a variable time
after the beginning of the working stroke, the combustible
charge being ignited simultaneously with the termination of
the supply thereof, see subclass 68, Two-cycle, Pump com-
pression, and 01, Double-acting, Two-cycle, both in this class.
Note. For means operated by the speed-regulating device of the
en.sine for interrupting the operation of the igniting device
while the 'supply of combustible charges to the engine is sus-
pended, see in this class, subclass 165, Igniters, Sparkers, Cir-
cuit-closers.
Note. For governor-controlled igniting devices in which the igni-
tion of a combustible charge within the working cylinder is
interrupted, see the following subclass.
Note. For manually-operated adjusting means designed for use
with electrical ig'niting devices for determining the time with
reference to the compression or working stroke at which the
charge is ignited, see in this class, subclasses 104, Igniters,
Sparkers, Make-and-break, Adjusting mechanism; 166, Igni-
ters, Sparkers, Circuit-closers, Single circuit: 167, Igniters,
Sparkers, Circuit-closers, Multiple circuit; and 168, Igniters,
Sparkers, Circuit-closers, Primary and secondary control.
26G74 12-
-19
290
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 123 Continued.
118. SPEED -REGULATORS, IGNITION - OMITTING. De-
vices for regulating the speed of internal-combustion engines
by automatically interrupting the operation of the igniting
device when the engine runs too fast. In the devices occur-
ring in this subclass a combustible charge is always supplied
to the working cylinder of the engine and is in condition to be
ignited therein when the operation of the igniting device is
interrupted. The unignited charge thus present in the work-
ing cylinder during the working stroke may be discharged
therefrom during the following exhaust-stroke, or the con-
struction of the valve-operating mechanism of the engine may
be such that the exhaust-valve is not opened unless a charge
has been ignited upon the preceding working stroke.
Note. Speed-regulating devices of the type occurring in this
subclass are ordinarily disclosed in connection with such
valve-operating mechanisms as occur in subclass 92, Valve-
operating mechanism, Four-cycle, Pneumatic, in this class.
Note. This subclass does not include devices in which the speed
of an internal-combustion engine is regulated by means oper-
ating to suspend the supply of combustible charges thereto
and in which the operation of the igniting device is interrupted
while suchspeed-regulating means is acting to reduce the speed
of the engine. For the treatment of such cases see the defini-
tion of subclass 97, Speed-regulators. That portion of the
device in question that relates to the means whereby the
governor acts upon the igniting device to produce the result
set forth is classified in subclass 105, Igniters, Sparkers, Circuit-
closers, in this class.
Note. For governor-controlled igniting devices in which the time
at which the charge is ignited is varied, see subclass 117, Speed-
regulators, Automatically-controlled igniting device.
119. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES. Such miscellaneous de-
vices relating to the production of a mixture of air and hydro-
carbon without the working cylinder of an internal-combus-
tion engine and with the supply of such mixture to the engine
as do not come within the terms of the definitions of the fol-
lowing subclasses of charge-forming devices. The subclasses
of charge-forming devices for internal-combustion engines in-
clude (1 ) subordinate devices concerned with the production of
a mixture of air and hydrocarbon to be supplied to and burned
within an internal-combustion engine and with the supply
of such mixture thereto, the device in question being designed
for use with such a mixture-producing device and incapable
of use in the manner contemplated in other relations or with
other devices, and (2) devices including a pump designed and
especially adapted for use with an internal-combustion engine
for the purpose of supplying a liquid hydrocarbon either
directly to the working cylinder thereof to be vaporized and
burned therein or to a mixture-producing device separate from
the engine and designed to supply a mixture of air and hydro-
carbon thereto, and (3) devices designed and especially
adapted for use with an internal-combustion engine and de-
pending for their operation upon the continued operation
thereof for producing a homogeneous mixture of air and gas
to be supplied to and burned within the engine, and (4) de-
vices designed and especially adapted for use with an internal-
combustion engine for the purpose of producing a combustible
mixture from a liquid hydrocarbon and air to be supplied to
and burned within the engine or forproducing the combustible
constituent of such a mixture, the operation of such device
being dependent upon suction produced by the working piston
of the engine or by the supply-pump therefor, and which
devices would not operate in the manner contemplated to
produce any considerable amount of combustible mixture or
of the combustible constituent thereof except when the engine
was in operation. The devices are invariably intermittent in
their action and operate to produce the quantity of combusti-
ble mixture as above necessary for the successive combustible
charges stroke by stroke as the engine continues in operation,
the combustible mixture being conveyed directly to the work-
ing cylinder of the engine and burned therein without prelimi-
nary storage.
Note. The devices in charge-forming device subclasses being
specific devices designed and adapted for use only in connec-
tion with an internal-combustion engine, but the function of
which, broadly considered, is to produce a combustible gas, a
search will need to be continued in class 48, GAS, HEATING
AND ILLUMINATING, or not, according as the invention in ques-
tion is broadly or specifically considered.
120. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES,GAS AND AIR MIXERS.
Charge-forming devices designed to produce a homogeneous
mixture of air and a combustible gas, as distinguished from a
mixture of air and a liquid hydrocarbon, to be supplied to and
burned within the working cylinder of an internal-combustion
engine, such device depending upon the engine with which it
is used for its operation and being incapable of use in the man-
ner contemplated except in connection with an internal-com-
bustion engine.
Note. For gas and air mixing devices of general application, sec
in class 48, GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 180,
Mixers, and the subclasses thereunder.
Note. Also for like devices used in connection with a heating-
burner, see in class 158. LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS,
subclasses 11 8, Gas and air mixers, and 119, Gas and air mixers,
Proportional.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, sulx-lass 108, Speed-
regulators, Charge-volume' varying, Throttling.
121. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, COMBINED OIL AND
GAS. Charge-forming devices designed to produce a com-
bustible mixture from a liquid hydrocarbon and air or from a
combustible pas and air, whereby the engine supplied with
combustible mixture by such charge-forming device may be
CLASS 123-Continued.
operated either with a liquid hydrocarbon or with a combus-
tible gas as interchangeable sources of power and may ordi-
narily be operated by a combustible mixture formed from air
and both a liquid hydrocarbon and a combustible gas by
properly regulating the controlling-valves ordinarily present
in the oil and gas supply conduits.
122. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, HEATING. Charge-
forming devices other than those in which oil is evaporated to
furnish the combustible constituent of the charge, as in oij-
evaporating subclasses below, but otherwise irrespective of
structural features or mode of operation, in which the inven-
tion relates to or includes means for heating the charge-forming
device or a part thereof, or for heating one or both of the con-
stituents of the combustible mixture, or for heating the com-
bustible mixture prior to its entry into the engine.
Note. In a search involving the idea of heating the combustible
mixture or one of its constituents it should be observed that all
devices classified in the following oil-evaporating subclasses
necessarily depend upon heat for their operation and that
specific heating means ordinarily form a part of the engines
classified in the preceding oil-engine subclasses.
Search Classes
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 148, Carbu-
reters, Heater.
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses 34, Oil-en-
gines, External-vaporizing; 35, Oil-engines, External vapor-
izing, Four-cycle; 08, Two-cycle, Pump compression; and 133,
Charge-forming devices, Oil-evaporating, and the subclasses
thereunder.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 58, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Retort, Additional carbureter.
123. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, GOVERNOR-CON-
TROLLED. Charge-forming devices irrespective of struc-
tural features or mode of operation having in addition to the
elements concerned with the production of the combustible
mixture means for automatically controlling the mixture pro-
duced, and thus regulating the speed of the engine with which
the charge-forming device is used, the elements concerned with
the production of the combustible mixture being so intimately
associated with the means whereby the speed of the engine is
regulated that mechanical separation of the two sets of ele-
ments would be impossible without destroying the identity
of the device as a whole and defeating its operation in the man-
ner contemplated by the inventor. In all types of charge-
forming devices one or more of the constituents of the com-
bustible charge is generally, if not invariably, controllable, as
by a suitable valve, and a mere statement that such a control-
ling means may be regulated by an automatic governor is not
in itself sufficient to cause the device in question to be classified
in this subclass. Patents disclosing both a charge-forming
device and a speed-regulating device, even though such devices
be closely associated, but in which the elements forming one
of the devices do not modify or affect the operation of the
elements forming the other and in which each device might be
used alone or with other forms of the other device, are not
classified in this subclass, but in appropriate subclasses of
charge-forming devices and of speed-regulators.
Note. A search for an automatically-controlled charge-forming
device should be continued in appropriate subclasses of charge-
forming devices having devices like the one in question with-
out the speed-regulating features and in appropriate subclasses
of speed-regulators for the speed-regulating features without
reference to the charge-forming device.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses30,Oil-engines,
Internal-vaporizing; 31, Oil-cngiucs, Internal-vaporizing,
Four-cycle; 34, Oil-engines, External-vaporizing; and 35, Oil-
engines, External-vaporizing, Four-cycle.
124. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, AUTOMATIC DILU-
TION. Charge-forming devices having means for producing
a combustible mixture from a liquid hydrocarbon and air
and also automatically-acting means dependent for its opera-
tion upon an increase in the speed of the engine with which
the device is used, said means acting to admit an additional
quantity of air at high speeds of the engine, whereby a more
uniform mixture is produced. The purpose of the devices in
this subclass is to produce a mixture in which the proportion
of air and hydrocarbon will be substantially constant at all
speeds of the engine. This is accomplished by counteracting
the effect of an increased supply of oil, due to the greater
suction effect produced by the more rapid flow of the air
through the charge-forming device at high speeds of the engine,
by admitting at such times an additional quantity of air to
the charge-forming device, thereby reducing the proportion
of hydrocarbon in the mixture, which would otherwise be
richer in hydrocarbon than is desirable. They are frequently
described as devices for facilitating the starting of internai-
combustion engines, and they differ from such governor-con-
trolled charge-forming devices as vary the mixture produced
in that the diluting-valve opens at a given and generally com-
paratively low speed of the engine and remains in that condi-
tion whatever speed the engine may ultimately attain, while
a similar valve of a governor-controlled charge-forming device
would be moved with every change of speed of the engine with
which it is used.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 155.2, Carbu-
reters, Atomizers, Constant level, Automatic dilution.
125. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, OIL-INTERCEPTING.
Charge-forming devices including an intercepting member and
means for supplying oil thereto and means whereby a current
of air is caused to flow past the said intercepting member,
whereby oil supplied to the intercepting member is inter-
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
291
CLASS 123 Continued.
cepted and held thereby until vaporized or atomized by the
current of air as it flows by the said member.
Note. The intercepting members in the devices occurring in this
subclass are frequently in the form of perforated screens,
through which the air passes. This subclass does not, how-
ever, include screens or equivalent devices located between
the point where the mixture is formed and the engine and
through which the mixture passes, the principal function of
which is to break up the particles of oil and secure a more
thorough mixing of air and hydrocarbon, although in such
devices the screens are sometimes described as having the
further function of intercepting the particles of oil and holding
them until vaporization takes place. Such devices, if claimed
by themselves, are classified in subclass 141, Charge-forming
devices, Mixing devices; but they are frequently disclosed
with all types of charge-forming devices.
126. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, MOVABLE CARRIER.
Charge-forming devices including among their elements a
movable member and means dependent for its operation upon
the engine with which the device is used for operating the
movable member, said movable member being designed to
engage with and to distribute the oil in such a manner or to
carry the oil into such a position that its vaporization is the
more readily accomplished.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 165, Carburet-
ers, Pivoted, Revolving.
127. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, MULTIPLE OIL-SUP-
PLY. Charge-forming devices having a plurality of means
for supplying oil to the air as it passes therethrough, the oil
being either all of one quality or of different qualities, whereby,
in the first case, varying quantities of oil may be supplied to
the engine with which the charge-forming device is used, and,
in the second case, the engine may be operated with different
qualities or kinds of oil or equivalent fuel.
128. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, CONSTANT OIL-SUP-
PLY. Charge-forming devices in which a continuous stream
of oil is caused to pass across the air-supply conduit or through
a portion of such conduit, whereby the air as it passes by the
stream of oil will atomize or vaporize a portion thereof. The
flow of air being intermittent, while the flow of oil is con-
tinuous and generally in excess of the quantity which can be
taken up by the air as it passes to the engine, the devices in
this subclass are always provided with draining means for
conducting the surplus oil from the charge-forming device.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 125, Charge-
forming devices, Oil-intercepting, for devices resembling
those in this subclass, but with the additional feature that the
oil as it passes through the air-supply conduit flows over a
perforated screen; subclass 135, Charge-forming devices, Oil-
evaporating, Extended oil-film, for devices designed to
vaporize the less volatile hydrocarbon oils and in which no
atomizing action is possible, but which otherwise resemble
somewhat those occurring in this subclass.
129. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, VALVE-CONTROLLED
OIL. Charge-forming devices provided with a chamber in
which air and oil are mingled to form a combustible mixture,
the oil-supply conduit being provided with a valve for arrest-
ing the flow of oil into the mixing-chamber during the inter-
vals in the cycle of operation of the engine that a combustible
mixture is not required thereby, the operation of such valve
depending upon suction produced by the working piston of
the engine or by the piston of a pump for supplying com-
bustible mixture thereto. The valve above mentioned is
ordinarily located at the discharge end of the oil-supply con-
duit, and the air-supply conduit to the mixing-chamber is
frequently also controlled by a valve depending for its opera-
tion upon suction.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 154.1, Car-
bureters, Oil-feed, Suction-controlled valve.
130. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, VALVE-CONTROLLED
OIL, POSITIVELY-OPERATED. Charge-forming devices
differing from those occurring in the preceding subclass in
that the valve controlling the oil-supply conduit instead of
depending upon suction for its operation is positively operated
by and in unison with the enigne with which the charge-
forming device in question is used.
131. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, ATOMIZERS. Charge-
forming devices in which air is caused to flow in a more or less
confined stream and at high velocity past the discharge end
of a permanpntly-open oil-supply conduit, whereby the oil is
entrained and atomized or sprayed, the resulting combustible
mixture being composed of air and oil gasified or vaporized
in part and in part suspended in the liquid form. The sub-
classes of atomizing charge-forming devices are intended to
be structural rather than functional, and it should be ob-
served that there is more or less of an atomizing action pres-
ent in the devices occurring in all charge-forming-device sub-
classes excepting the following oil-evaporating subclasses, the
subclass of gas and air mixers, and the oil-feeding and other
elemental subclasses. In oil-atomizing charge-forming devices
the air for atomizing the oil is generally caused to flow past
the discharge end of the oil-supply conduit intermittently by
suction produced by the working piston of the engine with
which the device is used or by the piston of a supply-pump
therefor upon the charging stroke of such piston, although in
some devices the oil is atomized by air under pressure, in
which case the operation of the atomizing device may be
continuous.
CLASS 123-Contmued.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 155, Carburet-
ers, Atomizers, for devices for producing a gas for heating or
illuminating purposes which atomize a liquid hydrocarbon by
means of air under pressure.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 73, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Spray, and the subclasses thereunder, for
atomizing devices used in connection with a heating-burner
and depending for their operation upon air under pressure.
132. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, ATOMIZERS, CON-
STANT-LEVEL. Charge-forming devices which atomize
or spray the oil, as in the preceding subclass, and which have
in addition to the atomizing elements means for maintaining
the oil at a constant height with reference to the discharge
end of the oil-supply conduit, generally at or slightly below
the level of such discharge enu.
Note. A search in which the means whereby the oil is main-
tained at a constant level is involved should be continued in
class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 37.
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Maintained Oil-level, and
the subclasses thereunder, and in class 48, GAS, HEATING
AND ILLUMINATING, subclasses 155.1, Carbureters, Atomizers,
Constant level, and 155.2, Carbureters, Atomizers, Constant
level, Automatic dilution.
133. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES OIL-EVAPORATING.
Charge-forming devices not classified in the following oil-
evaporating subclasses, in which a liquid hydrocarbon is
evaporated to furnish the combustible constituent of the
charge. The action of the charge-forming devices in this and
the two following subclasses is always an evaporating action,
as distinguished from an atomizing action generally present
in most charge-forming devices for internal-combustion en-
gines, although in such devices the minute particles of oil are
ordinarily vaporized after atomization and before the mixture
reaches the engines. In oil-evaporating devices evaporation
ordinarily takes place from the surface of a considerable
volume of oil or from the surface of an absorbent material
communicating with and kept in a saturated condition by
the oil, and such devices always require heat for their
operation, the heat being frequently derived from the sur-
rounding atmosphere and the air used to form the charge in
devices in which the more volatile hydrocarbon oils are used
and from an auxiliary heating device when less volatile oils
are used.
Note. For devices for producing a gas for heating or illuminating
purposes by evaporating a liquid hydrocarbon and mixing
the resulting vapor with air, see in this class, subclasses 34,
Oil-engines, External-vaporizing, and 35, Oil-engines, Ex-
ternal-vaporizing, Four-cycle; also in class 48, GAS, HEATING
AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 156, Carbureters, Capillary, and
the subclasses thereunder; subclasses 168, Carbureters, Sur-
face; 169, Carbureters, Surface, Float; 102, Generators, Retort,
Oil. and the subclasses thereunder, and 211, Processes, Oil,
and the subclasses thereunder.
134. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, OIL-EVAPORATING,
SUBMERGED AIR-SUPPLY. Oil-evaporating charge-
forming devices in which the air-supply conduit extends
below the surface of the oil to be evaporated, whereby air is
supplied to the body of the oil below the surface thereof and
rises in bubbles therethrough, vaporizing a portion of the oil
and forming a combustible mixture with the vapor.
Note. For devices for producing a gas for heating or illuminating
purposes similar in structure and mode of operation to those
in this subclass, see in class 48, GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMI-
NATING, subclasses 106, Carbureters, Submerged-blast, and
167, Carbureters, Submerged-blast, Coil.
135. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, OIL-EVAPORATING,
EXTENDED OIL-FILM. Oil-evaporating charge-forming
devices in which the interior of the chamber in which the ou
is evaporated is provided with an extended stationary sur-
face, generally in the form of shelves, trays, plates, or similar
devices, to which surface oil is supplied and over which it
extends or spreads hi a thin film of large extent, whereby
evaporation of the oil from the extended surface is facilitated.
The devices are ordinarily designed to vaporize the less volatile
hydrocarbon oils, crude petroleum frequently being the oil
employed to furnish the combustible constituent of the
charge. The vaporizing devices are always provided with
heating means, the exhaust-gases from the engines with
which the device is used or a portion of such gases being
ordinarily employed for such purpose. The oil is ordinarily
supplied to the extended evaporating surface in a constant
stream, and the flow thereof is generally independent of the
operation of the engines with which the charge-forming device
is used.
Note. Search as indicated in subclass 133, Charge-forming de-
vices, Oil-evaporating, above.
13C. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, OIL-FEEDING. Devices
not coming within the terms of the definition of some one of
the following oil-feeding subclasses tor supply ing a charge-
forming device with oil or equivalent fuel or for supplying oil
or equivalent fuel directly to the working cylinder or com-
bustion-chamber of an internal-combustion engine when a
separate charge-forming device is not used therewith and
devices designed for use with a charge-forming device or
internal-combustion engine and relating to the supply of oil
or equivalent fuel thereto, the feeding device in question
having features of construction or peculiarities in mode of
operation particularly adapting it for use with internal-
combustion engines for the purpose of supplying oil thereto
and rendering its use in other relations or with other devices
impossible, or at least unlikely.
292
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 123 Continued.
Note. Oil-feeding devices of general application designed to sup-
ply or control the flow of a hydrocarbon oil to any device in
which such oil is to beconsumed, as to a lamp, heating-burner,
or like device, are classified in class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS
FUEL BURNERS, subclass 36, Burners, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-
feeding, and the subclasses thereunder, which subclasses
should be searched for devices in which the means for sup-
plying oil to charge-forming devices are involved. As all
charge-forming devices necessarily include some means for
supplying oil thereto a search for means adapted for that
purpose may extend to all subclasses of charge-forming devices.
Search Classes
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 150, Carbu-
reters, Oil-feed, and the subclasses thereunder.
184 LUBRICATION, which class contains devices for feeding oil
for lubricating purposes similar in structure and operation to
many of the devices in this subclass.
137. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, OIL-FEEDING, RE-
CIPROCATING. Oil-feeding devices comprising a recipro-
cating feeding member positively operated by the engine with
which it is used and having a chamber designed to receive and
to transfer oil from a source of supply to a charge-forming
device or internal-combustion engine, said chamber being
brought by the reciprocation of tne feeding member alternately
into communication with the source of oil and with the device
to which the oil is to be supplied, whereby definite quantities
of oil are supplied to the charge-forming device or internal-
combustion engine with which the oil-feeding device is used.
138. CHARGE - FORMING DEVICES, OIL - FEEDING, RO-
TARY. Oil-feeding devices differing from those defined in
the preceding definition in that the oil-feeding member par-
takes of a rotary or of an oscillatory motion.
139. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, OIL-FEEDING, PUMPS.
Pumps and accessories thereto for supplying a charge-forming
device with oil or for supplying oil directly to the working
cylinder or combustion-chamber of an internal-combustion
engine when a separate charge-forming derice is not used
therewith, the pump being operated by and in unison with
the engine with which it or the charge-forming device which
it supplies v/ith oil is used.
Note. The devices occurring in the class 103, PUMPS, are gener-
ally not available without considerable modification for the
purpose of supplying oil to internal-combustion engines,
although claims relating to a pump properly classifiable in
this subclass might bo presented in such a form as to neces-
sitate a search in that class.
Search Classes
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses 28, Oil-en-
gines, Pump-supply to air-inlet, Four-cycle; 23, Oil-engines,
Pump-supply to air-inlet, Two-cycle; 32, Oil-engines, Internal-
vaporizing, Forced oil-supply; 33, Oil-engines, Internal-vapor-
izing, Forced oil-supply, Oil-atomizing, and 140, Charge-
forming Devices, Oil-feeding, Pumps, Governor-controlled.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 152, Carbureters,
Oil-feed, Pump.
184 LUBRICATION.
140. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, OIL-FEEDING, PUMPS,
GOVERNOR-CONTROLLED. Devices like those in the
preceding subclass, but with the additional feature that the
operation of the pump is automatically controlled by a suitable
governing device, whereby the quantity of oil supplied to the
charge-forming device or to the engine is automatically con-
trolled.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses 28, Oil-en-
gines, Pump-supply to air-inlet, Four-cycle; 29, Oil-enginos,
Pump-supply to air-inlet, Two-cycle; 32, Oil-engines, Internal-
vaporizing, Forcad oil-supply; 33, Oil-engines, Internal-vap-
orizing, Forced oil-supply, Oil-atomizing; 97, Snood-regu-
lators, and the subclasses thereunder, for the spwd-regulating
features without reference to the pump controlled thereby.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 152, Car-
bureters, Oil-feed, Pump.
184 LUBRICATION.
141. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, MIXING DEVICES.
Devices concerned with the production of a combustible
mixture and its supply to an internal-combustion engine to
be burned therein and located between the point where the
air and hydrocarbon are first mixed and the engine, such
device being designed to more thoroughly commingle a mix-
ture of air and hydrocarbon produced by a charge-forming
device of any type to thereby produce a more uniform and
homogeneous mixture. The devices in this subclass are
commonly shown in connection with some specific type of
charge-forming device, although the mixing device is ordina-
rily independent of the means whereby the initial mixture
is produced and is ordinarily capable of use to more thoroughly
mix the mixture of air and hydrocarbon produced by any type
of charge-forming device.
Note. It should be observed that as all charge-forming devices
are designed to produce a mixture of air and hydrocarbon
and as the intimacy or completeness of such mixture neces-
sarily depends to some extent upon the construction of the
charge-forming device, a search for a device described as a
mixing device of general application, but, in fact, involving
the structure of a charge-forming device, may sometimes
extend to and include all subclasses of charge-forming devices.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 142, Charge-
forming devices, Safety devices.
CLASS 123 Continued.
142. CHARGE-FORMING DEVICES, SAFETY DEVICES.
Devices used in connection with charge-forming devices for
the purpose of preventing the ignition of the combustible
mixture therein and devices for the purpose of preventing
injury to the charge-forming device or interference with its
operation in case the combustible mixture therein should
become ignited.
Search Classes
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 141, Charge-
forming devices, Mixing devices.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 192, Distribu-
tion, Safety devices.
143. IGNITERS. Miscellaneous devices not coming within the
terms of the definitions of the following subclasses of igniters
for igniting the successive combustible charges supplied to
and burned within an internal-combustion engine.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 184, Starting
devices, Igniters, for devices for igniting the charge within the
working cylinder at starting and designed for temporary use
at such times.
144. IGNITERS, FLAME. Igniting devices for internal-combus-
tion engines comprising a burner located without the work-
ing cylinder and means for igniting the combustible charge
in the working cylinder from the flame of the burner either
by causing the flame itself to come into direct contact with the
combustible charge within the working cylinder or by causing
the flame to ignite an auxiliary yolump of combustible gas,
which burning gas is then moved into direct contact with the
combustible charge within the working cylinder. Also con-
tains patents in whicha flame-igniting device as above defined is
disclosed and claimed in combination with the supply or
exhaust valve of the engine or with a valve controlling both
the supply and exhaust ports. Flame-igniting devices capa-
ble of use only with internal-combustion engines operating
upon non-compression cycles are, when disclosed or claimed
in patents claiming also a complete non-compression engine,
considered as a part of such an engine and are not cross-ref-
erenced into this subclass.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 39, Non-com-
pression.
145. IGNITERS, INCANDESCENT. Igniting devices for inter-
nal-combustion engines comprising an igniting member
maintained at a temperature sufficient to ignite the com-
bustible mixture when it comes into contact therewith and
heating means for maintaining such igniting member at a
high temperature, generally at incandescence, whereby the
combustible charge will be 'ignited upon coming into contact
with the igniting member.
NOTE. The igniting member may extend without the working
cylinder or combustion-chamber of the engine, in which
case it is generally maintained at a high temperature by
means of an external heating-burner, which might bo of any
one of the types of heating-burners occurring generally
throughout the class of 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL
BURNERS, or the said igniting member may be located
wholly within the working cylinder or combustion-chamber,
in which case it is ordinarily maintain d in a heated condi-
tion by the burning gases within the engine. The heating
means for the igniting device ordinarily forms no part of the
igniting device itself; but such burners as are especially
designed for and adapted to be used with an incandescent
igniting device and are disclosed in connection with such a
device are classified in this subclass.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses 30, Oil-
engines, Internal-vaporizing, and the subclasses thereunder,
and 146, Igniters, Incandescent, Valve-controlled, for other
patents relating to devices located within the working cylinder
or combustion-chamber of an internal-combustion engine
and designed to or which in fact would both vaporize oil
supplied to the engine and ignite the resulting combustible
mixture.
146. IGNITERS, INCANDESCENT, VALVE-CONTROLLED.
Incandescent igniting devices differing from those in the pre-
ceding subclass in that a valve operated by and in unison with
the engine is provided for controlling the flow of the combustible
charge to the igniting elements, whereby the time at which
ignition of the charge takes place may be determined.
147. IGNITERS, SPARKERS, LOW-TENSION. Devices for
igniting the successive combustible charges supplied to and
burned within an internal-combustion engine, comprising
electrodes extending into the space occupied by the charge
to be ignited and electrical means for producing a spark or a
series of sparks between the said electrodes, whereby the
charge is ignited, and subordinate and auxiliary devices
designed and especially adapted for use with igniting devices
of the typo above set forth and incapable of use in the manner
contemplated in other relations. Inasmuch as the devices
occurring in the subclasses of internal-combustion engines,
igniters, sparkers, are electrical devices adapted for use with
an internal-corn bustion engine and as those devices neces-
sarily more or less resemble electrical devices employed in
other arts, it follows that classes and subclasses containing
patents relating to the general application of electricity may
have to be considered in searches involving electrical means
concerned with the ignition of the combustible charge in an
internal-combustion engine. Such will not, however, ordi-
narily be the case, as electricity is considered as a force capa-
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
293
CLASS 123 Continued.
ble of general application for various purposes, and the means
whereby such force is adapted to a specific purpose for
example, that set forth heroin will ordinarily oe found to
be distinct from other though somewhat similar means
through which the same force is adapted to other purposes.
This subclass contains miscellaneous sparking devices for
internal-combustion engines in which a current of electricity
of low electromotive force is employed, thus necessitating
the use therewith of electrodes normally out of contact with
each other and which must be brought into contact and sepa-
rated to produce a spark, as in the following make-and-break
subclasses of electrical igniting devices, and subordinate and
auxiliary devices designed for use with and to form a part
of such an igniting device and incapable of use in the manner
contemplated in other relations, the device in question in
either case not coming within the terms of the definition of
some one of the following sparker subclasses.
Search Class
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclasses under
Igniting devices.
14S. IGNITERS, SPARKERS, HIGH-TENSION. Miscella-
neous sparking devices for internal-combustion engines in
which a current of electricity of high electromotive force is
employed, thus necessitating the use therewith of electrodes
permanently separated by a spark-gap, across which the.
current jum'ps, as in the jump-spark type of electrical igniting
device, and subordinate and auxiliary devices designed for
use with and to form a part of such an igniting device and
incapable of use in the manner contemplated in other rela-
tions, the device in question in either case not coming within
the terms of the definition of some one of the following sparker
subclasses.
Search Classes
171 ELECTRICITY, GENERATION, subclass 122, Induetoriums,
Induction-coils.
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclasses under
Igniting devices.
149. IGNITERS, SPARKERS, DYNAMOS. Mechanism whereby
a dynamo-electric machine is operated by an engine and is
adapted to furnish a current of electricity for the purpose of
igniting the successive combustible charges supplied thereto
and patents disclosing and claiming a dynamo in combination
with igniting mechanism, which, considered by itself, would
be classifiable in some one of the following igniter subclasses,
the connection between the two being other than by means of
mere conducting-wires, and patents disclosing and claiming
dynamo^electric machines having features of construction or
peculiarities in mode of operation particularly adapting them
for use with internal-combustion engines for the purpose of
igniting the successive combustible charges supplied thereto
and rendering their use in other relations or with other devices
impossible, or at least unlikely. Dynamos coming within the
last of the above cases are generally so intimately associated
with or built into the elements constituting the engine with
which they are used as to be incapable of separation therefrom
and of operation or existence as separate mechanism.
Note. Combinations of engine and dynamo, adapted to start the
engine, maintain current for lights", ignition, etc., may be found
in Class 171, ELECTRICITY. GENERATION, subclass 315, Systems.
Note. Dynamo-electric machines complete in themselves having
no element in common with an internal-combustion engine
and capable when put in operation of furnishing a current of
electricity available for any purpose to which the current pro-
duced by the said dynamo is suitable are classified in suitable
subclasses of class 171, ELECTRICITY, GENERATION, according to
the type of device in question, and neither a positive statement
in the specification to the effect that the device in question is
intended to be used to furnish current for the igniting device of
an internal-combustion engine nor the fact that a claim posi-
tively includes an internal-combustion engine or its igniting
device in general terms will be sufficient to cause a patent for
such a dynamo to be classified as an igniting device for internal-
combustion engines.
Note. Mechanism interposed between an internal-combustion
engine and a dynamo driven thereby and designed to furnish
current for the igniting device of such engine, the purposes of
said mechanism being to maintain a constant speed of the
dynamo irrespective of variations in speed of the engine, are
not classified in this subclass. For such devices see in class
171, ELECTRICITY, GENERATION, subclass 2.31, Regulators,
Transmitting mechanism, and class 74, MACHINE ELEMENTS,
subclass 45, Machine-brakes, Centrifugal speed-regulators.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES ; subclasses 147, Igniters,
Sparkers, Low-tension, and 148, Igniters, Sparkers, High-ten-
sion.
150. IGNITERS. SPARKERS, COMBINED ADJUSTING AND
EXHAUST - REGULATING. Manually - operated means
used in connection with sparking devices for determining the
time in the cycle of operation of the engine at which the charge
shall be ignited, in combination with means for acting upon the
exhaust-valve of the engine to regulate the said valve, said last-
mentioned means ordinarily operating either to cause the ex-
haust-valve to be opened upon the compression-stroke of the
engine to thereby facilitate the starting thereof or to maintain
the exhaust-valve in a partially or wholly open position,
thereby acting as a manually-controlled speed-regulator.
151. IGNITERS, SPARKERS, COMBINED SPARKER AND
VALVE. Devices comprising a valve for controlling the sup-
ply of combustible mixture to the working cylinder or combus-
tion-chamber of an internal-combustion engine or the exhaust
of burned gases therefrom, or both the supply and exhaust, to-
gether with a sparking device one or both the electrodes of
which is carried by and moves with the said valve.
CLASS 123 Continued.
152. IGNITERS, SPARKERS, COMBINED VALVE AND
SPARKER OPERATING. Valve-operating mechanism and
sparker-operating mechanism in combination and either with
or without speed-controlling mechanism. In such of the devices
occurring in this subclass as include speed-controlling mechan-
ism the speed-regulator is frequently of the charge-omitting
type, and the combined valve and sparker operating mechan-
ism then takes the form of means operating to interrupt the
operation of the igniting device of the engine while the supply
of combustible charges thereto is suspended. The valve acted
upon may be the supply, exhaust, fuel, or other vaive upon
which the operation of the engine depends, and the sparking
device is always of the make-and-break type, hereinafter de-
fined.
Note. This subclass does not include devices in which the only
connection between the valve-operating mechanism and the
igniting device is that the valve-operating mechanism controls
a circuit-closing device, whereby a circuit included in the
sparking device is controlled. Such devices are classified in
the subclass 165, Igniters, Sparkers, Circuit-closers.
153. IGNITERS, SPARKERS, MAKE-AND-BREAK. Spark-
ing devices comprising relatively fixed and movable electrodes
normally out of contact with each other and mechanically-
operated means adapted to move the movable electrode into
contact with the fixed electrode shortly before and to separate
the electrodes when the combustible charge is to be ignited,
whereby an electric circuit in which the electrodes are included
is alternately made and broken and a spark produced, and sub-
ordinate and auxiliary devices designed and especially adapted
for use with sparking devices of the type above set forth and
incapable of use in the manner contemplated in other relations,
the device in question in either case not coming within the
definition of some one of the following make-and-break sub-
classes. The mak&-and-break subclasses include sparking de-
vices in which the time during which the electrodes are in con-
tact with each other is much greater than the time during
which they are separated, the normal condition of electrodes
which must be brought into contact and then separated to pro-
duce a spark being considered as out of contact with each other.
154. IGNITERS SPARKERS, MAKE-AND-BREAK, ELEC-
TROMAGNETIC. Sparking devices differing from those
defined in the preceding definition in that the operating means
for the movable electrode includes an electromagnet.
Search Class
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 115, Ignit-
ing devices, Automatic.
155. IGNITERS, SPARKERS, MAKE-AND-BREAK, PNEU-
MATIC. Sparking devices differing from those denned in the
second preceding definition in that the means whereby the
movable electrode is actuated is dependent for its operation
upon a gas under pressure.
156. IGNITERS SPARKERS, MAKE-AND-BREAK, RECIP-
ROCATING ELECTRODE. Make-and-break sparking de-
vices in which the movable electrode partakes of a reciprocat-
ing motion of translation, the relatively fixed electrode being
either rigid or yieldable.
157. IGNITERS, SPARKERS, MAKE-AND-BREAK, ROCK-
ING-ELECTRODE HAMMER-ACTION. Make-and-break
sparking devices in which the movable electrode is carried by a
rock-shaft and the electrodes separated by a reverse movement
of the movable electrode, the relatively "fixed electrode being
rigid and unyielding, the operating means for the movable
electrode including a hammer element adapted to separate the
electrodes by delivering a blow to the movable electrode,
whereby a more sudden separation of the electrodes is secured
and a more effective spark produced.
Note. For other sparking devices in which the means for separat-
ing the electrodes include an element designed to deliver a blow
to the movable electrode, but which do not have the structural
features enumerated in this definition, see the preceding sub-
class.
158. IGNITERS, SPARKERS, MAKE-AND-BREAK, ROCK-
ING AND RIGID ELECTRODES. Make-and-break spark-
ing devices in which the movable electrode is carried by a rock-
shaft and the electrodes separated by a reverse movement of
the movable electrode, the relatively fixed electrode being
rigid and unyielding.
159. IGNITERS, SPARKERS. MAKE-AND-BREAK, ROCK-
ING AND YIELDING ELECTRODES. Make-and-break
sparking devices in which the movable electrode is carried by a
rock-shaft and the electrodes separated by a reverse movement
of the movable electrode, the relatively'fixed electrode being
yieldable, so as to move slightly after contact, of the electrodes
and during the slight farther movement of the movable elec-
trode.
160. IGNITERS. SPARKERS, MAKE-AND-BREAK. OSCIL-
LATING ELECTRODE. Make-and-break spar king devices
in which the movable electrode is carried by a rock-shaft and
the electrodes separated by a farther movement of the mov-
able electrode in the same direction.
161. IGNITERS, SPARKERS. MAKE-AND-BREAK, RO-
TA RY ELECTRODE. Make-and-break sparking devices in
which the movable electrode is carried by a rotating shaft
driven continuously or intermittently in one direction.
162. IGNITERS SPARKERS, MAKE-AND-BREAK, PISTON-
OPERATED. Sparking devices comprising an electric cir-
cuit including relatively fixed and movable electrodes, the
movable electrode being adapted to make and break the cir-
294
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 123 Continued.
cult, as in the preceding make-aud-break subclasses, and the
operation thereof depending immediately upon the piston of
the engine with which the device is used. In the devices in
this subclass the movable electrode is either carried by the
working piston or is located in the clearance-space of the en-
gine, and said electrode when not carried by the piston is gen-
erally operated directly by the piston or by a projection there-
on as it comes into contact with the movable electrode near the
end of the compression-stroke.
163. IGNITERS. SPARKERS, MAKE-AND-BREAK, STA-
TIONARY-ELECTRODE STRUCTURE. The form or
construction of the stationary electrode designed for use with
and to form a part of a sparking device including relatively
fixed and movable electrodes, as in the preceding make-and-
break subclasses, such stationary electrodes being ordinarily
capable of use with and as forming a part of any sparking de-
vice which includes fixed and movable electrodes.
Note. It is intended that patents classifiable in other make-and-
break subclasses, but which disclose specific stationary-elec-
trode structure shall appear in this subclass as cross-references.
Inasmuch, however, as all make-and-break sparking devices
necessarily include a stationary electrode, a search involving
stationary-electrode structures may sometimes extend to all
make-and-break subclasses.
164. IGNITERS, SPARKERS, MAKE-AND-BREAK, AD-
JUSTING MECHANISM. Inventions relating to manually-
operated means used in connection with make-and-break
sparking devices for determining the time in the cycle of opera-
tion of the engine at which the electrodes shall be separated
and the combustible charge ignited. Includes manually-
operated devices for temporarily delaying the ignition of the
combustible charge when the engine is to be started for the pur-
pose of preventing a reversal of rotation of the engine at such
times.
Note. Patents disclosing devices designed for use with and to
form a part of a high-tension electric igniting system for in-
ternal-combustion engines and including an electric circuit
having suitable means therein for making and breaking such
circuit and also means for adjusting the circuit making and
breaking mechanism to vary the time at which the ignition
of the charge takes place do not appear in this subclass as
cross-references. For such devices see in this class, subclass
165, Igniters, Sparkers, Circuit-closers, and subclasses there-
under.
Note. For devices for regulating the speed of an internal-com-
bustion engine by automatically varying the time at which
the charge therein is ignited, see in this class, subclass 117,
Speed-regulators, Automatically-controlled igniting device.
Note. For devices for determining the time at which the igni-
tion of the charge shall take place, in combination with means
designed to act upon and regulate the exhaust-valve of the
engine, generally for the purpose of facilitating the starting
thereof, see subclass 150, Igniters, Sparkers, Combined adjust-
ing and exhaust regulating, in this class.
Note. Patents classifiable in other make-and-break subclasses,
but which disclose specific spark adjusting or timing mech-
anism, appear in this subclass as cross-references. Inasmuch,
however, as make-and-break sparking devices ordinarily in-
clude means for varying the adjustment thereof, so that the
charge will be ignited at the proper time, a search involving
an adjusting or timing mechanism may extend to all make-
and-break subclasses.
165. IGNITERS, SPARKERS, CIRCUIT-CLOSERS. Miscel-
laneous circuit making and breaking devices designed for use
with and to form a part of an electrical igniting mechanism for
internal-combustion engines, but which device is not in itself
the immediate instrument by means of which a spark for
igniting the combustible charge is produced, the making and
breaking device ha question being capable of replacement by
a bridging member, thereby producing a continuous circuit
without defeating the operation of the remaining elements
of the igniting mechanism to produce a spark available for the
purpose of igniting thecharge. Thecircuit-closers occurring in
this subclass are used with either high or low tension igniting
systems, and they are not indispensable to the operation of the
system with which they are used
Note. For circuit-closing devices included in and forming a part
of mechanism for reversing an internal-combustion engine,
see in this class, subclass 41, Reversible.
Search Class
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 282,
Switches, Mechanical, and the subclasses thereof, according
to the character of the device in question, for details of
circuit-closing devices designed for use with electric igniters
for internal-combustion engines.
166. IGNITERS, SPARKERS, CIRCUIT-CLOSERS, SINGLE
CIRCUIT. Inventions relating to circuit-closers operated at
regular intervals by the engine, so as to produce a spark when
the combustible charge is to be ignited, and being themselves
the immediate instrument by means of which the spark is
produced, the device in question controlling but one electric
circuit. The circuit-closers are generally used with high-
tension igniting systems, and they are always essential to the
operation of the system with which they are used.
Note. For automatically-controlled circuit-closing devices simi-
lar to those occurring in this subclass, see the subclass 117,
Speed-regulators, Automatic igniting device.
167. IGNITERS, SPARKERS, CIRCUIT-CLOSERS, MULTI-
PLE CIRCUIT. Circuit-closers differing from those defined
by the preceding definition in that two or more circuits are con-
trolled thereby, the circuits being all alike that is, all pri-
mary circuits or all secondary circuits.
CLASS 123 Continued.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 168, Igniters,
Sparkers, Circuit-closers, Primary and secondary control.
168. IGNITERS, SPARKERS, CIRCUIT -CLOSERS, PRI-
MARY AND SECONDARY CONTROL. Circuit-closing
devices designed to control both the primary and secondary
circuits of a high-tension electrical igniting system, they being
thus a =pecies of multiple-circuit circuit-closing devices.
169. IGNITERS, SPARKERS, PLUGS. Devices used in con-
nection with jump-spark or high-tension igniting systems for
internal-combustion engines and included in the secondary
circuit thereof, said devices having relatively fixed and insu-
lated electrodes permanently out of contact with each other
and the inner extremities of such electrodes being in contact
with the combustible charge to be ignited, whereby when a
spark or a series of sparks is produced across the space between
the electrodes the combustible charge will be ignited. In
most of the devices the electrodes are permanently fixed in
and carried by a single integral member or spark-plug adapted
for use with nternal-combustion engines generally.
170. COOLING. Such miscellaneous devices for cooling the work-
ing cylinder, piston, piston-rod, or other element of an internal-
combustion engine as do not come within the terms of the
definition of some one of the following subclasses of internal-
combustion engines, cooling, and accessory devices designed
for and used with cooling systems for internal-combustion en-
gines and not classified in some appropriate cooling subclass.
Note. Search for cooling devices in which an element of the
engine is cooled by a liquid in contact therewith or for acces-
sory devices designed for use with liquid cooling systems
should be continued in the subclass 6, Cooling and scaling, in
class 230, Am AND GAS PUMPS, and in class 60, MISCELLA-
NEOUS HEAT-ENGINE PLANTS.
Note For internal-combustion engines provided with means for
supplying water in any form to the charge either before the
ignition thereof within the working cylinder or during the
working stroke and in which it is frequently stated in the
description thereof that the water is supplied for the purpose
of cooling engines, see in this class, subclass 25, Water and
hydrocarbon.
Note For systems including an engine driven by a gas under
pressure, together with an internal-combustion engine, the
arrangement being such that the compressed gas either be-
fore or after it passes through the first-mentioned engine,
wherein it does work without chemical change, is caused to
pass around the cylinder or combustion-chamber of the in-
ternal-combustion engine, thereby cooling the same, see in
this class, subclass 4, Combined devices, Internal-combustion
and fluid-pressure, and the subclasses thereof.
Note. For internal-combustion engines in which the heat energy
imparted to the cooling medium is utilized for generating
steam for general purposes, see in this class, subclass 2, Com-
bined devices.
Note. For internal-combustion engines in which the heat energy
imparted to the cooling medium is utilized by means of a
suitable fluid-pressure motor, see in this class, subclass 6, Com-
bined devices, Internal-combustion and fluid-pressure, Waste-
heat utilizing.
Note. For internal-combustion engines in which the heat of
the working cylinder or combustion-chamber is utilized for
the purpose of vaporizing a liquid hydrocarbon to be burned
within the working cylinder of the engine, see in this class,
subclasses 34, Oil-engines, External- vaporizing, and 35, Oil-
engines, External-vaporizing, Four-cycle.
Note. For devices hi which the heat energy imparted to the
cooling medium is utilized for warming purposes, see class 126,
STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 204, Foot-warmers, and the
subclasses thereunder, and class 237, HEAT DISTRIBUTING
SYSTEMS, subclass 5, Car, Water.
171. COOLING, AIR-COOLED. Cooling devices for internal-
combustion engines in which the working cylinder, piston,
piston-rod, or other element of the engine to be cooled is
cooled by means of air in contact with such element, the
cooling-air being ordinarily caused to flow past, around, or
through the element to be cooled in a more or less confined
stream and at considerable velocity.
Note. This subclass docs not include patents in which the inven-
tion relates to means for increasing the radiating or absorbing
surface of a given element, and which means are obviously
capable of general use wherever it is desired to either dissipate
or to absorb heat to thereby effect an interchange of tempera-
ture between the said element and the surrounding medium,
even though the means in question be disclosed as applied to
an element of an internal-combustion engine and as designed
to cool said element. Such devices will be classified in this
subclass only hi cases where their structure is such as to limit
their use in the manner contemplated to an internal-combus-
tion engine and in cases where they are used in combination
with other elements and form therewith a cooling device com-
ing within the terms of the first clause of this definition.
Note. Radiating or absorbing devices of the type above set forth
are classified in class 237, HEAT-DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, sub-
classes 18, Steam-radiators, and 20, Steam-radiators, Heat-
diffusing elements.
Note. For suggestions as to further fields of search, see in this
class, subclass 170, Cooling.
172. COOLING, COMBINED PACKING AND COOLING.
Devices designed to maintain the piston-rod or plunger of an
internal-combustion engine at a temperature suificiently low
for successful working, comprising packing and liquid-cooling
means therefor, the two sets of means being so closely associ-
ated as to form a combination.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
295
.
CLASS 123 Continued.
Note. This subclass does not include patents in which the inven-
tion relates solely to packing means for a piston-rod or plunger,
such packing means being capable of use with engines and
similar structures generally. For such devices see class 121,
STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 109, Packing, Rod.
Note. For devices designed for use with compressing-pumps
for ammonia and similar gases and similar structurally to
those occurring in this subclass, but which are designed more
for the purpose of lubricating the element with which it is
used and for preventing the fluid acted upon from passing
along the piston-rod or plunger and escaping to the atmos-
phere than for cooling purposes, see class 230, AIR AND GAS
PUMPS, subclass 6, Cooling and sealing.
173. COOLING, CYLINDER, JACKET, AND HEAD CON-
STRUCTION. The form, structure, or construction of the
working cylinder, the casing or jacket surrounding the same,
or the cylinder-head, whereby one or more passages are formed
adjacent the working cylinder or combustion-chamber,
through which passages a cooling liquid is caused to flow.
Search Class
; 230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 6, Cooling and sealing.
74. COOLING, HEAT - DISSIPATING DEVICES. Devices
used in connection with liquid cooling systems for internal-
combustion engines for dissipating the heat absorbed by the
cooling liquid while in contact with the element of the engine
to be cooled and consisting of a tank, coil, or equivalent struc-
ture exposed to the atmosphere and through which the heated
cooling liquid circulates, whereby the excess heat of the cool-
ing liquid is dissipated to the relatively cooler medium sur-
rounding the said tank or coil and the liquid cooled for
further use, the said heat-dissipating device being structurally
separate and distinct from the working cylinder of the engine
and located at a distance therefrom. The coils or tanks used
with the cooling devices in this subclass are ordinarily so
designed as to expose a large surface to the atmosphere, where-
by a more rapid dissipation of the surplus heat is secured.
They are ordinarily disclosed and claimed in connection with
means for connecting them with the element of the engine to
be cooled and with such auxiliary devices as are necessary to
form a complete cooling system of the type defined herein.
Note. Patents disclosing devices in which the invention relates
to the form, structure, or construction of an air-cooled heat-
dissipating coil or equivalent structure designed for and dis-
closed as capable of use either in and as forming a part of a
liquid cooling system for an internal-combustion engine or
as a surface condenser for use with a steam-engine are classified
in class 62, subclass 28, Cooling radiators, Motor vehicle,
which subclass should be searched for devices involving the
structure of a radiating tank or coil. Devices of the type here
mentioned are generally used with motor-vehicles propelled
by internal-combustion or steam engines.
Note. For structure of heat radiating or absorbing coils and
equivalent structure, see class 237, HEAT-DISTRIBUTING SYS-
TEMS, subclass 18, Steam-radiators; class 62, REFRIGERATION,
subclass 2, Beer-coolers.
Note. For suggestions of further fields of search, see the definition
of subclass 170, Cooling, in this class.
175. COOLING, LIQUID-IMPELLING DEVICES. Devices de-
signed for use with and to form a part of a cooling system in
which a cooling liquid is employed to cool the working cylin-
der, piston, piston-rod, or other element of an internal-com-
bustion engine, such device depending for its operation upon
the operation of the engine with which it is used and being
adapted to maintain a constant flow of the liquid cooling
medium past, around, or through the element of the engine to
be cooled.
Note. The devices in this subclass always include some type of
pump, and in so far as pump structure is involved in a given
device a search therefor should be continued in appropriate
subclasses in class 103, PUMPS.
Search Class
230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 6, Cooling and sealing.
176. COOLING, ROD AND PISTON. Devices for cooling the
working piston or the piston-rod, or both such elements, of an
internal-combustion engine, comprising means whereby a
cooling liquid is caused to flow through a chamber hi the said
piston or through a passage in the said rod or through both the
rod and piston.
Search Class
230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 6, Cooling and sealing.
177. COOLING, VALVE. Means for cooling the supply, exhaust,
or other valve of an internal-combustion engine or for cooling
the seat of such a valve by causing a cooling liquid to flow past,
around, or through such valve or its seat or for cooling in the
same manner a part of such a valve as, for example, its stem
or a guide therefor or for cooling two or more of the above-
mentioned elements.
Note. Search also as indicated hi the definition of subclass 170,
Cooling, in this class.
Note. For patents in which the invention relates to the form or
construction of a cylinder-head, but hi which the seat of the
supply, exhaust, or other valve is also cooled, as in this sub-
class, see in this class, subclass 173, Cooling, Cylinder, jacket,
and head construction.
Note. For water-cooled valves used hi connection with metal-
lurgical furnaces, see class 75, METALLURGY, subclass 124, Hot-
blast valves.
178. COOLING, TEMPERATURE - REGULATORS. Devices
for regulating the temperature of the working cylinder, com-
bustion-chamber, or other element of an internal-combustion
engine by controlling the supply of cooling medium thereto.
Note. The devices ordinarily include a thermostatic valve, and
search for an invention involving the structure of such a valve
CLASS 123 Continued.
should be continued in classes containing such valves, among
which are class 137, WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 35, Cocks
and faucets, Thermal; classes 2:J6, DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC;
and 120, STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 351, Water-heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Automatic.
179. STARTING DEVICES. Miscellaneous devices for starting
an internal-combustion engine from a condition of rest or for
facilitating the starting of such an engine not classified in some
one of the following subclasses of internal-combustion engines,
and starting devices, and accessory devices designed to facili-
tate the starting of such an engine and incapable of use in the
manner contemplated in other relations.
180. STARTING DEVICES, COMBUSTIBLE-MIXTURE SUP-
PLY. Devices for starting an internal-combustion engine
comprising means for supplying a combustible mixture of air
and hydrocarbon directly to the working cylinder of the engine,
together with means for igniting the said combustible mixture
within the working cylinder after its supply thereto, and ac-
cessory devices designed and especially adapted for use with
such starting devices, the device in question being separate
and distinct from the elements constituting the engine and not
involved in the normal operation thereof. Includes means
for supplying an easily-vaporized fluid to the engine when it
is to be started, whereby the initial combustible charges are
more easily formed, the engine being afterwards operated by a
less volatile fluid, the device hi question not coming within the
terms of the definition of the subclass 127, Charge-forming de-
vices, Multiple oil-supply. The means for igniting the com-
bustible mixture is frequently the regular igniting device of
the engine or such device with suitable auxiliary appliances
to adapt it to use in a starting device of the type occurring in
this subclass. The essential feature in the devices is that a
combustible mixture is supplied directly to the interior of the
working cylinder and ignited therein to start the engine by
power generated within itself. Such mixture may be supplied
at substantially atmospheric pressure or at a comparatively
high pressure, and it may or may not be compressed in the
working cylinder by a movement of the working piston before
ignition.
Note. Inventions limited to mechanism for igniting a combustible
mixture as above when the engine is to be started are classified
in this class, subclass 184, Starting devices, Igniters, notwith-
standing the fact that the starting devices occurring in this
subclass are necessarily provided with some type of igniting
device or the fact that the igniting device in question may be
designed for use with a starting device of the type occurring
hi this subclass.
Note. For internal-combustion engines which are self-starting
because of the cycle upon which they operate, a combustible
mixture being supplied to the working cylinder thereof under
pressure, see in this class, subclass 68, Two-cycle, Pump com-
pression.
181. STARTING DEVICES, COMPRESSED-AIR SUPPLY.
Means for starting an internal-combustion engine by means of
a noncombustible gas under pressure acting directly upon the
working piston of the engine, the flow of said gas thereto being
ordinarily controlled by a valve operated by and in unison
with the engine.
Note. For engines designed to use either steam or a combustible
mixture as interchangeable sources of power, which might
be considered as internal-combustion engines with means for
starting the same by steam, see in this class, subclass 20, Steam
convertible.
Note. For systems including an internal-combustion engine and
a fluid-pressure engine together with a source of gas under
pressure, which gas may be used for starting the engine, and
for systems including an internal-combustion engine and a
fluid-pressure engine and means whereby surplus power de-
veloped by the internal-combustion engine is utilized to com-
press a fluid to be used to drive the fluid-pressure engine, see
m this class, subclass 4, Combined devices, Internal-combus-
tion and fluid-pressure, and the subclasses thereof.
182. STARTING DEVICES, COMPRESSION-RELIEVING.
Devices for facilitating the starting of an internal-combustion
engine by power applied thereto, comprising means for per-
mitting a portion of the combustible charge in the working
cylinder to escape therefrom during a part of the compression-
stroke of the engine, whereby the volume of the combustible
charge compressed and ignited upon the initial strokes of the
engine is reduced and the external work necessary to start the
engine is lessened.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 150,
Igniters, Sparkers, Combined adjusting and exhaust-regu-
lating.
183. STARTING DEVICES, GUNPOWDER. Starting devices
for internal-combustion engines in which a charge of gun-
powder or other explosive substance is exploded and the re-
sulting gases allowed to act upon the working piston of the
engine.
184. STARTING DEVICES, IGNITERS. Devices for igniting
the charge within the working cylinder of an internal-com-
bustion engine at starting in cases where the engine is started
by introducing and burning a combustible mixture within
the working cylinder thereof, which device is ordinarily a sup-
plemental igniting device separate and distinct from the regu-
lar igniting device of the engine and designed for temporary
use at starting or a device independent of the engine for actuat-
ing the regular igniting device thereof.
Note. The combustible mixture may be supplied to the working
cylinder by separate and distinct means, as in subclass 180,
Starting d'evices, Combustible-mixture supply, or it may
296
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 123 Continued.
reach the cylinder by way of the regular supply-passage and
inlet-valve of the engine operating in their ordinary manner.
Note. This subclass does not include devices for delaying the
ignition of the combustible mixture to facilitate the starting
of the engine, but which device is not in itself capable of ignit-
ing the charge. For such devices, if manually operated, see
subclass 1(54, Igniters, Sparkers, Make-and-break, Adjusting
mechanism, and, if automaticically operated, see subclass 117,
Speed-regulators, Automatically-controlled igniting device,
in this class.
Note. For electrical igniting devices provided with interchange-
able sources of electricity, one for use at starting and the other
in the normal operation of the engine, see in this class, sub-
classes 147. Igniters, Sparkers, Low-tension, and 148, Igniters,
Sparkers, High-tension.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 180, Starting
devices, Combustible-mixture supply.
185. STARTING DEVICES, MECHANICAL. Mechanical de-
vices for facilitating the starting of an internal-combustion
engine by hand, such device forming a connection between the
mam shaft of the engine and a conveniently-arranged operating
member, through which connection the operator may revolve
the said main shaft when the engine is to be started.
Search Class
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, according to the type of the starting
device in question.
186. STARTING DEVICES, MECHANICAL, SPARK-DE-
LAYING. Mechanisms comprising a mechanical starting
device, as denned in the above definition, and, in combination
therewith, means for acting upon the sparking device of the
engine in such a manner as to delay the ignition of the com-
bustible charge. The devices are" in the nature of safety
devices, wherein the act of starting the engine by hand will
automatically move an element of the sparking device, so as
to delay the ignition of the charge, and thus prevent injury
to the operator by the engine starting in the wrong direction.
187. STARTING DEVICES, MECHANICAL, MOTORS. A
mechanical motor and means whereby energy derived from an
internal-combustion engine while in operation is communi-
cated to and stored by said motor to be afterward applied
through suitable means to the purpose of starting the same
engine from a condition of rest.
Note. Devices for starting an internal-combustion engine which
are, in fact, merely mechanical motors applied to drive the
engine at starting and in which the stored energy is derived
from a source other than the engine which such motor is sub-
sequently to start will not be classified in this subclass, even
though the motor in question be designed for the specific pur-
pose of starting an internal-combustion engine.
Search Classes
105 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, subclass 27, Starters and brakes.
185 MOTORS, subclasses 4, Composite, Weight; 9, Composite,
Spring; 27, Weight, and 37, Spring, and the subclasses under
each, for details of construction, and subclasses 12, Composite,
Spring, Winding, Motor, Momentum type, and 41, Spring,
Winding, Motor, Momentum type.
187.5. STARTING DEVICES, PRIMERS. Devices designed to
introduce a fluid into the working cylinder of the engine, which
when mixed with the gaseous contents thereof forms a com-
bustible mixture which is ignited to start the engine, the
device in question being distinct from the elements constitut-
ing the engine and not involved in the normal operation
thereof.
188. VALVES. Inventions relating to the supply, exhaust, or
fuel valve of an internal-combustion engine or to a valve per-
forming the functions of two or all of such valves irrespective
of the type or form of the engine with which the valve may be
used, the cycle upon which it operates, or of the means
whereby the said valve is operated by the engine. The valve-
seat, the chamber in which the valve is located, the end of
the supply-conduit leading into the valve-chamber, and other
accessories not extending to the valve-operating mechanism
when such elements are disclosed are considered as parts of
the valve for the purposes of this classification.
Note. This being a subclass of elements, a complete search would
necessarily include all devices in which similar elements are
employed. Patents disclosing and claiming a single valve
structure designed to control the supply or exhaust ports of
an engine and also to form, together with an external flame, a
flame-igniting device are classified in the subclass 144, Igniters,
Flame, in this class. See also in this class, subclasses 120,
Charge- forming devices, Gas and air mixers, and 177, Cooling,
Valve.
Search Classes
103 PUMPS, subclass 66, Elements, Valves.
136 STEAM-KNGINE VALVES, according to the type of the valve
in question.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 32, Check-valves.
230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 34, Valves and valve-gear.
189. VALVES, DETACHABLE. Conveniently disassembled
valves and accessories thereof and ordinarily comprises means
for attaching the supply or exhaust conduit to the engine in
such a way as to be readily disconnected therefrom, thereby
permitting the convenient inspection and generally the re-
moval of the valve located at the end of the conduit in question.
Note. Valves coming within the terms of the above definition,
but which are capable of general use, as with air-compressors,
pumps, engines, etc., are classified in class 103, PUMPS, sub-
class 66, Elements, Valves, unless there is something about
the device in question limiting its use to use with an internal-
combustion engine.
CLASS 123-Contmued.
190. VALVES, ROTARY. Rotating or oscillating valves designed
for general use with internal-combustion engines, as set forth
in the definition of subclass 188, Valves, above.
Search Classes
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 80, Four-cycle,
Rotating valve.
136 STEAM-ENGINE VALVES, subclass 7, Rotary.
230 AIR AND GAS PUMPS, subclass 34, Valves and valve-gear.
191. COMBUSTION-CHAMBERS. The form, construction, or
other features of the combustion-chamber or clearance-space
of an internal^combustion engine, excepting devices La which
the vaporization of a liquid hydrocarbon within the working
cylinder is involved. Inasmuch as the supply and exhaust
conduits of the engine ordinarily communicate directly with
the combustion-chamber thereof and as the igniting device is
normally located therein, the relation of those parts to the
combustion-chamber itself is often involved in and specifically
set forth in the claim defining the invention.
Note. Patents disclosing and claiming combustion-chamber
structure, but in which the vaporization of oil within the en-
gine, or both the vaporization of oil and the ignition of the
resulting combustible mixture, is involved, are classified with
internal-vaporizing oil-engines, according to the type of oil-
engine with which they are obviously intended to be used.
Note. For engines including combustion-chambers and means
for varying the volume thereof, see in this class, subclass 48,
Adjustable combustion-chamber.
Note. For engines including a combustion-chamber separated
from the working cylinder by a valve operated by the engine,
see in this class, subclass 49, Valve-controlled combustion-
chamber.
192. COMPENSATING DEVICES. Compensating or counter-
balancing devices adapted only for use with an internal-com-
bustion engine, the purpose of such device l>eing to render
the force transmitted to the mam driving-shaft of the engine
more uniform and to minimize or counteract the vibrations
which the reciprocation of the moving parts of the engine
tends to establish.
Note. Compensating devices of general application and capable
of use with engines irrespective of the fluid by which they are
operated are classified in class 121, STEAM-ENGINES, and class
74, MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 20, Overcoming dead centers.
193. CYLINDER AND PISTON CONSTRUCTION. The form,
construction, or other features of a piston and such portions
of the cylinder as cooperate therewith, adapted solely for use
with an internal-combustion engine or having features of con-
struction or peculiarities in mode of operation rendering its
use in other relations or with other devices impossible, or at
least improbable.
Note. Does not Include devices within the terms of the definition
of sul>classes 173, Cooling, Cylinder, jacket, and head construc-
tion, or 17(i. Cooling, Rod and piston.
Note. Cylinder or piston construction of general application and
capable of use with engines irrespective of the fluid by which
they are designed to lie operated, even though it be stated that
the device in question is intended for use with and to form a
part of an internal-combustion engine, is classified in steam-
engine subclasses, unless there is something about the device
limiting it to use with an internal-combustion engine, as
above specified. This being a subclass of elements, a complete
search would necessarily include all devices in which similar
elements are employed. Especially
Search Classes
103 -PUMPS, subclasses 59, Elements, Cylinders, and 63, Ele-
ments, Pistons.
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclasses 104, Pistons, and 105, Attach-
ments.
194. EXHAUST TREATMENT. Means for operating upon or
for dealing with the exhaust-gases of an internal-combustion
engine in such a manner as to render the direct discharge of
such gases into the atmosphere less objectionable, the device
in question being designed with special reference for use with
such an engine and incapable of use in the manner contem-
plated in other relations or having features of construction
or peculiarities in mode of operation limiting it to use with an
internal-combustion engine or rendering its use in other rela-
tions unlikely.
Note. The devices invariably act as mufflers to lessen the noise
which would be present if the burned gases were discharged
directly into the atmosphere. This subclass does not, how-
ever, include devices in which the muffling action is the only
function performed and which devices would obviously act in
the same manner to lessen the noise resulting from the inter-
mittent discharge of any gas under pressure directly into the
atmosphere; nor does it include devices in which there is
nothing inherent in the structure or mode of operation which
would limit the use of such devices to use with an internal-
combustion engine, even though the device in question be
designed for use with an internal-combustion engine and be so
disclosed. For such devices see class 121, STEAM-ENGINES,
subclass 116, Mufflers.
195. FRAME CONSTRUCTION. The form, construction, or
other features of the casing, frame, or bed-plate which sup-
ports the various elements necessary to form a complete
internal-combustion engine and maintains them in proper
operative relation with one another and includes such con-
structions of the cylinder as relate to the means of attachment
to the bed.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 105, Attachments.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
297
CLASS 123 Continued.
196. LUBRICATORS. Lubricating means for internal-combus-
tion engines, the device in question being designed and adapted
for use only with such an engine and being dependent for its
action upon peculiarities of operation present only in internal-
combustion engines.
Note. Lubricating means capable of use with engines generally,
irrespective of the fluid by which they are operated, and
capable of use with air, steam, internal-combustion, or other
engines are classified in class 121, STEAM-ENGINES, subclass
115, Lubricators, notwithstanding they may be designed with
reference to use with internal-combustion engines.
197. TRANSMISSION MECHANISM. Mechanism intermediate
the working piston and the main driving-shaft of the engine
through which power is transmitted to the said shaft. The
CLASS 123-Continued.
ordinary parts of an engine may sometimes be mentioned
broadly in the claims, provided no specific construction of
such parts is involved.
Note. For other examples of transmission mechanism, such
mechanism, however, being involved in the cycle upon which
the engine operates, see in this class, subclasses 46, Free piston,
and 78, Four-cycle, Variable clearance.
Search Class
74^MACHiNE ELEMENTS, according to the character of the device
in question.
198. ACCESSORIES. Miscellaneous accessory devices designed for
use with internal-combustion engines not otherwise provided
for in this classification.
CLASS 124. AIR-GUNS, CATAPULTS, AND TARGETS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes the various forms of projectile-throwing appa-
ratus in which no explosion of the propelling agent takes place!
and also various gun, archery, marble, or other projectile targets.
Subclasses.
1. CATAPULTS. Miscellaneous projectile throwing devices not
classifiable elsewhere.
2. CATAPULTS, RUBBER-SPRING. A stick or fork adapted
to be held in one hand having a rubber cord or band attached
to its end, and a suitable pocket for the projectile attached to
the rubber.
3. TARGET-TRAPS. Devices, usually adapted to be operated
from a distance, for throwing balls, clay figures, disks, and
other targets into the air.
4. TARGET-TRAPS, MAGAZINE. Target-traps having self-
feeding arrangements.
5. TARGET-TRAPS, PIVOTED THROWING-ARM. Target-
traps which throw the target from the outer end of a pivoted
arm, which arm may be impelled by a separate spring or may
itself be of spring metal.
6. TARGET-TRAPS, PIVOTED THROWING-ARM, ROTA-
TABLE. Target-traps in which means is provided for rotat-
ing the thro wing-arm to change the direction in which the
target is thrown.
7. BOWS AND CROSS-BOWS. Projectile throwers in which a
bow is relied upon as the spring to propel the projectile.
Search Class
124 AIR-GUNS, CATAPULTS AND TARGETS, subclasses 8, Guns,
Air, and 12, Guns, Spring, and subclasses thereunder, for fea-
tures of lock or trigger construction.
8. GUNS, AIR. Projectile throwers employing compressed air as
the propelling agent.
Search Class
42 FIREARMS, for features of gun-locks.
9. GUNS, AIR, BLOW. Air-guns in which the operator uses his
breath as the propelling agent.
CLASS 124 Continued.
10. GUNS, AIR, SPRING. Air-guns in which a spring is employed
to compress the air which in turn expels the projectile.
Search Classes
124 AIR-GUNS, CATAPULTS AND TARGETS, subclass 12, Guns,
Spring.
42 FIREARMS, for features of lock construction.
11. GUNS, AIR, SPRING, MAGAZINE. Spring air-guns having
a suitable reservoir and means for feeding the projectiles suc-
cessively to place.
Search Class
124 AIR-GUNS, CATAPULTS AND TARGETS, subclass 13, Guns,
Spring, Magazine.
12. GUNS, SPRING. Guns employing springs as the sole pro-
pelling means.
Search Classes
124-^Am-GuNS, CATAPULTS AND TARGETS, subclass 10, Guns,
Air, Spring.
42 FIREARMS, for lock structure.
13
. GUNS, SPRING, MAGAZINE. Spring-guns having a suitable
magazine and means for feeding the projectiles successively to
proper position.
Search Class
124^-AiR-GuNS, CATAPULTS AND TARGETS, subclass 11, Guns,
Ah-, Spring, Magazine.
14. GUNS, SPRING, RUBBER. Spring-guns in which the pro-
pelling springs are rubber cords, strips, or bands.
Search Class
124 AIR-GUNS, CATAPULTS AND TARGETS, subclass 7, Bows
and cross-bows, for lock structure.
15. TARGETS. Various gun, archery, marble, or other projectile
targets, including stationary, alarm, self-indicating, travel-
ing, swinging, and flying targets.
15.5. TARGETS, AIM-RECORDERS. Devices for teaching gun-
pointing in which the firearm is aimed at the desired object
and is so connected with a small target or a recording device
as to control their relative positions, and when fired the pre-
cise spot aimed at is marked on the target.
1C. TARGETS, MOVING. Targets in which the part shot at is at
the time traveling, swinging, or otherwise moving.
17. TARGETS, FLYING. Targets adapted to be thrown into the
air by a target-trap.
18. TARGETS, FLYING, BALLS. Target-balls to be thrown
from ball-traps.
299
CLASS 126. STOVES AND FURNACES.
DEFINITIONS.
Ciass.
This class includes, generally, apparatus for the application of heat.
It comprises heating and cooking stoves, hot-air furnaces, and
accessories; hot-air radiators and heating drums; open water heaters,
air and water heaters adapted for sterilizing liquids in sealed inclo-
sures and the like; dampers, fireplaces, and stovepipes; and is the
generic class for fuel grates.
Note. This class includes the fuel burner when combined with
the stove or furnace structure, but the structure of a fluid fuel burner
alone is classified in class 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS.
Combinations of a particular stove or furnace structure with a closed
water heater or steam generator are classified here; but the structure
of the water heater or steam generator, if it be of general application ,
is classified in class 122, LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS. This
class includes only water heaters of the nonpressure type unless they
are structurally tied to the stove or furnace or form a necessary part
thereof. Water-cooled grates are classified in class 122, LIQUID
HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS; air-cooled grates of a type designed
to heat the air for boiler furnaces, and also grates for progressively
feeding the fuel along the grates, in class 110, FURNACES; while grates
of general use in stoves, hot-air furnaces, or boiler furnaces are classi-
fied in class 126, STOVES AND FURNACES.
Note. Class 110, FURNACES, includes the broad art of combustion
of solid fuel and solid and fluid fuel combined. Class 158, LIQUID
AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, relates to the broad art of combustion
of fluid fuel. Class 219, ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, relates
to the generation of heat by electricity. Class 236, DAMPERS, AUTO-
MATIC, is the broad class of temperature control and regulation, and
includes thermostatically controlled valves and dampers. Class
237, HEAT DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, includes heating systems for
distributing heat by using air, steam, or water as the agent.
Subclasses.
1. STOVES, COOKING. The well-known kitchen-stove of the
portable variety.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 100, Hot-air furnaces,
Combined furnace and cooking-stove; 137, Fire-places, Cooking
and oven attachments; 218, Stove lids and tops, Heating-stove,
Cooking attachments; 222, Trash-burners, Cooking-stoves;
223, Trash-burners, Cooking-stoves, Feeding attachments.
2. STOVES, COOKING, DOUBLE FIRE-POT. Cooking-stoves
that have two or more fire-pots related to a single structure.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 3, Stoves, Cooking,
Double fire-pot, Cooking and heating, and 111, Hot-air fur-
naces, Double fire-pot.
3. STOVES, COOKING, DOUBLE FIRE-POT, COOKING
AND HEATING. Combined cooking and heating stoves
provided with double fire-pots.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 2, Stoves, Cooking,
Double fire-pot; 4, Stoves, Cooking, Combined cooking and
heating stove; 111, Hot-air furnaces, Double fire-pot, and
125, Fireplaces, Two-room direct radiation.
4. STOVES, COOKING, COMBINED COOKING AND HEAT-
ING STOVE. Includes, broadly, all stoves employed for
combined cooking and room-heating purposes. In this sub-
class will be found what are generally known as "parlor
cooking-stoves."
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 3, Stoves, Cooking,
Double fire-pot, Cooking and heating; 100, Hot-air furnaces,
Combined furnace and steam or water, and 218, Stove lids
and tops, Heating-stove, Cooking attachments.
5. STOVES, COOKING, COMBINED COOKING AND HEAT-
ING STOVE, STEAM OR WATER GENERATORS.
Combined cooking and heating stoves provided with steam
or hot-water generators for house-heating, power, or cooking.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 20, Stoves, Cooking,
Ovens, Steam or hot water; 101, Hot-air furnaces, Combined
furnace and steam or water; 132, Fireplaces, Water-backs;
133, Fireplaces, Water-backs, Liquid or gaseous fuel; 210,
Foot-warmers, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Water-heater, and 305,
Water-heaters, Stovepipe, Circulation.
6. STOVES, COOKING, COMBINED COOKING AND HEAT-
ING STOVE, AIR-HEATING. Combined cooking and
heating stoves which have means for heating and circulating
a current of air.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, appropriate subclasses under
Heating-stoves for detail air-heating features.
7. STOVES, COOKING, COMBINED COOKING AND HEAT-
ING STOVE, MAGAZINE. Combined cooking and heating
stoves which contain a magazine or self-feeder.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, Magazine subclasses, for specific
magazine features.
CLASS 126 Continued.
8. STOVES, COOKING, BRICK-SET. Kitchen-stoves set in
masonry, permanent in character.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, appropriate subclasses, for stove
features in detail.
9. STOVES, COOKING, KNOCKDOWN OR SEPARABLE. Types of
cooking-stoves structurally adapted to be folded or the several
parts separated, so as to allow for its easy transportation from
place to place. The stoves in this class are usually termed
"portable furnaces."
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 29, Stoves, Cooking,
Summer, Field; 30, Stoves, Cooking, Summer, Field, Sup-
S art ing-frame; 59, Stoves, Heating, Camp; and 275, Ovens,
omestic, Portable, for knockdown or separable stove
features.
10. STOVES, COOKING MAGAZINE. Cooking-stoves that are
provided with magazines or self-feeding coal devices.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, appropriate Magazine subclasses
for magazine features per se.
11. STOVES, COOKING, MAGAZINE, PORTABLE. Cooking-
stoves provided with coal-receptacles adapted to be placed
in the stove-holes of cooking-stoves and means for feeding the
coal to the fire-pot.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 223, Stoves, Cooking,
Feeding attachments, and 224, Trash-burners, Domestic
refuse-burners.
12. STOVES, COOKING, HEARTHS. Stoves where the im-
provements reside wholly in the hearth; also, means for attach-
ing them to the stove.
13. STOVES, COOKING, HEARTHS, FIRE-POT. Cooking-
stove hearths that are provided with fire-pots for cooking or
broiling purposes.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 14, Stoves, Cooking,
Broiling attachments, and 41, Stoves, Cooking, Liquid and
gaseous fuel, Gas, Broilers.
53, DOMESTIC COOKING VESSELS, subclass 5, Gridirons, for
broiler features.
14". STOVES, COOKING, BROILING ATTACHMENTS. At-
tachments for broiling purposes that are inseparable from
the stove structure, except those found in subclass 113, Stoves,
Cooking, Hearths, Fire-pot.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 41, Stoves, Cooking,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Gas, Broilers.
15. STOVES, COOKING, FEEDING AIR. Stoves in which the
invention resides in means for the preliminary heating of air
before its introduction into the combustion-chamber or flues.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses under Feeding Air;
also subclass 21, Stoves, Cooking, Ovens, Ventilated.
110 -FURNACES, subclass 72, Furnace structure, Feeding air.
16. STOVES, COOKING, FLUE-CLEANERS. Stoves in which
the invention resides in means for cleaning the flues; also,
combined scrapers and soot-receptacles applicable to this
class of stove.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 280, Soot-catchers, for
forms of soot-receptacles.
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 41, Chimney-cleaners,
Flue and stovepipe.
17. STOVES, COOKING, ELEVATED OVENS, SMOKE-PIPE
HEATED. Devices that have ovens supported by a stove-
pipe above the top plate of a stove and heated thereby. In
this subclass will be found warming-ovens that are stovepipe-
heated.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 183, Heatmg-dnims;
188, Heating-drums, Stovepipe, and 189, Heating-drums,
Stovepipe, Hot-air, for detail structural features.
18. STOVES, COOKING, ELEVATED OVENS, TOP-PLATE
SUPPORTED. Stoves in which the oven is elevated above
and supported by the stove-top. In this subclass will be
found elevated warming-ovens other than those that are
smoke-pipe heated.
Note. See note under subclass 17, Stoves, Cooking, Elevated
ovens, Smoke-pipe heated.
19. STOVES, COOKING, OVENS. Devices where the improve-
ments reside in the oven structure.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 273, Ovens, Domestic,
and the subclasses thereunder.
301
302
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 126 Continued.
20. STOVES, COOKING, OVENS, STEAM OR HOT WATER.
Ovens that are heated by steam or hot water, either where
the steam or hot water surrounds the oven or where the steam
enters the oven.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 370, Water-heaters, Ves-
sels, Steam or water heated, and the subclasses thereunder.
53 DOMESTIC COOKING VESSELS, subclass 2, Boilers, Domestic,
Steamers.
21. STOVES, COOKING, OVENS, VENTILATED. Ovens
where the improvements consist in heating a current of air
and circulating it through the oven. The heated air is usually
fed to the combustion-chamber or flues of a cooking-stove.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, the several Feeding-air subclasses
for detail features for air-heating means.
22. STOVES, COOKING, OVENS, PROTECTOR-PLATE.
Devices to be placed in cooking-stove ovens for the purpose
of protecting articles to be baked therein. Some of these
devices are provided with air-moistening means.
23. STOVES, COOKING, REVERSIBLE. Stoves that are con-
vertible into a right and left hand stove; also, where the
smoke-collar is interchangeable from the back to the top plate,
or vice versa.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, appropriate subclasses under
Cooking-stoves for Stove structures.
24. STOVES, COOKING, SHIP'S GALLEY. Cooking stoves
counterbalanced or suspended to maintain their equilibrium.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclass 188, Furniture, and the subclasses there-
under.
25. STOVES, COOKING, SUMMER. Stoves that are portable
in character, usually employed in outdoor work, and adapted
to burn charcoal or light fuel. These stoves are frequently
called "braziers."
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 227, Tool-heaters, Flat-
iron; 230, Tool-heaters, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Flat-iron, and
236, Tool-heaters, Soldering-iron.
26. STOVES, COOKING, SUMMER, DETACHABLE FIRE-
POT. Portable fire-pot structures adapted to be supported
in and cooperate with the stove-hole of ordinary cooking-
stoves and usually employing charcoal or light fuel.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 227, Tool-heaters, Flat-
iron; 230, Tool-heaters, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Flat-iron, and
236, Tool-heaters, Soldering-iron.
27. STOVES COOKING, SUMMER, STOVE-TOP SUP-
PORTED. Stoves designed to be supported upon the top
plate of the ordinary kitchen-stove, and the smoke-outlet has
communication with the stove proper through the medium
of the stove-lid opening. These devices are frequently termed
"portable furnaces."
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 2o, Stoves, Cooking, Sum-
mer, Detachable fire-pot.
28. STOVES, COOKING, SUMMER, STOVE-TOP SUP-
PORTED, STOVE-FLUE CONNECTED. Top-plate
supported stoves in which the smoke-outlet has direct con-
nection with the stovepipe or smoke-flue of the stove. These
devices are frequently termed "portable furnaces."
29. STOVES, COOKING, SUMMER, FIELD. Stoves designed
to be employed in the open air and are what may be termed
"bottomless," the fire being built upon the ground.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 59, Stoves, Heating,
Camp.
110 FURNACES, subclass 21, Furnace structure, Refuse, Stump.
30. STOVES COOKING, SUMMER, FIELD, SUPPORTING-
FRAME. Devices in the nature of supports and tripods
designed to suspend or support cooking utensils over a fire
built upon the ground.
Search Class
248 SUPPORTS.
31. STOVES, COOKING, WATER-HEATING, FLUE
EXTENSION. Stoves in which a tank containing water to
be heated is placed in an extension-chamber through which
the products of combustion pass. This type of stove is gen-
erally known as "reservoir cooking-stove."
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 364, Water-heaters,
Stovepipe.
32. STOVES, COOKING, SPITTOON ATTACHMENTS. The
title is self-explanatory.
33. STOVES, COOKING, TABLES, STEAM-HEATED. De-
vices that are in the form of shallow chambers provided wil h
means for causing a circulation of steam or hot water therein,
whereby the top plates or receptacles placed thereon are
heated. Candy-tables, carving-1 allies, food-warming vessels,
and similar devices are to be found in this subclass.
CLASS 126 Continued.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 370. Water-heaters,
Vessels, Steam or water heated; 371, Water-heaters, Vessels,
Steam or water heated, Closed chamber or coil, and 369, Water-
heaters, Steaming apparatus.
34. STOVES, COOKING, WATER-BACKS. Stoves provided
with generators, steam or hot-water, located in or adjacent
to the combustion-chamber.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 5, Stoves, Cooking,
Combined cooking and heating stove, Steam or water gener-
ators; 53, Stoves, Cooking, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Water-
backs, and 365, Water-heaters, Stovepipe, Circulation.
35. STOVES, COOKING, WATER-BACKS, SAFETY DEVI-
CES. Stoves having water-backs that are provided with
means for preventing the bursting of the water-back, due to
excessive internal pressure as the result of overheating or the
freezing of the water.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, subclass 504, Safety
devices, and the subclasses thereunder.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 35, Cocks and faucets,
Thermal, and 92, Cocks and faucets, High temperature.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 121,
Tank attachments, Safety.
236 DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC, subclass 16, Fusible.
36. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
COMBINED COAL AND GAS. Combined coal and gas
stoves where the gas-stove is a permanent part of the cook-
ing stove or range.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, appropriate subclasses under the
subtitle Cooking-stoves for stove features: appropriate sub-
classes under Gas-stoves for gas-stove features.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, appropriate sub-
classes, for burner features per se.
37. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
CABINET. Cabinets or inclosing casings that are struc-
turally designed to inclose or conceal gas or liquid-fuel stoves
when not in use. The cabinets are usually provided with
compartments wherein articles of food and 'the like may be
placed.
Search Class
45 FURNITURE for cabinet features per se.
38. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
FOLDING OR NESTING KIT. Devices adapted to be
folded or slipped together and designed as such to contain the
heating element and, as a rule, the article acted upon by the
heating element. These devices are frequently termed
"pocket-stoves."
39. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
GAS. Improvements in the ordinary commercial gas-stove.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 40, Stoves, Cooking,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Gas, Burner-stands, and 230, Tool
heaters, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Flat-iron.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS for burner con-
struction.
40. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
GAS, BURNER-STANDS. Devices in the nature of com-
bined burner and stand, that are portable in character, and
as such are designed to be placed upon a table or simliar
article of support. These devices are usually of the "single-
burner" variety.
41. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL.
GAS, BROILERS. Combined gas-stove structures and
broiling attachments.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 13, Stoves, Cooking,
Hearths, Fire-pots, and 14, Stoves, Cooking, Broiler attach-
ments.
53 DOMESTIC COOKING VESSELS, subclass 5, Gridirons.
42. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
GAS, SAFETY ATTACHMENTS. Devices that are de-
signed to simultaneously close the valves in the branch pipes
when the valve in the main supply is closed, also valve-
locking means that will prevent the accidental opening of
the valves.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 351, Water-heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Automatic.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 115,
Burners, Gas, Lighting devices.
43. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
LIQUID, ALCOHOL. Combined heating and alcohol-
burner devices.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 96,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Absorbent, and 97, Burners, Liquid-
fuel, Absorbent, Alcohol, for burner features per se.
44. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
LIQUID, VAPOR. The general structure of liquid-fuel
cooking-stoves of the well-known retort vapor-burner type.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
303
CLASS 126 Continued.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 230, Tool-heaters, Liquid
or gaseous fuel, Flat-iron.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses of
Retorts.
45. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
LIQUID, WICK. The title is self explanatory.
40. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
LIQUID, WICK, EXTENSION-TOP. Liquid-fuel wick-
type stoves where the improvement resides in the means for
giving the top an enlarged or extended cooking-surface.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 216, Stove lids and tops,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Extension-top.
47. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
LIQUID, WICK, LAMP-TYPE. Liquid-fuel wick lamp-
type cooking-stove devices where the heater is of the ordinary
lamp or illuminating type structure.
48. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
LIQUID, WICK, LAMP TYPE, COMBINED TOP, CHIM-
NEY, AND BURNER. Liquid-fuel wick lamp-type stoves
where the improvement resides in the combined top, chimney ,
and burner of a cooking-stove lamp. These devices are fre-
quently termed "drums"' in the art.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 47, Stoves, Cooking,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Liquid Wick, Lamp type for details.
49. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
LIQUID, WICK, RESERVOIR -SUPPORTING TOP
AND BURNER. Liquid-fuel wick-stove devices in which
the combined supporting-top and burner are supported in an
elevated position from and above the oil-reservoir.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses under the Lamp type
for details.
50. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
LIQUID, WICK, SUPPORTING-FRAME. Gas, liquid-
fuel, and vapor stove frames, usually of skeleton form, pro-
vided with liquid or gaseous fuel heating-burners and designed
to support the ordinary kitchen utensils.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 211, Stove lids and tops,
and the subclasses thereunder.
51. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
LIQUID, DRIP PAN OR RECEPTACLE. Devices that
are in the form of pans or receptacles so attached to liquid or
vapor stove supporting frames that they will catch the oil
dripping or overflowing from a burner or burners. Means
are sometimes provided for conducting the accumulated oil
from the pans to a receptacle.
52 STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
VALVE MECHANISM, ARTICLE - CONTROLLED.
Types of valves that are opened by the weight of the article to
be heated and closed through the medium of a weight or spring.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 234, Tool-heaters, liquid
or gaseous fuel, Gas-burner attachments, Tool-controlled
valve, and 238, Tool-heaters, Soldering-iron, Gas-heaters, Tool-
controlled valve.
53. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
WATER-BACKS. Gas or vapor stove structures that are
provided with water-backs designed to heat water for domestic
purposes.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 39, Stoves, Cooking,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Gas; 44, Stoves, Cooking, Liquid or
gaseous fuel, Liquid, Vapor, and 34, Stoves, Cooking, Water-
backs for stove and detail water-back features.
54. STOVES, COOKING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
WATER-BACKS, COMBINED BURNER AND WATER-
BACK. Burner structures that have combined with them
integral water-heating means.
55. STOVES, COOKING, COMBINED BASE AND HOT
CLOSET. Devices that are designed to support a stove or
range from the floor. It is usual to provide the base with
what may be termed a warming or hot closet.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 277, Platforms, and 305,
Stove-legs, Base-supports.
56. STOVES, CAR. Types of stoves that are specially designed for
use on railroad-cars and similar structures.
57. STOVES, CAR, PROTECTIVE CASINGS. Car-stoves whore
the improvement resides in means to make it safe in case of
derailment, collision, or other accident to the car. The means
may be an inclosing casing, an automatically-operated cloring
casing, or automatic means for closing the inlet and outlet
openings of the stove.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 202, Fenders, Fire screen
or Guard.
58. STOVES, HEATING. Includes, broadly, direct-heat radiating
stoves that are not provided with air-heating or magazine
features.
CLASS 126 Continued.
59. STOVES, HEATING, CAMP. Sheet-metal knock-down type
of stoves specially designed for tent heating.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 9, Stoves, Cooking,
Knockdown or separable; 65, Stoves, Heating, Sheet-metal,
and 66, Stoves, Heating, Sheet-metal, Hot-air.
59.5. STOVES, HEATING, ORCHARD. Portable devices for
generating heat or smoke for protecting orchards from frost.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, when theinvention
is merely a means for combustion of fluid fuel.
110 FURNACES, where it is merely a means for combustion of
solid fuel.
60. STOVES, HEATING, HORIZONTAL BODY. Stoves hav-
ing elongated fire-boxes or combustion-chambers.
61. STOVES, HEATING, HORIZONTAL BODY, HOT-AIR.
Stoves having elongated fire-boxes or combustion-chambers
and which are provided- with means for heating and circulating
a current of air.
62. STOVES, HEATING, OPEN -FRONT. Heat - radiating
stoves in which one or more of its side walls are provided with
an opening, so as to obtain direct heat radiation from the flre.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 120, Fireplaces for analo-
gous devices.
63. STOVES, HEATING, OPEN-FRONT, HOT-AIR. Heat-
radiating open-front stoves that are provided with means for
heating and circulating a current of air.
64. STOVES, HEATING, PANEL. Heat-radiating stoves where
the invention resides in making the walls of earthenware re-
fractory material.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 98, Stoves, Heating,
Joints, and 119, Hot-air furnaces, Joints.
65. STOVES, HEATING, SHEET - METAL. Heat - radiating
stoves the ouier walls of which are formed of sheet metal.
These stoves are of the wood-burning type, having generally
no separate or distinct fire-pot.
66. STOVES, HEATING, SHEET-METAL, HOT-AIR. Heat-
radiating stoves the outer walls of which are formed of sheet
metal and which are provided with air heating and circulating
features. These stoves are of the wood-burning type, having
generally no separate or distinct fire-box.
67. STOVES, HEATING, HOT-AIR. Air heating and circulat-
ing heat-radiating stoves that are not more specifically classi-
fied and that are not provided with magazines.
68 STOVES, HEATING, HOT-AIR, MAGAZINE. Hot-air
heat-radiating stoves that are provided with magazines or self-
feeders.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, Magazine subclasses for detail fea-
tures of magazine and appropriate subclasses for air-heating
features.
09 STOVES HEATING, HOT-AIR, REyERTIBLE-DRAFT,
B YSE-HEATING. Hot-air heat-radiating stoves that are
provided with means for giving the products a direct or indi-
rect course to the outlet-flue. When the indirect is employed,
it heats the base of the stove.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 74, Stoves, Heating,
Magazine, Revertible-draft, Base-heating, and 75, Stoves,
Heating, Revertible-draft, Base-heating, for revertible-draft
features, and appropriate subclasses for air-heating features.
70 STOVES, HEATING, HOT-AIR, INTERNAL AIR-CHAM-
BER. Hot-air heat-radiating stoves in which the air-heating
chamber is located centrally relative to the combustion
chamber.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 71, Stoves, heating, hot-
air, central air-tube, and subclass 183, Heating-drums, and
the subclasses thereunder.
71 STOVES, HEATING, HOT-AIR, CENTRAL AIR-TUBE.
Hot-air heat-radiating stoves in which the air-tube passes ver-
tically and centrally through the heater.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, sulwlasses 70, Stoves, Heating,
Hot-air, Internal air-chamber; 72, Stoves, Heating, Hot-air,
Tubular air-heaters, and 109, Hot-air furnaces, Tubular air-
heaters.
72 STOVES, HEATING, HOT-AIR, TUBULAR AIR-HEAT-
ERS. Hot-air heat-radiating stoves that are provided with a
series of air-tubes which are passed vertically, horizontally, or
diagonally through the combustion-chamber.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 70, Stoves, Heating,
Hot-air, Internal air-chamter; 71, Stoves, Heating, Hot-air,
Central air-tul, and 109, Hot-air furnaces, Tubular air-heater.
73. STOVES, HEATING. MAGAZINE. Heat-radiating stoves
that are provided with magazines or self-feeders that are not
provided with air-heating or revertible-draft features.
304
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 126 Continued.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, Magazine subclasses for detail
magazine features.
110 FURNACES, subclass 44, Furnace structure, Progressive
feed, Underfeed.
74. STOVES, HEATING, MAGAZINE, REVERTIBLE-
DRAFT, BASE - HEATING. Magazine heat - radiating
stoves that are provided with a direct or indirect course to the
outlet-flue. When the indirect is employed, it heats the base
of the stove.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 69, Stoves, Heating,
Hot-air, Revertible-draft, Base-heating, and 75, Stoves, Heat-
ing, Revertible-draft, Base-heating, and subclasses 73 et seq.,
Magazine, for detail magazine features.
5. STOVES, HEATING, REVERTIBLE-DRAFT, BASE-
HEATING. Heat-radiating stoves where means are em-
ployed to give a direct or an indirect course to the products.
The indirect draft causes the heating of the base.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 09, Stoves, Heating,
Hot-air, Revertible-draft, Base-heating, and 74, Stoves, Heat-
ing, Magazine, Revertible-draft, Base-heating, for revertible-
draft features.
76. STOVES, HEATING, DOWNDRAFT. Stoves in which the
draft is downward through the fuel.
77. STOVES, HEATING, FEEDING AIR. Devices where the
invention resides in means for heating and introducing air to
the zone of combustion.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 112, Hot-air furnaces,
Feeding air; 146, Fire-pots and linings, Feeding air; 163,
Grates, Feeding air; 193, Stove doors and windows, Feeding
air, and 15, Stoves, Cooking, Feeding air.
110 FURNACES, appropriate Feeding-airsubclasses, particularly
subclass 72, Furnace structure, feeding air.
78. STOVES, HEATING, FEEDING STEAM. Feeding-steam
devices that are specially applicable and structurally related
to heating-stoves.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, steam and air feeding subclasses.
79. STOVES, HEATING, SMOKE AND GAS RETURNING.
Heating-stoves that are provided with means for returning
the gases or products of combustion from the smoke-outlet
to the combustion-chamber of the stove.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, particularly subclasses 49, Furnace structure,
Smoke and gas return, and 52, Furnace structure, Smoke and
gas return, Before passing boiler-flues, From fire-box.
80. STOVES, HEATING, VENTILATING, ATTACHMENTS.
Types of heating-stoves that are provided with special ven-
tilating attachments or features.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 21, Stoves, Cooking,
Ovens, Ventilated; 84, Stoves, Heating, Liquid or gaseous fuel,
Combined heating and ventilating; 198, Stove doors and win-
dows, Oven-doors, Ventilating; 293, Dampers, Stove-pipe,
Combined damper and ventilator, and 316, Stovepipe-thim-
bles, Combined thimble and ventilator.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclasses of ventilation.
81. STOVES, HEATING, STOVE-PLATES. Stoves where the
invention resides in the form of ornamental and name plates;
also, in the means employed for attaching them to the outer
surfaces of stove-bodies.
82. STOVES, HEATING, ADJUSTABLE PIPE-COLLAR.
Stoves in which the invention resides in the back plate car-
rying the pipe-collar, and which is capable of variable ad-
justments relative to the flue-opening.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 315, Stovepipe-thimbles,
Adjustable flue-collar.
83. STOVES, HEATING, DEFLECTOR-PLATE. Stoveswhere
the improvement consists in the form and arrangement of
retarding-plates for the products of combustion, so as to give
them a circuitous course to the exit-flue.
84. STOVES, HEATING. LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,COM-
BINED HEATING AND VENTILATING. Liquid and
gaseous fuel heating-stoves that are structurally adapted to
both heat and ventilate the room in which they are located.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 80, Stoves, Heating,
Ventilating attachments; 94, Stoves, Heating, Liquid or gas-
eous fuel, Liquid, Flue-connected; 97, Stoves, I : eating, Liqud
or gaseous fuel, Liquid, Wick, Heating and illuminating
85. STOVES, HEATING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, GAS.
Gas heating-stoves that do not fall under more specific sub-
classes.
86. STOVES, HEATING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, GAS,
OPEN-FRONT. Open-front heaters that are adapted for
the burning of gaseous fuel.
Search Class-
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 02, Stoves, Heating*
Open-front; 03, Stoves, Heating, Open-front, Hot-air, and 97,
Stoves, Heating, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Liquid, Wick, Heat-
ing and illuminating.
CLASS 126 Continued.
87. STOVES, HEATING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, GAS,
OPEN-FRONT, ASBESTOS FIREBACK. Gas-heating
open-front stoves where the back plate or wall is provided with
asbestos fiber and adapted to be heated to incandescence by
gaseous-fuel burners.
88. STOVES, HEATING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, GAS,
OPEN-FRONT, ASBESTOS - FIREBACK, HOT-AIR.
Gas open-front asbsetos-fireback stoves that are provided with
specific air-heating features.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 128, Fireplaces, Liquid
or gaseous fuel, Asbestos fireback.
89. STOVES, HEATING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, GAS,
OPEN-FRONT, HOT-AIR. Gas open-front heating-stoves
that are provided with specific air-heating features.
90. STOVES, HEATING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, GAS,
HOT-AIR. Gas heating-stoves that are provided with va-
rious forms of air-heating means.
91. STOVES, HEATING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, GAS,
RADIATOR TYPE. Gas heating-stoves that have the
structural form of tubular radiators.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 183, Heating-drums, and
the sulxjlasses thereunder for stove structural features.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 34, Heaters,
Radiators.
92. STOVES, HEATING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL.
GAS, INCANDESCENT FIRE-GRATE. Devices that are
adapted to receive or hold substances which are heated to
incandescence by gas or similar burners. These devices are
usually employed in fireplaces or in open-front heaters.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 86, Stoves, Heating,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Gas, Open-front, and 87, Stoves, Heat-
ing, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Gas, Open-front, Asbestos fireback.
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 88, Gaseous fuel burners,
Incandescent, and the subclasses thereunder.
93. STOVES, HEATING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
LIQUID. Types of heating-stoves that are structurally
adapted for the burning of liquid fuel.
94. STOVES, HEATING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
LIQUID, FLUE. -CONNECTED. Liquid -fuel heating
stoves that are provided with means for connecting them with
chimney or flue openings.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 84, Stoves, Heating
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Combined heating and ventilating.
95. STOVES, HEATING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
LIQUID, VAPO R. Liquid-fuel heating-stoves that are pro-
vided with liquid-fuel retort vapor-burners.
96. STOVES, HEATING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
LIQUID, WICK. Liquid-fuel heating-stoves that are of
the wick type and those that are provided with specific air-
heating features. These devices are usually termed "lamp-
stoves. "
97. STOVES, HEATING, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
LIQUID, WICK, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING.
Liquid-fuel wick type in which the stove proper is provided
with an open front and adapted to receive an illuminating-
lamp as the heater.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 62, Stoves, Heating,
Open-front, and 294, Foot-warmers for detail stove features;
also subclass 248, Heaters, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Attach-
ments, Drum, and the other subclasses involving drum fea-
tures in this group.
98. STOVES, HEATING, JOINTS. Stoves in which the inven-
tion resides in the structural features of stove-joints.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 64, Stoves, Heating,
Panel, and 119, Hot-air furnaces, Joints.
99. HOT-AIR FURNACES. Furnaces which heat air in an in-
closing case or jacket to be distributed to points remote from
the furnace.
100. HOT-AIR FURNACES, COMBINED FURNACE AND
COOKING-STOVE. Air-heating furnaces that are provided
with cooking-stove or oven attachments.
101. HOT-AIR FURNACES, COMBINED FURNACE AND
STEAM OR WATER. Combined hot-air, steam, or water
heaters, generally known in the art as "hot-air furnaces,
steam."
102. HOT-AIR FURNACES, CIRCULAR RADIATING-DRUM.
Furnaces in which the radiating drum encircles the fire-pot
or combustion-chamber.
103. HOT-AIR FURNACES, DOWNDRAFT. Air-heating fur-
naces in which the products of combustion are caused to pass
in a downward direction through the fuel.
104. HOT-AIR FURNACES, HORIZONTAL COMBUSTION-
CHAMBER. Air-heating furnaces which are provided with
horizontal or elongated fire-boxes or combustion-chambers.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
305
CLASS 126 Continued.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 60, Stoves, Heating,
Horizontal body; 61, Stoves, Heating, Horizontal body, Hot-
air, and 108, Hot-air furnaces, Secondary heating-chamber
horizontally arranged.
105. HOT-AIR FURNACES, HOT-AIR EQUALIZERS. De-
vices for equably distributing heated air to the several apart-
ments of a building.
106. HOT-AIR FURNACES, INTERNAL AIR-CHAMBER.
Air-heating furnaces in which an air-heating chamber is cen-
trally situated as respects the combustion-chamber and pro-
vided with passages which connect the chamber with the
space formed by the inclosing case or jacket.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 70, Stoves, Heating,
Hot-air, Internal air-chamber; 71, Stoves, Heating, Hot-air,
Central air-tube; and 109, Hot-air furnaces, Tubular air-heater.
107. HOT-AIR FURNACES, MAGAZINE. Air-heating furnaces
that are provided with magazines or self-feeders.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 44, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, Underfeed.
108. HOT-AIR FURNACES, SECONDARY HEATING-CHAM-
BER HORIZONTALLY ARRANGED. Air-heating fur-
naces in which the radiating devices are located at the rear of
the furnace proper and within the air-casing.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 104, Hot-air furnaces,
Horizontal combustion-chamber; 18fi, Heating-drums, Port-
able heat-radiators; and 187, Heating-drums, Portable heat-
radiators, Hot-air.
109. HOT-AIR FURNACES, TUBULAR AIR-HEATER. Air-
heating furnaces which have air-tubes passed vertically, hori-
zontally, or diagonally through the combustion-chamber and
which communicate with the space formed by the inclosing
case or jacket.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 71, Stoves, Heating,
Hot-air, Central air-tube; 72, Stoves, Heating, Hot-air, Tubu-
lar air-heaters; and 106, Hot-air furnaces. Internal air-chamber.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclasses 25, Ventilation, Flue-heaters, and
27, Ventilation, House.
110. HOT-AIR FURNACES, COMPRESSED-AIR. Heaters for
heating air under compression, as distinguished from devices
for compressing the air to heat it.
111. HOT-AIR FURNACES, DOUBLE FIRE-POT. Air-heat-
ing furnaces that are provided with two or more firepots and
structural features by which the fire-pots are capable of sepa-
rate or joint use.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 2, Stoves, Cooking.
Double fire-pot.
110 FURNACES, subclass 27, Furnace structure, Double fire-box,
Alternate smoke-return. Under fire.
112. HOT-AIR FURNACES, FEEDING AIK. Air-heating fur-
naces where the invention resides in the form and arrange-
ment of devices for heating and introducing air into the com-
bustion-chamber.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 15, Stoves, Cooking,
Feeding air; 77, Stoves, Heating, Feeding air; 78, Stoves,
Heating, Feeding steam; 146, Fire-pots and linings, Feeding
air; and 193, Stove doors and windows. Feeding air.
110 FURNACES, subclasses 72, Furnace structure, Feeding air,
and 158, Draft-regulators, Smoke-box, Feeding air, Door-oper-
ated.
113. HOT-AIR FURNACES, AIR-MOISTENERS. Air-heating
furnaces where the invention resides in the form and arrange-
ment of the water-pan, the vapor from which moistens the
air heated by the furnace.
114. HOT-AIR FURNACES, CASINGS. Structure and arrange-
ment of the inclosing furnace-casing.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 117, Hot-air furnaces,
Preliminary air-heater.
115. HOT-AIR FURNACES, DUST-FLUE. Air-heating fur-
naces that are provided with means for conveying the dust
resultant from raking the fire to the smoke-pipe or fire-pot.
116. HOT-AIR FURNACES, LIQUID OR GASEpUS FUEL.
Hot-air furnaces in which the heating agent is either a liquid
or gaseous fuel burner or combined coal and liquid or gaseous
fuel burner. Also attachments independent of the main fur-
nace, but connected thereto, also floor-register attachments.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 325, Hot-air registers, for
register features.
117. HOT-AIR FURNACES, PRELIMINARY AIR-HEATER.
Devices for heating the air before it is conveyed to the space
formed by the surrounding jacket or casing of a furnace.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 114, Hot-air furnaces,
Casings.
CLASS 126 Continued.
118. HOT-AIR FURNACES, RADIATING-FLANGES. Air-
heating furnaces where the invention resides in the form and
arrangement of flanges or pins which are attached to furnace
sections and drums for increasing their radiating-surfaces.
Search Class
237 HEAT-DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS.
119. HOT-AIR FURNACES, JOINTS. Air-heating furnaces
where the invention resides in the structure of the joints of
the furnace or casing.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 64, Stoves, Heating,
panel, and 98, Stoves, Heating, Joints.
120. FIRE PLACES. Fireplaces wherein the improvements reside
in the structural form of or the relation of fuel structures to the
Fireplace.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 120 et seq. under Fire-
place structures for detail features; also subclass 288, Dampers,
Fireplace.
121. FIREPLACES, HOT-AIR. Fireplace structures that are
provided with air-heating features and designed to discharge
the heated air into the room in which the fireplace is located.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses under Fireplace for
detail features.
122. FIREPLACES, HOT-AIR, TWO-ROOM HEATERS. Fire-
places that are structurally designed to heat air and means for
conducting the heated air to a room or rooms distant from that
in which the fireplace is located.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 61, Stoves, Heating,
Horizontal body, Hot-air; 66, Stoves, Heating, Sheet-metal,
Hot-air; 67, Stoves, Heating, Hot-air; and 80, Stoves, Heating,
Ventilating attachments.
123. FIREPLACES, HOT-AIR, STOVE STRUCTURE. Air
heaters that are designed to be placed in fireplace-openings
and are in themselves complete structures and separable or
removable from the fireplace-opening. Some of these devices
are known as "latrobes. "
124. FIREPLACES, HOT-AIR, STOVE STRUCTURE, MAGA-
ZINE. Fireplace hot-air stove-structures that are provided
with magazines or coal-feeders. These devices are commonly
known as "latrobes."
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 69, Stoves, Heating,
Hot-air, Revertible draft, Base-heating; 74, Stoves, Heating,
Magazine, Revertible draft, Base-heating; and 75, Stoves,
Heating, revertible draft, Base-heating for reversible-draft
features.
125. FIREPLACES, TWO-ROOM DIRECT RADIATION.
Heating devices of the open-front type that are placed in walls
or partitions of buildings and designed to heat adjoining rooms.
Many of these devices are of the revolving type.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses of Stove structure for
detail stove features; and subclass 3, Stoves, Cooking, Double
firepot, Cooking and heating.
126. FIREPLACES, STOVE STRUCTURE. Stove structures
designed to be employed in connection with fireplace-openings.
Note. See Stove-structure fireplaces, Hot-air, in this class, and
search should also be made in appropriate Stove subclasses
for details.
127. FIREPLACES, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL. Fireplaces
and stove structures designed to be placed in fireplaces adapted
to the burning of liquid or gaseous fuel.
128. FIREPLACES, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, ASBES-
TOS FIREBACK. Asbestos firebacks of the liquid or gase-
ous fuel type that are designed to be placed in fireplace-
openings, the asbestos being heated to incandescence for heat-
radiating purposes.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 88, Stoves, Heating, Liq-
uid or gaseous fuel, Gas, Open-front, Asbestos fireback, Hot-
air.
129. FIREPLACES, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, ASBES-
TOS FIREBACK, HOT-AIR. Asbestos-fireback liquid or
gaseous fuel fireplaces provided with air-heating means.
130. FIREPLACES, FIREBACKS. The form or character of the
back wall or lining of fireplaces.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 144, Firepots and linings,
and the subclasses thereunder, and in subclass 120 et seq., Fire-
places generally, for details.
131. FIREPLACES, FIREBACKS, HOT-AIR. Firebacks or lin-
ings that are designed for air-heating purposes.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 121, Fireplaces, Hot-air,
and general Air-heating subclasses.
132. FIREPLACES, WATER-BACKS. Fireplace-heaters that
are provided with water or steam generating backs and de-
signed to be connected up to heat-radiators in distant rooms.
Search Class
237 HEAT DISTRIBUTING SYSTEML, subclass 2, Air, steam, or
water.
2G674 12-
-20
306
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 126 Continued.
133. FIREPLACES, WATER-BACKS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS
FUEL. Fireplace water-backs that are heated by liquid or
gaseous fuel burners.
Search Class
237 HEAT-DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 6 et seq., for local
heating systems.
134. FIREPLACES, AIR-MOISTENING ATTACHMENTS.
Air-moistening devices that are designed to be attached to
fireplaces or open-front heaters.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 113, Hot-air furnaces,
Air-moisteners, and 313, Stovepipes, Air-moistening attach-
ments.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclass 39, Ventilation, air moistening, cool-
ing, and cleansing, and the subclasses thereunder for details.
135. FIREPLACES, BLOWERS. Blowers wherein the invention
resides in the form or means for attaching them to the fire-
place opening or grate and designed to promote and regulate
the draft. The roll type are included in this subclass, and
means for operating it.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 140, Fireplaces, Fronts,
grate-closure; 190, Stove doors and windows, and 191, Stove
doors and windows, Balanced.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 20, Doors, Sliding, Jointed.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 80, Fire-
shields, and 81, Fire-shields, Collapsible.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 196, Shields.
136. FIREPLACES, BLOWERS, STOVE STRUCTURE.
Blowers that are designed to close, promote, and regulate the
draft in open-front stoves; includes those that are perma-
nently fixed to the stove and means for operating them.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 140, Fireplaces, Fronts,
Grate-closure.
13". FIREPLACES, COOKING AND OVEN ATTACHMENTS.
Improvements in adapting a fireplace for or providing it with
cooking and oven attachments.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 336, Stove-shelves, Fire-
place-grate.
138. FIREPLACES, FRONTS. Miscellaneous devices that relate
to fireplace-fronts.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 137, Fireplaces, Cooking
and oven attachments.
139. FIREPLACES, FRONTS, FRAMES. Limited to the frames
surrounding the fireplace-opening and means for attaching
them to the chimney-breast.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 140, Fireplaces, Fronts,
Grate-closure.
140. FIREPLACES, FRONTS, GRATE-CLOSURE. Devices
that are designed to close fireplace-openings and open-front
stoves and are in effect "summer fronts."
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 135, Fire-places, Blow-
ers; 130, Fire-places, Blowers, Stove structure, and 139, Fire-
places, Fronts, Frames.
141. FIREPLACES, FRONTS, HEAT-REFLECTOR. Devices
that are designed to reflect or throw the heat into the room in
which the fireplace or open-front stove is located.
142. FIREPLACES, FRONTS, HOODS. Fireplace or open-front
heaters provided with hoods to collect the ascending smoke
and gases, thereby preventing its escape into the room.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 127, Fireplaces, Liquid
or gaseous fuel, and the subclasses thereunder.
143. FIREPLACES, HEARTHS. Improvements in fireplace
bases or hearths. Included in this subclass are air-feeding and
ventilating hearth features.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 203, Fenders, Fireplaoe-
hearth, and 279, Platforms, Stove-boards, Ventilating.
144. FIRE POTS AND LININGS. Miscellaneous fire-pots and
linings.
Search Classes
110-^FuRNACES, subclasses 75, Furnace structure, Feeding air,
Fire-box, and 86, Furnace structure, Fire-box.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 154, Grates, Adjustable,
Vertically.
145. FIRE-POTS AND LININGS, ADJUSTABLE. Fire-pot
and lining structures adapted to be adjusted so as to fit stoves
of various sizes; includes linings that are provided with break-
able grooves.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 151. Fire-pots and lin-
ings, Sectional, and 153, Grates. Adjustable.
110 FURNACES, subclass 89, Furnace structure, Fire-box,
Adjustable.
146. FIRE-POTS AND LININGS, FEEDING AIR. Fire-pots
that are provided with aii -feeding means.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 15, Stoves, Cooking,
Feeding air; 77, Stoves, Heating, Feeding air, and 112, Hot-
air furnaces, Feeding air.
CLASS 126 Continued.
147. FIRE-POTS AND LININGS, DIVIDED. Fire-pots that
are provided with means to divide them or adjust the fuel
capacity of the fire-pot.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 25, Stoves, Cooking,
Summer, and the subclasses thereunder, and 154, Grates,
Adjustable, Vertically.
148. FIRE-POTS AND LININGS, FIRE-PLATE. Fire-pots
that are provided with plates to limit or confine the fuel-space,
and thereby regulate the combustion.
149. FIRE-POTS AND LININGS, ROTARY, HORIZONTAL
AXIS. Fire-box structures adapted to inclose the fuel,
whereby the fire box can be given a complete rotation on a
horizontal axis.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 181, Grates, Rotary,
Horizontal axis.
150. FIRE-POTS AND LININGS, ROTARY, VERTICAL
AXIS. Fire-pots that are provided with means for imparting
to the fire-pot a complete rotation on a vertical axis.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 170, Grates, Oscillatory,
Vertical axis.
151. FIRE-POTS AND LININGS, SECTIONAL. Fire-pot struc-
tures where the improvement resides in the sectional features
and the arrangement of the parts.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 145, Fire-pots and linings,
Adjustable.
152. GRATES. Furnace, stove, and range grates that do not fall
under more specific subclasses. Grates and the subclasses
thereunder are designed to include all grate structures per se
that are of general application to furnaces and stoves.
Note. For grates that are adapted to specific applications of the
heat of combustion search should be made in the class includ-
ing surti applications.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 164, Grates, Fireplace.
110 FURNACES, subclass 33, Furnace structure, Progressive
feed, Grate, and the subclasses thereunder.
153. GRATES, ADJUSTABLE. Grates adapted to fit different-
sized fire-pots.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 144, Fire-pots and linings.
110 FURNACES, subclass 89, Furnace structure, Fire-box, Ad-
justable.
154. GRATES, ADJUSTABLE, VERTICALLY. Grates adapted
to vertical adjustment.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 159, Grates, Agitating,
Pocket.
155. GRATES, AGITATING. Miscellaneous grates adapted to be
shaken or agitated for the clearance of ashes.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 176, Grates, Rooking-bar,
and the subclasses thereunder.
156. GRATES, AGITATING, ALTERNATE ENDS. Agitating-
grates that are provided with means for imparting vibrating
or rocking motion in opposite directions to adjacent grate-bars.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass i76, Grates, Rooking-bar,
and the subclasses thereunder.
157. GRATES, AGITATING, ALTERNATE BAR. Agitating-
grates that are constructed with alternate immovable and
movable grate-bars and means for imparting vertical motion
to the alternate movable bars.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 173, Grates, Raking at-
tachments.
158. GRATES, AGITATING, DUMPING. Agitating-grates that
are provided with dumping means or sections.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 162, Grates, Dumping;
171, Grates, Oscillatory, Vertical axis, Dumping-section, and
177, Grates, Rooking-bar, Dumping.
159. GRATES, AGITATING, POCKET. Agitating-grates that
are provided with means for giving a varying depth to the fuel
over the grate-surface. The means employed are usually
pockets or depressions in the grate-surface.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 154, Grates, Adjustable,
Vertically.
160. GRATES, CLOSURES. Grates provided with means for
regulating the grate-openings, whereby the draft may be full,
reduced, or closed.
161. GRATES, CUT-OFF. Grates provided with means closely
related to the grate structure for retaining a portion of the
fuel in the fire-pot, thus permitting the removal of the bottom
portion or ash.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 166, Grates, Fuel cut-off.
110 FURNACES, subclasses 117, Fuel-feeders, Chute, Door,
Multiple charge, and 118, Fuel-feeders, Vertical-drop.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
307
CLASS 126 Continued.
162. GRATES, DUMPING. Grate structures that are provided
with special dumping means.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 33, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed. Grate, and the subclasses thereunder.
103. GRATES, FEEDING AIR. Grates provided with airfeeding
features.
Search Classes
1^6 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 15, Stoves, Cooking,
feeding air; 77, Stoves, Heating, Feeding air, and 146, Fire-
pots and linings, Feeding air.
110 FURNACES, subclasses 74, Furnace structure, Feeding air,
Hollow grate; 75, Furnace structure, Feeding air, Fire-box,
and 182, Door casings and arches, Feeding air.
104. GRATES, FIREPLACE. Grates specially adapted for use in
fireplace-openings or opr-n-front stoves; may involve fireplace-
structure in combination with the grate.
Note. Specific grate structures should be searched inappropriate
grate subclasses. However, the type of grates disclosed in the
mainclass of grates is more analogous to the type found in this
subclass.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 120, Fireplaces, and sub-
classes thereunder.
165. GRATES, FIREPLACE, BASKET. Fireplace-grates that
are in the form of basket fuel-holders, are designed to rest
upon the fireplace-hearth and are independent in structure
from the fireplace.
166. GRATES, FUEL CUT-OFF. Devices that are designed to
be passed through or inserted in the fuel above the grate in
order to sustain the main body of the fuel, and thus permit of
the removal of ashes and cinders. These devices are inde-
pendent of the fuel-support or grate.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 161, Grates, Cut-off.
167. GRATES, GRATE-BAR. Grate-bars where the improve-
ment resides wholly or solely in the form of the bar. These
bars are known as stationary or immovable.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 179, Grates, Rocking-bar,
Grate-bar.
108. GRATES, GRATE-BAR, REMOVABLE FUEL-SUP-
PORT. Grate-bars that are provided with removable fuel-
supporting devices.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 180, Grates, Rocking-bar,
Grate-bar, Removable fuel-support.
169. GRATES, OPERATING MECHANISM. Devices designed
for the operation or moving of the grates and grate-bar struc-
tures in general.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 32, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, and the subclasses thereunder.
170. GRATES, OSCILLATORY, VERTICAL AXIS. Grates
arranged horizontally on a vertical axis and adapted to be
given a to-and-fro motion. These structures are sometimes
termed "rotary."
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 150, Fire-pots and lin-
ings, Rotary, Vertical axis.
171. GRATES, OSCILLATORY, VERTICAL AXIS, DUMP-
ING-SECTION. Oscillating grates that are provided with a
pivoted dumping section or sections.
172. GRATES, OSCILLATORY, VERTICAL AXIS, SLIDING
SECTION. Oscillating grates that are provided with a slid-
ing ash-discharge section.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 152, Grates, and 164,
Grates, Fireplace.
173. GRATES, RAKING ATTACHMENTS. Attachments to
grates designed to rake and free the grate from ashes and clink-
ers. As a rule these devices are inseparable from the grate
structure.
Search Classes
148 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 88, Generators,
Cupola, Stirrer.
110 FURNACES, subclass 37, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, Grate, Raking-bar.
174. GRATES, RECIPROCATING. Grates structurally designed
to be given a horizontal to-and-fro end movement, as distin-
guished from the oscillatory or rotary type.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 152, Grates; 164, Grates,
Fireplace, and 172, Grates, Oscillatory, Vertical axis, Sliding
section.
110 FURNACES, subclass 38, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, Reciprocating-bar.
175. SRATES, RECIPROCATING, ALTERNATE BAR. Re-
ciprocating grates where the alternate bars are given an oppo-
site to-and-fro end movement or where the bars are moved in
reverse horizontal direction.
CLASS 126 Continued.
176. GRATES, ROCKING-BAR. Horizontally-pivoted grates
and grate-bars provided with means for giving them a to-and-
fro or rocking motion, but not adapted to be given a complete
rotation or revolution.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 164, Grates, Fireplace,
and 181, Grates. Rotary, Horizontal axis.
110 FURNACES, subclasses 33, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, Grate, and 39, Furnace structure, Progressive-feed,
Grate, Rocking-bar.
177. GRATES, ROCKING-BAR, DUMPING. Rocking-bar
grates that are provided with dumping means or dumping-
sections.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 39, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, Grate, Rocking-bar.
178. GRATES, ROCKING-BAR, DUPLEX. Rocking-bar grates
where different fuel-supporting faces may be employed; in-
cludes grates designed for the burning of coal or wood, com-
bining coal and wood bearing faces.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 152 Grates, for wood-
burning grates, and 181, Grates, Rotary, Horizontal axis.
179. GRATES, ROCKING-BAR, GRATE-BAR. Rocking-bar
grates whore the improvement resides wholly in the form or
character of the rocking bar.
Search Classes -
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, appropriate subclasses under
Grates, Grate-bar.
110 FURNACES, appropriate subclasses under Furnace struc-
ture, Progressive-feed, Grates.
180. GRATES, ROCKING-BAR, GRATE-BAR, REMOVABLE
FUEL-SUPPORT. Rocking grate-bars provided with re-
movable fuel-bearing faces.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 168, Grates, Grate-bar,
Removable fuel-support.
110 FURNACES, subclass 33, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, Grate, and appropriate subclasses thereunder.
181. GRATES, ROTARY HORIZONTAL AXIS. Bars that are
horizontally pivoted and are structurally adapted to be given
a complete rotary motion; also, means for imparting this
motion.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 149, Fire-pots and lin-
ings. Rotary, Horizontal axis, and 176, Grates, Rocking-bar.
110 FURNACES, subclass 35, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, Grate, Rotary, Horizontal axis.
182. GRATES, ROTARY VERTICAL AXIS. Grates that are
horizontally arranged, mounted upon a vertical pivot, and
means for imparting to the grate a full and complete revolu-
tion upon its axis or pivot.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 170etseq.. Grates, Oscil-
latory, and 150, Fire-pots and linings, Rotary, Vertical axis.
110 FURNACES, subclass 36, Furnace structure, Progressive-
feed, Grate, Rotary, Vertical axis.
183. HE ATIN G-DRUMS. Heat-radiating devices that are adapted
to utilize the waste heat and products of combustion from
stoves, furnaces, and similar structures and that are not classi-
fiable in more specific subclasses.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 248, Heaters, Liquid or
gaseous fuel, Attachments, Drum.
110 FURNACES, subclasses 110, Fuel-feeders, Hopper, Pusher,
Screw; 119, Spark-arresters, and 138, Spark-arresters, Stack,
Spiral Baffle, Stationary.
184. HEATING-DRUMS, AIR-HEATING ATTACHMENTS.
Devices adapted to be heated by stoves and similar structures
and to utilize waste heat and products of combustion.
185. HEATING-DRUMS, CHIMNEY ATTACHMENTS. Heat-
radiators designed to receive waste heat and products of com-
bustion from chimney-flues, including those that have air-
heating features.
186. HEATING-DRUMS, PORTABLE HEAT-RADIATORS.
Heating drums that are portable in character and designed to
receive waste heat and products of combustion from any form
of combustion apparatus.
187. HEATING-DRUMS, PORTABLE HEAT-RADIATORS,
HOT-AIR. Portable heat-radiators that are provided with
air-heating features.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 185, Heating-drums,
Chimney attachments.
188. HEATING-DRUMS, STOVEPIPE. Enlargements of the
stovepipe forming one section thereof adapted to utilize the
heat of combustion products passing therethrough.
189. HEATING-DRUMS, STOVEPIPE, HOT-AIR. Stovepipe-
drums that are provided with specified forms of air-heating
features.
308
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 126 Continued.
190. STOVE DOORS AND WINDOWS. Miscellaneous stove
doors iincl windows a]>plieab|c to heating and cooking stoves.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 173, Doors.
191. STUVK DOORS AND WINDOWS, HAI.ANCKD. Doors I hat are pro-
\ ided \\ilh weights or springs designed to aid in ojiemng or
closing the door; also, to prevent, the sudden closing of the
door.
Search Class
110, FURNACES, sulxjlass 173, Doors.
192. STOVE DOORS AND WINDOWS, DOOK-o PKK ATOR.
Door (>i>cning or closing devices. Devices known in the art
as "kicker latches."
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND I-' u KNACKS, subclass I'.iT, Siovo doors and win-
dows, Latches, Combined hitch and operator.
39 FKNCKS, subclass .1, i
110 FURNACES, sol iclass 17s, Doors, Operators, I'edal.
193. STOVK DOOKS AND WINDOWS. FKKDINd All;.
I )oors designed lo admit a current of air into I he combust ion
chamber above the fuel-level. In some instances the object
sought is to prevent, the blackening of the transparent door-
panel.
Search Classes
186- -STOVES AND KUKNACKS, subclasses I'.is, Stove <loors and
windows, Oven-doors, Ventilat ing: 2vT>, Dampers, and the
several Feeding-air subclasses.
110 FURNACES, subclass I7. r >, Doors, Feeding air.
KM. STOVE DOORS AND WINDOWS, HINCKS. Hinges that
are |M-culiarly applical)lo to domes! ic stoves and furnaces.
Search Classes
16 Itrn.DKiis' HARDWARE, .subclass II, Hinges.
110 FURNACES, subclass 173, Doors.
195. STOVE DOORS AND WINDOWS, KN'OMS. Knobs that
BTO provided willi means for air circulation.
Note. For knobs generally search should be made in appropriate
subclasses underclass I'll, llm.DKits' 1 1 \i;n w AI;K, subclass 111,
Handles, and in class 70, LOCKS AND LATCIIKS, subclass 10.
Knobs.
I'.Hi. STOVE DOOKS AND WINDOWS, LATCHES. Stove or
furnace door latches.
Search Class -
70 LOCKS AND LATCIIKS, subclasses under Ixx'ks and also under
Latches.
K)7. S'l'OVF, DOOKS AND WINDOWS, LATCIIKS, COM-
ItlNF.l) LATCH AND OPKKATOR. The title Is self-
explanatory.
Search Classes
126 STOVKS AND FURNACES, subclass 192, Stove doors and
windows, 1 )oor-o|>erator.
70 LOCKS AND LATCIIKS, subclasses under Locks and also under
Latches.
198. STOVK DOOKS AND WINDOWS. OVEN-DOORS, VEN-
Tl LATINO. Oven-doors provided with means for Ingress
and egress of air.
Search Class
126 STOVKS AND FURNACES, subclasses 21, Stoves, Cooking,
Ovens, Ventilated, and 193, Stove doors and windows, Feed-
ing uir.
199. STOVE DOORS AND WINDOW r S, THERMOMETER
ATTACHMENTS. Means for securing thermometers to
stove-doors, the particular structure of the thermometer not
Using involved.
Search Class
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, under appropriate subclasses for
thermometer features.
200. STOVE DOORS AND WINDOWS, TRANS 1'ARENT-
I ' \ N F. L. I >oors that have a glass or mica panel therein.
Note. This subclass does not include illuminating devices in
bakers' ovens and similar devices or what is known in the art
as "peep-holes."
Search Class -
126 -STOVKS AND FURNACES, subclasses l'l:t, Stove doors and
windows. Feeding air; l!('.l. Stove doors and windows, Ther-
mometer attachments, and 213, Stove lids and tops, Illumin-
ating.
201. FENDERS. Miscellaneous guards and protectors. In this
subclass will Ixi found stove foot rails or guards.
Search Class -
126 STOVKS AND FURNACES, subclasses 202, Fenders, Fin- sen-en
or guard, and 298, Fire-dogs.
202. FENDERS, FIRE SCREEN OR GUARD. Devices that are
designed to screen and guard stove and fireplace openings.
Search Class -
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, sulx-lasses 57, Stoves, Car, Pro-
teciive casings, and 302, Stove-hoods, Stovepipe-discharge,
stove casing.
203. FFNDF.KS, FIREPLACE-HEARTH. Devices designed to
protect the (Uxtr from falling emU-rsor cinders, and separable
from or independent of the fin-place structure.
Search Class
126 STOVKS AND FURNACES, subclass 143, Fireplaces, Hearths.
CLASS 126-Continued.
204. FOOT-WARM KKS. Miscellaneous body, hand, and foot
warmers.
Search Class
126 STOVKS AND FURNACES, subclasses r>c>, Stoves, Car,and 201,
Healers, Lunch, for chemical or lime, heaters.
205. FOOT-WARMERS, BED-HEATERS. Heaters adapted for
healing beds, and analogous device::.
Search Class
4 BATHS AND CLOSETS, subclass 5, Closet-cisterns.
5-BEDS, subclasses 1, Beds, Air, and ll>, Bedsteads, Invalid.
206. FooT-W A KMERS, COMPOSITION-FUEL. Foot-warmers
structurally adapted to burn composition fuel, notably what
is known in the art as "Japanese punk."
207. FOOT-WAKMEKS, HEATED-BLOCK. Foot-warmers
structurally adapted to be healed by a hot blank, such as
iron, soapslone, and similar substances.
Search Class
126 STOVKS AND FURNACES, subclass 240, Heaters, Dish.
208. FOOT-WARMERS, LIQUID OK (iASKOUS FUKL. Foot-
vvanucrs structurally adapted for the burning uf liquid or
gaseous fuel.
Search Class
122 LIO.UD HEATERS AND VAPORI/EKS. subclass LV,. ;
generator.
L'ii. FOOT-W ARM KKS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, COM-
BINKD HKATKK AND LANTERN. Foot-warmers
adapted to be employed both as heater and lantern.
Note. This Is a combined subclass, and the detail features of
both heater and lantern should be searched for in appropriate
classes and subclasses.
Search Class
126 -STOVES AND FURNACES, sul>class207, Heaters, Lunch.
Liquid or gaseous fuel. Dinner-buckets, Combined bucket ana
lantern.
210. FOOT-WARMERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL.
WATKK-HKATKR. Water-heating devices that are struc-
turally related to or are combined with body, hand, and foot
warming devices.
Search Class
237 HKAT-DISTIUIUITINU SYSTEMS, subclasses 7, Local, Steam,
and S, Loral. Water.
211. STOVE LIDS AND TOPS. Improvements on the top plate
of cooking-stoves.
Search Class -
126 STC >v KS AND FURNACES, subclasses 214, Stove lids and tops,
Liquid or gaseous fuel; 227, Tool-heaters. Flat-iron; 230, Tool-
heaters, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Flat-iron, and 338, Stove-
shelves, Oven shelf or rack, Rotary.
212. STOVE LIDS AND TOPS, CENTERS OR CROSS-PIECES,
Improvements on stove centers or cross-pieces. These devices
are generally employed in cooking-stoves.
213. STOVE LIDS AND TOPS, ILLUMINATING. Illuminat-
ing and beat-reflecting devices placed on or secured to the top
port ion of a stove.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 200, Stove doors and win-
dows, Transparent-panel.
214. STOVE LIDS AND TOPS, LIQUID OK GASEOUS FUEL.
Improvements in the top or upper portion of a stove peculiarly
adapted to the burning of liquid or gaseous fuel.
21f>. STOVK LIDS AND TO PS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL.
ELEVATING-SUPPORT. Devices designed to be placed
on gas or liquid fuel stove tops for supporting the ordinary
kitchen utensil or article.
2 1C.. STOVE LIDS AND TOPS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
EXTENSION-TOP. Gas or liquid fuel tops that are de-
signed to have an enlarged working surface. In most in-
stances they are adapted to utilize the heat from a single
burner.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass Hi, Stoves, Cooking,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Liquid, Wick, Extension-top.
217. STOVE LIDS AND TOPS, HEATING-STOVE. Improve-
ments in the tops of heating stoves. As a rule they relate to
t he means for opening or closing the magazine feed-opening.
Search Class
126 -STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 335, Stove-shelves, Drop,
Door-operated.
218. STOVE LIDS AND TOPS, HEATING-STOVES, COOK-
ING ATTACHMENTS. Heating-stove tops that an' pro-
vided with means to adapt them to l>eeinployed in cooking.
Search Class
126 -STOVKS AND FURNACES, subclass 227, Tool-heaters, Flat-
iron; L'L'S, Tool-heaters, Flat-iron, Attachments, and 230, Tool-
heaters, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Flat-iron.
219. STOVE-LIDS AND TOPS, HEATING-STOVES, ORNA-
MENTS AND URNS. Heating-stove-top ornaments and
urns.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
309
CLASS 126 Continued.
220. STOVE LIDS AND TOPS, LIDS. Improvements in the lids
of cooking-stoves.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 227, Tool-heaters, Flat-
iron; 228, Tool-heaters, Flat-iron, Attachments, and 230, Tool-
heaters, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Flat-iron.
168 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 9, Coal-
stove attachments, Lid-burners, for lids adapted to the burn-
ing of liquid fuel.
221. STOVE LIDS AND TOPS, STOVE-MATS. Devices in the
form of mats, round or square, designed to be placed upon (lie
stove-top, usually formed of asbestos and metal, or asbestos
having metal-bound edges.
Search Class
66 KITCHKN AND TABLE ARTICLES.
222. TRASH-BURNERS, COOKING-STOVES. Cooking-stoves
adapted for the burning of straw, hay, sawdust, and similar
material as fuel.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 5, Furnace structure, Straw burners
and feeders, and (i, Furnace structure, Straw burners and feed-
ers, Kire-box, Exterior, Detachable.
223. TRASH-BURNERS, COOKING-STOVES FEEDING AT-
TACHMENTS. Straw, hay, sawdust, ami similar material
feeding attachments, usually of magazine form, applicable to
cooking-stove structures.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 11, Stoves, Cooking,
Magazine, Portable.
110 FURNACES, subclasses 5, Furnace structure, Straw burners
and feeders, and 6. Furnace structure, Straw burners and
feeders, Fire-box, Exterior, Detachable.
224. TRASH-BURNERS, DOMESTIC-REFUSE BURNERS.
Refuse or "garbage" burner attachments structurally related
to the cooking or heating stove art.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 11, Stoves, Cooking,
Magazine, Portable.
110 FURNACES, subclasses 5, Furnace .structure, Straw burners
and feeders; 6, Furnace structure, Straw burners and feeders,
Fire-box, Exterior, Detachable; and for wet-fuel burners
appropriate subclasses.
225. TRASH-BURNERS. HEATING-STOVES. Heating-stoves
structurally adapted for the burning of hay, straw, sawdust
and similar material.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclasses 5, Furnace structure, Straw burners
and feeders, and (i, Furnace structure, Straw burners and
feeders, Fire-box, Exterior, Detachable.
226. TOOL-HEATERS. Miscellaneous devices designed for the
heating of various types of tools.
227. TOOL-HEATERS, FLAT-IRON. Solid-fuel stove struct nrrs
specially designed for the heating of llat-irons or "sad-irons."
Search Class -
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 25, Stoves, Cooking,
Summer.
228. TOOL-HEATERS, FLAT-IRON, ATTACHMENTS.
Portable or independent heating devices structurally designed
to be employed in connection with solid, gaseous, or liquid
fuel stove structures.
Search Class -
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 164, Grates, Fireplace;
211, Stove lids and tops; 215, Stove lids and tops, Liquid or
gaseous fuel, Elevating-support, and 336, Stove-shelves, Fire-
place-grate.
229. TOOL-HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL.
Devices adapted to the burning of gaseous or liquid fuel
specially designed for heating various types of tools.
230. TOOL-HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
FLAT-IRON. Gaseous or liquid fuel stoves specially
designed for the heating of flat-irons or "sad-irons."
231. TOOL-HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
GAS-BURNER ATTACHMENTS. Tool-heating devices
designed to be attached to gas-brackets. This subclass
includes mainly curling-iron heaters.
Search Class
126 -STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 235, Tool-heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Lamp attachment.
232. TOOL-HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL. GAS-
BURNER ATTACH. \IK.\TS, COMBINED LIGHTING
AND HEATING. Gas-burner-attachments where the heat-
ing-burner is supplied with gas through the medium of a by-
pass without affecting the operation of the lighting-burner.
As a rule one may be employed to the exclusion of the other,
or both at one and the same time.
Search Classes
126 STOVKS AND FURNACES, subclass 254, Heaters, Liquid or
gaseous fuel, Attachments, Gas-jet, Combined.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 103,
Burners, Gas, Gas-jet attachments, Convertible.
233. TOOL-HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, GAS-
BURNKR ATTACHMENTS, .1 KT-M1X K R. Gas-burner
attachments provided with specific IMS in- d air mixing means
whereby the illuminating-flame is converted into a neating-
flame.
CLASS 126 Continued.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, especially in
subclass 118, Gas and air mixers.
234. TOOL-HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, GAS-
BURNER ATTACHMENTS, TOOL-CONTROLLED
VALVE. Gas-burner attachments provided with tool-
controlled valve mechanism.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 52, Stoves, Cooking,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Valve mechanism, Article-controlled,
and 238, Tool-heaters, Soldering-iron, Gas-heaters, Tool-
controlled valve.
235. TOOL-HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
LAMP ATTACHMENTS. Tool-heating devices designed
to be attached to lamps, but mainly the lamp-chimney. In
this subclass will be found curling-iron heaters.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 231, Tool-heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Gas-burner attachments.
23(i. TOOL-HEATERS, SOLDERING-IRON. Solid-fuel fur-
naces that are portable in character and provided with special
means for retaining the iron in the furnace.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 25, Stoves, Cooking,
Summer.
237. TOOL-HEATERS, SOLDERING-IRON, GAS-HEAT-
F. US. Portable gaseous-fuel furnaces structurally designed
for the heating of soldering-irons.
238. TOOL-HEATERS. SOLDERING-IRON, GAS-HEATERS,
TOOL-CONTROLLED VALVE. Portable gaseous-fuel
furnaces designed for the heating of tools and provided with
special forms of automatic gas supply and cut-off devices.
Search Class
126^-STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 52, Stoves, Cooking,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Valve mechanism, Article-controlled,
ana 234, Tool-heaters, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Gas-burner
attachments, Tool-controlled valve.
2:). TOOL-HEATERS, SOLDERING-IRON, LIQUID-FUEL.
Portable liquid-fuel furnaces that are designed for the heating
of tools, mainly soldering-irons.
240. TOOL-HEATERS, SOLDERING-IRON, LIQUID-FUEL,
COMBINKD HKATF.R AND SOLDK R-POT. Portable
liquid-fuel furnaces designed for the heating of soldering-irons,
also the melting or solder pot.
241. TOOL-HEATERS, SOLDERING-IRON, LIQUID-FUEL,
LAMP. Portable furnace structures in which the heating
means employed is a lamp, and specially designed for the
heating of soldering-irons.
242. ASH DISCHARGE AND COLLECTING. Miscellaneous
devices designed for the handy removal and collection of ashes
from domestic stoves and furnaces. In most instances the
devices have direct connection with the stove ash-pit and are
in the form of chutes leading to receptacles and provided with
gravity-traps. The chutes may also be provided with
screens for separating the cinders from the ashes. The sub-
class includes also receptacles and ash-pit-attaching means
and means for removing ashes from the pit into the receptacle.
Search Classes
57 HOISTING, subclass 37, Chutes.
83 MILLS, subclass (10, Ore and coal, Sifters and screens, House-
hold.
110 FURNACES, subclasses !('">, Ash receiving and handling
devices, and 1(>7, Ash receiving and handling devices, Ash-
pans, Dumping.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STOKING VESSELS, subclass 115,
Receptacles, Garbage.
243. ASH DISCHARGE AND COLLECTING, ASH-PANS.
Miscellaneous ash receptacles or pans designed to be em-
ployed in stove or furnace ash-pits.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass l(>(i, Ash receiving and handling
devices, Ash-pans.
244. ASH DISCHARGE AND COLLECTING, ASH-PANS.
SIFTING. Devices of the ash-pan type that are provided
with sifting means.
Search Class -
83 MILLS, subclasses ~>ti, Ore and coal. Sifters and screens, and
(10, Ore and coal, Sifters and screens, Household.
245. ASH DISCHARGE AND COLLECTING, COMBINED
STOVK AND ASH-PAN. Devices, generally of the ash-
pan type, that include some special feature of stove structure
which cooperates with the pan to produce the intended result.
Note. The ash-pans are usually of the sifting type.
24ti. HEATERS, DISH. Auxiliary heat'ng devices designed for
warming dishes or other articles or for keeping warm food-
containing vessels after removal from the stove and in \\ hich
a heat-retaining substance adapted to be preheated is em-
ployed. The heated substance may bo either liquid or solid.
Search Class
1M STOVES AND FURNACES subclasses 33, Stoves, Cooking.
Tallies, Steam-li'-Mted: 207, Foot-warmers, Heated-block, and
2(>2, Heaters, Lunch, and the subclasses thereunder.
310
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 126 Continued.
247. HEATERS, FRICTIONAL. Devices designed to generate
heat by friction for the purpose of heating liquids or solids.
248. HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, ATTACH-
MENTS, DRUM. Heating-drum attachments adapted
for use with heating or illuminating burners.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES; subclasses 97, Stoves, Heating,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Liquid, Wick, Heating and illuminat-
ing; 183, Heating-drums, and the subclasses thereunder for
drum details.
249. HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, ATTACH-
MENTS, GAS-JET. Miscellaneous attachments in the form
of brackets or supports not directly supported by the gas-
bracket and designed to sustain articles over a flame.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 111. Shade, Reflector or globe
supports, and the subclasses thereunder.
250. HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, ATTACH-
MENTS, GAS-JET, AIR. Air-heating attachments
adapted for use with the ordinary house gas-bracket.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, Drum subclasses.
251. HEATERS LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, ATTACH-
MENTS, GAS-JET, AIR, JET-MIXER. Gas-jet air-
heating attachments provided with means for mixing gas and
air in advance of the name-point.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, the subclasses of Heating-drums
for drum features.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 118, Gas
and air mixers, for mixer features.
252. HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, ATTACH-
MENTS, GAS-JET, ARTICLE-SUPPORT. Attachments
in the form of brackets or supports directly attached or con-
nected to the ordinary gas-bracket and designed to sustain
articles over a flame.
253. HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, ATTACH-
MENTS, GAS-JET, ARTICLE-SUPPORT, JET-MIXKR.
Gas-jet article-supporting devices provided with means for
mixing gas and air in advance of the flame-point.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 233, Tool-heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel. Gas-burner attachments, Jet-mixer,
and 251, Heaters, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Attachments, Gas-
jet, Air, Jet-mixer.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 118, Gas
and air mixers.
254. HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, ATTACH-
MENTS, GAS-JET, COMBINED. Gas-bracket attach-
ments in connection with which there is employed a com-
bined heating or lighting burner and so related that they
can be used join ly or separately.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 232, Tool-heaters, Liquid
or gaseous fuel, Gas-burner attachments, Combined lighting
and heating; also hi appropriate subclasses for detail forms
of bracket or support.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 103, Burners
gas, Gas-jet attachments, Convertible.
255. HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, ATTACH-
MENTS, LAMP. Miscellaneous attachments designed for
use with lamp or wick burners.
256. HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, ATTACH-
MENTS, LAMP, ARTICLE-SUPPORT. Article-sup-
porting attachments that are supported upon the lamp-body
independent of the lamp-chimney.
257. HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, ATTACH-
MENTS, LAMP, CHIMNEY-HEATERS, AIR. Air-heat-
ers, usually of drum form, specially applicable to lamp-
chimneys.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 183, Heating-drums,
and appropriate subclasses thereunder, and 248, Heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Attachments, Drum.
258. HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, ATTACH-
MENTS, LAMP, CHIMNEY-HEATERS, ARTICLE-SUP-
PORT. Article-supporting brackets that are specially de-
signed to be supported upon lamp-chimneys.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 235, Tool-heaters, Liquid
or gaseous fuel, Lamp attachments.
259. HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, ATTACH-
MENTS, LAMP, STANDS, AIR-HEATERS. Air or drum
heaters that are supported by stands over and independent
of the lamp structure.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, Drum subclasses for detail air-
heating features.
260. HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL, ATTACH-
MENTS, LAMP, STANDS, ARTICLE-SUPPORT. Arti-
cle-supporting stands that are employed in connection with
lamp-heaters, and they are independent of the form orcharacter
of the heater.
CLASS 126 Continued.
261. HEATERS, LUNCH. Heaters designed for warming and
keeping warm articles of food. This subclass contains nursery
or hot-water bags provided with bottle receptacles or pockets.
Search Class
128 SURGERY, for special bag features other than food recep-
tacles or pockets.
262. HEATERS, LUNCH, COMBINED CAN AND HEATER.
Closed receptacles containing food products that are provided
with permanently-attached heaters.
263. HEATERS, LUNCH, COMBINED CAN AND HEATER,
CHEMICAL HEATER. Combined can and heaters where
the heating means is a chemical or heating composition.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 56, Stoves, Car.
264. Abolished.
265. HEATERS, LUNCH, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL.
Miscellaneous food-warming devices employing liquid or gase-
ous fuel as the heating medium.
266. HEATERS, LUNCH, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
DINNER-BUCKETS. Devices known as dinner pails or
buckets and heated by forms of liquid or gaseous fuel burners.
267. HEATERS, LUNCH, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
DINNER-BUCKETS, COMBINED BUCKET AND LAN-
TERN. Dinner-buckets structurally adapted to be em-
ployed as lanterns.
Search' Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 209, Foot-warmers, Liquid
or gaseous fuel, Combined heater and lantern.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 2, Combined light and structure.
268. HEATERS, LUNCH, WAGON. Vehicles, sometimes desig-
nated "caterers' wagons," designed to keep food at a predeter-
mined temperature while conveying the same to customers or
dining room.
Search Classes -
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 276, Ovens, Wagon.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 01,
Bakers' ovens, Wagon-ovens.
269. HEATERS, POWDER. Devices specially adapted for the
thawing of explosives, such as powder, dynamite, etc.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 272, Liquid-sterilizers;
284, Glue-pots, and 370, Water-heaters, Vessels, Steam or
water heated.
53 DOMESTIC COOKING VESSELS, subclass 1, Boilers, Domestic.
270. HEATERS, SOLAR. Devices designed to utilize the sun's
rays for general heating purposes.
Search Classes
60 MISCELLANEOUS HEAT-ENGINE PLANTS.
75 METALLURGY.
103 PUMPS.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS.
110 FURNACES, subclasses 119, Spark-arresters, and 130, Spark-
arresters, Stack.
271. HEATERS, SOLAR, WATER. Solar heaters specially
designed to heat water for domestic use.
271.1. HEATERS, SURFACE. Miscellaneous devices for ap-
plying heat to surfaces and generally adapted to be moved
over the surface. Includes devices for heating surfaces by
steam, that either comes in contact with the surface to be
heated or is applied by a radiator.
Search Classes
37 EXCAVATING, subclasses 35, Snow-road machines, and 39,
Miscellaneous.
104 RAILWAYS, subclasses 58, Track-cleaners, Removing weeds,
and 153, Track-cleaners, Oilers, and washers.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 63, Irrigating and sprin-
kling, Carts, for wheeled carts provided with a boiler having
nozzles for injecting steam or hot water upon surfaces for
heating the ground or melting ice or snow.
271.2. HEATERS, SURFACE, FLUID-FUEL. Devices for ap-
plying the products of combustion of fluid fuel, hot air heated
by fluid fuel, or steam in combination with either the products
of combustion or hot air to surfaces. Includes devices for
burning weeds or stubble, melting snow or ice, or heating the
ground for cultivation.
Search Classes
37 EXCAVATING, subclass 35, Snow-road machines, for anal-
ogous structure.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, for burner structure
and fluid fuel paint brearners.
271.3. HEATERS, SURFACE, SOLID FUEL. Devices for
applying the products of combustion of solid fuel or the
radiant heat thereof, of hot air, or steam in combination with
the products of combustion or hot air to surfaces. Includes
devices for thawing frozen earth in placer mining, melting
snow and ice, burning weeds or stubble, heating ground for
cultivation, and solid fuel paint breamers.
Search Classes
37 EXCAVATING, subclass 35, Snow-road machines.
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 103, Track-cleaners, Hot plows.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
311
CLASS 126 Continued.
272. LIQUID-STERILIZERS. Devices designed to sterilize cans
or jars and contents thereof. In this subclass are classified
mechanisms provided with endless carriers designed to carry
the cans or jars forward and submerge them in a liquid bath.
Note. This subclass does not include apparatus for or processes
of sterilizing liquids in bulk, which are classified in class 210,
WATER PURIFICATION.
Search Classes
31 DAIRY.
53 DOMESTIC COOKING VESSELS, subclasses 1, Boilers, Do-
mestic, and 2, Boilers, Domestic, Steamers.
273. OVENS, DOMESTIC. Domestic ovens, that do not fall under
more specific classes and subclasses.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 3, Stoves, Cooking,
Double fire-pot, Cooking and heating; 4, Stoves, Cooking,
Combined cooking and heating stove; 9, Stoves, Cooking,
Knockdown or separable; 19, Stoves, Cooking, Ovens; 137,
Fireplaces, Cooking and oven attachments; 198, Stove doors
and windows, Oven-doors, Ventilating; 218 Stove lids and
tops, Heating-stove, Cooking attachments, and 337, Stove,
shelves. Oven shelf or rack.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 35, Heaters,
Ovens.
274. OVENS, DOMESTIC, DUTCH. Domestic ovens, portable
in character, having an open side and adapted to receive
radiated heat from an open fireplace or stove.
275. OVENS, DOMESTIC, PORTABLE. Domestic ovens struc-
turally independent of stove structure and designed to be
placed upon stove-surfaces. This subclass includes those de-
vices that are known in the trade as portable gas and vapor
stove ovens.
276. OVENS, WAGON. Ovens specially adapted to be mounted
upon wheeled structures.. These devices are usually termed
traveling kitchens.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 268, Heaters, Lunch,
Wagon, and 276, Ovens, Wagon.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 61,
Bakers' ovens, Wagon-ovens.
277. PLATFORMS. Devices designed to support stove-bodies.
The platform may be provided with means for sustaining it
in an elevated position.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 55, Stoves, Cooking,
Combined base and hot closet, and 305, Stove-legs, Base-
supports.
278. PLATFORMS, STOVE-BOARDS. Platforms designed to
rest flat upon the floor-surface and to protect the floor from
the heat of a stove renting thereon.
279. PLATFORMS, STOVE - BOARDS, VENTILATING.
Stove-boards so constructed as to allow for a free circulation of
air beneath or through them.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 143, Fireplaces, Hearths.
280. SOOT-CATCHERS. Receptacles designed to be so placed or
suspended that they will catch or receive the soot falling
from stovepipe or chimney openings.
2S1. DOUGH-RAISERS. Pan or tray devices designed for the
raising of dough and usually provided with means for heating
and maintaining the heat of the pan or tray at a uniform tem-
perature in excess of that of the surrounding atmosphere.
Search Class
45 FURNITURE, subclass 16, Kitchen-cabinets.
282. DOUGH-RAISERS, LAMP TYPE. Dough-raising devices,
having a heater of the liquid-fuel-burner type.
Search Class
45 FURNITURE, subclass 16, Kitchen-cabinets.
283. FUEL-BOXES. Fuel-holding cabinets provided with means
for permitting the withdrawal of small quantities of fuel.
Search Classes
83 MILLS, subclass 56, Ore and coal, Sifters and screens.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 7, Cabinets, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
284. GLUE-POTS. Devices primarily designed for the melting of
glue and analogous substances. The pots are usually water
or steam jacketed.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 33, Stoves, Cooking,
Tables, Steam-heated; 282, Dough-raisers, Lamp type; 370,
Water-heaters, Vessels, Steam or water heated; 371, Water-
heaters, Vessels, Steam or water heated, Closed chamber or
coil, and 372, Water-heaters, Vessels, Steam or water heated,
Jet.
285. DAMPERS. Miscellaneous dampers not classifiable other-
wise.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 325, Hot-air registers,
and 326, Hot-air registers, Wall, for damper details.
110 FURNACES, subclasses 147, Draft-regulators, and 163, Draft-
regulators, Damper.
CLASS 126 Continued.
286. DAMPERS, DISTANCE OPERATING DEVICES.
Operating devices located at a distance and designed to
operate smoke, air-flue, and stove draft-dampers.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 158, Draft-regulators, Smoke-box,
Feeding air, Door-operated.
287. DAMPERS, DISTANCE OPERATING DEVICES,
DOOR-OPERATED. Damper-operating devices that are
coupled up or connected to stove-doors and designed to operate
the damper upon the opening or closing of the stove-door.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 158, Draft-regulators, Smoke-box,
Feeding ah-, Door-operated.
288. DAMPERS, FIREPLACE. Dampers structurally adapted
for use in fireplace structures.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 295, Dampers, Stovepipe,
Lock and indicator, for lock and indicator features.
289. DAMPERS, STOVE. Dampers structurally adapted for use
with heating or cooking stoves.
290. DAMPERS, STOVE, DRAFT. Dampers designed to control
the admission of air to the combustion-chamber of stoves.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 193, Stove doors and
windows, Feeding air.
110 FURNACES.
291. DAMPERS, STOVE, REPAIR. Dampers designed to
replace broken or worn-out dampers and adjustable to stoves
of different sizes.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 145, Fire-pots and
linings, Adjustable for breaking-groove structure, and 153,
Grates, Adjustable.
292. DAMPERS, STOVEPIPE. Miscellaneous Stovepipe and
air-flue dampers.
293. DAMPERS, STOVEPIPE, COMBINED DAMPER AND
VENTILATOR. Damper devices where the smoke-control-
ling damper and the ventilating-damper are so connected
that the movement of one operates to move the other.
294. DAMPERS, STOVEPIPE, CONE. Dampers in the form of
a sectional truncated cone. One or both of its sides are usually
movable, so as to cause direct or retarded draft in the pipe.
295. DAMPERS, STOVEPIPE, LOCK AND INDICATOR.
Dampers provided with means for locking or holding the
damper in a predetermined position, also devices for indicating
their position.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 288, Dampers, Fireplace.
296. DAMPERS, STOVEPIPE, MULTIPLE. Dampers com-
posed of two or more plates connected by a common operat-
ing-rod, so as to receive simultaneous action, thereby affect-
ing the direct or indirect draft of the pipe.
297. DAMPERS, STOVEPIPE, SINUOUS PASSAGE. Single-
spindle-operating pipe-dampers that have retarding means for
giving a circuitous course to the products.
298. FIRE-DOGS. Devices generally known as andirons. Some
of these devices are provided with a shelf or support, also a
fender.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 201, Fenders; 202,
Fenders, Fire screen or guard; 203, Fenders, Fireplace-hearth,
and 336, Stove-shelves, Fireplace-grate.
299. STOVE-HOODS. Miscellaneous devices designed to carry off
odors from kitchen ranges, etc.
Search Class
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 208, Yards and plants, Smoke-jacks.
300. STOVE-HOODS, STOVE-DISCHARGE. Stove-hoods that
discharge into the stove-body proper.
301. STOVE -HpODS, STOVEPIPE - DISCHARGE. Stove-
hoods provided with means for connecting them with stove-
pipes and flues.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 312, Stovepipes, Ventila-
tion.
302. STOVE-HOODS, STOVEPIPE-DISCHARGE, STOVE-
CASING. Stove-hoods designed to inclose a stove; the cas-
ing acts as a heat-fender and is provided with ventilating
means.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 202, Fenders, Fire screen
or guard.
303. STOVE -HOODS, STOVEPIPE- DISCHARGE, TOP-
PLATE CASING. Stove-hoodsdesigned to inclose the top
plate of a stove. The casing is usually provided with venti-
lating means.
304. STOVE-LEGS. Stove-legs and the means for attaching them
to stove-bodies.
Search Classes
4 BATHS AND CLOSETS.
155 CHAFRS, subclass 33, Pads and feet.
312
DEFINITIONS OP CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 126 Continued.
305. STOVE-LEGS, BASE-SUPPORTS. Devices in the form of
a ring or base, to which the stove-leg is attached, and designed
to support the stove-body.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 55, Stoves, Cooking,
Combined base and hot closet; 57, Stoves, Car, Protective
casings, and 277, Platforms.
306. STOVE-LEGS, SHEET-METAL. Sheet-metal stove-legs.
307. STOVEPIPES. Miscellaneous smoke-flues, designed to con-
vey smoke and waste gases from the flrepot.
Search Classes
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, especially subclass 33,
Tube-making, and the subclasses thereunder.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 9, Cut-offs and spouts, and
appropriate subclasses under Mains and pipes.
308. STOVEPIPES, JOINTS AND COUPLINGS. Stovepipes
wherein the alleged invention consists in means for joining
or coupling the ends of the sections.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 310, Stovepipes, El-
bows; 311, Stovepipes, Elbows, Changeable angle, and 318,
Stovepipe-thimbles, Stovepipe anchor or lock.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 9, Cut-offs and spouts;
33, Hose-patches, and 75, Mains and pipes, Pipes, and sub-
classes under Pipe-couplings.
309. STOVEPIPES, SEAM. Stove pipes where the improvement
resides in seaming the several pipe or flue sections.
310. STOVEPIPES, ELBOWS. Stove pipes where the improve-
ment resides in the form of the elbow.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING.
311. STOVEPIPES, ELBOWS, CHANGEABLE ANGLE. Ad-
justable stovepipe elbows adapted to assume different angles.
Search Class
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses under Mains and pipes.
312. STOVE PIPES, VENTILATION. Stove pipes having devices
designed to carry off vitiated air and odors.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 293, Dampers, Stove-
pipe, Combined damper and ventilator, and 301, Stove-hoods,
Stovepipe-discharge.
98 PNEUMATICS, sulxjlasses 25, Ventilation, Flue-heaters, and
30, Ventilating-chimneys.
313. STOVEPIPES, AIR-MOISTENING ATTACHMENTS.
Open vessels containing a liquid and so connected to the
stovepipe as to be heated thereby and designed to moisten
the air in the room.
Search Class
98 PNEUMATICS.
314. STOVEPIPE-THIMBLES. Devices adapted to be applied
to Hue and similar openings, forming a lining therefor, and
designed to receive a stove or similar pipe.
Search Class
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 89, Hub-caps.
315. STOVEPIPE -THIMBLES ADJUSTABLE FLUE-
COLLAR. Devices capable of vertical adjustment to suit
the height of a stovepipe to obviate the necessity of cutting
the same to fix the stove-hole of the chimney; also adjustable
thimbles adapted to receive different-sized stovepipes.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 82, Stoves, Heating,
Adjustable pipe-collar.
316. STOVEPIPE-THIMBLES, COMBINED THIMBLE AND
VENTILATOR. Thimbles designed to ventilate.
317. STOVEPIPE-THIMBLES, FLOOR OR CEILING
PLATES. Collar and thimble devices designed for use in
connection with pipes which pass through the floors or ceilings
of buildings.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 87, Light supports, Bracket and
chandeliers, Hangers, Canopies.
318. STOVEPIPE-THIMBLES, STOVEPIPE ANCHOR OR
LOCK. Devices for locking the inserted end of a stovepipe
in a flue or thimble opening.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 308, Stovepipes, Joints
and couplings.
319. STOVEPIPE-THIMBLES, FLUE-STOPPERS. Devices
designed to close flue and thimble openings.
320. STOVE IMPLEMENTS, COMBINED. Combined stove
implements not otherwise classifiable; includes mainly lid-
lifters and pokers.
Search Classes
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 1, Miscellaneous.
65 KITCHEN AND TABLE ARTICLES, subclasses 10, Compound
tools; 32, Plate-lifters, and 56, Compound tools, Gripping.
321. STOVE IMPLEMENTS, FIRE-TONG. Devices known
as household or kitchen tongs and designed to be used
in connection with stoves and open grates.
Search Class
65 KITCHEN AND TABLE ARTICLES, subclass 52, Table-tongs.
CLASS 126 Continued.
322. STOVE IMPLEMENTS, HANDLES. The form of the han-
dle of a stove implement.
Search classes
126-^-SiovES AND FURNACES, subclasses 195, Stove doors and
windows, Knobs, and 226, Tool-heaters.
68 LAUNDRY, subclass 26, Sad-irons.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 21, Heaters,
Tools and instruments, and subclasses thereunder.
323. STOVE IMPLEMENTS, LID-LIFTER. Structure or form
of stove-lid lifters.
324. STOVE IMPLEMENTS, POKER. Household pokers.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 173, Grates, Raking at-
tachments.
325. HOT-AIR REGISTERS. Devices provided with pivoted
slats or " louvers," and means for operating them, and designed
to be supported in a frame surrounding an air inlet or outlet
opening. These devices are usually termed hot-air and venti-
lating registers.
Search Classes
126 -STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 326, Hot-air registers,
Wall, and 328, Hot-air registers, Flush-surface, for form of slot
or louver and operating means.
116 Hot-air furnaces, Liquid or gaseous fuel, and 285, Dampers.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 60, Shutters, Registering
slide.
98 PNEUMATICS, appropriate subclasses under Ventilation.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 82, Grilles,
Composite; 83, Grilles, Integral; 84, Grilles, Securing devices,
and 54, Shutters, and the subclasses thereunder.
326. HOT-AIR REGISTERS, WALL. Wall-registers, usually
provided with cut-out means designed to cause the ascending
air to be partially or wholly discharged through a selected
register.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 285, Dampers, and the
subclasses thereunder, for details of operating mechanism.
327. HOT-AIR REGISTERS, BORDER OR FRAME. Regis-
ter-supporting border or frame which surrounds the air inlet
or outlet opening.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 139, Fireplaces, Fronts,
Frames.
328. HOT-AIR REGISTERS, FLUSH-SURFACE. Registers
where the slats or louvers are so pivoted as to form when closed
a smooth front-plate surface.
329. HOT-AIR REGISTERS, HEAT-DISTRIBUTER. Air
deflectors or distributers adapted to be applied to registers and
designed to deflect or disseminate the air.
330. HOT-AIR REGISTERS, AIR-MOISTENING ATTACH-
MENTS. Air-moistening devices ^>plicable to hot-air regis-
ters.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 136, Fireplaces, Blow-
ers, Stove structure; 115, Hot-air furnaces, Dust-flue, and 313,
Stovepipes, Air-moistening attachments.
98 PNEUMATICS, for air-moistening features.
331. HOT-AIR REGISTERS, FOOT-RESTS. Combined heat-
ing registers and foot-rests.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 137, Fireplaces, Cook-
ing and oven attachments; 201, Fenders; 204, Foot warmers;
332, Stove shelves, and 337, Stove-shelVes, Oven shelf or rack.
155 CHAIRS, subclass 9, Foot-rests.
237 HEAT DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 19, Steam radia-
tors, Attachments.
248 SUPPORTS, subclass 20, Brackets, Special article.
332. STOVE-SHELVES. Shelves or racks peculiarly applicable
to stoves and as a rule self-supporting.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 190, Stove doors and
windows, and 214, Stove lids and tops, Liquid or gaseous fuel.
333. STOVE-SHELVES, BRACKETS OR STANDS. Stove-
shelves supported by a bracket or stand above the stove-top.
334. STOVE-SHELVES, DROP. Shelves so hung as to form
when in operative position an extension of the stove-top or
oven-bottom.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 190, Stove doors and
windows.
45 FURNITURE, for general structure and details.
335. STOVE-SHELVES, DROP, DOOR-OPERATED. Shelves
so hung as to form an extension of the oven-bottom when
the oven-door is open and thrown into operative or inopera-
tive position by the opening or closing of the oven-door.
Search Class
126-|-STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 191, Stove doors and
windows, Balanced, and 217, Stove lids and tops, Heating-
Stove.
336. STOVE -SHELVES, FIREPLACE - GRATE. Shelves
adapted to fireplace-grates or any open-grate structure.
337. STOVE-SHELVES, OVEN SHELF OR RACK. Improve-
ments in the form of the oven-rack or shelf.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 273, Ovens, Domestic,
and the subclasses thereunder.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
313
CLASS 126 Continued.
338. STOVE-SHELVES. OVEN SHELF OR RACK, ROTARY.
Oven shelves or racks adapted to be revolved or rotated in the
oven.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 211, Stove lids and tops.
339. STOVE-SHELVES, OVEN SHELF OR RACK, SLIDING.
Oven shelves or racks adapted to be withdrawn from the oven
and means for holding the shelf in its extended horizontal
position.
?40. STOVE-SHELVES, OVEN SHELF OR RACK, SLIDING.
DOOR-OPERATED. Sliding oven shelves or racks moved
out or in by the opening or closing of the oven-door.
341. STOVE-SHELVES, STOVEPIPE. Shelves stationary in
character and by reason of their structure and use peculiarly
applicable to stovepipes.
342. STOVE-SHELVES, STOVEPIPE, DROP. Stovepipe-
shelves where the shelf or arm is adapted to be moved into
an up or down position.
343. STOVE-SHELVES, STOVEPIPE, SWINGING. Stove-
pipe-shelves that are adapted to be moved right or left upon
a fixed pivot.
343.5. MELTING FURNACES. Miscellaneous heaters specially
adapted for melting substances by the application of heat to
a receptacle, conduit, or support for the material to be melted.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 271.1, Heaters, Sur-
face; 271.2, Heaters, Surface, Fluid fuel, and 271.3, Heaters,
Surface, Solid fuel, for portable apparatus for applying heat
to surfaces generally, whether for the purpose of melting
snow and ice, thawing frozen ground, burning weeds or
stubble, or preparing ground for cultivation.
37 EXCAVATING, subclasses 35, Snow-road machines, and
39, Miscellaneous, for analogous construction.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 63, Irrigating and sprin-
kling, Carts, for wheeled tanks and boilers with nozzles lor
spraying steam or hot water upon the ground for the purpose
of heating the ground or melting ice or snow.
344. WATER-HEATERS. Miscellaneous devices for heating water
for domestic or cooking purposes.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 271, Heaters, Solar,
Water.
219 ELECTRIC HEATERS AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 38, Heaters,
Fluid.
345. WATER-HEATERS, KETTLE-FURNACE. Open-tank or
boiler structures beneath which is located the furnace or
heater. These devices have heretofore been termed "agri-
cultural boilers."
346. WATER-HEATERsf KETTLE-FURNACE, CANNING.
Kettle-furnaces provided with special means for treating food
products other than in the art of preserving, and includes
tray elevating and lowering means.
Search Class
53 DOMESTIC COOKING VESSELS, subclass 1, Boilers, Domestic.
347. WATER-HEATERS, KETTLE-FURNACE, HORIZON-
TAL COMBUSTION-CHAMBER. Kettle-furnaces in which
there is a horizontal extension of the main combustion-
chamber.
Search Classes
31 DAIRY, subclass 22, Cheese-vats and curd-breakers.
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclass 9. Evaporating-pans.
348. WATER - HEATERS, KETTLE - FURNACE, STEAM
GENERATORS AND COOKERS. Combined kettle fur-
nace steam-generators and steam-cookers. These devices are
designed for cooking, by steam, food products in an open
tank or receptacle.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 360 et seq., Water-
heaters, submerged, and 370 et seq., Water-heaters, Vessels.
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, for steam-boiler fea-
tures.
349. 'WATER-HEATERS, KETTLE-FURNACE, TILTING.
Water-heating kettle-furnaces in which the kettle is pivoted
or trunnioned, so as to permit the ready dumping of the con-
tents of the kettle.
Search Class
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclass 4, Confectionery.
350. WATER-HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL.
Miscellaneous domestic water-heaters that are heated by
liquid or gaseous fuel burners.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 210, Foot-warmers,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Water-heater.
351. WATER-HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
AUTOMATIC. Water-heaters in which the flow of gas to
the burner is automatically controlled, either through the
medium of a thermostat or through the pressure in the system
due to the opening or closing of a valve or valves. The burners
are usually provided with continuously-burning pilot-lights.
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS, and 236 DAMPERS,
AUTOMATIC, for automatic burner-regulation.
CLASS 126 Continued.
352. ABOLISHED.
353. ABOLISHED.
354. ABOLISHED.
355. WATER-HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
DRIP-PLATE. Water-heaters in which the water is admit-
ted into the top portion of the heater aud descends to the bot-
tom portion thereof through the medium of shallow pans or
suspended metal strips, the water coming hi direct contact
witn the ascending gaseous product of combustion.
Search Class
126^-STovEs AND FURNACES, subclass 359, Water-heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Overflow.
356. ABOLISHED.
357. WATER-HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
HINGED OR SEPARABLE. Devices in the nature of
water-backs and designed to be employed with liquid or
gaseous fuel cooking-stoves. These devices may be hinged to
or be a separable part of the stove proper.
358. WATER-HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
LAMP TYPE. Water-heaters structurally related to the
lamp or wick type burners. The chimney or combustion
flue of lamps is as a rule surrounded by the water or liquid
con tamed vessel.
359. WATER-HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
OVERFLOW . Liquid or gaseous fuel portable water-heaters
in which the supply-pipe leads into and discharges in the
upper portion of the water receptacle or heater and the water
is sprayed and caused to flow downward over the heated
cylinders and hi a reverse direction to the flame.
Note. For detail features search appropriate detail Water-heater
subclasses, especially subclass 355, Drip-plate.
360. WATER-HEATERS, LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL,
SUBMERGED . Submerged liquid tank heaters that employ
liquid or gaseous fuel, the flame not being hi direct contact
with the liquid. This subclass includes both the stationary
and portable type of heater.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 366 et seq., Submerged,
for detail tank features.
60 MISCELLANEOUS HEAT-ENGINE PLANTS, for devices hi which
the flame is in direct contact with the water.
361. WATER -HEATERS, STAND -BOILERS. Structure of
water-holding tanks or boilers. These devices are termed
generally "kitchen-range boilers."
Search Classes
122 LIQUID HEATERS AND VAPORIZERS.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 108,
Casks, and the subclasses thereunder.
362. WATER-HEATERS, STAND-BOILERS, CIRCULATION.
Stand-boilers where the improvements reside in specific
water-circulating means.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 365, Water-heaters,
Stovepipe, Circulation.
363. WATER-HEATERS, STAND-BOILERS, SUPPORTS.
Devices designed to support stand-boilers and similar struc-
tures.
Search Class
248 SUPPORTS.
364. WATER-HEATERS, STOVEPIPE. Stoves provided with
water-tanks through which some portion of the smoke-pipe
passes to heat the water therein.
365. WATER - HEATERS, STOVEPIPE, CIRCULATION-
Stovepipe water-heaters which are provided with circulation-
pipes between the heater and an adjacent tank or reservoir.
These heaters have the character and function of "water-
backs."
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 362, Water-heaters,
Stand-boilers, Circulation.
366. WATER-HEATERS. SUBMERGED, CLOSED SYSTEMS
PIPES. Steam or hot-water pipes in a closed liquid-heating
system and designed to heat the same.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 370 et seq., Water-
heaters, Vessels.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 38, Heaters,
Fluid, and the subclasses thereunder.
367. WATER-HEATERS, SUBMERGED, PORTABLE. Solid-
fuel stove structures designed to be submerged in an open
tank of liquid for heating the same. The stove structure does
not form a permanent part of the tank, but is readily remov-
able from the tank.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 38. Heaters,
Fluid, and the subclasses thereunder.
368. WATER -HEATERS, SUBMERGED, STATIONARY.
Solid-fuel stove structures adapted to lw submerged in an
open tank of liquid for heating the same.
314
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 126 Continued.
Search Classes
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 38, Heaters,
Fluid, and the subclasses thereunder.
137 WATEK DISTRIBUTION, subclasses 21, Tanks, and 68,
Tanks, Automatic.
369. WATER-HEATERS, STEAMING APPARATUS. Steam
boxes or receptacles designed for steaming or cooking food
products.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 20, Stoves, Cooking,
Ovens, Steam or hot water.
34 DKIERS.
83 MILLS, subclasses 27, Preparing grain, Steaming and damp-
ening, and 28, Preparing gram, Processes.
370. WATER-HEATERS, VESSELS, STEAM OR WATER
HEATED. Steam or water jacketing devices that wholly
or partially surround open receptacles and designed to heat
the contents therein contained. The devices as a whole are
usually termed "steam-jacketed kettles."
CLASS 126 Continued.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 281, Dough-raisers, and
293, Dampers, Stovepipe, Combined damper and ventilator.
87 OILS, FATS, AND GLUE, subclass 13, Rendering.
127 SUGAR AND SALT, subclass 4, Confectionery.
371. WATER-HEATERS, VESSELS, STEAM OR WATER
HEATED, CLOSED CHAMBER OR COIL. Devices in
the form of a steam chamber or coil designed to be immersed
in and heat the contents of open receptacles.
Search Classes
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 366, Water-heaters, Sub-
merged, Closed systems pipes.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 41, Heaters,
Fluid, Immersion.
372. WATER-HEATERS, VESSELS, STEAM OR WATER
HEATED, JET. Devices that are designed to inject steam
into water contained in open receptacles for heating water or
cooking purposes.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 348, Water-heaters,
Kettle-furnace, Steam generators and cookers.
CLASS 129. PAPER FILES AND BINDERS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class contains all devices for filing or temporarily binding
loose sheets, pamphlets, newspapers, cards, photographs, clippings,
etc., except those not designed for this purpose only and those which
are more properly classified as articles of furniture, receptacles, or
mere clasps.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Files and binders of types differing from
those in the specific subclasses, together with a few imple-
ments for inserting papers into a file or binder.
2. CONTINUOUS-WEB. The file consists, essentially, of a con-
tinuous web which travels over rollers and upon which papers
may be secured by being pasted directly to the web or by
means of various fastening devices.
3. PINS AND INDEXES. Impaling-pins provided with indexes
for the filed papers.
4. PINS AND FOLLOWERS. The sheets of paper are secured
upon impaling-pins, and a follower serves to hold them to-
gether, to protect them, or to force them upon the pins.
5. PINS AND FOLLOWERS, SPRING. Filing-pins and fol-
lowers which are thrown into or out of operative position by
springs.
. PINS AND FOLLOWERS SPRING, SLIDING. Filing-pins
and sliding followers, which are spring actuated.
7. PINS AND PUNCHES. Files of the impaling-pin type which
are provided with punches for perforating the papers before
filing.
8. PINS AND TRANSFER-WIRES. Files having impaling-pins
and wires which may be brought uiiO juxtaposition with the
pins, so that papers may be readily transferred from the pins
to the wires.
9. PINS AND TRANSFER-WIRES, SLIDING-BASE. Impal-
ing-pins or transfer-wires mounted upon a slidable base, by
the movement of which the wires and pins are caused to
engage or disengage.
10. PINS AND TRANSFER-WIRES, SWINGING. Filing-pins
or transfer- wires adapted to be swung laterally to cause them
to engage or disengage.
11. PINS AND TRANSFER-WIRES, TILTING. Impaling-pins
transfer-wires, or both, capable of a tilting movement, by
means of which they are caused to engage or disengage.
12. PROJECTING PINS AND COVERS. Covers, one of which is
provided with pins which pass through perforations in the
filed sheets and through the other cover, which is provided
with some fastening device to engage with the pins.
13. EXTENSIBLE PINS AND COVERS. Covers provided with
binding pins, usually iclescoping, capable of extension to in-
crease the capacity of the binder.
14. FOLLOWERS AND INDEX-PARTITIONS. Files having
followers to exert pressure upon the filed papers, and provided
with adjustable index-partitions.
15. INDEXES. Index-sheets for file-cases, retainers for index-
sheets, and combinations of cases ana index leaves or parti-
tions, provided the index-leaves do not form an integral
part of the case structure.
16. INDEXES, CARD. Cases for index-cards, cards for indexes
(including some envelop-like receptacles for receiving memo-
randa and adapted for use as index-cards), combinations of
cases and cards, and combinations of cases and memorandum-
books or the like.
17. PINS AND HINGED BACKS. Book-covers hinged at the
back and provided with pins rigidly mounted on the covers.
To expose the pins in position to receive papers, the covers
must be opened wide.
18. NOTCHED LEAVES. Binders in which the retaining devices
engage with notches of various forms in the margins of the
leaves.
19. STUBS AND FLAPS. Series of stubs to which the filed papers
are attached singly or in groups and flaps between which
CLASS 129 Continued.
papers are fastened. Any kind of fastening means may be
employed, and the whole device is usually in book form.
20. SCRAP-BOOK AND ALBUM LEAVES. Leaves designed for
scrap-books and albums and provided with gummed surfaces,
pockets, clips, bands, or other devices for holding clippings,
cards, and the like.
21. PINS. Sharpened pins or hooks mounted in receptacles, in
book-covers, or upon some form of base adapted to stand on a
desk or hang upon a wall.
22. PINS, CORD-CARRYING. Pins designed to carry binding
threads or cords for securing the papers when removed from
the pins.
23. PINS, GUARDED. Impaling-pins provided with some device
for preventing the accidental escape of the filed papers.
24. PINS, HINGED. Filing-pins attached to a support by hinges
or pivots.
25. BINDING-WIRES. Covers or presser-bars combined with
wires or flexible strips of metal, which are bent down after
passing through the sheets to prevent their escape.
26. FOLLOWERS. Filing-receptacles provided with movable
members of various kinds which press upon the filed papers
and hold ihem securely.
27. FOLLOWERS, LOCKING. Followers provided with means
of various kinds for holding them in fixed position some of
them locking only when jammed against the papers in the
file.
28. FOLLOWERS, LOCKING, RACKS. Followers secured in
position by the engagement of a detent with a rack.
29. FOLLOWERS, LOCKING, LEVER-OPERATED CATCH.
Followers secured in position by means of locking-catches
operated by levers.
30. FOLLOWERS, LOCKING, SPRING-OPERATED CATCH.
Followers provided with spring-operated locking-catches.
31. FOLLOWERS, LOCKING, TILTING-RELEASE. Lock-
ing-followers released from their locked position by simply
tilting the follower.
32. FOLLOWERS, SPRING. Followers consisting of springs
acting directly upon the papers or of movable pieces actuated
by springs.
33. FOLLOWERS, SPRING, DOUBLE-ACTING. Followers
held in both operative and inoperative position by springs.
34. HINGED LEAF-SUPPORTS. Hinged or pivoted plates pro-
vided with devices for securing the papers thereon.
35. CLAMPING. Filing or binding devices in which the papers are
secured by clamping action only.
36. CLAMPING, PARALLEL BARS. A pair of clamping-bars
between which papers are gripped.
37. CLAMPING, SPRING-BACKS. Covers provided at the back
with spring clamping devices.
38. FOLD-ENGAGING, BARS. Devices for binding sheets or
pamphlets by means of bars engaging with their folds.
39. FOLD-ENGAGING, CORDS. Book-covers or other supports
provided with cords for engagement with the folds of sheets
or pamphlets.
40. FOLD-ENGAGING, HOOKS. Covers or other supports pro-
vided with hooks for engagement with the folds of sheets or
pamphlets.
41. TRANSVERSE CORDS. Cords or tapes which pass through
the leaves to be secured.
42. TRANSVERSE CORDS AND LEAF-ATTACHERS. Fas-
teners of various kinds used to attach the leaves to the cords.
43. FILE-BOXES. Receptacles commonly of a box-like structure,
but in which the construction is modified to specially adapt
the case as a container for filing papers. Does not include
stands or racks forming stationary pieces and serving as file-
cabinets or simple covers or cases providing only the protect-
ing function for inclosing maps or drawings.
315
CLASS 133. COIN-HANDLING.
DEFINITIONS.
This class includes machines and appliances employed for the
purpose of handling coins or checks or tokens similar in shape to
coins and used as substitutes therefor for facilitating the making
of change or for transferring change from the clerk or cashier to the
customer.
The class does not include means for transmitting money between
a clerk and a cashier at a distance, these being in classes 180, STORE-
SERVICE and 243, PNEUMATIC DESPATCH; nor does it include money
drawers or tills unless they are specially constructed for use in con-
nection with coins.
It should be noted in connection with this class that machines
very similar in construction, but used in connection with articles
other than coins, are found in several classes. For example,
machines similar or analogous to coin-assorters, but for sepa-
rating cartridges, fruit, vegetables, coal, etc., are found in class
73, MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 10, Gages, and subclasses
thereunder, in class 83, MILLS, subclass 56, Ore and coal, Sifters and
screens, and in class 130, THRESHING, subclass 32, Fruit and vege-
table separators. Machines for delivering powders, etc., are found in
class 73, MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 02, Measuring vessels,
and subclasses thereunder. Machines similar to coin-deliverers are
found in class 211, STORE FURNITURE, subclass 8, Cabinets, deliver-
ing. Machines similar to the hand-operated coin-deliverers for
delivering stamps or tickets are found in class 220, METALLIC SHIP-
PING AND STORING VESSELS, sulx;lass5,Boxes, and subclasses there-
under, and isolated patents may also be found in other classes for
operating on other articles or materials.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Coin-handling devices not classifiable
elsewhere.
2. CHANGE-MAKERS. Machines having two sets of mechan-
isms, one representing money tendered for a purchase and the
other the amount of the purchase, the two sets being so con-
nected that by the proper manipulation of both the difference
between the amount tendered and the purchase, or the change,
is delivered from the machine.
3. ASSORTERS. Machines or receptacles in which coins of dif-
ferent sizes are placed and containing provision whereby the
coins are automatically or mechanically sorted according
to their size.
CLASS 133 Continued.
4. DELIVERERS, MULTIPLE. Machines including tubes or
equivalents for containing coins of different values and means
for delivering coins from one or more tubes by the movement
of a single selected key or its equivalent.
5. DELIVERERS, SINGLE. Machines C9ntaining either a single
tube or a number of tubes and provision whereby at a single
movement a com is mechanically ejected from any single
selected tube.
6. DELIVERERS, SINGLE, HAND-OPERATED. Coin-tubes
from which a coin may be manually removed.
7. TUBES. Tubes for containing coins and having provision
whereby the coins can not be removed until a certain number
has been placed therein or until the tube is unlocked.
8. COUNTERS. Machines or implements by which coins (not
their values) may be counted.
9. PACKAGES. Inclosing casings of wire, sheet metal, or the like
adapted to hold a definite number of coins in convenient
shape for storage or handling.
10. PACKAGES, WRAPPERS. Blanks of paper, sheet metal, or
other material cut into the proper shape to be wrapped about a
package of coins.
11. RECEPTACLES. Receptacles otherwise unclassified for hold-
ing coin, especially such as are adapted to hold in separate
places coins of different values in order that they may easily
be taken therefrom in making change, etc.
12. RECEPTACLES, MATS AND TRAYS. Mats or trays
adapted to be placed upon a store counter for holding change,
so that it may easily be picked up by a customer.
13. RECEPTACLES, MATS AND TRAYS, COUNTER. Mats
or trays inserted in or flush with the surface of a store-counter.
14. RECEPTACLES, MATS AND TRAYS, MOUNTED. Mats
or trays mounted upon a supporting stand, placed on a store
counter or other convenient place.
317
CLASS 134. LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes compositions which are ordinarily used in
a liquid condition for coating various materials as a protective,
sizing, polishing, or coloring coating or as an ink; also, processes of
treating and making the composition and processes of mixing the
ingredients to form the composition; also some apparatus specialized
to the manufacture of liquid coating compositions.
It does not include processes which are clearly distinct from the
composition, such as processes of laying on the composition or treat-
ing the material coated or processes of making the separate ingre-
dients.
Nor does it include compositions for glazes or enamels of a glass-
like nature, compositions for use as adhesives, lubricants, or deter-
gents, or compositions which soak into the material without leaving
a polish or coating on the outside, such as compositions for dyes,
wood saturation (with the exception of fireproof compounds) or
the manufacture of leather.
Compositions intended particularly for writing-surfaces, such as
blackboards and slates, are classified in class 35, EDUCATIONAL
APPLIANCES, and cross-referenced into this class wherever considered
necessary.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Compositions which are used in a liquid
condition for coating and not classifiable in any of the other
sul>classes.
Search Class
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 1, Miscellaneous.
2. BARREL-LINING. Miscellaneous compositions for barrel-
lining. Under " Barrel-lining " and its subclasses are included
compositions for coating the inside of barrels, casks, and simi-
lar receptacles.
Search Class
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 7, Leather coat-
ing and polishing, and 18, Sizing.
3. BARREL-LINING, BITUMINOUS AND RESINOUS. Com-
positions for barrel-lining containing ingredients of a bitu-
minous or resinous nature, except those containing tar and
wax, which are classified in the two following subclasses.
Under the head of "Bituminous and resinous" are included
compositions which contain ingredients in the nature of
bitumen, asphalt, resin, etc., which are characterized by the
fact that they are softened by heat and harden when cold or
are dissolved by solvents and harden by evaporation of these
solvents. Includes gum-resins, but not gums.
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 8, Leather
coating and polishing, Bituminous and resinous; 13, Fabric
coating and waterproofing, Bituminous and resinous; 21,
Sizing, Bituminous and resinous; 41, Paint, Antifouling and
insecticidal. Bituminous and resinous; 26, Varnish; 30, Ink,
Printers', Bituminous and resinous, and 51, Paint, Bituminous
and resinous.
IO&^PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 15, Electrical insulating,
Bituminous and resinous, and 31, Artificial stone, Bituminous
and resinous.
4. BARREL-LINING, BITUMINOUS AND RESINOUS, TAR.
Compositions for barrel-lining containing ingredients of a tarry
nature, such as coal-tar, gas-tar, wood-tar, pine-tar, petro-
leum-tar, tar-pitch, etc.
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 14, Fabric
coating and waterproofing, Bituminous and resinous, Tar; 42,
Paint, Antifouling and insecticidal, Bituminous and resinous,
Tar, and 52, Paint, Bituminous and resinous, Tar.
106-^PLASTic COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 16, Electrical insulating,
Bituminous and resinous, Tar, and 32, Artificial stone, Bitu-
minous and resinous, Tar.
5. BARREL-LINING, BITUMINOUS AND RESINOUS, WAX.
Compositions for barrel-lining containing ingredients of a
waxy nature, such as beeswax, mineral wax, ozokerite, par-
affin, etc.
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 9, Leather
coating and polishing, Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 15
Fabric coating and waterproofing, Bituminous and resinous
Wax; 22, Sizing, Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 43, Paint
Antifouling and insecticidal, Bituminous and resinous, Wax
and 53, Paint, Bituminous and resinous, Wax.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 17, Electrical insulating
Bituminous and resinous, Wax, and 33, Artificial stone
Bituminous and resinous, Wax.
6. BARREL-LINING, GELATINOUS AND GUMMY. Compo-
sitions for barrel-lining containing ingredients of a gelatinous
or gummy nature. Under the head of "Gelatinous and
gummy" are included compositions which contain ingre-
dients such as ordinary glue, gelatin, flour, starch, dextrine,
etc., and gums such as gum-arabic and gum-tragacanth.
These substances are characterized by the fact that they
either dissolve, soften, or gelatinize in water. Does not in-
clude the gum-resins.
CLASS 134 Continued.
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 10, Leather
coating and polishing, Gelatinous and gummy; 16, Fabric
coating and waterproofing, Gelatinous and gummy; 19,
Sizing, Laundry starch and polish; 23, Sizing, Gelatinous and
gummy, and 55, Paint, Gelatinous and gummy.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 30, Artificial stone,
Gelatinous and gummy, and 39, Gelatinous and gummy.
7. LEATHER COATING AND POLISHING. Compositions
for coating leather for the purpose of waterproofing, polishing,
and coloring it, not included in the next three subclasses.
Under " Leather coating and polishing" and its subclasses are
included compostions for blacking and polishing boots and
shoes. When the composition is used in treating the leather
during the manufacture or is merely for softening the leather
by soaking into it without leaving a coating or polish, it is
classified in class 149, HIDES, SKINS, AND LEATHER.
Search Class
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 2, Barrel-lining;
11, Fabric coating and waterproofing; 18, Sizing, and 39,
Paint.
8. LEATHER COATING AND POLISHING, BITUMINOUS
AND RESINOUS. Compositions for coating leather con-
taining ingredients of a bituminous nature, except those con-
taining wax, which are classified under subclass 9 in this class.
(See definition under subclass 3, Barrel-lining, Bituminous
and resinous.)
Search Class
134^-LiQuio COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 3, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous; 13, Fabric coating and waterproof-
ing, Bituminous and resinous; 21, Sizing, Bituminous and resin-
ous; 26, Varnish; 36, Ink, Printers', Bituminous and resinous;41,
Paint, Antifouling and insecticidal, Bituminous and resinous,
and 5l, Paint, Bituminous and resinous.
9. LEATHER COATING AND POLISHING, BITUMINOUS
AND RESINOUS, WAX. Compositions for coating leather
containing ingredients of a waxy nature.
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclassesS, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 15, Fabric coating and water-
proofing, Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 22, Sizing, Bitumi-
nous and resinous, Wax; 43, Paint, Antifouling and insectici-
dal, Bituminous and resinous, Wax, and 53, Paint, Bitumi-
nous and resinous, Wax.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 17, Electrical insulating,
Bituminous and resinous, Wax.
10. LEATHER COATING AND POLISHING, GELATINOUS
AND GUMMY. Compositions for coating leather containing
ingredients of a- gelatinous or gummy nature. (See definition
under subclass 6, Barrel-lining, Gelatinous and gummy.)
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 6, Barrel-lining,
Gelatinous and gummy; 10, Fabric coating and waterproofing,
Gelatinous and gummy; 19, Sizing, Laundry starch and pol-
ish; 23, Sizing, Gelatinous and gummy, and 55, Paint, Gelati-
nous and gummy.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 39, Gelatinous and
gummy.
11. FABRIC COATING AND WATERPROOFING. Miscel-
laneous compositions for coating and waterproofing cloth,
paper, and similar fabrics.
Search Class
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 2, Barrel-lining;
7, Leather coating and polishing; 18, Sizing, and 39, Paint.
12. FABRIC COATING AND WATERPROOFING, PRO-
TEIDS. Compositions for coating and waterproofing fabrics
containing one or more of the proteids such as casein, gluten,
albumin, fibrin, etc. or substances made up partly of pro-
teids, such as milk and blood. They are characterized by the
fact that they are coagulated by heat or chemicals.
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 20, Sizing, Pro-
teids, and 50, Paint, Proteids.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 38, Proteids.
13. FABRIC COATING AND WATERPROOFING, BITUMI-
NOUS AND RESINOUS. Compositions for coating and
waterproofing fabrics containing ingredients of a bituminous
and resinous nature, except those containing tar and wax,
which are classified under subclasses 14 and 15 in this class.
(See definition undersubclass 3, Barrel-lining, Bituminous and
resinous.)
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 3, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous; 8, Leather coating and polishing,
Bituminous and resinous; 21, Sizing, Bituminous and res-
inous; 26, Varnish; 30, Ink, Printers', Bituminous and res-
inous; 41, Paint, Antifouling and insecticidal, Bituminous
and resinous, and 51, Paint, Bituminous and resinous.
106^1'LASTic COMPOSITIONS, subclass 15, Electrical insulating,
Bituminous and resinous.
319
320
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 134 Continued.
14. FABRIC COATING AND WATERPROOFING, BITUMI-
NOUS AND RESINOUS, TAR. Compositions for coating
and waterproofing fabrics containing ingredients of a tarry
nature.
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 4, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous, Tar; 42, Paint, Antifouling and
insecticidal, Bituminous and resinous, Tar, and 52, Paint,
Bituminous and resinous, Tar.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 16, Electrical insulating,
Bituminous and resinous, Tar.
15. FABRIC COATING AND WATERPROOFING, BITUMI-
NOUS AND RESINOUS, WAX. Compositions for coating
and waterproofing fabrics containing ingredients of a waxy
nature.
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 5, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 9, Leather coating and polish-
ing. Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 22, Sizing, Bituminous
ana resinous, Wax; 43, Paint, Antifouling and insecticidal,
Bituminous and resinous, Wax, and 53, Paint, Bituminous
and resinous, Wax.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 17, Electrical insulating,
Bituminous and resinous, Wax.
16. FABRIC COATING AND WATERPROOFING, GELATI-
NOUS AND GUMMY. Compositions for coating and water-
proofing fabrics containing ingredients of a gelatinous or
gummy nature. (See definition under subclass 6, Barrel-
lining, Gelatinous and gummy.)
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 6, Barrel-lining,
gelatinous and gummy; 10, Leather coating and polishing,
Gelatinous and gummy; 23, Sizing, Gelatinous and gummy;
19, Sizing, Laundry starch and polish, and 55, Paint, Gelati-
nous and gummy.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 39, Gelatinous and
gummy.
17. FABRIC COATING AND WATERPROOFING, RUBBER.
Compositions for coating and waterproofing fabrics containing
rubber, caoutchouc, balata, gutta-percha, or other ingredients
in the nature of rubber.
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 54, Paint, Rubber.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 13, Electrical insulating,
Rubber.
18. SIZING. Miscellaneous compositions for sizing fabrics, walls,
etc. Under " Sizing " and its subclasses are included composi-
tions for filling, stiffening, and giving a smooth surface to fab-
rics and also compositions used as a sizing for walls, etc. The
compositions are usually applied to fabrics and form more or
less of a coating; but they may be mixed with the pulp in
the beating-engine.
Search Class
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 2, Barrel-lining;
7, Leather coating and polishing; 11, Fabric coating and wa-
terproofing, and 19, Sizing, Laundry starch and polish.
19. SIZING. LAUNDRY STARCH AND POLISH. Composi-
tions for starching and polishing linen and similar cloth.
20. SIZING, PROTEIDS. Compositions for sizing containing in-
gredients which fall under the head of " Proteids." (See also
definition under subclass 12, Fabric coating and waterproof-
ing, Proteids.)
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 12, Fabric coat-
ing and waterproofing, Proteids, and 50, Paint, Proteids.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 38, Proteids.
21. SIZING, BITUMINOUS AND RESINOUS. Compositions
for sizing containing ingredients of a bituminous or resinous
nature, except those containing wax, which are classified in
subclass 22 in this class. ( See definition under subclass 3, Bar-
rel-lining, Bituminous and resinous.)
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 3, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous; 8, Leather coating and polishing,
Bituminous and resinous; 13, Fabric coating and waterproof-
ing, Bituminous and resinous; 26, Varnish; 36, Ink, Printers',
Bituminous and resinous; 41, Paint, Antifouling and insec-
ticidal, Bituminous and resinous, and 51, Paint, Bituminous
and resinous.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 15, Electrical insulating,
Bituminous and resinous.
22. SIZING BITUMINOUS AND RESINOUS, WAX. Composi-
tions for sizing containing ingredients of a waxy nature.
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 5, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 9, Leather coating and pol-
ishing, Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 15, Fabric coating and
waterproofing, Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 43, Paint,
Antifouling and insecticidal, Bituminous and resinous, Wax,
and 53, Paint, Bituminous and resinous. Wax.
106-^PLASTic COMPOSITIONS, subclass 17, Electrical insulating,
Bituminous and resinous, Wax.
23. SIZING, GELATINOUS AND GUMMY. Compositions for
sizing containing ingredients of a gelatinous or gummy nature.
(See definition under subclass 6, Barrel-lining, Gelatinous
and gummy.)
CLASS 134 Continued.
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 6, Barrel-lining,
Gelatinous and gummy; 10, Leather coating and polishing,
Gelatinous and gummy; 16, Fabric coating and waterproof-
ing. Gelatinous and gummy; 19, Sizing, Laundry starch and
polish, and 55, Paint, Gelatinous and gummy.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 39, Gelatinous and
gummy.
24. FURNITURE-POLISH. Compositions for polishing and re-
storing the paint on furniture and similar articles.
Search Class
87 OILS. FATS, AND GLUE, subclass 5, Detergents, for compo-
sitions that clean without leaving a coating.
24.5. METAL DEPOSITING. Compositions containing metallic
salts from which the metal is chemically precipitated by wet
processes to form a metal coating.
Search Classes
91 COATING, subclass 68.7, Processes, with metal, Precipita-
tion, for unstable compositions prepared for immediate use.
204 ELECTROCHEMISTRY for compositions for coating by electro-
deposition.
25. STOVE-POLISH. Compositions for polishing and blacking
stoves.
26. VARNISH. Compositions consisting of a solution of resinous
matter in alcohol, liuseed-oil, turpentine, or similar sol-
vents, forming a transparent liquid, which when applied in
a thin coat to the surface of a solid body dries to a hard, lus-
trous, and shining film without losing its transparency.
They may contain a certain amount of coloring material;
but when this is in sufficient quantity to render the com-
position at all opaque they are classified with "Paint," sub-
classes 50, 51, or 52, in this class.
Search Class
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 24, Furniture-
polish.
27. WINDOW-FROST PREVENTIVE. Compositions which are
used to coat window-panes to prevent the formation of frost
on them.
28. INK. Compositions for ink not classifiable in any of the other
subclasses. Under "Ink" and its subclasses are included
compositions for producing characters by means of writing,
printing, or marking. They are usually in the form of col-
ored liquids at the time of using, but may be viscous, as in
the case of printers' ink, or colorless, as in the case of sympa-
thetic ink.
29. INK, SYMPATHETIC. Compositions for ink which produce
invisible characters when used, but which become visible
when subjected to the action of heat, light, or appropriate
chemical reagents.
30. INK, BRANDING. Compositions for branding animals, usu-
ally by depilation.
31. INK, COPYING. Compositions for ink which retain enough
solubility to give off impressions from the original sheet
upon a sheet of damp paper pressed thereon. They con-
tain either hygroscopic substances to prevent drying or sub-
stances which arrest the action of the air by forming a soluble
glaze over the ink.
Search Class
134 LIQUID CoATiNGCoMPosmoNS, subclass 34, Ink, Stamping.
32. INK, INDELIBLE. Compositions for ink containing ingre-
dients which resist attempts to wash out the ink by means of
water or chemicals.
33. INK, FRAUD-PREVENTIVE. Compositions for ink to be
used on stamps, bank-notes, drafts, checks, etc., to prevent
fraud. They usually consist of sensitive or deleble ink, so that
any attempt to remove the canceling-marks obliterates or
changes the ink. Sometimes they consist of an ink of such
color that the original cannot be successfully duplicated by
photographing.
Search Class
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 32, Ink, Indelible,
for indelible inks which are used to prevent change in the origi-
nal or to prevent removal of the canceling-mark.
34. INK, STAMPING. Compositions for non-drying ink for use on
stamping-pads.
Search Class
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 31, Ink, Copying.
35. INK, PRINTERS'. Compositions for printers' ink not classi-
fied in subclass 36 in this class. Under these two subclasses
are included compositions for ink used with type, copper-
plate, etc., and in lithography.
36. INK, PRINTERS', BITUMINOUS AND RESINOUS.
Compositions for printers' ink containing ingredients of a bi-
tuminous or resinous nature. (See definition under subclass
3, Barrel-lining, Bituminous and resinous.)
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 3, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous; 8, Leather coating and polishing
Bituminous and resinous; 13, Fabric coating and waterproof-
ing, Bituminous and resinous; 21, Sizing, Bituminous and
resinous; 26, Varnish; 41, Paint, Antifouling and insecticidal.
Bituminous and resinous, and 51, Paint, Bituminous and
resinous.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 15, Electrical insulating,
Bituminous and resinous.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
321
CLASS 134 Continued.
37. INK, WRITING. Compositions for ink ordinarily used for
writing with a pen.
Search Class
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 32, Ink, Indelible.
38. INK, WRITING, POWDERS. Compositions which are kept
in a powdered or solid state and which form writing-ink upon
the addition of water.
Search Class
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 5, Crayons and pencils.
39. PAINT. Miscellaneous compositions for paint. Under
" Paint" and its subclasses are included compositions which
when applied to the surface to be painted in a liquid condition
and then exposed to the atmosphere will dry and leave be-
hind a firm, hard, and opaque coating which may be more
or less lustrous and capable of resisting the weather.
Note. When the composition is of such a character that wood is
immersed in it for a considerable length of time, so that it per-
meates the wood and acts on the sap, it is classified in class 99,
PRESERVING, subclass 12, Wood saturation.
Search Class
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 2, Barrel-lining;
7, Leather coating and polishing, and 11, Fabric coating and
waterproofing.
40. PAINT, ANTIFOULING AND INSECTICIDAL. Miscel-
laneous compositions for antifouling and insecticidal paint.
Under these subclasses are included compositions for prevent-
ing the fouling of, or the action of insects upon, the surface
coated therewith. They are u-ed principally for coating
marine structures and bottoms of ships and usually contain
poisonous ingredients, such as salts of copper, mercury, and
arsenic.
41. PAINT, ANTIFOULING AND INSECTICIDAL, BITUMI-
NOUS AND RESINOUS. Compositions for antifouling
and insecticidal paint except those containing tar and wax,
which are in the next two subclasses. (See definition under
subclass 3, Barrel-lining, Bituminous and resinous.)
42. PAINT, ANTIFOULING AND INSECTICIDAL, BITUMI-
NOUS AND RESINOUS, TAR. Compositions for antifoul-
ing and insecticidal paint containing ingredients of a tarry
nature.
43. PAINT, ANTIFOULING AND INSECTIDAL, BITUMI-
NOUS AND RESINOUS, WAX. Compositions for antifoul-
ing and insecticidal paint containing ingredients of a waxy
nature.
44. PAINT, FIREPROOF. Compositions for fireproof paint ex-
cept those containing soluble silicates, which are in the next
subclass. Under these two subclasses are included composi-
tions which contain ingredients whose purpose is to render
fireproof the surfaces to which they are applied. These sub-
classes contain a few patents for fireproofing fabrics and wood
which are not strictly in the nature of paint.
45. PAINT, FIREPROOF, SOLUBLE SILICATES. Composi-
tions lor paint which contain silicates of the alkaline metals,
usually sodium or potassium and otherwise known as "water
glass.""
Search Class
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 14, Electrical insulating.
Soluble silicates; 19, Heat insulating, Soluble silicates, and 30,
Artificial stone, Soluble silicates.
46. PAINT, DISTEMPER. Compositions for paint made from
pigments mixed with water to which some adhesive substance
is usually added to fix it to the surface on \vhich it is used.
They are usually intended for application to plaster and
include compositions commonly known as "calcimine."
"alabastine," and "whitewash."
47. PAINT, LUMINOUS. Compositions for paint which contain
ingredients which give the paint the property of absorbing
light when exposed thereto and of emitting it in the dark.
48. PAINT, STAINS. Compositions for staining which leave a
coating on the material and for imitating the grain of wood.
Search Class
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 24, Furniture
polish.
49. PAINT, FILLERS. Compositions for filling and smoothing
the surface to be painted before the main coat is applied.
50. PAINT, PROTEIDS. Compositions for paint containing ingre-
dients which fall under the head of " Proteids." (See defi-
nition under subclass 12, Fabric coating and waterproofing,
Proteids.
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 12, Fabric coat-
ing and waterproofing, Proteids, and 20, Sizing, Proteids.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 38. Proteids.
51. PAINT, BITUMINOUS AND RESINOUS. Compositions for
paint other than antifouling and insecticidal containing ingre-
dients of a bituminous or resinous nature, except those con-
taining tar and wax, which are classified in subclasses 51 and 52
in this class. (See definition under subclass 3, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous.) These three subclasses include
compositions which are not true varnishes, but which contain
resinous substances or varnish mixed with paint to form
enamel-paint, which dries with a gloss, thus combining paint-
ing and varnishing into one operation.
CLASS 134 Continued.
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 3, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous; 8, Leather coating and polishing,
Bituminous and resinous; 13, Fabric coating and waterproof-
ing, Bituminous and resinous; 21, Sizing, Bituminous and
resinous; 26, Varnish; 36, Ink, printers', Bituminous and resi-
nous, and 41, Paint, Antifouling and insecticidal, Bituminous
and resinous.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 15, Electrical insulating,
Bituminous and resinous, and 31, Artificial stone, Bituminous
and resinous.
52. PAINT, BITUMINOUS AND RESINOUS, TAR. Composi-
tions for paint containing ingredients of a tarry nature.
Search Classes
134^-LiQUiD COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 4, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous, Tar; 14, Fabric coating and water-
proofing, Bituminous and resinous, Tar, and 42, Paint, Anti-
fouling and insecticidal, Bituminous and resinous, Tar.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 16, Electrical insulating,
Bituminous and resinous, Tar, and 32, Artificial stone. Bitu-
minous and resinous, Tar.
53. PAINT, BITUMINOUS AND RESINOUS, WAX. Composi-
tions for paint containing ingredients of a waxy nature.
Search Classes
134^ LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 5, Barrel-lining,
Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 9, Leather coating and pol-
ishing, Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 15, Fabric coating and
waterproofing, Bituminous and resinous, Wax; 22, Sizing,
Bituminous and resinous, Wax, and 43, Paint, Antifouling and
insecticidal, Bituminous and resinous, Wax.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 17, Electrical insulating.
Bituminous and resinous, Wax, and 33, Artificial stone, Bitu-
minous and resinous, Wax.
54. PAINT, RUBBER. Compositions for paint containing rubber,
caoutchouc, gutta-percha, balata, or other ingredients in the
nature of rubber.
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclass 17, Fabric coating
and waterproofing, Rubber.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 13, Electrical insulating,
Rubber.
55. PAINT, GELATINOUS AND GUMMY. Compositions for
paint containing ingredients of a gelatinous or gummy nature.
(See definition under subclass 6, Barrel-lining, Gelatinous and
gummy.)
Search Classes
134 LIQUID COATING COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 6, Barrel-lining,
Gelatinous and gummy; 10, Leather coating and polishing,
Gelatinous and gummy; 16, Fabric coating and waterproofing,
Gelatinous and gummy; 19, Sizing. Laundry starch and polish;
23, Sizing, Gelatinous and gummy, and 46, Paint, Distemper.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 36, Artificial stone, Gela-
tinous and gummy, and 39, Gelatinous and gummy.
56. PAINT, VEHICLES. Liquids with which pigments are inti-
mately mixed for the production of paint. Includes paint-
oils.
57. PAINT, DRIERS. Substances added to the paint to increase
its drying or oxidizing power.
58. PAINT, PIGMENTS. Substances which are used to impart
the characteristic color to paint. They are mixed in a pow-
dered form with oil or other vehicle to form paint. In this
respect they differ from dyes, which are employed in solution
instead of in suspension.
Search Class
75 METALLURGY, subclass 19, Furnaces, Pigment for processes
and apparatus for the production of pigments by heating ores
and metals and collecting the fumes.
59. PAINT, PIGMENTS, IRON SALTS. Inventions relating to
the manufacture of iron-salt pigments and also compositions
containing iron salts which are used as pigments.
60. PAINT, PIGMENTS, LAMPBLACK. Miscellaneous pro-
cesses and apparatus used in the manufacture of lampblack.
61. PAINT, PIGMENTS, LAMPBLACK, RECIPROCATING
COLLECTOR-PLATE. The collector-plate or depositing
surface is reciprocated over the burners. Fixed scrapers may
be used.
62. PAINT, PIGMENTS, LAMPBLACK. RECIPROCATING
SCRAPER. Scrapers reciprocated adjacent to a fixed collec-
tor-plate or depositing-surface to remove the lampblack as it
is formed.
63. PAINT, PIGMENTS. LAMPBLACK, ROTATING BURN-
ERS. Burners rotate beneath a fixed collector-plate or
depositing-surface. Scrapers usually rotate with the burners
to remove the lampblack.
64. PAINT, PIGMENTS, LAMPBLACK, ROTATING COL-
LECTOR-PLATE. A collector-plate or depositing-surface
is rotated over stationary burners. Fixed scrapers may be
used.
65. PAINT, PIGMENTS, LAMPBLACK, ROTATING CYL-
INDER. A rotating cylinder is used as the depositing-sur-
face. The burners may be arranged to deposit the lampblack
upon either the external or the internal surface of the cylinder.
66. PAINT, PIGMENTS, LAMPBLACK, SETTLING-GUAM-
BERS. Settling-chambers for collecting lampblack.
26674 12-
-21
322
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 134 Continued.
67. PAINT, PIGMENTS, LEAD SALTS. Miscellaneous pro-
cesses and apparatus used in the manufacture of lead-salt pig-
ments, such as white lead. This subclass includes composi-
tions containing lead salts which are used as pigments, also
some oxids.
68. PAINT, PIGMENTS, LEAD SALTS, ATTRITION PROC-
ESS. Lead particles are agitated so as to cause an attrition
of the particles upon each other, the pulp thus produced usu-
ally in suspension in water being subjected to chemical action,
depending upon the particular salt desired. Tumbling appa-
ratus is usually employed.
69. PAINT, PIGMENTS, LEAD SALTS, DRY PROCESS,
CARRIER. Metallic lead is placed on a carrier and sub-
jected to the action of a vapor or spray as it is moved along.
70. PAINT, PIGMENTS, LEAD SALTS, DRY PROCESS,
STACK. Metallic lead is stacked upon shelves or in pots and
subjected to the action of a vapor or spray.
7J. PAINT. PIGMENTS, LEAD SALTS, DRY PROCESS,
POTS. Improvements in lead corroding pots.
72. PAINT, PIGMENTS. LEAD SALTS, TREATING. In-
cludes the treating of the lead pigment after it has been pro-
duced, such as washing and cooling it.
73. PAINT, PIGMENTS, LEAD SALTS, WET PROCESS,
ALKALI. Processes of producing lead pigments in which an
alkali is used.
74. PAINT, PIGMENTS, LEAD SALTS, WET PROCESS,
AMMONIUM ACETATE. Processes of^roducing lead pig-
ments in which ammonium acetate is used.
75. PAINT, PIGMENTS, LEAD SALTS, WET PROCESS,
FRENCH. In this process white lead is produced from a so-
lution of basic acetate of lead by precipitation with carbon
dioxid. This is also known as the "precipitation" process.
CLASS 134 Continued.
76. PAINT, PIGMENTS, METALLIC POWDERS. Pigments
which consist of metals in powdered form.
77. PAINT, PIGMENTS, ULTRAMARINE. Processes and ap-
paratus for making ultramarine.
78. PAINT, PIGMENTS, ZINC SALTS. Compositions which
contain zinc salts and are used as pigments, such as zinc-white
and lithopone. Also processes and apparatus for making the
same.
79. PYROXYLIN. Compositions for coating containing pyroxy-
lin, guncotton, nitrocellulose, or collodion. Includes sol-
vents which are used in making these compositions.
Search Class
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 37, Pyroxylin.
80. MISCELLANEOUS, TREATMENT. Methods for making,
compounding, and treating liquid coating compositions not
included in the following subclasses. These four subclasses
dp not include processes of manufacturing the separate ingre-
dients which may be used in making the composition. These
are classified under the art to which they belong.
Search Class
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 41, Miscellaneous, Treat-
ment.
81. VARNISH, TREATMENT. Methods of treatment for making
compositions for varnish.
82. INK, TREATMENT. Methods of treatment for making com-
positions for ink.
83. PAINT, TREATMENT. Methods of treatment for making
compositions for paint.
Search Class
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclasses 41, Miscellaneous, Treat-
ment, and 44, Artificial stone, Treatment.
CLASS 135. TENTS, CANOPIES, UMBRELLAS, AND
CANES.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class comprises portable coyeringsJor protection from the
weather which are formed of flexible material. There are also
included frames and supports for the same and canes on account
of the similarity of the last to umbrella-supporting sticks.
Rigid and rigidly-framed structures of a portable nature and
flexible coverings using the article protected as a supporting-frame
are found under class 108, ROOFS; subclasses 2, Adjustable, and 3,
Portable, and in class 20, WOODEN BUILDINGS; subclasses 2, Build-
ings, Portable houses, and 3, Buildings, Portable houses, Voting-
booths.
Awnings are found in class 156, CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS,
subclass 15, Awnings, unless there is also an independently-sup-
ported canopy portion complete as such without the wall attach-
ment.
In general, combinations of canes with other artic}es are clas-
sified with these articles unless they are merely received within
or supported upon the cane.
Subclasses.
1. TENTS. Portable lodges for protection from the weather
which are covered with flexible material. They are distin-
guished from portable houses by the absence of rigid panels
in the side-wall construction and usually also by the flexi-
bility of the roof-covering. They differ from canopies in the
extent of the protection furnished and usually also in the
method of stretching the covering. Tents have more or
less complete side walls, and the covering is generally stretched
by means outside of the tent-frame.
2. TENTS, UMBRELLA TYPE. Tent structures mounted upon
a central standard and held extended by pivoted ribs.
3. TENTS, FRAMES. Tent-frames and such frames intended
primarily for canopies as are equally adapted for tent sup-
port.
Note. Where the frame-sections are themselves panels, they
are classified in class 20, WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 2,
Buildings, Portable houses, and the subclasses thereunder,
even though they have tent-like flexible tops.
Note. Ridge-poles suitable for A-shaped tent-supports occur in
class 5, BEDS, subclass 32, Hammocks, Supports.
4. TENTS, FRAMES, FOLDING. Frame structures formed in
sections which are hinged together. They differ from the
folding structures of class 20, WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass
2, Buildings, Portable Houses, in that the latter are made of
sections which are themselves panels, while in the former the
sections are not panels.
Note. For rib -supported structures, folding about a single
standard, see also subclass 2, Tents, Umbrella Type, in this
class.
5. CANOPIES. Miscellaneous sun and rain protections of a port-
able nature which, as opposed to portable and adjustable
roofs, are both supported independently of the material
covered and provided with a flexible covering. They are
distinguished from tents by the fact that the former act as
shades or shelters over or upon one side of the object to be
protected rather than entire coyers. Awning structures are
here included whenever the entire roof structure or a section
thereof is supported independently of any wall attachment.
6. CANOPIES, BOAT. Canopies applied to boat use.
7. CANOPIES, BICYCLES. Sun and rain protecting-coverings
for the rider which are mounted upon the bicycle or similar
vehicle.
8. CANOPIES, HANGING COVERS. Suspended coverings
which inclose the objects to be protected.
Note. \Vhere the protection is from insects, the structures are
classified under class 5, BEDS, subclass 14, Mosquito-nets
and Canopies.
9. CANOPY-SUPPORTS. Miscellaneous supports for canopies.
Note. Those supports which are provided with clamps or sock-
ets to receive and hold an ordinary umbrella-stick will be
found under subclass 13, Umbrella-supports. Umbrella and
cane sticks are also found elsewhere in this class.
Note. Where the support also holds a hammock which the
canopy is intended to cover, it is placed in class 5, BEDS,
subclass 32, Hammocks, Supports.
Search Class
135 TENTS, CANOPIES, UMBRELTAS. AND CANES, subclasses
5, Canopies, and 7, Canopies, Bicycle .
10. CANOPY-SUPPORTS, BABY-CARRIAGE. Structures for
supporting and adjustirg baby-carriage parasols. The
parasol is mounted upon * single bow support, which may
be fastened either at one or both ends to the body of the
vehicle.
Note. Where there is a plurality of independent supports from
the carriage-body or a bow construction hinged at each end
upon the body, the device is classified in class 21, CARRIAGES
AND WAGONS, subclass '62, Tops.
CLASS 135-Continued.
11. CANOPY-SUPPORTS, BICYCLE. Attachments by which
canopies are held upon a bicycle or similar vehicle when
there is no invention in the canopy.
Search Class
135 TENTS, CANOPIES, UMBRELLAS, AND CANES, subclass 7,
Canopies, Bicycle.
12. CANOPY-SUPPORTS, BODY-HARNESS. Means for at-
tachment of a canopy to the person of the one to be protected.
13. UMBRELLA-SUPPORTS. Standards or brackets which
terminate in a socket or clamp adapted to receive and hold
an umbrella handle or stick.
Search Class
135 TENTS, CANOPIES, UMBRELLAS AND CANES, subclass 12,
Canopy-Supports, subclass 12, Body-Harness.
14. TENTS, HEATERS, LIGHTERS, VENTILATORS, AND
DOORS. Inventions peculiar to the heating, lighting, and
ventilation of tents.
Note. Such heaters as do not form a combination with the tent
structure and stovepipe-thimbles not intended to act also
as ventilators are both found under class 126, STOVES AND
FURNACES.
15. TENTS, PEGS, POLES, AND COVER-FASTENINGS.
Improvements in these several parts that are peculiar to
tents.
Note. Cover-fastenings used in connection with the door of the
tent or with a ventilator are placed in this class under sub-
class 14, Tents, Heaters, Lighters, Ventilators, and Doors.
16. UMBRELLAS, COMBINED. Combinations of umbrellas
with other articles than canes or in addition to them.
17. UMBRELLAS, COMBINED, UMBRELLAS AND CANES.
Combined structures not otherwise herein classified and not
including any other mechanism in the combination.
Note. The majority use the inclosing cases as a stick and slide
an adjustable runner upon it.
18. UMBRELLAS, COMBINED, UMBRELLAS AND CANES,
IMITATION CANE-CASE. Cane-like cases which are
removed when the umbrella is to be used.
19. UMBRELLAS, COMBINED, UMBRELLAS AND CANES,
INDEPENDENT-STICK. The entire umbrella is here
placed within the cane-case when not in use, but is mounted
upon it for use. The invention generally lies in the method
of mounting the umbrella-stick upon the end of the cane.
The umbrella-runner in no instance travels upon the cane.
20. UMBRELLAS. Stick-supported easily-portable structures of
the canopy type folding about the stick. They are usually
supported from the stick by stretchers.
Note. Canopies for bicycles and more rigid or less-easily-porta-
ble structures will be found in this class under subclasses 5,
Canopies, and 7, Canopies, Bicycle, respectively.
Note. Inventions relating to the stick will be found in this class
under subclass 45, Canes and sticks, if equally adapted to
cane use, and under subclass 46, Canes and sticks, Umbrella-
sticks, if limited to umbrella use.
21. UMBRELLAS, SUSPENDED. Umbrellas which are sup-
ported from a point above or within the raised frame, as by
a projecting stick-tip or an extended rib. The invention lies
in the umbrella as distinguished from the support.
22. UMBRELLAS, SELF OPENING AND CLOSING. Um-
brellas which are automatically opened or closed. The
means here employed is usually a spring within or surround-
ing the stick and acting upon the runner.
23. UMBRELLAS, SELF OPENING AND CLOSING, TEN-
SIONED RIB AND STRETCHER. Self opening and
closing umbrellas where the means of operation is by a ten-
sion device operating upon the ribs or stretchers to draw
them toward and hold them in position.
24. UMBRELLAS, SELF OPENING AND CLOSING, HAN-
DLE-RELEASE. Self opening and closing umbrellas in
which the catch which retains the frame in its open or closed
position is released by mechanism operated from a distant
point, usually at or near the handle.
25. UMBRELLAS, FOLDING. In the umbrella classification
"folding" means capable of reduction in length of frame
and involves a shortening of the rib. In this subclass are
found folding and separable rib-sections. Lazy-tongs frame
constructions and locking mechanisms for securing the sec-
tions together are also found here.
Note. Various constructions for shortening the stick appear
here; but when the invention lies in this feature alone it will
be found in this class under subclass 46, Canes and Sticks,
Umbrella-Sticks.
323
324
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 135 Continued.
26. UMBRELLAS, FOLDING, SLIDING-RIB. Folding um-
brellas in which the shortening of the rib is accomplished by
forming it in sections which slide one upon or within the
other. Locking mechanisms for the rib-sections are also
included.
Note. Various stick-shortening mechanisms occur here; but
when the invention lies in this feature alone it will be found
in this class under subclass 4(3, Canes and Sticks, Umbrella-
Sticks.
27. UMBRELLAS, AUXILIARY FRAME-BRACE. Struc-
tures in addition to or independent of the ordinary comple-
ment of ribs and stretchers used for the purpose of stiffening
the frame.
Note. This does not include locking mechanisms for rib-sections
of folding umbrellas, which will be found in this class, sub-
class 25, Umbrellas, Folding; nor does it include tensioned
rib or stretcher devices ; which will be found in this class, sub-
class 31, Umbrellas, Ribs and stretchers.
Search Class
135 TENTS, CANOPIES, UMBRELLAS, AND CANES, subclass 22,
Umbrellas, Self Opening and Closing.
28. UMBRELLAS, RUNNERS AND NOTCHES. Inventions
in the structure of the cylindrical movable and fixed sup-
ports to which the inner ends of the stretchers and ribs are
respectively pivoted. These inventions are entirely inde-
pendent of said pivot-joint or merely for the purpose of mount-
ing the parts forming the joint without restricting its char-
acter.
29. UMBRELLAS, RIB AND STRETCHER JOINTS. The
mechanisms by which ribs and stretchers are connected at
their inner ends to the notches and runners, respectively,
with such modifications of the meeting parts as contribute
to the joint.
30. UMBRELLAS, RIB AND STRETCHER JOINTS, T-HEAD
AND SOCKET. Joints in which a slot or other opening in
the runner or notch receives and retains a T-head mounted
upon the inner end of the stretcher or rib. while permitting
motion of the stretcher or rib along the length of the slot.
Modifications of the meeting parts to form the joint are also
included.
31. UMBRELLAS, RIBS AND STRETCHERS. Structures of
the body of the rib or stretcher as distinguished from rib-
tips and from such modifications as are necessary to form a
joint.
Note. Rib-tips are found in this class under subclass 36, Um-
brellas, Rib -tips, top - protectors, and fasteners, if perma-
nently attached, and under subclass 34, Umbrellas, Covers,
linings, and cases, Covers and linings, detachable, if re-
movable.
Note. Modifications to form the several joints will be found in
this class under subclasses 25, Umbrellas, Folding; 26, Um-
brellas, Folding, Sliding-rib; 29. Umbrellas, Rib and stretcher
joints; 30, Umbrellas, Rib and stretcher joints, T-head and
socket; and 32, Umbrellas, Geats.
32. UMBRELLAS, GEATS. The geat is the attachment to or
formation of the rib at or near its center to provide for a joint
with the stretcher. This subclass, however, includes also the
joints themselves and such modifications of the rib or adjoin-
ing end of the stretcher as are made necessary by the joint.
Search Class
135 TENTS, CANOPIES, UMBRELLAS, AND CANES, subclasses 25,
Umbrellas, Folding; 26, Umbrellas, Folding, Sliding-rib, and
31, Umbrellas, Ribs and stretchers.
33. UMBRELLAS, COVERS, LININGS, AND CASES. De-
vices where the invention lies in these parts themselves or in
which the method of attachment depends largely upon modi-
fication of their structure.
34. UMBRELXAS, COVERS. LININGS. AND CASES, COV-
ERS AND LININGS, DETACHABLE. Covers and lin-
ings so held in place as to be readily releasable and which can
be replaced by unskilled labor. The detachable fastenings
are also placed here.
36. UMBRELLAS, COVERS. LININGS, AND CASES, SIGIIT-
O PKNINGS AND VENTILATORS. Devices in or in con-
nection with the cover by means of which an increased view
or better circulation of air is obtained.
36. UMBRELLAS, RIB-TIPS, TOP-PROTECTORS, AND
FASTENERS. Rib-tips, mechanisms for permanently
fastening the cover or lining thereto or to the rib or stretcher,
and protectors for the joint between the cover and the notch.
Search Class
135 TENTS, CANOPIES, UMBRELLAS, AND CANES, subclass 34,
Umbrellas, Covers, linngs, and cases, Covers and linings, de-
tachable, and subclass 48, Umbrellas, Drip-cups, for remova-
ble fastenings for retaining detachable covers or linings upon
the frame.
CLASS 135 Continued.
37. UMBRELLAS, RETAINERS.' Devices by which the um-
brella is held in an open or closed position. In this subclass
the devices usually engage the rib or stretcher frictionally or
by spring tension.
Note. Where the retaining means is a spring which acts also to
open or close the frame, look in this class under subclass 23.
Umbrellas, Self opening and closing, Tensioned rib and
stretcher.
38. UMBRELLAS, RETAINERS, RUNNER. Means for fast-
ening the umbrella in an open or closed position by preventing
movement of the runner.
Note. Where the means used also acts to open or close the um-
brella, it will be found in this class under subclass 22, Umbrel-
las, Self opening and closing.
39. UMBRELLAS, RETAINERS, RUNNER, SLIDING. Here
a sleeve is mounted upon or within the runner and is moved
longitudinally to release the retaining-catch.
40. UMBRELLAS, RETAINERS, RUNNER, SPRING. Spring-
catches placed usually in the stick.
Note. Many of these used for the purpose of retaining telescopic
stick-sections are shown in this class under subclasses 25,
Umbrellas, Folding, and 26, Umbrellas, Folding, Sliding-rib,
in which search should be made; also, in subclass 24, Umbrel-
las, Self opening and closing, Handle-release.
41. UMBRELLAS, RETAINERS, RUNNER, SPRING, MOD-
IFIED RUNNER. Spring runner-retainers in which the
runner is modified in some other way than to permit turning
and so as to accommodate the catch or releasing mechanism.
42. UMBRELLAS, RETAINERS, RUNNER, STICK-HINGE
LOCKED. Devices in which the runner can pass a hinge in
the supporting-rod freely when the sections are in line, but
is retained by a projecting part of the lower member when the
hinge is turned.
43. UMBRELLAS, RETAINERS, RUNNER, TURNING. Re-
tainers in which either the runner or a sleeve upon it is turned
to set or open the runner-fastening or to lock or unlock the
same in any position.
44. UMBRELLAS, RETAINERS, TIP. Annular retainers sur-
rounding the rib-tips when the umbrella is closed. They are
distinguished from umbrella-ties in that the latter are of gen-
eral belt form, loosely attached or separate, and embrace the
cover as well as the rios. The tip-retainers are usually rigid
and permanently attached. They are sometimes mounted
upon the runners, are frequently spring-actuated, and usu-
ally slide or turn to place.
45. CANES AND STICKS. Here are found stick and handle
structures either adapted for canes alone or equally useful
also in umbrellas.
46. CANES AND STICKS, UMBRELLA-STICKS. Sticks and
handles which are adapted particularly to umbrella use, as by
a construction to accommodate a notch or by the remova-
bility of the handle. Here will be found folding, telescoping,
and separable rod sections and the various catches and joints
by which they are rigidly united for use.
Note. Subclasses 22, Umbrellas, Self opening and closing: 25,
Umbrellas, Folding, and 26, Umbrellas, Folding, Sliding-
rib, all in this class, contain sticks modified for umbrella use
and should be searched to complete^ search in this subclass.
47. CANES AND STICKS, MODIFICATIONS AND ATTACH-
MENTS. Cane structures used for mere storage of articles
or upon which articles or attachments are mounted; also,
combined structures where the cane forms the basis of the
invention or whore the invention consists alone in the assem-
blage of the several articles in one structure without much
modificatpn of either.
Note. Combinations with billard-cues, fishing-rods, guns, head-
rests, music-stands, seats, sounding toys, store-goods lifters,
tripods, whips, and umbrellas will be found in the several
classes in which these articles belong.
Search Classes
135 TENTS, CANOPIES, UMBRELLAS, AND CANES, subclasses 16,
Umbrellas, Combined; 17, Umbrellas, Combined, Umbrellas
and canes; IS, Umbrellas, Combined, Umbrellas and canes,
Imitation cane-case, and 19, Umbrellas, Combined, Umbrellas
and canes, Independent-stick.
42 FIRE ARMS, subclass 52, Canp-guns.
155 CHAIRS, subclass 42, Stools, Cane.
48. UMBRELLAS, DRIP-CUPS. Receptacles carried upon the
umbrella for the purpose of catching the drip from the cover.
App:
Th
CLASS 140. WIRE-WORKING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class is limited to wire-working and includes only patents for
such inventions as relate
1. To the working of wire into different shapes or forms by bend-
ing or twisting it into specific articles or fabrics.
2. To devices for applying wire to articles such as bottles and
corks, belts, making card-clothing, etc. but excluding winding
devices, now classified in class 242, WINDING AND REELING.
3. To devices for cutting, feeding, straightening, and tensioning
wire in which such features alone are claimed and are not otherwise
classifiable.
The patents in this class are generally for apparatus i. e., ma-
chines and implements for working wire. There are also patents
for processes (other than article processes), classifiable in the ma-
chine subclasses. Many of the subclasses of this class are there-
fore designed to receive both machines or tools and processes, in
which case the introductory portions of the definitions of such sub-
classes are made participial in form as, for example, subclass 93,
pplying wire, "Applying wire, etc."
The class of wire-working is miscellaneous, and includes all in-
ventions in wire-working except those more appropriately classi-
fiable in other specific classes. It excludes wire articles or manu-
factures per se and article processes classifiable with the article.
Inventions in the manufacture of wire are classifiable in the appro-
priate metal-working classes, depending upon the character of the
method of production.
In class 153, METAL-BENDING, subclass 64, Coiling, and the sub-
classes thereunder, are wire-coiling devices other than those classifi-
able hi the article making or forming subclasses of this class, (sub-
class 71, Article making or forming, and the subclasses there-
under.)
Note. See search note to subclass 3, Fabric-making, in this class.
Subclasses.
1. COMBINED MACHINES. Inventions in the working of wire
hi which other features not specific to wire-working are claimed
in combination therewith or such inventions as do not come
within the terms of the subclasses hereinafter defined because
of the inclusion of elements, combinations, or features not in
themselves classifiable in such subclasses, but usually in some
other class.
Also inventions in wire-working or in elements of combina-
tions specific to this class in combination with features or
means specific to metal casting, swaging, welding, metal-roll-
ing, nailing, stapling, painting, etc., since hi these instances
the class of Wire-working is made superior.
2. MISCELLANEOUS. Miscellaneous inventions in wire-working
not classifiable in any of the other subclasses of this class.
Search Classes
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 90, Burnishing, and 61, GRIND-
ING AND POLISHING, subclass 15, Metal, Sheet metal and wire,
for devices for burnishing or planishing wire.
3. FABRIC-MAKING. Miscellaneous fabric-making inventions
not classifiable in the subclasses hereunder. Wire-fabric mak-
ing devices classifiable hi this class are divided into two main
groups, including, respectively, looms or stationary machines
and portable or field machines. Each of these groups is redi-
vided into other groups, including, respectively, devices for
making a mesh fabric in which continuous wire or wires
are interwoven or united with the warp wires and devices in
which the completed fabric shows separate cross wires or stays.
Devices of the latter type are classifiable under the stay-apply-
ing group defined below.
Note. Inventions in wire-fabric making classifiable in this
class are characterized by working in the wires by twisting,
coiling, or by some bending operation which is not character-
istic or usual in the ordinary weaving machines that operate
upon cotton, wool, silk, etc.
Search Class
139 WEAVING, subclass 39, Looms, Wire, for wire^loom ma-
chines for making the ordinary straight weave all-wire fabrics.
4. FABRIC-MAKING, ROTARY MACHINES. Fabric-making
machines comprising a rotary device, as a drum or wheel, upon
which the fabric wires or elements are secured together during
its rotation.
5. FABRIC-MAKING; ALL-WIRE, MULTIPLE STRAND.
Making an all-wire fabric in which a plurality of warp or
runner strands are secured together, usually by twisting, to
form a cable, and to which the woof, stay, or cross wires are
secured.
6. FABRIC-MAKING, ALL-WIRE, HEXAGONAL MESH.
Making an all-wire fabric having hexagonal meshes, like
chicken-wire or poultry-netting. In the mesh made by the
devices of this subclass the cross wires are continuous and are
not cut.
Search Class
140 WIRE- WORKING, the stay-applying subclasses, for ma-
chines hi which the cross wires are cut, thus forming sepa-
rate woof-wires or stays.
CLASS 140 Continued.
7. FABRIC-MAKING, ALL-WIRE, QUADRANGULAR
MESH. Making all-wire net fabric having quadrangular or
four-sided meshes.
Search Classes
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 4, Fabric-making, Rotary
machines; subclass 5, Fabric-making, A 11- wire, Multiple
strand, for fabric-making machines in which the warps or
runners are composed of a plurality of strands secured together,
for example, by twisting.
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 59, Casting apparatus, Com-
posite castings and joints, Fence and net leading, for machines
or devices for joining wires by metal-founding means or for
casting a metal joint upon the intersection of the wires, espe-
cially in fabric-making.
8. FABRIC-MAKING. ALL- WIRE. QUADRANGULAR
MESH. COILED. Making all-wire mesh fabric or netting
by coiling.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 64, Coiling, or appropriate sub-
classes thereunder, for devices for making a single coil though
used in fabric-making.
9. FABRIC-MAKING, ALL-WIRE, DIAMOND MESH. Mak-
ing wire netting having diamond or V-shaped meshes, the
cross wire or wires being continuous in distinction from those
inventions for the making of diamond mesh fabric where the
wires are not continuous.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, the Fabric-making, Stay-applying sub-
classes, for inventions involving cutting the wires to form
stays or working in separate wires as stays.
10. FABRIC-MAKING, ALL-WIRE, STAY-APPLYING. Se-
curing wire stays or separate cross wires to the runners,
strands, or warp wires of wire netting not classifiable in the
subclasses of this group defined below.
Note. In this group are classifiable all devices wherein the
so-called "stays" are formed by cutting the cross wire at the
edges of the fabric.
Search Class
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclasses 6, Fabric-making, All-wire,
Hexagonal mesh; 7, Fabric-making, All-wire, Quadrangular
mesh; 8, Fabric-making, All-wire, Quadrangular mesh,
Coiled, and 9, Fabric-making, All-wire, Diamond mesh, for
mesh-making machines employing continuous cross or woof
wires, etc.
11. FABRIC-MAKING, ALL-WIRE, STAY-APPLYING,
CLIP-JOINING. Applying clips, tie-wires, or equivalent,
whether of wire or sheet metal, to the intersecting wires of a
wire fabric and by which they are secured together. Also
magazines for clips or feeding devices relating to all-wire fabric-
making.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 20, Fabric-making, AH-wire,
Portable machines, Stay-applying, Clip-joining, for similar
devices in portable machines; subclass llti, Joining wire,
Tying-dies, for dies employed in machines for applying the
wires to intersecting wires, as in fence fabrics; subclasses 53,
Fabric-making, Implements, Magazine; 54, Fabric-making,
Implements, Magazine, Revoluble head, and 55, Fabric-mak-
ing, Implements, Clip-affixing, for clip-affixing implements.
12. FABRIC-MAKING, ALL-WIRE, STAY-APPLYING,
WRAPPED LOOP. Making all-wire fabric by wrapping
or otherwise securing suitable loops formed in stay wires
about the strand wires.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 21, Fabric-making, All-wire,
Portable machines, Stay-applying, Wrapped loop.
13. FABRIC-MAKING, ALL-WIRE, STAY-APPLYIXG,
SHORT STAY. Making an all-wire quadrangular, usually
square, mesh fabric in which the cross wires or stays are
composed of short lengths each connecting a plurality of
strands, usually two, said lengths together forming a "sec-
tional stay."
Note. This subclass is intended to include all looms or
fixed machines utilizing short stays or cross wires of short
length.
Search Class
64 JOURNAL-BOXES, PULLEYS, AND SHAFTING, subclass 5,
Belt-tighteners, for take-ups similar to devices employed in
this subclass.
14. FABRIC-MAKING, ALL-WIRE, STAY-APPLYING,
LOOPED STRAND. Fabric-making in which suitable
loops are formed hi the warp or strands, usually for the pur-
pose of securing the stays therein.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 22, Fabric-making, All-wire,
Portable machines, Stay-applying, Looped strand.
15. FABRIC-MAKING, ALL- WIRE, STAY-APPLYING, SUC-
CESSIVELY WRAPPED STAY. Making fabric by wrap-
ping or coiling the stay wires successively around the strands,
usually commencing at one of the edge strands, and coiling
the stay successively about each runner and securing the end
of the stay to the strand on the opposite edge of the fabric.
325
326
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 140 Continued.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 53, Fabric-making, Imple-
ments, Magazine, and 54, Fabric-making, Implements, Maga-
zine, Revoluble head, for implements employed in making
fabrics in this manner; subclass 1 17, Joining wire, Implements,
for hand tools for coiling or winding one wire about another,
as in successively wrapping a stay about the several fence
strands.
16. FABRIC-MAKING, ALL-WIRE, PORTABLE MACHINES.
Portable machines for making all-wire netting. For exam-
ple, all machines employed in the field are classifiable in this
group.
Search Class
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclasses 52, Fabric-making, Imple-
ments, for devices adapted to be held in the hand or partially
supported by the work; and 117, Joining wire, Implements,
and the subclasses thereunder, for devices of more general
application, as in joining wires. Subclass 117 includes all
implements for coiling one wire about another, as in succes-
sively wrapping stays.
17. FABRIC-MAKING, ALL-WIRE, PORTABLE MACHINES,
MESII-M AKING. Portable all-wire fabric-making machines
that make an all-wire netting in which the wires employed are
practically continuous and separate or so-called stays are not
separately interwoven or secured to the strands or the cross
wires or in which the cross wire is not subsequently cut at the
edge of the fabric.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses G, Fabric-making, All-wire,
Hexagonal mesh, and 7, Fabric-making, All-wire, Quadran-
gular mesh, for looms or stationary machines for making simi-
lar fabrics.
18. FABRIC-MAKING, ALL-WIRE, PORTABLE MACHINES,
STAY-APPLYING. Portable machines for securing sepa-
rate wires or stays to the warp, strands, or runners and not
classifiable hi the minor subclasses of this group. Stay-apply-
ing machines operate to secure separate cross wires or stays to
the warp wires or strands, or the cross wires are cut at the edge
of the fabric, thus forming separate stays.
19. FABRIC-MAKING. ALL- WIRE, PORT ABLE MACHINES,
STAY-APPLYING, MULTIPLE STRAND. Portable
stay-applying machines that twist or unite a plurality of
strands together either in making and securing a multistrand
stay to the warp wires or for securing wire stays, single or
multiple, to a multistrand runner or warp.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 5, Fabric-making, All-wire,
Multiple strand, for fixed machines or looms that secure stay
wires to a multistrand runner or warp.
20. FABRIC-MAKING, ALL- WIRE, PORTABLE MACHINES,
STAY-APPLYING, CLIP-JOINING. Portable machines
for securing stays to the strands by means of clips or tie-wires.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 11, Fabric-making, All-wire,
Stay-applying, Clip-joining, for similar structural features;
subclass 116, Joining wire, Tying-dies, for dies employed in
machines for applying tie-wires to intersecting wires.
21. FABRIC-MAKING. ALL- WIRE, PORTABLE MACHINES,
STAY-APPLYING, WRAPPED LOOP. Portable stay-
applying machines that secure the stays in place by wrapping
or coiling loops suitably formed in the stay about the strand
wires.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 12, Fabric-making, All-wire,
Stay-applying, Wrapped loop, for similar features in looms.
22. FABRIC-MAKING. ALL-WIRE, PORT ABLE MACHINES,
STAY-APPLYING, LOOPED STRAND. Portable fabric-
making machines that form loops or kinks in the strands or
warps and by which the stays are secured in place, each loop
usually embracing a stay.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 14, Fabric-making, All-wire,
Stay-applying, Looped strand, for looms having like features [
23. FABRIC-MAKING. ALL-WIRE, PORTABLE MACHINES,
STAY-APPLYING, SUCCESSIVELY WRAPPED STAY.
Portable fabric-making machines that secure the stays to the
strands by wrapping or coiling operations, each stay being
successively wrapped around the strands in crossing the
fabric, thus securing them in place.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses. 15, Fabric-making, All-wire,
Stay-applying, Successively wrapped stay, for looms that
operate in like manner; 53, Fabric-making, Implements,
Magazine, and 54, Fabric-making, Implements, Magazine,
Revoluble head, for implements employed in making fab-
rics in this manner; 117, Joining wire, Implements, for hand
tools for coiling or winding one wire about another, as in
successively wrapping a stay about the several fence strands.
24. FABRIC-MAKING, ALL-WIRE, EDGE-STRAND BIND-
ING. Inventions in making selvages or binding the edge
strands or in coiling or knotting the ends of the stays to the
edge strands of the fabric, and machines and attachments for,
or specific structures or combinations in, all-wire fabric-
making devices.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 14, Fabric-making, All-wire,
Stay-applying, Looped strand, for similar features.
CLASS 140 Continued.
25. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE. Inventions in or
devices, looms, or stationary machines for making a slatted
wire fabric such as a picket or slatted wire fence, barrel fabric,
basket fabric, etc. and not classifiable in the minor subclasses
defined below. The term "slat" is used in a generic sense to
include wood, metal, etc., or any other material except wire.
Search Classes
140 WIRE-WORKING, appropriate subclasses of all-wire
machines, for machines for forming wire pickets or stays into
a fabric; subclass 3, Fabric-making, and those under Fabrio
making, All-wire, for such similar structural features as are
also characteristic of looms; the search note to subclass 28,
Fabric-making, Slat-and-wire, Dummy-spacing, for slat-and-
wire fabric- weaving machines.
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses 11, Box, Staple forming
and setting, and 14, Machines, Box, Assembling and nailing,
for the making of slatted wire fabric by stapling.
139 WEAVING, subclasses 2, Looms, Basket; 32, Looms, Slat,
cane, and straw, and 39, Looms, Wire.
26. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, SLAT-CUTTING.
Slat-and-wire fabric-making involving the cutting of the slats
to determinate lengths or trimming or shaping the same.
27. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, MAGAZINE.
Slat-and-wire fabric-making machines provided with hop-
pers or any type of magazine for holding, supplying, or feed-
ing the slats or pickets to the machine.
28. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, DUMMY-SPAC-
ING. Slat-and-wire machines having means for forming
spaces between the slats at predetermined points by the omis-
sion of a slat or by the prevention of slat-feeding at the proper
time. This subclass includes machines particularly adapted
to the manufacture of barrel fabric.
Search Class
147 COOPERING, subclasses 1, Barrel-making machines, for
machines for making barrel or basket fabric by stapling the
staves to wire; 47, Basket forming and nailing, and 48, Basket-
form ing.
29. FABRIC MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, MOVABLE CAR-
RIAGE. Machines having lifting frames or other movable
carriages for relatively and periodically placing the slats,
strands, or operating mechanism in securing relation for
example, moving the strand-twisting heads periodically into
engagement with the strands to be twisted or coiled about
the slats.
Search Class
140 -WIRE- WORKING, subclasses 32, Fabric-making, Slat-and-
wire, Strand-twisting, Beaters, and 44, Fabric-making, Slat-
and-wire, Portable machines, Strand-twisters, Eccentric type,
for slat "beaters" or slat-placing mechanism.
30. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, STRAND-TWIST-
ING. Inventions in fabric-making wherein the slats are se-
cured by the mutual twisting together of the two or more
strands of which a warp or runner is composed and not classi-
fiable hi the minor subclasses defined below.
Search Class
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclasses 52, for implements specific to
wire-fabric making; 118, Joining wire, Implements, Twisters,
and the subclasses thereunder, and 121. Joining wire,
Implements, Plier type, for implements employed in uniting
intersecting fence strands by coiling in the making of slatted
wire fabrics; and 34, Fabric-making, Slat-and-wire, Strand-
coiling, for machines for coiling one of the strands about
another or winding a continuous binding wire around a strand.
31. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WlRE, STRAND-TWIST-
ING, EMBEDDING. Looms or stationary machines hav-
ing means for embedding the fabric wires or stays in the slats,
usually by the provision of suitable pressure rollers or ham-
mers.
32. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, STRAND-TWIST-
ING, BEATERS. Strand-twisting slat-and-wire fabric
machines provided with means for beating or hammering
the slats to place in the crotch between the strands.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 42, Fabric-making, Slat-and-
wire, Portable machines, Strand-twisters, Beaters, for beaters
in portable machines; also subclass 31, Fabric-making, Slat-
and-wire, Strand-twisting, Embedding.
33. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, STRAND-TWIST-
ING, SPREADERS. Devices, usually separate from and
employed in connection with strand-twisting machines, for
separating or keeping the strands apart or from twisting ex-
terior to or in advance of the twister-heads during the twist-
ing operation.
34. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, STRAND-COIL-
ING. Making slatted wire fabric hi which the slats are
secured to the strands by the coiling or winding of one strand
about the other, one only of the runner strands being bent or
coiled, the other remaining substantially straight, or a smaller
so-called "binding" or continuous tie-wire may be used and
coiled about the strand between the slats, thus securing the
latter in place.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 49, Fabric-making, Slat-and-
wire, Portable machines, Tie-wire appliers, for machines that
operate to secure the slats by securing separate pieces of wire
or "tie-wires" to the strands embracing the slats; and
57, Fabric-making, Implements, Slat-attaching, Tie-wire
appliers, for implements for the same purpose.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
327
CLASS 140 Continued.
35. FABRIC -MAKING, SLAT- AND- WIRE, WEAVERS.
Looms for making slatted wire fabric or fencing by wire-
crossing mechanism.
NOTE. See Search card data under subclass 25, Fabric-making,
Slat-and-wire.
Search Classes
139 WEAVING, for devices for ordinary weaving in the making
of an all-wire fabric.
147 COOPERING, subclasses 47, Basket forming and nailing,
and 48, Basket-forming.
30. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, TWISTER-
HEADS. Twister-heads of the kind employed in wire-fabric
making machines.
Search Classes
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 114, Joining wire, Machines,
Interlocking eyes, making; 115, Joining wire, Machines,
Revoluble head, and 119, Joining wire, Implements, Twisters,
Revoluble head, for similar heads employed in machines for
twisting or coiling the ends of wires together.
56 HARVESTERS, subclasses 87, Self-binders, Twisters and
tuckers, and 88, Self-binders, Wire-twisters.
118 SPINNING, subclass 14, Twisting-heads.
37. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, PORTABLE
MACHINES. Portable devices or machines employed in the
field (mostly fence machines) for making slatted wire fabric
and not classifiable in the minor subclasses defined below.
Search Class
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclass 52, Fabric-making, Implements,
and the subclasses thereunder, for implements or tools adapted
to be held in the hand or partially supported by the work.
38. FABRIC -MAKING. SLAT-AND-WIRE, PORTABLE
MACHINES, MAGAZINE. Portable machines having slat
holders, hoppers, or equivalent magazine for the supply of
slats.
Search Class
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclass 27, Fabric-making, Slat-and-
wire, Magazine.
39. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, PORTABLE
MACHINES, STRAND-TWISTERS. Portable machines
having strand-twisting devices for mutually twisting the
strands together to secure slats in place between them.
Search Class
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclass 30, Fabric-making, Slat-and-
wire, Strand-twisting, and the subclasses thereunder, for simi-
lar features in looms.
40. FABRIC-MAKING. SLAT-AND-WIRE, PORTABLE
MACHINES, STRAND-TWISTERS, SLAT ADJUST-
MENT. Machines provided with means for placing the slats
in definite relation either laterally, longitudinally j or angu-
larly.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 41, Fabric-making, Slat-and-
wire, Portable machines, Strand-twisters, Plumb adjustment,
for portable machines having plumbing or leveling devices.
41. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, PORTABLE
MACHINES, STRAND-TWISTERS, PLUMB ADJUST-
MENT. Portable slat-and-wire fabric-making machines
having strand-twisters hi which means are provided for the
angular adjustment thereof or for positioning the slats rela-
tively to the surface of the ground, whereby the slats may be
secured in a vertical position or plumb.
42. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, PORTABLE
MACHINES, STRAND-TWISTERS, BEATERS. Port-
able machines provided with distinct means for beating the
slat to place in the shed or crotch between the strands. The
beating of the slat to place by the periodic movement of the
machine itself does not place it in this subclass. The beaters
employed are usually auxiliary and operate hi a vibratory
manner.
Search Class "
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 32, Fabric-making, Slat-and-
wire, Strand-twisting, Beaters, for beaters in looms.
43. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, PORTABLE
MACHINES, STRAND -TWISTERS, VERTICALLY
ADJUSTABLE. Portable slat-and-wire machines having
provision for adjusting the twisting devices vertically to
secure a desired space relation between the strands or runners.
44. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, PORTABLE
MACHINES, STRAND - TWISTERS, ECCENTRIC
TYPE. Portable slat-and-wire fabric machines having
twisters comprising a suitable carrier provided with guides,
clamps, or holders for the strand wires, which are eccentrically
mounted at one side of and revoluble upon or within a ring
or substantially annular guide forming a sort of eccentric
strap. The carrier holds the strand -wires at one side of the
strap center and revolves or turns within it, so as to move
the wires in a circular path to the opposite side to cross them.
This is repeated to produce the desired number of twists.
45. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, PORTABLE
MACHINES, STRAND-TWISTERS, WIRE-CROSSERS.
Portable slat-and-wire fabric-making machines which operate
to effect a simple or single cross in the strand wires between
the pickets or slats, distinguishing these machines from such
as produce more than a simple cross.
CLASS 140 Continued.
Search Class
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclass 50, Fabric-making, Slat-and-
wire, Portable machines, Weavers, for portable devices for
producing mere relative separation or displacement and cross-
ing of the strands by horizontal movement thereof and in a
few instances by vertical movement.
46. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT - AND - WIRE, PORTABLE
MACHINES, STRAND-TWISTERS, WIRE-CROSSERS,
OSCILLATORY. Portable slat-and-wire fabric machines
provided with wire-crossers having an oscillatory strand
holding and crossing member, which either structurally or
functionally is of the nature of a compound lever.
47. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, PORTABLE
MACHINES, STRAND-COILERS. Portable slat-and-wire
machines having means for coiling or wrapping one strand of
the warp or runner around the other in securing the slats or
for coiling a binding or continuous tie-wire around a strand.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 34, Fabric-making, Slat-and-
wire, Strand-coiling, for loom machines.
48. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, PORTABLE
MACHINES, WEAVERS. Portable machines for making
slatted wire fabrics by weaving processes, the strands being
separated and crossed usually by imparting to one or both of
them horizontal movement, in some cases vertical movement.
Search Class
139 WEAVING, subclass 2, Looms, Basket; subclasses 39.
Looms, Wire, for stationary machines or looms employed
for ordinary weaving in the making of all- wire fabrics, and
32, Looms, Slat, cane, and straw, for looms employing other
material than wire.
49. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, PORTABLE
MACHINES, TIE-WIRE APPLIERS. Portable slat-and-
wire machines for applying a separate tie-wire to the strand
in securing each slat.
Search Class
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclass 57, Fabric-making, Implements,
Slat-attaching, Tie-wire appliers, for tie-wire applying imple-
ments; and subclass 110, Joining wire, Tying-dies, for dies em-
ployed in machines for applying tie-wires.
50. FABRIC-MAKING, SLAT-AND-WIRE, SPACERS. De-
vices used in connection with fabric-making machines for
placing strands or runners in desired relative position or
spacing them one from another.
51. FABRIC-MAKING, CLAMPS. Devices for holding or clamp-
ing the strand wires, slats, or pickets in attaching the latter
or while effecting repairs, splicing, twisting, etc.; also struc-
tural details of fabric machines for clamping the fabric wires
while making the fabric.
Search Classes
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclass 117, Joining wire, Implements.
39 FENCES, subclasses 53, Stretchers, Grips, and 119, Stretch-
ers, Grips, Sliding jaw, for clamps or grips for holding fence
wires to effect stretching; and 108, Wire, Joints, for connecting
fence strands together.
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 263, Connectors,
Wire-splices, for clamps employed as connectors for perma-
nently securing the ends of conductors together.
52. FABRIC-MAKING, IMPLEMENTS. Miscellaneous wire-
working tools or devices not otherwise classifiable adapted to
be held in the hand or partially supported by the work, which
are employed in making or repairing fabrics.
Search Classes
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 117, Joining wire, Implements,
or the subclasses thereunder, for tools for joining wire by
twisting, coiling, etc.; and subclass 123, Implements, for wire-
working implements of more general application.
39 FENCES, subclass 56, Fences, Stretchers, Loopers, for loop-
ing and twisting implements employed in stretching or tight-
ening fence wires.
81 TOOLS, appropriate subclasses.
53. FABRIC-MAKING, IMPLEMENTS, MAGAZINE. Fabric-
making implements having a wire supply or reel from which
the cross or stay wire is drawn; also implements having mag-
azines for the supply of clips, lock-plates, etc. Most of the
fabric-making implements of magazine type are employed in
supplying and successively wrapping a wire about the strands,
which may be subsequently cut to form a stay.
Search Classes
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclass 15, Fabric-making, All-wire,
Stay-applying, Successively wrapped stay, for looms em-
ployed in similarly wrapping stays; subclass 23, Fabric-mak-
ing, All-wire, Portable machines, Stay-applying, Successively
wrapped stay, for portable machines; and subclass 117, Joining
wire, Implements, for implements employed for this purpose.
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 3, Machines, Staple-setting,
Magazine.
54. FABRIC-MAKING, IMPLEMENTS, MAGAZINE, REV-
OLUBLE HEAD. Fabric-making implements of the mag-
azine type having a rotary member or head that in operation
wraps or twists the cross wire, clip, or the tie-wire around the
strand.
55. FABRIC-MAKING, IMPLEMENTS, CLIP-AFFIXING.
Fabric-making implements for securing the intersecting wires
of a fabric together by applying a clip, lock-plate, tie-wire,
etc., thereto or for applying the same to a single wire of a
fabric for any purpose.
328
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 140 Continued.
Search Classes
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 69, Barbing, Implements, for
implements tor applying clips or the like which have the char-
acteristics of a barb; subclasses 11, Fabric-making, All-wire,
Stay-applying, Clip-joining, and 20, Fabric-making, All-wire,
Portable machines, Stay-applying, Clip-joining, for clip-affix-
ing devices other than implements; and subclass 82, Article
making or forming, Clips, for clip-making machines.
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 49, Implements, Staple-
setting, Magazine, for staple-applying implements. See also
subclasses 2, Machines, Staple forming and setting; 4, Ma-
chines, Staple-setting; 7, Machines, Book, Staple forming and
setting, and 8, Machines, Book. Staple-setting.
56 HARVESTERS, subclass 82, Self-binders, Clips and prepared
bands.
128 SURGERY, subclass 54, Veterinary, Ring-inserters.
56. FABRIC-MAKING, IMPLEMENTS, SLAT-ATTACHING.
Fabric-making implements for securing slats, pickets, etc.,
to the strands by the usual wire-working operations, but not
staplers for driving pointed structures.
57. FABRIC-MAKING, IMPLEMENTS, SLAT-ATTACHING,
TIE-WIRE APPLIERS. Slat-attaching implements for
applying a tie-wire to a strand, so as to embrace and thereby
secure the slat in place.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 49, Fabric-making, Slat-and-
wire, Tie-wire appliers, for portable machines employed in
applying tie-wires; subclass 117, Joining wire, Implements,
particularly subclasses 119, Joining wire, Implements, Twist-
ers, Revoluble head, and 122, Joining wire, Implements,
Revoluble head, for implements employed in splicing wire
having similar coiling or twisting elements.
58. BARBING. Miscellaneous inventions in barbing wire, apply-
ing barbs, making barb-wire fences, etc., not classifiable in the
minor subclasses defined below.
Search Classes
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclass 66, Barbing, Sheet-metal, for
machines employed in applying sheet-metal barbs.
28 CORDAGE, subclass 21, Cord and rope machines, for ma-
chines for making wire cables and in which barbs are applied
by hand.
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 9, Special work, Fish-hook mak-
ing, for barbing fish-hooks; also subclass 23, Special work,
Toothed-cylinder making.
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 73,
Staple-making, Cutting, bending, barbing, for barbing staples.
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 10, Screw-threads, Rods and
wires, for notching and burring wire by rolling.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 7,
Fence-barbs, and the subclasses thereunder, for devices for
cutting barbs of sheet metal.
59. BARBING, BARB-WIRE FEEDING. Machines having
means for the infeeding of the barb- wire from which the barbs
are formed.
Note. This particular subclass (59) with subclasses 64, Barb-
ing, Barb-wire feeding, Strand-crimping, and 65, Barbing,
Barb-wire feeding, Rotary coilers, includes all barbing ma-
chines for forming or applying other than four-pointed barbs
to strands by means of dies or oscillating formers, which shape
and clamp the barb in place.
60. BARBING^ BARB - WIRE FEEDING, MULTIPLE
STRAND. Barbing machines having means for feeding and
applying the barb-wire and employing twisting devices for
twisting a plurality of runner strands, usually two, into a
cable, and thereby securing the barbs thereto. Means are
also usually provided for coiling the barb-wire, cutting and
forming barbs.
Search Class
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclasses defined below, for details of
coiling, cutting, and barb-forming.
61. BARBING, BARB - WIRE FEEDING, FOUR - POINT
BARBS. Machines for applying four-point wire barbs by
other processes than coiling or strand crimping.
Note. In this miscellaneous subclass are all machines having
dies or formers for applying four-point barbs.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 50, Barbing, Barb-wire feed-
ing, for machines for applying other than four-point barbs.
62. BARBING, BARB- WIRE FEEDING, FOUR - POINT
BARBS, STRAND-CRIMPIXC. Machines for applying
four-point barbs having means for crimping the strands or
runners.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 64, Barbing, Barb-wirefeeding,
Strand-crimping, for machines for applying two-point barbs
to and crimping the runners; 105, Crimping, for crimping
features, and 106, Crimping, Implements, for crimping imple-
ments.
63. BARBING, BARB - WIRE FEEDING. FOUR - POINT
BARBS, ROTARY COILERS. Machines having rotary
heads or coiling devices for applying four-point barbs.
Search Class
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclass 65, Barbing, Barb-wire feeding,
Rotary coilers, for specific coiling features or elements in two-
point barb machines.
64. BARBING, BARB-WIRE FEEDING, STRAND-CRIMP-
ING. Machines for applying two-point barbs having means
for crimping the strands to which the barbs are secured.
CLASS 140 Continued.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 62, Barbing, Barb-wire feeding,
Four-point barbs, Strand-crimping, for similar crimping
features in four-point barbing machines; subclasses 105. Crimp-
ing, for crimping features, and 106, Crimping, Implements,
for crimping implements.
65. BARBING, BARB- WIRE FEEDING, ROTARY COILERS.
Machines for making two-point barbs in which the barbs are
secured to the strands by means of rotary coiling heads.
Search Class
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclass 63, Barbing, Barb-wire feeding,
Four-point barbs. Rotary coilers, for similar coiling devices
employed in applying four-point barbs.
66. BARBING, SHEET-METAL. Applying barbs of sheet-metal
to wire strands.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 7,
Fence-barbs, and the subclasses thereunder, for machines for
cutting or making the sheet-metal barbs from strips of metal.
67. BARBING, SEPARATE BARBS. The making or applying
of separate barbs of wire and barb-applying machines distin-
guished by the absence of barb-wire feeding mechanism.
68. BARBING, PICKETS. Inserting barbs into or applying
barbs to metal rods, pickets, palings, posts, etc.
69. BARBING, IMPLEMENTS. Hand tools employed in barb-
ing operations, usually for forming and applying barbs to wire.
70. BARBING, IMPLEMENTS, REVOLUBLE HEAD. Barb-
ing implements having a rotary member or jaw for coiling,
winding, or clamping a barb upon a wire.
71. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING. Making articles from
wire stock not classifiable otherwise.
Search Classes -
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, the staple and wire-nail forming
and setting subclasses.
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
43, Nail-making, Wire nails, and the subclasses thereunder;
29, METAL-WORKING, subclasses under Special work;
59, CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, particularly
subclass 71, Staple-making, and the subclasses thereunder;
148, ANNEALING AND TEMPERING, subclasses 20, Annealing
apparatus, Wire and springs, and 35, Hardening apparatus,
Bands and wire; 163, NEEDLE AND PIN MAKING, and 218,
BUTTON, EYELET, AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 8, Machines,
Button, Staple-fastener, Staple making and setting, for other
specific wire-article making devices.
28 CORDAGE, particularly subclass 21, Cord and rope machines,
for wire-rope and cord making.
153 METAL-BENDING, for mere bending devices; also subclass
64.5, Coiling, Flat wire, Edge-winding, for edge-winding of
flat wire.
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 21. Elec-
tromagnets, and 242, WINDING AND REELING, subclass 7,
Cylinder and conoid winding, and the subclasses thereunder,
for the winding and making of armatures, magnets, and their
coils and for winding cylinders or conoidal structures with
wire.
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 2!i, Bobbin and cop
winding, Wire, for winding wire bobbins.
72. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, HEDDLES. Making
wire heddles or heddle eyes for weavers' harness employed in
weaving.
Note. Making heddles and heddle frames not of metal will be
found in class 139, Weaving.
Search Class
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 170, Blanks and processes,
Spinners' and weavers' irons, for nuking nuta'lic heddles
involving other than wire-working (bending and twisting).
73. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, BALE-TIES. Mak-
ing wire baie-tics for baling or bundling, eyes or hooks being
formed at t fie ends of the tie during its formation.
Search Classes
140 WIKK-WORKIXG, subclass 104, Eye-forming, for specific
eye-forming devices; subclass 80, Article making and forming,
Hooks, for specific hook-forming devices; subclass 102, Loop-
formini;, for specific loop-forming devices; subclass 115, Joining
wire, Machines, Revoluble head, for machines for splicing or
twisting the ends of bale-ties together.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 16, Bale-ties,
and the subclasses thereunder, for the article of manufacture;
subclasses 27, Bale and package ties, Wire, and 23, Bale and
package ties, Wire, Separate connections, Wire, for illus-
trated methods of making or tying.
81 TOOLS, subclass 9.3, Hose-'-la'mp appliers.
100 PRESSES, subclasses 15, Baling, Articles and attachments,
Bale-band tighteners, and 20, Balin?, Articles and attach-
ments, Binders, for tools for applying and tightening bale-
bands.
74. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, BOX-STRAPS.
Making wire into articles known to the trade as "box-straps"
or "bundling wire," usually cornprisin<; strands having eyes
or loops formed at intervals throughout the length.
Search Class
140 -WIRE- WORKING, subclasses 102, Loop-farming, and 104,
Eye-forming, for miscellaneous loop and eye forming devices,
respectively.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
329
CLASS 140 Continued.
75. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, BAILS. Making wire
bails for pails, boxes, etc., and for supplying handles thereto,
most of which include means for forming hooks or eyes in the
ends of the bail.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 102, Loop-forming, for loop-
forming devices, and 104, Eye-forming devices, for eye-form-
ing devices.
76. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, FERRULES. Mak-
ing ferrules of wire by coiling, and generally including means
for soldering the convolutions into an integral structure.
Search Classes -
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 158, Ferrules, rings, and
thimbles, for the article.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 156, Blanks and processes,
Ferrules, rings, and thimbles.
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 35, Tube-making,
Spiral seaming, for the winding of metal strips or ribbon.
77. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, HAT-WIRES. Bend-
ing and shaping wire into forms suitable for use in hats and
hat frames.
Search Class
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 25, Hat-machines, Brim-
wirers, for inserting wires in hat brims.
78. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, CONICAL SPRINGS.
Making single or double cone-shaped or tapering wire springs,
such as are commonly employed in bed bottoms or springs
or in upholstery, etc.
Search Classes
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 173, Blanks and processes,
Springs, for methods of making springs involving more than
bending or coiling.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 64, Coiling, and the subclasses
thereunder, for devices for making cylindrical springs or
springs of other than conical shape, even if specially adapted
for wire.
79. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, CONICAL SPRINGS
BY ROLLS. Machines in which rolls or wheels are employed
in forming or shaping the wire into conical or tapering coils.
80. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, HOOKS. Making
wire hooks.
Search Classes
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 40, Machines, Packet-loop-
ing, for devices for forming hanging loops for packaging paper,
etc.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclasses 7, Eyebolt and hook making,
and 9, Fish-hook making.
81. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, HOOKS, GARMENT.
Making wire garment hooks or garment hooks and eyes.
82. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, CLIPS. Inventions
for making wire clips or fasteners not otherwise classifiable.
Includes devices for the making of unpointed staples or those
not especially adapted to be driven.
Search Classes
140 WIRE- WORKING, the search notes under subclass 71, for
search data for staple making, forming, and driving devices
wherein the staple made or employed is adapted to be driven .
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 13, Special work, Paper-fastener
making, for devices for making paper-fastener clips designed
to perforate the paper; also subclass 5, Special work, Cotter-
pin making, for clips of that type.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses under Tag-machines,
especially subclasses 88, Pin-ticket making and attaching, and
89, Pin-ticket making, for pin-ticket making or attaching de-
vices for applying clips to tags.
128 SURGERY, subclass 54, Veterinary, Ring-inserters, for de-
vices, usually implements, for applying rings, clips, etc., to
live stock, as hogs.
153 METAL-BENDING, for making articles by a mere bending
operation.
83. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, CLIPS, CLOTHES-
PINS. Making wire clips designed for temporarily securing
clothing or the like to a clothes-line.
84. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, BELT-LACINGS.
Making wire lacings for securing the ends of belts or the
edges of fabrics together.
Search Classes
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclass 93, Applying wire, for coiling
devices for forming and applying belt fasteners or lacings
comprising wire coils.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 31, Belt-fasten-
ers, and the subclasses thereunder, for the article.
85. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, CORK-FASTENERS.
Making wire articles adapted to be subsequently applied to
bottles or stoppers for securing the latter.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 94, Wire-applying, Bottles and
corks, for machines for applying wire to bottles and corks for
stoppering the bottle.
86. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, CORKSCREWS.
Making wire cork or stopper extractors of spiral form.
Search Classes
65 KITCHEN AND TABLE ARTICLES, subclass 46, Stopper-ex-
tractors, for illustrated methods of making and for the article.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 78, Twisting, for auger-making
by twisting.
CLASS 140 Continued.
87. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, HAIR-PINS. Mak-
ing hair-pins from wire stock by bending or twisting.
Note. Mere coating, enameling, soldering, or like operations
foreign to those characterizing wire-working are excluded from this
subclass unless combined with operations or means for bending or
twisting wire.
Search Class
163 NEEDLE AND PIN MAKING, subclasses 6, Pin-making, and
7, Pin-making, Safety-pins, and note the lines of division set
forth by definitions.
88. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, RINGS. Making or
forming wire rings, hoops, or closed loops of wire.
Search Classes
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 81, Article making or form-
ing, Hooks, Garment, and 104, Eye-forming; subclass 115,
Joining wire, Machines, Revoluble head, for machines for
splicing the ends of a wire hoop together.
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 40, Machines, Packet-loop-
ing; 29, METAL- WORKING, subclass 171, Blanks and processes,
Spinners' and weavers' irons. Spinning-rings, and 59, CHAIN,
STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 16, Cham-mak-
ing. Combined machines, for specific details.
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
72, Nut and washer making, and the subclasses thereunder,
particularly sutelass 74, Nut and washer making, Coiling and
forging.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclasses 7, Special work, Eyebolt and
hook making; 8, Special work, Finger-ring forming and sizing,
and 156, Blanks and processes, Ferrules, rings, and thimbles,
for specific metal-article forming devices and processes.
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 94, Welding, Rings
and tubes.
144-^WooDWORKiNG, subclass 268, Wood-bending, Former,
Pivotal, Coiling, for coiling wooden hoops.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 35, Curving or straightening.
Stretching, for finishing, stretching, and sizing hoops, ana
subclass 55, Curving or straightening, Roll, Hoop, for hoop-
bending by rolls.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 5, Metal
heating and working, Welding, Rings, for ring or loop mak-
ing, involving electric welding.
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 4, Corset-stiffeners, mak-
ing, for hoop-skirt making machines.
89. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, SPRING-SETTING.
Setting coil springs or causing them to conform to predeter-
mined length or shape, generally by compressing them to pro-
duce uniformity of product.
Search Class
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 87.1, Assembling, Spring ap-
pliers and removers.
90. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, STAYS. Making wire
stays as a separate article of manufacture, principally the stays
or cross wires employed in making fabrics or fences.
Search Classes
39 FENCES, subclass 74, Fences, Wire, Stays, for the manufac-
tured fence stay.
245 WIRE FABRICS AND STRUCTURE, for fabric stays.
91. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, STAYS, GARMENT.
Making crimped or bent wire stays employed as stiffeners hi
garments, particularly corset stays.
Search Classes
2 APPAREL, subclass 76, Body-garments, Corset-stifleners, for
the article.
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 4, Corset-stifleners, making,
for machines for making or applying types of garment-stiflen-
ers other than bent or crimped wire.
92. ARTICLE MAKING OR FORMING, STUD -SPIRALS.
Making spiral studs for example, shirt-studs comprising a
tapering or conical coil of wire and terminating in an axially
alined shank or end at right angles to the plane of coiling.
Search Class
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclass 78, Article making or forming,
Conical springs, for coiling mechanisms.
93. APPLYING WIRE. Applying wire to articles such as mak-
ing and applying belt-lacings, wire couplings, clips, or joints,
wiring nursery tags, making folding partition box packing,
fastening springs to articles and the like the wire being bent,
coiled, or twisted in a manner characteristic of wire-working
devices, but excluding wire-winding.
Search Classes
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 49, Implements, Staple-
setting, Magazine, for implements for applying belt-fasteners
of staple construction; also sul>class 40, Machines, Packet-
looping.
56 HARVESTERS, subclasses 87, Self-binders, Twisters and
tuckers; 88, Self-binders, Wire-twisters; 119, Corn-harvesters,
Self-binding, and 124, Self-binders.
81 TOOLS, subclass 9.3, Hose-clamp appliers, for applying wire
rings and clamps to hose couplings.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, sulwlasses under Tag-machines,
for devices for applying wire to tags, usually involving feeding,
cutting, twisting, or knotting devices.
100 PRESSES, subclasses 15, Baling, Articles and attachments,
Bale-band tighteners, and 20, Baling, Articles and attach-
ments, Binders.
128 SURGERY, subclass 54, Veterinary, Ring-inserters.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 25, 'Special- work machines,
Single or combined, Box-hooping.
94. APPLYING WIRE, BOTTLES AND CORKS. Wiring
corks and bottles to provide suitable fastenings for securing
the corks or stoppers to the bottles.
330
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 140 Continued.
Search Class
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclass 1, Combined machines, for de-
vices including more than the operation of wiring, as corking
and wiring, etc.
95. APPLYING WIRE, BOTTLES AND CORKS, ROTARY
BOTTLE. Devices for wiring bottles and corks having
means for rotating the bottle.
96. APPLYING WIRE, BRUSH-MAKING. Applying or insert-
ing wires singly, in the form of a tooth or pin, in a suitable
back to form a brush; but does not include devices for insert-
ing tufts or bunches of wire bristles.
Search Class
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 7, Brash-machines,
for tuft and bunch inserting features.
97. APPLYING WIRE, CARD-CLOTHING, ATTACHING.
Applying wire to a suitable back, producing what is tech-
nically known as card-clothing, employed in carding ma-
chines.
Note. These inventions are divided into three groups: 1. The
inventions included in subclass 97 for making, applying, or
repairing card-clothing not included in the other two sub-
classes hereunder. (Subclass 97 includes details, attach-
ments, and principally consists of devices for attaching card-
clothing.) 2. Those for making card-clothing by the insertion
of wire. 3. Card-clothing making devices having fillet or
strip feeding means.
Search Class
19 CARDING, subclass 2, Card-clothing, for the article and its
structural features, construction of teeth, etc.
98. APPLYING WIRE, CARD-CLOTHING, ATTACHING,
MAKING. Inventions for applying wire to suitable backing
to produce card-clothing.
Search Class
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 23, Special work, Toothed-cyl-
inder making.
99. APPLYING WIRE, CARD-CLOTHING, ATTACHING,
MAKING, FILLET-FEEDING. Devices for making card-
clothing having fillet or strip feeding means or details relating
thereto.
100. APPLYING WIRE, COMB-MAKING. Applying or insert-
ing a single row of teeth or combing needles in a narrow back
or holder.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 96, Applying wire, Brush-
making, and 97, Applying wire, Card-clothing, attaching.
101. KNOTTING. Inventions in what is .technically known as
"knotting" i. e., securing the ends of a spiral wire spring
either to itself or to another spring. The subclass, however,
is intended to receive all miscellaneous patents involving
wire-knotting devices not directly classifiable elsewhere.
Search Classes
5 BEDS, subclass 21, Springs, for illustrated methods of
"knotting."
56 HARVESTERS, subclasses 83, Self-binders, Cord-knotters;
125, Self-binders, Cord-knotting, and 127, Self-binders, Bind-
ers only, Cord-knotting, for machines for knotting cord or
wire.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses under Tag-machines,
for devices for applying wire to tags, usually involving feed-
ing, cutting, twisting, or knotting devices.
100 PRESSES, subclass 20, Baling, Articles and attachments,
Binders.
102. LOOP-FORMING. Inventions for forming loops in or doub-
ling wire.
Search Classes
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 104, Eye-forming, when the
loop is formed into an eye; and subclass 88, Article making
or forming, Rings.
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, the subclasses of Staple forming and
setting, and 40, Machines, Packet-looping.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 5, Special work, Cotter-pin
making.
39 FENCES, subclass 56, Fences, Wire, Stretchers, Loopers,
for looping implements employed in tightening fence strands
by forming a loop therein and 'twisting.
56 HARVESTERS, subclasses 83, Self-binders, Cord-knotters;
125, Self-binders, Cord-knotting, and 127, Self-binders, Bind-
ers only, Cord-knotting.
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclasses 21,
Chain-making, Combined machines, Bending and eye form-
ing; 22, Chain-making, Combined machines, Bending and
welding, and 71, Staple-making.
103. LOOP-FORMING, COIL-SPRINGS. Coiling the ends of
wire loops or other portions thereof.
104. EYE-FORMING. Forming eyes or closed loops in wire, gen-
erally by bending or twisting.
Search Classes
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 73, Article making or form-
ing, Bale-ties; 8S, Article making or forming, Rings; 102, Loop-
forming, and 114, Joining wire, Machines, Interlocking eyes,
Making.
29 METAL- WORKING, subclasses 7, Special work, Eyebolt and
hook making, for eyebolt and hook making devices; 9, Special
work, Fish-hook making, for fish-hook making, and 20, Special
work, Spsctacle-frame making, for forming eyes in spectacle
frames.
CLASS 140 Continued.
79 BUTTON-MAKING, subclass 2, Shank-buttons, for forming
eyes in wire button shanks.
12& SURGERY, subclass 54, Veterinary, Ring-inserters.
163 NEEDLE AND PIN MAKING, subclass 7, Pin-making,
Safety-pins.
105. CRIMPING. Forming crimps or kinks in wire or wire fabrics.
This subclass includes all but the implements which are
classified in the subclass immediately following.
Search Classes
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 7, Combined operations,
Curving and corrugating; 9, Beading and crimping rolls, and
68, Corrugating, and the subclasses thereunder, for devices for
corrugating metal sheets and bars.
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclasses 30, Yielding-fabric making, Corrugating and indent-
ing, and 31, Yielding-fabric making, Corrugating and indent-
ing, Facing feature, for devices for corrugating or crimping
sheets, such as paper board and the like.
106. CRIMPING, IMPLEMENTS. Hand tools specially adapted
for crimping wire.
107. FABRICS, WORKING. Wire-working operations upon wire
fabrics or in finishing the same by gaging, straightening, lev-
eling, compressing, cutting, forming, or shaping by dies, etc.,
and not classifiable in the minor subclasses below.
108. FABRICS, WORKING, STRETCHERS. Devices for
stretching win 1 fabric, but not devices for stretching individual
wires, nor permanent, portable, or removable fence stretchers.
Search Classes
26 CLOTH- FINISHING, subclasses 8, Stretching, and 16, Stretch-
ing and dyeing, for cloth-stretching devices.
39 FENCES, subclasses under Fences, Stretchers, for stretch-
ing individual wires and for permanent, portable, or remov-
able fence stretchers.
45 FURNITURE, subclass 24, Fabric-stretching frames.
112 SEWING-MACHINES, subclass 14, Quilting, for quilting-frame
structures.
149 HIDES, SKINS, AND LEATHER, subclasses 20, Apparatus,
Putting out and stretching, and 21, Apparatus, Putting out
and stretching, Stretching-frames.
109. FABRICS, WORKING, STRETCHERS, FRAME-AT-
TACHING. Stretchers specially adapted for use in attaching
wire fabrics to frames, such as screen, door, and window
frames.
110 FABRICS, WORKING, STRETCHERS, FRAME-AT-
TACHING, BED- BOTTOMS. Frame-attaching devices
particularly adapted for securing wire-mattress fabric to bed
frames.
Search Class
5 BEDS, subclasses under Bed-bottoms, particularly 67, Bed-
bottoms, Fabric, Tighteners, and subclasses thereunder, for
permanent stretchers attached to the frame.
111. JOINING WIRE. Miscellaneous devices and processes for
joining or uniting wires not classifiable in the minor subclasses
below.
Search Classes
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 59, Casting apparatus, Com-
posite castings and joints, Fence and net leading, for machines
or devices for joining wires by metal-founding means or casting
a metal joint upon the intersection of wires, especially in
fabric-making.
39 FENCES, subclass 12, Fences, Wire, Fasteners, and the sub-
classes thereunder, for illustrated methods of joining wires in
fences. V
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 263, Connectors,
Wire-splices, for joints formed by bending or twisting.
245 WIRE FABRICS AND STRUCTURE, subclass 12, Joints.
112. JOINING WIRE, ELECTRIC WELDING. Joining wire
by the process of electric welding, particularly in fabric-
making.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 4, Metal
heating and working, Welding, and the subclasses thereunder,
for the structure of the welding apparatus and for processes.
113. JOINING WIRE, MACHINES. Machines for tying, splicing,
or otherwise securing the ends of wires together or securing
one wire to another.
Search Classes
56 HARVESTERS, subclass 124, Self-binders, and the subclasses
thereunder.
100 PRESSES, subclass 20, Baling, Articles and attachments,
Binders.
114. JOINING WIRE, MACHINES, INTERLOCKING EYES,
MAKING. Machines for forming eyes in the ends of wires
and interlocking the same in the process of forming, consisting
principally of devices for making check-row wire, but not
limited thereto.
115. JOINING WIRE, MACHINES, REVOLUBLE HEAD,
Wire-splicing machines having a revoluble head or jaw for
twisting or coiling.
Search Classes
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 36, Fabric-making, Slat-and-
wire, Twister-heads, for twister-heads.
118 SPINNING, subclass 14, Twisting-heads, for twisting-heads.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 78, Twisting.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
331
CLASS 140 Continued.
110. JOINING WIRES, TYING-DIES. Dies employed in ma-
chines for splicing or joining wires.
Search Class
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclasses 11, Fabric-making, All-wire,
Stay-applying, Clip-joining; 20, Fabric-making, All-wire,
Portable machines, Stay-applying, Clip-joining, and 113,
Joining wire, Machines, for the machines in which the dies
are used.
117. JOINING WIRE, IMPLEMENTS. Miscellaneous hand tools
for splicing or securing wires together and not classifiable in
the subclasses defined below. Includes all implements for
coiling or winding one wire about another.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 124, Implements, Coiling, for
implements employed in making a wire coil rather than in
joining wires.
118. JOINING WIRE, IMPLEMENTS, TWISTERS. Imple-
ments for mutually twisting two wires together, a twist being
imparted to each wire, so that they are intertwisted. Most of
the implements of this subclass are employed in the manu-
facture of slatted wire fabrics.
Search Classes
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 117, Joining wire, Implements,
if the tool operates to coil or wind one wire about another,
which remains straight.
39 FENCES, subclass 56, Fences, Wire, Stretchers, Loopers,
for implementsemployed in looping and twisting fence strands
for the purpose of taking up slack and stretching them.
119. JOINING WIRE, IMPLEMENTS, TWISTERS, REVOLU-
BLE HEAD. Wire-splicing implements having a rotary
jaw or head for receiving the wires to be intertwisted.
Search Classes
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 36, Fabric-making, Slat-and-
wire, Twister heads, for twister-heads per se.
118 SPINNING, subclass 14, Twisting-heads, for twisting-heads
120. JOINING WIRE, IMPLEMENTS, TWISTERS, SPREAD-
WIRE. Wire-twisting tools having means for separating the
wires to be twisted or spreading them apart adjacent to the
point of twisting.
121. JOINING WIRE, IMPLEMENTS, PLIER TYPE. Wire-
joining tools of the plier type, particularly adapted either for
coiling or twisting wires together.
Search Classes
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclass 3, Type, Pliers, and the sub-
classes thereunder, for compound tools of the plier type.
81 TOOLS, subclass 43, Pliers and tongs, ana the subclasses
thereunder, for miscellaneous tools of plier type.
122. JOINING WIRE, IMPLEMENTS, REVOLUBLE HEAD.
Implements provided with a rotary coiler or winder for splic-
ing wires together by winding or coiling one wire about
another.
123. IMPLEMENTS. Miscellaneous hand tools specially adapted
for working wire not classifiable in the other subclasses of
implements in this class or which include other matter not
classifiable in such classes.
Search Classes
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, and 81, TOOLS, for specific structural
features.
124. IMPLEMENTS, COILING. Hand tools for making wire
coils, but not tools for coiling one wire about another.
Search Class
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclass 117, Joining wire, Implements,
and the subclasses thereunder, for tools for coiling one wire
about another.
125. WIRE-FEEDING. Miscellaneous wire-feeding, more par-
ticularly relating to this class, and includes all wire-feeding
devices other than those of specific types defined below.
Search Classes
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, particularly those subclasses involv-
ing staple forming and setting, wire inserting and cutting,
wire-nail forming and driving, etc., for the usual type of wire-
feeding devices or mechanisms.
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, appropri-
ate subclasses.
29 METAL WORKING, subclass 13, Special work, Paper-fast-
ener making, for feeding devices of analogous character.
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING.
66 KNITTING AND NETTING, subclass 12, Feeding.
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 43, Feeding, and its minor sub-
classes.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses under Tag-machines,
for applying wire to tags, usually involving feeding, cutting,
twisting, or knotting devices.
139 WEAVING, subclass 61, Take-ups and let-offs.
147 COOPERING, subclasses 47, Basket forming and nailing,
and 48, Basket-forming.
163 NEEDLE AND PIN MAKING, subclass 1, Needle-making.
205 METAL-DRAWING, subclass 20, Wire, Drawing-drums.
218 BUTTON, EYELET, AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 8, Ma-
chines, Button, Staple-fastener, Staple making and setting.
126. WIRE-FEEDING, AUTOMATIC STOP. Wire-feeding
devices that in operation automatically stop the wire-feeding
to prevent strain, stretching, breakage of the wire, etc., and
usually operated by the wire or reel from which it is fed, upon
tangling, exhaustion of supply, or other causes.
CLASS 140 Continued.
Search Classes
28 CORDAGE, subclass 31, Warping stop-motions.
66 KNITTING AND NETTING, subclass 7, Stopping.
139 WEAVING, subclass 52, Stopping, and the subclasses
thereunder.
242 WINDING AND REELI-NG, the detectors and stops subclasses,
for mechanisms for stopping the unwinding of the material.
127. WIRE-FEEDING, DRUM. Wire-feeding devices having a
drum or wheel around which the wire passes and with or
without wire clamping or tension devices, such as automatic
gripping fingers or devices of like effect.
Search Class
64 JOURNAL-BOXES, PULLEYS, AND SHAFTING, subclass 40,
Pulleys, Grip.
128. WIRE-FEEDING, DRUM, TANGENTIAL CONTACT.
Wire-feeding devices comprising one or more drums or wheels
making tangential contact with the wire in feeding it. It also
includes devices for producing pressure between the feeding
wheels.
Search Classes
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 63, Combined machines, Stock
and blank feeders, Roller.
205 METAL-DRAWING, subclass 20, Wire, Drawing-drums.
129. WIRE-FEEDING, INTERMITTENT. Feeding wire in an
intermittent or interrupted manner not classifiable in the
minor subclasses hereunder.
Search Classes
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 11, Machines, Box, Staple
forming and setting.
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclasses 58, Combined machines, Stock
and blank feeders, and particularly 63, Combined machines,
Stock and blank feeders, Roller.
130. WIRE-FEEDING, INTERMITTENT, OSCILLATING
CLAMP. Feeding devices having clamps, gripping fingers,
or equivalent that oscillate or reciprocate, feeding the wire hi
movmg in one direction and releasing it in moving hi the
other or that grip and release it periodically or alternately.
Search Classes
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, particularly the staple-forming
groups.
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, appropriate
subclasses.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 61, Combined machines, Stock
and blank feeders, Reciprocating gripper.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 53, Intermittent-grip de-
vices, and the subclasses thereunder, for types of intermittent-
grip devices of general application.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 88, Tag-machines, Pin-
ticket making and attaching, and 89, Tag-machines, Pin-
ticket making.
218 BUTTON, EYELET, AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 8, Ma-
chines, Button, Staple-fastener, Staple making and setting.
131. WIRE-FEEDING, INTERMITTENT, RECESSED
ROLLER. Fee'dmg devices having a wheel or drum that
operate to feed wire by tangential contact and in which a recess
is formed in the periphery of the wheel, a segment or sector
being removed, or other means are provided whereby a por-
tion of the wheel or roller is periodically rotated out of contact
with the wire and the feeding temporarily stopped until
further rotation brings another or the same portion of the
wheel into wire-feeding contact or relation.
132. WIRE-FEEDING, INTERMITTENT, SHORT LENGTHS.
Feeding separate short pieces of wire as distinguished from
the feeding of continuous wire.
Search Classes
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 4, Fabric-making, Rotary
machines, and 13, Fabric-making, All-wire, Stay-applying,
Short stay.
I_NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 18, Machines, Shoe, Nail-
driving, Magazine.
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 9, Special work, Fish-hook
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclasses 96, Work-han-
dling mechanism; 97, Work-handling mechanism, Wire or strip
feeding; 98, Work-handling mechanism, Feeding and rotating,
and 99, Work-handling mechanism, Blank-feeding.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 88, Tag-machines, Pin-
ticket making and attaching, and 89, Tag-machines, Pin-
ticket making.
133. TENSION DEVICES. Miscellaneous devices not otherwise
classifiable operating to produce tension upon wire hi feeding,
reeling, unwinding, etc.
Search Classes
56 HARVESTERS, subclasses 80, Self-binders, Tension and
take-up devices, and 8S, Self-binders, Wire-twisters.
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 97, Work-han-
dling mechanism, Wire or strip feeding.
112 SEWING-MACHINES, subclasses 23, Shuttles and bobbins,
and 39, Tensions.
117 SILK, subclasses 4, Doubling, and 7, Throwing.
118 SPINNING, subclass 13, Throstles and caps.
242 WINDING AND REELING, particularly the corresponding
subclasses of Tension devices.
332
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 140 Continued.
134. TENSION DEVICES, EQUALIZERS. Devices for main-
taining uniform tension upon the strands or wires in the mak-
ing of fabrics, mostly composed of eveners or equalizers for
the strands of wire fences when building in the field. Each
device provides for producing yielding tension and is not
designed to be a permanent part of the fence.
Search Classes
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 76, Draft-equalizers.
39 FENCES, subclasses under Fences, Wire, Stretchers, for
similar devices employed in stretching fences where the strand
ends are gripped or fast and not yieldingly secured.
135. TENSION DEVICES, FRICTION-CLAMP. Devices for
maintaining a yielding tension or friction upon a wire or
wires by means of a clamping plate, plates, jaws, or the like.
Search Classes
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 137, Tension devices, Tor-
tuous course, and 138, Tension devices, Tortuous course,
Adjustable, for friction-clamps involving a tortuous course
for the wire.
28 CORDAGE, subclass 20, Yarn guides and clearers.
139 WEAVING, subclass 61, Take-ups and let-offs, and the
subclasses thereunder.
136. TENSION DEVICES, FRICTION-ROLLER. Tension
devices having a friction-roller, drum, or reel from which the
wire is unwound, and having means for preventing its free
rotation either at its bearings or by means of a suitable brake
of any form or type.
Search Classes
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclass 134, Tension devices, Equal-
izers.
112 SEWING-MACHINES, subclass 23, Shuttles and bobbins.
137. TENSION DEVICES, TORTUOUS COURSE. Tension
devices in which the wire is forced to pass over a devious or
crooked path, the change of direction producing sufflcient
friction with the deflecting elements to retard its movement.
Search Classes
118 SPINNING, subclass 29, Fliers.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 28, Rope-brakes, Tortuous.
138. TENSION DEVICES, TORTUOUS COURSE, ADJUST-
ABLE. Tortuous-course tension devices having means for
adjusting or varying the path over which the wire passes.
139. WIRE CUTTING AND STRAIGHTENING. Devices that
both straighten and cut wire.
140. WIRE CUTTING AND STRAIGHTENING, PREDE-
TERMINED LENGTHS. Wire straightening and cutting
devices having means to produce straight wires of given length,
the cutting mechanism usually being actuated by the wire to
be cut.
141. WIRE-CUTTING. Devices particularly adapted for cutting
wire not classifiable in the minor subclasses below.
Search Classes
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, appropriate
subclasses.
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 4, Peg-cutters.
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 13, Special work, Paper-fastener
making.
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclasses 71,
Staple-making; 73, Staple-making, Cutting, bending, barbing;
74, Staple-making, Cutting, bending, point-forming; 75, Staple-
making, Cutting and bending, and 76, Staple-making, Cutting
and bending, Rotary former.
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 3, Cutting and rolling.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses of Tag-machines, for
devices for applying wire to tags, usually involving feeding,
cutting, twisting, or knotting devices.
CLASS 140 Continued.
163 NEEDLE AND PIN MAKING, subclass 1, Needle-making.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, analogous sub-
classes, for devices operating upon sheets and bars.
218 BUTTON, EYELET, AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 8, Ma-
chines, Button, Staple-fastener, Staple making and setting.
142. WIRE-CUTTING, DIES. Miscellaneous cutting devices in
the form of dies that shape or bend the wire cut thereby.
143. WIRE-CUTTING, OSCILLATING APERTURED CUT-
TER. Wire-cutting devices in which a plate or block is pro-
vided with an aperture, notch, or recess in which the wire lies
and is cut by relative movement between the same and the
wire.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 40,
Cutting, Machines, Oscillating apertured cutter, for sheet and
bar cutters.
144. WIRE-CUTTING, PIVOTED CUTTER. Wire-cutting de-
vices provided with a knife or cutter having an oscillatory mo-
tion or other than reciprocatory or rotary.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 14,
Combined machines, Pivoted knife-carrier, and 15, Combined
machines, Reciprocating knife-carrier.
145. WIRE-CUTTING, RECIPROCATING CUTTER. Cutters
moving in straight lines back and forth and specially adapted
to cut wire.
Search Classes
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 18, Machines, Shoe, Nail-
driving, Magazine.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 88, Tag-machines , Pin-
ticket making and attaching, and 89, Tag-machines, Pin-ticket
making.
146. WIRE-CUTTING, ROTARY CUTTER. Special wire-cut-
ting devices having a revoluble rather than an oscillating
cutter.
147. WIRE-STRAIGHTENING. Devices specially adapted for
straightening wire, except those employing rolls or rollers,
which ate classifiable in the minor subclass below.
Search Classes
148 ANNEALING AND TEMPERING, subclass 20, Annealing appa-
ratus, Wire and springs.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 35, Curving or straightening,
Stretching, for spring-straightening; subclass 37, Curving or
straightening, Flier-frame, mostly comprising patents for
straightening wire by means of a revolving flier.
148. WIRE-STRAIGHTENING, ROLLS. Wire-straightening
devices employing rolls or rollers that rotate with the move-
ment of the wire.
149. WIRE-TWISTING. Miscellaneous wire-twisting devices not
classifiable in other subclasses of this or other arts under ap-
propriate titles.
Search Classes
140 WIRE- WORKING, particular groups under Article making
or forming.
28 CORDAGE, subclasses 2, Banding, and 21, Cord and rope
machines.
56 HARVESTERS, subclasses 87, Self-binders, Twisters and
tuckers, and 88, Self-binders, Wire-twisters.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses w cf Tag-machines, for
devices for applying wire to tags, usually involving feeding,
cutting, twisting, or knotting devices.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 78, Twisting.
CLASS 142. WOOD-TURNING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
Wood-turning includes inventions for reducing sticks of wood to
a desired form by means of rotary or non-rotary cutters brought into
engagement with the circumference of the continuously-rotating
stick or by means of rotary or non-rotary cutters revolving circum-
ferentially around and in engagement with the stick or that portion
of the stick to be reduced.
Wood-turning also includes machines provided with work-holders
which hold several sticks arranged axially in or near the circumfer-
ence thereof to form a cylinder of such sticks to be operated upon by
the cutter as though it were a single stick. These machines are for
producing sticks of polygonal section by turning the sticks in the
work-holder to successively present new surfaces to the cutter.
In this class of machines rotating saw-cutters which engage with
the sticks while secured in the lathe-chuck or between the centers
are regarded as a species of rotary cutters and are not classified with
saws in class 143, WOOD-SAWING.
Wood-turning does not include machines comprising a relatively-
rotating cutter and table or support upon which blocks or segmental
strips of wood are so secured that they maybe brought into engage-
ment with the cutter which stands transversely to the sticks ami
feeds longitudinally thereof. Such machines may be found in the
several subclasses of class 144, WOODWORKING, Shaping.
Search Class
82 TURNING.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Wood-turning machines which comprise
features of construction not elsewhere specifically classified.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 48, Combined machines, Turn-
ing and sawing, and 47, Combined machines, Turning and pol-
ishing.
2. POLYGONAL-SECTION, ANNULAR WORK-HOLDERS.
Machines comprising a cutter and work-holders adapted to
secure several sticks together in the form of a hollow cylinder
to be rotated in contact with the cutter. After the cylinder
has been reduced by the cutter the sticks are turned upon their
axes in the work-holder and the cylinder again submitted to
the action of the cutter. This operation is continued until
as many sides have been produced upon the sticks as desired.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 138, Shaping, Pattern, Polygonal
forms, indexed work.
3. PATTERN-SECTION, MANY-SPINDLE LATHES. Ma-
chines for reducing sticks to other than a circular cross-section,
comprising a plurality of turning spindles whereby several
sticks are simultaneously under different stages of completion.
The stock may be supplied to the spindles successively or
simultaneously.
4. CIRCULAR-SECTION, MANY-SPINDLE LATHES. Ma-
chines comprising a plurality of turning spindles whereby sev-
eral sticks are simultaneously under different stages of com-
pletion. The stock may be supplied to the spindles succes-
sively or simultaneously.
5. CIRCULAR-SECTION, MANY-SPINDLE LATHES, AU-
TOMATIC SPINDLE-FEED. Many-spindle lathes which
comprise mechanism for separating the pairs of spindles to
facilitate the removal of finished sticks and the supply of new
stock and mechanism for causing the spindles of each pair to
approach each other to engage the new stock.
6. PATTERN-SECTION, CAM-CONTROLLED, CUTTER,
LATERALLY AND LONGITUDINALLY MOVABLE.
Machines for reducing a stick to other than a circular cross-
section, wherein the cutter is given a simultaneous longitudi-
nal and transverse movement relative to the axis of the stick,
the transverse movement of the cutter being controlled by a
rotary cam.
7. PATTERN-SECTION, COPYING, CUTTER, LATERALLY
AND LONGITUDINALLY MOVABLE. Machines for
reducing a stick to other than a circular cross-section, wherein
the cutter is made to advance toward or recede from the axis
of the stick by means of a rotating pattern-guide. Simulta-
neously with its transverse movements the cutter is given a
movement lengthwise of the stick.
Search Class
142 WOOD-TURNING ; subclass 3, Pattern section, Many-spindle
lathes.
8. PATTERN -SECTION, CLAMPED - WORK, CUTTER,
CHISEL, LATERALLY AND LONGITUDINALLY
MOVABLE. Machines for reducing a stick to other than a
circular cross-section by means of a chisel-cutter which is
caused to move longitudinally and around the clamped stick
and is controlled in its movement toward or from the axis of
the stick by a pattern-guide.
CLASS 142 Continued.
9. PATTERN-SECTION, CUTTER, ROTARY. Machines for
reducing a stick to other than a circular cross-section by
means of rotary cutters having their bearings carried in mov-
able supports, the supports being controlled in their move-
ments by mechanism other than a cam or pattern-guide.
10. PATTERN-SECTION. CAM-CONTROLLED. CUTTER,
ROTARY, FIXED BEARINGS. Machines for reducing a
stick to other than a circular cross-section, wherein a pattern-
cutter rotates in fixed bearings and the rotating stick is caused
to approach or recede from the cutter by means of a cam car-
ried by the spindle.
Search Class
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclass 3, Pattern-section, Many-spin-
dle lathes.
11. PATTERN-SECTION, COPYING, CUTTER, ROTARY,
FIXED BEARINGS. Machines for reducing a stick to
other than a circular cross-section, wherein the rotary cutter
is mounted in fixed bearings and the stick is caused to move
endwise and at the same time transversely of its axis toward
and from the cutter by means of a rotating pattern-guide.
12. PATTERN-SECTION, CAM-CONTROLLED, CUTTER,
LATERALLY-MOVABLE. Machines for reducing a stick
to other than a circular cross-section, wherein the cuttar
moves transversely to the axis of the rotating stick and is
guided toward and from such axis by a rotary cam. While
being operated upon by the cutter the stick moves longitudi-
nally.
13. PATTERN-SECTION, COPYING, CUTTER, LATER-
ALLY-MOVABLE. Machines for reducing a stick to other
than a circular cross-section, wherein the cutter is made to
advance toward or recede from the axis of the stick by means
of a rotating pattern-guide and the stick is carried endwise
past the cutter.
14. PATTERN-SECTION, CAM-CONTROLLED, CUTTER,
LONGITUDINALLY-MOVABLE. Machines for reducing
a stick to other than a circular cross-section , wherein the cutter
moves longitudinally of the stick and the stick is given a simul-
taneous transverse movement by means of a rotary cam.
15. PATTERN-SECTION, COPYING, CUTTER, LONGITU-
DINALLY-MOVABLE. Machines for reducing a stick to
other than a circular cross-section, wherein the cutter moves
longitudinally along the stick and the axis of the stick is
caused to approach or recede from the cutter by means of a
rotating pattern-guide.
16. PATTERN-SECTION, OVAL-FORM, GUIDED CHUCKS.
Mechanisms for guiding work-holding chucks in elliptical or
oval paths.
17. CIRCULAR-SECTION, AUTOMATIC SPINDLE-LATHES,
Turning-lathes which comprise mechanism for periodically
separating and" drawing together the spindles, whereby they
release the finished material and engage the new stock to be
turned.
18. CIRCULAR-SECTION, AUTOMATIC SPINDLE-LATHES,
ENDLESS-FEED. Automatic spindle-lathes in which the
stock is fed to the spindles by an endless conveyer.
Search Class
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclass 5, Circular-section, Many-spin-
dle lathes, Automatic spindle-feed.
19. CIRCULAR-SECTION. AUTOMATIC SPINDLE-LATHES.
ENDLESS-FEED, DISK. Automatic spindle-lathes in
which the stock is fed to the spindles by a rotating disk having
conveying notches or pockets in its periphery.
20. CIRCULAR-SECTION, AUTOMATIC SPINDLE-LATHES,
CHUTE-FEED. Automatic spindle-lathes in which the
stock is fed to the spindles through a chute or over a table or
platform.
Search Classes
142 WOOD-TURINNG, subclass 4, Circular-section, Many-spin-
dle lathes, Automatic spindle-feed.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 245, Feed and Presser Mechan-
isms, Blank feeders.
21. CIRCULAR-SECTION, CUTTERS, CHISELS, PLAIN AND
PATTERN, PATTERN-GUIDE. Wood-turning machines
for reducing a stick to a circular section by means of two chisel-
: by a patter
cutter which makes a thin smoothing or finishing cut.
22. CIRCULAR-SECTION, CUTTERS, ROTARY AND
CHISEL, PATTERN. Wood-turning machines for reduc-
ing a stick to a circular section by means of two cutters having
pattern-cutting edges, one of which cutters is rotary and the
other is a chisel. The rotary cutter rough-cuts the stick to
approximate its finished form and the chisel makes a thin fin-
ishing cut.
333
334
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 142 Continued.
23. CIRCULAR-SECTION, SPIRAL-GROOVING, HOLLOW
CUTTER-HEAD. Machines for reducing a stick to a circu-
lar section having a spiral groove in its circumference by pass-
ing the stock axially through a rotary hollow cutter-head nav-
ing a chisel-cutter projecting through its circumference toward
the axis of the stick.
24. CIRCULAR-SECTION, SPIRAL-GROOVING, CUTTER,
ROTARY, PATTERN-GUIDE. Machines for reducing a
stick to a circular section and producing a spiral groove in its
circumference by means of a rotary cutter which is guided to
move toward and from the axis of the stick by a relatively-
moving pattern.
25. CIRCULAR-SECTION, SPIRAL-GROOVING, CUTTER,
ROTARY, HOLLOW-MANDREL. Machines for reducing
a stick to a circular section and producing a spiral groove in its
circumference by means of a rotary cutter. The stick is con-
trolled in its movements by a rotating hollow mandrel.
26. CIRCULAR-SECTION, SPIRAL-GROOVING, CUTTER,
ROTARY. Machines for reducing a stick to a circular section
and producing a spiral groove in its circumference by means of
a rotary cutter.
27. CIRCULAR-SECTION, HOLLOW CUTTER-HEAD, CUT-
TER, CHISEL, RADIALLY-MOVABLE, PATTERN-
GUIDE. Machines for reducing a stick to a circular section
by a hollow cutter-head, in which the chisel-cutter is made to
reciprocate through the side of the cylinder of the cutter-head
and is guided to approach or recede from the axis of the stick
by a pattern.
28. CIRCULAR-SECTION, HOLLOW CUTTER-HEAD, CUT-
TER, CHISEL, RADIALLY- MOVABLE, PATTERN-
GUIDE, ROTARY. Machines for reducing a stick to a cir-
cular section by a hollow cutter-head, in which the chisel-
cutter is made to reciprocate through the side of the cylinder
of the cutter-head and is guided to approach or recede from the
axis of the stick by a rotary pattern.
29. CIRCULAR-SECTION, HOLLOW CUTTER-HEAD, CUT-
TER, CHISEL, RADIALLY-MOVABLE. Machines for
reducing a stick to a circular section by a hollow cutter-head, in
which the chisel-cutter is made to reciprocate through the side
of the cylinder and is provided with a plain edge.
30. CIRCULAR-SECTION, HOLLOW CUTTER-HEAD, CUT-
TER, CHISEL, PATTERN, RADIALLY-MOVABLE.
Machines for reducing a stick to a circular section by a hollow
cutter-head, in which the chisel-cutter is made to reciprocate
through the side of the cylinder and is provided with a pattern
edge.
31. CIRCULAR-SECTION, HOLLOW CUTTER-HEAD, CUT-
TER, CHISEL. Machines for reducing a stick to a circular
section by a hollow cutter-head, in which the chisel-cutter
projects through the cylinder toward its axis.
32. CIRCULAR-SECTION, HOLLOW CUTTER-HEAD. Ma-
chines for reducing a stick to a circular section by means of a
rotating cylinder having a chisel cutting edge at one end.
The stick to be reduced is forced against the cutting edge of the
cylinder, and the reduced portion passes through the cylinder
and out at the end opposite the cutter.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 23, Special-work machines, Single
or combined, Disk-cutting, rotary tubular cutter.
33. CIRCULAR-SECTION, SPIRAL-GROOVING, CUTTER,
ROTARY, RACK-AND-PINION FEED. Machines for re-
ducinga stickto a circular section and producing a spiral groove
in its circumference by means of a rotary cutter. The relative
movements of the stick and the cutter are controlled by a rack
and pinion.
34. CIRCULAR-SECTION, SPIRAL-GROOVING, CUTTER,
ROTARY, ROLLER-FEED. Machines for reducing a stick
to a circular section and producing a spiral groove in its circum-
ference by means of a rotary cutter. The movements of the
stick past the cutter are controlled by positively-driven feed-
rollers.
35. CIRCULAR-SECTION, SPIRAL-GROOVING, CUTTER,
CHISEL. Machines for reducing a stick to a circular section
and producing a spiral groove in its circumference by means of
a chisel-cutter.
36. CIRCULAR-SECTION, CUTTER, SLICING, LONGITUDI-
NALLY-MOVABLE. Wood-turning machines for reduc-
ing a block of cork or other soft wood to a circular section by
rotating it in contact with a longitudinally-moving cutter-
blade which reduces the block with a slicing action.
Search Class
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclass 40, Circular-section, Cutter,
Rotary.
37. CIRCULAR-SECTION, CUTTER, ROTARY, PATTERN-
GUIDE. Wood-turning machines which reduce a stick to a
circular section by rotating the stick on its axis and in contact
with a rotary cutter which is guided toward and from the axis
of the stick by a relatively-moving pattern.
CLASS 142 Continued.
38. CIRCULAR-SECTION, CUTTER, CHISEL, PATTERN-
GUIDE. Wood-turning machines which reduce a stick to a
circular section by means of a narrow plain chisel-cutter
guided toward and from the axis of the stick by means of a
relatively-moving pattern.
39. CIRCULAR-SECTION, CUTTER, CHISEL, PATTERN-
GUIDE, ROTARY. Wood-turning machines which reduce
a stick to a circular section by means of a narrow plain chisel-
cutter guided toward and from the axis of the stick by means
of a rotating pattern.
40. CIRCULAR-SECTION, CUTTER, ROTARY. Wood-turn-
ing machines which reduce a stick to a circular section by ro-
tating the stick on its axis and in contact with a rotary cutter.
Search Classes
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclasses 20, Circular-section, Automatic
spindle-lathes, Chute-feed; 5, Circular-section, Many-spindle
lathes, Automatic spindle-feed, and the several subclasses of
Pattern-section
120 STATIONERY, subclasses under 85 et seq., Pencil-sharpeners.
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 209, Veneer-lathes; 30, Special
work-machines, single or combined, Pin-pointing.
41. CIRCULAR-SECTION, CUTTER, ROTARY, PATTERN.
Wood-turning machines which reduce a stick to a circular sec-
tion by rotating the stick on its axis and in contact with a
broad-faced rotary cutter having other than a plain cutting
edge.
Search Class
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclasses 34, Circular-section, Spiral-
grooving, Cutter, Rotary, Roller-feed; 33, Circular-section,
Spiral-grooving, Cutter, Rotary, Rack-and-pinion feed; 5, Cir-
cular-section, Many-spindle lathes, Automatic spindle-feed;
4, Circular-section, Many-spindle lathes; and 52, Polygonal-
section, Annular work-holders.
42. CIRCULAR-SECTION, CUTTER, CHISEL. Wood-turning
machines which reduce a stick to a circular section by rotating
it in contact with a plain chisel carried by an adjustable tool-
rest, whereby the chisel may be directed by hand to properly
shape the stick.
Search Class
146 VEGETABLE CUTTERS AND CRUSHERS, subclass 8, Apple
Parers.
43. CIRCULAR-SECTION, CUTTER, CHISEL, PATTERN.
Wood-turning machines which reduce a stick to a circular sec-
tion by rotating it in contact with a chisel having other than a
plain cutting edge. The cutter may be of sufficient width to
cut the entire length of the stick or may be narrow and make
successive cuts along the stick.
Search Class
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclasses 20, Circular-section, Automatic
spindle-lathes, Chutes-feed; 5, Circular-section, Many-spindle
lathes, Automatic spindle-feed; and 4, Circular-section, Many
spindle lathes.
44. CIRCULAR-SECTION, CUTTER, CHISEL, PATTERN,
DIS K. Wood-turning machines which reduce a stick to a cir-
cular section by rotating it in contact with a disk provided
with a chisel edge having a pattern outline. As the cutter
is moved longitudinally along the stick the disk is rotated to
present the entire contour of the cutter to the stick.
45. CIRCULAR-SECTION, CLAMPED-WORK, HOLLOW
CUTTER-HEAD, END-TURNING. Machines for reduc-
ing the ends of sticks while clamped to prevent rotation thereof
by means of a hollow cutter-carrying head having a cutter pro-
jecting within the shell thereof.
Search Classes
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclasses under 27, Circular-section,
Hollow cutter-head.
145 WOOD-WORKING TOOLS, subclass 115, Tenon-cutters.
46. CIRCULAR-SECTION, CLAMPED-WORK, CUTTER,
CHISEL, LONGITUDINALLY-MOVABLE. Machines
for reducing the ends of sticks to a circular section by means of a
cutter carried in a frame which revolves around the axis of the
clamped stick and comprises mechanism for moving the cutter
longitudinally in the frame.
47. CARRIAGE-FEED. Mechanism for controlling the move-
ments of the carriage or tool-rest.
Search Class
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclasses 46, Circular-section, Clamped-
work, Cutter, Chisel, Longitudinally-movable; 26, Circular-
section, Spiral-grooving, Cutter, Rotary; 24, Circular-section,
Spiral-grooving, Cutter, Rotary, Pattern-guide; 21, Circular-
section, Cutters, Chisel, plain and pattern, Pattern-guide, and
the several subclasses of Pattern-section.
48. TOOL-RESTS AND WORK-SUPPORTS. Tool-rests pro-
vided with an extension adapted to support the turned portion
of the stick near the cutter and prevent it from springing
therefrom.
Search Class
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclasses 43, Circular-section, Cutter,
Chisel, Pattern; 44, Circular-section, Cutter, Chisel, Pattern,
Disk; 37, Circular-section, Cutter, Chisel, Pattern-guide; and
21 , Circular-section, Cutters, Chisels, plain and pattern, Pattern-
guide.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
335
CLASS 142 Continued.
49. TOOL-RESTS. Supports within which wood-turning cutter-
tools are adjusted and secured.
50. STEADY-RESTS, YIELDING. Yielding rests or supports for
sticks having irregular cross-section. These supports are for
preventing the stick from springing away from the cutter.
51. PATTERN-SECTION, OVAL-FORM, GUIDED CHUCKS'
COUNTER-POISES. Oval or elliptically-guided work-
holder chucks provided with weights or counter-poises to
balance the reciprocating parts of the chuck.
52. POLYGONAL-SECTION, ANNULAR WORK-HOLDER,
CHUCKS. Chucks for holding sticks together in the form of
a hollow cylinder.
53. LATHE-CENTERS. Center spindles provided with one or
more spurs for engaging the end of a stick of wood or other soft
material to be turned.
CLASS 142 Continued.
54. HOLLOW MANDRELS. Longitudinally-perforated rotary
spindles or work-carriers through which the sticks feed end-
wise.
Search Class
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclasses 23, Circular-section, Spiral-
grooving, Hollow cutter-head; 32, Circular-section, Hollow
cutter-head, and subclasses thereof.
55. ATTACHMENTS. Devices to be attached or secured to wood-
turning machines to be used therewith or wood-turning ma-
chines designed to be attached to the frames of machines which
comprise cylinders for the purpose of resurfacing the cylinders.
56. TURNING-TOOLS. Cutting-tools peculiarly adapted for use
in connection with wood-turning machines.
57. WORK-HOLDERS, SOCKET. Socket-chucks for securing a
stick to the live-spindle of a wood-turning machine.
CLASS 143. WOOD-SAWING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes machines, parts and attachments therefor, in
which the sole function is severing wood by means of saws; also,
saw-blades, whether for machines or handsaws. Machines in which
sawing is not the sole function, as well as those in which saws are used
for dovetailing, gaining, or any other purpose than severing wood,
are classified in class 144, WOODWORKING. Handsaws in which the
cutting part of the saw does not constitute the invention are classified
in class 145, WOODWORKING-TOOLS.
Search Class
29 METAL WORKING, subclass 67, Sawing, et seq.
Subclasses.
1. COMBINATION-MACHINES. Machines embodying in each
two or more of the recognized types of sa wing-machines.
2. HOOP-POLE MACHINES. Machines for sawing hoops from
small poles.
3. HOOP-POLE MACHINES, BAND-SAW. Hoop-pole ma-
chines in which a band-saw is used.
4. RESAWING-MACHINES. Sawing-machines designed for cut-
ting sawed lumber into thinner pieces.
Note. Quarter-sawing machines are not included in this class,
but with the various structural classes of sa wing-machines.
5. RESAWING-MACHINES, BAND-SAW. Resawing-machines
using a band-saw. 4
6. MITERING-MACHINES. Sawing-machines designed espe-
cially for cutting bevels or miters.
7. MITERING-MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-SAW. Miter-
sawing machines having a reciprocating saw.
8. SHINGLE-MACHINES. Machines especially designed for saw-
ing shingles and not adapted for general use.
9. SHINGLE-MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-SAW. A series
of saws mounted in a reciprocating frame adapted especially
for cutting out shingles.
10. SHINGLE-MACHINES, BELT-FEED. Shingle-sawing ma-
chines having an endless chain or belt for carrying the blocks.
11. SHINGLE-MACHINES, DOG-AND-STEP FEED. The
blocks are set for each cut by dog-and-step mechanism, which
alternately advances either end of the block, so that pieces
thicker at one end than the other may be sawed.
12. SHINGLE -MACHINES, ROLLER -FEED. The shingle-
blocks are set for each cut by rolls so driven that each end of the
block is alternately advanced.
13. SHINGLE -MACHINES, TILTING - GAGE. The shingle-
blocks are forced against a vertically-pivoted tilting-gage plate
which determines the thickness of the shingle.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 170, Slicers, Beveling, Tilting-
gage.
14. SHINGLE-MACHINES, TILTING-TABLE. After each cut
the shingle-blocks are allowed to drop upon a horizontally-piv-
oted tilting table to determine the thickness of the shingle.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 171, Slicers, Beveling, Tilting-
table.
15. SHINGLE - MACHINES, TILTING - TABLE, ROTARY-
CARRIAGE. Tilting-table machines in which the block-
holders are supported upon a rotating carriage.
Hi. ARC-SAW MACHINES. Machines having one or more saws
bent into arcs and designed to oscillate in the line of curva-
ture of the saw.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 33, Special work machines, single
or combined , Tray-making.
17. BAND-SAW MACHINES. Sawing-machines of general utility
in which the saws are endless bands traveling over a plurality
of pulleys.
18. BAND-SAW MACHINES, CENTERED-LOG. The log is
centered between chucks and rotated on an axis parallel to the
line of travel of the saw.
Search Classes
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 39, Circular-saw machines, Angu-
lar, Centered-log; 144, WOODWORKING, subclass 165, Slicers,
Strip-cutting, Converging knives, Lathe feed; 166, Slicers,
Strip-cutting, Lathe feed.
26674 12-
-22
CLASS 143 Continued.
19. BAND-SAW MACHINES, HORIZONTAL-SAW. The saw
travels in a horizontal plane, though the kerf may be either
vertical or horizontal.
20. BAND SAW MACHINES, INCLINED. The line of travel of
the saw is oblique to the line of travel of the work.
21. BAND-SAW MACHINES, MULTIPLE IDLERS. The saw
is supported on two or more idler-pulleys.
22. BAND - SAW MACHINES, MULTIPLE - SAW. Machines
having two or more band-saws which operate simultaneously.
23. BAND-SAW MACHINES, RETARDED-IDLER. Devices
to retard the idler-pulley of a band-saw machine when sudden
strain is put upon the saw, and so taking up the slack caused
by the strain.
24. BAND-SAW MACHINES, TILTING-FRAME. The frame
supporting the saw-pulleys is designed.to be tilted into various
positions in order to vary the angle of the cut.
25. BAND-SAW MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CARRIAGE.
Band-saw machines in which the work is presented to the saw
by a reciprocating carriage.
26. BAND-SAW MACHINES, SPECIAL-FEED. Band-saw ma-
chines characterized by various forms of work-feeding mech-
anism.
27. BAND-SAW MACHINES, AUTOMATIC TENSION-REGU-
LATORS. Devices for automatically taking up slack in
band-saws and so keeping the tension of the saws uniform.
28 BAND-SAW MACHINES, CATCHERS. Devices for catching
band-saws when they run off the pulleys or for keeping them
in position on the pulleys.
29. BAND-SAW MACHINES, PULLEY CLEANERS AND LU-
BRICATORS. Scraping, washing, and oiling devices for the
pulleys of band-saw machines.
30. BAND-SAW MACHINES, PULLEYS. Pulleys having fea-
tures of construction which especially adapt them to use upon
band-saw machines.
Search Class
64 JOURNAL BOXES, PULLEYS, AND SHAFTING, subclass 17,
Pulleys.
31. BAND-SAW MACHINES, SAW-LEAD ADJUSTMENTS.
Devices for inclining the pulleys or for adjusting the saw on
the pulleys in order to prevent the pressure of the work from
forcing the saw off the pulley.
32. CHAIN-SAW MACHINES. Sawing-machines using chain-
saws.
33. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES. Sawing-machines having
none but circular saws.
34. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, PILE-CUTTING. Circular
saw machines for cutting off the tops of piles after they have
been driven.
35. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, ADJUSTABLE-SAW. Cir-
cular-saw machines having adjustable saws.
36. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, ADJUSTABLE-SAW, AN-
GULAR. Circular-saw machines whose saws are angularly
adjustable,
37. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, ADJUSTABLE-SAW, LAT-
ERAL. Circular-saw machines having the saws so mounted
in the machine that they may be shifted laterally by appropri-
ate means.
38. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, ANGULAR. Circular-saw
machines employing two or more saws set at angles to each
other and operating simultaneously upon the same material.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 89, Dovetailing, Inclined ro-
tary-disk; 203, Tenoning, Rotary gaining-cutters; 204, Tenon-
ing, Rotary gaining-cutters, Multiple-tenon.
39. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, ANGULAR, CENTERED-
LOG. Angular circular-saw machines in which the log is sup-
ported between centers and is rotated slightly after each cut.
Search Classes
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass IS, Band-saw machines, Cen-
tered-log.
144 \VOODWORKING, subclasses 105, Slicers, Strip-cutting, Con-
verging knives, Lathe-feed; 160, Slicers, Strip-cutting, Lathe-
feed.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 60,
Cutting, Machines, Rotary cutter.
337
338
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 143 Continued.
40. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, AUXILIARY-SAW. Ma-
chines having two circular saws, one set above the other, and
designed for sawing material of thickness too great to be read-
ily cut through by a single saw.
41. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, DROP-SAW. Machineshav-
ing saws, usually several, separately mounted in pivoted
frames which permit the saw to be dropped below the table
when not in use. In some machines the saws are above the
table and have to be lowered into operative position.
42. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, KNIFE-DISK. The ordi-
nary circular saw is replaced by a disk knife which is caused to
rotate at a high rate of speed.
Search Class
164^-ClTTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass CO,
Cutting, Machines, Rotary cutter.
43. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, PORTABLE. Machines de-
signed for easy transportation either dismantled or set up.
44. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, RIM-DRIVEN. The saw is
driven by means of power applied directly to the saw near the
periphery instead of to the shaft. Most of the saws are annu-
lar in form and supported upon a plurality of rollers.
45. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, SUCCESSIVE. Two or more
saws mounted in a pivoted frame which permits only a single
saw to be brought into operative position at once.
46. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, SWINGING-SAW. The saw
is mounted in a swinging frame and is swung into operative
position.
47. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, TRAVELING-SAW. The
work remains stationary and the saw travels forward while
making its cut.
Search Class
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 34, Circular-saw machines, Pile-
cutting.
48. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, SPECIAL-FEED. Circular-
saw machines characterized by special forms of feed mechan-
ism different from those in other subclasses.
49. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, CHAIN-FEED. The mate-
rial to be sawed is conveyed to the saw by an endless chain or
belt.
Search Classes
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 41, Circular-saw machines, Drop-
saw; 144 WOODWORKING, subclass 242, Feed and presser
mechanisms, Miscellaneous.
50. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, LATHE-FEED. The log is
centered between two blocks and turned slightly after each cut.
There is but one saw.
51. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, PUSHER-FEED. Thework
is pushed across the supporting frame or table into engagement
with the saw.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 242, Feed and presser mechan-
isms, Miscellaneous.
52. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CAR-
RIAGE. The work is supported upon a carriage which is re-
ciprocated by the operator.
53. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CAR-
RIAGE, AUTOMATIC-FEED. The position of the work on
the carriage is automatically shifted at each reciprocation
thereof in order to set the work for another cut.
54. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CAR-
RIAGE, MECHANICALLY-OPERATED. The carriage
is reciprocated by mechanism which may have to be set in mo-
tion independently of the saw-driving mechanism or which
may be operatively connected therewith and act automatic-
ally.
55. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, ROLLER-FEED. Circular-
saw machines in which the work is fed to the saw by means of
positively-driven rolls; also, feed-rolls especially designed for
sawing-machines.
Search Classes
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 84, Reciprocal ing-saw machines,
Roller-feed; 144, WOODWORKING, subclasses 117, Planers, Ro-
tary-cutter, Cylinder; 240, Feed and presser mechanisms,
Rolls, Feed, Miscellaneous; 247, Feed and presser mechanisms,
Rolls, Feed, Spring-pressed; 248, Feed and presser mechan-
isms, Rolls, Feed, Weighted.
50. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, ROLLER-FEED, GANG.
Roller-feed circular-saw machines having a number of saws
mounted upon one shaft.
Search Classes
143 WOOD-SAWING, sul>class 84, Reciprocating-saw machines,
Roller-feed; 144, WOODWORKING, subclasses 117, Planers, Ro-
tary-cutter, Cylinder; 240, Feed and presser mechanisms,
Rolls, Feed, Miscellaneous; 247, Feed and presser mechan-
isms, Rolls, Feed, Spring-pressed; 248, Feed and presser
mechanisms, Rolls, Feed, Weighted.
57. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, ROTARY-CARRIAGE. A
rotary carriage, which usually has several work-holders, pre-
sents the work to the saw.
CLASS 143 Continued.
58. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, SWINGING-CARRIAGE.
The work is brought into contact with the saw by means of a
swinging carriage.
Search Class
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 77, Reciprocating-saw machines,
Special-cut, Pivoted work-holder.
59. CIRCULAR-SAW MACHINES, TILTING WORK-SUP-
PORT. The work-table is mounted on pivots so that it may
be set at different angles to the saw.
60. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES. All sawing-machines
not designed for sawing special articles or materials in which
reciprocating saws are used.
Search Classes
29 METAL-WORKING, sul>class 73, Sawing, Reciprocating-saw.
125 STONE-WORKING, subclass 18, Sawing stone.
61. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, DRAG. Reciprocat-
ing-saw machines consisting of a crosscut or buck saw and a
supporting-frame which guides the saw in its movement and
which may or may not include devices for transmitting power
to the saw.
62. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, DRAG, AUTOMAT-
IC RETURN. Drag-saw machines in which the return move-
ment of the saw is assisted or brought about by means of a
spring or weight .
63. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, DRAG, CRANK.
Movement is imparted to the drag-saw by some form of crank
mechanism.
Search Class
29 METALWORKING, subclass 73, Sawing, Reciprocating-saw.
64. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, DRAG, LEVER.
Movement is imparted to the drag-saw by means of lever
mechanism.
Search Class
29 METALWORKING, subclass 73, Sawing, Reciprocating-saw.
65. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, DRAG, LEVER-
AND-BOW. The driving mechanism includes a lever and
swinging bow carrying belts.
66. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, DRAG, LEVER
AND GEARS. The drag-saw is driven by means of a lever
and cooperating gears, usually segmental.
67. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, DRAG, LEVER
AND LAZY-TONGS. The saw is driven by means of a
lever and lazy-tongs.
68. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, DRAG, MOTOR.
The saw is driven by some form of motor which is shown in
combination with the saw.
Search Class
121 STEAM ENGINES, subclass 105, Attachments.
69. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, DRAG, OSCILLA
TORY. The saw or the saw-frame oscillates upon a pivot.
70. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, SCROLL. Machines
characterized by a small light reciprocating saw adapted to
sawing curved patterns in thin material, which is usually fed
to the saw by hand.
71. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, SCROLL, FRAME.
The saw is mounted hi a frame which^scillates or reciprocates.
72. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, SCROLL, FREE-
END SAW. One end of the saw is gripped by the operating-
arm and the other is free.
73. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, SCROLL, SPRING-
RETURN. The saw is drawn back by a spring after the
cutting stroke.
74. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, SCROLL, SWIVEL-
SAW. The saw is so mounted that it may be rotated on a
longitudinal axis.
75. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, SPECIAL-CUT.
The machines are designed to produce lumber of peculiar
forms or to saw up irregular material.
76. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, SPECIAL-CUT,
PATTERN-GUIDE. The cut of the saw is determined by
a pattern-guide.
77. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, SPECIAL-CUT,
PIVOTED WORK-HOLDER. The work is supported
upon a pivoted work-holder and is so presented to the saw
that the cut follows an arc of a circle.
78. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, SPECIAL-CUT,
. TILTING SAW-FRAME. The saw is supported in a frame
which may be so inclined as to make the cut at an angle to the
plane of the work-table.
79. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, LATERALLY-AD-
JUSTABLE ARM. The saws are capable of lateral adjust-
ment in the saw frame or gate.
80. RECIPROCATING - SAW MACHINES, PISTON-CON-
NECTED. The saw or saw-frame is directly connected with
a fluid-operated piston.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
339
CLASS 143 Continued.
Search Class
121 STEAM ENGINES, subclass 105, Attachments.
81. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, VIBRATED-SAW.
The saw is caused to vibrate in its own plane during its recip-
rocation.
S2. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES. VIBRATED-SAW,
LEVER-DRIVEN. The saw receives its vibratory and re-
ciprocatory motion from a pair of driving-levers.
83. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, VIBRATED-SAW,
PIVOTED-GUIDES. The saw is made to vibrate during
its reciprocations by means of the rocking of pivoted guides.
84. RECIPROCATING-SAW MACHINES, ROLLER-FEED.
The work is presented to the saw by means of feed-rollers.
Search Classes
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclasses 55, Circular-saw machines,
Roller-feed; 5('>, Circular-saw machines, Roller-fe.ed, Gang.
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 240, Feed and presser mechan-
isms, Rolls, Feed, Miscellaneous etseq.; 177, Planers, Rotary-
cutter, Cylinder.
85. TUBULAR-SAW MACHINES. Sawing-machines hi which
the saw is tubular in form.
Search Classes
79 BUTTON-MAKING, subclass 16, Blank-sawing, Tubular saw.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 23, Special-work machines,
Single or combined, Disk-cutting, Rotary tubular-cutter.
80. MITER-BOXES. Devices for holding lumber and guiding an
ordinary handsaw in the operation of cutting.
87. MITER-BOXES, ADJUSTABLE. Miter-boxes in which the
relative position of saw-guide and work-holder can be readily
changed.
88. MITER-BOXES, ADJUSTABLE, BIPLANE. Miter-boxes
capable of adjustment in both horizontal and vertical planes.
89. MITER - BOXES, ADJUSTABLE, SWINGING SAW-
GUIDE. Miter-boxes having fixed work-guides and saw-
guides which swing in one plane.
90. MITER-BOXES, ADJUSTABLE, SWINGING WORK-
GUIDE. Miter-boxes which have fixed saw-guides and
whose work-guides swing in one plane.
91. SAW-BUCKS. Supports, usually provided with gripping de-
vices, for holding a log while being sawed.
92. LOG-TRANSFERS. Apparatus of various kinds for convey-
ing logs from one part of a sawmill to another.
93. LOG-TRANSFERS, PUSHER-BLOCKS. Traveling blocks
which shift the position of the log on the log-deck.
94. LOG-TRANSFERS, TROUGH-AND-KICKER. Apparatus
for forcing the log out of the jack-trough and upon the log-deck
of the mill.
95. LOG TURNERS AND DECK BLOCKS. Devices embody-
ing both turners and deck-blocks which are driven by the
same mechanism.
96. LOG-DECK BLOCKS. Devices for preventing the rolling of
logs from the log-deck to the carriage and for loading the logs
upon the carriage.
97. LOG-TURNERS. Devices which turn the log on the log-car-
riage and which may servo to roll the log from the deck to the
sa wm ill-carriage .
98. LOG-TURNERS, BAR-AND-CHAIN. Log-turners having
toothed bars to engage with the log and chains to communi-
cate movement to the bars.
99. LOG-TURNERS, BAR AND INCLINED PISTONS. Log-
turners in which the turning-bar is actuated by two pistons
set at an angle to one another.
100. LOG-TURNERS, BAR AND PARALLEL PISTONS.
Log-turners consisting of a toothed bar operated by a pair of
parallel pistons.
101. LOG-TURNERS, BAR-AND-PISTON. Log-turners con-
sisting of a turning-bar driven by a single piston.
102. LOG-TURNERS, ENDLESS. Log-turners provided with a
spurred chain running over sprockets or having one or more
toothed wheels which engage with the log.
103. LOG-TURNERS, HOOK. Log-turners having a hook which
engages the log and which is moved by various means.
104. LOG-TURNERS, HOOK-AND-CHAIN. Log-turners con-
sisting of hooks to engage with the log and chains connected
therewith for pulling the log over.
105.. SAWMILL-CARRIAGES. Log-carriages for sawmills, to-
gether with driving means therefor and such attachments as
are not otherwise classified.
106. SAWMILL-CARRIAGES, FRICTION-FEED. Sawmill-
carriages to which power is applied through friction-gears.
Search Class
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 26, Gearing, Frictional.
CLASS 143 Continued.
107. SAWMILL-CARRIAGES, FRICTION-FEED, DISK. The
feed mechanism involves a friction-disk.
Search Class
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 26, Gearing, Frictional.
108. SAWMILL-CARRIAGES, MOTOR-FEED. The feed mech-
anism in vol ves some form of motor which is directly connected
with the carriage.
109. SAWMILL-CARRIAGES, OFFSETTING. The carriage is
provided with mechanism for giving it an offset from the saw
on its backward movement.
110. SAWMILL-CARRIAGES, OFFSETTING, DRAFT-OPER-
ATED. The offsetting mechanism is operated by reversing
the strain upon the draft-bar of the carriage.
111. SAWMILL-CARRIAGES, OFFSETTING, FRICTION-
OPERATED. The offsetting mechanism is set in operation
by means of friction-clutches which are thrown into operative
position by reversing the movement of the carriage.
112. SAWMILL-CARRIAGES, OFFSETTING, LEVER-OP-
ERATED. The offsetting mechanism is actuated through
a lever which is thrown by the operator.
113. SAWMILI^CARRIAGES, OFFSETTING, TRACK-OPER-
ATED. The carriage is offset by means of a trip which en-
gages with some portion of the track on the backward move-
ment of the carriage.
114. SAWMILL SET-WORKS. Devices for shifting the knees of
a sawmill-carriage to move the log laterally on the carriage.
115. SAWMILL SET-WORKS, AUTOMATIC. Sawmill set-
works which are automatically advanced and retracted by
the movements of the carriage.
116. SAWMILL SET-WORKS, DIRECT-ACTUATED. Sawmill
set-works which are operated by means of mechanism acting
directly upon the knees without the intervention of a set-shaft.
117. SAWMILL SET-WORKS, END DOGS. Sawmill set-works
provided with dogs which grip the end of the log.
118. SAWMILL SET -WORKS, FLUID - OPERATED. The
head-blocks are advanced and retracted by means of a steam
or ah- driven piston.
Search Class
121 STEAM ENGINES, subclass 105, Attachments.
119. SAWMILL SET-WORKS, PAWL-AND-RACK. The set-
works are driven by simple pawl-and-rack mechanism.
120. SAWMILL SET-WORKS, POWER-OPERATED. Saw-
mill set-works driven by the same power which drives the saw-
mill-carriage.
121. SAWMILL SET-WpRKS, SPRING-RETRACTED. The
head-blocks are provided with springs which retract the blocks
when they are thrown out of engagement with the driving
devices.
122. SAWMILL SET-WORKS, SUPPLEMENTAL SUPPORT.
Sawmill set-works provided with additional log-supporting
devices between the head-blocks.
123. SAWMILL SET-WORKS, WEDGE. Sawmill set-works
moved forward by one or more wedges.
124. SAWMILL SET-WORKS, APPLIANCES. Clamping de-
vices, gages, and other attachments for sawmill set-works.
125. SAWMILL-DOGS. Devices for holding the log upon the car-
riage of a sawmill.
126. SAWMILL-DOGS, LEVER. The gripping devices are actu-
ated by means of a lever or system of levers.
127. SAWMILL-DOGS, LEVER-AND-CAM. The points are
forced into operative position by means of a cam which is
turned by a lever.
128. SAWMILL - DOGS, LEVER AND COOPERATING
GEARS. The dogs are actuated by cooperating gears which
are driven by means of a lever.
129. SAWMILL-DOGS, LEVER, GEAR AND RACK. The
dogs are thrown into engagement with the log by means of a
rack which cooperates with a lever-driven gear.
130. SAWMILL-DOGS, LEVER, PAWL AND RACK. A
lever operates a pawl-and-rack mechanism for forcing the dogs
into the log.
131. SAWMILL-DOGS, SCREW. The points are forced into the
log by means of a screw. The points may or may not be
attached directly to the screw.
132. SAW-TABLES. Tables for sawing-machines and adjusting
devices therefor.
Note. Tables for mitering and other special operations are classi-
fied with the machines performing those operations.
133. SAWS. All saws in which the teeth are integral with the body
of the saw.
134. SAWS, BENT. The saw is curved or bent at an angle, so that
it will make a curved or angular kerf.
340
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 143 Continued.
135. SAWS, CHAIN. Saws consisting of a number of connected
links provided with cutting edges.
Search Classes
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 72, Mortising, Chain-cutter, and
73, Mortising, Chain-cutter, Portable.
56 HARVESTERS, subclass 42, Cutting apparatus, Endless.
136. SAWS, DISHED. The saw is made concave on one side.
137. SAWS, EXPANSION-APERTURE. The saw has a series
of openings so placed as to compensate for the unequal expan-
sion of the saw while in use.
138. SAWS, GUMMING-APERTURE. The saws are provided
with a series of openings near the teeth to prevent gumming.
139. SAWS, SECTIONAL. The saw is made up of a number of
sections.
140. SAWS, SMOOTHING. Saws having planer-teeth for smooth-
ing the sides of the kerf.
141. SAW-TEETH. Detachable teeth for insertion into or attach-
ment to saw-blades.
142. SAW-TEETH, CROSS-CUT. Teeth especially designed for
cross-cut-saws.
143. SAW-TEETH, PLANER. Saw-teeth designed to cut and
smooth a kerf simultaneously.
144. SAW-TEETH, REVERSIBLE. Saw-teeth having two cut-
ting bits and adapted to be reversed when one bit becomes
useless.
145. SAW-TEETH, FASTENINGS. Means for attaching separa-
ble teeth to saw-blades.
146. SAW-TEETH, FASTENINGS, BRIDGE-PLATE. The
tooth is mounted in a removable plate instead of being at-
tached directly to the saw.
147. SAW-TEETH, FASTENINGS, CAP. The bodies of the
teeth are integral with the saw-blade and the detachable por-
tions are in the form of tips which are fitted over projections
on the periphery of the saw.
148. SAW-TEETH, FASTENINGS, CAP, SEPARABLE-BIT.
The cutting-bit is mounted in a cap which is fitted on a pro-
jection upon the periphery of the saw.
149. SAW-TEETH, FASTENINGS, KEY. The teeth are held in
their recesses in the saw-blade by gibs, rivets, or screws.
150. SAW-TEETH, FASTENINGS, KEY AND LOCKING-
PLATE. The tooth is retained in its position by means of a
locking-plate and a key.
151. SAW-TEETH, FASTENINGS, LOCKING-PLATE. The
tooth is held in its recess in the saw-blade by means of a lock-
ing-plate with or without gibs or rivets.
152. SAW-TEETH, FASTENINGS, SPRING-LATCH. The
teeth are retained in the recesses by a spring-catch which may
form a part of the base of the tooth.
153. SAW-TEETH, FASTENINGS, WEDGE. The teeth are
held in recesses in the saw by means of a wedge which may
operate between the tooth and saw-blade or which may ex-
pand the base of the tooth.
154. SAW-TEETH, FASTENINGS, WEDGE AND LOCKING-
PLATE. A wedge serves to hold a clamping-plate in engage-
ment with the removable bit.
155. SAW-HANGING, CIRCULAR-SAW. Devices for attach-
ing circular saws to their supporting-arbors, and in some
instances devices supporting the arbor in the saw-frame.
CLASS 143 Continued.
156. SAW-HANGING, RECIPROCATING-SAW. Gripping
and straining devices for reciprocating saws.
157. SAWING - MACHINE APPLIANCES. Miscellaneous de-
vices designed for use upon or in connection with wood-sawing
machines.
158. SAW CLEANERS AND OILERS. Attachments to sawing-
machines which clean and oil the saws.
159. SAW-GUARDS. Shields of various kinds which are intended
to cover saws while in operation and prevent the receipt of
injuries therefrom.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 251, Cutter guards.
160. SAW-GUIDES. Devices for keeping the saw in its kerf and
consisting usually of jaws between which the saw passes.
161. SAW-GUIDES, BACK-DISK. Saw-guides, usually for
band-saws, which are provided with a disk, usually rotatable,
against which the saw presses when it is forced back by the
work.
162. SAW-GUIDES BACK-ROLLER. Saw-guides, usually for
band-saw machines, which have a rotating cylinder for the
back of the saw to press against when forced back by the
work.
163. SAW-GUIDES, DRAG. Saw-guides for common crosscut-
saws to enable one man to operate the saw. Used mainly in
felling trees.
104. SAW-GUIDES, OILERS. Saw-guides provided with devices
for lubricating the saw-blade.
165. SAW-GUIDES, PIVOTED-ARM. Saw-guides having one
or both arms mounted on p
jaws may be varied at will
or both arms mounted on pivots, so that the opening of the
nil.
166. SAW-GUIDES, SLIDING-ARM. Saw-guides having one or
both jaws mounted upon sliding arms.
167. SAW-GUIDES, WORK-ENGAGING. Saw-guides which
are adapted to engage with the work to hold or guide it while
being sawed.
168. SAW-TABLE GAGES. Devices attached to the tables of
sawing-machines for gaging the cut of the saw.
169. SAAV - TABLE GAGES, ANGULAR - ADJUSTMENT.
Gages which may be set at an oblique angle to the plane of
the saw.
170. SAW-TABLE GAGES, ANGULAR-ADJUSTMENT, VER-
TICAL. Gages angularly adjustable in a vertical plane only.
171. SAW - TABLE GAGES, CURVE - CUTTING. Gages de-
signed especially for sawing out curved patterns.
172. SAW-TABLE GAGES, MARKERS. Marking gages attached
to sawing-machines.
173. SAW TABLE GAGES, ROLLER. Gages provided with a
roller for contact with the lumber.
Search Class
14 ) WOOD-SAWING, subclass 5, Resa wing- Machines, Band-
saw.
174. SAW-TABLE GAGES, SLIDING. Gages slidably mounted
upon the saw-tables and for the most part shifted by hand.
Search Class
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 169, Saw-table gages, Angular-
adjustment.
175. SAW-TABLE GAGES, SLIDING, LINK. Sliding gages
operated by link mechanism.
176. SAW-TABLE GAGES SLIDING, RACK-AND-PINION.
Sliding gages operated by a rack and pinion.
CLASS 144. WOODWORKING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes all machines and processes for working in wood
not classified elsewhere under more specific titles, and also some
structural stock of wood embossed with ornamental designs.
1. COMBINED MACHINES. Machines of general utility, not
otherwise specifically classified, which are adapted to either
simultaneously or independently perform two or more opera-
tions upon the material.
Note. Machines having combined operations for making partic-
ular articles and not capable of general use are to be found
under Special-work machines in this class.
2. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES. Machines not otherwise spe-
cifically classified, which are adapted to perform some special
work or make some special article and which, unless modified
to a considerable degree, would not be useful for general wood-
working operations.
Note. Machines performing single operations even when de-
signed for special work are usually not very different from
general single-operation machines, and when this is so are
classified with those machines of general utility.
3. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, COMBINED. Special-work
machines adapted to perform two or more operations.
4. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES COMBINED, CIRCULAR-
SECTION. Machines adapted to work on spindles, balusters,
and similar work which is circular in cross-section.
5. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, COMBINED, BLIND AND
SASH CUTTING. Machines adapted to perform two or
more operations in the making of blinds or sashes. Machines
for performing the single operations such as planing, tenon-
ing, shaping, etc. are classified under these various headings
with general operation machines.
C. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, COMBINED, BLIND AND
SASH CUTTING, RELISHING. Machines adapted to
relish the frames of sashes or blinds by more than a single
operation.
7. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, COMJ3INED, BOX-BLANK.
Machines adapted by more than one operation to cut box-
blanks.
Note. Machines for performing single operations in the produc-
tion of box-blanks are classified with the general machines
performing such respective operations.
8. SPECIAL -WORK MACHINES, COMBINED, CHAIR-
ROUND TENONING AND SAWING. Machines adapted
to trim off and tenon chair-rounds.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 205, Tenon-turning.
9. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, COMBINED, CLOTHES-
PIN. Machines adapted to perform two or more operations
in the manufacture of clothes-pins.
10. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, COMBINED, CONVEYER-
FLIGHT. Machines adapted to perform two or more opera-
tions in the manufacture of conveyer-flights.
11. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, COMBINED, HANDLE.
Machines adapted to perform two or more operations in the
manufacture of handles for various implements.
12. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, COMBINED, PIN. Ma-
chines adapted to perform two or more operations in the man-
ufacture of wooden pins.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 30, Special-work machines,
Single or combined, Pin-pointing, and subclass 190, Punching-
cutters.
13. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, COMBINED, SHINGLE.
Machines adapted to perform two or more operations in the
manufacture of shingles. %
14. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, COMBINED, SPOOL. Ma-
chines adapted to perform two or more operations in the man-
ufacture of spools or bobbins.
15. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, COMBINED, WHEEL
TENONING AND BORING. Machines adapted to borp
. holes in the hub or the felly and turn tenons upon the spokes.
Ifi. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, COMBINED, WHEEL-
II U B. Machines adapted to perform two or more operations
in making wheel-hubs.
CLASS 144 Continued.
17. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES. COMBINED, WHEEL-
FELLY BORING AND SAWING. Machines adapted to
saw the ends of the felly and also bore the spoke-holes.
18. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES. COMBINED, WHEEL-
SPOKE TENONING AND SAWING. Machines adapted
to saw the spoke ends to uniform length and turn the tenons.
19. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, COMBINED, WINDOW-
STILE-POCKET CUTTING. Machines adapted to cut the
pocket by means of two or more operations.
20. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, SINGLE OR COMBINED,
DISK CUTTING AND BORING. Machines which cut
out cylindrical blanks and bore them longitudinally by means
of a bit which passes down through the center of the hollow
cutter.
21. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, SINGLE OR COMBINED,
DISK-CUTTING. Machines adapted to cut out or to cut out
and otherwise shape disks, usually for corks, bungs, etc.
22. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, SINGLE OR COMBINED,
DISK-CUTTING, BLANK SAWING, FEEDING, AND
PUNCHING. Machines which sever blanks from pieces of
wood by means of a saw, feed the blanks to a cutter, and
finally cut out the disks from the blanks.
23. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, SINGLE OR COMBINED,
DISK-CUTTING ROTARY TUBULAR-CUTTER. Ma-
chines for cutting disks, usually of cork, by means of a tubular
cutter, which is rotated as it is brought into contact with the
work in order to obtain a shearing cut.
Search Class
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclass 32, Circular-section, Hollow
cutter-head.
24. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES. SINGLE OR COMBINED,
DISK-CUTTING, SWEEP-CUTTER. Cork and bung
cutting machines having one or more cutting-blades mounted
in a rotating block, most of them having means for setting
the blades at varying distances from the center and for setting
them at an angle in order to cut tapering corks or bungs.
25. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, SINGLE OR 'COMBINED,
BOX-HOOPING. Machines adapted to perform the opera-
tion of hooping small boxes, usually by wire.
26. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, SINGLE OR COMBINED,
COMB-TEETH CUTTING. Machines adapted to cut
comb-teeth in the manufacture of combs.
27. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES. SINGLE OR COMBINED,
HINGE-SEAT CUTTING. Machines adapted to cut the
mortise or bed in the wood in which a hinge is to be placed.
28. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, SINGLE OR COMBINED,
PENCIL-WOOD MAKING. Machines adapted to perform
such operations in the manufacture of pencil-wood as are not
elsewhere specifically classified.
Note. Machines for performing one of such operations as splitting,
slicing, sawing, planing, turning, etc., are placed in the respec-
tive classes with machines of general utility.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 41, Combined machines, Shaping
and dividing.
29. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, SINGLE OR COMBINED.
PIANO-HAMMER FELTING. Machines adapted to fold
glue-covered felt about and secure it by pressure to piano-
hammers.
30. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, SINGLE OR COMBINED,
PIN-POINTING. Machines adapted to point pins of various
kinds, as fence-pickets, skewers, shoe-pegs, hop-poles, dowel-
pins, etc.
Search Class
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclasses 32, Circular-section, Hollow
cutter-head; 27, Circular-section, Hollow cutter-head, Cutter,
Chisel; 28, Circular-section, Hollow cutter-head, Cutter,
Chisel, Radially-movable, Pattern-guide, Rotary; 2ft, Circular-
section, Hollow cutter-head, Cutter, Chisel, Radially-movable;
and 30, Circular-section, Hollow cutter-head, Cutter, Chisel,
Pattern Radially-movable.
31. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, SINGLE OR COMBINED,
PIN-SETTING. Machines for setting or inserting wooden
pins for various purposes.
32. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, SINGLE OR COMBINED,
SCREW-DRIVING. Machines adapted to set or drive
screws.
Search Classes
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 155,
Bolt and nut assembling.
81 TOOLS, subclass 04, Wrenches, Machine.
341
342
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 144 Continued.
33. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, SINGLE OR COMBINED,
TRAY-MAKING. Machines for cutting out veneer dishes
or wooden bowls and trays of greater thickness than veneer.
Search Class -
147 COOPERING, subclass 36, Barrel-head making and subclasses
thereunder.
34. SPECIAL-WORK MACHINES, SINGLE OR COMBINED,
TREE-FELLING. Various apparatus for cutting down
trees.
Search Class
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 61, Reciprocating-saw machines,
Drag, and subclasses thereunder.
36. COMBINED MACHINES, BORING AND SAWING. Ma-
chines adapted to bore and saw.
36. COMBINED MACHINES, PLANING AND MATCHING.
Machines for surfacing lumber, tonguing one edge and grooving
the other.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 117, Planers, Rotary-cutter,
Cylinder.
37. COMBINED MACHINES, PLANING, MATCHING, AND
DIVIDING. Machines for surfacing wide boards, dividing
them longitudinally into two or more strips, and tonguing
and grooving each strip.
38. COMBINED MACHINES, PLANING AND POLISHING.
Machines adapted to plane lumber and then further smooth
it by means of a polisher.
Search Class
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 13, Wood, Plane sur-
faces.
39. COMBINED MACHINES, PLANING AND SAWING.
'Machines adapted to plane and saw up lumber.
40. COMBINED MACHINES, RIVING AND SHAVING. Ma-
chines for riving and shaving rattan, hoop-poles, or the like at
one operation.
41. COMBINED MACHINES, SHAPING AND DIVIDING.
Machines for giving some predetermined contour to several
parallel pieces of work and simultaneously dividing them
from a common piece of stock and from each otheY.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 136, Shaping, Grooving.
42. COMBINED MACHINES, SLICING AND SCORING.
Slicing-machines which have devices for scoring the face of the
bolt from which the slices are cut.
43. COMBINED MACHINES, SLICING AND SHAVING.
Machines which cut slices from a block of wood and then
shave the surfaces smooth.
44. COMBINED MACHINES. SLICING AND SHAVING,
CONVERGING KNIVES. Combined slicing and shaving
machines in which the severed slice is simultaneously shaved
and beveled by a pair of converging knives.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 126, Planers, Beveling, Longi-
tudinal, Shifting-cutter.
45. COMBINED MACHINES, TENONING AND BORING.
Machines adapted to bore and, sometimes simultaneously,
also turn a tenon.
46. COMBINED MACHINES, TURNING AND BORING.
Combined lathe and boring machines.
47. COMBINED MACHINES, TURNING AND POLISHING.
Combined lathe and polishing machines.
48. COMBINED MACHINES, TURNING AND SAWING.
Combined lathe and sawing machines.
49. MISCELLANEOUS SINGLE-OPERATION MACHINES.
Machines performing only one operation, as distinguished
from the combined machines, and not otherwise specifically
classified.
60. MATCH-MAKING. Machines which sever splints and then
carry them through one or more of the processes necessary to
the production of matches or which take the splints already
severed and pass them through one or more of the operations
involved in the conversion of the splints into matches. Ma-
chines for boxing the finished matches are included under this
head also.
51. MATCH-MAKING, WAX AND PAPER. Machines for the
manufacture of matches from paper-board or waxed cord in-
stead of wooden splints.
52. MATCH-MAKING, CUTTING, FRAMING, AND DIP-
PING. Machines which sever splints from blocks or veneers
and carry them through all the operations necessary to the
production of the finished matches.
53 MATCH-MAKING, CUTTING, FRAMING, AND DIPPING,
DIE-PUNCHES. Cutting, framing, and dipping machines
in which the cutting of the splints is done by reciprocating
die-punches which carry the severed splints to and insert
them into the dipping-frames.
CLASS 144 Continued.
54. MATCH-MAKING, CUTTING AND FRAMING. Machines
which cut the match-splints from veneers or blocks and mount
the splints in frames or conveyers for dipping.
55. MATCH-MAKING, CUTTING AND FRAMING, DIE-
PUNCHES. Cutting and framing machines which sever the
splints from the block by means of reciprocating die-punches
which carry the splints to the frames and insert them therein.
56. MATCH-MAKING, CUTTING AND FRAMING, DIE-
PUNCHES, FIXED. The punches are fixed in position
and the block is fed to them, the splints being severed at each
movement, forcing out of the punches those cut at the pre-
ceding stroke.
57. MATCH-MAKING, CUTTING AND COILING. Machines
which sever the splints from blocks or veneers and wind them
into coils for dipping.
58. MATCH-MAKING, FRAMING AND DIPPING. Machines
which insert the severed splints or splint-blocks into dipping-
frames or conveyers and dip the splints into the baths neces-
sary to form the heads. In most of these machines the splints
are fed from a hopper to some form of conveyer.
59. MATCH-MAKING, COILING. The match-splints are fed
from a hopper or some other holding means to devices which
coil the splints into bunches by means of tapes or cords.
60. MATCH-MAKING, DIPPING. Machines which form the
head upon the framed or coiled match-splints, but which do
not insert the splints into frames or conveyers. Features of
conveyer construction are sometimes shown.
61. MATCH-MAKING, BOX-FILLING. Machines for boxing
matches or other small splints and not including mechanism
for performing any of the operations involved in the manu-
facture of the matches, or of the boxes.
Search Classes
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 191, Slivering, Receiving and
handling devices.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 6, Wrapping machines,
Receptacle filling and closing.
62. MATCH-MAKING, DIPPING-FRAMES, EMPTYING.
Machines which expel the matches from the dipping-frames
or conveyers after the completion of the dipping process.
63. MATCH-MAKING, DIPPING-FRAMES, FILLING. Ma-
chines for inserting match-splints into dipping-frames or con-
veyers or interweaving them with cords, wires, or tapes which
serve in lieu of frames.
64. MATCH-MAKING, DIPPING-FRAMES, FILLING,
HOPPER-FEED. Machines for filling dipping-frames, in
which the splints are fed from a hopper to the inserting
devices.
65. MATCH-MAKING, DIPPING-FRAMES. Frames for hold-
ing match-splints during the operation of dipping and
methods of interweaving match-splints with cords, wires,
or tapes to serve in lieu of frames.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 52, Match-making, Cutting,
Framing, and dipping and subclass thereunder; 54, Match-
making, Cutting and framing, and subclasses thereunder;
58, Match-making, Framing and dipping; 60, Match-making,
Dipping; 62, Match-making, Dipping frames, Emptying; 63,
Match-making, Dipping frames, Filling, and subclass there-
under; 66, Match-making, Splint-feed? mechanism.
66. MATCH-MAKING, SPLINT-FEED MECHANISM. De-
vices for feeding the match-splints to the machines which
convert them into finished matches, including hoppers, con-
veyer-belts, and means for communicating motion to the
belts.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 52, Match-making, Cutting,
Framing and dipping, and subclass thereunder; 58, Match-
making, Framing and dipping.
67. MORTISING, MULTIPLE-CHISEL. Chisel mortising-ma-
chines in which there are several chisels with means for operat-
ing them.
68. MORTISING, MULTIPLE-CHISEL, PORTABLE. Mul-
tiple-chisel mortisers adapted to be moved about and
placed upon the work, generally clamped thereto, and driven
by hand-cranks. The cutter-carriage is usually fed along in-
stead of feeding the work, as in stationary machines.
69. MORTISING, AUGER-CUTTER. Mortising by augers
whichjhave side and end cutting edges. They first bore into
the wood and then by a side movement cut any width of
mortise desired.
70. MORTISING, AUGER-CUTTER, PORTABLE. Auger-
cutter mortisers adapted to be moved about and placed upon
the work, generally clamped thereto, and driven by hand-
cranks. The cutter-carriage is usually fed along instead of
feeding the work, as in stationary machines.
71. MORTISING, AUGER-CUTTER, AUTOMATIC STEP-
FEED. Auger-cutter mortisers having a step-feed and also
a diagonal feed, by which a succession of inclined mortises
are formed in blind-stiles to take the ends of the slats.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
343
CLASS 144 Continued.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 219, Cutters, Rotary, End
thrust.
72. MORTISING, CHAIN CUTTER. Machines which cut
mortises by means of a series of chisel-cutters carried by a
moving endless chain supported on a frame by pulleys, which
is presented to the work at the pulley end.
73. MORTISING, CHAIN CUTTER, PORTABLE. Chain
mortising-machines which are adapted to.be moved about and
placed upon the work, generally clamped thereto, and driven
by hand-cranks. The cutter-carriage is usually fed along
instead of feeding the work, as in stationary machines.
74. MORTISING, CHISEL, BORING AND MpRTISING. In-
cludes mortising-machines which are provided with boring
attachments, not including those in which the bit is placed
inside a hollow chisel.
75. MORTISING, CHISEL. Mortising-machines which cut a mor-
tise by means of a reciprocating chisel.
Search Class
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING AND PLANING, subclass 43, Plan-
ing, Planers, Reciprocating-cutter, Vertical, and subclasses
thereunder.
76. MORTISING, CHISEL, PORTABLE. Chisel mortising-
machines which are adapted to be moved about and placed
upon the work, generally clamped thereto, and driven by
hand-cranks. The cutter-carriage is usually fed along instead
of feeding the work, as in stationary machines.
77. MORTISING, CHISEL-REVERSERS. Constructions for
reversing the chisel in order to square the mortise at each end.
78. MORTISING, HOLLOW-CHISEL AND BIT. Mortising-
machines haying a hollow square chisel with a boring-bit
operating inside thereof.
79. MORTISING, HOLLOW-CHISEL AND BIT, PORTA-
BLE. Hollow-chisel and bit machines adapted to be moved
about and placed upon the work, generally clamped thereto,
and driven by hand-cranks. The cutter-carriage is usually fed
along instead of feeding the work, as in stationary machines.
80. MORTISING, OSCILLATING-CHISEL. Machines which
have a bar upon the end of which is a pivoted chisel having its
edge at right angles to the bar and which is oscillated and cuts
its way into the wood to form a mortise.
81. MORTISING, OSCILLATING-CHISEL, PORTABLE. Os-
cillating-chisel mortisers which are adapted to be moved about
and placed upon the work, generally clamped thereto, and
driven by hand-cranks. The cutter^arriage is usually fed
along instead of feeding the work, as in stationary machines.
82. MORTISING, ROTARY-CUTTER. Machines for cutting a
mortise by means of a rotating cutter carrying knives upon
its periphery.
83. MORTISING, ROTARY-CUTTER, PORTABLE. Rotary
cutter mortisers adapted to be moved about and placed upon
the work, generally clamped thereto, and driven by hand-
cranks. The cutter-carriage is usually fed along instead of
feeding the work, as in stationary machines.
84. MORTISING, WORK-SUPPORTS. Clamps for holding the
work, devices for elevating and feeding the carriage, and stops
and gages for locating the mortise where they form part of
the machine structure. Gages which are mere tools are classi-
fied as measuring instruments.
85. DOVETAILING. Machines specialized for forming undercut
grooves, not otherwise classifiable.
86. DOVETAILING, CONSECUTIVE CUTTERS. Machines in
which the dovetailed groove is formed by the successive action
of two or more dissimilar cutters.
87. DOVETAILING, FRUSTO-CONICAL BIT. Machines in
which the undercut groove is formed by the relative lateral
movement of a bit broader at the point than at the shank.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 86, Dovetailing, Consecutive
cutters.
88. DOVETAILING, INCLINED-CHISEL. Machines having
pairs or sets of chisels reciprocating at an angle to each other
and the work to produce undercut recesses.
89. DOVETAILING, INCLINED ROTARY-DISK. Machines
producing undercut-grooves by means of toothed disks having
an inclination to each other or to the work-support, which is
less than a right angle.
90. MATCHING. Machines for producing a tongue on one edge
and a groove on the other edge of a piece of lumber.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 36, Combined machines, Plan-
ing and matching, and 37, Combined machines, Planing,
Matching, and Dividing.
91. MATCHING, END. Machines for cutting matching tongues
and grooves across the ends of flooring material, etc.
CLASS 144 Continued.
92. BORING. Miscellaneous features not otherwise classified.
Note. Boring hubs, fellies, and tenoning spokes and boring
and mortising are in this class under their various subclass
titles.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING.
93. BORING, SPECIAL-WORK. Machines, not otherwise classi-
fied, designed to work on some special article, as to bore chair-
seats, spools, shoe-lasts, etc., and not adapted, without modi-
fication, for general boring purposes.
94. BORING. BRUSH, MULTIPLE-BIT. Machines in which a
series 01 bits are adapted to simultaneously bore holes in a
brush-block at various angles with the surface in order that
the bristles when inserted will have the proper flare.
95. BORING, BRUSH ROTATING WORK-HOLDER. Ma-
chines for boring blocks for round brushes. The block is
rotated to position for boring the next hole after each hole is
bored.
90. BORING, BRUSH, TILTING WORK-HOLDER. Ma-
chines in which a more or less flat brush-block is successively
tilted to the various angles desired for the holes to be bored,
so that the bristles when inserted will have the proper flare.
97. BORING, WHEEL-HUB. Machines adapted to bore spoke-
holes in the hub.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 15, Special-work machines, Com-
bined, Wheel tenoning and boring.
98. BORING, WHEEL-HUB, AXIAL, STATIONARY BIT-
STOCK. Machines in which the work is rotated while the
bit-stock remains stationary.
99. BORING, WHEEL-HUB, AXIAL, STATIONARY-WORK.
Machines in which the work is stationary and the bit is made
to rotate.
100. BORING, WHEEL-HUB, AXIAL, STATIONARY-
WORK, INCLINED BIT-STOCK. Machines In which the
bit-stock is adapted to work, in reaming out the hub, at an
angle to the hub-axis.
101. BORING, WHEEL-HUB, AXIAL, STATIONARY-
WORK, OPPOSITE ROTARY BIT-STOCKS. Machines
in which an upper and a lower bit are adapted to bore simul-
taneously at opposite ends of the hub.
102. BORING, WHEEL-FELLY. Machines adapted to bore
spoke and end holes in wheel-fellies.
103. BORING, SWINGING. Machines pivoted, usually over-
head, and adapted to be freely swung to any operative posi-
tion within their radius. The bit-stock is usually i "
be moved to any angle.
.ly also free to
104. BORING, PORTABLE, HAND. Hand-machines for general
use adapted to be carried from place to place by the operator.
105. BORING, PORTABLE, HAND, OVERHEAD-WORK.
Small hand-machines adapted for boring in joists or other
overhead work for the passage of electric-light wires or for
other purposes.
106. BORING, PORTABLE, HAND, ANGULARLY-ADJUST-
ABLE. Machines which can be adjusted to bore at any
desired angle with respect to the surface of the work.
107. BORING, LONG-WORK, AUTOMATIC STEP-FEED.
Machines in which the work-carriage is adapted to be auto-
matically ied along step by step to successive positions for
boring a hole or a series of holes.
108. BORING, LONG-WORK, HAND-OPERATED STEP-
FEED. Machines in which the work-carriage is adapted to
be moved, from one position for boring to the next, by manu-
ally operating some catch or other holding device. The car-
riage usually has notches or other gage upon it to indicate how
far it is to be moved, and the catch falls successively into the
notches.
109. BORING, LONG-WORK. TRAVELING-TOOL. Machines
in which the work isfed along continuously and the bit, while
boring the hole, travels along with the work.
110. BORING, MULTIPLE. Machines for general boring having
a plurality of bits and bit-stocks. In some, all of the bits bore
simultaneously, in others sucessively, while in still others any
particular bit may be brought into operation.
111. BORING, MULTIPLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, BIT-STOCK.
Machines in which the bit-stock or arbor is adapted to receive a
bit at each end, whereby both bits may bore simultaneously
by the work l>eing moved to the bits, or the latter may operate
alternately by reciprocating the stock to and fro between the
work.
112. BORING, MULTIPLE, RELATIVE LATERAL ADJUST-
MENT. Machines in which the bit-stocks or arbors are rela-
tively adjustable to vary the distance between them and, there
fore, the holes bored.
344
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 144 Continued.
113. BORING, HOLLOW-AUGER. Machines adapted for hol-
low-auger work. Arrangements for operating the augers, for
forcing the chips through the center of the auger, for operating
two augers, one within the other, etc.
PLANERS. Machines for producing plane surfaces on rough lum-
ber and such other machines as can be made to produce plane
surfaces by the mere substitution of a straight knife for one of
irregular outline.
114. PLANERS, MISCELLANEOUS. Machines having cutters
for surfacing lumber not classifiable in the other named sub-
classes.
Search Classes
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 36, Combined machines, Plan-
ing and matching; 134, Shaping, Miscellaneous.
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING AND PLANING, all the subclasses
under 24, Planing.
125 STONE-WORKING, subclass 6, Dressing stone.
115. PLANERS, SCRAPERS. Machines and devices in which the
face of the knife is nearly at right angles to the work while
acting, so that there is no true cutting action.
116. PLANERS, ROTARY-CUTTER, CYLINDER, DOUBLE
SURFACERS. Machines of the rotary-cylinder type adapted
to plane both sides of the work simultaneously.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 36, Combined machines, Planing
and matching.
117. PLANERS, ROTARY-CUTTER, CYLINDER. Machines
in which the knife-edges describe a cylindrical surface in
contact with the rectilinearly-moving work.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, sulxslasses 36, Combined machines, Plan-
ing and matching; 37, Combined machines, Planing, Match-
ing, and dividing.
118. PLANERS, ROTARY-CUTTER, DISK. Machines in which
the knives are set in the face of a disk and describe a circular
path in contact with the work.
Search Class
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, sulxjlass 13, Wood, Plane sur-
faces.
119. PLANERS, ROTARY-CUTTER, DISK, TRAVELING.
Disk machines in which the cutter-carrier has motions of both
rotation and translation with respect to the work. ,
Search Class
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclasses 13, Wood, Plane sur-
faces, and 11, Glass and stone, Plane surfaces.
120. PLANERS, STATIONARY-CUTTER. Machines in which
a knife of the general bench-plane type is fixed and the work
forced past it.
Search Classes
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 155, Shaving, Fixed knife.
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING AND PLANING, subclasses 34, Plan-
ing, Planers, Reciprocating-bed; 3.5, Planing, Planers, Recip-
rocating-bed, Rack-drive; 36, Planing, Planers, Reciprocating-
bed, Screw-drive.
125 STONEWORKING, subclass 6, Dressing stone.
121. PLANERS, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER. Machines in
which the work is held stationary or slowly fed while the cut-
ters reciprocate in the direction of the feed.
Search Classes
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 147, Shaping, Reciprocal ing-
knife.
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 13, Wood, Plane sur-
faces.
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING AND PLANING, all the subclasses
under Planing, Planers, Reciprocating-cutter.
122. PLANERS, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER, LATERAL.
Machines in which the cutters reciprocate at right angles to the
line of feed.
123. PLANERS, ENDLESS-CUTTER CARRIER. Machines in
which a series of connected cutters pass the work always in one
direction and return out of contact with the work.
124. PLANERS, BEVELING, LATERAL. Machines for sur-
facing work one side of which is thicker than the other i. c. , for
beveling work in a plane at right-angles to the direction of feed.
125. PLANERS, BEVELING, LONGITUDINAL, INCLINED-
WORK-POCKET. Machines which bevel in the direction of
the grain or feed, the work meanwhile resting in a recess deeper
at one end than at the other.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 43, Combined machines, Slicing
and shaving.
126. PLANERS, BEVELING, LONGITUDINAL, SHIFTING-
CUTTER. Machines surfacing work thicker at one end
than at the other by moving the cutter in a path substantially
at right angles to that of the travel of the work.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 44, Combined machines, Slicing
and shaving, Converging knives.
127. PLANERS, BEVELING, LONGITUDINAL, SHIFTING
WORK-SUPPORT. Those machines surfacing work
thicker at one end than at the other by moving the work
holder or guide with reference to the cutter at substantially a
right angle to the path of travel of the work.
CLASS 144 Continued.
128. PLANERS, ENDLESS-BED. Machines in which the work
is carried past the cutter by chain-feed or by connected or dis-
connected sections continually returned to the front of the
machine-frame.
129. PLANERS, BED ADJUSTMENTS. Devices for varying the
position of the work-supporting bed with reference to the
machine-frame and cutter.
130. PLANERS, CUTTER ADJUSTMENTS. Means for varying
the position of the cutter with reference to the path of the work
or to the machine-frame.
131. PLANERS, ROTARY-CUTTER, CYLINDER, BEAR-
INGS. Journal-bearings particularly designed to support the
cylindrical cutters of wood-planers.
132. PLANERS, STATIONARY-CUTTER, BIT ADJUST-
MENTS. Means for varying the position of the knife of sta-
tionary cutters with reference to the holding-stock or to the
work.
133. GAINING. Machines for cutting grooves in lumber at sub-
stantially right angles to the grain and usually by means of
rotary cutters.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 203, Tenoning, Rotary gaining-
cutters; 204, Tenoning, Rotary gaining-cutters, Multiple-
tenon.
SHAPING. Machines and devices for producing work of a prede-
termined shape or pattern, usually of irregular outline or sec-
tion, in which the depth of cut is not limited and in which
structural modifications other than a mere change of cutter
outline are necessary to adapt the device for finishing plane
surfaces.
134. SHAPING, MISCELLANEOUS. Machines for producing
work of irregular outline or section not otherwise classifiable.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclasses 46, Heel machines.
Bevel and seat cutting; 47, Heel machines, Breasting: 85, Sole
and heel edge trimmers, and the subclasses thereunder.
135. SHAPING BOX-TRIMMING. Machines for planing the
sides and trimming the covers of boxes.
136. SHAPING, GROOVING. Machines for longitudinally scor-
ing and corrugating surfaces.
137. SHAPING, PATTERN, MISCELLANEOUS. Machines for
working to pattern or for producing predetermined figures and
not otherwise classifiable.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 85, Sole and heel edge
trimmers, and the subclasses thereunder.
138. SHAPING. PATTERN, POLYGONAL FORMS. IN-
DEXED-WORK. Machines for forming balusters and other
work of regular polygonal cross-section by cutters acting suc-
cessively on the sides of the work ; the work being turned
through equal angles by the supporting mechanism to present
each side in turn to the cutters and then held stationary during
the action of the cutter.
139. SHAPING, PATTERN, ROTATING-TABLE, SHIFTING-
CUTTER. Machines in which definitely-recurring figures are
produced by the combined movements of a rotating work-
table and a guided cutter.
Search Class
144 -WOOD WORKING, subclass 154, Shaping, Rotary work-
carrier.
140. SHAPING, PATTERN, GEAR-GUIDED CUTTER. Ma-
chines similar to the last preceding in which the transverse cut-
ter motion is controlled by a gear-train or system of change-
gears.
Search Class
147 COOPERING, subclasses 45, Hoop machines, Lapping and
pointing, and 46, Hoop machines, Lock-cutting.
141. SHAPING, PATTERN, CRANK-GUIDED CUTTER. Ma-
chines for producing recurring figures, in which the transverse
cutter motion is controlled by a crank.
142. SHAPING, PATTERN, CAM, CUTTER-GUIDING. Ma-
chines for producing definitely-recurring figures by the com-
bined motion of the work and cutter, the latter being given its
motion of a translation by a cam.
143. SHAPING, PATTERN, CAM, WORK-GUIDING. Ma-
chines similar to the last preceding except that the cam shifts
the work transversely with reference to the cutter.
144. SHAPING, PATTERN, TEMPLET, CUTTER-GUIDING.
Machines for producing definitely-recurring figures by the
combined motion of the work and cutter, the latter being con-
trolled by a templet.
144.5. SHAPING. PATTERN, TEMPLET. CUTTER-GUID-
ING, TEMPLETS. The construction of a templet to be used
in machines of the type indicated by the title.
145. SHAPING, PATTERN, TEMPLET, WORK-GUIDING.
Machines similar to those in subclass 144 except in that the
work is controlled in its transverse motion by a templet.
146. SHAPING, OSCILLATING-KNIFE. Devices for shaping
work by means of a pivoted knife-arm.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
345
CLASS 144 Continued.
147. SHAPING, RECIPROCATING-KNIFE. Machines in which
straight or pattern knives are reciprocated in right lines.
148. SHAPING, REVERSIBLE-CUTTER. Machines having
double cutters, one idle while the other is cutting, and means
for reversing both the position of the cutters and their direc-
tion of rotation with reference to the feed as may be required by
the character of the work.
149. SHAPING, PATTERN-KNIFE, SWINGING-FRAME.
Machines in which an outlined or pattern knife is mounted
after the manner of a swinging saw.
150. SHAPING, ROTARY-CUTTER, END-THRUST. Ma-
chines having rotary cutters of the disk type, usually with
pattern knives, and arranged to give relative movement be-
tween cutter and work in the direction of the axis of the cutter.
151. SHAPING, UNIVERSALLY-JOINTED CUTTER-SHAFT.
Machines in which the cutter-shaft is so mounted as to allow
the rotary cutter to have movement of translation in more
than one plane.
152. SHAPING, CURVED-WORK GUIDE. Machines having
such arrangement of guide-rolls or outline of guides as permits
the shaping of circular and similar curves.
153. SHAPING, CURVED-BAR WORK-SUPPORT. Machines,
usually of the vertical-spindle type, having curve-topped bars
instead of tables, permitting work to be swung in more than
one plane.
154. SHAPING, ROTARY WORK-CARRIER. Machines hav-
ing a work-support capable of carrying work-pieces in a circu-
lar path past one or more cutting-took.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 139, Shaping, Pattern, Rotating-
table, Shifting-cutter.
155. SHAVING, FIXED-KNIFE. Machines for producing a
smooth surface on wood, cane, or rattan and at the same time
gaging the thickness of the dressed piece by forcing the material
under a fixed knife.
Note. Somewhat similar machines may be found under class
144, WOODWORKING, Planers, Stationary- Cutter, in which
class are classified machines otherwise resembling shaving-
machines, but having several plane bits mounted in blocks in
order to remove the surface material by several successive
shallow cuts.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 120 ; Planers, Stationary-cutter;
175, Slicers, Fixed-knife. 184, Rivmg, Fixed-knife.
156. SHAVING, FIXED KNIFE, CIRCULAR KNIFE-BLOCK.
Machines for shaving rattan which have knives set radially in a
circular knife-block, through which the rattan is forced.
Search Class
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclasses 31, Circular section, Hollow
cutter-head, Cutter, Chisel; 29, Circular section, Hollow
cutter-head, Cutter, Chisel, Radially-movable.
157. SHAVING, FIXED-KNIFE, DRUM-FEED. Shaving-ma-
chines in which the work is caught by a gripping device on the
surface of a drum and drawn under one or more fixed knives.
158. SHAVING, FIXED-KNIFE, ROLLER-FEED. Shaving-
machines in which feed-rolls are employed as means to convey
the work to the knives.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 175, Slicers, Fixed-knife.
159. SHAVING, KNIFE PAIR. Shaving-machines provided with
a pair of fixed knives, between which the work is fed by various
means.
160. SHAVING, KNIFE PAIR, GRIPPER. Machines in which
the end of the work is clamped by gripping mechanism and
drawn between the shaving-knives.
161. SHAVING, KNIFE PAIR, ROLLER-FEED. Shaving-
machines in which feed-rolls force the work between the pair
of fixed knives.
162. SLICERS. Machines for cutting up lumber by knife action
which without following the direction of the grain divide the
lumber into boards, blocks, or strips.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 182, Riving; 192, Splitting and
bundling; 193, Splitting; 194, Splitting, Self-feeding; and 195,
Splitting, Self-feeding, Roller and belt.
163. SLICERS, RESLICERS. Machines which sever a slice from
a block and then divide the slice into smaller pieces.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 195, Splitting, Self-feeding, Rol-
ler and belt.
164. SLICERS, STRIP-CUTTING, CONVERGING KNIVES.
Strips are severed from a log by knives whose edges are set
approximately at right angles. No special form of knife is
used and no special kind of feed.
165. SLICERS, STRIP-CUTTING, CONVERGING KNIVES,
LATHE-FEED. The log is centered between chucks and ro-
tated. One knife cuts tangentially and another radially, the
former cutting continuously during the rotation of the log and
the latter cutting only at intervals to divide the veneer severed
from the log by the former.
CLASS 144 Continued.
166. SLICERS, STRIP-CUTTING, LATHE-FEED. The log is
mounted between a pair of chucks and rotated step by step by
ratchet mechanism, the strips being cut by knives mounted
in a block which reciprocates longitudinally of the log.
167. SLICERS, ARC-CUT. The work rests upon a fixed table and
is sliced by an oscillating knife, or the work rests upon an
oscillating table which forces the work against a fixed knife.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, suliclasses 146, Shaping, Oscillating-knife;
33, Special-work machines, Single or combined, Tray-making;
and 177, Slicers, Stay-log, Oscillating.
168. SLICERS, BEVELING, ALTERNATE END-FEED.
The block to be sliced is fed to a reciprocating knife by mechan-
ism which causes each end to be alternately advanced farther
than the other, so that the slices severed by the knife shall be
thicker at one end than the other.
169. SLICERS, BEVELING, SHIFTING KNIFE-GUIDE.
The inclination of the knife-guide to the work-supporting table
is changed at each stroke of the knife in order to impart a bevel
to the slice cut off.
170. SLICERS, BEVELING TILTING-GAGE. The thickness
of the slice severed is determined by a tilting gage against
which the block is pressed before each cut.
171. SLICERS, BEVELING, TILTING-TABLE. The bevel is
imparted to the slice by tilting the work-table at each stroke
of the knife to change the inclination of the table to the plane
of the knife.
172. SLICERS, CYLINDER. The slicing-knives are mounted up-
on the curved surface of a rotating cylinder and the work is fed
to the knife in any way desired.
173. SLICERS, CYLINDER, GROOVING. Machines having
cutting mechanism consisting of one or more cylinders provid-
ed with circumferential ribs which divide a sheet of veneer
passed under or between them.
174. SLICERS CYLINDER, RADIAL-KNIFE. A rotating
cylinder having radial knives divides a veneer into strips, or
scores the surface of a log preparatory to the action of a veneer-
shaving knife.
175. SLICERS, FIXED-KNIFE. The block is cut into slices by
being forced by hand or otherwise against a fixed knife.
Note. This does not include machines in which the work is clamp-
ed upon a reciprocating carriage which carries it over the knife,
such machines being found under class 178, SLICERS, Stay-log,
reciprocating.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 120, Planers, Stationary-cutter;
155, Shaving, Fixed-knife; and 184, Riving, Fixed-knife.
176. SLICERS, ROTARY-DISK. The cutting-knives are set in
an approximately radial position upon a rotary disk and cut
in a plane parallel with that of the disk.
177. SLICERS, STAY-LOG, OSCILLATING. The work is
clamped by a stay-log which oscillates over or in front of a
fixed knife. Either knife block, or stay-log may be fed for-
ward by any desired means.
178. SLICERS, STAY-LOG, RECIPROCATING. The Stay-log
is caused to reciprocate above or in front of a fixed knife.
Either knife block, or stay-log may be fed forward by any de-
sired means.
179. SLICERS, STAY-LOG, SCREW-FEED. A reciprocating
knife severs the slices from a block held by a stay-log which is
fed forward by screw mechanism.
180. SLICERS, HOPPER-FEED. A slicing-knife reciprocating
beneath a hopper in which the block to be sliced is placed.
The block may be fed downward by its own weight or pressure
may be employed to force it down.
181. SLICERS, ROLLER-FEED. The work is fed to the cutting
mechanism by rollers which also gage the thickness of the
slice.
182. RIVING. Machines which divide lumber into approximately
equal pieces by means of knives which cut with the grain.
Note. The machines differ from splitting-machines in that they
actually cut the material instead of rending it by wedge action,
as is done in splitting.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 162, Slicers, and 193, Splitting.
183. RIVING, BEVELING. Riving-machines in which the knife
may be shifted with relation to the work-guide, so as to divide
the stock into tapered pieces.
1M. RIVING, FIXED-KNIFE. Machines for dividing rattan,
hooppoles, whalebone, and the like by forcing the work against
a fixed knife.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 155, Shaving, Fixed-knife, and
175, Slicers, Fixed-knife.
185. SLIVERING. Machines for cutting excelsior, match-splints,
or toothpicks and some devices for receiving and handling the
product. They differ from match-making machines in not
performing any of the operations involved in forming the
match-heads. "The generic subclass of silvering-machines in-
cludes machines of types different from those of the specific
subclasses and also attachments for silvering-machines.
346
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 144 Continued.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 196, Punching-cutters, and 197,
Punching-cutters, Fixed-die.
186. SLIVERING, SCORING-PLANE. The cutting mechanism
consists of a block provided with two sets of cutters, one for
scoring the surface and one for severing the slivers from the
block.
187. SLIVERING, SCORING-PLANE, ENDLESS-BELT. The
scoring-plane is attached to an endless belt or chain which car-
ries it forward, the block being held stationary.
188. SLIVERING, SCORING-PLANE, ROTARY. Thescoring-
planes are fixed upon a rotating disk or platform, the block
being held stationary.
189. SLIVERING, GANG-SAW. Machines for dividing match-
cards, cutting wooden phis, etc., by means of a gang of saws,
circular or reciprocating.
190. SLIVERING, PLUNGER AND FIXED-KNIFE. The
cutting mechanism consists of a fixed knife or pair of knives
over which a sheet of veneer is fed and a reciprocating plunger
which severs the slivers by driving the veneer down upon the
knives.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 197, Punching-cutters, Fixed-die.
191. SLIVERING, RECEIVING AND HANDLING DE-
VICES. Chutes and other devices for attachment to sliver-
ing-machines to receive and in some instances to straighten
and assemble the splints for packing.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 50, Match-making, and Gl,
Match-making, Box-filling.
192. SPLITTING AND BUNDLING. Machines which split
blocks and also bind the split pieces into bundles.
193. SPLITTING. Machines for splitting blocks of wood whether
operated by hand or other power.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 182, Riving.
194. SPLITTING, SELF-FEEDING. Splitting-machines pro-
vided with various types of mechanism for feeding the blocks
to the blades.
195. SPLITTING, SELF-FEEDING, ROLLER-AND-BELT.
Splitting-machines having rollers and endless belts to feed the
blocks to the splitting-blades.
196. PUNCHING-CUTTERS. Machines for cutting out pieces or
simply cutting holes by mere punching action.
Search Classes
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 53, Match-making, Cutting,
Framing and dipping, Die-punches; 55, Match-making, Cut-
ting and framing, Die-punches.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 18,
Cutting, Die, and 47, Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating-cutter.
197. PUNCHING-CUTTERS, FIXED-DIE. Punching-cutters in
which the wood is forced down upon a fixed die.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 50, Match-making, Cutting and
framing, Die-punches, fixed, and 190, Slivering, Plunger and
Fixed-knife.
198. TENONING. Machines for making tenons at the end of a
piece of wood.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 133, Gaining, and 0, Special-
work machines, Combined, Blind and sash cutting, Relishing.
199. TENONING, BLIND-SLAT. Machines adapted to tenon
blind-slats.
200. TENONING, BLIND-SLAT, ROTARY CUTTERS. Ma-
chines adapted to form tenons by some sort of rotary cutter.
201. TENONING, BLIND-SLAT, ROTARY GAINING-CUT-
TERS. Machines for forming tenons by a rotary gaining-
cutter.
202. TENONING, CHISEL PAIR. Machines with oppositely-
placed chisel-cutters which simultaneously cut both shoulders
of the tenon.
203. TENONING, ROTARY GAINING-CUTTERS. Machines
which are adapted to cut tenons by gaining.
Search Class
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 38, Circular-saw machines, Angu-
lar.
204. TENONING, ROTARY GAINING-CUTTERS, MULTI-
PLE-TENON. Machines adapted to simultaneously gain
two or more tenons.
205. TENON-TURNING. Machines adapted to make tenons by
turning.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 199, Tenoning, Blind-slat.
206. TENON-TURNING, WHEEL-SPOKE. Machines for turn-
ing spoke-tenons.
CLASS 144 Continued.
207. OSIER-PEELERS. Machines for removing the bark from
withes or osiers by scraping or rubbing.
208. ROSSING BARK. Machines for cutting the bark from logs
or slabs wholly or in part. Some leave the bark in sheets and
others cut it up into small bits.
209. VENEER-LATHES. Machines for shaving veneers from the
surface of a log which is centered between chucks and rotated
against a knife.
210. VENEER - LATHES, CONVERTIBLE. Veneer - lathes
whose stay-logs may be given a reciprocating or oscillatory in-
stead of a rotary motion.
211. VENEER-LATHES, INCLINED KNIVES. Lathes in
which the cutting-knives are set at an angle to the axis of the
rotating log.
212. VENEER-LATHES, KNIVES AND KNIFE-BLOCKS.
Knives of peculiar form and mechanism for supporting and
shifting the knives while cutting the veneers.
213. VENEER-LATHES, PRESSER BARS AND ROLLS.
Devices for gaging the thickness of the veneer cut from the log
and for preventing the checking or splintering of the veneer
under the action of the knife.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 243, Feed and presser mecha-
nisms, Presser bars and chip breakers.
214. VENEER-LATHES, STAY-LOGS. Means for supporting
the log in the lathe.
215. VENEER-LATHES, STRIP-CUTTING ATTACHMENTS.
Devices to be attached to the lathe for dividing the sheet of
veneer into strips as it is severed from the log.
Note. This does not include rollers with radial knives which score
the log before the veneer is cut off. Such devices are classified
as SLICERS, CYLINDER, RADIAL-KNIFE, subclass 174.
216. MITER-CUTTE RS. Machines for cutting miters by means of
a knife.
Note. Mitering-machines in which the cut is made with a saw
are classified under class 143, WOOD-SAWING, subclasses 6,
Mitering-machines, and 80, Miter-boxes.
217. MITER-CUTTERS, ANGLE-KNIFE. Machines for cutting
miters by means of an angular knife which is forced against the
material.
218. CUTTERS, ROTARY, MISCELLANEOUS. Cutter-heads
for wood containing matter partly or wholly unclassified else-
where.
Search Class
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 103, Cutters, Rotary.
219. CUTTERS, ROTARY, END-THRUST. Cutters to which
pressure is applied in the direction of their axis of rotation and
having cutting parts for their face. They frequently have
also side-cutting edges, so that after boring their way in by
end pressure they can then be moved sidewise to enlarge
the cut. This class includes principally carving and routing
cutters.
Search Classes
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 69, Mortising, Auger-cutter.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclasses 103 et seq., Cutters, Rotary.
32- DENTISTRY, subclass 31, Tools, Burs.
220. CUTTERS, ROTARY, FRUSTO-CO^TICAL. Cutter-heads
in the form of cones generally used for cutting a dovetail in
the edge of a board.
221. CUTTERS, ROTARY, CYLINDRICAL, SPIRAL-BIT. A
cutter formed by twisting a long blade spirally, with or with-
out a core-piece.
222. CUTTERS, ROTARY, SAW, DOUBLE, INTERMEDI-
ATE-CUTTER. Two or more saws spaced apart on then-
arbor and having the intermediate space filled by a cutter
which removes the material between the saw-kerfs. In this
class a disk with a saw-section secured at its edge is considered
a saw.
223. CUTTERS, ROTARY, SAW, SINGLE, SIDE-CUTTER.
A saw having at one or both sides a cutter which removes the
material to make a wider cut than the thickness of the saw-
blade. In this class a disk with a saw-section secured at its
edge is considered a saw.
224. CUTTERS, ROTARY, POLYGONAL, T-SLOT BIT-
CLAMP. A built-up cutter in which the bits are secured by
clamps sliding in T -slots formed in the faces of a head of po-
lygonal cross-section. A number of bits are frequently used
to produce a pattern.
225. CUTTERS, ROTARY, POLYGONAL, PLANE BIT-
SEAT. A built-up cutter in which bits are clamped upon
the plane faces of a head of polygonal cross-section.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 91, Sole and heel edge
trimmers, Rotary cutter-heads, and all subclasses thereunder.
226. CUTTERS, ROTARY, POLYGONAL, CONVEX BIT-
SEAT. A built-up cutter in which the bits are curved and
are secured on a convex face of a head having a polygonal
cross-section.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
347
CLASS 144 Continued.
227. CUTTERS, ROTARY, POLYGONAL, CONCAVE BIT-
SEAT. A built-up cutter in which the bits are curved in
transverse section and are secured in concave recesses formed
in a head of polygonal cross-section.
228. CUTTERS, ROTARY, RADIAL ARMS, PLANE BIT-
SEAT. A built-up cutter to which the bits are secured
upon plane faces formed on radial arms of a head which is
secured to an arbor.
229. CUTTERS, ROTARY, RADIAL ARMS. SLOTTED BIT-
SEAT. A built-up cutter in which the bits are secured in
slots cut in radial arms of a head which is secured to an arbor.
230. CUTTERS, R9TARY, CYLINDRICAL, SLOTTED-BIT
SEAT. A built-up cutter formed by inserting blades into
longitudinal slots in the periphery of a cylindrical head.
Search Classes
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 105, Cutters, Rotary, Inserted-
tooth.
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 94, Sole and heel edge
trimmers, Rotary cutter-heads, Inserted cutters.
231. CUTTERS, ROTARY, DISK, MULTIPLE CLAMPING-
DISKS, TANGENTIAL BIT. A built-up cutter in which
the bits are clamped edgewise between two or more disks car-
ried on a shaft and are placed in a tangential or chordal rela-
tion to the cylinder of rotation.
232. CUTTERS, ROTARY, DISK, MULTIPLE CLAMPING-
DISKS, PIVOTED-BIT. A bit clamped between two
disks in such a manner that it may be moved about an axis
eccentric to that of the cutter-shaft for the purpose of adjusting
its edge toward and from the cutter-axis.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 226, Cutters, Rotary, Polygonal,
Convex bit-seat.
233. CUTTERS, ROTARY, DISK, MULTIPLE CLAMPING-
DISKS, SHANK-BIT. A built-up cutter-head in which
bits have shanks formed thereon and are clamped between
disks which are strung on an arbor.
Search Classes -
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 94, Sole and heel edge
trimmers, Rotary cutter-heads, Inserted cutters.
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 105, Cutters, Rotary, Inserted-
tooth.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 232, Cutters, Rotary, Disk, Mul-
tiple clamping-disks, Pivoted-bit.
234. CUTTERS, ROTARY, DISK, ECCENTRIC SEGMEN-
TAL-BIT. A built-up cutter in which an annular segmental
bit is clamped between two disks, near the periphery thereof,
or bolted in the same location on the side of a single disk.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 94, Sole and heel edge
trimmers, Rotary cutter-heads, Inserted cutters.
235. CUTTER, ROTARY, DISK, SIDE-ATTACHED BIT,
EDGE-CUTTING. A built-up cutter in which bits having
shanks are bolted on the side of a disk, extend beyond the
periphery, and cut with their projecting ends.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 94, Sole and heel edge
trimmers, Rotary cutter-heads, Inserted cutters.
236. CUTTERS, ROTARY, DISK, MULTIPLE, PATTERN.
A gang of toothed disks of various diameter strung on a shaft
in close proximity to each other, so that their teeth will pre-
sent an irregular longitudinal contour corresponding to a
predetermined pattern.
237. CUTTERS, ROTARY, DISK, GANG. A gang of cutter-
disks clamped on a shaft. Some are beveled and used to cut
out beveled slats from a plank by operating first on one side
and then on the other. Others are mere grooving-cutters.
238. CUTTERS, ROTARY, SAW, WABBLE. One or more
saws secured on a shaft in such a manner that they lie in a
plane which cuts the axis of the shaft at an angle other than a
right angle. They are used for cutting grooves wider than
the thickness of the saw-blade, and also for cutting dove-
tail notches.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 201, Tenoning, Rotary gaining-
cutters.
239. CUTTERS, ROTARY, SAW, DISTORTED. Saws in
which a portion of the periphery is twisted out of its original
plane so that it stands at an angle thereto and in rotating
cuts a groove of a width greater than the thickness of the
saw-plate.
240. CUTTERS, ROTARY, SOLID. Single integral cutters, not
including saws which are intended merely for severing. It
does include saws for cutting beveled grooves.
Search Classes
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 91, Sole and heel edge
trimmers, Rotary cutter-heads.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 103, Cutters, Rotary.
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 237, Cutters, Rotary, Disk,
Gang, and 236, Cutters, Rotary, Disk, Multiple, Pattern.
241. CUTTERS, ROTARY, BITS. Bits or blades to be secured
to a rotary head.
Note. Rotary bits for cutting excelsior are found in class 144,
WOODWORKING, Slivering, Scoring-Plane, Rotary.
CLASS 144 Continued.
FEED AND PRESSER MECHANISMS. Devices for moving
work to cutters and for holding it against spring and vibra-
tion.
242. FEED AND PRESSER MECHANISMS, MISCELLANE-
OUS. All mechanisms for moving the work to the cutting-
tools and for holding it to the machine-bed and not otherwise
classifiable.
243. FEED AND PRESSER MECHANISMS, PRESSER-
BARS AND CHIP-BREAKERS. Fixed bars which, like
presser-rolls, hold down work while being acted on by the
cutter. They also often are formed to extend under the
cutter to prevent the wood from slivering into the uncut por-
tion. For this reason this combined form can not be separated
from those devices which break chips only.
244. FEED AND PRESSER MECHANISMS, PRESSER-
BARS AND CHIP-BREAKERS, SECTIONAL. Presser-
bars and chip-breakers divided transversely into several
parts to allow lumber of irregular thickness or several pieces
of varying thickness to pass under them.
245. FEED AND PRESSER MECHANISMS, BLANK-FEED-
ERS. Devices for successively feeding small similar de-
tached work-pieces to woodworking-machines.
Search Classes-
ID BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
171, Nail-plate, and the subclasses thereunder.
18 PLASTICS, subclass 27, Molding devices, Casting, Candles.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
7, Soap-molding devices.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 60, Combined machines, Stock
and blank feeders, Magazine.
86 ARMS, PROJECTILES, AND EXPLOSIVE CHARGES, MAKING,
subclass 23, Ammunition loading, and the subclasses there-
under.
101 PRINTING, subclasses 24, Branding stamps; 83, Marking-
machines; and 84, Marking-machines, Rotary.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses 11,
Molding apparatus, Rolling, Pills; 17, Molding apparatus,
Presses, Tablet; and 18, Molding apparatus, Presses, Tablet,
Stationary mold.
112 SEWING MACHINES, subclass 32, Sewing on buttons.
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 2, Bottle-capping,
Die, and the subclasses thereunder.
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclass 20, Circular-section, Automatic
spindle-lathes, Chute-feed.
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 24, Linoleum-making, Inlaid, Pattern-forming, From
sheets.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclass 6, Loading and un-
loading, Filers.
216 LABEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING, subclasses 57, Ma-
chines, Storage magazine, Article support, Conveyor; 58.
Machines, Storage magazine. Article support, Runway; and
59, Machines, Storage magazine, Article support, Rotary.
218 BUTTON, EYELET, AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 12, Ma-
chines, Button, Button feeders.
226 PACKAGING LIQUIDS, subclasses 5, Corking machines,
Automatic feed, and 10, Filling machines, Barrel.
246. FEED AND PRESSER MECHANISMS, ROLLS, FEED,
MISCELLANEOUS. Devices showing structure, arrange-
ment, gear connections, etc., of positively-driven work-mov-
ing rolls.
247. FEED AND PRESSER MECHANISMS, ROLLS, FEED,
SPRING-PRESSED. Feed-rolls held to their work by
means of springs.
248. FEED AND PRESSER MECHANISMS, ROLLS, FEED
WEIGHTED. Feed-rolls pressed upon the work by weighted
levers.
249. FEED AND PRESSER MECHANISMS, ROLLS, PRESS-
ER. Rolls which serve only to hold the work from springing,
lifting, or vibrating and which have no feeding action.
250. FEED AND PRESSER MECHANISMS, ROLLS, SEC-
TIONAL. Feed or presser rolls made up of independently-
yielding parts to accommodate work irregular in cross-section.
251. CUTTER-GUARDS. Guards for preventing injury to the
workman from contact with the cutter of a machine.
Search Class -
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 159, Saw-guards.
252. CUTTER-HOODS AND DUST-CONVEYERS. Devices
for catching and confining the flying shavings, and dust from
a cutting-machine and for conveying them away from the
machine.
253. WORK-GUIDES. Devices for defining the path of work
moving with relation to such device and the shaping-cutter.
254. WOOD-BENDING, BENDING AND DRYING. Wood-
bending machines which include heating devices for drying
the wood in its bent form.
255. WOOD-BENDING, BENDING-ROLLERS. Includes ma-
chines wherein a rotating roller forces the wood against a
yielding or an unyielding roller, a belt, or a shoe to crimp the
wood without securing it to a former.
348
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 144-Continued.
256. WOOD-BENDING, PRESSES. Machines for bonding wood
to a desired form by compressing it between formers or dies.
In the simpler machines one of the dies or formers is sta-
tionary and the other is carried by a plunger or a pivoted
arm. In some instances the machine embodies an inte-
gral former and a cooperating sectional former. The parts
of the sectional former are carried by pivoted arms and are
moved by suitable mechanism for forcing the wood against
the integral former. In other instances the machine embodies
an integral convex former and a flexible former. This latter
comprises a strap having its ends supported by pivoted arms
or sliding blocks guided by mechanism to compress the wood
between the flexible former and the convex former.
Note. Flexible formers may be found in subclasses 263-26G,
Wood-bending Former, Fixed, Strap, and the subclasses
following which comprise a strap; also, in subclass 268, Wood-
bending, Former, Pivotal, Coiling.
Search Classes
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 49, Box machines, Folding,
and the subclasses thereunder.
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 33, Tube-mak-
ing; 38, Die-shaping, and subclasses thereunder.
147 COOPERING, subclass 48, Basket-forming.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 21, Angular, Reciprocating
bender, and subclasses thereunder.
257. WOOD-BENDING, PRESSES, END COMPRESSORS.
Machines for compressing strips of wood endwise to buckle
or bend it to the desired shape. Usually the wood to be
bent is supported in a flexible holder.
258. WOOD-BENDING, HOOP-GAGING. Machines for stretch-
ing previously-formed hoops to a desired size by means of an
expansible former.
259. WOOD-BENDING, FORMER, FIXED. Fixed formers
about which the wood is bent and secured until set. The
wood is usually bent around the former by hand.
Search Classes
147 COOPERING, subclass 48, Basket-forming.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 32, Curving or straightening,
and 64, Coiling.
260. WOOD-BENDING, FORMER, FIXED, COLLAPSIBLE.
Collapsible or knockdown formers about which the wood
is bent and secured until set.
261. WOOD-BENDING, FORMER, FIXED, END-THRUST.
Machines in which sticks of wood are thrust by endwise
pressure into a former of the desired conformation and kept
there until the wood has taken a permanent set.
262. WOOD-BENDING, FORMER, FIXED, RADIAL ARM
AND ROLLER. Machines haying a fixed former and con-
centrically-arranged lever carrying a roller which forces the
wood into engagement with the former.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 45, Curving or straightening,
Pivoted bender, Sweep-arm, and 46, Curving or straightening,
Pivoted bender, Sweep-arm, Stationary clamped work.
263. WOOD-BENDING, FORMER, FIXED, STRAP-AND-
WINDLASS. Machines for bending wood about a flxed
former. The machines comprise a windlass or equivalent
device connected with the ends of a strap which is drawn
against the wood and forces it against the former.
264. WOOD-BENDING, FORMER, FIXED, STRAP-AND-
LEVER. Machines for bending wood about a fixed former.
The wood is drawn to the former by a lever secured to a strap
which passes over the wood and compresses it against the
former.
265. WOOD-BENDING, FORMER, FIXED, STRAP-AND-
SCREW. The wood is drawn to the former by means of a
screw connected with the strap which compresses the wood
against the former.
266. WOOD-BENDING, FORMER, FIXED, STRAP. The
wood is held to the former by means of a strap which prevents
the wood from splintering opposite the convexed portions of
the former.
267. WOOD-BENDING, FORMER, PIVOTAL. The wood is
secured at one end to a pivotal former which when rotated
draws the wood therearound. This subclass also includes
devices for bending wood which comprise a lever provided at
one end with a former, to which one end of the wood to be bent
is secured, and in which the former rests upon the wood and
acts as the fulcrum as the lever is turned to draw the wood
closely against the former.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 40, Curving or straightening,
Pivoted bender; Bender-attached work; 32, Curving or straight-
ening, and 64, Coiling.
268. WOOD-BENDING, FORMER, PIVOTAL, COILING.
Machines for tending wood which comprise a revolving former,
to which one end of the wood to be bent is secured and which,
as the former is rotated, draws the wood closely theroaroinid.
In some of these machines a flexible apron presses the wood
firmly against the cylinder or former.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 40, Curving or straightening,
Pivoted bender, Bender-attached work.
CLASS 144 Continued.
269. WOOD-BENDING, CLAMPS. Devices for securing wood
in its bent form until it is dried and set.
270. WOOD-BENDING, BENDS. Includes portions of struc-
tural material where the invention lies in the methods of
forming the bend and the construction of the same.
271. WOOD-BENDING, STEAMING. Steam chambers or re-
torts especially designed for steaming wood to soften it pre-
paratory to bending.
272. WOOD-ORNAMENTING, EMBOSSING. Machines for em-
bossing designs upon wooden surfaces, usually by a die-roller
and the application of heat. Coloring fluids are also frequently
used.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 11, Molding devices, Rolling, Com-
pound, and 13, Molding devices, Die-expressing, Compound.
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
sulKilass 30, Yielding fabric making, Corrugating and indent-
ing, and subclasses thereunder.
201 METAL-ORNAMENTING, subclass 5, Die-pressing, Roller
and bed.
273. WOOD-ORNAMENTING, EMBOSSING, DIE-ROLLERS,
Wood-embossing machines in which the invention lies in the
construction of the die-roller.
274. WOOD-ORNAMENTING, EMBOSSING, HEAT-APPLY-
ING. Wood-embossing machines which present novelty in
the arrangements for applying heat in the operation of emboss-
ing.
275. WOOD-ORNAMENTING, GRAINING. Machines adapted
to indent, cut, or otherwise mutilate the surface of the wood
to imitate graining. Sometimes the indentations are filled
with some colored substance.
276. WOOD-ORNAMENTING, ARTICLES. Wood having its
surface ornamented by embossing and impressing in various
ways.
277. WOOD - ORNAMENTING, PROCESSES. Processes or
methods of ornamenting wood by embossing, etc.
278. MACHINE-WORK CLAMPS. Devices for securing work
upon a moving bed or while operated upon by a traveling
cutter.
279. GLUE - APPLYING AND PRESSING APPARATUS.
Means for applying glue to various wood surfaces and for
. pressing such surfaces together.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 289, Clamps, and 281, Veneer
presses.
280. GLUE-APPLYING APPARATUS. Apparatus for applying
glue to wood surfaces for veneering, etc.
Search Class
91 COATING, for general coating.
281. VENEER-PRESSES. Machines for pressing and retaining
veneers in position while drying.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 289, Clamps, and 280, Glue-
applying apparatus.
282. VENEER-PRESSES, ROLLER. Veneer presses in which
rollers are run over the work.
283. VENEER-PRESSES, MOLDING. Those presses adapted
to veneering molding.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 289, Clamps.
284. CORK AND BUNG PRESSES. Apparatus for compressing
the ends of corks or bungs to make them tapered, so as to be
more readily inserted.
285. WORK-BENCHES AND TOOL-CHESTS COMBINED.
Tool-chests modified to form work-benches; also, covers for
school-desks adapted to be used as work-benches. The desk-
covers are provided with receptacles for tools.
286. WORK-BENCHES. Work-benches for carpenters' use.
Note. Adjustable supports for holding heavy structures are
found in Work-holding stands in this class.
287. WORK-BENCHES, ADJUSTABLE STOCK-REST. Ad-
justable devices applied to the side of work-benches to support
one end of a piece of stock, the other end of which is generally
held in the ordinary bench-vise.
288. WORK-HOLDING STANDS. Devices for holding struc-
tures of some magnitude, as doors, blinds, wagon-wheels,
caskets, etc., in position to be operated on. These devices
are usually adjustable.
289. CLAMPS. Various clamps and clamping apparatus, not other-
wise specifically classified, used in woodworking operations.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 307, Bench-dogs, Clamping;
280, Glue-applying apparatus; 278, Machine-work clamps;
281, Veneer-presses; 2(19, Wood-bending, Clamps; and 288,
Work-holding stands.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
349
CLASS 144 Continued.
290. CLAMPS, BENCH. Devices adapted to hold work against a
work-bench while being operated upon.
291. CLAMPS, RECTANGULAR - FRAMEWORK. Clamping
apparatus, not otherwise specifically classified, adapted for
setting up and holding framework of a rectangular form.
292. CLAMPS, MITER, MULTIPLE - JOINT. Apparatus
adapted to simultaneously set up and hold two or more miter-
joints.
293. CLAMPS, MITER, SINGLE-JOINT. Apparatus adapted
to clamp a single miter-Joint. Many of these clamps are port-
able.
Search Class
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 86, Miter-boxes, and subclasses
thereunder.
294. CLAMPS, BOX-JOINT. Clamping apparatus for assembling
or forcing together box-joints.
295. CLAMPS, END AND PARTITION. Clamping apparatus
adapted to hold the end or partition blanks of a box or
similar structure in position while the receptacle is being com-
pleted.
29C. CLAMPS, DOOR-SUPPORTING. Clamps for holding a
door or window-sash in an upright position, the door resting
wholly or in part on the ground or other support independent
of the clamps. Principal ly for the use of door-hangers.
297. CLAMPS, PORTABLE. Portable devices, not otherwise
classified, having opposing jaws between which the work,
usually in two or more parts, is clamped and held.
298. CLAMPS, PORTABLE, SHIP-PLANKING. Clamps to be
used in bending and holding planking against the ribs of a
ship.
299. CLAMPS, PORTABLE, EXTENSIBLE-BEAM. Each jaw
of the clamp has a shank at right angles to itself which com-
bines with the other shank to form the clamp-beam. By
sliding these shanks past each other to a greater or less degree,
the length of the beam is adjusted.
CLASS 144 Continued.
300. CLAMPS, PORTABLE, PARALLEL-SCREW. Clamping-
jaws mounted on a pair of parallel-screw rods, each rod being
journaled in one jaw and engaging a nut in the other.
301. CLAMPS, PORTABLE, PARALLEL-SCREW, QUICK-
ACTION. Parallel-screw clamps which by means of a screw-
releasing mechanism can be approximately adjusted without
rotation of the threaded rods.
302. CLAMPS, PORTABLE, PIVOTED-LEVER. Clamping-
jaws pivoted to each other or one or both are pivoted to the
common beam.
303. CLAMPS, PORTABLE, STRAIGHT-BEAM ADJUST-
ABLE-JAW. The clamp-beam is a straight bar along which
one or both of the clamping-jaws can be adjusted.
304. CLAMPS, PORTABLE, U-BEAM. The clamp-beam is a
U-shaped metallic yoke. The clamping is done between the
prongs of the U-beam.
305. CLAMPS, PORTABLE, U-BEAM, QUICK-ACTION. U-
beam clamps provided with two adjustments of the clamping-
jaws, one more rapid than the other.
306. BENCH-DOGS. Stops set in work-benches to oppose the
endwise movement in one direction of the board or other
article which is being operated upon.
307. BENCH-DOGS, CLAMPING. Bench-dogs adapted to hold
the work which rests upon a work-bench between two oppos-
ing clamping-jaws, one of which is usually an ordinary bench-
stop.
308. BENCH-DOGS, REMOVABLE. The bench-dog is a remov-
able device provided with sharp spurs. It is set in the desired
position and secured by driving the spurs into the bench.
309. PROCESSES. Processes or methods of working wood.
CLASS 145. WOODWORKING-TOOLS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes hand-tools, not otherwise classified, peculiar to
woodworking.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Wood working-tools not otherwise
classifiable.
2. AXES. Tools consiting of a handle and a blade mounted
transversly to it and cutting by impact. The class includes
hatchets and adzes.
Note. Bill-hooks are found in class 30, CUTLERY, subclass 11,
Pruning implements.
3. AXES, DETACHABLE-BIT. Axes the heads of which are
made up of sections, so that the cutting part may be detached
for sharpening, replacement, or the like.
4. AXES, GAGE ATTACHMENTS. Gage attachments for shin-
gl ing-hatchets.
5. BENCH-PLANES, MISCELLANEOUS. Bench-planes not
otherwise classified.
6. BENCH-PLANES, CHAMFERING. Bench-planes pecul-
iarly modified to cut chamfers.
7. BENCH-PLANES, CORE-BOX. Planes cutting grooves or
channels of segmental cross-section in blocks by tilting the
knife from side to side.
8. BENCH-PLANES, STRIP-CUTTERS. Bench-planes to cut
shavings of considerable thickness, such as blind-slats, splints,
etc.
Note. Machines for this purpose are classified in class 144, WOOD-
WORKING, subclass 102, Slicers.
9. BENCH-PLANES, FLEXIBLE-FACE. Bench-planes pro-
vided with a flexible face and mechanism for bending the face
to the desired curvature.
10. BENCH-PLANES, IRREGULAR-WORK. Bench-planes,
not otherwise classified, adapted from the shape of their cutter-
faces, gages, etc., to finish surfaces other than plane.
11. BENCH-PLANES, BIT ADJUSTMENTS. Bench-planes,
not otherwise classified, provided with mechanism for adjust-
ing the plane-bit with respect to the plane-stock. Pianos in
which the adjustment is made by unclamping the bit and
resetting it are not included.
Search Class
144WooDWoRKiNG, subclass 132, Planers, Stationary cutter,
Bit adjustments.
12. BENCH-PLANES, BIT ADJUSTMENTS, ANGULAR.
Bench planes having a plane-bit adjustable angularly about
its cutting edge as an axis.
13. BENCH-PLANES, BIT ADJUSTMENTS, LONGITUDI-
NAL, PIVOTED-LEVER AND SCREW. The plane-bit
is adjusted longitudinally by means of a pivoted lever, one
end of which engages the bit, while the other is operated by a
screw.
14. BENCH-PLANES, BIT ADJUSTMENTS, LONGITUDI-
NAL, SCREW. The plane-bit is adjusted longitudinally by
the direct action of a screw or nut engaging the plane-iron.
15. BENCH-PLANES, ADJUSTABLE MOUTHPIECES.
Bench-planes provided with an adjustpble part to regulate the
size of the shavings-channel.
16. BENCH-PLANES, BIT-CLAMPS. Mechanism for clamping
the plane-bit to the stock.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 12, et seq., Bench-planes,
Bit adjustments.
17. BENCH-PLANES, BITS. Bench-plane cutting-blades and
mechanism for connecting the cutting-blade and the cap-piece
which cooperates with it to make the plane-bit.
18. BENCH-PLANES, LUBRICATING ATTACHMENTS.
Bench-plane attachments for lubricating the surface which
is being operated upon.
19. BENCH-PLANES, HANDLE ATTACHMENTS. Handles
and fastening mechanism for them peculiar to bench-planes.
20. BENCH-PLANES, GAGE ATTACHMENTS. Gages to bo
applied to bench-planes.
Search Classes
145, WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclasses 6, Bench-planes, Cham-
fering; 10, Bench-planes, Irregular-work.
147, COOPERING, subclass 24, Crozing and Chamfering barrels,
Hand-crozes.
CLASS 145 Continued.
21. BOX-OPENERS. Devices designed for prying off box-lids,
sometimes combined with nail-extractors.
22. CANT-DOGS. Devices for handling logs and heavy timbers,
consisting of a lever and a hook pivoted thereto.
23. CHALK-LINE HOLDERS AND CHALKERS. Reels,
spools, chalk-holders, and combined reels and chalk-holders
for chalk-lines.
24. CHISELS. Hand and machine mortising chisels.
25. CHISELS, COMPOUND. Chisels the bits of which are formed
of several parts clamped together.
26. CHISELS, GAGE. Depth and surface gage attachments for
chisels.
27. CUE-TRIMMERS. Devices for trimming the ends of billiard-
cues.
28. DRAWING-KNIVES. Cutting-blades provided with handles
at each end. Many of the handles are angularlyadjustable
and are adapted to fold up on the blade as a guard when not
in use.
29. HAMMERS. Tools designed primarily to be used as hand
striking-tools.
Note. Claw-hammers in which the novelty resides in the nail-
pulling attachment are not treated as compound tools, but
areplaced in the appropriate subclass under 37, Nail-extractors,
in class 145, WOODWORKING-TOOLS.
33. HAMMERS, NAIL-PLACERS. Devices formed in or secured
on hammers or hatchets for holding a nail in position so that
a blow of the hammer will set it.
31. HANDSAWS. General structure of handsaws.
Note. Inventions in the cutting-teeth are in class 143, WOOD-
SAWING.
32. HANDSAWS, TRUSS-FRAME. The saw-blade is mounted
in the ordinary bucksaw truss-frame having an intermediate
stiffening-brace.
33. HANDSAWS, U-FRAME. The saw-blade is mounted in a
U-shaped frame.
34. HANDSAWS, U-FRAME, EXTENSIBLE. The part of the
U -frame which is parallel to the saw-blade can be varied in
length.
35. HANDSAWS, ATTACHMENTS. Attachments for hand-
saws, such as gages, lubricators, dust-blowers, and the like.
36. MALLETS. Striking-tools the impacting faces of which are
made out of soft metal, rawhide, wood, or other soft material.
37. NAIL-EXTRACTORS, MISCELLANEOUS. Nail-extract-
ors not otherwise classified.
38. NAIL-EXTRACTORS, PIVOTED GRAPPLE-BAR. The
nail-engaging grapple or claw is pivoted to the lifting-lever.
39. NAIL-EXTRACTORS, HOLDING-HOOK. The lifting-claw
is held in contact with the nail by a pivoted hook engaging
either with the nail or with some fixed support.
40. NAIL-EXTRACTORS, HAMMER AND ANVIL. Nail-
extractors provided with a hammer for forcing the claw or nip-
per into engagement with the na : l to be operated upon.
41. NAIL-EXTRACTORS, NUT AND SCREW LIFTERS.
Nail-extractors and a few analogous devices, such as horseshoe-
calk pullers and devices for removing teeth from coal-breaking
cylinders, in which the lifting force is applied through a nut
and threaded lifting-bar.
42. NAIL-EXTRACTORS, NIPPER, WEDGE-OPERATED.
The nail is grasped by a pair of nipping-jaws, which are forced
together by a wedge or cam action.
43. NAIL-EXTRACTORS, NIPPER, LEVER-OPERATED.
The nail is grasped by a pair of nipping-jaws which are lever-
operated. One jaw of the nipper is ordinarily a prolongation
of the lever.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 40, Nail-Extractors, Ham-
mer and anvil.
44. NAIL-EXTRACTORS, CLAW-BAR. Nail-extractors con-
sisting of a claw fixed to a lever.
45. NAIL-EXTRACTORS, CLAW-BAR, PIVOTED-FUL-
CRUM. Claw bars provided with a fulcrum which is pivoted
to the lever; also, some bars provided with extensible ful-
crums.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 38, Nail-extractors, Piv-
oted grapple-bar.
351
352
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 145 Continued.
46. NAIL-SETS. Tools to be set against the head of a nail and
struck by a hammer to set the nail-head below the surface of
the work in which it has been driven.
47. SCRAPERS. Tools comprising a handle and a scraping-blade.
48. SCRAPING-PLANES. Scraping-blades set in a plane-like
stock.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 49, Drawing-shaves, sin-
gle-handle.
49. DRAWING-SHAVES, SINGLE-HANDLE. Blades set in a
stock provided with a single handle and adapted to cut by a
drawing action.
Search Class
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 84, Peg-cutters.
60. SCREW-DRIVERS. Bits and gripping devices for driving
wood-screws.
51. SCREW-DRIVERS, SHELL-GUIDE, SPRING-OPER-
ATED. The screw is guided by a tubular shell which sur-
rounds the bit and is normally held beyond it by a spring.
52. SCREW-DRIVERS, HOLDING ATTACHMENTS, SIDE-
GRIPPING JAWS. The screw is held in contact with the
driving-bit by one or more, generally two, side-gripping jaws.
53. SPIRAL-TOOL DRIVERS. The tool is rotated by the mu-
tual interaction of a nut and coarse-pitched screw-thread
Search Classes
65 KITCHEN AND TABLE ARTICLES, subclasses 50, Stopper ex-
tractors, Screw, Rotary, and 49, Stopper extractors, Screw,
Lever operated.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 40, Gearing, Screw and nut.
107 BREAD, PASTRY AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 39,
Mixers, kneaders and beaters, Rotary dasher, single, Oscil-
lating.
54. SPIRAL-TOOL DRIVERS, FORWARD-PRESSURE RE-
VERSIBLE-ROTATION. Spiral-tool drivers in which,
without change of direction in the application of force, rota-
tion in either direction may be secured.
55. SPOKESHAVES. A plane-bit set in a knife-stock, short in
comparison with its breadth and provided with a handle at
each side. The tool is used to dress spokes, fellies, etc.
56. SPOKESHAVES, ADJUSTABLE MOUTHPIECES. The
opening in the stock through which the shavings pass can be
altered by the adjustment of a movable mouthpiece or shoe.
57. SPOKESHAVES, BEADING-BITS. Spokeshaves provided
with pattern-bits for cutting moldings. Many of the cutters
are disks with various patterns around the periphery.
58. SPOKESHAVES, GAGE. Gage attachments for spokeshaves
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 57, Spokeshaves, Beading-
bits.
59. STAPLE-PULLERS. Devices for pulling staples, particu-
larly wire-fence staples.
60. WEDGES. AVedges for splitting wood, etc.
60.5. BIT-FRAMES. A plurality of bite are mounted in a frame
and geared together. The bits are usually augers and are
used to bore a gang of holes for mortising, being driven by
an ordinary bit-stock.
61. HANDLES. Handles and attachments for handles to be used
with woodworking-tools and such general handles as are
shown to be capable of such use.
62. HANDLES, MAGAZINE. Handles chambered to form a
receptacle or receptacles for several tools.
63. HANDLES, MAGAZINE, REGISTERING CHAMBERS.
Several tools are held in a chambered holder mounted in the
handle. This holder can be rotated to bring any of the tool-
chambers in register with an opening or channel leading to
the tool-socket.
64. HANDLES, HOLLOW, RETRACTILE-TOOL. Hollow
handles into which the tool may be wholly or partly with-
drawn when not in use.
65. HANDLES, CROSS-BAR. Bar-handles, usually spindle-
shaped, mounted transversely to the bit, generally an auger-
bit, which is to be driven.
Note. Cross-bar handles provided with clamping-jaws are found
in class 10, BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING.
subclass 148, Screw Threading, Tapping, Tap wrenches, and
subclasses thereunder.
66. BIT-STOCKS, MISCELLANEOUS. Devices, not otherwise
classified, for driving auger-bite, screw-drivers, and the like,
comprising a stock in which the bit is mounted, a lever for
producing rotation, and a knob or the like to which pressure
can be applied. This subclass also contains some extension-
shanks for bits.
CLASS 145-Continued.
67. BIT-STOCKS, STRAIGHT, SIDE-DRIVING SHAFT.
The bit is in line with the straight stock, which is geared to
and driven by a shaft set at an angle (usually ninety degrees)
with the axis of the bit.
Note. Similar structures in which the pressure-knob is replaced
by a feed-screw are found in subclasses Drilling-machines
portable , and Ratchet-drills, in class 77, BORING AND DRILLING'
Search Class
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclasses
37, Mixers, kneaders. and beaters, Rotary dasher, Multiple
Hand-supported, and 41, Mixers, kneaders, and beaters Ro^
tary dasher, Single, Hand-supported.
08. BIT-STOCKS, U-CRANK ARM, SPEEDING-GEAR. The
bit is geared so t hat one revolution of the U-crank will produce
more than one revolution of the bit.
69. BIT-STOCKS, U-CRANK ARM, ANGULAR BIT-SHIFT
The bit is out of alinement with the axis of rotation of the
U-crank stock which drives it.
Search Class
32 DENTISTRY, subclass 11, Hand-pieces, Angle attachments.
70. BIT-STOCKS, RATCHET. Bit-stocks, not otherwise classi-
fied, provided with ratchet mechanism for driving the bit
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 44, Ratchet-drills.
71. BIT-STOCKS, RATCHET, STRAIGHT-CRANK ARM.
The bit-stock is spindle-shaped and carries a ratchet-wheel
which is engaged by a pawl carried by a straight-lever arm at
right angles to the bit-stock. The lever is sometimes piv-
oted to the stock and folded up beside it when not in use.
72. BIT-STOCKS, RATCHET, PIVOTED PAWLS. The pawl
is pivoted and swings into and out of engagement with the
ratchet-wheel.
73. BIT-STOCKS, RATCHET, SLIDING PAWLS. The pawl
slides into and out of engagement with the ratchet-wheel.
74. BIT-STOCKS, RATCHET, SLIDING PAWLS, CHANGE-
ABLE-FACE. The ratchet-engaging faces of a sliding pawl
may be shifted with respect to the ratchet to rotate the bit in
one direction or the otl'or.
75. HANDLES, RATCHET-AND-PAWL. Spindle-handles driv-
ing n bit through a ratchet and pawl.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 44, Ratchet-drills.
76. HANDLES, RATCHET-CLUTCH. Spindle-handles driving
a bit through a ratchet-clutch.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 44, Ratchet-drills.
77. HANDLES, CROSS-BAR, RATCHET. Cross-bar handles
driving bits through ratchet mechanism.
78. HANDLES, SHIELD ATTACHMENTS. Metal shields ap-
plied to the handles of eyed striking-tools to prevent the
handle from breaking next to the tool-head.
79. HANDLES, FASTENINGS. Devices, not otherwise classi-
fied, for fastening handles to woodworking-tools.
Search Class
125 STONE- WORKING, subclasses 13, Millstone picks, and 19,
Tools.
%
80. HANDLES, FASTENINGS END-CAP. A cap extends
beyond the edges of the tool-head eye and is secured to the
end of the handle.
81. HANDLES FASTENINGS, WEDGE. Wedges for use in
retaining handles in eyed tool-heads and a few devices for
removing such wedges.
82. HANDLES, FASTENINGS, WEDGE, SCREW-EX-
PANDED. The wedge is forced into the end of the split tool-
handle by means of a screw or is itself expanded by the same
means.
83. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS. Miscellaneous fasten-
ings for retaining tools in socket-handles.
Search Classes
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 141, Machine chucks and tool-
sockets, Sockets.
81 TOOLS, subclasses 19, Vises, Round Work; 121, Wrenches,
Rigid Jaws, Inclosed; 122, W renches, Rigid Jaws, Inclosed,
Watch and Clock Keys; 123, Wrenches, Rigid Jaws. Inclosed,
Watch and Clock Keys, Dust protectors; 124, Wrenches, Rigid
jaws, Inclosed, Watch and clock keys, Safety.
125 STONE-WORKING, subclass 3, Rock drill-chucks.
84 HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, BEVEL-CLOSING.
Movable-jaw fastenings in which the relative movement of the
holding-jaws and the handle-body or of the jaws and the jaw-
actuating device, is along lines neither parallel nor perpen-
dicular to the axis of the handle.
S.3. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, BEVEL-CLOSING,
AXIA L-SCRE W. Bevel-closing fastenings in which the jaws
are drawn back into a beveled socket or are thrust forward into
a conical cap or in converging grooves by an axially-moving
screw working in a suitable nut.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
353
CLASS 145 Continued.
86. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, BEVEL-CLOSING,
AXIAL-SCREW, SPRING-RETRACTED JAWS. De-
vices similar to the preceding in which the jaws when released
by the actuating means are separated by a spring or by their
own resilience. A similar line of double classification is drawn
in the remaining bevel-closing subclasses and in cam-closing
devices.
87. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, BEVEL-CLOSING,
ROTATING-RING. Devices in which the jaws are actuated
by an interiorly-threaded ring which rotates but is confined
by stops, so as to have no longitudinal movement on the
handle-body.
8 s *. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, BEVEL-CLOSING,
ROTATING-RING, SPRING-RETRACTED JAWS. De-
vices like the preceding in which springs are provided for
opening the jaws.
89. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, BEVEL-CLOSING,
SCREW-RING. Devices in which the jaws are given their
converging movement by an interiorly-threaded ring laterally
surrounding the handle and having a helical movement
thereon.
90. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, BEVEL-CLOSING,
SCREW-RING, SPRING-RETRACTED JAWS. Devices
like the preceding, with spring means for opening the jaws.
91. HANDLES SOCKET-FASTENINGS, BEVEL-CLOSING
SCREW-CONE. Devices in which exteriorly-beveled and
screw-threaded jaws are forced together by a ring or cap hav-
ing an interior conical thread engaging the jaw-thread.
92. HANDLES SOCKET-FASTENINGS, BEVEL-CLOSING,
SCREW-CAP. Sockets in which a cap, screw-threaded in
part, forces an attached cone over the tips of beveled jaws or
forces rearwardly-beveled jaws into a conical socket.
93. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, BEVEL-CLOSING,
SCREW-CAP, SPRING-RETRACTED JAWS. Devices
like the preceding, with spring means for opening the jaws.
94. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, BEVEL-CLOSING.
SLIDING-RING. Devices in which the jaws are actuated
or held closed by a ring sliding longitudinally on the wall of
the socket.
95. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, BEVEL-CLOSING,
SLIDING-RING, SPRING-RETRACTED JAWS. De-
vices like the preceding, with spring means for separating the
jaws.
96. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, CAM-CLOSING.
Devices in which the jaws are actuated or the tool-tang gripped
by transversely-moving cams.
97. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, CAM-CLOSING,
SPRING-RETRACTED JAWS. Devices like the preced-
ing, with spring means for separating the jaws.
98. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, LEVER-CLOSING.
Devices in which the tool is gripped by one or more pivoted
clamping-levers actuated by various means.
9. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, TRANSVERSE-
SCREW CLAMP. Devices in which the tool-tang is secured
in the socket by turning a screw located at substantially right
angles to the axis of the socket.
100. HANDLES. SOCKET-FASTENINGS. TRANSVERSE-
SCREW CLAMP, INTEGRAL-SOCKET. Devices like
the preceding in which the tool-tang is held by screw or clamp
in a socket conforming approximately in size and shape to the
outline of the tang.
101. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, TRANSVERSE-
SCREW CLAMP, SPLIT-SOCKET. Devices in which the
parts of a split socket having the general outline of the tang are
closed upon that tang by a transverse screw.
102. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, SHOULDERED-
TANG AND CAP. Devices in which a shouldered tool tang
or shank is secured in the socket by a cap or fastening-piece
having an aperture smaller than the shouldered portion of the
tang or one which may be moved to such position as to secure
the tool after the shouldered part has passed through the cap-
aperture.
103. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, SHOULDERED-
TANG AND SIDE-SOCKET. Devices in which a tool tang
or shank provided with a lateral lug or enlargement is laterally
movable into a corresponding recess in the handle-socket and
then secured there by additional fastening means.
104. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS. PIVOTED-LATCH.
Devices in which a latch pivoted to the handle engages a notch
formed in the tool-shank for that purpose. No gripping action
is necessary, as in the preceding subclass.
105. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, SLIDING-LATCH.
Devices in which a tool tang or shank provided with a recess is
inserted in a socket having a sliding instead of a pivoted de-
tent or latch which is laterally moved into and secured in the
tang-recess.
CLASS 145 Continued.
106. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, THREADED-
TANG. Devices in which a threaded tang is screwed into a
nut secured in the handle.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 112, Saw-handles, Spindle,
Longitudinal-socket and tightening-bar.
107. HANDLES, SOCKET-FASTENINGS, FRICTION-GRIP.
Devices in which the tool-tang is forced into the socket and is
retained by the elasticity of the material forming the walls of
the socket.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 112, Saw-handles, Spindle,
Longitudinal-socket and tightening-bar.
108. SAW-HANDLES, MISCELLANEOUS. Handles and han-
dle-fastenings, not otherwise classified, for handsaws.
109. SAW-HANDLES, DOUBLE-GRIP. Saw-handles adapted
to be grasped by both hands of the operator.
110. SAW-HANDLES, SPINDLE, SIDE-CLAMPING PLATES.
A spindle-shaped handle attached to a saw-blade by means of
plates secured to the handle and between which the saw-blade
is clamped.
111. SAW-HANDLES, SPINDLE, TRANSVERSE-SOCKET
AND TIGHTENING-BAR. A spindle-shaped handle se-
cured to a saw-blade by a bar, one end of which is secured to
the saw-blade, the other passing transversely through the
handle or through a bracket attached to the handle.
112. SAW-HANDLES, SPINDLE, LONGITUDINAL-SOCKET
AND TIGHTENING-BAR. Spindle-shaped handles pro-
vided with an axial socket, into which the tightening-bar is
secured. Usually the tightening-bar is threaded and engages
with a nut fixed in the handle.
113. SAW -HANDLES, SCROLL. The ordinary irregularly-
shaped saw-handle having an opening through which the
fingers of the operator are passed.
114. REAMERS. Rotating bits with side-cutting edges used in
enlarging holes previously made.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 72, Reamers, and subclasses
thereunder.
115. TENON-CUTTERS. Cutters for forming round tenons on
spokes and the like, generally adapted to be mounted on a bit
stock or spindle.
Search Class
142 WOOD-TURNING, subclass 45, Circular section, clamped
work, Hollow cutter-head, End-turning.
116. AUGERS, MISCELLANEOUS. Rotating bits, not other-
wise specifically classified, designed to bore holes in wood.
Search Classes
125 STONE-WORKING, subclass 10, Drills.
166 ARTESIAN AND OIL WELLS, subclass 12, Earth-augers, bits.
117. AUGERS, TWIST. The general structure of augers in which
the chips are removed through spiral grooves cut in the bit-
shank or by a spiral thread or ribbon which is wrapped about
the shank of the bit or which itself forms the body of the bit.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 70, Drills, Twist.
118. AUGERS, POD. The bit is pod-shaped and cuts with its end
and side edges.
Search Class
166 ARTESIAN AND OIL WELLS, subclass 12, Earth-augers, bits.
119. AUGERS, TUBULAR. Lip-cutters are formed at the end of
a tubular shell, through which the shavings pass.
120. AUGERS, TUBULAR, CORE-CUTTERS. A tubular shell
is provided with cutting-teeth on its edge for cutting out a
plug. It is somtimes provided with core-ejectors.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 23, Special-work machines,
Single or combined, Disk-cutting, Rotary tubular-cutter.
121. AUGERS, SWEEPS. Bits consisting of a centering-point,
which may be an auger, and one or more cutting-arms parallel
to it, which cut out annular disks or rings. The cutting-arms
are generally adjustable to cut disks and rings of different
diameters.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 24, Special-work machines, Single
or combined, Disk-cutting, Sweep-cutter.
122. AUGERS, SQUARE-HOLE CUTTERS. Auger-bits con-
strained by a pattern or surrounded by chisels or other cutters
to adapt them to cut square holes.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 78, Mortising, Hollow chisel and
bit.
123. AUGERS, COUNTERSINKS. Bits especially adapted to
form countersinks.
Search Class
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclass 125, Augers, Secondary
cutters.
26674 12-
-23
354
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 145 Continued.
124. AUGERS, EXPANDING, REVERSE-TAPER. The cut-
ting lip or lips automatically expand as the bit penetrates to
bore a hole which increases in diameter from the surface
inward.
125. AUGERS, SECONDARY CUTTERS. The auger is pro-
vided with supplemental cutters which are integral or detach-
ably connected to it and bores and counterbores or counter-
sinks a hole at one operation.
Search Class
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 66, Drills, Combined,
Drills and countersink.
CLASS 145 Continued.
126. AUGERS, DETACHABLE CUTTERS. Some of the cut-
ting parts are detachable.
Search Classes -
145 WOODWORKING-TOOLS, subclasses 125, Augers, Secondary
cutters, and 127, Augers, Adjustable cutting-lip.
125 STONE-WORKING, subclass 10, Drills.
127. AUGERS, ADJUSTABLE CUTTING-LIP. The cutting
lip or lips, usually detachable, can be adjusted to bore holes
of different diameters.
128. AUGERS, GAGE ATTACHMENTS. Attachments secured
to augers to gage the depth of the hole bored.
CLASS 147. COOPERING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
Includes machines which are used exclusively in the manufacture
of wooden barrels, fruit-boxes, baskets, or crates. Coopering does
not include machines for sawing, bending, or planing staves or
machines for sawing, splitting, cutting, or coiling hoops, except such
as separate the hoops from a scored rod by racking or abruptly bend-
ing the rod or which combine two or more operations in the produc-
tion of hoops, as planing and bending or planing and lapping or
pointing.
Note. Machines for sawing staves are found in class 143,Wooi>
SAWING. Machines for bending staves are found in class 144, WOOD-
WORKING, under several subclasses of Wood-Bending. Machines
for planing staves are found in class 144, WOODWORKING, Planers.
Machines for splitting or cutting hoops are found in class 144, WOOD-
WORKING, Riving, and in class 144, WOODWORKING, Wood-Bend-
ing, Former, Pivotal Coiling.
Subclasses.
1. BARREL-MAKING MACHINES. Machines which perform
some operation not specifically classified and those which do
more than merely set up and truss a barrel. They usually
croze, howel, and head the barrel and sometimes plane it off.
2. SETTING-UP MACHINES. Two circularly-grooved end
plates into which the staves are fed until the grooves are filled.
Most of them shape the barrel, and the staves are secured
by truss-hoops.
3. SETTING-UP FORMERS. Frames within or around which
the staves are arranged on end and then confined by truss-
hoops.
4. BARREL-COMPRESSING MACHINES. Machines for com-
pressing the staves of barrels to receive the truss-hoops.
5. BARREL-COMPRESSING MACHINES, CONE. Machines
for compressing the staves of a barrel by means of conical
formers forced upon the ends of the barrel. In some instances
hoops are driven by the conical formers.
6. HEADING-MACHINES. Machines which place the heads in
the barrel and in some instances form the barrel and insert
the head.
7i HOOP-DRIVERS, MISCELLANEOUS. Machines or imple-
ments which force hoops upon barrels by mechanism not
otherwise specifically classified.
8. HOOP-DRIVERS, CAM-OPERATED. Machines which
force the hoops upon barrels by means of cam-gearing presses.
9. HOOP-DRIVERS, HYDRAULIC AND STEAM. Machines
which comprise hydraulic or steam presses for forcing hoops
upon the barrel.
10. HOOP-DRIVERS, LEVER-OPERATED. Machines which
force hoops upon barrels by lever or crank gearing.
11. HOOP-DRIVERS, SCREW-OPERATED. Machines which
force hoops upon barrels by screw-gearing presses.
12. HOOP-DRIVERS, WEIGHT. Machines in which the hoops
are forced upon barrels by the impact of a falling weight.
13. CROZING AND CHAMFERING BARRELS, CLAMPED
BARREL, ROTARY CUTTER-HEAD. The barrel is
clamped in a nonrotating clamp, and a rotary cutter -head
carried by a frame which rotates on an axis concentric with
the axis of the barrel cuts the croze, howel, or chamfer.
14. CROZING AND CHAMFERING BARRELS, ROTATING
BARREL EXPANSIBLE CUTTER-HEAD. Machines
in which the barrel is rotated on its axis and while rotating
cutting-tools are projected radially from a fixed head to croze,
howel, or chamfer the staves.
15. CROZING AND CHAMFERING BARRELS. ROTATING
BARREL, ROTARY CUTTER-HEAD. Machines in
which the staves of the rotating barrel are successively brought
into engagement with a rotary cutter-head for cutting the
croze, howel, or chamfer.
16. CROZING AND CHAMFERING BARRELS, ROTATING
BARREL, SLIDING TOOL. Machines in which the cutter
is carried upon a slide or rest and which is projected into the
rotating barrel for cutting the croze, howel, or chamfer.
Search Class
147 COOPERING, subclass 14, Crozing and chamfering barrels,
Rotating barrel, Expansible cutter-head.
CLASS 147 Continued.
17. CROZING AND CHAMFERING BARRELS, ROTATING
BARREL, SWINGING TOOL. Machines in which a
tool carried by a swinging rest is brought into engagement
with the staves of the barrel as it is rotated on its axis for
cutting the croze, howel, or chamfer.
18. CROZING STAVES, MISCELLANEOUS. Machines which
are designed for cutting the croze, howel, or chamfer of staves
l>efore the barrel is formed and which are not otherwise specifi-
cally classified.
19. CROZING STAVES, ROTARY CUTTER, ENDLESS
STAVE CARRIAGE. Machines having an endless feeding
device for feeding the staves against a rotary cutter journaled
in fixed bearings.
20. CROZING STAVES, ROTARY CUTTER, SLIDING
STAVE, CARRIAGE. Machines in which the stave is car-
ried upon a sliding support into engagement with a rotary
cutter.
21. CROZING STAVES, ROTARY CUTTER. SWINGING
STAVE CARRIAGE. Machines in which the stave is car-
ried into engagement with a rotary cutter by means of a
swinging stave-supporting frame.
22. CROZING STAVES, ROTARY CUTTER, SWINGING.
Machines in which the crozing, howeling, or chamfering
cutter is journaled in a swinging support.
23. CROZING STAVES, SLIDING KNIFE. Machines for
crozing staves in which the stave is immovably supported
and the cro.ie, howel, or chamfer is cut by a knife carried in a
reciprocating carrier.
24. CROZING AND CHAMFERING BARRELS, HAND-
CROZES. Short curved planes constructed to cut the croze,
chamfer, or howel in trussed barrels.
25. JOINTING STAVES, MISCELLANEOUS. Machines for
beveling and tapering the adjoining edges of barrel-staves by
jointing-machines not otherwise designated.
26. JOINTING STAVES, INCLINED MOLDING-HEADS,
VERTICALLY-MOVABLE BED, Machines for beveling
and tapering the adjoining edges of staves by mechanism
which lowers and raises the work-carrying platform as it passes
between inclined or tapered revolving cutters.
27. JOINTING STAVES, ROTARY CUTTER, PATTERN-
FEED. Machines for beveling and tapering the adjoining
edges of barrel-staves by means of rotary cutters mounted in
movable bearings controlled by reciprocating patterns or
rotating cams.
28. JOINTING STAVES, CONVERGING SAWS. Machines
for beveling and tapering the adjoining edges of barrel-staves
by means of saws placed at an inclination to each other.
29. JOINTING STAVES, DISK CUTTER-HEAD. Machines
for beveling and tapering the adjoining edges of barrel-staves
by means of large rotating disks provided with knives in
their faces.
30. JOINTING STAVES SINGLE SAW, SLIDING CAR-
RIAGE. Machines for beveling and tapering the adjoining
edges of barrel-staves in which the stock is supported by a
movable carriage controlled in movement past a single saw
by a guiding-track.
Note. Stave-jointing machines in which the stock slides past a
single saw and in contact with an adjustable guide are
included in this subclass.
31. JOINTING STAVES SINGLE SAW, TILTING CAR-
RIAGE. Machines for beveling and tapering the adjoining
edges of barrel-staves in which the stock is supported by a
longitudinally-movable carriage capable of being tilted on
trunnions which are located in the extended plane of the saw.
32. JOINTING STAVES, SLICING-KNIFE. Machines for bev-
eling and tapering the adjoining edges of barrel-staves by
means of a suitable guiding-support and a reciprocating
slicing-knife.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 162, Slicers.
33. JOINTING STAVES, SLIDING PLANE. Machines for bev-
eling and tarjering the adjoining edges of barrel-staves by
means of reciprocating planes or shaving-tools which are
made to follow the contour of a templet or pattern.
34. JOINTING STAVES, TRAVELING SAW, CURVED
GUIDE. Machines for beveling and tapering the adjoining
edges of barrel-staves by means of a saw journaled in a mov-
able frame controlled in its movements by a curved guide.
The stock is clamped to a stationary support while being
operated upon.
355
356
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 147 Continued.
35. JOINTING STAVES, LONGITUDINAL CUTTER-CYL-
INDER. Machines for beveling and tapering the adjacent
edges of laterally-fed barrel-staves by knives placed longi-
tudinally in the periphery of a rotating cylinder.
35.5. SHAPING STAVES. Machines for finishing staves with
convex outer and concave inner surfaces; also, machines for
reducing the thickness of staves between thoir ends, so that
they may be more readily bent to give the proper bulge to
the barrel.
36. BARREL-HEAD MAKING, MISCELLANEOUS. Ma-
chines for cutting out barrel-heads and shaping the edge
thereof to fit the barrel-croze. A few of these machines also
plane the heads or bore the joints for dowel-pins.
Note. This subclass comprises machines for forming barrel-
heads which are not otherwise specifically classified.
37. BARREL-HEAD MAKING, FIXED CHUCK, ROTARY
SCRIBING-TOOL. Machines for holding barrel-head stock
concentric with a knife or cutting-tool carried on a rotary arm.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 150, Shaping Rotary-cutter, End-
thrust.
38. BARREL-HEAD MAKING ROTARY SAW. Machines
in which the stock is carried by a rotary chuck into engage-
ment with a rotary saw (plane or dished).
39. BARREL-HEAD MAKING, ROTARY CHUCK, CHISEL-
CUTTER. Lathe-like machines exclusively adapted for
forming barrel-heads.
40. BARREL-HEAD MAKING, ROTARY CHUCK, DOUBLE
MOLDING CUTTER. Machines in which the stock is car-
ried by a rotary chuck and is operated upon by rotating
molding-cutters.
41. BARREL-HEAD MAKING, HAND-SCRIBERS. Cutting-
tools comprising a radial arm carrying at one end a centering-
in and near its outer end a cutting-tool to be operated by
and.
42. CHAMFERING-TOOLS. Tools for chamfering the staves
when set up in barrel form.
CLASS 147 Continued.
43. HOOP-MACHINES, MISCELLANEOUS. Machines which
perform two or more consecutive operations peculiar to the
production of hoops, as planing and bending, planing and
lapping, or planing and pointing.
Note. Machines for sawing and planing hoops are found in class
144, WOODWORKING, subclass 41, Combined machines, Shap-
ing and dividing.
44. HOOP-MACHINES, RACKING. Machines in which bars
of wood, checked or split at one end, are separated into hoops
by abruptly bending the bars progressively from the checked
ends toward the opposite ends.
45. HOOP-MACHINES, LAPPING AND POINTING. Ma-
chines which cut the bevels and point the ends of hoops.
Search Classes
147 COOPERING, subclass 46, Hoop-machines, Lock-cutting,
and 144, WOODWORKING, subclass 147, Shaping, Recipro-
cating-knife.
46. HOOP-MACHINES, LOCK-CUTTING. Machines which
cut the notches near the ends of hoops, whereby the ends may
be interlocked.
Search Classes
147 COOPERING, subclass 45, Hoop-machines, Lapping and
pointing; 144, WOODWORKING, subclasses 75, Mortising, Chisel,
and 147, Shaping, Reciprocating-knife.
47. BASKET FORMING AND NAILING. Forms, male and
female, for shaping baskets, fruit-boxes and crates, including
nailing or stapling mechanisms.
Search Class
1 NAILINGAND STAPLING, subclasses 1, Machines, Nail-driving,
and 14, Machines, Box, Assembling and Nailing.
48. BASKET-FORMING. Forms, male and female, for shaping
baskets. Formers for shaping fruit-boxes and crates are also
included.
49. TRUSS-HOOPS. Temporary hoops forced upon the barrel
to secure the staves in barrel form until they become per-
manently bent and seasoned or dried.
CLASS 150. CLOTH, LEATHER, AND RUBBER RECEP-
TACLES.
DEFINITIONS.
This is the generic class of receptacles and cases made of cloth,
leather, or rubber; but these materials do not exclusively; define the
limits of the class, as receptacles made of other materials are in-
cluded, when they are of the type of those commonly made of cloth,
leather, or rubber.
Subclasses.
BAGS. Includes general bag structures of cloth, leather, rubber,
or equivalent materials, the structure of the body portion
being wholly flexible and not being supported on any rigid
framework or braces, except in subclass 2, Bags, Harvesting,
in which some frame structures are included as being designed
specially for harvesting purposes.
Note. Structures of cloth, leather, or rubber sustained on a rigid
frame or provided with rigid end pieces are classified under
the subclass titles of 48, Baskets and buckets, and 52, Covers
and cases.
1. BAGS, BODY CONSTRUCTION. The construction of the
bag and all patents for bags not otherwise classifiable.
2. BAGS, HARVESTING. Bags of special construction for hold-
ing and delivering fniit or material picked. Includes also
special constructions for attaching such bags to the person of
the operator.
Search Classes-
ISO CLOTH, LEATHER, AND RUBBER RECEPTACLES, subclasses
49, Baskets and buckets, Folding-frame, and 51, Baskets and
buckets, Rigid-frame.
113 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 65, Feeding devices, Feed
bags, and the subclasses thereunder.
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclasses 5, Body and
belt attached; 8, Body and belt attached, Knapsack; 20, Body
and belt attached, Bag, case, or frame, and 27, Body and belt
attached, Bag, case, or frame, Chatelaine.
3. BAGS, CLOSURES. Bag-closures not classifiable in the other
subclasses of bag-closures. A closure in this connection is
distinguished from a fastener by the fact that a closure pre-
sents a particular modification of the bag structure, while a
fastener comprises the means for holding the bag closed and is
not necessarily a part of the bag.
4. BAGS, CLOSURES, PIVOTED JAWS. Constructions in
which the bag-mouth is secured to two arched frames pivoted
together at their ends.
5. BAGS, CLOSURES, PARALLEL BARS. Bag-closures in
which two bars or strips are secured one to eacli half of the
bag-mouth, the bag being closed by bringing the bars together
side by side.
0. BAGS, CLOSURES, FOLDING BAR AND CLAMP. The
closure comprises a bar over which the end of the bag is folded
and a clamp provided to hold the folded portion of the bag
down on the bar.
Search Class
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclasses 65, Bags, Closures, Metal-
lic, and 78, Envelops, Closures, Fasteners, Metallic.
7. BAGS, CLOSURES, FOLDING-FLAP. One or more sides of
the bag-mouth are extended to form a flap, which is folded
down over or in the mouth edge of the other side or sides.
Search Class
150 CLOTH, LEATHER, AND RUBBER RECEPTACLES, subclasses
21, Mail-bags, Closures, Folding-flap, and 22, Mail-bags,
Closures, Folding-flap, Corner-fold.
8. BAGS, CLOSURES, MOUTHPIECE, CAP, OR STOPPER.
Bag-closures n which the bag-mouth is closed by a separate
part secured in the bag-mouth. Such part may comprise a
collapsible tube or a rigid tube-neck provided with closing
means.
9. BAGS, CLOSURES, SEAM-VALVE. Bag construction in
which a small opening is left in the bag-seam, the seam edges
of the bag being of some length adjacent the opening and
infolded into the bag, so as to overlie the opening, the pressure
of the contained material holding the seam-flaps shut.
10. BAGS, CLOSURES, EXPANDING-SPRING. Bag con-
structions in which the bag is closed by the expansion of a
spring, the spring being generally secured with its ends in the
corners of the bag-mouth.
Search Class
2 APPAREL, subclass 15, Nether garments, Pockets.
11. BAGS, CLOSURES, SHIRRING-CORDS. Bag construc-
tions in which one or more sh rring cords or tapes are secured
to the bag adjacent its mouth, which cords when drawn cause
the bag-mouth to close. Some patents are included which
claim grips engaging the cords or tapes to prevent loosening
of the same, but only when such grips form part of the bag
combination claimed.
CLASS 150 Continued.
12. BAGS, HANDLES. Construction and arrangement of handles
for bags.
MAIL-BAGS. The construction of bags to adapt the same for the
purpose of containing mail-matter and generally all construc-
tions of the bag providing extra security for its contents which
are applicable for the purpose of containing mail; also the
construction of the bag proper, the construction or arrange-
ment of the bag to provide for the secure closing of the same,
and any particular form of fastening as locking means especially
adapted to the mail-containing feature of the bag.
13. MAIL-BAGS, CONSTRUCTION. The construction of the
bag proper, also detail parts and all constructions classifiable
in this class under the main class definition and which do not
more properly belong hi any of the other subclasses.
14. MAIL-BAGS, MULTIPLE POCKETS. Mail-bags provided
with multiple pockets to receive assorted mail. This con-
struction of bag is particularly employed for rural-mail-
deliyery service, and constructions specially designed for such
service, providing a plurality of compartments for holding the
mail in separated pockets for delivery, are placed in this
subclass.
Search Class
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclasses 5, Body and
belt attached; 7, Body and belt attached, Game, and 8, Body
and belt attached, Knapsack.
15. MAIL-BAGS, CLOSURES. Closures which are special to
mail-bags and which are not classifiable in any of the other
subclasses of closures.
16. MAIL-BAGS, CLOSURES, PIVOTED JAWS. The open end
of the bag is formed of two side extensions which are secured
to arched metal frames similar to the ordinary U-frame of
pocket-book construction, the frames being pivoted together
at their ends and provided with locking means for holding
them closed.
Search Classes
150 CLOTH, LEATHER, AND RUBBER RECEPTACLES, subclass 29,
Portemonnaies and pocket-books, Body construction, Li-
frame.
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 49, Traveling-bags, Frames.
17. MAIL-BAGS, CLOSURES, COLLAPSIBLE-FRAME. The
bag-mouth is secured to a frame comprising a plurality of bars,
more than four, pivoted together at their ends in such man-
ner that the bars may be folded together to close the bag-
mouth or opened to form a rectangular or polygonal frame
for the open bag-mouth.
18. MAIL -BAGS, CLOSURES, COLLAPSIBLE - FRAME,
QUADRANGULAR. The mouth of the bag is secured to
a frame comprising four bars pivoted together at their ends
in such manner that the bars may be folded together to close
the bag or opened to form a rectangular frame for the bag-
mouth.
19. MAIL -BAGS, CLOSURES, COLLAPSIBLE - FRAME,
FOLDING-FLAP. The bag-mouth is secured to a frame
comprising bars pivoted together at their ends in such manner
that they may be folded together to close the bag-mouth or
opened to form a rectangular or polygonal frame for the open
mouth and in which one part of the frame is provided with a
pivoted flap or cap which folds over the closed frame.
20. MAIL - BAGS, CLOSURES, MANIFOLD, LOCKING-
TONGUE. The bag-mouth is arranged to close in over-
lapping or superimposed folds, and a tongue is secured to the
base fold and passed through slots cut in the other folds, the
tongue being provided with locking means to prevent its
withdrawal through the slots.
21. MAIL-BAGS, CLOSURES, FOLDING-FLAP. Construc-
tions in which a lateral portion of the bag is extended beyond
the other portions, such extension folding over upon the other
portions and being provided with locking means for holding
the bag closed.
22. MAIL-BAGS, CLOSURES, FOLDING-FLAP, CORNER-
FOLD. The bag is arranged to be closed by infolding or
folding over the end corners. Commonly also the apex of the
triangle so formed is folded over the folded corner portions.
23. MAIL-BAGS, FASTENERS. Fasteners for mail-bags not
classifiable in any of the other subclasses of fasteners.
24. MAIL-BAGS, FASTENERS, TONGUE AND STAPLE.
Fastenings for mail-bags comprising a bar secured to permit
a sliding movement of the same on one lateral portion of the
bag and provided with tongues or hooks which engage staples
secured to the other portion of the bag. The term "bar" in-
cludes a strap or linked plates.
25. MAIL-BAGS, FASTENERS, STUD AND KEYHOLE
SLOT. Fasteners for mail-bags comprising headed studs se-
cured to a portion of the bag, which engage in keyhole-shaped
slots formed in a part secured to the other portion of the bag,
357
358
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 150 Continued.
and a sliding bar or strap which controls the position of the
stud relative to the slot, so as to lock or unlock the stud in
such slot. Generally the slot is formed in the bar or strap.
26. MAIL-BAGS, FASTENERS, PIVOTED CATCHES, SLID-
ING-BAR. Fasteners for mail-bags comprising a bar or
strap slidably secured to one portion of the bag and connected
to operate pivoted catches which engage with coacting devices
on the other portion of the bag-mouth.
27. MAIL - BAGS, FASTENERS, TURN - BOLT WITH
CATCHES. Fastenings for mail-bags comprising a bolt or
shaft rotatably mounted in one portion of the bag and pro-
vided with or connected to catches which engage coacting
devices on the other portion of the bag-mouth, the catches
being thrown into or out of engagement with the coacting
devices by the rotation of the bolt.
PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS. Includes con-
structions of cloth, leather, rubber, paper, and equivalent
materials intended as receptacles for personal use, adapted for
holdingmoney , eithercoin or paper, also analogous receptacles,
such as card and ticket cases, stamp-books, etc. Includes also
such receptacles as bankers' note-books and bill and mem-
orandum cases in which the novelty resides in the construc-
tion or arrangement of the gussets or partitions or any stay or
brace construction applicable to pocket-books or portemon-
naies.
28. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, BODY CON-
STRUCTION. Constructions of pocket-books and similar
receptacles not classifiable in any of the following subclasses.
29. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, BODY
CONSTRUCTION, U-FRAME. Constructions in which
the invention relates to the U-shaped frames employed in
pocket-book construction. The construction and arrange-
ment of the frames, the means for securing such frames to the
flexible parts of the pocket-book, and all attachments and
connections special to such frames in pocket-book construc-
tion.
Search Classes-
ISO CLOTH, LEATHER AND RUBBER RECEPTACLES, subclasses 16,
Mail-bags, Closures, Pivoted jaws, and 4ti, Portemonnaies and
pocket-books, Closures, Hinged-lid.
70 LOCKS AND LATCHES, sutelass 116, Bag-fasteners.
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 49, Traveling-bags, Frames.
30. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, BODY CON-
STRUCTION, GUSSETS AND PARTITIONS. Pocket-
book construction in which the novelty resides in the con-
struction or arrangement of the gussets and partitions or in
the means for attaching the same to the purse or pocket-book.
31. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, BODY CON-
STRUCTION, STAYS AND BRACES. Stay and brace
constructions applied to pocket-books and similar receptacles.
Note. If the stay is applied to the gussets or partitions, the
patent is classified in subclass 30, Portemonnaies and pocket-
books, Body-construction, Gussets and partitions.
Search Class-
ISO BAGGAGE, subclass 60, Traveling-bags, Frames, Stays.
32. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, BODY CON-
STRUCTION, BLANKS. The construction, particularly
the folding, of the blank or body portion of the purse or pocket-
book.
33. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, BODY CON-
STRUCTION, HANDLES. Handle construction for porte-
monnaies and pocket-books.
Search Classes
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 57, Traveling-bags, Handles.
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 45, Hand, and
the subclasses thereunder.
34. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, ARTICLE-
HOLDING. Constructions of and attachments for pocket-
books and portemonnaies to provide means for holding small
articles, commonly toilet articles or stamps, in the book.
35. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, COMBINA-
TION. Combinations of a portemonnaie or a pocket-book
with other structures. Also the combination of a porte-
monnaie and a card-case attached to fold together and hold a
handkerchief, gloves, etc.
Note. Does not include the construction of the pocket-book with
clasps or retaining devices for holding toilet articles, stamps,
etc., as such constructions are to be found in this class, sub-
class 34, Porteinonnaies and pocket-books, Article-holding.
36. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, PUZZLE
AND SECKKT COMPARTMENT. Construction provid-
ing a secret compartment or involving a puzzle as to the means
for opening or closing the purse or portemonnaie.
37. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, COIN-HOLD-
ING. Pocket-book and purse construction in which the nov-
elty resides in the construction, arrangement, or adaptation
of parts to provide coin receiving, delivering, or containing
features.
Search Classes
150-CLOTH, LEATHER AND RUBBER RECEPTACLES, subclass 44,
Portemonnaies and pocket-books, Closures, Collapsible walls,
as such construction of closure is commonly applied to purses
intended for the reception of coin only.
133 COIN-HANDLING.
CLASS 150 Continued.
38. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS. BILL-
HOLDING. Pocket-book construction in which the novelty
resides in the construction, arrangement, or adaptation of
parts to provide means for holding paper money. Commonly
the construction is such as to present the bills unfolded when
the book is opened, so that any individual bill may be readily
accessible.
39. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS. CARD
AND TICKET CASES. Constructions of cloth, leather, or
rubber or equivalent material providing receptacles analogous
to pocket-books for cards or tickets.
40. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, KEY
POUCHES. Constructions of cloth, leather, or rubber or like
material specially arranged to contain keys.
41. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, STAMP-
BOOKS. Books or similar receptacles for postage-stamps
and like gummed articles wherein the stamps are held between
leaves or partitions so prepared that the stamps will not adhere
to the same or to permit the stamps to be readily removed if
adhering. Does not include constructions of metal or like
materials providing boxes for holding stamps or like articles or
arrangements of book-leaves to form stamp-albums for col-
lectors' use.
42. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, CLOSURES.
Constructions providing for the closure of the purse or pocket-
book.
43. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, CLOSURES,
BAND OR STRAP. The construction, arrangement, or
attachment of the band or strap applied to a pocket-book or
purse for holding the same closed.
44. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, CLOSURES,
COLLAPSIBLE WALLS. Pocket-book or purse construc-
tion in which the walls of the mouth portion of the purse are
creased to fold inwardly and overlie each other.
45. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, CLOSURES,
FOLDING-FRAME. Pocket-book construction wherein
the novelty resides in a folding frame of pivoted sections or
parts which is secured 1o the mouth of .the portemonnaie or
purse and forms the means for closing the same.
Note. Does not include pivoted jaws or U-frames, as such con-
structions are placed in another sulxjlass.
Search Class
150 CLOTH, LEATHER, AND RUBBER RECEPTACLES, subclasses
17, Mail-bags, Closures, Collapsible-frame, and 18, Mail-bags,
Closures, Collapsible-frame, Quadrangular.
46. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, CLOSURES,
HINGED-LID. The construction or arrangement of or the
means for attaching a hinged lid to the portemonnaie or purse
as a means for closing the same.
47. PORTEMONNAIES AND POCKET-BOOKS, SAFETY
ATTACHMENTS. Constructions providing means whereby
the pocket-book or purse may be secured to the person, arm,
or the pocket of the user to prevent loss of the same.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 61, Traveling-bags, Safety-attachers.
48. BASKETS AND BUCKETS. Constructions of cloth, leather,
rubber, or equivalent material formed into baskets or buckets
or similar shapes. The term "bucket" in this class is em-
ployed broadly to cover shapes approaching also a barrel or
tub. This subclass also includes stuctures similar to bags,
but which are sustained on rigid frames or which are provided
with rigid end pieces forming tops or bottoms of the structure.
49. BASKETS AND BUCKETS, FOLDING-FRAME. Struc-
tures comprising a flexible body portion of fabric sustained on
a frame which may be folded or collapsed.
Search Classes
4 BATHS AND CLOSETS, subclass 27, Bathing apparatus, Tubs.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 80, Ambulances and
stretchers.
155 CHAIRS, subclass 32, Stools, Folding.
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 43, Boxes, Crates, Knock-
down.
50. BASKETS AND BUCKETS, RIGID-BOTTOM. Structures
commonly of bucket shape having the walls of flexible mate-
rial attached to rigid bottom pieces. Commonly the bottom
pieces are disks of wood or metal.
51. BASKETS AND BUCKETS., RIGID-FRAME. Structures
comprising a flexible body portion of fabric sustained on a rigid
framework.
Search Class
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 49, Boxes, Crates, Cylin-
drical.
52. COVERS AND CASES. Constructions of cloth, leather, rub-
ber, or equivalent material formed into cases or covers having
the function of protection only.
Note. Includes constructions for holding loose leaves and sheets
of paper, etc. such as maps, drawings, etc. when the con-
taining function predominates. If the case or cover is modified
that it may be conveniently carried , the function of transpor-
tation predominating, it is classified in class 224, PACKAGE
AND ARTICLE CARRIERS. If the construction is arranged to
provide ready access to any particular contained paper or set
of papers, so that the filing function is evidenced , it is classified
in class 129, PAPER FILES AND BINDERS.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
359
CLASS 150 Continued.
Search Classes
11 BOOKBINDING, subclasses 3, Books and covers; 11, Writing-
tablets; 18, Covers; 20, Leaves and covers, and, 35, Covers,
Removable.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclasses Hi, Bale and
package ties; 17, Bale and package ties, Packet-holders;
18, Bale and package ties, Packet-holders, Cord, and 19, Bale
and package ties, Strap-tighteners.
45 FURNITURE, subclasses (14, Book and music holders, Port-
folio, and 69, Desks, Portable.
120 STATIONERY, subclasses 23, Scholars' companions, and 24,
Blotters.
129 PAPER FILES AND BINDERS, subclasses 1, Miscellaneous; 20,
Scrap-book and album leaves, and 41, Transverse cords.
190 BAGGAGE, subclasses 43, Traveling-bags, Frameless and
folding, and 51, Traveling-bags, Compartments and partitions.
CLASS 150 Continued.
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclasses 8, Body and
belt attached, Knapsack; 2(i, Body and belt attached, Bag,
case, or frame; 43, Saddle-bags; 44, Saddle-bags, Traveling-
bag, and 45, Hand, and the subclasses thereunder.
53. COVERS AND CASES, COLLAR AND CUFF. Construc-
tions of flexible materials intended as receptacles for collars
and cuffs and allied articles.
54. COVERS AND CASES, TIRE AND WIRE COIL. Cover-
ings and cases of circular form, commonly also annular, to
incase and protect automobile and other tires, coils of wire,
and like structures.
CLASS 151. NTTT AND BOLT LOCKS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes all special means which prevent or tend to
prevent the rotation of a threaded nut or bolt, their relative rotation,
or their endwise movement or separation.
Subclasses.
1. FLOWING METAL. Includes fusible metal, which upon cool
ing locks the bolt or nut, and soft metal, some of whose parts
by flowing or drawing lock the nut or bolt.
2. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT. The nut is locked to the bolt, so
as to prevent their relative rotation or endwise separation.
3. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, FLEXIBLE WASHER. A
washer secured to the bolt has an inelastic portion turned
against the nut after the nut is screwed on.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclass 53, Locked nut, Side-lock,
Flexible, Inelastic washer-tongue.
4. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, FLEXIBLE-KEY. The nut
and bolt are held together by a key which is bent after the nut
is seated so as to form a connection between notches or slots in
the nut and the bolt.
5. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, CROSS-KEY. The nut and
bolt are locked together by a key which has its locking portion
lying transversely of the bolt.
Note. Keys which cut or bind against the threads of the nut or
bolt are classified in the subclasses 24, Coupled nut and bolt,
Thread-lock, Radial key or gib. and 26, Coupled nut and bolt,
Thread-lock, Tangential-key, this class.
6. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, CROSS-KEY, SPRING-
SEATED. The key is forced to its seat by a spring.
7. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, ELASTIC GRIPPING AC-
TION. The nut or washer is composed wholly or partly of
elastic material, which grips the threaded or other part of the
bolt.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclasses 21 . Coupled nut and bolt,
Thread-lock, Distorted-nut, and 18, Coupled nut and bolt,
Thread-lock, Superposed nuts.
8. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, LONGITUDINAL-KEY.
The nut and bolt are locked together by a key whose locking
portion extends longitudinally of the bolt.
Note. Keys which cut or bind against the threads are in Coupled
nut and bolt. Thread-lock, Longitudinal-key.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclass 5, Coupled nut and bolt,
Cross key, for those having a side extension which forms the
locking portion of the same.
COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, PAWL-AND-RATCHET. The
nut and bolt are interlocked by pawl-and-ratchet mechanism,
which automatically locks the nut or bolt from movement in
one direction, but permits free movement in the other. Those
pawl-like structures which are not automatic are regarded as
keys.
9. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT. PAWL-AND-RATCHET,
BOLT-CARRIED PAWL. The bolt carries or holds from
rotation a pawl which interlocks with ratchet-teeth in the nut.
10. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, PAWL-AND-RATCHET,
NUT-CARRIED PAWL. The nut carries a pawl which
rotates with the nut and interlocks with ratchet-teeth in the
bolt.
11. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT. PAWL-AND-RATCHET,
NUT-CARRIED PAWL, FLEXIBLE. A flexible pawl
interlocks with ratchet-teeth carried by the bolt or by a struc-
ture secured to the bolt.
12. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, PAWL-AND-RATCHET,
NUT-CARRIED PAWL, PIVOTED. The pawl carried by
the nut moves on a pivot to lock and unlock.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclass 25, Coupled nut and bolt,
Thread-lock, Side-clutch.
13. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, PAWL-AND-RATCHET,
WASHER-CARRIED PAWL. The washer issecured to the
bolt and carries a pawl which interlocks with a specially-made
ratchet-surface of the nut. The corners of the ordinary nut
are not regarded as forming a ratchet-surface.
14. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, THREAD-LOCK. The nut is
locked to the bolt directly or indirectly by the action upon the
threads.
CLASS 151 Continued.
15. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, THREAD-LOCK, SUPER-
POSED NUTS. More than one nut is placed on a bolt, the
outer one having some special construction or adjunct whereby
it is adapted to lock the other nut. Jam-nuts are included
only when they are specially adapted to serve as jam-nuts.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclasses 7, Coupled nut and bolt,
Elastic gripping-action; 27, Coupled nut and bolt, Top-stop,
and 21, Coupled nut and bolt, Thread-lock, Distorted-nut.
16. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, THREAD-LOCK, SUPER-
POSED NUTS, OPPOSITELY-THREADED. One nut
has a right-hand thread, and the other a left-hand thread, the
threads cooperating with a similarly-threaded bolt.
17. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, THREAD-LOCK, SUPER-
POSED NUTS, OPPOSITELY-THREADED, KEY OR
PAWL LOCKED. The nuts are locked together by a key or
by a pawl-and-ratchet mechanism.
18. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, THREAD-LOCK, SUPER-
POSED NUTS, OPPOSITELY-THREADED, SIDE
LOCKE D. The nuts are locked together by a device engaging
their sides.
19. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, THREAD-LOCK, CAM
OR CONE GRIP. The threads of the bolt are gripped by a
cam-action between the nut and washer or other part or by
the action of a cone and its coacting member forcing a part of
the nut or washer against the bolt-threads.
20. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, THREAD-LOCK, CANTED
NUT. The nut at its final position tends to bend the bolt at
the base of the nut. Usually the nut or the washer is wedge-
shaped.
21. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, THREAD-LOCK, DIS-
TORTED-NUT. The whole or a part of the nut is distorted
or changed in shape before, during, or after its application to
the bolt, so that the threads of the nut grip the threads of the
bolt.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclasses 7, Coupled nut and bolt,
Elastic gripping action, and 15, Coupled nut and bolt, Thread-
lock, Superposed nuts.
22. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, THREAD-LOCK, DIS-
TORTED-THREAD. The threads of the nut or bolt are
during or after the application of the nut bent, crushed, or
injured, so as to lock the nut and bolt from relative rotation
23. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, THREAD-LOCK, LONGI-
TUDINAL-KEY. A key has its locking portion extending
longitudinally of the bolt and biting or binding against the
thread.
24. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, THREAD-LOCK, RADIAL
KEY OR GIB. A key or gib is moved radially toward the
bolt and engages its threads.
25. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, THREAD-LOCK, SIDE-
CLUTCH. A device, not an integral part of the nut or bolt
clutches or bites the threads of the nut or bolt. The locking
action in most cases resembles that of the pawl and ratchet,
except the part engaged by such device has no cooperating
notches.
26. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, THREAD-LOCK, TANGEN-
TIAL-KEY. A key in the nut moves tangentially to the bolt
and bites or binds against the threads thereof.
27. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, TOP-STOP. A stop secured
or locked to the bolt has a portion above the nut which locks
the nut.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclass 16, Coupled nut and bolt,
Thread-lock, Superposed nuts.
28. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, TOP-STOP, POSITIVE-
LOCK. The stop by a positive interlocking engagement with
the nut, prevents rotation of the nut on the bolt.
NOTE. Mere friction-locks are in the next preceding subclass.
29. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, TOP-STOP, POSITIVE-
LOCK, SIDE. The nut is locked by a portion of the stop
engaging the side of the nut.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclass 44, Locked nut, Side-lock,
and the subclasses thereunder.
30. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, TOP-STOP, THREAD-
GRIP PER. The stop is locked to the bolt by its gripping
action on the bolt-threads.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclass 15, Coupled nut and bolt,
Thread lock, Superposed nuts.
361
362
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 151 Continued.
31. COUPLED NUT AND BOLT, WEDGED SLOTTED BOLT.
The bolt has a slit or slot in which a wedge-shaped device
moves to cause the bolt-sections to expand against the nut.
The said device may be removed.
32. LOCKED BOLT. Devices for locking the bolt regardless of
whether the nut is locked or not, but does not include means
for locking the bolt to the nut or the use of flowing metal.
33. LOCKED NUT. The nut is locked to the base or substructure.
so as to prevent its rotation. Includes all means for locking
the nut regardless of whether the bolt is locked or not , but does
not include means for locking the nut to the bolt or the use of
flowing metal.
Note. All rotatable washers should be cross-referenced into
subclass 45, Locked nut, Side-lock, Rotatable-washer, or the
subclasses thereunder.
34. LOCKED NUT, BASE-CLUTCH. The base or inner face of
the nut is clutched automatically to the substructure.
35. LOCKED NUT, BASE-CLUTCH, BITING-TOOTH. The
base of the nut is locked to the substructure by the biting
action of one or more teeth.
36. LOCKED NUT. BASE-CLUTCH, BITING-TOOTH,
COILED-WASHER. The tooth bites the nut-base and is
carried by a washer coiled about the bolt.
37. LOCKED NUT, BASE-CLUTCH, BITING-TOOTH, NUT-
CARRIED. The biting tooth is carried by the nut as it is
turned.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclass 50, Locked nut, Side-lock,
Flexible, Automatic.
38. LOCKED NUT, BASE-CLUTCH, FRICTION. The nut is
held to the substructure by friction.
Note. Washers which yield as the nut is turned on. so as to raise
their faces next to the sides of the nut above the base of the
nut, are classified under subclass 49, Locked nut, Side-lock,
Flexible, and 50, Locked nut, Side-lock, Flexible, Automatic.
39. LOCKED NUT, BASE-CLUTCH, PAWL-AND-RATCHET.
Pawl-and-ratchet mechanism locks the base of the nut to the
substructure. The pawl automatically locks against move-
ment in one direction, but permits free movement hi the other.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclass 47, Locked nut, Side-lock,
Rotatable-washer, Pawl-locked.
40. LOCKED NUT, BASE-CLUTCH, PAWL-AND-RATCHET,
NUT-CARRIED PAWL. The pawl is carried by the nut
and locks under the base of the nut.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclass 47, Locked nut, Side-lock,
Rotatable-washer, Pawl-locked.
41. LOCKED NUT, BASE-CLUTCH, PAWL-AND-RATCHET,
YIELDING INTERLOCKING WASHER. The nut has i*
ratcheted base which interlocks with a yielding washer carry-
ing rachet-teeth.
Note. Washers with free yielding tongues are in subclass 39,
Locked nut, Base-clutch,Pawl-and-ratchet, this class.
42. LOCKED NUT, DISTORTED. After the nut is seated some
portion of the nut is bent to engage the substructure.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclass 46, Locked nut, Side-lock,
Rotatable-washer, Bent-tongue locked.
43. LOCKED NUT, GRAVITY NUT OR WASHER. The nut
is heavier on one side of the bolt-hole than the other, or the
nut is seated in and carried by a washer heavier on one side
than the other.
44. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK. The side of the nut is locked
to prevent rotation.
45. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, ROTATABLE-WASHER.
The washer and nut turn together as a single piece, there
being a locking action between the washer and the substruc-
ture.
46. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, ROTATABLE-WASHER,
BENT-TONGUE LOCKED. The washer is locked to the
nut and is prevented from rotation by bending a non-elastic
portion thereof so as to engage a portion of the substructure.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclass 42, Locked nut, Distorted.
47. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, ROTATABLE WASHER,
PAWL-LOCKED. The washer and the substructure are
interlocked by a pawl and ratchet. The pawl automatically
locks against movement in one direction, but permits free
movement in the other.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclass 48, Locked nut, Side-lock.
Pawl-and-ratchet.
48. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, PAWL-AND-RATCHET.
The nut is locked by pawl-and-ratchet mechanism. The pawl
locks against movement in one direction, but permits it in the
other. The corners of the nut are not regarded as ratchet-
teeth.
Note. Pivoted devices locking against the side of the nut are
classified in subclass 60, Locked nut, Side-lock, Transversely-
swinging, and sliding devices having a similar function are
CLASS 151-Continued.
classified in 61 Locked nut, Side-lock, Transversely-sliding,
in this class. Search should also be made in subclass Locked
nut, side-lock, Rotatable washer, Pawl-locked,
49. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, FLEXIBLE. A flexible part
of the locking device engages the side of the nut.
50. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, FLEXIBLE, AUTOMATIC.
The nut is automatically locked by a flexible device engaging
the side thereof.
51. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, FLEXIBLE, AUTOMATIC
COILED-WASHER. The nut is locked by a washer coiled
about the bolt and having a portion automatically engaging
the side of the nut.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclass 53, Locked nut Side-lock,
Flexible, Inelastic washer-tongue.
52. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, FLEXIBLE, AUTOMATIC
SPRING-TONGUED WASHER-PLATE. A washer-plate
has one or more spring locking-tongues engaging the side of
the nut.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclass 53, Locked nut, Side-lock,
Flexible, Inelastic washer-tongue.
53. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, FLEXIBLE, INELASTIC
WASHER-TONGUE. A washer has anon-elastic portion
bent against the side of the nut after it is screwed to place.
The washer must lock the nut which is seated thereon and
not a nut seated on another washer.
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS, subclasses52, Lockednut, Side-lock
Flexible, Automatic, Spring-tongued washer-plate, and 3,
Coupled nut and bolt, Flexible-washer, also 51, Locked nut,
Side-lock, Flexible, Automatic, Coiled-washer.
54. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, LONGITUDINAL. The
locking device is, after the nut is seated, brought to locking
position by a movement longitudinal of the bolt. The final
locking movement alone is considered whatever previous
movements the device has received.
55. LOCKED NUT, LONGITUDINAL, NUT-HELD. The nut
which is locked holds in place its locking device. The locking
device must not be held by a washer or other means applied
under the nut before the seating thereof.
56. LOCKED NUT, LONGITUDINAL, NUT-HELD, RE-
VERSED-NUT. After the nut has been seated and the
locking device applied the nut is turned backwardly to lock
said device.
57. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, LONGITUDINAL, SIDE-
PIN. A pin seated in the substructure is moved longitudi-
nally of the bolt, so as to stand against the side of the nut.
58. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, LONGITUDINAL, SPIKE-
HELD . The locking device is held against the nut by a spike.
59. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, LONGITUDINAL, SWING-
ING. The locking device swings to locking position against
the side of the nut.
Note. Pawls engaging a ratcheted surface, not the sides of the
common nut, are classified in subclass 48, Locked nut, Side-
lock, Pawl-and-ratchet, in this class. Search should also be
made in subclass 49, Locked nut, Side-lock, Flexible, in this
class.
60. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, LONGITUDINAL, WASH-
ER-TONGUE HELD. The locking device is held in locking
position by an integral portion of a washer standing over it.
61. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, TRANSVERSELY-SLID-
ING. The locking device is slid transversely of the bolt after
the nut is screwed on, so as to lock a side of the nut. The
final locking movement alone is considered whatever previous
movement the device has received.
62. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, TRANSVERSELY-SLID-
ING, KEY, PLATE, OR BAR. The locking device is a
key, plate, or bar.
63. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, TRANSVERSELY-SLID-
ING, KEY, PLATE, OR BAR, NUT-HELD. The key,
plate, or bar is held in place by the nut. The locking device
must not be held by a washer or other means applied before
the nut is seated.
64 LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, TRANSVERSELY-SLID-
ING, KEY, PLATE, OR BAR, SLIDING-WASHER. The
locking device is a washer which is driven to locking position
after the nut is seated, the washer tearing a stop to lock the
side of the nut.
65. LOCKED NUT, SIDE-LOCK, TRANSVERSELY-SWING-
ING. The locking device swings transversely of the bolt
after the nut is on, so as to engage a side of the nut.
Note. Pawl-and-ratchet mechanism where a special ratchet-face
is employed may be found under subclass 48, Locked nut,
Side-lock, Pawl-and-ratchet, this class. Flexible swinging
devices are classified undersubclass 49, Locked nut, Side-lock,
Flexible, this class.
60. LOCKED NUT, TRANSVERSE BASE-LOCKING KEY.
A key extends transversely of the bolt between the base ol
the nut and the substructure.
CLASS 153. METAL-BENDING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes all machines and processes which simply bend
metal and are not elsewhere classifiable.
Note. It does not include machines or processes for closing or
pressing lock-seams, for drawing plates by spinning or by die-presses
to form dished or tubular articles, nor for making horseshoes, nor
hooks and eyes.
Subclasses.
1. BINDING AND COVERING. Binding and covering with
metal various articles, as stove-boards, moldings, corset-stays,
etc.
1.5. BINDING AND COVERING, SHOE-LACE TIPPING.
Machines and devices for applying sheet-metal or wire tips to
shoe-laces.
2. COMBINED OPERATIONS. Combined operations not belong-
ing wholly to any other subclass.
3. COMBINED OPERATIONS, ANGULAR BENDING AND
CURVING. The metal bent is given both an angle and a
curve.
4. COMBINED OPERATIONS. ANGULAR BENDING AND
CURVING, PIVOTED BENDER. That part of the bender
which engages the metal is pivoted.
5. COMBINED OPERATIONS, ANGULAR BENDING AND
CURVING, PIVOTED BENDER, CHANGEABLE
FORMER. Making angles and curves of various forms by
interchanging forming-blocks, over which the work is bent,
often by hand.
6. COMBINED OPERATIONS, ANGULAR BENDING AND
TWISTING. The metal is both angularly bent and twisted.
7. COMBINED OPERATIONS, CURVING AND CORRUGAT-
ING. The metal is both curved and corrugated.
8. COMBINED OPERATIONS, CURVING AND CORRUGAT-
ING, HAMMER-ACTION. Machines operating by a recipro-
cating or oscillating hammer-stroke, usually to make curved
moldings, and working progressively along the metal as it is
fed.
9. BEADING AND CRIMPING ROLLS. Beads and crimps
metal by means of rolls, commonly known as "tinners' rolls."
They do not curl the edges, devices which perform such an
operation being under subclass 59, Curving or straightening,
Roll, Edge-curling, in this class.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 30, Angular, Roll, Flanging,
Tinner's rolls; 59, Curving or straightening, Roll, Edgecurling;
71, Corrugating, Tubes, Spiral bend; 77, Corrugating, Roll.
10. MISCELLANEOUS. Miscellaneous bending machines and
processes not classifiable in any of the other subclasses.
11. ANGULAR. Miscellaneous machines and processes which
make angular bends in metal. In some cases the work is bent
back upon itself.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 32, Curving or straightening.
12. ANGULAR, COMBINED RECIPROCATING BENDER
AND PIVOTED SIDE-SHAPER. Employs a reciprocat-
ing bender to perform one step and one or more pivoted bend-
ers operating at the side of the reciprocating bender to perform
the other step.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 33, Curving or straightening,
Combined reciprocating bender and pivoted side-shaper.
13. ANGULAR, COMBINED RECIPROCATING BENDER
AND SLIDING SIDE-SHAPER. Employs a reciprocating
bender to perform one step and one or more sliding benders
operating at the side of and at or near a right angle to the recip-
rocating bender to perform the other step.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 34, Curving or straightening,
Combined reciprocating bender and sliding side-shaper.
14. ABOLISHED.
15. ANGULAR, PIVOTED BENDER. The part or bender
which engages the metal to form the bend is pivoted.
16. ANGULAR, PIVOTED BENDER, BED-CLAMPED
WORK. The work is secured to a bed by a movable clamp-
ing-jaw, while the bender operates upon the free or projecting
portion thereof. Contains mostly devices for turning the edges
of sheets to form seaining-hooks.
CLASS 153 Continued.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 5, Combined operations, An-
gular bending and curving, Pivoted bender, Changeable
former; 12, Angular, Combined reciprocating bender and piv-
oted side-shaper.
17. ANGULAR, PIVOTED BENDER, BED-CLAMPED
WORK, MULTIPLE SIDE. Bends more than one of the
free portions of the work extending beyond the sides of the bed
or clamp.
18. ANGULAR. PIVOTED BENDER, BED-CLAMPED
WORK, MULTIPLE SIDE, INCLOSED FORMS. Makes
inclosed bodies or polygonal shapes from rods and sheets.
19. ANGULAR, PIVOTED BENDER, BED-CLAMPED
WORK, ROTARY. The bending device operates on a plate
clamped to a rotating bed. The bender is, as a rule, carried by
a pivoted frame and may have an engaging antifriction-roller.
Search Class
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 52, Spinning; 53,
Spinning, Carriage feed, Pattern-controlled.
20. ANGULAR, PIVOTED BENDER, BENDER-ATTACHED
WORK. The bender which has the work attached thereto
turns about a pivot or a fixed axis.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 40, Curving or straightening,
Pivoted bender, Bender-attached work; 41, Curving or
straightening, Pivoted bender, Bender-attached work. Bead-
ing and curving; 42, Curving or straightening, Pivoted bender,
Bender-attached work, Beading or tube-forming.
21. ANGULAR, RECIPROCATING BENDER. The part or
bender which engages the metal has a reciprocating or right-
line movement.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 48, Curving or straightening,
Reciprocating bender; 76, Corrugating, Reciprocating bender.
22. ANGULAR, RECIPROCATING BENDER, INCLOSED
FORMS. Makes tube-shaped or polygonal bodies from bars
or sheets.
23. ANGULAR, RECIPROCATING BENDER PAN-SHAPED
DIES. Includes a female die, shaped like the common angu-
lar bake-pan, into which the male die presses sheets to form
pan-shaped bodies, the dies being adapted to permit the pro-
jection of the ears at the angles.
24. ANGULAR, RECIPROCATING BENDER, SCREW-OP-
ERATED. The non-rotating bender is drawn by a screw in
the path of a portion of the work. This subclass also includes
devices which bend by repeated hammer-strokes and are fed
by a screw to progressively bend the work. The devices are
mostly for flanging holes.
Search Class
15} METAL-BENDING, subclass 27, Angular. Reciprocating
bender, Bed-clamped work, Rotary bending-head.
25. ANGULAR, RECIPROCATING BENDER, BED-
CLAMPED WORK. The portion of the work projecting be-
yond the bed on which it is clamped is bent.
26. ANGULAR, RECIPROCATING BENDER, BED-
CLAMPED WORK, ROTARY. The work while clamped
to a rotating bed is bent, usually to form flanges. The bender
is in most cases provided with an antifriction-roller.
27. ANGULAR, RECIPROCATING BENDER, BED-
CLAMPED WORK, ROTARY BENDING-HEAD. A ro-
tating bending-head, usually carrying antifriction devices,
moves in the path of the metal to be bent. Mostly for flanging
holes.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 24, Angular, Reciprocating
bender, Screw-operated; 81, Pipe expanders and Hangers,
Traveling, Rotary; 82, Pipe expanders and flangers, Travel-
ing, Rotary, Internal, Wedge-feed.
28. ANGULAR, ROLL. Makes angles by the action of rolls.
Mere antifriction-rolls carried by a pivoted or a reciprocating
bender are found under the subclasses having these titles.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 54, Curving or straightening,
Roll; 77, Corrugating, Roll; 3, Combined operations, Angular
bending and curving.
29. ANGULAR, ROLL, FLANGING. Flanges plates, usually
circular, by passing them between feeding-rolls.
30. ANGULAR, ROLL, FLANGING, TINNERS' ROLLS.
Forms flanges by means of the common machine known as
"tinners' rolls." They usually form seaming-flanges on the
edges of sheets or inclosed forms.
363
364
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 153 Continued.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 9 , Beading and crimping rolls;
59, Curving or straightening, Roll, Edge-curling; 72, Corru-
gating, Tubes, Spiral bend, Roll.
31. ANGULAR, ROLL, FLANGING, PIVOTED TABLE.
Flanges plates by feeding them between rolls while the table
or bed supporting the plates is gradually tilted.
32. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING. Miscellaneous machines
and processes for curving or straightening metal.
Search Classes
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 11, Angular.
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 21, Platen-rolling, Disk platens.
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 105, Crimping; 106, Crimping,
Implements; 139, Wire cutting and straightening; 140, Wire
cutting and straightening, Predetermined lengths; 147, Wire
straightening; 148, Wire straightening, Rolls.
144 WOOD WORKING, subclasses 205, Wood-bending, Former,
Fixed, Strap and screw; 263, Wood-bending, Former, Fixed,
Strap-and-windlass.
33. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, COMBINED RECIP-
ROCATING BENDER AND PIVOTED SIDE-SHAPER.
Machines having a reciprocating bender performing one step
and one or more pivoted benders operating at the side of the
reciprocating bender and performing the other step.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 12, Angular, Combined recipro-
cating bender and pivoted side-shaper.
34. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, COMBINED RECIP-
ROCATING BENDER AND SLIDING SIDE-SHAPER.
Machines having a reciprocating bender performing one step
and one or more sliding benders operating at the side of and
at or near a right angle to the reciprocating bender and per-
forming the other step.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 12, Angular, Combined recipro-
cating bender and sliding side-shaper.
35. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, STRETCHING. The
metal is stretched to take out bends and unevenness.
36. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, TRAVELING FLEX-
IBLE CORE. Machines for bending tul>es in which a flexible
core or a series of spheres or spools is made to travel within the
tube.
37. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, FLIER-FRAME. The
metal is straightened by passing through a rotary frame which
bends every part in a circular lateral direction.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 139,Wire cutting and straight-
ening; 140, Wire cutting and straightening, Predetermined
lengths.
38. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, THREE - POINT
JACKS. Small portable devices engaging the metal at three
points, one point being movable to bend the work. This sub-
class is composed mostly of axle-benders and jim-crows.
39. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, PIVOTED BENDER.
The part of bender which engages the metal is pivoted.
40. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, PIVOTED BENDER,
BENDER-ATTACHED WORK. The work is attached to
and moves with the pivoted bender. Cylinders and rods hav-
ing means, as a slot or a clamp, for securing the work may be
found here or in the subclasses subordinate hereto.
Search Classes
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 20, Angular, Pivoted bender,
Bender-attached work.
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 267, Wood-bending, Former,
Pivotal; 268, Wood-bending, Former, Pivotal, Coiling.
41. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, PIVOTED BENDER,
BENDER-ATTACHED WORK, BEADING AND CURV-
ING. Forms a bead or curl, as under the last subclass above,
and in addition forms a curve in a similar manner. This sub-
class is mostly composed of machines for making beaded eaves-
troughs.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 5, Combined operations, Angu-
lar bending and curving, Pivoted bender, Changeable former.
42. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, PIVOTED BENDER,
BENDER-ATTACHED WORK, BEADING OR TUBE-
FORMING. Form tubes or tube-like beads on the edges of
sheets.
43. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, PIVOTED BENDER,
BENDER-ATTACHED WORK, TRAVELING BED.
The work is attached to a cylinder or other pivoted device,
while a traveling bed upon which the work is laid slides so as
to support it at the line of curvature.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 74, Corrugating, Bed and cylin-
der.
44. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, PIVOTED BENDER,
OPPOSING JAWS. The work is bent by jaws which move
toward each other.
45. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, PIVOTED BENDER,
SWEEP-ARM. The work is bent by an arm having a por-
tion which sweeps or travels along the form or bed upon which
the work remains stationary.
CLASS 153 Continued.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclass 5,
Horseshoe-making, Bending, and all subclasses of combined
machines under Horseshoe-making, in which the operation of
bending occurs.
144 T -WooDWORKiNG, subclass 262, Wood-bending, Former,
Fixed, Radial arm and roller.
46. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, PIVOTED BENDER,
SWEEP-ARM, STATIONARY CLAMPED WORK. The
work is held from endwise movement by a clamp, while a
sweep-arm bends the metal over the bed or form.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 262, Wood-bending, Former,
Fixed, Radial arm and roller.
47. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, PIVOTED BENDER,
VARIABLE DIE-FACE. The working face of the die may
be adjusted to various shapes or contours. This subclass is
mostly composed of machines for bending leaf-springs.
Note. Machines and processes involving tempering are elsewhere
classified.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 51, Curving or straightening,
Reciprocating bender, Variable die-face.
48. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, RECIPROCATING
BENDER. The part or bender which engages the metal has
a reciprocating or right-line movement.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 21, Angular, Reciprocating
bender; 76. Corrugating, Reciprocating bender; 38, Curving or
straightening. Three-point jacks; 8, Combined operations,
Curving and corrugating, Hammer-action.
49. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, RECIPROCATING
BENDER. INCLOSED FORMS. Forms tube-shaped or
annular bodies from sheets or bars. Here may be found many
machines for forming eyes on rods <5r beads or tubes on sheets.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 34, Curving or straightening,
Combined reciprocating bender and sliding side-shaper.
50. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, RECIPROCATING
BENDER, AUTOMATIC BEND-DETECTOR. Bends
are detected by feelers which make the bend-correcting device
operative.
51. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, RECIPROCATING
BENDER, VARIABLE DIE-FACE. The working face of
the die may be adjusted to various shapes or contours. This
subclass is mostly composed of machines for tending leaf-
springs.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 47, Curving or straightening,
Pivoted bender, Variable die-face.
52. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, RECIPROCATING
BENDER, LATERALLY-TRAVELING. The bender
not only reciprocates, but is also movable, together with its
carrier-frame, bodily along the bed or work.
53. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, RECIPROCATING
BENDER, SCREW-OPERATED. A screw actuates the
bender to reciprocate it.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 38, Curving or straightening,
Three-point jacks.
54. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, ROLL. Bends by
passing the work through feeding-rolls.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 2S, Angular, Roll; 77, Corru-
gating, Roll.
55. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, ROLL, HOOP. Flares
or flares and curves hoops.
56. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, ROLL, ANGLE-BAR.
Bends railroad-rails and other angle-bars by rolls especially
constructed for such work.
Search Class
80 METAL-ROLLING, subclass 59, Rolls, Pass arrangement.
57. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, ROLL, ANGLE-BAR,
SECTIONAL ROLLS. The rolls are composed of sections,
exchangeable or adjustable, to accommodate angle-bars of
various shapes and dimensions.
58. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, ROLL, BARRF,L-
STIAPED. Employs one or more barrel-shaped rolls, which
thin the metal on a longitudinal line to make or remove
curves.
59. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, ROLL, EDGE-CURL-
ING. Curls or beads the edges of metal. Sometimes curls
the edge over a wire.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 9, Beading and crimping
rolls; 30, Angular, Roll, Flanging, Tinner's rolls.
60. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, ROLL, SKEWED.
The rolls have their axes angularly arranged relatively to each
other.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
365
CLASS 153 Continued.
Search Classes
80- METAL-ROLLING, sul>classes 11, Tubes; 13, Tubes, Axial
rolling; 140, WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 139, Wire cutting
and straightening; 140, Wire cutting and straightening, Pre-
determined lengths; 147, Wire straightening; 148, Wire
straightening, Rolls.
61. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, ROLL, LNCLOSED-
WORK RELEASING. Machines having mechanism for
releasing inclosed work, as tubes, tires, etc., from the rolls.
62. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, BOILER-FORMERS.
Formers or patterns over or about which washboilers are bent
or shaped.
63. CURVING OR STRAIGHTENING, FLEXIBLE CORES.
Cores or fillers which are put into tubes to support the walls
during the bending action. Includes such fillers as spheres,
sand, liquid, as well as coils of wire, plates, etc.
64. COILING. Includes the bending of tubes, bars, and sheets
into coils, but does not include the combined operations of
bending and tempering.
Search Classes
28, CORDAGE, subclasses 2, Banding; 6, Covering cord.
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclasses 78, Article making or forming,
Conical springs; 79, Article making or forming, Conical springs,
By rolls.
154, LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES, sub-
class 6, Hose-making, Axial-feed.
64.5. COILING, FLAT WIRE, EDGE WINDING. Coiling by
winding flat wire or strips edgewise about an article, form, or
mandrel.
Search Classes
10- BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass 72,
Nut and washer making, and the subclasses thereunder, espe-
cially 73, Nut and washer making, Lock washer making, and
74, Nut and washer making, Coiling and forging.
29 METAL WORKING, sulx'lass23, Special work, Toothed cylin-
der making, for structural features or details.
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 94, Welding,
Processes, Rings and tubes, and 80, METAL ROLLING, subclass
1, Miscellaneous, for conveyer-night making devices involving
rolling and bending or winding.
65. COILING, SHUNT-GUIDE. A shunting device, usually an
inclined block or an offset or skewed roll, guides the metal to
form a helix.
66. COILING, SPIRAL DIE. The metal is forced through a spiral
die or the latter is forced over the metal to form a helix.
67. COILING, TRAVELING GUIDE OR MANDREL. The
metal to be coiled is fed from a traveling guide or the mandrel
passes along the guide as the coil is formed.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 78, Article making or forming,
Conical springs; 79, Article making or forming, Conical springs,
By rolls.
68. CORRUGATING. Forms corrugations. Devices for making
corrugations by forming one bend at a time are included when-
ever the mechanism is especially adapted or constructed to
make a series of bends.
69. CORRUGATING, TUBES. Makes corrugations in tubes.
69.5. CORRUGATING, TUBES, ELBOW - BENDING. Ma-
chines which bend elbows of stovepipes, etc., mainly by
crimping the tube transversely and compressing the corruga-
tion on one side of the tube. Many of the machines have
mechanism for feeding the tube.
Search Classes
153- METAL-BENDING, subclass 79, Pipe expanders and flangers,
Non-traveling.
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 36, Tube-making,
Transverse seaming, Die.
70. CORRUGATING, TUBES, LONGITUDINAL BEND.
Makes longitudinal corrugations in tubes and tube-like arti-
cles, such as caps and cups.
71. CORRUGATING, TUBES, SPIRAL BEND. Makes spiral
bends or screw-threads in tubes or tube-like articles, such as
caps.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING,; subclasses 9, Beading and crimping rolls;
30, Angular, Roll, Flanging, Tinner's rolls; 59, Curving or
straightening, Roll, Edge curling.
CLASS 153 Continued.
72. CORRUGATING, TUBES, SPIRAL BEND, ROLL. Makes
spiral bends in tubes or tube-like articles by passing them be-
tween feeding-rollers.
73. CORRUGATING, TUBES, TRANSVERSE BEND. Makes
transverse bends in tubes or tube-like articles.
74. CORRUGATING, BED AND CYLINDER. A corrugated
cylinder or a segment thereof cooperates with a corrugated bed
to corrugate the metal between them.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 43, Curving or straightening,
Pivoted bender, Bender-attached work, Traveling bed.
75. CORRUGATING, PIVOTED BENDER. A pivoted device
engages the metal.
76. CORRUGATING, RECIPROCATING BENDER. A recip-
rocating device engages the metal.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 8, Combined operations, Curv-
ing and corrugating, Hammer-action; 21, Angular, Recipro-
cating bender; 48, Curving or straightening, Reciprocating
bender.
77. CORRUGATING, ROLL. Makes corrugations by passing the
work between feeding-rolls.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclasses 28, Angular, Roll; 54, Curving
or straightening, Roll; 9, Beading and crimping rolls.
78. TWISTING. Gives twist to metal to form lightning-rods, au-
gers, conveyer-flights, etc.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 149, Wire twisting.
79. PIPE EXPANDERS AND FLANGERS, NON-TRAVEL-
ING. Machines and implements which expand or flange
tubes by means of a non-traveling expanding or swaging tool.
This subclass includes expanders for boiler-flues, stovepipes,
etc.
Search Classes
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 24, Angular, Reciprocating
bender, Screw-operated; 7S, METAL FORGING AND WELDING,
suMass C>:5, Forging, Dies, Upsetting, Tubular articles; 81,
TOOLS, subclass 188, Pipe and rod cutters, Non-traveling, In-
ternal.
80. PIPE EXPANDERS AND FLANGERS, NON-TRAVEL-
ING, SEGMENTAL EXPANDER. Machines and imple-
ments for expanding and flanging tubes by means of a non-
traveling segmental expanding-die. This subclass includes
expanders for boiler-flues, bung-hole linings, tubular valve-
seats, etc.
Search Class
8i_TooLS, subclass 188, Pipe and rod cutters, Nonrtraveling,
Internal.
80.5. PIPE EXPANDERS AND FLANGERS, TRAVELING.
Devices for expanding tubes adapted to have a relative travel
with respect to the tube during the expanding operation.
Search Classes -
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 32, Curving or straightening.
29 METAL WORKING, subclass 162, Blanks and processes, Lined
pipes and tanks.
81 PIPE EXPANDERS AND FLANGERS, TRAVELING.
ROTARY. Machines and implements which expand or
flange tulxs by means of rotatable dies or rollers.
Search Classes -
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 27, Angular, Reciprocating
bender, Bed-clamped work, Rotary tending-head; 81, TOOLS,
subclasses 189, Pipe and rod cutters, Traveling, External; 193,
Pipe and rod cutters, Traveling, Internal; 104, Pipe and rod
cutters, Traveling, Internal, Rotary, and 195, Pipe and rod
cutters, Traveling, Internal, Rotary, Wedge-feed.
82 PIPE EXPANDERS AND FLANGERS, TRAVELING,
ROTARY, WEDGE-FEED. Machines and implements
which expand tubes by means of rotatable dies or rollers which
are spread apart by means of wedges or a conical mandrel.
This subclass includes expanders for boiler-flues, bung-hole
linings, tubular valve-seats, etc.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclass 195, Pipe and rod cutters, Traveling, In-
ternal, Rotary, Wedge-feed.
CLASS 154. LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS
MANUFACTURES.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
The general scope of this class embraces the structure and manu-
facture of (1) material composed of a plurality of layers of flexible
fabric secured together by adhesion, (2) material of non-homogeneous
nature having layers or sections of a plastic character, and (3) all
fabrics not provided for in other classes.
While this class is based mainly on laminated materials and their
manufacture, those subclasses covering structure or the manufacture
thereof for particular purposes are usually of sufficient breadth to
include all structures and operations for the purpose mentioned,
when not elsewhere classifiable, even though definite lamination is
absent.
Apparatus and processes for making certain special articles analo-
gous to laminated fabrics are included; but articles per se other than
flexible fabrics or structure especially provided for, whether related
to the special making groups or otherwise, are excluded.
The patents in other classes which are closely related to those of
this class along various lines are so numerous that a complete sys-
tem of cross-referencing has not been attempted, search notes be-
ing relied on to direct the search.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS APPARATUS. Apparatus for the manu-
facture of structures classifiable in this class or performing
operations within the scope of the class not otherwise provided
for.
Search Classes
11 BOOKBINDING, subclass 2, Binding machines, for similar
mechanical structures; also in
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 80, Cement applying
devices.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, especially subclass 92, Tag ma-
chines, Washer attaching.
100 PRESSES, subclass 07, Copying, and the subclasses thereun-
der.
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 279, Glue applying and press-
ing apparatus; 281, Veneer presses, and 282, Veneer presses,
Roller.
181 ACOUSTICS, subclass 14, Graphophones, Tablets, Methods
and machines for making.
216 LABEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING.
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, especially subclasses 4, Corset
stiffeners, Making, and 17, Garment formers.
2. MISCELLANEOUS PROCESSES. Processes for the manu-
facture of structures classifiable in this class or performing
operations within the scope of the class not otherwise pro-
vided for.
3. BFLT MAKING. The making of belt structure of adhering
sheets or layers unless all the layers are of leather. This sub-
class includes apparatus.
Search Class-
es LEATHER MANUFACTURES, for making belts entirely of
leather.
4. BELT MAKING, PROCESSES. Processes of making belt
structure, of adhering sheets or layers unless all the layers are
of leather. .
Search Classes
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 52, Fabrics, Wear and strain resisting.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass (53, Belts, Laminated.
193 CONVEYERS, subclass 4, Endless, Belts.
5. HOSE MAKING. The making of flexible tubes suitable for
conducting fluids not classifiable in other classes. This sub-
class includes miscellaneous apparatus.
Search Classes
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 9, Tire making, and the subclasses thereunder.
28 CORDAGE, subclass (i, Covering cord, for apparatus for
winding hose with cord or its equivalent with or without a
coating treatment; subclass 4, Braiding, for machines for braid-
ing tubes.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses of Tube machines.
139 WEAVING, for weaving of tubes.
6. HOSE MAKING, AXIAL FEED. Apparatus in which either
the hose or the forming mechanism is advanced along the
longitudinal axis of the hose.
CLASS 154 Continued.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 82, Tube machines,
Axial feed.
7. HOSE MAKING, CONVOLUTE WIND. Apparatus designed
to wind the sheet, without longitudinal movement, directly
upon itself, so as to form convolutions.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 81, Tube machines,
Convolute wind.
8. HOSE MAKING, PROCESSES. Processes not otherwise
classifiable of making flexible tubes suitable for conducting
fluid.
Search Classes
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 90, Mains and pipes,
Hose.
139 WEAVING, subclass 72, Fabrics, Tubular.
9. TIRE MAKING. The making of fluid containing tires and
those of a composite type, built up from adhesive, plastic, and
fibrous materials, not classifiable in other arts. This sub-
class includes miscellaneous apparatus.
Search Classes
154 -LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
the "Hose making" subclasses, and search notes thereof.
18 PLASTICS, when the invention resides in a new molding or
vulcanizing operation.
10. TIRE MAKING, FABRIC STRUCTURE BUILDING.
Apparatus for building up tire structure out of sheet materials.
11. TIRE MAKING, THREAD STRUCTURE BUILDING.
Apparatus for building up tires from thread stock. Weaving
and other established textile methods of building structure
from thread are not included.
12. TIRE MAKING, PROCESSES. Processes not otherwise
classifiable of building up tires of adhesive, plastic, and fibrous
materials.
Search Class
152 RESILIENT TIRES AND WHEELS, for related structure.
13. TIRE MAKING, PROCESSES, FILLING FEATURE.
Processes which wholly or in part relate to filling a hollow
tire with material other than gaseous, generally of a fluent
plastic nature.
Search Classes
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 18, Ball making, Golf ball, Filling feature.
226 PACKAGING LIQUIDS, subclass 9, Filling machines, for
filling containers with liquid.
14. TIRE MAKING, PROCESSES, PNEUMATIC. Processes
for making tires adapted to contain air or gas under pressure.
15. TIRE MAKING PROCESSES, PNEUMATIC, PUNCTURE
CLOSING TYPE. Processes for producing tire structure
adapted to automatically close or heal punctures and prevent
deflation.
Search Class
152 RESILIENT TIRES AND WHEELS, subclass 25, Repairing,
Healing compounds, for healing compounds.
16. BALL MAKING. The making of composite or sectional balls,
usually of layers or portions adhering together, when the opera-
tions are not elsewhere classifiable.
Search Class
46 GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 4, Balls and bats, for related
structures.
17. BALL MAKING, GOLF BALL. The making of golf balls of
composite or sectional structure.
18. BALL MAKING, GOLF BALL, FILLING FEATURE. In-
ventions that involve filling a hollow golf ball with material
other than air or gas, usually of a fluent plastic nature.
Search Class
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 13, Tire making, Processes, Filling feature.
19. BALL MAKING, GOLF BALL, WINDING FEATURE.
Inventions that involve a winding step.
Search Classes
226 PACKAGING LIQUIDS, subclass 9, Filling machines, for fill-
ing apparatus features.
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 2, Ball or mass winding.
367
368
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 154 Continued.
20. LINOLEUM MAKING. The making of floor or similar cover-
ings from a material composed of linseed oil specially treated
or equivalent binder mixed with ground cork or like substance
when the invention does not fall in any general class. The
Eroduct may or may not be united to a foundation of fabric,
inoleum making in this class is very closely related to inven-
tions found in class 18, PLASTICS, but all patents covering the
formation of these coverings are classified here unless the in-
vention is clearly of general utility in the plastic art. This
subclass is limited to apparatus.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 281, Veneer presses, for various
similar apparatus.
21. LINOLEUM MAKING, INLAID. Apparatus for producing
sheets of linoleum having a definite pattern or design extending
through the sheet or a substantial portion thereof.
22. LINOLEUM MAKING, INLAID, PATTERN FORMING.
Apparatus employed in the formation or development of the
pattern in linoleum and not falling within either of the two
following subclasses.
23. LINOLEUM MAKING, INLAID, PATTERN FORMING,
FROM PLASTIC MASSES. Apparatus for producing the
pattern in inlaid linoleum directly from unmolded plistic
stock materials.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, for analogous apparatus.
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING.
226 PACKAGING LIQUIDS, subclass 9, Filling machines.
24. LINOLEUM MAKING, INLAID, PATTERN FORMING,
FROM SHEETS. Apparatus for developing the pattern in
linoleum from previously formed sheets.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, for the cutting
portion of the mechanism.
25. LINOLEUM MAKING, PROCESSES. Miscellaneous proc-
esses of making linoleum.
Search Classes
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 49, Fabrics, Floor.
108 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 7, Floor cloth.
26. LINOLEUM MAKING, PROCESSES, INLAID. Processes
for the production of inlaid linoleum.
27. HEAT INSULATING COVEHI^ti MAKING. The making
of coverings for preventing the transmission of heat not else-
where classifiable. This subclass includes apparatus.
Search Class
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclasses 44, Heat insulating coverings, and 29, Yielding
fabric making, and the subclasses thereunder.
28. HEAT INSULATING COVERING MAKING, PROC-
ESSES. Processes of making heat insulating coverings not
elsewhere classifiable.
29. YIELDING FABRIC MAKING. The making of fabrics,
generally for carpet linings or packing purposes, usually
designed to yield in a direction transverse to the plane of the
fabric. Covers all operations for producing this type of fabric
not elsewhere classifiable. This subclass includes miscella-
neous apparatus.
Search Classes
19 CARDING, subclass 10, Wadding.
38 FELT AND FUR.
155 CHAIRS, subclass 43, Upholstery.
30. YIELDING FABRIC MAKING, CORRUGATING AND
INDENTING. Apparatus for producing definite corruga-
tions, plaits, and indentations, usually in heavy paper or like
fabric.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 10, Molding devices, Rolling, Sheets.
92 PAPER MAKING AND FIBER LIBERATION, subclass 62, Fin-
ishing, Wrinkling, for irregular wrinkling of paper, such as
In crape paper making.
153 METAL BENDING, subclass 68, Corrugating, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 30, Plaiters, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
31. YIELDING FABRIC MAKING, CORRUGATING AND
INDENTING, FACING FEATURE. Apparatus for pro-
ducing corrugations, indentations, etc., and also for applying
one or more facings to the indented material.
32. YIELDING FABRIC MAKING, FACING CORRUGATED
AND INDENTED STRUCTURE. Apparatus especially
designed for applying one or more facings to previously cor-
rugated or indented fabric.
33. YIELDING FABRIC MAKING, PROCESSES. Processes
of making yielding fabrics not elsewhere classifiable.
Search Class
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 54, Fabrics, Yielding.
34. FABRIC PARCHMENTIZING AND UNITING. The
building up of a laminated fabric by parchmentizing at least
one layer of vegetable fabric and uniting the parchmontized
structure to at least one layer of like or different character.
CLASS 154 Continued.
Search Class
8^B LEACHING AND DYEING, for parchmentizing when not
involving any uniting feature.
35. FABRIC COATING AND UNITING. The building up of
a laminated fabric by coating with an adhesive and uniting
a plurality of flexible fabrics when not provided for in any
of the special groups. This group does not include making
of structure of special form, but relates only to the production
of compound fabric stock. This subclass includes miscella-
neous apparatus.
Search Classes
11 BOOKBINDING, subclass 2, Binding machines, for appa-
ratus structure.
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 80, Cement applying
devices.
41 FINE ARTS, subclass 10, Gilding leaf.
100 PRESSES, subclass 67, Copying, and the subclasses there-
under.
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 279, Glue applying and
pressing apparatus; 281, Veneer presses, ana 282, Veneer
presses, Roller.
216 LABEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING.
36. FABRIC COATING AND UNITING, SHEET AND WEB.
Apparatus for uniting a sheet or series of sheets of definite
dimensions to one or more continuous webs.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 279, Glue applying and
pressing apparatus, and 282, Veneer presses, Roller.
37. FABRIC COATING AND UNITING, WEBS. Apparatus
designed for continuously uniting a plurality of endless webs.
38. FABRIC COATING AND UNITING WEBS, ROOFING.
Apparatus for producing continuous laminated roofing or
weather proof building fabrics.
Search Class
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 51, Fabrics, Waterproof, Roofing.
39. FABRIC COATING AND UNITING, WEBS, ROOFING,
SANDING FEATURE. Apparatus for producing lami-
nated roofing webs and also applying a coating of sand or
equivalent material.
40. FABRIC COATING AND UNITING, PROCESSES. Proc-
esses of making compound fabric stock by coating one or more
fabrics with an adhesive and uniting.
Search Class
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 46, Fabrics, and the subclasses thereunder.
41. AFFIXING FABRIC COVERING. The securing of fabric
by an adhesive binder to objects and rigid surfaces when the
operation does not fall in any other class. The covering is gen-
erally of a waterproof protective nature.
Search Classes
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 43, Piles, Protected, for
applying protective coverings to piles.
108 ROOFS, subclass 7, Fabric, for affixing roofing fabrics.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 75, Mains and pipes,
Pipes, for pipes having protective coverings applied.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 279, Glue applying and pressing
apparatus, for affixing fabric backings in building up wooden
stock.
216 LABEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING, for securing wall
paper by adhesives.
42. ADHERING SEAM FORMING. Th* formation of seams in-
cluding an adhesive binder when not falling in some particular
art.
Search Classes
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING.
223 APPAREL APPARATUS.
43. MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURE. Structure of general
utility which may be considered analogous to the class and
which does not fall within the scope of any of the subclasses or
within any other class. Such structure is often of a non-
homogeneous rigid nature built up largely of a combination of
plastic and other materials.
Patents for structure for definite articles should not be placed
here, but should be classified in the article class.
44. HEAT INSULATING COVERINGS. Miscellaneous cover-
ings for preventing transmission of heat not elsewhere classi-
fiable.
Search Classes
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclasses 27, Heat insulating covering making, and 29, Yield-
ing fabric making.
38 FELT AND FUR, subclass 7, Fabrics.
62 REFRIGERATION, especially subclasses 10, Refrigerators,
and 23, Heat insulated receptacles.
65 KITCHEN AND TABLE ARTICLES, subclass 53. Trays.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclasses 45, Walls,
Block, Fiber, and 94, Smoke flues, Lined.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 18, Heat insulating, and
the subclasses thereunder.
103 SAFES, subclass 2, Fireproof.
110 FURNACES, subclass 97, Furnace structure, Baffles and
heat retainers.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 87, Stoves, Heating,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Gas, Open front. Asbestos fireback;
144, Fire pots and linings, and 221, Stove lids and tops, Stove
mats.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 72, Mains and pipes,
Thawing.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
369
CLASS 154 Continued.
45. HEAT INSULATING COVERINGS, AIR-SPACED. Cov-
erings provided with chambers or cavities for confining dead
air or trie like. The chambers may be either within the body
of the material or between it and the article covered thereby.
Search Class
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 41, Walls,
Block, Hollow.
46. FABRICS. Flexible fabric structures -per se, either of a lami-
nated or other nature when not classifiable in any other art.
Fabrics of special shape, as distinguished from stock fabrics,
are not included unless within the scope of some particular
subclass definition. Nor are simple fabrics merely coated or
impregnated.
Search Classes
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
the " Heat insulating coverings " subclasses, for heat insulating
fabrics.
2 APPAREL, subclasses 80 ; Body garments, Lap robes, and 131,
Nether garments, Napkins.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 90, Composite boards, for
laminated sheets built up until they are quite rigid or of a
shape-retaining nature to produce a substitute for lumber.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 124,
Plaster boards, if prepared of plastic material as a substitute
for plaster.
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclasses 9, Felt and fabric,
and 44, Soles, Insoles, Laminated.
101 PRINTING, subclass 107, Press copying, Damping.
128 SURGERY, subclass 3, Bandages.
150 CLOTH, LEATHER, AND RUBBER RECEPTACLES.
167 MEDICINES, subclass 8, Plasters.
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 320, Insulators, Insu-
lating fabrics, for electric insulating fabrics.
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 53, Traveling bags, Materials and
patterns.
198 MATRIX MAKING, subclass 7, Matrices and materials.
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, especially subclasses 55, Bags, Rein-
forced, and 87, Wrappers.
47. FABRICS, DECORATIVE. Decorative fabrics, such as wal 1
coverings and the like, when the invention involves laminated
or other features not otherwise provided for.
48. FABRICS, ELASTIC. Elastic fabrics, such as used for shoe
gores and the like, adapted to stretch particularly in the plane
of the fabric, and not elsewhere classifiable.
Search Classes
Z^APPAREL, subclass 16, Trimmings, Plaited.
28 CORDAGE, subclass 25, Braids.
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 51, Uppers, Clo-
sures, Elastic.
66 KNITTING AND NETTING, subclass 4, Fabrics.
139 WEAVING, subclass 70, Fabrics, Elastic.
49. FABRICS, FLOOR. Floor coverings not classifiable in other
arts. Tiles of any material, whether for floor or other pur-
poses, are excluded.
Search Classes
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 20, Linoleum making, and the subclasses thereunder.
20^-WooDEN BUILDINGS, subclass 75, Mosaic and inlaying, for
tiles.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 18, Walls,
Faced, Tile, and the subclasses thereunder, for tiles.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 7, Floor cloth, for com-
positions for building up floor coverings of a linoleum-like
nature.
50. FABRICS, WATERPROOF. Miscellaneous waterproof fab-
rics. Does not include heavy fabric, such as "Wear and
strata resisting."
Search Classes
2 APPAREL, subclass 32, Head coverings, Hats, Sweats.
26674 12 24
CLASS 154^Contoued.
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclasses 4, Rubber, and
5, Rubber, Overshoes.
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclasses 5, Vessels, Liquid proofed
and 14, Boxes, Lined.
51. FABRICS, WATERPROOF, ROOFING. Fabrics designed
for roofing or weatherproof building purposes.
Search Classes
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclasses 28, Fabric coating and uniting, Webs, Roofing, and
39, Fabric coating and uniting, Webs, Roofing, Sanding fea-
ture.
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, especially subclasses 12, Electrical
insulating, and the subclasses thereunder, and 31, Artificial
stons, Bituminous and resinous, and the subclasses there-
under.
108 ROOFS, subclass 7, Fabrics, for roofing fabrics of modified
form to enable them to be joined or attached and methods of
applying the fabric to the roof.
52. FABRICS, WEAR AND STRAIN RESISTING. Fabrics of
a flexible, usually composite, nature embodying considerable
toughness and strength, usually built up from textile, adhe-
sive, and plastic materials. These fabrics are suitable as stock
for belts, hose, tire treads, and the like.
Search Classes -
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 30, Soles, Lami-
nated.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 63, Belts, Laminated.
101 PRINTING, subclass 113, Printing couple appliances,
Blankets.
121 STEAM ENGINES, subclass 107, Packing.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 90, Mams and pipes, Hose.
152 RESILIENT TIRES AND WHEELS.
168 FARRIERY, subclass 28, Sole pads, Elastic.
53. FABRICS, WIRE REINFORCED. Flexible fabrics not
otherwise classified having wire reinforcement.
Search Class
101 PRINTING, subclass 113, Printing couple appliances,
Blankets.
54. FABRICS, YIELDING. Miscellaneous fabrics of the carpet
lining and packing type, usually yieldable in a direction trans-
verse to the plane of the fabric, not elsewhere classifiable.
Search Classes
154 LAMINATED FABRICS AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 29, Yielding fabric making.
5 BEDS, subclasses, 3, Bed clothing, and 13, Mattresses.
19 CARDING, subclass 10, Wadding.
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclass 44, Soles, Insoles,
Laminated.
38 FELT AND FUR, subclass 7, Fabrics.
54 HARNESS, subclass 41, Saddles, Harness, Cushions.
66 KNITTING AND NETTING, subclass 4, Fabrics.
133 COIN 1 IANDLING, subclass 12, Receptacles, Mats and Trays.
155 CHAIRS, subclass 43, Upholstery.
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclasses 89, Wrappers, Bottle, and
91, Wrappers, Bottle, Padded.
55. FABRICS, YIELDING, CORRUGATED AND INDENTED.
Yielding fabrics formed with ridges and indentations.
Search Classes
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 30, Yielding fabric making, Corrugating and indent-
ing.
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclass 90, Wrappers, Bottle, Cor-
rugated.
56. FABRICS, YIELDING, STAIR PADS. Yielding fabric
especially designed for use under stair carpets.
Search Class
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 79, Stair covers, for stair
covers to be used without carpets.
CLASS 157. -WHEELWRIGHT-MACHINES.
DEFINITIONS.
This class includes means for assembling wheels not specifically
provided for elsewhere.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Devices not elsewhere classifiable fcr as-
sembling wheels.
Note. Clamps for holding wooden rims in shape while the
spokes are being set up are included, except when accom-
panied by devices for screwing up the spoke-nipples. Such
devices are found in class 81, TOOLS, subclass 53, Wrenches,
and subclasses thereunder.
2. RIM-COMPRESSORS. Devices for compressing wheel-rims to
force fellies in place, etc.
Note. Machines for causing the metal of the tire to flow and
hence tighten the tire are found in class 78, METAL FORGING
AND WELDING, subclass 55, Forging, Tire upsetting.
3. SPpKE-SETTERS. Devices for guiding and forcing spokes
into hubs.
Search Class
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 16, Forging,
Power hammers and presses, Spoke securing, for machines
for riveting metal spokes to hubs and rims.
4. SPOKE-SETTERS, WORK-HOLDERS AND GUIDES.
Supports for holding the hub and guiding the spoke while it
is being driven.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 20G, Tenon turning, Wheel
spoke.
CLASS 157 Continued.
5. TIRE-SETTERS. Devices for forcing tires on wheel-rims.
Search Class
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 55, Forging,
Tire upsetting, for devices for upsetting tires.
6. TIRE-SETTERS, RUBBER TIRES. Apparatus for seating
and mechanically securing elastic tires, usually solid-rubber
tires, on wheel-rims.
7. TIRE-SETTERS, TRESTLES AND TANKS. Trestles on
which the wheel is mounted in combination with tanks into
which the wheel or wheel-rim can be dipped to cool the tire.
8. TIRE-TIGHTENERS. Removable devices for tightening tires
without affecting the construction of the wheel.
Search Class
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, for devices for the same purpose
which form permanent parts of wheels.
9. TIRE-TIGHTENERS, FELLY-EXPANDERS. Removable
jacks for tightening tires by expanding the fellies against the
tire.
10. TIRE-TIGHTENERS, FELLY-EXPANDERS, SPOKE-
CLAMPING. Fellies are expanded by a jack which is
clamped to a spoke.
11. TIRE-REMOVERS. Presses for forcing tires ofl of wheel-rims.
12. SPOKE-EXTRACTORS. Devices for pulling spokes or
spoke-tenons out of hubs.
Search Classes
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 84, Assembling, and subclasses
thereunder.
145 WOODWORKING TOOLS, subclass 41, Nail-extractors, Nut
and screw lifters.
13. ABOLISHED.
371
CLASS 158. LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class relates to burners and their accessories that are designed
to use liquid or gaseous fuel and that are primarily employed in the
production of heat for industrial or domestic purposes.
This class also includes devices for producing gas of the liquid re-
tort type, where the burner and retort are intimately related and
the gas produced is simultaneously used without preliminary puri-
fication, fixation, or storage.
Class 48, GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, deals with devices for
the production of heating and illuminating gas produced from liquid
or solid fuel and that are not specifically denned as belonging to
class 158.
For retort structures generally search should be made in appropri-
ate subclasses under subclass 37, Liquid fuel, Burners, Vapor, in
class 67, ILLUMINATING BURNERS.
The lines between classes 158, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURN-
ERS, and 67, ILLUMINATING BURNERS, depend upon whether the
devices are intended or structurally designed for heating or illumi-
nating purposes, and the subclasses in both classes are arranged on
parallel lines so far as possible.
This class also includes devices relating to the method or art of
feeding liquid fuel to heating and illuminating burners. The class
does not include those devices that are especially adapted to feed
carburetors, those where the feed is controlled by pressure gener-
ated in a retort or steam-boiler, the invention residing in the con-
trolling mechanism, classified in class 236, DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC,
and those which are structurally related to gas engines, class 123,
INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 119, Charge-forming
devices, and the subclasses thereunder.
This class includes also self-heating tools appropriately divided
under type subclasses.
This class includes also furnaces that are structurally designed
or adapted to the burning of liquid or gaseous fuel.
This class includes fire-kindlers of the liquid or gaseous fuel type.
This class also includes types of burners that are in the nature of
attachments designed for use in connection with coal-stoves, also
burners of "grate form" adapted to the burning of liquid or gas-
eous fuel or coal.
Liquid or gaseous fuel burners which are adapted to be used in
connection with solid-fuel furnaces to assist in completing com-
bustion are found in class 110, FURNACES.
Subclasses.
1. FURNACES. Furnaces adapted to the burning of liquid or
gaseous fuel not otherwise classifiable.
2. FURNACES, COMBINED DOOR AND BURNER. Devices
in which the burner is attached to the door or movable front
plate of a furnace , whereby the burner is readily removed from
its operative position relative to the furnace. This is a type
subclass, the burner features being cross-referenced into appro-
priate subclasses.
3. FURNACES, LOCOMOTIVE TYPE. Furnaces in wh'ch
there is some modification of the fire-box of a locomotive type
of furnace to adapt it to the use of liquid or gaseous fuel.
4. FURNACES, LIQUID-FUEL. Furnaces that are specially
designed or adapted to the use of liquid fuel and the burner in
most instances is of the pan or tray type.
5. FURNACES, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT. Liquid-fuel-burn-
ing furnaces in which a well-defined retort is employed in the
furnace-chamber to vaporize the oil preliminary to its use in
the burner employed.
6. FURNACES, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, GAS-MAKING.
Liquid-fuel-burning furnaces in which the retort is capable of
generating a larger volume of vapor or gas than is immediately
employed, the surplus gas being employed at points remote
from the generating-furnace.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, appropriate subclasses.
7. FURNACES, GAS. Furnaces that are specially designed or
adapted to the use of gaseous fuel.
8. COAL-STOVE ATTACHMENTS. Liquid and gaseous fuel
burners that are structurally designed to adapt them to coal-
burning-stove structures, either heating or cooking.
9. COAL-STOVE ATTACHMENTS, LID-BURNERS. Liquid
and gaseous fuel burners designed and adapted to be sup-
ported in the ordinary stove-lid opening.
10. FIRE-KINDLERS. Liquid and gaseous fuel burners designed
to be employed in kindling fires in the various types of stoves,
furnaces, boiler-furnaces, and locomotives.
CLASS 158-Continued.
11. COMBINED OIL AND GASEOUS FUEL. Burners that are
specially designed or adapted to burn either liquid or gaseous
fuel.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 2, Combined gas and
vapor.
12. COMBINED GAS AND COAL. Combined grate, fire-pot,
and burners that are by their structure adapted to burn liquid ,
gaseous, or solid fuel, both at the same time or separately, as
desired.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 22, Furnace structure, Gas or oil and
solid fuel.
13. COMBINED GAS AND WATER VAPORIZERS. Liquid
and gaseous fuel burners provided with integral means for
generating water-vapor to be commingled with the flame
products.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 93, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Pan or tray, Water-surface, and 95, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Lamp type, Water-vaporizers.
13.5. COMBINED BURNER AND BLOWPIPE. Liquid or
gaesous fuel burners combined with blowpipesexternal thereto
for projecting a blast of fluid such as air, steam, gas, etc., against
the flame. They are generally hand torches.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 34, Burn-
ers, Liquid fuel, Blast lamp, Hand torches, Automatic blow-
pipe.
14. SELF-HEATING TOOLS, BRANDING-IRONS. Brand-
ing-irons that contain heating means of the liquid or gaseous
fuel form and that do not fall under specific subclasses.
15. SELF-HEATING TOOLS, BRANDING-IRONS, GAS.
Self-heating branding-irons the construction of which is
adapted to the burning of gas.
16. SELF-HEATING TOOLS, BRANDING-IRONS, HYDRO-
CARBON-RESERVOIR. Self-heating branding-irons that
are provided with liquid-fuel-holding receptacles, usually in
the handle, for supplying fuel to the heating-burners.
17. SELF-HEATING TOOLS, BURNING-TOOLS. Burning-
tools that contain self-heating means and that do not fall under
specific subclasses. The tools are employed in the burning of
wood and other substances.
18. SELF-HEATING TOOLS, BURNING-TOOLS, GAS. Self-
heating burning-tools the construction of which is adapted to
the burning of gas.
19. SELF-HEATING TOOLS, BURNING-TOOLS, HYDRO-
CARBON-RESERVOIR. Self-heating burning-tools that
are provided with liquid-holding receptacles for supplying fuel
to the heating-burner.
20. SELF-HEATING TOOLS, CURLING-IRONS. Self-heating
curling-irons that do not fall under a specific subclass.
21. SELF-HEATING TOOLS, CURLING-IRONS, HYDRO-
CARBON-RESERVOIR. Self-heating curling-irons that
are provided with means to utilize liquid fuel as a heating agent.
In some instances the handle is hollow and contains the liquid
fuel, while in others the curling-iron is hollow and filled with a
liquid-saturated absorbent substance.
22. SELF-HEATING TOOLS, ROLL-HEATING TYPE. Burn-
ers that by their structure are adapted to the heating of ironing-
rolls, burnishing-machines, and similar structures.
Search Class
158 LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 23, Self-heat-
ing tools, Sad-irons.
23. SELF-HEATING TOOLS, SAD IRONS. Miscellaneous sad
irons that are structurally adapted to the use of liquid or
gaseous fuel.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 22, Self-
heating tools, Roll heating type.
68 LAUNDRY, subclass 26, Sad irons.
23.1. SELF-HEATING TOOLS, SAD IRONS, GAS. Sad irons
that are structurally adapted to the use of gaseous fuel.
23.2. SELF-HEATING TOOLS, SAD IRONS, HYDROCAR-
BON RESERVOIR. Sad irons that are structurally adapted
to the use of liquid fuel and that are provided with attached
liquid fuel reservoirs.
373
374
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 158 Continued.
24. SELF-HEATING TOOLS, SOLDERING-IRONS. Self-heat-
ing soldering-irons that do not fall under specific subclasses.
25. SELF-HEATING TOOLS, SOLDERING-IRONS, SOLDER-
FEEDERS. Self-heating soldering-irons that are provided
with solder-reservoirs. The means employed for heating the
iron also keeps the solder contained in the reservoir in a molten
state.
26. SELF-HEATING TOOLS, SOLDERING-IRONS, GAS.
Self-heating soldering-irons or coppers that are provided with
an internal gas-chamber, air-inlets, and flame or burner outlets,
the construction being adapted to the burning of gas.
27. SELF-HEATING TOOLS, SOLDERING-IRONS, HYDRO-
CARBON-RESERVOIR. Self-heating soldering irons or
coppers that are provided with liquid-fuel-holding receptacles,
usually in the handle, for supplying fuel to the heating-burner.
28. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL. Burners adapted to the burn-
ing of liquid fuel that are not classifiable under specific sub-
classes.
29. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, AUTOMOBILE. Liquid-fuel
burners that are especially designed for use on automobiles and
include means for vaporizing the oil. They are equally ap-
plicable to steam-boiler structures.
Note. For specific forms of retort or vaporizing structures search
should be made in appropriate subclasses under Retorts, this
class.
30. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, AUTOMOBILE, GAS-CHAM-
BER. Liquid-fuel automobile-burners that are provided
with upper and lower plates, forming what is termed a "gas-
chamber." The upper plate is provided with gas or burner
openings.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL, BURNERS, Subclass 110.
Burners, Gas, Concentric gas and air jet.
31. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, AUTOMOBILE, START-
ERS. Devices of the retort type that are especially related to
and designed to initially heat or start automobile-burners.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, Subclass 81, Burn-
ers, Liquid-Fuel, Retort, Starters, and the subclasses there-
under.
32. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, BLAST-LAMP. Devices in
which the burner, usually of the retort type, is supported
upon the oil tank or reservoir, the heat of the burner when
in operation maintaining the pressure in the reservoir whereby
the oil is forced to the burner.
33. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, BLAST-LAMP, HAND-
TORCHES. Devices of the breamer type designed to project
a flame against an object or surface to be heated. The means
employed to force oil to the burner, which is usually of the
retort type, is either compressed air, gas generated in the
reservoir by the heat of the burner, or gravity oil-feed.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 53, Liquid
Fuel, Retort, and the subclasses thereunder, for retort fea-
tures; also subclasses 50.1, Burners, Liquid fuel, Fuel feeding,
Tanks, Force feed, Gas; 50.2, Burners, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-
feeding, Tanks, Force Feed, Liquid; and 50.3, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Tanks, Force feed, Mechanical,
for reservoir features.
34. BURNERS. LIQUID-FUEL, BLAST-LAMP, HAND-
TORCHES, AUTOMATIC BLOWPIPE. Forms of hand-
torch which are provided with an automatic "blowpipe"
viz., a gas or steam generating chamber, a tube leading from
it and projecting a blast against the flame. The flame is also
the heating means for the chamber.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 13.5, Com-
bined burner and blowpipe.
35. BURNERS. LIQUID-FUEL, BLAST-LAMP. HAND-
TORCHES, WICK TYPE. Hand-torches in which the oil
is fed to the burner-retort through the medium of a wick.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass
72, Burners, Liquid-fuel, Retort, Wick-feed.
36. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, FUEL-FEEDING. Devices
where the invention resides in the means employed for sup-
plying or feeding liquid fuel to a heating, or lighting burner
(mainly systems) and that do not fall under specific subclasses.
Search Classes
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, appropriate subclasses.
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 119, Charge-
forming devices, and the subclasses thereunder.
37. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, FUEL-FEEDING, MAIN-
TAINED OIL-LEVEL. Fuel-feeding devices that are pro-
vided with means for automatically maintaining an oil-level
in the burner chamlwr or reservoir and that do not fall under
specific subclasses.
38. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, FUEL-FEEDING, MAIN-
TAINED OIL-LEVEL, FLOAT-CONTROLLED. Main-
tained-oil-level devices in which the supply of oil to the burner-
chamber is governed through the medium of a float-controlled
valve.
CLASS 158-Continued.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 120, Valves
and cleaners.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 155.1, Carbu-
reters, Atomizers, Constant level.
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 132, Charge-
forming devices, Atomizers, Constant level.
39. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, FUEL-FEEDING, MAIN-
TAINED OIL-LEVEL, FLOAT-CONTROLLED, LIQ-
UID-SEAL. Devices for maintaining the oil-level in the
burner supply-chamber through the medium of a float oper-
ating upon a cup containing a sealing liquid which regulates
or controls the oil-supply.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 43, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Liquid-seal.
40. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, FUEL-FEEDING, MAIN-
TAINED OIL-LEVEL, FOUNTAIN-FEED. Maintained-
oil-level devices wherein a liquid-fuel supply to a burner is
maintained at a predetermined level by means of a receptacle,
the outlet to which is sealed or unsealed by the rise or fall of
the liquid-level.
41. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, FUEL-FEEDING, MAIN%
TAINED OIL-LEVEL, FOUNTAIN-FEED, REMOV-
ABLE FONT, CUT-OFF. Devices where the liquid-fuel-
supply to a burner-chamber is automatically maintained at a
predetermined or constant level by a fountain-feed, a remov-
able tank or reservoir, the outlet to which is opened by posi-
tive means and closed automatically when removed for
refilling.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 48,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Tanks, Burner cut-off,
and 49, Burners, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Tanks, Burner
cut-oft, Retracting Pump.
42. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, FUEL-FINDING, MAIN-
TAINED OIL-LEVEL, VERTICALLY-ADJUSTABLE
BURNER OR TANK. Devices wherein a liquid-fuel sup-
ply to a burner-chamber is maintained at a predetermined or
constant level by means of the vertical adjustment of the oil
tank or burner, the one adjustable relative to the other.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 86, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Perforated combustion-tube.
43. BURNERS LIQUID-FUEL, FUEL-FEEDING, LIQUID-
SEAL. Fuel-feeding devices in which a liquid seal, water.
or non-inflammable liquid is placed between the reservoir ana
the burner.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 39, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Maintained oil-level, Float-
controlled, Liquid-seal.
44. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL. FUEL-FEEDING, LAMP-
STOVE TYPE RESERVOIR. Devices wherein the im-
provements reside in the oil-holding fonts or chambers of lamp
or wick stoves.
45. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, FUEL-FEEDING, LAMP-
STOVE TYPE, RESERVOIR, PROTECTOR AND AIR-
FEEDING. Devices wherein the improvements reside in the
means placed between the oil font or *eservoir and the burner
to prevent overheating, the means being in the form of a water
or air chamber. As a rule the air from the air-chamber or the
vapor from the water-chamber is fed to the burner-flame to aid
combustion.
46. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, FUEL-FEEDING, TANKS.
Devices where the improvements reside in the structural fea-
ture of the tank or reservoir and that do not fall under specific
subclasses. Tanks that are provided with refilling safety de-
vices other than those specifically classified in subclasses 41, 44,
48, and 49 of this class are classified in this subclass.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 41,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Maintained oil-level,
Fountain-feed, Removable font, Cut-off; 44, Burners, Liquid-
fuel, Fuel-feeding, Lamp-stove type, Reservoir; 48, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Tanks, Burner cut-off, and 49,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Tanks, Burner cut-off,
Retracting pump, also 67, ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass
81, Liquid fuel, Fonts.
46.5. BURNERS, LIQUID FUEL, FUEL FEEDING, TANKS,
RESERVE SUPPLY. Liquid fuel feeding devices where the
invention resides in means which prevent more than a prede-
termined portion of the total fuel to be consumed at ono time.
The purpose may be to provide a time feed, to prevent the
flame from coming into contact with the main body of fuel or
to reserve an emergency supply to maintain the feed until the
main supply can be renewed.
Note. This subclass does not include devices wherein a mechan-
ical flame extinguisher of a wick burner is operated by a float
in the font. Such devices are classified in class 67, ILLUMI-
NATING BURNERS, subclass 74, Liquid fuel, Burners, Extin-
guishers, Fuel exhaustion.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 84, Burn-
ers, Liquid fuel, Starters, Lighting cup, Oil charge measuring.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
375
CLASS 158 Continued.
47. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, FUEL-FEEDING, TANKS,
COMBINED OIL AND GAS. Devices where the invention
resides in the combination of a liquid-fuel tank, burner, means
for conducting the liquid to the burner, means for conveying
a gas to the burner, usually carbureted air, from the tank, and
elements specially adapted structurally to carry into effect
such connection.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 36.
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding; 50.1, Burners, Liquid
fuel, Fuel feeding, Tanks, Force feed, Gas; and 81, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Retort, Starters.
48. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, FUEL-FEEDING, TANKS,
BURNER CUT-OFF. Liquid-fuel-holding tanks that are
provided with means for extinguishing the flame by cutting
off the oil-supply preliminary to the filling of the tank. In
this subclass are placed those devices known in the art as
" lay-down tanks."
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 40, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Maintained oil-level. Fountain-
feed, and 41, Burners, Liquid-fuel. Fuel-feeding. Maintained
oil-level, Fountain-feed, Removable font, Cut-on.
49. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL. FUEL-FEEDING, TANKS,
BURNER CUT-OFF, RETRACTING PUMP. Devices for
withdrawing the oil from the bowl or retort of burners upon
the extinguishment of the burner-flame.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 84, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Retort, Starters, Lighting-cup, Oil-charge
measuring.
50. ABOLISHED.
50.1. BURNERS. LIQUID FUEL. FUEL FEEDING, TANKS,
FORCE FEED, GAS. Independent liquid fuel holding
tanks or reservoirs in which the oil contained therein is under
pressure, the means employed being a gas, generally air.
50.2. BURNERS. LIQUID FUEL. FUEL FEEDING, TANKS
FORCE FEED, LIQUID. Includes independent liquid fuel
holding tanks or reservoirs in which the oil contained therein
is under pressure, the means employed being liquid, generally
water.
50.3. BURNERS, LIQUID FUEL, FUEL-FEEDING, TANKS,
FORCE FEED, MECHANICAL. Independent liquid fuel
holding tanks or reservoirs in which the oil contained therein
is under pressure, the means employed being mechanical, such
as a piston or diaphragm driven by a weight, spring, or float.
51. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, FUEL-FEEDING, TANKS,
SIPHON-FEED. Liquid fuel-holding tanks or reservoirs in
which the oil is siphoned therefrom and means for con-
trolling the flow of the oil, thereby effecting a uniform
supply at the point of use.
52. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, FUEL-FEEDING, TANKS,
DROP-FEED. Oil-feeding devices where the invention
resides in the means employed to provide a steady and even
flow of oil from a tank drop by drop and graduating the flow to
any desired degree.
53. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT. Devices in which
gas or vapor is generated in a closed chamber or tube, from
which it is fed to a burner or burners, and that do not fall under
retort-type subclasses. The gas or vapor generated in devices
of this class is in such a condition as to render its immediate
use necessary or desirable and differs from the character of gas
generated in the type of retort classified under appropriate
subclasses in class 48, GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, in
that no means are employed for making a fixed gas or for stor-
ing the same.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 5, Fur-
naces, Liquid-fuel, Retort; 22, Self-heating tools, Roll-heating
type; and 23, Self-heating tools, Sad-irons.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING for retort structures
per se
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 37, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Vapor, and the subclasses thereunder.
54. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, SUPERHEAT-
ING. Combined heating-burner and retort devices that are
provided with means for superheating the gas or vapor gener-
ated in the retort in advance of its delivery to the flame-point
or burner proper, the form, character, and relation of the retort
to the burner not being considered.
55. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, SUPERHEAT-
ING, BURNER-CAP. Superheating-burners that are pro
vided with well-defined burner-caps.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 116, Burn-
ers, Gas, Burner-caps for burner-cap features.
56. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, OIL, STEAM, OR
WAT ER. Retort devices in which oil and steam or water are
retorted and mixed to form a gas or vapor. The retort may
have separate oil and water generating chambers, the mixing
taking place between the retort and burner, or the retort may
have a single chamber into which the oil, steam, or water is
introduced and retorted, the gas or vapor in each instance
being fed to a burner or burners.
CLASS 158-Continued.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS appropriate Retort
subclasses for specific forms of retort and also subclasses 61,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Retort, Auxiliary heater, and 62,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Retort, Auxiliary heater, Subburner.
57. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, OIL, STEAM, OR
WATER, STEAM-JET. Devices of the ssparate retort-
chamber type and provided with means for discharging the
superheated steam or water-gas into the oil or gas flame. In
some instances the superheated steam is also admitted to the
oil-gas-generating retort-chamber.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, Retort subclasses
and subclass 92, Burners, Liquid-fuel, Pan or tray, Steam or
air spray.
58. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, ADDITIONAL
CARBURETER. Devices in which a burner-heated gas or
vapor generating retort supplies vapor to a carbureter. The
gas or vapor from the carbureter may be supplied to heating
or illuminating burners. The retort-heating burner may be
supplied with vapor or gas from the retort or the mixed gas
from the carbureter.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 6, Fur-
naces, Liquid-fuel. Retort, Gas-making; 61, Burners Liquid-
fuel, Retort, Auxiliary heater; and 62, Burners, Liquid-fuel,
Retort, Auxiliary heater, Subburner.
59. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, ADDITIONAL
CARBURETER, CENTRAL GENERATOR. Retort-
burners. usually employed and designed for use in cooking-
stoves, in which there is a main or central generating-burner
and one or more non-generating burners grouped about the
central generating-burner. The central generating-burner
provides vapor for itself and the non-generating burner or
burners.
60. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL RETORT, MOVABLE
VAPOR-DEFLECTOR. Retort-burners in which means
are employed to deflect the vapor or flame from the main-
burner induction, or commingling tube upon the retort for
the purpose of keeping the burner ready for instant use. The
deflector may be a part of the induction or commingling tube
or be an independent one. having no structural relation to
the tube other than that of a deflector.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 61,
Burners, Liquid-fuel Retort, Auxiliary heater; 62, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Retort, Auxiliary heater, subburner; 71, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Retort, Side retort; and 81, Burners, Liquid-
Fuel, Retort, Starters.
61. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, AUXILIARY
HEATER. Retort-burners in which a subsidiary flame is
maintained at all times during the working of the main burner
and designed to heat the main or burner retort. A single
valve controls the burner and subsidiary flame.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 62,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Retort, Auxiliary heater, Subburner;
71, Burners, Liquid-fuel, Retort, Side retort; 72, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Retort, Wick-feed; and 82, Burners, Liquid-fuel,
Retort, Starters, Continuously-operated.
62. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, AUXILIARY
HEATER, SUBBURNER. Burners in which there is a
retort to supply vapor to a main-burner flame, and a supple-
mental burner supplied with vapor from the retort designed
to heat said retort. The heating or subburner is controlled
by a valve independent of the main-burner valve, thereby
rendering it capable of joint or independent use as respects the
main burner.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 31,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Automobile, Starters, and 82, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Retort, Starters, Continuously-operated.
63. BURNERS. LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, OVERLYING.
Devices of the heating-burner and retort type in which the
gas or vapor generating chamber or retort overlies the gas or
vapor flame.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 23, Self-
heating tools, Sad-irons.
64. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, OVERLYING.
MIXING-CHAMBER. Devices of the heating-burner and
retort type, the vaporizing chamber or retort overlying the
gas or vapor flame and a well-defined gas or vapor and air
mixing chamber behind the flame-point.
65. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, OVERLYING,
MIXING-CHAMBER, BURNER-CAP. Devices of the
heating-burner and retort type having a vaporizing chamber
or retort overlying the gas or vapor flame, a well-defined gas
or vapor and air mixing chmaber, and a burner-cap in con-
nection therewith.
60. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, UNDERLYING.
Devices of the heating-burner and retort type in which the
gas or vapor generating chamber or retort underlies the gas
or vapor flame.
376
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 158 Continued.
67. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL. RETORT, UNDERLYING.
CONDUCTING-PLATE. Devices of the heating-burner and
underlying-retort type in which means are employed for
conducting heat to the retort, said means being an integral
or unitary part of the device.
68. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, UNDERLYING,
CONDUCTING-PLATE, MIXING - CHAMBER AND
BURNER-CAP. Burners of the heating-burner and under-
lying-retort type in which means are employed for
conducting heat to the retort, a gas or vapor and air mixing
chamber and burner-cap in connection therewith.
69. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, UNDERLYING,
MIXING-CHAMBER AND BURNER-CAP. Burners of
the heating-burner and retort type having a gas or vapor
generator or retort underlying the burner-flame, a gas or
vapor and air mixing chamber, and a burner-cap in connec-
tion therewith.
70. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, UNDERLYING,
MIXING -CHAMBER AND FLAME - DEFLECTOR.
Burners of the heating-burner and retort type having a gas or
vapor generator or retort underlying the burner-flame, a gas
or vapor and air mixing chamber, and a flame-deflector plate
located above or over the gas and air mixing chamber.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 113, Burn-
ers, Gas, Flame-deflectors.
71. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT SIDE RETORT.
Burners of the heating-burner and retort type in which the
gas or vapor generating retort is located at one side of the
burner and means for deflecting a portion of the flame against
said retort.
Search Class -
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 60, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Retort, Movable vapor-deflector.
72. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, WICK-FEED.
Burner-retort devices in which the liquid-fuel is fed to the
retort through the medium of a wick. The means for starting
or heating the retort may be an integral part of the device or
independent of it.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 35,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Blast-lamp, Hand-torches, Wick type;
and 97, Burners, Liquid-fuel, Absorbent, Alcohol-lamp.
12& STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 43, Stoves, CookiHg,
Liquor, or gaseous fuel, Liquid, Alcohol.
73. BURNERS LIQUID-FUEL, SPRAY. Devices that are
structurally designed to forcibly spray or inject atomized
liquid fuel into the combustion-chanfber of furnaces and that
are not classifiable in designated subclasses. These devices
are sometimes termed "injector-burners."
74. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, SPRAY, OIL,. AIR, AND
STEAM. Spray-burners structurally designed to spray or
inject oil, air, and steam into the combustion-chamber of a
furnace, one of the elements being under pressure.
75. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, SPRAY, OIL AND STEAM.
Spray-burners structurally designed to spray or inject oil
and steam into the combustion-chamber of a furnace, one of
the elements being under pressure.
76. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, SPRAY, OIL AND AIR.
Spray-burners structurally designed to spray or inject oil and
air into the combustion-chamber of a furnace, one of the
elements being under pressure.
77. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, SPRAY, ATOMIZERS. Spray
or injector burners which are provided with specified me-
chanical means for breaking up or atomizing fuel elements-
oil and air, oil, air, and steam, oil and steam.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 78, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Spray, End nozzles.
78. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, SPRAY, END NOZZLES.
Spray-burners in which the invention resides in the structural
form of the discharge end or nozzle of the burner.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 77,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Spray, Atomizers.
79. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, COIL. Retort de-
vices in which the retort or vaporizer is in the form of a coil
and the burner-tip or vapor-outlet is in alinement with the
axis of the coil.
80. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, FILM. Retorts
which by reason of construction are adapted to vaporize light
oils substantially instantaneously. The walls forming the
retort are nearly in contact with each other or so near together
as to leave space only for a thin film of liquid.
81. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, STARTERS. De-
vices wherein the invention resides in the means for initially
heating or starting the burner-retort.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 31,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Automobile, Starters; 60, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Retort, Movable vapor-deflector; 71, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Retort, Side retort, and 72, Burners, Liquid-fuel,
Retort, Wick-feed.
CLASS 158 Continued.
82. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, STARTERS, CON-
TINUOUSLY-OPERATED. Starting devices that may be
kept in continuous operation when once started. The devices
ill this subclass differ from those in subclass (il, Burners, Liq-
uid-fuel, Retort, Auxiliary heater, in that they are initial
heaters or starters.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 31,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Automobile, Starters; 61, Burners, Liq-
uid-fuel, Retort, Auxiliary heater; 62, Burners, Liquid-fuel,
Retort, Auxiliary heater, Subburner, and 72, Burners, Liquid-
fuel, Retort, Wick-feed.
83. BURNERS, LIQUID - FUEL, RETORT, STARTERS,
LIGHTING-CUP. Initial heaters or starters that are in the
form of open pans or cups adapted to contain oil and attached
to some portion of the burner.
Search Class
158^- LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 90, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Perforated combustion-tube, Lighting arrange-
ments.
84. BURNERS. LIQUID - FUEL, RETORT, STARTERS,
LIGHTING-CUP. OIL-CHARGE MEASURING. De-
vices for supplying a regulated or fixed quantity of oil to the
starter, which is usually of the lighting cup or pan form.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 49, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Tanks, Burner cut-off, Retract-
ing pump.
85. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, RETORT, LIGHTING AND
RELIGHTING DEVICES. Burner-retort devices in which
there are a plurality of burners and means by which one or
more burners may be lighted from the other in the first in-
stance or relighted when accidentally extinguished.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS subclasses 10, Fire-
kindlers, and 115, Burners, Gas Lighting devices.
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 9, Igniting devices, Lamp,
and the subclasses thereunder.
86. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, PERFORATED COMBUS-
TION-TUBE. Liquid-fuel burners which include an ele-
ment having a perforated wall or walls, a space within which
imperfect combustion takes place at the lower end and into
which air is admitted to mix with the resulting gas, whereby
a blue flame is produced at the discharge end of the tube.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 42, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Maintained oil-level, Vertically-
adjustable burner or tank.
87. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, PERFORATED COMBUS-
TION-TUBE, TROUGH. Combustion-tube burners where
the oil is vaporized or burned in a trough, in some instances
called "firing-pan." It also includes those devices where the
relation and arrangement of the trough to the combustion
tube is claimed.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 81,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Retort, Starters; 83, Burners, Liquid-
fuel, Retort, Starters, Lighting-cup; 91, Burners, Liquid-fuel,
Pan or tray, and 9;i, Burners, Liquid-fuel, Absorbent.
88. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, PERFORATED COMBUS-
TION-TUBE, WICK. Burners of the combustion-tube type
in which the wick-chamber is specially adapted and con-
structed for use with a wick or where the combustion-tul>es
are so constructed as to be particularly adapted for use with a
wick.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 35,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Blast-lamp, Hand-torches, Wick type;
72, Burners, Liquid-fuel. Retort, Wick-feed; 81, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Retort, Starters; 83, Burners, Liquid-fuel, Re-
tort, Starters, Lighting-cup, and 97, Burners, Liquid-fuel,
Absorbent, Alcohol-lamp.
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 38, Liquid-fuel, Burners,
Vapor, Blue flame wick type.
89. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, PERFORATED COMBUS-
TION-TUBE, COMBUSTION-TUBES. Burners of the
combustion-tube type where the invention resides in the
form and arrangement of the perforated tubes forming the
combustion-space .
Search Class
138 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, Combustion-tube
subclasses.
90. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, PERFORATED COMBUS-
TION-TUBE, LIGHTING ARRANGEMENTS. Burners
of the combustion-tube type in which the invention resides in
certain specified means for initially heating or lighting the
burner, and usually the means employed lifts the combustion-
section from the oil-burning section.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 81,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Retort, Starters, and 83, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Retort, Starters, Lighting-cup.
91. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, PAN OR TRAY. Burners
known in the art as the "open pan" or "tray" type, in which
the flame at starting arises from the oil-surface, and is distin-
guished from the retort class in that there is not a distinct
and well-defined retort for generating a gas to be fed to a burner
or burners.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
377
CLASS 158 Continued.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 9, Coal-
stove attachments. Lid-burners; 28, Burners, Liquid-fuel;
81, Burners, Liquid-fuel, Retort, Starters; 83, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Retort, Starters, Lighting-cup; 86, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Perforated combustion-tube, and 87, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Perforated combustion-tube, Trough.
126-^STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 93, Stoves, Heating,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Liquid.
240 Illumination.
92. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, PAN OR TRAY, STEAM OR
AIR SPRAY. Pan or tray burners in which a jet of steam
or air is sprayed or forced over the oil-surface and mixed with
the flame combustion.
Search Class
158-^- LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 57, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Retort, Oil, steam, or water, Steam-jet.
93. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, PAN OR TRAY, WATER-
SURFACE. Liquid-fuel burners which have a contained
body of water upon which the oil for combustion purposes is
floated. This subclass also includes those devices where the
oil is forced through a body of water, from the surface of which
it is burned.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 13,
Combined gas and water vaporizers, and 95, Burners, Liquid-
fuel, Lamp type, Water-vaporizers.
94. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, LAMP TYPE. Heating-burn-
ers of the wick type that do not involve vaporizing or retort
features.
95. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, LAMP TYPE, WATER-
VAPORIZERS. Burners of the liquid-fuel lamp type that
are provided with water-vaporizing means, the vapor being
discharged into the flame combustion.
Search Class
ISS^LiQOTD AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 13, Com-
bined gas and water vaporizers, and 93, Burners, Liquid-fuel,
Pan or tray, Water-surface.
6. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, ABSORBENT. Liquid-fuel
burners which employ an absorbent or porous substance from
the surface of which combustion takes place. It includes what
is known in the art as the "porous-block" type.
Search Class
168 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 97, Burners
Liquid-fuel, Absorbent, Alcohol-lamp.
97. BURNERS, LIQUID-FUEL, ABSORBENT, ALCOHOL-
LAMP. Liquid-fuel burners of the absorbent type which are
especially designed to burn alcohol, and they are usually pro-
vided with flame-controlling means. This class does not in-
clude alcohol-lamps of the wick-tube or "blowpipe" type.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 72, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Retort, Wick-feed.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 43, Stoves, Cooking,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Liquid, Alcohol.
98. ABOLISHED. See subclass 117.5.
99. BURNERS, 'GAS. Burners of the heating type adapted to the
burning of gasaous fuel and that do not fall under a type sub-
class. It includes also patents in which the invention is solely
in the burner, even though the gas or vapor is produced from
liquid fuel.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 87, Gaseous fuel burners,
and the subclasses thereunder.
100. BURNERS, GAS, GAS-LOGS. Burners in the form of logs
and usually coated with non-inflammable material.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 87, Stoves, Heating,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Gas, Op3n-front, Asbestos flreback;
88, Stoves, Heating, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Gas, Open front,
Asbestos flreback, Hot air; 92, Stoves, Heating, Liquid or
gaseous fuel, Gas, Incandescent fire-grate; 128, Fireplaces,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Asbestos flreback, and 129, Fireplaces,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Asbestos flreback, hot air.
101. BURNERS, GAS, ACETYLENE. Burners of a type that
are structurally designed for the burning of acetylene gas.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 105, Gaseous fuel
burners, Acetylene.
102. BURNERS, GAS, GAS-JET ATTApHMENTS. Devices
that are in the nature of attachments to the ordinary form of
gas-burner, usually illuminating, and structurally designed to
produce an intense heating or Bunsen flame.
Search Classes
168 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 111, Burn-
ers, Gas, Laboratory type.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 248, Heaters, Liquid or
gaseous fuel, Attachments, Drum, and the following subclasses
down to and inclusive of subclass 2;;o, Heaters, Liquid or
gaseous fuel, Attachments, Lamp, Stands, Article support.
103. BURNERS, GAS, GAS-JET ATTACHMENTS, CON-
VERTIBLE. Jet attachments that are designed to trans-
form an ordinary gas-burner into a Bunsen burner, and vice
versa, without the necessity of removing or exchanging any
of its parts.
104. BURNERS, GAS, MULTIPLE. Burners in which there is a
combined series of burner-tubes, all being fed from a common
gas-supply pipe or chamber.
CLASS 158 Continued.
105. BURNERS, GAS, MULTIPLE, INDEPENDENT CUT-
OFF. That type of multiple burner in which means are
employed to cut off the supply of gas to one or more of the
series of burners, thereby lesssning or increasing the heating
capacity of the burner, as desired.
103. BURNERS, GAS, MULTIPLE, MIXING-TUBE. That
type of multipb burner in which each one of the burner-tubes
is providsd with independent gas and air mixing means.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 118, Gas
and ah- mixers, and 119, Gas and air mixers, proportional.
107. BURNERS GAS, MULTIPLE, RELATIVELY ADJUST-
ABLE. Multiple burners in which one or more of the series
of burners may be adjusted to adapt them to a designed use,
usually to fit the several stove-holes and water-back.
108. BURNERS, GAS, REGENERATIVE. Gaseous-fuel burn-
ers in which the gas is heated or superheated by the heat of
the burner prior to its discharge to the burner proper.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS-FUEL BURNERS, subclass 54, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel. Retort, Superheating.
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 108, Gaseous-fuel burn-
ers, Regenerative, and 109, Gaseous-fuel burners, Regenera-
tive, Gas.
109. BURNERS, GAS, PRESSURE-BURNERS. Gaseous-fuel
burners of the heating type in which gas and air or steam are
delivered to the mixing-chamber under pressure and dis-
charged with high velocity into the furnace combustion
chamber. The type of devices in this subclass are designed to
be employed for industrial purposes rather than domestic.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS-FUEL BURNERS, subclass 73, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Spray, and the subclasses thereunder.
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 107, Gaseous-fuel burn-
ers, Multiple fluid.
110. BURNERS, GAS, CONCENTRIC GAS AND AIR JET.
Burners of the gaseous-fuel type in which the burner is pro-
vided with a gas and air mixing chamber, air-tubes passing
through said chamber and supplying a secondary supply of
air to the burner nozzles or tips.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS-FUEL BURNERS, subclass 30, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Automobile, Gas-chamber.
111. BURNERS, GAS, LABORATORY TYPE. Burnersknown
in the arts as "Bunsen "or "laboratory" type. This sub-
class does not include all gas and air mixing burners, but
only those of the character noted.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS-FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 102, Burn-
ers, gas, gas-jet attachments; 103, Burners, Gas, Gas-jet attach-
ments, Convertible; 118, Gas and air mixers, and 119, Gas and
air mixers, Proportional.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 248, Heaters, Liquid or
gaseous fuel, Attachments, Drum, and the following subclasses
down to and inclusive of subclass 260, Heaters, Liquid or
gaseous fuel, Attachments, Lamp, Stands, Article support.
112. BURNERS, GAS, DAVY-LAMP DIAPHRAGM. Gaseous-
fuel burners that are provided with a wire-gauze diaphragm
or finely-perforated plate designed to prevent the flashing or
lighting back of the flame.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS-FUEL BURNERS, subclass 97, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Absorbent, Alcohol-lamp.
113. BURNERS, GAS, FLAME-DEFLECTORS. Gaseous-fuel
burners that are provided with a superheated deflecting-disk
or deflector designed to spread or deflect the flame of a burner.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS-FUEL BURNERS, subclass 70, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Retort, Underlying, Mixing-chamber and
flame-deflector.
114. BURNERS, GAS, FUEL-DISTRIBUTERS. Gaseous-fuel
burners that are provided with internal means adapted to
equally distribute the gaseous fuel to the burner outlets or
openings.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS-FUEL BURNERS, subclass 30, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Automobile, Gas-chamber.
115. BURNERS, GAS, LIGHTING DEVICES. Devices that
are designed to light a burner or a series of burners, when the
supply of gas is turned on, through the medium of a flame-jet
and usually termed in the art "pilot-lights."
Search Classes -
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 10 Fire-
kindlers; 01, Burners, Liquid-fuel, Retort, Auxiliary heater,
and 85, Burners, Liquid-fuel, Retort, Lighting and relighting
devices.
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 14, Igniting devices,
Gaseous, and the subclasses thereunder.
110. BURNERS, GAS, BURNER-CAPS. Gas burners in which
the cap or top portion of the burner is the sole element of
novelty.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS-FUEL BURNERS, subclass 117, Burn-
ers, Gas, Burner-caps, Regulating.
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 112, Gaseous-fuel burn-
ers, Tips.
117. BURNERS, GAS, BURNER-CAPS, REGULATING.
Gaseous-fuel burners where the cap or top portion of the burner
is adjustable to vary the flame opening or openings.
378
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 158 Continued.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS-FUEL BURNERS, subclass 121, Valves
and cleaners, Pressure-governed.
117 5. BURNERS, PROCESSES. Processes or methods of burn-
ing liquid or gaseous fuel; also methods of feeding liquid fuel
or gas to burners.
118. GAS AND AIR MIXERS. Devices designed to mix gas and
air in such regulated proportion as when burned will produce
a heating or Bunsen flame. This subclass does not include
combined burner and gas and air mixing devices.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS-FUEL BURNERS, subclass 111, Burn-
ers, Gas, Laboratory type.
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 88, Gaseous-fuel burners,
Incandescent, and the subclasses thereunder.
119. GAS AND AIR MIXERS, PROPORTIONAL. Gas and
air mixing devices where the regulating-valves are so con-
nected that the movement of one operates the other, thus
admitting a proportionally-regulated quantity of gas and air
to the burner.
CLASS 158 Continued.
Seaich Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS-FUEL BURNERS, subclass 120, Valves
and cleaners.
120. VALVES AND CLEANERS. Devices for regulating or con-
trolling the supply of gaseous or liquid fuel, also indicators
that note the position of the valves in burner mechanisms; also
devices for keeping free the discharge-openings in burner
mechanisms.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 118, Gaseous-fuel burn-
ers, Regulating, and the subclasses thereunder.
121. VALVES AND CLEANERS, PRESSURE-GOVERNED.
Valves embodied in the burner structure for controlling the
burner outlet or outlets and operated by the pressure of the
gas or generated vapor supplied to the burner to maintain a
uniform flame in case of increase of pressure beyond the
normal.
Search Class
50 FLUID- PRESSURE REGULATORS, subclass 17, Regulators,
Outlet-pressure, Varying resistance, Automatic weight-
varying.
CLASS 161. TIME-CONTROLLING MECHANISM.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes inventions, with the exception of time fuses,
time locks, and railway time signals, having any claims on mecha-
nism whereby any operation is performed or any machine or device is
operated at a predetermined time or which indicates the time in
which certain operations have been performed.
For the specific character of time mechanism search should also
be made in class 58, HOROLOGY. For the specific character of the
machanism operated upon, search should also be made in the ap-
propriate class.
For time mechanism permitting the display of a railway-signal at
a certain time or for noting the time when the last train passed, see
class 246, RAILWAY SIGNALING, subclasses 42, Signals, Time, and
43, Signals, Time, Retarders. For time-locks see class 70, LOCKS
AND LATCHES. For time fuses, see class 102, Ammunition and Ex-
plosive Devices.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Time-controlled mechanisms not classi-
fiable elsewhere.
2. ANNUNCIATORS, ELECTRIC, SELECTIVE-ALARM.
Electrically-controlled mechanism whereby at any desired
time or times alarms or signals are sounded at any one or more
of several places as, for example, calling guests in hotels at
any predetermined time. The distinctive feature of this
subclass is in the provision for sounding any one or more
of the various alarms.
3. ANNUNCIATORS ELECTRIC, SINGLE-ALARM. Elec-
trically-controlled mechanism not otherwise classified whereby
at any desired time or times an alarm is sounded, the feature
distinguishing this subclass from subclass 2, this class, being
that the same alarm is always sounded.
4. ANNUNCIATORS, ELECTRIC, SINGLE-ALARM, ADJUST-
ABLE-PIN. Electrically-controlled single-alarm annun-
ciators where the closing of the circuits by which the alarm
is actuated is made by means of a pin or its equivalent inserted
in a movable part, as on the periphery of a rotating drum, the
pin in the movement of the drum closing the circuit at the
time indicated at the point of insertion.
5. ANNUNCIATORS, ELECTRIC, SINGLE-ALARM, AUX-
ILIARY SWITCH. Electrically-controlled single-alarm an-
nunciators having a series of circuits closed at regular intervals
in the movement of the hands or other part of a clock, these
circuits having also a set of auxiliary switches or equivalents
whereby when the circuit is closed in the movement of the
clock the alarm will be sounded if the corresponding auxiliary
switch has been closed.
6. ANNUNCIATORS, MECHANICAL. Mechanically-operated
and time-controlled devices for sounding an alarm at any
desired times and with either regular or irregular intervals be-
tween the alarms.
7. VALVE-ACTUATING MECHANISM. Mechanism not else-
where classified for operating valves at predetermined times.
8. VALVE-ACTUATING MECHANISM, DAMPERS. Time-
controlled devices for operating dampers of stoves, furnaces,
etc.
9. VALVE-ACTUATING MECHANISM, GAS-COCKS. Time-
controlled devices for operating gas-cocks.
Search Class
161 TIME CONTROLLING MECHANISM, subclasses 11, Lighting
mechanism; 12, Lighting mechanism, Electric, and 14, Light-
ing mechanism, Friction.
10. VALVE-ACTUATING MECHANISM, STOCK-FEEDERS.
Time-controlled devices for delivering food or water to stock.
11. LIGHTING MECHANISM. Devices elsewhere unclassified
whereby a lamp, gas, etc., may be lighted at a predetermined
time.
CLASS 161 Continued.
12. LIGHTING MECHANISM, ELECTRIC. Electric devices
for lighting gas, etc., at a predetermined time.
13. ABOLISHED.
14. LIGHTING MECHANISM, FRICTION. Time-controlled
friction devices for lighting gas, lamps, fires, etc.
15. TIMING MECHANISM. Devices not elsewhere classified
whereby the time at which a certain thing is done or the time
taken to do a certain thing is automatically indicated.
16. TIMING MECHANISM, CULINARY. Devices for indicating
short intervals of time and sometimes sounding an alarm at the
end thereof whereby the time necessary to cook articles of
food, such as eggs, may be made known.
17. TIMING MECHANISM, GAME. Devices for indicating the
time taken in playing billiards or other games.
18. TIMING MECHANISM, SPEED. Devices for indicating the
time taken in racing or otherwise moving a definite distance.
19. TIMING MECHANISM, TELEPHONE-SERVICE. Devices
for indicating the time occupied in telephonic conversation or
for sounding an alarm when the prescribed interval allowed
for conversation has nearly elapsed.
20. TIMING MECHANISM, WATCHMEN'S. Devices for indi-
cating the times, when a watchman has signaled from his
station.
Search Class
234 RECORDERS, for devices for making a permanent record of
such signals.
21. TIMING MECHANISM, WORKMEN'S. Devices for indi-
cating the time when workmen arrive or depart or the time
during which work has been done by them.
Search Class
234 RECORDERS, for devices for making a permanent record of
such data.
22. AWAKENERS. Devices aside from alarms whereby at any de-
sired predetermined time a person is awakened either by
causing the headboard of a bed to drop, or by rolling the occu-
pant out of bed, or by any other means accomplishing the
same result.
23. ALARMS. Alarms of various kinds (except alarm-clocks) op-
erated at a predetermined time.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 16, Clocks, Trains, Alarm.
24. TIME-BALLS. Time-balls and associated parts and the mech-
anism for operating the time-balls.
2.5. SWITCH ACTUATING MECHANISM. Electric switches
not hereunder subclassified combined with mechanism for
operating them at predetermined times.
Note. This subclass includes many retarded switches and cir-
cuit breakers.
Search Classes
161 TIME CONTROLLING MECHANISM, subclass 12, Lighting
mechanism, Electric, for electric devices for lighting gas, etc.
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, under Circuit
breakers, for time limit relays and circuit breakers which
will not operate until conditions in the circuit have continued
abnormal for a certain interval.
26. SHUTTER ACTUATING MECHANISM. Mechanism for
opening or closing camera shutters at predetermined times.
Note. The ordinary mechanism for determining the duration of
the exposure, and which constitutes an integral part of the
shutter, is classified in class 95, PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 53,
Cameras, Shutters, and the subclasses thereunder.
27. SWITCH ACTUATING MECHANISM, CLOCK TRAIN
TY PE. Electric switches combined with clocks, clock trains,
or similar gearing for operating the same at predetermined
times.
379
CLASS 163. NEEDLE AND POT MAKING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class contains special apparatus and processes for the man-
ulacture of crocheting, knitting, and sewing needles, both for hand,
and machine use; also, machines and processes for making garment-
fastening pins of the ordinary form, as well as safety-pins. All such
single operations as bending, swaging, groove-milling, point-
grinding, turning, and the like will be found in appropriate sub-
classes under the corresponding functional title.
The manufacture of hair-pins, which includes only ordinary
wireworking operations, will be found hi appropriate subclasses
n Ciass 140, WIREWORKING.
Subclasses.
1. NEEDLE-MAKING. Miscellaneous devices for completing the
manufacture or for performing two or more operations upon
sewing-needles for either hand or machine use.
Search Class
163 NEEDLE AND PIN MAKING, subclass 4, Rotary blank-
carrier.
2 NEEDLE-MAKING, KNITTING-NEEDLES. Machines and
the like for making hook-ended needles for knitting or
crocheting fabrics.
3. NEEDLE-MAKING, KNITTING-NEEDLES, TONGUED.
Special machines for making tongued needles for knitting-
machines or for attaching the tongues or latches to the bodies
of such needles.
4. NEEDLE-MAKING, ROTARY BLANK-CARRIER. Nee-
dle-making machines having sets of grippers radially arranged
on a circular carrier which has a step-by-step rotation to
bring the needle-blanks into position to be operated upon by
CLASS 163 Continued.
the various shaping devices. In some cases a plurality of
carriers is shown, together with means for transferring the
blank from one carrier to another.
Search Class
1ft BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
52, Nail-making, Wire Nails, Rotary work-holder, and sub-
classes thereunder noted, for similar carriers.
5. NEEDLE-MAKING, PROCESSES. Miscellaneous methods
of making sewing and knitting needles, both for hand and
machine use.
Note. For such processes as are discernible from an inspection
of the article itself search subclass 5, Needles, in class 66,
KNITTING AND NETTING; subclass 11, Needles, in class 112,
SEWING-MACHINES, and subclasses 37, Needles, and 38, Nee-
dles, tape, in class 223, APPAREL APPARATUS.
6. PIN-MAKING. Devices for cutting, heading, and pointing
ordinary straight pins.
7. PIN-MAKING, SAFETY-PINS. Machines and processes for
making sheath-pointed garment-fastening pins. In most
cases the machines are for shaping and attaching to the wire
body the sheet-metal point-shield.
8. ASSORTING AND PACKAGING NEEDLES AND PINS.
Machines for separating perfect from imperfect articles, for
arranging them in bunches for packing, or for sticking them
in regular order on cloth or paper.
Search Classes
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclasses
102 et seq., Distributers and feeders, for similar assorting
devices.
132 TOILET, for packages of pins.
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, for needle holders.
381
CLASS 164. CTTTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND
BARS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class embraces machines and processes for cutting, including
die cutting and punching sheets, plates, or bars of metal, cloth,
rubber, leather, paper, etc.
Machines for splitting and skiving of leather are classified in 69,
LEATHER-WORKING.
Machines specially designed for working on boots and shoes,
except die-cutting, are in class 12, BOOT AND SHOE MAKING.
Subclasses.
1. BUTTONHOLES. Devices for cutting buttonholes, usually in
cloth or leather.
2. BUTTONHOLES, MACHINES. Machines for cutting button-
holes.
3. BUTTONHOLES, KNIVES. Buttonhole cutters having a
knife form of cutter.
4. BUTTONHOLES, PLIERS. Buttonhole cutters having a plier
form.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 81,
Cutting, Implements, Pliers, and 121, Punching, Implements,
Pivoted handles, Pliers.
81 TOOLS, subclass 187, Pipe and rod cutters, Pivoted, and
subclasses thereunder.
5. BUTTONHOLES, PLJERS, MODIFIED SCISSORS. But-
. : tonhole cutters in which an ordinary pair of scissors is modi-
fled to cut the buttonholes'.'
6. BUTTONHOLES, PLIERS, SCISSORS ATTACHMENTS.
Devices adapted to be secured to ordinary scissors to cut the
buttonholes.
|0.5. EXPANDED METAL, RECIPROCATING. Machines pro-
vided with a reciprocating cutter adapted to slit sheet metal
and also provided with means for corrugating or for stretching
the sheet.
Note. Machines for forming expanded metallic lath arc classified
in this subclass. Machines for forming corrugated metallic
lath are classified in class 153, METAL-BENDING.
6.6. EXPANDED METAL. ROLLER. Machines provided with
a roller-cutter adapted to slit sheet metal and also provided
with means for corrugating or stretching the sheet.
Note. Machines which form expanded metallic lath are classified
in this subclass. Machines for forming corrugated metallic
lath are classified in class 153, METAL-BENDING.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 99,
Punching, Machines, Roller.
7. FENCE-BARBS. Miscellaneous apparatus for cutting fence-
barbs in strips of metal.
8. FENCE-BARBS, CUTTERS AND DIES. The cutter or the
die of fence-barb cutters.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
under 25; Cutting, Die, Machines, Reciprocating-plunger;
also under 86, Punching, Machines.
9. FENCE -BARBS, CUTTERS AND DIES, ROLLER.
Rollers carrying the cutters or dies of fence-barb cutters.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
under Cutting: 29, Die, Machines, Roller-die; 60, Machines,
Rotary-cutter; 77, Machines, Traveling-cutter-carriage, Roller-
knife; also, 99, Punching, Machines, Roller, and 16, Combined
machines, Roller-cutter and punch.
10. FENCE-BARBS, PROCESSES. Processes of cutting out the
fence-barbs.
'10.5. PRINTERS' LEADS. Machines for cutting, beveling, or
mitering printers' leads.
10.6. SCRAP CUTTING. Special machines and processes for
mechanically treating and cutting metal scrap, by operations
peculiar to this class, preparatory to detinning, remelting, etc.
Search Classes
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 4.5, Special work, Comminuting
metal, for shaving and finely dividing into chips; also sub-
class 66, Metal-breakers; 83, MILLS, for pulverizing brittle
metals; and hi subclass 91, Liquid comminuting and solidi-
fying, for granulating molten materials; 75, METALLURGY,
subclass 197, Miscellaneous, for granulating special to molten
metal.
CLASS 164 Continued.
11. COMBINED MACHINES. Miscellaneous machines adapted
to perform both the operations of cutting and punching.
12. COMBINED MACHINES, WORK-FEEDING. Combined
machines which also have novelty hi the mechanism for feed-
ing the work to the operating parts.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
under Cutting, Die, Machines: 20, Work-feeding; 21. Work-
feeding. Reciprocating-feeder; 22, Work-feeding, Roller-feed;
under Cutting, Machines: 38, Fixed-cutter, Work-feeding; 39,
Fixed-cutter, Work-feeding, Roller-feed; 42, Pivoted-cutter,
Work-feeding; 48, Reciprocating-cutter, Work-feeding; 49, Re-
ciprocating-cutter.Work-feeding, Roller-feed; 61,Rotary-cutter,
Work-feeding; 62, Rotary-cutter, Work-feeding, Reciprocat-
ing-cutter; 68, Rotary-cutter, Transverse, Work-feeding;
67, Rotary-cutter, Transverse, Work-feeding, Printing-press
attachments; also, 87, Punching, Machines, Feeding and
punching, and 116, Punching, Machines, Feed mechanisms.
13. COMBINED MACHINES, DIE CUTTING AND PUNCH-
ING. Machines adapted to both die cut and punch.
14. COMBINED MACHINES, PIVOTED KNIFE-CARRIER.
Combined machines in which the cutter or part to which it is
attached is pivoted. The punch is usually either directly
attached to this pivoted carrier or is actuated directly by it.
15. COMBINED MACHINES, RECIPROCATING KNIFE-
CARRIER. The knife or its carrier has a reciprocating move-
ment. The punch is usually a separate plunger; but some-
times both cutter and punch are attached to the same plunger
or head.
10. COMBINED MACHINES, ROLLER CUTTER AND
PUNCH. A roller or cylinder carries cutters and punches
upon its periphery.
17. CUTTING. Miscellaneous cutting apparatus or processes.
18. CUTTING, DIE. Miscellaneous machines or processes for
stamping out articles by dies.
19. CUTTING, DIE, MACHINES. Miscellaneous die-cutting
machines.
Search Classes
131 TOBACCO, subclass 49, Cigarmakers' implements, Wrapper
cutters.
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 55, Collar, cuff, and bosom
machines.
20. CUTTING, DIE, MACHINES, WORK-FEEDING. Ma-
chines having also feeding mechanism attached.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses,
including " Work-feeding," in titles. See note to subclass 12.
21. CUTTING, DIE, MACHINES, WORK-FEEDING, RECIP-
ROCATING-FEEDER. Feeding devices having a recip-
rocating movement.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND -BARS, subclasses,
including "Work-feeding," in titles. See note to subclass 12.
22. CUTTING, DIE, MACHINES, WORK - FEEDING,
ROLLER-FEED. Work is fed to the machine by rolls.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses,
including " Work-feeding," in titles. See note to subclasses 12
23. CUTTING, DIE, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING CROSS-
HEAD. That type of machine having a cross head or bar,
with guides at its ends, adapted to reciprocate with the at-
tached die.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 47,
Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating cutter; 102, Punching, Ma-
chines, Shaft-driven.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 49, Cigarmakers' implements, Wrapper
cutters.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 196, Punching-cutters.
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 55, Collar, cuff, and bosom
machines.
24. CUTTING, DIE, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING CROSS-
HEAD, SHIFTING DIES. Several dies, as right and left
dies for shoe-soles, are adapted to be alternately or successively
brought to operative position.
25. CUTTING, DIE, MACHINES. RECIPROCATING-PLUN-
GER. The die is carried at the end of a simple plunger.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 47,
Cutting, Machines. Reciprocating cutter; 102, Punching, Ma-
chines, Shaft-driven.
383
384
DEFINITIONS OF. CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 164 Continued;
131 TOBACCO, subclass 49, Cigarmakers' implements, Wrapper
cutters.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 196, Punehing-cutters.
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 55, Collar, cufl, and bosom
machines.
26. CUTTING, DIE, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-PLUN-
GER, LEVER-OPERATED. Machines in which the plun-
ger is operated by a lever or system of levers.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 15,
Combined machines, Reciprocating knife-carrier; under Cut-
ting, Machines: 44, Pivoted-cutter, Lever-operated; 46, Piv-
oted-cutter, Lever-operated, Compound leverage; 57, Recip-
rocating-cutter, Lever-operated; under Punching, machines:
91, Gang, Lever-operated; 92, Gang, Lever-operated, Foot;
96, Lever-operated, and 97, Lever-operated, Foot.
27. CUTTING, DIE, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-PLUN-
GER, SCREW-OPERATED. The die-carrying plunger is
adapted to be forced down by a screw.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 101,
Punching, Machines, Screw-operated.
28. CUTTING, DIE, MACHINES, ROLLER-DIE. Cutting-die
machines in which the cutting-die is secured to the periphery
of a cylinder.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 9,
Fence-barbs, Cutters and dies, Roller; 60, Cutting, Machines,
Rotary-cutter, and 99, Punching, Machines, Roller.
29. CUTTING, DIE, DIES. Various structures of dies for stamp-
ing out articles.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 58,
Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating-cutter, Cutters and bed-
blocks, and 118, Punching, Machines, Dies and die-holders.
Note. See also subclass 19, search notes.
30. CUTTING, DIE, DIES, SPIRAL-STRIP CUTTING. The
die is spiral on its face, so that a coiled strip or string can be
stamped out at one operation.
31. CUTTING, DIE, DIES, ADJUSTABLE-FACE. The face of
the die can be adjusted to vary its size or its contour.
32. CUTTING, DIE, DIES. MULTIPLE CONCENTRIC. Two
or more dies are placed one within the other. Sometimes, as
in stamping out washers, both or all dies are used simulta-
neously, while in other cases any one of the dies can be used
alone.
33. CUTTING, DIE, DIES, BLANK-EJECTING. Means for
ejecting the blank or piece from the die after the blank is
stamped out.
Note. See search note to subclass 19.
34. CUTTING, MACHINES. Miscellaneous cutting-machines.
35. CUTTING, MACHINES, BAND-KNIFE. Cutting ma-
chines in whkh the cutter is of band or l>elt f jrm and travels
over pulleys or sheaves.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 74,
Cutting, Machines, Traveling cutter-carriage, Motor-driven
cutter.
143 WOOD-SAWING, subclass 17, Band-saw machines.
36. CUTTING, MACHINES, FIXED-CUTTER. Machines
having a stationary cutter or cutters, the work usually being
fed or drawn along against the knife; usually strap and string
trimmers and arrangements for slitting various fabrics.
37. CUTTING, MACHINES, FIXED-CUTTER, SPIRAL
STRIPS. Machines adapted to cut strings from disks,
usually of leather. The disk is made to turn upon its center,
while the string is continuously cut by the knife at the edge of
the disk.
38. CUTTING, MACHINES, FIXED-CUTTER, WORK-
FEEDING. Fixed cutter machines having mechanism for
feeding the work to or past the cutters.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
including "work feeding" in titles. (See search note to
subclass 12.)
39. CUTTING, MACHINES, FIXED-CUTTER, WORK-
FEEDING, ROLLER-FEED. Machinas in which the work
is fed by rolls.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
including "work feeding" in titles. (See search note to sub-
class 12.)
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 40, Sole machines,
Slitting and grooving.
69 LEATHER MANUFACTURES, subclass 13, Machines, Skiving
and splitting, Fixed-knife, Roller-feed.
40. CUTTING, MACHINES, OSCILLATING APERTURED
CUTTERS. Machines having two apert.ured plates or disks,
the apertures being shaped to fit the material to te cut and
placed coincident, and one or both plates are rotated to shear
oif the inserted bar or rail.
CLASS 164 Continued.
41. CUTTING, MACHINES, PIVOTED-CUTTER. Machines
in which the cutter or the part to which it is attached is pivoted.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass
10.5, Printers-leads.
11 BOOK-BINDING, subclass 27, Indexing, Cutting and printing.
131 TOBACCO, subclasses 37, Cigar and cigarette cutters; 38,
Cigar cutters, Tip; 33, Tobacco cutters, Pivoted knife.
148 VEGETABLE CUTTERS AND CRUSHERS, subclasses 12,
Cutters, Bread; 23, Straw cutters, Pivoted knife, Without
feed.
42. CUTTING, MACHINES, PIVOTED-CUTTER, WORK-
FEEDING. Machines having mechanism for feeding the
work to the cutter.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
including "work feeding" hi titles. (See search note to sub-
class 12.)
t3. CUTTING, MACHINES, PIVOTED-CUTTER, TRANS-
VERSE. Machines in which the cutter lies parallel to the
pivot or axis and operates, like the jaws of a pair of nippers,
to cut transversely or across the length of the material.
44. CUTTING, MACHINES, PIVOTED-CUTTER, LEVER-
OPERATED. Machines in which the pivoted cutter is oper-
ated by a lever.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 10.5,
Printer's leads.
131 TOBACCO, subclasses 37, Cigar and cigarette cutters, 38,
CIGAR cutters, Tip.
Note. See search notes to subclass 26.
45. CUTTING, MACHINES, PIVOTED-CUTTER, LEVER-
OPERATED, WORK-CLAMPING. Machines in which
mechanism is provided for clamping the work while the
pivoted cutter shears the material.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, under
Cutting, machines: 79 Cutting-tables, Work-clamping; 55
Reciprocating-cutter, Draw-cut, Separately-operated clamp,
and 52 Reciprocating-cutter, Separately-operated clamp.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 289, Clamps, et seq.
46. CUTTING, MACHINES, PIVOTED-CUTTER, LEVER-
OPERATED, COMPOUND- LEVERAGE. Machines in
which the cutter is operated by a system of levers.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
14, Combined machines, Pivoted knife-carrier, 20, Cutting,
Die, Machines, Reciprocating-plunger, Lever-operated; 57,
Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating-cutter, Lover-operated;
under Punching, Machines; 91 Gang, Lever-operated; 92
Gang, Lever-operated, Foot; 96, Lever-operated, and 97,
Lever-operated, Foot.
131 TOBACCO, subclasses 37, Cigar and cigarette cutters, 38,
Cigar cutters, Tip.
47. CUTTING, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER.
Miscellaneous machines having a reciprocating cutter.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
15, Combined machines, Reciprocating knife-carrier; under
Cutting, Die, Machines: 23, Reciprocating cross-head, and
24, Reciprocating-plunger, and 74, Cutting, Machines, Travel-
ing cutter-carriage, Mo tor-driven cutter, Reciprocating; under
Punching, Machines;90, Machines, Gng; 102, Machines, Shaft-
driven, and 109, Machines, Tie-band tongue.
11 BOOK-BINDING, subclass 27, Indexing, Cutting and printing.
31 DAIRY, subclasses, Butter, Cutters; 68, Cheese, Cutters.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 33, Bag-Machines, Cutting.
112 SEWING-MACHINES, subclass 6, Trimmers.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 34, Tobacco cutters, Reciprocating-
knife; 38, Cigar cutters, Tip.
144 WOOD WORKING, subclasses, 196, Punching-cutters, and 197,
Punching-cutters, Fixed-die; 162, Slicers, and 193, Splitting.
146 VEGETABLE CUTTERS AND CRUSHERS, subclass 7, Cutters,
Reciprocating; and 17, Straw cutters, Cutter and bed, Recip-
rocating knife.
48. CUTTING, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
WORK-FEEDING. Machines having mechanism for feeding
the work to the cutter.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
including "work feeding" titles. (See search note to subclass
12.)
43. CUTTING, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
WORK-FEEDING, ROLLER-FEED. Machines in which
the work is fed by rolls.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
including "work feeding" titles. (See search note to sub-
class 12.)
51). CUTTING, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
NOTCHED-WORK. Machines adapted to cut notches or
scallops in the edges of materials, such as cloth for garments,
leather for the button-Hies of shoes, metal for currycomb-
teeth, etc. Edge-pinking machines are here included.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
7, Fence barbs and subclasses thereunder, and 64, Cutting,
Machines, Rotary-cutter, Notched-work.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
385
CLASS 164 Continued.
51. CUTTING, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
AUTOMATIC-CLAMP. Machines having clamping mech-
anism for holding the material, which mechanism is automatic
iu its action as distinguished from those machines in which the
work-clamp is set up by hand.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
54, Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating-cutter, Draw-cut,
Automatic-clamp, and 110, Punching, Machines, Strippers and
hold-downs.
52. CUTTING, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
SEPARATELY -OPERATED CLAMP. Machines in
which the work-clamp is set up by hand.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
45, Cutting, Machines, Pivoted-cutter, Lever-operated, Work-
clamping; 55, Cutting, Machines, Reciproeating-cutter, Draw-
cut, Separately-operated clamp, and 79, Cutting, Machines,
Cutting-tables, Work-clamping.
53. CUTTING, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
DRAW-CUT. Machines in which the reciprocating knife has
also an endwise-shearing movement, usually in machines for
cutting piles of paper.
54. CUTTING, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
DRAW-CUT, AUTOMATIC-CLAMP. Machines having an
automatic mechanism for clamping the work as distinguished
from a hand-operated clamp.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 51,
Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating-cutter, Automatic-clamp,
and 110, Punching, Machines, Strippers and holddowns.
55. CUTTING, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
DRAW-CUT, SEPARATELY-OPERATED CLAMP.
Machines in which the work-clamp is set up by hand.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, the follow-
ing subclasses under Cutting, Machines: 79, Cutting-tables,
Work-clamping; 45, Pivoted-cutter, Lever-operated, Work-
clamping, and 52, Reciprocating-cutter, Separately-operated
clamp.
56. CUTTING, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
FLUID-OPERATED. Machines in which some fluid, as
water, steam, etc., is employed to operate them.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 95,
Punching, Machines, Hydraulic.
57. CUTTING, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
LEVER-OPERATED. Machines in which the cutter is
actuated by lever movement.
Note. See search notes to subclass 26.
58. CUTTING, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
CUTTERS AND BED-BLOCKS. Machines in which the
novelty lies in the cutter or the block which opposes or
receives the thrust of the cutter.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass
118, Punching, Machines, Dies and die-holders.
59. CUTTING, MACHINES, RECIPROCATING-CUTTER,
GAGES. Machines in which the novelty lies in the gage or
guide for determining the position of the cut with respect to
to the work; usually regulates the length of part cut off.
60. CUTTING, MACHINES, ROTARY-CUTTER. Machines
having a cutter which when in operation is rotated.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 99,
Punching, Machines, Roller.
17 BUTCHERING, subclass 19, Meat cutters, Cylinder and
block.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass33, Bagmachines, Cutting.
131 TOBACCO, subclass 35, Tobacco cutters, Rotating knife.
146 VEGETABLE CUTTERS AND CRUSHERS, subclass 11, Cutters,
Rotary.
61. CUTTING, MACHINES, ROTARY-CUTTER, WORK-
FEEDING. Machines which include mechanism for feed-
ing the work to the cutter.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
including "work feeding" titles. (See search note to sub-
class 12.)
62. CUTTING, MACHINES, ROTARY - CUTTER, WORK-
FEEDING, RECIPROCATING-FEEDER. Machines in
which the feeder has a reciprocating motion.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
including " Work feeding " titles. (See search note to subclass
12.)
63. CUTTING, MACHINES, ROTARY-CUTTER, CURVED-
PLATE-WORK. Machines for cutting disks or elliptical
shapes. Usually the material is rotated about its center and
a pair of opposed cutting-disks engage, one above and one
below, the work near its edge and trim it to shape. Somet imes
the work is stationary and the cutters travel around the edge.
64. CUTTING, MACHINES, ROTARY-CUTTER, NOTCHED-
WORK. Machines which pink, notch, or scallop the edges
of various materials.
CLASS 164-Continued.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 7,
Fence barbs, Cutters and dies, Roller; 10, Fence barbs, Pro-
cesses, and 50, Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating-cutter,
Notched-work.
65. CUTTING, MACHINES, ROTARY-CUTTER, SLITTERS
AND WINDERS. Machines adapted to trim or cut into
strips continuous webs and wind them up upon spools or
drums. Many wall-paper-trimming machines are here in-
cluded.
66. CUTTING, MACHINES, ROTARY-CUTTER, TRANS-
VERSE. Machines in which the plane of the knife is parallel
to the axis of rotation, as in an orainary lawn-mower, and
which cut the web of material transversely of its length.
Search Class
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 220, Cutters, Rotary, Cylin-
drical, Spiral-bit, and 230, Cutters, Rotary, Cylindrical, Slotted
bit-seat.
67. CUTTING, MACHINES. ROTARY-CUTTER. TRANS-
VERSE WORK - FEEDING. PRINTING - PRESS
ATTACHMENTS. Machines adapted to be attached to
print ing-presses to feed and cut the paper into lengths.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
including "Work feeding" titles. (See search note to sub-
class 12.)
68. CUTTING, MACHINES. ROTARY-CUTTER, TRANS-
VERSE, WORK-FEEDING. Machines which have also
feeding mechanism for the work.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
including "Work feeding" titles. (See search note to sub-
class 12.)
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING subclass 40, Brush-trimming
machines.
69. CUTTING. MACHINES. ROTARY-CUTTER, ROTARY
WORK-MANDREL. Machines in which the work is car-
ried upon a rotary work-mandrel while being cut, as incut-
ting paper or other tubes into lengths, cutting rubber, leather
or leather-board strings, rings, etc.
70. CUTTING, MACHINES, ROTARY-CUTTER, CUTTERS.
Inventions in the cutter piece.
71. CUTTING, MACHINES, SWEEP-CUTTER. Machines for
cutting disks and curved shapes by a knife which is carried at
the end of a sweep-arm.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 82,
Cutting, Implements, Sweep.
72. CUTTING, MACHINES, SWEEP-CUTTER, ELLIPTICAL
WORK. Machines in which means is provided to move the
knife or the work so as to make elliptical shape.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 82,
Cutting, Implements, Sweep.
33 DRAFTING, subclass 5, Ellipsographs.
73. CUTTING, MACHINES, TRAVELING CUTTER-CAR-
RIAGE. Miscellaneous machines in which the cutter is
moved about over the stationary work. Machines for cutting
out garments, picture-mats, trimming cardboard, paper, etc.,
are here included.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 83,
Cutting, Implements, Traveling, and 123, Punching, Imple-
ments, Traveling-roller.
74. CUTTING, MACHINES, TRAVELING CUTTER-CAR-
RIAGE, MOTOR-DRIVEN CUTTER. Cutters given a
separate cutting movement by a motor, in addition to such
motion as is imparted to it by being moved by hand. The
garment "overboard" cutters are here included.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, sul>class 83,
Cutting, Implements, Traveling.
75. CUTTING, MACHINES, TRAVELING CUTTER-CAR-
RIAGE, MpTOR-DRIVEN CUTTER, RECIPROCAT-
ING. Machines in which the motor gives a reciprocating
movement to the cutter.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 15,
Combined machines, Reciprocating knife-carrier; 25, Cutting,
Die, Machines, Reciprocal ing-plungor; 47, Cutting, Machines,
Reciprocating-cutter; 86, Punching, Machines, and 102, Punch-
ing, Machines, Shaft-driven.
76. CUTTING, MACHINES, TRAVELING CUTTER - CAR-
RIAGE, MOTOR-DRIVEN CUTTER, ROTARY. Ma-
chines in which the motor gives a rotary movement to the
cutter.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 84,
Cutting, Implements, Traveling, Roller-cutter, and 123,
Punching, Implements, Traveling-roller.
77. CUTTING, MACHINES, TRAVELING CUTTER-CAR-
RIAGE, ROLLER-KNIFE. Machines in which the cutter
rolls along as the carriage is moved over the board by hand.
26674 12-
-25
386
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 164 Continued .
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 16,
Combined machines, Roller-cutter and punch; 28, Cutting,
Die, Machines, Roller-die; 60, Cutting, Machines, Rotary-cut-
ter; 84, Cutting, Implements, Traveling, Roller-cutter; 99,
Punching, Machines, Roller, and 123, Punching, Implements,
Traveling-roller.
78. CUTTING, MACHINES, CUTTING-TABLES. Tables or
boards on which material is laid while being cut; tailors' cut-
ting-boards, tables on which photograph and other cards are
trimmed; also some die-blocks.
79. CUTTING. MACHINES, CUTTING-TABLES, WORK-
CLAMPING. Machine having work-tables supplied with
means for clamping the material.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 45,
Cutting, Machines, Pivoted-cutter, Lever-operated, Work-
clamping; 52, Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating-cutter, Sepa-
rately-operated clamp, and 55, Cutting, Machines, Recipro-
cating-cutter, Draw-cut, Separately-operated clamp.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 289, Clamps.
80. CUTTING, IMPLEMENTS. Miscellaneous hand implements
for cutting sheet or bar materials.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 119,
Punching, Implements.
81. CUTTING, IMPLEMENTS, PLIERS. Hand implements in
the form of pliers.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 4,
Buttonholes, Pliers, and 121, Punching Implements, pivoted
handles, Pliers.
30 CUTLERY, subclasses 11, Pruning implements, and 24, Prun-
ing Implements, Fruit clippers.
81 TOOLS, subclass 196, Pipe and rod cutters, Pivoted, and
subclasses thereunder.
82. CUTTING, IMPLEMENTS, SWEEP. Implements having a
sweep action, as in cutting rings, disks, and segments; in-
cludes bits for either the usual hand brace or a machine.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 71,
Cutting, Machines, Sweep-cutter, and 72, Cutting, Machines,
Sweep-cutter, Elliptical work.
144 WOODWORKING, subclasses 24, Special work machines,
Single or combined, Disk cutting, Sweep cutter.
145 WOODWORKING TOOLS, subclass 121, Augers, Sweeps.
83. CUTTING, IMPLEMENTS, TRAVELING. Hand imple-
ments adapted to be moved generally in a straight line over
the material in cutting it to shape, usually to trim or cut into
lengths or strips, as leather-cutting gauges, wall-paper trim-
mers, etc.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 73,
Cutting, Machines, Traveling cutter-carriage, and 74, Cutting,
Machines, Traveling cutter-carriage, Motor-driven cutter.
84. CUTTING, IMPLEMENTS, TRAVELING ROLLER-CUT-
TER. Implements in which the cutter is a disk.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 76,
Cutting, Machines, Traveling cutter-carriage, Motor-driven
cutter, Rotary; and 77, Cutting, Machines, Traveling cutter-
carriage, Roller-knife; also, 123, Punching, Implements, Trav-
eling-roller.
85. PUNCHING. Miscellaneous apparatus and processes for
punching holes in sheets and bars.
Note. Under Cutting, Die, will be found those machines which
punch out blanks when the object is to secure the blank, while
those machines which punch holes, when the object is to get a
perforated strip, sheet, or bar, are here included in the sub-
classes of Punching.
86. PUNCHING, MACHINES. Miscellaneous machines for
punching holes.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 8,
Fence-barbs, Cutters and dies; 19, Cutting, Die, Machines; 34,
Cutting, Machines; and 47, Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating-
cutter.
87. PUNCHING, MACHINES, FEEDING AND PUNCHING.
Machines adapted to feed the material as well as punch it.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 12,
Combined machines, Work-feeding; 20, Cutting, Die, Machines
Work-feeding; under Cutting, Machines: 38, Fixed-cutter,
Work-feeding; 43, Pivoted-cutter, Work-feeding; 48, Recipro-
cating-cutter, Work-feeding; 61, Rotary-cutter, Work-feeding
68, Rotary-cutter, Transverse, Work-feeding, and 116, Punch-
ing, Machines, Feed mechanisms.
88. PUNCHING, MACHINES, FEEDING AND PUNCHING,
RECI I'ROCATING-FEED. Machines in which the feeding
mechanism has a reciprocating movement.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 12,
Combined machines. Work-feeding; 21, Cutting, Die, Mach-
ines, Work-feeding, Reciprocating-feeder; under Cutting, Ma-
chines: 38, Fixed-cutter, Work-feeding; 42, Pivoted-cutter,
Work-feeding; 48, Reciprocating-cutter, Work-feeding; 62,
Rotary-cutter, Work-feeding, Reciprocating-feeder; 68, Rotary
cutter, Transverse, Work-feeding, and 117, Punching, Ma-
Chines, Feed mechanisms, Reciprocating.
CLASS 164 Continued.
89. PUNCHING, MACHINES, FEEDING AND PUNCHING,
ROLLER-FEED. Machines having the work fed by rolls.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 12,
Combined machines. Work-feeding; 22, Cutting, Die, Machines.
Work-feeding, Roller-feed; under Cutting, Machines; 39, Fixed
cutter, Work-feeding, Roller-feed; 42, Pivoted-cutter, Work-
feeding; 49, Reciprocating-cutter; 61, Rotary-cutter, Work-
feeding; 67, Rotary-cutter, Transverse, Work-feeding, Print-
ing-press attachments, Work-feeding, Roller-feed; 68, Rotary-
cutter, Transverse, Work - feeding, and 116, Punching,
Machines, Feed mschanisms.
90. PUNCHING, MACHINES, GANG. Machines having a series
of punches.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 47,
Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating-cutter.
91. PUNCHING MACHINES, GANG, LEVER-OPERATED.
Gang punching machines in which the punch is operated by
lever action.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 14,
Combined machines, Pivoted knife-carrier; 25, Cutting, Die,
Machines, Rcciprocating-plunger, Lever-operated; under Cut-
ting, Machines: 44, IMvoted-cutter, Lever-operated; 46, Pivot-
ed-cutter, Lever-operated, Compound-leverage; 57, Recipro-
cating-cutter, Lever-operated: 96, Punching, Machines, Lever-
operated, and 97, Punching, Machines, Lever-operated, Foot.
92. PUNCHING, MACHINES, GANG, LEVER-OPERATED,
FOOT. The lever is operated by foot.
Search Class
164 -CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 14,
Combined machines. Pivoted knife-carrier; 26, Cutting, Die,
Machines, Reciprocating-plunger, Lever-operated; under Cut-
ting, Machines: 44 Pivoted-cutter, Lever-oparated; 46, Pivoted-
cutter, Lever-operated, Compound-leverage; 57, Reciprocating-
cutter, Lever-operated; under Punching, Machines: 96, Lever-
operated, and 97 Lever-operated, Foot.
93. PUNCHING, MACHINES, GANG, PATTERN. Machines
in which the punches are so arranged as to punch out some pat-
tern or design. Some perm it of varying the design by rearrang-
ing the punches or leaving out some.
94. PUNCHING, MACHINES, HAMMER. Machines in which
a separate implement or the operator's hand is used to strike
the punching-plunger.
Search Class
101 PRINTING, subclasses 56, Hand stamps; 57, Hand stamps,
Check-punches.
95. PUNCHING, MACHINES, HYDRAULIC. Machines in which
the punch is operated by liquid pressure.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 56,
Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating-cutter, Fluid-operated.
96. PUNCHING, MACHINES, LEVER-OPERATED. Ma-
chines in which the punch is operated by lever action.
Search Class
164 -CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 14,
Combined machines. Pivoted knife-carrier; 26, Cutting, Die,
Machines, Reciprocating-plunger, Lever-operated; undercut-
ting, Machines: 44, Pivoted-cutter, Lever-operated; 4C>, Piv-
oted-cutter, Lever-operated, Compound-leverage; 57, Recip-
rocating-cutter, Lever-operated; under Punching, Machines:
91, Gang, Lever-operated, and 92, Gang, Lever-operated,
Foot.
97. PUNCHING, MACHINES, LEVER-OPERATED, FOOT
The operating-lever is moved by foot.
Search Class
164 -CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, SUbclaSSOS in-
cluding titles "Lever-operated."
98. PUNCHING, MACHINES, PRINTERS' RULES. Small
rules adapted to be placed in printing-presses to mark the
paper sheets.
99. PUNCHING, MACHINES, ROLLER. Machines having the
punches on the periphery of a disk, cylinder, or other roller.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 12,
Combined machines, Work-feeding; 28, Cutting, Die, Ma-
chines, Roller-die; 60, Cutting, Machines, Rotary-cutter; 77,
Cutting, Machines, Traveling cutter-carriage, Roller-knife,
and 123, Punching, Implements, Traveling-roller.
100. PUNCHING, MACHINES, ROLLER, PRINTING-PRESS
ATTACHMENTS. Attachments for printing-presses in
which a rotary perforator contacts, usually with the cylinder
of the press to perforate the paper along certain lines either for
pointing or for separation of the paper into sheets.
101. PUNCHING, MACHINES, SCREW-OPERATED. Ma-
chines in which the punch is forced down by a screw.
Search Classes
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 27,
Cutting, Die, Machines, Reciprocating-plunger, Screw-oper-
ated.
100 PRESSES, subclass 44, Plunger, Screw.
102. PUNCHING, MACHINES, SHAFT-DRIVEN. Punching
machines in which the plunger, gate, or head is actuated by a
rotary power-shaft, usually by cam or crank connection ; princi-
pally machines for heavy work.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
387
CLASS 164 Continued.
Search Class
164 -CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BAES, subclass 2, But-
tonholo.s, Machines; 23, Cutting, Die, Machines, Reciprocating
cross-head; 25, Cutting, Die, Machines, Reciprocating plun-
ger; 47, Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating-cutter; 75, Cutting,
Machines, Traveling cutter-carriage, Motor-driven cutter, Re-
ciprocating.
103.
104
(Xi.
107.
PUNCHING, MACHINES, SHAFT-DRIVEN, TILTING-
FRAME. Machines in which the frame carrying the punch
can be tilted so as to work at any angle desired.
PUNCHING, MACHINES, SHAFT-DRIVEN, STOP DE-
VICES. Gags or other arrangements for disengaging the
punch from the operating mechanism so as to avoid stopping
the entire machine while the punch is inoperative.
PUNCHING, MACHINES, SHAFT-DRIVEN, STOP DE-
VICES, SHAFT-CLUTCH. Clutches for disengaging the ro-
tating shaft from the other parts of the machine to permit the
punch to remain stationary.
PUNCHING, MACHINES, SHAFT-DRIVEN, STROKE
ADJUSTMENTS. Arrangements for adjusting the descent
of the punch.
PUNCHING, MACHINES, SHAFT-DRIVEN, SAFETY
DEVICES. Devices for automatically pushing away the op-
erator's hands before the punch descends or which otherwise
operate to prevent injury to the operator.
108. PUNCHING, MACHINES, TUBE. Machines adapted to
punch holes in tubes, usually thin-inetal tubes.
Search Class
164 -CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, SUbclaSS 118,
Punching, Machines, Dies and die-holders.
109. PUNCHING, MACHINES, TIE-BAND TONGUE. Ma-
chines adapted to punch locking-tongues in tie-bands.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 124,
Punching, Punches.
110. PUNCHING, MACHINES, STRIPPERS AND HOLD-
DOWNS. Attachments for stripping the material off the
punch as the latter rises or for holding the material firmly while
the punch is descending.
Search Class
164 -CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 51,
Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating-cutter, Automatic-clamp,
and 54, Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating-cutter, Draw-cut,
Automatic-clamp.
111. PUNCHING.MACHINES, PUNCH-SELECTOR. Machines
usually for perforating paper, in which a series or gang of
punches is employed and from which series any number or set
may be selected by the operator to perforate a design, pattern,
or character. In some cases the entire design is selected by
locking into operative position the desired punches, and all are
then simultaneously forced through the material. In other
cases each punch is made to perforate as it is selected. These
perforated strips or cards are used for operating self-playing
instruments, for Jacquard looms, type-setting machines, print-
ing-telegraphs, etc. Strips which are perforated in a tele-
graphic circuit where they act as receivers are not here
included.
Search Class
178 TELEGRAPHY, subclass 52, Telegraphs, Perforating.
112. PUNCHING, MACHINES, PUNCH-SELECTOR, KEY-
BOARD-CONTROLLED. Machines in which a key board is
used by operating the keys of which the pattern is selected.
113. PUNCHING, MACHINES, PUNCH-SELECTOR, KEY-
BOARD - CONTROLLED, ELECTRICALLY - OPER-
CLASS 164 Continued.
ATED. Machines in which by depressing the selected key
a circuit is closed and one or more punches actuated.
114. PUNCHING, MACHINES, PUNCH-SELECTOR, PAT-
TERN-CONTROLLED. Machines in which the selection of
the punches is controlled by a pattern card or strip, so as to
duplicate the pattern.
115. PUNCHING, MACHINES, PUNCH-SELECTOR, PAT-
TERN-CONTROLLED, ELECTRICALLY-OPERATED.
Machines in which the pattern permits through its perfora-
tions the closing of the punch-actuating circuits to duplicate
the pattern .
116. PUNCHING, MACHINES, FEED MECHANISMS. Ma-
chines in which the only novelty lies in the mechanism for
feeding the work.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses, in-
cluding "Work-feeding." (See search note to subclass 12.)
117. PUNCHING. MACHINES, FEED MECHANISMS, RE-
CIPROCATING. Machines in which the only novelty lies
in a reciprocating feed device.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses, in-
cluding "Work-feeding."
118. PUNCHING, MACHINES, DIES AND DIE-HOLDERS.
Machines in which the novelty lies in the die which receives
the thrust of the punch or in the means for holding the die.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 29,
Cutting, Die, Dies; 58, Cutting, Machines, Reciprocating-cut-
ter, Cutters and Bed-blocks, and 108, Punching, Machines,
Tube.
119. PUNCHING, IMPLEMENTS. Miscellaneous hand imple-
ments for punching.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 1,
Buttonholes, and 80, Cutting, Implements.
120. PUNCHING, IMPLEMENTS, PIVOTED HANDLES.
Implements in which the handles of the implements are
pivoted together, as in conductors' Bunches.
121. PUNCHING, IMPLEMENTS, PIVOTED HANDLES,
PLIERS. Hand implements which take the form of pliers.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses 4,
Buttonholes, Pliers, and 81, Cutting, Implements, Pliers.
122. PUNCHING, IMPLEMENTS, PIVOTED HANDLES,
PLIERS, TURRET. One member of the pliers carries a tur-
ret which may be rotated to bring any one of several different
punches into operative position.
123. PUNCHING, IMPLEMENTS, TRAVELING-ROLLER.
Hand implements to be run over a stationary surface to per-
forate it, as in marking, etc.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclasses
77, Cutting, Machines, Traveling cutter-carriage, Roller-knife;
84, Cutting, Implements, Traveling, Roller-cutters.
124. PUNCHING, PUNCHES. Punching machines in which the
novelty lies in the punch.
Search Class
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 109,
Punching, Machines, Tie-band tongue.
125. PUNCHING, PROCESSES. Various methods or processes of
punching.
CLASS 168.-FARRIERY.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes all inventions involving the shape, material,
construction, and securing in place of the shoes of cattle and of
horses; also, shoeing-stands and tools employed by blacksmiths in
fitting and securing such shoes, with the exception of mere hoof-
trimming knives, which will be found in class 30, CUTLERY, subclass
9, Knives, and patents on grinding machines which are stated to be
intended for sharpening calks, but are of general utility.
Subclasses.
1. OVERSHOES. Shoes or boots which are temporarily fastened
on the foot over the ordinary shoe; principally the means
for securing such overshoes or boots.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass, 82, Horse-boots.
2. OVERSHOES, MEDICATING. Overshoes and boots which
are secured over the shoe and around the foot and leg of the
animal for holding in place sponges, pads, etc., saturated with
water or medicines for treating diseases of the foot.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass 82, Horse-boots.
3. OVERSHOES, SWAMP. .Overshoes having broad soles which
are intended to prevent the animal sinking in the soft ground
of swamps or from injuring the grass of lawns.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass 82, Horse-boots.
4. SHOES. Miscellaneous horseshoes not classified in the other
subclasses. It includes shoes made of specific materials and
combinations of various materials.
5. SHOES, OX. The name indicates the contents of this subclass.
6. SHOES, HOOF -SPREADING. Miscellaneous shoes con-
structed to be adjusted for the purpose of spreading or per-
mitting the spreading of the hoof when the heel has become
contracted.
7. SHOES, HOOF-SPREADING, HINGED SECTIONS. Hoof-
spreading shoes hinged at the toe to allow the heels and sides
to expand and contract with the action of the hoof.
8. SHOES, HOOF -SPREADING, HINGED SECTIONS,
SPRING. Hoof-spreading shoes having a spring located
between the side bars of the shoe for spreading them apart at
the heel.
9. SHOES, HOOF -SPREADING, HINGED SECTIONS
STRETCHING-BAR. Hinged section, hoof-spreading shoes
having a sectional bar lying between the side sections of the
shoe and pressing them outward.
10. SHOES, HOOF-SPREADING, WEDGE. Shoes formed with
wedge-shaped projections which extend upward from the
surface of the shoe between the heels and serve to spread them
apart when the weight comes upon them.
11. SHOES, AUXILIARY TREAD-PLATE. Shoes made in
sections, one of which is permanently secured to the hoof and
the other is attached by various means to the permanent
section and can be removed and renewed whenever it becomes
worn.
12. SHOES, CUSHIONED. Miscellaneous shoes provided with
elastic material between the plates of a composite structure or
on the upper surface of the shoe between the same and the hoof.
13. SHOES, CUSHIONED, SOFT-TREAD. Metal shoes pro-
vided with sockets or grooves in their lower surface, into which
are fitted blocks of elastic material which form the tread-
surface of the shoe.
14. SHOES, CUSHIONED, SOFT-TREAD, SOLE-PAD. Cush-
ioned soft-tread shoes the elastic material whereof is extended
over the sole, or at least over the frogs of the foot, in order to
protect the same from injury.
Note. Similar sole-pads which are attached without modifica-
tion in the structure of the shoe are found in subclass 26, Sole-
pads, and the subclasses thereunder.
Search Class
168 FARRIERY, subclass 26, Sole-pads, and the subclasses there-
under.
15. SHOES, CUSHIONED, SPRING-HEELS. A spring-heel is
formed by a hinged or resilient portion of the shoe backed in
some cases by a rubber or metallic spring.
Note. This subclass does not include mere rubber pads on the
heels of the shoe, for which see subclass 13, Shoes, Cushioned
Soft-tread, hi this class.
CLASS 168-Continued.
16. SHOES, CUSHIONED, INTERFERENCE-PADS. The
shoes are provided with pads at the edge to prevent injury
from interference.
Note. In many cases the cushion extends over the upper surface
of the shoe, as in the constructions found in subclass 12, Shoes,
Cushioned.
17. SHOES, FASTENINGS. Miscellaneous improvements in the
devices for securing the shoe to the hoof.
Search Class
168 FARRIERY, subclass 4, Shoes.
18. SHOES, FASTENINGS, BOOTS. Shoes without nails and
secured by a well-defined boot structure extending up around
the hoof and secured by straps and buckles.
Search Classes
168 FARRIERY, subclasses 2, Overshoes, Medicating, and 3,
Overshoes, Swamp.
54 HARNESS, subclass 82, Horse-boots.
19. SHOES, FASTENINGS, CLAMPED SECTIONS. Shoes
made in sections having flanges or spurs which are clamped
onto the edges of the hoof.
20. SHOES, FASTENINGS, INCLINED-FLANGE. Construc-
tions in which sectional flanges embracing or interlocking with
the shoe and the edge of the hoof are bolted or otherwise secured
together.
21. SHOES, FASTENINGS, SIDE SPURS. Shoes provided
with upwardly-extending spurs which are bent or clamped
over the edge of the hoof and grasp the same with spurs or are
secured to the hoof by nails or screws.
22. SHOES, FASTENINGS, TOE AND HEEL STRAPS.
Shoes provided with a strap extending up the front of the hoof
and heel-straps running from the heel of the shoe to and con-
necting with the toe-strap.
Note. These shoes are somewhat like those of subclass 18, Shoes,
Fastenings, Boots, but do not constitute a well-defined boot.
23. SHOES, FASTENINGS, NAILS AND SCREWS. The spe-
cific construction for securing the shoe to the foot by means of
nails or screws.
24. SHOES, SHAPE. Peculiarities in the form of the shoe.
25. SHOES, WEIGHTS. Weighted shoes, toe-weights, heel
weights, and combined weights and quarter-boots.
Search Class
54 HARNESS, subclass 82. Horse-boots, for quarter-boots per se.
26. SOLE-PADS. Pads secured inside the shoe for the protection
of the sole and frog of the foot. In some cases the pad comes
into contact with the ground and gives a cushioned tread.
Note. Sole-pads are distinguished from subclass 13, Shoes,
Cushioned, Soft-tread, by the fact that the shoe per se is not
composite or cushioned with elastic material, and there is
no modification of the shoe.
27. SOLE-PADS, MEDICATING. Sole-pads constructed and
adapted to be packed with sponge or other absorbent material
to be saturated with medicines for the treatment of foot dis-
eases or in some cases with water to keep the foot moist.
Search Class
168 FARRIERY, subclass 3, Overshoes, Swamp.
28. SOLE-PADS, ELASTIC. Sole-pads formed of rubber or other
elastic material to protect the sole and frog, relieve them from
shock, and to keep the foot from balling up with snow in the
winter.
29. CALKS. The form, construction, or arrangement of the calks
on the shoe.
Note. Where there is any novelty In the mode of attachment
of a removable calk, the patent is cross-referenced into the
appropriate subclass of calks, removable.
30. CALKS, CREEPER-SECTIONS. Auxiliary calked sections
adapted to be clamped to the shoe to prevent slipping.
Note. Distinguished from subclass 11, Shoes, Auxiliary tread-
plate, in being of a temporary nature less intimately associated
in structure with the primary shoe, and the latter is not modi-
fied in structure to provide for the attachment.
Search Classes
36 BOOTS, SHOES, AND LEGGINGS, subclasses 59, Antislipping
devices, and 07, Antislipping devices, Calks.
46 GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 50, Skates.
31. CALKS, REMOVABLE. Miscellaneous means for securing a
removable calk to the shoe.
32. CALKS, REMOVABLE, BOLT. Removable calks attached
to the shoe by one or more bolts or screws and where a single
one is employed it is prevented from turning by a flange or
shoulder on one part or the other.
389
390
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 168 Continued.
33. CALKS, REMOVABLE BOLT AND LUG. Calks secured
to the shoe by a screw or bolt and prevented from turning
on the bolt by a lug on one part engaging a socket in the other.
34. CALKS, REMOVABLE, CLAMPED. Calks provided with
clamps by which they are clamped upon the shoe.
35. CALKS, REMOVABLE, DOVETAILED. Shoe and calk
joined by a dovetailed connection and locked against move-
ment by a variety of means.
36. CALKS, REMOVABLE, HOOKED LUG AND PIN. Calks
or shoes provided with one or more hooked or undercut lugs
which enter an undercut socket and are forced laterally into
engagement. They are then locked by a pin which enters the
shoe and the calk.
37. CALKS, REMOVABLE, HOOKED LUG AND WEDGE.
Calks or shoes provided with one or more undercut lugs which
enter a socket and one wedged laterally to lock them in an
undercut portion of the socket.
38. CALKS, REMOVABLE, NAIL-CALKS. The head of one of
the nails which are used to secure the shoe to the hoof is so
formed as to serve the purpose of a calk.
39. CALKS, REMOVABLE, TENONED, BUTTON-HEAD.
Calk and shoe connected by means of a tenon having a button-
head which enters a socket and is then turned on its axis to
lock it in place.
40. CALKS, REMOVABLE, TENONED, CROSS-PINNED.
Calk and shoe connected by a tenon-and-socket connection
secured in place by a cross-pin or set-screw.
41. CALKS, REMOVABLE, TENONED, FRICTION. Calk
and shoe joined by a tenon-and-socket connection, the parts
being retained by friction.
42. CALKS, REMOVABLE, TENONED, SCREW-
THREADED. A tenon on the calk or a lug on the shoe is
screw-threaded and the parts are screwed together. Various
means are employed to prevent the parts from unscrewing.
CLASS 168 Continued.
43. CALKS, REMOVABLE, TENONED, WEDGED. The
calk or a tenon on the same is inserted in a socket in the shoe
and wedged in place.
44. SHOEING-STANDS. Stands used by blacksmiths for holding
tools, supporting the foot of the animal, or serving as a seat
for the workman.
Search Class
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 98, Restraining devices,
Stocks, and the subclasses thereunder.
45. TOOLS. Miscellaneous tools, largely compound tools for the
use of blacksmiths.
46. TOOLS, CALK-SHARPENERS Various tools or portable
machines used for sharpening the calks of horsehoes without
removal of the shoe.
Note. Certain portable grinding-machines intended for this pur-
pose, but having no special construction limiting or adapting
them to this purpose, and suitable for general grinding, ere
classified in class 51, GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 12,
Metal, Plane surfaces.
47. TOOLS, HOOF AND SHOE EXPANDERS. Tools used for
expanding or pressing apart the heel portions of the hoof
when they have become contracted. There are also some
bending-tools for expanding the heels of a horseshoe to fit it to
the foot.
48. TOOLS, HOOF CLEANERS AND TRIMMERS. Tools for
the cleaning and trimming of the hoof in fitting it for the shoe.
Note. Plain hoof-paring knives will be found in class 30, CUT-
LERY, subclass 9, Knives.
Search Class
81 TOOLS, subclasses 187, Pipe and rod cutters; 196, Pipe and
rod cutters, Pivoted, and 205, Pipe and rod cutters, Sliding,
Rack and segment.
49. TOOLS, NAIL-CLENCHERS. Various clipping and clench-
ing tools of the plier and tong type and also clenching-anvils.
CLASS 176. ELECTRIC LAMPS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes (1) devices for illuminating by electricity; (2)
apparatus and methods exclusively adapted for making and repair-
ing electric lamps or parts, (3) distributing systems when limited to
be used in connection with electric lamps, except as noted in the
definition of subclass 8, Systems, in this class.
Electric lamps combined with other devices or structures are
classified in the classes containing such devices or structures or in
class 240, ILLUMINATION.
This class is limited to means for producing the light, and when
such means is combined with means for modifying or distributing
the light, such as reflectors or refractors (except arc lamps with side
reflectors and incandescent lamps with reflectors or refractors within
or as an integral part of the lamp bulb), or when combined with
means for the support or protection of the light generator, the patent
is classified in class 240, ILLUMINATION.
Note. Class 177, ELECTRIC SIGNALING, includes lamps limited to
signaling, and also display systems involving electric circuits. Dis-
play boards and signs are classified in class 40, CARD, PICTURE, AND
SIGN EXHIBITING.
Note. Class 176, ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 17, Incandescent,
Pyroelectric; 19, Incandescent, Pyroelectric, Circuit-controlling
structure; 27, Incandescent, Multiple-filament lamps, Switch; 33,
Incandescent, Bases, terminals, and bulb holders, Switch; 42, Arc.
Liquid electrode, and the subclasses thereunder; 116, Arc, Cases and
frames, Resistances and manual switches; and 122, Gas and vapor,
and the subclasses thereunder, contain all manually operated
switches in this class.
Search Classes
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 328, Connectors,
Quick detachable, and the subclasses thereunder, tor lamp
sockets.
174 ELECTRICITY, MEDICAL AND SURGICAL, appropriate sub-
classes, for electric lamps specially constructed for medical
treatment.
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, the subclasses
under Igniting devices, and 219, ELECTRIC HEATING AND
RHEOSTATS, appropriate subclasses, for electrically igniting
lamps.
235 REGISTERS, subclass 1, Miscellaneous, for electrically illu-
minated game boards.
240 ILLUMINATION, appropriate subclasses, for portable bat-
tery lamps.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Inventions within the class definition
not otherwise classifiable.
2. MANUFACTURE AND REPAIR, EXHAUSTION AND
GAS CHARGING. Inventions for the removal of gases or
vapors from lamp bulbs or tubes and for charging the same
with gases or vapors. Includes also the driving off of occluded
gases in filaments and leading-in wires. Includes arrange-
ment of lamps for facility in exhausting.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 4, Manufacture and repair,
Apparatus, Filaments and glowers, for apparatus for flashing
filaments; 16, Incandescent, for incandescent lamps containing
a particular gas or gas-absorbing or emitting material; 36,
Incandescent, Seals, and 37, Incandescent, Seals, Plug and
cap, for incandescent lamps provided with means for exhaust-
ing through the seal. Where through other parts of the globe,
search class 176, subclass 16, Incandescent; 125, Gas and
vapor. Gas and vapor admitting, for gas and vapor electric
lamps provided with means for admitting gas thereto or
withdrawing gas therefrom.
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 314,
Special ray apparatus, Tubes, for similar inventions in the
production of X-ray tubes.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 97,
Cans, Hermetic sealers, for inventions in the general produc-
tion of vacua in vessels, even though a particular degree of
vacuum is desired.
3. MANUFACTURE AND REPAIR, APPARATUS. Miscel-
laneous apparatus, used in the manufacture and repair of
electric lamps and parts thereof.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 2, Manufacture and repair,
Exhaustion and gas charging, for apparatus used in exhaus-
tion and gas charging.
49 GLASS, subclass 2, Combined machines, Incandescent lamp
making, for machines operating upon glass in the making of
incandescent lamps.
4. MANUFACTURE AND REPAIR, APPARATUS, FILA-
MENTS AND GLOWERS. Apparatus used in the manu-
facture and repair of filaments and glowers for electric lamps,
unless classified in some more general class, and apparatus for
flashing filaments.
CLASS 176 Continued.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, the subclasses of Filament and glower
compositions, for methods of forming filaments and glowers.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 8, Molding devices, Filament forming,
and 54, Processes, Filament forming, for filament forming
from plastic composition.
5. MANUFACTURE AND REPAIR, APPARATUS, ELEC-
TRODES. Apparatus for use in the manufacture or repair
of electrodes of electric lamps not classified in some more gen-
eral class.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, the subclasses of Electrode composi-
tions, for methods of forming electrodes.
204 ELECTROCHEMISTRY, generally, for plating electrodes and
subclass 64, Electric furnaces, for analogous apparatus.
6. MANUFACTURE AND REPAIR, APPARATUS, CON-
NECTIONS. Apparatus for use in the forming of connec-
tions between leading-in wires and filaments or glowers or
between individual filaments or glowers or sections thereof
not classified in some more general class.
Search Classes
113 SHEET METAL WARE, MAKING, appropriate subclasses,
for soldering wire.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, appropriate sub-
classes, for electrically joining wire.
7. MANUFACTURE AND REPAIR, PROCESSES. Methods
of manufacture and repair of electric lamps and parts thereof,
except methods of manufacture and treatment of filaments,
glowers, and electrodes and except those included in the fol-
lowing subclasses in this class:
Incandescent
Pyroelectric
21. Heaters and glowers,
35. Combined seals and connections,
36. Seals,
38. Connections.
Arc-
42. Liquid electrode.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 3, Manufacture and repair.
Apparatus and the subclasses thereunder; 6, Manufacture and
repair, .Apparatus, Connections, and 38, Incandescent, Con-
nections, for apparatus and methods for replacing filaments
by joining new filaments to the broken ends of old filaments
or to the leading-in wires.
8. SYSTEMS. Miscellaneous electric systems limited to the supply
of energy to electric lamps. The limitation ta electric lamps
includes special electric characteristics of electric lamps, the
structure of electric lamps, or the use of electric lamps. In-
cludes circuits involving a plurality of lamps except successive
arc lamps.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 58, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Multiple arc, 60, Arc, Starting and feeding, Multiple arc,
Gear brake and detent; 61, Arc, Starting and feeding, Multiple
arc, Arc shifting switch; and 62, Arc, Starting and feeding.
Multiple arc, Arc shifting switch, Gear brake and detent, for
circuits involving successive arc lamps; 124, Gas and Vapor,
Special current supply, for means for supplying special current
to gas and vapor electric lamps.
171 ELECTRICITY, GENERATION, appropriate subclasses, far
general systems of distribution.
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 312, Lamp
dimmer systems, for connecting lamps to the circuit in various
ways and inserting resistances for the purpose of regulating
the intensity of the light.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 2, Combined light and structure,
and the subclasses thereunder, for lamp systems combined
with other structure; 9, Systems, for a plurality of illuminators
where the invention resides in their arrangement.
9. SYSTEMS, COMBINED. Electric lamp systems including a
combination of two or more of the following types of electric
lamps; incandescent filament, incandescent pyroelectric, arc
solid p.lectrodo, arc liquid electrode, gas and vapor.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 1, Miscellaneous, for individual
lamps embodying two or more types of electric light sources.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 37, Lanterns, Convertible; 52,
Light supports; 72, Light supports, Brackets, Combined, and
77, Light Supports, Chandeliers, Combined.
10. SYSTEMS, INCANDESCENT. Miscellaneous electric lamp
systems, including as translating devices, merely, incandes-
cent electric lamps.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 9, Systems, Combined, for
combined systems.
391
392
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 176 Continued.
11. SYSTEMS, INCANDESCENT, PYROELECTRIC. Electric
lamp systems including as translating devices, merely, pyro-
electric incandescent lamps.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 9, Systems, Combined, for
combined systems.
12. SYSTEMS, ARC. Miscellaneous electric lamp systems, in-
cluding as translating devices, merely, arc lamps.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 9, Systems, Combined, for
combined systems.
13. SYSTEMS, ARC, LIQUID ELECTRODE. Electric lamp
systems including as translating devices, merely, liquid elec-
trode arc lamps.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 9, Systems, Combined, for
combined systems.
14. DISPLAY. Individual lamps modified for display purposes.
Includes lamps modified to produce a certain design and means
for intermittently and automatically lighting and extinguish-
ing the lamp where the lamp or light source is modified for
that purpose.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 24, Incandescent, Automatic
switches and cut-outs, and 25, Incandescent, Automatic
switches and cut-outs, Electromagnetic, for automatic
switches.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, appropriate sub-
classes, for display lighting.
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 335, Connectors,
Quick detachable, Multiple connection, taps, Lamp cluster,
and subclasses thereunder, for cluster lamp sockets.
177 ELECTRIC SIGNALING, subclass 346, Systems, display, and
the subclasses thereunder, for display lighting.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 10, Decorative lights.
15. ARC AND INCANDESCENT. Lamps wherein the heat of
an arc is communicated to a body other than an electrode,
which becomes incandescent.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 41, Arc, and 121, Arc, Elec-
trode structure, for lamps wherein fluid or granular material
is fed to the arc; 117, Arc, Cases and frames, Arc confining,
reflecting, for analogous structures; 121, Arc, Electrode struc-
ture, and the subclasses under Electrode compositions, for
lamps wherein the incandescent body is a part of the electrode.
16. INCANDESCENT. Miscellaneous electric lamps wherein the
luminant is a solid adapted to be heated to incandescence by
the passage of an electric current therethrough. Electric
lamp bulbs containing particular gases are included here.
Electric lamps having one exhausted bulb within another
exhausted bulb are included here.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 2, Manufacture and repair,
Exhaustion and gas charging, and 7, Manufacture and repair,
Processes, for electric lamp bulbs containing particular gases;
26, Incandescent, Multiple filament lamps, and 34, Incandes-
cent, Reflectors and refractors, for electric lamps having one
exhausted bulb within another.
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 94, Switchboards, Lamp-annun-
ciators for lamp annunciators for telephone switchboards.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 100, Globes, for electric lamps
having one bulb within another, the outer bulb not being
exhausted.
17. INCANDESCENT, PYROELECTRIC. Incandescent lamps
wherein the luminant consists of a substance having a high
resistance at ordinary temperatures and a low resistance when
heated, such substances being known as second-class con-
ductors.
Search Class
17ft ELECTRIC LAMPS, the appropriate subclasses under sub-
class 16, Incandescent, but not in this group, for lamps wherein
the luminant consists of pyroelectric material combined with
material conductive at ordinary temperatures, and appropri-
ate subclasses under Filament and glower compositions for
compositions of glower used in pyroelectric lamps.
18. INCANDESCENT, PYROELECTRIC, LAMP-CIRCUITS.
Lamp circuits for pyroelectric lamps wherein no specific struc-
ture is disclosed.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 11, Systems, Incandescent,
Pyroelectric, for systems involving a plurality of pyroelectric
lamps; 17, Incandescent, Pyroelectric.
19. INCANDESCENT, PYROELECTRIC, CIRCUIT-CON-
TROLLING STRUCTURE. Miscellaneous structure of
individual elements for controlling the electric circuit in
pyroelectric lamps.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 17, Incandescent, Pyroelectric.
20. INCANDESCENT, PYROELECTRIC, CIRCUIT CON-
TROLLING STRUCTURE, AUTOMATIC. Structure of
circuit controlling elements or devices for pyroeleclric lamps,
which elements or devices are entirely automatic in their
operation. This subclass includes ballast resistances and
thermal and electromagnetic circuit changers when limited to
pyroelectric lamps.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 17, Incandescent, Pyroelectric.
CLASS 176 Continued.
21. INCANDESCENT, PYROELECTRIC, HEATERS AND
GLOWERS. Miscellaneous structure of the means for heat-
ing the glower to a conductive temperature in pyroelectric
lamps, the support of the heater and its arrangement relative
to the glower, and the structure of the glower. Includes con-
nections between the glower and leading wires.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 17, Incandescent, Pyroelectric,
and the appropriate subclasses under Filament and glower
compositions.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, appropriate sub-
classes, for compositions of heaters.
22. INCANDESCENT, PYROELECTRIC, HEATERS AND
GLOWERS, RELATIVELY MOVABLE. Heaters and
glowers for pyroelectric lamps that are relatively movable to
enable the heater to be placed in proximity to the glower dnr-
ing the preliminary heating and removed therefrom when the
glower has become conductive.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 17, Incandescent, Pyi oelectric.
23. INCANDESCENT, TRANSFORMER LAMPS. Incandes-
cent electric lamps wherein the filament is the secondary coil
or part of the secondary circuit of a transformer, the secondary
coil being built into the lamp.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 123, Gas and vapor, Luminous
electrode, for lamps wherein the luminant forms part of a
condenser.
24. INCANDESCENT, AUTOMATIC SWITCHES AND CUT-
OUTS. Miscellaneous incandescent electric lamps provided
with automatic switches and cut-outs. This suljclass includes
thermal cut-outs and switches, cut-outs whose operation
depends upon an electro-static discharge or attraction, and
those operated by a change in the pressure of the gas in the
lamp bulb. Electromagnetic and thermal switches and cut-
outs and automatically adjustable rheostats when located in
the lamp base are included here.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 10, Systems, Incandescent.
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 328, Connectors,
Quick detachable, for thermal cut-outs in lamp sockets.
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, appropriate sub-
classes, for electromagnetic switches and cut-outs in lamp
sockets and cut-outs of general application.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 17.5, Lanterns, Electric safety, for
cut-outs in safety lamps.
25. INCANDESCENT, AUTOMATIC SWITCHES AND CUT-
OUTS, ELECTROMAGNETIC. Automatic switch and
cut-out incandescent electric lamps where the switch or cut-
out is electromagnetic.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, the subclasses noted under subclass 24
above.
26. INCANDESCENT MULTIPLE-FILAMENT LAMPS. Mis-
cellaneous incandescent lamps which contain more than one
filament. Does not include lamps having more than one
filament branching out from two leading-in wires, in which
case the circuit through the filaments would in general be
always the same.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 40, Incandescent, Filament
form, for multiple filaments branching ^ut from two leading-in
wires.
173 ELECTRICITY. CONDUCTORS, subclass 328, Connectors,
Quick detachable, and appropriate subclasses thereunder, for
multiple filament lamp sockets.
27. INCANDESCENT, MULTIPLE FILAMENT LAMPS,
,, SWITCH. Multiple filament lamps provided with multiple
throw switches usually located in the base thereof.
Note. This subclass and subclass 33, Incandescent, Bases, ter
rhinals, and bulb holders, Switch, contain all manually oper-
able switches in incandescent lamps except pyroelectric.
Search Class
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclasses 347, Connectors,
Quick detachable, Switch, lamp socket type, Multiple throw,
and 348, Connectors, Quick detachable, Switch, lamp socket
type, multiple throw, Rotatable body, for lamp sockets pro-
vided with multiple throw switches.
28. INCANDESCENT, ELECTRODES IN CONTACT. In-
candescent lamps in which the light is produced at the ends of
electrodes, which are kept in contact.
Note. Many structures in this subclass are similar to arc lamp
structures.
29. INCANDESCENT, DOUBLE-BASE AND TUBULAR.
Incandescent lamps having leading-in wires extending
through different parts of the bulb or tube, generally through
opposite ends. Includes also incandescent lamps of tubular
form.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 14, Display; 42, Arc, Liquid
electrode, and the subclasses thereunder, and 122, Gas and
vapor, and the subclasses thereunder, for tubular lamps.
30. INCANDESCENT, NON-REFILLABLE. Incandescent
lamps constructed so as to prevent the placing of a new fila-
ment therein.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
393
CLASS 176 Continued.
31. INCANDESCENT, LOCKS AND SEALS. Incandescent
lamps provided with means for preventing their unauthor-
ized removal or use.
Search Classes
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 356, Connectors,
Quick detachable, Locks and seals, for locking or sealing lamp
socket connections or lamp socket switches.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 19, Lanterns, Miner's safety,
for locks on miner's safety lamps.
32. INCANDESCENT, BASES, TERMINALS, AND BULB
HOLDERS. Current terminals for incandescent lamps
(except pyroelectric) and bulb holders.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 26, Incandescent, Multiple
filament lamps, and 27, Incandescent, Multiple filament
lamps, Switch, for bases of multiple filament lamps; 29, In-
candescent. Double base and tubular, for bases for double base
lamps; 37, Incandescent, Seals, Plug and cap, for lamps, where
the base constitutes the seal for the bulb.
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 328, Connectors,
Quick detachable, and the subclasses thereunder, for struc-
tural features which are of general application to connecting
plugs.
33. INCANDESCENT, BASES, TERMINALS, AND BULB
HOLDERS, SWITCH. Bases and bulb holders for incan-
descent lamps provided with manually operable switches.
Note. This subclass and subclass 27, Incandescent, Multiple fila-
ment lamps, Svritch, contain all manually operable switches
in incandescent lamps except the pyroelectic subclasses.
Search Classes
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 346, Connectors,
Quick detachable, Switch, lamp socket type, and the sub-
classes thereunder, for switches located in lamp sockets.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 122, Switches and valves, for
switches in lighting fixtures.
34. INCANDESCENT, REFLECTORS AND REFRACTORS.
Incandescent lamps provided with light reflectors or re-
fractors which modify the light source, as, for example, lamps
wherein the exhausted lamp bulb is provided with a reflector
or refractor located within the bulb or modifying the construc-
tion of the bulb.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 37, Incandescent, Seals, Plug
and cap, for heat reflectors in incandescent lamps.
240 ILLUMINATION, appropriate subclasses, for reflectors and
refractors which do not modify the light source.
35. INCANDESCENT, COMBINED SEALS AND CONNEC-
TIONS. The combination of that portion of an incandescent
lamp bulb which supports the filament or the particular lead-
ing-in wires that are sealed to the glass of the bulb with the
joints between the loading-in wires and the filament or with
the structure of the leading-in wires between the seal and
filament.
Note. See the notes to subclasses 36, Incandescent, Seals, and
38, Incandescent, Connections.
36. INCANDESCENT, SEALS. Miscellaneous seals of the lead-
ing-in wires into the bulbs of incandescent lamps or the struc-
ture of the seal between that portion of the bulb that contains
the leading-in wires and the remainder of the bulb. This sub-
class includes the structure of the seal and also methods for
forming the same when limited to the electric lighting art.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 26, Incandescent, Multiple fila-
ment lamps, for modification of the seal for reception of three
or more leading-in wires; 34, Incandescent, Reflectors, and
refractors, for modification of the seal to form a reflecting sur-
face; 35, Incandescent, Combined seals and connections, and
37, Incandescent, Seals, Plug and cap.
49 GLASS, subclasses 78, Processes, Incandescent lamp making,
for forming incandescent lamp bulb seals, and 92, Structure,
for wire glass.
37. INCANDESCENT, SEALS, PLUG AND CAP. Incandes-
ent lamp bulb seals where the same are caps or plugs. This
subclass does not include plugs or caps of vitreous material
sealed to the bulb by fusion
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 16, Incandescent.
49 GLASS, subclasses 2, Combined machines, Incandescent
lamp making, and 78, Processes, Incandescent lamp making,
for inventions relating merely to a method of sealing glass.
38. INCANDESCENT, CONNECTIONS. The structure of, or
that applied to, the leading-in wires between the seal and fila-
ment in incandescent lamps, including the joint with the
filament. Includes joints between separate filaments. In-
cludes composition of the joint and methods of forming the
same.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 2, Manufacture and repair,
Exhaustion and gas charging, for eliminating occluded puses
from leading-in wires and joints; 6, Manufacture and repair,
Aparratus, Connections, for apparatus and methods em-
ployed in forming connections; 21, Incandescent, Pyroectic,
Heaters and glowers, for connection between glowers for pyro-
electric lamps and leading wires; 29, Incandescent, Double base
and tubular, for connections which place the filament under
tension; 37, Incandescent, Seals, Plug and cap, for heat radia-
tors and reflectors.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 1, Alloys, for composition of alloys.
113 SHEET METAL WARE, MAKING, appropriate subclasses,
and 219, ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, appropriate
subclasses, for soldering together of metal wires.
CLASS 176 Continued.
39. INCANDESCENT, AUXILIARY FILAMENT-SUPPORT.
Supports for filaments in incandescent lamps other than
leading-in wires, except those which support the filament
throughout its length. Many of these are for metallic filament
lamps.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 16, Incandescent, for filaments
supported throughout their length, and subclass 1, Miscellane-
ous, for filaments so supported where the support itself is de-
signed to become incandescent.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 90, Light supports, Resilient,
for electric lamps resiliently supported.
40. INCANDESCENT, FILAMENT FORM. Filaments for in-
candescent lamps of special form or structure.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 4, Manufacture and repair,
Apparatus. Filaments and glowers, for molds for forming fila-
ments in definite shapes; 14, Display; 16, Incandescent; 34,
Incandescent, Reflectors and refractors, and 39, Incandescent,
Auxiliary filament support.
41. A RC. Electric lamps which utilize the phenomena of the arc to
produce illumination. In the electric arc the current forms
its own conductor and is carried across the gap between the
electrodes by a vapor bridge produced from the material of the
negative electrode and consisting of a vapor stream issuing
from the negative electrode to the positive electrode.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, appropriate subclasses, for arc lamp sup-
ports and accessories not modifying the light source.
42. ARC, LIQUID ELECTRODE. Electric arc lamps wherein
one of the electrodes is a liquid, usually mercury. Includes
methods for manufacturing liquid electrode arc lamps.
Note. Liquid electrode arc apparatus when limited to use as
lamps or as rectifiers are classified in this class or in class 171,
ELECTRICITY, GENERATION, subclass 253, Systems of distribu-
tion. Alternating-direct, respectively. Details and features
not limiting such apparatus to a particular use are classified
here. However, apparatus taking energy from alternating
current mains and furnishing a rectified current, unless limited
to use as lamps, is classified in class 171, ELECTRICITY GENER-
ATION.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 2, Manufacture and repair. Ex-
haustion and gas charging, for exhausting liquid electrode arc
containers.
172 ELECTRICITY, MOTIVE POWER, subclass 238, Transmission
of power. Phase-modification, for liquid electrode arc fre-
quency changers.
43. ARC, LIQUID ELECTRODE, TEMPERATURE REGU-
LATION. Means for regulating the temperature of liquid
electrode arc lamps or parts thereof.
44. ARC, LIQUID ELECTRODE, PROTECTORS. Means for
protecting liquid electrode arc lamps against breakage from
jars during transportation or otherwise.
45. ARC, LIQUID ELECTRODE, STARTING. Miscellaneous
means for furnishing the energy necessary to establish the arc
in liquid electrode arc lamps.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 42, Arc, Liquid electrode, for
means for maintaining the arc under varying conditions, such
as varying current and voltage.
46. ARC, LIQUID ELECTRODE, STARTING, COMBINED.
A combination of two or more devices for starting the arc in
liquid electrode arc lamps.
47. ARC, LIQUID ELECTRODE, STARTING, DRAWING
ARC. Starting means for liquid electrode arc lamps which
operate to seperate from contact two electrodes and not here-
under subclassified. A method often employed is to establish
an electric current through the cathode of the lamp and to
break the circuit mechanically at the cathode, leaving the
cathode of the lamp the negative electrode of the arc thus
formed. This particular subclass includes devices operating
to produce a starting arc between a lamp anode and a lamp
cathode.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 46, Arc, Liquid electrode,
Starting, Combined.
48. ARC, LIQUID ELECTRODE, STARTING, DRAWING
ARC, TILTING LAMP. Drawing arc starting devices for
liquid electrode arc lamps which operate to break contact be-
tween a lamp anode and cathode by tilting or otherwise mov-
ing the lamp.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 46, Arc, Liquid electrode, Start-
ing, Combined.
49. ARC, LIQUID ELECTRODE, STARTING, DRAWING
ARC, AUXILIARY ELECTRODE. Drawing arc starting
means for liquid electrode arc lamps which operate to establish
a starting arc between the lamp cathode and an auxiliary
anode, the main anode of the lamp not being included in the
circuit of said starting arc.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 46, Arc, Liquid electrode, Start-
ing, Combined.
50. ARC, LIQUID ELECTRODE, SOLID-ELECTRODE
STRUCTURE AND SEALS. Solid electrodes for liquid
electrode arc lamps, structure applied thereto, the solid con-
ductors which connect with the liquid electrodes, and the
sealing of the same within the container.
394
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 176 Continued.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 35, Incandescent, Combined
seals and connections; 30, Incandescent, Seals; 37, Incandes-
cent, Seals, Plug and cap, and 12G, Gas and vapor, Electrodes,
terminals, and seals, for other seals.
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclasses 313,
Special ray apparatus, and 314, Special ray apparatus, Tubes,
for similar structure applied to X-ray apparatus.
51. ARC, SIDE-REFLECTOR TYPE. Arc lamps wherein the
light source is modified for the reception of a reflector at the
side of the arc to concentrate the rays. The modification of
the light source, for example, may be for use in projection appa-
ratus or in headlights or searchlights. This subclass contains
all arc lamp patents in class 176 which disclose reflectors.
Search Classes- -
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 72, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Motor; 73, Arc, Starting and feeding, Motor, Electric; 74, Arc,
Starting and feeding, Motor, Electric, Motor circuit control;
75, Arc, Starting and feeding, Motor, Electric, Motor circuit
control, Automatic switch, and 76, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Positive intermittent-grip gear, for arc lamps modifie ' for use
with a reflector.
88 OPTICS, subclass 24, Projecting apparatus.
172 ELECTRICITY, MOTIVE POWER, subclass 179, Motors, Hand-
operating devices, for circuit controlling stands for searchlights.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 61, Light supports, Dirigible,
for light supports which are movable to direct the beam; and
105, Reflectors, Side.
52. ARC, FLAMING AND LUMINOUS ARC. In flaming and
luminous arc lamps a large portion of the light is produced in
the arc itself as distinguished from those arc lamps wherein
most of the light is produced by the incandescence of the elec-
trode points.
Note. Much of the structure in this subclass is devised to elimi-
nate trouble arising from the emission of solids and vapors
from the arc and the formation of incrustation upon the elec-
trodes.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 64, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Flaming and luminous arc, for starting and feeding in flam-
ing arc lamps.
53. ARC, ALTERNATING-CURRENT. Arc lamps adapted to
use alternating current.
54. ARC, AUTOMATIC AUXILIARIES. Arc lamps provided
with devices apart from the feeding and regulating devices
which operate automatically. As an example, this subclass
includes globe cleaners operated by the current during the
operation of the lamp and automatic indicators to tell the
degree of consumption of the electrodes.
55. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING. Arc lamps having
means for starting and feeding.
Note. Many of the patents in this subclass disclose conventional
clutches for feeding the electrode.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 110, Arc, Automatic switches;
111, Arc, Automatic switches, Consumption cut-outs, and 112,
Arc, Automatic switches, Thermal switches and cut-outs, for
cut-outs and automatic switches operating at the starting or
extinguishing of the arc and forcut-outsand automaticswitches
operating under abnormal conditions.
56. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, CONCENTRIC-FEED
MOUNTING. Arc lamps wherein the feeding electrode, the
feeding electrode holder, and feeding magnet are concentri-
cally mounted except as noted below.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 82, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Combined special clutch and operating means, Ball, for con-
centric feed mounted ball clutch lamps; 91, Arc, Starting and
feeding, Combined special clutch and operating means, Mag-
netic clutch and brake, Expanding core, for concentric feed
mounted expanding core magnetic clutch lamps; and 99, Arc,
Starting and feeding, Electromagnetic feed, for concentric
feed mounted lamps wherein the feeding electrode is directly
connected to the core of the feed magnet.
57. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, CONCENTRIC FEED
MOUNTING, INCLOSED ARC. Arc lamps of the concen-
tric feed mounted type in which the arc is inclosed to hinder
access of the atmosphere.
58. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, MULTIPLE ARC.
Arc lamps designed for two or more arcs which burn simulta-
neously or successively. This particular subclass includes
merely successive arc lamps not hereunder subclassified. Cir-
cuits for two or more arc lamps when burned successively are
included in this subclass.
59. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, MULTIPLE ARC,
SIMULTANEOUS. Arc lamps designed for two or more
arcs which burn simultaneously.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 12, Systems, Arc, for circuits
for a plurality of arc lamps; 15, Arc and incandescent, for arc
lamps containing a foreign substance rendered incandescent
by the heat of the arc where the same is a conductor, and 53,
Arc, Alternating-current, for arc lamps having three or more
electrodes and operating on polyphase circuits.
00. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, MULTIPLE ARC,
GKAK-HRAKK AND DKTENT. Multiple arc lamps
except those included under subclass 62, Arc, Starting and
CLASS 176 Continued.
feeding, Multiple arc, Arc shifting switch, Gear brake and
detent, where the feed control is accomplished by means of an
escapement, such as a train of gearing, connected with an
electrode holder, which may be prevented from rotating by
means of a brake or detent.
61. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, MULTIPLE ARC,
ARC-SHIFTING SWITCH. Multiple arc lamps provided
with switches for shifting or altering the circuit at the time the
arc is shifted from one pair of electrodes to another.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 58, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Multiple arc, also, for magnets which shift a clutch floor at the
time the arc is shifted.
62. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, MULTIPLE ARC
ARC SHIFTING SWITCH, GEAR-BRAKE AND DE-
TENT. Arc shifting switch multiple arc lamps wherein the
feed control is accomplished by an escapement, such as a train
of gearing connected with an electrode holder, which may be
prevented from rotating by means f a brake or detent.
63. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, MAGAZINE. Arc
lamps having receptacles for containing a supply of electrodes
or arcing material, with means for automatically delivering
the same to the arc as the burning electrodes are consumed.
64. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, FLAMING AND LU-
MINOUS ARC. Starting and feeding devices for use in flam-
ing and luminous arc lamps. Many inventions in this subclass
are designed to overcome difficulties in starting and feeding
due to material emitted by the arc and left on the electrodes
as a deposit.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 52, Arc, Flaming and luminous
arc, for flaming and luminous arc lamp structure other than
the starting and feeding means.
65. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, INCLINED AND
ROTARY ELECTRODES. Arc lamps not hereunder sub-
classified wherein the electrodes between which the arc passes
are not in alinement or in which the electrodes in feeding have
a rotary motion.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 64, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Flaming and luminous arc, for upper electrodes having a
rotary motion, and 109, Arc, Stationary electrode, for arc lamps
wherein the main electrodes have no relative movement.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, the Arc system
subclasses, for similar electrode feeding mechanism.
66. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, INCLINED AND
ROTARY ELECTRODES, MOTOR. Inclined and rotary
electrode arc lamps wherein the feed is accomplished by a
motor connected to the electrode holder.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 73, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Motor, Electric; 74, Arc, Starting and feeding, Motor, Electric,
Motor circuit control, and 75, Arc, Starting and feeding, Motor,
Electric, Motor circuit control, Automatic switch, for special
feed actuating motors.
67. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, INCLINED AND
ROTARY ELECTRODES, POSITIVE INTERMIT-
TENT-GRIP GEAR. Inclined and rotary electrode arc
lamps wherein the feed is accomplished by gearing, which is
positively operated by an intermittent-grip device.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 76, Art>, Starting and feeding,
Positive intermittent-grip gear, for this type of feed applied
to arc lamps with aimed electrodes.
68. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, INCLINED AND RO-
TARY ELECTRODES, SPECIAL CLUTCH. Inclined
and rotary electrode arc lamps, the feeding mechanism of
which comprises a special form of clutch acting upon the elec-
trode or electrode holder or connected with the electrode
holder and acting upon the frame of the lamp.
69. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, INCLINED AND RO-
.TARY ELECTRODES, GEAR-BRAKE AND DETENT.
Inclined and rotary electrode arc lamps wherein the feeding
mechanism comprises a gear adapted to be held from rotation
by friction or by the insertion of a detent into the path of some
moving part of the feed mechanism.
70. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, INCLINED AND RO-
TARY ELECTRODES, CONSUMPTION FEED. In-
clined and rotary electrode lamps wherein the feeding of one
or more of the electrodes is regulated by their consumption or
by the destruction of some obstruction to their feeding by the
heat of the arc. Other means may be used for striking the arc
or for keeping the electrodes properly separated.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 102, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Consumption feed, for this type of feed applied to arc lamps
having aimed electrodes.
71. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, THERMAL. Arc
lamps wherein the feeding is accomplished through tho agency
of heat or light, except those included under subclass 70, Arc,
Starting and feeding, Inclined and rotary electrodes, Con-
sumption feed, and subclass 102, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Consumption feed. Includes thermal switches controlling
tho feed regulating circuits.
Search Class -
176 -ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 112, Arc, Automatic switches,
Thermal switches and cut-outs, for thermal cut-outs.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
395
CLASS 176 Continued.
72. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, MOTOR. Miscel-
laneous arc lamps wherein the feed is accomplished 1 >y a motor
connected to the electrode holder.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 66, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Inclined and rotary electrodes, Motor.
73. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, MOTOR, ELECTRIC.
Arc lamps wherein the feed is accomplished by means of an
electric motor connected to the electrode holder.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 67, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Inclined and rotary electrodes, Positive intermittent-grip
gear, and 70, Arc, Starting and feeding, Positive intermittent-
grip gear, for all means whereby the electrode may be auto-
matically released from the electric motor or intermittent-grip
gear feeding mechanism.
74. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, MOTOR, ELECTRIC,
MOTOR-CIRCUIT CONTROL. Electric motor feed arc
lamps not hereunder subclassifled, wherein the feed of the
electrodes is effected by control of the circuit of the field or
armature of the motor.
75. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, MOTOR, ELECTRIC,
MOTOR CIRCUIT CONTROL, AUTOMATIC SWITCH.
Motor circuit control motor feed arc lamps wherein the motor
circuit is controlled by an automatic switch. Includes means
for automatically changing the commutation of the motor.
76. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, POSITIVE INTER-
MITTENT-GRIP GEAR. Arc lamps wherein the feeding
is accomplished by gearing which is positively operated by
an intermittent-grip device.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 67, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Inclined and rotary electrodes, Positive intermittent-grip
gear, for this type of feed applied to lamps having inclined or
rotary electrodes.
77. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, POSITIVE FEED-
CLUTCH. Arc lamps wherein the electrodes are fed posi-
tively by means of a clutch, the clutch moving with the elec-
trode as it feeds. Generally the position of the lamp does not
affect the feed.
78. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, POSITIVE FEED
CLUTCH, SEPARATE HOLDING CLUTCH. Positive
feed clutch arc lamps wherein the feeding mechanism com-
prises two separate clutches, one for advancing the electrode
and the other for holding the same against reverse movement
during the retraction of the former.
79. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, POSITIVE FEED-
CLUTCH, COMBINED FEEDING AND HOLDING-
CLUTCH. Positive feed clutch arc lamps wherein the feeding
mechanism comprises a clutch having means for positively
advancing the electrode and means for holding the electrode
against reverse movement during the retraction of the former
means.
Note. This subclass includes single clutches, which combine the
functions of the feeding and holding clutches included in sub-
class 78 above.
80. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, COMBINED SPECIAL
CLUTCH AND OPERATING MEANS. Arc lamps
wherein the feeding mechanism comprises the combination of
a special clutch with special clutch operating means.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 68, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Inclined and rotary electrodes, Special clutch, for special
clutches in arc lamps; 105, Arc, Starting and . feeding,
Clutches, and the subclasses thereunder, for special clutches
for arc lamps.
81. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, COMBINED SPECIAL
CLUTCH AND OPERATING MEANS, AUTOMATIC
SWITCH. Combined special clutch and operating jneans
arc lamps which contain an automatic switch, for whatever
purpose employed, that is operated by an excessive move-
ment of some part of the feed or starting mechanism or
which contain an automatic switch which is operated re-
peatedly during the burning of the lamp. This subclass in-
cludes automatically operated cut-outs and rheostats as above
limited.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 111, Arc, Automatic switches,
Consumption cut-outs, for consumption cut-outs operated
when the electrodes have been consumed to a predetermined
extent.
82. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, COMBINED SPECIAL
CLUTCH AND OPERATING MEANS, BALL. Com-
bined special clutch and operating means arc lamps wherein
the clutch comprises a ball, ring, or disk, which serves to grip
the electrode or ebctrode holder by being wedged lietween the
same and an adjacent part, in many cases by being rolled
along the electrode holder.
83. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, COMBINED SPECIAL
CLUTCH AND OPERATING MEANS, DOUBLE DOG.
Combined special clutch and operating means arc lamps not
hereunder subclassified wherein the clutch comprises two or
more dogs or blocks pivoted or swinging in such a manner as
to engage ths ebctrode or elactrodo holder to clutch the same.
This subclass includes clutching cams.
CLASS 176 Continued.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 10:i, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Clutches, Double dog, for double dog clutches.
84. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, COMBINED SPECIAL
CLUTCH AND OPERATING MEANS, DOUBLE DOG,
MAGNETIC CLUTCH. Combined special clutch and
operating means arc lamps of the double dog clutch type
wherein the dogs of the clutch are individual armatures or pole
pieces or are connected to separate armatures, except such
lamps wherein the clutch is of the electromagnetic expanding
type.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 80, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Combined special qlutch and operating means, and 81, Arc,
Starting and feeding, Combined special clutch and operating
means, Automatic switch, for clutch dogs consisting of spring
armatures, but not pivoted; 90, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Combined special clutch and operating means, Magnetic
clutch and brake, and 91, Arc, Starting and feeding, Combined
special clutch and operating means, Magnetic clutch and
brake, Expanding core, for other magnetic clutches.
85. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, COMBINED SPECIAL
CLUTCH AND OPERATING MEANS, DOUBLE DOG,
AUTOMATIC SWITCH. Combined special clutch and
operating means arc lamps of the double dog clutch type which
contain an automatic switch, for whatever purpose used,
which is operated by an excessive movement of some part of
the feed or starting mechanism or which contain an automatic
switch, which is operated repeatedly during the burning of
the lamp. This subclass includes automatically operated
cut-outs and rheostats, as above limited.
86. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, COMBINED SPECIAL
CLUTCH AND OPERATING MEANS, PIVOT-DOG.
Combined special clutch and operating means arc lamps
wherein the clutch comprises a single pivoted dog adapted to
engage the electrode or electrode holder.
Search Class
176 ELECTKIC LAMPS, subclasses 80, Arc, Starting and feed-
ing, Combined special clutch and operating means, and 81,
Arc, Starting and feeding, Combined special clutch and oper-
ating means, Automatic switch, for clutches comprising a
freely pivoted block, which is made to engage the electrode
holder by moving its pivotal point; and 107, Arc, Starting and
feeding, Clutches, Pivot dog, for pivot dog clutches for arc
lamps.
87. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, COMBINED SPECIAL
CLUTCH AND OPERATING MEANS, PIVOT DOG,
AUTOMATIC SWITCH. Combined special clutch and op-
erating means arc lamps of the pivot dog type which contain
an automatic switch, for whatever purpose used, which is
operated by an excessive movement of some part of the feed or
starting mechanism or which contain an automatic switch,
which is operated repeatedly during the burning of the lamp.
This subclass includes automatically operated cut-outs and
rheostats, as above limited.
88. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, COMBINED SPECIAL
CLUTCH AND OPERATING MEANS, RING. Com-
bined special clutch and operating means arc lamps wherein
the clutch comprises a ring, which is adapted to be canted to
grip the electrode or electrode holder.
89. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, COMBINED SPECIAL
CLUTCH AND OPERATING MEANS, RING, AUTO-
MATIC SWITCH. Combined special clutch and operating
means arc lamps of the ring clutch type which contain an auto-
matic switch, for whatever purpose used, which is operated by
an excessive movement of some part of the feed or starting
mechanism or which is operated repeatedly during the burn-
ing of the lamp. This subclass includes automatically oper-
ated cut-outs and rheostats, as above limited.
90. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, COMBINED SPECIAL
CLUTCH AND OPERATING MEANS, MAGNETIC
CLUTCH AND BRAKE. Combined special clutch and op-
erating means arc lamps not hereunder subclassified wherein
the clutch block is an armature or pole of a magnet or is rigidly
connected with an armature or pole of a magnet. This sub-
class also includes all magnetic gear brakes and magnetic
damners in class 176.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 84, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Combined special clutch and operating means, Double dog,
Magnetic clutch, for double dog magnetic clutch arc lamps.
91. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, COMBINED SPECIAL
CLUTCH AND OPERATING MEANS, MAGNETIC
CLUTCH AND BRAKE, EXPANDING CORE. Com-
bined special clutch and operating means arc lamps of the
magnetic clutch and brake type wherein clutch blocks form
parts of a split tube or the like, located usually within a mag-
net, and which act as the core of the ma-met, the movement
of the several parts of the tube core under the ma.Tnetic in-
fluence operating to clutch the electrode or electrode holder.
92. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, AUTOMATIC SWITCH.
Arc lamps except as classified under the specific type of feed
mechanism which contain an automatic switch, for whatever
purpose used, which is operated by an excessive movement of
some part of the feed or starting mechanism or which is oper-
ated repeatedly during the burning of the lamp. Includes
automatically operated cut-outs and rheostats, as above lim-
ited. Does not include consumption cut-outs.
396
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 176 Continued.
93. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, GEAR-BRAKE. Arc
lamps wherein the feeding mechanism comprises a gear
adapted to be held from rotation by a frictional brake or
pressure of a cam.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses CO, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Multiple arc, Gear brake and detent; 02, Arc, Starting and
feeding, Multiple arc, Arc shifting switch, Gear brake and de-
tent; 69, Arc, Starting and feeding, Inclined and rotary elec-
trodes, Gear brake and detent; and 72, Arc, Starting and feed-
ing, Motor, and the subclasses thereunder, for analogous
structure; and 90, Arc, Starting and feeding, Combined special
clutch and operating means, Magnetic clutch and brake, for
magnetic brakes.
94. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, GEAR BRAKE, MUL-
TIPLE-ARMATURE OPERATED. Gear brake arc lamps
wherein the starting and feeding is accomplished by two or
more separate armatures, each moving different parts of the
starting or feeding mechanism or the same parts in a different
manner. Does not include those lamps wherein the armatures
operate to move the same parts merely in opposite directions
nor wherein one armature merely operates a switch. Many of
the patents in this subclass include lamps wherein the arc is
started by one magnet and further control is effected by
another.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 97, Arc, Starting and feeding,
(iear detent, Multiple armature operated, for analogous in-
ventions in gear detent lamps.
95. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, GEAR BRAKE, AU-
TOMATIC SWITCH. Gear brake arc lamps which contain
an automatic switch, for whatever purpose employed, which
is operated by an excessive movement of some part of the
feed or starting mechanism or which is operated repeatedly
during the burning of the lamp. Includes automatically
operated cut-outs and rheostats, as above limited. Does not
include consumption cut-outs.
96. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, GEAR-DETENT.
Arc lamps not hereunder subclassified wherein the feeding
mechanism comprises gearing connected with an electrode,
which is prevented from rotation by the insertion of a detent
into the path of a moving part of the feed mechanism. In
many cases the detent prevents the operation of an escape-
ment.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses CO, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Multiple arc, Gear brake and detent; 62, Arc, Starting and
feeding, Multiple arc, Arc shifting switch, Gear brake and
detent, and G9, Arc, Starting and feeding, Inclined and rotary
electrodes, Gear brake and detent, when searching this sub-
class; 72, Arc, Starting and feeding, Motor, and the subclasses
thereunder.
97. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, GEAR DETENT,
MULTIPLE-ARMATURE OPERATED. Gear detent
arc lamps wherein the starting and feeding is accomplished
by two or more separate armatures, each moving different
parts of the starting or feeding mechanism or the same part
in a different manner. Does not include those lamps wherein
the armatures operate to move the same parts merely in oppo-
site directions nor wherein one armature merely operates a
switch. Many of the patents in this subclass include lamps
wherein the arc is started by one magnet and further control
is effected by another.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 94, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Gear brake, Multiple armature operated, for analogous inven-
tions in gear brake lamps.
98. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, GEAR DETENT,
AUTOMATIC SWITCH. Gear detent arc lamps which
contain an automatic switch, for whatever purpose employed,
which is operated by an excessive movement of some part
of the feed or starting mechanism or which is operated re-
peatedly during the burning of the lamp. Includes auto-
matically operated cut-outs and rheostats, as above limited.
Does not include consumption cut-outs.
99. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, ELECTROMAG-
NETIC FEED. Miscellaneous arc lamps wherein the feed
is accomplished by electromagnetic action. This subclass in-
cludes patents disclosing specific mechanical means for feeding
the electrodes and differs from subclass 55, Arc, Starting and
feeding, wherein such means is disclosed conventionally.
Many patents in this subclass disclose lamps wherein the
electrode holder is positively connected to an armature or
the core of a solenoid.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 05. Arc, Starting and feeding,
Inclined and rotary electrodes, and the subclasses thereunder;
72, Arc, Starting and feeding, Motor, and the subclasses there-
under; 77, Arc, Starting and feeding, Positive feed clutch, and
the subclasses thereunder; 80, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Combined special clutch and operating means, and the sub-
classes thereunder; 93, Arc, Starting and feeding. Gear brake,
and the subclasses thereunder, and 90, Arc, Starting and
feeding, Gear detent, and the subclasses thereunder.
100. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, ELECTROMAG-
NETIC FEED, FLUID TRANSMISSION. Electromag-
netic feed are lamps wherein the movement of the electrodes
is accomplished through the agency of a fluid.
CLASS 176-Continued.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 70, Arc, Starting and feed-
ing, Inclined and rotary electrodes, Consumption feed,
102, Arc, Starting and feeding, Consumption feed; and 108, Arc,
Starting and feeding, Dampers and dash pots, for analogous
structure.
101. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, ELECTROMAG-
NETIC FEED, AUTOMATIC SWITCH. Electromag-
netic feed arc lamps which contain an automatic switch, for
whatever purpose employed, which is operated by an excessive
movement of some part of the feed or starting mechanism or
which is operated repeatedly during the burning of the lamp.
Includes automatically operated cut-outs and rheostats, as
above limited. Does not include consumption cut-outs.
102. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, CONSUMPTION
FEED. Arc lamps wherein the feed is accomplished by the
consumption of the electrodes or by the destruction of obstruc-
tions to the motion of the electrodes by the heat of the arc.
The feed may be accomplished by the melting of an obstruc-
tion to feed, or by consumption of the end of the electrode, or
by loss in weight of the electrode. Where the electrode is di-
rectly connected to a magnetic core the movement of which
effects the feeding, the patent is placed in Electromagnetic
feed, although loss in weight may effect the feeding.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 70, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Inclined and rotary electrodes, Consumption feed, for con-
sumption feed inclined and rotary electrode arc lamps; and 71,
Arc, Starting and fooding, Thermal, for feed accomplished
by heat but not falling within the definition of this subclass.
103. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, MANUAL. Arc lamps
wherein the starting or feeding is accomplished by hand. In-
cludes means for manually operating or locking the feeding
mechanism.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, the motor subclasses under Arc, for
analogous structure.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, Arc system sub-
classes, for similar electrode feeding structure.
104. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, SPECIAL START-
ERS. Arc lamps provided with means for starting the arc
other than merely by the separation of the burning electrodes.
Search Class
176 -ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 04, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Flaming and luminous arc, for such means applied to flaming
arc lamps; and 05, Arc, Starting and feeding, inclined and
rotary electrodes, and the subclasses thereunder, for "strikers"
in inclined and rotary electrode lamps.
105. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, CLUTCHES. Clutches
for starting or feeding arc lamps. The clutch operating mech-
anism is conventional.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 80, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Combined special clutch and operating means, and appro-
priate subclasses thereunder.
74 ^MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclasses 53, Intermittent-grip de-
vices; 54, Intermittent-grip devices, Ratchet, and 55, Inter-
mittent-grip devices, Strap and dog or ball, for rod clutches
capable of an intermittent grip action and of general applica-
tion.
100. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, CLUTCHES, DOUBLE
DOG. Clutches for starting or feeding are lamps which
comprise two or more dogs or blocks pivoted or swinging in
such a manner as to engage the electrodfe or electrode holder.
Includes multiple clutching cams. The clutch operating:
mechanism is conventional.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 83, Arc, Starting and feed-
ing, Combined special clutch and operating means, Double
dog; 84, Arc, Starting and feeding, Combined special clutch
and operating means, Double dog, Magnetic clutch, and 85,
Arc, Starting and feeding, Combined special clutch and oper-
ating means, Double dog, Automatic switch.
107. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, CLUTCHES, PIVOT
DOG. Clutches for starting or feeding arc lamps comprising
a single pivoted dog. The clutch operating mechanism is
conventional.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 80, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Combined special clutch and operating means, Pivot dog,
and 87, Arc, Starting and feeding, Combined special clutch
and operating means, Pivot dog, Automatic switch; and 105,
Arc, Starting and feeding, Clutches, for clutches compris-
ing a pivoted block, which is made to grip the electrodes by
moving its pivotal point.
108. ARC, STARTING AND FEEDING, DAMPERS AND
DASH-POTS. Devices for impeding motion in the starting
or feed mechanism for arc lamps. Includes devices in the
nature of brakes to prevent abrupt feed of the electrodes.
Does not include dash pots which are parts of electromagnets
or solenoids.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 53, Arc, Alternating-current,'
93, Arc, Starting and feeding, Gear brake, and the subclasses
thereunder; 96, Arc, Starting and feeding, Gear detent, and
the subclasses thereunder, and 114, Arc, Magnets, armatures,
and magnet supports; 90, Arc, Starting and feeding, Combined
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
397
CLASS 176 Continued.
special clutch and operating means, Magnetic clutch and
brake, for magnetic brakes; 100, Arc, Starting and f(*ding,
Electromagnetic feed, Fluid transmission, for similar struc-
ture.
109. ARC, STATIONARY ELECTRODE. Arc lamps, except
liquid electrode arc lamps, wherein the electrodes have no
relative movement. Includes electric candles and their
holders.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 65, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Inclined and rotary electrodes, and the subclasses thereunder,
for arc lamps in which the electrodes remain stationary during
normal operation but wherein the arc is started by a separation
of the main electrodes.
110. ARC, AUTOMATIC SWITCHES. Miscellaneous automatic
switches peculiar to arc lamps.
Note. Includes automatically operated cut-outs and rheostats, as
above limited. Does not include automatic switches operated
by an excessive movement of the electrode feeding mechanism
nor automatic switches designed to operate repeatedly during
the burning of the lamp; nor automatic switches in liquid
electrode arc lamps; nor automatic switches in arc lamps where
the same is positively included in the definition of some sub-
class under 55, Arc, Starting and feeding; nor Automatic
switches disclosed in patents classified in subclass 04, Arc,
Starting and feeding, Flaming and luminous arc.
Search Class
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, appropriate sub-
classes, for automatic switches of general application.
111. ARC, AUTOMATIC SWITCHES, CONSUMPTION CUT-
OUTS. Cut-outs for arc lamps which operate when an elec-
trode is consumed to a certain extent, except such as are
operated directly by heat.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 55, Arc, Starting and feeding,
and 103, Arc Starting and feeding, Manual, for devices for
cutting out lamps by breaking the arc; 112, Arc, Automatic
switches, Thermal switches and cut-outs, for cut-outs oper-
ated directly by heat.
112. ARC, AUTOMATIC SWITCHES, THERMAL SWITCHES
AND CUT-OUTS. Switches and cut-outs for arc lamps
operated directly by heat.
Note. Automatic switches closing a circuit operating the feed
mechanism are placed in subclass 71, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Thermal, or a superior subclass, and cross-referenced into this
subclass.
113. ARC, INCLOSED ARC. Devices for inclosing the arc in arc
lamps to hinder access of the atmosphere.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 57, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Concentric feed mounting, Inclosed arc, for arc inclosures in
concentric feed mounted lamps.
240 ILLUMINATION, appropriate subclasses, for arc lamp globes
and protectors.
114. ARC, MAGNETS, ARMATURES, AND MAGNET-SUP-
PORTS. Special magnets, armatures, and supports for
magnets particularly adapted for use in arc lamps, except
liquid electrode arc lamps.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 53, Arc, Alternating-current,
for magnets especially designed for alternating current.
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 21, Elec-
tromagnets, for electromagnets of general application.
115. ARC, CASES AND FRAMES. In addition to holding,
inclosing, and supporting means for mechanism of arc lamps,
conductors and accessories of the lamp frame not hereunder
subclassifled, except liquid electrode arc lamps.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 51, Arc, Side reflector typo,
116, Arc, Cases and frames, Resistances and manual switches,
and 117, Arc, Cases and frames, Arc confining, reflecting, for
frame and casing construction; 113, Arc, Inclosed arc, for sup-
ports for arc inclosing glotws; 114, Arc, Magnets, armatures,
and magnet supports, and 110, Arc, Cases and frames, Re-
sistances and manual switches, for ventilating cases and mech-
anism.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 111, Shade, reflector, or globe
supports, and the subclasses thereunder, for globe supporting
frames, and 91, Light supports, Harps for lamp-supporting
frames.
116. ARC, CASES AND FRAMES, RESISTANCES AND MAN-
UAL SWITCHES. Resistances and rheostats in arc lamps
and manual switches in arc lamps.
Search Classes
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, appropriate sub-
classes, for rheostats of general application.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 52, Light supports, and the sub-
classes thereunder, for switches in arc lamp head boards.
117. ARC, CASES AND FRAMES, ARC CONFINING. RE-
FLECTING. Means for confining the arc in arc lamps,
"economizers," and reflectors, except such as are classified in
class 240, ILLUMINATION.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 15, Arc and incandescent, for
means for confining the arc; and 102, Arc, Starting and feed-
ing, Consumption feed, for analogous structure.
CLASS 176 Continued.
118. ARC, MAGNETIC INFLUENCE AND DEFLECTION OF
ARC. Means for subjecting the arc in arc lamps to the in-
fluence of a magnetic field. Includes means for deflecting the
arc by other forces than magnetic.
119. ARC, ELECTRODE HOLDERS. Means for holding the
electrodes and forming electrical contact therewith in arc
lamps, except liquid electrode arc lamps.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 113, Arc, Inclosed arc, for elec-
trode holders combined with arc inclosing globe supports.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, for similarly con-
structed electrode holders.
248 SUPPORTS, appropriate subclasses, for similar supports of
general application.
120. ARC, ELECTRODE HOLDERS, MOVABLE CONTACT.
Movable electrode holders provided with means for forming
sliding or rolling electrical contact with some fixed portion of
the lamp.
121. ARC, ELECTRODE STRUCTURE. Structure of the con-
ductors in arc lamps between which the arc passes. Includes
electrodes supplied with wicks or other means for furnishing
a hydrocarbon to the arc.
Search Class
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 50, Arc, Liquid electrode,
Solid electrode structure and seals, for solid electrodes for
liquid electrode arc lamps; 52, Arc, Flaming and luminous
arc, and 64, Arc, Starting and feeding, Flaming and luminous
arc, for flaming arc electrodes; 70, Arc, Starting and feeding,
Inclined and rotary electrodes, Consumption feed; 102, Arc,
Starting and feeding, Consumption feed, and 109, Arc, Sta-
tionary electrode.
122. GAS AND VAPOR. Lamps in which the light is produced
by an electric discharge through a gas or vapor, the phenome-
non not being an arc. In general the discharge takes place
between electrodes through a gas or vapor within a container.
123. GAS AND VAPOR, LUMINOUS ELECTRODE. Gas and
vapor lamps containing electrodes or conductive material and
constructed to be operated under such conditions that the ma-
terial of the electrodes becomes luminous.
124. GAS AND VAPOR, SPECIAL CURRENT-SUPPLY.
Means in combination with gas and vapor electric lamps for
supplying energy of a particular character thereto. In many
cases these means are current interrupters or devices for pro-
ducing electrical oscillations. Does not include conventional
means for producing direct, alternating, or pulsating current.
Search Class
172 ELECTRICITY, MOTIVE POWER, subclass 281, Transmis-
sion of power, Frequency changers, for interrupters per se.
125. GAS AND VAPOR, GAS AND VAPOR ADMITTING.
Gas and vapor lamps provided with means for admitting gas
or vapor to the interior thereof or for withdrawing gas or
vapor therefrom.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 2, Manufacture and repair,
Exhaustion and gas charging, for gas charging and exhausting
limited to this class.
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 314, Spe-
cial ray apparatus, Tubes, for similar means applied to X-ray
apparatus.
126. GAS AND VAPOR, ELECTRODES, TERMINALS, AND
SEALS. Terminals of the metallic circuit in gas or vapor
lamps and means for sealing the same to the bulb or tube
container.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 50, Arc, Liquid electrode,
Solid electrode structure and seals, and 121, Arc, Electrode
structure, for analogous structure; and 124, Gas and vapor,
Special current supply.
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 314, Spe-
cial ray apparatus, Tubes, for analogous structure in X-ray
tubes.
127. FILAMENT AND GLOWER COMPOSITIONS, CARBON
CONTAINING. Incandescing compositions for electric
lamps that contain carbon, except those classified below, and
methods of producing the same. The classification of filament
and glower compositions is upon the presence of chemicals in
the filaments or glowers regardless of whether they enter into
chemical combination or are present as physical mixtures.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 2, Manufacture and repair,
Exhaustion and gas charging, for processes involving the heat-
ing of filaments in various atmospheres during exhaustion;
4, Manufacture and repair, Apparatus, Filaments and glowers,
for apparatus and methods of forming and repairing filaments;
7, Manufacture and repair, Processes, for operations upon the
filament independent of its composition.
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 8, Molding devices, Filament forming,
and 54, Processes, Filament forming, for methods and appa-
ratus used in forming filaments.
23 CHEMICALS, appropriate subclasses, for chemical compo-
sitions.
128. FILAMENT AND GLOWER COMPOSITIONS, CARBON
AND SALT. Incandescing compositions ibr electric lamps
that contain the element carbon and in addition a chemical
salt or salts and methods of producing the same.
398
DEFINITIONS OP CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 176 Continued.
129. FILAMENT AND GLOWER COMPOSITIONS, CARBON
AND OXID. Incandescing compositions for electric lamps
that contain carbon and in addition an oxid or oxids and
methods of producing the same.
130. FILAMENT AND GLOWER COMPOSITIONS, CARBON
AND METAL. Incandescing compositions for electric lamps
that contain carbon and a metal or metals and methods of
producing the same unless the metal is in the form of an oxid
or salt. This subclass, however, includes carbids of metals.
131. FILAMENT AND GLOWER COMPOSITIONS, NON-
CARBON. Incandescing compositions for electric lamps,
except as hereunder subclassified, that do not contain carbon
and methods of producing the same. Many of these are com-
positions for pyroelectric lamp glowers.
Note. These compositions are similar to many found in class 67,
ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 99, Gaseous fuel burners,
Incandescent, Mantle compositions.
132. FILAMENT AND GLOWER COMPOSITIONS, NON-
CARBON, METALS AND ALLOYS. Incandescing com-
positions for electric lamps composed entirely of a metal or a
mixture or an alloy of metals.
Search Class
75 METALLURGY, subclass 1, Alloys, for alloys.
133. ELECTRODE COMPOSITIONS, CARBON-CONTAIN-
ING. Electrode compositions for electric lamps, that contain
carbon and methods of producing the same. The classifica-
tion of electrode compositions is upon the presence of chemicals
in the electrodes regardless of whether they enter into chemical
combination or are present as physical mixtures.
CLASS 176 Continued.
Search Classes
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclasses 5, Manufacture and repair,
Apparatus, Electrodes, for apparatus and methods of forming
electrodes; and 7, Manufacture and repair, Processes, for opera-
tions upon the electrodes independent of their composition.
23 CHEMICALS, appropriate subclasses, for chemical composi-
tions.
171 ELECTRICITY, GENERATION, subclass 210, Magneto-electric,
Brushes and holders, for dynamo electric machine brushes.
202 CHARCOAL AND COKE, appropriate subclasses, for car-
bonization for production of fuel.
204 ELECTROCHEMISTRY, subclass 50, Batteries, Cathodes, for
carbon compositions capable of use as cathodes, although of
more general application.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 75, Resist-
ance elements, Carbon, for similar compositions for resistance
elements.
134. ELECTRODE COMPOSITIONS, CARBON AND OXID
OR SALT. Electrodes for electric lamps that contain carbon
and in addition an oxid or oxids or that contain carbon and in
addition a chemical salt or salts, and methods of producing the
same.
135. ELECTRODE COMPOSITIONS, CARBON AND METAL.
Electrodes for electric lamps that contain carbon and a metal
or metals and methods of producing the same, unless the metal
exists in the form of an oxid or salt. This subclass, however,
includes carbids of metals.
136. ELECTRODE COMPOSITIONS, NON-CARBON. Elec-
trode compositions for electric lamps that do not contain the
element carbon and methods of forming the same. Includes
many flaming or luminous arc electrode compositions.
CLASS 179. TELEPHONY.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class is limited to instruments and their combinations effect-
ing transmission of spoken or other sounds by moans of electricity
or electricity and other radiant energy.
Mechanical telephones transmitting speech through the mechan-
ical or molecular vibrations of stretched wires are classified in class
181, ACOUSTICS, subclass 29, Mechanical telephones.
Subclasses.
1. SYSTEMS. Combinations of devices for effecting the transmis-
sion of speech. Broadly, this subclass includes a plurality of
telephone instruments hi circuit, but in its more restricted
meaning includes transmitting and receiving instruments at
subscribers' or central stations for signaling or talking and
their connections. No distinction is made here between cir-
cuits and systems, all being grouped under Systems. This
subclass is miscellaneous, including all types of systems not
otherwise classifiable.
2. SYSTEMS, COMPOSITE. Telephone systems combined with
other electrical systems, as clock, power, fire, burglar, police,
or telegraph; also, systems of superposed currents, as the
superposition of telephone on telegraph, or light, alternating,
and phase currents.
Search Class
178 TELEGRAPHY, subclass 300, Superposed current.
3. SYSTEMS, COMPOSITE, TELEGRAPHY. Systems in
which the circuits between stations are used for the transmis-
sion of either telephone or telegraph messages, either sepa-
rately or simultaneously, the majority of patents classified
here being for superposed currents, telephoning and telegraph-
ing being simultaneous. This subclass also includes combi-
nation devices used in telegraphy and telephony, as tele-
graphic sounders and telephone transmitters or receivers
structurally united.
4. SYSTEMS, COMPOSITE, TELEGRAPHY, METALLIC
CIRCUIT. Combined telegraph and telephone circuits and
systems in which the transmission is over a metallic circuit,
usually in telephoning.
5. SYSTEMS, COMPOSITE, FIRE OR POLICE. Combined
systems in which fire, burglar, or police calls or alarms are
sent over the telephone circuits separately or simultane-
ously. This subclass would therefore include telephone calls
in which a specific signal is recorded.
6. SYSTEMS COMBINED TELEPHONE AND PHONO-
GRAPH. Systems involving the use of a phonograph in
connection with telephone systems, except such as are classi-
fied in class 181, ACOUSTICS, subclass 1, Telegraphophones. It
includes inventions in which the use of the phonograph is
incidental, in which the record is made simultaneously with
the transmission of speech between stations and the record is
made at either station, or inventions in which sound-waves
from a phonograph record are reproduced on a telephone line
to repeat messages sent or to announce facts, as that "the line
is busy," "will return at ," "call again." etc.
Search Class
181 ACOUSTICS, subclass 1, Telegraphophones.
7. SYSTEMS. REGISTER. Systems involving devices for count-
ing or charging telephone calls or connections which are so
intimately associated and claimed in combination with tele-
phone systems, telephones, telephone switches and calls, etc.,
as to be inseparable therefrom as independent machines. The
miscellaneous class includes substation instruments manually
operated at the substation by the subscriber. All others will
be found in the special subclasses hereinafter mentioned. All
recording or time-registering instruments per se are excluded
and will* be found in classes indicated below.
Search Classes
161 TIME-CONTROLLING MECHANISM, subclass 19. Timing
mechanism, Telephone-service, for devices measuring the time
the telephone is used as a basis of the charge.
234 RECORDERS, appropriate subclasses, especially subclass
33.5, Telephone, for devices in which a record is made or
printed.
235 REGISTERS, for registers per se.
8. SYSTEMS, REGISTER, CENTRAL. Systems having a reg-
ister or counter installed at a central office instead of at the
subscriber's instrument or substation. This particular sub-
class mostly includes registers operated or set manually,
either by the central operator or by the subscriber, through
the use of a key, push-button, or rod, etc.
CLASS 179 Continued.
9. SYSTEMS, REGISTER, CENTRAL, AUTOMATIC.' Sys-
tems installing a register at a central station and actuated by
the usual motions in calling or connecting. No other or extra
motions are required, and the system is automatic to that
extent only. In this subclass the subscriber's removal or
replacement of the receiver or transmitter or calling, ringing
on, etc., finally sets the register in the subscriber's line.
10. SYSTEMS, REGISTER, CENTRAL. AUTOMATIC, CEN-
TRAL CONTROL. Centrally-installed registers actuated at
central by the usual motions made by the operator at central
in connecting or calling.
Note. See note to subclass 12, Systems, Register, Automatic,
Central control.
11. SYSTEMS, REGISTER, AUTOMATIC, The substation
registers of these systems are located at the substations and are
automatic to the extent that no further motions are required
than those usually made in calling and connecting, as in re-
moving or replacing the receiver, placing receiver or trans-
mitter in position for use at the substation, or plugging into
the spring-jacks at central. It does not include manually
operated registers.
12. SYSTEMS, REGISTER, AUTOMATIC, CENTRAL CON-
TROL. Automatic substation registers which are finally
actuated or set by the operator at central in making the usual
movements for connections.
Note. Though many devices classified under Central control
are only operated through the cooperation of subscriber and
operator, the line of classification is here drawn that the devices
in this subclass shall be finally set or actuated through the
usual motions of the operator at central in making connections.
No extra manual motions are made.
13. SYSTEMS, REGISTER, CENTRAL CONTROL. Substa-
tion instruments which are finally actuated and the count
made through a manual operation performed at central.
Note. The note to subclass 12, Systems, Automatic, Central con-
trol, applies here, except that additional motions by central
operator, as in operating a key, are required besides the usual
motions in uniting the circuits of subscribers.
14. SYSTEMS, REGISTER, KEY AND LOCK. Substation de-
vices actuated by a special key manipulated by the subscriber.
It includes means to inform central of the setting of the
register.
Note. The special keys are hi most cases adapted to be carried by
the subscribers and used when they desire to telephone. The
key is not in any sense of the nature of telegraph-keys or
circuit-closers.
15. SYSTEMS, MULTIPLEX. Systems providing for the simul-
taneous transmission of more than one message over the same
circuit without interference and includes systems of duplex,
multiple, and tuned or harmonic transmission. The circuits
referred to may include phantom circuits that is, those in
which the line forms a part of the circuit between subscribers.
16. SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC. Systems hi which connections
between subscribers are mechanically made at a central sta-
tion, and in this subclass and all its subclasses, except Semi-
automatic, without the aid or presence of an operator at the
central office or exchange.
17. SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC, POLYSTATION-LINES. The
systems included in this subclass involve all those provided
with a plurality of stations on the same circuit, forming the
so-called "party-line," and connected to an automatically
operated central.
18. SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC. PERCENTAGE. Automatic
systems in which the number of selectors, switches, or auxil-
iary apparatus used in establishing connections at central is a
percentage of the number of subscribers and equal or propor-
tional to the maximum number of simultaneous calls.
Note. There is not a separate switch for each subscriber's line.
19. SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC, LOCK-OUT. Automatic systems
provided with means for preventing interference, thus secur-
ing privacy in communication. This particular subclass of
automatic lock-out systems includes those establishing con-
nections by rotary devices.
Note. Selective systems for signaling only are not included
herein.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 17, Systems, Automatic, Polysta-
tion-lines, and 18, Systems, Automatic, Percentage.
20. SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC, LOCK-OUT, CENTRAL EN-
ERGY. Such lock-out systems as use energy supplied from
a central point cither for calling or for talking or for both,
but not for establishing connections or operating the selectors
or connecting devices at central. Thes3 systems utilizing a
common battery or equivalent are not limited to those using
such centralized energy for all purposes.
399
400
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 179 Continued.
21. SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC. LOCK-OUT, COMBINED RO-
TARY AND NON-ROTARY. Automatic systems includ-
ing means to prevent interference and in which the switching
mechanism at central secures connections by rotary and non-
rotary means, the non-rotary means boing such as produce
longitudinal, transverse, or radial motions that is, any other
than strictly rotary means.
22. SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC, LOCK-OUT, NON-ROTARY.
Automatic lock-out systems establishing connections by longi-
tudinal, transverse, vertical, or radial motion, etc., or other
than rotary.
Search Class
173 TELEPHONY, subclass 21, Systems, Automatic, Lock-out,
Combined rotary and non-rotary, for non-rotary features com-
bined with rotary devices.
23. SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC, CENTRAL ENERGY. Systems
using a common battery or equivalent at one station, usually
the central station, for energizing either the signaling or talk-
ing circuits, or both, doing away with the use of either local
batteries or magnetos. K* does not include those systems
using central energy for making of connections only, nor is it
limited to systems using central energy (common battery or
equivalent) for all purposes.
24. SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC, COMBINED ROTARY AND
NON-ROTARY. Automatic systems in which connections
are automatically made by devices or connectors having com-
bined rotary and non-rotary motions, as already defined under
subclass 19," Systems, Automatic, Lock-out.
Search Class
173 TELEPHONY, subclass 21, Systems, Automatic, Lock-out,
Combined rotary and non-rotary.
25. SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC, NON-ROTARY. Automatic sys-
tems establishing connections by devices having essentially
non-rotary action or motions in which a line terminal or con-
nector moves in a longitudinal, transverse, vertical, or radial
direction other than rotary.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 22, Systems, Automatic, Lock-out,
Non-rotary, and 24, Systems, Automatic, Combined rotary
and non-rotary, for non-rotary features combined with rotary.
26. SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC, AUXILIARY AUTOMATIC
EXCHANGE. Systems having a branch exchange through
which connections are made automatically by the operator at
a distant central office either between the local subscribers con-
nected to such subsidiary branch exchange or between any one
of them and a subscriber of the central exchange. Subscribers
of the auxiliary branch can connect with central by manipu-
lating this automatic auxiliary.
27. SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC, SEMI-AUTOMATIC. Systems
mainly automatic, but necessitating some motion by a central
operator, the subscribers being unable to make connection
without the central operator's aid.
27.5. SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC, SELECTIVE SWITCHES.
Switches employed hi automatic telephone systems at a cen-
tral station and operated under the control of the subscriber
for selecting trunk-lines or other subscriber's lines.
28. SYSTEMS, POLYSTATION-LINES. Systems having a plu-
rality of substations on the same circuit, forming the so-called
"party-line." Polystation or party lines are distinguished
from house or intercommunicating systems in that the latter
are provided with a plurality of lines or circuits through each
substation, while party-lines of the polystation type connect
all subscribers on the same circuit.
29. SYSTEMS, POLYSTATION-LINES, PORTABLE SETS.
Devices including a portable telephone or station set adapted
to be connected to a circuit at fixed points or at any point,
usually used upon railway-lines or for emergencies, as in fire
and police service. The instrument is connected by means
of line-tappers or by means of socket and plug or equivalent.
Also systems involving railway cars or cabs provided with
telephone transmitters and receivers, these instruments being
a portable set or station in the sense that the car and the tele-
phone sat are movable, having no fixed position.
Search Class
1/3 ELECTRICITY, Conductors, subclass 273, Connectors,
Line-tappers, for line-tappers.
30. SYSTEMS, POLYSTATION-LINES, LOCK-OUT. Party-
line systems haying_ means to secure privacy of communica-
tion by preventing interference or listening in on the talking-
circuit.
Note. "Calls" provided with lock-out means will be found in
this group, except such as are indicated in the search data
below.
Search Classes
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 19, Systems, Automatic, Lock-out,
and the subclasses th3n?under, and subclasses 38, Systems,
House or intercommunicating, Lock-out, 39, Systems, House
or intercommunicating, Lock-out, Central energy; 85, Sys-
tems, Call, Step-by-step; 86, Systems, Call, Strength and
polarity, and 87, Systems, Call, Reed.
177 ELE
ELECTRIC SIGNALING, subclasses 333, Annunciator systems,
and 343, Annunciator systems, Station selective, and sub-
classes thereunder, for means for securing selective signaling
to the subscribers.
CLASS 179 Continued.
31. SYSTEMS, POLYSTATION-LINES, LOCK-OUT, CEN-
TRALIZED ENERGY. This type of party-line systems is
limited to those using common battery or equivalent for sig-
naling, for talking, or both, and having means for preventing
interference while in use.
Note. This type avoids the use of a local battery at the substa-
tion or the use of a magneto for calling, or both.
32. SYSTEMS, POLYSTATION-LINES, LOCK-OUT, CEN-
TRALIZED ENERGY, CENTRA L. Party-lines ener-
gized by centralized energy in signaling or in talking connected
to a central office or exchange and having means for securing
non-interference during communication.
33. SYSTEMS, POLYSTATION-LINES, LOCK-OUT, CEN-
TRAL. Party-lines connected to a central office or
exchange and provided with lock-out means for preventing
listening in or interference with the talking-circuit while in
use.
34. SYSTEMS. POLYSTATION-LINES, CENTRALIZED
ENERGY. Party-lines using common battery or equiva-
lent either for signaling or for talking, or both.
35. SYSTEMS, POLYSTATION-LINES, CENTRALIZED
ENERGY, CENTRAL. Systems in which party-lines
are connected to a central office and in which a common bat-
tery or equivalent is used for signaling, talking, or both.
36. SYSTEMS, POLYSTATION-LINES, CENTRAL. Party-
lines, as defined in subclass 28, Systems, Polystation-lines,
connected to a central office.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 177, Listening and ringing keys,
Polystation-lines, for listening and ringing keys forpolysta-
tion-lines.
37. SYSTEMS, HOUSE OR INTERCOMMUNICATING. Inter-
communicating systems in which there are at least as many
wires through each station as there are stations, each station
being equipped with means for connecting at will with any
other or in which a plurality of circuits pass through each
subscriber's station, there being enough of such circuits idle
with average use to establish connections.
Note. This subclass differs from polystation-lines in the num-
ber of wires between stations, 'the polystation or party-line
including substations in series or bridged across a single cir-
cuit, now usually metallic, while in house systems there are
a plurality of circuits between the stations.
38. SYSTEMS, HOUSE OR INTERCOMMUNICATING, LOCK-
OUT. Intercommunicating systems provided with means
for securing privacy or secrecy in conversation, thus prevent-
ing interference or listening in with the talking-circuit during
its use, whereby the other substations or the operators are
locked out.
39. SYSTEMS, HOUSE OR INTERCOMMUNICATING, LOCK-
OUT, CENTRAL ENERGY. Intercommunicating and
lock-out systems energized by a common battery or equiva-
lent in signaling or talking which supersedes the use of hand-
magnetos or local batteries at substations for either or both
purposes.
40. SYSTEMS, HOUSE OR INTERCOMMUNICATING, CEN-
TRALIZED ENERGY. House systems having a common
battery or equivalent for signaling or for talking or for both
purposes.
41. SYSTEMS, DIVIDED CENTRAL* Systems in which the
subscriber's lines are grouped upon separate switchboards
either in the same building or in separate offices and connected
by trunk or toll lines by operators at the central office or
exchanges.
42. SYSTEMS, DIVIDED CENTRAL, PRIVATE BRANCH
EXCHANGE. Systems in which a private exchange is pro-
vided with a trunk line or circuit to a central office or exchange.
Usually one or more of the branch subscribers can bo con-
nected to the main office directly, while others can only be con-
nected through the aid of the branch operator.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 26, Systems, Automatic, Auxiliary
automatic exchange.
43. SYSTEMS, DIVIDED CENTRAL, RECIPROCAL SIG-
NALING-TRUNKS. Divided -central systems provided
with "two-way" trunk-circuits between the, different ex-
changes or boards in which means for reciprocal signaling are
provided, so that either exchange or operator can signal the
other over the same trunk-circuit and establish connections
between subscribers.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 42, Systems, Divided central, Pri-
vate branch exchange.
44. SYSTEMS, DIVIDED CENTRAL, AUTOMATIC RING-
ING. Trunk-circuits having means for signaling the called
subscriber automatically on insertion of the calling-plug by
the incoming trunk-line operator or equivalent motions in
ordinary connections.
45. SYSTEMS, DIVIDED CENTRAL, THROUGH-RINGING.
Systems having means by which the answering or first oper-
ator at the central station rings up or signals the called sub-
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
401
CLASS 179 Continued.
scriber when the operator at the incoming trunk or cUled
subscriber's board inserts the calling or connecting plug. It
also includes those systems in which the latter operator can
ring through or back and call up the calling subscriber. Each
of these obviates a second operator signaling a subscriber.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 44, Systems, Divided central, Auto-
matic ringing.
46. SYSTEMS, DIVIDED CENTRAL, THROUGH-RINGING,
CENTRALIZED ENERGY. Systems involving through-
ringing in which one or both exchanges are of the centralized-
energy type.
47. SYSTEMS, DIVIDED CENTRAL, THROUGH-RINGING,
MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD. Systems of the through-
ringing type in which subscribers' lines at either exchange
terminate on a multiple board i. e., having spring-jacks or
terminals on each section.
48. SYSTEMS DIVIDED CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCH-
BOARD. Divided-central systems in which subscribers'
lines terminate in multisection-boards at either or both ex-
changes (one office or board being connected to the other by
means of trunk or toll lines), multisection-boards being denned
as those in which subscribers' lines have a terminal or spring-
jack at each section or division of the switchboard.
49. SYSTEMS, DIVIDED CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCH-
BOARD, CENTRALIZED ENERGY. Divided-central
systems having multiple switchboards for the subscribers'
lines at either exchange and either or both of which are of the
central-energy type, having a common battery or equivalent
for either signaling or talking, or both, from subscriber to
operator.
50. SYSTEMS, DIVIDED CENTRAL, CENTRALIZED EN-
ERGY. Systems of the divided-central type in which sub-
scribers' circuits terminating at either central office are ener-
gized by a common battery or equivalent in operating the
signal at central or in talking, or both, avoiding the use of a
magneto or local battery at the subscribers' stations of either
51. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL. Systems involving a central office
and not otherwise classifiable.
52. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, MULTIPLE ANSWERING-JACK.
Systems in which the subscribers' lines are provided with a
plurality of answering-jacks, each of which is located upon a
different switchboard and in which the subscril>er can signal
at will to any of said boards at which the called subscribers'
lines connect.
53. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD.
Systems in which the subscribers' lines are provided with a
jack or branch terminal upon each section of the switchboard.
54. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD,
AUXILIARY. Multiple-switchboard systems in which an
auxiliary board or section is provided in addition to the
usual sections or boards, usually to relieve excessive pressure
of calls on any section or board during busy hours.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 41, Systems, Divided central, for
auxiliary switchboards used in divided-central systems.
55. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD,
CENTRALIZED ENERGY. Central and multiple-switch-
board systems avoiding the use of hand-magnetos or local
batteries at the substations for calling or talking or for both
Purposes by substituting a common or storage battery or
ynamo at a central point.
Note. This subclass includes not only centralized energy for all
purposes, but the use of centralized energy for calling or for
talking. The point at which the common battery or equiva-
lent is located is usually the central office or exchange, though
the energy could be supplied from any other point.
56. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD,
CENTRALIZED ENERGY, LINE-SIGNAL CONTROL.
Central multiple-switchboard systems using a common bat-
tery or equivalent for calling or talking or for both purposes,
and in which the line-signal is restored automatically or con-
trolled by central in responding to calls.
Note. See definition of subclass 71, Systems, Central, Central-
ized energy, Line-signal control, in this class.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 71, Systems, Central, Centralized
energy, Line-signal control, and 74, Systems, Central, Line-
signal control.
57. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD,
CENTRALIZED ENERGY, LINE-SIGNAL CONTROL,
SPRING-JACK CUT-OFF. Central-energy multiple-
switchboard systems in which the line-signal is controlled by
boing cut off by the breaking of contacts at the jack on insert-
ing a plug therein.
58. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD,
CENTRALIZED ENERGY, LINE-SIGNAL CONTROL,
RELAY CUT-OFF. Central-energy multiple-switchboard
systems in which the line-signal is cut off by the action of a
relay at central when the central operator responds to the
call, usually by the insertion of the answering-plug in the
answering-jack.
CLASS 179 Continued.
59. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD,
PLUG-TERMINAL. Central multiple-switchboard systems
in which the subscribers' lines are provided with a plug-
terminal adapted to be inserted in one of the jacks of the
called subscriber.
Note. Central systems provided with plug-terminals are cross-
referenced into this subclass.
Note. All systems technically known as "single-cord" systems
are classified herein.
60. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL. MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD,
PLUG-TERMINAL, LINE-SIGNAL CONTROL. Cen-
tral multiple-switchboard systems of the plug-terminal type
in which the line-signal is automatically restored or con-
trolled by the operator at central in his response to calls.
Note. Line-signal control has the same significance in all tele-
phone systems. See note to subclass 74.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 71, Systems, Central, Centralized
energy, Line-signal control, and 74, Systems, Central, Line-
signal control.
61. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD,
PLUG - TERMINAL/ LINE - SIGNAL CONTROL,
SPRING-JACK CUT-OFF. Central and multiple-switch-
board systems of this type in which the line-signal is cut off
by the insertion of a plug in the spring-jack by the breaking
of contacts therein.
62. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD,
PLUG-TERMINAL, LINE-SIGNAL CONTROL, SPE-
CIAL TEST-PLUG. Plug-terminal multiple-switchboard
systems in which a testing-plug is provided in addition to
the usual plug-terminal. It does not include those in which
the plug-terminal is specially constructed for the purpose of
testing.
63. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWTICHBOARD,
SPECIAL TEST-PLUG. In multiple-switchboard systems
of this type a separate plug is used to determine whether or
not the line is in use or busy.
Note. In the old classification multiple-switchboard test in-
volved means for determining whether a line was in use or
busy and had no relation to means for electrical testing other
than this, and the use of "test" in test-plug has the same sig-
nificance only.
Note. All electrical testing devices for telephones are classifiable
in this class, subclass 175, Testing devices.
Search Class
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 183, Test-
ing, for electrical testing devices of general application.
64. SYSTEMS. CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD,
SPECIAL TEST-PLUG, LINE-SIGNAL CONTROL.
Central multiple-switchboard systems using a special plug
for the busy test and in which the line-signal is restored,
shunted, or otherwise controlled automatically or cut off by
the central operator's response to calls.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 71, Systems, Central, Centralized
energy, Line-signal control, and 74, Systems, Central, Line-
signal control.
65. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD,
SPECIAL TEST-PLUG, LINE-SIGNAL CONTROL,
SPRING-JACK CUT-OFF. Central multiple-switchboard
systems using a special test-plug in which the line-signal is
cut off by the breaking of contacts at the spring-jack by the
insertion of a plug therein.
66. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD,
SPECIAL TEST-PLUG, LINE-SIGNAL CONTROL,
RELAY CUT-OFF. Central multiple-switchboard systems
of the special test-plug type in which the line-signal is cut
off by a relay when central responds to a call.
67. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD,
LINE-SIGNAL CONTROL. Multiple-switchboard systems
in which the line-signal is controlled automatically by the
act of the operator hi responding to calls and includes those
provided with drop or signal restorers and line-signals that
are shunted or cut off by the insertion of the switch-plug in
the jack.
Search Class
179 -TELEPHONY, subclasses 71, Systems, Central, Centralized
energy, Line-signal control, and 74, Systems, Central, Line-
signal control.
68. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD,
LINE-SIGNAL CONTROL, SPRING-JACK CUT-OFF.
Central multiple -switch board systems in which the line-
signal is cut off by breaking of contact at the spring-jack on
the insertion of a plug therein.
69. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, MULTIPLE SWITCHBOARD,
LINE-sfGNAL CONTROL, RELAY CUT-OFF. Central
multiple-switchboard systems in which the line-signal is cut
OH by a relay when a plug is inserted in the jack in responding
to calls.
70. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, CENTRALIZED ENERGY. Cen-
tral systems using a common battery or equivalent, super-
. seding the hand-magnetos or local battery, for either signaling,
talking, or both.
26674 12-
-26
402
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 179 Continued.
71. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, CENTRALIZED ENERGY, LINE-
SIGNAL CONTROL. Central systems employing common
battery or equivalent for signaling or talking, or both, and
in which the line-signal is restored or controlled automatically
when the central operator responds to calls, as when an an-
swering-plug is inserted in the- jack. It includes those in
which a line-signal is shunted or rendered inoperative and in
which the line-signal may be that of the calling or called sub-
scriber.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 50, Systems, Central, Multiple
switchboard, Centralized energy. Line-signal control; CO,
Systems, Central, 'Multiple switchboard, Plug-terminal,
Line-signal control; 64, Systems, Central, Multiple switch-
board, Special test-plug, Line-signal control, and 67, Systems,
Central, Multiple switchboard, Line-signal control.
72. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, CENTRALIZED ENERGY, LINE-
SIGNAL CONTROL, SPRING-JACK CUT-OFF. Central-
ized-energy systems, as denned above, in which the line-
signal at central is cut cut by the separation of contacts at the
spring-jack by the insertion of a plug therein.
73. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, CENTRALIZED ENERGY, LINE-
SIGNAL CONTROL, RELAY CUT-OFF. Systems of this
type, as defined above, in which the line-signal at central is
cut out by the energizing of a relay when central responds to
a call.
74. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, LINE-SIGNAL CONTROL.
Central systems not otherwise classifiable in which the line-
signal is restored or controlled automatically when central
responds to the call, as by inserting the answering-plug in the
jack.
Note. The line-signal may be that of either subscriber which is
restored, shunted, cut off, or otherwise rendered inoperative.
Those cutting off the line-signal are classified under subclasses
75, Systems, Central, Line-signal control, Spring-jack cut-off,
and 76, Systems, Central, Line-signal control, Relay cut-off.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 56, Systems, Central, Multiple
switchboard, Centralized energy, Line-signal control; 60,
Systems, Central, Multiple switchboard, Plug-terminal,
Line-signal control; 64, Systems, Central, Multiple switch-
board, Special test-plug. Line-signal control, and 67, Systems,
Central, Multiple switchboard, Line-signal control.
75. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, LINE - SIGNAL CONTROL,
SPRING-JACK CUT-OFF. Systems in which the line-
signal at central is cut OH by breaking contacts at the spring-
jack by the insertion of a plug therein in response to calls.
76. SYSTEMS, CENTRAL, LINE-SIGNAL CONTROL, RE-
LAY CUT-OFF. Central systems in which the line-signal
is cut out by the action of a relay when central responds to
the call.
77. SYSTEMS, CENTRALIZED ENERGY. Systems of teleph-
ony in which either the magnetos or local batteries at sub-
scribers' stations are omitted and the energy for either sig-
naling or talking, or both, supplied from a common battery
or equivalent located at one point, usually at the central
station.
78. SYSTEMS, ANTI-INDUCTIVE. Systems in which circuits,
wires, condensers, or impedance-coils, etc., are arranged to
prevent the detrimental ejects occasioned by induction from
internal or external causes. It includes systems of balancing,
transposing, leak-branches, and loop-circuits or those involv-
ing use of condensers, impedance-coils, or other devices to
secure the same results or for producing distortionless circuits.
Note. This subclass includes the loaded circuits of systems not
involving a central.
The instruments per se or other devices not constituting a
combination of devices or a system are classified in this class,
subclass 174, Anti-induction devices.
For substation or subscribers' circuits see this class, sub-
class 81, Systems, Substation-circuits.
Search Classes
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses under Systems, Central; Cystems,
Poly station-lines; Systems, Automatic.
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, especially subclass 81, Con-
ductors, Anti-inductive.
79. SYSTEMS, ANTI-INDUCTIVE, CONDENSER. Anti-
inductive systems in which a condenser is used to prevent
the detrimental ejects of induction.
Note. Distortionless circuits involving condensers are also classi-
fiable herein.
80. SYSTEMS, ANTI-INDUCTIVE, IMPEDANCE. Anti-in-
ductive or distortionless systems in which the detrimental
ejects occasioned by induction are prevented by the intro-
duction of impedance-coils or equivalent.
81. SYSTEMS, SUBSTATION-CIRCUITS. Systems setting
forth features of local circuits at the substations, including the
arrangement of devices therein.
Note. If the claims simply relate to the arrangement of instru-
ments upon a backboard or in a box, the device is classified in
subclass 100, Sots. If claims for telephones, switches, etc..
claim the connecting circuits or wires, the device is classified
under Telephones, Switches; but if the claims go further and
claim the instruments in those circuits the invention is prop-
erly classified in Systems or its subclasses.
Note. For anti-inductive systems see in this class, subclasses 78,
Systems, Anti-inductive, and 174, Anti-induction devices,
showing substation or subscribers' circuit arrangements.
CLASS 179 Continued.
82. SYSTEMS, SPACE. Systems wherein the transmission of
speech is effected through space, either by induction, by
electrical or light waves, varying the resistance of a receiver
in an electrical telephone-circuit at the receiving station.
The definition is broad enough to include the transmission of
speech by induction in railway telephony. All inventions
claiming the wireless transmission of speech aro classified here-
in, though methods and apparatus for wave transmission, elec-
trical distribution, and wireless telegraphy may also be
claimed.
83. SYSTEMS, SPACE, RADIOPHONES. The transmission of
speech through space by means of rays of light, the varying
intensity of which produced by the transmitter acts upon a
sensitive cell in the receiver-circuit.
84. SYSTEMS, CALL. That type of systems in vol via? means for
signaling between subscribers or with central and including
the receiver-hook or other telephone apparatus specific to
telephony.
Note. The subclass has been narrowed to exclude systems
applicable to general electrical signaling, which have been
transferred to class 177, ELECTRIC SIGNALING, subclass 333,
Annunciator systems, and appropriate subclasses thereunder.
Note. For calling devices in which the telephone-magnet is
also the magnet of the magneto see in this class, subclass 118,
Telephones, Magnetic, Magnets, Combined telephone and call.
85. SYSTEMS, CALL, STEP-BY-STEP. Telephone-call systems
in which an electromagnet operated by successive electric
impulses moves a ratchet mechanism step by step, signaling
the desired station, which signaling may be selective.
Note. If the system involves means for preventing interference
or to " lock out " other subscribers while the line is in use, such
. systems are classified under subclass 30, Systems, Polystation-
lines, Lock-out, and its subclasses, or subclass 38, Systems,
House or intercommunicating, Lock-out, or subclass 39,
Systems, House or intercommunicating, Lock-out, Central
energy.
86. SYSTEMS, CALL, STRENGTH AND POLARITY. Call
systems involving the use of different strengths or determined
directions of current, or both, for signaling the desired sub-
scril>er.
Note. Call systems including lock-out or non-interfering devices
are classiiied in subclass 30, Systems, Polystation-lirios, Lock-
out, and the subclasses thereunder, and in subclasses 38,
Systems, House or intercommunicating, Lock-out, and 39,
Systems, House or intercommunicating, Lock-out, Central
energy.
87. SYSTEMS, CALL, REED. Call systems in which pendulums,
reeds, or equivalent are used in signaling the desired station.
Note. See notes to subclasses 85 and 86 above.
88. SYSTEMS, CALL, AUTOMATIC. Telephone-call systems in
which no distinct or separate acts are required to signal other
than the usual removal of receiver from its hook or pulling
down the pivoted support to position for use or equivalent.
89. SYSTEMS, CALL, RETURN. Telephone-call systems in
which a calling subscriber is notified of the fact that his call
has been sent, appointments made, time of called subscriber's
return signaled, etc.
Search Classes
173 TELEPHONY, subclass 6, Systems, Combined telephone
and phonograph.
178 TELEGRAPHY, subclass 50, Telegraphs, Fire.
90. SYSTEMS, CALL, TRANSMITTERS. Devices used in
subclass 16, Systems, Automatic, for transmitting the signal-
ing impulses to a selector or switch at the central office. It
does not include transmitters used in other systems.
Note. For devices including transmitters used in other systems
see in this class, subclasses 93, Switchboards, Substation, and
160, Switches, Hook, Selective line.
91. SWITCHBOARDS. Apparatus for establishing connections
between subscribers specific to the art of telephony and not
adapted to more general application.
Note. Most of the switchboards in telephony are of the spring-
jack type, those of the cross-strip or terminal plate or socket
type being classifiable in class 175, ELECTRICITY. GENERAL
APPLICATIONS, if such boards do not include other elements
otherwise limiting the invention to telephony.
Search Class
175 ELECTRICITY. GENERAL APPLICATIONS, the subclasses
under Switchboards.
92. SWITCHBOARDS, DROP-RESTORERS. Switchboards in
which the drop is automatically restored to its place when the
operator at central responds to the call, as by the insertion of a
plug in the calling subscriber's jack. They are either mechan-
ical or magnetic. The operator at central makes no other
motions than those required to insert the plug. If the operator
is required to point the plug up through the drop or restore
it by finger, the device is not found herein.
Search "Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 56, Systems, Central, Multiple
switchboard, Centralized energy, Line-signal control; 60,
Systems, Central, Multiple switchboard, Plug-terminal, Line-
signal control; 64, Systems, Multiple switchboard, Special
test-plug, Line-signal control; 67, Systems, Central, Multiple
switchboard, Line-signal control; 71, Systems, Central, Cen-
tralized energy, Line-signal control, and 74, Systems, Central,
Line-signal control.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
403
CLASS 179 Continued.
93. SWITCHBOARDS, PLUG-SHIFTERS. Switchboards of
this type involving means for automatically moving the plug
in the jack or for ejecting it therefrom or in which the plug is
moved by hand through more than one position to effect
different results.
94. SWITCHBOARDS, LAMP - ANNUNCIATORS. Switch-
boards involving illumination at the subscriber's annunciator
upon a call being sent by him.
95. SWITCHBOARDS, PLUG-SEATS, SWITCHES, AND
TAKE-UPS. Devices involving the structure of the plug-
seats or seat-switches and those relating to the means for
returning the plug to its seat, as by the use of weights or
equivalent.
96. SWITCHBOARDS, SPRING - JACK. Telephone - switch-
boards at which the subscribers' lines are connected to ter-
minals forming a socket having spring-con tacts opera ted by the
insertion of a plug therein. This subclass also includes patents
on the spring-jack itself.
Note. Telephone spring-jack switchboards are usually provided
with the testing-ring.
97. SWITCHBOARDS, SPRING-JACK, STRIPS. Devices in
which spring-jacks are united together into bands, banks, or
strips forming a separable element.
93. SWITCHBOARDS, WIRE DISTRIBUTION. Cable-racks,
distributing and transfer boards, frames, etc., to facilitate the
accessibility and arrangement of the wires at the central office
and those involving the wiring or webbing of the wires in the
cables or without at the connection of cable and board.
99. SWITCHBOARDS, SUBSTATION. Substation devices used
by a subscriber for making connections with a desired sub-
scriber on polystation-lines and in house or automatic systems.
Search Classes
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 5, Systems, Composite, Fire or police.
178 TELEGRAPHY, subclass 161, Telegraphs, Fire, Variable
signal, Dial, for other types of substation switchboards.
100. SETS. Combinations of instruments at a station mounted
upon the backboard or in a telephone box or cabinet, usually
termed "wall sets." This subclass relates particularly to the
construction of the box or cabinet and arrangement of devices
therein or thereupon.
Note. Combinations of devices in local circuits are classified in
this class, subclass 81, Systems, Substation-circuits.
101. TELEPHONES. Instruments transforming the sound-
vibrations of speech into variable electric current or potential
and vice versa. It is mostly composed of the various types of
receivers.
Note. For other than electrical features see class 181, ACOUSTICS,
subclass 29, Mechanical telephones.
102. TELEPHONES, COMBINED RECEIVER AND TRANS-
MITTER. Devices in which the microphone or transmitter
and a receiver are mounted upon the same handle or otherwise
combined into a single instrument, as by socketing or clamp-
ing together. This subclass is miscellaneous, including the
two separable devices compactly united together when not in
use. The instruments act independently and are usually
detached or separated from each other when in use.
Note. For one instrument uniting the features of receivers and
transmitters see this class, subclass 104, Telephones, Micro-
magnetic.
103. TELEPHONES, COMBINED RECEIVER AND TRANS-
MITTER, HAND. Combination devices or hand-phones
uniting on one handle a microphone and a receiver so placed
as to be opposite mouth and ear, respectively, when held in
position for use, the handle being between the receiver and
transmitter.
104. TELEPHONES, MICROMAGNETIC. Includes those tele-
phones in which the vibration of the diaphragm effects a
variation of resistance in a microphone contact arid also varies
the magnetic induction, as in the usual receiver or magneto-
telephone, so that the current is due to their combined action.
105. TELEPHONES, COMPOUND. Telephones in which one
or a plurality of diaphragms energizes one or more circuits or in
which several circuits are united to a transmitter or receiver,
the sound-waves being transmitted or received through one
mouthpiece, which may branch into several passages in which
are placed the diaphragms. This subclass also includes those
devices in which several sets of microphones are energized by
the same or different diaphragms and in which each set is
capable of use on different circuits.
106. TELEPHONES, CONDENSER. Telephones in which a
condenser is inseparably involved in the structure of the tele-
phone itself, but not as a mere instrument added to complete
a telephone set.
Search Class
178 TELEGRAPHY subclass 12, Condensers, for condensers
per se.
107. TELEPHONES, AUDIPIIONES. Devices especially
adapted to aid defective hearing involving a telephone, usually
by means of a stethoscopic device actuating the microphone or
equivalent.
108. TELEPHONES, INTENSIFIERS. Telephones in which
greater amplitude of vibration is mechanically produced by
amplifying means. In nearly all of these devices such effects
are secured by means of a lever having arms of unequal length.
CLASS 179 Continued.
109. TELEPHONES, INTENSIFIERS, HARMONIC VIBRA-
TORS. Devices in which wires, reeds, springs, or a plurality
of air columns or other resonators reinforces or intensifies
the vibrations of the fundamental and its overtones.
110. TELEPHONES, MOLECULAR. Telephones in which vi-
brations are produced or transmitted through the interme-
diate elongations, contractions, or torsional effects in magnetic
material set up by intermolecular action therein, produced
either by a varying current passing through such material or
. through the vibrations of the diaphragm communicated
thereto. It does not include those telephones in which the
diaphragm or electrode vibrates through molecular vibrations
as distinct from mechanical vibrations.
111. TELEPHONES, ELECTROSTATIC. Telephones in which
the variable current or attractions and repulsions of the dia-
phragm are produced through electrostatic action and not by
electromagnetic induction.
Search Class
173 TELEPHONY, subclass 106, Telephones, Condenser.
112. TELEPHONES, INDUCTION-COIL. Telephones including
an induction-coil structurally a part of such device and insep-
arable therefrom as a separate instrument.
113. TELEPHONES, NON-DIAPHRAGM. Telephones opera-
tive without a diaphragm i. e., those not having a vibratory
disk or plate.
Note. This subclass does not include those transmitters pro-
vided with a diaphragm-electrode, such devices being classi-
fied in subclasses 115, Telephones, Magnetic, Diaphragm;
116, Telephones. Magnetic, Diaphragm, Multiple; 124, Trans-
mitters. Granular, Electrode; 132, Transmitters, Multiple
electrode, Multiple diaphragm; 138, Transmitters, Dia-
phragm; and 140, Transmitters, Electrode.
114. TELEPHONES, MAGNETIC. Receivers in general use
operating through electromagnetic induction between a
diaphragm and magnet. These telephones may also be used
as transmitters, though not as effectively.
115. TELEPHONES. MAGNETIC, DIAPHRAGM. Magnetic
telephones which relate to the construction, material, and sup-
ports of the diaphragm '. e., diaphragms formed of spiral and
flat coils, strained, magnetic, attuned, and tubular diaphragms,
such features being claimed in combination with sufficient
elements to constitute a magnetic telephone.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 181, Details, Diaphragms, for dia-
phragms per se.
116. TELEPHONES, MAGNETIC, DIAPHRAGM, MULTIPLE.
Magnetic telephones in which a plurality of diaphragms is
used.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 123, Transmitters. Granular,
Multiple diaphragm; 132, Transmitters, Multiple electrode,
Multiple diaphragm; and 139, Transmitters, Diaphragm, Mul-
tiple, for multiple-diaphragm features.
117. TELEPHONES, MAGNETIC, MAGNETS. Inventions in
magnetic telephones relating to the structure of the magnets.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 116, Telephones, Magnetic, Dia-
phragm, Multiple.
118. TELEPHONES, MAGNETIC, MAGNETS, COMBINED
TELEPHONE AND CALL. Inventions relating to the
structure of magnets used both for the telephone and the calling
device, eliminating the necessity for separate magnets for each.
119. TELEPHONES, MAGNETIC, MAGNETS, POLE-PIECES.
Inventions in magnetic telephones relating to structure of the
magnets and the pole-pieces thereof.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 116, Telephones, Magnetic, Dia-
phragm, Multiple.
120. TELEPHONES, MAGNETIC, TUBULAR. Magnetic tele-
phones in which tubular magnets are used other than solenoids
or electromagnets.
121. TRANSMITTERS. Devices used to transform the vibrations
of the diaphragm produced by sound-waves into electric cur-
rents with the exception of the original type now used as a
receiver.
Note. Electric telephones are classified here or under subclass
138, Transmitters, Diaphragms, or subclass 140, Transmitters,
Electrode, and subclasses thereunder.
122. TRANSMITTERS, GRANULAR. Microphones in which
minute granules are used between the electrodes, usually in
the form of powdered curbon, lampblack, or equivalent, form-
ing a multiple-series contact.
Search Class
179. TELEPHONY, subclass 190, Details, Resistance elements, for
resistance elements per se.
123. TRANSMITTERS, GRANULAR, MULTIPLE DIA-
PHRAGM. Granular transmitters in which a plurality of
diaphragms is used.
Search Class
179. TELEPHONY, subclasses 116, Telephones, Magnetic, Dia-
phragm, Multiple; 132, Transmitters, Multiple electrode,
Multiple diaphragm, and 139, Transmitters, Diaphragm,
Multiple, for multiple-diaphragm features.
404
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 170 Continued.
124. TRANSMITTERS, GRANULAR, ELECTRODE. Granu-
lar transmitters involving characteristics or structure of the
electrodes of the microphone and their relations to carbon
granules, as material, shape, or surface.
Search Classes
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 190, Details, Resistance elements,
for particular material used as electrodes.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclasses 63, Resist-
ance elements; 72, Resistance elements, Granular, and 76,
Resistance elements, Composition.
125. TRANSMITTERS, GRANULAR, ELECTRODE, EM-
BEDDED. Granular transmitters in which an electrode is
embedded or nearly inclosed in the granules.
126. TRANSMITTERS, GRANULAR, ELECTRODE,
PLUNGER. Granular transmitters in which an electrode
takes the form of a plunger penetrating the granules, but not
to the extent of embedding it therein.
127. TRANSMITTERS, GRANULAR, ELECTRODE,
POCKETS. Granular transmitters in which the grains are
held in pockets, sockets, or between partitions formed in or
about the electrodes, but does not include those containing
but one pocket.
128. TRANSMITTERS, GRANULAR, ELECTRODE, PRO-
JECTIONS. Granular transmitters in which one or more
electrodes are provided with projecting points, surfaces, or cor-
rugations to form greater contact-surface with the granules.
129. TRANSMITTERS, GRANULAR, ELECTRODE, ROTA-
RY. Granular transmitters in which the cell or electrode is
revqluble for the purpose of shaking up the granules and re-
storing equilibrium in contact-surface, primarily to prevent
the packing of the granules.
130. TRANSMITTERS, GRANULAR, GRANULES MAG-
NETIC. Granular transmitters having magnetic granules
i. e., formed of magnetic material, as steel, iron, nickel, cobalt,
etc., or coated therewith.
131. TRANSMITTERS, MULTIPLE ELECTRODE. Trans-
mitters in which more than two electrodes are used in the
microphone contact. This miscellaneous subclass includes all
elsctrodes arranged in series.
Search Class-
es. TELEPHONY, subclass 122, Transmitters, Granular, for
microphones having powdered or pulverized granules.
132. TRANSMITTERS, MULTIPLE ELECTRODE, MUL-
TIPLE DIAPHRAGM. Multiple - electrode transmitters
having a pluralty of diaphragms.
Search Class
179. TELEPHONY, subclasses 116, Telephones, Magnetic, Dia-
phragm, Multiple; 123, Transmitters, Granular, Multiple
diaphragm, and 139, Transmitters, Diaphragm, Multiple, for
multiple-diaphragm features.
133. TRANSMITTERS, MULTIPLE ELECTRODE, FLUID.
Multiple-electrode transmitters in which one of the resistance
elements, electrodes, or contact-surfaces is fluid, in most cases
a liquid.
134. TRANSMITTERS, MULTIPLE ELECTRODE, FLUID,
JET. Transmitters in which a jet of fluid or a flame is used.
135. TRANSMITTERS, MULTIPLE ELECTRODE, DIFFER-
ENTIAL. Transmitters having a pluralty of microphones,
one on each side of the center of the diaphragm or upon the
same side, the vibrations of which produce differential, alter-
nating, or intermittent currents. In most of the devices of this
type a compound primary coil of an induction-coil is used or
the combined currents unite to form the primary, beinj ex-
ternally in multiple.
136. TRANSMITTERS, MULTIPLE ELECTRODE, MUL-
TIPLE SERIES CONTACT. Transmitters in which the
electrodes are arranged in both series and parallel or multiple
grouping or in which a divided current flows in parallel or
multiple branches through resistance elements in series.
137. TRANSMITTERS, MULTIPLE ELECTRODE, MUL-
TIPLE CONTACT. Transmitters in which the electrodes
are arranged in parallel or multiple grouping.
138. TRANSMITTERS, DIAPHRAGM. Telephone-transmitters
involving construction, structure, and material, etc., of the dia-
phragm or its support, as diaphraTm-elsctrode, multiple, spiral
coil, etc., such features being claimed in combination with
sufficient other elements to constitute a transmitter. Ex-
cludes patents of the granular or multiple-contact type and
receivers.
Search Class
173 TELEPHONY, subclass 145, Transmitters, Electrode, Con-
tact, Spring, for spring-mounted electrode-diaphragms.
139. TRANSMITTERS, DIAPHRAGM, MULTIPLE. Trans-
mitters other than of the multiple-electrode or granular type
provided with a plurality of diaphragms.
Search Class
179. TELEPHONY, subclasses 116, Telephones, Magnetic, Dia-
phragm, Multiple; 123, Transmitters, Granular, Multiple dia-
phragm, and 132 Transmitters, Multiple electrode, Multiple
diaphragm, for multiple-diaphragm features.
CLASS 179 Continued.
140. TRANSMITTERS, ELECTRODE. Electric transmitters
involving structure, material, and supports of the electrodes.
141. TRANSMITTERS, ELECTRODE, CONTACT. Transmit-
ters involving the means that maintain the electrodes in con-
tact or support them.
142. TRANSMITTERS, ELECTRODE, CONTACT, GRAVITY.
Transmitters in which the contact of the electrodes is main-
tained by gravity.
143. TRANSMITTERS, ELECTRODE, CONTACT, GRAVITY,
HINGED OR PIVOTED. Gravity-contact transmitters in
which an electrode is hinged or pivoted.
144. TRANSMITTERS, ELECTRODE, CONTACT, MAG-
NETIC. Transmitters in which one or both of the electrodes
are supported or maintained in electrical contact through
magnetic action.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 130, Transmitters, Granular, Gran-
ules magnetic.
145. TRANSMITTERS, ELECTRODE, CONTACT, SPRING.
Transmitters in which the electrodes are supported in contact
by means of some form of spring or equivalent. In this group
have also been placed all spider-supported electrodes.
146. SUPPORTS. Devices for supporting the transmitter or re-
ceiver at rest or in position far use and specific to the telephone
art.
Note. Supports adapted to more general use and not inseparably
interwoven with telephone instruments are classified in class
24S, SUPPORTS, appropriate subclasses, and class 211, STORE
FURNITURE, subclass 15, Display-racks, Adjustable-arm.
Note. For arm-rests see class 120, STATIONERY, subclass 53, Hand
and arm rests.
147. SUPPORTS, STANDS. Devices designed to be placed upon
a desk or table and includes means for supporting the trans-
mitter, recerVer, or both, usually involving the receiver-switch
or other switches.
148. SUPPORTS, VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT. Supports that
provide for vertical adjustment of the telephone instruments
or sets.
149. SUPPORTS, PIVOTED-ARM Telephone-supports having
a pivoted arm and not specifically classifiable below.
Search Class
248 SUPPORTS, appropriate subclasses.
150. SUPPORTS, PIVOTED-ARM, EXTENSION. Pivoted
supporting arms provided with means for varying the length
of such arms.
Search Class
248 SUPPORTS, appropriate subclasses.
151. SUPPORTS, PIVOTED-ARM, SLID ABLE HOLDERS
Pivoted receiver-supporting arms in which the receiver-holder
is slidable upon said arm.
152. SUPPORTS, PIVOTED-ARM, TRANSMITTER. Pivoted
arms or supports for the transmitter.
153. SUPPORTS, HOLDER, TRANSMITTER-SUPPORTED.
Receiver-holders mounted upon the transmitter or its arm.
154. SUPPORTS, SUSPENSION. Devices for hanging a tele-
phone instrument by means of a coW or equivalent.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION subclass 88, Light supports, Cord-
supported.
155. SUPPORTS, SUSPENSION, REELS. Means for suspend-
ing a telephone in which a reel is used for winding the support-
big cord or wire, usually automatic in its action.
Search Classes
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 71, Light supports, Vertically
adjustable, Spring-drum.
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 98, Reels, Carriers,
Spring-drum article-holders, and 107, REELS, Spring-drum
type, and the subclasses thereunder.
248 SUPPORTS, subclass 9, Adjustable, Vertical, Spring.
156. SUPPORTS, HEAD-GEAR. Devices applied to the head o f
a person for holding one or more of the telephone instruments
in position for use.
157. SUPPORTS, BODY. Devices applied to the body, support-
ing one or more of the telephone instruments in position for use.
158. SWITCHES. This subclass of telephone-switches is limited to
devices that close or open one of the telephone-circuits and
the structure of which is inseparably involved in that of an
instrument specific to telephony, as the receiver or trans-
mitter support, or relating to the receiver construction.
Note. For switches operated by supporting devices seejn this
class, subclass 146, Supports, and the subclasses thereunder.
Note. For devices adapted to connect one instrument or circuit
with one of several others at will see in this class, subclass 99,
Switchboards, Substation; with one or two others, subclass
161, Switches, Hook, Obstruction.
159. SWITCHES, HOOK. Telephone-switches in which the re-
ceiver support or arm forms an integral part and which are
operated by removing or replacing the receiver upon the
means to hold it thereon, usually some form of hook.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
405
CLASS 179-Continued.
160. SWITCHES, HOOK, SELECTIVE LINE. Telephone-
hook switches [pivoted to swing to right or left and connect
the telephone to "line in" or "line out" to statiorts on either
side or to private or calling lines and analogous devices where
the same function is performed by the aid of additional
switches.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 99, Switchboards, Substation.
161. SWITCHES, HOOK, OBSTRUCTION. Telephone-hook
switches in which an obstacle or guard is placed in the path of
removal or replacement of the receiver-transmitter, which is
forcibly overcome by removal or restoration of the instrument
or in which the obstacle must be moved to remove or restore
the instrument.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclass 44, Lock-
I releasing, Gravity, Reciprocating released part, Telephones,
for such devices as are coin-controlled.
. SWITCHES, HOOK, OBSTRUCTION, MOVABLE JAW.
Hook-switches in which one of the jaws supporting the receiver
is movable and is actuated in removing or replacing the
receiver.
163. SWITCHES, HOOK, HORIZONTAL SLIDE, nook-
switches in which the removal or replacement of the receiver
upon its support moves the supporting arm or connected slide
horizontally operating the switch.
164. SWITCHES, HOOK, GRAVITY-LEVER. Hook-switches
in which a lever-arm supports the receiver, the lever-arm being
held down by the weight of the receiver when in place and
retracted by a spring or equivalent means when it is removed.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 88, Systems, Call, Automatic; 99,
Switchboards, Substation; 148, Supports, Vertical adjust-
ment; 150, Supports, Pivoted-arm, Extension, and 100,
Switches, Hook, Selective line.
165. SWITCHES, HOOK, VERTICAL SLIDE. Gravity
switches in which a vertical slide is held down by the receiver,
but retracted when the receiver is removed. _^
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 99, Switchboards, Substation.
166. SWITCHES, HOOK, CONNECTORS. Telephone-switches
in which the parts forming the ring or end of the receiver com-
plete a circuit with the support or parts thereof when in place
and break the circuit when removed.
167. SWITCHES, RECEIVER. Switches forming a part of,
mounted upon, or included in the receiver or hand-phone.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 102, Telephones, Combined receiver
and transmitter, and 103, Telephones, Combined receiver and
transmitter, Hand.
168. SWITCHES, MOBILE. Telephone-switches in which the
circuit is closed by a freely movable particle or particles, usu-
ally liquid, or those having freely moving solids, as balls, clos-
ing or opening circuit when held in different positions.
169. SWITCHES, ROTARY CONTACT. Telephone-switches
having revoluble contacts or in which contact is made by
rotary motions.
170. REPEATERS. Instruments specific to telephone-circuits
adapted to repeat in a second circuit the current flowing in
another and in either direction. Combinations of relays form-
ing repeaters are classified in this class.
171. RELAYS. Instruments specific to telephone-circuits for
repeating in a second circuit the current flowing in another,
but acting in one direction only.
Note. Most of the devices classifiable in 170, Repeaters, and 171,
Relays, include microphone contacts; but they also include
induction-coil instruments, "howlers," and other current-
varying devices structurally adapted to telephone service.
172. INDUCTION-COILS. Induction-coils inseparably involved
in the structure of telephone instruments, but exclusive of
such devices as include induction-coils involved in the structure
of receivers or transmitters, which are classified in subclass 112,
Telephones, Induction-coil.
Search Classes
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 135, Transmitters, Multiple elec-
trode, Differential, and 130, Transmitters, Multiple electrode,
Multiple series contact.
171 ELECTRICITY, GENERATION, subclasses of Inductoriums,
especially subclass 124, Inductoriums, Transformers, Station-
ary, for coils per se.
173. INDUCTION-COILS, MULTIPLE. Induction-coils specific
to telephone purposes as defined and having a number of pri-
mary or secondary coils in series or multiple circuit with its
part's or with one another. Either the primary or secondary
may be a single coil, the other coil being a multiple coil.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 135, Transmitters, Multiple electrode,
Differential.
174. ANTI-INDUCTION DEVICES. Devices and arrangements
for preventing the detrimental effects occasioned by induction
from external or internal causes.
For devices of this class in subscribers' circuits see in this class,
subclass 81, Systems, Substation-circuits, also subclass 78,
Systems, Anti-inductive, and the subclasses thereunder.
CLASS 179 Continued.
175. TESTING DEVICES. Devices and instruments designed
and arranged for testing telephone circuits and instruments
electrically or mechanically.
Search Class
175 ELECTRICITY. GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 183, Test-
ing.
176. LISTENING AND RINGING KEYS. Instruments per se
and necessary connections by which the central operator lis-
tens in or calls the subscribers.
Search Classes
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 44, Systems, Divided central, Auto-
matic ringing; 61, Systems, Central, Multiple switchboard,
Plug-terminal, Line-signal control, Spring-jack cut-off; 93,
Switchboards, Plug-shifters, and 95, Switchboards, Plug-seats,
switches, and take-ups.
177 ELECTRIC SIGNALING, subclass 10, CircuuVclosers, for spe-
cific features of the nature indicated.
177. LISTENING AND RINGING KEYS, POLYSTATION-
LINES. Such keys as are used on polystation-lines for selec-
tive calling.
Note. For conventional showing of these devices see subclasses
under Polystation-lines
178. DETAILS. Specific parts of instruments or devices used in
telephony or attachments structurally connected thereto and
not otherwise classifiable.
Note. See subclasses below.
179. DETAILS, CASING. Special structures of the casings of
receivers and transmitters or the telephone-box.
180. DETAILS, DAMPERS. Devices that damp or check the
vibrations of the diaphragm or microphone or parts thereof.
Search Class
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 133, Transmitters, Multiple elec-
trode, Fluid; 144, Transmitters, Ebctrode, Contact, Mag-
netic, and 145, Transmitters, Electrode, Contact, Spring, for
damping devices.
181. DETAILS, DIAPHRAGMS. Structure, form, material, or
properties of diaphragms as a separate article of manufacture.
Search Classes
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 115, Telephones, Magnetic, Dia-
phragm, and 138, Transmitters, Diaphragm; subclass 145.
Transmitters, Electrode, Contact, Spring, for spring mounted
or supported diaphragms.
181 ACOUSTICS, subclasses 10, Sound-boxes, Graphophone, and
29, Mechanical telephones.
182. DETAILS, EARPIECES. Pads, cushions, caps, plugs, etc.,
used to prevent extraneous sound-waves from reaching the
ears, also ear-trumpets or receivers to fit upon, over, or in
the ears.
Search Classes
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 156, Supports, Head-gear, and 187,
Details, Mouthpieces.
181 ACOUSTICS, subclasses 20, Speaking-tubes, Combined
mouth and ear pieces; 23, Auricles; 24, Stethoscopes, and 25,
Ear-trumpets. ^ i ^
183. DETAILS, HOODS. Devices for inclosing the upper part
of the body and head of the user, operating as screens for ex-
traneous sound, securing greater privacy in communication.
Note. Such devices as only inclose the mouth are classified in
subclass 188, Details, Mouthpieces, Voice-screens.
Note. Telephone booths are in class 20, WOODEN BUILDINGS,
subclass 3.5, Buildings, Portable houses, Telephone-booths.
184. DETAILS, PROTECTORS. Means for preventing injury to
the parts of receivers or transmitters and their connections
and hygienic or antiseptic devices.
Note. For one diaphragm serving as a protector to others see in
this class, subclasses 116, Telephones, Magnetic, Diaphragm,
Multiple; 123, Transmitters, Granular, Multiple diaphragm;
132. Transmitters, Multiple electrode, Multiple diaphragm,
and 139, Transmitters, Diaphragm, Multiple.
For protectors having locking features or of nature c-f locks see this
class, subclass 183, Details, Locks.
All protectors from electrical currents, as lightning-arresters, fuses,
and cut-outs, are classified under cliss 175, ELECTRICITY,
GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 30, Lightning-arresters, and
the subclasses of Cut-outs, etc.
185. DETAILS, PROTECTORS, ANTISEPTIC. Devices de-
sign^d to protect the telephone instruments against the re-
ception or imparting of disease germs, including germicide or
sterilizing devices and such hygienic or sanitary devices as
secure cleanliness, the majority of patents herein being for
antiseptic mouthpieces.
186. DETAILS, PROTECTORS, CONNECTIONS. Devices for
preventing injury to the electrical connections or binding-
posts of telephone instruments.
Search Class
173 ELECTRICITY. CONDUCTORS, subclass 269, Connectors,
Cord-terminals, and the subclass thereunder.
187. DETAILS, MOUTHPIECES. Devices involving the struc-
ture of the mouthpiece, in many cases separate and removable
from the usual one and auxiliary thereto, the end secured by
such devices being in general the reflection, concentration, or
resonance of the sound-vibrations.
Search Classes ,
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 182, Details, Earpieces; subclass 185,
Details, Protectors, Antiseptic, for antiseptic mouthpieces.
406
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 179 Continued.
181 ACOUSTICS, subclasses 20, Speaking-tubes, Combined mouth
and ear pieces; 21, Speaking-tubes, Mouthpieces; 23, Auricles;
25, Ear-trumpets, and 27, Megaphones.
188. DETAILS, MOUTHPIECES, VOICE-SCREENS. The
structure of mouthpieces adapted to shield or conceal the voice
of the user and prevent outsiders overhearing conversation
thus securing privacy. Most of these devices fit over the lips,
enmasking a portion of the face.
Search Classes
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 183, Details, Hoods, for devices cover-
ing more than a portion of the face.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 3.5, Buildings, Portable
houses, Telephone-booths.
189. DETAILS, LOCKS. Devices for locking the receiver or its
parts or the magneto, preventing unauthorized use or chang-
ing the relative positions of parts.
CLASS 179 Continued.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS for coin-controlled locks,
especially subclasses 8, Check in circuit, Telephones; 16,
Check-opera ted switch, Telephones; 44, Lock-releasing, Grav-
ity, Reciprocating released part, Telephones, and 45, Lock-
releasing, Gravity, Reset turning released part.
190. DETAILS, RESISTANCE ELEMENTS. Resistances spe-
cific to telephone use, those of the microphone, its electrodes,
and granules.
Search Classes -
179 TELEPHONY, subclasses 124, Transmitters, Granular, Elec-
trode; 131, Transmitters, Multiple electrode, and 140, Trans-
mitters, Electrode; subclass 133, Transmitters, Multiple elec-
trode, Fluid, where such elements are in combination with the
instruments for fluid resistances.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 63, Resist-
ance elements, and especially 76, Resistance elements, Compo-
sition.
CLASS 181. ACOUSTICS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes devices for recording and reproducing sound;
also, devices for mechanically transmitting, for amplifying, and for
ascertaining the direction of sound.
Note. Sound-producing instruments may be found in classes 46,
GAMES AND TOYS, subclasses 40, Toys, Sounding, and 47, Toys,
Sounding, Wheeled; 84, Music; and lid, SIGNALS. Sound-deaden-
ing devices are classified in accordance with their application.
Subclasses.
0.5. Miscellaneous. Inventions falling within the definition of this
class, and not otherwise provided for.
1. TELEGRAPHOPHONES. Graphophones wherein the sound
is transmitted to or from the diaphragm through some part
between the same and the stylus, as a wire, a tube filled with
water, etc.
Note. Inventions wherein a record is made upon a suitable sub-
stance or surface and afterwards reproduced, the sound being
transmitted solely through such devices, are classified in class
181, ACOUSTICS, even though a telephone line and receiver are
employed; patents including a telephone-circuit where the
sound is directly transmitted from one person to another and
simultaneously a record is made upon a graphophone in a
branch circuit, and also patents for a telephone system wherein
is located a graphophone for the purpose of announcing some
fact, such as the line being busy, are classified in class 179,
TELEPHONY.
2. GRAPHOPHONES. Sound recording and reproducing ma-
chines where the record is a groove varying in depth, except
as subclassified in subclasses 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.
3. GRAMOPHONES. Sound recording or reproducing machines
in which the record is an undulatory groove of even depth.
4. GRAPHOPHONES, MULTIPLE-RECORD. Sound record-
ing and reproducing machines wherein are placed a plurality
of tablets any one of which may 1)3 brought into operative
relation to the recorder or reproducer.
5. GRAPHOPHONES, DISK. Graphophones having a record
upon a disk instead of a cylinder.
6. GRAPHOPHONES, RECIPROCATINO-RECORD. Graph-
ophones in which the tablet reciprocates, while the stylus has
no lateral movement.
7. GRAPHOPHONES, SWINGING REPRODUCER-ARM.
Graphophones whose reproducer-arm is pivoted at its rear end
and swings laterally around such pivot over a cylindrical
record.
Search Class
181 ACOUSTICS, subclasses 3, Gramophones, and 5, Grapho-
phones, Disk.
8. GRAPHOPHONES, TAPE. Sound recording and reproduc-
ing machines in which the record is upon a tape or ribbon.
9. GRAPHOPHONES, FEED MECHANISM. Mechanism for
moving back and forth the sound-box or the record of a sound
recording and reproducing machine; also, mechanism or con-
nections for starting and stopping the machine.
Note. Coin-controlled mechanisms for starting and stopping
such machines are classified in class 194, COIN-CONTROLLED
APPARATUS.
Search Class
181 ACOUSTICS, subclasses 2, Graphophones; 3. Gramophones;
5, Graphophones, Disk; 6, Graphophones, Reciprocating-rec-
ord; and 8, Graphophones, Tape.
10. SOUND-BOXES, GRAPHOPHONE. The sound-box of a
graphophone, including the sound-box per se, the diaphragm,
the stylus, and any connections tetween such parts.
Note. For the construction of diaphragms search should also be
made in subclass 28, Mechanical telephones, in this class; also,
in class 179, TELEPHONY.
Search Class
181 ACOUSTICS, subclasses 2, Graphophones; 5, Graphophones,
Disk; 6, Graphophones, Reciprocating-record.
11. SOUND-BOXES, GRAMOPHONE. The sound-box of a
gramophone and its parts, as the diaphragm, stylus, etc.
Note. The peculiar difference between the sound-bo'x of a gramo-
phone and that of a graphophone is the construction whereby
CLASS 181-Continued.
the stylus of a gramophone is permitted to vibrate laterally
instead of vertically. In other respects the sound-boxes may
be similar.
Search Class
181 ACOUSTICS, subclass 3, Gramophones.
12. GRAPHOPHONES, DETERMINING DEVICES. Devices
for determining the exact position of the recording and repro-
ducing points on the phonogram-cylinder.
13. GRAPHOPHONES, MANDRELS. Mandrels or supports
upon which the tablet is supported while in the machine.
14. GRAPHOPHONES, TABLETS, METHODS AND MA-
CHINES FOR MAKING. The title sufficiently defines this
subclass.
15. GRAPHOPHONES, TABLETS, TURNING AND
SMOOTHING. Mechanism for turning o3 the surface of a
graphophone-tablet, either in its manufacture or in removing
a record; also, mechanism for smoothing and polishing the
surface of a tablet.
16. GRAPHOPHONES, TABLETS. DUPLICATING DE-
VICES. Machines or methods whereby a record or a number
of records, whether of a graphophone or gramophone, are
produced from an original or master record.
17. GRAPHOPHONES, TABLETS. The structure and material
of graphophone tablets.
Search Class
106 PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS, subclass 1.5, Sound record, for
moldable compositions specially adapted for use in sound-
record tablets.
18. SPEAKING-TUBES, SYSTEMS. Construction of speaking-
tubes with then- associated parts; also, "speaking-tube ex-
changes;" also, any patents on speaking-tubes not classified
elsewhere.
19. SPEAKING-TUBES, ALARMS AND INDICATORS.
Alarms or indicators of a speaking-tube.
Search Class
181 ACOUSTICS, subclasses 18, Speaking-tubes, Systems, and
21, Speaking-tubes, Mouthpieces.
20. SPEAKING-TUBES, COMBINED MOUTH AND EAR
PIECES. Mouthpieces and connected earpieces.
21. SPEAKING-TUBES, MOUTHPIECES. Structure of the
mouthpieces of speaking-tubes and the combination there-
with of accessory parts, as alarms, indicators, etc.
Search Class
181 ACOUSTICS, subclass 18, Speaking-tubes, Systems.
22. SPEAKING-TUBES, TUBES. The construction of the tubes
per se.
Search Class
181 ACOUSTICS, subclasses 18, Speaking-tubes, Systems, and 20,
Speaking-tubes, Combined mouth and ear pieces.
23. AURICLES. Devices worn in the ear to assist defective hear-
ing.
24. STETHOSCOPES. Devices for augmenting and conducting
to the ear sounds generated within the human body.
25. EAR-TRUMPETS. Trumpets, tubes, etc., for aiding defective
hearing, one end adapted to be placed in the ear, the device
as a whole being held in place by the hand.
26. SOUND-LOCATING DEVICES. Devices for ascertaining the
direction from which a sound proceeds.
27. MEGAPHONES. Speaking-trumpets and the trumpets or
horns employed in talking-machines.
Search Class
181 ACOUSTICS, subclass 25, Ear-trumpets.
28. DENTIPHONES. Devices to be held between the teeth for
aiding defective hearing.
29. MECHANICAL TELEPHONES. Telephones wherein the
sound is transmitted by the vibrations of the molecules in a
wire instead of by electrical means.
30. AUDITORIUM. Devices for improving the acoustic proper-
ties of halls or other places.
407
CLASS 184. LUBRICATION.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class is not intended to include the lubrication generally
of machines of every kind; but it is intended to include those
devices employed to lubricate bearing parts in a machine where
such lubricating device forms no part of the machine structure.
Where the lubricating device is a part of the machine, where the
structure is modified to admit of lubrication, where the particular
or peculiar operation of the machine governs the operation of the
lubricating device, or, in other words, where there is a special
combination between the lubricating device and the machine in
connection with which the lubricating device is used, then such
device is classified with the machine to which it belongs.
In this definition the term "machine" includes any device having
bearing parts.
Exception: Where the machine is operated by air, steam, or
water and the same means used to operate the lubricator, then
such lubricator belongs to this class, provided the structure of the
machine is not modified. An example of this exception is subclass
52, .Lubricators, Force-feed, Fluid-operated, Condensation displace-
ment. Choke-plugs.
Note. For further search upon this line, see classes 64, JOURNAL-
BOXES, PULLEYS, AND SHAFTING, subclasses 24, Journal-boxes,
Lubricating; 28, Journal-boxes, Lubricating, Coolers; 31, Journal-
boxes, Lubricating, Band-applying; 32, Journal-boxes, Lubricating,
Centrifugal; 33, Journal-boxes, Lubricating, Roller-applying; 34,
Journal-boxes, Lubricating, Roller-applying, Elastically-supported,
and 46, Journal-boxes, Lubricating, Materials for feeding oil; 121,
STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 115, Lubricators; also the particular class
in which the machine or device itself belongs.
Note. Where the modification of a journal-box is no more than
a hole to admit a lubricant or allow it to escape and a lubricating
device is used in connection with such a journal-box, the device will
go in class 184, LUBKICATION, unless there is a particular combination
between the journal-box and the lubricating device.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Structures not otherwise classifiable used
to lubricate rubbing surfaces and embraced under this class.
2. MINE-CAR LUBRICATION. Devices specifically intended
and arranged to lubricate the wheels of mine-cars while in
operation.
3. TRACK OR WHEEL LUBRICATION. Devices adapted
for use on a car to oil the track or wheel-flange.
Search Classes
184 LUBRICATION, subclasses 101, Lubricators, Roller, and 102,
Lubricators, Swab.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 63, Irrigating and sprink-
ling, Carts.
4. WINDMILL LUBRICATION. Devices which are particu-
larly adapted for use on a windmill to lubrcate the bearings.
5. SLIDE-BEARING LUBRICATION. Devices for lubricating
slide-bearings where the lubricating devices are practically
part of the bearings. This subclass is limited to the lubri-
cating of the bearing.
Note. Where the claims are broader and include parts of the
machine, the device goes to the machine class.
Search Classes
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING.
101 PRINTING, subclass 4, Bed and cylinder machines, and the
subclasses thereunder.
6. SYSTEMS. The combination of conveying-pipes with a source
of lubricant-supply and arranged to lubricate the several
bearings of a machine or of several machines from a common
source of supply.
Note. In connection with the above there may or may not be
an arrangement to return the oil not used to the source of
supply.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 30,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, and the subclasses
thereunder.
7. SYSTEMS,- CONVEYING DEVICES. Devices specifically
intended to convey lubricant from the reservoir to the bearing^
Note. This subclass is distinguished from subclasses 12, Con-
veyers, and 61, Lubricators, Force-feed, Conveyers, by the
fact that here the conveying means is a tube, a wire, or simi-
lar device and the lubricant is conveyed through or along
the same.
8. SYSTEMS, CONVEYING DEVICES, CONTINUOUS-
TUBE. As indicated, there is a continuous tube from the
source of lubricant to the bearing.
9. SYSTEMS, CONVEYING DEVICES, SLIDING-TUBE.
The conveying means is two telescoping tubes which slide.
Usually one tube is fastened to a moving bearing, while the
other is fastened to a stationary part.
CLASS 184 Continued.
Search Class
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 78, Mains and pipes
Systems.
10. SYSTEMS, CONVEYING DEVICES, WIPERS. A tube
or some collecting device is secured to a moving bearing.
This tube carries a member which at some point in its move-
ment wipes a drop of oil from the outlet of the reservoir of oil
which is permanently secured.
Search Class
184 LUBRICATION, subclass 63, Lubricators, Force-feed, Con-
veyers, Bucket, Rotary.
11. SYSTEMS, SPLASH. The oil is splashed by some moving
part of the machine to be lubricated. The oil collects in
receptacles placed so as to feed the oil so collected to the
bearings.
Note. This subclass is distinguished from subclass 13, Splash,
in this class, by the fact that there are means to catch the
lubricant when splashed and to carry it to a bearing.
12. CONVEYERS. Devices for conveying the lubricant from a
reservoir to a bearing. They are more complicated than those
of subclass Gl, Lubricators, Force-feed, Conveyers.
13. SPLASH. Devices in which a moving part strikes a body of
lubricant and splashes the oil about, so that it comes in
contact with parts to be lubricated.
14. LUBRICATORS. Primarily receptacles for holding lubricant
having an outlet, and associated with this receptacle so as
practically to be a part of it, is some arrangement which regu-
lates and causes (either one or both) the oil to be delivered
through the outlet. These devices as above described are
complete in themselves and may be removed as an entirety
from one machine and placed on another.
Search Classes
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS.
210 WATER PURIFICATION.
221 DISPENSING-CANS.
15. LUBRICATORS, BELT, CABLE, OR CHAIN LUBRI-
CATORS. Devices intended to apply lubricant to a belt,
cable, or chain and constructed with such purpose in view.
Note. Devices which clean and lubricate a belt, cable, or chain
are found in this subclass.
Note. Devices for cleaning chains are found in class 208, VELOCI-
PEDES, subclass 151, Cleaner attachments.
10. LUBRICATORS, BELT, CABLE, OR CHAIN LUBRI-
CATORS, SWAB-APPLIED. Devices for applying the
lubricant by a swab.
17. LUBRICATORS, BELT, CABLE, OR CHAIN LUBRI-
CATORS, ROLLER-APPLIED. Devices for applying the
lubricant by roller.
18. LUBRICATORS, CYLINDER-LUBRICATORS. Devices
designed and adapted especially for lubricating an engine-
cylinder.
19. LUBRICATORS, CYLINDER-LUBRICATORS, SWAB-
APPLIED. The lubricant is applied by a swab usually fas-
tened to the piston-rod.
20. LUBRICATORS, CYLINDER - LUBRICATORS, RO-
TARY-SWAB-APPLIED. Cylinder-lubricators in which
the lubricant is applied by a rotary swab.
21. LUBRICATORS, ELEVATOR-GUIDE LUBRICATORS.
Devices intended to be placed upon an elevator-car and in
position to lubricate the slideways of the same.
22. LUBRICATORS, ELEVATOR-GUIDE LUBRICATORS
SWAB. The lubricant is applied by a swab.
Search Class
184 LUBRICATION, subclass 102, Lubricators, Swab.
23. LUBRICATORS, ELEVATOR-GUIDE LUBRICATORS,
ROTARY-BRUSH OR ROLLER. The lubricant is
applied by a roller or a rotating brush.
Search Class
184 LUBRICATION, subclass 101, Lubricators, Roller.
24. LUBRICATORS, PISTON-ROD LUBRICATORS. As the
name indicates, these devices are adapted to lubricate a piston-
rod.
Search Class
121 STEAM-ENGINES, subclass 107, Packing and the subclasses
thereunder.
25. LUBRICATORS, PISTON-ROD LUBRICATORS, SWAB.
Piston-rod lubricators in which the lubricant is applied by a
stationary swab.
409
410
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 184 Continued.
Search Class
184 LUBRICATION, subclasses Hi, Lubricators, Belt, Cable, or
chain lubricators, Swab-applied; 22, Lubricators, Elevator-
guide lubricators, Swab; and 102, Lubricators, Swab.
LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED. In this type the lubricant
in the reservoir is placed under pressure by some means, and
thus forced to its destination.
Search Class
221 DISPENSING-CANS, subclass 47, Hand-oilers, Forced-feed.
26. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, PUMPS. Apumpisused
to force the lubricant from the container to its destination.
Note. Similar structures are to be found in class 103, PUMPS.
Search Classes
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclasses 154, Liquid-meas-
ures, Pumps, and 155, Liquid-measures, Pumps, Rotary.
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 139, Charge-
forming devices, Oil-feeding, Pumps.
27. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, PUMPS, MECHANIC-
ALLY-OPERATED. The pump-piston is mechanically
connected to some source of power, usually a moving part of
the machine upon which the lubricant-receptacle is mounted.
Search Classes
184 LUBRICATION, subclasses 71, Lubricators, Gravity-feed,
Automatic cut-off, Rotatable valve, Mechanically-operated,
and 74, Lubricators, Gravity-feed, Automatic cut-oil, Verti-
cally-reciprocating valve, Mechanically-operated.
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclasses 154, Liquid-measures,
Pumps, and 155 Liquid-measures, Pumps, Rotary.
221 DISPENSING-CANS, subclass 47, Hand-oilers, Forced-feed.
28. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, PUMPS, HAND-OPER-
ATED. The pump-piston is operated by hand.
Search Class
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclasses 154, Liquid-measures,
Pumps, and 155, Liquid-measures, Pumps, Rotary.
29. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED PUMPS, FLUID-OPER-
ATED. The piston is actuated by intermittent application
of fluid under pressure to the said piston.
Search Class
184 LUBRICATION, subclasses 72, Lubricators, Gravity-feed,
Automatic cut-off, Rotatable-valve, Fluid-pressure operated,
and 76, Lubricators, Gravity-feed, Automatic cut-off, Vertical-
ly-reciprocating valve, Fluid-pressure operated.
30. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, PUMPS, PENDULUM-
OPERATED. The piston is aatuated by means of a pendu-
lum which is vibrated by the motion of the machinery.
Search Class -
184 LUBRICATION, subclasses 73, Lubricators, Gravity-feed,
Automatic cut-off, Rotatable-valve, Pendulum-operated, and
78, Lubricators, Gravity-feed, Automatic cut-off, Vertically-
reciprocating valve, Pendulum-operated.
31. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, PUMPS, ROTARY.
Pumps of the rotary type where the lubricant is forced by the
direct pressure of continuously-revolving vanes or equivalents.
32. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, PUMPS, OSCILLATING-
PISTON. The piston is so arranged that by its own oscilla-
tion it covers and uncovers ports, so that during its forcing
stroke a lubricant is forced through an outlet-passage and upon
its suction-stroke the lubricant is admitted to the pump-
cylinder.
33. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, PUMPS, ROTARY
PISTON AND VALVE. The pump is mounted upon the
valve and both rotate together. In action it is like subclass 35,
Lubricators. Force-feed, Pumps, Rotary distributing-valve,
hereinafter denned.
34. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, PUMPS, OSCILLATING
DISTRIBUTING-VALVE. The discharge-valve from the
pump-cylinder oscillates so that the outlet-passage is in con-
nection with the pump-cylinder during the forcing stroke and
the intake-passage is connected with the pump-cylinder at
the suction-stroke of the piston.
35. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, PUMPS, ROTARY DIS-
TRIBUTING-VALVE. The discharge-valve from the pump-
cylinder rotates continuously, and the ports are so arranged
that upon the forcing stroke of the piston oil is distributed to a
single outlet or several outlets and upon the suction-stroke the
valve is in position to allow the lubricant to enter the pump-
cylinder from a source of supply.
Search Class
184 LUBRICATION, subclasses under Lubricators, Gravity-feed,
Automatic cut-off, Rotatable-valve.
30.' LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, PUMPS, ATTACH-
MENTS. Things not part of the lubricator-pump proper,
but used in connection with the same, such as special valves,
etc.
LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FOLLOWERS. Lubri-
cators wherein the lubricant is forced by a piston, which fol-
lows and pushes the lubricant from the receptacle.
37. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FOLLOWERS, ME-
CHANICALLY-OPERATED. The follower is moved by a
mechanical connection between it and some actuating source.
38. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FOLLOWERS, HAND-
OPERATED. The follower is actuated by hand to force out
the lubricant.
CLASS 184 Continued.
39. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FOLLOWERS, FLUID-
OPERATED. The follower is moved by fluid-pressure.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 119, Charge-
forming devices.
40. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FOLLOWERS, FLUID-
OPERATED, FLUID-RETURN. Fluid-operated follow-
ers which are returned by fluid-pressure.
Search Class
221 DISPENSING-CANS, subclass 47, Hand-oilers, Forced-feed.
41. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FOLLOWERS, FLUID-
OPERATED, SPRING-ASSISTED. Fluid-operated fol-
lowers which are assisted by the expansive force of a spring.
42. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FOLLOWERS, FLUID-
OPERATED, SPRING-RETURN. Fluid-operated fol-
lowers which are returned by a spring.
43. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FOLLOWERS, ' CEN-
TRIFUGAL. Followers actuated by centrifugal force, due to
the rotation of the object upon which the lubricator is placed.
44. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FOLLOWERS, PENDU-
LUM-OPERATED. Followers actuated by mechanism
operated by a pendulum, which pendulum is swung by the
motion of the machine.
45. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FOLLOWERS, SPRING-
OPERATED. The expanding force of a spring moves the
piston to expel the lubricant.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 50, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, ^anks, Force-feed.
46. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FOLLOWERS,WEIGHT-
OPEKATED. A weight upon the follower moves the same.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 50, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Tanks, Force-feed.
47. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FOLLOWERS, BAL-
ANCED-PISTON. There are two receptacles, and the fol-
lowers are connected so that when one follower moves in one
direction the other follower moves in the opposite direction.
48. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FOLLOWERS, LOCK-
ING DEVICES. In this subclass there are means provided
so that the follower is locked against moving backward.
Search Class
184 LUBRICATION, subclasses 45, Lubricators, Force-feed, Fol-
lowers, Spring-operated, and 46, Lubricators, Force-feed, Fol-
lowers, Weight-operated.
LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FLUID-OPERATED.
Lubricators wherein the lubricant is subjected directly to
a fluid-pressure. The fluid may be air, steam, or water.
49. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FLUID-OPERATED,
CONDENSATION DISPLACEMENT. Steam is admitted
to some receptacle, where it condenses, and then the water of
condensation flows into the lubricant-receptacle and displaces
the lubricant, and thus forces it out.
Search Class
184 LUBRICATION, subclass 55, Lubricators, Force-feed, Fluid-
operated, Steam or air.
50. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, ELUID-OPERATED,
CONDENSATION DISPLACEMENT, DOUBLE-PASS-
AGE. There are two passages to the interior. Through one
passage steam and water of condensation are admitted, and
the lubricant displaced flows out the other to its destination.
51. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FLUID-OPERATED,
CONDENSATION DISPLACEMENT, SINGLE-PAS-
SAGE. The receptacle has but one passage to the interior, and
the steam must enter and the lubricant flow out this same
52. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FLUID-OPERATED,
CONDENSATION DISPLACEMENT, CHOKE-PLUGS.
Devices used in connection with condensation-displacement
lubricators and placed on a steam-chest or analogous device to
prevent back pressure in the lubricator.
53. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FLUID-OPERATED,
CONDENSATION DISPLACEMENT, AUXILIARY
FEEDING-RECEPTACLES. Receptacles attached to the
lubricator by means of which lubricant may be fed to a bearing
in addition to the lubricant regularly supplied or can be used
in case any accident occurs to the principal lubricator.
54. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FLUID-OPERATED,
DISPLACEMENT. The lubricant is displaced in the recep-
tacle by water, and thus forced out.
Search Classes
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FuELBuRNERs,subclass50, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Tanks, Force-feed.
210 WATER-PURIFICATION, subclass 19, Filters, Chemical-
feeders.
55. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FLUID-OPERATED,
STEAM OR AIR. The fluid used to force the lubricant is
steam or air.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 50.
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Tanks, Force-feed, end
77, Burners, Spray, Atomizers.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
411
CLASS 184-Continued.
56. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FLUID-OPERATED,
STEAM OR AIR, INJECTORS. The lubricant passes from
the receptacle, and as it leaves it is brought into contact with
a stream of air or steam and divided into fine particles and
carried by the fluid to the part to be lubricated.
Search Classes
184 LUBRICATION, subclass 59, Lubricators, Force-feed, Fluid-
operated, Steam or air, Suction, Vented.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 153, Carbu-
reters, Oil-feed, Rotary.
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses 131, Charge-
forming devices, Atomizers; 132, Charge-forming devices,
Atomizers, Constant-level, and 138, Charge-forming devices,
Oil-feeding, Rotary.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 74,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Spray, Oil, air, and steam; 75, Burners,
Liquid-fuel, Spray, Oil and steam, and 70, Burners, Liquid-
fuel, Spray, Oil and air.
57. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FLUID-OPERATED,
STEAM OR AIR, INITIAL PRESSURE. Force-feed
lubricators comprising an auxiliary tank in connection with
the lubricant-receptacle, which tank is charged with com-
pressed air, and this air is used to force the lubricant from its
receptacle.
58. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FLUID-OPERATED,
STEAM OR AIR, SUCTION. The lubricant is drawn by
suction to the part to be lubricated.
.Search Classes
184 LUBRICATION, subclass 76, Lubricators, Gravity-feed,
Automatic cut-off, Vertically-reciprocating valve, Fluid-pres-
sure operated.
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 132, Charge-
forming devices, Atomizers, Constant-level.
59. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FLUID-OPERATED,
STEAM OR AIR, SUCTION, VENTED. Force-feed, fluid-
operated suction lubricators having an opening of some kind
which permits the air to come into the receptacle, the pressure
of the air assisting the suction.
SO. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, FLUID-OPERATED,
ABRASION. The lubricant lies directly in the path of a
fluid under pressure, which mechanically wears off small
particles of lubricant from a mass of solid lubricant and carries
it to its destination.
Search Classes
4 BATHS AND CLOSETS, subclass 30, Disinfecting apparatus.
210 WATER PURIFICATION, subclass 19, Filters, Chemical-
feeders.
61. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, CONVEYERS. The
lubricant is forced to its destination by means of a conveyer,
such as a screw, or by buckets and chain.
Search Class
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 153, Carbureters,
Oil-feed, Rotary.
62. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, CONVEYERS, BUCKET.
A bucket is used to elevate the lubricant and convey it to some
outlet.
Search Class
184-^LuBRiCATioN, subclass 10, Systems, Conveying devices,
Wipers.
63. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, CONVEYERS, BUCKET
ROTARY. The title is self-explanatory.
4. LUBRICATORS, FORCE-FEED, CAPILLARY ATTRAC-
TION. The lubricant is fed through a wick by capillary
attraction.
Search Classes
184 LUBRICATION, subclass 102, Lubricators, Swab.
48 GAS HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 25, Acetylene,
Generators, Water-feed, Capillary.
65. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED. Lubricators where the
lubricant is fed by gravity and the flow is usually controlled
by a valve which is operated by hand.
Search Classes
48 GAS HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 4, Acetylene,
Generators, Water-feed.
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclasses 119, Charge-
forming devices; 132, Charge-forming devices, Atomizers, ( on-
stant-level, and 13G, Charge-forming devices, Oil-feeding.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 52, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Tanks, Drop-feed.
66. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, AUTOMATIC CUT-
OFF. The feed is intermittently cut off and the valve is
automatically actuated from some extraneous source, such as
the machine which is being lubricated.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENorNEs, subclass 137, Charge-
forming devices, Oil-feeding, Reciprocating.
67. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, AUTOMATIC CUT-
OFF, ELECTRICALLY-OPERATED. The valve is actu-
ated by an electro magnet, solenoid, or similar electrical device.
8. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, AUTOMATIC CUT-
OFF, THERMOSTATS. The valve is caused to operate by
the expansion of some metal, which expansion is caused by
the heat generated by the friction of the bearing to which the
lubricator is attached.
CLASS 184 Continued.
69. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, AUTOMATIC CUT-
OFF, VIBRATORS. The valve is usually a ball or some
piece of metal of such shape that the valve seats and unseats
due to the vibration of the machine to which the lubricator is
attached.
70. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, AUTOMATIC CUT-
OFF, CENTRIFUGAL. Devices attached to a rotating
machine part. During the rotation of the part the oil is
splashed and enters ports near the top of an outlet-pipe to a
bearing. When not in motion, the level of the oil is below the
ports in the tube. Therefore there is no feeding.
LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, AUTOMATIC CUT-
OFF, ROTATABLE-VALVE. The valve is rotated to
cause intermittent feeding, substantially in the manner out-
lined in the definitions of the subclasses under Vertically-
reciprocating valve.
71. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, AUTOMATIC CUT-
OFF, ROTATABLE-VALVE, MECHANICALLY-OPER-
ATED. The valve is rotated by direct mechanical connec-
tion with some source of power, substantially in the manner
outlined in the definitions of the subclasses under Vertically-
reciprocating valve.
Note. See also in this class, subclasses 27, Lubricators, Force-
feed, Pumps, Mechanically-operated; 33, Lubricators, Force-
feed, Pumps, Rotary piston and valve, and 35, Lubricators,
Force-feed, Pumps, Rotary distributing-valve.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 130, Charge-
forming devices, Valve-controlled oil, Positively-operated.
72. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, AUTOMATIC CUT-
OFF, ROTATABLE-VALVE, FLUID-PRESSURE OP-
ERATED. The valve is rotated by fluid-pressure, substan-
tially in the manner outlined in the definitions of the subclasses
under Vertically-reciprocating valve.
Search Class
184 LUBRICATION, subclasses 29, Lubricators, Force-feed,
Pumps, Fluid-operated; 33, Lubricators, Force-feed, Pumps,
Rotary piston and valve, and 35, Lubricators, Force-feed,
Pumps, Rotary distributing-valve.
73. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, AUTOMATIC CUT-
OFF, ROTATABLE-VALVE, PENDULUM - OPER-
ATED. The valve is rotated by a pendulum, substantially
in the manner outlined in the definitions of the subclasses
under Vertically-reciprocating valve.
Search Class
184 LUBRICATION, subclasses 30, Lubricators, Force-feed,
Pumps, Pendulum-operated; 33, Lubricators, Force-feed,
Pumps, Rotary piston and valve, and 35, Lubricators, Force-
feed, Pumps, Rotary distributing-valve.
LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY -FEED, AUTOMATIC CUT-
OFF VERTICALLY - RECIPROCATING VALVE. In
this group of subclasses the valve regulating the feed is recipro-
cated vertically.
74. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, AUTOMATIC CUT-
OFF, VERTICALLY RECIPROCATING VALVE, ME-
CHANICALLY-OPERATED. The valve is operated by
mechanical connections to some source of power and caused
to vertically reciprocate.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 130, Charge-
forming devices, Valve-controlled oil, Positively-operated.
75. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, AUTOMATIC CUT-
OFF, VERTICALLY-RECIPROCATING VALVE, ME-
CHANICALLY - OPERATED, SPRING - RETAINED.
The valve is caused to return to its initial position by means
of a spring.
76. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, AUTOMATIC CUT-
OFF, VERTICALLY -RECIPROCATING VALVE,
FLUID-PRESSURE OPERATED. The valve is subject
to fluid-pressure intermittently and causes the valve to verti-
cally reciprocate.
Search Classes
184 LUBRICATION, subclasses 58, Lubricators, Force-feed, Fluid-
operated, Steam or air, Suction, and 59, Lubricators, Force-
feed, Fluid-operated, Steam or air, Suction, Vented.
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 129, Charge-
forming devices, Valve-controlled oil.
77. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, AUTOMATIC CUT-
OFF, VERTICALLY-RECIPROCATING VALVE, CEN-
TRIFUGALLY-OPERATED. The valve is caused to op-
erate because of the rotary motion of the object to which it is
attached.
Search Class
184 LUBRICATION, subclass 70, Lubricators, Gravity-feed, auto-
matic cut-off, Centrifugal.
78. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, AUTOMATIC CUT-
OFF, VERTICALLY-RECIPROCATING VALVE, PEN-
DULUM-OPERATED. The valve is operated by a pen-
dulum. Due to the motion of the object to which the lubri-
cator is attached the pendulum is caused to vibrate.
79. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, AUTOMATIC CUT-
OFF, HORIZONTALLY-RECIPROCATING VALVE.
The valve in its operation slides horizontally and may be
operated either by the motion of the machine or by some
outside source.
412
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 184 Continued.
80. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, COMBINED CLO-
SURE AND VALVE. Lubricators having novelty in the
closure for the cup as well as the valve which regulates the flow
of lubricant.
Search Classes
184 LUBRICATION, subclass 88, Lubricators, Oil-cup closures.
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 56, Boxes, Closures.
221 DISPENSING-CANS, subclass 2, Filling-cans, Closures.
81. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, MULTIPLE-FEED.
A single receptacle has several outlets leading to several bear-
ings.
Search Class
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 127, Charge-
forming devices, Multiple oil-supply.
82. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, VERTICALLY-MOV-
ABLE VALVE. The valve is set to give a certain feed,
usually by screw, and the valve is opened or closed by a bodily
vertical movement of the valve-stem.
83. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY - FEED, MEASURING-
VALVE. The controlling-valve isconstructed so as to deliver
a definite quantity of lubricant at one time on turning the
valve.
Search Class -
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 153, Liquid-measures,
and the subclasses thereunder.
84. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, AIR-TIGHT RECEP-
TACLE. The lubricant-container has only one opening.
Upon being inverted the receptacle is air-tight, and the feed
of the oil is regulated by the vacuum created in the top of the
receptacle.
85. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, SIPHONS. The feed
is accomplished by the use of a siphon.
Search class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 51,
Burners, Liquid-fuel, Tanks, Siphon-feed.
86. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, LOCKING-VALVE.
The valves have means coacting with the valve-rod to lock
the same in any adjusted position.-
Search Class
151 NUT AND BOLT LOCKS.
87. LUBRICATORS, GRAVITY-FEED, FIBER VALVE. The
outlet from the receptacle is covered by a mass of fibrous
matter. This mass may be compressed, and so regulate the
outflow of lubricant.
88. LUBRICATORS, OIL-CUP CLOSURES. In this class of
devices are the coverings or closures for lubricant-cups of any
description comprehended in the group of lubricators.
Search Classes
184 LUBRICATION, subclass 80, Lubricators, Gravity-feed, Com-
bined closure and valve.
221 DISPENSING-CANS, subclass 2, Filling-cans, Closures.
89. LUBRICATORS, OIL-CUP CLOSURES, DEPRESSIBLE
CAP. The part that closes the opening is held in place in a
closed position by a spring and is adapted to have the nose of
an oil-can push back the closing-piece and admit lubricant.
90. LUBRICATORS, OIL-CUP CLOSURES, HINGED-
COVER. The cover of the cup is hinged.
Search Class
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 56, Boxes, Closures.
91. LUBRICATORS, OIL-CUP CLOSURES, HINGED-
COVER, SPRING-CONTR9LLED. The cover is returned
to its closed position by a spring.
Search Class
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 56, Boxes, Closures.
92. LUBRICATORS, OIL-CUP CLOSURES, ROTATABLE-
COVER. The cover upon being rotated uncovers an opening
through which lubricant can be admitted to the cup.
93. LUBRICATORS, OIL-CUP CLOSURES, ROTATABLE-
COVER, SPRING-CONTROLLED. Devices in which the
cover is brought back to its initial or closed position by a
spring.
CLASS 184 Continued.
94. LUBRICATORS, OIL-CUP CLOSURES, SLIDABLE-
COVER. The cover slides, and so uncovers an opening for
the admission of lubricant.
95. LUBRICATORS, OIL-CUP CLOSURES, SLIDABLE-
COVER, SPRING-CONTROLLED. The cover is returned
to its initial or closed position by a spring.
90. LUBRICATORS, SIGHT-FEEDS. Devices attached to a
lubricator through which the lubricant flows as it is discharged
and by means of which the quantity and rate of discharge may
be observed.
Search Class
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 54, Gages, Water.
97. LUBRICATORS, SIGHT-FEEDS, ATTACHMENTS. Aux-
iliary attachments to a sight-feed, such as reflectors, shields,
etc.
98. LUBRICATORS, LIQUEFIERS. The heat generated by the
friction of the bearing parts melts a solid or semisolid m the cup
and allows It to run onto the bearing.
99. LUBRICATORS, LIQUEFIERS, SOLID-STICK. A solid
stick of lubricant is in contact with the bearing. It is melted
by the friction.
100. LUBRICATORS, SLIDE-BEARING LUBRICATORS.
Devices fastened to a moving part of a slide-bearing and apply-
ing lubricant to the bearing parts. They are separate from the
structure which they lubricate and may be removed from the
same, in which respect they distinguish from subclassS, Slide-
bearing lubrication, in this class.
101. LUBRICATORS, ROLLER. Devices not otherwise classi-
fiable for applying lubricant to a bearing by a roll, usually cov-
ered with felt.
Search Classes
184 LUBRICATION, subclasses 3, Track or wheel lubrication, and
17 X Lubricators, Belt, cable, or chain lubricators, Roller-
applied.
65 KITCHEN AND TABLE ARTICLES, subclass 12, Culinary.
102. LUBRICATORS, SWAB. Miscellaneous devices for applying
lubricant to a bearing by a swab.
Search Class
184 LUBRICATION, subclasses 3. Track or wheel lubrication;
16, Lubricators, Belt,cable, or chain lubricators, Swab-applied,
and 64, Lubricators, Force-feed, Capillary attraction.
103. LUBRICATORS, CONSTANT-LEVEL. Devices for, auto-
matically maintaining a constant level of lubricant in the dis-
tributing-reservoir.
Search Classes
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 151, Carbu-
reters, Oil-feed, Float-valves.
123 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 132, Charge-
forming devices. Atomizers, Constant-level.
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclasses 38, Burn-
ers, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Maintained oil-level, Float-
controlled, and 39, Burners, Liquid-fuel, Fuel-feeding, Main-
tained oil-level, Float-controlled, Liquid seal.
104. LUBRICATORS, HEATING AND COOLING DEVICES.
Devices for either reducing the lubricant in the cup to a liquid
state and also to keep it so or to cool the lubricant where it
would be subject to excessive heat.
105. LUBRICATORS, REFILLING DEVICES. Devices used
to refill lubricator-cups, usually without disturbing the appa-
ratus in its function.
Search Class
221 DISPENSING-CANS, subclass 1, Filling-cans, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
106. LUBRICATORS, DRIP-PANS. Devices placed beneath a
bearing which catch the unused oil and either hold the same
or have means connected therewith to return it to the reservoir.
Search Classes
184 LUBRICATION, subclass 6, Systems.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 4, Cocks and faucets, Re-
ciprocating valves.
237 HEAT DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 19, Steam radia-
tors, Attachments.
CLASS 185. MOTORS
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This is the miscellaneous and parent class of motors. It embraces
motors and their elements for which specific classes and subclasses
have not been elsewhere provided.
This class in part parallels class 58, HOROLOGY. When a device is
capable of general application, it will be classified in this class, unless
there is a more specific subclass to receive it in Horology.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Motors not otherwise classifiable.
2. COMPOSITE. Motors composed of two or more prime movers,
with separate trains running to a common transmitting ele-
ment, at least one of which prime movers is a horse power, a
pivoted seat, a spring, or a weight.
Note. If a motor coming within the terms of the above defini-
tion includes as one of the prime movers a weight or a spring
which derives its energy from another of the prime movers and
specific structure of that other prime mover is included in the
claims, the patent is classified with reference to that other
prime mover and a cross reference is placed in this subclass.
If that other prime mover is classifiable in this class, the defini-
tion of this subclass governs the classification.
3. COMPOSITE, HORSE-POWER TYPE. Composite motors
in which energy of animals is converted into mechanical
energy in all the prime movers.
4. COMPOSITE, WEIGHT. Composite motors in which all the
prime movers are weights.
5. COMPOSITE, WEIGHT, ESCAPEMENT-CONTROLLED.
Composite weight motors containing escapements.
Note. By the term "escapement" as used throughout this class
is meant a device which receives energy from a power element
and by virtue thereof performs a cycle of movements in which
the escapement first causes the power element to cease its
motion and later permits it to resume its motion.
Throughout this class if the escapement includes a spring or a
weight which derives its energy from another motor the device
is classified in the appropriate Winding Motor subclass instead
of in the Escapement controlled subclass and a cross referenco
is placed in the appropriate Winding, Overwinding preventers
subclass.
Search Classes
185 MOTORS, subclasses 7, Composite, Weight, Winding, Motor,
and the subclass thereunder; 9, Composite, Spring; 13, Com-
posite, Spring, Winding, Overwinding preventers; 31, Weight,
Escapement controlled; 35, Weight, Winding, Overwinding
preventers; 38, Spring, Escapement controlled; 43, Spring,
Winding, Overwinding preventers, and 46, Escapements;
58, HOROLOGY, subclasses 27, Clocks, Electric, Secondary,
Escapement; 47, Clocks, Winding, Motors, pneumatic; 48,
Clocks, Winding, Motors, spring; 49, Clocks, Winding, Mo-
tors, thermal, and 11G, Escapements, and the subclasses there-
under, and 227, FIRE ESCAPES, subclass 2, Automatic speed
governors, Escapement-check, for escapements.
6. COMPOSITE WEIGHT, WINDING. Composite-motors,
weight, including special devices for raising the weights.
Search Classes
185 MOTORS, subclasses 10, Composite, Spring, Winding, and
the subclass thereunder; 32, Weight, Winding, and the sub-
classes thereunder, and 39, Spring, Winding, and the sub-
classes thereunder; 57, HOISTING, subclass 22, Capstans and
windlasses, and the subclasses thereunder; 58, HOROLOGY,
subclasses 40, Clocks, Electric, Winding, and the subclass
thereunder; 46, Clocks, Winding, and the subclasses there-
under; 73, Watches, Stem-winding, and 80, Watches, Wind-
ing, and the subclasses thereunder; 74, MACHINE ELEMENTS,
subclass 53, Intermittent-grip devices, and the subclasses
thereunder; 81, TOOLS, subclass 7.5, Special Watchmakers',
Mainspring-winders, and 242, WINDING AND REELING, sub-
class 107, Reeling and unreeling, Reels, Spring drum type, and
the subclasses thereunder, for mechanism for operating wind-
ing drums.
7. COMPOSITE, WEIGHT, WINDING, MOTOR. Composite
motors, weight, in which the weights are raised by motors.
N ote. If a cl aim coming within the terms of the above definition
includes specific features of the prime mover (the winding
motor), it is placed in the class which takes the prime mover
and a cross reference is placed in this subclass, unless the wind-
ing motor itself is classifiable in this class.
Search Classes
185 MOTORS, subclasses 11, Composite, Spring, Winding,
Motor, and the subclass thereunder; 33, Weight, Winding,
Motor, and the subclass thereunder; and 40, Spring, Winding,
Motor, and the subclasses thereunder, and 58, HOROLOGY,
subclasses 40, Clocks, Electric, Winding, and the subclass
thereunder; 47, Clocks, Winding, Motors, pneumatic; 48,
Clocks, Winding, Motors, spring, and 49, Clocks, Winding,
Motors, thermal, for spring and weight motors which derive
their energy from other motors.
CLASS 185 Continued.
8. COMPOSITE, WEIGHT, WINDING, MOTOR, FLUID.
Composite weight motors wound by fluid motors.
Search Classes
185 MOTORS, subclasses 11, Composite, Spring, Winding, Mo-
tor; 30, W eight, Oscillating, Wave type; 34, Weight, Wind-
ing, Motor, Fluid, and 42. Spring, Winding, Motor, Fluid; 58,
HOROLOGY, subclass 47, Clocks, Winding, Motors, pneumatic,
and 61, HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclasses 50, Tide-powers,
Pivoted float, and 51, Tide-powers, Non-pivoted float, for
spring and weight motors which derive their energy from fluid
motors.
9. COMPOSITE, SPRING. Composite motors in which all the
prime movers are springs.
10. COMPOSITE, SPRING, WINDING. Composite motors,
spring, including special winding devices.
Search Classes
188 MOTORS, subclass 6, Composite. Weight, Winding, together
with the search classes thereunder noted, for mechanism for
operating winding drums.
124 AIR-GUNS, CATAPULTS, AND TARGETS, subclasses 2, Cata-
pults, Rubber-spring; 10, Guns, Air, Spring; 11, Guns, Air,
Spring, Magazine; 12, Guns, Spring; 13, Guns, Spring, Maga-
zine, and 14, Guns, Spring, Rubber, and 186, STORE SERVICE,
subclass 10, Single impulse systems, Spring, and the subclass
thereunder, for devices for compressing or distending springs.
11. COMPOSITE, SPRING, WINDING, MOTOR. Composite
motors, spring, that are wound up by motors.
Note. If a claim coming within the terms of the above definition
includes specific features of the prime mover (the winding
motor), it is placed in the class which takes the prime mover
and a cross reference is placed in this subclass, unless the
winding motor is itself classifiable in this class.
Search Class
185 MOTORS, subclass 7, Composite, Weight, Winding, Motor,
with the search classes noted thereunder, for spring and weight
motors which derive their energy from other motors.
12. COMPOSITE, SPRING, WINDING, MOTOR, MOMEN-
TUM TYPE. Composite spring motors containing shafts
rotating in one direction only, which alternately wind the
springs and receive power therefrom, the connecting trams
coming to rest after each alternation.
Search Classes
185 MOTORS, subclass 41, Spring, Winding, Motor, Momen-
tum type; 21, CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 90, Motor
vehicles; 105, RAILWAY ROLLING STOCK, subclass 27, Starters
and brakes, and 123, INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, sub-
class 187, Starting devices, Mechanical, Motors, for other
spring motors of the momentum type.
13. COMPOSITE, SPRING, WINDING, OVERWINDING-
PREVENTERS. Devices for preventing the overwinding
of the springs in composite spring motors.
Search Classes
185 MOTORS, subclasses 6, Composite, Weight, Winding, and
the subclasses thereunder; 35, Weight, Winding, Overwinding
preventers, and 43, Spring, Winding, Overwinding prevent-
ers; 58, HOROLOGY, subclasses 40, Clocks, Electric, Winding;
41, Clocks, Electric, Winding, Self; 47, Clocks, Winding,
Motors, pneumatic; 48, Clocks, Winding, Motors, spring, and
83, Watches, Winding, Overwinding preventers, and 123,
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES, subclass 187, Starting
devices, Mechanical, Motors, for overwinding preventers.
14. COMPOSITE, SPRING, WINDING, INDICATOR. De-
vices for showing the degree to which the springs of composite
spring motors are wound or for operating an indicator when
the springs need winding.
Search Classes
185 MOTORS, subclasses 6, Composite, Weight, W r inding, and
the subclasses thereunder; 36, Weight, Winding, Indicator,
and 44, Spring, W r inding, Indicator, and 58, HOROLOGY,
subclass 85, Watches, Winding, Indicator, for winding indi-
cators.
15. HORSE-POWER TYPE. Miscellaneous motors, except com-
posite, in which the energy of animals is converted into me-
chanical energy.
Search Classes '
185 MOTORS, subclasses 3, Composite, Horse power type;
26, Pivoted seat, and 28, Weight, Operator, and 74, MACHINE
ELEMENTS, subclass 39, Cranks and levers, Hand levers.
16. HORSE-POWER TYPE, BELT-TREAD. Motors of the
horse power type in which the animals tread upon an endless
belt.
Search Class
103 PUMPS, subclass 5, Cattle.
17. HORSE-POWER TYPE, DRUM. Motors of the horse
power type in which the animals tread on the curved surfaces
of pivoted drums.
18. HORSE-POWER TYPE. DISK. Motors of the horse power
type in which the animals tread on pivoted disks.
413
414
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 185 Continued.
19. HORSE-POWER TYPE, SWEEP. Motors of the horse
power type in which the animals draw upon a sweep.
Search Class
103 PUMPS, subclass 5, Cattle.
20. HORSE-POWER TYPE, SWEEP, DRIVING AND WHIP-
PING DEVICES. Sweep motors containing devices for
driving or whipping the draft animals.
Search Classes
185 MOTORS, subclass 24, Horse power type, Driving and
whipping devices, for other driving and whipping devices
found hi motors of the horse power type.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, and 54, HARNESS, for driving and
whipping devices of general application.
21. HORSE-POWER TYPE, SWEEP, SWEEPS. Structure
unitary with the sweeps, together with that mounted thereon.
22. HORSE-POWER TYPE, SWEEP, SWEEPS, EQUAL-
IZERS. Sweeps in which provision is made for equalizing
the draft of the animals.
Search Class
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 76, Draft-equalizers,
for equalizers of general application.
23. HORSE-POWER TYPE, DRAFT DEVICES. Draft de-
vices for motors of the horse power type.
Search Classes
185 MOTORS, subclass 22, Horse power type, Sweep, Sweeps,
Equalizers.
21-rCARRiAGES AND WAGONS, and 54, HARNESS, for draft de-
vices of general application.
24. HORSE-POWER TYPE, DRIVING AND WHIPPING
DEVICES. Miscellaneous devices for driving and whipping
in motors of the horse power type.
Search Classes
185 MOTORS, subclass 20, Horse power type, Sweep, Driving
and whipping devices.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, and 54, HARNESS, for driving
and whipping devices of general application.
25. HORSE-POWER TYPE, ANCHORS. Combinations, in-
cluding anchors in motors of the horse power type.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 90, Land-
anchors, and the subclasses thereunder, for land anchors of
general application.
26. PIVOTED SEAT. Lever motors in which the levers to which
power is applied are pivoted seats.
Search Classes
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 39, Cranks and levers, Hand-
levers, for hand levers and treadles.
31 DAIRY, subclass 36, Churns, Reciprocating, Rocking-seat
mechanism; 68, LAUNDRY, subclass 21, Washing machines,
Rocking and swinging, and 208, VELOCIPEDES, subclass 42,
Polycycles, Figure, for other pivoted seat motors.
27. WEIGHT. Miscellaneous motors in which the prime movers
are weights.
Search Classes
185 MOTORS, subclass 4, Composite, Weight, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
60 MISCELLANEOUS HEAT ENGINE PLANTS, subclass 2G,
Gravity, for devices containing a fluid transferred from one
part to another by the application of heat, thus causing the
device to rotate or oscillate by gravity.
28. WEIGHT, OPERATOR. Motors in which energy is supplied
by the weight of the operators.
Search Classes
185 MOTORS, subclass 26, Pivoted seat, and 74, MACHINE
ELEMENTS, subclass 39, Cranks and levers, Hand-levers.
29. WEIGHT, OSCILLATING. Miscellaneous weight motors in
which the actuating weights oscillate.
Search Class
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 30, Clocks, Electric, Pendulum,
Actuated.
30. WEIGHT, OSCILLATING, WAVE TYPE. Oscillating
weight motors in which the weights are mounted on supports
subjected to irregular movements.
Search Classes
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 51, Change-
able exhibitors, Pendulum operated; 68, HOROLOGY, subclass
82, Watches, Winding, Self-winders; 115, MARINE PROPUL-
SION, subclass 5, Wave propulsion, Oscillating weight; 184,
LUBRICATION, subclasses, 30, Lubricators, Force-feed, Pumps,
Pendulum-operated; 44, Lubricators, Force-feed, Followers,
Pendulum-operated; 73, Lubricators, Gravity-feed, Auto-
matic cut-off, Rotatable valve, Pendulum-operated, and 78,
Lubricators, Gravity-feed, Automatic cut-off, Vertically
reciprocating valve, Pendulum-operated, and 235, REGIS-
TERS, subclass 105. Pedometers.
31. WEIGHT, ESCAPEMENT-CONTROLLED. Weight mo-
tors, including escapements.
Note See the note under subclass 5, Composite, Weight, Es-
capement controlled, and also the search notes thereunder.
32. WEIGHT, WINDING. Miscellaneous weight motors, includ-
ing special winding features.
Note. See the search notes under subclass 6, Composite, Weight,
Winding.
33. WEIGHT, WINDING, MOTOR. Miscellaneous weight mo-
tors in which the weights are raised by motors.
Note. See the note under subclass 7,. Composite, Weight, Wind-
ing, Motor, and also the search notes thereunder, for spring
and weight motors which derive their energy from other
motors.
CLASS 185 Continued.
34. WEIGHT, WINDING, MOTOR, FLUID. Weight motors ia
which the weights are raised by fluid motors.
Note. See the search notes under subclass 8, Composite, Weight,
Winding, Motor, Fluid, for spring and weight motors deriv-
ing their energy from fluid motors.
35. WEIGHT, WINDING, OVERWINDING-PREVENTERS.
Devices for preventing overwinding the weights of weight
motors.
Note. See the search notes under subclass 13, Composite, Spring,
Winding, Overwinding * preventers for overwinding pre-
venters.
36. WEIGHT, WINDING, INDICATOR. Devices for indicating
the degree to which the weights of weight motors are wound
or for operating an indicator when the weights need winding.
Note. See the search notes under subclass 14, Composite, Spring,
Winding, Indicator, for winding indicators.
37. SPRING. Miscellaneous motors in which the prime movers are
springs.
Search Classes
185 MOTORS, subclass 9, Composite, Spring, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 85, Change-
able exhibitors, Single reel and web, Spring rewind; 43,
FISHING AND TRAPPING, subclass 33, Fishing, Reels, Spring
operated; 46, GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 8, Billiard appli-
ances. Chalk cups; 51, GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass
16, Metal, Strops, hones, and rifles; 54, HARNESS, subclass
70, Checking and unchecking devices; 68, LAUNDRY, subclass,
14, Clothes-line reels; 73, MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass
49, Measures, Tape; 156, CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS,
subclass 36, Shade, Rollers. Spring; 175, ELECTRICITY, GEN-
ERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 289, Switches, Mechanical,
Rotary; 179, TELEPHONY, subclass 155, Supports, Suspen-
sion, Reels; 191, ELECTRICITY, ELECTRIC RAILWAYS, subclass
35, Systems, Current distribution, Overhead, Trolleys,
Catchers; 242, WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 88, Reeling
and unreeling, Reels, Carriers, Hose, W r heeled, Automatic
winders; 98, Reeling and unreeling, Reels, Carriers, Hand or
body, Spring drum article holders; 102, Reeling and unreel-
ing. Reels, Clothes-line type, Spring drum, and 107, Reeling-
ana unreeling, Reels, Spring drum type, and the subclasses
thereunder, and 248, SUPPORTS, subclass 9, Adjustable, Ver-
tical, Spring, and the subclass thereunder, for devices contain-
ing spring reels.
124 AIR-GUNS, CATAPULTS, AND TARGETS, subclasses 2, Cata-
pults, Rubber-spring; 10, Guns, Air, Spring; 11, Guns, Air,
Spring, Magazine; 12, Guns, Spring; 13. Guns, Spring, Maga-
zine, and 14, Guns, Spring, Rubber, and 183, STORE SERVICE,
subclass 10, Single impulse systems, Spring, and the subclass
thereunder, for springs employed to propel by a single
impulse.
38. SPRING, ESCAPEMENT-CONTROLLED. Spring motors
which contain escapements.
Note. See the note under subclass 5, Composite, Weight, Es-
capement controlled, and also the search notes thereunder.
39. SPRING, W T INDING. Spring motors, including special wind-
ing features.
Note. See the search notes under subclass 6, Composite, Weight,
Winding, for mechanism for operating winding drums.
40. SPRING, WINDING. MOTOR. Miscellaneous spring mo-
tors which are wound by means of motors.
Note. See the note under subclass 7, Composite, Weight, Wind-
ing, Motor, and also the search notes thereunder, for spring and
weight motors which derive their energy from other motors.
41. SPRING, WINDING, MOTOR, MOMENTUM TYPE.
Spring motors containing shafts rotating in one direction only,
which alternately wind the springs and receive power there-
from, the connecting trains coming to rest after each alter-
nation.
Note. See the search notes under subclass 12, Composite, Spring,
Winding, Motor, Momentum type.
42. SPRING, WINDING, MOTOR, FLUID. Spring motors ia
which the springs are wound by fluid motors.
Note. See the search notes under subclass 8, Composite, Weight,
Winding, Motor, Fluid, for spring and weight motors deriving
their energy from fluid motors.
43. SPRING, WINDING, OVERWINDING-PREVENTERS.
Devices for preventing overwinding the springs of spring
motors.
Note. See the search notes under subclass 13, Composite, Spring,
Winding, Overwinding preventers, for overwinding pre-
venters.
44. SPRING, WINDING, INDICATOR. Devices for indicating
the degree to which the springs of spring motors are wound
or for operating an indicator when the springs need winding.
Note. See the search notes under subclass 14, Composite, Spring,
Winding, Indicator, for winding indicators.
45. SPRING, SPRING-MOUNTING. Spring motors with special
features relating to the mounting of the springs.
Search Classes
68 HOROLOGY, subclasses 52, Clocks, Frames; 86, Watches,
Barrels, and the subclass thereunder; 136, Safety-wheels, Bar-
rel, and 137, Safety-wheels, Center, for the mounting of motor
springs.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 68, Springs, for springs.
<6. ESCAPEMENTS. Miscellaneous escapements not elsewhere
classifiable.
Note. See the note under subclass 5, Composite, Weight, Escape-
ment controlled, and also the search notes thereunder.
CLASS 186. STORE SERVICE.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class is limited to apparatus for the transportation, usually
of parcels or cash, within the limits of a building, the apparatus con-
sisting of a track structure, usually elevated, upon which a carrier is
propelled by power other than that of fluid pressure in a tube. The
limitation is made that after the car leaves the sending terminal it is
not again under direct manual control until it reaches the designated
station. This distinguishes from the art shown in class 104, RAIL-
WAYS, subclasses 181, Elevated, Suspended ways, and 180, Elevated,
Suspended ways, Switches, and in many subclasses under class 214,
LOADING AND LNLOADING.
A general search should be made in the following classes and sub-
classes:
Class 17, BUTCHERING, subclass 30, Slaughtering, elevating and
suspending, where a number of patents are found for devices similar
to those shown in class 104, RAILWAYS, subclasses 181 and 180, above
noted.
CLASS 22, METAL FOUNDING, subclass 82, Casting apparatus, Metal
holding and pouring, Ladles, Carriers and manipulators.
Class 104, RAILWAYS, subclasses 4, Elevated; 140, Elevated, Cable
rail; 181, Elevated, Suspended ways; 180, Elevated, Suspended
ways, Switches; 8, Inclined plane; 111, Pleasure railways; 110, Track
curves, and 53, Traction, Running and carrying rope.
Class 1S7, ELEVATORS.
Class 191, ELECTRICITY, ELECTRIC RAILWAYS, subclass 22, Telpher
and towing. This subclass contains a number of patents for telpher
systems similar in operation to many shown in class 104, RAILWAYS,
subclasses 4 and 14'j, above referred to, and to the subclass 7, Self-
propelled car systems, in class ISO, STORE SERVICE, now under con-
sideration.
Class 214, LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclasses 14, Elevated car-
riers, and 2, Loading and unloading, Hay.
Class 243, PNEUMATIC DISPATCH, for transportation through tubes
from station to station by fluid pressure.
In the definitions given below of the various subclasses it is under-
stood that, with some exceptions in subclasses 1, Dining-room
service; 17, Self-propelled car systems, and 18, Cable propulsion
systems, Reciprocating, Drop car, the carriers are supported on
a track along which they are propelled, either sliding, rolling, or
upon wheels.
Subclasses.
1. DINING-ROOM SERVICE. Devices for carrying dishes con-
taining food from the kitchen or place of preparation of the
food to the dining room and returning the empty dishes.
The manner of propulsion is unrestricted.
Search Class
45 FURNITURE, subclass 20, Tables, Self-waiting.
2. GRAVITY SYSTEMS. Miscellaneous inventions not otherwise
classifiable. The tracks are inclined, and the propelling force
for the carriers is gravity.
Search Classes
57 HOISTING, subclass 37, Chutes, and the subclasses there-
under.
104 RAILWAYS, subclasses 146, Elevated, Cable rail; 8, Inclined
plane, and 111, Pleasure railways.
3. GRAVITYSYSTEMS, SELECTIVE DELIVERY. There are
a number of terminals to which the cars are switched from the
main line, the particular switch operated by a given carrier
depending on its configuration or size.
Search Class
186 STORE SERVICE, subclasses 15, Cable propulsion, Grip,
Selective release, and 20, Switches, Selective, for other selec-
tive switching features. .
4. GRAVITY SYSTEMS, TILTING TRACK. One end of the
track is raised or lowered to give the necessary impelling force
in the required direction.
Search Classes
104 RAILWAYS, subclasses 140, Elevated, Cable rail; 8, Inclined
plane, and 111, Pleasure railways.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclass 14, Elevated carriers.
5. GRAVITY SYSTEMS, TILTING TRACK, BOTH ENDS
MOVABLE. Here each end of the track is raised and low-
ered.
Search Class
186 STORE SERVICE, subclass 4, Gravity systems, Tilting track.
6. GRAVITY SYSTEMS, TILTING TRACK, BOTH ENDS
MOVABLE, PIVOTED ARMS. The ends of the track are
attached to pivoted arms, so that when one end of the track
is raised the other is lowered.
7. SELF-PROPELLED CAR SYSTEMS. The propelling means
is on the car in the form of a spring, electric, or other motor. In
some cases the cars run on a closed track loop and distribute
and collect selectively and automatically. In other cases the
cars are switched selectively and automatically from the main
line.
CLASS 186 Continued.
Search Classes
186 STOKE SERVICE, subclass 28, Carriers, Wheeled, Self-pro-
pelled.
104 RAILWAYS, subclasses 4, Elevated, and 146, Elevated,
Cable rail.
191 ELECTRICITY, ELECTRIC RAILWAYS, subclass 22, Telpher
and towing.
8. SINGLE IMPULSE SYSTEMS. The car is impelled by the
hand either directly or by means of interposed mechanism.
Search Classes
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 140, Elevated, Cable rail.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclass 14, Elevated carriers,
and the subclasses thereunder.
9. SINGLE IMPULSE SYSTEMS, SPEED INCREASING.
The car is impelled usually by hand, but with speed increasing
means interposed between the power and the car.
10. SINGLE IMPULSE SYSTEMS, SPRING. The impelling
means is a spring which is strained to the requisite point and
then suddenly released to propel the car along the track.
Search Class
124 AIR GUNS, CATAPULTS, AND TARGETS, subclasses 7, Bows
and crossbows; 12, Guns, Spring, and the subclasses there-
under for spring straining and releasing mechanisms similar
to those shown in this subclass.
11. SINGLE IMPULSE SYSTEMS, SPRING, LONGITUDI-
NALLY MOVING LINE. The track itself or a line parallel
to and coextensive with the track is an elastic cable or has
springs inserted between its ends and the supports. The
car is propelled from either end by pulling the line at that
end and straining the elastic cable or the spring at the opposite
end and quickly releasing, when the car is propelled through,
means of a projecting part on the line.
12. SINGLE IMPULSE SYSTEMS, GRAVITY. The end of the
track upon which the car rests is tilted to give the necessary
impulse to propel the car along the remainder of the track,
which is not inclined. This subclass also includes cases in
which the car rests on the level portion of the track, the car
being impelled by a bunter running down the inclined portion
of the track, which is tilted, and the bunter released at will.
13. SINGLE IMPULSE SYSTEMS, SPREADERS. The car is
given an impulse by the spreading apart at one end of two
members inserted between suitable parts on the car. In some
cases both members are flexible, in other cases one is flexible
and the other rigid, and one or both movable. In some cases
one member forms the track on which the car runs and the
other is coextensive with it, in other cases the second member
extends for a limited distance only.
14. CABLE PROPULSION SYSTEMS. The car is propelled by
a running cable or belt and runs on a track or is suspended on
the cable or belt.
Search Classes
104 RAILWAYS, subclasses 146, Elevated, Cable rail; 111,
Pleasure railways, and 53, Traction, Running and carrying
rope.
193 CONVEYERS, subclasses 2, Endless; 4, Endless, Belt, and
8, Endless, Flight.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, appropriate subclasses.
15. CABLE PROPULSION SYSTEMS, GRIP, SELECTIVE
RELEASE. The carrier is propelled along a track by a con-
tinuously running cable, to which when the carrier is placed
in the proper position it is automatically attached by means
of a gripper on the carrier. The carrier runs to a designated
station, when the gripper is automatically operated and the
car switched to its terminal. The point of release and switch-
ing is determined by the configuration of the car.
Search Class
104 RAILWAYS, subclasses 4, Elevated, and 140, Elevated.
Cable rail; also in the various subclasses under 35, Grippers,
especially in subclass 87, Grippers, Automatic release.
16. CABLE PROPULSION SYSTEMS, LOAD RELEASE.
A belt or cable in the form of a closed loop propels a wheeled
car or a flight usually along a track. A receptacle is carried
by the car or pushed by the flight and is itself deposited at a
previously selected point, or the contents of the receptacle
are deposited at the given point.
Search Classes
104 RAILWAYS, subclasses 4, Elevated, and 146, Elevated,
Cable rail.
193 CONVEYERS, subclasses 2, Endless; 4, Endless, Belt, and 8,
Endless, Flight.
17. CABLE PROPULSION SYSTEMS. RECIPROCATING.
The carrier is attached to a cable and is propelled back and
forth in the same path between the terminals. It may be pro-
pelled both ways by the cable or in one direction by the cable
415
416
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 186 Continued.
and in the reverse by gravity. In some instances the carrier
runs on a track, in others it is suspended from the propelling
cable.
Search Classes
68 LAUNDRY, subclass 3, Clothes lines, where analogous struc-
tures will be found.
104 RAILWAYS, subclasses 4, Elevated; 146, Elevated, Cable
rail, and 53, Traction, Running and carrying rope.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING.
18. CABLE PROPULSION SYSTEMS, RECIPROCATING.
DROP CAR. Here the carrier is attached to the cable and
is propelled back and forth in the same path. The car runs
on a track or is suspended from the cable. Provision is made
in some cases for lowering the carrier at the term nals. In
other instances it is lowered at any intermediate poin t.
Search Class
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclasses 14, Elevated carriers,
and 19, Elevated carriers, Rope catch.
19. SWITCHES. Devices not otherwise classified for directing a
carrier from one track to another over an intervening movable
track section.
Search Class
104 RAILWAYS, subclasses 180, Elevated, Suspended ways,
Switches, and 12, Switches, and the subclasses thereunder.
20. SWITCHES, SELECTIVE. Mechanisms by which the carrier
is directed to a particular branch along a track, the point of
switching depending upon the configuration or size of the
carrier. In some cases the switch is movable, in others immov-
able.
Search Class
186 STORE SERVICE, subclasses 3, Gravity systems, Selective
delivery; 13, Single impulse systems, Spreaders, and 15,
Cable propulsion systems, Grip, Selective release.
21. SWITCHES, SELECTIVE, CARRIER RETURNED. The
carrier is switched to a particular point, depending upon the
si:e or configuration of the carrier, the switch being returned
to its original position by action of the carrier after passing.
22. ELEVATORS AND DROPS. Devices for hoisting or lowering
a carrier from one level to another. In some cases the devices
operate between tracks at different levels, in others between a
station and a track at another level.
Note. A large number of these devices are shown in this class,
subclasses, 2, Gravity systems; 3, Gravity systems, Selective
delivery, and 8, Single impulse car systems, and the subclasses
thereunder.
Search Classes
17 BUTCHERING, subclass 30, Slaughtering, elevating, and sus-
pending.
89 ORDNANCE, subclass 46, Loading, Hoisting apparatus.
193 CONVEYERS, subclass 8, Endless, Flight.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, appropriate subclasses.
227 PIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 10, Endless carriers.
23. ELEVATORS AND DROPS, SPEED CONTROLLED
DROP. Devices for hoisting or lowering a carrier from one
level to another, connected with which are means for con-
trolling the speed of the falling carrier.
Search Classes
186 STORE SERVICE, subclass 29, Carriers, Wheeled, Drop re-
ceptacle.
57, HOISTING, subclass 37, Chutes, and subclasses thereunder, for
drops of widely varying character.
187 ELEVATORS, subclasses 38, Control mechanism, Speed con-
trolled; 68, Fluid governors and subclasses thereunder; and 73,
Car-brakes and catches, and appropriate subclasses there-
under.
227 FIRE ESCAPES, subclasses 1, Automatic speed governors,
and 34, Automatic speed governors, Centrifugal.
24. BUFFERS. Devices for receiving the impact of the carrier as
it reaches the end of the line.
CLASS 186 Continued.
Search Classes
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 6, Door checks, and the
subclasses thereunder.
104 -RAILWAYS, subclass 49, Buffers.
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 67, Well-end cushions.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING.
25. BUFFERS, SLIDE. The retarding action is produced by the
carrier sliding on the buffer, which is in the form of an in-
clined plane. In some cases the buffer is a wedge embraced
by parts on a car.
26. CARRIERS. Miscellaneous cash and parcel carriers not other-
wise classified.
27. CARRIERS, WHEELED. Carriers running on wheels
adapted to the service indicated in the general definition of this
class and not specifically included in the remaining carrier
subclasses.
Search Classes
104 RAILWAYS, subclasses 4, Elevated; 146, Elevated, Cable
rail.and 181, Elevated, Suspended ways.
105 RAILWAY ROLLING STOCK, subclasses 233, Single rail, and
the subclasses thereunder; 236, Single top and bottom rail, and
237, Suspended.
28. CARRIERS, WHEELED, SELF-PROPELLED. Wheeled
carriers propelled by a self-contained motor of any form.
Search Classes
186 STORE SERVICE, subclass 7, Self-propelled car systems.
104 RAILWAYS, subclasses, 4, Elevated, and 146, Elevated,
Cable rail.
105 RAILWAY ROLLING STOCK,'subclass 237, Suspended.
191 ELECTRICITY, ELECTRIC RAILWAYS, subclass 22, Telpher and
towing.
247 ELECTRICITY, CONDUITS, subclass 25, Wire drawing. Motors.
29. CARRIERS, WHEELED, DROP RECEPTACLES.
Wheeled carriers in which the cash or parcel receptacle is low-
ered from its normal position while still remaining attached to
the car. In some instances the car remains attached to some
part of the structure.
Search Classes
186 STORE SERVICE, subclasses 18, Cable propulsion systems,
Reciprocating, Drop car; 22, Elevators and drops, and 23,
Elevators and drops, Speed controlled drop.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, generally.
30. CARRIERS, WHEELED DERAILMENT GUARDS. De-
vices for preventing derailment of wheeled carriers.
Search Class
105 RAILWAY ROLLING STOCK, subclasses 215, Derailment
guards, Inclined wheels; 95, Derailment guards, Rail interlock-
ing, and 96, Derailment guards, Supplemental wheels.
31. CARRIERS, ROLLING. Carriers of spherical, cylindrical,
and other permissible shapes which roll along the track.
32. CARRIERS, SLIDING. The carriers slide along the track.
The method of propulsion is unrestricted.
Search Class
186 STORE SERVICE, subclass 15, Cable propulsion systems,
Grip, Selective release.
33. DETAILS. Elementary parts of cash carrier systems and their
accessories not otherwise classifiable.
34. DETAILS, TRACK. Track accessories and elementary parts
not otherwise classifiable.
Search Classes
104 RAILWAYS, subclasses 4, Elevated^ 146, Elevated, Cable
rail; 181, Elevated, suspended ways; 180, Elevated, Suspend-
ed ways, Switches, and 83, Traction, Curves, for details of
tracks of the character here under consideration.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclass 14, Elevated carriers,
and the subclasses thereunder.
CLASS 187. ELEVATORS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes elevators of the type comprising a traveling
car, cage, platform, or similar device upon which a load is to be
placed, also certain door mechanism and other details of elevator
structure not provided for elsewhere.
Elevators in which the load-carrying device travels in a continuous
path are classified here if the motor mechanism i s controllable from
along the path of travel, so as to stop the carrier at any desired
elevation.
Elevators limited to use in connection with means for automati-
cally taking up or discharging the load are excluded.
In general combinations of elevators with other apparatus or
elevator structures especially modified for use in certain arts are
classified with such apparatus or arts.
Elevator signals are classified in appropriate subclasses under
classes 116, SIGNALS; 177, ELECTRIC SIGNALING, and 178, TELEG-
RAPHY.
Patents containing matter falling within two or more subclasses
have been placed in the subclass having the lowest number and cross-
referenced, if necessary, to other subclasses.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Elevators and details thereof not classi-
fiable elsewhere.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, subclass 42, Draw, Lift.
46 GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 72, Amusement elevators, for
elevator structures in which the car has a rotary movement or
which are otherwise modified to adapt them especially for use
as amusement devices.
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 10, Refrigerators, for combina-
tions of elevators and refrigerator structure.
89 ORDNANCE, subclass 46, Loading, Hoisting apparatus.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 14, Skeleton
towers, Arrangement, Elevating.
193 CONVEYERS, appropriate subclasses under "Endless,"
for load-carrying devices traveling in a continuous path.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, appropriate subclasses, and
subclass 12, Loading and unloading, Vertical hoist and dump,
for wagon jacks used to raise one end of a wagon for the purpose
of dumping the load.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 116,
Receptacles, Garbage, Hoisting.
2. BUILDING MATERIAL. Elevators designed for hoisting
materials during the erection of buildings. The structure is
especially adapted for easy erection, extension, and removal.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 9, Portable, and the subclasses
thereunder, for elevators which are portable as a whole.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 81, Scaffolds, Miscellaneous.
193 CONVEYERS, subclasses 2, Endless, and 8, Endless, Flight,
for hod elevators and the like, which include conveying means
traveling in a continuous path.
3. DUMB-WAITER TYPE. Dumb-waiters and similar elevators
of light construction not adapted for carrying passengers, and
therefore involving no control means operable from the car.
Some of the patents are for so-called "refrigerators," used for
lowering provisions into an underground chamber, as a well.
Search Classes
62 REFRIGERATION, subclass 10, Refrigerators, for elevators
in combination with specific refrigerator structure, such as
heat insulation, ice-receptacles, or structures adapted for sub-
mergence in a cooling liquid.
186 STORE SERVICE, subclass 22, Elevators and drops.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 27, Shelving.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 116,
Receptacles, Garbage, Hoisting.
4. DUMB-WAITER TYPE, MAIL. Elevators especially de-
signed for conveying mail to or from the upper stories of build-
ings.
Search Class
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclass 12, Loading and
unloading, Vertical hoist and dump, for mail elevators, in-
cluding means for discharging the mail at the desired points.
5. DUMB-WAITER TYPE, LOCKED CAR. Dumb-waiter
elevators, including means for locking or holding the car,
usually in its lowered position.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 73, Car brakes and catches, and the
subclasses thereunder, for locking means adapted to support
the car above its lower limit of travel.
6. EXTERIOR WALL. Elevators supported upon the exterior
svalls of buildings, the car being limited to travel up and
down the face of the building by permanent ways connected
to the wall. Such elevators are usually intended for use as
fire-escapes.
26674 12-
-27
CLASS 187 Continued.
Search Class
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, appropriate subclasses, for permanent
fire-escape elevators supported upon building exteriors but
not included under the above definition.
7. EXTERIOR WALL, LATERAL MOVEMENT. Exterior
wall elevators in which the car has lateral movement relative
to the guides or the guides themselves are mounted to move
laterally on the wall of the building.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 9, Portable, and the subclasses
thereunder, for laterally movable guides.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 14, Hoist-rope-supporting trolley.
8. EXTERIOR WALL, CAR BRAKE. Includes a brake or
catch on the car adapted to support the car or retard its move-
ment by engagement with adjacent relatively fixed elements.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 80, Car brakes and catches, Car-
supported, and appropriate subclasses thereunder.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclasses under the title "Rope brakes."
9. PORTABLE. Elevators so constructed as to be readily portable
as a whole.
Vehicles, as baggage trucks and the like, in which the entire
bed or platform is arranged to be raised and lowered vertically
are classified here if the platform is operated by hoisting
means associated with a superstructure. IE levators merely at-
tached to conventional vehicles for loading or unloading the
vehicle are also placed here.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 7, Exterior wall, Lateral movement,
for trolley-supported elevator guides.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 81, Scaffolds, Miscellaneous,
for portable elevators involving features especially adapting
them for use as scaffolds.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 118, Trucks, Elevating,
for similar structures in which the hoisting means is not asso-
ciated with a superstructure, also for trucks, as stove and
brick trucks, having vertical adjustment merely for taking up
or depositing the load.
33 MILLS, subclass 26, Bagging grain, Bag holders, for bag
elevators, including means for holding the bag.
169 FIRE-EXTINGUISHERS, subclass 18, Portable, Water
towers; 189, METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass
11, Portable towers, and 227, FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 20,
Portable spars and towers, for extensible towers other than
lazy tongs structures having a load-carrier raised and lowered
simultaneously with the tower.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclass 1, Loading and unload-
ing, for vehicles provided with elevators for raising and lower-
ing loads to and from the level of the vehicle floor and involv-
ing modification of the vehicle structure: also subclasses 12,
Loading and unloading, Vertical hoist and dump, for trolley-
supported store elevators involving means for taking up or
depositing the load, also for portable elevators for lifting one
end of a wagon for dumping the load, and 17, Elevated car-
riers, Non-lowering support, and 227, FIRE-ESCAPES, sub-
class 14, Hoist-rope-supporting trolley, for similar structures
suspended from a trolley, but not including guides to direct the
vertical travel of the car.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 15, Lazy tongs, and subclasses
thereunder, for portable lazy tongs elevators involving any
feature adapting them specially for use as fire-escapes.
10. PORTABLE, INCLINED. Portable elevators in which the
car travels in an inclined path.
Search Classes
57 HOISTING, subclass 18, Skids, for similar structures involv-
ing automatic discharge of the load.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, appropriate subclasses.
11. PORTABLE, WINDING DRUM. Portable elevators in
which the car is raised and lowered by a cable attached to a
winding drum.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 10, Portable, Inclined.
12. INCLINED. Elevators comprising an inclined track and a
car specially adapted to travel thereon. Structures of the
inclined railway type are excluded unless the car is limited
to travel on the inclined track, also inclined railways designed
to be traversed by locomotives or motor cars and rolling stock
therefor.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 10, Portable, Inclined.
104 RAILWAYS, subclasses 8, Inclined plane; 113, Inclined
plane, Traction; 111, Pleasure railways, and 165, Endless-
carrier.
105 RAILWAY ROLLING STOCK, subclass 228, Locomotives,
Rack-rail.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, appropriate subclasses.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, appropriate subclasses.
417
418
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 187 Continued.
13. INCLINED, CABLE-CONTROLLED BRAKES. Inclined
elevators, including a brake or catch device for the car con-
trolled by the tension on a hoisting cable.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 81. Car brakes and catches, Car-
supported, Cab e-con trolled, and appropriate subclasses
thereunder.
188 RAILWAY BRAKES, subclass 76, Safety catches.
14. INCLINED, CABLE-CONTROLLED BRAKES, RAIL-
GRIPPING. Inclined elevators having cable-controlled
brake devices arranged to grip a fixed rail.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 81, Car brakes and catches, Car-
supported, Cable-controlled, and appropriate subclasses
thereunder.
188 RAILWAY BRAKES, subclasses 48, Rail, Grippers, and 74,
Rail, Grippers, Automatic.
15. SHIFTABLE WEIGHT. Elevators that include means for
varying the ratio between the weights of car and counter-
balance by adding material to or removing it from the car
or counterbalance.
16. SUPERPOSED CARS. Elevators, including a plurality of
cars arranged one above another in the same shaft.
Search Classes
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 165, Endless-carrier, and 193, CON-
VEYERS, subclasses 2, Endless, and 8, Endless, Flight, for
similar structures in which the motor mechanism is not con-
trollable from along the path of the carriers to stop the carriers
at any desired elevation.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 10, Endless-carriers.
17. MOTOR MECHANISM. Improvements in the mechanism for
causing the car to travel in opposition to the action of gravity
upon the car and counterbalance.
Note. Driving or hoisting mechanism not limited to use in con-
nection with an elevator car is excluded. In hydraulic or
analogous fluid pressure motor mechanism for elevators the
recital of a car or of control devices on or operable from the car
when such features are merely conventional has not been
deemed sufficient to bring the patent to this class.
Search Classes
5 BEDS, subclass 45, Bedsteads, Invalid, Vertically-moving
frame.
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 53, Sash fasteners, Lifts.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 81, Scaffolds, Miscellaneous.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 118, Trucks, Elevating.
57 HOISTING, appropriate subclasses, especially 129, Hoisting
gear; 22, Capstans and windlasses, and the subclasses there-
under, and 15, Lifting jacks, and the subclasses thereunder.
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 48, Docks, Lifting.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, appropriate subclasses.
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 64, Truck-changers.
138 HYDRAULIC MOTORS, subclass 8, For elevators, and the
subclasses thereunder.
18. MOTOR MECHANISM, LAZY TONGS. Elevator motor
mechanism wherein the car is supported upon and raised and
lowered by lazy tongs levers.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, subclass 45, Draw, Lazy tongs.
67 HOISTING, subclass 129, Hoisting gear, for lazy tongs hoist-
ing gear not limited to use in connection with an elevator car
or platform.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 5, Cranks and levers.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 15, Lazy tongs, and the subclasses
thereunder, for lazy tongs elevators, including extensible
bridges or means for inclining the structure for reaching win-
dows or other features especially adapting them for use as fire-
escapes.
19. MOTOR MECHANISM, RACK AND PINION. Elevator
motor mechanism wherein the car is driven by rack and
pinion gearing one of the elements of which is mounted upon
the car and the other upon the shaft or guide structure.
Search Classes
57 HOISTING, subclass 102, Lifting jacks, Rack and pinion.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 27, Racks and pinions.
106 RAILWAY ROLLING STOCK, subclass 228, Locomotives,
Rack-rail.
239 RAILWAY RAILS AND JOINTS, subclass 19, Rails, Rack.
20. MOTOR MECHANISM, ROPE-DRIVE. Elevator motor
mechanism wherein the car is supported by flexible means, as
cables, which are caused to travel relatively to a driving drum
or sheave by Motional contact therewith.
Search Classes
67 HOISTING, subclass 22, Capstans and windlasses, and the
su)>classes thereunder.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 21, Gearing, Belt.
21. MOTOR MECHANISM, ROPE-DRIVE, HAND-ROPE
OPERATED. Rope-drive elevator motor mechanism where-
in the driving sheave or drum is driven by means of a hand-
rope extending along the path of travel of the car.
Search Class
57 HOISTING, subclasses 5, Block and tackle, Differential pul-
leys, and 22, Capstans and windlasses.
22. MOTOR MECHANISM, ROPE-DRIVE, TENSIONING
FEATURE. Rope-drive elevator motor mechanism, includ-
ing means other than a traveling weight for maintaining suffi-
cient tension in the flexible driving means to prevent slipping
on the driving sheave or drum.
CLASS 187 Continued.
Search Class
64 JOURNAL BOXES, PULLEYS, AND SHAFTING, subclasses 5,
Belt tighteners, and 52, Journal boxes, Bodily movable, for
tensioning means for driving belts or cables.
23. MOTOR MECHANISM, ROPE-DRIVE, DIFFERENTIAL
SHEAVE. Rope-drive elevator motor mechanism wherein
the flexible supporting means passes around a plurality of
sheaves of different sizes or rotatable at different velocities.
24. MOTOR MECHANISM, SCREW. Elevator motor mechan-
ism wherein the car is driven by screw gearing one of the
elements of which is mounted upon the car and the other upon
the shaft or guide structure.
Search Classes
46 GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 72, Amusement elevators, for
cars which are raised or lowered by the rotation of the car
itself in engagement with a stationary screw.
57 HOISTING, subclass 44, Lifting jacks, Screw.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 40, Gearing, Screw-and-nut.
25. MOTOR MECHANISM, SCREW, TRAVELING ROTARY
ELEMENT. Screw motor mechanism wherein the rotary
element of the screw gearing is attached to and travels with
the car.
2fi. MOTOR MECHANISM, TRAVELING SHEAVE. Elevator
motor mechanism wherein the car is driven by a cable, an
intermediate portion of which passes around one or more
traveling or multiplying sheaves.
Search Classes
57 HOISTING, subclass 129, Hoisting gear.
138 HYDRAULIC MOTORS, subclass 8, For elevators, for similar
structure in connection with hydraulic motors.
27. MOTOR MECHANISM, WINDING DRUM. Elevator motor
mechanism wherein the car is driven by a cable or the like
attached to and winding upon a hoisting drum.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclasses 10, Portable, Inclined, and 11,
Portable, Winding drum.
57 HOISTING, subclass 22, Capstans and windlasses, and the
subclasses thereunder.
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 117, Winding drums and
sand reels, for drum structure per se.
28. CONTROL MECHANISM. Apparatus for controlling the
elevator motor mechanism, guide sheaves, or cables and lim-
ited to use in elevators of the type falling in this class.
Note. The control may 1/e by means of a brake applied to some
part of the motor apparatus, including the cable and sheaves,
or by means of a clutch, switch, valve, or other power con-
trolling device.
Note. Control mechanism for hydraulic elevator motors is not
classified here unless it goes beyond the recital of a conven-
tional control rope or the like.
Note. Brake apparatus per se disclosed in connection with eleva-
tors has not been cross-referenced to the subclasses under
"Control mechanism" unless limited to use in connection
with an elevator car. The mere operation by a hand rope
has not been considered as so limiting it.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 68, Fluid governors, for speed con-
trolling pumps, plunders, and the like.
57 HOISTING, appropriate suliclasses, for hoisting motor con-
trol mechanism not limited to use in connection with an
elevator car.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 13, Machine brakes, and the
subclasses thereunder, for brake apparatus per se not limited
to use in connection with an elevator car.
138 HYDRAULIC MOTORS, subclass 8, For elevators, and the
subclasses thereunder, for hydraulic motor control mechanism
not limited to use in connection with an elevator car.
29. CONTROL MECHANISM, ELECTRIC. Miscellaneous con-
trol mechanism involving electric features.
Note. Electric switches and controllers of general application,
whether operable manually or automatically, are excluded
from this class, also manually opera! >le electrical control sys-
temsforthe normal control of elevator motors. Such systems
may include the car, manually operable electric controllers
on the car or landings, and switches controlled by the position
of the car or doors. Further limitations to use in connection
with an elevator car bring the mechanism within the scope of
this class.
Search Class
172 ELECTRICITY, MOTIVE POWER, subclasses 152, Elevators,
and 179, Motors, Hand operating devices, for electrical elevator
control devices and systems excluded from this class.
30. CONTROL MECHANISM, DOOR-ACTUATED. Control
mechanism actuated by the movement of elevator doors or
locks thereof independently of the movement of the car itself.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 47, Control mechanism, Controller
locks, Door-actuated, and the subclasses thereunder, for stand-
ing rope controllers which are locked to the car by the opening
of the door, so that movement of the car causes corresponding
movement of the controller.
31. CONTROL MECHANISM, DOOR-ACTUATED, ELEC-
TRIC. Door-actuated control mechanisrh involving electric
features.
Search Classes
172 ELECTRICITY, MOTIVE POWER, subclass 152, Elevators,
for manually operable electric control systems, including door
switches.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
419
CLASS 187 Continued.
177 ELECTRIC SIGNALING, subclasses 10, Ciicuit closers, and
203, Circuit closers, Lock, for door actuated circuit closers
per se.
32. CONTROL MECHANISM, LANDING STOPS. Control
mechanism, including means which may be set to cause the
car to be stopped upon reaching the next or any desired land-
ing.
Search Class
172 ELECTRICITY, MOTIVE POWER, subclass 152, Elevators, for
electrical control systems, including floor or landing switches.
33. CONTROL MECHANISM, LANDING STOPS, LOCK.
Landing stop mechanism acting to lock the control cable to
the car to prevent actuation from a point remote from the car.
34. CONTROL MECHANISM, LIMIT. Control mechanism, in-
cluding means for automatically retarding and stopping or
reversing the motor mechanism when the car approaches the
limit of travel.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 32, Control mechanism, Landing
stops.
57 HOISTING, subclass 130, Capstans and windlasses, Auto-
matic stop, and 138, HYDRAULIC MOTORS, subclass 8, For
elevators, and the subclasses thereunder, for limit stops con-
tained in the motor mechanism.
35. CONTROL MECHANISM, LIMIT, ELECTRIC. Limitcon-
trol mechanism, including electric features.
Search Class
172 ELECTRICITY, MOTIVE POWER, subclass 152, Elevators, for
manually operable electrical control systems, including limit
switches.
36. CONTROL MECHANISM, LIMIT, CARRIER- ACTUATED.
Limit control mechanism arranged to be actuated by the car
or counterweight.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 35, Control mechanism, Limit,
Electric.
103 PUMPS, subclass 35, Windlass water-elevator, for reversing
devices actuated by the bucket or by buttons on the hoist
rope.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclass 12, Loading and un-
loading, Vertical hoist and dump, for similar structure in
connection with wagon jacks.
37. CONTROL MECHANISM, LIMIT, CARRIER- ACTUATED,
DEFLECTED ROPE. Limit control mechanism, includ-
ing a cable in the path of the car or counterweight, which is
deflected as the car reaches the limits of travel.
38. CONTROL MECHANISM, SPEED CONTROLLED. Con-
trol mechanism the operation of which is dependent upon the
speed of the car.
Search Classes
57 HOISTING, subclass 130, Capstans and windlasses, Auto-
matic stop.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 45, Machine brakes, Centrif-
ugal speed regulators, for speed controlled brakes.
186 STORE SERVICE, subclass 23, Elevators and drops, Speed-
controlled drop.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 1, Automatic speed governors,
and the subclasses thereunder.
39. CONTROL MECHANISM, SPEED CONTROLLED, ELEC-
TRIC. Speed actuated control mechanism involving elec-
tric features.
40. CONTROL MECHANISM, WELL-OBSTRUCTION. Con-
trol mechanism which comes into action when some object
projects into the well from the car or from a landing, so as to
obstruct the free passage of the car.
41. CONTROL MECHANISM, WELL-OBSTRUCTION, ELEC-
TRIC. Well-obstruction control mechanism involving elec-
tric features.
42. CONTROL MECHANISM, OPERATOR-ACTUATED. Im-
provements in control devices relating specially to actuation
by the operator and limited to use in connection with an
elevator car.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclasses 32, Control mechanism. Landing
stops, and 33. Control mechanism, Landing stops, Lock.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 39, Cranks and levers, Hand-
levers, for hand levers per se.
43. CONTROL MECHANISM, OPERATOR - ACTUATED,
ELECTRIC. Operator-actuated control mechanism involv-
ing electric features and including structure limited to use in
connection with an elevator car.
Search Class
172 ELECTRICITY, MOTIVE POWER, subclasses 152, Elevators,
for electric control systems for the normal control of elevator
motors, including manually operable electric control devices,
and 179, Motors, Hand operating devices, for electric con-
trollers per se.
44. CONTROL MECHANISM, OPERATOR - ACTUATED,
ROPE-CONTROLLERS. Improvements in the arrange-
ment or mounting of controller-ropes and the manually oper-
able means for actuating them.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclasses 32, Control mechanism, Landing
stops, and 33, Control mechanism, Landing stops, Lock, for
devices which may be set to cause the automatic actuation of
the controller-rope as the car approaches a landing.
CLASS 187 Continued.
45. CONTROL MECHANISM, OPERATOR - ACTUATED,
ROPE CONTROLLERS, RUNNING ROPE. Controllers
of the "running rope" type, including a cable traveling with
the car or at a rate proportional to that of the car.
46. CONTROL MECHANISM, CONTROLLER-LOCKS. Re-
straining means, as a lock or guard, to prevent manipulation
of the controller.
Note. When the controller is of the standing rope type and the
lock is on the car, the locking of the rope to the car will cause
the actuation of the controller should the car move.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 33, Control mechanism, Landing
stops, Lock.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 115, Cord and
rope holders, and the subclasses thereunder, for rope holders
per se.
47. CONTROLMECHANISM,CONTROLLER-LOCKS,DOOR-
ACTUATED. Controller-locks actuated upon the opening
of an elevator door to prevent manipulation of the controller
while the door is open.
48. CONTROL MECHANISM, CONTROLLER-LOCKS, DOOR-
ACTUATED, ELECTRIC. Door-actuated controller-lock-
ing mechanism involving electric features.
Search Classes
172 ELECTRICITY, MOTIVE POWER, subclass 152, Elevators,
for electric control systems, including door-actuated switches.
177 ELECTRIC SIGNALING, subclasses 10, Circuit-closers, and
203, Circuit-closers, Lock, for door-actuated circuit closers
per se.
49. CONTROLMECHANISM,CONTROLLER-LOCKS,DOOR-
ACTUATED, LOCKED DOOR. Controller locking mech-
anism, including means to prevent the opening of the door
under improper conditions, as when the car is not at the
landing or when the controller is not in stop position.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 61, Door mechanism, Locks, for
elevator door locks per se.
50. CONTROL MECHANISM, CONTROLLER-LOCKS.DOOR-
ACTUATED, LOCKED DOOR, ELECTRIC. Door-actu-
ated controller-locks of the locked door type involving electric
features.
51. DOOR MECHANISM. Opening, closing, or fastening mech-
anism for elevator gates or doors having particular cooperation
with the elevator car.
Note. Patents in which the claims do not recite the car or parts
thereon have been placed here if an element is recited which
is designed to be directly actuated by the car or parts thereon.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 62, Hatch mechanism, and the sub-
classes thereunder, for similar structure in connection with
closures extending across the elevator well.
14 BRIDGES, subclass 50, Draw, Gates, and the subclasses
thereunder.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses under "Doors," for door
structure per se.
39 FENCES, subclasses under "Gates, Openers," for door open-
ing mechanism generally.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 46, Doors,
and the subclasses thereunder, for metallic door structure.
52. DOOR MECHANISM MOTOR ACTUATED. Door mech-
anism wherein the door is actuated by a motor and not
directly by the car.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, subclasses under "Draw, Gates, Hand or motor
operated."
39 FENCES, appropriate subclasses under " Gates, Openers."
53. DOOR MECHANISM, MOTOR ACTUATED, COMMON
MOTOR SHAFT. Motor operated door mechanism actu-
ated by a rotating vertical shaft extending through the vari-
ous floors.
54. DOOR MECHANISM, MOTOR ACTUATED, SEPARATE
MOTORS. Door mechanism wherein a separate motor is
used to operate the door at each landing.
55. DOOR MECHANISM, FLEXIBLE SCREENS. Door mech-
anism comprising a flexible screen or curtain extending pasta
plurality of doorways.
56. DOOR MECHANISM, SLIDING DOORS. Door mechanism
comprising closures mounted to slide.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 52, Door mechanism, Motor-actu-
ated, and the subclasses thereunder.
57. DOOR MECHANISM, SLIDING DOORS, LOCKED DOOR.
Sliding door mechanism, including means in addition to the
door moving devices per se for locking the door in open or
closed position.
Search Class
187. ELEVATORS, subclass 61, Door mechanism, Locks, for
elevator door locks per se.
58. DOOR MECHANISM, SLIDING DOORS, VERTICAL
MOVEMENT. Door mechanism comprising closures
mounted to slide vertically.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 55, Door mechanism, Flexible
screens.
420
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 187 Continued.
59. DOOR MECHANISM. SLIDING DOORS, VERTICAL
MOVEMENT, LOCKED DOOR. Door mechanism with
vertically sliding doors, including means in addition to the
door moving devices per se for locking the door in open or
closed position.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 61, Door mechanism, Locks, for ele-
vator door locks per se.
60. DOOR MECHANISM, SLIDING DOORS, VERTICAL
MOVEMENT, SLIDING COUPLER. Door mechanism
with vertically sliding doors, including a sliding block or
the like suitably connected to the door and adapted to be
moved up or down by engagement with a part on the car.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 64, Hatch mechanism, Sliding
coupler.
61. DOOR MECHANISM, LOCKS. Mechanism for fastening an
elevator door in closed position and having particular coop-
eration with the elevator car.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclasses 31. Control mechanism, Door-
actuated, Electric; 49, Control mechanism, Controller locks,
Door-actuated. Locked door; 50, Control mechanism, Con-
troller locks, Door-actuated, Locked door, Electric; 57, Door
mechanism. Sliding doors, Locked door, and 59, Door mech-
anism, Sliding doors, Vertical movement, Locked door.
14 BRIDGES, the subclasses under "Draw, Gates," which
include the title "Locking."
70 LOCKS AND LATCHES, for lock structure generally.
62. HATCH MECHANISM. Opening, closing, or fastening
mechanism for hatches in an elevator well and having partic-
ular cooperation with the elevator car.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses tinder "Doors;" 94,
PAVING, subclass 7, Vault covers, and 189, METALLIC
BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 46, Doors, and the sub-
classes thereunder, for hatch structure generally.
39 FENCES, subclass 96, Gates, Openers, Hatch, for hatch
openers generally.
63. HATCH MECHANISM, LEVER OPENER. Hatch open-
ing mechanism, including a horizontally pivoted lever with
which the car engages in its downward travel.
Note. in the upward travel of the car the hatch may be opened
by direct contact with the car.
64. HATCH MECHANISM, SLIDING COUPLER. Hatch open-
ing mechanism, including a slidable block or the like suit-
ably connected to the hatch and arranged to be moved up or
down by contact with a part on the car.
Note. In the upward travel of the car the hatch may be opened
by direct contact with the car.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 60, Door mechanism, Sliding doors,
Vertical movement, Sliding coupler.
C5. HATCH MECHANISM, DIRECT CONTACT. Hatch mech-
anism wherein the car comes into direct contact with the
hatch to open it in both directions of travel.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclasses 62, Hatch mechanism; 63, Hatch
mechanism, Lever opener, and 04, Hatch mechanism, Sliding
coupler, for hatches opened by direct contact with the car in
its upward movement only.
66. HATCH MECHANISM, VERTICALLY SLIDABLE
HATCH. Hatch mechanism, including hatches arranged to
slide vertically in the well and either raised or lowered, or
both, by the car.
67. WELL-END CUSHIONS. Mechanism comprising springs,
fluid cushions, or analogous means for cushioning the car or
counterweight adjacent the top or bottom of the well.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 08, Fluid governors, and the sub-
classes thereunder, for analogous devices operative through-
out the path of travel.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 69, Machine-brakes, Dash-
pots.
101 PRINTING, subclass 5, Bed-and-cylinder machines, Cush-
ions.
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 49, Buffers.
138 HYDRAULIC MOTORS, subclass 8, For elevators, and the
subclasses thereunder, for cushions forming part of the motor
mechanism.
186 STORE SERVICE, subclasses 24, Buffers, and 25, Buffers,
Slide.
213 RAILWAY DRAFT APPLIANCES, subclasses 39, Buffers, and
2, Buffers, Fluid pressure.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 6, Body catchers.
08. FLUID GOVERNORS. Elevator con trolling mechanism com-
prising pumps or analogous devices operating against the re-
sistance of a confined fluid.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 67, Well-end cushions, for similar
structure operating to retard the car adjacent the ends of its
travel only.
57 HOISTING, subclass 22, Capstans and windlasses, and 74,
MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 09, Machine-brakes, Dash-pots,
for fluid governors not limited to use in connection with an
elevator car.
138 HYDRAULIC MOTORS, subclass 8, For elevators, and the
subclasses thereunder.
CLASS 187 Continued.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 4, Automatic speed-goTernors,
Fluid check.
69. FLUID GOVERNORS, CAR-SUPPORTED PUMP. Fluid
governors comprising a pump structure carried upon the car
and driven by the movement of the car.
Search Class
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 4, Automatic speed-governors,
Fluid check.
70. FLUID GOVERNORS, COUNTERWEIGHT. Fluid gov-
ernors for elevators wherein a counterweight is acted upon
directly by the resistance of a confined Quid.
Search Class
138 HYDRAULIC MOTORS, subclass 8, For elevators, and the
subclasses thereunder.
71. EMERGENCY CABLES. Auxiliary supporting means for
elevator cars, comprising cables attached to the car, which
come into operation to support the car upon the failure of the
usual supporting means.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 68, Fluid governors, and the sub-
classes thereunder, for auxiliary supporting or regulating ca-
bles controlled by fluid governors.
72. CABLE RELEASERS. Devices for disconnecting the hoist-
tag cable from the car on the occurrence of overwinding.
Note. Means may be included for supporting the car after the
cable is detached.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 73, Car brakes and catches, and the
subclasses thereunder, for car supporting means per se.
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 38, Pile drivers,
Monkey.
73. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES. Mechanism for supporting
the car or restraining its movement independently of the
usual motor mechanism by the operation of a catch or brake
device affording a means of engagement between the car and
shaft structure.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclasses 5, Dumb-waiter type, Locked car;
07, Well-end cushions, for cushioning devices which support
the car near the well bottom; 68, Fluid governors, and the
subclasses thereunder, for fluid retarders acting throughout
the travel of the car, and 72, Cable releasers.
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 18, Sash fasteners, and the
subclasses thereunder.
188 RAILWAY-BRAKES, subclasses 47, Rail, and 76, Safety
catches.
74. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, DOOR-CONTROLLED.
Car brakes and catches whose actuation is dependent upon
the movement of an elevator door.
75. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, LANDING CHAIRS.
Laterally projected supports designed to maintain the car at
landings at the proper level for loading or unloading.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 5, Dumb-waiter type, Locked car.
70. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, LANDING CHAIRS, CAR-
SUPPORTED. Chairs, including parts supported by the
car which are laterally movable to engage with the shaft
structure.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 80, Car braKes and catches. Car-
supported, and appropriate subclasses thereunder, for similar
catch devices.
77. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, DRIVEN CATCH DE-
VICES. Car brakes or catches in which the catch or brake
device is driven relatively to the car during the normal travel
of the latter and which act to brake or to hold the car upon
the cessation of or abnormal change in the movement of such
driven element.
78. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, DRIVEN CATCH DE-
VICES, ROTATING GEAR. Driven catch devices com-
prising gears on the car engaging with complementary ele-
ments supported by the shaft structure.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclasses 19, Motor mechanism, Rack and
pinion; 25, Motor mechanism, Screw, Traveling rotary ele-
ment, and 69, Fluid governors, Car-supported pump.
79. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, DRIVEN CATCH DE-
VICES, WELL-SUPPORTED. Driven catch devices sup-
ported on the shaft structure and normally moved from the
path of the car as the latter travels upward or downward.
80. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, CAR-SUPPORTED. Car
brakes and catches comprising elements upon the car nor-
mally fixed, but capable of movement to engage the cooper-
ating elements in the shaft structure.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 70, Car brakes and catches, Landtag
chairs, Car-supported; also subclasses 77, Car brakes and
catches, Driven catch devices, and 78, Car brakes and catches,
Driven catch devices, Rotating gear, for car-supported catch
or brake devices which have a movement relative to the car
during the normal travel of the latter.
188 RAILWAY-BRAKES, subclasses 74, Rail, Grippers, Auto-
matic, and 70, Safety catches.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
421
CLASS 187 Continued.
81. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, CAR-SUPPORTED,
CABLE-CONTROLLED. Car-supported brake or catch
devices held out of operation by reason of the normal tension
on the hoisting cable.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclasses 13, Inclined, Cable-controlled
brakes, and 14, Inclined, Cable-controlled brakes, Rail grip-
ping.
82. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, CAR-SUPPORTED,
CABLE-CONTROLLED, POSITIVE. Cable - controlled
catch mechanism wherein the supporting elements in the shaft
structure comprise racks, cross-bars, hooks, or the like adapted
to provide positive stops for the catch devices on the car.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 13, Inclined, Cable-controlled
brakes, and for positive catches not cable-controlled, subclasses
76, Car brakes and catches, Landing chairs, Car-supported;
80, Car brakes and catches, Car-supported; 89, Car brakes and
catches, Car-supported, Speed-controlled, and 92, Car brakes
and catches, Car-supported, Operator-controlled.
83. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, CAR-SUPPORTED,
CABLE-CONTROLLED, POSITIVE, RAIL-SIDE.
Positive cable-controlled catch devices mounted adjacent the
sides of the guide or safety rail and movable toward the rail
sides when actuated.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 14, Inclined, Cable-controlled brakes,
Rail gripping, and for other rail-side catches, subclasses
80, Car brakes and catches, Car-supported; 80, Car brakes
and catches, Car-supported, Cable-controlled, Rail-side; 90,
Car brakes and catches, Car-supported, Speed-controlled, Rail-
side, and 93, Car brakes and catches, Car-supported, Operator-
controlled, Rail-side.
84. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, CAR - SUPPORTED,
CABLE - CONTROLLED, POSITIVE, SLIDING. Posi-
tive cable-controlled catch devices mounted to slide toward
and from the supporting elements in the shaft structure.
85. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, CAR - SUPPORTED,
CABLE -CONTROLLED, RAIL- FACE. Cable - con-
trolled catch or brake devices mounted on the car adjacent
the face of the guide or safety rail and engaging with such rail-
face when actuated.
Note. Cable-controlled devices which have parts extending
behind the rail, so as to grip both the face and rear of the rail,
have been placed in this class, subclass 81, Car brakes and
catches, Car-supported, Cable-controlled.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclasses 82, Car brakes and catches, Car-
supported, Cable-controlled, Positive; 84, Car brakes and
catches, Car-supported, Cable-controlled, Positive, Sliding,
and for other rail-face grips not cable-controlled, subclasses
80, Car brakes and catches, Car-supported; 89, Car brakes and
catches, Car-supported, Speed-controlled, and 92, Car brakes
and catches, Car-supported, Operator-controlled.
86. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, CAR - SUPPORTED,
CABLE - CONTROLLED, RAIL - SIDE. Cable - con-
trolled catch or brake devices mounted on the car adjacent
the sides of the guide or safety rail and engaging with such
rail-sides when actuated.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 14, Inclined, Cable-controlled brakes,
Rail-gripping, and for rail-side catch devices not cable-con-
trolled, subclass 80, Car brakes and catches, Car-supported,
and the subclasses thereunder, which include the title "Rail-
side."
87. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, CAR - SUPPORTED,
CABLE -CONTROLLED, RAIL -SIDE, ECCENTRIC
Cable-controlled catch or brake devices eccentrically pivoted
and brought into engagement with the rail-sides by a partial
rotation.
Note. Eccentric brake devices not engaging with the rail-sides
have not been cross-referenced to this subclass.
88. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, CAR - SUPPORTED,
CABLE-CONTROLLED, RAIL-SIDE, WEDGE. Cable-
controlled catch or brake devices comprising wedge-shaped
elements which become wedged against the sides of the guide
or safety rail when actuated.
Note. Wedge brake devices not engaging with the rail-sides have
not been cross-referenced to this subclass.
89. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, CAR - SUPPORTED,
SPEED-CONTROLLED. Car-supported catch or brake
devices whose actuation is controlled by the speed of the car.
90. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, CAR - SUPPORTED,
SPEED-CONTROLLED, RAIL-SIDE. Speed-controlled
catch or brake devices mounted on the car adjacent the sides
of the guide or safety rail and engaging with such rail sides
when actuated.
CLASS 187 Continued.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 80, Car brakes and catches, Car-
supported, and the subclasses thereunder, which include the
title "Rail-side," for rail-side brake devices not speed-con-
trolled.
91. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, CAR - SUPPORTED.
SPEED-CONTROLLED, RAIL-SIDE, VERTICALLY
PIVOTED. Speed-controlled rail-side catch 01; brake devices
movable about vertical pivots.
Note. Vertically pivoted brake devices not speed-controlled have
not been cross-referenced to this subclass.
92. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, CAR - SUPPORTED,
OPERATOR-CONTROLLED. Car-supported catch or
brake devices the actuation of which is under the direct con-
trol of the operator of the car.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclasses 8, Exterior wall, Car brakes, and
76, Car brakes and catches, Landing chairs, Car-supported.
93. CAR BRAKES AND CATCHES, CAR - SUPPORTED,
OPERATOR-CONTROLLED, RAIL-SIDE. Operator-
controlled catch or brake devices mounted on the car adjacent
the sides of the guide or safety rails and engaging with such
rail-sides when actuated.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclass 80, Car brakes and catches, Car-sup-
ported, and the subclasses thereunder, which include the title
"Rail-side," for rail-side brake devices not controlled by the
operator.
94. COUNTERBALANCES. Improvements in counterbalance!
for elevator cars.
Search Classes -
187 ELEVATORS, subclasses 15, Shiftable weight, and 70, Fluid
governors, Counterweight.
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 20, Sash weights, and the
subclasses thereunder, and the subclasses under "Sash bal-
ances."
89 ORDNANCE, subclass 39, Mounts, Disappearing gun, Coun-
terpoise.
138 HYDRAULIC MOTORS, subclass 8, For elevators, and the
subclasses thereunder, for counterbalancing features involved
in hydraulic motor mechanism.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 69, Light supports, Vertically
adjustable, Counterweight.
248 SUPPORTS, subclasses 5, Adjustable, Vertical, Counter-
weight, and 6, Adjustable, Vertical, Counterweight, Electric.
95. GUIDES. Improvements in elevator guiding devices.
Search Classes
187 ELEVATORS, subclasses 2, Building material, for guides
adapted to be readily erected, extended, and taken down;
6, Exterior wall, and the subclasses thereunder, for guides
specially adapted to be mounted on the exterior wall of a
building; 19, Motor mechanism, Rack and pinion; 24, Motor
mechanism, Screw, and 25, Motor mechanism, Screw, Travel-
ing rotary element, for guides modified for use in connection
with gearing on the car, and 73, Car brakes and catches, and
the subclasses thereunder, for guides designed especially for
cooperation with brake or catch devices.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 81, Scaffolds, Miscellaneous.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, subclass 174, Holders,
and the subclasses thereunder.
105 RAILWAY ROLLING STOCK, subclass 94, Derailment guards,
and the subclasses thereunder.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 14, Skeleton
towers, Arrangement, Elevating.
96. GUIDES, MINE CROSSHEADS. Sliding structures for sup-
porting and guiding mine cages or buckets and usually in-
cluding means for detaching the cage or bucket from the cross-
head at the lower end of the shaft.
97. RAILWAY CAR LOCKS. Mechanism for holding a railway
car on the elevator car while being hoisted.
Search Classes
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 49, Buffers, for stops to prevent a
railway car from running into the open elevator shaft.
214 LOADING AND UNLOADING, subclass 12, Loading and un-
loading, Vertical hoist and dump.
98. WELL-OBSTRUCTION DEVICES. Devices to preyent in-
jury by a person or object being caught between the moving
car'and the edge of a landing.
Search Class
187 ELEVATORS, subclasses 40, Control mechanism, Well-
obstruction, and 41, Control mechanism. Well-obstruction,
Electric, for similar devices, which comprise means for stop-
ping the motor mechanism.
CLASS 189. METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes metallic building structures and accessories
thereto. In general only metallic structures are classified here; but
in a few instances (as in subclass 40, Columns, wood and metal)
patents disclosing wood surrounded by metal or a similar construc-
tion are included.
This class is general and does not include metallic structures which
are specifically provided for elsewhere, as metallic bridges in class 14,
BRIDGES; metallic roofs in class 108, ROOFS; metallic ships in class
114, SHIPS; metallic shipping and storing vessels in class 220, METAL-
LIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS; metallic bookcases and shelving
in class 45, FURNITURE, and metallic fences in class 39, FENCES.
Subclasses.
1. BUILDINGS. Miscellaneous metallic buildings in which the
invention lies in some special adaptation to a particular
purpose.
Note. Buildings not limited to particular material and wooden
buildings are classified in class 20, WOODEN BUILDINGS.
Note. Masonry and concrete structures are classified in class 72,
MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES.
Search Class
114 SHIPS, subclasses 79, Building, Iron; 80, Building, Iron,
Corrugated, and 81, Building, Iron, Tubular.
2. BUILDINGS, PORTABLE. Metallic buildings of a knock
down construction.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 2, Portable houses.
135 TENTS, CANOPIES, UMBRELLAS, AND CANES, subclass 3,
Tents, Frames.
3. BUILDINGS, BINS. Metallic buildings of the special form of
elevators, storehouses, or storage-bins.
Note. This subclass contains patents claiming the structural
features only. If any form of conveyor is claimed, the patent
is classified in class 193, CONVEYORS, subclass 20, Storehouse,
in which subclass search should be made.
Note. All patents claiming structure or devices specific to the
storing or handling of grain and similar substances are classi-
fied in class 130, THRESHING, subclass 14, Granaries and bins.
If only the general metallic structure is claimed, the patent is
classified here.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 1.2, Bins, and 1.4, Bins,
Silos.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclasses 5, Build-
ings, Storage, and ti, Buildings, Elevators and Bins.
130 THRESHING, subclass 14, Granaries and bins.
4. BUILDINGS, GREENHOUSES. Metallic buildings specially
designed for use as greenhouses.
Note. This subclass contains structural features only. Any
feature of care or propagation of plants carries the patents
to class 47, TREES, PLANTS, AND FLOWERS, subclass 2/, Plant
frames and houses, where search should be made also for
features of construction.
5. BUILDINGS, JAILS. The general structure of jails, the
arrangement of cells therein, and other features not classifiable
in any of the subclasses hereunder.
Search Class
105 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, subclass 75, Cars, Express,
Burglar-proof.
6. BUILDINGS, JAILS, ROTARY. Jails containing cells rotat-
able around a common axis.
Search Classes
4 BATHS AND CLOSETS, and 98, PNEUMATICS, for sanitary and
ventilating details.
45 FURNITURE, subclass 79, Bookcases, Revolving.
46 GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 27, Roundabouts.
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 55, Harbors, Fortifica-
tions and defenses, Turrets.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclasses 20, Display-racks, Rotary,
and 21, Display-racks, Rotary, Inclosed.
7. BUILDINGS, JAILS, DOORS, BOLT-WORK. Devices for
locking and unlocking doors to cells or corridors at a distance
therefrom.
Note. The structure of iron doors is classified in subclass 46,
Doors.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 47 to 50,
under Doors, Thermal control, and subclass 52, Doors, Thea-
ter-curtains.
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclasses 66, Bolts, Operators, and
133, Shutters, Fasteners, Operators.
39 FENCES, subclasses 91 to 97, under Gates, Openers.
70 LOCKS AND LATCHES.
109 SAFES, subclasses 3, Safe bolt-work; 9, Safe bolt-work, Au-
tomatic; and 11, Pressure mechanism.
CLASS 189 Continued.
8. BUILDINGS, JAILS, DOORS, BOLT-WORK, WITH INDI-
CATORS. Devices for locking and unlocking doors to cells
or corridors at a distance therefrom, which include some form
of indicator.
Search Classes
70 LOCKS AND LATCHES, subclass fi, Locks, Indicator.
116 SIGNALS, subclass 31, Indicators, and the subclasses there-
under.
9. BUILDINGS, JAILS, GRATINGS. Bars or similar structures
for windows of jails or constituting the walls of cells thereof.
Search Classes'
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses under Grilles
and subclass 79, Windows, Guards.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 71, Door and window
guards, and 97, Wooden columns.
39 FENCES, subclass 140, Gates, Counterguard operators.
109 SAFES, subclass 1, Burglar-proof.
116 SIGNALS, subclasses under Alarms, Burglar.
177 ELECTRIC SIGNALING, subclasses 202, Circuit-closers, Bur-
glar; 314, Alarms, Burglar, and 31(5, Alarms, Safe.
10. BUILDINGS, JAILS, GRATINGS, CONNECTIONS. Grat-
ings in which the invention resides in the manner of connect-
ing the parts for concealment of the connection, additional
strength, or some other purpose specific to jails.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 20, Skeleton
towers, Details, Brace adjustments, and 36, Structural units,
Joints and connections, for ordinary building joints and con-
nections.
14 BRIDGES, subclass 14, Truss, Details, Connections.
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, sulwlass 105, Hinges, Concealed, for
forms of concealed hinges.
109 SAFES, subclass 1, Burglar-proof.
11. PORTABLE TOWERS. Metallic towers mounted (or designed) to
be transported and usually including some collapsible feature.
Note. Forms of tilting, knockdown, and portable derricks are
classified in class 2i2, CRANES AND DERRICKS, subclasses 14,
Stationary load-support, and 15, Stationary load-support, Jib.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 15, Skeleton
towers, Arrangement, Tilting, and 18, Skeleton towers,
Arrangement, Windmills.
169 FIRE-EXTINGUISHERS, subclass 18, Portable, Water-towers.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 20, Portable spars and towers.
228 LADDERS, subclass '-8, Truck.
12. SKELETON TOWERS. Metallic skeleton towers disclosing
features not classifiable in the subclasses hereunder and
methods of erecting such towers.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 24, Electric-
wire supports, Telegraph-poles, Compound, and 39, Columns,
Compound.
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 4, Elevated, and the subclasses there-
under.
13. SKELETON TOWERS, ARRANGEMENT. The arrange-
ment in a completed metallic skeleton tower of the several
parts thereof when the invention lies in the relative location of
the elements of the tower or the structure of the tower as a
whole. This subclass contains patents of this description not
classifiable in any of the subclasses hereunder.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 24, Electric-
wire supports, Telegraph-poles, Compound, and 39, Columns,
Compound.
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 21, Suspension, Towers and anchors,
and 75, Piers.
14. SKELETON TOWERS, ARRANGEMENT, ELEVATING-
Metallic skeleton towers which include some device for elevat.
Ing a lamp (or other lighting-fixture) or a carriage for the work-
man.
Note. Lamp-posts are classified in class 240, ILLUMINATION, sub-
class 84, Light-supports, POSTS.
Devices for moving the lamps on such posts or on arms
secured thereto are classified in class 240, ILLUMINATION.
subclass 63, Light supports, Adjustable for trimming, and
the subclasses thereunder.
15. SKELETON TOWERS, ARRANGEMENT. TILTING.
Metallic skeleton towers which tilt to render the top thereof
accessible.
Note. Tilting derricks are classified in class 212, CRANES AND
DERRICKS, subclasses 14, Stationary load-support, and 15,
Stationary load-support, Jib; and other subclasses therein.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 11, Portable
towers.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 63, Light supports, Adjustablefor
trimming.
423
424
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 189 Continued.
16. SKELETON TOWERS, ARRANGEMENT, DERRICKS.
Metallic skeleton towers including features specific to der-
ricks (such as are used in well-drilling machines).
Note. This subclass contains patents for the tower only. Pat-
ents specifically claiming other features connected with well-
drilling are classified in class 166, ARTESIAN AND OIL WELLS,
being cross-referenced here whenever desirable.
Note. Derricks per se and cooperating supporting-towers therefor
are classified in class 212, CRANES AND DERRICKS, subclasses 1,
Cranes and derricks; 14, Stationary load-support, and 15, Sta-
tionary load-support, Jib.
Search Class.
166 ARTESIAN AND OIL WELLS, subclass 3, Drilling and boring.
17. SKELETON TOWERS, ARRANGEMENT, TANKS.
Metallic skeleton towers especially adapted to support tanks.
Note. This subclass contains patents to the supporting struc-
ture only. The tank itself and accessories thereto are classi-
fied in classes 137, WATER DISTRIBUTION; 195, ALCOHOL; 220,
METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS.
18. SKELETON TOWERS, ARRANGEMENT, WINDMILLS.
Metallic skeleton towers disclosing features especially designed
for windmills.
Note. This subclass contains the tower structure only. Wind-
wheels and accessories thereto are classified in class 170, WIND-
WHEELS. Pumps and accessories thereto are classified in
class 103, PUMPS.
19. SKELETON TOWERS, STRUCTURE. Limited to the
structure of the individual elements of metallic skeleton
towers.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 37, Girders;
38, Columns, and 41, Columns, Shapes.
14 BRIDGES, subclass 13, Truss, Structure.
20. SKELETON TOWERS, DETAILS, BRACE ADJUST-
MENTS. Devices for tightening diagonals of metallic skele-
ton towers.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 24, Electnc-
wire supports, Telegraph-poles, Compound.
5 BEDS, subclass 42, Bedsteads, Braces.
21. SKELETON TOWERS, DETAILS, CAPS AND BASES.
Details of the top and bottom structures of metallic skeleton
towers.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 42, Columns,
Caps and bases.
22. ELECTRIC-WIRE SUPPORTS. Structures (usually arch-
es) for supporting electric wires and not elsewhere classifi-
able.
Note. This subclass contains supports per se and does not in-
clude insulators or other media of attachment of the wires to
such supports, these being classified in class 173, ELECTRICITY,
CONDUCTORS.
23. ELECTRIC-WIRE SUPPORTS, TELEGRAPH-POLES.
Metallic telegraph-poles not classifiable in any of the sub-
classejsJiereunder and processes and devices for erecting tele-
grapfi^oles.
Note. Concrete posts and bases are classified in class 72, MASON-
RY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclasses 82, Posts, and the
subclasses thereunder, and So, Telegraph-poles.
Note. Derricks for erecting telegraph-poles are classified in class
212, CRANES AND DERRICKS, subclass 14, Stationary load- sup-
port.
Note. Steps for telegraph-poles are classified in class 228, LAD-
DERS, subclass 22, Single stile.
Note. Cross-arms for telegraph-poles are classified in subclass 33,
Electric-wire supports, Telegraph-poles, Cross-arms, herein.
Search Class
47 TREES, PLANTS, AND FLOWERS, subclass 12, Trellises.
24. ELECTRIC-WIRE SUPPORTS, TELEGRAPH-POLES,
COMPOUND. Metallic telegraph-poles which include one
or more braces to the main stem or a truss structure.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 39, Columns,
Compound; subclass 12, Skeleton towers, and the subclasses
thereunder.
39 FENCES, subclasses under Posts, braces, and 135, Posts,
Metal, Compound.
228 LADDERS, subclass 29, Trussed.
25. ELECTRIC-WIRE SUPPORTS, TELEGRAPH-POLES,
MULTIPLE SUPPORTS. Metallic telegraph-poles coin-
prising two or more uprights similarly placed and equally
bearing the load.
26. ELECTRIC-WIRE SUPPORTS, TELEGRAPH-POLES,
SECTIONAL. Metallic telegraph-poles, composed of sec-
tions placed on top of one another, with some means of join-
ing together the ends of two adjacent sections.
Note. Joints in general are classified in this class, subclass 36,
Structural units. Joints and connections.
Note. Connections between poles and bases are classified in this
class, subclass 28, Electric-wire supports, Telegraph-poles,
Basec.
Search Class
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclasses 83,
Posts, Inseparable bases, and 84, Posts, Separable bases.
CLASS 183 Continued.
27. ELECTRIC-WIRE SUPPORTS, TELEGRAPH-POLES,
INSULATED PARTS. Metallic telegraphic-poles disclos-
ing some form of insulation in some portion of its structure,
usually to prevent the lower portion of the pole from being
charged in case of accident to the conducting-wire or its insu-
lating-support.
Note. This subclass is limited to insulators in telegraph-pole
structure. Insulators for conductors generally are classified
in class 173, ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 28, Insulators,
and the subclasses thereunder.
Search Classes
173 ELECTRICITY CONDUCTORS, subclass 268, Conductors,
Joints, Insulated.
191 ELECTRICITY ELECTRIC RAILWAYS, subclass 1, Conduc-
tor supports and insulators.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 85, Light supports, Bracket and
chandelier hangers.
28. ELECTRIC-WIRE SUPPORTS, TELEGRAPH-POLES,
BASES. Supports for the bottoms of metallic telegraph-
poles not classifiable in any of the subclasses hereunder.
Note. Concrete bases for poles and posts of all kinds and connec-
tions therefor to the poles are classified in class 72, MASONRY
AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 21, Skeleton
towers, Details, Caps and bases; 26, Electric-wire supports,
Telegraph-poles, Sectional; 32, Electric-wire supports, Tele-
graph-poles, Protectors, and 42, Columns, Caps and bases.
39 FENCES, subclasses under Posts, Braces; 86, Posts, Bases,
Metal, and 134, Posts, Metal, Anchors.
68 LAUNDRY, subclass 12, Clothes-line fasteners.
116 SIGNALS, subclass 12, Flagstafls.
248 SUPPORTS, subclasses 37 and 38, Staff-holders.
29. ELECTRIC-WIRE SUPPORTS, TELEGRAPH-POLES,
BASES, ANCHORED. Supports for the bottoms of metal-
lic telegraph-poles which include some horizontal projection
or equivalent structure by which considerable resistance is
offered to the removal of the base and not classifiable in either
of the subclasses hereunder.
Note. Bases containing openings for the passage of earth inside
the bases are classified in this subclass. Vertical projections
or wings attached to bases are classified in the main subclass
of "Bases," subclass 28, Electric-wire supports, Telegraph-
poles, Bases, in this class.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 90, Land-
anchors.
39 FENCES, subclasses under Posts, Braces, and 134, Posts.
Metal, Anchors.
30. ELECTRIC-WIRE SUPPORTS, TELEGRAPH-POLES,
BASES, ANCHORED, AUGERS. Supports for the bot-
toms of metallic telegraph-poles which include an auger or an
auger-like structure for insertion into the ground.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 91, Land-an-
chors, Augers.
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 43, Piles, Metallic.
31. ELECTRIC-WIRE SUPPORTS, TELEGRAPH-POLES,
BASES, ANCHORED, EXPANDING: Supports for the
bottoms of metallic telegraph-poles which include some form
of expanding device by which a larger resisting area is offered
to the withdrawal of the base than was opposed to the inser-
tion thereof.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 92, Laud-an-
chors, Expanding.
32. ELECTRIC-WIRE SUPPORTS, TELEGRAPH-POLES,
PROTECTORS. Caps and other devices for protecting the
tops or other parts of metallic telegraph-poles from the effects
of moisture.
Note. Waterproofing walls and cellars is in class 72, MASONRY
AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclasses 120, Waterproofing,
Cellars, and 127, Waterproofing, Walls.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 21, Skeleton
towers, Details, Caps and bases; 20, Electric-wire supports,
Telegraph-poles, Sectional; 27, Electric-wire supports, Tele-
graph-poles, Insulated parts; 28, Electric-wire supports, Tele-
graph-poles, Bases, and 42, Columns, Caps and bases.
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 43, Piles, Protected.
33. ELECTRIC-WIRE SUPPORTS, TELEGRAPH-POLES,
CROSS-ARMS. Cross-arms for metallic telegraph-poles and
supports for the same.
Note. Pins for support of insulators, brackets for the same, and
devices for attachment of same to cross-arms or other bodies
are classified in class 173, ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, sub-
class 321, Insulators, Supports.
Search Class
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 251, Supports and
hangers.
34. STRUCTURAL UNITS. Metallic structural units adapted
for general use and not elsewhere classifiable. These units
may be single elements, or they may be combinations of single
elements to form portions of a complete structure, such as
floors, ceilings, partitions, or other parts.
Search Classes
183 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 3, Buildings,
Bins.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
425
CLASS 189 Continued.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 1, Buildings.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 15, Build-
ing elements and supports, Integral.
35. STRUCTURAL UNITS, CLIPS OR FASTENERS. Mis-
cellaneous devices specially adapted to bind together metal-
lic parts or to attach a member to a metallic part.
Search Classes
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 251, Supports and
hangers.
248 SUPPORTS, subclass 31, Pipe or cable hangers.
36. STRUCTURAL UNITS, JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS.
Limited to details of joints or connections between metallic
structural elements.
Note. Joints having some portion fusible at a low temperature
are classified in this class, subclass 45, Thermally-controlled
devices, and the subclasses mentioned in the notes thereto.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 2, Buildings,
Portable; 10, Buildings, Jails, Gratings, Connections; 11,
Portable towers; 20, Skeleton towers, Details. Brace adjust-
ments; 21, Skeleton towers, Details, Caps and bases; 26, Elec-
tric-wire supports, Telegraph-poles, Sectional; 33, Electric-
wire supports, Telegraph-poles, Cross-arms; 41, Columns,
Shapes, and 42, Columns, Caps and bases.
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 14, Truss, Details, Connections, and 75,
Piers.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 95, Framing sockets.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 150, Blanks and processes,
Braces and brackets.
39 FENCES, subclasses 6, Fences, Iron, and 104, Fences, Iron,
Panel.
45 FURNITURE, subclass 78, Bookcases, Knockdown.
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 42, Piles, Metallic.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclasses 15, Build-
ing elements and supports, Integral; 101, Bonding and tying,
and the subclasses thereunder, and 114, Reinforcing elements,
Joints.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclasses under Pipe-couplings.
247 ELECTRICITY, CONDUITS, subclass 1, Boxes, Pipe connec-
tions.
37. GIRDERS. Beams, principally metallic, for use in buildings,
bridges, and other structures.
Note. Girders are distinguished from columns in that the former
are used in a horizontal position, the latter in a vertical.
Search Classes
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 17, Girder, and 73, Floors.
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 165, Blanks and processes, Rail-
way-car irons, Axles.
38. COLUMNS. Miscellaneous columns, principally metallic, for
use in upright position in buildings, bridges, and other
structures.
Note. Wooden columns are classified in class 20, WOODEN BUILD-
INGS, subclass 97, W r ooden columns. Concrete columns are
in class 72, MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 37, Girders.
14 BRIDGES, subclass 13, Truss, Structure.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 155, Blanks and processes, Col-
umns and girders.
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclasses under Piles.
239 RAILWAY RAILS AND JOINTS, subclass 16, Rails, Compound.
39. COLUMNS, COMPOUND. Metallic columns which include
one or more braces to the main stem or a truss structure.
Note. These structures are in some respects similar to skeleton
towers, and search should be made in the subclasses thereof
in this class.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 24, Electric-
wire supports, Telegraph-poles, Compound, and 37, Girders.
40. COLUMNS, WOOD AND METAL. Columns composed of
wood and metal, both usually extending the full length.
41. COLUMNS, SHAPES. Metallic columns including as the
invention or a part thereof the shape of integral columns or of
column elements, usually the arrangement of the material, as
shown by a cross-section thereof.
42. COLUMNS, CAPS AND BASES. Details of caps and bases
of metallic columns and of connections thereof.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 21, Skeleton
towers, Details, Caps and bases; 26, Electric-wire supports,
Telegraph-poles, Sectional; 28, Electric-wire supports, Tele-
graph-poles, Bases; 32, Electric-wire supports, Telegraph-
poles, Protectors, and 36, Structural units, Joints and connec-
tions.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 95, Framing sockets, and
96, Post-bases.
43. STAIRS. Miscellaneous metallic stairs and metallic devices for
use in connection with stairs.
Note. Metallic newel-posts are classified in this class, subclass 38,
Columns; Railings in class 39, FENCES, subclass 6, Fences,
iron; Masonry and concrete stairs in class 72, MASONRY AND
CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 96, Stairs.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 10, Stairs.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 5, Balcony.
228 LADDERS, subclass 27, Trap-door operating.
CLASS 180 Continued.
44. STAIRS, SPIRAL. Metallic stairs spiral in form, the ascent
and descent being made around a lino as center, and some
analogous in construction.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 10, Stairs.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 33, Stairway-towers.
45. THERMALLY-CONTROLLED DEVICES. Miscellaneous
connections fusible at a low temperature, or inflammable, to
operate metallic doors, shutters, windows, etc., and not classi-
fiable in any of the subclasses herein of thermally-controlled
devices.
Note. Many devices operable by changes of temperature are class-
ified in classes 236, DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC, subclass 5, Expan-
sion, and the subclasses thereunder; subclass 9, Traps, ther-
mostatic and the subclasses thereunder; and 237, HEAT-
DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS, subclass 19, Steam-radiators, Attach-
ments.
Note. Electrical thermally-controlled device* are classified in
class 175, ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclasses
215, Lightning-arresters, Thermal; 273, Cut-outs, Thermal,
and the subclasses thereunder, and 292, Switches, Mechanical ,
Thermal cut-out and in class 177, ELECTRIC SIGNALING, sub-
class 128, Circuit-closers, Thermal, and the subclasses there-
under.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses under Doors,
Thermal control; 58, Shutters, Roll, Thermal control; 71, Win-
dows, Swinging sash, Thermal control, and 74, Windows,
Vertically-sliding sash, Thermal control.
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 56, Shutters. Fasteners,
Fire.
116 SIGNALS, subclass 11, Alarms, Fire.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 35, Cocks and faucets,
Thermal.
169 FIRE-EXTINGUISHERS, subclasses of "automatic" devices.
46. DOORS. Miscellaneous metallic doors and metallic door-
frames.
Note. This subclass and the subclasses hereunder include all
structures and devices of general application to both doors
and shutters when there is not involved some feature specific
to shutters. In such case the patent is classified in subclass
54, Shutters, hereof, or some subclass thereunder.
Search Class
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses under Doors.
47. DOORS, THERMAL CONTROL, HORIZONTALLY-SLID-
ING. Horizontally-sliding metallic doors or shutters which
include in the mechanism for retaining them in open position
some device which under the influence of heat will release the
door or shutter and allow it to close automatically. There
are included also in this subclass devices to receive such doors
as they close and hold them fast.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 45, Thermally-
controlled devices, and the subclasses there cited.
48. DOORS, THERMAL CONTROL, VERTICALLY-SLID-
ING. Vertically-sliding metallic doors or shutters which in-
clude in the mechanism for retaining them in open position
some device which under the influence of heat will release the
door or shutter and allow it to close automatically.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 45, Thermally-
controlled devices and the subclasses there cited.
49. DOORS, THERMAL CONTROL, HORIZONTALLY-
SWINGING. Horizon tally-swinging metallic doors or shut-
ters which include in the mechanism for retaining them in
open position some device which under the influence of heat
will release the door or shutter and allow it to close automat-
ically.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 45, Thermally,
controlled devices, and the subclasses there cited.
50. DOORS, THERMAL CONTROL, VERTICALLY-
SWINGING. Vertically-swinging metallic doors or shutters
which include in the mechanism for retaining them in open
position some device which under the influence of heat wi'.l
release the door or shutter and allow it to close automatically.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 45, Thermally-
controlled devices, and the subclasses there cited.
51. DOORS, SECTIONAL. Metallic .doors composed of sections
which move either singly or together to open a part or the
whole of the door-space.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 59, Shutters,
Horizontally-sliding, and 60, Shutters, Vertically-sliding.
20 WOODEN'BUILDINGS, subclasses 20, Doors. Slidinc, Jointed;
32, Doors, Car, Grain. Vertical-slide; 52, Windows, Sliding sash,
and 61, Shutters, Sliding.
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, subclasses 38, Window-
screens, Extensible, and 43, Awnings, Rigid, Intermovable
sections.
52. DOORS, THEATER-CURTAINS. Metallic curtains separ-
ating the stage from the auditorium and means for operating
them.
Note. Theater curtains constructed wholly of asbestos are classi-
fied in class 156, CURTAINS, -SHADES, AND SCREENS.
426
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 189 Continued.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 47, Doors,
Thermal control, Horizontally-sliding; 50, Doors, Thermal
control, Vertically-swinging, and 81, Fire-shields, Collapsible.
14 BRIDGES, subclasses under 50, Draw, Gates.
39 FENCES, subclasses under Gates, Openers.
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS.
53. DOORS, PANELS. The structure of metallic panels for doors
and the devices for securing panels in the frame of the door.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 77, Windows,
Sash, Pane supports and fastenings, and 78, Windows, Sash,
Pane supports and fastenings, Removable.
20-yWooDEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 36, Doors, Door construc-
tion, Removable panel, and 92, Splices and joints.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclasses 118,
Reinforcing elements, Lathing, Furring and fastening, and
121, Reinforcing elements, Lathing, Corner-beads.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 25, Show-cases.
54. SHUTTERS. Metallic shutters involving structures not classi-
fiable in any of the subclasses hereunder.
Note. Devices and structures of general application to both
doors and shutters are classified in subclass 46, Doors, hereof,
or some subclass thereunder, unless some feature specific to
shutters is involved.
Note. Devices for operating shutters (other than roll) are classi-
fied in class 16, BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 24, Shutters,
Workers, and the subclasses thereunder, and subclass 50, Shut-
ters, Fasteners, Fire, and in class 39, FENCES, subclass 97,
Gates, openers, window. See also in this class, subclass 52,
Doors, Theater-curtains, and the subclasses under Doors,
Thermal control.
Note. For hinges, locking devices, and other hardware pertain-
ing to shutters, see appropriate subclasses in class 16, BUILD-
ERS' HARDWARE.
Search Classes
20 V.'OODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses under Shutters.
108 ROOFS, subclass 31, Skylights, Operating devices.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 135, Fireplaces, Blowers.
228 LADDERS, subclass 21, Shutter.
55. SHUTTERS, AWNINGS. Metallic shutters adapted to be
thrown outward at the bottom to serve also as an awning.
Note. For hinges, locking devices, and other hardware pertain-
ing to shutters, see appropriate subclasses in class 16, BUILD-
ERS' HARDWARE.
Search Classes
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 48, Hinges, Awning-blind.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 55, Windows, Storm, and
59, Shutters, Awning.
106 RAILWAY ROLLING-STOCK, subclass 213, Cars, Street, Awn-
ings.
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, subclasses 15, Awnings,
and the subclasses thereunder, and 17, Venetian blinds.
56. SHUTTERS, ROLL. Metallic shutters adapted to be rolled
upon a roller or drum to uncover a window or other opening.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 81, Fire-shields,
Collapsible.
45 FURNITURE, subclass 92, Desks, Lids, Flexible.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 135, Fireplaces, Blowers.
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, subclasses 16, Flexible
blinds, and 39, Window-screens, Rolling.
57. SHUTTERS, ROLL, OPERATING DEVICES. Devices for
operating metallic roll-shutters.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 55, Shutters,
Awnings; 58, Shutters, Roll, Thermal control, and 81, Fire-
shields, Collapsible.
39 Fences, subclasses 94, Gates, Openers, Sliding-door, and 140,
Gates, Counter guard operators.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, various subclasses
of re el and web.
45 FURNITURE, subclasses 3, File-cabinets, Revolving; 79,
Bookcases, Revolving, and 92, Desks, Lids, Flexible.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 135, Fireplaces, Blowers.
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, subclasses 13, Window-
cornices; 16, Flexible blinds; 39, Window-screens, Rolling; 44,
Awnings, Roll and reel; and appropriate subclasses under
Shade.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclasses 18, Display-racks, Roll; 20,
Display-racks, Rotary; 21, Display-racks, Rotary, Inclosed;
23, Display-racks, Sample-sheet, Rotary, and 35, Pattern-
exhibitors.
58. SHUTTERS, ROLL, THERMAL CONTROL. Metallic roll
shutters which include in the mechanism for retaining them
in inoperative position some device which under the influence
of heat will release the retaining mechanism and thereby enable
the shutters to cover the window or other opening automati-
cally.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURE, subclass 45, Thermally-
controlled devices, and the subclasses there cited.
59. SHUTTERS, HORIZONTALLY-SLIDING. Metallic shut-
ters which slide horizontally to cover or uncover a window.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 47, Doors,
Thermal control, Horizontally-sliding; 51, Doors, Sectional,
and 60, Shutters, Vertically-sliding.
CLASS 189 Continued.
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 54, Draw, Gates, Bridge-operated, Dis"
placement, Horizontally-sliding, and 62, Draw, Gates, Bridge"
operated, Shaft-rotation, Horizontally-sliding.
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclasses 24, Shutters, Workers,
and 138, Shutters, Workers, Sliding shutter.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 61, Shutters, Sliding, and
the various subclasses of Horizontally-sliding structures under
Doors and \Vindows.
60. SHUTTERS, VERTICALLY-SLIDING. Metallic shutters
which slide vertically (as a whole or in sections) to cover or
uncover a window or other opening. Some sections also fold.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 48, Doors,
Thermal control, Vertically-sliding; 51, Doors, Sectional; 57,
Shutters, Roll, Operating devices; 59, Shutters, Horizontally-
sliding; 72, Windows, Vertically-sliding sash, and 81, Fire-
shields, Collapsible.
14 BRIDGES, subclasses 52, Draw, Gates, Hand or motor oper-
ated, Vertically-sliding; 58, Draw, Gates, Bridge-operated,
Displacement. Vertically-sliding, and 66, Draw, Gates, Bridge-
operated, Shaft-rotation, Horizontally-sliding.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 61, Shutters, Sliding, and the
various subclasses of Vertically-sliding structures under Doors
and under Windows.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 135, Fireplaces, Blowers.
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, subclasses 14, Window-
screens, and 38, V'indow-screens, Extensible.
61. SHUTTERS, REGISTERING SLIDE. Metallic shutter
structures consisting of a fixed grating and a sliding grating
adapted to rerister therewith to cover or uncover apertures in
the fixed grating.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 60, Shutters, Registering
slide.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclass 31, Window-ventilators.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 135, Fireplaces, Blow-
ers, and 325, Hot-air registers.
62. SHUTTERS, SLATS, PIVOTED. Pivoted slats for metallic
shutters and their journals, operating devices, and fasteners
or locks.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 55, Shutters,
Awnings, and 56, Shutters, Roll.
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 1, Blind-stops.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 62, Shutters, Slats, Pivoted.
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, subclasses 16, Flexible
blinds, and 17, Venetian blinds.
63. SHUTTERS, SLATS, FIXED. Metallic shutters having fixed
slats or structures in imitation thereof.
Search Class
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 63, Shutters, Slats, Fixed.
64. WINDOWS. Metallic windows not classifiable in any of the
subclasses hereunder.
Note. Devices for operating windows are classified in class 39,
FENCES, subclass 97, Gates, Openers, Window; Skylights and
operating devices therefor in class 108, ROOFS; Wire-glass and
processes of manufacture thereof hi class 49, GLASS, subclasses
32, Molding, Wire-glass, and 86, Processes, Molding, Wire-
glass.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 40, Windows, Miscellaneous.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 25, Show-cases.
65. WINDOWS, WEATHERPROOFIXG.-c Devices attached to
metallic windo w frames or sashes to keep out wind or moisture.
No attempt has been made to separate those patents which
show merely flanges or other modified structure on frame or
sash, or both. To go into this subclass, patents must show
some device additional to the structure of the frame and sash.
Note. The specific form of laterally-sliding weather-strips,
usually found in vertically-swinging metallic windows, are
in this class, subclass 70, Windows, Swinging-sash, Laterally-
sliding weather-strips.
Search Class
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 65, Weather-strips, Hinged;
66, Weather-strips, Hinged, Sills; 67, Weather-strips, Hinged,
Spring, and 69, Weather-strips, Packing.
66. WINDOWS. DOUBLE MOVEMENT. Metallic windows
having sashes which both slide and swing, but are not classi-
fiable in the subclasses hereunder.
Search Class
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 42, Windows, Sliding and
swinging sash, Miscellaneous; 44, Windows, Sliding and
swinging sash, Guide-rod pivot; 46, Windows, Sliding and
swinging sash, Separable hinge, Side-swing; 47, Windows,
Sliding and swinging sash, Separable hinge, Vortical-swing,
and 48, Windows, Sliding and swinging sash, Sliding frame,
Vertically-pivoted sash.
67. WINDOWS, DOUBLE MOVEMENT, SLIDING PIVOT.
Metallic windows having a double movement in which the
sash is pivotally attached to a strip or stile (or other device
supported by the sash-cord) which slides in guideways on the
frame.
Search Class
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 43, Windows, Sliding and
swinging sash, Cord-fastener, Pivot; 49, Windows, Sliding and
swinging sash, Sliding stile, Horizontally-pivoted sash, and
50, Windows, Sliding and swinging sash, Sliding stile, Ver-
tically-pivoted sash.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
427
CLASS 189 Continued.
68. WINDOWS, DOUBLE MOVEMENT, SWINGING FRAME.
Metallic windows haying a double movement in which the
sashes slide in an auxiliary swinging frame.
Note. For vertically-sliding windows, see in this class, subclass
72, Windows, Vertically-sliding sash, and the subclasses
thereunder.
Note. For swinging windows, see in this class, subclass 69,
Windows, Swinging sash, and the subclasses thereunder.
Search Class
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 45, Windows, Sliding and
swinging sash, Horizontally-pivoted frame, Sliding sash, and
51, Windows, Sliding and swinging sash, Vertically-pivoted
frame, Sliding sash.
69. WINDOWS, SWINGING SASH'. Metallic windows having
a swinging sash which are not classifiable in the subclasses
hereunder.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 6C, Windows,
Double movement, and the subclasses thereunder, and 79,
Windows, Guards.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 53, Windows, Swinging sash.
70. WINDOWS, SWINGING SASH, LATERALLY-SLIDING
WEATHER-STRIPS. Swinging metallic windows which
include weather-strips mounted on either the frame or the
sash and arranged for lateral sliding motion.
Note. Miscellaneous devices for weatherproofing metallic win-
dows will be found in this class, subclass 65, Windows,
Weatherproofing.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 67, Windows,
Double movement, Sliding pivot, and 73, Windows, Verti-
cally-sliding sash, Movable or removable guards.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 68, Weather-strips, Sliding.
71. WINDOWS, SWINGING SASH, THERMAL CONTROL.
Metallic windows having a swinging sash which include in the
mechanism for retaining the sash in open position some device
which under the influence of heat will release the retaining
mechanism and allow the windows to close automatically.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 45, Thermally-
controlled devices, and the subclasses there cited.
72. WINDOWS, VERTICALLY-SLIDING SASH. Metallic
windows having a sliding sash which are not included in the
following two subclasses. Features of both sash and frame
which mutually cooperate will be found here and in the sub-
classes hereunder.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 66, Windows,
Double-movement, and the subclasses thereunder.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 52, Windows, Sliding sash.
73. WINDOWS, VERTICALLY-SLIDING SASH, MOVABLE
OR REMOVABLE GUARDS. Metallic windows having a
sliding sash which include guards or stops or strips which are
movable of removable to permit the sash to be adjusted or
raised or taken out. These guards usually aid in weatherproof-
ing the window.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 65, Windows,
Weatherproofing, and 70, Windows, Swinging sash, Laterally-
sliding weather-strips.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 54, Shutters, Sashes, Cush-
ioned, and 68, Weather-strips, Sliding.
74. WINDOWS VERTICALLY-SLIDING SASH, THERMAL
CONTROL. Metallic windows having a sliding sash which
include in the mechanism for retaining the sash in open posi-
tion some device which under the influence of heat will release
the retaining mechanism and allow the windows to close
automatically.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 45, Thermally-
controlled devices, and the subclasses there cited.
75. WINDOWS, FRAMES. The structure of metallic window-
frames (other than those for sliding or swinging sash) and of
connections between frame and wall.
Note. Features of metallic frames intended for use with sliding
or swinging sash and cooperating therewith will be found in
subclasses 69, Windows, Swinging sash, and 72, Windows,
Vertically-sliding sash, herein, and the subclasses to which
reference is therein made. Metallic window-frames which are
modified to effect ventilation are classified in class 98, PNEU-
MATICS, subclass 31, Window-ventilators.
Search Class
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 98, Sills
and jambs.
76. WINDOWS, SASH. Metallic sash structures not included in
the two following subclasses.
Note. This subclass does not include patents in which the sash
and the frame construction mutually modify each other. For
such search should be made in this class, subclasses 69, Win-
dows, Swinging sash; 72, Windows, Vertically-sliding sash,
and 75, Windows, Frames. Metallic window-sash which are
modified to effect ventilation are classified in class 98, PNEU-
MATICS, subclass 31, Window-ventilators.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 56, Windows, Sash con-
struction, and 92, Splices and joints, and the subclasses there
cited.
108 ROOFS, subclass 16, Skylights.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 25, Show-cases.
CLASS 189 Continued.
77. WINDOWS, SASH, PANE SUPPORTS AND FASTEN-
INGS. The structure of metallic bars and other supports for
glass and devices for securing the glass thereon.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 56, Windows, Sash construc-
tion.
88 OPTICS, subclass 59, Building-lights, Vault.
94 PAVING, subclass 7, Vault-covers.
108 ROOFS, subclass 16, Skylights.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 25, Show-cases.
78. WINDOWS, SASH. PANE SUPPORTS AND FASTEN-
INGS, REMOVABLE. The structure of metallic bars and
other supports for glass and devices for securing the glass
thereon, said securing devices including some detachable
feature.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 56, windows, Sash construc-
tion.
108 ROOFS, subclass 16, Skylights.
79. WINDOWS, GUARDS. Devices (such as bars, gratings, etc.)
attached to metallic (usually cellar) windows to allow venti-
lation or the admission of coal or the like and to prevent un-
authorized persons from breaking in.
Note. For structure of the grating see subclass 9, Buildings,
Jails, Gratings, herein, and the subclasses under Grilles.
Search Class
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 71, Door and window guards.
80. FIRE-SHIELDS. Metallic devices, usually portable, for use
near a conflagration to protect buildings not burning or to con-
fine the fire to the burning building or a part thereof.
Search Classes
75 METALLURGY, subclass 196, Furnaces, Shields.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 202, Fenders, Fire screen
or guard.
81. FIRE-SHIELDS, COLLAPSIBLE. Fire-shields adapted to
be rolled, folded, or otherwise compacted into convenient
form for transportation.
82. GRILLES, COMPOSITE. Metallic grilles other than integral
in structure.
Note See also subclasses cited in notes under subclass 84, Grilles,
securing devices, herein.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 77, Windows,
Sash, Pane supports and fastenings.
83. GRILLES, INTEGRAL. Metallic grilles cast integral or
otherwise produced from a single piece of material.
Note. See also subclasses cited in notes under subclass 84, Grilles,
securing devices, herein.
Search Class
29 METAL-WORKING, subclasses 2, Special work, Battery-grid
making, and 160, Blanks and processes Grilles.
84. GRILLES, SECURING DEVICES. Frames surrounding
and supporting metallic grilles and devices for securing the ends
of the bars to the frames.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 79, Windows,
Guards.
5 BEDS, subclasses 29, Bed-bottoms, Springs; 39, Bed-bottoms,
Fabrics, and 40, Bed-bottoms, Fabrics and springs.
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 15, Panels and wainscoting,
and 71, Door and window guards.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 55, Steps.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 160, Blanks and processes,
Grilles.
39 FENCES, subclasses 6, Fences, Iron; 104, Fences, Iron,
Panel, and 42, Gates, Railway, Cattle-guard.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclasses 31, Window-ventilators, and 32,
Window- ventilators, Condensation-preventers.
109 SAFES, subclasses 1, Burglar-proof, and 2, Fireproof.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 325, Hot-air registers.
85. METAL SHEATHING. Sheets of metal, plain, corrugated,
or otherwise embellished, for use on walls or ceilings.
Search Classes
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 52, Piles, Sheet-piling.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclasses 19,
Walls, Faced, Tile, Wall-anchored; 118. Reinforcing elements,
Lathing, Furring, and fastening, and 120, Reinforcing ele-
ments, Lathing, Wire, Furring and fastening.
108 ROOFS, subclasses 12, Lap-joint; 15, Car, Metal-lined, and
the subclasses under Metallic.
113 SHEET-METAL, WARE, MAKING, various subclasses under
Can-making machines, Seaming machines, and Tube-making.
86. METAL SHEATHING, OVERLAPPING EXDS. Metal-
sheathing joints made by overlapping the ends or interlocking
the same, with no accessories except nails, staples, or rosettes.
Search Classes
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 52, Piles, Sheet-piling.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclasses 19, Walls,
Faced, Tile, Wall-anchored; 118, Reinforcing elements, Lath-
ing, Furring and fastening, and 120, Reinforcing elements,
Lathing, Wire, Furring and fastening.
108 ROOFS, subclasses 12, Lap-joint; 15, Car, Metal-lined, and
the subclasses under Metallic.
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, various subclasses under
Can-making machines, Seaming-machines, and Tube-making.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclasses 70,
Can-closures, Rip, Strip, Integral, Double-seam, and 81, Can-
seam, and the subclasses thereunder.
428
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 189 Continued.
87. METAL SHEATHING, OVERLAPPING ENDS, COR-
NICE. Metal sheathing used to make a curved connection
between horizontal and vertical surfaces, the joints thereof
being made by overlapping the ends or interlocking the same,
with no accessories except nails, staples, or rosettes.
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 89, Metal
sheathing, Securing devices, Cornice.
88. METAL SHEATHING, SECURING DEVICES. Metal
sheathing joints which include a cap or other securing device
(in addition to nails, staples-, or rosettes).
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 38, Columns.
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclass 52, Piles, Sheet-piling.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclasses 19, Walls,
Faced, Tile, Wall-anchored; 118. Reinforcing elements, Lath-
ing, Furring and fastening, and 120, Reinforcing elements,
Lathing, Wire, Furring and fastening.
108 ROOFS, subclasses 12, Lap-joint; 15, Car, Metal-lined, and
the subclasses under Metallic.
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, various subclasses under
Can-making machines, Seaming-machines, and Tube-making.
89. METAL SHEATHING, SECURING DEVICES, CORNICE.
Metal sheathing used to make a curved connection between
horizontal and vertical surfaces, the joints thereof including a
cap or other securing device, (in addition to nails, staples, or
rosettes.)
Search Class
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 87, Metal sheath-
ing, Over-lapping ends, Cornice.
90. LAND-ANCHORS. Land-anchors disclosing features not clas-
sifiable in the two subclasses hereunder, and miscellaneous
devices for insertion of such anchors.
CLASS 189 Continued.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 29, Electric-
wire supports, Telegraph-poles, Bases, Anchored.
14 BRIDGES, subclass 21, Suspension, Towers and anchors.
37 EXCAVATING, subclass 18, Dredgers, Anchoring.
Ill SEEDERS AND PLANTERS, subclass 42, Check row Anchors.
114 SHIPS, subclass 206, Anchors.
185 MOTORS, subclass 25, Horse power type, Anchors.
91. LAND-ANCHORS, AUGERS. Land-anchors which include
an auger or an auger-like structure for insertion into the
ground.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 30, Electric-
wire supports, Telegraph-poles, Bases, Anchored, Augers.
166- ARTESIAN AND OIL WELLS, subclass 11, Earth-auger, and
the subclasses thereunder.
92. LAND-ANCHORS, EXPANDING. Land-anchors which
include some form of expanding device by which a larger re-
sisting area is offered to the withdrawal of the anchor than
was opposed to the insertion thereof. There are included
also in this subclass patents for devices for inserting such an-
chors.
Search Classes
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 31, Electric-
wire supports, Telegraph-poles, Bases, Anchored, Expanding.
14 BRIDGES, subclass 21, Suspension, Towers, and Anchors.
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW-THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclasses 2, Bolts, Expanding core; 2.4, Bolts, Expanding
sleeve; 2.8, Bolts, Expanding sleeve, Double-wedge; 3, Bolts,
Pivoted end locks; 6, Bolts, Threadless, Axial wedge, and 13,
Nails, spikes, and tacks, Multiple-pronged.
114^Smps, subclasses 207, Anchors, Fluke; 208, Anchors, Fluke,
Pivoted, and 210, Anchor-trippers.
CLASS 190. BAGGAGE.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class comprises trunk and traveling-bag structures and all
combination structures including these as parts.
Camp-kits are included when the box has room for storage of sup-
plies and is convertible into a desk or table on account of the close
resemblance of these structures to trunks which are convertible
into desks or tables.
Traveling-bag fasteners other than those using a strap-loop or in
combination with handles are classified in class 70, LOCKS AND
LATCHES, as are also trunk-fasteners, bag-locks, and trunk-locks.
Trunk casters and hinges even though combined with corner-
shields are classified in class 16, BUILDERS' HARDWARE, in the
various subclasses of Casters, and in Hinges, Box, respectively.
Subclasses.
1. CONVERTIBLE. All structures in trunk form which are capa-
ble of change to adapt them to other uses are here classified.
Allied convertible structures not including trunks in the com-
bination are found under the heads of the various articles into
which the trunks are convertible.
2. CONVERTIBLE, BED. The changed form is that of a bed or
couch, which in its folded or closed position holds at least the
bedclothing or mattress and usually has storage-room also for
other clothing, etc.
3. CONVERTIBLE, BUREAU. Trunks made up wholly or
partly of drawers.
Note. Smalldrawersin bookcases such as are used for note-paper,
stamps, etc., and which do not extend across the frame and
mirrors mounted upon cases without drawers are not con-
sidered as making the structures bureaus.
4. CONVERTIBLE, BUREAU, TOP AND FRONT OPEN-
IXC. Trunks opening both at the top and at the front. The
top opening usually gives access to a tray, as in the ordinary
trunk, and the front opening permits the drawers to be drawn
out.
5 CONVERTIBLE, BUREAU, TOP AND FRONT OPEN-
ING, COMPARTMENT-TOP. The cover for the top
opening is itself a receptacle.
6. CONVERTIBLE, BUREAU, FRONT-OPENING. Removal
of a front cover or fastening permits the drawers to be drawn
out.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 4, Convertible, Bureau, Top and front
opening.
7. CONVERTIBLE, BUREAU, FRONT-OPENING, COM-
PARTMENT-FRONT. The closure of the front opening is
itself a receptacle.
8. CONVERTIBLE, CHAIR. The trunk is convertible into a
chair or seat.
9. CONVERTIBLE, SHELVED. The trunk is provided with
partitions, which are available in the converted position as
shelves.
10. CONVERTIBLE, SHELVED, DESK-FLAP. In addition
to the shelves there is a flap for writing use.
11. CONVERTIBLE, DESK OR TABLE. The trunk in its
changed position is suited for use as a desk or table.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 10, Convertible, Shelved, Desk-flap.
12. CONVERTIBLE, DESK OR TABLE, CAMP-KITS. Camp-
kits are included here when they are in the form of trunks or
traveling-bags adapted to carry supplies or baggage and are
convertible into tables.
Note. Camp-kits in the form of convertible lunch-boxes, chairs,
etc., but not containing the features of the above definition,
are classified with these articles.
13. CONVERTIBLE, WARDROBE. In the changed position
of the trunk a space is left within which clothing can be sus-
pended.
14. CONVERTIBLE, WARDROBE, EXTENSIBLE. These
are constructions by which increased height is gained.
15. CONVERTIBLE, WARDROBE, EXTENSIBLE, TELE-
SCOPIC. The desirable height of the space is secured by
extending parts which slide one within the other.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclasses 22, Trunks, Extensible and sectional,
Telescopic, and 45, Traveling-bags, Extensible, Telescopic.
16. SAMPLE-CASES. The cases are trunk or traveling-bag struc-
tures having features fitting them for commercial travelers'
use. These features are usually the construction of the trays
to hold the line of articles to be carried and disposition of
trays to display the contents.
CLASS 190 Continued.
Search Class
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclasses 8, Boxes, Compart-
ment, Folding, and 9, Boxes, Compartment, Folding, Display,
17. SAMPLE-CASES, LINK-SUPPORTED TRAY. The trays
are held in display position by links.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclasses 30, Trunks, Tray movers and sup-
porters, Lid-operated movement, and 34, Trunks, Tray
movers and supporters, Link connections and props.
18. ABOLISHED.
19. TRUNKS. Transportation receptacles of somewhat larger size
than traveling-bags characterized generally by box shape and
the location of the handles at opposite ends.
20. TRUNKS, CIRCULAR-END. The end is circular in section
to permit rolling upon its edge without jar. The form is gen-
erally that of a cylinder or barrel.
21. TRUNKS, EXTENSIBLE AND SECTIONAL. The trunks
can be increased in capacity. This is usually accomplished
by releasing telescoped or folded compartments or walls or by
adding independent receptacles.
Search Classes
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 14, Convertible, Wardrobe, Extensible.
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclasses 12, Boxes, Knock-
down; 14, Boxes, Knockdown, Folding, Horizontal and ver-
tical pivot; 15, Boxes, Knockdown, Folding, Horizontal-
pivot; 43, Boxes, Crates, Knockdown; 45, Boxes, Crates,
Knockdown, Sectional, and 47, Boxes, Crates, Knockdown,
Folding, Horizontal-pivot.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 52,
Buckets, Lunch, Compartment, Nesting, Sectional.
22. TRUNKS, EXTENSIBLE AND SECTIONAL, TELE-
SCO PIC. The increased capacity is obtained by drawing the
telescoping member of one section out from the other section.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclasses 15, Convertible, Wardrobe, Exten-
sible, Telescopic; 45, Traveling-bags, Extensible, Telescopic;
46, Traveling-bags, Extensible, Telescopic, Auxiliary opening,
and 47, Traveling-bags, Extensible, Telescopic, Rack-fastener
23. TRUNKS, WALL. Trunks arranged to open while resting
against the wall.
Note. Hinges adapted for wall trunks are classified in class 16,
BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 104, Hinges, Box.
24. TRUNKS, FRAMES AND INTERIOR BRACES. Con-
structions of the body of the trunk when the invention is not
in the material alone. Under "interior braces" are included
brackets or strips upon the inside of the trunk to support the
tray when the trunk is closed.
Note. The several subclasses of tray movers and supporters show
supports for the tray in its position within the closed trunk.
25. TRUNKS, REINFORCING-STRIPS. Strip and slat fasten-
ings with the exterior strengthening-bands which they hold.
Search Class
190 -BAGGAGE, subclass 24,Trunks, Frames and interior braces.
26. TRUNKS, PROTECTING-HARNESS. The harness is so
arranged as to protect the trunk from jar or injury, while it
also keeps the trunk closed.
27. TRUNKS, HARNESS. Combinations of straps suitable for
securing trunks in their closed position. Single straps are
included when they are attached to the trunk or when modi-
fication of the trunk to accommodate them enters into the
invention. Attached fasteners are included when they fasten
the strap surrounding the trunk.
Search Classes
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 26, Trunks. Protecting-harness.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, Etc., subclasses 140, Packet-
holders; 24, Bale and package ties. Strap-tighteners; 68,
Strap-tighteners, and subclasses thereunder.
28. TRUNKS, VALANCES. Where the trunk opens, the edges
of the one part are usually extended in the form of strips to
overlap the edges of the other part in order to relieve the
hinges and fastenings from side strain and to protect the con-
tents from the elements. These overlapping parts are called
"valances."
29. TRUNKS, TRAY MOVERS AND SUPPORTERS. Con-
structions whose object is the lifting or shifting of the tray
from the position which it occupies when the trunk is closed
into another position permitting easier access to the trunk-
body or to the tray or which support or retain the tray in
that other position.
30. TRUNKS, TRAY MOVERS AND SUPPORTERS, LID-
OPERATED MOVEMENT. The tray is moved by the
action of the lid.
31. TRUNKS, TRAY MOVERS AND SUPPORTERS PIV-
OTED-TRAY. The tray turns upon a pivot.
429
430
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 190 Continued.
32. TRUNKS, TRAY MOVERS AND SUPPORTERS, PIV-
OTED-TRAY, VERTICAL-PIVOT. The tray moves in
a horizontal plane upon its pivot. It usually has some ver-
tical motion along the pivot also.
33. TRUNKS, TRAY MOVERS AND SUPPORTERS, SLID-
ING-TRAY. The tray slides upon a track in approximately
a horizontal plane.
34. TRUNKS, TRAY MOVERS AND SUPPORTERS, LINK
CONNECTIONS AND PROPS. Arms ordinarily pivoted
are here used directly to operate or support the tray.
Search Class -
190 BAGGAGE, subclasses 17, Sample-cases, link-supported tray,
and 30, Trunks, Tray movers and supporters, Lid-operated
movement.
35. TRUNKS, TRAYS. Inventions relating to the tray, except
such as refer to its movement or support.
Note. Inventions in supports for the tray in the closed position
of the trunk are found in this class, subclass 24, Trunks,
Frames and interior braces. Inventions in mechanism for
moving the tray or in supporting it in a different position
from that occupied by it when the trunk is closed are found
in this class, subclass 29, Trunks, Tray movers and supporters,
and in the subclasses thereunder.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclasses 19, Trunks; 34, Trunks, Traymovers
and supporters, Link connections and props.
36. TRUNKS, FOLLOWERS. Adjustable partitions insertible
or movable after the contents is in place to compress or retain
it. The follower is sometimes in the form of a tray. It is never-
theless classified here unless there is invention in the tray
itself.
Search Class
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclasses 64, Boxes, Followers,
and 86, Barrels, Followers.
37. TRUNKS, CORNER SHIELDS AND BUFFERS. Protec-
tions for the corners of the trunk.
Note. Structures which are mere joints applicable to general wood
construction are found in class 20, WOODEN BUILDINGS, sub-
class 92, Splices and joints.
Stiffeners and braces for box-joints are classified in class 217,
WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 69, Boxes, Stays, and the
two subclasses thereunder.
Corner-shields in combination with casters are classified in class 16,
BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 4, Casters, unless some other
trunk feature enters into the combination.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclasses 23, Trunks, Wall; 25, Trunks, Rein-
forcing-strips, and 20, Trunks, Protecting-harness.
38. TRUNKS, SUPPORTING DEVICES. Legs and other struc-
tures for bearing the weight of the trunk.
Note. Handles of strap form are classified in this class, subclass
39, Trunks, Handles. Trunk-handles of other types are classi-
fied in class 16, BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 10, Handles.
Casters are classified in class 16, BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclass 4,
Casters.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 20, Trunks, Circular-end.
39. TRUNKS, HANDLES. Strap-handles and the fastenings
therefor.
Note. Handles suitable for trunk use will be found in class 16,
BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclasses 10, Handles, and 103, Han-
dles, Coffin.
40. TRUNKS, MATERIALS. "Material" here includes corruga-
tions, combinations of layers, and other modifications of what
might be called "raw materials" to suit them for use in the
trunk-body generally.
Search Classes
190 BAGGAGE, subclasses 24, Trunks, Frames and interior
braces, and 53, Traveling-bags, Materials and patterns.
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 1, Bent.
41. TRAVELING-BAGS. These bag , called also "grips," "tele-
scopes." " valiser," "portmanteaus," and "satchels," are
usually distinguished from trunks both by their size and by
arrangement of the handle or handles, so that each bag can be
carried in one hand. They lack the display features of sample-
cases.
Search Class
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclasses 44, Saddle-
bags, Traveling-bag, and 47, Hand, Traveling-bag.
42. TRAVELING-BAGS, COMBINED. Structures used as trav-
eling-bags at the same time that they serve another purpose.
43. TRAVELING-BAGS, FRAMELESS AND FOLDING. The
body of the bag is either entirely without stiffening or has this
stiffening so arranged that the bag can be folded or rolled into
smaller compass, as when not in use.
Search Classes-
ISO CLOTH, LEATHER, AND RUBBER RECEPTACLES, subclass 52,
Covers and Cases.
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclass .54, Bags, Satchel.
44. TRAVELING-BAGS, EXTENSIBLE. The capacity of the
bag is capable of variation to hold in one position more than in
another position.
CLASS 190 Continued.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 21, Trunks, Extensible and sectional.
45. TRAVELING-BAGS, EXTENSIBLE, TELESCOPIC. The
bag is made of several sections which slide one within another.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 22, Trunks, Extensible and sectional,
Telescopic.
46. TRAVELING-BAGS, EXTENSIBLE, TELESCOPIC, AUX-
ILIARY OPENING. There is an opening other than the one
available by separation of the sections.
47. TRAVELING-BAGS, EXTENSIBLE, TELESCOPIC
RACK-FASTENER. A rack or, more usually, a pair of
racks upon one of the telescoping members are held in adjust-
able positions by grips, pawls, or other catches upon another
of the telescoping members.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 22, Trunks, Extensible and sectional,
Telescopic.
48. TRAVELING-BAGS, TOP-OPENING. Bags opening at the
top except such as are pivoted below the top at or near the ver-
tical medial line. When so pivoted, they are still classified
here if they do not spread the sides in opening.
49. TRAVELING-BAGS, FRAMES. Structures that give rig-
idity to the edges or body of the bag or which guide it in
opening or closing. Shoes and other corner-fittings are also
included.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 48, Traveling-bags, Top-opening.
50. TRAVELING-BAGS, FRAMES, STAYS. Stiffeners and
braces for the joints of the bag structure. They sometimes
also make the joint.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 92, Splices and joints.
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 69, Boxes, Stays.
51. TRAVELING-BAGS, COMPARTMENTS AND PARTI-
TIONS. Pockets are included as compartments. The title
is'otherwise self-explanatory.
Note. Where the construction is for the purpose of displaying the
contents, the classification is in this class, subclass 1 6, Sample-
cases.
52. TRAVELING-BAGS, COMPARTMENTS AND PARTI-
TIONS, EXTERIOR AND AUXILIARY. Distinguished
by an opening separate and distinct from that to the body of
the bag.
53. TRAVELING-BAGS, MATERIALS AND PATTERNS.
Inventions in the covering material and lining and in the shape
or arrangement of the blanks which compose them.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 40, Trunks, Materials.
54. TRAVELING-BAGS, FRAME AND BAG LEATHER
JOINTS. The leather or other covering is fastened to the
frame.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 49, Traveling-bags, Frames.
55. TRAVELING -BAGS, BAG - FASTENING HANDLES.
There is a combination between the handle and the catch or
clasp by which the bag is held closed.
56. TRAVELING-BAGS, LOCK-PLATE HANDLE-FASTEN-
INGS. Either the lock-plate itself or the parts which hold the
lock-plate hold also or are combined with the link ends of the
handle.
57. TRAVELING-BAGS, HANDLES. The title is self-explana-
tory.
Search Class
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 45, Hand,
and subclasses thereunder.
58. TRAVELING-BAGS, HANDLES, FASTENERS. Means of
securing the handle to the bag and modifications of the end
of the handle to adapt it to the securing means.
Search Class
190 B AGGAGE, subclasses 56, Traveling-bags, Lock-plate handle-
fastenings, and 57, Traveling-bags, Handles.
59. TRAVELING-BAGS, STRAP-LOOP FASTENERS. Trav-
eling bags having a loop for retaining the strap fastener in
place.
Search Class
224 PACKAGES AND ARTICLES CARRIERS, subclass 45, Hand,
and subclasse sthereunder.
GO. TRAVELING-BAGS, ARTICLE -ATTACHERS. Means
whereby articles or packages may be secured to the exterior
of a traveling bag.
61. TRAVELING-BAGS, SAFETY-ATTACHERS. Means for
securing the bag to the car-seat or to another like fixed object
to protect against theft.
CLASS 194. CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes patents which contain any claim for the check-
controlled device or for the combination of such device with the
apparatus or machine to which it is applied or for any structure of
that apparatus which would be useful only in a check-controlled
device.
The term "check" includes coins and substitutes therefor which
have analogous function.
Note. Searches broadly for any particular art should be made
not only in all subclasses having titles corresponding to such art, but
also in the various miscellaneous subclasses of each group based on
structure.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Check-controlled apparatus not classifi-
able in any other subclass.
2. MISCELLANEOUS, ARTICLE-DELIVERY. Apparatus for
delivering articles of merchandise and not classifiable in any
other subclass.
3. MISCELLANEOUS, FLUID-DELIVERY. Apparatus for
delivering air, gas, water, or other fluid and not classifiable in
any other subclass.
4. ANOMALOUS CHECK. The check is not a coin or other flat
circular plate.
5. ANOMALOUS CHECK, FLUID-DELIVERY. The device
uses an anomalous check and delivers air, gas, water, or other
fluid.
6. CHECK IN CIRCUIT. The check becomes a bridge or plug
through which the current passes.
7. CHECKS IN CIRCUIT, ARTICLE-DELIVERY. The cur-
rent traverses the check, the apparatus delivering an article of
merchandise.
8. CHECK IN CIRCUIT, TELEPHONES. The current traverses
the check inserted as toll for the use of a telephone.
9. CHECK-OPERATED SWITCH. The check operates by its
weight or thrust an electric switch. The check does not place
mechanism in such a condition that the switch may be sub-
sequently closed, but is an active agent in the operation
thereof.
10. CHECK-OPERATED SWITCH, ARTICLE-DELIVERY.
An article-delivery device is actuated by the closing of an
electric switch operated by the check.
11. CHECK-OPERATED SWITCH, ELECTRIC METERS. A
switch is closed by the operation of the check inserted as pay-
ment for electricity passing through an electric meter.
12. CHECK-OPERATED SWITCH, EXHIBITORS. An elec-
tric switch operated by the check controls a device for exhibit-
ing pictures, advertisements, automatons, etc.
13. CHECK-OPERATED SWITCH, FLUID-DELIVERY. An
electric switch operated by the check causes the delivery of
air, gas, water, or other fluid.
14. CHECK-OPERATED SWITCH, INDUCTION-COILS. An
electric switch operated by the check causes an induction-coil
to administer electricity to persons.
15. CHECK-OPERATED SWITCH, PHONOGRAPHS. An
electric switch is operated by the check to place in operative
condition a phonograph, gramophone, or other device having
the same general function.
16. CHECK-OPERATED SWITCH, TELEPHONES. An elec-
tric switch is operated by the check inserted as toll for the use
of a telephone.
17. LOCK-RELEASING. The check releases a locking device
which normally prevents the movement of some mechanism.
This subclass includes all lock-releasing mechanism not re-
leased by the gravity or the thrust of the check.
18. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY. The gravity of the check
operates the locking mechanism.
19. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, FORWARDLY-TURN-
ING RELEASED PART. The gravity of the check releases
a part which always turns forward. Such part does not turn
backward to be relocked, as in subclass Lock-releasing, gravity,
reset turning released part, and its subordinate subclasses.
CLASS 194 Continued.
20. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, FORWARDLY-TURN-
ING RELEASED PART, MEASURING INSTRU-
MENTS. A measuring instrument is controlled by the
gravity of the check which releases a turning part having no
retrograde movement in order to be relocked. Here are placed
electric shocking-machines, electric meters, strength-testers,,
and the like.
21. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, FORWARDLY-TURN-
ING RELEASED PART, MEASURING INSTRU-
MENTS, SCALES. "Weighing devices controlled by the
weight of the check which releases a turning part having no
retrograde movement in order to be relocked.
22. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, FORWARDLY-TURN-
ING RELEASED PART, ARTICLE-DELIVERY. Mis-
cellaneous subclass of article-delivery devices controlled by
the weight of the check which releases a turning part having
no retrograde movement in order to be relocked.
23. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, FORWARDLY-TURN-
ING RELEASED PART, ARTICLE-DELIVERY,
CHANCE. The delivery of an article is governed by a chance
device controlled by the weight of the check which releases a
turning part having no retrograde-movement in order to be
relocked.
24. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, FORWARDLY-TURN-
ING RELEASED PART, ARTICLE-DELIVERY, END-
LESS CARRIER. The article is delivered by an endless
carrier, as a belt or drum, controlled by the weight of the
check which releases a turning part having no retrograde
movement in order to be relocked.
25. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, FORWARDLY-TURN-
ING RELEASED PART. ARTICLE-DELIVERY, END-
LESS CARRIER, MAGAZINE. The article is delivered by
an endless carrier, as a belt or drum, which is fed from a maga-
zine, the mechanism being controlled by the weight of the
check which releases a turning part having no retrograde
movement in order to be relocked.
26. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, FORWARDLY-TURN-
ING RELEASED PART, ARTICLE-DELIVERY, RO-
TARY FEED. The article is fed by a rotary device which,
does not carry the article around a portion of travel, as is the
case in the last two subclasses above defined, the mechanism
being controlled by the weight of the check which releases a
turning part having no retrograde movement in order to be
relocked.
27. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY. FORWARDLY-TURN-
ING RELEASED PART, ARTICLE-DELIVERY, SLID-
DING PUSHER. The article is delivered by a sliding de-
vice by which it is pushed. The mechanism is controlled by
the weight of the check which releases a turning part having
no retrograde movement in order to be relocked.
Note. Pivoted pushers are placed under subclass 22, Lock-releas-
ing, Gravity, Forwardly-turning released part, Article-deliv-
ery, and rotating flat carriers under subclasses 24, Lock-releas-
ing, Gravity, Forwardly-turning released part, Article-deliv-
ery, Endless carrier, and 25, Lock-releasing, Gravity, For-
wardly-turning released part, Article-delivery, Endless carrier,
Magazine, in this class.
28. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, FORWARDLY-TURN-
ING RELEASED PART, EXHIBITORS. A device for
exhibiting pictures, advertisements, automatons, etc., is con-
trolled by the weight of the check which releases a turning
part having no retrograde movement in order to be relocked.
29. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, FORWARDLY-TURN-
ING RELEASED PART, FLUID-DELIVERY. A device
which delivers air, gas, water, or other fluid is controlled by
the weight of the check which releases a turning part having
no retrograde movement in order to be relocked.
30. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY. FORWARDLY-TURN-
ING RELEASED PART, GAME APPARATUS. A game
apparatus is controlled by the weight of the check which
releases a turning part having no retrograde movement in
order to be relocked.
31. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, FORWARDLY-TURN-
ING RELEASED PART, PHONOGRAPHS. A phono-
graph, gramophone, or device having the same general func-
tion is controlled by the weight of the check which releases a
turning part having no retrograde movement in order to be
relocked.
32. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RECIPROCATING RE-
LEASED PART. The gravity of the check releases a recip-
rocating part. Devices that are pivoted or swinging are not
regarded as reciprocating.
431
432
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 194 Continued.
33. LOCK-RELEASING. GRAVITY, RECIPROCATING RE-
LEASED PART, MEASURING INSTRUMENTS. The
weight of the chock releases a reciprocating part of a measuring
instrument, as electric meters, electric shocking devices, lung-
testers, and the like.
34. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RECIPROCATING RE-
LEASED PART, MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, PULL-
TESTERS. Devices which measure the force exerted by a
pull and controlled by the weight of the check which, releases
a reciprocating part.
35. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RECIPROCATING RE-
LEASED PART, MEASURING INSTRUMENTS,
SCALES. Devices which, weigh and are controlled by the
weight of the check which releases a reciprocating part.
36. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RECIPROCATING RE-
LEASED PART, MEASURING INSTRUMENTS,
STRIKE-TESTERS. Devices which measure the force of a
blow of the fist, foot, hammer, etc., and are controlled by the
v. eight of the check which releases a reciprocating part.
37. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RECIPROCATING RE-
LEASED PART, ARTICLE-DELIVERY. An article is
delivered by a mechanism controlled by the weight of the
check which releases a reciprocating part.
38. LOCK-RELEASING. GRAVITY, RECIPROCATING RE-
LEASED PART, ARTICLE-DELIVERY. ENDLESS
CARRIER. The article is delivered by an endless carrier, as
a drum or belt, controlled by the weight of the check which
releases a reciprocating part.
39. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RECIPROCATING RE-
LEASED PART, ARTICLE-DELIVERY, SLIDING
PUSHER. A sliding device pushes out the article and is
controlled by the weight of the check which releases a recipro-
cating part.
Note. A pivoted or turning device is not regarded as sliding.
Such devices are in subclass 37, Lock-releasing, Gravity, Re-
ciprocating released part, Article-delivery, in this class.
40. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RECIPROCATING RE-
LEASED PART, ARTICLE-SECURING STANDS. De-
vices for securing temporarily articles such as bicycles, um-
brellas, hats, and coats, such devices being controlled by the
weight of the check which releases a reciprocating part.
41. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RECIPROCATING RE-
LEASED PART, CHANCE AND GAME APPARATUS.
A chance or game apparatus is controlled by the weight of the
check which releases a reciprocating part.
42. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RECIPROCATING RE-
LEASED PART, EXHIBITORS. A device for exhibiting
pictures, advertisements, automatons, and the like is con-
trolled by the weight of the check which releases a recipro-
cating part.
43. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RECIPROCATING RE-
LEASED PART, FLUID-DELIVERY. A device for the
delivery of air, gas, water, or other fluid is controlled by the
weight of the check which releases a reciprocating part.
44. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RECIPROCATING RE-
LEASED PART, TELEPHONES. A reciprocating device
is released by the weight of the check inserted as toll for the use
of a telephone.
45. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RESET TURNING RE-
LEASED PART. A turning part is released by the weight
of a check and afterward reset that is, relocked by being
returned to its normal position.
46. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RESET TURNING RE-
LEASED PART, MEASURING INSTRUMENTS. A
measuring instrument is controlled by the weight of the check
which releases a turning part reset by a retrograde movement.
This subclass includes such devices as electric meters, electric
shocking-machines, and strength-testers.
47. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RESET TURNING
RELEASED PART, MEASURING INSTRUMENTS,
SCALES. A weighing mechanism is controlled by the weight
of the check which releases a turning part reset by a retrograde
movement.
48. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RESET TURNING
RELEASED PART, ARTICLE-DELIVERY. An article-
delivery device is controlled by the weight of the check which
releases a turning part reset by a retrograde movement.
49. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RESET TURNING RE-
LEASED PART, ARTICLE-SECURING STANDS. A
device for securing bicycles, umbrellas, hats, coats, and the
like is controlled by the weight of the check v/hich releases a
turning part reset by a retrograde movement.
50. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RESET TURNING RE-
LEASED PART, CHANCE AND GAME APPARATUS.
A chance or game apparatus is controlled by the weight of the
check which releases a turning part reset by a retrograde
movement.
CLASS 194 Continued.
51. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RESET TURNING RE-
LEASED PART, DOOR AND LID LOCKS. A door or lid
is controlled by the weight of the check which releases a turn-
ing part reset by a retrograde movement.
52. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RESET TURNING RE-
LEASED PART, EXHIBITORS. A device for exhibiting
pictures, advertisements, automatons, and the like is con-
trolled by the weight of the check which releases a turning part
reset by a retrograde movement.
53. LOCK-RELEASING, GRAVITY, RESET TURNING RE-
LEASED PART, FLUID-DELIVERY. A device for deliv-
ering air, gas, water, or other fluid is controlled by the weight
of the check which releases a turning part reset by'a retrograde
movement.
LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST. Devices having a detent or
locking device releasable by the thrust or push of the check.
The check acts as a connection or link, so that when the check
is forced along it willmove the detentout of locking position.
In some instances the checks are pushed by the fingers. The
check may move to thrust the detent out of locking position,
or the detent may be thrust out of such position by moving
against the check.
54. LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST, PIVOTED DETENT.
The thrust or push of the check operates a pivoted detent or
unlocking device. In this subclass the checks are pushed by
the fingers or are stationary.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, proper subclasses under
Connectors, Check, where the check-driven element is equiva-
lent or analogous to a detent, or where the detent claimed is
analogous or equivalent to a part not a detent.
55. LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST, PIVOTED DETENT.
RECIPROCATING COIN-MOVER. A reciprocating de-
vice directly engages and moves the coin to unlock a pivoted
detent. Swinging or pivoted devices are not regarded as
reciprocating. They are under subclass Lock-releasing,
thrust, pivoted detent, turning coin-mover, and its subor-
dinate subclasses.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the detent claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
56. LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST, PIVOTED DETENT,
RECIPROCATING COIN-MOVER, MEASURING IN-
STRUMENTS. A measuring instrument such as a dyna-
mometer, spirometer, electric shocking-machine, or an electric
meter is controlled by a reciprocating part which directly
engages and moves the coin to unlock a pivoted detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the detent claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
57. LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST, PIVOTED DETENT,
RECIPROCATING COIN-MOVER, ARTICLE-DELIV-
ERY. An article-delivery device is controlled by a recipro-
cating part which directly engages and moves the coin to
unlock a pivoted detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the deten^ claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
58. LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST, PIVOTED DETENT,
RECIPROCATING COIN-MOVER, ARTICLE-DELIV-
ERY, SLIDING PUSHER. A device that has a sliding
pusher to deliver an article has a reciprocating pusher which
directly engages and moves the coin to unlock a pivoted detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the detent claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
59. LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST, PIVOTED DETENT,
RECIPROCATING COIN-MOVER, DOOR AND LID
LOCKS. A door or lid is controlled by a pivoted releasing de-
vice operated by a coin directly engaged by a reciprocating
pusher.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the detent claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
(id. LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST, PIVOTED DETENT,
RECIPROCATING COIN-MOVER, FLUID-DELIVERY.
A device for delivering air, gas, water, or other fluid is controlled
by a pivoted releasing means operated by a coin directly en-
gaged by a reciprocating pusher.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the detent claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
Cl. LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST, PIVOTED DETENT,
TURNING COnSMMOVER. A turning device directly en-
gages and moves a coin to unlock a pivoted detent.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
433
CLASS 194 Continued.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the detent claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
62. LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST. PIVOTED DETENT,
TURNING COIN-MOVER, MEASURING INSTRU-
MENTS. A measuring instrument such as a dynamometer,
spirometer, electric meter, or an electric shocking-machine is
controlled by a turning part which directly engages and moves
the coin to unlock a pivoted detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the detent claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
6^ LOCK-RELEASING. THRUST, PIVOTED DETENT,
TURNING COIN-MOVER, ARTICLE-DELIVERY. An
article-delivery device is controlled by a turning part which
directly engages and moves the coin to unlock a pivoted detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the detent claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
64. LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST, PIVOTED DETENT,
TURNING COIN -MOVER, ARTICLE - SECURING
STANDS. A device for temporarily securing bicycles, um-
brellas, hats, coats, and the like is controlled by a turning part
which directly engages and moves the coin to unlock a pivoted
detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the detent claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
65. LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST, PIVOTED DETENT,
TURNING COIN-MOVER, DOOR AND LID LOCKS. A
door or lid is controlled by a turning part which directly en-
gages and moves the coin to unlock a pivoted detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the detent claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
66. LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST, PIVOTED DETENT,
TURNING COIN-MOVER, FLUID-DELIVERY. A de-
vice for delivering air, gas, water, or other fluid is controlled by
a turning part which directly engages and. moves the coin to
unlock a pivoted detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the detent claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
67. LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST, RECIPROCATING DE-
TENT. The thrust or push of the check operates a recipro-
cating detent or unlocking device. In this subclass the checks
are pushed by the finger or are stationary.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the detent claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
68 LOCK-RELEASING THRUST, RECIPROCATING DE-
TENT, ARTICLE-DELIVERY. An article-delivery de-
vice is controlled by a reciprocating detent which is unlocked
by the thrust or push of the check. The checks are pushed
by the fingers or are stationary.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the detent claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
69 LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST, RECIPROCATING DE-
TENT, RECIPROCATING COIN-MOVER. A recipro-
cating device directly engages and moves a coin which unlocks
a reciprocating detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the detent claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
70 LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST, RECIPROCATING DE-
TENT, TURNING COIN-MOVER. A turning device di-
rectly engages and moves a coin which unlocks a reciprocating
detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the detent claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
71. LOCK-RELEASING, THRUST, PIVOTED DETENT, AR-
TICLE-DELIVERY. An article-delivery device is con-
trolled by the thrust or push of a check which operates a piv-
oted detent. The checks are pushed by the fingers or are
stationary.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 74 et seq., un-
der Connectors, Check, where the detent claimed is analogous
or equivalent to a part not a detent.
72. CONNECTORS. The check operates or becomes a connector
between normally disconnected parts. This subclass em-
braces those devices that operate a connector and do not
depend upon the gravity of the coin or deliver an article.
CLASS 194 Continued.
73. CONNECTORS, GRAVITY. The gravity of the check oper-
ates a connector between disconnected parts.
CONNECTORS, CHECK. In this group the check is the con-
nector between disconnected parts and transmits the pressure
of its actuating means to another part not a detent or releasing
device. Mechanisms employing checks to transmit motion
therefrom to a detent are classified in subclasses under Lock
releasing, Thrust, this class. In some instances the fingers are
the means for driving the check.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, proper subclasses 54 et
seq., under Lock-releasing, Thrust, where the check-driven
element claimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
74. CONNECTORS, CHECK, RECIPROCATING AND TURN-
ING PARTS. The check connects reciprocating and turning
parts, neither operating a detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 54 et seq., un-
der Lock-releasing, Thrust, for detents actuated by the thrust
of a check.
75. CONNECTORS, CHECK, RECIPROCATING AND TURN-
ING PARTS, ARTICLE-DELIVERY. An article is de-
livered by a device wherein reciprocating and turning parts,
neither operating a detent, are connected by the check.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 54 et seq., un-
der Lock-releasing, Thrust, where the check-driven element
claimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
76. CONNECTORS, CHECK, RECIPROCATING AND TURN-
ING PARTS, CHANCE AND GAME APPARATUS. A
chance and game apparatus is controlled by a device wherein
reciprocating and turning parts, neither operating a detent,
are connected by the check.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 54 et seq., un-
der Lock-releasing, Thrust, where the check-driven element
claimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
77. CONNECTORS, CHECK, RECIPROCATING AND TURN-
ING PARTS, FLUID-DELIVERY. A mechanism which
delivers air, gas, water, or other fluid is controlled by a device
wherein reciprocating arid turning parts, neither operating a
detent, are connected by the check.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 54 et seq.
under Lock-releasing, Thrust, where the check-driven element
claimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
78. CONNECTORS, CHECK, RECIPROCATING PARTS. The
check connects a plurality of reciprocating parts, none operat-
ing a detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 54 et seq.
under Lock-releasing, Thrust, where the check-driven ele-
ment claimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
79. CONNECTORS, CHECK, RECIPROCATING PARTS,
ARTICLE-DELIVERY. An article is delivered by a device
wherein the check connects a plurality of reciprocating parts,
none operating a detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 54 et seq.
under Lock-releasing Thrust, where the check-driven ele-
ment claimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
80 CONNECTORS, CHECK, RECIPROCATING PARTS,
ARTICLE-DELIVERY, SLIDING PUSHER. An article
delivered by a sliding (not swinging) pusher is controlled by a
device wherein the check connects a plurality of reciprocating
parts, none operating a detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses o4 et seq.
under Lock-releasing, Thrust, where the check-driven ele-
ment claimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
81 CONNECTORS, CHECK, RECIPROCATING PARTS,
CHANCE AND GAME APPARATUS. A chance or game
apparatus is controlled by a device wherein the cheek con-
nects a plurality of reciprocating parts, none operating a
detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 54 et seq.
under Lock-releasing, Thrust, where the check-driven ele-
ment claimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
82 CONNECTORS, CHECK, RECIPROCATING PARTS,
FLUID-DELIVERY. A mechanism for the delivery of air,
gas, water, or other fluid is controlled by a device wherein the
check connects a plurality of reciprocating parts, none oper-
ating a detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 54 et seq.
under Lock-releasing, Thrust, where the check-driven ele-
ment c'aimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
83. CONNECTORS, CHECK, TURNING PARTS. The check
connects a plurality of turning parts, none operating a detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, proper subclasses 54 et
seq. under Lock-releasing, Thrust, where the check-driven
element claimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
26674 12-
-28
434
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 194 Continued.
84. CONNECTORS, CHECK, TURNING PARTS, CONCEN-
TRIC. The check connects a plurality of parts having the
same axis of motion. The parts may be telescopic or in the
same longitudinal line. None of the'parts operates a detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, proper subclasses 54 et
seq. under Lock-releasing, Thrust, where the check-driven
element claimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
85. CONNECTORS, CHECK, TURNING PARTS, CONCEN-
TRIC, ARTICLE-DELIVERY. An article is delivered by
a device wherein the check connects a plurality of concentric
parts, none operating a detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, proper subclasses 54 et
seq. under Lock-releasing, Thrust, where the check-driven
element claimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
86. CONNECTORS, CHECK, TURNING PARTS, CONCEN-
TRIC, CHANCE AND GAME APPARATUS. A chance or
game apparatus is controlled by a device wherein the check
connects a plurality of concentric parts, none operating a
detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, proper subclasses 54 et
seq. under Lock-releasing, Thrust, where the check-driven
element claimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
87. CONNECTORS, CHECK, TURNING PARTS, CONCEN-
TRIC, FLUID-DELIVERY. A mechanism delivering air,
gas, water, or other fluid is controlled by a device wherein
the check connects a plurality of concentric parts, none oper-
ating a detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, proper subclasses 54 et
seq. under Lock-releasing, Thrust, where the check-driven
element claimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
88. CONNECTORS, CHECK, TURNING PARTS, ARTICLE-
DELIVERY. An article is delivered by a device wherein a
check connects a plurality of turning non-concentric parts,
none operating a detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, proper subclasses 54 et
seq. under Lock-releasing, Thrust, where the check-driven
element claimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
89. CONNECTORS, CHECK, TURNING PARTS, CHANCE
AND GAME APPARATUS. A chance or game apparatus
is controlled by a device wherein a check connects a plurality
of turning non-concentric parts, none of the parts operating a
detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, proper subclasses 54 et
seq. under Lock-releasing, Thrust, where the check-driven
element claimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
90. CONNECTORS, CHECK, TURNING PARTS, FLUID-
DELIVERY. A mechanism delivering air, gas, water, or
other fluid is controlled by a device wherein a check connects
a plurality of turning non-concentric parts, none of the parts
operating a detent.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclasses 54 et seq. un-
der Lock-releasing, Thrust, where the check-driven element
claimed is analogous or equivalent to a detent.
CLASS 194 Continued.
91. CONNECTORS, ARTICLE-DELIVERY. The check oper-
ates a connector between disconnected parts in order to make
an article-delivery device operative.
92. LOCK-PREVENTING. The locking device is not normally
in locking position, and any attempt to operate the mechanism
in the absence of the check causes the locking means to seek a
locking position.
93. LOCK-PREVENTING, ARTICLE-DELIVERY. An article
is delivered by a mechanism whose locking device is not nor-
mally in locking position, and any attempt to operate the
mechanism in the absence of the "check causes the locking
means to seek a locking position.
94. CHECK-ROTATED WHEEL. A wheel is rotated by the
positive action of the check, but not as the result of'some
mechanism released or set by the check.
95. SHUTTER. The check controls the operation of a shutter
controlling the admission of light.
96. CHECK-ENGAGED ALARM. The check engages or strikes
an alarm, usually the signal of a telephone toll apparatus or
a fraud-signal.
97. FRAUD-PREVENTIVES. Devices for preventing fraud
against the apparatus.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclass 96, Check-
engaged alarms, for alarms whose body or tongue is struck by
the check, and subclasses 54 et seq. under Lock-releasing,
Thrust, and 74 et seq. under Connectors, Check, where a pusher
enters the opening in a washer.
90. FRAUD-PREVENTIVES, CHECK-EXHIBITORS. De-
vices for preventing fraud by having the check exposed for
visual examination.
99. FRAUD-PREVENTIVES, COMBINED SIZE AND MA-
TERIAL TESTERS. Devices for preventing fraud by
rejecting checks of improper size and material.
100. FRAUD-PREVENTIVES, MATERIAL-TESTERS. De-
vices for preventing fraud by rejecting checks of improper
material.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclass 99, Fraud-pre-
ventives, Combined size and material testers.
101. FRAUD-PREVENTIVES, MATERIAL-TESTERS, MAG-
NETS. Devices for preventing fraud by rejecting checks
susceptible to magnetic attraction.
102. FRAUD-PREVENTIVES, SIZE-TESTER. Devices for
preventing fraud by rejecting checks of improper size.
Search Class
194 CHECK-CONTROLLED APPARATUS, subclass 99, Fraud-
prevent ives , Combined size and material testers, and subclasses
under Lock-releasing, Thrust, and under Connectors, Check,
where the edge of the check is held between and gaged by
the opposing ends of the check-pushed and the check-driven
elements.
103. FRAUD-PREVENTIVES, WEIGHT-TESTERS. Devices
for preventing fraud by rejecting checks of improper weight.
CLASS 201. METAL-ORNAMENTING
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes machines and processes for ornamenting the
surface of metal by means of mechanical impressions produced by
means of dies, nurling-tools, stippling-tools, etc.
The ornamentation of metallic surfaces by enameling, inlaying,
etching, etc., is to be found hi class 41, ORNAMENTATION.
The ornamentation of metallic surfaces by cutting away a portion
of the surface is to be found in class 159, ENGRAVING.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Miscellaneous machines and processes
for ornamenting the surface of metal not classifiable elsewhere.
2. NURLING. Machines and processes for ornamenting the sur-
face of metal by means of a rotary tool having a nurled or
ornamented surface, the work being carried by a rotary chuck
or the tool having a rotary movement about the work as an
axis, or vice versa.
Search Class
90 GEAR-CUTTING, MILLING, AND PLANING, subclass 2, Gear-
cutting, Intermeshing generator.
3. DIE-PRESSING. Machines and processes for impressing de-
signs or letters upon the surface of metal by means of dies.
Note. Machines having a series of dies representing the alphabet,
with selecting means whereby any letter may be impressed
upon a metal blank, are to be found in class 101, PRINTING,
subclass 57, Hand-stamps, Check-punches.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 19, Molding devices, Presses, Sheet-
shaping.
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 38, Die-shaping.
144 AVoODWORKiNG, subclass 272, Wood-ornamenting, Em-
bossing.
4. DIE-PRESSING, ROLLER-DIE. Machines in which metal
is ornamented by being passed between rolls provided with
impressing-dies.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 10, Molding devices, Rolling, Sheets.
CLASS 201 Continued.
69 LEATHER MANUFACTURES, subclass 2, Machines, Cutting
and impressing.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 273, Wood-ornamenting, Em-
bossing, Die-roller.
149 HIDES, SKINS, AND LEATHER, subclass 23, Apparatus,
Rolling and embossing.
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES, sub-
class 30, Yielding fabric making, Corrugating and indenting.
5. DIE-PRESSING, ROLLER AND BED. Machines in which
the metal is pressed against a flat bed by a roller, the die
being carried by either the roller or the bed.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 10, Molding devices, Rolling, Sheets,
and 11, M, 'ding devices, Rolling, Compound.
144 '\VooD\ ORKING, subclass 272, Wood-ornamenting, Em-
bossing.
149 HIDES, SKINS, AND LEATHER, subclass 23, Apparatus, Roll-
ing and embossing.
6. DIE-PRESSING, DIES AND DIE-HOLDERS. Includes dies
and die-holders used in die-presses for ornamenting the surface
of metal.
Note. Dies for shaping sheet metal into vessels in addition to
ornamenting the same are found in class 113, SHEET-METAL
WARE, MAKING, subclass 49, Die-shaping, Dies and die-
holders.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 44, Molding devices, Molds, Dies and
matrices.
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 49, Die-shaping,
Dies and die-holders.
7. STIPPLING, RECIPROCATING TOOL. Machines which
ornament the surface of metal by means of a reciprocating
stippling-tool. This subclass also includes hand-stippling
tools.
8. STIPPLING, ROTARY TOOL. Machines which ornament
the surface of metal by means of a rotary stippling tool or
brush.
Search Class
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 32, Brush heads and
faces, Metal-cleaning brushes for the structure of the brush.
435
CLASS 205.-METAL DRAWING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes instruments and processes for altering the form
or area of the cross-section of meta'l rods, tubes, wire, and various
other articles usually by drawing the same through a bottomless die
of the desired outline or over a mandrel or other ulterior-shaping
device. This class also contains machines, etc. , for welding by draw-
ing, for the reason that such machines are structurally similar to
other drawing-machines and for the further reason that the same
machine sometimes contains both welding-dies and dies for reducing
the tube after the welding has been completed.
In a few cases the article is thrust through the die to prevent
reduction of cross-section after it has passed the die. (See par-
ticularly subclass 4, Bars and tubes, By thrust.)
Machines which shape within a closed die are excluded from the
class, such machines being found in class 78, METAL-FORGING AND
WELDING; class 113, SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING; class 207, PLAS-
TIC METAL WORKING, and in suitable art classes in metal-working
and in the working of other materials in a plastic state.
Machines for piercing billets will be found in class 78, METAL-
FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 9, Billet-piercing, and the sub-
classes thereunder, and machines for cupping and producing closed-
ended tubes from metal planchets will be found in class 113, SHEET-
METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 38, Die-shaping, and the subclasses
thereunder.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Machines, etc., for drawing metal not
classifiable in specific subclasses under the general class title.
2. PROCESSES. Miscellaneous processes for drawing metal not
capable of classification under other subtitles in this class.
No apparatus claims or patents are included.
Search Class
205 METAL DRAWING, subclasses 8, Bars and tubes, Processes;
12, Tube-welding, Processes; 18, Wire, Covering, Processes,
and 21, Wire, Processes.
3. BARS AND TUBES. Miscellaneous machines and devices for
reducing or altering the form of the cross-section of bars and
tubes by drawing them through suitable dies or by passing
mandrels through the bore of the tubes.
Search Class
205 METAL DRAWING, subclass 1, Miscellaneous.
4. BARS AND TUBES, BY THRUST. Machines and devices
for reducing or altering the form of cross-section of bars and
tubes by pushing or thrusting them through a die. This is
usually to secure perfect, uniformity in the cross-section of the
finished article. (See the main-class definition.)
Search Class
205 METAL DRAWING, subclass 1, Miscellaneous.
5. BARS AND TUBES, HYDRAULIC-DRIVE. Bar and tube
drawing machines in which the tractive force is exerted on the
article to be reduced by means of a suitable hydraulic cy Under,
piston, and gripping device.
Search Classes
205 METAL DRAWING, subclasses 1, Miscellaneous; 4, Bars and
tubes, By thrust.
138 HYDRAULIC MOTORS, suitable subclasses for analogous
driving mechanism.
6. BARS AND TUBES, SCREW-DRIVE. Bar and tube draw-
ing machines in which the tractive force is exerted on the
article by means of a relatively rotating screw and nut. The
gripping device may be attached to either screw or nut.
7. BARS AND TUBES, BACKING-MANDREL. Tube-draw-
ing machines in which the interior of the tube is supported or
"backed" by a mandrel which may either remain stationary
or move through the die with the tube. The subclass includes
a few mandrels adapted for this purpose.
Search Class
205 METAL DRAWING, subclasses 11, Tube-welding, Die and
mandrel, and 28, Dies, Welding.
8. BARS AND TUBES, PROCESSES. Methods of preparing
and reducing bars and tubes, the most prominent step of
which method consists in drawing the articles through dies.
Though apparatus is frequently shown, no apparatus claims
are included.
Search Class
205 METAL DRAWING, subclasses 2, Processes; 12, Tube-weld-
ing, Processes, and 21, Wire, Processes.
9. TUBE-WELDING. Machines and devices for forming tubes
from strips or "skelps" by drawing them at a welding heat
through dies adapted to fold the skejp longitudinally and
weld together the abutting or overlapping edges.
Note. This manner of welding by drawing is included in this class
for the reasons that the cross-section is slightly reduced and
that the same machine often comprehends a second die and
drawing mechanism structurally very similar, the only func-
tion of which is to reduce the cross-section of the tube.
CLASS 205 Continued.
10. TUBE-WELDING, LATERALLY-MOVABLE DRAW-
HEAD. Tube-welding machines iw which the skelp-drawing
means, gripping appliance, or point of attachment for tag or
tongs is movable laterally across the mouth of the furnace, so
that each skelp may be drawn therefrom without interfering
with others being heated. In some cases the welding-die has
a similar movement; in others a series of dies is used.
11. TUBE-WELDING, DIE AND MANDREL. Tube-welding
machines in which the interior of the tube at the welding-point
is supported by a mandrel which cooperates with the outer
die or welding-bell to effect the weld and prevent an internal
ridge.
Search Class
205 METAL DRAWING, subclasses 7, Bars and tubes, Backing-
mandrel, and 28, Dies, Welding.
12. TUBE-WELDING, PROCESSES. Methods of making tubes
by longitudinally folding a flat skelp and welding the juxta-
posed edges. No apparatus is included.
13. WIRE, MULTIPLE-DIE. Machines for drawing wire in
which the wire is reduced by drawing it through a series of
dies in succession or in which a plurality of wires may be simul-
taneously reduced. In this particular subclass the dies are
usually arranged side by side.
14. WIRE, MULTIPLE-DIE, TANDEM. Wire-drawing ma-
chines in which a plurality of dies are arranged with their
axes in substantial alinement, so that the wire may pass either
directly or indirectly from one die to another to effect succes-
sive reductions. Compensating drawing drums or "blocks"
may alternate with the dies.
Search Class
205 METAL DRAWING, subclass 15, Wire, Multiple-die, Rotary.
15. WIRE, MULTIPLE-DIE, ROTARY. Wire-drawing ma-
chines in which the dies are axially rotated while the wire is
being drawn through them. The series of dies has usually a
tandem arrangement.
16 WIRE. Machines and devices for manufacturing wire by
drawing suitably-prepared rods through reducing-dies. As
to size the line between bars and wire is not clearly defined;
but the machines differ in that wire-drawing machines are
adapted for drawing indefinite instead of limited lengths of
material.
17. WIRE, COVERING. Apparatus for covering lengths of solid
or tubular cores, and in a few cases cord, with a strip of sheet
metal longitudinally folded and secured to the core by
drawing both through a die.
Note. For machines for covering wire with insulating material
and tape search subclass 244, Machines for covering, in class
173, ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS.
Note. For machines for "serving" or spirally winding cord and
wire with twine search subclass 6, Covering cord, in class 28.
CORDAGE.
Search Classes
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 1, Binding and covering.
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 7, Cylinder and conoid
winding.
18. WIRE, COVERING, PROCESSES. Methods of covering
wire with a strip of sheet metal, usually a metal differing from
the wire core, by folding the covering-strip longitudinally and
closing it upon the core by drawing.
19. WIRE, LUBRICATING. Compositions and apparatus for
coating wire to prevent oxidation or to lubricate it while pass-
ing through the drawing-die. These compositions differ
from ordinary lubricants in that they seldom or never contain
true fats or oils and are often mere solutions of some salt which
will prevent oxidation.
Note. Miscellaneous lubricating compounds will be found in
subclass 9, Lubricants, in class 87, OILS, FATS, AND GLUE.
20. WIRE, DRAWING-DRUMS. Rotating drums or "blocks"
provided with gripping means for seizing the wire and usually
comprehending driving means of sufficient strength to pull
the wire through the die.
Note. These devices differ from reels in class 242, WINDING AND
REELING, subclass 78, Reels, Metal working, in that the sole
function of the latter is to form coils of finished wire and are
not provided witli positive driving means of sufficient strength
toreduce the cross-section of as well as reel thewire. Reelsare
also of a construction permitting the ready and sometimes
positive disengagement of the finished coil.
21. WIRE, PROCESSES. Methodsof chemically treating wire be-
fore passing it through the die, as well as miscellaneous meth-
ods of producing plated wire, wire of noncircular cross-section,
by an act of drawing, etc. No apparatus included.
22. APPLIANCES. Miscellaneous devices for facilitating the
drawing of bars, tubes, etc., such as grippers, chain-engaging
devices, and the like.
437
438
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 205 Continued.
23. APPLIANCES, TAGS. Rod-like extensions adapted to be
welded, riveted, or otherwise secured to the end of the skelp
and provided with means for engaging the draw-head of the
bench.
24. APPLIANCES, TONGS. Movable-jaw grippers particularly
designed to grasp and draw tube-skelps, wire, etc. They are
usually provided with means of attachment to the draw-head
or "block" of the drawing mechanism.
Search Classes
7 COMPOUND TOOLS, subclasses 3, 4, and 5, under Type, Pliers;
39 FENCES, subclass7>3,Fences,Wirestretchers, Grips; 80.METAL
ROLLING, subclasses 43, Feeding; 44, Feeding, Tables, and the
subclasses thereunder; and 51, Feeding, Guides and con-
ductors; 81, TOOLS, subclasses 43 to 51,under Pliers and Tongs.
25. DIE-HOLDERS. Frames and other forms of support for
metal-drawing dies, usually for the purpose of securing aline-
ment or for holding in proper relative position the parts of a
built-up die.
26. DIES. Miscellaneous dies for drawing bars, tubes, and wire
or for bending and welding tube-skelps.
CLASS 205 Continued.
Search Class
205 METAL DRAWING, subclass 25, Die-holders.
27. DIES, SKELPING. Dies particularly designed for longitu-
dinally folding tube-skelps preparatory to welding the same.
Search Classes
205 METAL DRAWING, subclass 25, Die-holders..
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 32, Curving and straightening.
28. DIES, WELDING. Dies designed for longitudinally welding
tube-skelps. Many of them have a cooperating internal
mandrel.
Search Class
205 METAL DRAWING, subclasses 7, Bars and tubes, Backing-
mandrel, and 25, Die-holders.
29. DIES, WIRE. Dies especially designed for reducing wire or
for changing its form of cross-section.
Search Class
205 METAL DRAWING, subclass 25, Die-holders.
CLASS 206. SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES.
DEFINITIONS.
This class includes receptacles in which the novelty depends upon
the construction or arrangement of the receptacle to contain any
specific article or sets of articles. Includes also as specific pack-
ages any article or sets of articles put up as a mercantile unit.
The line of division between this and the other receptacle classes
lies in the fact that receptacles in this class are dependent for
their novelty on their adaptation to the contained article or articles,
while in the other receptacle classes the novelty is in the arrangement
of the specific material to form a receptacle.
Subclasses.
1. RECEPTACLES. Containers which fall within the general
class definition and are not properly classifiable in any of the
following subclasses.
2. RECEPTACLES, ACID-PROOF. Receptacles constructed
for holding acid contents.
Note. If the construction is of necessity limited to use as an
electric-battery vessel by the inclusion of parts necessary
and special to batteries, the patent is classifiable in class 204,
ELECTROCHEMISTRY, subclass 53, Batteries, Vessels and supply
devices.
Note. Bags or sacks chemically treated to permit them to contain
acid substances, as fertilizers, without rotting are classified
in class 23, CHEMICALS, subclass 11, Packing chemicals.
3. RECEPTACLES AMMUNITION. Specifically restricted to
the function of containing ammunition for storage and ship-
ping.
Note. Devices holding fixed ammunition ready for insertion
into magazines of firearms are classified as Magazine-chargers
in class 42, FIREARMS.
Search Class
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 18, Boxes, Cells.
4. RECEPTACLES, CAMP AND LUNCH KITS. Receptacles
arranged to hold outfits for camping. Also portable boxes and
cases providing specially-arranged compartments for holding
luncheon articles or different kinds of food.
Note. Does not include constructions arranged to cook or main-
tain heat in the articles of food, as the same are classified in
class 126, STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 40, Heaters, Lunch.
Note. Nor does it include receptacles holding camping outfits
and convertible into a desk, table, or other article of furni-
ture, as such constructions are classified in class 190, BAG-
GAGE, subclass 12, Convertible, Desk or table, Camp-kits.
5. RECEPTACLES, EYEGLASS OR SPECTACLE. Cases or
covers for spectacles and eyeglasses.
6. RECEPTACLES, EYEGLASS OR SPECTACLE, HINGED
PARTS. Cases for spectacles or eyeglasses involving hinged
parts.
7. RECEPTACLES, GARMENT. Receptacles specially adapted
to contain garments and made-up articles of cloth, excepting
headwear. Includes any former coacting with the recep-
tacle for holding the article in shape within such receptacle.
Includes also formers special for the purpose of packing gar-
ments and not capable of use for display.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 35, Trunks, Trays.
8. RECEPTACLES, HAT AND HEADWEAR. Hat boxes and
cases. Also forms and special devices for retaining hats, etc., in
boxes.
Note. If the form or support is not special to a box or case and
is applicable for general display purposes, it is classified in
class 211, STORE FURNITURE, as a display device.
9. RECEPTACLES, HAT AND HEADWEAR, RACKS,
FRAMES, AND RINGS. Constructions for packing a plu-
rality of hats, etc. Also construct ions of rings or bands placed
around any individual hat to protect it when it is nested or
packed with other hats. Includes cases and frames for hats
which are modified to permit the display of the hat, provided
the packing function is retained.
10. RECEPTACLES, INSECT-PROOF. Constructions designed
to be insect-proof or providing compartments for insecticides.
Includes constructions of moth-proof bags when so claimed.
11. RECEPTACLES, FUR. Receptacles constructed to contain
sets of furs, mulls, collars, etc.
12. RECEPTACLES, MEDICINE-CHESTS. Cases for holding
medicine-vials and other articles, not surgical instruments,
employed by physicians.
Search Class
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 16, Recep-
tacles, Tools and appliances, for surgical-instrument cases.
CLASS 206 Continued.
13. RECEPTACLES, MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS. Covers or
cases for musical instruments.
14. RECEPTACLES, MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS, VIOLIN.
Cases or covers for violins and like instruments. Also devices
for holding violin-bows in the cases.
15. RECEPTACLES, PHONOGRAPH-CYLINDERS. Cases
provided with means for holding cylindrical phonograph-
records, either a case for a single record or for a plurality of
recoifls.
Note. Does not include a portable case for holding aiy other
part of a phonograph, as such cases are classified under sub-
class 13, Receptacles, Musical instruments, herein.
Note. Does not include constructions forming articles of fur-
niture, such as cabinets, stands, etc., provided with means
for holding phonograph-records.
Search Class
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 62, Pack-
ages, Plates and sheets, Fragile and sensitive, for holders for
phonograph-disks not forming articles of furniture.
16. RECEPTACLES, TOOLS AND APPLIANCES. Recep-
tacles of special shape and interior arrangement provided with
partitions, shelves, racks, or arrangement of clasps or retaining
devices for holding tools and implements. Does not include
toilet-cases or barbers' cabinets.
17. RECEPTACLES, TOOLS AND APPLIANCES, BITS AND
DRILLS. Receptacles having interior construction pro-
viding recesses for separately holding auger-bits, drills, and
like tools. Some needle-holding cases are included by reason
of the close structural relation.
17.5. RECEPTACLES, TOOLS AND APPLIANCES, SYR-
INGES. Receptacles specially adapted to contain syringes
and attachments.
Search Class
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclasses 43, Re-
ceptacles, Pocket and personal use, Hypodermic syringes, etc,
for pocket containers for hypodermic syringes; and 69 ; Pack-
ages, Rubber bags and tubing, for the special adaptation of a
receptacle or package to store rubber bags and tubing.
18. RECEPTACLES, WATCH-MOVEMENT. Cases inclosing
and protecting watch- movements. Commonly the case is
provided with elastic supports for the watch-movement to
prevent injury from shocks.
19. RECEPTACLES, SACRAMENTAL. Receptacles specifi-
cally arranged for sacerdotal use.
20. RECEPTACLES MATCH-SAFES. Constructions specially
arranged to hold matches and like articles, such as toothpicks,
are included in this subdivision. Constructions such as
scratch-pads and wind-guards, which do not serve as recep-
tacles for matches are also included as being structurally
allied. This subclass includes constructions of match-safes
which are not properly classifiable in any of the following
subclasses.
21. RECEPTACLES, MATCH-SAFES, SINGLE-DELIVERY.
Match-safes provided with a means for positively delivering
the match from the magazine. This class also includes all con-
structions so acting not properly classifiable in the following
subclasses of single delivery.
22. RECEPTACLES. MATCH-SAFES, SINGLE-DELIVERY.
GROOVED ROLLER. Match-safes provided with a deliv-
ery mechanism comprising a part turning on a pivot, which
part is grooved or recessed to receive a match from the maga-
zine and carry the same to delivery.
23. RECEPTACLES, MATCH-SAFES, SINGLE-DELIVERY,
GROOVED SLIDE. Match-safes provided with a delivery
mechanism comprising a slide having a recess to receive the
match from the magazine and carry it to the point of delivery
the slide having a movement in a vertical plane or in a plane
inclined to the vertical.
24. RECEPTACLES, MATCH-SAFES. SINGLE-DELIVERY,
GROOVED SLIDE, HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT.
Match-safes provided with a delivery mechanism comprising
a slide having a match-receiving recess, the slide having a
movement in a horizontal plane.
25. RECEPTACLES, MATCH-SAFES, SINGLE-DELIVERY,
PICKER-ARM. Match-safes provided with a delivery mech-
anism comprising an arm having a pin or clasp on its end, the
arm being moved to thrust its end into the match-magazine to
engage a match thereon, whereupon the arm is moved into
position to deliver the match.
26. RECEPTACLES, MATCH-SAFES, SINGLE-DELIVERY,
SLIDING PUSHER. Match-safes provided with a delivery
mechanism comprising ways or guides into which the match
enters and sliding piece which commonly engages the end of
the match and forces it through the delivery-opening.
439
440
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 206 Continued.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS; subclasses 6, Igniting devices,
Implements; 7, Igniting devices, Pocket; 8, Igniting devices,
Pocket, Attached lamp; 10, Lamp, Fulminating; 20, Igniting
devices, Gaseous, Self-igniting, Fulminating.
27. RECEPTACLES, MATCH-SAFES,' SINGLE-DELIVERY,
SLIDING PUSHER, POCKET. Match-safes provided with
mechanism for delivering single matches, comprising a sliding
part which engages the match, commonly at one end, and
forces it through the delivery-opening in the case, the match-
safes being constructed to be carried in the pockets of the user.
28. RECEPTACLES, MATCH-SAFES, BAFFLE. Match-safes
holding matches in a magazine from which the matches must
be extricated by the fingers of the individual and provided
with baffle plates or parts preventing the extraction of more
than one match (or more than a very limited number) at one
time.
29. RECEPTACLES, MATCH-SAFES, MATCH-PACKAGES.
Constructions in which matches are put up in a holder as a
package. Commonly the holder is of paper or other cheap
material and is of a size to be conveniently carried in the vest-
pocket. The packages are generally distributed for adver-
tising, and the holder is discarded when the matches are con-
sumed.
Search Class
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 31, Recep-
tacles, Match-safes, Box-holders and convertible boxes, for
match-packages in which the casing or box is convertible into
a holder.
30. RECEPTACLES, MATCH-SAFES, SIDE-SUPPORTED.
Receptacles commonly designed to be supported on a vertical
surface, as a wall, for receiving matches.
Search Class
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 31, Recep-
tacles, Match-safes, Box-holders and convertible boxes.
31. RECEPTACLES, MATCH-SAFES, BOX-HOLDERS AND
CONVERTIBLE BOXES. Devices for receiving the entire
box of matches or the sliding tray of the box. Also includes
match-packages in which the boxes which are convertible into
holders may be supported on a wall or table.
32. RECEPTACLES, MATCH-SAFES, WITHDRAWAL
IGNITING. Stands in which the matches are held with
their stems projecting in position for removal, the matches
being retained by their head portions and the arrangement
such that the match is ignited as it is withdrawn from the
holder.
33. RECEPTACLES, MATCH-SAFES, POCKET. Match-recep-
tacles of such size and shape as to adapt them to be carried in
the pocket or otherwise on the person of the user.
Note. If, however, the pocket-box is provided with means for
delivering the matches, it is classified in the proper subclass
under 21, Receptacles, Match-safes, Single-delivery.
Note. This class of match-safes does not include any combination
of match-holder with candle-holders or lamps or any other
material to be lighted from the match for the purpose of supply-
ing heat or light, nor does it include any lighters where the
igniting material is deposited on a flexible strip or is in the form
of pellets or beads. Such constructions are classified in class
67, ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 3, Igniting devices, and
the minor subclasses thereunder.
Search Class -
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 38, Recep-
tacles, Pocket and personal use, Combination.
34. RECEPTACLES, MATCH-SAFES, POCKET, WITH-
DRAWAL IGNITING. Pocket match-safes so constructed
that in the ordinary operation of the parts the match is ignited
as it is withdrawn from the box.
Search Class
206 SPECIAL 'RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclasses 27,
Receptacles, Match-safes, Single-delivery, Sliding pusher,
Pocket, and 32, Receptacles, Match-safes, Withdrawal ignit-
ing.
35. RECEPTACLES, MATCH-SAFES, POCKET, CIGAR-
CUTTERS AND WIND-GUARDS. Pocket match-boxes
provided with a cigar-cutting appliance or with a wind-guard
to protect the flame of the match when ignited.
36. RECEPTACLES, MATCH-SAFES, SCRATCHERS AND
WIND-GUARDS. Devices carrying friction-surfaces against
which the match head is to be rubbed to ignite it. Also
devices for protecting the flame of the match to enable the user
to light a pipe or cigar.
37. RECEPTACLES, POCKET AND PERSONAL USE. Re-
ceptacles in which the novelty is inherent in the construction
or configuration of the case or box to arrange it to be con-
veniently carried in the pocket or otherwise on the person of
the user.
38. RECEPTACLES. POCKET AND PERSONAL USE, COM-
BINATION. Pocket-cases provided with two or more com-
partments specifically arranged to hold diverse articles or a
box or case having but a single compartment, but also carrying
some article of personal use, such as a comb, knife, compass,
etc.
CLASS 206 Continued.
39. RECEPTACLES, POCKET AND PERSON YL USE
TICKET-CASES. Pocket-cases specially constructed to
hold tickets, cards, stamps, etc.
Note. If the case is provided with a movable part actuated to
extrude the ticket or stamp, that it may be readily dispensed
it is classifiable in the next subclass 40, Receptacles, Pocket
and personal use, Ticket-cases, Ejecting.
40. RECEPTACLES, POCKET AND PERSONAL USE
TICKET-CASES, EJECTING. Pocket-cases specially con-
structed to hold tickets, cards, stamps, etc., and provided
with means for ejecting a ticket or card.
41. RECEPTACLES, POCKET AND PERSONAL USE
CIGARS AND TOBACCO. Pocket-cases for cigars and
tobacco. Includes pocket-pouches special for holding tobacco
or smokers' articles. Includes also cases for holding partly-
consumed cigars, also shields for protecting cigars in the
pocket.
Note. Packages of one or several cigars are classified in class 131
TOBACCO, subclass 11, Packing.
42. RECEPTACLES, POCKET AND PERSONAL USE, PEL-
LETS AND GRANULES. Pocket-receptacles specially
designed for holding and delivering pellets and granules.
43. RECEPTACLES, POCKET AND PERSON \L USE
HYPODERMIC SYRINGES, ETC. Pocket-cases for hold-
ing hypodermic syringes, surgical needles, and like articles.
44. RECEPTACLES, DISPLAY. Shipping and storage recepta-
cles and packages having a modified construction to provide
a display function.
Note. If the display function is the sole object of the construction
the device is classified in class 211, STORE FURNITURE.
to. RECEPTACLES, DISPLAY, TERRACED OR STEPPED
SHELVES. Display-receptacles provided with terraced or
stepped shelves or supports for the articles. Also construc-
tions of trays attached together, so that they may be brought
into a position where the trays are terraced relatively to each
other.
Note. If the construction includes means for retaining the arti-
cles in position to prevent their displacement while being
transported or other features common to traveling-cases it is
classified in class 190, BAGGAGE, subclass 16, Sample-cases.
46. PACKAGES. Packages not properly classifiable in any of the
following subclasses of packages.
47. PACKAGES, COMBINATION. Packages of a plurality of
materials of different properties which are employed together
in combination to make any definite solution or composition
or which are to be used successively in any operation, also
packages of any two or more articles to be cooperatively used
such as a covering material and fasteners and trimmings to be
used therewith.
48. PACKAGES, COMBINATION, MATCHES WITH CIGA-
RETTES, ETC. Packages of cigarettes or cigars with
matches.
Note. If the construction comprises a paper blank specially cut
and folded to provide compartments for the matches and' ciga-
rettes, it is classifiable in class 229, PAPER RECEPTACLES, sub-
class 16, Folded blank boxes.
49. PACKAGES, EMBROIDERY, LACES, AND RUCHING.
Packages of embroidery, laces, trimming, etc. Commonly the
package prevents the lace or ruohing from being crushed and
also provides for a display of a portion of such lace.
50. PACKAGES, CLOTH-BOLTS, BOARDS, ETC. Cloth-bolts,
boards for such bolts, wrappers or covers for bolts of cloth, also
sample-holders constructed to be used with the bolt.
Search Class
229, PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclass 87, Wrappers.
51. PACKAGES, RIBBONS, BRAIDS, AND TRIMMINGS.
Packages of the articles named, also patents for the blocks,
reels, cards, frames, etc., around which the ribbons, braid,
etc., are wound. Includes also special package devices for
velvets, plushes, fringes, and the like for preventing the
creasing of such fabrics when packed.
Search Class -
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 50, Cordage, Card-
boards and forms; 61, Reeling and unreeling, Fabrics, Card-
boards and forms, for winding devices.
52. PACKAGES, RIBBONS, BRAIDS, AND TRIMMINGS
ROLLS OR SPOOLS, INCLOSED. Packages of rolls or
spools of ribbons, etc., contained in an inclosing case to protect
the merchandise, also to permit the rotation of the roll or spool.
53. PACKAGES, RIBBONS, BRAIDS, AND TRIMMINGS
ROLLS OR SPOOLS, CLAMPS. Devices applied to rolls
or spools of ribbon, braid, etc., for preventing the unrolling of
the fabric. This subclass comprises all such clamps not prop-
erly classifiable in the following subclasses of Clamps.
54. PACKAGES, RIBBONS, BRAIDS, AND TRIMMINGS,
ROLLS OR SPOOLS, CLAMPS, CENTRALLY AT-
TACHED. Clamps applied to rolls or spools of ribbon, etc.,
and secured to the center of the roll or spool.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
441
CLASS 206 Continued.
55. PACKAGES, RIBBONS, BRAIDS, AND TRIMMINGS,
ROLLS OR SPOOLS, CLAMPS, LAYER-RETAINED.
Clamps applied to rolls or spools of ribbon, etc., one member of
the clamp engaging between the layers of the ribbon or braid
to retain the clamp in position.
56. PACKAGES, DISPENSING. Packages designed to facilitate
the dispensing of the material packed. Commonly the pack-
age is constructed so that the wrapper is removed or destroyed
as the material packed is consumed or a follower acts on the
packed material to extrude the same from the package.
Packages having other dispensing features are, however,
included.
57. PACKAGES, DISPENSING, PAPER SHEETS. Packages
of paper sheets in which provision is made for the ready
removal of the individual sheets. Includes patents for the
shape and character of the sheet, as well as patents for the
package. Does not include any container or holder provided
with means acting positively to extrude the sheets or any con-
tainer arranged to be secured to any wall or support as a per-
manent case or holder.
58. PACKAGES, DISPENSING, PAPER ROLLS. Rolls of
paper and the roll and container or support when the same
are put up as a single package and in such form that the con-
tainer or support is not intended for use with any second roll.
Search Classes
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 31, Serving apparatus, Roll-
holders.
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 159, Special packages, for
cores and holders.
59. PACKAGES, ROLLS AND REELS. Includes any roll or
reel packages of material other than textile. Includes the reel
construction unless the forth of the same is specific for use in
a special machine.
Note. Does not include stands or forms for holding wire coils
to deliver same or collapsible cores for forming the coil and
which are afterward withdrawn.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 68, Cores and holders;
72, Cores and holders, Contractile; 77, Reels; 110, Reels,
Contractile; 159, Special packages; 161, Special packages,
Bobbins, CODS and spools.
60. PACKAGES, PLATES AND SHEETS. Packages of plate
or sheet material, such as roofing, strawboard, etc.
61. PACKAGES, PLATES AND SHEETS, FLY-PAPER.
Packages of sticky fly-paper. Commonly special means are
provided to prevent the flow of the adhesive from between
the sheets.
62. PACKAGES, PLATES AND SHEETS, FRAGILE AND
SE NSITI VE . Packages of plates or sheets of fragile material
or provided with sensitive surfaces, such as photographic
plates, carbon sheets, gramophone-disks, etc.
63. PACKAGES, STATIONERY. Packages of stationery. Com-
monly the package comprises a box or case arranged to con-
tain certain amounts of paper and envelopes, such box or
case being sold as a unit.
CLASS 206 Continued.
63.2. PACKAGES, SURGICAL SUPPLIES. Miscellaneous pack-
ages of materials and articles adapted for use in treating
wounds or diseased portions of the body, where the particular
characteristic of the material or article "is not of the invention.
Search Class
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclasses 12,
Receptacles, Medicine chests, for receptacles specially adapted
to contain a series of medicine bottles and accessories; and 16,
Receptacles, Tools and appliances, for surgical instrument
cases.
63.3 PACKAGES, SURGICAL SUPPLIES, LIGATURES.
Packages of filamentary material, generally aseptic, specially
adapted for use in stitching wounds and other surgical opera-
tions.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 134, Spool holders,
and the subclasses thereunder; 141, Twine holders, and the
subclasses thereunder; and 161, Special packages, Bobbins,
cops, and spools.
63.4. PACKAGES, SURGICAL SUPPLIES, VACCINE
POINTS. Packages of splints or analogous small carriers
charged with vaccine, meant to be used once and destroyed.
Search Class
128 SURGERY, subclass 28, Miscellaneous, for special construc-
tion of a vaccine point or special means for applying the
vaccine.
64. PACKAGES, THREAD. Packages of thread, not spooled.
Generally skeins of embroidery-silk.
65. PACKAGES, MULTIPLE ARTICLE, NESTED, STAYED,
OR INTERBRACED. Packages of a plurality of the same
article, providing any particular form of casing or interbracing
special to the shape and character of the articles, also any
clamp or brace special to the articles packed and employed
to hold the articles rigid relatively to each other or to the
casing.
66. PACKAGES, NEEDLES AND PINS. Packages of needles
and pins. Includes some needle-cases arranged to fit within
the central bore of a thread-spool.
Note. Does not include any combination cases of needles,
thimbles, spools, etc., such packages being classified in Class
223, APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 35, Needle-holders.
67. PACKAGES, PENCILS, ETC. Packages of pencils and like
articles.
Note. Does not include cards to which pencils or penholders
are attached, as the same are classified in Class 211, STORE
FURNITURE, subclass 34, Display-cards.
68. PACKAGES, INCANDESCENT MANTLES. Packages of
mantles for incandescent lighting.
69. PACKAGES, RUBBER BAGS AND TUBING. Packages
of the articles named, commonly water-bags, fountain-
syringes, and the like, with tubing.
70. PACKAGES, WATCH-SPRINGS. Packages of watch-
springs. Commonly a casing incloses the spring and main-
tains the same in coiled condition ready for insertion into
the watch-barrel.
71. PACKAGES, METALLIC LEAF. Books, rolls, and other
packages of metal leaf for gilders' use.
CLASS 207. PLASTIC METAL WORKING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class is intended to include all plastic operations upon metal
that are not otherwise classifiable. It comprises mainly inventions
whereby metal is molded or cast in detail by applying the molding
instrumentality to different portions of the metallic mass succes-
sively or continuously. The metal to be operated upon may be at
any temperature between its normal cold state and the molten state.
In general the operations falling within this class cause a marked
molecular flow in the article being shaped.
Note. Inventions directed to the shaping of metal by a plastic
operation of the kind falling within the definition of this class com-
bined with treatment subsidiary thereto are classified in this class in
the appropriate plastic metal operation subclasses; but those includ-
ing such plastic shaping combined with subsequent treatment not
merely subsidiary are placed in the appropriate Special work, Com-
bined machine or process subclasses, in class 29, METAL WORKING.
Compare classes 22, METAL FOUNDING; 78, METAL FORGING AND
WELDING; 80, METAL ROLLING; 91, COATING, subclasses With
metal; 113, SHEET METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 38, Die shap-
ing, and the subclasses thereunder; 205, METAL DRAWING, and 219,
ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 1, Metal heating and
working, and the subclasses thereunder.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Inventions relating to plastic metal work-
ing not otherwise classifiable.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 5, Molding devices, for plastic material
shaping, and 24, Molding devices, Dipping, for the formation
of shapes by the immersion of a core in a liquid.
91 COATING, subclass 12.5, Special machines, With metal, Im-
mersion, for dipping operations.
2. DIE-EXPRESSING. Instruments for use in progressive mold-
ing of metal, either in a molten or relatively cold state, by
which the metal is forced through a die, resulting in consid-
erable molecular flow transverse to the direction of the appli-
cation of the force, as well as parallel therewith.
Note. Die-expressing differs from drawing in that the mass of
metal is confined on all sides and at all points except the die
opening, while in drawing therc is no confinement of the
original blank except at the die opening. Moreover, in the
latter the transverse flow is very slight and the reduction at
each passage through the die is relatively small. The opera-
tion herein designated "die-expressing" is sometimes known
as "extruding'' or "squirting."
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclasses 12, Molding devices, Die-expressing,
for similar structures operating on plastic materials, and 13,
Molding devices, Die-expressing, Compound, for structures
forming compound articles.
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclass 11, Molding apparatus, Core-
making, Die-expressing; 25, PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHEN-
WARE APPARATUS, subclass 11, Die-expressing, and the minor
subclasses thereunder; and 107, BREAD, PASTRY, AND CON-
FECTION MAKING, subclass 14, Molding apparatus, Die-ex-
pressing.
29 METAL WORKING, subclass 188, Metal stock, Processes,
Compound bars and tubes, for processes of making covered
metal stock of various forms and cross sections.
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 244, Machines for
covering, for similar structures applying insulating material.
205 METAL DRAWING, subclass 4, Bars and tubes, By thrust,
for means for pushing a bar through a die making small re-
ductions.
3. DIE-EXPRESSING, PLUNGER AND MANDREL. Die-
expressing apparatus provided with a plunger and a mandrel,
the former acting on the metal to cause its flow and the latter
cooperating with the die to form or shape the metal into a
product of tubular character.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 14, Molding devices, Die-expressing,
Tube and hollow, for similar structures.
205 METAL DRAWING, subclass 4, Bars and tubes, By thrust,
for structure reducing tubes having mandrels supporting the
interiors of the tubes.
4. DIE-EXPRESSING, PLUNGER AND MANDREL, TUBU-
LAR MANDREL. Die-expressing apparatus having a
plunger and a mandrel that is hollow to permit the passage of
a wire or the like about which the tubular sheath is formed
by the machine.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 13, Molding devices, Die-expressing,
Compound, for similar structures.
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 244, Machines for
covering, for structure applying insulating material in a simi-
lar manner.
CLASS 207 Continued.
5. DIE-EXPRESSING, PLUNGER AND MANDREL,
BRIDGE MANDREL. Die-expressing apparatus in which
the mandrel is supported by the fudge pieces extending from
the mandrel across the die opening.
6. DIE-EXPRESSING, PLUNGER AND MANDREL, INTE-
GRAL. Apparatus for die-expressing having the same part
constructed to perform the functions of a plunger and a man-
drel or having the mandrel connected with or integral with
the plunger. Apparatus in which the plunger is adapted to
pierce a metal mass or billet, displacing the mass and causing
a longitudinal extension of the metal, is included herein.
Search Class
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 9, Forging, Billet
piercing, and the subclasses thereunder, for devices in which
there is simply a piercing and lateral expansion of the metal,
with no substantial change in the length thereof.
7. DIE-EXPRESSING, PLUNGER AND MANDREL, INTE-
GRAL, FIXED PLUNGER. Die-expressing apparatus in
which the integral plunger and mandrel is stationary and the
container is moved.
'8. DIE-EXPRESSING, PLUNGER AND MANDREL, INTE-
GRAL, ROTARY PLUNGER. Die-expressing apparatus
in which the integral plunger and mandrel is given a rotary
as well as a reciprocating motion while piercing and elongating
a mass of metal.
Search Classes
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 11, Forging,
Billet piercing, Rotary mandrel or billet, for devices for pierc-
ing or expanding a blank without elongating it.
80 METAL ROLLING, subclass 13, Tubes, Axial rolling, for tube
forming apparatus causing relative rotation of the mandrel
and billet.
9. DIE-EXPRESSING, PLUNGER. Die-expressing apparatus
having a plunger, the mandrel being omitted, and therefore
producing articles of solid cross section.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 12, Molding devices, Die-expressing;
22, METAL FOUNDING, subclass 11, Molding apparatus, Core-
making, Die-expressing; 25, PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHEN-
WARE APPARATUS, subclass 11, Die-expressing; and 107,
BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 14,
205
Molding apparatus, Die-expressing.
METAL DRAWING, subclass 4, Bars and tubes, By thrust,
for a plunger adapted to push a bar through a reducing die.
10. DIE-EXPRESSING, PROCESSES. Processes of molding
metal by expressing through dies.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 55, Processes, Molding, for processes
relating to the die-expressing of plastic material.
11. GRAVITY-MOLDING. Inventions wherein molten metal
is fed to a mold, by which it is supported until firm enough
to retain the desired cross section, and is then removed from
the molding surface. The operation is general! y continuous,
and the product varies in dimension with the charge of plas-
tic metal. No means are provided to exert pressure on the
metal in the direction of its movement.
Search Class
18 PLASTICS, subclass 9, Molding devices, Rolling.
12. GRAVITY-MOLDING, TRAVELING MOLD. Gravity-
molding apparatus wherein the shaping surface moves with
the metal.
Search Class
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclass 75, Casting apparatus, Moving
mold, and the subclasses thereunder, for moving mold struc-
tures.
13. GRAVITY-MOLDING, TRAVELING MOLD, ROTARY.
Gravity-molding apparatus of the traveling mold type in
which the shaping surface is mounted or formed on a rotating
member, such as a disk.
Search Class
22 METAL FOUNDING, subclasses 75, Casting apparatus, Mov-
ing mold, and 77, Casting apparatus, Moving mold, Rotating
table, for rotating structures.
14. GRAVITY-MOLDING, BY ROLLS. Inventions for shaping
molten metal by the pressure of rolls.
Search Classes
18 PLASTICS, subclass 9, Molding devices, Rolling, for rolls
shaping plastic material.
49 GLASS, subclass 33, Molding, Rolling, and 107, BREAD,
PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 10, Molding
apparatus, Rolling.
80 METAL ROLLING, for apparatus for rolling metal not molten.
443
444
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 207 Continued.
15. CONTAINERS. Inventions in the construction of the vessel
for holding the plastic metal to be subjected to a molding
operation.
16. COOLING AND HEATING. Inventions in the cooling or
heating of the metal itself or the parts in contact with the
metal.
17. DIES. Specialized die construction through which the metal
is expressed or extruded.
Search Class -
25 PLASTIC BLOCK AND EARTHENWARE APPARATUS, subclass
17, Die-expressing, Dies, and the subclasses thereunder, for
die constructions.
CLASS 207 Continued.
18. DIES, VARIABLE OPENING. Expressing dies provided
with mechanism to regulate the size and position of the die
opening.
19. MANDRELS. Mandrel or core constructions about which the
metal is formed, resulting in articles of tubular shape, special
ized to the requirements of processes and apparatus classified
herein.
Search Class
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclass 103, Mandrels,
for mandrels particularly adapted for use in the welding,
swaging, or drawing of metal tubes.
CLASS 216. LABEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes apparatus and processes for the affixing, by
means of adhesives, of pieces of paper, metal foil, cloth, textile
fabrics, etc., in various forms to single or multiple flat or curved sur-
faces, or for the pasting to and encircling of single articles or packages
already formed, with paper strips or bands, generally of the nature of
stamps or labels, which strips are not folded down at the sides.
(Where a strip is so folded, see class 93, TAPER MANUFACTURES, sub-
class 2, Wrapping machines, Miscellaneous.)
The class includes such arts as label and postage stamp affixing,
box, bottle, package, and spool labeling, paper hanging and bill
posting, photograph and picture mounting, etc., but only where the
aflixing is by means of adhesives.
For producing finished fabrics such as bristol board, etc., see class
154, LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES.
For the manufacture of articles from dry paper generally see class
93, PAPER MANUFACTURES.
For the covering of empty paper boxes with paper in the process of
the manufacture thereof see class 93, PAPER MANUFACTURES, sub-
class 54, Box machines, Covering.
For securing bundles by means of paper strips and bands see class
93, PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 93, Bunching and banding, and
other appropriate subclasses.
For the wrapping of newspapers and pamphlets for mailing pur-
poses see class 101, PRINTING, subclass 40, Folders, Newspaper wrap-
ping machines.
For affixing bands to cigars see class 131, TOBACCO, subclass 61,
Cigar banding.
For moistening and sealing devices for envelops not combined
with stamp affixing means see class 120, STATIONERY, subclass 6,
Moisteners and sealers.
This is a combination class, and in order that a patent or applica-
tion be classified herein the apparatus or process claimed should
include the means for or step of aflixing, or a means or process so
intimately related thereto as to be inseparable therefrom.
Elements such as paste applying means, cutters, paper feeding
devices, etc., should be sought "in the appropriate element classes,
thus:
Devices which apply paste merely or combined with feeding or
cutting means, or both, without performing any affixing function
will be found in class 91, COATING.
Mechanism for cutting or shearing sheets alone or combined with
feeding mechanism will be found in class 164, CUTTING AND PUNCH-
ING SHEETS AND BARS.
Paper feeding mechanism per se and in combination with print-
ing mechanism will be found in class 101, PRINTING.
Also paper serving apparatus combined with cutting or tearing
means will be found in class 211, STORE FURNITURE, subclass 29,
Serving apparatus, and the subclasses thereunder.
The main subclasses of this class are divided out on lines of ma-
chine type and the minor subclasses on lines of machine element.
A search on any specific machine element, such as a variety of
label or article feed or of affixing or paste applying and moistening
means should be made in the minor subclass divided out on that
particular line, into which will be found cross-referenced all pat-
ents in the entire class (216) which show that element, regardless
of the particular type of machine in which it may occur.
For example, if searching for a strip machine, reciprocating cutter,
provided with screw feed, the combination, if existing, will be found
in subclass 22, Machines, Strip, Severing, Reciprocating cutter,
herein. If the combination is not found therein and it is desired to
find the screw feed per se, search should be made in subclass 19,
Machines, Sheet, Screw feed, where will be found classified or cross-
referenced all patents for label-affixing machines disclosing screw
feed. If a feed mechanism is sought of a type not indicated in the
title of any subclass herein, a general search will have to be made in
this class (216) and else-where.
In the following definitions the word "label" is used generally to
include also a postage stamp, a paper seal, a photograph, or any
similar sheet of paper affixed in the manner to which this class is
limited.
Subclasses.
1. COMBINED MACHINES. Machines answering the class defi-
nition for performing functions additional to label affixing.
2. COMBINED MACHINES, LABEL PRINTING AND AF-
FIXING. Machines for printing the label, in whole or in
part, and affixing the same.
Note. This subclass is superior to class 101, PRINTING.
Search Classes
91, COATING, subclass 16, Combined machines, Coating and print-
ing; 93, PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 34, Bag machines,
Printing attachments, and 73, Envelop machines, Printing
and stamping, for coating with adhesives and printing.
3. COMBINED MACHINES, ENVELOP SEALING AND
STAMPING. Machines for sealing envelops and affixing a
stamp to same.
Note. This subclass is superior to class 120, STATIONERY, subclass
6, Combination devices, Moisteners and sealers, in which,
however, search should be made for the envelop moistening
and sealing structure, as also in subclasses 75, Moisteners, and
76, Moisteners, Roller.
CLASS 216 Continued.
4. PAPER HANGING. Miscellaneous apparatus and processes
for paper hangers' use in affixing wall paper and posters.
Search Class
15, BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 36, Brush heads and
faces, Paint and whitewash brushes, for paper hangers'
brushes.
5. PAPER HANGING, COATING AND AFFIXING APPA-
RATUS. Apparatus not held in the hands of the operator for
applying paste and affixing wall paper, etc.
6. PAPER HANGING, COATING AND AFFIXING APPA-
RATUS, HAND. Hand held devices for both applying paste
and affixing paper.
Search Class
216 LABEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING, subclass 20, Ma-
chines, strip.
7. PAPER HANGING, AFFIXING APPARATUS. Apparatus
for affixing paper, paste having been previously applied either
to the paper or to the wall.
h. PAPER HANGING, SURFACE PREPARATION. Ma-
chines and processes for cleaning and preparing walls and other
surfaces prior to aflixing.
Note. For detergent compositions for removing paper from walls
see class 87, OILS, FATS, AND GLUE, subclass 5, Detergents.
For scrapers see class 145, WOODWORKING TOOLS, subclass 47,
Scrapers, and class 72, MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES,
subclass 137, Implements, Scrapers.
9. MACHINES. Miscellaneous label affixing machines comprising
all types of machines other than those hereinafter mentioned.
10. MACHINES, SPOOL LABELING. Machines for affixing
labels to spools of cotton, sewing silk, etc.
11. MACHINES, SELECTIVE. Machines capable of selecting and
affixing some particular one of several varieties of labels.
Search Classes
133 COIN HANDLING; 211, STORE FURNITURE, subclass 8, Cabi-
nets, Delivering, and 232, DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEP-
TACLES for selective delivering mechanism.
12. MACHINES, MULTIPLE LABELING. Machines designed
for affixing a plurality of labels, either of like or different size
and shape, to the same article.
13. MACHINES, MULTIPLE LABELING, BOTTLE NECK
AND BODY. Machines for affixing labels to the body and
neck of a bottle.
Search Class
216 LAP, EL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING, appropriate machine
type subclasses for body labeling mechanism.
14. MACHINES, MULTIPLE LABELING, SAMPLE CARD.
Machines designed for affixing a plurality of labels to a sheet
of cardboard or its equivalent, as in the making of sample
cards of painters' colors, textile fabrics, etc.
15. MACHINES, SHEET. Machines for severing from a sheet a
label of less width than the same and affixing it.
Note. The four following subclasses are divided out from this
subclass on four types of feed mechanism for the sheet, strip,
or cutter.
Note. Label feeding and analogous article feeding wherever
found in class 216 is cross-referenced into some one of these
label feed subclasses, if of analogous structure.
Note. For other types of feed search the subclass in this class
(regardless of machine type) in the title of which the desired
feed is indicated. If the feed sought is not of a kind indicated
in any of the titles of this class, a general search will have to be
made in class 216 and elsewhere.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES.
16. MACHINES, SHEET, RACK AND PINION FEED. Ma-
chines having a rack and pinion feed for the sheet or cutter.
17. MACHINES, SHEET, RACK AND PAWL FEED. Ma-
chines having a rack and pawl feed for the sheet or cutter.
18. MACHINES, SHEET, ESCAPEMENT FEED. Machines
having an escapement feed for the sheet or cutter.
19. MACHINES, SHEET, SCREW FEED. Machines having a
screw feed for the sheet or cutter.
20. MACHINES, STRIP. Machines for delivering a strip and pro-
vided with allixing and paste applying or moistening means,
but without means for severing the label.
Note. Label feeding and analogous article feeding wherever
found in class 216 is cross-referenced into some one of these
label feed subclasses, if of analogous structure.
Note. For other types of feed search the subclass in this class
(regardless of machine type) in the title of which the desired
feed is indicated. If the feed sought is not of a kind indicated
in any of the titles of this class, a general search will have to
be made in this class (216) and elsewhere.
445
446
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 216 Continued.
Search Classes
216 LABEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING, subclasses 5, Paper
hanging, Coating and affixing apparatus; 6, Paper hanging,
Coating and affixing apparatus. Hand, and 7, Paper hanging,
Affixing apparatus, for means for handling the label strip.
101 PRINTING, subclasses 40, Folders, Newspaper wrapping
machines; 56, Hand stamps; 59, Hand stamps, Head and
handle, Inking attachment, and 187, Ticket machines.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 29, Serving apparatus, and
subclasses thereunder.
21. MACHINES, STRIP, SEVERING. Strip machines provided
with means for severing the label.
Search Classes
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 56, Box machines, Staying.
101 PRINTING, subclasses 23, Bed and platen machines, Web,
and 31, Deliveries, Dropper.
22. MACHINES, STRIP, SEVERING, RECIPROCATING
CUTTER. Strip machines in which the cutter reciprocates,
usually in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the label.
Note. The subclasses subordinate hereto are divided out from
this subclass on types of feed mechanism.
For other types of feed search the subclass in this class
(regardless of machine type) in the title of which the desired
feed is indicated. If the feed, sought is not of a kind indicated
in any of the titles of this class, a general search will have
to be made in this class (216) and elsewhere.
23. MACHINES, STRIP, SEVERING, RECIPROCATING
CUTTER, PUSHER FEED. Machines of the type stated
which use a pusher for feeding the label strip.
24. MACHINES, STRIP. SEVERING, RECIPROCATING
CUTTER, FOUR-MOTION FEED. Machines of the type
stated which feed the label strip by means similar to the four-
motion feed of a sewing machine.
25. MACHINES, STRIP, SEVERING, RECIPROCATING
CUTTER, ROLLER FEED. Machines of the type stated
which feed the label strip by means of feed rollers or their
equivalent.
Search Class
216 LABEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING, subclass 27, Ma-
chines, Strip, Severing, Reciprocating cutter, Rotary tooth
feed, for corrugated rollers.
26. MACHINES, STRIP, SEVERING, RECIPROCATING
CUTTER, ROLLER FEED, HAND. Machines of the
style stated using a hand actuated roller feed.
Search Class
216 LABEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING, subclass 27, Ma-
chines, Strip, Severing, Reciprocating cutter, Rotary tooth
feed, f or corrugated feed rollers.
27. MACHINES, STRIP, SEVERING. RECIPROCATING
CUTTER ROTARY TOOTH FEED. Machines of the
type stated using a toothed feed wheel or corrugated roller for
feeding the label strip.
28. MACHINES, STRIP, SEVERING, RECIPROCATING
CUTTER, PERFORATION FEED. Machines of the type
stated in which the stamp or label is fed by teeth which enter
its perforations.
29. MACHINES, STRIP, SEVERING, PIVOTED CUTTER.
Strip machines in which the label is severed by a pivoted cut-
ter not of scissors type.
30. MACHINES. STRIP, SEVERING, PIVOTED CUTTER,
SCISSORS TYPE. Machines of the type stated operating
on the principle of a pair of scissors.
Note. The subclasses subordinate hereto are divided out from
this subclass on types of label feed.
Note. For other types of feed search the subclass of this class (re-
gardless of machine type) in the title of which the desired
feed is indicated. If the feed sought is not of a kind indicated
in any of the titles of this class, a general search will have to
be made In this class (210) and elsewhere.
31. MACHINES, STRIP, SEVERING, PIVOTED CUTTER,
SCISSORS TYPE, BELT CONVEYER FEED. Machines
of the type stated using one or more endless belt conveyers for
feeding the label strip.
32. MACHINES, STRIP. SEVERING, PIVOTED CUTTER,
SCISSpRS TYPE, RIBBON FEED. Machines of the type
stated in which the label strip is fed by the winding and un-
winding of one or more ribbons.
33. MACHINES, STRIP, SEVERING, TEARING. Machines
in which the label is severed by tearing along lines of perfora-
tion, at indentations or notches, or at the edge of a metal strip.
Search Class
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclasses 29, Serving apparatus; 32,
Serving apparatus, Roll holders, Cutting attachment, and 33,
Serving apparatus, Roll holders, Feeding attachment.
34. MACHINES, AFFIXING MAGAZINE, MOVING. Machines
in which the label is directly fixed from a magazine which
moves into contact with the article during affixing.
Note. The subclasses under "Affixing magazine, Moving," are
divided out on certain types of affixing means by which the
label is wiped, rolled, or pressed upon the article. Affixing
means wherever found in class 216 are cross-referenced into
some one of these affixing subclasses, if of an-ijogous structure.
If the affixing means sought is not of a kind indicated in any
subclass title, a general search will have to be made in this
class and elsewhere.
CLASS 216-Continued.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, especially subclass 56, Box ma-
chines, Staying.
35. MACHINES, AFFIXING MAGAZINE, MOVING, PRES-
SURE PAD OR PLUNGER. Machines of the type stated
in which a pad presses or a plunger forces the label upon the
article.
36. MACHINES, AFFIXING MAGAZINE, MOVING, PRES-
SER FORM. Machines of the type stated in which a form
presses the label upon the article.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, appropriate subclasses.
37. MACHINES, AFFIXING MAGAZINE, MOVING, ROLL-
ERS. Machines of the type stated in which one or more-
rollers are used for affixing "the label.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, appropriate subclasses.
38. MACHINES, AFFIXING MAGAZINE, MOVING, WIPERS
OR BRUSHES. Machines of the type stated in which the
label is affixed by either wipers or brushes.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, appropriate subclasses.
39. MACHINES, AFFIXING MAGAZINE, MOVING, FLEX-
IBLE WRAPPER. Machines of the type stated in which
the label is affixed by a flexible wrapper which envelops it in
whole or in part, and which in some cases causes the article
to revolve.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, appropriate subclasses.
40. MACHINES, AFFIXING MAGAZINE, MOVING, RE-
VOLVING ARTICLE. Machines of the type stated in
which the article revolves while the label is being affixed.
Search Classes
216^LAHEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING, 51, Storage maga-
zine, appropriate subclasses for revolving article as an affix-
ing means.
93 PAPER MANUFACTITRES.
41. MACHINES, AFFIXING MAGAZINE, MOVING, FLUID
PRESSURE. Machines of the type stated in which the
label is affixed by fluid pressure.
Search Class
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, appropriate subclasses.
42. MACHINES, AFFIXING MAGAZINE, STATIONARY-
Machines in which the label is directly affixed from a sta-
tionary magazine, the article moving into contact with the
same during the affixing.
Note. Magazines will also be found in class 211, STORE FURNI-
TURE, subclass 8, Cabinets, Delivering.
43. MACHINES, AFFIXING MAGAZINE, STATIONARY,
ADHESIVE APPLYING OR MOISTENING. Machines
of the type stated provided with means for either applying
or moistening the adhesive.
Note. Some of the various types of paste applying or moistening
means are entitled in the following subclasses, and like means
wherever found in class 216 are cross-referenced into some one
of these subclasses, if of analogous structure. For other coat-
ing or moistening means not indicated in the title of any sub-
class herein and not found in this subclass (43) a general
search will have to be made in this class (216) and elsewhere.
Search Classes
101 PRINTING, subclasses 70, Hand stamps, Tumbler, and 185,
Numbering machines, Hand.
12 BOOT AND SHOE MAKING, subclass 80, Cement applying
devices; 91, COATING, subclasses 18, Machines, and the sub-
classes thereunder; 55, Driers and coolers, and 56, Elevating
devices; 93, PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 66, Envelop
machines, Reciprocating, Gumming and folding; 68, Envelop
machines, Reciprocating, Gumming, and 69, Envelop ma-
chines, Reciprocating, Gumming, Picker faces, and other
appropriate subclasses; 101, PRINTING, subclasses 59, Hand
stamps, Head and handle. Inking attachment; 63, Hand stamps,
Inking attachment; 96j Paper damping machines; 97, Paper
damping machines, Winders, and 107, Press copying, Damp-
ing, and 131, TOBACCO, subclasses under 5, Cigar machines,
for adhesive applying and moistening means.
44. MACHINES. AFFIXING MAGAZINE, STATIONARY,
ADHESIVE APPLYING OR MOISTENING, FIXED
ROLLER. Machines of the type stated in which the adhe-
sive is applied or moistened by one or more fixed rollers.
Note. Coating by means of rollers will be found in all subclasses
in which the word "roller" occurs in class 91, COATING; also
class 120, STATIONERY, subclasses 6, Combination devices,
Moisteners and sealers, and 76, Moisteners, Roller; and in class
101, PRINTING, appropriate subclasses.
45. MACHINES, AFFIXING MAGAZINE. STATIONARY,
ADHESIVE APPLYING OR MOISTENING, MOVING
ROLLER. Machines of the type stated in which the adhe-
sive is applied or moistened by one or more moving rollers.
46. MACHINES, AFFIXING MAGAZINE, STATIONARY,
ADHESIVE APPLYING OR MOISTENING, FIXED
RESERVOIR OR ABSORBENT. Machines of the type
stated in which the adhesive or moisture is applied by moving
the label surface over a stationary reservoir, pad, wick, wiper,
sponge, or brush or other equivalent absorbent.
Search Class
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 66, Fountain brushes,
Mucilage, for fountain brushes.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
447
CLASS 216 Continued.
47. MACHINES. AFFIXING MAGAZINE. STATIONARY,
ADHESIVE APPLYING OR MOISTENING. MOVING
RESERVOIR OR ABSORBENT. Machines of the type
stated in which the adhesive or moisture is applied by a mov-
ing reservoir, pad, wick, wiper, sponge, or brush or other
equivalent absorbent.
48. MACHINES, AFFIXING MAGAZINE, STATIONARY,
ADHESIVE APPLYING OR MOISTENING, ENDLESS
BELT. Machines of the type stated in which an endless
belt is used as a conveyer of moisture or liquid adhesive.
49. MACHINES, AFFIXING MAGAZINE, STATIONARY,
ADHESIVE APPLYING OR MOISTENING, SPRAY OR
STEAM. Machinesof the type stated in which the moisture
or liquid adhesive is sprayed upon either the label or the
article, or in which the adhesive is moistened by a jet of steam.
Note. As to machine type search class 93, PAPER MANUFACTURES.
50. MACHINES, AFFIXING MAGAZINE, HAND. Handheld
machines of the type stated, the entire instrument being
moved to the article during the affixing.
51. MACHINES, STORAGE MAGAZINE. Machines in which
the label is conveyed by picker mechanism from a storage
magazine to the article to which it is affixed.
Note. The subclasses under "Storage magazine" are divided out
partly on lines of label feeding (picker subclasses) and partly
on lines of article support, which are closely analogous to lines
of article feeding.
Note. Label feeding and analogous article feeding wherever
found in class 216is cross-referenced into some one of these label
feed subclasses, if of analogous structure.
Note. For other types of feed search the subclass in this class
(regardless of machine type) in the title of which the desired
feed is indicated. If the'feed sought is not of a kind indicated
in any of the titles of this class, a general search will have to
be made in this class (216) and elsewhere.
Search Classes
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, appropriate subclasses.
131 TOBACCO, subclasses under 5, Cigar machines.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 29, Serving apparatus.
52. MACHINES, STORAGE MAGAZINE, LABEL PICKERS.
Machines of the type stated provided with means, such as pins,
electrical means, etc., for conveying the label from the maga-
zine to the article other than as specified in the three following
subclasses.
Search Classes
11 BOOKBINDING, subclass 25, Binding machines, Signature
gatherers; 93. PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses 68, Envelop
machines. Reciprocating, Gumming; 69, Envelop machines,
Reciprocating, Gumming, Picker faces, and 70, Envelop ma-
chines, Reciprocating, Creasing mechanism; 101, PRINTING,
subclass 36, Feeding, and the subclasses thereunder, and 131,
TOBACCO, for picker mechanism.
53. MACHINES, STORAGE MAGAZINE, LABEL PICKERS,
NIPPERS. Machines of the type stated, the picker being a
nipper or mechanical finger for grasp ing the label.
Search Classes
11 BOOKBINDING, subclass 25, Binding machines, Signature
gatherers: 91, COATING, subclass 62, Work holders, Gripper
mechanism; 101, PRINTING, subclasses 33, Deliveries, Gripper-
fliers, and 115, Printing couple appliances, Grippers; 131, TO-
BACCO, subclass 11, Packing, for paper feeding and holding
nippers.
.54. MACHINES, STORAGE MAGAZINE, LABEL PICKERS,
ADHESIVE. Machines of the type stated in which the
Sicker is coated with an adhesive to which the label will ad-
ere.
CLASS 216 Continued.
Search Classes
11 BOOKBINDING, subclass 25, Binding machines, Signature
gatherers; 93, PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 69, Envelop
machines, Reciprocating, Gumming, Picker faces; 101, PRINT-
ING, subclass 39, Feeding, Separators, for pickers that act by
adhesion.
55. MACHINES, STORAGE MAGAZINE, LABEL PICKERS,
SUCTION. Machines of the type stated in which air pressure
causes the label to adhere to the picker.
Search Classes
11 BOOKBINDING, subclass 25, Binding machines, Signature
gatherers; 79, BUTTON MAKING, subclass 17, Blank feeders;
93, PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 2, Wrapping machines,
Miscellaneous; 101, PRINTING, subclasses 29. Deliveries, and 41,
Feeding apparatus, Pneumatic; 113, SHEET METAL WARE,
MAKING, subclass 113, Work feeders, and 131, TOBACCO, for
suction pickers.
56. MACHINES, STORAGE MAGAZINE, ARTICLE SUP-
PORT, TABLE. Machines in which the article is supported
upon a table or cradle during affixing.
Note. Label feeding and analogous article feeding wherever
found in class 216 is cross-referenced into some one of these
label feed subclasses, if of analogous structure.
Note. For other types of feed search the subclass in this class
(regardless of machine type) in the title of which the desired
feed is indicated. If the feed sought is not of a kind indicated
in any of the titles of this class, a general search will have to
be made in this class (216) and elsewhere.
Search Classes
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES; 113, SHEET METAL WARE, MAK-
ING, subclasses under "Bottle capping," and 7, Can making
machines, and the subclasses thereunder; 101, PRINTING; 141,
WASHING APPARATUS, subclass 7, Bottle and can washers, and
appropriate sulwlasses in 226, PACKAGING LIQUIDS, for article
feed and article support.
57. MACHINES, STORAGE MAGAZINE, ARTICLE SUP-
PORT, CONVEYER. Machinesin which the article is sup-
ported upon a conveyer during affixing.
Search Class
113 SHEET METAL WARE, MAKING, all subclasses in which the
words "endless chain carrier" occur.
58. MACHINES, STORAGE MAGAZINE, ARTICLE SUP-
PORT, RUNWAY. Machines in which the article is sup-
ported upon a runway during affixing.
Search Classes
113 SHEET METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 7, Can making ma-
chines, and the subclasses thereunder, and the subclasses un-
der 59, Soldering, Cans, and 211, STORE FURNITURE, subclass
8, Cabinets, Delivering, for runway feed.
59. MACHINES, STORAGE MAGAZINE, ARTICLE SUP-
PORT, ROTARY. Machines in which the article is sup-
ported upon a rotary carrier during affixing.
60. MACHINES, STORAGE MAGAZINE, ARTICLE SUP-
PORT, ROLLER. Machines of the type stated in which the
revolving article is supported upon rollers.
61. TOOLS. Hand tools of general utility in affixing labels, prints,
or smoothing wall paper seams, prints, etc.
Search Classes
216 LABEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING, subclass 4, Paper
hanging, and 101, PRINTING, appropriate subclasses, and 120,
STATIONERY, subclass 76, Moisteners, Roller, for roller con-
struction.
62. PROCESSES. Processes, mechanical or otherwise, pertaining
to the affixing of labels, prints, photographs, address slips, etc.
Search Class
216 LABEL PASTING AND PAPER HANGING, subclass 4, Paper
hanging, for processes of affixing wall paper.
CLASS 217. WOODEN RECEPTACLES.
DEFINITIONS.
This class contains wooden receptacles of all kinds and their acces-
sory parts, except special receptacles for special articles as, for ex-
ample, hat-boxes, musicians' cases, etc.
Subclasses.
1. BENT. In these receptacles the side walls are formed of strips or
sheets bent into the proper shape.
Note. Bent- wood vessels in which the form, method of manu-
facture, etc., do not differ essentially from paper vessels are
classified in class 229, PAPEK RECEPTACLES.
2. BENT, ANGULAR. Receptacles having pieces forming the
side walls bent at an angle, so that the receptacle is angular,
not curved, in contour.
Note. See note under preceding subclass.
3. LININGS. Linings of various materials for boxes, barrels,
crates, etc.
Note. Compositions and paints for coating the interior of such
receptacles are classified in class 134, LIQUID COATING COMPOSI-
TIONS, subclass 2, Barrel linings, and subclasses thereunder.
4. TANKS. Invention resides in the structure of a simple wooden
tank independent of the various attachments, filling or empty-
ing means, valves, etc.
Note. These latter are classified in class 137, WATER DISTRIBU-
TION, and class 220, METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS.
5. BOXES. Miscellaneous wooden boxes not classifiable elsewhere.
6. BOXES, BLOCK. Boxes made from solid blocks by cutting or
boring out the interior.
7. BOXES, COMPARTMENT. Miscellaneous boxes divided into
compartments.
8. BOXES, COMPARTMENT, FOLDING. Compartment-boxes
hi which the compartments can be folded or knocked down.
9. BOXES, COMPARTMENT, FOLDING, DISPLAY. Boxes
having folding or knockdown compartments for displaying the
contents.
10. BOXES, COMPARTMENT, DISPLAY. Compartment-boxes
specially adapted for displaying the contents.
11. BOXES, DISPLAY. Boxes specially adapted for displaying
the contents.
12. BOXES, KNOCKDOWN. Miscellaneous boxes which fold,
collapse, or knock down to form a compact package.
Search Classes
217 WOODEN RECEPTICLES, subclass 43, Boxes, Crates, Knock-
down.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 131,
Crates, Knockdown.
13. BOXES, KNOCKDOWN, SECTIONAL. Two or more sec-
tions assembled to form a package, each section being itself a
receptacle or box.
Search Classes
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 45, Boxes, Crates, Knock-
down, Sectional.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 134,
Crates, Knockdown, Sectional.
14. BOXES, KNOCKDOWN, FOLDING, HORIZONTAL AND
VERTICAL PIVOT. Boxes whose walls and base have a
hinged connection with each other to permit folding without
complete disengagement. In this subclass each box has one
or more sides hinged to the base by a pivot whose axis is
horizontal . To these are hinged the remaining sides on vertical
pivots.
Search Classes
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 46, Boxes, Crates, Knock-
down, Folding, Horizontal and vertical-pivot.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 133,
Crates, Knockdown, Folding, Horizontal and vertical pivot.
15. BOXES KNOCKDOWN, FOLDING, HORIZONTAL-
PIVOT. The sides have no hinged connection with each
other, but only with the base by horizontal hinges.
Search Classes
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 47, Boxes, Crates, Knock-
down, Folding, Horizontal-pivot.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 132,
Crates, Knockdown, Folding, Horizontal-pivot.
26674 12-
-29
CLASS 217 Continued.
16. BOXES, KNOCKDOWN, FOLDING, VERTICAL-PIVOT.
The sides have no hinged connection to the base, but to each
other by vertical hinges.
Search Class
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 48, Boxes, Crates, Knock-
down, Folding, Vertical-pivot.
17. BOXES, WALLS. Box-walls distinct from the manner of
assembling the same, the form of the receptacle, etc.
18. BOXES, CELLS. Compartments identical or similar in form
each for holding a single article, as eggs, fruit, bottles, etc.
Miscellaneous class containing patents not classified else-
where in this group.
19. BOXES, CELLS, BOTTLE. Cells peculiarly adapted for hold
ing bottles.
20. BOXES, CELLS, BOTTLE, CORD. Bottle-cells formed by
cord or wire partitions.
Search Class
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 25, Boxes, Cells, Cord.
21. BOXES, CELLS, BOTTLE, PLATE. Bottle-cells formed by
cutting openings in a thin plate in which the bottles fit.
Search Class
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 26, Boxes, Cells, Plate.
22. BOXES, CELLS, BOTTLE, STRIP. Bottle-cells formed of
partitions consisting of crossed flat strips.
Search Class
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclasses in the group beginning
30, Boxes, Cells, Strip.
23. BOXES, CELLS, BENT. Cells made by bending a strip of
flexible material to form one or a series of cells.
24. BOXES, CELLS, CLIP. Cells formed of spring metal, which
hold the article with a positive grip.
25. BOXES, CELLS, CORD. Cells formed of crossed cords or
wires.
Search Class
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 20, Boxes, Cells, Bottle.
Cord.
26. BOXES, CELLS, PLATE. Openings cut in a thin plate, in
which the separate articles are placed.
Search Class
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 21, Boxes, Cells, Bottle,
Plate.
27. BOXES, CELLS, PLATE, CUSHIONED. Plate-cells having
cushioning means to prevent breakage or damage to the fragile
articles therein.
28. BOXES, CELLS, POCKET. Cells of flexible material forming
pocket-like receptacles in which the articles rest.
29. BOXES, CELLS, SEPARABLE. Cells of various kinds, each
being separate and detachable from the others.
30. BOXES, CELLS, STRIP. Cells formed of flat strips crossed or
otherwise disposed so that each strip forms part of a series of
cells.
31. BOXES, CELLS, STRIP, LOCKING. Cell-strips having
means by which the strips are secured together to prevent
disengagement.
32. BOXES, CELLS, STRIP, LOCKING, ANGULAR. The
slits by which the strips are interlocked are angular or other-
wise varied from the straight form to provide more positive
engagement.
33. BOXES, CELLS, STRIP, LOCKING, BENT. Strips bent
to form the cells and locked in position.
34. BOXES, CELLS, STRIP, LOCKING, CUSHIONED. Lock-
ing-cells having cushioning means to prevent breakage.
35. BOXES, CELLS, CUSHIONED. Cells having cushioning
means of various forms to prevent breakage of the fragile arti-
cles held therein.
36. BOXES, CRATES. Miscellaneous crates not classifiable else-
where.
37. BOXES, CRATES BICYCLE. Crates by their form pecu-
liarly adapted for holding bicycles.
38. BOXES, CRATES, BICYCLE, FOLDING. Bicycle-crates
which can be collapsed or folded into a compact package.
449
450
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 217 Continued.
39. BOXES, CRATES, POULTRY. Crates for confining and
shipping live poultry.
40. BOXES, CRATES, FRUIT-BOX. Crates for holding a num-
ber of small boxes of fruit, berries, etc.
41. ABOLISHED.
42. BOXES, CRATES, VENTILATING. Means by which ven-
tilation of the crate and its contents is effected.
43. BOXES, CRATES, KNOCKDOWN. Miscellaneous crates
which knock down into a compact package.
Search Classes
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 12, Boxes, Knockdown.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 131,
Crates, Knockdown.
44. BOXES, CRATES, KNOCKDOWN, CYLINDRICAL AND
BILGE. Knockdown crates cylindrical or bilge in form,
including knockdown barrels.
45. BOXES CRATES, KNOCKDOWN, SECTIONAL. Crates
formed by assembling a number of sections, each section being
itself a receptacle.
Search Classes
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 13, Boxes, Knockdown,
Sectional.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STOKING VESSELS, subclass 134,
Crates, Knockdown,Sectional.
46. BOXES, CRATES, KNOCKDOWN, FOLDING, HORI-
ZONTAL AND VERTICAL PIVOT. Knockdown crates
whose walls have a hinged connection with each other to per-
mit folding without complete disengagement. In this sub-
class each crate has one or more sides hinged to the base by a
pivot whose axis is horizontal. To these are hinged the re-
maining sides on vertical pivots.
Search Classes
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 14, Boxes, Knockdown,
Folding, Horizontal and vertical pivot.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 133,
Crates, Knockdown, Folding, Horizontal and vertical pivot.
47. BOXES, CRATES, KNOCKDOWN, FOLDING, HORI-
ZONTAL-PIVOT. The sides have no hinged connection
with each other, but only with the base by horizontal hinges.
Search Classes
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 15, Boxes, Knockdown,
Folding, Horizontal-pivot.
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 132,
Crates, Knockdown, Folding, Horizontal-pivot.
48. BOXES, CRATES, KNOCKDOWN, FOLDING, VERTI-
CAL-PIVOT. The sides have no hinged connection with the
base, but only with each other by vertical hinges.
Search Class
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 16, Boxes, Knockdown,
Folding, Vertical-pivot.
49. BOXES, CRATES, CYLINDRICAL. Crates which are
cylindrical in form.
60. ABOLISHED.
51. BOXES, CRATES, WIRED SLATS. The sides of the crate
are made of slats interwoven with wire.
52. BOXES, CRATES, CUSHIONED. Crates having various
cushioning means to prevent injury to the contents.
Search Class
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 127, Boxes, Bottle-mail-
ing cases.
63. BOXES, CRATES, CUSHIONED, PADDED. The cushion-
ing is effected by padding the interior of the crate in various
ways.
64. BOXES, CRATES, CUSHIONED, SPRING. Crates cush-
ioned by means of springs of various kinds.
66. BOXES, CRATES, CUSHIONED, SPRING, SPIRAL.
Crates cushioned by means of spiral springs.
66. BOXES, CLOSURES. Closures of various forms for wooden
boxes and crates.
Note. Fastening devices for such closures are classified in class
70, LOCKS AND LATCHES, subclass 3, Box-fasteners, except
those which are driven into place, which are classified in this
class, subclass 70, Boxes, Stays, Driving, and subclass 71,
Boxes, Stays, Driving, Wire.
67. BOXES. CLOSURES, HINGED. Closures for boxes having
hinged connection thereto and mechanism for operating such
closures for opening and closing.
Search Class
4 BATHS AND CLOSETS, subclass 39, Spittoons, Covered.
58. BOXES, CLOSURES, HINGED, DISPLAY. Hinged clo-
sures having means for displaying the contents of the box or
a sample thereof.
69. BOXES, CLOSURES, HINGED, SLIDING. Hinged clo-
sures having also a sliding motion in opening or closing the
box.
CLASS 217 Continued.
60. BOXES, CLOSURES, HINGED, SUPPORTS. Devices
forming no part of the hinge for holding open a hinged closure.
61. BOXES, CLOSURES, HINGED SUPPORTS, DETACH-
ABLE. Supports having no permanent connection with the
box, being readily detachable, so as to be used on others than
the original box; also, supports of the above kind having
means for holding a label.
62. BOXES, CLOSURES, SLIDING. Closures which are opened
or closed by a sliding movement.
63. BOXES, CLOSURES. SLIDING, DISPLAY. Sliding clos-
ures having means for displaying the contents of the box or a
sample thereof.
64. BOXES, FOLLOWERS. Devices in the nature of movable
partitions, usually with means for fastening the same against
the contents of a partly-filled box to prevent displacement of
such contents.
Search Classes
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 86, Barrels, Followers.
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 36, Trunks, Followers.
65. BOXES, JOINTS. Receptacles in which the meeting edges
of all the walls, including top and bottom, are modified in
various ways or provided with fastening means to secure a
firm joint.
Note. Where the invention resides entirely in the joint and is
not peculiarly adapted to boxes, the patent is classified in
class 20, WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 92, Splices and joints.
66. BOXES, STRAPS. Straps of wood or metal for binding the
sides of the box firmly together.
67. BOXES, STRAPS, CORRUGATED. Straps having strength-
ening corrugations, flutings, etc.
68. BOXES, STRAPS, WIRE. Straps formed of a single wire or
a number of wires twisted or woven together.
69. BOXES, STAYS. Devices for bracing, strengthening, or pro-
tecting the corners and edges of boxes, crates, etc.
Note. Devices which themselves secure the parts together and
which do not merely brace or strengthen a joint already ef-
fected by other means are classified in class 20, Y/OODEN
BUILDINGS, subclass 92, Splices and joints.
70. BOXES, STAYS, DRIVING. Stays and fastening devices
which are fastened in place by driving, having nails, tacks,
integral prongs, etc., for that purpose.
Note. Fastenings in the nature of latches which lock and unlock
are classified in class 70, LOCKS AND LATCHES, subclass 3,
Box-fasteners.
71. BOXES, STAYS, DRIVING, WIRE. Driven stays and fas-
tenings made of wire.
72. BARRELS. Miscellaneous class of bilge or staved vessels, in-
cluding buckets, tubs, etc.
73. BARRELS, CASES. Barrels having outside casings for pro-
tecting or strengthening purposes.
Search Class
220 METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 48,
Buckets, Jackets.
74. BARRELS, VENTILATED. Barrels having means by
which ventilation of the interior and contents is effected.
75. BARRELS, COMPARTMENT. Barrels having compart-
ments of various kinds.
76. BARRELS, CLOSURES. Miscellaneous closures for barrels.
Note. Devices and means for securing the closure in place are
classified under class 70, LOCKS AND LATCHES, subclass 3,
Box-fasteners, except those in subclass 89, Barrels, Closures,
Fasteners, class 217.
77. BARRELS, CLOSURES, BRACED. Barrel-closures having
a rod extending from head to head to brace the same.
78. BARRELS, CLOSURES, EXPANDING. Closures held in
position by expanding part or parts of the head.
79. BARRELS, CLOSURES, EXPANDING, WEDGE. Clo-
sures expanded by means of a wedge which usually forms part
of the closure itself.
80. BARRELS, CLOSURES, CROZE AND CHAMFER. Modi-
fications in the croze of the stave and chamfer of the head.
81. BARRELS, CLOSURES, COVERS. Temporary closures for
use after removal of the original head or closure.
82. BARRELS, CLOSURES, COVERS, COMPARTMENT.
Covers having a compartment for holding and displaying a
sample of the contents of the barrel.
83. BARRELS, CLOSURES, COVERS, HINGED. Covers
hinged to the chime or having two parts hinged together, one
being secured to the chime.
84. BARRELS, CLOSURES, COVERS, SLIDING. Covers hav-
ing a sliding or rotary connection with the barrel or having a
sliding or rotating part to disclose the interior of the barrel.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
451
CLASS 217 Continued.
85. BARRELS, CLOSURES, COVERS, WIRE. Covers made of
woven wire, usually without fastening means.
86. BARRELS, FOLLOWERS. Partitions parallel to the head
and adjustable to keep the solid contents of the barrel from
shifting.
87. BARRELS, CLOSURES, GATES. Removable closures for
small openings in the head, whereby the contents may be
reached without removing the entire head.
88. BARRELS, STAVES. Inventions in the stave alone as dis-
tinguished from the barrel as a whole or any other of its parts.
89. BARRELS, CLOSURES, FASTENERS. Devices for secur-
ing a chamfered head in the croze, usually of spring metal.
Note. Other devices for fastening barrel-closures in place are
classified in class 70, LOCKS AND LATCHES, subclass 3, Box-
fasteners.
90. BARRELS, HOOP-SOCKETS. Barrels and other hooped
vessels having the hoops wholly or partially embedded in the
walls.
91. BARRELS, HOOPS. Miscellaneous hoops.
Note. Hoops consisting of a strip, with means for securing the
ends together, except for tightening the hoop, are classified in
class 24, BUCKLES, BUTTONS, AND CLASPS, subclass 13, Bale
and package ties, and subclasses thereunder.
92. BARRELS, HOOPS, ELASTIC. Yielding and contracting
hoops to allow expansion and contraction of the vessel.
93. BARRELS, HOOPS, RETAINERS. Devices for retaining
the hoop in position and hoops with such devices forming a
part thereof.
94. BARRELS, HOOPS, TIGHTENERS. Devices forming a
permanent part of the hoop itself for tightening the same.
Note. Independent machines for performing the same function,
to be removed after the hoop is tightened, are to be found in
class 100, PRESSES, subclass 15, Baling Articles and Attach-
ments, Bale-band tighteners.
Search Classes
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 110, Tires, Metallic.
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, AND CLASPS, subclass 19, Bale and
package ties, Strap-tighteners, for analogous structure.
95. BARRELS, HOOPS, TIGHTENERS, SCREW. Tighteners
consisting of a screw mechanism between the ends of the
hoop, the tightening being effected by turning a nut or screw-
bolt.
Search Class
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 110, Tires, Metallic.
96. BARRELS, JOINTS. Barrels and other staved vessels hav-
ing the meeting edges of the staves tongued and grooved or
otherwise modified.
97. BARRELS, MOISTENERS. Means for keeping the vessel
moist to prevent shrinkage by drying and consequent falling
apart of tne staves.
98. BARRELS, BUNGS. Miscellaneous bung-hole closures con-
taining patents not classified elsewhere.
99. BARRELS, BUNGS, VALVED. Miscellaneous bungs hav-
ing valves therein.
100. BARRELS, BUNGS, VALVED, AUTOMATIC. Valved
bungs in which the valves operate automatically.
101. BARRELS, BUNGS, VALVED, AUTOMATIC, SAFETY.
Valves for relieving excessive pressure within the barrel.
Note. Safety devices which maintain a uniform pressure in
a system of connected barrels are classified in class 195, ALCO-
HOL, subclass 19, Fermenting, Apparatus, Vent-bungs.
102. BARRELS, BUNGS, VALVED, AUTOMATIC, CON-
TROLLERS. The action of the valve becomes automatic
after the manipulation of a controlling part.
103. BARRELS, BUNGS, VALVED, AUTOMATIC, COL-
LAPSIBLE. The valve consists of a collapsible tube nor-
mally closed.
CLASS 217 Continued.
104. BARRELS, BUNGS, VALVED, AUTOMATIC, FLEXI-
BLE-DIAPHRAGM:. The valve consists, essentially, of a
flexible diaphragm of rubber or other material placed over
an opening which communicates with the interior of the bar-
rel. When the pressure within falls below atmospheric pres-
sure, the diaphragm is raised or distended, exposing the open-
ing, through which air is admitted into the barrel, thus
restoring the equilibrium and permitting the liquid contents
to be freely drawn.
105. BARRELS, BUNGS, VALVED, AUTOMATIC, LIQUID-
SEAL. Valves of various forms sealed by a liquid.
106. BARRELS, BUNGS, LOCKING. Miscellaneous bungs hav-
ing means for positively securing the bung in position.
107. BARRELS, BUNGS, LOCKING, BAYONET AND
SCREW. Locking means consisting of screw-thread or bayo-
net fastening of some form.
108. BARRELS, BUNGS, LOCKING, EXPANDING. Locking-
bungs in which parts expand into frictional or interlocking
engagement with the walls of the hole.
109. BARRELS, BUNGS, LOCKING EXPANDING, GAS-
KET. Expanding bungs in which a flexible gasket is ex-
panded against the walls of the hole to hold the bung in posi-
tion or secure a tight joint, or both.
110. BARRELS, BUNGS, PLUGS. Simple plug-like stoppers
held in position by frictional contact.
111. BARRELS, BUNGS, PLUGS, FRANGIBLE-DIA-
PHRAGM. Plugs having a portion to be broken out for
venting the barrel, inserting a spigot, etc.
112. BARRELS, BUNGS, EXTRACTORS. Devices for extract-
ing bungs by exerting a direct pull.
Note. Wrenches for extracting bungs are classified under class
81, TOOLS.
Search Class
65 KITCHEN AND TABLE ARTICLES, subclass 46, Stopper-
extractors.
113. BARRELS, BUNGS, BUSHINGS. Bushings for bung.
holes.
114. BARRELS, BUNGS, PROTECTORS AND CANCELERS.
Devices for protecting or canceling a revenue-stamp or other
label placed over the Dung.
115. ABOLISHED.
116. ABOLISHED.
117. ABOLISHED.
118. ABOLISHED.
119. ABOLISHED.
120. ABOLISHED.
121. ABOLISHED.
122. BASKETS. Miscellaneous wooden-basket structures and
parts.
123. BASKETS, BOTTOMS. Inventions in the bottom closure
of the basket-body.
124. BASKETS, CLOSURES. Inventions in closures for baskets
and means for fastening the same in place.
Note. Driven fasteners are classified in subclass 70, Boxes,
Stays, Driving, this class, and latches in class 70, LOCKS AND
LATCHES, subclass 3, Box-fasteners.
125. BASKETS, HANDLES. Inventions in the handle or means
for securing it to the body of the basket.
126. BUCKET-EARS. Bucket-ears peculiarly adapted for attach-
ment to a wooden bucket.
127. BOXES, BOTTLE-MAILING CASES. Boxes for packag-
ing bottles for transmission in the mails.
CLASS 218. BUTTON, EYELET, AND RIVET SETTING.
DEFINITIONS.
This class has been divided broadly into "Implements" and
"Machines," and these two major subclasses have been further sub-
divided along analogous lines and corresponding titles have been
employed. Under "Implements" are to be found those portable
hand devices having no base or bed plate to rest upon, while under
"Machines" are to be found the heavier mechanisms which rest
upon a bed-plate and are more or less stationary, the work being
usually brought to the machine. In many cases complete search will
include both the major subclasses.
Subclasses.
0.5. MACHINES, GANG. Machines of the types in class 218 hav-
ing a gang of tools for setting a plurality of rivets, eyelets, lac-
ing studs, or buttons.
1. MACHINES, RIVETING. Machines for setting rivets in vari-
ous kinds of work.
Search Classes
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses of nail-driving.
218 BUTTON, EYELET AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 19, Imple-
ments, Riveting.
78 METAL FORGING AND WELDING, subclasses 46, Forging,
Riveting, and 48, Forging, Riveting machines.
2. MACHINES, RIVETING, MAGAZINE. Riveting machines
in which the rivets are automatically fed to setting position
from a magazine or hopper.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, various subclasses of nail-feeding and
magazine nail-driving.
3. MACHINES, RIVETING, STAPLE. Riveting machines of
general use adapted to set staple-rivets.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, various subclasses of staple-setting
machines.
4. MACHINES, BUTTON. Miscellaneous button-setting ma-
chines.
Search Class
218 BUTTON, EYELET AND RIVET-SETTING, subclass 20, Im-
plements, Button.
5. MACHINES, BUTTON, RIVETING. Button-setting ma-
chines adapted to secure buttons, usually to garments, by
rivets which become the button-shanks.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 19, Machines, Nail-Driving.
6. MACHINES, BUTTON, RIVETING, MAGAZINE. Button-
setting machines in which the buttons are automatically fed
to riveting position from a hopper, chute, or magazine.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses of nail-feeding and maga-
zine nail or staple machines.
7. MACHINES, BUTTON, EYE-SHANK, TACK-FASTENER.
Button-setting machines adapted to set eye-shank buttons
with a single-prong or tack fastener.
Search Class
218 BUTTON, EYELET, AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 23, Imple-
ments, Button, Pliers, Tack Fasteners.
8. MACHINES, BUTTON, STAPLE-FASTENER, STAPLE
MAKING AND SETTING. Button-setting machines adapt-
ed to cut and form staple-fasteners and secure with them eye-
shank buttons automatically fed to setting position.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, Staple forming and setting.
9. MACHINES, BUTTON, STAPLE-FASTENER, THREAD-
ING AND SETTING. Button-setting machines adapted to
thread the staple-fastener into the eye-shank of the buttons
and then set the staples into the work.
10. MACHINES, BUTTON, STAPLE- FASTENER
THREADED-BUTTON FEED. Button-setting machines,
in which buttons having their staple-fastener previously
threaded into the eye-shanks of the buttons, are automatically
fed to setting position and there set into the work.
Search Class
218 BUTTON, EYELET AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 24, Imple-
ments, Button, Pliers, Staple Fasteners.
CLASS 218 Continued.
11. MACHINES, BUTTON, STAPLE -FASTENER,
THREADERS. Machines adapted to thread staple-fasten-
ers into the eye-shanks of buttons to be afterwards set in a
threaded-button-setting machine.
12. MACHINES, BUTTON, BUTTON-FEEDERS. Machines
for arranging buttons in uniform positions to be fed to a button-
setting mechanism.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING.
13. MACHINES, BUTTON, TACK-FASTENER FEEDERS.
Machines adapted to arrange one-prong or tack fasteners in
uniform positions for a setting-machine.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses of nail-feeding machines.
14. MACHINES, EYELETING. Machines for setting eyelets.
Search Class
218 BUTTON, EYELET AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 25, Imple-
ments, Eyeleting.
15. MACHINES, EYELETING, MAGAZINE. Eyelet-setting
machines in which the eyelets are automatically fed from a
magazine or hopper to setting position.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclasses of nail-feeding and maga-
zine nail-driving.
15.1. MACHINES, EYELETING, MAGAZINE, FEEDING.
Devices for feeding eyelets to eyeleting machines.
16. MACHINES, LACING-HOOK. Machines for setting shoe
lacing hooks or studs.
Search Class
218 BUTTON EYELET AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 26, Imple-
ments, Lacing hook.
17. MACHINES, LACING-HOOK, MAGAZINE. Lacing-hook
machines in which the hooks are automatically fed to setting
position from magazines or hoppers.
17.1. MACHINES, LACING HOOK, MAGAZINE, FEEDING.
Devices for feeding lacing hooks to lacing hook setting ma-
chines.
17.2. MACHINES, GAGES. Edge gages for machines of the types
in class 218, Button, Eyelet, and Rivet Setting.
18. MACHINES, BUTTON-CARDING. Machines for setting
buttons upon button-cards.
Note. The machines for sewing buttons on cards are under class
112, SEWING-MACHINES.
19. IMPLEMENTS, RIVETING. Various implements, including
rivet-holders, employed in setting rivets.
Search Class
218 BUTTON, EYELET AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 1, Ma-
chines, Riveting.
20. IMPLEMENTS, BUTTON. Implements not classifiable in
any of the other subclasses of button-setting implements.
Search Class
218 BUTTON, EYELET AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 4, Machines,
button.
21. IMPLEMENTS, BUTTON, RIVETING. Implements adapt-
ed to secure buttons, usually to garments, by rivets which
become the button-shanks.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 47, Implements, Nail-Driv-
ing.
22. IMPLEMENTS, BUTTON, PLIERS. Implements in the
formofaplier.
23. IMPLEMENTS, BUTTON, PLIERS, TACK-FASTENER.
Button-pliers adapted to secure the button by a single-prong
or tack fastener.
Search Class
218 BUTTON, EYELET AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 7, Machines,
Button, Eye shank, Tack fastener.
24. IMPLEMENTS, BUTTON, PLIERS,STAPLE-FASTENER.
Pliers adapted to secure the button to position by a staple
fastener.
Search Classes
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 50, Implements, Staple-
Setting, 164, CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS,
subclass 124, Punches; 218, BUTTON, EYELET AND RIVET
SETTING, subclass 10, Machines, Button, Staple-fastener,
Threaded button feed.
453
454
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 218 Continued.
25. IMPLEMENTS, EYELETING. Various implements for
setting eyelets.
Note. Punches for making the eyelet-holes without setting the
eyelets are elsewhere classified.
Search Class
218 BUTTON, EYELET AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 14, Ma-
chines, Eyeleting.
26. IMPLEMENTS, LACING-HOOK. Devices for setting lacing
hooks or studs.
Search Class
218 BUTTON, EYELET AND RIVET SETTING, subclass 16, Ma-
chines, Lacing hook.
CLASS 218 Continued.
27. IMPLEMENTS, BUTTON-DETACHING. Devices for re-
moving buttons, usually shoe-buttons, having metallic fas-
teners.
28. PACKAGES. Packages of fasteners to be used in button-set-
ting where the package is more than a mere box or container.
The fasteners are generally held so that they may be readily
discharged into the magazine attached to the button-setting
machine, or the package itself may be attached to the ma-
chine as the magazine.
Search Class
1 NAILING AND STAPLING, subclass 56, Packages.
CLASS 219. ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes all those devices commonly known as elec-
tric heaters and rheostats, electric-heating metal-working appa-
ratus, electrically-heated tools and instruments, and resistance
elements applicable to either electric heaters or rheostats. Pro-
cesses are classified with the apparatus unless otherwise indicated
by thesubclass title.
Devices equipped with electric heating means are classified in
the classes to which such devices belong and cross-referenced into
this class.
Furnaces which are especially adapted to metallurgical and
electrolytic work are classified in class 204, ELECTROCHEMISTRY,
subclass 64, Electric furnaces. Such furnaces are generally charac-
terized by electrical heating means within the chamber containing
the material to be heated, the heating means being either an arc, a
resistance, the material itself, or a combination of such means, and
are further characterized by adaptation for operation on granular
material, such as crushed ore, or for handling molten material fusing
at a very high temperature, the material in both cases being received
immediately within the body of the furnace.
Rheostats which are automatically operated by fluctuations of
current are classified in class 171, ELECTRICITY, GENERATION, sub-
class 229, Regulators, Resistance.
Rheostats specially constructed for controlling motors are found in
class 172, ELECTRICITY, MOTIVE POWER, subclass 179, Hand-operating
devices.
Subclasses.
1. METAL HEATING AND WORKING. Devices and processes
for electrically heating and working metal. In all cases the
apparatus is materially modified by the electric heating
means.
2. METAL HEATING AND WORKING, RIVETING. De-
vices and processes for electrically heating and heading rivets
or for heating only. The subclass also includes devices and
processes for performing the analogous work of heading spokes
in hubs and rims of wheels.
3. METAL HEATING AND WORKING, SHAPING. Devices
which in addition to electrically heating the metal perform
some shaping operation, as die-shaping.
4. METAL HEATING AND WORKING, WELDING. This
subclass and its subdivisions include devices and processes for
electrically heating and welding metal.
Note. The miscellaneous processes are grouped in subclass 10,
Metal heating and working, Welding, Processes.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 112, Joining wire, Electric
welding.
5. METAL HEATING AND WORKING, WELDING, RINGS.
Devices and processes for electrically heating and welding
rings or annular articles, such as chain-links.
6. METAL HEATING AND WORKING, WELDING, TUBES.
Devices and processes for electrically heating and welding
tubes, whether cross, longitudinal, or spiral weld.
7. METAL HEATING AND WORKING, WELDING, ARC
SYSTEM. Metal heating and welding devices and processes
in which the heat is derived from the electric arc, either alone or
from the electric arc and the resistance of the metal. These
devices are distinguished from devices in subclass 14, Metal-
heating, arc system, of this class, by adaptability for per-
forming the additional step of welding.
8. METAL HEATING AND WORKING, WELDING, ARC
SYSTEM, WORK IN CIRCUIT. The metal is heated by
means of the electric arc, which is struck between the two
parts to be welded or between the parts to be welded and an
electrode.
9. METAL HEATING AND WORKING, WELDING, ARC
SYSTEM, WORK IN CIRCUIT, LIQUID ELECTRODE.
Metal-welding devices and processes in which the metal is
heated by means of electric arcs struck between the metal and
a surrounding liquid, which may be quiet, as in a tank, or
flowing.
10. METAL HEATING AND WORKING, WELDING, PROC-
ESSES. Miscellaneous processes for metal heating and
welding.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 4, Metal
heating and working, Welding.
11. METAL-HEATING. Devices and processes for heating
metal electrically. This subclass and its subdivisions are
limited to the single step of heating. However, process claims
including some metal-working step in general terms have been
treated as claims for a process of heating only.
CLASS 219 Continued.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclasses 1, Metal
heating and working, and 4, Metal heating and working,
Welding, and appropriate subdivisions thereof.
12. METAL-HEATING, SOLDERING. Devices and processes
for soldering in which the solder is electrically melted. Elec-
trically-heated soldering-irons are not included, but are classi-
fied in subclass 26, Heaters, Tools and instruments, Soldering-
irons, and its subdivisions in this class.
Search Classes
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclasses 1, Metal
heating and working, and 4, Metal heating and working,
Welding, and appropriate subdivisions thereof; also. 113,
SHEET-METAL WARE. MAKING, subclass 108, Soldering, Irons,
Capping, Heaters, Electric.
13. METAL- HEATING, TRANSFORMER SYSTEM. The
heating-current is supplied through a transformer, which
provides a current of large volume and of great heating effect.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclasses 1, Metal
heating and working, and 4, Metal heating and working,
Welding, and appropriate subdivisions thereof.
14. METAL-HEATING, ARC SYSTEM. The heating means is
the electric arc. Both apparatus and processes are included.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclasses 1, Metal
heating and working, and 4, Metal heating and working,
Welding, and appropriate subdivisions thereof.
15. METAL-HEATING, ARC SYSTEM, WORK IN CIRCUIT.
In the devices and processes in this subclass the metal to be
heated is included in the circuit and constitutes one electrode.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclasses 1, Metal
heating and working, and 4, Metal heating and working,
Welding, and appropriate subdivisions thereof.
16. METAL-HEATING, ARC SYSTEM, WORK IN CIRCUIT,
LIQUID ELECTRODE. The heating arc or arcs are struck
between the metal to be heated and a liquid.
Search Class
219- -ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclasses 1, Metal
heating and working, and 4, Metal heating and working,
Welding, and appropriate subdivisions thereof.
17. METAL-HEATING, WORK-HOLDERS. Elements of elec-
tric metal-heating apparatus for holding the metal to be
heated.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclasses 1, Metal
heating and working, and 4, Metal heating and working,
Welding, and appropriate subdivisions thereof.
18. METAL-HEATING, WORK-HOLDERS, COOLED. Work-
holders provided with means for cooling them.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclasses 1, Metal
hating and working, and 4, Metal heating and working,
Welding, and appropriate subdivisions thereof.
19. HEATERS. Electric heaters of general use. Devices com-
monly known as heaters, but not characterized by features
specially adapting them to such use, are classified in this class
under subclass 63, Resistance elements, and the subdivisions
thereunder, or when provided with a plurality of resistances
with means for throwing one or more in circuit are classified
in this class under subclass 48, Rheostats, and the subdivisions
thereunder.
20. HEATERS, SYSTEMS. Systems of distribution of currents
part or all of which is applied to some form of heating appa-
ratus. Generally the specific form of heating apparatus is not
of importance.
21. HEATERS, TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS. Hand-tools
and instruments provided with electric heating means, such
as electrically-heated sad-irons, soldering-irons, branding-
irons, cauters, etc. There are included all patents for the com-
binations of the tools or instruments and the heating means
and for heating elements peculiarly adapted to particular
tools.
Note. Patents which cover only the tool and are not in any way
limited to the electrical heating means are classified with ordi-
nary tools of the same kind. Patents limited to the heating
means are classified in the appropriate subclasses of Heaters
in this class when the heater is not limited in its use to the tool
with which it is shown.
22. HEATERS, TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS, HEATERS.
Devices especially adapted to and limited in their use to heat-
ing tools. They are either the exclusive heating means or
may merely control the supply of the heating-current to the
tool, which itself carries the heating element.
455
456
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 219 Continued.
23. HEATERS, TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS, HEATERS,
TOOL-CONTROLLED. The heating-current is turned on
by placing the tool upon or in the heater or stand.
24. HEATERS, TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS, HAIR-CURL-
ERS. Curling-irons provided with electric heating means.
25. HEATERS. TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS, SAD-IRONS.
Sad-irons haying ebctric heating means, except those claimed
in combination with a stand or switch, which are classified
in this class, subclass 23, Heaters, Tools and instruments,
Heaters, Tool-controlled.
26. HEATERS, TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS, SOLDERING-
IRONS. Soldering-irons provided with electric heating
means.
27. HEATERS, TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS, SOLDERING-
IRONS, SOLDER-FEEDING. Electrically-heated solder-
ing-irons provided with means for feeding solder either from a
reservoir or from a reel.
28. HEATERS, TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS, SOLDERING-
IRONS, INDIRECTLY- HEATED. Sofdering- irons in
which the heating element is distinct from the body of the iron
and transmits its heat to the iron.
29. HEATERS, TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS, BURNING.
Devices for severing wood by burning, singeing hair, cauter-
izing, etc.
30. HEATERS, TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS, BURNING
BRANDING-STAMPS. Hand-operated electrically-heated
branding irons and stamps.
31. HEATERS, TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS, BURNING
CAUTERS. Electrically-heated thermocauters and pyro-
graphic points.
32. HEATERS, TOOLS AND INSTRUMENTS, BURNING,
IGNITERS. Devices characterized by a conductor to be
heated to incandescence and used for lighting cigars, gas,
sealing-wax, etc. Igniters which utilize the electric spark
or merely ignite an inflammable fluid which is the igniting
agent are not included, but are classified in class 175, ELEC-
TRICITY, SPECIAL APPLICATIONS.
33. HEATERS, OIL-WELL. Heating devices so shaped that
they may be lowered into oil-wcl!s to liquefy matter solidify-
ing in the cooler portions of the well.
34. HEATERS, RADIATORS. That portion of electric heaters
commonly known as radiators, which are characterized by
means for directing the convection-currents and electric
heaters provided with means for reflecting the heat generated.
35. HEATERS, OVENS. Domestic ovens, muflles, molds, cylin-
drical heaters for the reception of vessels or the material to be
heated, etc. It is characteristic of such devices that the heat-
ing means be appliscl to more than one side or that the heated
space shall be entirely inclosed, and generally both features
are present.
36. HEATERS, OVENS, TUBULAR. Heating-tubes which are
open at both ends. In the majority of cases the tube is heated
by the passage of the current through it directly; but the sub-
class also includes devices in which the tube is heated by a re-
sistance external to or embedded in the tube. In some cases
the material to be heated is confined in vessels, though gener-
ally the material is received directly in the tube or passes
through it directly contacting the walls of the tube, as when
heating crushed ore.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclasses 22, Heat-
ers, Tools and instruments, Heaters, and 23, Heaters, Tools
and instruments, Heaters, Tool-controlled.
37. HEATERS, RADIATING-PLATE. Electric heaters pro-
vided with special radiating-plates. Includes such devices
commonly known as radiators, rotating cylinders, such as used
in ironing-machines, etc.
38. HEATERS, FLUID. Electric heaters peculiarly adapted to
the heating of fluids, either liquids or gases, either at rest or in
circulation, and whether for generation of steam or not; but
patents for the combination of the electric heating means and
elements of the circulating system, as in hot-water or steam
heating systems, are not included.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclasses 43, Heat-
ers, Vessels and stands, and 44, Heaters, Vessels.
39. HEATERS, FLUID, FORCED CIRCULATION. The com-
bination of electric heaters with means for causing the circula-
tion of the fluid to be heated, either a liquid or a gas, and usu-
ally include a casing or conduit through which the fluid is
forced and in which the heater is located.
40. HEATERS, FLUID, FLUID IN CIRCUIT. The fluid is
heated by the passage of the current directly through it.
41. HEATERS, FLUID, IMMERSION. Devices intended to be
immersed temporarily in the liquid to be heated and which are
not organized parts of the containing vessel.
42. HEATERS, HEATING-FANS. Fans provided with heating
elements on the vanes, so as to heat the air moved by the fan.
CLASS 219 Continued.
43. HEATERS, VESSELS AND STANDS. Either combinations
of vessels provided with heating means and stands upon which
they may be placed to close the circuit or combinations of ves-
sels and stands provided with heating means.
44. HEATERS, VESSELS. Vessels provided with permanently
attached heating means.
45. HEATERS, INCANDESCENT-LAMP. Heating devices for
various purposes, the heating elements of which are ordinary
incandescent lamps.
46. HEATERS, FLEXIBLE. Pads, hot-water bottles, bath-
robes, fabrics, etc., provided with conducting-wires either be-
tween layers of the fabric or woven into the fabric.
47. HEATERS, INDUCTIONAL. Electric heaters the heating
element of which is either the closed secondary oi a transformer
or some part corresponding to such a secondary or a part made
of magnetic material which may be heated by rapid changes of
magnetism as well as by induced currents.
48. RHEOSTATS. Resistance devices having a plurality of resist-
ances and means for throwing one or more of the resistances in
circuit or a single continuous resistance with means lor throw-
ing more or less of the resistance in circuit.
Note. Mere mounted resistance elements or resistances of particu-
lar construction or composition are classified in this class under
subclass 63, Resistance elements, and the subdivisions there-
under.
49. RHEOSTATS, LAMP-SOCKET. Rheostats designed for use
as parts of incandescent-lamp sockets and claimed in combi-
nation with parts of the socket.
50. RHEOSTATS, COMPRESSIBLE. Rheostats having a com-
pressible resistance element and means for compressing it, so as
to change its resistance.
51. RHEOSTATS, COMPRESSIBLE, PILE. The resistance ele-
ment consists of a pile of plates capable of being pressed into
more or less intimate contact.
52. RHEOSTATS, COMPRESSIBLE, SPRING. The compres
sible resistance element is a spring, usually helical.
53. RHEOSTATS, EMBEDDED-RESISTANCE. Rheostats the
resistance elements of which are permanently embedded.
54. RHEOSTATS, PILE. Rheostats the resistance element of
which consists of a pile of plates and having a slid in g contact to
engage the edges of the plates, and so throw more or less of them
in circuit.
Note. This subclass is distinguished from subclass 51 , Rheostats,
Compressible, Pile, by the fact that the resistance is not con-
trolled, except as a matter of initial adjustment, by varying
the pressure upon the pile.
55. RHEOSTATS, CONTINUOUS-RESISTANCE. Rheostats
the resistance element of which is a single continuous element
and having means for throwing a larger or smaller portion of
the element into circuit.
56. RHEOSTATS, CONTINUOUS - RESISTANCE, HELIX.
The continuous element is a helix.
57. RHEOSTATS, CONTINUOUS-RESISTANCE, LIQUID.
The continuous resistance is a liquid.
58. RHEOSTATS, CONTINUOUS-RESISTANCE, PENETRA-
TION. The continuous resistance is of material capable of
being penetrated without being permanently perforated, such
as a granular material. The resistance in circuit is altered by
means of a contact which penetrates the material more or less.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 57, Rheo-
stats, Continuous-resistance, Liquid, for liquid resistance with
a penetrating electrode.
59. RHEOSTATS, CONTINUOUS - RESISTANCE, REEL.
Rheostats having reels and an intermediate contact over which
the resistance is run from one reel to the other.
60. RHEOSTATS, CONTINUOUS-RESISTANCE, TAPER-
ING. The resistance element is wedge-shaped, so that the
change hi resistance varies unequally for equal advances of the
contact.
61. RHEOSTATS, PLUG-BOXES. Resistance-boxes, such as are
usually employed in laboratory work, in which the resistances
are thrown into or out of circuit by means of a plug or plugs.
62. RHEOSTATS, RECTILINEAR-SLIDE. Rheostats having
a contact member movable in a straight line.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, snbclasses 51, Rheo-
stfts, Compressible, Pile; 54, Rheostats, Pile; 55, Rheostats,
Continuous-resistance; 56, Rheostats, Continuous-resistance,
Helix, and 60, Rheostats, Continuous-resistance, Tapering,
. if the resistance is a continuous member.
63. RESISTANCE ELEMENTS. Resistance elements of either
electric heaters or rheostats. For the most part the patents
cover resistances and their mountings, though claims for the
resistance alone are included.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
457
CLASS 219 Continued.
64. RESISTANCE ELEMENTS, EMBEDDED. The resistance
is embedded in material by means of which it is attached to or
supported in its mounting.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 53, Rheo-
stats, Embedded-resistance.
65. RESISTANCE ELEMENTS, EMBEDDED, FLUID. The
resistance is supported in a fluid confined in a casing which
radiates the heat either to the air or material in which it is
immersed.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclasses 38, Heat-
ers, Fluid, and 41, Heaters, Fluid, Immersion.
66. RESISTANCE ELEMENTS, EMBEDDED, GRANULAR.
The resistance element is embedded in comminuted or granu-
lar material, such as fire-clay, kaolin, etc.
67. RESISTANCE ELEMENTS, ENCASED COILS. The title
is self-explanatory.
68. RESISTANCE ELEMENTS, PILES. The resistance ele-
ments of this subclass consist of piles of plates, bars, etc., which
collectively make up single resistances.
Search Class
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclasses 51, Rheo-
stats, Compressible, Pile, and 54, Rheostats, Pile.
CLASS 219 Continued.
69. RESISTANCE ELEMENTS, ZIGZAG GRIDS. The title is
self-explanatory .
70. RESISTANCE ELEMENTS, ZIGZAG HELIX. The resist-
ance is a helix mounted on a base in zigzag form.
71. RESISTANCE ELEMENTS, COMPOUND-HELIX. The
resistance element is a helix wound on its support in helical
form.
72. RESISTANCE ELEMENTS, GRANULAR. The resistance
element is comminuted or pranular material, such as lamp-
black, powdered coke, etc., suitably mounted or incased.
73. RESISTANCE ELEMENTS, LAMELLAR. Resistance ele-
ments in the form of plates or films.
74. RESISTANCE ELEMENTS, LAMELLAR, RIBBON. Re-
sistance made in various shapes from a ribbon, usually
metallic.
75. RESISTANCE ELEMENTS, CARBON. Tha resistance ele-
ment is carbon in solid form.
70. RESISTANCE ELEMENTS, COMPOSITION. Resistances
of particular composition or the compositions. ,
CLASS 224. PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
The inventions included within this class are themselves specially
adapted to be supported upon some person or object.
The carrying feature predominates. Lifters and grapples are
excluded because the hoisting or lifting feature is considered to
control.
The articles carried also affect the classification for the same reason.
Holders for bouquets, tickets, and other small objects of personal
wear or use are excluded because they are carried for the use only
and not with the idea of transportation.
Subclasses.
1. WEAPON. Miscellaneous protectors and supporters for weapons
while they are being carried.
2. WEAPON, SHEATHS AND SCABBARDS. Protectors or
supports in the form of a cover or case.
Note. Protecting-cases do not strictly come within the main class
title, but are included here on account of their similarity to the
supporting-cases.
3. WEAPON, SHEATHS AND SCABBARDS, HANGERS.
Fastenings by which connection is made with the belt.
Search Class
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 2, Weapon,
Sheaths and scabbards.
4. WATCH AND CLOCK. The title is self-explanatory.
5. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED. Package and article carriers
formed as articles of clothing or directly or indirectly attached
to or supported from the body.
Note. The guards and holders found in class 24, BUCKLES, BUT-
TONS, CLASPS, ETC., are generally for eyeglasses, bouquets,
tickets, and other small articles carried more for personal use
and convenience than for transportation. Chatelaine-hooks
are classified in class 24, BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC.,
unless the support used therewith is specified further than as a
mere ring or nook.
Search Class
135 TENTS, CANOPIES, UMBRELLAS, AND CANES, subclass 12,
Canopy supports, Body harness.
6. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, BABY OR PATIENT.
Means for supporting a person.
7. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, GAME. Hunting and
fishing appurtenances in which the game is carried.
8. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, KNAPSACK. Bags or
cases for articles of personal wear and use.
9. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, KNAPSACK, CONVERTI-
BLE. Knapsacks adapted to be changed into other articles.
10. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, KNAPSACK, CONVERT-
IBLE, TENT. Knapsacks convertible into a tent.
11. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, KNAPSACK, SLINGS
WITH BELTS. Both modes of attachment are used.
12. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, KNAPSACK, SLINGS.
The suspension is in the form of a sling.
Search Class^
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIRES, subclass 11, Body and
belt attached, Knapsack, Slings with belts.
13. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, CARTRIDGE. These
devices hold cartridges or caps.
Note. Cases in which cartridges are handled upon the field or
stored are included here even though not strictly carriers.
14. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, CARTRIDGE, GAR-
MENT-ATTACHED. The carrier is fastened to the garment.
Note. Where there is further modification of the garment than
to make it a suitable support for the cartridges, it is classified
in class 2, APPAREL.
Search Class
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 15, Body and
belt attached, Cartridge, Magazine.
15. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, CARTRIDGE, MAGA-
ZINE. Cartridges are held in a receiver and are fed succes-
sively to a point where they are delivered to the user.
16. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, CARTRIDGE, MAGA-
ZINE, LONGITUDINAL FEED. The cartridge is fed in
the direction of its length.
CLASS 224 Continued.
17. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, CARTRIDGE, COM-
PARTMENT. Each subdivision of the carrier holds a num-
ber of cartridges.
Note. Tubular compartments each holding more than one cart-
ridge are found in this class, subclasses 16, Body and belt at-
tached, Cartridge, Magazine, Longitudinal feed, and 20, Body
and belt attached, Cartridge, Block-cell.
18. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, CARTRIDGE, REVOLV-
ING. The carrier revolves to bring the cartridges successively
to an accessible position.
19. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, CARTRIDGE, TILTING
POCKET. The cartridge-holding pocket turns from the
storage position to one in which all the cartridges are easily
accessible.
20. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, CARTRIDGE, BLOCK-
CELL. Cells formed by holes in a solid block.
21. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, CARTRIDGE, INDI-
VIDUAL HOLDERS. Means of separating cartridges
within the carrier-box. There are also included separate
holders which are not belt-attached.
22. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, CARTRIDGE, BELT
OR SLING. The belt or sling forms the support to which
cartridge-holding devices are attached.
Search Class
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 2, Weapon,
Sheaths and scabbards.
23. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, CARTRIDGE, BELT OR
SLING, LOOP AND POCKET HOLDERS. The loops
and pockets are arranged to hold each a cartridge or an organ-
ized group of cartridges.
Search Class
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 22, Body and
belt attached, Cartridge, Belt or sling.
24. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, CARTRIDGE, BELT
OR SLING, LOOP AND POCKET HOLDERS, SKELE-
TON. The loop consists of a light open holder, usually in
spring form.
25. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, BRACKET. The carrier
projects from the body in the form of a bracket.
Note. Hods for plasterers' use are classified in class 72, MASONRY
AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 134, Implements, Hods
2C. BODY AND BELT ATT ACHED, BAG, CASE, OR FRAME.
The bags are attached to the belt either directly or by chate-
laine.
27. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, BAG, CASE, OR FRAME,
CHATELAINE. The suspensions are of the chatelaine type,
claimed either independently or in combination with the bag.
Note. Hooks for this type of suspension are classified in class 24,
BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 4, Article-holders,
Chatelaine safety-hooks.
28. BODY AND BELT ATTACHED, HAND OR WRIST
ATTACHED. A ring or band secures the device to the hand
or wrist.
Note. Blotters, erasers, and other like articles of stationery remain
in class 120, STATIONERY, even the hand-attached.
29. VEHICLE. These are detachabe carriers for use with a vehicle.
Note. Where the structure of the vehicle is modified to accommo-
date the carrier the classification is with the vehicle.
Search Class
208 VELOCIPEDES, subclass 45, Carrier.
30. VEHICLE, BICYCLE. The structures are intended for
attachment to bicycles.
Search Classes
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclasses 4, Watch and
clock, and 1, Weapon.
208 VELOCIPEDES, subclasses 24, Child's seats, and 45, Carrier;
in subclass 45, Carrier, the carriers modify the construction of
the vehicle or are mounted upon separate wheels.
31.' VEHICLE, BICYCLE, CONVERTIBLE AND COMBINED
Structures intended to be used also for another purpose.
32. VEHICLE, BICYCLE, RECEIVERS. Bags, baskets, boxes,
cases, etc., which inclose or partly inclose the articles carried.
33. VEHICLE, BICYCLE, RECEIVERS, COLLAPSIBLE-
FRAME. The frame of the receiver is collapsible.
459
460
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 224 Continued.
34. VEHICLE, BICYCLE, RECEIVERS, WRAPPER. The
articles to be carried are inclosed within a wrapper which
forms part of the carrier.
Search Class-
ISO CLOTH, LEATHER, AND RUBBER RECEPTACLES, subclass 52,
Covers and cases.
35. VEHICLE, BICYCLE, RECEIVERS, FORWARD-REACH
SUPPORTED. The receiver is attached to the bicycle
forward reach.
36. VEHICLE, BICYCLE, RECEIVERS, HANDLE-BAR
SUPPORTED. The receiver is attached to the bicycle
handle-bar.
37. VEHICLE, BICYCLE, SPRING-HOLDERS. The packages
are held by spring-pressed clamping members.
38. VEHICLE, BICYCLE, SPRING-HOLDERS, FRAME. The
clamping parts are frames.
39. VEHICLE, BICYCLE, BRACKET. The support is in the
form of a bracket.
Search Class
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclasses 32, Vehicle,
Bicycle, Receivers, and 33, Vehicle, Bicycle, Receivers,
Collapsible-f ram e .
40. VEHICLE, BICYCLE, BRACKET, FOLDING. The
bracket can be folded to reduce the bulk when it is not in use.
41. VEHICLE, BICYCLE, BRACKET. HANDLE-BAR SUP-
PORTED. The bracket is fastened to the handle-bar.
Search Class
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 30, Vehicle,
Bicycle.
42. VEHICLE, BICYCLE, HOOKS. The package is suspended
from a hook.
Note. Most of the brackets supporting lamps from bicycles are
capable of use also as hooks for package support.
Search Class
24:0 ILLUMINATION, subclass 58, Light supports. Vehicle, Bi-
cycle.
43. SADDLE-BAGS. The bags are arranged to rest upon or
depend from the back of an animal. Ordinarily there are
two distinct bags connected by a strap or by straps.
44. SADDLE-BAGS, TRAVELING-BAG. The structures can
be used as traveling-bags.
Search Classes
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 47, Hand,
Traveling-bags.
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 41, Traveling-bags.
45. HAND. Hand-supported carriers coming within the main class
purpose, except those otherwise thereunder classified.
Note. Traveling-bags are found in class 190, BAGGAGE, subclass
41, Traveling- pags. and in the subclasses thereunder.
Hand-carriers intimately associated with hoisting features are
found in class 57, HOISTING; subclasses 9, Grapples; 109, Lift-
ers, Barrel and box; 111, Lifters, Spittoon; 112, Lifters, Spool,
and 113, Lifters, Store-goods.
Search Classes
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 28, Body and
belt attached, Hand or wrist attached.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 88, Hand-barrows, for
package and article carriers designed to be carried by two
persons.
CLASS 224 Continued.
46. HAND, CONVERTIBLE AND COMBINED. The carrier
is capable of use for or of change into some other device.
47. HAND, TRAVELING-BAG. Rigid-sided open-ended frames
as well as inclosing cases.
Search Classes
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 44, Saddle-
bags, Traveling-bag.
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 41, Traveling-bags.
48. HAND, TRAY. Trays supported from a single handle and
such double-handle trays as have compartments for individual
articles.
49. HAND, SLING. The articles rest in a flexible band of consid-
erable width which is not strapped about them.
50. HAND, HANDLE AND CLAMPING PLATES. The arti-
cles carried are usually books and are held between flat plates.
51. HAND, HANDLE AND CLAMPING PLATES, STRAP-
TIGHTENER. There is a positive means of tightening the
strap.
Search Class
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 54, Hand,
Handle, bar, and strap, Strap- tightener.
52. HAND, HANDLE, BAR, AND STRAP. The straps are
secured to a bar which in turn is supported by the handle.
Search Class
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 46, Hand,
Convertible and combined.
53. HAND, HANDLE, BAR, AND STRAP, HARNESS. End
straps or cross connections, together with the usual straps,
constitute a harness.
54. HAND, HANDLE, BAR, AND STRAP, STRAP-TIGHT-
EXF.R. There is a positive means of tightening the strap.
Search Class
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 51, Hand,
Handle and clamping plates, Strap-tightener.
55. HAND, HANDLE AND STRAP. The handle supports the
package by a surrounding flexible binding material.
56. HAND, HANDLE AND STRAP, CORD OR CHAIN. A
binding material of approximately circular section is used to
secure the package, and the handle is made of or is adapted to
use with this material.
Note. Fasteners for the packages are found in class 24, BUCKLES,
BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC.; subclasses 17, Bale and package ties,
Packet-holders, and 18, Bale and package ties, Packet-holders,
Cord.
57. HAND, HANDLE AND STRAP, CORD OR CHAIN,
CORD-HOOK. The handle is itself grooved to act as a hook
or has depending hooks in which the cord fastening a package
may be inserted. The hooks do not primarily form the fas-
tening for the cord.
58. HAND, HANDLE AND STRAP, STRAP-LOOP. Inven-
tions in the formation of the depending parts of the handle to
receive the strap.
Search Classes
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 55, Hand,
Handle and strap.
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 59, Traveling-bags, Strap-loop fasteners .
CLASS 229. PAPER RECEPTACLES.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes all receptacles the peculiarities of the construc-
tion of which are due to the fact that they are made of paper, and
also some in which the material is uncertain, but the structure is
of the character generally found in those made of paper.
Subclasses.
1. VESSELS. Miscellaneous paper receptacles not otherwise
classifiable.
2. VESSELS, ANGULAR. Paper vessels of angular form not
otherwise classifiable.
3. VESSELS, CYLINDRICAL. Paper vessels, not otherwise
classifiable, of cylindrical form.
4. VESSELS, CYLINDRICAL, PRESSED. Cylindrical paper
vessels formed by molding the plastic material in dies.
5. VESSELS, LIQUID-PROOFED. Vessels coated with eome
composition to render them impervious to liquid.
Search Class
91 COATING, subclasses 68, Processes and 70, Processes, with
heat.
6. BOXES. Miscellaneous boxes in which the invention does not
lie in the construction of a cut and folded blank.
7. BOXES, DISPENSING. Boxes of the character above men-
tioned in which the invention lies in some construction of the
box or some attachment thereto especially designed to facili-
tate the removal of the contents.
8. BOXES, ORNAMENTAL. Boxes of the character above
described in which the invention is solely in making them of
an ornamental character.
8.5. BOXES, SAVINGS. An auxiliary opening here permits the
insertion of coins, tokens, or other objects to be saved without
opening the box.
9. BOXES, SLIDE. Boxes of the character above mentioned in
which a shell receives a sliding tray.
10. BOXES, SLIDE, COMPARTMENT. A slide-box of the
character above mentioned which is divided into compart-
ments.
11. BOXES, SLIDE, DISPENSING. Sliding boxes in which the
invention lies in some construction for facilitating the re-
moval of the contents.
12. BOXES, CYLINDRICAL. Boxes of the character above
described of cylindrical form.
Search Class
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclass 93, Tubes, Cylindrical.
13. BOXES, CYLINDRICAL, PRESSED BOTTOMS AND
TOPS. Bottoms and tops for cylindrical boxes made by
pressing the material in dies.
14. BOXES, LINED. Boxes of the character above described
which are lined with various materials.
15. BOXES, COMPARTMENT. Boxes of the character above
mentioned which are divided into separate compartments.
Includes paper cells.
16. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES. Miscellaneous cut and folded
blanks for making a box.
17. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, DISPENSING. Folded-blank
boxes in which the invention lies in a construction specially
adapted to facilitate access to the contents.
18. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, SECTORS. A form of folded-
blank box which is made in the form of a sector for the purpose
of enabling a number of the boxes to be packed together in
a cylindrical or conical receptacle.
19. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, SLIDE. Boxes in which the
invention lies in the formation and folding of the blank for
making a sliding box.
20. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, SLIDE, DISPENSING. Folded-
blank sliding boxes in which the construction involved is
intended especially to facilitate the removal of the contents.
21. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, CYLINDRICAL. A folded-
blank box of cylindrical form.
22. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, TRIANGULAR. Folded-blank
boxes which are of triangular or pyramidal form.
23. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, MULTIPLE. A folded-blank
box made up of more than one blank. The blanks are gener-
ally placed crosswise of each other and may or may not be
secured together.
CLASS 229 Continued.
24. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, BUCKETS Folded-blank
boxes which are provided with handles like a bucket. As a
usual thing the handle, consisting of a wire, is used as a fasten-
ing means for holding the parts of the blank together.
25. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, BUCKETS, CLOSURES.
Folded-blank buckets in which the invention lies in the means
for closing the top of the bucket, the cover being separate from
the blank.
26. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, BUCKETS, CLOSURES, IN-
TEGRAL-COVER. Folded-blank buckets which have a
cover integral with the remainder of the blank.
Search Class
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclasses 16, Folded-blank boxes,
and 31, Folded-blank boxes, Trays, Corner-folds.
27. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, COMPARTMENT. Boxes
made from a folding blank and which are divided by parti-
tions.
28. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, COMPARTMENT, CELLS.
A series of cells formed from blanks or a box formed from a
blank around the sides of a cell series.
29. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, COMPARTMENT, CELLS.
WRAPPER. A series of cells formed from blanks and
secured to a wrapper which is folded over and completely
covers the cells.
30. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, TRAYS. A folded-blank box
of special form in which the sides are folded up around the
bottom of the box as the basis, the corners of the folded-up
portions being secured together to preserve its form.
31. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, TRAYS, CORNER-FOLDS.
Folded-blank trays in which the corners are formed by folding
in a portion of the adjoining sides and securing the fold to
one of the sides.
Search Class
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclasses 24, Folded-blank boxes,
Buckets; 25, Folded-blank boxes, Buckets, Closures, and 26,
Folded-blank boxes, Buckets, Closures, Integral-cover.
32. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, TRAYS, CORNER-FLAPS.
Folded-blank trays in which the corner is formed by cutting a
flap instead of folding in the material.
33. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, TRAYS, CORNER-FLAPS,
COVER EXTENSION. Folded-blank trays having corner-
flaps and also an integral extension to the blank from which the
cover is constructed.
34. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES. TRAYS, CORNER-FLAPS,
INFOLDING SIDE. A folded-blank tray in which two of
the sides have corner-flaps folded inward and secured by
folding over an extension of the other two sides.
35. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, TRAYS, CORNER-FLAPS,
INTERLOCKING. A folded-blank tray provided with
corner-flaps which are notched and slit in such a manner as to
interlock with each other.
36. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, TRAYS, CORNER-FLAPS,
INTERLOCKING, COVER EXTENSION. Folded-blank
trays having corner-flaps which interlock and also having an
extension of the blank from which the cover is constructed.
37. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, TUBES. Miscellaneous folded-
blank boxes in which the four sides of the box are folded up
from a blank and joined together with a single seam, the ends
of the box or top and bottom being formed by flaps extend-
ing from the side pieces.
38. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES. TUBES, CLOSURES, IN-
SERTED FLAPS. Folded-blank boxes of the tube type
in which the invention lies in the formation of a closure having
inserted flaps for securing it.
39. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, TUBES, CLOSURES, IN-
SERTED FLAPS, INTERLOCKING. Folded-blank
tubes in which the closure is made by means of interlocking
parts which prevent the flaps from being withdrawn too
readily.
40. FOLDED-BLANK BOXES, WRAPPERS. Blanks similar
to those from which folded-blank boxes are made but of light
paper and held in place by being folded up around an article.
41. BOXES, COLLAPSIBLE. Boxes not involving the con-
struction of a blank but which are collapsible into flat form.
Search Class
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclasses 37 Folded-blank boxes,
Tubes; 38, Folded-blank boxes, Tubes, Closures, Inserted
flaps, and 39, Folded-blank boxes, Tubes, Closures, Inserted
flaps, Interlocking.
42. BOXES, DIVISION-PLATES. Boxes provided with longi-
tudinal division-plates for separating layers of materials to be
packed therein. Many of these have means for holding con-
fectionery in position on the division-plates.
461
462
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 229 Continued.
43. BOXES, CLOSURES. Boxes of the character above specified,
where the invention lies wholly in the means for closing the
same.
44. BOXES, CLOSURES, HINGED. Inventions in a box-closure
of the hinged form.
45. BOXES, CLOSURES, FASTENERS. Boxes in which the
invention does not lie in the construction of the blank, but is
in a closure which is provided with fastening means.
46. BOXES, CLOSURES, FASTENERS, CORD. Box-closures
in which the fastening means is a cord.
47. BOXES, CLOSURES, FASTENERS, METALLIC. Box-
closures which include metallic fastening devices.
Search Classes
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclass 78, Envelops, Closures,
Fasteners, Metallic.
70 LOCKS AND LATCHES, subclass 101, Seals, Box strap.
48. BOXES, SEAMS. Inventions in the structure of the seam for
joining the parts.
49. BOXES, STAYS. Inventions in devices for staying or strength-
ening thecorners of the box.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 92, Splices and joints.
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 69, Stays, and subclasses
thereunder.
50. BOXES, STAYS, CORD. Boxes having their corners secured
by means of a cord.
51. BOXES, OPENERS, RIPPING. Means for opening the box
by tearing out a cord or some other device for facilitating the
ripping of a portion of the box.
Search Class
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclasses 85, Envelops, Openers,
and 80, Envelops, Openers, Cord.
52. BOXES, HANDLES. Construction of handles to be applied
to boxes.
53. BAGS. Paper bags not otherwise classified.
54. BAGS, SATCHEL. A form of bag which is shaped like a satchel
opens in the same manner, and is provided with a handle.
Search Class
190 BAGGAGE, subclass 43, Traveling bags, Frameless and fold-
ing.
55. BAGS, REINFORCED. Bags which are provided with a
reinforce.
56. BAGS, COMPARTMENT. Bags separated into two or more
compartments by partitions.
57. BAGS, BOTTOMS. Inventions in the construction or forma-
tion of the bottom of the bag, except those classified in other
subclasses of this group.
58. BAGS, BOTTOMS, SQUARE. A bag formed from a paper
tube having a bellows fold in the sides, the end of the tube
being closed by a gummed flap and the sides tucked in at the
lower corners. On filling the bag or compressing it endwise a
square bottom is formed.
59. BAGS, BOTTOMS, SQUARE, CORNER-SLITS. Construc-
tion of square-bottomed bags, where the corners are slit in
order to avoid the necessity of folding.
60. BAGS, BOTTOMS, SQUARE, DIAMOND-FOLD. Square-
bottomed bags in which the bottom is folded into diamond
form with a seam across the bottom running parallel with the
edges of the bags, the ends of the diamond being then folded
together and pasted.
1. BAGS, BOTTOMS, SQUARE, SEAMLESS. A square-bot-
tomed bag in which the bottom is formed at the middle of the
blank, the seams extending along the edges of the bag and the
bottom being therefore without the longitudinal seam which
is characteristic of the diamond fold.
62. BAGS, CLOSURES. Means for closing the mouth of the bag,
which means is not of the character provided for in other sub-
classes.
63. BAGS, CLOSURES, CORD. Bag-closures which are secured
by means of a cord.
64. BAGS, CLOSURES, FLUTED. Closures in which the upper
end of the bag is crimped or fluted to facilitate closing.
65. BAGS, CLOSURES, METALLIC. A bag-closure in which the
fastening is effected by the aid of metallic fasteners, generally
by a strip of soft metal which is folded over the edges of the bag
to secure it.
Search Class
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclass 78, Envelops, Closures,
Fasteners, Metallic.
66. BAGS, OPENING. Devices for readily opening a bag.
67. BARRELS. Paper barrels having a curved bilge.
68. ENVELOPS. Miscellaneous envelops, does not include those
in which the invention lies in the formation and folding of the
blank. An envelop is distinguished from a bag by a closure
of the folding-flap form.
CLASS 229 Continued.
69. ENVELOPS, COIN. Envelops with special provisions for
holding coin in place and preventing their escape in trans-
mission.
70. ENVELOPS, COUPON. Envelops having a coupon attached
and intended principally for sending goods by express.
71. ENVELOPS, DISPLAY. Envelops hav^ag openings through
which the contents may be seen.
72. ENVELOPS, POCKET. An envelop provided with a sepa-
rate pocket in its side.
73. ENVELOPS, RETURN. Envelops which are adapted to be
folded into a different form in order that they may be used to
return an answer.
74. ENVELOPS, TAG. Envelops constructed to be used in the
manner of a tag for attachment to goods.
75. ENVELOPS, BLANKS, Inventions in the cut and folded
blank for forming an envelop.
Search Class
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclass 76, Envelops, Closures, and
subclasses thereunder.
76. ENVELOPS, CLOSURES. Inventions wholly in the means
for closing the mouth of the envelop.
77. ENVELOPS, CLOSURES, FASTENERS. Inventions in a
closure having some special means of fastening.
78. ENVELOPS, CLOSURES, FASTENERS, METALLIC.
Envelops having closures provided with a metallic fastener.
Search Class
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclass 65, Bags, Closures,
Metallic.
79. ENVELOPS, CLOSURES, FASTENERS, SEAL. Envelops
in which the closure is effected by sealing-wax or other adhe-
sive form of seal. Also some in which a fastener is protected
by means of a seal.
80. ENVELOPS, CLOSURES, SEALING. Inventions in some
special mode of closing the envelop by means of an ordinary
gummed flap.
81. ENVELOPS : CLOSURES, SEALING, PERFORATED.
Inventions in a closure of the gummed type, but in which there
are perforations for the purpose of preventing the opening of
the envelop without detection.
82. ENVELOPS, CLOSURES, SEALING, TONGUES. Inven-
tions in a closure of the gummed flap form, which is provided
with a tucked-in tongue.
83. ENVELOPS, CLOSURES, SEALING, SOLUBLE-DYE.
Envelops having sealing-flaps which are printed with or have
concealed in them a soluble dye which spreads if the envelop
is tampered with by the use of water or steam.
84. ENVELOPS, CLOSURES, TONGUE. Envelops wherein
the closing is effected simply by a tucked-in tongue with no
sealing-flap.
85. ENVELOPS, OPENERS. Envelops provided with special
means for facilitating opening.
Search Class
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclass 51, Boxes, Openers, Rip-
ping.
86. ENVELOPS, OPENERS, CORD. Envelops in which the
opening is effected by means of a ripping cord.
Search Class
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclass 51, Boxes, Openers, Rip-
ping.
87. WRAPPERS. Sheets of paper cut in suitable shape for wrap-
ping goods.
Search Class
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 54, Fabrics, Yielding, and subclasses thereunder.
88. WRAPPERS, BAG. Wrappers made up into a special form of
bag to be used for wrapping an article of merchandise.
89. WRAPPERS, BOTTLE. Paper coverings fitted around bot-
tles to prevent breakage when packed for shipment.
90. WRAPPERS, BOTTLES, CORRUGATED. Paper wrap-
pers which are crimped, so as to produce a thick and elastic
wrapping to prevent breakage.
91. WRAPPERS, BOTTLE, PADDED. Paper wrappers for bot-
tles, which are thickened by means of padding material placed
between the layers of the wrapper.
92. WRAPPERS, MAILING-SHEETS. Wrappers for newspa-
pers or for general mailing purposes.
93. TUBES, CYLINDRICAL. Paper tubes having open ends and
intended generally for mailing drawings and similar articles.
Search Class
229 PAPER RECEPTACLES, subclass 12, Boxes, Cylindrical
CLASS 231. WHIPS AND WHIP APPARATUS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes apparatus peculiar to the manufacture of whips
and also novel forms of whips.
Subclasses.
1. WHIP-MACHINES. Machines peculiar to whip manufacture,
mostly rolling, pressing, and shaping machines.
Search Classes
28 CORDAGE, subclasses 4, Braiding, for plaiting, and shaping
machines, and 21, Cord and rope machines, for twisting
machines.
69 LEATHER MANUFACTURES, subclass 9, Machines, Skiving
and splitting, for leather splitting and skiving machines.
2. WHIPS. Whips for riding and driving; also, some whip-goads.
CLASS 231 Continued.
3. WHIPS, CONVERTIBLE WHIPS AND CANES. Whips
that can be readily converted into walking-canes.
4. WHIPS, LASHES. Lashes or snaps for whips.
Search Class
28 CORDAGE, subclass 25, Braids where the novelty resides in a
peculiar braid or plat.
5. WHIPS, LASH AND SNAP FASTENINGS. Means for
fastening the lash or snap to the whip stock or handle.
6. WHIPS, CAPS, BUTTONS, AND JOINTS. Caps, ferrules,
or buttons and whip-joints.
Search Classes
43 FISHING AND TRAPPING, subclass 16, Fishing-rods.
135 TENTS, CANOPIES, UMBRELLAS, AND CANES, subclass 45,
Canes and sticks.
463
CLASS 232. DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
The general characteristics of the types of receivers here included
are that they are emptied through openings different from those
through which they are filled, that they receive at intervals and are
emptied or discharged in bulk, and that they are intended to be filled
and emptied by different persons. These need not all be present in
each case.
Receptacles for garbage are classified in class 220, METALLIC SHIP-
PING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass 115, Receptacles, Garbage, and
subclasses thereunder.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Deposit and collection receptacles not
otherwise classifiable.
2. BALLOT-BOXES. Receptacles for tickets or tokens to repre-
sent the votes cast.
3. BALLOT-BOXES, BALL. The tokens used are in the form of
balls.
4. SAVINGS-BOXES. Miscellaneous money boxes or banks in
which the money is inserted through a slot or other small
opening. They are portable, but, as distinguished from
portable fare-boxes, are not provided with such handles as
facilitate their presentation to others by the holder for coin
insertion.
Note. When the box is essentially a toy, as by reason of a fanciful
shape or an amusement feature, it is classified in class 46,
GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 36, Toy money-boxes.
5. SAVINGS-BOXES, INSPECTION. The construction or mate-
rial permits examination of the contents without opening the
box.
6. SAVINGS-BOXES, FRAME-FASTENINGS. The inventions
modify the box structure to provide retaining means for the
several Darts.
7. FARE-BOXES. Receivers for tickets, coins, or tokens which
represent the fare and which are inserted through a slot or
other small opening. This subclass contains such fare-boxes
as are not otherwise herein classified.
Note. Where the term "coin" is used hereinafter, it is intended
to refer also, when suitable, to tickets or other tokens.
8. FARE-BOXES, TICKET PUNCHING AND CANCELING.
The tickets are mutilated as they are introduced into the
device.
9. FARE-BOXES, MULTIPLE COIN SLOT AND RUNWAY.
A series of slots permits insertion of coins at any one of a num-
ber of points into a common runway.
10. FARE-BOXES, TICKET AND CHANGE. The boxes are
subdivided to hold tickets and money.
11. FARE-BOXES, TICKET, CAR. The ticket-holders are at-
tached to the car or seat-frame and are particularly adapted for
car use.
12. FARE-BOXES, RECEIVERS. Inventions relating to the
boxes, bags, etc., in which the coins are held pending collec-
tion.
13. FARE-BOXES, ILLUMINATION. A portion of the box is
artificially lighted.
14. FARE-BOXES, CHANGE-GATES. Devices in the form of
gates permit the passenger tj secure change or tickets from the
driver.
15. FARE-BOXES, COLLECTION DEVICES, SAFETY-
RECEPTACLE. The receptacle can not be removed from
the box without closing one or both of these parts, the contents
of which are then not accessible to the carrier.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 31,
Letter-boxes, Collection devices, Safety-receptacles.
If,. FARE-BOXES, COLLECTION DEVICES, SAFETY-
RECEPTACLE. AUXILIARY. The collection device does
not here receive or hold the coins in the first place, butisinde-
Eendent of and separable from the storage compartment of the
ire-box and is used for the removal of the contents of this com-
partment at intervals.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 32,
Letter-boxes, Collection devices, Safety-receptacle, Auxiliary.
2G674 12 30
CLASS 232 Continued.
17. LETTER-BOXES. The boxes receive and hold mail-matter
either awaiting collection by the carrier or which has been
delivered by him.
Note. Letter boxes and compartments such as are used in post-
offices are classified inclass211, STORE FURNITURE, subclass 36,
Post-office furniture.
18. LETTER-BOXES, TICKET REGISTERS AND RE-
CORDERS. These are checks upon the time, order, or fact
of collection and are obtained by registry or record.
19. LETTER-BOXES, HOUSE. Boxes which are specially
adapted to house use by reason of some other feature than that
of an attached signal or alarm. This other feature may be a
pivoted body or other means permitting access from either side
or a chute for mail delivery into the house, etc.
20. LETTER-BOXES, HOUSE, COLLECTION AND DE-
LIVERY. Boxes specially arranged to deliver outgoing mail
as well as to receive incoming mail.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclasses 14,
Change-gates, and 27, Letter-boxes, Collection and delivery.
21. LETTER-BOXES, HOUSE, COLLECTION AND DELIV-
ERY, COMPARTMENT. The receiver for the outgoing
mail is separate from the receiver or chute for the incoming
mail.
22. LETTER-BOXES, HOUSE, DOOR OR WINDOW JAMB.
The jambs cooperate with the boxes or fastenings therefor, so
that access to the boxes can be had when the house doors or
windows are open, and then only.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 42, Milk-
receptacles, Door or window jamb.
23. LETTER-BOXES, HOUSE, INSIDE FASTENER. The
release of the doors upon the outer side of the boxes is con-
trolled by means within the house.
24. LETTER-BOXES, COMPARTMENT. Separate compart-
ments are provided for different classes of mail or for that
intended for different persons.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 21,
Letter-boxes, House, Collection and delivery, Compartment.
25. LETTER-BOXES, COMPARTMENT, COOPERATIVE
CLOSURES. The same closure or cooperating closures gov-
ern the opening or openings to the several compartments.
26. LETTER-BOXES, COMPARTMENT, COOPERATIVE
CLOSURES, DISTRIBUTING-GUIDE. A single entrance
or discharge-opening is used for all the compartments by
relative movement of the compartments and opening or by
guides connecting at will with any compartment.
27. LETTER-BOXES, COLLECTION AND DELIVERY.
Boxes having provision for outgoing mail in addition to or in
connection with the receptacle for the incoming mail.
Note. Where a separate compartment is provided, the invention
is classified in this class, subclass 21, Letter-boxes, House, Col-
lection and delivery, Compartment, or subclass 24, Letter-
boxes, Compartment, and subclasses thereunder.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 20,
Letter-boxes, House, Collection and delivery.
28. LETTER-BOXES, PIVOTED-RECEIVER. The receivers
in which the mail is held form also the doors of the boxes.
They are open upon the inner side, and so are accessible for
removal of mail when the doors are opened.
Note. When the entire box moves, the construction is classified
in this class, subclass 40, Letter-boxes, Supports and fasten-
ings, Movably-attached.
29. LETTER-BOXES, AUXILIARY, COOPERATING.
Boxes intended for use in connection with other letter-boxes
and modified for this purpose. The usual modification con-
sists in shaping them to conform to such other boxes hi shape.
30. LETTER-BOXES, COLLECTION DEVICES. Bags or
boxes in which the mail is transported from the letter-boxes
to the post-offices and which cooperate with the letter-boxes.
In some cases these receptacles form the receivers of the letter-
boxes
31. LETTER-BOXES, COLLECTION DEVICES, SAFETY-
RECEPTACLE. The construction is such that either the
receptacle or the box-bottom, or both, must be closed and
locked before the receptacle can lie removed from the box.
Usually neither of the parts can be unlocked by the carrier
except' when they are together.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 15,
Fare-boxes, Collection devices, Safety-receptacle.
465
466
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 232 Continued.
32. LETTER-BOXES. COLLECTION DEVICES, SAFETY-
RECEPTACLE AUXILIARY. The letter-boxes them-
selves contain receivers in which the mail is stored pending
collection and from which this mail is emptied into the auxil-
iary receptacles at intervals. The auxiliary receptacles
usually fit a number of boxes each and are carried from one to
another, each receiving the contents of a number of boxes.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 16.
Fare-boxes, Collection devices, Safety-receptacle, Auxiliary.
33. LETTER-BOXES, PACKAGE CLIPS AND POCKETS,
Clips and open pockets for holding packages attached either
to the inside or to the outside of the box proper or independent
thereof if they do not then themselves form complete boxes.
34. LETTER-BOXES, SIGNALS, SIGHT. Visual signals indi-
cating the presence of mail in the box.
35. LETTER-BOXES, SIGNALS, SIGHT, DOOR-CON-
TROLLED. The signals are moved or released by the action
of the door of the box.
36. LETTER-BOXES, SIGNALS, SOUND, DOOR-CON-
TROLLED. Alarms operated by movement of the box-
doors.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 14,
Fare-boxes, Change-gates.
37. LETTER-BOXES, INDICATORS, DOOR-OPERATED.
Indicators moved intermittently by the action of the doors.
They are usually for the purpose of showing the times of the
next collections.
38. LETTER-BOXES, FRAME CONSTRUCTION. Inven-
tions showing the details of frame construction and the mate-
rials used, but not special shapes, are placed here.
39. LETTER-BOXES, SUPPORTS AND FASTENINGS. The
supports here included are such only as are particularly suited
for box-support. The fastenings are means for securing the
boxes to buildings, posts, or other supports.
40. LETTER-BOXES, SUPPORTS AND FASTENINGS,
MOVABLY-ATTACHED. The supporting means permits
movement of the boxes.
Note. Where portions only of the boxes are pivoted and carry
with them the mail-receivers, they are classified in this class,
subclass 28, Letter-boxes, Pivot ed-receiver.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 14,
Fare-boxes, Change-gates.
41. MILK-RECEPTACLES. Safeguards, generally fixed in loca-
tion, which protect milk from theft after delivery or which
protect a milk-receptacle from the weather.
Note. Inventions in the receptacle itself apart from the protect-
ing means are not here included.
42. MILK-RECEPTACLES, DOOR OR WINDOW JAMB.
The jambs cooperate with the receptacles or fastenings there-
for, so that access to the receptacles can be had when the house
doors or windows are open, and then only.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 22,
Letter-boxes, House, Door or window jamb.
43. MILK-RECEPTACLES, FUNNEL-FILLER. The milk is
poured in through a chute, tube, or funnel.
44. CLOSURES AND CHUTES. Constructions of the passages,
traps, or chutes through which letters, packages, coins, or
tokens pass between the point of insertion and the receiving-
box. There are included also covers, flaps, and doors for the
inlet and outlet openings, operating means for these or for the
traps, and body construction in so far as it forms the chute or
permits inspection of the same.
45. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, LETTER-BOX. Inyentions
particularly adapted to letter-box use.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 30,
Letter-boxes, Signals, Sound, Door-controlled.
46. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, LETTER-BOX, NAME-
PLATE. The name-plate is so formed as to combine there-
with a mail-chute. The plate usually forms the cover of the
chute.
47. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, LETTER-BOX, PIVOTED-
TRAP. A pivoted plate, pocket, or other holder receives the
mail and by its movement causes or permits the passage of
such mail into the body of the box. The flap or door usually
cooperates with the trap to prevent unauthorized access to the
contents.
CLASS 232 Continued.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 57.
Closures and chutes, Coin-trap, Pivoted.
48. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, LETTER-BOX, PIVOTED-
TRAP, DOUBLE. The closing means consists of two coop-
erating traps, each covering a part (usually half) of the opening.
49. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, LETTER-BOX, PIVOTED-
TRAP, POCKET. The trap incloses or partly incloses the
mail-matter.
50. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, LETTER-BOX, PIVOTED-
TRAP, POCKET, BOTTOMLESS. These pockets are
themselves in the nature of chutes. The cylindrical casing
within which they turn acts as a bottom or end during a por-
tion of the movement. One. end is sometimes closed; but in
that case the mail is not supported by this end.
51. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, LETTER-BOX, PIVOTED-
TRAP, POCKET, INTEGRAL DOOR. The door is rigid
with the pocket.
52. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, LETTER-BOX, PPVOTED-
TRAP, TURNSTILE. The trap is in the form of a turnstile.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 61,
Closures and chutes, Coin-trap, Pivoted, Rotatable, Turnstile.
53. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, LETTER-BOX, DISCHARGE.
Constructions of the door or bottom intended to facilitate the
withdrawal of mail-matter from the box.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 15, Fare-
boxes, Collection devices, Safety-receptacle, and subclass
thereunder; also, subclass 30, Letter-boxes, Collection devices,
and subclasses thereunder.
54. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, LETTER-BOX, GUARD-
FINGERS. Points or sharp-edged strips project into the
chute, guiding the mail-matter and preventing its abstraction
through the chute-mouth.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 63, Clos-
ures and chutes, Serrated shelves.
55. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, COIN-TRAP. Traps are mov-
able rests, stops, or holders which temporarily retain coins,
etc., within the chute and which by their movement dis-
charge the coins upon another trap or into the receiver.
56. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, COIN-TRAP, ENDLESS
CARRIER. The carrier is in the form of an endless belt.
57. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, COIN-TRAP, PIVOTED.
The trap turns upon a pivot.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 47, Clos-
ures and chutes, Letter-box, Pivoted-trap.
58. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, COIN-TRAP, PIVOTED,
COOPERATING CHUTE-CLOSURE. The operation of
the trap causes or is coincident with the closing of the chute.
,59. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, COIN-TRAP, PIVOTED,
COOPERATING CHUTE-CLOSURE, MULTIPLE-
TRAP. Two or more traps form the cooperating means of
closing the chute. They may act together pr in any predeter-
mined order.
60. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, COIN-TRAP, PIVOTED,
ROTATABLE. The traps move intermittently in the same
direction to bring successive portions under the chute.
61. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, COIN-TRAP, PIVOTED,
ROTATABLE, TURNSTILE. The rotatable part is in the
form of a turnstile.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 52, Clo-
sures and chutes, Letter-box, Pivoted-trap, Turnstile.
62. CLOSURES AND CHUTES, GRAVITY REVERSE-
CHECKS. Removal of the contents by reversal of a recep-
tacle is prevented by a gravity-actuated closure or by the
action of a gravity-actuated lock, catch, or release.
63. CLOSURE AND CHUTES, SERRATED SHELVES. These
extend into the chute to check withdrawal of the contents of
the box. Shelves having fraud-preventive slits or other open-
ings in the body of the shelf are included here, as well as those
notched at the" edges.
Search Class
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 54, Clo-
sures and chutes, Letter-box, Guard-fingers.
CLASS 234. RECORDERS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes devices for making a permanent record of the
movements of machines or instruments whose movements are de-
sired to be recorded and preserved, except organized machines in
connection with whose movements a recording device may be em-
ployed, if desired, but merely as an accessory feature. In this latter
case the recording device will be cross-referenced into this class.
The class also includes watchmen's and workmen's tune-recorders
and time-stamps.
Devices connected or attached to weighing-machines for printing
or impressing upon a card or paper the weight of the article weighed
are classified in class 73, MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 100,
Balances, Recording.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. All recording devices that cannot prop-
erly be classified elsewhere.
1.5. ELECTRIC. Miscellaneous recording means electrically oper-
ated.
2. COMBINED RECORDERS AND REGISTERS. Miscella-
neous apparatus wherein both a record and a registration are
made.
3. COMBINED RECORDERS AND REGISTERS, FARE,
INDIVIDUAL-RECORD. Apparatus combining a fare-
register and a fare-recorder, a record being made of each indi-
vidual fare.
4. COMBINED RECORDERS AND REGISTERS, FARE,
TOTAL-RECORD. Apparatus combining a fare-register
and a fare-recorder, a record being taken at the end of a trip
or at any desired time of the total number of fares taken up
to that time.
5. COMBINED RECORDERS AND REGISTERS, SPEED.
Devices for recording the speed of a moving part and also an
indicator for showing the speed at any particular time.
5.5. ELECTRIC METER. Devices for recording the movements
of the various kinds of electrical measuring instruments.
6. COMBINED READINGS. Devices for recording movements
of two or more different characters, as pressure and speed, etc. '
7. ANEMOMETER. Devices for recording the force or the direc-
tion of the wind.
8. CARTOGRAPHIC. Devices for recording the irregularities of
the surface of the ground or the bed of a river or other body of
water.
9. FARE. Devices for recording the number of fares taken in a
car or other conveyance.
Search Class
234 RECORDERS, subclass 3, Combined recorders and registers,
Fare, Individual-record, and subclass 4, Combined recorders
and registers, Fare, Total-record.
9.5. FARE. ELECTRIC. Electrically-operated devices for record-
ing the number of fares taken in a car or other conveyance.
10. FLOAT. Devices for recording the variations in the level of
water or other liquid, the marker being connected to a float
resting upon the surface of the liquid.
Search Class
234 RECORDERS, subclass 28, Specific gravity.
11. HEAT. Devices for recording the temperature as, for exam-
ple, recording thermometers or pyrometers.
12. PASSENGER. Devices, not classifiable in other subclasses of
this group, for recording the number of persons or objects
whose movements are desired to be recorded.
12.5. PASSENGER, ELECTRIC. Electrically-operated devices
for recording the number of persons or objects, the device
being operated by the person or object itself.
13. PASSENGER, GATE. Devices for recording the number of
persons passing through a gate or turnstile.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 93, Gate and turnstile operated.
14. PASSENGER, SEAT. Devices for recording the length of
time a car or carriage seat has been occupied.
15. PASSENGER, STEP. Devices for recording the number of
persons passing over a step, the step being movable and actu-
ating the marker when depressed.
CLASS 234 Continued.
16. POWER. Devices for recording power as, for example, re-
cording-d ynamometers .
17. PRESSURE. Pressure-recording devices not classifiable in
other subclasses of this group.
18. PRESSURE, AIR-BRAKE. Devices for recording the pres-
sure used in applying air-brakes to a train.
19. PRESSURE, GAGE, DISK. Recording-pressure gages where
the record is made upon a rotating disk.
20. PRESSURE, GAGE, DRUM. Recording-pressure gages
where the record is made upon a rotating drum or upon a
strip of paper passing from one drum to another.
21. STEAM-ENGINE INDICATORS. The construction of the
entire indicator; also, parts of the indicator not classifiable
elsewhere.
22. STEAM-ENGINE INDICATORS, BOURDON TYPE.
Steam-engine indicators where a Bourdon tube is employed
instead of the ordinary steam-cylinder.
23. STEAM-ENGINE INDICATORS, DRUM. The construc-
tion of the reciprocating drum carrying the paper and also
the connection with said drum of the operating-cord.
24. STEAM-ENGINE INDICATORS, ENGINE CONNEC-
TIONS. Connections between the steam-engine or any of its
parts and the indicator whereby the latter is operated or is
secured in place.
25. STEAM-ENGINE INDICATORS, INDICATOR-CYLIN-
DER. The construction of the indicator-cylinder, including
also any pencil holding or operating devices.
26. SHIP'S COURSE. Devices for making a continuous record of
the course of a moving ship, such as recording-compasses, etc.
26.5. SHIP'S COURSE, ELECTRIC. Electrically-operated de-
vices for making a continuous record of the course of a moving
ship.
27. SIGNAL. Devices for recording the tune or duration of steam-
whistles or other signals.
27.5. SIGNAL, ELECTRIC. Electrically-operated devices for re-
cording the operation of the various kinds of signals.
28. SPECIFIC GRAVITY. Devices for recording the vary ing spe-
cific gravity of a liquid, as determined by a hydrometer or
other instrument.
29. SPEED. Devices for recording the speed of any moving object
except rotating shafts.
29.5. SPEED, ELECTRIC. Electrically-operated speed-recorders.
30. SPEED, SHAFT, CONTINUOUS-RECORD. Devices, not
classifiable in subclass 31, Speed, Shaft, Continuous-record,
Governor-controlled, and subclass 32, Speed, Shaft, Continu-
ous-record, Uniform-amplitude, for making a continuous un-
broken record of the speed of a rotating shaft.
31. SPEED, SHAFT, CONTINUOUS-RECORD, GOVERNOR-
CONTROLLE D. Devices controlled by a governor for mak-
ing a continuous unbroken record of the speed of a rotating
shaft.
32. SPEED SHAFT, CONTINUOUS-RECORD, UNIFORM-
AMPLITUDE. Devices for making a continuous unbroken
record of the soeed of a moving shaft , t he marker being moved
back and forth always the same distance.
33. SPEED, SHAFT, INTERMITTENT-RECORD. Devices
for recording the speed of a rotating shaft, the record compris-
ing a series of marks or punctures.
33.5. TELEPHONE. Electrically-operated devices for recording
the time of service or other facts connected with the operation
of a telephone system.
Note. For indicating (not recording) devices analogous to the
above see class Nil, TI.ME-COXTROU.IXG MECHANISM , subclass
19, Timing mechanism, Telephone-service.
34. VOLUME. Devices for continuously recording the volume of
water or other fluid passing through a certain space.
34.5. VOLUME, ELECTRIC. Electrically-operated devices for
recording the volume of water or other fluid passing through
a certain space.
35. VOLUME, METER-READING. Devices whereby the read-
ing of a gas or other meter may be transferred to a card.
467
468
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 234 Continued.
36. TIME. Devices for recording the time of two or more succes-
sive movements of an object past the same point; also, de-
vices for recording the absolute time at which a certain opera-
tion takes place; also, devices, such as chronographs, for re-
cording very small intervals of time.
36.5. TIME, ELECTRIC. Electrically-operated devices analogous
to those in subclass 36, Time, this class.
37. TIME, WATCHMEN'S, MISCELLANEOUS. Watchmen's
time recorders not classified elsewhere.
Note. Devices for indicating but not recording time, when a
watchman has signaled from his station are found in class 161,
TIME-CONTROLLING MECHANISM, subclass 20, Timing-mech-
anism, Watchmen's.
37.5. TIME, WATCHMEN'S, ELECTRIC. Electrically-operated
watchmen's time-recorders, except those classified in subclass
37.6, Time, Watchmen's, Electric, Receivers, this class.
37.6. TIME, WATCHMEN'S, ELECTRIC, RECEIVERS. Elec-
trically-operated watchmen's time-recorders where the inven-
tion resides only in the part of the system where the record is
made.
38. TIME, WATCHMEN'S, STATIONARY-RECORD, TIME-
OPERATED MARKER. Recorders having a stationary
record-surface, usually graduated in divisions of time, over the
surface of which passes a time-operated marker which is forced
into contact with the record-surface by the watchman as he
makes his round.
33. TIME, WATCHMEN'S, TIME-OPERATED RECORD,
MULTIPLE-KEY. Recorders carried by the watchman on
his round, each recorder comprising a time-operated record-
surface and a marking device which is forced into contact with
the record-surface by a key secured at the station, each station
having its individual key.
40. TIME, WATCHMEN'S, TIME-OPERATED RECORD,
SINGLE-KEY. Watchmen's time-recorders located at the
several stations, each recorder comprising a time-operated
record-surface upon which a mork or impression is made either
through an aperture in the casing by a marker connected to
the recorder or carried by the watchman or by means of a
marker permanently affixed to the recorder and operated by
means of a cord, lever, or key.
41. TIME, WORKMEN'S, MISCELLANEOUS. Workmen's
time-recorders not classified elsewhere.
N O te. Devices for indicating but not recording times when a
workman arrives, or the time when work is done, are found in
classiei, TIME-CONTROLLING MECHANISM, subclass 21, Timing
mechanism, Workman's.
41.5. TIME, WORKMEN'S, ELECTRIC. Electrically-operated
workmen's time-recorders.
42. TIME, WORKMEN'S, CHECK-RECEIVERS. Machines
having a number of compartments corresponding to divisions
of time and in which a check deposited by the workman is
automatically directed to the proper compartment.
43. TIME, WORKMEN'S, INDIVIDUAL-CARD, TIME-
IMPRESSION. Machines for printing upon workmen's
identification-cards inserted therein, the time of their insertion.
Search Class
234 RECORDERS, subclasses 54, Time-stamps, Dial, Movable-
dial; 55, Time-stamps, Dial, Movable-platen; 56, Time-stamps,
Drum, Movable-drum; 57, Time-stamps, Drum, Movable-
platen.
44 TIME, WORKMEN'S, INTERMITTENTLY-MOVABLE
RECORD, TIME-PRINTING WHEEL, AUTOGRAPHIC.
Machines having a strip of paper upon which the workman
writes his name, after which he operates a lever or moves some
part of the machine which causes the time to be printed in line
with the name and also moves the paper for the next workman.
Search Class
234 RECORDERS, subclass 49, Time, Workmen's, Time-operated
record, Autographic.
45. TIME, WORKMEN'S, INTERMITTENTLY-MOVABLE
RECORD, TIME-PRINTING WHEEL, CHECK-OPER-
ATED. Machines where a check bearing the workman's des-
ignation is dropped into a chute, the chock falling to a position
inline with time-printing wheels and in its passage causing the
operation of a printing-platen which imprints the workman's
number and time upon a strip of paper which during the oper-
ation is moved to expose a fresh surface on the printing-line.
CLASS 234 Continued.
46. TIME, WORKMEN'S INTERMITTENTLY-MOVABLE
RECORD, TIME-PRINTING WHEEL, INDIVIDUAL-
RECORD, SINGLE-IMPRESSION. Machines where a
record is made by a set of time-printing wheels upon a record-
sheet, there being a single operating-lever which by its opera-
tion first causes the record-sheet to move to place into printing
position that portion corresponding to the workman's number
and then causes the engagement of the printing-wheels there-
with.
47. TIME, WORKMEN'S, INTERMITTENTLY-MOVABLE
RECORD, TIME-PRINTING WHEEL, PRINTING-
KEY. Machines wherein the workman inserts and turns a
key bearing his individual designation, which key cooperates
with time-printing wheels and in its operation causes the move-
ment of a printing platen and also advances the record-strip.
48. TIME, WORKMEN'S, INTERMITTENTLY-MOVABLE
RECORD, TIME-PRINTING WHEEL, PRINTING-
KEY, OPERATING-LEVER. Machines similar to those
in subclass 47 in this class, except that instead of turning the
key the key is inserted and a separate lever operated to cause
the movements of the parts.
49. TIME, WORKMEN'S, TIME-OPERATED RECORD,
AUTOGRAPHIC. Devices having a record-sheet moved by
a time-train, the sheet having the time printed on its margin,
either in and by the machine or before being placed therein,
the workman writing his name upon an exposed portion of the
paper.
Search Class
234 RECORDERS, subclass 44, Time, Workmen's, Intermittently-
movable record, Time-printing wheel, Autographic.
50. TIME, WORKMEN'S, TIME-OPERATED RECORD,
INDIVIDUAL-RECORD, SINGLE-IMPRESSION. Ma-
chines having a time-operated record-sheet with a separate
place for the record of each workman, there being but a single
key for all the workmen,
51. TIME, WORKMEN'S, TIME-OPERATED RECORD,
INDIVIDUAL-RECORD, SINGLE IMPRESSION,
PRINTING-KEY. Machines having a time-operated record-
sheet with a separate place thereon for each workman's desig-
nation, each workman having an individual key.
52. TIME, WORKMEN'S, TIME-OPERATED RECORD,
INDIVIDUAL-RECORD, TAG-OPERATED MARKER.
Machines where an individual record is made, either by a con-
tinuous mark while the workman is employed or by single
marks made at the beginning and end of work, the marker
being operated by means of a tag hung on a hook or other part
of the machine.
53. TIME, WORKMEN'S, WAGE-COMPUTERS. Devices for
making a continuous record during the time the workman is
employed, the recording-surface being graduated to indicate
time employed or amount of wages due for such time, or both,
so that the record will show at any time the amount due the
workman.
Search Class
234 RECORDERS, subclass 52, Time, Workmen's, Time-operated
record, Individual-record, Tag-operated marker.
53.5. TIME-STAMPS, ELECTRIC. Electrically-operated time-
stamps.
%
54. TIME-STAMPS, DIAL, MOVABLE-DIAL. Time-stamps
having the time indications on the face of dials or disks and in
which when operated the dials are forced against a stationary
platen.
55. TIME-STAMPS, DIAL, MOVABLE-PLATEN. Time-
stamps having the time indications on the face of dials or disks
and in which when operated the platen is forced against the
dials.
56. TIME-STAMP, DRUM, MOVABLE-DRUM. Time-stamps
having the time indications on the periphery of drums or
wheels and in which when operated the drums are forced
against a stationary platen.
57. TIME-STAMPS, DRUM, MOVABLE-PLATEN. Time-
stamps having the time indications on the periphery of drums
or wheels and in which when operated the platen is forced
against the drums.
CLASS 235. REGISTERS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes machines employed for ascertaining the num-
ber of movements of various devices or machines; also, indicating
devices where the purpose is to disclose the extent or quantity of
movement of the indicator and where the device is separate and
independent of the machine whose movements are to be noted;
also, organized machines (cash-registers, fare-registers, voting-ma-
chines, and calculators) having registering or counting devices as
essential or important elements and having in addition certain
other features necessary to make up the complete machines for the
purposes desired. In this class are also some recording devices
recording cash-registers, recording-calculators, and recording voting-
machines which are classified herein instead of in class 234, RE-
CORDERS, by reason of the analogy of the machines as entireties to
other machines (cash-registers, etc.), in this class and their dissimi-
larity to other recording devices. These recording devices usually,
but not invariably, comprise attachments for printing numbers.
Registers per se include attachments to machines whore the pur-
pose is to ascertain or count the number of movements thereof, such
as engine-counters, counters for printing-presses, etc. They also
include devices comprising indicating hands or pointers (or equiva-
lents thereof), whether moved regularly or irregularly, forward or
backward, in cooperation with a scale or index to disclose the extent
of movement.
In addition to registers per se, the class is subdivided into various
groups according to the functions of the machines classified therein.
Note. The registering mechanisms employed in cash-registers
(except those in subclass 13) and calculators are capable of being
operated to different extents that is, if they comprise drums hav-
ing numerals from "0" to "9" on their peripheries they may be
operated one step or more up to the limit at one operation, dependent
upon the key or equivalent actuated. Moreover, any drum or drums
(or equivalent) in the set representing different orders, as units, tens,
etc., or dollars and cents, may be operated either singly or together.
In these respects the registers are different in their operation from
those in the other groups, where the actuator is in operative relation
only with the wheel or other device of lowest order and moves the
same one step at a time, the tens being "carried" as this or any
other wheel completes its rotation.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Registering devices not elsewhere clas-
sifiable.
CASH-REGISTERS. In this group are classified machines em-
ployed in mercantile establishments for the purpose of
keeping a check upon the financial transactions. These ma-
chines usually comprise keys or equivalents, registering de-
vices, indicating-tablets, or drums to disclose to the purchaser
the amount of the sale, a cash-drawer, a bell or other alarm,
and various subordinate devices mainly for the purpose of
compelling the clerk or cashier to completely and correctly
operate the machine. It also includes machines where an
autographic record of the transaction is made upon a mov-
able strip of paper, together with means for moving the paper,
a cash-drawer, and other subsidiary devices.
Note. Machines in which an autographic record of the trans-
action is made upon movable strips of paper, either singly
or in duplicate, one or more of the strips being rolled up in
the machine, and comprising nothing more than the strips
of paper, together with the means for moving the same and
rolling or otherwise disposing of them within the machine,
are not classified herein.
2. CASH REGISTERS AND RECORDERS. Cash-registers em-
bodying both a register and a recording attachment or an
attachment for printing the amount of the sale registered.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclasses 58, Calculators, Recording; 59, Cal-
culators, Recording, Key-Operated; 60, Calculators, Record-
Ing, Key-Set.
3. CASH REGISTERS AND RECORDERS, CHECK-PRINT-
ING. Cash-registers of the type classified in subclass 2 and
having in addition an attachment for feeding, printing, and
delivering from the machine a check showing the amount of
the sale, together with additional data, if desired, such as the
date of the transaction, etc.
4. CASH-RECORDERS. Machines constructed like cash-regis-
ters, but having the register replaced by a recording device
for preserving a record of the sales.
5. CASH-RECORDERS, MANUAL. Cash-recorders containing
a movable strip of paper on which a memorandum of the trans-
action is manually made, together with devices ordinarily
found in cash-registers for moving the paper and also, if de-
sired, other features characteristic of cash-recorders.
6. CASH-REGISTERS, DEPARTMENTAL. Cash-registers in-
cluding two or more separate and distinct attachments for
registering the sales of different clerks or departments, a single
set of cash-keys, and separate keys or other devices whereby
the cash-keys may be placed in operative connection with any
desired registering attachment.
CLASS 235 Continued.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 29, Fare-registers, Multiple.
7. CASH-REGISTERS. Cash-registers not elsewhere classifiable.
8. CASH-REGISTERS, KEY-SET. Cash-registers not elsewhere
classified where the keys are employed merely for setting cer-
tain parts into operative position, which parts by a subsequent
movement of another part of the machine are so actuated as
to cause the operation of the machine.
9. CASH - REGISTERS, KEY - SET, CRANK- OPERATED.
Key-set cash-registers operated by the rotation of a crank or
the movement of a lever.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 21, Cash-registers, Dial, Lever-oper-
ated.
10. CASH-REGISTERS, KEY-SET, DRAWER-OPERATED.
Key-set cash-registers operated by the movement of the
drawer.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 22, Cash-Registers, Drawer-operat-
ing mechanism.
11. CASH -REGISTERS, KEY -SET, MOTOR - OPERATED.
Key-set cash-registers wherein the movement of the key re-
leases a spring or other motor which actuates the machine.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 62, Calculators, Motor-actuated.
12. CASH-REGISTERS, KEY-OPERATED. Cash-registers not
otherwise classified in which the pressing of the key causes the
operation of the various parts of the cash-register, as the indi-
cators, registers, drawer-opening devices, etc.
13. CASH - REGISTERS, KEY - OPERATED, DETAIL-
ADDERS. Key-operated cash-registers wherein a separate
and independent register is connected to each key.
14. CASH-REGISTERS, KEY-OPERATED, DIFFERENTIAL
MECHANISM. Key-operated cash-registers wherein sev-
eral keys act upon the same set of register- wheels, the wheels
being actuated a different distance according to the value of
the key operated.
15. CASH -REGISTERS, KEY- OPERATED, DIFFEREN-
TIAL MECHANISM, KEY-COUPLED. Key-operated
cash-registers having differential mechanism where a key-
lever when actuated is connected with a coupling or "uni-
versal" bar, so that when several keys are thus coupled further
pressure upon any one of such keys will cause the operation of
the machine.
16. CASH-REGISTERS. KEY-OPERATED, DIFFEREN-
TIAL MECHANISM, LOST-MOTION MECHANISM.
Key-operated cash-registers having differential mechanism
wherein the key-levers move a certain distance, depending
upon the value of the key, before causing any movement of
the parts to be actuated.
17. CASH - REGISTERS, CHECKS. Cash - registers wherein
checks or disks or the like are employed for the purpose of
registering the sales.
18. CASH-REGISTERS, CHECKS, BALLS. Cash-registers em-
ploying a number of balls to register the sales, the balls some-
times being superposed in a transparent tube, the tube or the
casing bearing graduations, so that the number corresponding
to a column of any height may be ascertained from inspection,
or the balls may be employed in various other ways.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclasses OS, Calculators, Ball, and 123, Ball
or button indicator. .
19. CASH-REGISTERS, DIAL. Cash-registers without keys, but
having a pointer movable over a dial, the pointer being moved
by hand and in or by its movement causing the operation of
the various parts of the machine. In this subclass the pointer
traveling over the face of the dial serves as the indicator.
20. CASH-REGISTERS, DIAL, INDEPENDENT-INDICA-
TOR. Machines similar to those of subclass 19, Cash-Regis-
ters, Dial, with the addition of a separate indicator.
21. CASH-REGISTERS, DIAL, LEVER-OPERATED. Cash-
registers wherein a pointer or the like connected to a lever or
its equivalent is moved over a graduated scale, the extent of
movement determining the operation of the machine by the
lever.
22. CASH-REGISTERS, DRAWER-OPERATING MECHAN-
ISM. Mechanism whereby the drawer of a cash register is
opened or by which it is released so that it may be thrown
open by means of a spring normally pressing against it; also,
any mechanism whereby the drawer is operated in any way.
469
470
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 235 Continued.
23. CASH-REGISTERS, INDICATOR MECHANISM. Mech-
anism for operating or for causing to be operated the indicators
of a, cash-register, except the independent devices for dropping
the tablets, for which see subclass 25, Cash-registers, Indi-
cator mechanism, Tablet-droppers.
24. CASH-REGISTERS, INDICATOR MECHANISM, SHUT-
TERS. Shutters or screens and operating devices therefor,
whereby the figures on the indicators are obscured during
part of the operation of the machine.
25. CASH-REGISTERS, INDICATOR MECHANISM, TAB-
LET-DROPPERS. Devices for causing the dropping of the
tablets of a cash-register after they have been displayed.
26. CASH-REGISTERS, KEY-ARRESTERS. Devices for pre-
venting the simultaneous operation of two or more keys or for
preventing the operation of more than a predetermined num-
ber of keys.
27. CASH-REGISTERS, KEY-LOCKS. Devices for locking the
keys of a cash-register against movement as, for example,
when the proprietor leaves the machine for a time and does
not wish it operated during his absence.
28. CASH -REGISTERS, LID - REGISTERS. Registers that
count or indicate the number of times the lid or cover of a
cash-register has been opened.
TARE-REGISTERS. Machines employed in street-cars, oper-
ated by the conductor when taking fares and serving to indi-
cate and register the number of fares taken. These machines
include an operating-lever or its equivalent actuated by cords
or rods accessible from any point of the car, registers, trip or
total, or both, alarm devices, and various auxiliary devices,
mainly for the purpose of preventing the conductor "beating"
the machine.
29. FARE-REGISTERS, MULTIPLE. Fare-registers includ-
ing two or more separate registers for indicating different
classes of fare, whether such registers are entirely independent
of each other or whether they have either a common trip-
register or a common totalizer.
30. FARE-REGISTERS, CAB-FARE-INDICATING. Devices
attached to a cab or other vehicle, adapted to be actuated
either by a time-train or according to the distance traveled,
at the option of the passenger, the connection being made by
the driver, said device indicating to the passenger the time
or distance and the amount of fare he is to pay for such time
or distance.
31. FARE-REGISTERS, TICKET-DELIVERY. Structures
containing a roll of tickets, one of which, either punched or
not, is withdrawn and given to each passenger and at the
same time is counted upon a register.
32. FARE-REGISTERS, REGISTERING-BOXES. Fare-boxes
for street-cars, etc., containing a register operated by the fare
or the ticket or during the operation of the box to cause the
fare to be dropped from one part to another.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 100, Registering-boxes.
33. FARE-REGISTERS. Fare-registers not elsewhere classified.
34. FARE-REGISTERS, DIAL-AND-CYLINDER. Fare-regis-
ters whose trip-register is a pointer moving around a graduated
dial and whose totalizer is composed of a series of cylinders
placed side by side.
35. FARE-REGISTERS, BELT. Fare-registers whose register-
ing devices are belts or short flat links forming endless chains,
upon which the numbers are placed.
36. FARE-REGISTERS, PARALLEL-AXES. Fare-registers,
not elsewhere classified, having a plurality of registers located
on axes parallel with each other.
37. FARE-REGISTERS, PARALLEL-AXES, CYLINDER.
Fare-registers having two sets of registering devices, as for trip
and total, each set composed of a number of cylinders placed
side by side.
38. FARE-REGISTERS, PARALLEL-AXES, DIAL-AND-
HAND. Fare-registers whose registering devices, whether in
one set only or in two sets trip and total are composed of a
number of pointers, each moving around a graduated dial,
the pointers of each set in the higher orders being actuated
one graduation when the pointer of the lower order has made
& complete rotation.
39. TARE-REGISTERS, PARALLEL-AXES, DISK. Fare-
registers including one or mere sets of registering devices, each
set composed of disks numbered upon their faces, the num-
bers showing successively through an aperture in the casing
as the disks are rotated, the disks of lower orders transferring
to those of higher orders as they make complete rotations.
40. FARE-REGISTERS, SINGLE-AXIS. Fare-registers, not
elsewhere classified, having one or more registers arranged on
a single axis.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 34, Fare-registers, Dial-and-cylinder.
CLASS 235 Continued.
41. FARE -REGISTERS, SINGLE -AXIS, CONCENTRIC-
DISK. Fare-registers whose registering devices comprise a
plurality of disks numbered on their faces and placed concen-
trically upon a single shaft or axis.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclasses 78, Calculators, Single-axis, Concen-
tric-disk; 116, Single axis, Concentric-disk.
42. FARE-REGISTERS, SINGLE-AXIS, CYLINDER. Fare-
registers whose registering devices arc composed of a series of
drums placed side by side upon a single shaft. In some cases
these drums are arranged in two sets, a trip and total, the sets
being separated from each other.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclasses 34, Fare-registers, Dial-and-cylinder,
and 37, Fare-registers, Parallel-axes, Cylinder.
43. FARE-REGISTERS, SINGLE-AXIS, DIAL-AND-IIAND.
Fare-registers wherein the registering attachment comprises
one or more hands moving over a dial and arranged around the
same axis in a manner similar to the hour and minute hands
of a clock, but ordinarily actuated step by step.
44. FARE-REGISTERS, OPERATING DEVICES. D vices,
aside from the internal mechanism of a fare-register, for oper-
ating the same.
45. FARE-REGISTERS, OPERATING DEVICES, ELECTRIC.
Operating devices for fare-registers composed partly of elec-
trical circuits, cut-offs, etc.
46. FARE-REGISTERS, OPERATING DEVICES, PUNCH.
Registering ticket-punches and the like.
47. FARE-REGISTERS, RESETTING. Devices by which the
trip-register of a fare-register is set back to zero at the begin-
ning of a trip.
Note. This subclass, while similar to subclass 144, Zero-setting
devices, in one respect (restoring the register-wheels to zero)
differs from it in that while such restoration is going on
various other operations are or may be performed such as
locking the machine against movement, setting the trip or
direction indicator, moving a zero-register, etc.
48. FARE-REGISTERS, RESETTING, DIRECTION-INDI-
CATOR. Devices in a fare-register for indicating the direc-
tion the car is moving and mechanism for actuating the same.
49. FARE-REGISTERS, HUNDREDS-INDICATOR. Addi-
tions to the trip-register of a fare-register by which its capacity
is increased.
VOTING-MACHINES. Machines employed for mechanically
casting and counting votes. These machines usually comprise
keys or equivalents, one for each candidate, and in most cases
a key whereby by a single movement a vote can be given for the
entire set of candidates of either party, interlocking mecha-
nism for preventing votes being given for more than the proper
number of candidates, and various auxiliary devices.
50. VOTING-MACHINES, RECORDING. Voting-machines hav-
ing a device for recording upon a strip of paper or its equiva-
lent the number cf votes cast. The machine may or may
not also have a registering attachment.
51. VOTING-MACHINES. Voting-machines not elsewhere classi-
fied.
52. VOTING-MACHINES, ASSEMBLY. Bevices by means of
which legislators or members of assemblies can, by operating
keys or levers, indicate a "yes" and "no" vote, these devices
frequently having registers connected therewith for counting
up the totals of such votes. In many cases these devices are
connected with the desks of the legislators.
53. VOTING-MACHINES, CHECK-OPERATED. Voting ma-
chines wherein a check or ball is employed to operate the regis-
tering device.
54. VOTING-MACHINES, KEY-SET. Voting-machines wherein
the movement of the key sets in position for further opera-
tion certain parts, the operation of such parts and through
them the registers, etc., being effected by means of a device
afterward operated, such as the opening of the door of the
booth by the voter when he departs, etc.
55. VOTING-MACHINES, KEY-OPERATED. Voting-machines
wherein the registering is effected by the direct action of the
keys or levers.
56. VOTING-MACHINES, VOTE-COUNTERS. Devices of vari-
ous kinds whereby the votes as marked upon "Australian
ballots" are enabled to be rapidly counted.
57. REGISTERING BALLOT-BOXES. Ballot-boxes having
attachments for registering the number of ballots placed
therein.
CALCULATORS. In this group are classified machines for me-
chanically performing the various mathematical operations,
usually those of addition or subtraction, frequently that of
multiplication, and occasionally of division. These machines
generally comprise registers and keys or equivalents for
operating them, together with necessary auxiliary devices.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
471
CLASS 235 Continued.
58. CALCULATORS, RECORDING. Calculators not classified
in other subclasses which contain adding or other calculating
mechanism and devices for printing the numbers set up or
the results, or both.
59. CALCULATORS, RECORDING, KEY-OPERATED. Key-
operated recording calculating-machines where the actuation
of the key directly operates the registering and printing
devices.
60. CALCULATORS, RECORDING, KEY-SET. Recording cal-
culating-machines where the depression of a key sets certain
devices in position and a succeeding movement of another
part, as a handle or lever, operates the machine.
61. CALCULATORS. Calculating-machines not elsewhere classi-
fied.
62. CALCULATORS, MOTpR-ACTUATED. Calculating-ma-
chines wherein the pressing of a key releases a spring or other
motor which actuates the devices to the extent determined
by the value of the key operated.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 11, Cash-registers, Key-set, Motor-
operated.
63. CALCULATORS, TRAVELING-CARRIAGE. Calculating-
machines having a single set of keys and having devices mova-
ble from order to order of the registering mechanism and con-
necting the keys successively therewith.
64. CALCULATORS, ADDING-PENCILS. Devices attached to
a pencil or similar instrument which are employed to keep
account of the sum of columns to be added or the number
of tens to be "carried," usually operated by the pressure of
the point upon the paper or desk.
Note. Adding devices that are merely adapted to be clamped
to a pencil, but do not form part thereof nor are operated
by the movement of the pencil, are not classified herein,
but are classified according to the structure of the adding
device itself.
65. CALCULATORS, BAR-AND-DISK. Adding-machines com-
prising two parts, a bar and a disk, one part being for the
lower orders and the other for the higher. .
66. CALCULATORS, CYLINDER-AND-DISK. Adding-ma-
chines comprising two parts, a cylinder and a disk, or a plu-
rality of either.
67. CALCULATORS, SPIRAL. Adding-machines wherein the
numbers are arranged spirally, either around the surface of a
cylinder or upon the face of a disk, there ordinarily being
a pointer or its equiyalent that travels in cooperation with
the cylinder or disk in order to indicate the proper figure or
number.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 107, Spiral.
68. CALCULATORS, BALL. Calculators wherein the registering
devices are composed of balls.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclasses 123, Ball or button indicator, and
18, Cash-registers, Checks, Balls.
69. CALCULATORS, BAR. Calculating devices wherein a bar or
bars bearing numerals are employed instead of disks or
cylinders.
70. CALCULATORS, BAR, SLIDE-RULES. Rules consisting
of a stationary base, and one or more slides movable therein,
both the base and the slides being graduated, usually logarith-
mically, according to the different elements of some mathe-
matical formula, so that by placing the slide in proper re-
lation to the base, problems embodying such formula may
be solved without calculation.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 84, Calculators, Single-axis, Disk,
Slide-rules.
71. CALCULATORS, BELT. Adding-machines wherein movable
belts bearing numerals are employed instead of cylinders or
disks.
.Note. Machines wherein belts are employed as devices whereby
to operate registering or calculating cylinders, etc., are not
classified herein, but are located according to the character of
the registering mechanism.
72. CALCULATORS, PARALLEL- AXES. Calculating-ma-
chines, not elsewhere classified, wherein the registering-disks
or then- equivalents are placed upon axes parallel with each
other.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 76, Calculators, Parallel-Axes, Gear.
73. CALCULATORS, PARALLEL-AXES, CYLINDER. Cal-
culating-machines whose registering attachments comprise
cylinders placed either singly or in sets on axes parallel with
each other.
74. CALCULATORS, PARALLEL-AXES, DISK. Calculating-
machines whose registering attachments comprise disks
placed upon axes parallel with each other, the disks being
actuated by some instrument held in the hand, such as a
stylus, pencil, etc.
CLASS 235 Continued.
75. CALCULATORS, PARALLEL-AXES, DISK, KEY-OP-
ERATED. Calculating-machines whoso registering attach-
ments comprise disks placed upon axes parallel with each
other, the machines being operated by means of keys.
76. CALCULATORS, PARALLEL-AXES, GEAR. Calculating-
machines whose registering devices are on axes parallel with
each other, these devices being connected by gears instead of
by intermittent transfer mechanism.
77. CALCULATORS, SINGLE-AXIS. Calculators, not -else-
where classified, whose registering devices are placed upon
the same axis.
78. CALCULATORS, SINGLE-AXIS, CONCENTRIC-DISK.
Calculating-machines whose registering devices comprise a
plurality of disks numbered on their faces and placed concen-
trically on a single shaft or axis.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclasses 41, Fare-Registers, Single-Axis,
Concentric-Disk, and 116, Single Axis, Concentric-Disk.
79. CALCULATORS, SINGLE-AXIS, CYLINDER. Calculat-
ing-machines, not elsewhere classified, whose registering
devices are composed of a number of cylinders placed side by
side on a common shaft.
80. CALCULATORS, SINGLE-AXIS, CYLINDER, KEYLESS.
Calculators whose registering devices comprise cylinders
placed upon a single axis, these cylinders being operated di-
rectly by means of the fingers of the operator or by a stylus,
pencil, or other instrument held in the hand.
81. CALCULATORS, SINGLE-AXIS, CYLINDER, KEY-
LESS, LEVER-OPERATED. Calculators whose register-
ing devices comprise cylinders placed side by side upon a sin-
gle axis, these cylinders being operated by levers or equiva-
lents having handles or the like movable to different extents
over a graduated plate.
82. CALCULATORS, SINGLE-AXIS, CYLINDER, KEY-OP-
ERATED. Calculating-machines having registering devices
composed of a series of cylinders placed side by side upon a
common shaft and being directly operated by the depression
of keys, with which the machine is provided.
83. CALCULATORS, SINGLE-AXIS, DISK. Calculators whose
registering devices comprise a disk or two disks upon the same
axis, one movable with respect to the other or one or more
hands or pointers movable over the face of a dial properly
graduated.
84. CALCULATORS, SINGLE-AXIS, DISK, SLIDE-RULES.
Devices similar to those in subclass 70, Calculators, Bar, Slide-
Rules, except that the base and the slides instead of being
straight are circular.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 70, Calculators, Bar, Slide-Rules.
85. CALCULATORS, TABULAR. Structures, not elsewhere
classified, where a table showing results calculated from cer-
tain data is so arranged that by properly manipulating the
same any desired result is exposed to view at a sight-opening.
86. CALCULATORS, TABULAR, BELT. Tabular calculators
having their tables placed upon belts which are movable back
and forth, as desired.
87. CALCULATORS, TABULAR, CYLINDER. Tabular cal
culators having tables formed or placed upon cylinders.
88. CALCULATORS, TABULAR, DISK. Tabular calculators
having tables placed upon disks which rotate about their
centers.
89. CALCULATORS, TABULAR, SHEET. Tabular calcula-
tors having tables placed upon sheets, the sheets being at-
tached to a frame either permanently or temporarily and a
guiding-strip or the like being provided to be used in connec-
tion with the sheets.
90. GAME-BOARDS. Boards, such as cribbage-boards and the
fike, whereon the scores made in a game may be counted, the
counting being accomplished by means of pegs or the like
successively moved to different holes as the score increases.
91. OPERATING DEVICES. Devices, not elsewhere classified,
for operating registers, the specific construction of the regis-
ters not being of the invention.
92. ELECTRICALLY OPERATED. Devices in which the reg-
ister is operated through the medium of electrical devices.
93. GATE AND TURNSTILE OPERATED. Registers con-
nected with and operated by a turnstile.
94. LIQUID-REGISTERS. Registers operated by means of a
faucet or other part through or in which the fluid passes, such
as registering-faucets, registers connected with saucers holding
beer-glasses, registering-bottles, etc.
95. ODOMETERS. Registers connected or attached to the wheel
or axle of a vehicle, such as a carriage or bicycle, for the pur-
pose of counting the number of revolutions made by the wheel
and, with the knowledge of the size of the wheel, of measuring
the distance traveled, the counting-wheels being marked to
indicate the distances instead of the number of revolutions.
472
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 235 Continued.
96. ODOMETERS, DETAILS. Details or isolated parts of odom-
eters or parts connected therewith, such as tappets, brackets,
etc.
97. ODOMETERS, TRIP-AND-TOTAL. Odometers having two
sets of registering devices, one set moving continuously to
indicate the entire distance traveled and the. other sot capable
of being reset to zero at any desired timp and adapted to
indicate the distance traveled during a single trip or in a
day or any desired interval of time.
98. PACKAGE-OPERATED. Registers operated by a package,
barrel, etc., passing through the machine.
99. PLATFORM-OPERATED. Registers operated through the
medium of a depressible seat, platform, or the like on which
the person sits or steps or the article is placed.
100. REGISTERING-BOXES. Registers operated by a coin as it
passes into a box or other receptacle.
Search Class
235 REGISTEES, subclass 32, Fare-Registers, Registering-Boxes.
101. STAMP. Registers operated by a hand-stamp.
102. TYPE-WRITER WORD-COUNTERS. Devices for count-
ing the number of words, etc., written by a type- writer.
103. ROTATION-COUNTERS. Instruments for counting the
number of rotations made by a shaft or other piece of machin-
ery.
104. ROTATION-COUNTERS, TIMING DEVICES. Instru-
ments or machines for counting or indicating the number of
rotations in a given time made by a shaft or other piece of
machinery ^as, for example, the number of rotations per
second or minute or even the number of miles per hour made
by a moving vehicle.
105. PEDOMETERS. Instruments attached to the foot or body
for counting the number of steps'made; also, devices for anal-
ogous purposes.
106. ANGLED-AXES. Machines having several registering devices
placed on axes at angles to each other.
107. SPIRAL. Registers wherein the numbers are arranged spi-
rally, either around the surface of a cylinder or upon the
face of a disk, a pointer being sometimes employed which
travels along the cylinder or disk in order to indicate the
proper numeral.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 67, Calculators, Spiral.
108. PARALLEL-AXES. Registers, not elsewhere classified,
whose counting devices are placed on axes parallel with each
other.
109. PARALLEL-AXES, GEAR. Registers whose counting
devices are placed upon axes parallel with each other and
which are connected by gearing instead of intermittently-
operating transfer mechanism.
110. PARALLEL-AXES, CYLINDER. Registers whose count-
ing devices comprise several cylinders or drums placed upon
axes parallel with each other.
111. PARALLEL-AXES, DIAL-AND-DISK. Registers whose
counting devices include both graduated movable disks and
pointers passing over graduated dials, the devices being placed
upon axes parallel with each other.
112. PARALLEL-AXES, DIAL-AND-HAND. Registers whose
counting devices include several graduated dials over whose
surfaces pass pointers or hands, the devices being placed upon
axes parallel with each other.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 109, Parallel- Axes, Gear.
113. PARALLEL-AXES, DISK. Registers whose counting de-
vices include a plurality of rotatable disks having numbers on
their faces and placed upon axes parallel with each other.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclass 111, Parallel- Axes, Dial-and-Disk.
114. PARALLEL-AXES, DISK, HAND-OPERATED. Regis-
ters having counting devices similar to those defined in sub-
class 113. Parallel-Axes, Disk, the disks being separately oper-
ated by hand. These registers are generally used in keeping
count of the points made in games.
115. SINGLE-AXIS. Registers, not elsewhere classified, whose
counting devices are placed upon a single axis.
116. SINGLE-AXIS, CONCENTRIC-DISK. Registers whose
counting devices comprise a plurality of disks numbered upon
their faces and placed concentrically upon a single shaft or
axis.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclasses 41, Faro-Registers, Single-Axis, Con-
centric-Disk, and 78, Calculators, Single-Axis, Concentric-Disk.
117. SINGLE-AXIS, CYLINDER. Registers whose counting
devices comprise a plurality of cylinders placed side by side
upon a single shaft or axis.
CLASS 235 Continued.
118. SINGLE - AXIS, CYLINDER, SINGLE - CYLINDER.
Registers whose counting devices comprise a single cylindei
numbered on its periphery.
119. SINGLE-AXIS, DIFFERENTIAL GEARS. Registers
whose counting devices comprise two or more cylinders
placed upon a single axis, the cylinders having connected or
formed therewith gears having different numbers of teeth,
but actuated by the same gear, thus causing a slow move-
ment of one cylinder with respect to the other.
120. SINGLE-AXIS, DIAL AND HAND, MULTIPLE-HAND.
Registers whose counting devices comprise several pointers
or hands moving over a dial and turning around the same
axis at different rates of speed, the relative movements being
continuous, as when connected by gears or pinions in the
same way as the hands of a watch, or intermittent, as when
caused by transfer devices operating only when one hand has
completed a rotation.
121. SINGLE-AXIS, DIAL AND HAND, SINGLE-HAND.
Registers whose counting devices comprise a graduated dial
and a single hand or pointer moving thereover.
Search Class
235 REGISTEES, subclass 103, Rotation-counters.
122. SINGLE-AXIS, DISK. Registers whose counting mechan-
ism comprises a rotating disk having numbers on its face.
123. BALL OR BUTTON INDICATOR. Counting devices
where balls or buttons movable upon a support are employed
to count or keep tally of a game such, for instance,' as
billiards.
Search Class
235 REGISTERS, subclasses 18, Cash-registers, Checks, Balls
and 68, Calculators, Ball.
124. BAR AND SCALE. Registers embodying a pointer
moving along a graduated bar.
125. BELT. Registering-machines wherein the elements instead
of being cylinders or disks are movable belts bearing numerals.
126. CARD. Cards or paper slips, etc., employed in games to
keep tally of the points or of other data.
127. PIVOTED-INDICATOR. Devices for keeping count of the
points in a game or for equivalent purpose, comprising indica-
tors pivoted to a base and adapted to be turned on their
pivots- as, for example, from a horizontal to a vertical po-
sition-to indicate the desired data.
128. ALARM MECHANISM. Mechanism connected to register-
ing devices of any character for sounding an alarm, as by
ringing a bell or in any other manner.
129. FULL-STROKE MECHANISM. Devices for compelling a
reciprocating part to be actuated to its full extent before it
can be returned.
130. LOCKING MECHANISM. Devices (except key-locks,
subclass 27, under cash-registers) for positively locking a part
against movement, either temporarily until the machine
shall have operated to a certain extent or for such a time
as the operator may desire.
131. OVERTHROW-PREVENTERS. Devices for preventing
the accidental movement of a part or for preventing a register-
wheel or other moving part from being carried by momentum
farther than it should go.
132. STOP MECHANISM. Devices for stopping the movement
of a part at a particular or predetermined point.
133. TRANSFER MECHANISM. Devices, not classified in
other subclasses of transfer mechanism, whereby a register-
wheel of higher order is advanced one step each time a wheel
of the next lower order has made a complete rotation.
134. TRANSFER MECHANISM, CAM-AND-LEVER. Trans-
fer devices wherein the wheel of lower order has connected
therewith or placed thereon a cam or eccentrically-disposed
pin acting upon a lever connected with which is a pawl or
equivalent that actuates the wheel of higher order.
135. TRANSFER MECHANISM, DEEP-NOTCH. Transfer
devices wherein the register^yheels have attached thereto
ratchet-wheels, each wheel having one notch deeper than the
rest, these notches being of successively-increasing depth in
the several wheels, whereby the actuating pawl or pawls are
permitted at each complete rotation of a wheel to move one
step the wheels of the next higher orders.
136. TRANSFER MECHANISM. DIFFERENTIAL GEARS.
Transfer mechanism comprising a pinion or equivalent
meshing with gears attached to or connected with two register-
wheels, the gears having teeth differing in number, so that
one moves at a rate different from the other.
137. TRANSFER MECHANISM, INDEPENDENT-ACTU-
ATOR. Transfer mechanism wherein the complete rotation
of a register-wheel sots a device into such a position that by a
subsequent movement and by an independent actuating
device it is caused to actuate one step the wheel of next higher
order.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
473
CLASS 235 Continued.
138. TRANSFER MECHANISM, INDEPENDENT-ACTU-
ATOR, SUCCESSIVE. Transfer mechanism similar to
that in subclass 137, except that the independent actuating
device moves successively from one order to another.
13.9. TRANSFER MECHANISM, INTERMEDIATE-PINION.
Transfer devices comprising a pinion between each two
register-wheels on a shaft parallel to that of said wheels, said
pinion being actuated by the gear of one register-wheel and
actuating the gear of the wheel of higher order, one of the
gears or pinions of the set having a single tooth, so that the
wheel of higher order is moved intermittently from one'
number to the next at each complete rotation of the wheel of
lower order.
140. TRANSFER MECHANISM, SIDE-TOOTH. Transfer de-
vices wherein each register-wheel has a single tooth upon its
side (or periphery) which at each complete rotation engages
with a ratchet-tooth on the wheel of next higher order, moving
it one step.
CLASS 235 Continued.
141. TRANSFER MECHANISM, SIDE-TOOTH, LOCK.
Transfer mechanism similar to that of subclass 140, except
that the wheel of higher order is locked from accidental move-
ment when the transfer is not being effected.
142. TRANSFER MECHANISM, TRAVELING - PAWL.
Transfer devices comprising a pawl pivoted to and moving
with a register-wheel which when the wheel has completed
a rotation is moved radially with respect to the wheel and
into engagement with a pin or tooth on the wheel of next
higher order for a time sufficient to move the latter one step.
143. TRANSFER MECHANISM, TRAVELING - PAWL,
SIDE-ACTION. Transfer devices similar to those in sub-
class 142, except that the pivoted pawl has a movement
transverse to the plane of the register-wheel.
144. ZERO-SETTING DEVICES. Devices by which the
register of a calculator, cash-register, or other machine is
returned to zero or "cleared out."
CLASS 240. ILLUMINATION.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class is limited to illumination by artificial light. It includes
lighting systems, the protection and support of light sources or gen-
erators, and the distribution of the light therefrom for illumination.
It does not include the light source or generator per se, but does in-
clude the combination of a light source with a protector, support, or
distributer.
Light sources or generators of the combustion type such as gas-
eous, liquid, or solid fuel illuminating burners are classified in class
67, ILLUMINATING BURNERS. Those of the electrical type are classi-
fied hi class 176, ELECTRIC LAMPS.
Class 240 includes light generator protectors such as lanterns,
globes, chimneys, and guards the supports and holders specially
adapted thereto, and artificial light distributors and modifiers, such
as reflectors, refractors, and shades. The distribution of daylight
for illumination is classified in class 88, OPTICS, subclass 57.5, Build-
ing lights, and the subclasses thereunder, and in class 94, PAVING,
subclass 7, Vault covers. The distribution of artificial light for
spectacular effects and for the conveyance of intelligence is classified
in class 88, OPTICS, subclasses 16, Motion Picture Apparatus, and
the subclasses thereunder, and in 24, Projecting apparatus, and
the subclasses thereunder; in class 40, CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN
EXHIBITING, subclasses 40, Changeable exhibitors, Fluid operated,
Rotatable, Illuminated; 77, Changeableexhibitors, rotatable, illumi-
nated; 130, Signs, Illuminated; 131, Signs, Illuminated, Lamp
attachments; 132, Signs Illuminated, Lamp boxes, and 133, Signs,
Illuminated, Lamp boxes, Perforated face, or in 46, GAMES AND
TOYS, subclass 70, Theater appliances.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Miscellaneous devices for illuminating
with artificial light.
Search Classes
9 BOATS AND BUOYS, subclass 8.3, Buoys, Illuminating.
32 DENTISTRY, subclass 27, Mouth mirrors.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 130, Signs,
Illuminated, and the subclasses thereunder.
46 GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 70, Theater appliances.
48 GAS, HEATING AND ILLUMINATING, appropriate subclasses.
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 50, Clocks, Illuminated.
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, appropriate subclasses.
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 125, Compasses.
88 OPTICS, subclasses 1, Miscellaneous; 16; Motion Picture Ap-
paratus, and the subclasses thereunder, and 24, Projecting
apparatus, and the subclasses thereunder.
114 SHIPS, subclass 66, Building, Observation boats.
116 SIGNALS, subclasses under Signals, and 22, Semaphores.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 209, Foot warmers,
Liquid or gaseous fuel. Combined heater and lantern, and 267,
Heaters, Lunch, Liquid or gaseous fuel, Dinner buckets, Com-
bined bucket and lantern.
128 SURGERY, subclasses 24, Speculums, and 43, Laryngoscopes.
161 TIME CONTROLLING MECHANISM, subclasses 9, Valve actu-
ating mechanism, Gas cocks; 11, Lighting mechanism, and the
subclasses thereunder.
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, appropriate subclasses.
246 RAILWAY SIGNALING, subclasses 15, Signals, Bar, and 37,
Signals, Light.
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 13, Fare
boxes, Illumination.
2. COMBINED LIGHT AND STRUCTURE. Includes the
combination of an illuminator with other devices or struc-
tures and not otherwise classifiable.
3. COMBINED LIGHT AND STRUCTURE, ARENA. De-
vices for illuminating stages, athletic parks, race tracks, ex-
hibition places, or like arenas.
Note. Includes devices for varying the color or intensity of the
light, but does not include scenic effects or illusions, for which
see class 46, GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 70, Theater appliances,
or class 88, OPTICS, subclasses 16, Motion Picture Apparatus,
and 24, Projecting apparatus. Includes foot, spot, bunch,
and side lights for stages.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 6, Combined light and structure,
Show case.
4. COMBINED LIGHT AND STRUCTURE, FURNITURE.
Illuminating devices combined with or specially adapted to be
secured to articles of furniture, such as desks, pianos, etc.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 6, Combined light and structure,
Show case.
5. COMBINED LIGHT AND STRUCTURE, OVEN. Devices
containing light sources for illuminating the interior of ovens
and the like, generally bakers' ovens. The device may be in-
ter-connected with the oven door, so that it is turned on or off
or exposed or concealed upon operating the door.
Note. For transparent windows for illuminating ovens see class
126, STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 200, Stove doors and
windows, Transparent panel, and 213, Stove lids and tops,
Illuminating.
CLASS 240 Continued.
Search Classes
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 50, Clocks, Illuminated.
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 125, Compasses.
107 BREAD, PASTRY, AND CONFECTION MAKING, subclass 55,
Bakers' ovens, and the subclasses thereunder.
177 ELECTRIC SIGNALING, subclass 203, Circuit closers, Lock.
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 13, Fare
boxes, Illumination.
6. COMBINED LIGHT AND STRUCTURE, SHOW CASE.
Illuminating devices specially adapted to or combined with
show cases, shop windows, or the like. Includes picture
lighters for art galleries.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 4, Combined light and structure,
Furniture, and 3, Combined light and structure, Arena.
7. COMBINED LIGHT AND STRUCTURE, VEHICLE.
Illuminating devices combined with or specially adapted to
vehicles. The vehicle is generally a railway car.
Search Classes
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 43, Lanterns, Projectors, Dash-
board type.
116 SIGNALS, subclass 9, Signals, Car.
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 13, Fare
boxes, Illumination.
8. COMBINED LIGHT AND STRUCTURE, VEHICLE,
COMBINED INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR. Lights of
the vehicle type that simultaneously illuminate the interior of
the vehicle and cast a beam on the exterior. This exterior
beam may illuminate a light signal, the platform steps, or entry
The light source may be within or without the vehicle.
8.4. COMBINED LIGHT AND STRUCTURE, PORTABLE,
SELF-CONTAINED, ELECTRIC. The combination of an
illuminator with another device or structure wherein the com-
bination constitutes a unitary readily carried structure and
wherein the illuminator comprises an electric light and a source
of electrical energy.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 7, Combined light and structure,
Vehicle, and 8, Combined light and structure, Vehicle, Com-
bined interior and exterior, for vehicle lamps.
8.5. PORTABLE, SELF-CONTAINED. ELECTRIC LAMPS.
Electric light sources combined with a source of electrical
energy therefor, wherein the combination constitutes a uni-
tary readily carried or transported device.
Search Classes
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, the subclasses un-
der Igniting devices, and 219, ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEO-
STATS, subclass 32, Heaters, Tools and instruments, Burning,
Igniters, for portable battery igniting devices.
9. SYSTEMS. The combination of a plurality of illuminators
where the invention resides in their arrangement.
10. DECORATIVE LIGHTS. Devices associated with illuminat-
ing devices whose object is to give a pleasing effect to the eye.
11. LANTERNS. Casings not otherwise classifiable for protecting
light sources or for modifying the distribution of the light there-
from.
12. LANTERNS, BARREL ILLUMINATORS. Lanterns for
illuminating the interior of barrels, vats, tanks, and similar
receptacles, the light carrying portion of the lantern not being
introduced into or allowed to come in direct contact with the
atmosphere within the receptacle owing to the presence of ex-
plosive or non-combustible gases.
Search Classes
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 5, Combined light and structure,
Oven.
32 DENTISTRY, subclass 27, Mouth mirrors.
58 HOROLOGY, subclass 50, Clocks, Illuminated.
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 125, Compasses.
128 SURGERY, subclasses 24, Speculums, and 43, Laryngoscopes.
232 DEPOSIT AND COLLECTION RECEPTACLES, subclass 13, Fare
boxes, Illumination.
13. LANTERNS, CANDLE TYPE. Lanterns specially designed
to use a candle as a light source.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 17, Lanterns, Lamp chimney
type, and 14, Lanterns, Carriage.
14. LANTERNS, CARRIAGE. Lanterns specially designed to be
used as the side lights of carriages or similar vehicles. The
lantern casing is rectangular, with a plurality of transparent
faces.
15. LANTERNS, DARK. Lanterns equipped with means, gen-
erally shutters or screens, for cutting off the light rays at will.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 5, Combined light and structure,
Oven; 20, Lanterns, Photographic; 23, Lanterns, Signal, Color
screen; 39, Lanterns, Hand, Color screen, and 47, Lanterns,
Projectors, Screen.
475
476
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 240 Continued.
16. LANTERNS, JACK-O'-LANTERNS. Lanterns in which the
casing is made to represent a face, the light issuing through the
features.
17. LANTERNS, LAMP CHIMNEY TYPE. Lanterns composed
of an ordinary lamp chimney, a base, and a frame, generally of
wire. The lantern may or may not have a top or dome. The
light source is usually a candle. The device is of an impromptu
nature.
17.5. LANTERNS, ELECTRIC SAFETY. Lanterns having elec-
tric light sources and which are provided with mechanism re-
sponsive to dangerous conditions for extinguishing the light.
Examples of such conditions are tho presence of combustible
gases or the fracture of an essential part of the lantern.
18. LANTERNS, MINER'S SAFETY. Lanterns that are pro-
vided with fine screens at the openings in the lantern casing to
prevent the flame from igniting combustible gases which may
surround the lantern. The "Davy lamp."
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 17.5, Lanterns, Electric safety,
for electric safety lamps, and 121, Spark arresters.
19. LANTERNS, MINER'S SAFETY, LOCKS. Lanterns of the
miner's safety or "Davy lamp" type, wherein the invention
resides in the lock or means for preventing the unauthorized
opening of the lantern, as in the mine.
20. LANTERNS, PHOTOGRAPHIC. Lanterns designed to give
a non-actinic light for use in photographers' dark rooms. The
light source contains actinic rays which are cut off or absorbed
by the medium in the lantern'window.
21. LANTERNS, SHIP'S RUNNING LIGHTS. Lanterns rV-
quired by law to be displayed upon a vessel, such as the mast
head and port or starboard side lights.
22. LANTERNS. SIGNAL. Lanterns provided with a number of
lenses or bull's-eyes of substantially the same size, such as train
markers.
Search Classes
116 SIGNALS, subclass 9, Signals, Car.
246 RAILWAY SIGNALING, subclasses 15, Signals, Bar, and 37,
Signals, Light.
23. LANTERNS, SIGNAL, COLOR SCREEN. Lanterns of the
signal type that are equipped with devices, generally colored
transparent or translucent screens, by means of which the
color of the light may be changed without bodily moving the
lantern casing itself.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 15, Lanterns, Dark; 20, Lan-
terns, Photographic; 39, Lanterns, Hand, Color screen, and 47,
Lanterns Protectors. Screen.
24. LANTERNS, SIGNAL, ROTATABLE. Lanterns of the sig-
nal type wherein the bull's-eyes give different colors and
wherein the invention resides 'in providing means whereby
the lantern may be bodily revolved on its support, so as to
change the color indication. The support forms an integral
part of the lantern.
25. LANTERNS, STREET. Lanterns designed for street light-
ing, generally of the lamp post type.
Search Class
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 131, Signs,
Illuminated, Lamp attachments.
26. LANTERNS, SUBMARINE. Lanterns which are designed.
to operate while beneath the surface of the water or similar
fluids.
Note. Submarine illuminators combined with sight tubes or
similar devices are classified in class 88, OPTICS, subclass 1,
Miscellaneous, and class 114, SHIPS, subclass (i(i, Building,
Observation boats.
Note. Submarine illuminators combined with floating supports
and designed to act as fish decoys or to hold fish nets are
classified in class 43, FISHING AND TRAPPING, subclass 4,
Fishing, Floats.
Note. Submarine lanterns combined with fish decoys, such as
bait holders, are classified in class 43, FISHING AND' TRAPPING,
subclass 20, Traps, Fish.
Note. Burners designed to operate with the flame in contact
with the surrounding water are in class 00, MISCELLANEOUS
HEAT ENGINE PLANTS, subclass 31, Pressure generators,
Steam, Combustion products injected, Liquid and gaseous
fuel burners.
Search Classes
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 6, Combined light and structure,
Show case; and 7, Combined light and Structure, Vehicle.
43 FISHING AND TRAPPING, subclasses 4, Fishing, Floats, and
20, Traps, Fish.
88 OPTICS, subclass 1, Miscellaneous.
114 SHIPS, subclass GO, Building, Observation boats.
27. LANTERNS, TUBULAR. That type of lantern in which a
portion of the products of combustion is led back to the flame
or in which the air, or a portion thereof, for combustion is
preheated by the products of combustion.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 94. Gaseous fuel burners,
Incandescent, Inverted; 97, Gascons fuel burners, Incandes-
cent, Upright, Preheater, and 108, Gaseous fuel burners,
Regenerative.
CLASS 240 Continued.
28. LANTERNS, TUBULAR, BASES. Tubular lanterns where
the invention relates to the lower part of the structure. Gen-
erally refers to the manner in which the tubes lead to the
burner.
29. LANTERNS, TUBULAR, DOMES. Tubular lanterns where
the invention relates to the upper part of the structure. Gen-
erally includes the hoods or domes at the upper end of the
lantern, which connect with the upper end of the tubes and
which allow the escape of the products of combustion.
30. LANTERNS, TUBULAR, GLOBE OPERATORS. Tubu-
lar lanterns where the invention resides in the means for mov-
ing the globe into or out of operative position.
31. LANTERNS, TUBULAR, GLOBE OPERATORS, COM-
BINED LIFTING AND SWINGING. Tubular lanterns in
which the invention resides in means for imparting to the
globe both a lifting and a swinging motion, in order to move
it into or out of operative position. These motions may be
simultaneous or successive.
32. LANTERNS, TUBULAR, GLOBE OPERATORS, LIFT-
ING. Tubular lanterns in which the invention resides in
means for vertically lifting or lowering the globe, in order to
move it into or out of operative position.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 39, Lanterns, Hand, Color screen.
33. LANTERNS, TUBULAR, GLOBE OPERATORS, SWING-
ING. Tubular lanterns in which the invention resides in the
means for swinging the globe in a vertical plane, in order to
move it into or out of operative position.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 13, Igniting devices,
Lamp, Separable.
34. LANTERNS, TUBULAR, TUBES. Devices where the in-
vention icsides in the construction of the tubes of tubular
lanterns.
35. LANTERNS, ANGLE. Lanterns with transparent bottoms
and with the light source inverted or inclined, so that no
shadow is cast beneath.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclasses 35, Liquid fuel; 94,
Gaseous fuel burners, Incandescent, Inverted, and 95, Gaseous
fuel burners, Incandescent, Inclined.
36. LANTERNS, COLLAPSIBLE. Lanterns or lights that may
be folded, collapsed, or knocked down.
37. LANTERNS, CONVERTIBLE. Lanterns, lamps, or lights,
that are designed to use a plurality of light sources, such as
candles, liquid or gaseous fuel burners, or electric lights. One
of the light sources may be replaceable by another, or there
may be a plurality of light sources present in the device, one
being a reserve to be used in case the other source or sources
fail.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 72, Light supports, Brackets,
Combined.
38. LANTERNS, HAND. Portable lanterns that are designed to
be carried by the hand and which do not concentrate the light
in any particular direction. They are generally of the railway
hand signal lantern type.
39. LANTERNS, HAND, COLOR SCREEN. Lanterns of the
hand type that are equipped with devices, generally colored
transparent or translucent screens, by means of which the
color of the light may be changed.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 15, Lanterns, Dark; 20, Lan-
terns, Photographic; 23, Lanterns, Signal, Color screen, and
47, Lanterns, Projectors, Screen.
40. LANTERNS, HAND, FRAMES. Lanterns of the hand type
in which the invention resides in the frame connecting the
dome with the base. The frame forms an integral part of the
lantern.
Note. Removable frames or guards are classified in tliis class,
subclass 102, Guards.
41. LANTERNS, PROJECTORS. Lanterns which are designed
to project the greater part of the light in a more or less con-
centrated beam, for the purpose of illuminating the object
upon which the light is directed. Includes "headlights."
Search Classes
88 OPTICS, subclasses 16, Motion Picture Apparatus, and 24,
Projecting apparatus.
176 ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 51, Arc, Side reflector type.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass S.5, Portable, Self-contained, Elec-
tric lamps, for electric bull's eyes.
42. LANTERNS, PROJECTORS, BICYCLE. Lanterns of the
headlight or projector type specially adapted for use on bicycles
or similar vehicles.
43. LANTERNS, PROJECTORS, DASHBOARD TYPE. Lan-
terns of the projector type that are special ly adapted to be
used on or are combined with the dashboard "of vehicles, gen-
erally trolley cars.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
477
CLASS 240 Continued.
44. LANTERNS, PROJECTORS, ADJUSTABLE LIGHT OR
REFLECTOR. Lantrrns of the projector typo in which the
light source and reflector are relatively adjustable.
45. LANTERNS, PROJECTORS, DIMMERS. Lanterns of the
projector type that are provided with means for decreasing at
will the intensity of the light without affecting the light
source. They are generally vehicle headlights of high power.
They operate by rendering the reflector inoperative, by throw-
ing the light source out of focus or by increasing the angle of
dispersion of the light beam.
Note. Whore the dimming is accomplished by changing from a
high to a separate low power light source, the device is classi-
fied in subclass 37, Lanterns, Convertible.
40. LANTERNS, PROJECTORS, MULTIPLE BEAM. Lan-
terns of the projector type which throw a plurality of beams
of light, some of which are used in the ordinary manner and
others are used to illuminate signals, (other than signs,) train-
markers, or to throw a more or less vertical beam, in order to
give notice of approach while not in a direct line of sight.
Note. When one or more of the beams are used to illuminate a
sign, the device is classified in class 40, CARD, PICTURE, AND
SIGN EXHIBITING, subclasses 130, Signs, Illuminated; 131,
Signs, Illuminated, Lamp attachments; 132, Signs, Illumi-
nated, Lamp boxes, "and 133, Signs, Illuminated, Lamp boxes,
Perforated face, which should be searched.
47. LANTERNS, PROJECTORS, SCREEN. Headlights or
other projectors that are provided with means, generally
screens, for completely cutting off or changing the color of the
light at will.
Note. See in this class, subclasses 15, Lanterns, Dark; 20, Lan-
terns, Photographic; 23, Lanterns, Signal, Color screen; 39.
Lanterns, Hand, Color screen, and 45, Lanterns, Projectors,
Dimmers.
48. LANTERNS, PROJECTORS, VIBRATORY. Lanterns of
the projector type in which the beam of light is automatically
and rapidly vibrated, in order to illuminate a field larger than
the cross-section of the beam. The movement of the beam is
accomplished by vibrating part or all of the lantern.
49. LANTERNS, REVOLVING. Lanterns in which all or part
of the lantern structure is designed to be continually revolved.
Includes flashing light house lanterns.
Search Classes
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclasses 40, Change-
able exhibitors, Fluid operated, Rotatable, Illuminated, and
77, Changeable exhibitors, Rotatable, Illuminated.
46 GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 14, Buzzes and whirligigs.
50. LANTERNS, BASES. The base or lower end of the lantern
structure. Includes the means for fastening the font to the
lantern casing and the means for admitting air to the interior
of the casing.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 80, Light supports, Chandeliers,
Liquid fuel.
51. LANTERNS, DOMES. Hoods or domes at the rppcr end of
the lantern, which allow the escape of the products of com-
bustion and prevent the entry of gusts of wind.
Search Classes
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 120, Smoke bells.
98 PNEUMATICS, subclasses under Chimney cowls.
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 208, Yards and plants, Smoke jacks.
52. LIGHT SUPPORTS. Miscellaneous devices specially adapted
to support light sources. Includes bails or handles' specially
adapted for use with lanterns.
Note. Bails or handles of general application are classified in
class 220, METALLIC SHIPPING AND STORING VESSELS, subclass
30, Bucket handles, and the subclasses thereunder.
Search Class
248 SUPPORTS, appropriate subclasses.
53. LIGHT SUPPORTS, CONVERTIBLE. Light supports that
are adjustable or convertible, so that they may be used as a
wall bracket, pedestal, chandelier, or handle.
Search Class
248 SUPPORTS, subclass 21, Convertible.
54. LIGHT SUPPORTS, COMBINED GUARD AND
HOLDER. Portable combined guards and holders or han-
dles, generally for incandescent electric lights.
55. LIGHT SUPPORTS, CAMPAIGN TORCH. Devices for
connecting the ordinary campaign torch or flambeau to the
staff. The connection is generally a swivel or gimbal.
Search Class
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 55, Liquid fuel, Burners,
Wick type, Chimneyless, for type of lamp.
56. LIGHT SUPPORTS, CHRISTMAS TREE. Supports de-
signed to secure lights to Christmas trees and the like. The
light sources are generally candles.
Search Class
46 GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 14, Buzzes and whirligigs.
57. LIGHT SUPPORTS, VEHICLE. Light supports that are
specially adapted to engage a portion of the vehicle, su h as
the axle, dashboard, or cover, generally without modification
of the vehicle.
Search Classes
135 TENTS, CANOPIES, UMBRELLAS, AND CANES, subclass 9,
Canopy supports.
CLASS 240 Continued.
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 29, Vehicle,
and the subclasses thereunder.
58. LIGHT SUPPORTS, VEHICLE, BICYCLE. Light sup-
ports of the vehicle type that are specially adapted to be se-
cured to a bicycle or similar velocipede, generally without
modifying the velocipede structure.
Search Classes
135 TENTS, CANOPIES, UMBRELLAS, AND CANES, subclasses 11,
Canopy supports, Bicycle, and 13, Umbrella supports.
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 30, Vehicle,
Bicycle, and the subclasses thereunder.
59. LIGHT SUPPORTS, BODY ATTACHED. Devices for
supporting a light upon the body.
Search Classes
32 DENTISTRY, subclass 27, Mouth mirrors.
128 SURGERY, subclasses24, Speculums, and 47, Laryngoscopes.
135 TENTS, CANOPIES, UMBRELLAS, AND CANES, subclass 12,
Canopy supports, Body harness.
224 PACKAGE AND ARTICLE CARRIERS, subclass 5, Body and
belt attached, and the subclasses thereunder.
60. LIGHT SUPPORTS, BODY ATTACHED, CAP. Devices
for supporting a light upon the cap or other bead gear of a
person. The light is generally a miner's lamp.
Search Classes
32 DENTISTRY, subclass 27, Mouth mirrors.
128 SURGERY, subclass 24, Speculums, and 43, Laryngoscopes.
61. LIGHT SUPPORTS, DIRIGIBLE. Supports for lights,
generally head or search lights, whereby the light may be
steored or directed in the desired direction. These devices
differ from the ordinary adjustable light supports in that
they are designed to keep the light on the object as it moves,
while the ordinary adjustable support is designed to be set
and then left in that adjusted position. The dirigible sup-
ports are generally mounted on a vehicle.
62. LIGHT SUPPORTS, DIRIGIBLE, AUTOMATIC. Light
supports of the dirigible type that are mounted on a vehicle
and which automatically swing when the vehicle turns, so
that the light follows the curve of the road.
63. LIGHT SUPPORTS, ADJUSTABLE FOR TRIMMING.
Supports that normally hold the light in an inaccessible posi-
tion and that may be adjusted, so that the light may be
reached for trimming, replenishing, cleaning, repairing, etc.
Note. Light supports that are vertically adjustable to a plu-
rality of operative positions are classified in this class, sub-
class" 67, Vertically adjustable, and the subclasses thereunder.
Metallic skeleton towers which include a device for elevating a
lamp are classified in class 1S9, METALLIC BUILDING STRUC-
TURES, subclass 14, Skeleton towers, Arrangement, Elevating.
64. LIGHT SUPPORTS, ADJUSTABLE FOR TRIMMING,
ELECTRIC, POST. Light supports of the "adjustable for
trimming" type, particularly adapted for electric lamps, and
wherein a post is included or other means of supporting the
same from the ground. Where the patent includes more of
the support than the hanger as. for example, a particular
mast arm the patent is likewise included in this subclass.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 72, Light supports, Brackets,
Combined, and 73, Light supports, Brackets, Electric.
65. LIGHT SUPPORTS, ADJUSTABLE FOR TRIMMING,
ELECTRIC, POST, SWITCH. Supports for electric lamps
of the "adjustable for trimming" post type, including more
of the support than the hanger and provided with an electric
switch. In many cases the switch operates to connect the
lamp with the line circuit when the lamp has reached its
inaccessible position.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 72, Light supports, Brackets,
Combined, and 73, Light supports, Brackets, Electric.
66. LIGHT SUPPORTS, ADJUSTABLE FOR TRIMMING,
ELECTRIC, SWITCH. Light supports of the "adjustable
for trimming" type, particularly adapted for electric lamps,
and provided with an electric switch. In many cases the
switch operates to form connection between the line wires and
lamp upon the latter attaining its inaccessible position. This
subclass, however, contains no more than the hanger as an ele-
ment of the lamp support, a post or supporting arm there-
from, being included under posts.
67. LIGHT SUPPORTS, VERTICALLY ADJUSTABLE.
Miscellaneous subclass of light supports capable of vertical
adjustment. Includes chandeliers, brackets, or stands of the
vertically adjustable type. Includes electric or combustible
light source supports.
Note. Vertically adjustable supports of general application are
in class 248, SUPPORTS.
Note. Vertically adjustable supports including electric supply
means and of general application are also in class 248, SUP-
PORTS.
68. LIGHT SUPPORTS, VERTICALLY ADJUSTABLE,
CLAMP. Vertically adjustable light supports that are held
against the action of gravity by a positive clamp, dog, lock,
clutch, or set screw whicli must be manually released to
adjust the support.
Search Classes
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, subclass 35, Shade,
Rollers, Ratchet, and pawl.
248 SUPPORTS, subclass 3, Adjustable, Vertical, Clamp, and 4,
Adjustable, Vertical, Clamp, Electric.
478
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 240 Continued.
69. LIGHT SUPPORTS, VERTICALLY ADJUSTABLE,
COUNTERWEIGHT. Vertically adjustable light supports
that are held against the action of gravity by a counterweight.
Search Class
248 SUPPORTS, subclasses 5, Adjustable, Vertical, Counter-
weight, and 6, Adjustable, Vertical, Counterweight, Electric.
70. LIGHT SUPPORTS, VERTICALLY ADJUSTABLE,
FRICTION. Vertically adjustable light supports that are
held against the action of gravity by frictional engagement of
the relatively adjustable parts, the support being adjusted
by applying a force sufficient to overcome this frictional re-
sistance.
Search Classes
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, subclass 34, Shade,
Rollers, Friction brake.
248 SUPPORTS, subclasses 7, Adjustable, Vertical, Friction,
and 8, Adjustable, Vertical, Friction, Electric.
71. LIGHT SUPPORTS, VERTICALLY ADJUSTABLE,
SPRING DRUM. Vertically adjustable light supports that
are held against the action of gravity by a flexible member
wound on a spring drum.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 14, Article
holders, Reel.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 85, Change-
able exhibitors, Single reel and web, Spring rewind.
43 FISHING AND TRAPPING, subclass 33, Fishing, Reels, Spring
operated.
46 GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 8, Billiard appliances, Chalk
cups.
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 16, Metal, Strops,
hones, and rifles.
54 HARNESS, subclass 70, Checking and unchecking devices.
68 LAUNDRY.subclass 14, Clothes-line reels.
119 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, subclass 23, Confining and housing
devices. Fowl, Bird houses; 124, Restraining devices, Hitch-
ing, Post, Automatic take-up.
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, subclass 36, Shade,
Rollers, Spring.
173 Electricity conductors, subclass 367, Conductors, Take-up.
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 289,
Switches, Mechanical, Rotary.
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 155, Supports, Suspension, Reels.
191 ELECTRICITY, ELECTRIC RAILWAYS, subclass 35, Systems,
Current distribution, Overhead, Trolleys, Catchers.
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 98, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Reels, Carriers, Hand or body, Spring drum article
holders, 102, Reeling and unreeling, Reels, Clothes-line type,
Spring drum, 107, Reeling and unreeling, Reels, Spring drum
type, and 109, Reeling and unreeling, Reels, Spring-drum
type, Vertical.
248 SUPPORTS, subclasses 9. Adjustable, Vertical, Spring, and
10, Adjustable, Vertical, Spring, Electric.
72. LIGHT SUPPORTS, BRACKETS, COMBINED. Supports
of the bracket or wall attached type specially adapted for a
plurality of different kinds of light sources, electricity, liquid,
solid, or gaseous fuel. The line between these devices and
those in subclass 37, Lanterns, Convertible, is that in the
former the several light sources may be used simultaneously,
while in the latter the different light sources can only be used
alternately.
Search Class
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 326, Connectors, Pipe
couplers.
73. LIGHT SUPPORTS, BRACKETS, ELECTRIC. Supports
of the bracket or wall-attached type specially adapted for
light sources of the electric type.
74. LIGHT SUPPORTS, BRACKETS, GASEOUS FUEL.
Supports of the bracket or wall-attached type specially adapted
for light sources of the gaseous fuel type.
75. LIGHT SUPPORTS, BRACKETS, LIQUID FUEL. Sup-
ports of the bracket or wall-attached type specially adapted
for light sources of the liquid fuel type.
76. LIGHT SUPPORTS, CHANDELIERS. Supports depend-
ing from the ceiling or like surface and specially adapted to
hold a light source.
77. LIGHT SUPPORTS, CHANDELIERS, COMBINED.
Supports of the chandelier or ceiling supported type specially
adapted for a plurality of different kinds of light sources,
electric, liquid, gaseous, or solid fuel.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 37, Lanterns, Convertible.
78. LIGHT SUPPORTS, CHANDELIERS, ELECTRIC. Sup-
ports of the chandelier or ceiling supported type specially
adapted for electric light sources.
79. LIGHT SUPPORTS, CHANDELIERS, GASEOUS FUEL.
Supports of the chandelier or ceiling supported type specially
adapted for gaseous fuel light sources.
80. LIGHT SUPPORTS, CHANDELIERS, LIQUID FUEL.
Supports of the chandelier or ceiling supported type specially
adapted for liquid fuel light sources.
81. LIGHT SUPPORTS, STANDS, ELECTRIC. Supports of
the pedestal or stand type specially adapted for electric light
sources.
CLASS 240 Continued.
82. LIGHT SUPPORTS, STANDS, GASEOUS FUEL. Sup-
ports of the pedestal or stand type specially adapted for gaseous
fuel light sources.
83. LIGHT SUPPORTS, STANDS, LIQUID FUEL. Supports
of the pedestal or stand type specially adapted for liquid fuel
light sources. Includes the connection between the standard
and the lamp font.
84. LIGHT SUPPORTS. POSTS. Non-adjustable supports of
the lamp post type that are specially adapted to support light
sources. They differ from subclasses 81, 82, and 83 herein in
that they are secured t9 the floor or ground, while the latter
merely rest upon a horizontal surface.
Note. For posts per se of wood, plastic material, or metal see
classes 20, WOODEN BUILDINGS: 72, MASONRY AND CONCRETE
STRUCTURES, and 189, METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES,
respectively.
Search Class
39 FENCES.
85. LIGHT SUPPORTS, BRACKET AND CHANDELIER
HANGERS. Devices specially adapted to secure light sup-
porting brackets or chandeliers, as from walls or ceilings.
Note. Ceiling blocks which are designed to hold the lamp sus-
pended by wires and are without any additional supporting
connection between the hanger and lamp are classified in
class 173, ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclasses 327, Con-
nectors, Ceiling blocks, and 329, Connectors, Quick detachable,
Ceiling blocks. Outlet boxes, unless limited to the lighting art,
are included in class 247, ELECTRICITY, CONDUITS, subclass 5,
House wiring, Outlet boxes.
86. LIGHT SUPPORTS, BRACKET AND CHANDELIER
HANGERS, ARC LAMP HANGERS. Chandelier hangers
specially adapted to support arc lamps.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 63, Light supports, Adjustable for
trimming, and the subclasses thereunder.
87. LIGHT SUPPORTS, BRACKET AND CHANDELIER
HANGERS, CANOPIES. Devices specially adapted to be
applied to the pipe or conduit of brackets or chandeliers where
they are secured to the wall or coiling, in order to hide the
juncture. Thpy are generally plates or shields.
Note. For canopies of general application capable of use on any
pipe see class 126, STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 317, Stove-
pipe thimbles, Floor or ceiling plates.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclass 77, Ceiling centerpieces.
70 LOCKS AND LATCHES, subclass 12, Knob roses.
88. LIGHT SUPPORTS, CORD SUPPORTED. Devices for
securing light sources (generally incandescent lamps) to the
supporting conductor or cord, so that the light source may be
adjusted.
Note. The device is either directly connected to the light source
or forms an integral part thereof. The ordinary cord adjust-
ment placed intermediate the ends of the conductor is classi-
fied inclass 24, BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 115,
Cord and rope holders, and the subclasses thereunder.
89. LIGHT SUPPORTS, ANTISLIPPING. Devices applied to
or forming part of lights for preventing slippage. These de-
vices are generally spurs projecting from the bottom of the
lantern to prevent displacement when placed on slippery
surfaces.
90. LIGHT SUPPORTS, RESILIENT. Light supports that are
made resilient for the purpose of protecting the light from
injurious shocks or vibrations.
Search Classes
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 58, Light supports, Vehicle,
Bicycle.
67 ILLUMINATING BURNERS, subclass 92, Gaseous fuel burners.
Incandescent, Resilient support.
91. LIGHT SUPPORTS. HARPS. Frames, generally hung from
above, for holding the light source or the various parts of a
light such as lamp fonts, chimneys, globes, shades, or smoke
bells in their proper position.
Note. Where the frame also includes means of attachment to
the wall, ceiling, table, or floor, the device becomes a bracket,
chandelier, or stand and is classified under those heads.
92. COMBINED LIGHT PROTECTORS AND MODIFIERS.
The combination of a globe, chimney, or similar light protector
with a reflector, refractor, shade, or similar light modifier.
93. COMBINED REFLECTORS AND REFRACTORS. Com-
binations of reflectors and refractors that cooperate to modify
the distribution of light.
94. CHIMNEYS. Devices that inclose and protect the light source,
as well as induce a draft. Chimneys differ from globes in
that they not only protect, but also induce a draft. Chimneys
are generally elongated, while globes are more or less spherical.
Note. Devices that protect the light source and induce a draft
and in addition modify the distribution of light are classified
in this class, subclass 92, Combined light protectors and modi-
fiers.
95. CHIMNEYS, ATTACHMENTS. Attachments for chimneys,
generally dampers or antibreakage devices. Does not include
smoke bells or spark catchers.
Note. For smoke bells and spark catchers see in this class, sub-
classes 120, Smoke bells, and 121, Spark arresters.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
479
CLASS 240 Continued.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 258, Heaters, Liquid or
gaseous fuel, Attachments, Lamp, Chimney heaters, Article
support.
96. CHIMNEYS, COMPOSITE. Chimneys that are composed of
a plurality of separate parts. The chimney may be part
transparent and part opaque or it may be made of separate
parts to avert breakage by unequal expansion.
Search Class
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclasses 235, Tool heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Lamp attachments, and 258, Heaters,
Liquid or gaseous fuel, Attachments, Lamp, Chimney heaters,
Article support.
97. CHIMNEY'S, SUPPORTS. Miscellaneous devices for support-
ing chimneys in position relative to the light source and not
hereinbelow classified. Does not include shade, reflector,
refractor, or globe supports.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 111, Shade reflector, or globe
supports, and the subclasses thereunder.
98. CHIMNEYS, SUPPORTS, BASE. Chimney supports which
engage the standard forms of chimneys at their lower ends.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 116, Shade, reflector, or globe
supports, Base.
99. CHIMNEYS, SUPPORTS, BASE, MODIFIED CHIMNEYS.
Chimney supports of the base type which require a special
form of chimney base to engage therewith. Includes the
modified chimney.
100. GLOBES. Devices that inclose and protect the light source
and transmit the light therefrom without material modifica-
tion of the light distribution. Includes colored globes. Globes
differ from chimneys in that they arc more or less spherical in
shape, and their function is to "protect, while chimneys are
more or less elongated, and their function is not only to pro-
tect, but also to induce a draft.
Note. Devices that protect the light source and modify the light
distribution by refraction or by reflection are classified in this
class, subclass 92, Combined light protectors and modifiers.
101. GLOBES, MANIPULATORS. Attachments or implements
for removing globes, chimneys, etc., while in otherwise inac-
cessible places or while hot. Includes devices that may be
cleaners, but not limited thereto.
Search Classes
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 42, Chimney cleaners,
Lamp.
56 HARVESTERS, subclass 99, Fruit gatherers.
57 HOISTING, subclass 113, Lifting, Store goods.
75 METALLURGY, subclass 182, Crucibles.
81 TOOLS, appropriate subclasses.
126 STOVES AND FURNACES, subclass 321, Stove implements,
Fire tong.
102. GUARDS. Devices designed to be attached to the complete
lamp or other light source to protect the same from mechanic al
injury or moisture or to protect persons from injury in han-
dling the light source.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 18, Lanterns, Miner's safety; 27,
Lanterns, Tubular, and 40, Lanterns, Hand, Frames. '
103. REFLECTORS. Opaque or translucent devices that modify
the distribution of light from artificial light sources by reflec-
tion. Does not include the so-called "prismatic reflectors,"
which are classified in this class, subclass 100, Refractors.
Includes reflector supports that form an integral part of the
reflector.
Note. Reflectors per se are classified in class 88, OPTICS, subclass
1, Miscellaneous.
Note. Where the reflector is located in or modifies the construc-
tion of an incandescent lanip bulb, unless there be some other
feature which would retain the patent in this class, the same
is classified in class 176, ELECTRIC LAMPS, subclass 34, Incan-
descent, Reflectors and refractors.
Search Classes
240 ILLUMINATION subclasses 3, Combined light and structure ,
Arena, and 6, Combined light and structure, Show case
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 82, Studios.
104. REFLECTORS, CANOPY. Opaque or translucent reflectors
that are designed to reflect the light in the direction of the
major axis of the light source. Includes reflector supports
that are an integral part of the reflector.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 106, Refractors.
105. REFLECTORS, SIDE. Opaque or translucent reflectors
that are designed to reflect the, light at right angles to the major
axis of the light source. Includes reflector supports that are
an integral part of the reflector.
Note. Arc lamps wherein the regulating means is modified so as
to adapt the lamp for use with a side reflector are included in
class 176, ELECTRIC LAMPS.
106. REFRACTORS. Devices which modify the distribution of
light by refraction. Includes "prismatic reflectors. "
Note. Where the refractor is located in or modifies the construc-
tion of an incandescent lamp bulb, unless there be some other
feature which would retain the patent in this class, the same
is classified in class 170, ELECTRIC LAMPS.
CLASS 240 Continued.
Search Classes
49 GLASS, subclass 92, Structure.
88 OPTICS, subclasses 57, Lenses, and 59, Building lights, Vault.
94 PAVING, subclass 7, Vault covers.
107. REFRACTORS, LIQUID. Refractors La which the refract-
ing medium is a liquid, generally inclosed within a transparent
casing.
108. SHADES. Miscellaneous devices for cutting off the light rays.
These devices merely stop the light. They are not specially
designed to reflect the light. Miscellaneous subclass of devices
that modify the distribution of light by the interposition of
an opaque body. Includes shade supports that form an inte-
gral part of the shade.
109. SHADES, CANOPY. Shades that are designed to cat off
the light in the direction of the major axis of the light source.
Includes shade supports that are an integral part of the shade.
110. SHADES, SIDE. Shades that are designed to cut off the
light at right angles to the major axis of the light source. In-
cludes shade supports that form an integral part of the shade.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 15, Lanterns, Dark.
111. SHADE, REFLECTOR, OR GLOBE SUPPORTS. Mis-
cellaneous devices for supporting shades, reflectors, refractors,
globes, or similar lamp parts in position relative to the light
source and not hereinbelow classifiable. The support is not
an integral part of the shade, etc.
Note. Does not include chimney supports, which are classified
in this class, subclass 97, Chimneys, Supports, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
112. SHADE REFLECTOR, OR GLOBE SUPPORTS,
CANDLE. Devices specially designed to support shades,
reflectors, refractors, globes, or similar lamp parts upon candles.
The support is not an integral part of the shade, etc.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 114, Shade, reflector, or globe sup-
ports, Double clamp.
113. SHADE, REFLECTOR, OR GLOBE SUPPORTS,
DROP. Supports that allow the shade, reflector, refractor,
globe, or similar lamp part to be readily dropped or otherwise
moved out of the way relative to the light source to allow
access to the light for the purpose of trimming the same. The
support is not an integral part of the shade, etc.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 30, Lanterns, Tubular, Globe
manipulators, and the subclasses thereunder, and 118, Shade,
reflector, or globe supports, Spider.
114. SHADE REFLECTOR, OR GLOBE SUPPORTS,
DOUBLE CLAMP. Supports that are provided with means,
generally clamps, for readily securing the shade, reflector,
refractor, globe, or similar lamp part to the support and also
the support to the lamp or other point of attachment. The
point of attachment is generally an incandescent electric light
socket. The support is not an intergal part of the shade, etc.
115. SHADE, REFLECTOR, OR GLOBE SUPPORTS, TOP.
Supports which engage the shade, reflector, refractor, globe,
or similar lamp part at the top or upper end, the support not
being an integral part of the shade, etc.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 114, Shade, reflector, or globe sup-
ports, Double clamp.
116. SHADE, REFLECTOR, OR GLOBE SUPPORTS, BASE.
Supports which engage the shade, reflector, globe, refractor,
or similar lamp part at its lower end, the support not being an
integral part of the shade, etc.
Search Class -
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 98, Chimneys, Supports, Base.
117. SHADE, REFLECTOR. OR GLOBE SUPPORTS, AD-
JUSTABLE AND COLLAPSIBLE. Supports that are
adapted to be adjusted to fit various sizes of shades, reflectors,
refractors, globes, or similar lamp parts or that can be folded,
collapsed, or knocked down, the support not being an integral
part of the shade, etc.
118. SHADE, REFLECTOR OR GLOBE SUPPORTS,
SPIDER. Supports for shades, reflectors, refractors, globes,
or similar lamp parts that consist merely of a series of radial
arms directly engaging the shade, reflector, or globe, the sup-
port not being an integral part of the shade, etc.
Search Class
240 ILLUMINATION, subclass 117, Shade, reflector, or globe sup-
ports, Adjustable and collapsible. %
119. BURNER-TIP CLEANERS. Devices, generally hand im-
plements, for clearing out or freeing the discharge openings
of burner-tips.
Search Class
158 LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUEL BURNERS, subclass 120,
Valves and cleaners.
120. SMOKE BELLS. Devices placed over lights to prevent the
heat or smoke therefrom blacking or otherwise injuring super-
imposed structures, generally the ceiling. When the device
includes a flue for conveying the products of combustion from
the light source to ventilate the room or structure, it is classi-
fied in class 98, PNEUMATICS, subclass 27, Ventilation, House.
However, this subclass includes ventilating smoke bells where
no building or extended flue is included.
480
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 240 Continued.
Search Classes
98 PNEUMATICS, subclass 27, Ventilation, House.
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 208, Yards and plants, Smoke jacks.
121. SPARK ARRESTERS. Screens or other devices for pre-
venting the escape of sparks or solid burning bodies from or
the entry of insects or dirt into globes, chimneys, or lantern
casings. Does not include the flame screen of the Davy
safety lamp, which is classified in this class, subclass 18, Lan-
terns', Miner's safety.
Search Class
110 FURNACES, subclass 119, Spark arresters, and the sub-
classes thereunder.
122. SWITCHES AND VALVES. Switches and valves which
are of use only in illuminating fixtures and which do not
modify or are not modified by the light source itself.
CLASS 240 Continued.
123. SWITCHES AND VALVES, OPERATORS. Devices at-
tached to inaccessible light control valves or switches for
operating the same. Includes gas wrenches; also devices
which are an extension of a gas key, wick-raiser, or switch
and which are intended to be left upon its fixture.
Note. Wrenches combined with igniters are in class 67, ILLU-
MINATING BURNERS, subclass 6, Igniting devices, Imple-
ments.
124. TAPS. Devices applied to gas fixtures whereby means are
provided for attaching a tube, generally a flexible one, to
supply a drop light or gas heater without destroying the
utility of any of the fixtures' burner-tips as illuminators.
Note. Electric taps where the current is tapped from an incan-
descent light socket are classified in class 173, ELECTRICITY,
CONDUCTORS, subclass 334, Connectors, Quick detachable,
Multiple connections, Taps.
Search Class
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 75, Mains and pipes, Pipes.
CLASS 242. WINDING AND REELING.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes and is limited to inventions in (1) winding
flexible material such as wire, cordage, and fabric or other sheet
structures upon or unwinding it from holders, including reels,
bobbins or spools, forms or frames, or other holders for storage pur-
poses; (2> the making by winding processes of articles such as cord-
ago and twine balls, electromagnets and coils, cops, etc., or in apply-
ing wire or cordage material by winding to armatures, rings, pails,
pipes, or other articles; (3) reels and reel carriers, bobbins and spools,
and other coil or roll holders per se, spool, bobbin, and twine holders
or supporters, and combinations of spools or bobbins, etc., with
the material wound thereon as a commercial article or package not
otherwise classifiable; (4) guides and tension devices employed in
connection with winding devices, as well as those of general appli-
cation; (5) detectors and stops employed in connection with wind-
ing machines, as well as those of general application to strand or web
material.
The inventions classifiable under group 2 for making articles by
winding may include other operations essential or incidental thereto,
as applying adhesive to the layers of thread or to the thread itself
in winding balls. Inventions in group 1 may include the waxing
or wotting of thread in bobbin-winding.
The class docs not include devices for winding flexible material
upon such articles of indefinite length as wire, cordage, conductors,
hose, etc., nor power devices employed in hauling or hoisting in
which the rope or cable is but temporarily wound or unwound
unless the invention is a mere reel structure or a feature peculiarly
adapted for winding for storage purposes. For example, devices for
traversing or laying cord or rope upon the holder are classifiable in
this class, as are also winding drums and sand reels per se.
Devices wherein the hoisting feature is incidental and coordinate
or subordinate to winding, as in spring-drum reels, are also classifi-
able in this class.
Reel or roll carriers and the like classifiable in this class are those
in which th3 function is to serve as a holder for storage purposes or
to facilitate winding or unwinding; but similar devices constructed
primarily for displaying the material or for serving the purpose of
store furniture are excluded.
Search Classes
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 9, Cloth-measuring
machines, for combinations of winding machines with meas-
uring instruments.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclasses 18, Display-racks, Roll, for
details, and 31, Serving apparatus, Roll-holders, for roll-
holders for toilet and wrapping paper.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Miscellaneous inventions in winding or
reeling not otherwise classifiable.
2. BALL OR MASS WINDING. Winding thread, twine, yarn,
cord, etc., into masses, balls, or cylindrical packages.
Search Class
19 CARDING, subclass 16, Balling heads, for balling sliver,
yarn, etc.
3. BALL OR MASS WINDING, SPHEROIDS. Inventions for
winding spherical masses, principally base, golf, or other play-
ing balls, characterized by the absence of a winding spindle, a
spherical core being usually substituted therefor. May
include applying an adhesive or liquid to the strand that is
wound.
Search Class
154 LAMINATEO FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass Id, Ball-making, and the subclasses thereunder, for
the making of playing balls of sectional or laminated structure.
4. RING-WINDING. Miscellaneous inventions for winding mate-
rial, usually wire, upon a ring-shaped core. In this subclass
are machines and processes for winding ring-shaped magnets,
"loading coils," and the like with wire, though the subclass is
not limited thereto.
Search Class
28 CORDAGE, subclass 2, Banding, for somewhat analogous
devices emplo3"od in banding strands together, as in making
driving belts.
5. RING-WINDING, ARMATURES. Winding ring armatures
or successively winding coils of wire on annular bodies.
6. RING-WINDING, TAPING AND INSULATING. Inven-
tions for winding tape, bands, fiber, etc., or appjying insulat-
ing material to rings or annular coils; also such inventions in
combination with devices or processes for winding rings with
wire or other conducting material.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 10, Cylinder and conoid
winding, Magnets and coils, Taping and insulating, for taping
and insulating features.
28 CORDAGE, subclass 6, Covering cord, and 173, ELECTRIC-
ITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 244, Machines for covering, for
taping and insulating features adapted to covering articles of
indefinite length.
26G74 12 31
CLASS 242 Continued.
7. CYLINDER AND CONOID WINDING. Winding strand or
web material, generally wire, upon cylinders or conoids of
comparatively short length.
Search Classes
28 CORDAGE, subclass 0, Covering cord, and 173, ELECTRIC-
ITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 244, Machines for covering, for
devices for winding cylinders of indefinite length, such as rope,
wire, or conductors.
29 METAL-WORKING, subclass 23, Special work, Toothed-cyl-
inder making, for making toothed cylinders, including the
winding of toothed or notched wire.
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 3, Apparatus and appliances.
Imitation-flower making, Stems and vines, for winding and
making stems for artificial flowers and making decorative
strands.
86 ARMS, PROJECTILES, AND EXPLOSIVE CHARGES, MAKING,
subclass 2, Ordnance, for wiring guns.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclasses under Tube -ma-
chines, particularly 80, Tube-machines, Spiral-wind, and 81,
Tube-machines, Convolute-wind, for winding paper tubes.
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 35, Tube-making,
Spiral seaming, which includes more than the mere winding
for example, seaming for winding metal strips in tube-making
and armoring electric cables.
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclasses 97, Applying wire, Card-cloth-
ing, Attaching, for winding card-clothii.g on cylinders, and
124, Implements, Coiling, for wire-coiling implements.
144 WOODWORKING , subclass 208. Wood-bending, Former, Piv-
otal, Coiling, for convolute winding in box and hoop making.
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 64.5, Coiling, Flat wire, Edge
winding, for winding flat wire or metal strips edgewise.
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclass 7, Hose-making, Convolute wind, for winding devices
employed in making hose and the like.
8. CYLINDER AND CONOID WINDING, ARMATURES.
Applying a circumferential winding to the armatures or
drums of electric machines or applying bands thereto.
Search Class
153 METAL-BENDING, subclass 64.5, Coiling, Flat wire, Edge
winding, for winding flat wire edgewise.
9. CYLINDER AND CONOID WINDING, MAGNETS AND
COILS. Limited to winding magnets and coils for electrical
use.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 25, Bobbin and cop wind-
ing, Wire, for the mere winding of wire on spools or bobbins
for storage of the wire and for use as a commercial article.
155 METAL-BENDING, subclass 64.5, Coiling, Flat wire, Edge
winding, for the winding of flat wire or metal strips edgewise.
175 ELECTRICITY, GENERAL APPLICATIONS, subclass 21, Electro-
magnets.
10. CYLINDER AND CONOID WINDING, MAGNETS AND
COILS, TAPING AND INSULATING. Devices or proc-
esses for taping, applying, or inserting insulating material,
usually in combination with wire-winding.
Search Classes
28 CORDAGE, subclass 6, Covering cord ; and 173, ELECTRIC-
ITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 244, Machines for covering, for
applying insulation to cables or conductors.
11. CYLINDER AND CONOID WINDING, PAILS AND
PIPES. Limited to winding pails or pipes with wire, bands,
or cordage.
12. CYLINDER AND CONOID WINDING, AXIALLY. Wind-
ing a cylindrical or conoidal body with material, usually wire,
in such manner that the convolutions are wound in a plane
at right angles to a diameter of the body/. ., parallel with
the axis.
13. CYLINDER AND CONOID WINDING, AXIALLY, ARMA-
TURES. Winding armatures for electric machines in which
the winding material is wound in a plane at right angles to the
diameter of the armature.
14. FORMS AND FRAMES. Limited to devices on or by which
material, generally wire, is wound to produce a coil of piede-
termined form or shape other than circular, comprising mostly
formers for winding armature coils.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 50, Cordage, Cards,
boards, and forms, for winding cordage on forms, and 61,
Reeling and unreeling, Fabrics, Cards, boards, and forms, for
winding webs or fabrics on forms.
153 METAL - BENDING, appropriate subclasses for example,
21, Angular, Reciprocating bender for shaping armature coils
by bending; also 64.5, Coiling, Flat wire, Edge winding, for all
edge-winding devices.
15. FORMS AND FRAMES, REVOLUBLE. Forms or frames
that are adapted to be rotated for winding the material to
shape or in combination with the devices or machines for
rotating them.
481
482
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 242 Continued.
16. SPOOLERS. Machines for winding cordage material, as
thread, upon spools or holders having flaring heads, the thread
traverse varying in the different layers. This subclass is lim-
ited to winding a single spool.
17. SPOOLERS, MULTIPLE. Spoolers for winding a plurality
of spools.
18. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING. Inventions not otherwise
classifiable for winding cordage material such as thread,
twine, cord, rope, etc. upon a suitable core or holder of the
bobbin type that is. holders of circular cross-section, cylin-
drical or cone-shaped and with or without flanges or disk-
shaped heads, including, therefore, bobbins, cop tubes, pirns,
jack-spools, quills, or like structures. The traverse of the
thread is substantially of the same length.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 2, Ball or mass wind-
ing, for winding features, and 55, Reeling and unreeling,
Fabrics, and the subclasses thereunder, for winding or reeling
webs or fabrics.
28 CORDAGE, subclass 7, Finishing yarn and thread, and sub-
class 14, Warping, for winding material on warping beams or
rolls where a sheet of or a plurality of strands, yarn, etc., are
simultaneously wound side by side on the same beam.
117 SILK, particularly subclasses 4, Doubling; 7, Throwing,
and 8, Winding, and 118, SPINNING, particularly subclasses 1,
Bobbin and cop builders; 6, Doubling, and 12, Stopping, for
winding silk, thread, or the like on bobbins or other holders
where the strands are twisted together in a winding operation.
19. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, CUTTING DEVICES.
Cutting devices adapted to or in combination with bobbin and
cop winding.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 21, Bobbin and cop
winding, Sewing-machine shuttles, Cutting devices; 48. Cord-
age, Cutting devices; 50, Reeling and unreeling, Fabrics, Cut-
ting devices; 135, Spool-holders, Thread - cutters, and 142,
Twine-holders, Cutters, for cutting features or details.
30 CUTLERY, subclass 14, Twine-cutters, for thread-cutters of
general application.
118 SPINNING, subclass 12, Stopping.
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 141, Wire-cutting, and the sub-
classes thereunder, for wire-cutting devices.
20. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, SEWING-MACHINE
SHUTTLES. Devices not otherwise classifiable adapted for
winding the type of bobbins employed in sewing-machine
shuttles and designed for use upon or in connection with sew-
ing-machines.
21. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, SEWING-MACHINE
SHUTTLES, CUTTING DEVICES. Sewing-machine
shuttle winders provided with thread-cutters.
22. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, SEWING-MACHINE
SHUTTLES, STOPS. Sewing-machine shuttle winders pro-
vided with stop-motion devices.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 28, Bobbin and cop
winding, Cone wind, Detectors and stops, and the subclasses
thereunder, 36, Bobbin and cop winding, Detectors and stops,
and the subclasses thereunder, and 49, Cordage, Detectors and
stops.
19 CARDING, subclass 25, Stopping.
28 CORDAGE, subclass 31, Warping stop-motions.
66 KNITTING AND NETTING, subclass 7, Stopping.
118 SPINNING, subclass 12, Stopping.
139 WEAVING, subclass 52, Stopping.
140 WIRE- WORKING, subclass 126, Wire-feeding, Automatic
stops.
23. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, SEWING-MACHINE
SHUTTLES, DISK TYPE. Sewing machine shuttle wind-
ers for winding very short or disk-shaped bobbins.
24. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, SEWING-MACHINE
SHUTTLES, THREAD PRESSERS AND PADS. Sew-
ing-machine shuttle thread-winding devices having means in
the form of a pad, roll, plate, or other presser for compacting
or shaping the thread upon the bobbin.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 34, Bobbin and cop
winding, Cone wind, Pressers and shapers.
25. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, WIRE. Winding wire on
a bobbin type of holder for storage purposes or for a commer-
cial article.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 9, Cylinder and conoid
winding, Magnets and coils, for machines or devices for wind-
ing magnets, magnet spools, or coils.
26. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, SYMMETRICAL LAY-
ERS. Winding bobbins of the universal or Fiji type all
machines, therefore, having means for imparting an incre-
mental or rotary movement to the cop or ball at the end of
each thread traverse movement or sufficient delay in the
traverse movement of the thread guide so that the coils of
one layer shall be laid just outside and parallel with the cor-
responding coils of the layer last wound, crossing the same
and binding the coils and the loop at the ends firmly down,
thus preventing the cop from breaking down and making
it self-supporting. In the product the layers are symmet-
rical, each having the same number of coils and each coil
being outside of rather than on top of the corresponding coil
below it or in the last layer.
CLASS 242 Continued.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 2, Ball or mass wind-
ing; 31, Bobbin and cop winding, Cone wind, Quick traverse,
and 43, Bobbin and cop winding, Quick traverse, for criss-
cross winding features.
27. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, CONE WIND. Winding
thread, yarn, etc., in conical layers, and thereby gradually
building up a cop, ball, or mass of thread or yarn upon a suit-
able cop tube, shell, or spindle or other core or holder; also
devices which wind both cylindrical and conical layers.
Winding devices to be classifiable under "Cone wind" must
have mechanism for producing a relative longitudinal pro-
gressive movement between the cop or thread mass and the
thread traverse guide.
Search Class
118 SPINNING, particularly subclass 1, Bobbin and cop builders,
and other appropriate subclasses, for cop-building features.
28. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, CONE WIND, DETEC-
TORS AND STOPS. Detectors and stops for cone-winding
devices comprise (1) mechanism for detecting imperfections
in the thread or undue tension thereof in winding; (2) mech-
anism for stopping the machine upon such detection or ten-
sion; (3) stop mechanism operating upon stoppage, breakage,
exhaustion, etc., of the thread or for indicating such failure in
the thread supply, and (4) stop mechanism operating when
the winding is completed. This subclass contains only detec-
tors or stop motions of the first two groups, not otherwise
classifiable.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 36, Bobbin and cop
winding, Detectors and stops, and the subclasses thereunder,
and 49, Cordage, Detectors and stops, for similar devices in
bobbin or cordage winding.
19 CARDING, subclass 25, Stopping.
28 CORDAGE, subclass 31, Warping stop-motions.
66 KNITTING AND NETTING, subclass 7, Stopping.
118 SPINNING, subclass 12, Stopping.
139 WEAVING, subclass 52, Stopping.
140 WIRE - WORKING, subclass 126, Wire-feeding, Automatic
stop.
29. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, CONE WIND, DETEC-
TORS AND STOPS, THREAD BREAK OR EXHAUST.
Devices for stopping the cone-winding of the thread governed
by and operating upon breakage, undue tension, stoppage or
exhaustion of the thread supply.
30. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, CONE WIND, DETEC-
TORS AND STOPS, LOAD. Devices for automatically
stopping the winding of the cop or cone mass when fully
wound or when a predetermined amount has been wound.
31. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, CONE WIND, QUICK
TRAVERSE. Devices for winding crossed spiral coils by a
quick traverse movement of the thread guide or of the core
upon which the cop is wound.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 26, Bobbin and cop
winding, Symmetrical layers, for bobbin winders producing
a fixed number of coils per layer; subclasses 43, Bobbin and
cop winding, Quick traverse, 'for traversing mechanism, and
158, Guides, Traverse mechanism, for traversing mechanism
per se.
32. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, CONE WIND, MUL-
TIPLE. Devices for cone-winding a plurality of cops or
bobbins.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 44, Bobbin and cop
winding, Multiple, for multiple winding features.
33. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, CONE WIND, FLIER
TYPE, ("one-winding devices having a rotary thread guide
or flier for laying or winding a single thread.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 2, Ball or mass wind-
ing, for fliers in ball-winding, and 128, Unwinding devices, for
fliers rotated by the thread in unwinding.
118 SPINNING, suggestive subclasses, particularly 6, Doubling,
where fliers similar in structure operate to twist several
threads together into one and wind it on the top.
34. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, CONE WIND, PRESSERS
AND SHAPERS. Devices usually provided with cones or
rollers for pressing and shaping the thread on or about the
cone as it is wound.
35. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, CONE WIND, SPIN-
DLES AND APPURTENANCES. Spindles, mounting
thereof, driving, and other features pertaining thereto, adapted
for use in cone-winding machines and not classifiable in spin-
ning.
Search Classes
82 TURNING, subclass 30, Lathes, Head-stocks, Spindles and
bearings.
118 SPINNING, subclasses 24, Spindle-driving devices: 25, Spin-
dles and bearings, and the subclasses thereunder, and 27,
Spindles and appurtenances.
139 WEAVING, subclass 89, Shuttles, Spindles and tips.
36. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, DETECTORS AND
STOPS. This subclass is miscellaneous and includes only
those bobbin-winding devices not otherwise classifiable which
detect the presence of knots, slubs, splits, accumulations of
gum, lint, waste, or other imperfections or inequalities in the
thread being wound or undue tension thereof.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
483
CLASS 242 Continued.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, the definition and search-card
data under subclass 28, Bobbin and cop winding, Cone wind,
Detectors and stops.
19 CARDING, subclass 25, Stopping, for stop motions adapted
to sliver coilers.
37. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, DETECTORS AND
STOPS, TUREAD BREAK OR EXHAUST. Devices
for stopping the winding upon the breakage or exhaustion of
thread or for indicating such failure in the thread supply.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 29, Bobbin and cop
winding, Cone wind, Detectors and stops, Thread break or
exhaust, for similar devices for cone winders.
38. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, DETECTORS AND
STOPS, THREAD BREAK OR EXHAUST, DOUB-
LING-MACHINES. Detectors and stops controlled by the
breaking or exhaustion of the thread for machines operating
to wind a plurality of threads upon a single bobbin by ordi-
nary winding methods, there being no twisting of the threads
together, as in spinning machines.
Search Class
118 SPINNING, subclasses 6, Doubling, and 12, Stopping, for
stop motions of spinning doublers.
39. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, DETECTORS AND
STOPS, LOAD. Stop devices for arresting the winding
when the bobbin is fully wound or loaded.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 30, Bobbin and cop
winding, Cone wind, Detectors and stops, Load, for similar
devices employed in cone-winding.
40. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, DETECTORS AND
STOPS, LOAD, DOUBLING-MACHINES. Load-stop
devices adapted to machines for winding a plurality of threads
upon a single bobbin, but without twisting them.
41. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, EJECTORS. Bobbin-
winding machines having automatic devices for ejecting the
bobbin when wound.
Search Classes
19 CARDING, subclass 16, Balling heads.
133 WEAVING, subclasses 52, Stopping, particularly 54, Stop-
ping, Weft stop-motions, and 85, Looms, Weft-replenishing.
42. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, DOUBLING-MACHINES.
Devices for winding a plurality of threads upon a single bobbin
without the twisting characteristic of spinning machines.
Search Classes
28 CORDAGE, subclass 14, Warping, for winding cordage strands
in sheets.
118 SPINNING, subclass 6, Doubling, for spinning doublers.
43. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, QUICK TRAVERSE.
Bobbin-winding machines in which the thread layer or guide
has a quick traverse movement relative and longitudinal to
the bobbin or in which the bobbin is reciprocated relatively
to the thread guide, so as to lay the thread on the bobbin in
crossing spirals, producing a cross cr criss-cross wind. In this
subclass the number of convolutions, coils, or spirals varies
somewhat in the different layers, usually decreasing in num-
ber toward the periphery.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 26, Bobbin and cop
winding, Symmetrical layers, for bobbin winders producing
a fixed number of coils per layer. See also subclass 31, Bobbin
and cop winding, Cone wind, Quick traverse.
44. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, MULTIPLE. Machines
adapted to wind a plurality of bobbins simultaneously.
Search Class
242 WiN'Dixo AND REELING, subclasses 32, Bobbin and cop
winding, Cone wind, Multiple, for multiple cone winders, and
17, Spoolers, Multiple, for multiple spoolers.
45. BOBBIN AND COP WINDINCz, TENSION DEVICES.
Thread tensions adapted to bobbin or cone winders and not
otherwise classifiable.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 75, Reeling and un-
reeling, Fabrics, Tension devices; 147, Tension devices, and
the subclasses thereunder, for tension devices, and 132, Bobbin
supporters and holders, Receptacle or trough, for tension
devices combined with bobbin supporters.
46. BOBBIN AND COP WINDING, SPOOL AND BOBBIN
LIFTERS. Devices, usually hand or foot operated, for lifting
the spool or bobbin from winding relation with the operating
mechanism, usually comprising a rotating drum, spindle or
seat, which drives the spool by frictional contact.
47. CORDAGE. Devices for winding rope, cord, thread, yarn, or
other strand material not otherwise classifiable and excluding
wire- winding.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 4, Ring- winding; 7,
Cylinder and conoid winding; 25, Bobbin and cop winding,
Wire; 54, Reeling and unreeling, and 78. Reeling and unreel-
ing, Reels, Metal- working, and the subclasses thereunder, for
wire- winding.
28 -CORDAGE, subclass 21, Cord and rope machines, for rope or
cable making machines or devices operating to twist or lay
up the strands into a rope or cord and wind it.
CLASS 242 Continued.
48. CORDAGE, CUTTING DEVICES. Cordage-winding appa-
ratus provided with cutting devices and all cutters therefor,
except those adapted for sheet or strip winding devices.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 19, Bobbin and cop
winding, Cone wind, Cutting devices, for cutters associated
with bobbin or cone winders, and 135, Spool-holders, Thread-
cutters, and 142, Twine-holders, Cutters, for cutters associated
with spool or twine holders.
49. CORDAGE, DETECTORS AND STOPS. Detector and stop
devices not otherwise classifiable for cordage-winding ma-
chinos.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 22, Bobbin and cop
winding, Sewing-machine shuttles, Stops; 28, Bobbin and cop
winding, Cone wind, Detectors and stops, and 30, Bobbin and
cop winding, Detectors and stops.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 46, Machine-brakes, Stop
mechanisms, for stops per ne.
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 126, Wire-feeding, Automatic
stop.
50. CORDAGE, CARDS, BOARDS, AND FORMS. Winding
cordage upon cards, boards, or other forms or cores, except
those of the bobbin, spool, or reel type or forms and frames for
winding armature coils or wire.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 61, Reeling and un-
reeling, Fabrics, Cards, boards, and forms, for sheet-winding,
and 14, Forms and frames, and 15, Forms and frames, Revolu-
ble, for winding wire upon forms or frames.
51. CORDAGE, HEDDLE AND SEINE NEEDLES. Winding
heddle or seine needles.
52. CORDAGE, TATTING-SHUTTLES. Tatting-shuttle wind-
ers or winding.
53. CORDAGE, HANK AND SKEIN WINDING. Winding
thread or yarn into hanks or skeins, but excluding devices that
wrap or interlace the strands of the wound hank or skein to
form a special package.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 127, Skein-holders, for
devices for merely holding hanks and skeins and involving
other than reel structures.
28 CORDAGE, subclass 9, Packaging braid and yarn, for special
package making.
54. REELING AND UNREELING. Inventions not otherwise
classifiable for winding material upon or unwinding it from
reels, winding rolls, drums, and the like. Includes more par-
ticularly operating mechanisms for reels. Devices for wind-
ing wire and those of general application are classifiable in this
subclass.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 78, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Reels, Metal-working, and the subclasses thereunder, for
reels adapted to the metal-working arts, with or without their
operating mechanisms, and 85, Reeling and unreeling, Reels,
Carriers, for reels mounted upon portable carriers, with their
operating mechanism.
39 FENCES, subclass 62, Fences, W r ire, Stretchers, AVindlasses;
57, HOISTING, and 103, PUMPS, subclass 35, Windlass water-
elevator, for power winding devices, such as windlasses, cap-
stans, stump-extractors, and the like.
55. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS. Winding
paper, cloth, films, wire netting, fences, and in general fabric
or sheet structure not otherwise classifiable.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 78, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Reels, Metal-working, and the subclasses thereunder, for
winding metal strips.
11 BOOKBINDING, subclass 22, Writing-tablets, Continuous;
40, CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclasses 31,
Changeable exhibitors, Motor-operated, Double reel and web;
36, Changeable exhibitors, Motor-operated, Shifters; 46,
Changeable exhibitors, Obstacle-operated, Double reel and
web; 82, Changeableexhibitors, Single reel and web; 86. Change-
able exhibitors, Double reel and web, and 117, Calendars,
Double reel and web, and 120, STATIONERY, subclass 30,
Copy-holders, Movable copy, Roller-feed, for single or double
reel web-winding devices.
66 KNITTING AND NETTING, subclass 9, Take-ups and tensions,
for knitting and netting winders.
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclasses 57, Seaming-
machines, Compressing, Die, and 58, Seaming-Machines,
Compressing, Roller.
155 CHAIRS, subclass 10, Rests, Head, for roll-holders for serving
paper in sanitary head rests.
156 CURTAINS, SHADES. AND SCREENS, subclass 44, Awnings,
Roll and reel, for roll-operating mechanism, winding boxes,
and gearing.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 57, Shutters,
Roll, Operating devices.
197 TYPEWRITING-M ACHINES, subclass 127, Paper-feeding, and
appropriate subclasses thereunder, particularly subclass 133,
Paper-feeding, Web, for paper rolls and their controlling de-
vices, tensions, and guides.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 29, Serving apparatus, and
the subclasses thereunder, particularly subclasses 31, Serving
apparatus. Roll-holders, and 32, Serving apparatus, Roll-
holders, Cutting attachment.
484
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
Class 242 Continued.
56. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, CUTTING
DEVICES. Miscellaneous cutting devices not otherwise
classifiable adapted for or in combination with fabric- winding
devices.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 48, Cordage, Cutting
devices, for cutting cordage or textile material not of sheet
form.
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 9, Cloth-measuring
machines.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 05,
Cutting, Machines, Rotary cutter, Slitters and winders, for
devices which slit the sheet longitudinally and then wind it.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclasses 12, Counters, Attachments,
and 32, Serving apparatus, Roll-holders, Cutting attachment,
for the combination of roll-holders and cutting de rices.
57. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, DETECTORS
AND STOPS. Fabric-winding machines provided with de-
tec tor or stop mechanisms.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 28, Bobbin and cop
winding, Cone wind, Detectors and stops; 30, Bobbin and cop
winding, Detectors and stops, and 49, Cordage, Detectors and
stops, for details applicable to cordage-winding.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 46, Machine-brakes, Stop
mechanisms, for stop mechanism per se.
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 120, Wire-feeding, Automatic
stop.
58. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, WEB-ROLL
SUPPLY. Supplying or renewing web-rolls or placing them
in operative relation to a machine which utilizes the web; also
devices for removing the rolls from a machine.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 129, Coil-holders, for de-
vices for conveying coils.
59. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, LAPPED OR
BUTTED LENGTHS. The winding of short lengths or
sheets of fabric in which the adjacent ends are lapped or butted.
60. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, BANDAGE-
ROLLING. Devices for winding bandages, usually com-
prising a bracket or stand having means for clamping it to a
table or support, and on which is mounted the reel roll or its
equivalent, with suitable winding mechanism.
61. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, CARDS,
BOARDS, AND FORMS. Winding fabric upon a suitable
core or form other than of circular cross-section or of reel form.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 50, Cordage, Cards,
boards, and forms, for the similar winding of cordage.
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 9, Cloth-measuring
machines, for similar machines with measuring devices.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 50, Pack-
ages, Cloth bolts, boards, etc., for cards, boards, and forms
per se.
62. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, CLOTH. De-
vices specific to the winding of cloth by the inclusion of some
elements such as openers, spreaders, stretchers, spur-faced
rollers, etc. which would not be applicable to paper or other
fabrics.
03. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, AUTOMATIC-
ALLY CONTRACTING REEL. Fabric winders provided
with mechanism for automatically contracting or expanding
the reel during the winding operation and at present mostly
employed in paper-making.
64. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, REVOLUBLE
REEL-CARRIERS. Revoluble supporting frames on which
a plurality of reels or rolls are adapted to be mounted and
revolved to an operative position. The axis on which the
frame revolves is generally horizontal, but may be vertical.
65. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, FRICTION-
DRUM DRIVE. Fabric-winding devices provided with a
rotary drum or equivalent to drive the fabric roll by frictional
contact. Single drum devices are classifiable in this subclass.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 18, Bobbin and cop wind-
ing, and the subclasses thereunder, for details of drum-driving
features in bobbin-winding.
28 CORDAGE, subclass 14, Warping, and 101, PRINTING, sub-
class 97, Paper-damping machines, Winders, for drum-driving
features.
66. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, FRICTION-
DRUM DRIVE, MULTIPLE DRUM. Fabric-winding
mechanism having a plurality of rotary drums each of which
drives or rotates the fabric roll by frictional contact.
67. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, BELT-REELS.
Devices for winding up the belts employed in driving ma-
chines.
68. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, CORES AND
HOLDERS. Miscellaneous devices, such as rolls, drums,
shells, sticks, reels, cores, or other fabric-roll holders, their
mandrel or supporting devices, and other appurtenances not
otherwise classifiable in the subclasses hereunder.
Class 212 Continued.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 130, Bobbin supporters
and holders, for holders adapted to hold tubular shells on
which thread masses are wound.
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 71, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Fabrics, Cores and holders, Ribbon and film spools, Cam-
era, and 95, PHOTOGRAPHY, subclasses 31, Cameras, Roll-
holding, and subclasses thereunder, and 90.5, Fluid-treating
apparatus, Dark cabinets, Roll-film, for roll-film holders.
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 61, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Fabrics, Cards, boards, and forms.
11 BOOKBINDING, subclass 22, Writing-tablets, Continuous.
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 9, Cloth-measuring
machines.
93 PAPER MANUFACTURES, subclass 79, Tube-machines, Taper-
ing wind, for machines employing tapering winding cores,
holders, and web-fasteners.
112 SEWING-MACHINES, subclass 15, Revolving-hook ma-
chines.
118 SPINNING, subclass 31, Bobbin and spindle connectors.
120 STATIONERY, subclass 30, Copy-holders, Movable copy,
Roller-feed.
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, subclass 29, Shade,
Rollers, and the subclasses thereunder.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 59, Pack-
ages, Rolls and reels.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 31, Serving apparatus, Roll-
holders, for plugs.
69. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, CORES AND
HOLDERS, NOTE-SHEET ROLLS. Spool or bobbin
structures, with or without holders therefor, adapted to hold
a roll of sheet music for use in automatic musical instruments.
The note sheet may be included.
Search Class
84 Music, subclasses 161, Automatic instruments, Details,
Selectors, and 1G2, Automatic instruments, Details, Selectors,
Note-sheets; also 106, Automatic instruments, Details, Selec-
tors, Winding and rewinding, for winding and rewinding
devices for these rolls and specific to automatic players.
70. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, CORES AND
HOLDERS, RIBBON AND FILM SPOOLS. Spools and
bobbins for winding typewriter ribbons, kinetoscope films
and the like, usually provided with web fastening or securing
devices.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 74, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Fabrics, Web-fasteners, and notes thereunder, for web-
fasteners per se.
88 OPTICS, subclass 17, Motion picture apparatus, Picture-strip,
for film-winding devices in combination with motion picture
apparatus.
197 TYPEWRITING-MACHINES, subclass 151 et seq., Ribbon
mechanism, for typewriter-ribbon spools combined with
typewriter mechanism.
71. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, CORES AND
HOLDERS, RIBBON AND FILM SPOOLS, CAMERA.
Spools or bobbin structures adapted to hold a film-roll for use
in photographic cameras.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 31, Cameras Roll-holding, for com-
binations of spool and camera.
72. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, CORES AND
HOLDERS, CONTRACTILE. Winding cores for fabrics
having means for varying the diameter either to expand it
or to contract it, usually to contract it to permit removal of
the roll of fabric.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 110, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Reels, Contractile, and subclasses thereunder, for con-
tractile reels for winding cordage.
10 BOLT, NAIL, NUT, RIVET, AND SCREW MAKING, subclass
145, Screw-threading, Tapping, Implements, Taps, Collapsi-
ble, Wedge-core.
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 170, Cores, Metal, Contract-
ing, and 173, Cores, Core-bars, Collapsible, for contractile cores
employed in casting.
64 JOURNAL-BOXES, PULLEYS, AND SHAFTING, subclass 8,
Pulleys, Expansible, for similar devices employed for driving
belts.
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 76, Reamers, Adjustable,
Wedge, Central cone.
82 TURNING, subclass 44, Work-drivers, Mandrels, Expansible.
85 DRIVEN, HEADED, AND SCREW-THREADED FASTENINGS,
subclass 2.4, Bolts, Expanding-sleeve, and 2.8, Bolts, Ex-
panding-sleeve, Double wedge.
113 SHEET-METAL WARE, MAKING, subclass 103, Soldering,
Clamps, Expanding mandrel.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 268, Wood-bending, Former,
Pivotal, Coiling.
153 METAL- BENDING, subclasses 80, Pipe expanders and
flangers, Non-traveling, Segmental expander, and 81, Pipe
expanders and flangers, Traveling, Rotary.
73. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, CORES AND
HOLDERS, CONTRACTILE, LENGTHWISE. Wind-
ing cores and holders that permit varying the length to adapt
them to fabrics of difierent widths.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 70, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Fabrics, Cores and holders, Ribbon and film spools.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
485
CLASS 242 Continued.
74. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, WEB-FASTEN-
ERS. Devices for securing the web to the core or holder on
which it is wound.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 70, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Fabrics, Cores and holders, Ribbon and film spools: also
subclass 125. Bobbins and spools, Thread fasteners and guides,
for devices for securing or fastening cordage ends to a bobbin
or spool.
84 Music, subclass 102, Automatic instruments, Details, Selec-
tors, Note-sheets, for devices for fastening note sheets to rollers.
120 STATIONERY, subclass 30, Copy-holders, Movable copy,
Roller-feed.
144 WOODWORKING, subclass 208, Wood-bending, Former,
Pivotal, Coiling.
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, subclass 29, Shade,
Rollers.
197 TYPEWRITING-MACHINES, subclass 151 et seq., Ribbon
mechanism.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 51, Pack-
ages, Ribbons, braids, and trimmings; subclasses 53, Pack-
ages, Ribbons, braids, and trimmings, Rolls or spools, Clamps,
and 54, Packages, Ribbons, braids, and trimmings, Rolls or
spools, Clamps, Centrally attached, for peripheral clamps.
75. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, TENSION DE-
VICES. Tension devices adapted to the winding of fabrics.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 45, Bobbin and cop
winding, Tension devices, and the search-card data thereun-
der; 99, Reeling and unreeling, Reels, Carriers, Brakes, and
147, Tension devices, and the subclasses thereunder, for cord-
age-winding tension; subclass 00, Reeling and unreeling, Fab-
rics, Bandage-rolling.
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 3, Cloth-pilers, for tension
devices applied to machines for piling or folding cloth, etc.
70. REELING AND UNREELING, FABRICS, GUARDS AND
GUIDES. Devices for engaging the web or fabric to direct,
guide, or protect it during the winding operation.
Search Classes
26 CLOTH-FINISHING, subclass 18, Guiding, for guiding devices
for cloth.
139 WEAVING, subclass 50, Take-ups and let-offs, Beams, for
warping beams or drums.
164 CUTTING AND PUNCHING SHEETS AND BARS, subclass 65,
Cutting, Machines, Rotary cutter, Slitters and winders.
197 TYPEWRITING-MACHINES, subclass 151 et seq., Ribbon
mechanism.
77. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS. Miscellaneous reel
structures for cordage, wire, and metal strips or flats not
classifiable in the subclasses hereunder.
Search Classes
9 BOATS AND BUOYS, subclass 9, Buoys, Wreck-indicating, for
reels employed in connection with buoys.
28 CORDAGE, subclass 14, Warping, for drum reels or bobbins
employed as warping beams.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 59, Pack-
ages, Rolls and reels, for special packages or transportation
reels.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclass 34, Automatic speed-governors,
Centrifugal, for cord drum and reel structure.
78. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, METAL-WORK-
ING. Reels or reeling machines for wire or metal strips and
flats, adapted to the metal working or manufacturing arts,
employed for the easy handling or manipulation of the product,
primarily for storage or to facilitate unwinding from the coil.
Search Class
205 METAL-DRAWING, subclasses 10, Wire, and 20, Wire, Draw-
ing-drums.
79. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, METAL-WORK-
ING, COIL-OONVEYING. Reels and holders for coils of
wire in combination with devices for facilitating handling or
conveying the reels, holders, or coils.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 58, Reeling and unreel-
in?, Fabrics, Web-roll supply.
57 HOISTING, subclass 112, Lifters, Spool, for handling imple-
ments.
80. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, METAL-WORK-
ING, MULTIPLE. Reeling devices comprising a plurality
of reels or coil-holders.
81. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, METAL-WORK-
ING, COIL-STRIPPING. Reeling devices provided with
means for positively removing, ejecting, or stripping off the
wound coil from the reel or for releasing it to let it fall by
gravity.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, appropriate subclasses for ex-
ample, 84, Reeling and unreeling, Reels, Metal-working, Re-
tractile arm for reels which simply permit the removal of
the wound coil.
82. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, METAL-WORK-
ING, REVOLUBLE COILER. Reeling devices having a
revolving or gyrating g lide for feeding or laying the wire upon
or around the reel or holder.
Search Classes
19 CARDING, subclass 5, Coilers, for revoiuble sliver coilers.
29 METAL- WORKING, subclass 81, Scale removers and pre-
venters.
CLASS 242 Continued.
83. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, METAL-WORK-
ING, RECEPTACLE. Reeling devices having an open o
closed receptacle within which the coil is laid. May include
a disk having concentric rows of pegs or equivalent.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 81, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Reels, Metal-working, Coil-stripping, for receptacle reels
having coil-stripping means.
19 CARDING, subclass 5, Coiling, for sliver coilers of this type.
84. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, METAL-WORK-
ING, RETRACTILE ARM. Reeling devices hi which the
reel structure has one or more arms for engaging the coil that
may be retracted or so moved as to permit the coil to be re-
moved.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 110, Reeling and un-
reeling, Reels, Contractile, for reels of adjustable diameter.
85. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CARRIERS. Mis-
cellaneous reels in combination with their supporting frames,
holders, stands, etc., generally portable in character and not
otherwise classifiable.
Search Classes
57 HOISTING, subclasses 19, Stump-extractors, and 84, Cap-
stans and windlasses, Hand-crank operated.
103 PUMPS, subclass 35, Windlass water-elevator.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 58, Pack-
ages, Dispensing, Paper-rolls.
86. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CARRIERS,
HOSE. Hose-reel carriers, hose-trundlers, and hose-reels not
otherwise classifiable.
Search Class
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 31, Water-supply hose-
holders, for hose-reels having features specific to water sup-
ply or distribution.
87. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CARRIERS,
HOSE, WHEELED. Wheeled carriers for hose-reels, lawn
or garden reels, hose-carts, etc.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 86, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Reels, Carriers, Hose, for hose-trundlers.
21 CARRIAGES AND WAGONS, subclass 28, Hose-carriages, for
structures specific to vehicles.
88. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CARRIERS,
HOSE, WHEELED, AUTOMATIC WINDERS. Auto-
matically operated hose-reels mounted on supporting wheels
and hose carts and carriages adapted to rotate the reel through
connection with the wheels thereof or operated by spring
drum or equivalent.
89. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CARRIERS,
HOSE, LOOP-ATTACHED. Hose-reel structures having
means for attaching a bight or loop of the hose between its
ends to the reel, so that both end portions may be wound or
unwound simultaneously.
90. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CARRIERS,
WHEELED. Reel carriers provided with one or more
wheels and reel carriers mounted upon a vehicle.
Search Classes
57 HOISTING, subclass 80, Capstans and windlasses, Steam-
winch, for wheeled steam-winches.
Ill SEEDERS AND PLANTERS, subclass 5, Check-row, and
subclasses thereunder, for combinations of reels and planters
specific to planters.
91. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CARRIERS,
WHEELED, AUTOMATIC WINDERS. Wheeled car-
riers in which the reel is automatically rotated by the move-
ment of the carrier.
92. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CARRIERS,
WHEELED, AUTpMATIC WINDERS, GUIDES.
Wheeled automatic winders having a guide for directing or
laying upon the reel the wire, rope, or other material being
wound.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 93, Reeling and un-
reeling, Reels, Carriers, Wheeled, Guides, for guiding devices;
157, Guides, for guides of general application, and lo.i, Guides,
Traverse mechanism, for traversing guides.
93. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CARRIERS,
WHEELED, GUIDES. Wheeled reel-carriers having guid-
ing devices for the material wound, but excluding automatic
wheeled winders.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 92, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Reds, Carriers, Wheeled, Automatic winders, Guides,
and search-card data thereunder.
94. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CARRIERS,
TRUNDLE-REELS. Reel-carriers in which the reel itself
or the coil forms the trundle or ground roller, which by move-
ment over the ground winds or unwinds the material.
Search Classes -
41 ORNAMENTATION, subclass 8, Apparatus and appliances,
Metallic-leaf applying, Magazine hand-tools, for trundlers for
applying leaf.
57 HOISTING, subclass 2, Barrel-rollers, for carrier construction.
120 STATIONERY, subclass 27, Blotters, Supports.
486
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 242 Continued.
95. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CARRIERS,
WHEEL-ATTACHED. Reel-carriers adapted to be at-
tached to the side of a vehicle wheel to revolve therewith.
96. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CARRIERS,
HAND OR BODY. Reel-carriers or reels adapted to be sup-
ported either by the hand or the body in reeling or unreeling
and not otherwise classifiable.
Search Classes
39 FENCES, subclass 122, Fences, Wire, Stretchers, Mid-wire
take-ups, Journaled.
57 HOISTING, subclass 112, Lifters, Spool.
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, suoclass 43, Measures, Tape.
97. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CARRIERS,
HAND OR BODY, CASING. Hand or body supported
reels provided with a casing or protective shield.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 101, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Reels, Clothes-line type, Casing, for housing and casing
features.
98. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CARRIERS,
HAND OR BODY, SPRING-DRUM ARTICLE-HOLD-
ERS. Spring-drum reels provided with a strap, chain, cord,
or equivalent wound thereon, which is adapted to be con-
nected with or attached to the article supported, usually some
article for personal use or wear. These devices may include
the pin for attaching the holders to the person.
99. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CARRIERS,
BRAKES. Reel-carriers having some form of braking de-
vice operating upon the reel to control the unwinding or to
supply tension in winding.
Searcn Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 156, Tension devices,
Brakes, for tension brakes of more general application to wind-
ing devices.
56 HARVESTERS, subclass 86, Self-binders, Tension and take-
up devices, for spool brakes.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 13, Machine-brakes, for
brakes per se.
100. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CLOTHES-
LINE TYPE. Reels and their supporting frames, brackets,
housings, or casings, etc., with or without operating devices
such as hand cranks or other motors and gearing and adapted
for winding clothes-lines, awning-cords, etc., and not other-
wise classifiable.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 96, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Reels, Carriers, Hand or body, for clothes-line reels and
structures adapted to be held in the hand or supported by the
body.
68 LAUNDRY, subclass 3, Clothes-lines, for the combination
of these reel structures with clothes-lines and also for support-
ing posts, pulleys, or stretchers; subclass 14, Clothes-line reels,
for the combination of reels with casings forming receptacles
for clothes line pins or other features not of general application
but specific to laundry.
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, subclass 44, Awnings,
Roll and reel, for roll-operating mechanism, winding boxes,
gearing, etc.
101. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CLOTHES-LINE
TYPE, CASING. Clothes-line type reels provided with
casings, housings, or similar protective features.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 97, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Reels, Carriers, Hand or body, Casing, for housing features
or details.
102. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CLOTHES-LINE
TYPE, SPRING-DRUM. C lothes-line reel structures having
coil-spring winding mechanism.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 107, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Reels, Spring-drum type, and subclasses thereunder.
103. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, NAILING AND
STAPLING. Reels adapted for nailing and stapling ma-
chines.
104. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, LINE-DRIERS.
Reeling devices of the skeleton type on which the material is
wound for drying, more particularly for fishing-line driers, and
which include more than drying re'els per se.
Search Class -
34 DRIERS, subclass 29, Reels, Winding.
105. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, BOX-STRAP.
Reels peculiarly adapted for holding box-straps, comprising
means to permit the ready insertion of a second roll or coil as
the first is used up.
Search Classes
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 49, Measures, Tape,
for similar structures.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclasses 52,
Packages, Ribbons, braids, and trimmings, Rolls or spools,
Inclosed; 70, Packages, Watch-springs, and 71, Packages,
Metallic leaf.
106. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, BRACKET-SUP-
PORTED. Reels provided with bracket supports adapted
to be secured to a machine, table, stand, or other support.
CLASS 242 Continued.
Search Classes
242 WINCING AND REELING, subclasses 60, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Fabrics, Bandage-rolling, and 100, Reeling and unreeling,
Reels, Clothes-line type; subclasses 111, Reeling and un-
reeling, Reels, Contractile, Pivoted arm, and 113, Reeling and
unreeling, Reels, Contractile, Slidable arm, for bracket and
stand clamps, and 130, Bobbin supporters and holders, for use
with bobbin supporters.
197 TYPEWRITING-MACHINES, subclass 151 et seq., Ribbon
mechanism.
107. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, SPRING-DRUM
TYPE. Miscellaneous reel structures hi which the reel or core
is rotated through the instrumentality of a coil spring and
may include the supporting cord or strap and attached article.
Search Classes
2 APPAREL, subclass 186, Head-coverings, Hats, Hangers, for
spring-drum reels attached to hats.
73 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, subclass 49, Measures, Tape.
108. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, SPRING-DRUM
TYPE, GEARING. Spring-drum winders provided with
gearing.
109. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, SPRING-DRUM
TYPE, VERTICAL. Spring-drum reels mounted to rotate
in a vertical plane.
Search Classes
11 BOOKBINDING, subclass 22, Writing-tablets, Continuous.
16 BUILDERS' HARDWARE, subclasses 97, Door-springs, Strap
and pulley attachments, and 148, Sash-balances, Spring,
Drum and cord, for spring-drum and cord or strap devices
adapted for use as sash-balances or door-springs.
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclasses 46.
Changeable exhibitors, Obstacle-operated, Double reel and
web; 82, Changeable exhibitors, Single reel and web, and 86,
Changeable exhibitors, Double reel and web, and 120, STA-
TIONERY, subclass 29, Copy-holders, Movable copy, for single
and double reel and web devices provided with winding
springs.
43 FISHING AND TRAPPING, subclass 33, Fishing, .Reels, Spring-
operated, for fish-pole reels operated by coil springs.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 105, Mains and pipes,
Hose, Take-up.
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, subclass 36, Shade,
Rollers, Spring.
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 367, Conductors,
Take-up.
179 TELEPHONY, subclass 155, Supports, Suspension, Reels.
185 MOTORS, subclasses 9, Composite, Spring, et seq., and 37,
Spring, et seq., for spring-drums employed in motors.
191 ELECTRICITY, ELECTRIC RAILWAYS, subclasses 35, Sys-
tems, Current-distribution, Overhead, Trolleys, Catchers, and
36, Systems, Current-distribution, Overhead, Trolleys, Catch-
ers, Drop, and 248, SUPPORTS, subclasses 9, Adjustable, Ver-
tical, Spring, and 10, Adjustable, Vertical, Spring, Electric,
for spring-drum winders and retractors.
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 31, Serving apparatus, Roll-
holders.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclasses 1, Automatic speed-governors;
2, Automatic speed-governors, Escapement-check, and 34,
Automatic speed-governors, Centrifugal.
240 ILLUMINATION, subclasses 77, Light-supports, Chandeliers,
Combined, and particularly 71, Light-supports, Vertically-
adjustable, Spring-drum.
110. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CONTRACTILE.
Miscellaneous cordage reels of the contractile or expansible
type the diameter of which may be varied and not otherwise
classifiable.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 72, Reeling and unr,eel-
ing, Fabrics, Cores and holders, Contractile, for reels of the
contractile drum or mandrel type for winding web structures
or fabrics and 115, Reeling and unreeling, Reels, Knockdown
or collapsible, for collapsible reels.
64 JOURNAL-BOXES, PULLEYS, AND SHAFTING, subclass 8,
Pulleys, Expansible, for similar structures for pulleys.
82 TURNING, subclass 44, Work-drivers, Mandrels, Expansible.
77 BORING AND DRILLING, subclass 76, Reamers, Adjustable,
Wedge, Central cone.
111. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CONTRACTILE,
PIVOTED ARM. Contractile reels haying one or more arms,
usually pivoted to swing in a plane at right angles to the axis,
or several arms pivoted at one end, that by adjustment vary
the diameter of the reel.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 110, Reeling and un-
reeling, Reels, Contractile, for reels having pivoted radial
arms at opposite ends, connected at their outer portions to
form parallelograms, and which may be swung in or out to
vary the radial distance of the connecting arm or member.
112. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CONTRACTILE,
PIVOTED ARM, LAZY-TONGS TYPE. Contractile reels
which are contracted or expanded by the lazy-tong action
of pivoted arms.
113. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CONTRACT-
ILE, SLIDABLE ARM. Contractile reels having one or
more radially adjustable arms or spokes that by adjustment
toward or from the axis of the reel decrease or increase its
diameter.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
487
CLASS 242 Continued.
114. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, CONTRACTILE,
SLIDABLE ARM, AUXILIARY. Reels having one or
more short arms, pins, or brackets extending parallel with the
axis of the reel and mounted for adjustment toward or from
said axis upon a reel head, disk, or radially extending arm.
115. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, KNOCKDOWN
OR COLLAPSIBLE. Reel structures comprising parts or
sections that can be easily taken apart, separated, or collapsed
for the removal of the coil or for shipping or storing.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 70, Reeling and un-
reeling, Fabrics, Cores and holders, Ribbon and film spools;
111. Reeling and unreeling, Reels, Contractile, Pivoted arm,
and 113, Reeling and unreeling, Reels, Contractile, Slidable
arm.
22 METAL-FOUNDING, subclass 173, Cores, Core-bars, Collap-
sible, for collapsible cores.
116. REELING AND UNREELING, REELS, SEPARABLE
DISKS OR HEADS. Reel structures of sheave or pulley
type having longitudinally separable heads or disks which
when separated permit removal of the coil and characterized
by the absence of a connecting drum or spindle, thus forming
a sort of split pulley.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 103, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Reels, Nailing and stapling.
117. WINDING-DRUMS AND SAND-REELS. Winding drums
per se or sand reels, but not the operating mechanism or car-
riers therefor.
Search Classes
57 HOISTING, subclass 22, Capstans and windlasses, and the
subclasses thereunder, for operating mechanism or carriers
for winding drums and sand reels.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 26, Gearing, Frictional, for
details of sand-reel structures.
166 ARTESIAN AND OIL WELLS, subclass 3. Drilling and bor-
ing, for sand reels combined with clutches, friction pulleys, etc.
205 METAL-DRAWING, subclasses 16, Wire, and 20, Wire,
Drawing-drums.
118. BOBBINS AND SPOOLS. Miscellaneous bobbins, cop
tubes, or other cores upon which silk, thread, cord, twine,
wire, or other cordage may be wound.
Search Classes
28 CORDAGE, subclass 14, Warping, for large bobbins em-
ployed as warping beams.
112 SEWING-MACHINES, subclass 23, Shuttles and bobbins, for
the type of bobbins adapted for use in shuttles, as by the pro-
vision of projecting studs or the equivalent.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, particularly sub-
classes 51, Packages, Ribbons, braids, and trimmings; 52,
Packages, Ribbons, braids, and trimmings, Inclosed, and 59,
Packages. Rolls and reels, for the combination of a bobbin
type of holder with material other than cordage wound
thereon.
119. BOBBINS AND SPOOLS, PAPER, PULP, OR LEATHER.
Bobbins and spools having heads or spindles of paper, leather,
pulp, plastic material, or the like.
120. BOBBINS AND SPOOLS, COP TYPE. Winding cores
comprising a single disk-head, a tubular stem having a flange
or head, a cop tube, shell, or the like adapted to be supported
on a spindle or other holder and on which cops or masses of
threads are generally wound in conical layers. The cop-type
subclasses include all winding cores for cordage of general
utility that do not have a plurality of heads or flanges.
Note. Cop-type bobbins of specific adaptability to particular
types of machines are classifiable with such machines.
121. BOBBINS AND SPOOLS, COP TYPE, METAL. Cop-
type bobbins having heads or stems of metal.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 123, Bobbins and spools,
Metal heads.
122. BOBBINS AND SPOOLS, COP TYPE, PAPER, PULP,
OR LEATHER. Includes cop types of winding cores having
a head or stem of leather, pulp, plastic material, or the like.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 119, Bobbins and spools,
Paper, pulp, or leather.
123. BOBBINS AND SPOOLS, METAL HEADS. Bobbins or
spools having metal heads.
124. BOBBINS AND SPOOLS, REMOVABLE HEADS. Bob-
bins or spools have one or more removable heads.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 70, Reeling and un-
reeling, Fabrics, Cores and holders, Ribbon and film spools,
and 115, Reeling and unreeling, Reels, Knockdown or col-
lapsible.
125. BOBBINS AND SPOOLS, THREAD FASTENERS AND
GUIDES. Bobbins or spools provided with devices for hold-
ing or securing the end of the thread or for guiding it during
unwinding and not otherwise classifiable.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 74, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Fabrics. Web-fasteners, for devices adapted to hold the
inner ends of webs to winding cores, drums, or reels.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 59, Pack-
ages, Rolls and reels.
CLASS 242 Continued.
126. BOBBINS AND SPOOLS, THREAD FASTENERS AND
GUIDES, SEPARABLE. Separable or attachable devices
for holding the loose end of the thread, usually a spring band,
clasp, or analogous device adapted to embrace the spool or to
be inserted in its spindle opening and provided with or form-
ing a thread-holder. May constitute spool tensions in unwind-
ing the thread.
Search Classes
30 CUTLERY, subclass 14, Twine-cutters, for thread-cutters per
se adapted to be driven into, attached to, or removably sup-
ported by the spool, many of which are also holders for the end
of the thread.
139 WEAVING, subclass 56, Take-ups and lefrofifs, Beams, for
warp beams or drums.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 53. Pack-
ages, Ribbons, braids, and trimmings, Rolls or spools, Clamps,
and the subclasses thereunder.
127. SKEIN-HOLDERS. Devices for holding skeins. Usually a
plurality of rolls or bobbins or equivalent devices that hold the
skein in longitudinally extended or skein form.
Search Class
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclasses 51,
Packages, Ribbons, braids, and trimmings, and 64, Packages,
Thread, for commercial packages.
128. UNWINDING DEVICES. Devices having revoluble guides
or fliers rotated by pulling on the thread, cord, rope, etc.,
thereby unwinding it from the spool, bobbin, or reel, which is
usually stationary or non-revoluble.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 82, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Reels, Metal-working, Revoluble coiler, for details or sim-
ilar structures employed in winding.
129. COIL-HOLDERS. Devices or forms other than reels, bobbins,
spool structures, or twine-holders for holding a coil upon which
the material may be wound or from which it may be unwound.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 82, Reeling, Reels,
Metal-working, Revoluble coiler.
130. BOBBIN SUPPORTERS AND HOLDERS. Miscellaneous
devices for holding bobbins and spools, usually elements of or
attachments for machines, but excluding those particularly
adapted to sowing-machines.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 18, Bobbin and cop
winding; 20, Bobbin and cop winding. Sewing-machine shut-
tles; 68. Reeling and unreeling. Fabrics, Cores and holders;
70, Reeling and unreeling, Fabrics. Cores and holders, Ribbon
and film spools; 71, Reeling and unreeling, Fabrics, Cores
and holders, Ribbon and film spools, Camera, and 106, Reel-
ing and unreeling, Reels, Bracket-supported.
112 SEWING-MACHINES, subclass 23, Shuttles and bobbins, for
shuttle-bobbin holders.
131. BOBBIN SUPPORTERS AND HOLDERS, CREELS.
Devices for holding aplurality of bobbin structures in suitable
arrangement or position to enable the threads to be drawn off
without interference.
132. BOBBIN SUPPORTERS AND HOLDERS, RECEPTA-
CLE OR TROUGH. Holders for bobbins forming troughs,
cradles, or similar receptacles affording a protection to the
bobbin and thread.
Search Classes
112 SEWING-MACHINES, subclasses 15, Revolving-hook ma-
chines; 23, Shuttles and bobbins, and 38, Revolving hooks, for
spool and bobbin holders specific to sewing-machines.
139 WEAVING, subclass 44, Shuttles, Cop-cell and cover.
133. TAKE-UPS. Includes devices for taking up slack during the
winding operation, the devices usually being arranged
between the winding reel and some other mechanism or
machine.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 143, Twine-holders,
Take-ups.
28 CORDAGE, subclass 24, Braiding carriers.
56 HARVESTERS, subclass 86, Self-binders, Tension and take-up
devices.
134. SPOOL-HOLDERS. Devices not otherwise classifiable for
holding bobbins or spools and adapted for general use, particu-
larly domestic, or in connection with apparel apparatus and
excluding such as are more particularly adapted for use with
machines for making textiles or for spinning.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 130, Bobbin supporters
and holders, for bobbin-holders specially adapted for use in
textile machines.
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 56, Combined spool and
implement holders, for spool-holders combined with other
sewing-implement holders.
135. SPOOL-HOLDERS, THREAD-CUTTERS. Spool-holders
provided with thread-cutters.
Search Class
30 CUTLERY, subclass 14, Twine-cutters, for thread-cutters per
se adapted to be driven into, attached to, or removably sup-
ported by the spool, many of which are also holders for the end
of the thread.
136. SPOOL-HOLDERS, CARRIER ATTACHMENTS. Spool-
holders provided with clamps, hooks, pins, or other devices by
Which they may be attached to the person or other support.
488
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 242 Continued.
Search Class
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 50, Combined spool and
implement holders, for holders for a plurality of sewing imple-
ments provided with carrier attachments.
137. SPOOL-HOLDERS, RECEPTACLES. Spool-holders com-
prising a box or other form of receptacle specially adapted to
receive spools to permit unwinding the thread.
Search Classes
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 10, Cabinets, Spool.
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclasses 53, Work-boxes: 56. Com-
bined spool and implement holders, and 57, Combined spool
and implement holders, Stands.
138. SPOOL-HOLDERS, RECEPTACLES, SINGLE SPOOL.
Receptacles for holding a single spool.
Search Classes
112 SEWING-MACHINES, subclass 23, Shuttles and bobbins.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 52, Pack-
ages, Ribbons, braids, and trimmings, Rolls or spools, In-
closed, for mercantile units.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 63.3,
Packages, Surgical supplies, Ligatures, for antiseptic liga-
ture and thread spool holders.
139. SPOOL-HOLDERS, STANDS. Spool-holders comprising a
base, pedestal, or equivalent provided with pins, spindles, or
other devices for supporting spools.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 85, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Carriers, for reel stands.
223 APPAREL APPARATUS, subclass 57, Combined spool and
implement holders, Stands, for spool and implement stands.
140. SPOOL-HOLDERS, THREAD GUARDS AND GUIDES.
Devices with or without thread guides, such as caps or disks,
for preventing the thread from running above or below the
heads or ends of t he spool, thereby avoiding the winding of the
thread around the spool spindle or its entanglement therewith.
Includes guides particularly adapted to spool or twine holders.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 157, Guides, for guides
per se.
141. TWINE-HOLDERS. Miscellaneous devices not otherwise
classifiable for holding a ball or mass of twine or cordage mate-
rial to facilitate unwinding, prevent snarling, and present the
twine end in position for handling.
Search Class
211 STORE FURNITURE, subclass 1, Bag and twine holders,
for combinations of bag and twine holders, including many
types of boxes, cups, and cages for twine.
142. TWINE-HOLDERS, CUTTERS. Twine-holders having
devices for cutting the twine.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 135, Spool-holders,
Thread-cutters, and the notes thereunder.
30 CUTLERY, subclass 14, Twine-cutters, for cutting devices
per se.
143. TWINE-HOLDERS, TAKE-UPS. Twine-holders for taking
up or rewinding the twine after the lengths have been broken
or cut off, so as to present the twine end in about the same
posil ion for unwinding or for use.
Search Class
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 133, Take-ups, for take-
ups adapted for winding machines.
144. TWINE-HOLDERS, TAKE-UPS, PIVOTED GUIDE.
Take-up devices having a swinging or oscillatory twine guide
which swings to one position in pulling out twine and returns
to normal position on release, thereby taking up or shortening
the length of the exposed end of twine.
145. TWINE-HOLDERS, TAKE-UPS, ROTARY. Take-ups
having rotary means of some sort for taking up the slack or
shortening the lengths of the exposed end of twine and usu-
ally operated by means of a spring, weight, or other motor,
thereby rewinding the twine ball, reel, or bobbin.
146. TWINE-HOLDERS, RECEPTACLE. Twine-holders com-
prising a casing, box , cage, or other type of receptacle to confine
the twine ball or within which the ball is rotatably or loosely
mounted or held.
147. TENSION DEVICES. Miscellaneous tension devices for
winding apparatus not otherwise classifiable and miscellane-
ous tension devices of general application to cordage material.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 45, Bobbin and cop
winding, Tension devices; 75, Reeling and unreeling, Fabrics,
Tension devices; 99, Reeling and unreeling, Reels, Carriers,
Brakes, and 128, Unwinding devices.
28 CORDAGE, subclass 24, Braiding carriers.
43 FISHING AND TRAPPING, subclass 15, Fishing, Reels.
56 HARVESTERS, subclass 86, Self-binders, Tension and take-
up devices.
66 KNITTING AND NETTING, subclass 9, Take-ups and tensions.
Ill SEEDERS AND PLANTERS, subclass 42, Check-row, Anchors.
112 SEWING-MACHINES, subclass 39, Tensions.
CLASS 242 Continued.
118 SPINNING, subclass 10, Yarn-controllers.
139 WEAVING, subclass 40, Shuttles, Guides and tensions.
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 133, Tension devices, and sub-
classes thereunder.
14S. TENSION DEVICES, ALARMS AND INDICATORS.
Alarm or indicator mechanism combined with or specially
adapted for use with tension devices.
149. TENSION DEVICES, CLAMP. Tension devices in which a
member thereof is held in f fictional engagement with the cord-
age material employed, as thread, to regulate the tension of
the same. Generally two cooperating members are provided,
between which the material to be tensioned is passed.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 135, Tension devices, Friction-
clamp, for wire-tension clamps.
150. TENSION DE\ T ICES, CLAMP, DISK TYPE. Tension
clamps comprising a pair of rotary disks between which the
material passes.
151. TENSION DEVICES, CLAMP, ROLLER. Includes friction-
damps in which one or bot h clamp members are provided with
a rotary roller to engage and tension the material.
Search Class
140 WIRE-WORKING, subclass 130, Tension devices, Friction-
roller, for wire tensions.
152. TENSION DEVICES, CLAMP, ROLLER, FLUTED.
Roller clamps having a roller provided with surface corru-
gations or flutes parallel with the axis of the roller. These
flutes may form teeth to cooperate with those of a similarly
formed roller, thus providing a tortuous course for the material.
153. TENSION DEVICES, TORTUOUS COURSE. Tension de-
vices in which the material is forced to move over a deflected
path, the extent of which produces the tension.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 152, Tension devices,
Clamp, Roller, Fluted, for fluted roller tension clamps produc-
ing a tortuous course, and 155, Tension devices, Wheel or pul-
ley, for wheel tensions producing a tortuous course.
140-^-WiRE-WoRKiNG, subclass 137, Tension devices, Tortuous
course.
154. TENSION DEVICES, TORTUOUS COURSE, ADJUST-
ABLE. Tortuous-course tension devices in which the path
of the material may be varied to change or adjust the tension.
155. TENSION DEVICES, WHEEL OR PULLEY. Tension
devices hi which a rotary pulley, wheel, or disk is employed
and around which the cordage or other material is pass d.
The contact face or groove of the wheel may be provided with
means for producing a sinuous or deflected path for the mate-
rial.
156. TENSION DEVICES, BRAKES. Tension devices compris-
ing friction brakes, shoes, springs, or adjustable bearing devices
for regulating the rotation of the reel or bobbin, etc.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclass 132, Bobbin supporters
and holders, Receptacle or trough, for tension-brake devices
in combination with bobbin supporters.
28 CORDAGE, subclass 24, Braiding carriers.
43 FISHING AND TRAPPING, subclass 15. Fishing, Reels.
56 HARVESTERS, subclass 86, Self-binders, Tension and take-
up devices.
57 HOISTING, subclass 116, Raising and lowering, automatic
check and release.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 13, Machine-brakes, and the
subclasses thereunder.
101 PRINTING, subclass 97, Paper - damping machines,
Winders.
156 CURTAINS, SHADES, AND SCREENS, subclass 34, Shade,
Rollers, Friction-brakes.
227 FIRE-ESCAPES, subclasses 23, Reel, End-brake, and 24,
Reel, Peripheral-brake.
157. GUIDES. Devices not otherwise classifiable for directing the
material to be wound to the reel drum or bobbin or miscel-
laneous guides for winding machines, excepting guides and
guards for fabrics or webs and spool-holders.
Search Classes
242 WINDING AND REELING, subclasses 76, Reeling and unreel-
ing, Fabrics, Guards and guides, for web and fabric guards and
guides, and 140, Spool-holders, Thread guards and guides, for
guides employed with spool-holders.
28 CORDAGE, subclass 20, Yarn guides and clearers.
118 SPINNING, subclass 16, Yarn-controllers, for yarn and
thread guides, protectors, or separators.
158. GUIDES, TRAVERSE MECHANISM. Includes devices for
effecting relative traverse of the guide and core upon which the
material is wound.
Note. Guides of this type employed in winding bobbins and
spools are classified with the particular type of bobbin-winding
machine.
Search Classes
43 FISHING AND TRAPPING, subclass 15, Fishing, Reels.
51 GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclass 2, Metal, Card-grinding.
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
489
Class 242 Continued.
159. SPECIAL PACKAGES. Miscellaneous balls and cylindrical
masses of cordage material, such as thread, yarn, twine, and
wire.
Search Class
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 59, Pack-
ages, Rolls and reels, for special packages of material other than
cordage or wire.
100. SPECIAL PACKAGES, CONE WIND. Packages or cops of
thread, yarn, etc., with or without a core, in which the mate-
rial is wound in conical layers progressing from the base to the
top of the cop or core.
Class 242 Continued.
161. SPECIAL PACKAGES, BOBBINS, COPS, AND SPOOLS.
Packages in which the bobbin, cop tube, spool, or other core
is combined with cordage material or wire wound thereon.
Search Classes
118 SPINNING, subclass 1, Bobbin and cop builders, for bunch-
ing yarn on cops.
139 WEAVING, subclass 89, Shuttles, Spindles and tips, for
filling carriers.
206 SPECIAL RECEPTACLES AND PACKAGES, subclass 71, Pack-
ages, Metallic leaf, for package rolls of metal leaf. See also sub-
class 59, Packages, Rolls and reels.
CLASS 243. PNEUMATIC DESPATCH.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes apparatus for the propulsion of carriers through
tubes by means of a current of air flowing in the tube. The pressure
of air in the tube in the rear of the carrier may be that of the atmos-
phere, as when the air is exhausted ahead of the carrier, or above
that of the atmosphere, when the air is forced into the tube in the
rear of the carrier.
All the pneumatic transportation systems in which loose material
of any character, such as grain, ore, cement, cotton, and the like,
and parcels of any kind, including letters or other mail matter, are
propelled from place to place without the use of carriers or cars for
moving the matter transported are expressly excluded from this
class.
This class is further limited to apparatus in which when the
carrier is placed within the sending terminal it is not again under
direct manual control until it reaches a designated point of delivery.
The apparatus under consideration may operate within the
limits of a building or' may extend over several miles. The carriers
used may vary from those weighing a few ounces, as in ordinary
pneumatic store service, to those capable of carrying several hun-
dred pounds.
This class is closely related, on the one hand, to class 104, RAIL-
WAYS, subclass Pneumatic, and, on the other, to class 193, CON-
VEYERS, subclasses 10, Pneumatic, and 21, Pneumatic, Stackers.
Under the following classes and subclasses will be found various
devices for conveying material through a pipe by air pressure:
Classes 13, BRAKES AND GINS, subclass 19, Gin-feeders, Pneumatic;
15, BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclassS, Carpet cleaners; 31, DAIRY,
subclasses 73, Milking machines, suction, and 94, Milking machines,
Catheter, Suction; 37, EXCAVATING, subclasses 44, Excavators,
Hydraulic, Steam vacuum, and 45, Excavators, Hydraulic, Suction
pipe mouthpieces; 51, GRINDING AND POLISHING, subclasses 11,
Glass and stone, Plane surfaces, and 18, File cleaning and resharp-
ening, Sand blast; 56, HARVESTERS, subclass 117, Cotton harvesters,
Pneumatic; 83, MILLS, subclasses 47, Dust collectors, Reciprocating;
48, Dust collectors, Rotating, and 54, Ore and coal, Separators, dry;
105, RAILWAY ROLLING STOCK, subclass 203, Sanding devices, Fluid
pressure; 130, THRESHING, subclass 29, Threshing machines, Dust
conveyers; 184, LUBRICATION, subclass 55, Lubricators, Force feed,
Fluid operated, Steam or air, and 230, AIR AND GAS PUMPS, sub-
class 20, Sand blowers.
Subclasses.
1. SYSTEMS. Combinations of transmission tubes, terminals,
switches, and other necessary accessories for the despatching
of carriers and is made up of patents not otherwise classi-
fiable.
2. SYSTEMS, COMBINED PRESSURE AND EXHAUST.
Systems in which the tubes are subjected to both pressure
and exhaust. In some cases the same tube is subject to pres-
sure or exhaust to accommodate traffic in opposite directions.
In other cases the tubes are connected to the exhaust and
pressure sides of the pump. In the latter case the tubes may
be in open or in closed circuit.
3. SYSTEMS, PRESSURE. Here the carriers are subjected to
pressure above atmospheric.
Search Classes
247 ELECTRICITY, CONDUITS, subclass 23, Wire-drawing where
are found devices for threading a wire in conduit by means
of a pneumatically propelled piston or carrier.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 128, Imple-
ments.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 70, Mains and pipes,
Cleaners.
4. SYSTEMS, EXHAUST. Systems wherein the tube is subject
to exhaust and the carriers are propelled by air at atmospheric
pressure.
5. SYSTEMS, TRUNK LINE AND BRANCHES. Systems of
transportation in which lines branch off at intervals from
a main transmitting tube, the switches to these branches
being controlled from the central station.
6. SYSTEMS, RELAY. Systems or parts of systems in which
the controlling feature is that the propelling force shall be
renewed at intervals in order to compensate for loss by leakage
or otherwise.
7. SYSTEMS, ACTIVE ON TRANSIT, MOTOR ACTUATING.
Systems which are operated both by pressure and exhaust,
but in which no current of air circulates except upon the
introduction of a carrier, when a motor is set in operation,
either manuaHy or automatically, to furnish the necessary
pressure. In some cases the motor operates continuously
to avoid the necessity of stopping and starting; but at such
times as the system is idle the pressure will be insufficient to
propel acarrie'r.
Note. The term "motor" includes all apparatus operating to
produce pressure or exhaust.
CLASS 243 Continued.
8. SYSTEMS, ACTIVE ON TRANSIT, MOTOR ACTUATING,
PRESSURE. Upon the introduction of a carrier the motive
fluid is placed under a pressure greater than that of the atmos-
phere. In some instances when the system is idle a slight
circulation of air may occur, but not sufficient to propel the
carriers.
9. SYSTEMS ACTIVE ON TRANSIT, MOTOR ACTUATING,
EXHAUST. Apparatus in which when the system is idle
no circulation of motive fluid takes place and from which
upon the introduction of a carrier the motive fluid is partially
exhausted to give the necessary propelling force. In some
cases the exhaust occurs continuously, but at such times as
the system is idle to an extent insufficient to propel a carrier.
In some instances instead of the system becoming active upon
the introduction of a carrier into the sending terminal such
action occurs upon the removal of a carrier from a holder
normally containing the carriers, the holder being connected
in some way to the sending terminal.
10. SYSTEMS, ACTIVE ON TRANSIT, RESERVOIR. Here
no fluid is moving in the transmission tube until it is con-
nected to utilize an existing partial vacuum or supply of com-
pressed fluid in a pipe or other reservoir.
11. SYSTEMS, ACTIVE ON TRANSIT, RESERVOIR, PRES-
SURE. Here the fluid in the transmission tube is quiescent
until connected to a supply under pressure in a pipe or other
reservoir.
12. SYSTEMS, ACTIVE ON TRANSIT, RESERVOIR, EX-
HAUST. Systems in which no fluid is moving in the trans-
mission tube until connection is made with a pipe or other
reservoir in which there exists a partial vacuum .
13. SYSTEMS, ACTIVE ON TRANSIT, RESERVOIR,
TIMERS. Here the system is idle until the transmission
tube is connected to a pipe or other reservoir to utilize a partial
vacuum or a pressure supply. After a predetermined time
the connecting valve is closed by a mechanism adapted to
that purpose.
14 SYSTEMS, ACTIVE ON TRANSIT, RESERVOIR,
TIMERS, PRESSURE. Systems in which no fluid is
moving in the transmission tube until it is connected to an
existing pressure supply. The time during which the pres-
sure acts is limited by a mechanism adapted to that purpose.
Search Class
243 PNEUMATIC DESPATCH, subclass 27, Terminals, Sending,
Pressure Lock, Timers, for sending terminals of the nature
here shown.
15 SYSTEMS, ACTIVE ON TRANSIT, RESERVOIR,
TIMERS, EXHAUST. The normally idle transmission
tube is connected for service to a pipe or other reservior in
which there is an existing partial vacuum. The time of appli-
cation is limited by a mechanism adapted to that purpose.
16. SYSTEMS, SELECTIVE DELIVERY. Systems in which
the transmission tube is supplied with a number of interme-
diate terminal points, at which are located switches for de-
flecting the carriers from the main tube. The point selected
depends upon the configuration or size of the carrier.
17. SYSTEMS, SELECTIVE DELIVERY, PRESSURE. Sys-
tems furnished with a number of intermediate terminals
supplied with deflecting switches, the switch selected depend-
ing upon the configuration or size of the carrier. The pro-
pelling fluid is under pressure greater than atmospheric.
18. SYSTEMS, SELECTIVE DELIVERY, EXHAUST. Sys-
tems in which the transmission tube has a number of inter-
mediate delivery terminals supplied with deflecting switches,
the sv.-itch selected by a carrier depending upon its size or
configuration. The air is exhausted ahead of the carrier,
the latter then being subject to atmospheric pressure.
3.9. TERMINALS COMBINED DELIVERY AND SENDING.
Terminal valve structures which both receive the carrier from
the system to deliver to the attendant and receive it from the
attendant to transmit through the system. Also includes
structures of this character placed at intermediate points for
receiving carriers from the system, forwarding and receiving
from transmission through the system.
20. TERMINALS, DELIVERY, PRESSURE. Valve structures
for receiving carriers from the transmission tube and deliv-
ering at the station, the carriers being transmitted by fluid
pressure above atmospheric.
21. TERMINALS, DELIVERY, PRESSURE, DOUBLE
GATE. Carriers propelled by fluid under pressure are
received into a chamber for delivery at a station, the ends
of the chamber being furnished with gates, one of which will
always be closed.
491
492
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
Class 243 Continued.
Search Classes
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclasses 3, Caissons, and 16,
Tunnels, for air locks of analogous structure.
114 SHIPS, subclass 68, Building, Insubmergible vessels.
22. TERMINALS, DELIVERY, PRESSURE, SINGLE GATE.
Valye structures for receiving from the transmission tube
carriers under fluid pressure and delivering at a station. The
end of the transmission tube is closed by a single gate opened
and closed by means brought into action by the movement
of the carrier. The gate ir unrestricted as to form.
23. TERMINALS, DELIVERY, EXHAUST. Terminal struc-
tures for receiving and delivering from the transmission tube
carriers that are propelled by air at atmospheric pressure, the
air being exhausted ahead of the carrier.
24. TERMINALS, DELIVERY, EXTERNAL RECEIVERS.
Structures adapted to receive the carrier after its expulsion
from the terminal.
25. TERMINALS, SENDING, PRESSURE. Valve structures
into which the carrier is inserted for transmission through the
system, the propelling air pressure being above atmospheric.
Note. Many of the terminals of this class are constructed with
two gates.
Search Classes
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclasses 3, Cassions, and 16,
Tunnels, for analogous features in air locks.
89 ORDNANCE, subclasses 5, Submarine; and 6, Pneumatic,
for analogous mechanisms for introducing a charge into a
pneumatically operated gun.
114 SHIPS, subclass 23S, Torpedo Launching.
124 AIR GUNS, CATAPULTS, AND TARGETS, subclass 11, Guns,
Air, Spring, Magazine.
26. TERMINALS, SENDING PRESSURE, LOCK. Here after
a carrier has been inserted into the pressure sending terminal
the entrance gate is locked to prevent the insertion of another
carrier until the first carrier has passed into the transmission
tube and unlocked the entrance gate.
Note. Double gate sending terminals are common in this sub-
class.
Search Class
61 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING, subclasses 3, Caissons, and 16,
Tunnels for analogous devices.
27. TERMINALS, SENDING, PRESSURE, LOCK, TIMERS.
The entrance gate of the pressure sending terminal is locked
after the insertion of a carrier to prevent the insertion of an-
other carrier until upon the expiration of a predetermined
interval of time the gate is released by a mechanism adapted
to that purpose.
Class 243 Continued.
Search Class
243 PNEUMATIC DESPATCH, subclass 14, Systems, Active on
transit, Reservoir, Timers, Pressure, for other terminals of
this character.
28. TERMINALS, SENDING, EXHAUST. Valve structures for
receiving carriers to be sent through the transmission tube
under atmospheric pressure, the air being exhausted ahead
of the carrier.
29. SWITCHES. Devices not otherwise classifiable for diverting
carriers from a transmission tube into a branching tube.
30. SWITCHES, MAIN AND BRANCH LINE BLOCK. Devices
placed at the junction of two tubes adapted to the transmission
of carriers, the mechanism being actuated by a carrier passing
through the junction from one tube to prevent the passage of a
second carrier from the other tube until the first carrier has
cleared the junction.
31. SWITCHES, TUBE SECTION. Switches cpmprisin.e tubular
members of equal cross section with the transmission tube.
The movable switch member either transmits the carrier to
the branch line or is thrown to one side to permit the diversion
of the carrier at the required point.
32. CARRIERS. Miscellaneous receptacles for cash, parcels, or
other articles or material to be transmitted through tubes by
means of fluid pressure.
33. CARRIERS. AVHEELED. Receptacles for cash, parcels, or
other articles or material to be transmitted through tubes by
means of fluid pressure, the receptacles running on wheels or
rollers of any form.
34. CARRIERS, SLIDING, SIDE OPENING. The carriers slide
in the tube and the opening is in the side of the receptacle.
35. CARRIERS, SLIDING, END OPENING. The carriers slide
in the tube and the opening is in the end.
36. SIGNALS AND INDICATORS. Apparatus for receiving or
transmitting intelligence of the position of a carrier in the sys-
tem, its condition, or the condition of the system. Also means
on the carrier for indicating its destination, point of departure,
contents, or other information relating to it.
37. OBSTACLE DETECTORS. Devices for facilitating the detec-
tion and removal of obstacles in a transmission tube. The
obstacle may be a carrier.
38. DETAILS. Elementary parts of systems and their accessories-
not otherwise classifiable.
39. DETAILS, CARRIER. Elementary parts of or accessories to
carriers.
CLASS 244. AERONAUTICS.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
Except as hereinafter noted this class contains and is limited to
structures adapted for floating or being propelled in the air as bal-
loons, flying machines, parachutes, kites, etc. and the necessary
appliances for aiding and controlling such flight.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Aeronautical devices not otherwise
classifiable.
2. LAUNCHING AND LANDING DEVICES. Apparatus for
launching or projecting and devices for receiving flying ma-
chines of any form upon alighting. This subclass includes
devices for projecting aerial toys such as helicopters, para-
chutes, etc. that are freely sustained for a time in the air.
Note. For projectors used in operating tops or flying toys having
figure or other toy features search should be made in class 46,
GAMES AND TOYS.
Search Class
124 AIR GUNS, CATAPULTS, AND TARGETS, subclasses 1, Cata-
pults, and 12, Guns, Spring, for boomerang projectors.
3. BALLOONS. Structures well known as "free balloons." Also
balloons which v/ithout self-contained propelling means may
be directed horizontally by movable planes or sails.
Search 1 Classes
244 AERONAUTICS, subclass 5, Balloons, Propelled, and the
subclasses thereunder, for structural and other features of
balloon sacks.
46 GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 37, Toys, for patents for toy
balloons having figure or other toy features in addition.
4. BALLOONS, CAPTIVE. Balloons to be held captive by a rope
in some cases fixed to the ground, in others attached to a mov-
able anchor. In some cases the anchor is movable along a rail
adapted to the purpose.
Search Classes
40 CARD, PICTURE, AND SIGN EXHIBITING, subclass 127, Signs,
Aerostatic.
104 RAILWAYS, subclass 154, BaUoon.
6. BALLOONS, PROPELLED. Balloons and accompanying
structures propelled and guided by self-contained apparatus,
includes structures in which the buoyant power of the balloon
is sufficient to overcome only a portion of the weight of the
structure.
Note. For machines heavier than air having propelling appara-
tus similar to that shown in this and the subclasses down to
10 see subclasses 11, Flying machines; 13, Flying machines,
Aeroplane, Propelled, and the subclasses thereunder; 19,
Flying machines, Helicopters; 20, Flying machines, Wing.
6. BALLOONS, PROPELLED, SCREW. Balloons driven by a
screw.
Search Class
244 AERONAUTICS, subclasses 10, Balloons, Propelled, Fluid,
and 18, Flying machines, Aeroplane, Propelled, Fluid, for
examples of screw propellers inclosed in a tube or other
channel.
7. BALLOONS, PROPELLED, SCREW, HELICOPTER.
Balloons whereof the predominant propelling means is a lift-
ing screw or helicopter.
Search Class
244 AERONAUTICS, subclasses 10, Balloons, Propelled, Fluid,
and 18, Flying machines, Aeroplane, Propelled, Fluid, for
examples of screw propulsion in which the screw is completely
inclosed in a tube or other channel.
8. BALLOONS, PROPELLED, PADDLE-WHEEL. Propelled
balloons in which the only or predominant propelling means
is a paddle-wheel.
9. BALLOONS, PROPELLED, WING. Propulsion accom-
plished by means of beating wings.
10. BALLOONS, PROPELLED, FLUID. Propelled balloons
driven by means of the reaction of a jet of air or other gas upon
the surrounding air. This group includes devices for utilizing
pneumatic jets actuated by paddle-wheels, screws, and cen-
trifugal or other pumps located somewhere in an inclosed tube,
channel, or way between the intake and the emerging orifice.
Also devices for utilizing the propulsive force of the explosion
of charges of gas, torpedoes, or other explosive matter. All
jet propellers that involve steering means combined with the
propelling means are also included.
Search Class
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 11, Jet, and the subclasses
thereunder.
CLASS 244 Continued.
11. FLYING MACHINES. Miscellaneous structures without
gas fields, adapted to fly freely above the earth and sustained
by the reactive force of the air.
12. FLYING MACHINES, AEROPLANE. Structures adapted
to fly freely above the earth, sustained by the reaction of the
air on one or more planes.
Note. The term " plane" as used in this and following definitions
to indicate an element of a flying machine is taken to mean a
material surface of any required form adapted to be sustained
in flight by the reaction of the air.
Search Classes
46 GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 37, Toys.
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclass 26, Pro-
jectiles.
124 AIR GUNS, CATAPULTS, AND TARGETS, subclasses 1, Cata-
pults, and 12, Guns, Spring, for boomerangs and boomerang
projectors.
13. FLYING MACHINES, AEROPLANE, PROPELLED.
Structures flying freely above the earth, sustained by the reac-
tion of the air on one or more planes, and carrying means for
propulsion.
14. FLYING MACHINES, AEROPLANE, PROPELLED,
SCREW. Flying machines driven by a screw propeller.
Search Classes
244 AERONAUTICS, subclass 18, Flying machines, Aeroplane,
Propelled, Fluid, for examples of screw propulsion in which
the screw is entirely inclosed in a tube or other channel.
46 GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 37, Toys, for structures of this
type accompanied by figure or other toy features.
15. FLYING MACHINES, AEROPLANE, PROPELLED,
SCREW, HELICOPTER. Lifting screw propelled aero-
planes.
Search Class
244 AERONAUTICS, subclass 18, Flying machines, Aeroplane,
Propelled, Fluid, for examples of screw propulsion in which
the screw is inclosed in a tube or other channel.
16. FLYING MACHINES, AEROPLANE, PROPELLED,
PADDLE-WHEEL. Paddle-wheel propelled aeroplanes.
17. FLYING MACHINES, AEROPLANE, PROPELLED,
WING. Beating wing propelled aeroplanes.
18. FLYING MACHINES, AEROPLANE, PROPELLED,
FLUID. Flying machine sturctures propelled by means of
the reaction of a jet of air or other gas upon the surrounding
air. Also devices for utilizing pneumatic jets actuated by
screws, paddle-wheels, and centrifugal or other pumps located
somewhere in an inclosed tube, channel, or way between the
intake and emerging orifice. Also devices for utilizing the
propulsive force of explosions of charges of gas or of torpedoes or
other explosive bodies. All jet propellers that involve steering
means combined with the propelling means are here included.
Search Class
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 11, Jet, and the subclasses
thereunder.
19. FLYING MACHINES, HELICOPTERS. Flying machines
in which the lifting power is developed solely by one or more
screw propellers with vertical or approximately vertical axes.
In some cases propellers for driving in a horizontal direction
are shown.
Note. For toy structures of this type having figure or other toy
features search in class 46, GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 14,
Buzzes and Whirligigs.
20. FLYING MACHINES, WING . Flying machines in which the
means of sustentation and propulsion consists of beating wings.
21. PARACHUTES. Structures indicated by the title, as well as
other forms of planes which when descending oppose greater
resistance to the air.
Search Classes
46 GAMES AND TOYS, subclass 37, Toys, for toy parachutes con-
nected with figure or other toy features.
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 86, Camera supports.
102 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, subclasses 20,
Pyrotechnics, and 23, Pyrotechnics, Rockets, for examples
of the use of parachutes in connection with pyrotechnics and
projectiles. ,
22. KITES. Structures of the well known form indicated by the
title viz., light frames covered with paper or other fabric,
adapted to be supported in the air by the wind when held by
a string.
Note. For use of kites to support cameras see class 95, PHO-
TOGRAPHY, subclass 86, Camera supports.
23. KITES, MULTIPLE PLANE. Kites with two or more lifting
surfaces presented to the air currents.
493
494
DEFINITIONS OF CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES.
CLASS 244 Continued.
24. KITES, ACCESSORIES. Devices not a part of the kite struc-
ture to be operated in connection with kites.
Search Class
95 PHOTOGRAPHY, subclass 86, Camera supports.
25. PROPELLERS. Propellers per se not otherwise classifiable,
as well as means and methods of driving, the arrangement,
hanging connections or fitting, combinations with steering
mechanism, and combinations by which the propellers may
be used in steering.
Search Classes
244 AERONAUTICS, subclasses 5, Balloons, Propelled, and the
subclasses thereunder; 11, Flying machines, and 13, Flying
machines, Aeroplane, Propelled, and the subclasses there-
under; 19, Flying machines, Helicopters, and 20, Flying
machines, Wing, for examples of propellers shown in this and
the following three subclasses.
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 19, Buoyant propellers.
26. PROPELLERS, SCREW. Screw propellers applied to struc-
tures adapted to aerial navigation and involving their form
and structure.
Search Classes
244 AERONAUTICS, subclasses 5, Balloons, Propelled; 6, Bal-
loons, Propelled, Screw; 12, Flying machines, Aeroplane;
13, Flying machines, Aeroplane, Propelled, and 17, Flying
machines, Aeroplane, Propelled, Wing, for further examples
of screw propellers.
CLASS 244-Continued.
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 34, Screw propellers, and
the subclasses thereunder.
27. PROPELLERS, WING. Wing propellers, Oscillating or ro-
tary, applied to structures adapted to aerial navigation and
involving their form and structure.
28. PROPELLERS, PADDLE-WHEEL. Paddle-wheel propel-
lers applied to structures adapted to aerial navigation and
involving their form and structure.
Search Classes
244 AERONAUTICS, subclasses 7, Balloons, Propelled, Screw,
Helicopter; 11, Flying machines, and 14, Flying machines,
Aeroplane, Propelled, Screw, for further examples of paddle-
wheels.
115 MARINE PROPULSION, subclass 49, Paddle-wheels, and the
subclasses thereunder.
29. STEERING MECHANISM. Rudders or combinations of
rudders with other planes by means of which aerial structures
are directed.
30. CARS. Cars or cabins suspended from or carried by balloons or
other structures adapted for aerial navigation and designed to
contain human beings or material of any kind.
31. DETAILS. Elementary parts of structures or instruments
used in aeronautics.
CLASS 245. WIRE FABRICS AND STRUCTURE.
DEFINITIONS.
Class.
This class includes flexible all-wire or slat-and-wire fabric, wire
blanks, panels and fabric structures not otherwise classifiable, and
miscellaneous wire joints in which at least one of the intersecting
or connected elements is bent, looped, twisted, or coiled about the
other or is subjected to an analogous wire-working operation to
form or make the fabric or wherein wire is made an essential element
of the invention. Fabrics, joints, or other structures wherein the
elements are joined or secured together, for example, by tie-wires or
ties, without bending or twisting the elements, or by weaving, weld-
ing, casting, nailing, and stapling and wherein wire is not; made an
essential element of the invention are excluded.
Search Classes
5 BEDS, subclass 39, Bed-bottoms, Fabric, and the subclasses
thereunder, for structures specific thereto, as combinations
with the frame, end springs, bottom springs, etc.
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 64, Mats, Wire, for
combinations of wire fabrics with frames, borders, or end
strips, scrapers, etc.
39 FENCES, subclass 72, Fences ; Wire, Fabric, for structures
specific to fences, as the combination with posts, stretchers,
joints, or for ornamental fence fabrics.
49 GLASS, subclasses 32, Molding, Wire-glass, and 92, Struc-
ture; also subclass 86, Processes, Molding, Wire-glass, for wire-
glass and wire fabrics employed in glass-making.
66 KNITTING AND NETTING, subclass 4, Fabrics, for methods
of forming meshes and ties.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 119, Rein-
forcing elements, Lathing, Wire, for wire fabrics specific to
lathing.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclasses 34, Structural
units, and 82, Grilles, Composite, for structural units and
structural metal work.
219 ELECTRIC HEATING AND RHEOSTATS, subclass 46, Heaters,
Flexible.
For composite fabrics comprising fabric or web structures in which
a wire fabric is used for reinforcement or protection
Search Classes
2 APPAREL, subclass 76, Body-garments, Corset-stiffeners.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclasses 62, Belts, and 65, Belts,
Metal-reenforced.
101 PRINTING, subclass 113, Printing-couple appliances,
Blankets.
137 WATER DISTRIBUTION, subclass 90, Mains and pipes, Hose.
152 RESILIENT TIRES AND WHEELS, subclasses 3, Tires,
Cushion, Armored; 17, Tires, Pneumatic, Armored, Exter-
nally, and 18, Tires, Pneumatic, Armored, Internally.
154 LAMINATED FABRIC AND ANALOGOUS MANUFACTURES,
subclasses 52, Fabrics, Wear and strain resisting, and 53,
Fabrics, Wire-reenforced.
Subclasses.
1. MISCELLANEOUS. Miscellaneous wire articles not otherwise
classifiable, fabric blanks, panels, or other structural fabric
forms adapted to be used in the manufacture of chairs, lounges,
carriages, go-carts, napkin rings, or other articles, or to be
united to similar blanks for any purpose.
2. FABRICS. Miscellaneous wire fabrics not otherwise classifiable.
3. FABRICS, TIES AND CLIPS. Wire fabrics having the ele-
ments secured together by bending, coiling, or twisting and
in which tie-wires or clips are used for strengthening the
joints of the intersecting wires.
Search Class
39 FENCES, subclasses 72, Fences, Wire, Fabric, for fabrics
in which the elements are united together by ties, and 108,
Fences, Wire, Joints, for tie-wire joints.
4. FABRICS, CHAIN. Chain-type fabrics having elements or
links substantially alike and interlinked with those adjacent.
CLASS 245 Continued.
Search Classes
59 CHAIN, STAPLE, AND HORSESHOE MAKING, subclasses 80,
Chains, Ornamental, and 83, Chains, 'Wire.
63 JEWELRY, subclass 4, Bracelets, Chain.
74 MACHINE ELEMENTS, subclass 64, Belts, Link.
5. FABRICS, INTERLOCKING LOOPS. Fabrics in which the
longitudinal or cross wires are bent to form a series of loop ele-
ments, generally arranged in rows, which hook into, pass
through, interlock, or otherwise engage and hold loops formed
in an adjacent row or section.
Search Class
66 KNITTING AND NETTING, subclass 4, Fabrics, for tying
methods.
6. FABRICS, COIL. Fabrics comprising a plurality of connected
helical coils, usually intercoiled together.
Search Classes
5 BEDS, subclass 39, Bed-bottoms, Fabric, for coil fabrics
specific to bed-bottoms.
15 BRUSHING AND SCRUBBING, subclass 64, Mats, Wire, for
coil fabrics specific to mats.
7. FABRICS, HEXAGONAL MESH. Wire fabrics having sub-
stantially six-sided meshes.
8. FABRICS, QUADRANGULAR MESH. Wire fabrics having
four-sided meshes.
Search Classes
245 WIRE FABRICS AND STRUCTURE, subclass 9, Fabrics, Link,
for link fabrics of quadrangular mesh.
5 BEDS, subclass 39, Bed-bottoms, Fabric.
39 FENCES, subclass 72, Fences, Wire, Fabric, for structures
specific to fences.
9. FABRICS, LINK. Wire fabrics in which a plurality of similar
elements are united by dissimilar elements or links or in which
the cross wires are composed of sections suitably connected
together or to the longitudinal wires or strands.
Search Class
39 FENCES, subclass 72, Fences, Wire, Fabric.
10. FABRICS, EDGES AND SEAMS. Edge, selvage, or seam
structures of wire fabrics.
11. FABRICS, SLAT-AND-WIRE. Miscellaneous fabrics not
otherwise classifiable, comprising slats and wires secured to-
gether by the mere bending, coiling, or twisting of the wires
about the slats.
Search Classes
20 WOODEN BUILDINGS, subclasses 13, Lathing, and 78, Slatted
floor covering.
39 FENCES, subclass 73, Fences, Wire, Picket.
217 WOODEN RECEPTACLES, subclass 44, Boxes, Crates, Knock-
down, Cylindrical and bilge.
12. JOINTS. Wire joints formed by bending, coiling, or twisting
processes. Includes joints in crossing wires formed by wrap-
ping or twisting a loop formed in one wire about another, as
the strand and stay wires of fences or warp or woof wires, or in
coiling one about the other; also all joints not otherwise classi-
fiable for connecting the ends of wires.
Search Classes
24 BUCKLES, BUTTONS, CLASPS, ETC., subclass 27, Bale and
package ties, Wire, and the subclasses thereunder.
39 FENCES, subclasses 79, Fences, Wire. Stays, Lock-plates;
108, Fences, Wire, Joints; 111, Fences, Wire, Stays, Tied, for
joints involving a separate connecting member, tie, or tie-wire.
72 MASONRY AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES, subclass 114,Reen-
forcing elements, Joints.
173 ELECTRICITY, CONDUCTORS, subclass 263, Connectors, Wire-
splices.
189 METALLIC BUILDING STRUCTURES, subclass 30, Structural
units, Joints and connections.
495
o
RETURN Government Documents Department
TO* 350 Main Library 642-2568
LOAN PERIOD 1
2
3
4
5
6
ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS
DUE AS STAMPED BELOW
JAN 2 3 198C
RECD IN ...
DOCS DEPT ^"N
?, o 1988 g ^
P^'TOM r '
mi 4 c 4QQC
JUL 1 5 RJ;
. C. BERKEf EY
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY
FORM NO. DD7. 68m. 1/82 BERKELEY, CA 94720
U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES